Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 25, 2011
Registration No. 333-
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2221
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  57-1003983
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
(704) 697-5100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants’ principal executive offices)

Daniel L. Rikard
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
(704) 697-5100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

With a copy to:
Igor Fert
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
(212) 455-2000
 
           Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange offer: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
          If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. o
          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a small reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
             
Large accelerated filer o
  Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer þ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company o
          If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:
      Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross Border Issuer Tender Offer) o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross Border Third Party Tender Offer) o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                                             
 
                  Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum        
  Title of Each Class of Securities     Amount to be     Offering Price Per     Aggregate Offering     Amount of  
  to be Registered     Registered     Note     Price(1)     Registration Fee  
 
7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019
    $ 560,000,000         100 %     $ 560,000,000       $ 64,176.00    
 
Guarantees of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (2)
      (3 )       (3 )       (3 )       (3 )  
 
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
 
(2)   See inside facing page for additional registrant guarantors.
 
(3)   Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act, no separate filing fee is required for the guarantees.
           The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT GUARANTORS
                     
                    Address, including Zip
Exact Name of Registrant   State or Other   I.R.S.           Code and Telephone
Guarantor as Specified in its   Jurisdiction of   Employer   Industrial   Number, including Area
Charter (or Other   Incorporation or   Identification   Classification   Code, of Registrant’s
Organizational Document)   Organization   Number   Code Number   Principal Executive Offices
Chicopee, Inc.
  Delaware   57-1013629     2221     9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100
 
                   
Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
  Delaware   13-2865428     2200     9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100
 
                   
Fabrene, L.L.C.
  Delaware   51-0319685     2221     9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100
 
                   
PGI Europe, Inc.
  Delaware   56-2154891     2221     9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100
 
                   
PGI Polymer, Inc.
  Delaware   57-0962088     2221     9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not issue the exchange notes in the exchange offer until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated October 25, 2011

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
(POLYMER GROUP, INC LOGO)
Polymer Group, Inc.
Offers to Exchange
           $560,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “exchange notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all outstanding 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “outstanding notes”, and together with the exchange notes, the “notes”).
           The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by our existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee our existing senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility and the outstanding notes.
           We are conducting the exchange offer in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered outstanding notes for freely tradeable exchange notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.
 
The Exchange Offer
  We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradeable.
 
  You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date of the applicable exchange offer.
 
  The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                         , 2011 which is the 21 st business day after the date of this prospectus.
 
  The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
  The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be freely tradeable.
Results of the Exchange Offer:
  The exchange notes may be sold in the over-the-counter-market, in negotiated transactions or through a combination of such methods. We do not plan to list the exchange notes on a national market.
          All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
 
           You should carefully consider the “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.
           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
          The date of this prospectus is      , 2011.

 


 

           You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. This prospectus may be used only for the purposes for which it has been published and no person has been authorized to give any information not contained herein. If you receive any other information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
  ii  
  iii  
  iii  
  iv  
    1  
    22  
    43  
    44  
    45  
    46  
    52  
    54  
    103  
    105  
    117  
    144  
    146  
    148  
    152  
    234  
    244  
    245  
    247  
    248  
    248  
    248  
    F-1  

 i


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
          This prospectus includes forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, our plans, strategies and prospects, both business and financial. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Unless required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update these statements and caution against any undue reliance on them. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions about future events. Although management considers these expectations and assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, regulatory and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Generally, statements that are not historical facts, including statements concerning our possible or assumed future actions, business strategies, events or results of operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “plans,” “scheduled,” “anticipates,” “targets” or “intends” or similar expressions.
          Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. You should not put undue reliance on these statements which speak only as of the date hereof. You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements:
    general economic factors including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, foreign currency translation rates, consumer confidence, trends in disposable income, changes in consumer demand for goods produced, and cyclical or other downturns;
 
    cost and availability of raw materials, labor and natural and other resources, and our ability to pass raw material cost increases along to customers;
 
    changes to selling prices to customers which are based, by contract, on an underlying raw material index;
 
    substantial debt levels and potential inability to maintain sufficient liquidity to finance our operations and make necessary capital expenditures;
 
    ability to meet existing debt covenants or obtain necessary waivers;
 
    achievement of objectives for strategic acquisitions and dispositions;
 
    ability to achieve successful or timely start-up of new or modified production lines;
 
    reliance on major customers and suppliers;
 
    domestic and foreign competition;
 
    information and technological advances;
 
    risks related to operations in foreign jurisdictions;
 
    changes in environmental laws and regulations, including climate change-related legislation and regulation;
 
    uncertainty regarding the effects of the Transactions; and

 ii


Table of Contents

    the outcome of discussions with the Internal Revenue Service regarding the potential payments due associated with the personal holding company tax issue discussed herein.
          The risks described in the “Risk Factors” section in this prospectus are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus describe additional factors that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all such risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. We undertake no obligations to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA
          The data included in this prospectus regarding the markets and the industry in which we operate, including the size of certain markets and our position and the position of our competitors within these markets, are based on reports of government agencies, independent industry sources and our own estimates relying on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. Our management’s knowledge and experience, in turn, are based on information obtained from our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. We believe these estimates to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for our estimates or because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties.
          In this prospectus, we refer to certain information regarding the nonwovens industry and demand for nonwovens in hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications. Some of this information is based upon a report prepared by Arthur D. Little, Inc., a management consulting company (“ADL Consulting”), specifically for the Sponsor (as defined below) in relation to the Transactions (described below). The information and conclusions in ADL Consulting’s report constitute ADL Consulting’s best professional opinion and are based upon ADL Consulting’s technical and business knowledge of the chemicals industry and the information available to ADL Consulting. While the report was based in part on information obtained from sources considered to be reliable, there can be no assurance that the information upon which the report was based was complete or accurate. ADL Consulting’s professional opinion should not and may not be construed as an investment recommendation to any party. ADL Consulting is a leading independent global management consultancy with a developed chemicals practice. ADL Consulting is not affiliated with us or the Sponsor, but has received a customary fee in connection with their engagement. We have agreed to indemnify ADL consulting against certain liabilities arising out of certain information based upon a report prepared by ADL Consulting. ADL Consulting has performed services for the Sponsor from time to time for which they have received customary fees. ADL Consulting may, from time to time, perform services for us or the Sponsor in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees.
          Although we believe market, ranking and other industry data included in this prospectus is generally reliable, it is inherently imprecise. We cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the information and have not independently verified it, nor have we ascertained the underlying assumptions relied upon therein. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and other industry data included in this prospectus, and our estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable, and that we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information contained in this prospectus. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.
TRADEMARKS
          This prospectus contains some of our trademarks, trade names and service marks, including the following: APEX, Chix, PGI, Polymer Group, Inc., and Spinlace. Each one of these trademarks, trade names or service marks

 iii


Table of Contents

is either (i) our registered trademark, (ii) a trademark for which we have a pending application, (iii) a trade name or service mark for which we claim common law rights or (iv) a registered trademark or application for registration which we have been licensed by a third party to use. All other trademarks, trade names or service marks of any other organization appearing in this prospectus belong to their respective owners.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
          As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, (i) references to the “Issuer” or “Polymer Group” are to Polymer Group, Inc., exclusive of its subsidiaries; (ii) references to “we”, “us”, “our”, “PGI” and the “Company” are to Polymer Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries; (iii) references to “Holdings” are to Scorpio Holdings Corporation, exclusive of its subsidiaries; (iv) references to “Parent” are to Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, exclusive of its subsidiaries; (v) references to “Blackstone” and the “Sponsor” are to certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P.; (vi) references to the “Investor Group” are, collectively, to Blackstone and the management investors (as defined below); (vii) references to the “management investors” are to certain members of our management team and employees who agreed to make investments in Holdings; (viii) references to “PGI Spain” are to PGI Spain S.L., our wholly-owned subsidiary in Spain; (ix) references to “Nanhai Nanxin” are to our Chinese subsidiary Nanhai Nanxin Non-Woven Co., Ltd; (x) references to the “China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition” are to our acquisition in first quarter 2011 of the 20% noncontrolling ownership interest in Nanhai Nanxin; (xi) references to “Tesalca-Texnovo” are to Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A.; (xii) references to the “Spain Business Acquisition” are to our acquisition of certain assets and operations of the nonwovens businesses of Tesalca-Texnovo pursuant to that certain Asset Transfer Agreement, dated October 30, 2009, as amended on November 30, 2009; (xiii) references to the “Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition” are to our acquisition of the 40% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Argentina business, Dominion Nonwovens Sudamericana, S.A. in the fourth quarter of 2009; (xiv) references to the “Fabpro” or the “FabPro business” are to Fabpro Oriented Polymers, LLC; (xv) references to “Equipment Lease Agreement” are, collectively, to that certain equipment lease agreement, dated June 24, 2010, between Chicopee, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, and the related construction agency agreement, guarantees and other documentation, pursuant to which we have constructed and began leasing, effective October 7, 2011, an integrated manufacturing line for the production of heat sealed polypropylene nonwoven fabrics; and (xvi) references to “Difco” or the “Difco business” are to Difco Performance Fabrics, Inc.
          On October 4, 2010, Polymer Group, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (“Merger Sub”), Parent and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P. entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”). On January 28, 2011, Merger Sub merged with and into Polymer Group (the “Merger”), with Polymer Group being the surviving corporation following the Merger. As a result of the Merger, the Investor Group, through the ownership of Holdings, beneficially owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Polymer Group. A portion of the aggregate merger consideration totaling $64.5 million, subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement, or approximately $2.91 per share (calculated on a fully diluted basis), was deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the personal holding company (“PHC”) rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to Polymer Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger. Blackstone and the management investors invested $259.9 million in equity (including management rollover) in Holdings and management investors received options to acquire shares of Holdings. The Merger, the equity investment by the Investor Group, the entering into the ABL Facility (as defined in “Description of Other Indebtedness— ABL Facility”), the offering of the outstanding notes, the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of Polymer Group and its subsidiaries and the payment of related fees and expenses are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the “Transactions.”
          Our accounting for the Merger follows the requirements of ASC 805, which requires that the purchase accounting treatment of the Merger be “pushed down”, resulting in the adjustment of all of our net assets to their respective fair values as of the Merger date of January 28, 2011. Although we continued as the same legal entity after the Merger, the application of push down accounting represents the termination of the old reporting entity and the creation of a new reporting entity. Accordingly, the two entities are not presented on a consistent basis of accounting. As a result, our consolidated financial statements for 2011 are presented for the period from January 2, 2011 through January 28, 2011 and for the old reporting entity preceding the Merger, (the “Predecessor”), and for the period from January 29, 2011 through July 2, 2011 and for the new reporting entity succeeding the Merger (the “Successor”).

 iv


Table of Contents

          The preliminary allocation of purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of January 28, 2011 has been determined by management with the assistance of outside valuation experts. At present, we are utilizing a preliminary valuation analysis prepared by our outside valuation experts for our inventories, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. We anticipate that we will have a valuation study of our inventories, property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill for future periods. The allocation of the purchase price is subject to change based on the completion of such valuation study and the determination of other facts impacting fair value estimates. The adjustments, if any, arising out of the finalization of the allocation of the purchase price will not impact cash flow. However, such adjustments could result in material increases or decreases to depreciation and amortization, earnings before interest expense, income taxes and net income. We are continuing to evaluate our purchase price allocations and the related appraisal work of the asset appraisal firm. We expect to finalize the purchase price allocations prior to the end of fiscal year 2011.
          Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to December 31. Fiscal 2010 ended January 1, 2011 and included the results of operations for a fifty-two week period; Fiscal 2009 ended January 2, 2010 and included the results of operations for a fifty-two week period; Fiscal 2008 ended January 3, 2009 and included the results of operations for a fifty-three week period. References herein to “2010”, “2009,” and “2008,” generally refer to fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively, unless the context indicates otherwise. Certain financial and other data presented in this prospectus is different from previously published as a result of a prior restatement of our previously issued financial statements, including the financial statements for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2010 and January 1, 2011.
          In this prospectus, all references to nonwovens volume demand and volume demand growth rates provided by ADL Consulting refer to nonwovens volume demand and volume demand growth rates in certain of the hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications which we serve.
          The term “CAGR” as used in this prospectus refers to the compound annual growth rate over the specified period. Totals in some tables in this prospectus may differ from the sum of individual amounts in those tables due to rounding. References to “spunmelt” or “spunmelt technology” in this prospectus refer to spunmelt, spunlaid, spunbond, or related manufacturing technologies, inclusively.
          Defined terms in the consolidated financial statements have the meanings subscribed to them in the consolidated financial statements.

 v


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
           This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and our financial statements. Before participating in the exchange offer, you should read the discussion under “Basis of Presentation” above for the definition of certain terms used in this prospectus and a description of certain transactions and other matters described in this prospectus.
Company Overview
          We are a leading global innovator, manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials, focused primarily on the production of nonwoven products. Nonwovens are a high-performance and low-cost fabric-like alternative to traditional textiles, paper and other materials. They can be made with specific value-added characteristics including absorbency, tensile strength, softness and barrier properties, among others. Our nonwoven products are critical components used in consumer and industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications. Hygiene applications include baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, and adult incontinence products; medical applications include surgical gowns and drapes; wiping applications include household, personal care and commercial cleaning wipes; and industrial applications include filtration, house wrap and furniture and bedding.
          According to certain industry sources, annual sales in the nonwovens market are estimated to exceed $25.0 billion. We are the fourth-largest merchant manufacturer of nonwovens in the world and the leading merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications. We are the largest or second-largest supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications in most of the regional markets where we operate. We believe that disposable applications are less cyclical than other applications and will have higher growth rates in the future.
          We have one of the largest global platforms in our industry, with 13 manufacturing and converting facilities in nine countries throughout the world, including a significant presence in emerging markets like Asia and Latin America. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically located near many of our key customers in order to increase our effectiveness in addressing local and regional demand, as many of our products do not ship economically over long distances. We work closely with our customers, which include well-established multinational and regional consumer and industrial product manufacturers, to provide engineered solutions to meet increasing demand for more sophisticated products. We believe that we have one of the broadest and most advanced technology portfolios in the industry.
          We have undertaken a series of capital expansions and business acquisitions that have broadened our technology base, increased our product lines and expanded our global presence. In the past five years, we have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing five state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in our core applications and markets. At the end of fiscal 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of assets from Tesalca-Texnovo, the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain, making us a meaningful supplier of nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. Simultaneously, we have taken a number of actions to refocus our global footprint and optimize our operations around disposable applications and high-growth markets, including several plant rationalization projects to exit certain low-margin legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of our planned plant consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our nameplate nonwovens capacity will utilize spunmelt technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of industry capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets (approximately 20% of capacity) will continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing certain desired product attributes, such as product strength or softness.
          In 2010, we generated net sales of $1,106.2 million. Our sales are geographically diversified, with 35% generated in North America, 28% in Latin America, 25% in Europe and 12% in Asia for the same period.

1


Table of Contents

Segment Overview
          We operate in five segments: U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens, Latin America Nonwovens (collectively, the “Nonwovens Segments”) and Oriented Polymers. These segments represented approximately 29.5%, 25.5%, 11.7%, 27.7% and 5.6% of our net sales, respectively, for 2010. Our Nonwovens Segments generated substantially all of our operating income over the same period.
Nonwovens Segments
          The Nonwovens Segments develop and sell products that are critical substrates and components used in various consumer and industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes, and industrial applications. Our products are used in hygiene applications such as baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, adult incontinence products; medical applications including surgical gowns and drapes; household and commercial wipes; and various durable industrial applications including filtration, house wrap and furniture and bedding. Our key customers include global and regional manufacturers such as Procter & Gamble (diapers, feminine sanitary protection, household wipes), Kimberly-Clark (diapers, surgical drapes, face masks) and Cardinal Health (surgical drapes, medical accessories).
          Nonwovens are fabric-like materials constructed from plastic resins, primarily polypropylene and various types of natural and man-made fibers, and can be created through several different manufacturing techniques. The predominant and fastest-growing manufacturing technology for disposable applications is the spunmelt manufacturing process which uses large, high-volume equipment to manufacture large rolls of nonwoven fabrics. In addition to spunmelt, there are several other manufacturing processes, including carded, air-laid, and wet-laid. We use both spunmelt and other manufacturing technologies, but have invested significant capital over the last five years to construct several new state-of-the-art spunmelt lines and to restructure several legacy operations.
          Nonwovens applications are categorized as either disposable or durable. We primarily supply nonwovens to customers that manufacture disposable products, which account for approximately 80% of our total nonwoven sales. Disposable products include diapers and other personal care products, medical gowns and drapes, and cleaning wipes, among others. We believe that disposable products are less cyclical than durable products and will have higher growth rates in the future, driven primarily by the increasing adoption of these products in developing economies due to rising per capita income and population growth. We add value to our products through our printing, laminating, and small roll converting capabilities and, in limited instances, convert product ourselves for sale directly to the end consumer.
          The table below outlines the key product applications within our Nonwovens Segments.
                         
Key Product                   Projected
Applications   % of Annual Revenue   Representative End Products   Key Customers   Growth(1)
Hygiene
    50 %   Baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, adult incontinence products, and training pants  
   Procter & Gamble
   Kimberly-Clark

   SCA
    5.4 %
 
                       
Medical
    16 %   Surgical gowns and drapes, face masks, shoe covers and wound care sponges and dressings  
   Kimberly-Clark

   Cardinal Health

   3M

   Johnson &

Johnson
    5.9 %
 
                       
Wipes
    14 %   Personal care and facial wipes, baby wipes, and household wipes  
   Procter & Gamble

   Clorox

   Sysco
    8.7 %
 
                       
Industrial
    20 %   Filtration, cable wrap, house wrap, furniture and bedding, and landscape and agricultural applications  
   Simmons Bedding

   Dow

   Chiquita
    6.0 %
 
(1)   Represents projected CAGR for global nonwoven volume demand from 2009 to 2014 for each product application group, according to ADL Consulting.

2


Table of Contents

Hygiene Applications
          For hygiene applications, our substrates are critical components providing superior absorbency, barrier properties, strength, fit, and softness in baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, adult incontinence products, and training pants. Our broad product offering provides customers with a full range of these specialized and highly engineered components, including top sheet, transfer layer, backsheet fabric, leg cuff fabric, sanitary protective facings, and absorbent pads for incontinence guard, panty shield, and absorbent core applications. We frequently partner with select, industry-leading manufacturers to jointly develop innovative products to meet changing consumer demands. As a global nonwovens provider, we are differentiated by our ability to serve global manufacturers while providing substrate consistency across geographical regions.
Medical Applications
          Our medical products are high-performance materials that are used in disposable surgical packs, surgical gowns and drapes, face masks, shoe covers and wound care sponges and dressings. Our nonwovens feature characteristics and properties which address barrier performance, breathability, strength and softness. We believe that we are the leading global supplier of nonwoven medical fabrics, due in part to our acquisition of Johnson & Johnson’s medical nonwovens business in 1995. Our customers’ medical end products are predominantly manufactured in lower labor cost countries, such as China, for export to Western markets. Our high-quality finished fabric manufacturing capabilities in China, located strategically near the manufacturing and converting operations of our customers, combined with our global position, provide a competitive advantage in serving these customers.
Wipes Applications
          We produce nonwoven products for consumer wipes applications, which include personal care and facial wipes, baby wipes, and household cleaning wipes. We also directly market a line of wipes under our Chix brand to industrial, foodservice, and janitorial customers. Wipes producers rely on nonwovens to provide key features, such as abrasiveness and liquid dispensability, which enable product performance to meet customer demands. For example, our proprietary APEX technology enables us to impart three-dimensional images on nonwovens, which enhance performance by creating ridges for dust collection and increase abrasiveness, as well as improve branding and customer appeal.
Industrial Applications
          Our nonwovens serve a diverse collection of industrial end product applications which include filtration, cable wrap, house wrap, furniture and bedding, and landscape and agricultural applications. We focus on applications where our technological capabilities enable us to effectively serve customers who place significant value on highly engineered and tailored materials.
Oriented Polymers Segment
          The Oriented Polymers segment utilizes extruded polyolefin processes and woven technologies to produce a wide array of products for industrial packaging, building products and agriculture. We sold our Difco business in the second quarter of 2011 and our FabPro business in the third quarter of 2009. We are currently evaluating various strategic alternatives for the Fabrene business, the remaining business for this reportable segment.
Competitive Strengths
Leading Global Positions and Diversified Portfolio
          We are differentiated from our competitors by our broad geographic platform, which enables us to serve both multi-national and regional customers in both mature and high-growth developing regions. We are among the largest manufacturers of nonwovens, and we believe that we have the most global footprint of our competitors. We have manufacturing and converting operations at 14 locations in nine countries on four continents. We believe that we are the largest or second-largest merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications in regional markets,

3


Table of Contents

which represents over 80% of our nonwovens sales for 2010. Our ability to provide consistent high-quality products across geographical regions is a strong competitive advantage in serving global customers, such as Procter & Gamble and Cardinal Health.
Additionally, our global footprint provides diversification across several regional markets, with 35% of our net sales in North America, 28% in Latin America, 25% in Europe and 12% in Asia, for 2010. This reduces our exposure to any one region or manufacturing facility. We are also a significant supplier to a diverse set of end product applications, including hygiene (47% of our sales for 2010), medical (15%), wipes (13%) and industrial (25%). This broad array of applications provides further diversification and reduces our exposure to volatility in any one application.
High-Growth, Defensive Demand Profile of End Products
          We primarily manufacture nonwovens for customers producing disposable products, which accounted for approximately 80% of our nonwoven sales for 2010. We believe that disposable products are less cyclical than durable products, and we expect disposable products to have higher growth rates in the future, driven primarily by the increasing adoption of these products in developing economies. These nonwovens are critical components of end products, such as baby diapers and medical gowns, which we believe are purchased by consumers largely irrespective of broader economic conditions. After growing at a 7.4% CAGR by volume from 2004 to 2008, nonwoven global volume demand remained flat from 2008 to 2009 despite global macroeconomic weakness. Nonwoven global volume demand is projected to grow by approximately 6.3% annually from 2009 to 2014 according to ADL Consulting.
Strong Customer Relationships with Leading Manufacturers
          Our broad geographic platform and application expertise allow us to effectively serve global customers such as Procter & Gamble and Cardinal Health, who are among the market leaders in their respective product applications. Nonwovens generally are not shipped between regions due to high transportation costs; thus, a local manufacturing presence across key geographies is critical to efficiently provide products globally. In many instances, our facilities are strategically located in close proximity to the manufacturing facilities of our key customers. Additionally, our marketing and research and development teams work closely with customers throughout their product development cycles. This collaborative technology development relationship, coupled with our ability to meet our customers’ stringent product qualifications and process standards, encourages customer loyalty. Our largest customer is Procter & Gamble, which represented 14% of our sales for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011. Our 20 largest customers represented 56% of our sales for the same period, and included Cardinal Health, Clorox, Dow, Johnson & Johnson, Kimberly-Clark, Molnlycke, Procter & Gamble, SCA, and other global and regional manufacturers.
Significant Presence in High-Growth Regions
          We believe there is significant untapped demand for nonwovens in emerging markets, especially in hygiene applications. In emerging markets, where penetration rates for nonwoven hygiene products such as disposable diapers are low, growth is expected to be driven by increasing disposable product penetration resulting from rising per capita income and population growth. According to ADL Consulting, nonwovens volume demand in hygiene, medical and wipes applications in Latin America and Asia is projected to grow at 6.1% and 9.4% per annum, respectively, from 2009 to 2014. We believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on this anticipated growth. We have successfully expanded our presence in these emerging markets as a result of recent capacity expansions in Cali, Colombia; Buenos Aires, Argentina; San Luis Potosi, Mexico; and Suzhou, China. During 2010, we derived approximately 40% of our revenues from emerging markets in Latin America and Asia.
Competitive Technology Platform
          We believe that we have the broadest nonwovens technology base of any of our competitors, supported by an array of proprietary technologies. We have completed six capacity expansions in the past five years, including two lines in the U.S. and four lines in the high-growth regions of Latin America and Asia, all of which were based

4


Table of Contents

on leading technology platforms (five spunmelt and one Spinlace). We believe our scale provides an advantage in pursuing new capacity expansions due to the significant upfront capital investment that is necessary to construct a new manufacturing line, our customer relationships, our process know-how, and economies of scale in raw material procurement. In addition, in December 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of assets from Tesalca-Texnovo, a high quality nonwoven spunmelt supplier based in Spain. Spunmelt is a newer and faster growing technology in the nonwovens industry, and we have a larger mix of spunmelt technology than the industry average. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and China lines, spunmelt will represent approximately 80% of our nonwovens nameplate capacity, up from approximately 55% in 2005. Our comprehensive research and development program also provides us with a significant competitive advantage. We have over 450 trademark and domain name registrations and pending trademark applications worldwide and over 400 patents and pending patent applications worldwide.
Strong Ability to Optimize Asset Base
          Our broad array of applications and manufacturing technologies has allowed us to maximize the usage and extend the life of our existing asset base by repurposing assets to meet evolving market demands. A prime example of our success in asset optimization is the development and implementation of our proprietary Spinlace technology, where we leveraged existing spunmelt and carded technologies with our application expertise to deliver an innovative product that offers customers a better value and improved functionality. We are also able to leverage our product development capabilities to continue to optimize our mix of products as customer requirements change.
Stable Profitability and Cash Flow Generation
          Our stable profitability and cash flow generation over the last four fiscal years has allowed us to continue to invest in growth, even through the recent recession. Our cash flow generation has been driven by strong operating performance in our high-growth spunmelt business, relatively low maintenance capital expenditures, and raw material price pass-through mechanisms. Historically, we have been able to pass through escalation in raw material prices to our customers, maintaining a relatively stable gross profit per kilogram.
Our Strategy
          Our strategy is to be a leading global provider of nonwovens for customers focused on disposable applications. We believe that these applications should provide a more stable revenue stream than durable applications, due to their recession-resistant nature and should exhibit higher long-term growth, especially in emerging markets. To pursue this strategy, our management team has executed several key operating initiatives which we believe will favorably position us for strong, profitable growth over the next several years.
          To execute our strategy and drive continued success, we are focused on the following:
Expanding Global Capabilities
          We expect to continue to add capacity in both developed and developing regions, leveraging our global functional and technological best practices and our strong local market presence. We intend to expand in markets that we believe have attractive supply and demand characteristics through a detailed market assessment which includes identifying a majority of new product volumes in advance of commercialization. Our strategic expansion projects generally target a return on our investment of three to five years. Additionally, we selectively evaluate strategic consolidation opportunities, focusing on companies and technologies that further our strategic plan, global competitive position and product offering.
Customer Focus and Innovation
          We strive to be the partner of choice for companies seeking materials that enhance performance and offer superior value. We seek to achieve this by delivering outstanding customer satisfaction and innovative solutions that help our clients succeed. We intend to leverage our culture of innovation, our global organization and our research and development capabilities to deliver products and processes tailored to meet demanding customer specifications

5


Table of Contents

and to address evolving consumer preferences. We have several collaborative research and development arrangements with our key customers in the development of next generation products, and hence we believe we are integral to the product development cycles of customers.
Operational Excellence
          We expect to continue to operate our facilities with a focus on manufacturing excellence, reliability, performance, yield, product quality and consistency in order to increase value delivered to customers and customer satisfaction. We will continue to leverage our global platform through an interconnected global and regional functional management structure in areas such as manufacturing, sales, marketing, procurement, finance and human resources. In addition, we will look for opportunities to improve our supply chain management and offer solutions to customers to reduce their costs and streamline their operations.
Corporate Social Responsibility
          We strive to achieve recognition as a leader in promoting health, safety, and sustainability by attaining world-class safety metrics, reducing consumption of resources, and minimizing our environmental impact. We have set ambitious goals to launch more sustainable products with our supply chain partners, and we strive to maintain strong and cooperative relationships with our stakeholders, employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. We have published our sustainability reports, consistent with the Global Reporting Initiative’s reporting metrics that outline our approach to corporate social responsibility and environmental sustainability.
Portfolio Repositioning
          Over the past several years, we have taken a number of actions to refocus our global footprint and optimize operations around our strategic focus on disposable applications and high-growth markets. We have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing a number of new state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in these applications and markets. Simultaneously, we have executed several plant rationalization projects to exit certain low-margin legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of our planned plant consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our global nonwovens nameplate capacity will utilize spunmelt technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of estimated industry capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets utilizing carded and Spinlace technology (approximately 17% and 3% of our nonwovens capacity, respectively) will continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing certain desired product attributes, such as product strength or softness. We have historically experienced significant growth from our core applications and markets served primarily by spunmelt capacity, which has been offset by declining profitability generated from legacy applications and assets. With our portfolio repositioning substantially complete, we expect to realize greater growth in the future as growth from our core operations is not expected to be offset by the same level of declines in our legacy operations, which now constitute a small percentage of our overall profitability.
Capacity Expansion Programs
          We have completed six capacity expansions in the past five years, including four new lines in the high-growth regions of Latin America and Asia, to address growing demand for hygiene and medical products. Aggregate capital expenditures during the three-year period ended January 1, 2011, totaled approximately $123.1 million, of which approximately $52.5 million was for two fully commercialized spunmelt lines and approximately $0.6 million was for one Spinlace line (total project investment was approximately $19 million) and approximately $36.9 million was for two spunmelt lines that were installed in the third quarter of 2011, as follows:
  In fiscal 2011, we entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China, that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market (the “New Suzhou Hygiene Line”).

6


Table of Contents

  In fiscal 2010, we entered a purchase commitment and a lease agreement and commenced construction of new spunmelt line sites in Suzhou, China and Waynesboro, Virginia. Commercial production was initiated at these facilities in the third quarter of 2011.
 
  In the second quarter of 2009, our state-of-the-art spunmelt line in San Luis Potosi, Mexico commenced commercial production. The plant expansion increased capacity to meet demand for nonwoven materials in medical and hygiene applications in the U.S. and Mexico.
 
  In the first quarter of 2008, we initiated commercial production on a new spunmelt line at our facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The line is currently fully dedicated to hygiene applications in Latin America.
 
  In the fourth quarter of 2007, we completed the retrofit of an existing hydroentanglement line at our Benson, North Carolina facility to produce Spinlace products.
          To capitalize on continued demand growth for our products, we constructed new spunmelt lines in the U.S. and in China, both were completed in the third quarter of 2011. In addition, we are currently in the process of constructing the New Suzhou Hygiene Line, which we expect to complete in 2012. These new lines together are estimated to cost approximately $202.0 to $212.0 million. These investments are expected to be made in fiscal 2010 through fiscal 2012 and are expected to be funded through the Equipment Lease Agreement, available credit facilities in China, cash from operations and existing cash balances. We expect these assets to generate returns on invested capital in line with our target of three to five years. We are installing custom-designed lines that employ industry-leading spunmelt technologies, which we will combine with our proprietary technological developments to deliver innovative and differentiated fabrics to customers.
Capacity Rationalization
          While investing in several new state-of-the-art lines in high-growth regions (as described above), we have simultaneously undertaken a number of initiatives to rationalize low-margin legacy operations and relocate certain assets to improve our cost structure. We discontinued operations at five plants over the past five years, in addition to divesting our non-core FabPro business within our Oriented Polymers segment in 2009. In the first half of 2010, we completed our planned restructuring initiatives with the consolidation of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility into our Benson, North Carolina plant. Our strategy with respect to the consolidation efforts in the U.S. and Europe was focused on the elimination of costs associated with underutilized legacy capacity, and we believe our current footprint reflects an appropriate and sustainable asset base.
Acquisitions and Divestitures
           China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition. In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the acquisition of the 20% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin, for $7.2 million. This transaction is consistent with our strategy to grow our nonwovens business in Asia.
           Spain Business Acquisition. In December 2009, we completed the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition from Tesalca-Texnovo, the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain, making us a meaningful supplier of nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. We manufacture spunmelt nonwoven products with six production lines in Spain, specializing in the hygiene sector, including feminine hygiene, diapers and adult incontinence products.
           Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition . In the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed the acquisition of the remaining 40% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Argentina business for $4 million. This transaction is consistent with our strategy to grow our leading position in nonwovens in Latin America.
           FabPro Divestiture . In the third quarter of 2009, we sold our non-core FabPro business within our Oriented Polymers segment for approximately $35 million. This sale enabled us to further focus on our nonwovens business.
           Difco Divestiture . In the second quarter of 2011, we sold the working capital and certain assets of our non-core Difco business within our Oriented Polymers segment for approximately $9 million. In the third quarter of

7


Table of Contents

2011, we sold the remaining Difco assets for approximately $1.8 million. This sale enabled us to further focus on our nonwovens business.
          As a result of capacity expansion programs, capacity rationalization and acquisitions and divestitures over the past few years, we believe our current asset base is now focused on attractive geographies, applications and technologies, and will serve as an attractive growth platform for the future.
The Transactions
          On October 4, 2010, Polymer Group, Merger Sub, Parent and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P. entered into the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which the Issuer merged with and into Polymer Group, with Polymer Group being the surviving corporation following the Merger. As a result of the Merger, the Investor Group, through the ownership of Holdings, beneficially owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Polymer Group. A portion of the aggregate merger consideration totaling $64.5 million, subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement, or approximately $2.91 per share (calculated on a fully diluted basis), were deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the personal holding company (“PHC”) rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to Polymer Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger. Blackstone and the management investors invested approximately $259.9 million in equity of Holdings. The management investors received options to acquire shares of Holdings. The Merger, the equity investment by the Investor Group, the entering into the ABL Facility, the offering of the outstanding notes, the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of Polymer Group and its subsidiaries and the payment of related fees and expenses are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the “Transactions.”
          For a more complete description of the Transactions, see “The Transactions,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Description of Notes,” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”
Certain Acquisitions
          We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition on January 28, 2011, which included repayment of approximately $34.8 million of outstanding debt of Tesalca-Texnovo and issuance of 393,675 new shares of our common stock to Tesalca-Texnovo owners, in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. Additionally, we completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million in the first quarter of 2011.
Recent Developments
          In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused us to temporarily cease manufacturing at our Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. We established temporary offices away from the flooded area and worked with our customers to meet their critical needs through the use of our global manufacturing base. At the beginning of the second quarter of 2011, the facility had been fully restored and we had initiated production. The operations at this facility reached full run rates in the third quarter of 2011. During the period that the facility was not operational, we estimate that our profits were negatively impacted by approximately $2.5 million to $3.5 million per month due to overhead costs related to the restoration and lost profit contribution from the facility. The cash costs to restore operations are estimated to be approximately $12.5 million to $13.5 million. Through July 2, 2011, cash spending was $10.4 million. The cash outflows were offset by approximately $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant insurance policies, of which $5.3 million had been collected by July 2, 2011. See Note 23 “Business Interruption and Insurance Recovery” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included within this prospectus for further information.

8


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure
     The following chart summarizes our organizational structure, equity ownership and our principal indebtedness as of the date of this prospectus. This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not represent all legal entities of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries or all obligations of such entities.
(GRAPHIC)
 
(1)   Represents a $255.0 million cash equity investment by Blackstone and a $4.9 million investment by the management investors. The proceeds of such investment were contributed to the Issuer, which used such proceeds, together with other sources of funds, to fund the Transactions.
 
(2)   Our ABL Facility is secured, subject to certain limitations and exclusions, by (i) a first-priority security interest in personal property of the Issuer and the subsidiary guarantors consisting of accounts receivable (including related contracts and contract rights, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, other bank accounts and securities accounts), inventory, intercompany notes and intangible assets (other than intellectual property), instruments, chattel paper, documents and commercial tort claims to the extent arising out of the foregoing, books and records of the Issuer, and the proceeds thereof including any business interruption insurance proceeds, subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions (the “ABL Priority Collateral”); and (ii) a second-priority security interest in the collateral securing the notes (described below). See “Description of Other Indebtedness — ABL Facility.”
 
(3)   The notes are secured (i) together with up to $7.5 million of Tranche 2 Sub-Facility under the ABL Facility, on a first-priority lien basis by substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, and any existing and future subsidiary guarantors (other than collateral securing our ABL Facility on a first-priority basis), including all of the capital stock of the Issuer and each restricted subsidiary (which, in the case of foreign subsidiaries, will be limited to

9


Table of Contents

    65% of the capital stock of each first-tier foreign subsidiary) and (ii) on a second-priority basis by the collateral securing our ABL Facility, in each case, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a foreclosure on the collateral securing the notes and the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, any borrowings under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will be repaid from the collateral prior to the notes. See “Description of Notes — Security for the Notes.”
 
(4)   The notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis, by each of our existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries and by certain other restricted subsidiaries that guarantee our or a subsidiary guarantor’s indebtedness as described herein. Our existing and future foreign subsidiaries are not expected to guarantee the notes. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $782.4 million, or 71%, and $407.0 million, or 70%, of our consolidated net sales (including intercompany sales) for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the six months ended July 2, 2011, respectively. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $356.0 million, or 70%, of our property, plant and equipment, net as of July 2, 2011. Before intercompany eliminations with our non-guarantor subsidiaries, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $768.3 million, or 50.1%, of the combined Issuer, guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries total assets (including intercompany receivables with such non-guarantor subsidiaries, but excluding the value of such non-guarantor subsidiaries’ investments in our other subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. After intercompany eliminations, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $700.9 million, or 62.3%, of our consolidated total assets (excluding the value of such non-guarantor subsidiaries’ investments in our other subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. We and our guarantor subsidiaries hold $335.2 million of intercompany receivables due from our non-guarantor subsidiaries to facilitate cash repatriation from our non-guarantor subsidiaries to us. Our guarantor subsidiaries also guarantee our ABL Facility.
Our Sponsor
     The Blackstone Group, one of the world’s leading global investment and advisory firms, was founded in 1985. Blackstone’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of corporate private equity funds, real estate funds, funds of hedge funds, credit-oriented funds, collateralized loan obligation vehicles and closed-end mutual funds. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including mergers and acquisition advisory, restructuring and reorganization advisory, and fund placement services. Through its different businesses, Blackstone had total fee-earning assets under management of approximately $132.9 billion as of September 30, 2011.
Corporate Information
     Polymer Group, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 16, 1994. Our principal executive office is located at 9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300, Charlotte, North Carolina. Our telephone number is (704) 697-5100.

10


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer
      The following summary is provided solely for your convenience and is not intended to be complete. You should read the full text and more specific details contained elsewhere in this prospectus for a more detailed description of the notes.
     
General
  On January 28, 2011, the Issuer issued an aggregate of $560.0 million principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 in a private offering. In connection with the private offering, the Issuer and the guarantors entered into registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers in which they agreed, among other things, to deliver this prospectus to you and to complete the exchange offer within 365 days after the date of issuance and sale of the outstanding notes.
 
   
The Exchange Offer
  The Issuer is offering to exchange $560.0 million principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all of its outstanding 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019.
 
   
 
  You may only exchange outstanding notes in a principal amount of $2,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
   
Resale
  Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, the Issuer believes that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless you are our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:
 
   
 
 
     you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and
 
   
 
 
     you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.
 
   
 
  If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
   
 
  Any holder of outstanding notes who:
 
   
 
 
     is our affiliate;
 
   
 
 
     does not acquire exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business; or
 
   
 
 
     tenders its outstanding notes in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of exchange notes;

11


Table of Contents

     
 
  cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
 
   
Expiration Date
  The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on _________, 2011, which is the 21st business day after the date of this prospectus, unless extended by the Issuer. The Issuer does not currently intend to extend the expiration date.
 
   
Withdrawal
  You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. The Issuer will return to you any of your outstanding notes that are not accepted for any reason for exchange, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
 
   
Interest on the exchange notes and the outstanding notes
  The exchange note will bear interest at their respective rate per annum set forth on the cover page of this prospectus from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the outstanding notes. The interest will be payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1. No interest will be paid on outstanding notes following their acceptance for exchange.
 
   
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
  The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which the Issuer may waive.
 
   
 
  See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
   
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes
  If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the accompanying letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal, according to the instructions contained in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal, together with the outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal.
 
   
 
  If you hold outstanding notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC, by which you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal. By signing, or agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:
 
   
 
 
     you are not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or, if you are our affiliate, that you will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;
 
   
 
 
     you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;
 
   
 
 
     you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and

12


Table of Contents

     
 
 
     if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
 
   
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners
  If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender those outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender those outstanding notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.
 
   
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
  If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents, or you cannot comply with the applicable procedures under DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program for transfer of book-entry interests, prior to the expiration date, you must tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
 
   
Effect on Holders of Outstanding Notes
  As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered outstanding notes pursuant to the terms of the exchange offer, the Issuer and the guarantors will have fulfilled a covenant under the registration rights agreement. Accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on the outstanding notes under the circumstances described in the registration rights agreement. If you do not tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the outstanding notes as set forth in the indenture, except the Issuer and the guarantors will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the exchange and registration of the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement. To the extent that outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for remaining outstanding notes that are not so tendered and exchanged could be adversely affected.
 
   
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
  All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, the Issuer and the guarantors do not currently anticipate that they will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

13


Table of Contents

     
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
  The exchange of outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
   
Use of Proceeds
  The Issuer will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offer. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
   
Exchange Agent
  Wilmington Trust Company is the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The addresses and telephone numbers of the exchange agent are set forth in the section captioned “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent” of this prospectus.

14


Table of Contents

The Exchange Notes
      The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be governed by the same indenture under which the outstanding notes were issued. The following summary is not intended to be a complete description of the terms of the exchange notes. For a more detailed description of the notes, see “Description of Notes.”
     
Issuer
  Polymer Group, Inc.
 
   
Notes Offered
  $560.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019.
 
   
Maturity Date
  The exchange notes will mature on February 1, 2019.
 
   
Interest
  The exchange notes will accrue interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum, payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year.
 
   
Guarantees
  The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis, subject to certain limitations described herein, by each of our existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, and by certain other restricted subsidiaries that guarantee our or a subsidiary guarantor’s indebtedness as described herein. Our existing and future foreign subsidiaries are not expected to guarantee the exchange notes.
 
   
 
  Under certain circumstances, subsidiaries may be released from these guarantees without the consent of the holders of the exchange notes.
 
   
 
  See “Description of Notes — Guarantees.”
 
   
Collateral
  The exchange notes will be secured (i) together with the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, on a first-priority lien basis by substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, and any existing and future subsidiary guarantors (other than collateral securing our ABL Facility on a first-priority basis), including all of the capital stock of the Issuer and each restricted subsidiary (which, in the case of foreign subsidiaries, will be limited to 65% of the capital stock of each first-tier foreign subsidiary) and (ii) on a second-priority basis by the collateral securing our ABL Facility, in each case, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, as described in this prospectus. Without giving effect to security interests, the exchange notes will rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a foreclosure on the collateral securing the exchange notes and the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility or any distribution in an insolvency proceeding, any borrowings under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will be repaid from the eligible collateral prior to the exchange notes. Additionally, the exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to indebtedness incurred under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the assets securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis.

15


Table of Contents

     
 
  The collateral securing the exchange notes on a first-priority lien basis will not include (i) the collateral securing the ABL Facility on a first priority lien basis and (ii) certain excluded assets.
 
 
  As of July 2, 2011, the book value of the Notes Collateral (as defined below) (other than capital stock of the Issuer and restricted subsidiaries) was approximately $674.5 million.
 
 
  See “Description of Notes — Security for the Notes.”
 
Ranking
  The exchange notes and the related guarantees will be our senior secured obligations. The indebtedness evidenced by the exchange notes and the guarantees will rank:
 
 
 
    senior to all unsecured indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the exchange notes (the “Notes Collateral”);
 
 
 
    senior to the Issuer’s existing and future obligations under the ABL Facility (or equally with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) to the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral owned by the Issuer;
 
 
 
    junior to the Issuer’s existing and future obligations under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral that secures the ABL Facility;
 
 
 
    junior to any existing or future indebtedness of the Issuer that is secured by liens on assets that do not constitute a part of the Notes Collateral to the extent of the value of such assets;
 
 
 
    without giving effect to security interests, equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Issuer, including existing and future obligations under the ABL Facility;
 
 
 
    equally in priority as to the Notes Collateral owned by the Issuer with respect to the Issuer’s obligations under (i) any other pari passu lien obligations incurred after the Issue Date and (ii) the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (although the Holders of the exchange notes will receive proceeds of Notes Collateral after the payment in full of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event); and
 
 
 
    senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company.
 
 
  The exchange notes will also be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness, claims of holders of preferred stock and other liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes.
 
 
  As of July 2, 2011:
 
 
 
    we had total indebtedness of $597.8 million, with a carrying value of $597.3 million (including indebtedness of non-guarantor subsidiaries of $37.5 million, with a carrying value of $37.0 million), all of which is senior indebtedness;

16


Table of Contents

     
 
 
    we had $20.5 million of secured indebtedness (with a carrying value of $20.0 million) secured by assets that are not part of the Notes Collateral, and $0.3 million of capital leases;
 
 
 
    we had $17.0 million drawn under our unsecured China Facility (as defined herein). We borrowed an additional $3.0 million of indebtedness under the China Facility in the third quarter of 2011; and
 
 
 
    we had approximately $29.2 million of availability under the ABL Facility (which had aggregate commitments of $50.0 million as of the Issue Date), after giving effect to availability under our borrowing base and $10.8 million of outstanding letters of credit.
 
 
  Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $782.4 million, or 71%, and $407.0 million, or 70%, of our consolidated net sales (including intercompany sales) for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the six months ended July 2, 2011, respectively. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $356.0 million, or 70%, of our property, plant and equipment, net as of July 2, 2011. Before intercompany eliminations with our non-guarantor subsidiaries, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $768.3 million, or 50.1%, of the combined Issuer, guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries total assets (including intercompany receivables with such non-guarantor subsidiaries, but excluding the value of such non-guarantor subsidiaries’ investments in our other subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. After intercompany eliminations, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $700.9 million, or 62.3%, of our consolidated total assets (excluding the value of such non-guarantor subsidiaries’ investments in our other subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. We and our guarantor subsidiaries hold $335.2 million of intercompany receivables due from our non-guarantor subsidiaries to facilitate cash repatriation from our non-guarantor subsidiaries to us. Our guarantor subsidiaries will also guarantee our ABL Facility.
 
Optional Redemption
  We may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time prior to February 1, 2015 (i) some or all of the exchange notes at 100% of their principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and a “make-whole premium” described under “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption” and (ii) during any 12 month period, up to $56.0 million of the principal amount of the exchange notes in each such period at a price equal to 103% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. From and after February 1, 2015, we may, at our option, redeem some or all of the exchange notes, at any time and from time to time, at the redemption prices set forth under “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
 
  In addition, on or prior to February 1, 2014, we may, at our option, redeem up to 35% of the exchange notes with the proceeds from certain equity offerings at the redemption price listed under “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
Change of Control Offer
  If a change of control occurs, unless the Issuer has presently or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to the outstanding notes, the Issuer must offer holders of the exchange notes the opportunity to sell to the Issuer

17


Table of Contents

     
 
  their notes at 101% of the principal face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. For more information, see “Description of Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control.”
 
Asset Sale Proceeds
  If the Issuer or its restricted subsidiaries engage in asset sales or experience certain events of loss, the Issuer generally must either invest the net proceeds from such asset sales in its business within a specific period of time, prepay certain of its or its restricted subsidiaries’ debt or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the exchange notes with the specified excess net proceeds, subject to certain exceptions. The purchase price of the exchange notes will be 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. For more information, see “Description of Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales.”
 
Certain Covenants
  The exchange notes will be governed by the same indenture under which the outstanding notes were issued. The indenture governing the notes contains covenants that, among other things, will limit the ability of the Issuer and its restricted subsidiaries to:
 
 
 
    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;
 
 
 
    pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;
 
 
 
    make certain investments;
 
 
 
    incur certain liens;
 
 
 
    enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
 
 
    merge or consolidate;
 
 
 
    enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the Issuer;
 
 
 
    designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and
 
 
 
    transfer or sell assets.
 
 
  These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, during any period of time that the exchange notes have investment grade ratings from both Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s, many of the covenants will be suspended. See “Description of Notes — Certain Covenants.”
 
Use of Proceeds
  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
No Prior Market
  The exchange notes will generally be freely transferable (subject to certain restrictions discussed in “The Exchange Offer”) but will be a new issue of securities for which there will not initially be a market. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the outstanding notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a

18


Table of Contents

     
 
  market for the exchange notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any such market making activities at any time without notice. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or automated dealer quotation system.
 
Governing Law
  The exchange notes will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
Risk Factors
     You should carefully consider the information set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.

19


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Financial Information
          The following summary consolidated financial information and other data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “— The Transactions,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
          The summary historical financial data presented below for, and as of the end of, fiscal years ended January 3, 2009, January 2, 2010 and January 1, 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The selected historical financial information presented below is not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The summary historical consolidated financial and other data presented below for, and as of the end of, the six month period ended July 3, 2010, for the one month period ended January 28, 2011 and for the five month period ended July 2, 2011, have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Operating results for the one month period ended January 28, 2011 and the five month period ended July 2, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011.
                                                   
    Predecessor       Successor  
                                    January 2,          
    Fiscal Year Ended             2011       January 29,  
                            Six Months     through       2011  
    January 3,     January 2,     January 1,     Ended July 3,     January 28,       through  
    2009     2010     2011     2010     2011       July 2, 2011  
                            (dollars in millions)          
                            (unaudited)     (unaudited)       (unaudited)  
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                 
Net sales
  $ 1,026.2     $ 850.6     $ 1,106.2     $ 548.2     $ 84.6       $ 495.7  
Cost of goods sold
    856.6       667.2       896.3       447.9       68.5         425.0  
 
                                     
Gross profit
    169.6       183.4       209.9       100.3       16.1         70.7  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    115.5       113.3       141.5       67.3       11.6         62.3  
Acquisition and integration expenses
          1.8       1.7       1.7                
Special charges, net
    20.1       20.8       18.0       9.4       20.8         34.8  
Other operating (income) loss, net
    4.9       (4.7 )     (0.8 )     (1.0 )     (0.6 )       1.0  
 
                                     
Operating income (loss)
    29.1       52.2       49.5       22.9       (15.7 )       (27.4 )
Other expense (income):
                                                 
Interest expense, net
    31.1       26.7       31.7       16.8       1.9         20.7  
Gain on reacquisition of debt
          (2.4 )                          
Loss on extinguishment of debt
          5.1                            
Foreign currency and other loss, net
    0.5       5.2       1.5       0.9       0.1         1.2  
 
                                     
(Loss) income before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    (2.5 )     17.6       16.3       5.2       (17.7 )       (49.3 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    7.0       8.6       4.5       5.2       0.6         (1.7 )
 
                                     
(Loss) income from continuing operations
  $ (9.5 )   $ 9.0     $ 11.8     $     $ (18.3 )     $ (47.6 )
 
                                     
                                                   
    Predecessor       Successor  
                                    January 2,          
    Fiscal Year Ended             2011       January 29,  
                            Six Months     through       2011  
    January 3,     January 2,     January 1,     Ended July 3,     January 28,       through  
    2009     2010     2011     2010     2011       July 2, 2011  
                            (dollars in millions)          
                            (unaudited)     (unaudited)       (unaudited)  
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 59.5     $ 99.0     $ 63.2     $ 17.6     $ (25.3 )     $ (27.7 )
Cash used in investing activities
    (31.6 )     (14.6 )     (41.3 )     (9.2 )     (8.3 )       (431.5 )
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (12.9 )     (72.7 )     (8.1 )     (4.0 )     31.4         442.0  

20


Table of Contents

                                                   
    Predecessor       Successor  
                                    January 2,          
    Fiscal Year Ended             2011       January 29,  
                            Six Months     through       2011  
    January 3,     January 2,     January 1,     Ended July 3,     January 28,       through  
    2009     2010     2011     2010     2011       July 2, 2011  
                            (dollars in millions)          
                            (unaudited)     (unaudited)       (unaudited)  
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 45.7     $ 57.9     $ 72.3     $ 61.3     $ 70.8       $ 54.9  
Operating working capital(a)
    95.8       79.2       53.1       57.0       52.7         81.3  
Total assets
    702.2       699.9       732.0       707.9       819.3         1,125.9  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    392.5       322.0       328.2       301.9       359.5         590.5  
Total Polymer Group, Inc. shareholders’ equity
    61.8       116.4       134.3       112.8       148.2         222.3  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(b)
          1.6x       1.5x       1.3x                
 
(a)   Operating working capital is defined as accounts receivable plus inventories less trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
 
(b)   For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as pre-tax earnings from continuing operations plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest expense on all indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance fees and one-third of rental expense on operating leases representing that portion of rental expense deemed to be attributable to interest. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009 by $2.6 million. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the periods from January 2, 2011 through January 28, 2011 and from January 29, 2011 through July 2, 2011 by $17.9 million and $50.3 million, respectively.

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
           You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks facing us and your investment in the notes. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or those we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. The following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.
Risks Related to the Exchange Offer
If you choose not to exchange your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, the transfer restrictions currently applicable to your outstanding notes will remain in force and the market price of your outstanding notes could decline.
          If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, then you will continue to be subject to the transfer restrictions on the outstanding notes as set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
          The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offer will reduce the remaining principal amount of the outstanding notes, which may have an adverse effect upon and increase the volatility of, the market price of the outstanding notes due to reduction in liquidity.
Your ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and an active trading market may not develop for the notes.
          The exchange notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to have the exchange notes listed on a national securities exchange or to arrange for quotation on any automated quotation system. The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations; however, the initial purchasers are not obligated to make a market in the exchange notes, and they may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. Therefore, we cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of any trading market for the exchange notes. The liquidity of any market for the exchange notes will depend on a number of factors, including:
    the number of holders of exchange notes;
 
    our operating performance and financial condition;
 
    the market for similar securities;
 
    the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the exchange notes; and
 
    prevailing interest rates.
          Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. The market, if any, for the exchange notes may face similar disruptions that may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes. Therefore, you may not be able to sell your exchange notes at a particular time and the price that you receive when you sell may not be favorable.

22


Table of Contents

Risks Related To Our Business
Because the specialized markets in which we sell our products are highly competitive, we may have difficulty growing our business year after year.
          The markets for our products are highly competitive. The primary competitive factors include product innovation and performance, quality, service, cost, distribution and technical support. In addition, we compete against a number of competitors in each of our markets. Some of these competitors are larger companies that have greater financial, technological, manufacturing and marketing resources than us. A reduction in overall demand, a significant increase in market capacity or increased costs to design and produce our products would likely further increase competition and that increased competition could cause us to reduce our prices, which could lower our profit margins and impair our ability to grow from year to year.
We must continue to invest significant resources in developing innovative products in order to maintain a competitive edge in the highly specialized markets in which we operate.
          Our continued success depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain our technological capabilities and to continue to identify, develop and commercialize innovative products for the nonwoven and oriented polymer industries. We must also protect the intellectual property rights underlying our new products to realize the full benefits of our efforts. If we fail to continue to develop products for our markets or to keep pace with technological developments by our competitors, we may lose market share, which could reduce product sales, lower our profits and impair our financial condition.
The loss of any of our large volume customers could significantly reduce our revenues and profits.
          A significant amount of our products are sold to large volume customers. For example, our largest customer is Procter & Gamble, which represented 14% of our sales in 2010. Our 20 largest customers represented 56% of our sales for the same period, and included Cardinal Health, Clorox, Dow, Johnson & Johnson, Kimberly-Clark, Molnlycke, Procter & Gamble, SCA, and other global and regional manufacturers. As a result, a decrease in business from, or the loss of, any large volume customers could materially reduce our product sales, lower our profits and impair our financial condition.
Increases in prices for raw materials and energy or the unavailability of raw materials could reduce our profit margins.
          The primary raw materials used to manufacture most of our products are polypropylene resins, polyester fiber, polyethylene resin and, to a lesser extent, rayon and tissue paper. In addition, energy related costs are a significant expense for us. The prices of raw materials and energy can be volatile and are susceptible to rapid and substantial changes due to factors beyond our control such as changing economic conditions, currency fluctuations, political unrest and instability in energy-producing nations, and supply and demand considerations. To the extent that we are able to pass along at least a portion of raw material price increases to some of our customers, there is often a delay between the time we are required to pay the increased raw material price and the time we are able to pass the increase on to our customers. To the extent we are not able to pass along all or a portion of such increased prices of raw materials, our cost of goods sold would increase and our operating income would correspondingly decrease. By way of example, as of January 1, 2011, if the price of polypropylene were to rise $0.01 per pound and we were not able to pass along any of such increase to our customers, we would realize a decrease of approximately $5.5 million, on an annualized basis, in our reported pre-tax operating income. There can be no assurance that the prices of polypropylene, polyethylene and polyester will not increase in the future or that we will be able to pass on any increases to our customers. Material increases in raw material prices that cannot be passed on to customers could have a material adverse effect on our profit margins, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the loss of any of our key suppliers in the short-term could disrupt our business until we secure alternative supply arrangements or until alternative suppliers were qualified with customers.

23


Table of Contents

Reductions in our selling prices to customers, pursuant to contractual requirements, could reduce our profit margins.
          In cases where changes in our selling prices to customers are determined via contract based on changes in an underlying raw material price index, such as the index for polypropylene, and the index decreases, sales would decrease and our operating income would correspondingly decrease if we are not able to obtain corresponding reductions in our raw material costs, which decreases in operating income could be material. There can be no assurance that the index used in such contracts will not decrease in the future or that we will be able to obtain corresponding reductions in our raw material costs.
In response to changing market conditions, we may decide to restructure certain of our operations, resulting in additional cash restructuring charges and asset impairment charges.
          We review our business on an ongoing basis relative to current and expected market conditions, attempting to match our production capacity and cost structure to the demands of the markets in which we participate, and we strive to continuously streamline our manufacturing operations consistent with world-class standards. Accordingly, from time to time in the future, we may decide to undertake certain restructuring efforts to improve our competitive position. To the extent such decisions are made, we could incur cash restructuring charges and asset impairment charges associated with the restructuring, and such charges could be material.
A material disruption at one of our manufacturing facilities could prevent us from meeting customer demand, reduce our sales or negatively affect our results of operation and financial condition.
          Any of our manufacturing facilities, or any of our machines or equipment within an otherwise operational facility, could cease operations unexpectedly due to a number of events, including:
    unscheduled maintenance outages;
 
    prolonged power failures;
 
    an equipment failure;
 
    a chemical spill or release;
 
    explosion of a boiler;
 
    labor difficulties;
 
    disruptions in transportation infrastructure, including roads, bridges, railroad tracks and tunnels;
 
    fires, floods, windstorms, earthquakes, hurricanes or other catastrophes;
 
    terrorism or threats of terrorism;
 
    governmental regulations; and
 
    other operational problems.
          Any such disruption could prevent us from meeting customer orders, reduce our sales or profits and negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
          For example, in December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused us to temporarily cease manufacturing at our Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. We established temporary offices away from the flooded area and

24


Table of Contents

worked with our customers to meet their critical needs through the use of our global manufacturing base. At the beginning of the second quarter of 2011, the facility had been fully restored and we had initiated production. The operations at this facility reached full run rates in the third quarter of 2011. During the period that the facility was not operational, we estimate that our profits were negatively impacted by approximately $2.5 million to $3.5 million per month due to overhead costs related to the restoration and lost profit contribution from the facility. The cash costs to restore operations are estimated to be approximately $12.5 million to $13.5 million. Through July 2, 2011, cash spending was $10.4 million. The cash outflows were offset by approximately $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant insurance policies, of which $5.3 million had been collected by July 2, 2011. See Note 23 “Business Interruption and Insurance Recovery” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included within this prospectus for further information.
Because a significant number of our employees are represented by labor unions or trade councils and work under collective bargaining agreements, any employee slowdown or strikes or the failure to renew our collective bargaining agreements could disrupt our business.
          As of January 1, 2011, approximately 47% of our employees are represented by labor unions or trade councils and work under collective bargaining agreements. Approximately 36% of our labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire within one year. We may not be able to maintain constructive relationships with these labor unions or trade councils. We may not be able to successfully negotiate new collective bargaining agreements on satisfactory terms in the future. The loss of a substantial number of these employees or a prolonged labor dispute could disrupt our business. Any such disruption could reduce our revenues, increase our costs and result in significant losses.
We generate most of our revenue from the sale of manufactured products that are used in a wide variety of consumer and industrial applications and the potential for product liability exposure could be significant.
          We manufacture a wide variety of products that are used in consumer and industrial applications, such as disposable diapers, baby wipes, surgical gowns, wound dressings, carpet backing and industrial packaging. As a result, we may face exposure to product liability claims in the event that the failure of our products results, or is alleged to result, in property damage, bodily injury and/or death. In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may be required to make warranty payments or to participate in a recall of those products.
          The future costs associated with defending product liability claims or responding to product warranty claims could be material and we may experience significant losses in the future as a result. A successful product liability claim brought against us in excess of available insurance coverage or a requirement to participate in any product recall could substantially reduce our profitability and cash generated from operations.
We rely on a limited number of suppliers to provide significant machinery and components used in our production facilities. A material interruption in supply could prevent or limit our ability to accept and fill orders for our products.
          We currently depend upon a limited number of outside unaffiliated suppliers for key machinery and components used in our manufacturing and converting facilities. We cannot produce most of our nonwoven and oriented polyolefin products within the specifications required by our customers without such key machinery and components. If any of our suppliers cease to provide new machinery and components or replacement parts for existing machinery and components in sufficient quantity to meet our needs, there may not be adequate alternative sources of supply. To date, we have been able to obtain the required machinery and components to allow us to expand our business and supply products to our customers within their required specifications without any significant delays or interruptions. Obtaining alternative sources of such machinery and components could involve significant delays and other costs, and these supply sources may not be available to us on reasonable terms or at all. In some cases, we expect that it would take several months, or longer, for a new supplier to begin providing machinery and components to specification. Any disruption of machinery and component supplies could result in lost or deferred sales which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

25


Table of Contents

Our international operations pose risks to our business that may not be present with our domestic operations.
          Our manufacturing facilities in the United States accounted for approximately 30% of net sales for 2010, with facilities in Europe, Latin America, Canada and Asia accounting for approximately 70% of net sales for the same period. As part of our growth strategy, we may expand operations in foreign countries where we have an existing presence or enter new foreign markets. Our foreign operations are, and any future foreign operations will be, subject to certain risks that are unique to doing business in foreign countries. These risks include fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, inflation, economic or political instability, shipping delays, changes in applicable laws, including assessments of income and non-income related taxes, reduced protection of intellectual property and regulatory policies and various trade restrictions including potential changes to export taxes or countervailing and anti-dumping duties for exported products from these countries. Any of these risks could have a negative impact on our ability to deliver products to customers on a competitive and timely basis. This could reduce or impair our net sales, profits, cash flows and financial position. We have not historically hedged our exposure to foreign currency risk except for risk associated with certain capital spending projects.
We could incur substantial costs to comply with environmental laws, and violations of such laws may increase costs or require us to change certain business practices.
          We use and generate a variety of chemicals in our manufacturing operations. As a result, we are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. These environmental laws govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the handling, storage and release of wastes and hazardous substances and cleanup of contaminated sites. We regularly incur costs to comply with environmental requirements, and such costs could increase significantly with changes in legal requirements or their interpretation or enforcement. For example, certain local governments have adopted ordinances prohibiting or restricting the use or disposal of certain plastic products, such as certain of the plastic wrapping materials that we produce. Widespread adoption of such prohibitions or restrictions could adversely affect demand for our products and thereby have a material adverse effect upon us. In addition, a decline in consumer preference for plastic products due to environmental considerations could have a material adverse effect upon us. We could incur substantial costs, including clean-up costs, fines and sanctions and third-party property damage or personal injury claims, as a result of violations of environmental laws. Failure to comply with environmental requirements could also result in enforcement actions that materially limit or otherwise affect our operations at our manufacturing facilities. We are also subject to laws, such as the CERCLA, that may impose liability retroactively and without fault for releases or threatened releases of regulated materials at on-site or off-site locations.
          Additionally, greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions have increasingly become the subject of a large amount of international, national, regional, state and local attention. Cap and trade initiatives to limit GHG emissions have been enacted in the European Union. Numerous bills related to climate change have been introduced in the U.S. Congress, and various states have taken or are considering actions to regulate GHG emissions, which could adversely impact many industries including our suppliers or customers, which may result in higher costs or other impacts to our business. Within the U.S., most of these proposals would regulate and/or tax, in one fashion or another, the production of carbon dioxide and other GHGs to facilitate the reduction of carbon compound emissions to the atmosphere, and provide tax and other incentives to produce and use more clean energy. For example, in 2009, the U.S. House of Representatives passed the Markey-Waxman bill (HR 2454), which would establish a so-called cap and trade regime and new permitting requirements to regulate GHG generation, as well as provide an incentive for the production and use of clean energy. To date, the U.S. Senate has not passed any comparable legislation and Congressional approval of such legislation currently appears unlikely. Of course, some form of federal GHG legislation remains possible. On the regulatory front, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has recently taken actions under the Clean Air Act (“CAA”) regarding GHG emissions, including the issuance of regulations requiring certain entities to measure and report their GHG emissions and rules which could require certain facilities to adopt measures to control GHG emissions under the Title V and/or Prevention of Significant Deterioration CAA permitting programs commencing in 2011. However, there are various legislative and legal efforts underway to modify, defer or block EPA regulation of GHG emissions. For example, a House Energy and Commerce subcommittee recently passed a measure which would eliminate the EPA’s authority to regulate GHG emissions and repeal certain related rules, including those stated above. Although it is anticipated that the House will pass this measure within the coming weeks, the outlook for its passage is less certain in the Senate.

26


Table of Contents

If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, we could lose a significant competitive advantage.
          Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our technologies and products against competitive pressure and to defend our intellectual property rights. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may manufacture and market similar products, which could adversely affect our market share and results of operations. We consider our patents and trademarks, in the aggregate, to be important to our business and seek to protect our proprietary know-how in part through United States and foreign patent and trademark registrations. We have a total of over 450 trademark and domain name registrations and pending trademark applications worldwide and over 400 patents and pending patent applications worldwide, and maintain certain trade secrets for which, in order to maintain the confidentiality of such trade secrets, we have not sought patent protection. We may not receive patents for all our pending patent applications, and existing or future patents or licenses may not provide competitive advantages for our products. Our competitors may challenge, invalidate or avoid the application of any existing or future patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights that we receive or license. In addition, patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or selling products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products. The loss of protection for our intellectual property could reduce the market value of our products, reduce product sales, lower our profits, and impair our financial condition.
The loss of our senior management could disrupt our business.
          Our senior management is important to the success of our business because there is significant competition for executive personnel with experience in the nonwoven and oriented polyolefin industries. As a result of this need and the competition for a limited pool of industry-based executive experience, we may not be able to retain our existing senior management. In addition, we may not be able to fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover. The loss of any member of our senior management team without retaining a suitable replacement (either from inside or outside our existing management team) could restrict our ability to enhance existing products in a timely manner, sell products to our customers or manage the business effectively.
The success of our business depends, in part, on achieving our objectives for strategic acquisitions and dispositions.
          We may pursue acquisitions or joint ventures as part of our long-term business strategy. In pursuing these transactions, we may encounter significant challenges and risks including that the transaction does not advance our business strategy, that we do not realize a satisfactory return on the investment made, or that we experience difficulty in completing such transactions or in the integration of new operations, employees, business systems, and technology, or diversion of management’s attention from our other businesses. These factors could adversely affect our operating results or financial condition.
          We may, as part of our long-term business strategy, evaluate the potential disposition of assets and businesses that may no longer be in alignment with our strategic direction. When we decide to sell assets or businesses, we may encounter difficulty finding buyers or alternative exit strategies on acceptable terms in a timely manner, which could delay the accomplishment of strategic objectives, or we may dispose of a business at a price or on terms which are less than optimal. In addition, there is a risk that we sell a business whose subsequent performance exceeds expectations, in which case the decision would have potentially sacrificed enterprise value. Alternatively, we may be too optimistic about a particular business’s prospects, in which case we may be unable to find a buyer at an acceptable price or sacrifice enterprise value by retaining such business.
We may not be able to recover the carrying value of our long-lived assets, which could require us to record additional asset impairment charges and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
          We had net property, plant and equipment of $508.7 million at July 2, 2011, representing 45% of our total assets. At January 1, 2011, we had property, plant and equipment of $323.1 million, representing 44% of our total assets. We recorded impairment charges to property, plant and equipment of $0.7 million, $3.4 million and $13.1 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Restructuring initiatives and changing market conditions can impact our ability to recover the carrying value of our long-lived assets. The continuing presence of these factors, as well as

27


Table of Contents

other factors, could require us to record additional asset impairment charges in future periods which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.
          As of July 2, 2011, we have recorded, on a preliminary basis, $137.3 million of goodwill and other intangibles assets, excluding deferred financing costs, associated with the Transactions. Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. We review such assets at least annually for impairment. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of or affect the products and services we sell, challenges to the validity of certain registered intellectual property, reduced sales of certain products incorporating registered intellectual property, and a variety of other factors. The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a charge to results of operations. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Any future determination of impairment of goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
Our business may be adversely affected by economic downturns.
          General worldwide economic conditions recently experienced a downturn due to the sequential effects of the subprime lending crisis, general credit market crisis, collateral effects on the finance and banking industries, increased energy costs, concerns about inflation, slower economic activity, decreased consumer confidence, reduced corporate profits and capital spending, adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns. These conditions make it difficult for our customers, our vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and they could cause U.S. and foreign businesses to slow spending on our products, primarily in the industrial sector, which would delay and lengthen sales cycles. We cannot predict the timing or duration of any economic slowdown or the timing or strength of a subsequent economic recovery, worldwide, or in the specific end markets we serve. If certain of the markets we serve significantly deteriorate due to these economic effects, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, the downturn in economic conditions has negatively impacted the equity markets. As a result, we may experience changes in the funding positions of our defined benefit plans, which may result in increased funding requirements in the future. These factors have also resulted in a tightening in the global credit markets which could impact the ability to renew or extend short-term financing arrangements by us or our customers.
We may have certain unreimbursed costs or liabilities associated with the application of the PHC rules.
          In connection with the Merger, a portion of the aggregate merger consideration totaling $64.5 million, subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement, was deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the PHC rules of the Code to Polymer Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger. Polymer Group’s most recent financial statements as of January 1, 2011, reflected a liability for uncertain tax positions associated with the PHC issue of approximately $16.2 million. As provided under the Merger Agreement, the Stockholder Representative (as defined in the Merger Agreement) filed a ruling request with the IRS to determine whether or not Polymer Group, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries were in fact a PHC and subject to the tax as a PHC. The initial ruling request was filed on December 15, 2010, with supplemental filings on June 2, 2011 and June 20, 2011. As of the date hereof, we have not received the ruling from the IRS. The actual tax liability relating to the application of the PHC rules in such periods will depend on the outcome of this process. We expect that the amount in the escrow fund will be sufficient to cover the actual tax liability related to the application of the PHC rules in such periods. However, in certain circumstances, we could be liable for costs and liabilities relating to the application of the PHC rules. As of September 2011, the statute of limitations for the 2004 tax year has expired. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the amount in respect of potential PHC liability being held in the escrow related to the 2004 taxable year is subject to release. As of October 21, 2011, the amount to be released associated with the expired 2004 taxable year has not been finally determined by the parties.

28


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting at a reasonable assurance level, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, and may require the restatement of previously published financial information which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, investor confidence in our business and the trading prices of our securities.
     We have identified past accounting errors which resulted in the restatement of previously issued financial statements, including the financial statements for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2010 and January 1, 2011. Such accounting errors resulted from a material weakness and other identified deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting associated with processes related to (i) the preparation and adjustment of our tax accounts and (ii) intercompany reconciliations. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
     We have designed and have implemented extensive remediation programs to address these internal control deficiencies and material weaknesses and to strengthen our internal controls over financial reporting. Management believes that our remediation efforts have been effective with respect to our internal control over financial reporting associated with tax accounting and intercompany reconciliations. The previous material weaknesses in our internal controls associated with tax accounting and intercompany reconciliations have been remediated. Management concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting as of January 1, 2011 are both designed and operating effectively.
     If additional material weaknesses in our internal controls are discovered in the future, they may adversely affect our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information timely and accurately and, as a result, we may fail to prevent or detect material misstatements in our annual or interim financial statements.
     In addition, it is possible that control deficiencies could be identified by our management or by our independent registered accounting firm in the future or may occur without being identified. Such a failure could result in regulatory scrutiny, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial condition, lead to a default under our indebtedness and otherwise materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Affiliates of the Sponsor own substantially all of the equity interests in us and may have conflicts of interest with us or the holders of the notes in the future.
          As a result of the Merger, the Sponsor owns a substantial majority of our capital stock, and the Sponsor designees hold a majority of the seats on our board of directors. As a result, affiliates of the Sponsor will have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and will have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders regardless of whether holders of the notes believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. For example, affiliates of the Sponsor could collectively cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or to sell assets, or could cause us to issue additional capital stock or declare dividends. So long as the Sponsor continues to indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, affiliates of the Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. The indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility will permit us to pay advisory and other fees, dividends and make other restricted payments to the Sponsor under certain circumstances and the Sponsor or its affiliates may have an interest in our doing so. In addition, the Sponsor has no obligation to provide us with any additional debt or equity financing.
          The Sponsor is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us or that supply us with goods and services. The Sponsor may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. See “Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Description of Notes,” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”
Risks Relating to the Notes
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.
          We have a substantial amount of debt, which requires significant interest and principal payments. As of July 2, 2011, our total debt is approximately $597.8 million. Subject to the limits contained in the credit agreement

29


Table of Contents

governing our ABL Facility, the Indenture governing the notes and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could increase. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of the notes, including the following:
    making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and our other debt;
    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;
    requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
    increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
    exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;
    limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;
    placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and
    increasing our cost of borrowing.
Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.
          We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations, such as trade payables, that do not constitute indebtedness as defined under our debt instruments. In addition, our ABL Facility provides for unused commitments of $29.2 million (subject to availability under a borrowing base and after giving effect to $10.8 million of outstanding letters of credit) as of July 2, 2011. Furthermore, we may increase our commitments under our ABL Facility without the consent of lenders under our ABL Facility other than those lenders, who, in their discretion, issue a commitment to provide all or a portion of such increase by up to an additional $20.0 million, subject to certain conditions, including debt capacity under the indentures governing the notes. To the extent new debt is added to our currently anticipated debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described in the previous risk factor would increase. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Description of Notes.”
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.
          Borrowings under our ABL Facility and certain of our foreign indebtedness are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.
We may be unable to service our indebtedness, including the notes.
          Our ability to make scheduled payments on and to refinance our indebtedness including the notes, depends on and is subject to our financial and operating performance, which in turn is affected by general and regional

30


Table of Contents

economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors beyond our control, including the availability of financing in the international banking and capital markets. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our debt, including the notes, to refinance our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations or to fund our other liquidity needs, we will need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, including the notes, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations and impair our liquidity. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants that could further restrict our business operations.
          Moreover, in the event of a default, the holders of our indebtedness, including the notes and the ABL Facility, could elect to declare all the funds borrowed to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. The lenders under our ABL Facility could also elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans, and institute foreclosure proceedings against their collateral, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our ABL Facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our ABL Facility, we would be in default under our ABL Facility. The lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
The indenture governing the notes, the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility and the Lease Agreement associated with the new U.S. spunmelt line impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.
          The indenture governing the notes, the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility and the Lease Agreement associated with the new U.S. spunmelt line impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions will limit our ability to, among other things:
    incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or enter into sale and leaseback obligations;
    pay certain dividends or make certain distributions on our capital stock or repurchase or redeem our capital stock;
    make certain capital expenditures;
    make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments;
    place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us;
    engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates;
    sell certain assets or engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations;
    amend or otherwise alter the terms of our indebtedness;
    alter the business that we conduct;
    guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; and
    create liens.
          In addition, the restrictive covenants in our ABL Facility may require us to maintain a specified financial ratio and satisfy other financial condition tests, under certain conditions. Our ability to comply with those financial ratios and tests can be affected by factors beyond our control.

31


Table of Contents

          As a result of these restrictions, we will be limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.
          Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as other terms of our existing indebtedness and/or the terms of any future indebtedness from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or cannot refinance these borrowings, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our failure to comply with the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our financial condition.
          If there were an event of default under any of the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding with respect to that debt to be due and payable immediately. We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if accelerated upon an event of default. Further, if we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness under our secured debt, the holders of such debt could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. In addition, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under one debt instrument could also result in an event of default under one or more of our other debt instruments.
Claims of holders of the notes will be effectively subordinated to claims of lenders under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis.
          The notes are secured on a first-priority lien basis by the Notes Collateral (as defined below) and on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL Collateral (as defined below), subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens. The notes and the related guarantees will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future subsidiary guarantors’ secured indebtedness under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding against us, the assets that are securing indebtedness under the ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis must first be used to pay the first-priority claims under the ABL Facility in full before these assets may be used to make any payments on the notes. After claims of the lenders under the ABL Facility have been satisfied in full, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis, there may be no assets remaining under the ABL Collateral that may be applied to satisfy the claims of holders of the notes. See “Description of Other Indebtedness — ABL Facility.”
Claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of certain of our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the notes.
          The notes may not be guaranteed by certain of our existing and future subsidiaries, including all of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $782.4 million, or 71%, and $407.0 million, or 70%, of our consolidated net sales (including intercompany sales) for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the six months ended July 2, 2011, respectively. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $356.0 million, or 70%, of our property, plant and equipment, net as of July 2, 2011. Before intercompany eliminations with our non-guarantor subsidiaries, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $768.3 million, or 50.1%, of the combined Issuer, guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries total assets (including intercompany receivables with such non-guarantor subsidiaries, but excluding the value of such non-guarantor subsidiaries’ investments in our other subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. After intercompany eliminations, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $700.9 million, or 62.3%, of our consolidated total assets (excluding the value of such non-guarantor subsidiaries’ investments in our other subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. We and our guarantor subsidiaries hold $335.2 million of intercompany receivables due from our non-guarantor subsidiaries to facilitate cash repatriation from our non-guarantor subsidiaries to us. Our guarantor subsidiaries will also guarantee our ABL

32


Table of Contents

Facility. All obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the notes. The indenture governing the notes will permit these subsidiaries to incur certain additional debt and will not limit their ability to incur other liabilities that are not considered indebtedness under the indenture.
          Additionally, a significant portion of our domestic assets and the Notes Collateral is represented by intercompany receivables owed to us by our non-guarantor subsidiaries. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding against us, the ability of holders of the notes to realize upon the Notes Collateral constituting intercompany receivables will be subject to, among other things, the applicable court’s determination of whether such intercompany receivables should be treated as debt (giving us a valid claim against our non-guarantor subsidiaries) or equity (in which case we would not hold a valid claim against our non-guarantor subsidiaries for payment of such intercompany receivable, which would instead be treated as an equity investment in such non-guarantor subsidiaries). Such determination would be based on, among other factors, whether the intercompany receivables would be treated as indebtedness under applicable law and whether the intercompany receivables bear the traditional earmarks of debt or whether they have any features more typical of an equity investment in a subsidiary. If the applicable court determines that the intercompany receivables should be recharacterized and treated as an equity investment, then creditors holding claims against our non-guarantor subsidiaries would have priority over the claim held by us on account of the intercompany receivables, and our ability to collect on the intercompany receivables may be compromised. Furthermore, to the extent the intercompany receivables are respected and treated as debt, the ability of the holders of the notes to realize upon the Notes Collateral will be subject to certain insolvency and bankruptcy law limitations, in addition to any limitations imposed by applicable law, including the law of jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of our non-guarantor subsidiaries that are organized outside of the U.S.
The Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will have priority in right of payment upon a foreclosure or a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event and holders of notes will receive proceeds in respect of Notes Collateral only after the lenders under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility have been paid in full.
          While both the notes and the indebtedness and other obligations under our Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will be secured by first-priority liens on the Notes Collateral, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will have priority in right of payment upon a foreclosure or a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event and, therefore, holders of the notes will receive proceeds in respect of Notes Collateral only after the lenders under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility have been paid in full. As a result, the claims of holders of the notes to such proceeds will effectively rank behind the claims, including interest, of the lenders under our Tranche 2 Sub-Facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness — ABL Facility — Security” and “Description of Notes — Security for the Notes.” If the holders of the notes (or the trustee on their behalf) receive any proceeds as a result of an enforcement of security interests or the guarantees prior to the satisfaction of the claims under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, the holders of the notes (or the trustee on their behalf) will be required to turn over such proceeds until the claims under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility are satisfied. Accordingly, the holders of the notes may recover less from the proceeds of an enforcement of interests in the Notes Collateral than the holders of the notes otherwise might have.
The imposition of certain permitted liens could materially and adversely affect the value of the Notes Collateral.
          The Notes Collateral is also subject to liens permitted under the terms of the indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility, whether arising on or after the date the notes are issued. The existence of any permitted liens could materially adversely affect the value of the collateral that could be realized by the holders of the notes as well as the ability of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose on such collateral. The Notes Collateral may also secure future indebtedness and other obligations of ours on a pari passu first-priority basis to the extent permitted by the indenture and the security documents and as a result your rights to the collateral would be diluted by any increase in the indebtedness secured on a pari passu first-priority basis by the Notes Collateral.

33


Table of Contents

State law may limit the ability of the collateral agent on behalf of the holders of the notes to foreclose on the real property and improvements included in the collateral.
          The notes are secured by, among other things, liens on real property and improvements located in various states in which the collateral real properties are located. The laws of those states may limit the ability of the collateral agent on behalf of the holders of the notes to foreclose on the improved real property collateral located in those states. Laws of those states govern the perfection, enforceability and foreclosure of mortgage liens against real property interests which secure debt obligations such as the notes. These laws may impose procedural requirements for foreclosure different from and necessitating a longer time period for completion than the requirements for foreclosure of security interests in personal property. Debtors may have the right to reinstate defaulted debt (even if it has been accelerated) before the foreclosure date by paying the past due amounts and a right of redemption after foreclosure. Governing laws may also impose security first and one form of action rules (such as California), which rules can affect the ability to foreclose or the timing of foreclosure on real and personal property collateral regardless of the location of the collateral and may limit the right to recover a deficiency following a foreclosure.
          You also may be limited in your ability to enforce the “no liens” and “no transfer or assignments” covenants. Some decisions in state courts have placed limits on a lender’s ability to prohibit and to accelerate the debt secured by real property upon breach of covenants prohibiting sales or assignments or the creation of certain junior liens, and the lender may need to demonstrate that enforcement of such covenants is reasonably necessary to protect against impairment of the lender’s security or to protect against an increased risk of default. Although the foregoing may have been preempted by certain federal laws, the scope of such preemption is uncertain.
Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes, the guarantees and the security interests, subordinate claims in respect of the notes, the guarantees and the security interests and/or require holders of the notes to return payments received from us.
          Under federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the notes, the guarantees and the security interests could be voided, or claims in respect of the notes, the guarantees and the security interests could be subordinated to all of our other debt, if the issuance of the notes, a guarantee or a grant of security was found to have been made for less than their reasonable equivalent value and we, at the time we incurred the indebtedness evidenced by the notes:
    were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such indebtedness;
    were engaged in, or about to engage in, a business or transaction for which our remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
    intended to incur, or believed that we would incur, debts beyond our ability to repay such debts as they mature.
          A court might also void the issuance of the notes, a guaranty or grant of security, without regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued the notes or the guarantors entered into their respective guaranty or security agreements with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud our or their respective creditors.
          A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or the guarantees and security agreements, respectively, if we or a guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes. If a court were to void the issuance of the notes, the guarantees or the related security agreements, you would no longer have a claim against us or the guarantors or, in the case of the security agreements, a claim with respect to the related collateral. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining guarantors, if any. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from us or the guarantors or, with respect to the notes, any guarantee or the collateral.
          In addition, any payment by us pursuant to the notes made at a time when we were subsequently found to be insolvent could be voided and required to be returned to us or to a fund for the benefit of our creditors if such

34


Table of Contents

payment is made to an insider within a one-year period prior to a bankruptcy filing or within 90 days for any outside party and such payment would give the creditors more than such creditors would have received in a distribution under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”).
          The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, we would be considered insolvent if:
    the sum of our debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair saleable value of all our assets;
    the present fair saleable value of our assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay our probable liability on existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
    we could not pay our debts as they become due.
          In addition, although each guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit that guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may not be effective to protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce that guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless.
          Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination, if the court determines that: (i) the holders of the notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct; (ii) such inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holder of the notes; and (iii) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.
Holders of the notes may not be able to fully realize the value of their liens.
          The security interests and liens for the benefit of holders of the notes may be released without such holders’ consent in specified circumstances. In particular, the security documents governing the notes and our ABL Facility generally provide for an automatic release of all liens on any asset securing our ABL Facility on a first-priority basis and that is disposed of in compliance with the provisions of the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility and the indenture governing the notes. As a result, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the notes will continue to be secured by a substantial portion of our assets. In addition, the capital stock of our subsidiaries will be excluded from the collateral to the extent liens thereon would trigger reporting obligations under Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, which requires financial statements from any company whose securities are collateral if its book value or market value, whichever is greater, would exceed 20% of the principal amount of the notes secured thereby.
          Moreover, the collateral agent may need to evaluate the impact of potential liabilities before determining to foreclose on collateral consisting of real property because secured creditors that hold a security interest in real property may be held liable under environmental laws for the costs of remediating or preventing the release or threatened release of hazardous substances at such real property. Consequently, the collateral agent may decline to foreclose on such collateral or exercise remedies available in respect thereof if it does not receive indemnification to its satisfaction from the holders of the notes.
          In addition, all or a portion of the collateral may be released:
    to enable the sale, transfer or other disposal of such collateral in a transaction not prohibited under the indenture governing the notes or the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility, including the sale of assets in accordance with the asset sale covenant in the indenture that will govern the notes and the sale of any entity in its entirety that owns or holds such collateral; and

35


Table of Contents

    with respect to collateral held by a guarantor, upon the release of such guarantor from its guarantee.
          In addition, the guarantee of a subsidiary guarantor will be released in connection with a sale of such subsidiary guarantor in a transaction not prohibited by the indenture or upon certain other events described in the “Description of Notes.” See “Description of Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” and “Description of Notes — Security for the Notes — Release of Collateral.”
          The indenture also permits us to designate one or more of our restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor of the notes as an unrestricted subsidiary. If we designate a subsidiary guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary, all of the liens on any collateral owned by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries and any guarantees of the notes by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries will be released under the indenture. Designation of a subsidiary as unrestricted will reduce the aggregate value of the collateral securing the notes to the extent that liens on the assets of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries are released. In addition, the creditors of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries.
The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such collateral.
          The notes are secured on a first-priority lien basis (subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens) by substantially all of our and the guarantors’ assets (other than accounts receivable, inventory and cash and proceeds and products of the foregoing and certain assets related thereto securing our ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis (the “ABL Collateral”)) (the “Notes Collateral”) and such collateral may be shared in certain circumstances with our future creditors. The actual value of the Notes Collateral at any time will depend upon market and other economic conditions. As of July 2, 2011, the book value of the Notes Collateral (other than capital stock of the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries) was approximately $674.5 million.
          The notes are also secured on a second-priority lien basis (subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens) by the ABL Collateral. The ABL Collateral is subject to a first-priority security interest for the benefit of the lenders under our ABL Facility, and may be shared with our future creditors. Although the holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral and the holders of obligations secured by second-priority liens on the ABL Collateral, including the notes, will share in the proceeds of the ABL Collateral, the holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral will be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the ABL Collateral to repay the obligations held by them in full before the holders of the notes and the holders of other obligations secured by second-priority liens in the ABL Collateral receive any such proceeds.
          In addition, the asset sale covenant and the definition of asset sale in the indenture governing the notes have a number of significant exceptions pursuant to which we will be able to sell Notes Collateral without being required to reinvest the proceeds of such sale into assets that will comprise Notes Collateral or to make an offer to the holders of the notes to repurchase the notes.
          As of July 2, 2011, we had $560.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under the notes and no indebtedness outstanding under our ABL Facility, with approximately $29.2 million of additional availability under our ABL Facility (subject to availability under a borrowing base and after giving effect to $10.8 million of outstanding letters of credit) as of July 2, 2011. All indebtedness under our ABL Facility will be secured by first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral (subject to certain exceptions). In addition, under the terms of the indenture governing the notes, we may grant certain additional liens on any property or asset that constitutes ABL Collateral. Any grant of additional liens on the ABL Collateral would further dilute the value of the second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the notes. Further, as described above, we will be permitted under the terms of the indenture governing the notes to sell all assets that constitute ABL Collateral and not apply the proceeds to invest in additional assets that will secure the notes or repay outstanding indebtedness.
          The value of the pledged assets in the event of a liquidation will depend upon market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. No independent appraisals of any of the pledged property were prepared by or on behalf of us in connection with the offering of the notes. Accordingly, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the proceeds of any sale of the pledged assets following an acceleration to maturity with respect to the notes would be sufficient to satisfy, or would not be substantially less than, amounts due on the notes

36


Table of Contents

and the other debt secured thereby. If the proceeds of any sale of the pledged assets were not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes (to the extent their notes were not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the pledged assets) would have only an unsecured claim against our remaining assets. By their nature, some or all of the pledged assets may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the pledged assets will be saleable or, if saleable, that there will not be substantial delays in their liquidation. To the extent that liens, rights and easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on property owned by us or constitute subordinate liens on the pledged assets, those third parties may have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such encumbrances (including rights to require marshalling of assets) that could adversely affect the value of the pledged assets located at that site and the ability of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose on the pledged assets at that site.
          In addition, the indenture governing the notes permits us to issue additional secured debt, including debt secured equally and ratably by the same assets pledged for the benefit of the holders of the notes. This could reduce amounts payable to holders of the notes from the proceeds of any sale of the collateral.
          Additionally, a significant portion of our domestic assets and the Notes Collateral is represented by intercompany receivables owed to us by our non-guarantor subsidiaries. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding against us, the ability of holders of the notes to realize upon the Notes Collateral constituting intercompany receivables will be subject to, among other things, the applicable court’s determination of whether such intercompany receivables should be treated as debt (giving us a valid claim against our non-guarantor subsidiaries) or equity (in which case we would not hold a valid claim against our non-guarantor subsidiaries for payment of such intercompany receivable, which would instead be treated as an equity investment in such non-guarantor subsidiaries). Such determination would be based on, among other factors, whether the intercompany receivables would be treated as indebtedness under applicable law and whether the intercompany receivables bear the traditional earmarks of debt or whether they have any features more typical of an equity investment in a subsidiary. If the applicable court determines that the intercompany receivables should be recharacterized and treated as an equity investment, then creditors holding claims against our non-guarantor subsidiaries would have priority over the claim held by us on account of the intercompany receivables, and our ability to collect on the intercompany receivables may be compromised. Furthermore, to the extent the intercompany receivables are respected and treated as debt, the ability of the holders of the notes to realize upon the Notes Collateral will be subject to certain insolvency and bankruptcy law limitations, in addition to any limitations imposed by applicable law, including the law of jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of our non-guarantor subsidiaries that are organized outside of the U.S.
The rights of holders of the notes with respect to the ABL collateral will be substantially limited by the terms of the intercreditor agreement.
          Under the terms of the intercreditor agreement which was entered into in connection with our ABL Facility, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, any actions that may be taken in respect of the ABL Collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the ABL Collateral and to control the conduct of such proceedings, and the approval of amendments to, releases of ABL Collateral from the lien of, and waivers of past defaults under, the security documents, will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first-priority liens. Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent, on behalf of the holders of the notes, will have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if the rights of the holders of the notes are adversely affected, subject to certain exceptions. See “Description of Notes — Security for the Notes” and “Description of Notes — Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.” Under the terms of the intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, if the holders of such indebtedness release the ABL Collateral for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, in connection with any sale of assets, the second-priority security interest in such ABL Collateral securing the notes will be automatically and simultaneously released without any consent or action by the holders of the notes, subject to certain exceptions. The ABL Collateral so released will no longer secure our and the guarantors’ obligations under the notes. In addition, because the holders of the indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral control the disposition of the ABL Collateral, such holders could decide not to proceed against the ABL Collateral, regardless of whether there is a default under the documents governing such indebtedness or under the indenture governing the notes. In such event, the only remedy available to the holders of the notes would be to sue for payment on the notes and the related

37


Table of Contents

guarantees under the indenture. In addition, the intercreditor agreement gives the holders of first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral the right to access and use the collateral that secures the notes to allow those holders to protect the ABL Collateral and to process, store and dispose of the ABL Collateral.
The value of the collateral securing the notes may not be sufficient to secure post-petition interest.
          In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding against us, holders of the notes will only be entitled to post-petition interest under the Bankruptcy Code to the extent that the value of their security interest in the collateral is greater than their pre-bankruptcy claim. Holders of the notes that have a security interest in collateral with a value equal or less than their pre-bankruptcy claim will not be entitled to post-petition interest under the Bankruptcy Code. No appraisals of the fair market value of the collateral were prepared in connection with the offering and we therefore cannot assure you that the value of the noteholders’ interest in the collateral equals or exceeds the principal amount of the notes. See “— The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such collateral.”
The waiver in the intercreditor agreement of rights of marshaling may adversely affect the recovery rates of holders of the notes in a bankruptcy or foreclosure scenario.
          The notes and the guarantees are secured on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL Collateral. The intercreditor agreement provides that, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, the holders of the notes, the trustee under the indenture governing the notes and the collateral agent for the notes may not assert or enforce any right of marshaling accorded to a junior lienholder, as against the holders of such indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral. Without this waiver of the right of marshaling, holders of such indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral would likely be required to liquidate collateral on which the notes did not have a lien, if any, prior to liquidating the ABL Collateral, thereby maximizing the proceeds of the ABL Collateral that would be available to repay our obligations under the notes. As a result of this waiver, the proceeds of sales of the ABL Collateral could be applied to repay any indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral before applying proceeds of the sale of other collateral securing indebtedness, and the holders of the notes may recover less than they would have if such proceeds were applied in the order most favorable to the holders of the notes.
Certain significant assets will be excluded from the collateral.
               Certain assets are excluded from the collateral securing the notes as described under “Description of Notes — Security for the Notes” including, among other things, any assets held by foreign and unrestricted subsidiaries, any assets in real property (including leaseholds) other than fee interests having a value in excess of certain amounts, as well as other exclusions. In addition, the collateral will not include any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Issuer, to the extent that the pledge of such capital stock results in our being required to file separate financial statements of such subsidiary with the SEC, and any such capital stock that triggers such a requirement to file financial statements of such subsidiary of the Issuer with the SEC would be automatically released from the collateral. The value of this excluded collateral is significant and in certain circumstances may be pledged to other lenders. Additionally, we are not required to create or perfect liens in assets where we reasonably determine that such creation or perfection would be considered excessive in view of the benefits obtained therefrom by the holders of the notes (including material adverse tax consequences). See “Description of Notes — Security for the Notes.”
We will in most cases have control over the collateral, and the sale of particular assets by us could reduce the pool of assets securing the notes and the guarantees.
          The collateral documents allow us to remain in possession of, retain exclusive control over, freely operate, and collect, invest and dispose of any income from, the collateral securing the notes and the guarantees. In addition, we will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”) if we determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that, under the terms of that Section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or such portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released collateral. For example, so long as no default or event of default under the indenture would result therefrom and such transaction would not violate the Trust Indenture Act, we may, among other things, without any

38


Table of Contents

release or consent by the applicable trustee, conduct ordinary course activities with respect to collateral, such as selling, factoring, abandoning or otherwise disposing of collateral and making ordinary course cash payments (including repayments of indebtedness). With respect to such releases, we must deliver to the collateral agent, from time to time, an officers’ certificate to the effect that all releases and withdrawals during the preceding six-month period in which no release or consent of the collateral agent was obtained in the ordinary course of our business were not prohibited by the indenture.
In the event of a bankruptcy of us or any of the guarantors, holders of the notes may be deemed to have an unsecured claim to the extent that our obligations in respect of the notes exceed the fair market value of the collateral securing the notes.
          In any bankruptcy proceeding with respect to us or any of the guarantors, it is possible that the bankruptcy trustee, the debtor-in-possession or competing creditors will assert that the fair market value of the collateral with respect to the notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was less than the then-current principal amount of the notes. Upon a finding by the bankruptcy court that the notes are under-collateralized, the claims in the bankruptcy proceeding with respect to the notes would be bifurcated between a secured claim and an unsecured claim, and the unsecured claim would not be entitled to the benefits of security in the collateral. Other consequences of a finding of under-collateralization would be, among other things, a lack of entitlement on the part of the notes to receive post-petition interest and a lack of entitlement on the part of the unsecured portion of the notes to receive other “adequate protection” under federal bankruptcy laws. In addition, if any payments of post-petition interest had been made at the time of such a finding of under-collateralization, those payments could be recharacterized by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount of the secured claim with respect to the notes.
Because each guarantor’s liability under its guarantees may be reduced to zero, avoided or released under certain circumstances, holders of the notes may not receive any payments from some or all of the guarantors.
          Holders of the notes have the benefit of the guarantees of the guarantors. However, the guarantees by the guarantors are limited to the maximum amount that the guarantors are permitted to guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be reduced to zero, depending upon the amount of other obligations of such guarantor. Further, under the circumstances discussed more fully above, a court under federal and state fraudulent conveyance and transfer statutes could void the obligations under a guarantee or further subordinate it to all other obligations of the guarantor. See “— Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes, the guarantees and the security interests, subordinate claims in respect of the notes, the guarantees and the security interests and/or require holders of the notes to return payments received from us.” In addition, you will lose the benefit of a particular guarantee if it is released under certain circumstances described under “Description of Notes — Guarantees.”
Bankruptcy laws may limit the ability of holders of the notes to realize value from the collateral.
               The right of the collateral agent to repossess and dispose of the pledged assets upon the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture governing the notes is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against us before the collateral agent repossessed and disposed of the pledged assets. For example, under the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to the automatic stay imposed upon the bankruptcy filing, a secured creditor is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such debtor or creating, perfecting or enforcing any lien against a debtor, or taking other actions to levy against a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral (including cash collateral) and to provide liens senior to the lien of the collateral agent in respect of the notes to secure indebtedness incurred after the commencement of a bankruptcy case even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances (and is within the discretion of the bankruptcy court), but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral and may include cash payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such times as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of the automatic stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. Generally, adequate protection payments, in the form of interest or otherwise, are not required to be paid by a debtor to a secured creditor unless the bankruptcy court

39


Table of Contents

determines that the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral is declining during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In addition, the bankruptcy court may determine not to provide cash payments as adequate protection to the holders of the notes if, among other possible reasons, the bankruptcy court determines that the fair market value of the collateral with respect to the notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was less than the then-current principal amount of the notes. Furthermore, due to the imposition of the automatic stay, the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict (1) how long payments under the notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, (2) whether or when the collateral agent could repossess or dispose of the pledged assets or (3) whether or to what extent holders of the notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the pledged assets through the requirement of “adequate protection.”
The collateral is subject to casualty risks.
          We are obligated under our ABL Facility to at all times cause all the pledged assets to be properly insured and kept insured against loss or damage by fire or other hazards to the extent that such properties are usually insured by corporations operating in the same or similar business. There are, however, some losses, including losses resulting from terrorist acts, that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the insurance proceeds will compensate us fully for our losses. If there is a total or partial loss of any of the pledged assets, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the proceeds received by us in respect thereof will be sufficient to satisfy all the secured obligations, including the notes.
          In the event of a total or partial loss to any of the mortgaged facilities, certain items of equipment and inventory may not be easily replaced. Accordingly, even though there may be insurance coverage, the extended period needed to manufacture replacement units or inventory could cause significant delays.
Rights of holders of the notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect security interests in the collateral.
          Applicable law requires that a security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can only be properly perfected and its priority retained through certain actions undertaken by the secured party. The liens in the collateral securing the notes may not be perfected with respect to the claims of the notes if the collateral agent is not able to take the actions necessary to perfect any of these liens on or prior to the Issue Date.
          In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest, such as real property, equipment subject to a certificate of title and certain proceeds, can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. We and the guarantors have limited obligations to perfect the security interest of the holders of the notes in specified collateral. There can be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral agent for the notes will monitor, or that we will inform such trustee or collateral agent of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral. Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent for the notes has an obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interest. Such failure may result in the loss of the security interest in the collateral or the priority of the security interest in favor of the notes against third parties.
          If the Issuer or any guarantor were to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, any liens recorded or perfected or any mortgages delivered after the Issue Date would face a greater risk of being invalidated than if they had been recorded, perfected or delivered on the Issue Date. Liens recorded or perfected or any mortgages delivered after the Issue Date may be treated under bankruptcy law as if they were delivered to secure previously existing indebtedness. In bankruptcy proceedings commenced within 90 days of lien perfection or mortgage delivery, a lien or mortgage given to secure previously existing debt is significantly more likely to be avoided as a preference by the bankruptcy court than if delivered and promptly recorded on the Issue Date. Accordingly, if the Issuer or a guarantor were to file for bankruptcy protection after the Issue Date and the liens had been perfected or the mortgages had been delivered less than 90 days before commencement of such bankruptcy proceeding, or not yet perfected or delivered at all, the liens or mortgages securing the notes may be especially subject to challenge as a result of having not been perfected or delivered before the Issue Date. To the extent that such challenge succeeded, you would lose the benefit of the security that the collateral was intended to provide.

40


Table of Contents

Pledges of equity interests in our foreign subsidiaries may not be enforceable under the laws of the jurisdictions where such foreign subsidiaries are organized.
          Part of the security for the repayment of the notes consists of a pledge of the capital stock of or equity interests in certain foreign subsidiaries (with capital stock of such foreign subsidiaries capped at 65%). Although such pledges are granted under security documents governed by U.S. law, some foreign jurisdictions may not recognize such security interests as enforceable. Consequently, the collateral agent may be unable to exercise remedies against the equity interests in foreign subsidiaries.
We may not be able to finance a change of control offer required by the indenture.
          Upon a change of control, as defined under the indenture governing the notes, you will have the right to require us to offer to purchase all of the notes then outstanding at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued interest. In order to obtain sufficient funds to pay the purchase price of the outstanding notes, we expect that we would have to refinance the notes. We cannot assure you that we would be able to refinance the notes on reasonable terms, if at all. Our failure to offer to purchase all outstanding notes or to purchase all validly tendered notes would be an event of default under the indenture. Such an event of default may cause the acceleration of our other debt, including debt under our ABL Facility. Our future debt also may contain restrictions on repayment requirements with respect to specified events or transactions that constitute a change of control under the indenture.
          Certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the indenture governing the notes, constitute a “change of control” that would require us to repurchase the notes, notwithstanding the fact that such corporate events could increase the level of our indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings or the value of the notes. In addition, the definition of change of control in the indenture governing the notes includes a phrase relating to the sale of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale of less than all our assets to another person may be uncertain. See “Description of Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control.”
A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may adversely affect the market price or liquidity of the notes.
          Our debt currently has a non-investment grade rating, and there can be no assurances that any rating assigned will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell the notes, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time. Additionally, credit ratings may not reflect the potential effect of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the notes. If any credit rating initially assigned to the notes is subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, you may not be able to resell your notes without a substantial discount.
If the notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, certain covenants contained in the indenture will be suspended, and holders of the notes will lose the protection of these covenants unless and until the notes subsequently fall back below investment grade.
          The indenture contains certain covenants that will be suspended for so long as the notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. These covenants restrict the Issuer and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:
    incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;
    make distributions or other restricted payments;
    sell capital stock or other assets;
    engage in transaction with affiliates; and

41


Table of Contents

    designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
          Because these restrictions will not apply when the notes are rated investment grade, we will be able to incur additional debt and consummate transactions that may impair our ability to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes. In addition, we will not have to make certain offers to repurchase the notes.

42


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTIONS
The Transactions
          On October 4, 2010, Polymer Group, Merger Sub, Parent and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P. entered into the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Polymer Group, with Polymer Group being the surviving corporation following the Merger. As a result of the Merger, the Investor Group, through the ownership of Holdings, beneficially owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Polymer Group. A portion of the aggregate merger consideration totaling $64.5 million, subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement, or approximately $2.91 per share (calculated on a fully diluted basis), were deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the personal holding company (“PHC”) rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to Polymer Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger. As described below and in “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement” the management investors made investments in Holdings. In connection with the Transactions, the management investors received options to acquire shares of Holdings. Blackstone and the management investors invested $259.9 million in equity of Holdings. The Merger, the equity investment by the Investor Group, the entering into the ABL Facility, the offering of the notes, the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of Polymer Group and the payment of related fees and expenses are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the “Transactions.”
          In addition to the Merger Agreement, the parties entered into various ancillary agreements governing relationships between the parties after the Merger. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
          As a result of the Transactions, Parent owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Polymer Group. See “Prospectus Summary — The Transactions” and “Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management.”
          The following financing transactions occurred in connection with the closing of the Merger:
    an investment made by Blackstone and the management investors totaling $259.9 million in equity of Holdings;
    the entering into the ABL Facility; and
    the issuance of the notes.
          On the closing date of the Merger, we terminated all commitments and repaid all outstanding borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities (the “old credit facilities”). In addition, we repaid our Mexico Credit Facility and a portion of existing indebtedness under our Argentine Facilities in connection with the Transactions. We repaid the Argentine peso-denominated loans soon after the closing of the Transactions. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”
          We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition on January 28, 2011, which included repayment of approximately $34.8 million of outstanding debt of Tesalca-Texnovo and issuance of 393,675 new shares of our common stock to Tesalca-Texnovo owners, in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. Additionally, we completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million in the first quarter of 2011.

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
          We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes. As consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. The outstanding notes that are surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. As a result, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
          The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of July 2, 2011.
          You should read this table in conjunction with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Financial Information,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
          The outstanding notes that are surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. As a result, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.
         
    As of July 2,  
    2011  
    (unaudited)  
    (dollars in  
    millions)  
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 54.9  
 
     
 
       
Short-term borrowings(1)
  $ 3.3  
Long-term debt, including current portion:
       
ABL facility(2)
     
Notes
    560.0  
Other existing debt(1)
    34.0  
 
     
Total short-term borrowings and long-term debt, including current portion
    597.3  
 
       
Total shareholders’ equity
    222.4  
 
     
Total capitalization
  $ 819.7  
 
     
 
(1)   Short-term borrowings and our other existing debt consist of:
    our Argentine facilities entered into by our Argentina subsidiary, consisting of short-term credit facilities to finance working capital requirements, under which $3.0 million of indebtedness is currently outstanding, and a long-term facility under which $17.3 million (with a $16.7 million carrying value) of indebtedness are currently outstanding;
    our China Facility entered into by our Suzhou, China subsidiary, under which $17.0 million of indebtedness was outstanding as of July 2, 2011. We borrowed an additional $3.0 million of indebtedness under this facility in the third quarter of 2011; and
    $0.3 million of capital leases and $0.3 million of other short-term borrowings.
 
(2)   Our ABL Facility provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $50.0 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base, which amount may be increased to $70.0 million, subject to certain conditions, and has a four-year maturity. As of July 2, 2011, the borrowing base availability was $40.0 million and, after giving effect to the outstanding letters of credit of $10.8 million, the net availability was approximately $29.2 million. Because the borrowing base under the ABL Facility is expected to depend, in part, on inventory, accounts receivables and other assets that fluctuate from time to time, such amount may not reflect actual availability under our ABL Facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness — ABL Facility.”

45


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
          The following unaudited pro forma financial information is based on our audited and unaudited financial statements included in this prospectus, as adjusted to illustrate the estimated pro forma effects of the Transactions and certain acquisitions (including the preliminary application of purchase accounting). The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including under “The Transactions” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
          The unaudited pro forma financial information gives effect to the Transactions and the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition, as if they had occurred on January 3, 2010 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations.
          The unaudited pro forma financial information also gives effect to the completion of the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition as if it had occurred on December 2, 2009, the date we completed the initial phase of the acquisition, for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations. We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Recent Transactions and Events — Business Acquisitions and Divestitures — Spain Business Acquisition.”
          The unaudited pro forma financial information is for illustrative and informational purposes only and does not purport to represent or be indicative of what our financial condition or results of operations would have been had the Transactions and the acquisitions described above occurred on such dates. The unaudited pro forma financial information should not be considered representative of our future financial condition or results of operations.
          The Merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805. Under purchase accounting, fixed assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values. We are in the process of completing valuations of certain assets. Thus, the allocation of the purchase price to our assets is subject to adjustment.

46


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Operations
Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2011
                         
    Historical        
    Predecessor     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (dollars in millions)  
Net sales
  $ 1,106.2     $     $ 1,106.2  
Cost of goods sold
    896.3       11.1 (a)     907.4  
 
                 
Gross profit
    209.9       (11.1 )     198.8  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    141.5       7.0 (a)     148.5  
Special charges, net
    18.0       (6.4 )(b)     11.6  
Acquisition and integration expenses
    1.7               1.7  
Other operating (income) loss, net
    (0.8 )             (0.8 )
 
                 
Operating income (loss)
    49.5       (11.7 )     37.8  
Other expense (income):
                       
Interest expense, net
    31.7       20.4 (c)     52.1  
Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net
    1.5       (d)     1.5  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    16.3       (32.1 )     (15.8 )
Income tax expense
    4.5       0.5 (e)     5.0  
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 11.8     $ (32.6 )   $ (20.8 )
 
                 
See accompanying notes.

47


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Operations
Six Months Ended July 2, 2011
                                 
    Historical        
    Predecessor One     Successor Five             Pro Forma Six  
    Month Ended     Months Ended             Months Ended  
    January 28, 2011     July 2, 2011     Adjustments     July 2, 2011  
            (dollars in millions)          
Net sales
  $ 84.6     $ 495.7     $       $ 580.3  
Cost of goods sold
    68.5       425.0       (19.5 )(a)     474.0  
 
                       
Gross profit
    16.1       70.7       19.5       106.3  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    11.6       62.3       0.5 (a)     74.4  
Special charges, net
    20.8       34.8       (44.3 )(b)     11.3  
Other operating (income) loss, net
    (0.6 )     1.0               0.4  
 
                       
Operating income (loss)
    (15.7 )     (27.4 )     63.3       20.2  
Other expense (income):
                               
Interest expense, net
    1.9       20.7       1.7 (c)     24.3  
Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net
    0.2       1.2       (0.3 )(d)     1.1  
 
                       
Income (loss) before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    (17.8 )     (49.3 )     61.9       (5.2 )
Income tax expense
    0.5       (1.7 )     0.1 (e)     (1.1 )
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (18.3 )   $ (47.6 )   $ 61.8     $ (4.1 )
 
                       
See accompanying notes.

48


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Operations
(a)   Reflects the following pro forma adjustments:
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
    January 1, 2011     July 2, 2011  
    (dollars in millions)  
Depreciation and amortization (1)
  $ 2.9     $ (1.2 )
Inventory step-up (2)
    17.5       (17.5 )
Lease expense at PGI Spain (3)
    (5.3 )     (0.4 )
Blackstone advisory fee (4)
    3.0       0.1  
 
           
Net adjustment
  $ 18.1     $ (19.0 )
 
           
 
(1)   The pro forma adjustment to depreciation and amortization has been calculated using preliminary estimates of purchase price allocation and preliminary average useful lives, both of which are subject to change. Depreciation has been calculated assuming useful lives of 20 years for buildings and 8 years for machinery and equipment. Amortization of identifiable intangible assets (consisting of technology, trade names and customer relationships) has been calculated assuming an average useful life of 10 years. This adjustment is calculated as follows:
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
    January 1, 2011     July 2, 2011  
    (dollars in millions)  
Pro forma depreciation
  $ 43.6     $ 20.7  
Pro forma amortization
    4.8       2.4  
 
           
Total pro forma depreciation and amortization
    48.4       23.1  
Less historical depreciation and amortization
    (45.5 )     (24.3 )
 
           
Net adjustment
  $ 2.9     $ (1.2 )
 
           
 
(2)   Represents the turn-around impact of the purchase accounting fair value adjustment to inventories, as this inventory is considered sold within three months after the closing; and
 
(3)   Reflects the elimination of lease expense paid to Tesalca-Texnovo in connection with the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition.
 
(4)   The $3.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the $0.1 million for the six months ended July 2, 2011 represent a full-year impact and six months impact, respectively, of the Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C. annual management service agreement fee, using $3.0 million as the base amount. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
    The above pro forma adjustments are reflected as follows:
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
    January 1, 2011     July 2, 2011  
    (dollars in millions)  
Cost of goods sold
  $ 11.1     $ (19.5 )
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    7.0       0.5  
 
           
Net adjustment
  $ 18.1     $ (19.0 )
 
           

49


Table of Contents

(b)   Reflects the following pro forma adjustments:
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
    January 1, 2011     July 2, 2011  
    (dollars in millions)  
Accelerated Equity Award (1)
  $     $ (12.7 )
Merger related costs (2)
    (6.4 )     31.6  
 
           
Net adjustment
  $ (6.4 )   $ (44.3 )
 
           
 
(1)   The $(12.7) million for the six months ended July 2, 2011 represent the adjustment to exclude the impact of the accelerated equity awards, which vested as a result of the change in control associated with the Transactions.
 
(2)   The $(6.4) million for fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the $(31.6) million for the six months ended July 2, 2011 represent adjustments to remove one-time professional fees and other transaction-related costs attributed to the Transactions.
(c)   Reflects pro forma interest expense resulting from our new capital structure as follows:
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
    January 1, 2011     July 2, 2011  
    (dollars in millions)  
ABL Facility (1)
  $     $  
Notes (2)
    43.4       21.7  
Existing debt not repaid, letter of credit, commitment and factoring fees (3)
    6.0       1.2  
 
           
Total cash interest expense
    49.4       22.9  
Amortization of debt issuance costs (4)
    2.7       1.4  
 
           
Total pro forma interest expense
    52.1       24.3  
Less historical interest expense
    (31.7 )     (22.6 )
 
           
Net adjustment
  $ 20.4     $ 1.7  
 
           
 
(1)   Our ABL Facility bears interest initially at a rate equal to, at our option, either (A) Adjusted LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus (i) 3.50% in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (ii) 5.50% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility; or (B) the higher of (a) the administrative agent’s Prime Rate and (b) the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.5% plus (i) 2.50% in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (ii) 4.50% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness — ABL Facility.” As of July 2, 2011, the ABL Facility was undrawn.
 
(2)   Reflects interest expense for the Notes at an interest rate of 7.75% per annum.
 
(3)   Reflects historical interest expense on our Argentine debt and capital leases which are expected to remain outstanding after the Transactions. Our Argentina U.S. dollar-denominated term loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 290 basis points (3.20% at July 2, 2011). Our Argentina U.S. dollar-denominated short-term borrowings had an average interest rate of 1.8% at July 2, 2011. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Argentine Facilities.” As of July 2, 2011, we borrowed $17.0 million under the China Facility. We borrowed an additional $3.0 million under the China Facility in the third quarter of 2011.
 
    Further, reflects (i) historical letter of credit fees on our non-U.S. letters of credit which do not reduce availability under our ABL Facility, (ii) assumed letter of credit fees under our ABL Facility on pro forma U.S. letters of credit outstanding during the periods presented, (iii) commitment fees of 0.875% on the assumed average unused balance of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and 0.625% on the assumed average unused balance of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility of our ABL facility, and (iv) historical amounts charged to interest expense for factoring advances. See “Description of Other Indebtedness — ABL

50


Table of Contents

    Facility — Interest Rate and Fees” for a description of fees payable under our ABL Facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Other Obligations and Commitments — Factoring Agreements.”
 
(4)   Reflects non-cash interest expense related to estimated capitalized debt issuance costs that are being amortized over the term of the related facility (four years for the ABL Facility and eight years for the notes).
      Interest Rate Sensitivity
As of July 2, 2011, the ABL Facility was undrawn. The actual amounts of borrowings under the ABL Facility will fluctuate from time to time and will be subject to borrowing base availability, which would be reduced by certain outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at variable rates. If the ABL Facility were fully drawn, based on an assumed interest rate of 4.0%, our annual interest payments on the ABL Facility would have been $2.0 million. A 0.125% change in interest rates would increase or decrease annual interest expense on the ABL Facility by less than $0.1 million.
(d)   Reflects changes in the value of the tax indemnification asset associated with the potential application of the PHC rules. Income tax expense (benefit) resulting from changes in the recorded tax liability for the potential application of the PHC rules, for which we will have indemnification from the selling shareholders, is offset by an equal amount of income (expense) relating to the tax indemnification asset, which is recorded in Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net.
(e)   Reflects pro forma income tax expense (benefit) applicable to the pro forma adjustments based on the respective jurisdictions to which the pro forma adjustments pertain and the associated applicable statutory tax rates, after taking into consideration the impact of changes in our valuation allowance.

51


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
           The following selected historical consolidated financial information and other data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
          The selected historical consolidated statement of operations data, cash flow data and other financial data presented below for the fiscal years ended January 3, 2009, January 2, 2010 and January 1, 2011, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of January 2, 2010 and January 1, 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated statement of operations data, cash flow data and other financial data presented below for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2006 and December 29, 2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 30, 2006, December 29, 2007 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial and other data presented below for, and as of the end of, the six month period ended July 3, 2010, for the one month period ended January 28, 2011 and for the five month period ended July 2, 2011, have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. Operating results for the one month period ended January 28, 2011 and the five month period ended July 2, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011.
          The fiscal year ended January 3, 2009 included the results of operations for a fifty-three week period. Other fiscal years presented below included fifty-two weeks.
                                                                   
    Predecessor       Successor  
                                                              January 29,  
    Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months     January 2,       2011  
                                            Ended     2011 through       through  
    December 30,     December 29,     January 3,     January 2,     January 1,     July 3,     January 28,       July 2,  
    2006     2007     2009     2010     2011     2010     2011       2011  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                   (dollars in thousands)   (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)  
Statement of Operations:
                                                                 
Net sales
  $ 909,877     $ 940,455     $ 1,026,194     $ 850,605     $ 1,106,211     $ 548,225     $ 84,606       $ 495,735  
Cost of goods sold
    764,621       781,695       856,622       667,255       896,319       447,906       68,531         424,998  
 
                                                 
Gross profit
    145,256       158,760       169,572       183,350       209,892       100,319       16,075         70,737  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    103,208       100,173       115,474       113,318       141,461       67,334       11,564         62,295  
Special charges, net
    38,683       46,568       20,088       20,763       17,993       9,357       20,824         34,827  
Acquisition and integration expenses
                      1,789       1,742       1,680                
Other operating (income) loss, net
    1,289       (1,435 )     4,960       (4,736 )     (815 )     (971 )     (564 )       1,025  
 
                                                 
Operating income (loss)
    2,076       13,454       29,050       52,216       49,511       22,919       (15,749 )       (27,410 )
Other expense (income):
                                                                 
Interest expense, net
    26,882       29,926       31,067       26,712       31,728       16,794       1,922         20,658  
Gain on reacquisition of debt
          115             (2,431 )                          
Loss on extinguishment of debt
                      5,088                            
Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net
    1,687       (381 )     526       5,246       1,454       860       82         1,195  
 
                                                 
(Loss) income before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    (26,493 )     (16,206 )     (2,543 )     17,601       16,329       5,265       (17,753 )       (49,263 )
Income tax expense
    7,953       10,838       7,008       8,578       4,534       5,232       549         (1,685 )
 
                                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (34,446 )     (27,044 )     (9,551 )     9,023       11,795       33       (18,302 )       (47,578 )

52


Table of Contents

                                                                   
                                                              Successor  
    Predecessor       January 29,  
                                            Six Months     January 2,       2011  
    Fiscal Year Ended     Ended     2011 through       through  
    December 30,     December 29,     January 3,     January 2,     January 1,     July 3,     January 28,       July 2,  
    2006     2007     2009     2010     2011     2010     2011       2011  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                       (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)  
Discontinued operations:
                                                                 
Income (loss) from operations of discontinued business
    1,735       (11,713 )     8,291       2,113       (765 )     (181 )     182         (1,793 )
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net
                      6,802                           (216 )
 
                                                 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    1,735       (11,713 )     8,291       8,915       (765 )     (181 )     182         (2,009 )
 
                                                 
Net (loss) income
    (32,711 )     (38,757 )     (1,260 )     17,938       11,030       (148 )     (18,120 )       (49,587 )
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (2,095 )     (2,076 )     5,969       2,137       (623 )     (293 )     (83 )       (161 )
 
                                                 
Net (loss) income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ (34,806 )   $ (40,833 )   $ 4,709     $ 20,075     $ 10,407     $ (441 )   $ (18,203 )     $ (49,748 )
 
                                                 
 
                                                                 
Operating and other data:
                                                                 
Cash provided by operating activities
  $ 67,121     $ 38,974       59,458     $ 99,009     $ 63,244     $ 17,573     $ (25,270 )     $ (27,655 )
Cash used in investing activities
    (64,506 )     (53,831 )     (31,626 )     (14,567 )     (41,276 )     (9,189 )     (8,305 )       (431,512 )
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (1,934 )     12,719       (12,860 )     (72,651 )     (8,086 )     (3,976 )     31,442         442,015  
Gross margin
    16.0 %     16.9 %     16.5 %     21.6 %     19.0 %     18.3 %     19.0 %       14.3 %
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 60,663     $ 58,699     $ 52,294     $ 50,370     $ 46,353     $ 23,404     $ 3,535       $ 21,443  
Capital expenditures
    68,405       60,720       34,460       43,477       45,183       9,669       8,405         29,911  
Balance sheet data (at end of period):
                                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents and short term investments
  $ 32,227     $ 31,698     $ 45,718     $ 57,894     $ 72,355     $ 61,261     $ 70,771       $ 54,857  
Operating working capital (a)
    91,478       100,526       95,803       79,215       53,068       57,028       52,662         81,306  
Total assets
    741,004       749,739       702,171       699,911       731,977       706,363       819,259         1,125,863  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    402,416       415,514       392,505       322,021       328,170       316,926       359,525         590,497  
Noncontrolling interests
    15,513       17,101       10,886       8,038       8,916       8,399                
Total Polymer Group, Inc. shareholders’ equity
    111,756       80,741       61,753       116,357       134,336       112,755       148,187         222,355  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (b)
                      1.6x       1.5x       1.3x                
 
(a)   Operating working capital is defined as accounts receivable plus inventories less trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
 
(b)   For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as pre-tax earnings from continuing operations plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest expense on all indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance fees and one-third of rental expense on operating leases representing that portion of rental expense deemed to be attributable to interest. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2006 by $29.3 million, December 29, 2007 by $17.9 million and January 3, 2009 by $2.6 million. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the periods from January 2, 2011 through January 28, 2011 and from January 29, 2011 through July 2, 2011 by $17.9 million and $50.3 million, respectively.

53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
           You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information” and our audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
           In addition, it should be noted that our gross profit margins may not be comparable to other companies since some entities classify shipping and handling costs in cost of goods sold and others, including us, include such costs in selling, general and administrative expenses. Similarly, some entities, including us, include foreign currency gains and losses resulting from operating activities as a component of operating income, and some entities classify all foreign currency gains and losses outside of operating income.
Overview
          We are a leading global innovator, manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials, focused primarily on the production of nonwoven products. Nonwovens are a high-performance and low-cost fabric-like alternative to traditional textiles, paper and other materials. They can be made with specific value-added characteristics including absorbency, tensile strength, softness and barrier properties, among others. Our nonwoven products are critical components used in consumer and industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications. Hygiene applications include baby diapers, feminine hygiene products and adult incontinence products; medical applications include surgical gowns and drapes; wiping applications include household, personal care and commercial cleaning wipes; and industrial applications include filtration, house wrap and furniture and bedding.
          According to certain industry sources, annual sales in the nonwovens market are estimated to exceed $25.0 billion. We are the fourth-largest merchant manufacturer of nonwovens in the world and the leading merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications. We are the largest or second-largest supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications in most of the regional markets where we operate. We believe that disposable applications are less cyclical than other applications and will have higher growth rates in the future.
          We have one of the largest global platforms in our industry, with 13 manufacturing and converting facilities in nine countries throughout the world, including a significant presence in emerging markets like Asia and Latin America. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically located near many of our key customers in order to increase our effectiveness in addressing local and regional demand, as many of our products do not ship economically over long distances. We work closely with our customers, which include well-established multinational and regional consumer and industrial product manufacturers, to provide engineered solutions to meet increasing demand for more sophisticated products. We believe that we have one of the broadest and most advanced technology portfolios in the industry.
          We have undertaken a series of capital expansions and business acquisitions that have broadened our technology base, increased our product lines and expanded our global presence. In the past five years, we have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing five state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in our core applications and markets. At the end of 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of assets from Tesalca-Texnovo (discussed in further detail below), the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain, making us a meaningful supplier of nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. Simultaneously, we have taken a number of actions to refocus our global footprint and optimize our operations around disposable applications and high-growth markets, including several plant rationalization projects to exit certain low-margin legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of our planned plant consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our nameplate nonwovens capacity will utilize spunmelt technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of estimated industry capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets utilizing carded and Spinlace technology (approximately 17% and 3% of our nonwovens capacity,

54


Table of Contents

respectively) will continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing certain desired product attributes, such as product strength or softness.
          We review our business on an ongoing basis in the light of current and anticipated market conditions and other factors and, from time to time, may undertake restructuring efforts and/or engage in acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses in order to optimize our overall business, performance or competitive position. These restructuring efforts and/or acquisitions or dispositions may be significant. To the extent any such decisions are made, we would likely incur costs, expenses and restructuring charges associated with such transactions, which could be material.
          In the twelve months ended July 2, 2011, we generated net sales of $1,138.3 million. Our sales are geographically diversified, with 34% generated in North America, 28% in Europe, 26% in Latin America, and 12% in Asia for the same period.
Revenue Drivers
          Our net sales are driven principally by the following factors:
    Volumes sold, which are tied to our available production capacity and customer demand for our products;
    Prices, which are tied to the quality of our products, the overall supply and demand dynamics in our regional markets, and the cost of our raw material inputs, as changes in input costs have historically been passed through to customers through either contractual mechanisms or business practice. This can result in significant increases in total net sales during periods of sustained raw material cost increases and declines in net sales during periods of raw material cost declines; and
    Product mix, which is tied to demand from various markets and customers, along with the type of available capacity and technological capabilities of our facilities and equipment. Average selling prices can vary for different product types, which impacts our total revenue trends.
Cost and Gross Margin Drivers
          Our primary costs of goods sold (“COGS”) include:
    Raw materials (primarily polypropylene resins, which generally comprise over 75% of our raw material purchases) represent approximately 60% to 70% of COGS. We purchase raw materials, including polypropylene resins, from a number of qualified venders located in the regions in which we operate. Polypropylene is a petroleum-based commodity material and its price historically has exhibited volatility. As discussed in the revenue factors above, we have historically been able to mitigate volatility in polypropylene prices through changes in our selling prices to customers, enabling us to maintain a more stable gross profit per kilogram.
    Other variable costs include utilities (primarily electricity), direct labor, and variable overhead. Utility rates vary depending on the regional market and provider. Our focus on operating efficiencies and initiatives associated with sustainability has resulted in a general trend of lower kilowatts used per ton produced over the last three years. Labor generally represents less than 10% of COGS and varies by region. Historically, we have been able to mitigate wage rate inflation with operating initiatives resulting in higher productivity and improvements in throughput and yield.
    Fixed overhead consists primarily of depreciation expense, which is impacted by our level of capital investments and structural costs related to our locations. We believe our strategically located manufacturing facilities provide sufficient scale to maintain competitive unit manufacturing costs.

55


Table of Contents

          As a result of changes in raw material costs, the level of our revenue and COGS, and as a result our gross profit margin as a percent of net sales, can vary significantly from period to period. As such, we believe total gross profit provides a clearer representation of our operating trends. Changes in raw material costs historically have not resulted in a significant sustained impact on gross profit, as we have been able to effectively mitigate changes in raw material costs through changes in our selling prices to customers in order to maintain a more steady gross profit per kilogram sold.
Working Capital
          Our working capital is primarily driven by accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, which fluctuate due to business performance and changes in customer selling prices and raw material costs. We will continue to focus on managing our working capital levels while simultaneously maintaining customer service and production levels. We have historically relied on internally generated cash flows and temporary borrowings under old credit facilities. Following the Transactions, our primary source of liquidity will continue to be cash from operations and borrowing availability under our ABL Facility and other existing credit facilities and factoring agreements.
Capital Expenditures
          Our capital expenditures primarily include strategic capacity expansions and maintenance requirements to sustain our current operations. Our annual maintenance capital expenditures are presently estimated to be $5.0 million to $10.0 million. As most of our facilities are currently operating at high capacity utilization, our strategy for growth includes strategic capacity expansion projects, including the capacity expansion projects in China and the United States. See “Recent Transactions and Events.”
          We provide further information on these factors below under “Results of Operations.”
Recent Transactions and Events
Recent Expansion Initiatives
          We have completed six capacity expansions in the past six years, including four new lines in the high-growth regions of Latin America and Asia, to address growing demand for hygiene and medical products.
          These investments included:
    In the fourth quarter of 2005, we commenced operations on a new spunmelt line at our facility in Cali, Colombia, which primarily provides nonwoven materials for hygiene applications in Latin America.
    In the second quarter of 2006, we commenced operations on a new spunmelt line at our facility in Mooresville, North Carolina, which primarily provides nonwoven materials for hygiene applications in the United States.
    In the third quarter of 2006, we commenced operations on a new spunmelt line at our facility in Suzhou, China, which primarily provides nonwoven materials to local converters of medical products.
    In the fourth quarter of 2007, we completed the retrofit of an existing hydroentanglement line at our facility in Benson, North Carolina, which produces Spinlace products.
    In the first quarter of 2008, we commenced operations on a new spunmelt line at our facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina, which primarily provides nonwoven materials for hygiene applications in Latin America.

56


Table of Contents

    In the second quarter of 2009, we commenced operations of a new spunmelt line at our facility in San Luis Potosi, Mexico, which provides nonwoven materials for medical and hygiene applications in the U.S. and Mexico.
           China Medical Expansion Project . On January 19, 2010, we entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a new spunmelt line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the medical market (the “New Suzhou Medical Line”). This line is expected to primarily supply medical applications with products expected to offer significantly improved barrier properties, opacity, breathability, softness and comfort relative to current market standards. In the third quarter of 2010, we entered into a credit facility (the “China Facility”) to finance an approximately $20.0 million portion of the cost of the New Suzhou Medical Line and had borrowed $17.0 million as of July 2, 2011 under this facility. We borrowed the remaining $3.0 million in third quarter 2011. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining payments with respect to the New Suzhou Medical Line were approximately $20.1 million, which includes $10.1 million for remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the first quarter of 2012. We will fund the remaining amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line, using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows, the additional $3.0 million borrowed under the China Facility and other existing U.S. based credit facilities, as needed.
           U.S. Expansion Project . On June 24, 2010, Chicopee, Inc. (“Chicopee”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Polymer Group, entered into an equipment lease agreement and the related construction agency agreement, guarantees and other related agreements (collectively, the “Equipment Lease Agreement”) with Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Gossamer”) for the construction and lease of the principal components of a new spunmelt line in the U.S. (the “Leased Equipment”). Pursuant to the Equipment Lease Agreement, Chicopee will lease the Leased Equipment from Gossamer for a seven-year period (the “Basic Term”) beginning upon Chicopee’s acceptance of the Leased Equipment (the “Basic Term Commencement Date”), which occurred on October 7, 2011. The Leased Equipment is installed, along with other equipment owned by Chicopee, at our manufacturing facility in Waynesboro, Virginia and will be used as a part of the integrated new spunmelt line to manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market and to a lesser extent the medical market. The new U.S. line is expected to enable us to deliver differentiated products to customers that achieve enhanced barrier properties, softness and opacity compared to the current marketplace capabilities, for use in such products as diapers, surgical gowns and drapes. The capitalized cost amount was approximately $53.6 million. From the Basic Term Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date, Chicopee will make annual lease payments of approximately $8.3 million to Gossamer. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under the Equipment Lease Agreement, subject to adjustment, are expected to be approximately $57.9 million. From the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term, Chicopee’s annual lease payments may change in accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as defined in the Equipment Lease Agreement. The Equipment Lease Agreement includes covenants, events of default and other provisions requiring us, among other things, to maintain certain financial ratios and to meet certain construction milestones and other requirements. Polymer Group and a subsidiary of Polymer Group have agreed to guarantee Chicopee’s obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. We amended the Equipment Lease Agreement in connection with the Transactions, which included, among other things, changes to the financial covenants and default provisions to accommodate the new capital structure and ownership resulting from the Transactions.
           China Hygiene Expansion Project . On June 24, 2011, we entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China, that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market (the “New Suzhou Hygiene Line”). We plan to fund the New Suzhou Hygiene Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows, existing U.S. based credit facilities and a new China-based financing, as needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.5 million, which includes $42.9 million for the remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013.

57


Table of Contents

Plant Consolidation and Realignment
          We actively and continuously pursue initiatives to prolong the useful life of our assets through product and process innovation. In some instances, we have determined that our fixed cost structure would be enhanced through consolidation. While investing in several new state-of-the-art lines in high-growth regions (as described above), we have simultaneously undertaken a number of initiatives to rationalize low-margin legacy operations and relocate certain assets to improve our cost structure. We discontinued operations at five plants over the past five years, in addition to divesting our non-core FabPro business in the U.S. in 2009 and our Difco business in Canada in 2011 (discussed in further detail below).
           Recent Plant Consolidation . On June 9, 2009, the board of directors approved management’s plan to consolidate certain operations in the U.S. in order to better align our manufacturing capabilities with our long-term strategic direction and to reduce overall operating costs. In the first half of 2010, we completed our planned restructuring initiatives with the consolidation of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility into our Benson, North Carolina plant by relocating certain equipment and upgrading certain assets and capabilities of our Benson plant.
          Our strategy with respect to the consolidation efforts in the U.S. and Europe was focused on the elimination of costs associated with underutilized legacy capacity, and we believe our current footprint reflects an appropriate and sustainable asset base. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our nonwovens nameplate capacity will be spunmelt equipment. We expect to continue to grow our core operations through ongoing investments in new capacity, and do not expect the same level of decline in legacy businesses as has occurred in the past.
Business Acquisitions and Divestitures
      Acquisition of Polymer Group, Inc. by Blackstone
          On October 4, 2010, Polymer Group, Merger Sub, Holdings and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P. entered into the Merger Agreement. On January 28, 2011, Merger Sub merged with and into Polymer Group, with Polymer Group surviving the Merger as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent following the Merger. Parent is owned 100% by Holdings, and Blackstone and certain members of our senior management own 100% of the outstanding equity of Holdings. As a result, Polymer Group became a privately-held company. Blackstone and the management investors invested $259.9 million in equity (including management rollover) in Holdings and management investors received options to acquire shares of Holdings. The Merger, the equity investment by the Investor Group, the issuance of the notes being exchanged hereby, the entering into the ABL Facility, the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of Polymer Group and its subsidiaries and the payment of related fees and expenses are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the Transactions.
          At the effective time of the Merger, each holder of outstanding shares of our common stock (other than (i) shares owned by Parent, Merger Sub, Polymer Group or any subsidiary of Polymer Group or (ii) shares in respect of which appraisal rights were properly exercised under Delaware law) received $18.23 in cash for each such share (which shares were automatically cancelled). A portion of the aggregate merger consideration totaling $64.5 million, subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement, or approximately $2.91 per share (calculated on a fully diluted basis), was deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of PHC rules of the Code, to Polymer Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger.
          In connection with the Transactions, we incurred significant indebtedness and became highly leveraged. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further details.
          The Merger is being accounted for in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) for business combinations. Pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification” or “ASC”) 805 “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”), the Company’s assets and liabilities, excluding deferred income taxes, were recorded using a preliminary estimate of their fair value as of January 28, 2011.

58


Table of Contents

          Although Polymer Group continued as the same legal entity after the Merger, the application of push down accounting represents the termination of the old reporting entity and the creation of a new one. In addition, the basis of presentation is not consistent between the Successor and Predecessor entities and the financial statements are not presented on a comparable basis. As a result, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and comprehensive income (loss) are presented for two different reporting entities: Predecessor and Successor, which related to the periods and balance sheets preceding the Merger (prior to January 28, 2011), and the period and balance sheet succeeding the Merger, respectively.
          As a result of the Transactions described above and the corresponding purchase accounting adjustments, there is a substantial amount of one-time costs impacting the first quarter 2011 results. Based on our preliminary valuation of acquired assets, we increased our inventory value by $17.5 million. The first quarter 2011 results reflect higher than normal cost of sales due to the turn-around effect of the $17.5 million stepped-up inventory values.
      China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition
          On May 26, 2010, we signed an equity transfer agreement to purchase the 20% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin (“Nanhai”), from our minority partner for a purchase price of approximately 49.5 million RMB. In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million.
          Pursuant to ASC 810 “Consolidation” (“ASC 810”), we have accounted for this transaction as an equity transaction, and no gain or loss has been recognized on the transaction. The preliminary estimated carrying amount of this noncontrolling interest, as of the March 9, 2011, was $9.2 million and thus the difference between the purchase price and the amount by which the noncontrolling interest was adjusted resulted in an increase to paid-in capital of $1.9 million and an increase in currency translation adjustment of $0.1 million.
          The adjustment to paid-in capital is subject to change, pending the Company’s final determination of the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest in Nanhai, which in turn, is dependent upon the Company’s completion of the aforementioned purchase price accounting associated with the Merger. At present, the Company has not determined the fair value of the assets and liabilities of Nanhai as of January 28, 2011.
      Spain Business Acquisition
          On December 2, 2009, we completed the initial phase of the acquisition of certain assets and operations of the nonwovens businesses of Tesalca-Texnovo, which are headquartered in Barcelona, Spain. We completed the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition through our wholly-owned subsidiary PGI Spain. As a result of the acquisition, PGI Spain now manufactures spunmelt polypropylene nonwoven products with six production lines in Spain, specializing in the hygiene sector, including feminine hygiene, diapers and adult incontinence products.
          The assets acquired in the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition included the net operating working capital as of November 30, 2009 (defined as current assets less current liabilities excluding financial liabilities associated with the operations), the customer lists and the current book of business. Concurrent with the completion of the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition, we entered into a seven year lease (beginning December 2, 2009 and ending December 31, 2016) with Tesalca-Texnovo that provided that PGI Spain was entitled to the full and exclusive use of Tesalca-Texnovo’s land, building and equipment during the term of the lease (the “Building and Equipment Lease”). PGI Spain was obligated to remit approximately €29.0 million to Tesalca-Texnovo during the term of the Building and Equipment Lease. The first lease payment of approximately €1.25 million was made on March 31, 2010 and further quarterly payments of approximately €1.25 million were made until the Building and Equipment Lease was terminated (as described below). Pursuant to ASC 840, “Leases” (“ASC 840”), the Building and Equipment Lease agreement has been accounted for as an operating lease. Furthermore, pursuant to ASC 840-20-25-2, PGI Spain began to recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the seven year lease term.
          Consideration for the acquired assets consisted of approximately 1.049 million shares of our common stock (the “Issued Securities”), which represented approximately 5.0% of our outstanding share capital on December 2,

59


Table of Contents

2009, taking into account the Issued Securities. The Issued Securities were subject to certain restrictions, including that the Issued Securities were not registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933. On December 2, 2009, the fair value of the Issued Securities was approximately $14.5 million. The Issued Securities were converted into the right to receive merger consideration in connection with the Merger.
          Further, as part of the Spain Business Acquisition, the Sellers granted PGI Spain a call option over the assets underlying the Building and Equipment Lease (the “Phase II Assets”), which was due to expire on December 31, 2012 (the “Spain Call Option”). In conjunction with the closing of the Merger, we exercised the Spain Call Option and as a result, the Building and Equipment Lease was terminated. Consideration for the exercise of the Spain Call Option included 393,675 shares of common stock (which was converted into the right to receive Merger consideration in connection with the Merger) and the assumption and repayment of approximately $34.8 million (€25.8 million, using the € to $ exchange rate as of January 19, 2011) of existing Tesalca-Texnovo indebtedness that was repaid in connection with the closing of the Transactions.
      Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition
          In the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed the acquisition of the remaining 40% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Argentina business, Dominion Nonwovens Sudamericana S.A., for approximately $4.1 million. Additionally, we paid $2.4 million to an affiliate of our joint-venture partner in satisfaction of amounts previously accrued for services. This transaction is consistent with our strategy to grow our leading position in nonwovens in Latin America.
          Pursuant to ASC 810, we have accounted for this transaction as an equity transaction, and no gain or loss has been recognized on the transaction. The carrying amount of this noncontrolling interest has been adjusted in the amount of $0.6 million to reflect the change in ownership, and the difference between the purchase price and the amount by which the noncontrolling interest was adjusted resulted in a reduction to additional paid-in capital of $3.5 million.
      FabPro Divestiture
               In the third quarter of 2009, we sold our non-core FabPro business within our Oriented Polymers segment for approximately $35.0 million. The business included manufacturing facilities in Kingman, Kansas, and Clearfield, Utah, and a converting facility in Guntown, Mississippi. FabPro was one of the leading manufacturers, developers and marketers of high performance polymers and synthetic fibers for the agricultural, construction and commercial segments. The divestiture was consistent with our plan to further focus on our nonwovens business. Accordingly, the operating results of Fabpro have been included in Income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all relevant financial statement periods included in this prospectus.
      Difco Divestiture
          Effective April 28, 2011, the board of directors committed to management’s plan to dispose of the assets of Difco Performance Fabrics, Inc. On April 29, 2011, we entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of Difco. The agreement provided that Difco continue to produce goods during a three month manufacturing transition services arrangement that expired in the third quarter of 2011. Upon the sale of the aforementioned assets, Difco would retain its property, plant and equipment. The Difco sale was completed on May 10, 2011. After taking into consideration the cash proceeds that management contemplates receiving from the sale of its assets; including the future sale of the remaining property, plant and equipment, and recognizing the wind-down related costs, management does not anticipate that it would recognize a loss of the sale and discontinuance of the Difco business operations. Accordingly, management does not expect an impairment charge.
          Pursuant to ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” we determined that the assets of Difco represent assets held for sale, since the cash flows of Difco will be eliminated from our ongoing operations we will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the business after the disposal transaction. Accordingly, the results of operations of Difco, previously included in the Oriented Polymers segment, have been segregated from continuing operations and included in Income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations

60


Table of Contents

included in this prospectus. Additionally, the operating assets and liabilities have been segregated and included in Assets of discontinued operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets included in this prospectus.
Recent Developments
          In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused us to temporarily cease manufacturing at our Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. We established temporary offices away from the flooded area and worked with our customers to meet their critical needs through the use of our global manufacturing base. At the beginning of second quarter 2011, the facility had been fully restored and we had initiated production. The operations at this facility reached full run rates in the third quarter of 2011. During the period that the facility was not operational, we estimate that our profits were negatively impacted by approximately $2.5 million to $3.5 million per month due to overhead costs related to the restoration and lost profit contribution from the facility. The cash costs to restore operations are estimated to be approximately $12.5 million to $13.5 million. Through July 2, 2011, cash spending was $10.4 million. The cash outflows were offset by approximately $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant insurance policies, of which $5.3 million had been collected by July 2, 2011.
Results of Operations
Reportable Segments
          We operate in five segments: U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens, Latin America Nonwovens (collectively, the “Nonwovens Segments”) and Oriented Polymers. This reflects how the overall business is managed by our senior management and reviewed by the board of directors.
Results of Operations — One Month Ended January 28, 2011 and January 30, 2010 and the Five Months Ended July 2, 2011 and July 3, 2010
          The following sets forth the percentage relationships to net sales of certain Consolidated Statements of Operations items for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and the five months ended July 2, 2011 in comparison to such items for the one month ended January 30, 2010 and the five months ended July 3, 2010:
                                 
    Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor  
    One Month Ended     Five Months Ended  
    January 28,     January 30,     July 2,     July 3,  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  
Net sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of goods sold:
                               
Materials
    53.2       49.6       59.9       53.5  
Labor
    6.6       7.3       6.4       6.6  
Overhead
    21.2       25.5       19.9       21.5  
 
                       
 
    81.0       82.5       85.7       81.6  
 
                       
Gross profit
    19.0       17.5       14.3       18.4  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    13.7       11.7       12.6       12.4  
Special charges, net
    24.6       0.7       7.0       1.9  
Acquisition and integration expenses.
    0.0       0.4       0.0       0.3  
Other operating (income) loss, net
    (0.7 )     (0.4 )     0.2       (0.1 )
 
                       
Operating income (loss)
    (18.6 )     5.0       (5.5 )     4.0  
Other expense (income):
                               
Interest expense, net
    2.3       3.3       4.2       3.0  
Foreign currency and other (gain) loss, net
    0.1       (0.3 )     0.2       0.2  
 
                       
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
    (21.0 )     2.0       (9.9 )     0.8  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    0.6       1.2       (0.3 )     0.9  
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (21.6 )     0.7       (9.6 )     (0.1 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    0.2       0.2       (0.4 )     (0.1 )
Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations
                       
 
                       
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    0.2       0.2       (0.4 )     (0.1 )
 
                       
Net income (loss)
    (21.4 )     0.9       (10.0 )     (0.2 )
Less: net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    0.1       0.0       0.0       0.1  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    (21.5 )%     0.9 %     (10.0 )%     (0.3 )%
 
                       

61


Table of Contents

          In addition, variability in raw material costs, including polypropylene resin and other resins and fibers, significantly impacts our net sales, COGS and gross margins as a percent of net sales. The comparison of our quarterly results for fiscal 2011 with 2010 is affected by such fluctuations. During fiscal 2011, there was a significant increase in the cost of polypropylene resin and other raw materials that negatively impacted gross margins and profitability compared to 2010.

62


Table of Contents

      Comparison of Predecessor One Month Ended January 28, 2011 and Predecessor One Month Ended January 30, 2010
          The following table sets forth components of our net sales and operating income (loss) by operating division for the one month ended January 28, 2011, the one month ended January 30, 2010 and the corresponding change (dollars in millions).
                         
    One month ended  
    January 28,     January 30,        
    2011     2010     Change  
Net sales:
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 26.1     $ 25.9     $ 0.2  
Europe Nonwovens
    24.3       22.2       2.1  
Asia Nonwovens
    9.4       10.4       (1.0 )
Latin America Nonwovens
    20.0       22.1       (2.1 )
Oriented Polymers
    4.8       3.8       1.0  
 
                 
 
  $ 84.6     $ 84.4     $ 0.2  
 
                 
Operating income (loss):
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 2.5     $ 1.1     $ 1.4  
Europe Nonwovens
    1.8       0.7       1.1  
Asia Nonwovens
    1.7       2.0       (0.3 )
Latin America Nonwovens
    2.1       4.2       (2.1 )
Oriented Polymers
    0.6       (0.3 )     0.9  
Unallocated Corporate, net of eliminations
    (3.6 )     (2.4 )     (1.2 )
 
                 
 
    5.1       5.3       (0.2 )
Acquisition and integration expenses
          (0.4 )     0.4  
Special charges, net
    (20.8 )     (0.6 )     (20.2 )
 
                 
 
  $ (15.7 )   $ 4.3     $ (20.0 )
 
                 
          The amounts for acquisition and integration expenses and special charges, net have not been allocated to our reportable business divisions because our management does not evaluate such charges on a division-by-division basis. Division operating performance is measured and evaluated before such items.
           Net Sales
          Net sales were $84.6 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011, an increase of $0.2 million, or 0.2%, from net sales of $84.4 million from the comparable period of fiscal 2010. Net sales for 2011 decreased in the Nonwovens Segments from 2010 by 1.0%, and net sales in 2011 in the Oriented Polymers segment improved 26.3% from 2010 results. A reconciliation of the change in net sales between the one month ended January 30, 2010 and the one month ended January 28, 2011 is presented in the following table (dollars in millions):
                                                 
    U.S.     Europe     Asia     Latin America     Oriented        
    Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Polymers     Total  
Net sales — one month ended January 30, 2010
  $ 25.9     $ 22.2     $ 10.4     $ 22.1     $ 3.8     $ 84.4  
Change in sales due to:
                                               
Volume
    (1.6 )     2.1       (1.4 )     (4.3 )     0.6       (4.6 )
Price/mix
    1.8       1.4       0.3       2.2       0.3       6.0  
Foreign currency translation
          (1.4 )     0.1             0.1       (1.2 )
 
                                   
Net sales — one month ended January 28, 2011
  $ 26.1     $ 24.3     $ 9.4     $ 20.0     $ 4.8     $ 84.6  
 
                                   
           Nonwovens Segments :
          Of the $5.2 million aggregate volume decrease in the Nonwoven Segments sales, $5.8 million was associated with the disruption in operations at our Cali, Colombia facility due to the impacts of the previously discussed flood at the location. In our Latin America region, excluding the Cali Colombia site, our sales volume increased 9.6% resulting primarily from supplying product to our Cali customers. The European volume increase was due to the stabilization of underlying demand in our industrial markets and achieved an increase in volumes in

63


Table of Contents

our consumer disposables, including higher wipes volumes. The U.S. volumes were lower as demand for industrial products, specifically demand for construction-related products, declined with the overall market. The lower Asia volume reflected a reduction in demand from key hygiene customers due to inventory adjustments, and lower medical sales as a converter labor shortage impacted demand.
          An increase in sales price/mix of $5.7 million was realized in all regions, primarily resulting from selling price increases related to the pass-through of higher raw material costs associated with both index-based selling agreements and market-based pricing trends. The increase in average selling price also reflects the results of selling effectiveness initiatives and improvements in product mix. Additionally, foreign currency translation rates resulted in lower sales for 2011 compared to the prior year period of $1.3 million. Further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate risk is contained in “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” included below.
           Oriented Polymers :
          The Oriented Polymers’ segment reflects the financial results of our Fabrene business operation in Canada. The $0.6 million volume decrease in sales was principally attributable to lower demand in the building products markets, in addition to lower volumes in the industrial packing and other segments as the broader market demand for products was weak in the second quarter of 2011 as compared with second quarter 2010. The $0.3 million increase in sales price/mix was due to higher sales pricing, primarily related to the pass-through of higher raw material costs associated with both index-based selling agreements and market-based pricing trends.
           Gross Margin
          Gross margin as a percent of net sales for the one month ended January 28, 2011 increased to 19.0% from 17.5% in the comparative period in 2010. The raw material component of COGS as a percentage of net sales increased from 49.6% in 2010 to 53.2% for 2011, whereas our labor and overhead components of the COGS decreased as a percentage of net sales from 2010 to 2011. As a percentage of net sales, labor decreased from 7.3% to 6.6% and overhead decreased from 25.5% to 21.2%, reflecting the impacts of higher selling prices and lower manufacturing costs, due primarily to the positive benefits of our plant consolidation activity in the U.S.
          The increase in raw material costs as a percentage of net sales was due to higher polypropylene resin, and other resins and fibers raw material costs. Improvements occurred during 2011 in manufacturing costs, whereby during 2010, manufacturing costs were higher predominantly due to costs in the U.S. associated with transitional manufacturing inefficiencies as we executed our plant consolidation activities, coupled with lower costs in our other regions. Gross margin as a percent of sales was also negatively impacted by the disruption to operations that occurred at our Cali, Colombia facility due to the flooding. All of the above percentages were favorably impacted by increases in selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material costs.
           Operating Income
          A reconciliation of the change in operating income between the one month ended January 30, 2010 and the one month ended January 28, 2011 is presented in the following table (dollars in millions):

64


Table of Contents

                                                         
    US     Europe     Asia     Latin America     Oriented     Corporate        
    Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Polymers     /Other     Total  
Operating income (loss) — one month ended January 30, 2010
  $ 1.1     $ 0.7     $ 2.0     $ 4.2     $ (0.3 )   $ (3.4 )   $ 4.3  
Change in operating income due to:
                                                       
Volume
    0.2       0.9       (0.3 )     (1.5 )     0.1             (0.6 )
Price/mix
    1.8       1.7       0.3       2.0       0.2             6.0  
Higher raw material costs
    (2.8 )     (2.0 )     (0.3 )     (1.3 )     0.6             (5.8 )
Lower (Higher) manufacturing costs
    2.2       0.4       (0.1 )     (0.5 )     (0.1 )           1.9  
Foreign currency
                      (0.1 )     0.1              
Lower (Higher) depreciation and amortization expense
          0.1       0.2       (0.3 )                  
Lower acquisition and integration expenses
                                  0.4       0.4  
Higher special charges, net
                                  (20.2 )     (20.2 )
All other, including higher selling, general and administrative spending
                (0.1 )     (0.4 )           (1.2 )     (1.7 )
 
                                         
Operating income (loss) — one month ended January 28, 2011
  $ 2.5     $ 1.8     $ 1.7     $ 2.1     $ 0.6     $ (24.4 )   $ (15.7 )
 
                                         
          Consolidated operating income decreased $20.0 million, from $4.3 million for the one month ended January 30, 2010 to a loss $15.7 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011. The predominant contributing factor was higher special charges of $20.2 million, primarily associated with costs resulting from the Merger. Raw material costs were higher by $5.8 million, but were more than offset by increases in sales price/mix of $6.0 million. The sales price/mix benefited from selling price increases related to the pass-through of higher raw material costs associated with both index-based selling agreements and market-based pricing trends, and the improvements in product mix. The net effect of sales price changes and raw material cost increases resulted in an increase in our operating income of $0.2 million in 2011 compared to the comparable period of 2010. Manufacturing costs were $1.9 million lower than the prior year, predominantly due to improvements in the U.S. region, whereby transitional manufacturing inefficiencies were experienced during 2010 as we executed our plant consolidation activities in our Benson, North Carolina plant. We achieved improved operating rates in the second half of 2010 in the U.S. carded operation that have continued into 2011. Somewhat offsetting the improvement in the U.S. region, manufacturing costs and operating income were negatively impacted by the disruption to operations due to the flood in Cali, Colombia, net of the impact of insurance claim income.
          Selling, general and administrative expenses were $11.6 million in the one month ended January 28, 2011 compared to $9.9 million for the same period in 2010. The largest contributor to the increase was volume-related expenses, such as distribution (including shipping and handling) costs, selling and marketing costs, and sales related taxes. Selling, general and administrative expense included a $0.3 million positive impact of the Cali insurance claim income. Selling, general and administrative costs as a percent of net sales increased from 11.7% in one month ended January 30, 2010 to 13.7% one month ended January 28, 2011. This percentage is impacted by the increase in selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material cost changes.
          Special charges for the one month ended January 28, 2011 were $20.8 million and consisted of (i) Blackstone acquisition costs of $6.2 million associated with professional fees and other transaction costs; (ii) accelerated vesting of share-based awards of $12.7 million due to a change in control associated with the Merger; (iii) costs of $1.7 million, primarily equipment repair, to restore our Cali, Colombia site to operational status after the severe effects of the flooding that occurred in December 2010; and (iv) restructuring and plant realignment costs of $0.2 million. Special charges for 2010 were $0.6 million, consisting of restructuring and plant realignment costs of: (i) $0.5 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in the United States associated with the consolidation of our carded business in Benson, North Carolina; (ii) $0.1 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in Europe and Latin America.
          We recognized $0.4 million of acquisition and integration costs in the one month ended January 30, 2010 associated with the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo that was completed in December, 2009.

65


Table of Contents

           Interest and Other Expense
          Net interest expense decreased from $2.8 million in one month ended January 30, 2010 to $1.9 million in one month ended January 28, 2011. The decrease in net interest expense was due to a $0.4 million decrease in interest attributable to the impact of our interest rate swap arrangement, which also includes the portion of the swap that was frozen in Accumulated other comprehensive income related to the amendment of our old credit facilities in September 2009; $0.3 million attributable to a decrease in interest associated with a decrease in borrowings period-over-period; and the remaining $0.2 million attributable to an increase in capitalized interest period-over-period associated with our capital expansion initiatives in China and the U.S.
          Foreign currency and other loss was $0.1 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and income of $0.2 million for the one month ended January 30, 2010.
           Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
          During the one month ended January 28, 2011, we recognized an income tax expense of $0.5 million on consolidated pre-tax book losses from continuing operations of $17.8 million. During the one month ended January 30, 2010, we recognized income tax expense of $1.0 million on consolidated pre-tax book income from continuing operations of $1.6 million.
          Our income tax expense in any period is different than such expense determined at the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain jurisdictions for which no income tax benefits are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which tax credits are not anticipated, changes in the amounts recorded for tax uncertainties in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes”, and foreign taxes calculated at statutory rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
           Income from Discontinued Operations
          Discontinued operations are comprised of the net operating results of Difco for the one-month periods ending January 30, 2010 and January 28, 2011. As stated in “Business Acquisitions and Divestitures,” we divested the Difco business in the second quarter of 2011. Accordingly, we have presented Difco as a discontinued operation for past and present periods. Income from discontinued operations was $0.2 million for both the one months ended January 28, 2011 and January 30, 2010.
           Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
          Noncontrolling interests represents the minority partners’ interest in the income or loss of consolidated subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned by us. During the first quarter of 2010 and 2011, these interests included a 20% noncontrolling interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin. We completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in the first quarter of 2011.
           Net Income Attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
          As a result of the above, we recognized a net loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. of $18.2 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011 compared to net income of $0.8 million for the one month ended January 30, 2010.

66


Table of Contents

      Comparison of Successor Five Months Ended July 2, 2011 and Predecessor Five Months Ended July 3, 2010
          The following table sets forth components of our net sales and operating income (loss) by operating division for the five months ended July 2, 2011, the five months ended July 3, 2010 and the corresponding change (in millions):
                         
    Five months ended  
    July 2,     July 3,        
    2011     2010     Change  
Net sales:
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 148.2     $ 136.8     $ 11.4  
Europe Nonwovens
    141.9       117.3       24.6  
Asia Nonwovens
    55.9       51.7       4.2  
Latin America Nonwovens
    122.9       130.9       (8.0 )
Oriented Polymers
    26.8       27.1       (0.3 )
 
                 
 
  $ 495.7     $ 463.8     $ 31.9  
 
                 
Operating income (loss):
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 6.3     $ 7.9     $ (1.6 )
Europe Nonwovens
    2.5       6.2       (3.7 )
Asia Nonwovens
    9.7       11.0       (1.3 )
Latin America Nonwovens
    9.1       16.7       (7.6 )
Oriented Polymers
    (2.5 )     1.8       (4.3 )
Unallocated Corporate, net of eliminations
    (17.7 )     (15.0 )     (2.7 )
 
                 
 
    7.4       28.6       (21.2 )
Acquisition and integration expenses
          (1.3 )     1.3  
Special charges, net
    (34.8 )     (8.7 )     (26.1 )
 
                 
 
  $ (27.4 )   $ 18.6     $ (46.0 )
 
                 
          The amounts for acquisition and integration expenses and special charges, net have not been allocated to our reportable business divisions because our management does not evaluate such charges on a division-by-division basis. Division operating performance is measured and evaluated before such items.
Net sales
          Net sales were $495.7 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, an increase of $31.9 million, or 6.9%, from net sales of $463.8 million from the comparable period of fiscal 2010. Net sales for 2011 improved in the Nonwovens Segments from 2010 by 7.4%, and net sales in 2011 in the Oriented Polymers segment decreased 1.1% from 2010 results. A reconciliation of the change in net sales between the five months ended July 3, 2010 and the five months ended July 2, 2011 is presented in the following table (dollars in millions):
                                                 
    U.S.     Europe     Asia     Latin America     Oriented        
    Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Polymers     Total  
Net sales — five months ended July 3, 2010
  $ 136.8     $ 117.3     $ 51.7     $ 130.9     $ 27.1     $ 463.8  
Change in sales due to:
                                               
Volume
    (1.1 )     1.5       1.9       (22.4 )     (3.5 )     (23.6 )
Price/mix
    12.5       13.0       1.7       13.6       2.7       43.5  
Foreign currency translation
          10.1       0.6       0.8       0.5       12.0  
 
                                   
Net sales — five months ended July 2, 2011
  $ 148.2     $ 141.9     $ 55.9     $ 122.9     $ 26.8     $ 495.7  
 
                                   
           Nonwovens :
          Sales volumes for the first five months of 2011 were affected by the previously discussed disruption of our Cali, Colombia operations, which resulted in a negative impact on sales for the first five months of approximately $24.3 million compared to the prior year period. Excluding the effects of the flood in Colombia, Nonwovens sales volumes were $4.2 million higher than the previous year period, predominantly achieved in Europe, Asia and Latin America. Sales volumes in the U.S. were lower by $1.1 million compared to the prior year due to the previously discussed weakness in the second quarter. Sales price/mix resulted in an increase of $40.8 million compared to the prior year period, primarily associated with the pass-through of higher raw material costs. Changes in foreign

67


Table of Contents

currency resulted in an increase in sales of $11.5 million as the U.S. dollar generally weakened, resulting in higher translation of sales generated in foreign jurisdictions. The predominant amount of the foreign currency translation impact occurred due to our European operations. Further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate risk is contained in “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” included below.
           Oriented Polymers :
          The Oriented Polymers’ segment reflects the financial results of our Fabrene business operation in Canada. Lower volumes experienced in the second quarter resulted in a five month decline in year-over-year comparable impact of $3.5 million due to the previously discussed factors. Also, for the five month period, price/mix contributed to $2.7 million of higher sales compared to the prior year as we increased selling prices to offset higher raw material costs and the business sold higher value products into the printing media markets.
Gross margin as a percent of sales
          Gross margin as a percent of net sales for the five months ended July 2, 2011 decreased to 14.3% from 18.4% in the comparative period in 2010. The raw material component of COGS as a percentage of net sales increased from 53.5% in 2010 to 59.5% for 2011, whereas our overhead components of the COGS decreased as a percentage of net sales from 2010 to 2011. As a percentage of net sales, labor decreased from 6.6% to 6.4% and overhead decreased from 21.5% to 19.9%.
          The increase in raw material costs as a percentage of net sales was due to higher polypropylene resin, and other resins and fibers raw material costs. Improvements occurred during 2011 in manufacturing costs, whereby during 2010, manufacturing costs were higher predominantly due to costs in the U.S. associated with transitional manufacturing inefficiencies as we executed our plant consolidation activities, coupled with lower costs in our other regions. Gross margin as a percent of sales was also negatively impacted by the disruption to operations that occurred at our Cali, Colombia facility due to the flooding. All of the above percentages were favorably impacted by increases in selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material costs.
Operating income
          A reconciliation of the change in operating income (loss) between the five months ended July 3, 2010 and the five months ended July 2, 2011 is presented in the following table (in millions):
                                                         
    US     Europe     Asia     Latin America     Oriented              
    Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Polymers     Corporate/Other     Total  
Operating income (loss) — five months ended July 3, 2010
  $ 7.9     $ 6.2     $ 11.0     $ 16.7     $ 1.8     $ (25.0 )   $ 18.6  
Change in operating income due to:
                                                       
Purchase accounting adjustments, primarily inventory value impacts
    (4.6 )     (7.0 )     (1.3 )     (1.5 )     (4.0 )     0.1       (18.3 )
Volume
    0.1       2.4       1.1       (7.6 )     (0.8 )     (0.1 )     (4.9 )
Price/mix
    12.5       13.0       2.5       13.3       2.8             44.1  
Higher raw material costs
    (11.0 )     (11.9 )     (4.6 )     (13.5 )     (1.5 )     (0.5 )     (43.0 )
Lower (Higher) manufacturing costs
    2.8       1.0       0.8       0.4       (1.0 )     0.2       4.2  
Foreign currency
    0.2       0.5             (1.8 )     (0.3 )     (0.2 )     (1.6 )
Lower (Higher) depreciation and amortization expense
    0.3       (1.2 )     0.3       1.6             (1.8 )     (0.8 )
Lower acquisition and integration expenses
                                  1.3       1.3  
Higher special charges, net
                                  (26.1 )     (26.1 )
All other, including higher selling, general and administrative spending
    (1.9 )     (0.5 )     (0.1 )     1.5       0.5       (0.4 )     (0.9 )
 
                                         
Operating income (loss) —five months ended July 2, 2011
  $ 6.3     $ 2.5     $ 9.7     $ 9.1     $ (2.5 )   $ (52.5 )   $ (27.4 )
 
                                         
          Consolidated operating income decreased by $46.0 million to a loss of $27.4 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, as compared to operating income of $18.6 million in the comparative period in 2010, due

68


Table of Contents

primarily to transaction-related expenses and purchase accounting adjustments associated with the purchase of the Company by Blackstone.
          The net impact of the previously discussed decline in volumes due to the disruption in Colombia, combined with the other changes in the business, resulted in a decline in operating income of $4.9 million. Excluding the impact of the lower Colombian volumes, the net change in selling volumes for the first five months of 2011 compared to the prior year period was an increase in operating income of $4.1 million, achieved predominantly in our European operations as our carded businesses continued to improve on a year-over-year basis. The net effect of $44.1 million of higher sales price/mix and an increase of raw material costs of $43.0 million, contributed to an increase in operating income of $1.1 million. The positive impact of the U.S. plant consolidation activities, along with the Company’s incremental improvements in operational efficiencies in the rest of its business contributed to an increase in operating income of $5.3 million. Somewhat offsetting the improvement in the U.S. region, manufacturing costs and operating income were negatively impacted by the disruption to operations due to the flood in Cali, Colombia. The $0.8 million decrease in operating income was associated with an increase in depreciation and amortization expense; and $1.6 million decrease in operating income was associated with unfavorable changes in foreign currency rates resulting in the translation of earnings and the re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities outside of the U.S. at a lower rate.
          Selling, general and administrative expenses were $62.3 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011 compared to $57.5 million for the same period in 2010. The year-over-year change in selling, general and administrative costs was principally due to: (i) $3.1 million of cost increases related to the Merger and purchase accounting, specifically incremental amortization of intangible assets and management and advisory fees; (ii) the lack of a comparable charge that was incurred in second quarter 2010 of $1.7 million, which was incurred for sales-related taxes in certain of our foreign jurisdictions; and (iii) $3.4 million associated with higher spending in other categories. Selling, general and administrative costs as a percent of net sales were 12.6% in the five months ended July 2, 2011 and 12.4% for the comparable period in 2010.
          Special charges for the five months ended July 2, 2011 were $34.8 million and consisted of (i) Blackstone acquisition costs of $25.4 million associated with professional fees and other transaction costs; (ii) costs of $7.4 million, primarily equipment repair, to restore our Cali, Colombia site to operational status after the severe effects of the flooding that occurred in December 2010; (iii) restructuring and plant realignment costs of $1.1 million; and (iv) other costs of $0.9 million. Special charges for the five months ended July 3, 2010 were $8.7 million, consisting of restructuring and plant realignment costs of: (i) $6.4 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in the United States associated with the consolidation of our carded business in Benson, North Carolina; and (ii) $2.3 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in Europe and Latin America.
          We recognized $1.3 million of acquisition and integration costs in the five months ended July 3, 2010 associated with the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo that was completed in December, 2009.
Interest and Other Expense
          Net interest expense increased from $14.0 million for the five months ended July 3, 2010 to $20.7 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011. The increase in net interest expense was largely due to higher debt balances and interest rates on the notes issued by the Successor associated with the Transaction as compared to various term loan borrowings and the impact of having a cash flow hedge (“Interest Rate Swap”) in the Predecessor. The notes accrue interest at the rate of 7.75%, whereas under our old credit facilities, substantially all of the borrowings under such credit facilities were subject to a LIBOR floor of 2.5% with an effective rate of 7%.
          Foreign currency and other loss was $1.2 million and $1.1 million for the five month periods ended July 2, 2011 and July 3, 2010, respectively.
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
          During the five months ended July 2, 2011, we recognized an income tax benefit of $1.7 million on consolidated pre-tax book losses from continuing operations of $49.3 million. During the five months ended July 3,

69


Table of Contents

2010, we recognized income tax expense of $4.2 million on consolidated pre-tax book income from continuing operations of $3.6 million.
          During the five months ended July 2, 2011, we repatriated cash from a Canadian subsidiary which was treated as a reduction of capital for book purposes and a dividend for tax purposes. For tax purposes, the Canadian subsidiary was owned by a US entity. This transaction created a reduction in the book basis over tax basis which reduced the related deferred tax liability by $2.2 million. This tax benefit was recognized fully in the current quarter as a component of continuing operations. Without the benefit of this reduction, our tax expense from continuing operations for the five months ending July 2, 2011 would have been approximately $1.1 million. Although the U.S. net deferred tax asset is reserved through a full valuation allowance, this liability has been treated as having an indefinite life and has therefore not reduced the net deferred tax asset for valuation allowance consideration.
          Our income tax expense in any period is different than such expense determined at the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain jurisdictions for which no income tax benefits are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which tax credits are not anticipated, changes in the amounts recorded for tax uncertainties in accordance with ASC 740-10, “Income Taxes”, and foreign taxes calculated at statutory rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
Income (loss) from Discontinued Operations
          Discontinued operations are comprised of the net operating results of Difco for the five month periods ending July 3, 2010 and July 2, 2011. As stated in “Business Acquisitions and Divestitures,” we divested the Difco business in the second quarter of 2011. Accordingly, we have presented Difco as a discontinued operation for past and present periods. Loss from discontinued operations was $2.0 million and $0.3 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011 and for the five months ended July 3, 2010, respectively.
Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling interests
          Noncontrolling interests represents the minority partners’ interest in the income or loss of consolidated subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned by us. During the second quarter of 2010, these interests included a 20% noncontrolling interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin. We completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in the first quarter of 2011, and as a result, no longer incur charges or income associated with noncontrolling interests.
Net Income Attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
          As a result of the above, we recognized a net loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. of $49.7 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011 compared to net loss of $1.2 million for the five months ended July 3, 2010.
Results of Operations — Predecessor Periods: Fiscal Year 2010, 2009 and 2008
          Variability in raw material costs, including polypropylene resin and other resins and fibers, significantly impacts our net sales, COGS and gross margins as a percent of net sales. The comparison of our fiscal 2010 results to fiscal 2009 is affected by such fluctuations. For fiscal 2009, we generated an overall gross margin of approximately 21%, which is significantly higher than historical gross margins, which ranged from 15% to 16% from 2006 through 2008. There are many contributors to the improvement in gross margin percentage, with the increase in 2009 primarily generated by dramatic declines in raw material costs experienced during the fourth quarter of 2008, which had a significant positive impact on gross margin for the first quarter of 2009 as profits improved on a lower sales dollar base, reflecting selling price declines in response to lower raw material costs. During the first two quarters of 2010, there was a significant increase in the cost of polypropylene resin and other raw materials that negatively impacted gross margins and profitability compared to the first six months of 2009. Raw material prices declined during May and June and were stable in the third quarter of 2010, which contributed to higher profit levels for the quarter. We experienced additional increases in raw material costs in the fourth quarter of 2010. Results for the fiscal 2010 were also impacted by the contribution of the operations of our business in

70


Table of Contents

Spain that was acquired on December 2, 2009, resulting in higher volumes, sales, gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses when compared to the prior year period.
          The following table sets forth the percentage relationships to net sales of certain Consolidated Statement of Operations items for fiscal 2010 in comparison with such items for the 2009 and 2008 fiscal years:
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Net sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of goods sold:
                       
Materials
    52.7       46.3       54.8  
Labor
    6.7       7.8       7.0  
Overhead
    21.6       24.3       21.7  
 
                 
 
    81.0       78.4       83.5  
 
                 
Gross profit
    19.0       21.6       16.5  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    12.8       13.3       11.3  
Acquisition and integration expenses
    0.2       0.2        
Special charges, net
    1.6       2.4       2.0  
Other operating (income) loss, net
    (0.1 )     (0.6 )     0.5  
 
                 
Operating income (loss)
    4.5       6.1       2.8  
Other expense (income):
                       
Interest expense, net
    2.9       3.1       3.0  
Gain on reacquisition of debt
          (0.3 )      
Loss on extinguishment of debt
          0.6        
Foreign currency and other (gain) loss, net
    0.1       0.6       (0.1 )
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
    1.5       2.1       (0.2 )
Income tax expense
    0.4       1.0       0.7  
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    1.1       1.1       (0.9 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    (0.1 )     0.2       0.8  
Gain on sale of discontinued operations
          0.8        
 
                 
Net income from discontinued operations
    0.1       1.0       0.8  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
    1.0       2.1       (0.1 )
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (0.1 )     0.3       0.6  
 
                 
Net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    0.9 %     2.4 %     0.5 %
 
                 
      Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010
          The following table sets forth components of our net sales and operating income (loss) by operating division for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010 and the corresponding change (dollars in millions).
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 1,     January 2,        
    2011     2010     Change  
Net sales:
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 326.8     $ 302.3     $ 24.5  
Europe Nonwovens
    282.1       159.4       122.7  
Asia Nonwovens
    129.4       108.8       20.6  
Latin America Nonwovens
    306.5       234.3       72.2  
Oriented Polymers
    61.4       45.8       15.6  
 
                 
 
  $ 1,106.2     $ 850.6     $ 255.6  
 
                 
Operating income (loss):
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 24.5     $ 34.5     $ (10.0 )
Europe Nonwovens
    13.6       2.2       11.4  
Asia Nonwovens
    25.2       23.2       2.0  
Latin America Nonwovens
    41.6       42.4       (0.8 )
Oriented Polymers
    3.3       2.4       0.9  
Unallocated Corporate, net of eliminations
    (39.0 )     (30.0 )     (9.0 )
 
                 
 
    69.2       74.7       (5.5 )
Acquisition and integration expenses
    (1.7 )     (1.7 )      
Special charges, net
    (18.0 )     (20.8 )     2.8  
 
                 
 
  $ 49.5     $ 52.2     $ (2.7 )
 
                 

71


Table of Contents

          The amounts for acquisition and integration expenses and special charges, net have not been allocated to our reportable business divisions because our management does not evaluate such charges on a division-by-division basis. Division operating performance is measured and evaluated before such items.
Net Sales
          Net sales were $1,106.2 million for 2010, an increase of $255.6 million, or 30.0%, from net sales of $850.6 million in 2009. Net sales for 2010 improved in the Nonwovens Segments from 2009 by 29.8%, and net sales in 2010 in the Oriented Polymers segment increased 34.1% from 2009 results. A reconciliation of the change in net sales between 2009 and 2010 is presented in the following table (dollars in millions):
                                                 
                                       
    U.S.     Europe     Asia     Latin America     Oriented        
    Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Polymers     Total  
Net sales — fiscal year ended January 2, 2010
  $ 302.3     $ 159.4     $ 108.8     $ 234.3     $ 45.8     $ 850.6  
Change in sales due to:
                                               
Volume
    (10.2 )     131.1       10.1       29.5       10.5       171.0  
Price/mix
    34.7       (1.1 )     10.2       41.8       3.3       88.9  
Foreign currency translation
          (7.3 )     0.3       0.9       1.8       (4.3 )
 
                                   
Net sales — fiscal year ended January 1, 2011
  $ 326.8     $ 282.1     $ 129.4     $ 306.5     $ 61.4     $ 1,106.2  
 
                                   
           Nonwovens Segments :
          The net volume increase of $160.5 million is primarily attributable to sales generated from the new acquisition in Europe, PGI Spain, which occurred in December 2009. Volumes were higher in all regions except the U.S. for 2010. The volume decline in the U.S. was predominantly related to lower volumes sold from carded technologies associated with the closure of our North Little Rock, Arkansas facility and consolidation of certain operations into our Benson, North Carolina facility. Our remaining business in the U.S., primarily represented by spunmelt technologies, achieved higher volumes on a year-over-year basis. We achieved increases in Latin America and Asia volumes compared to 2009. In our Latin America region, volume increased due to increased sales volumes achieved in our Mexico operations, made possible by the installation of a new line during the second half of 2009, continued sales growth in our Argentina facility and an improvement in certain hygiene markets in South America (where economic and political environments in certain countries negatively impacted sales demand in 2009, primarily affecting our operations in Colombia). The volume increases reflected above are net of the negative impact of the interruption of operations during the month of December 2010 due to the flood we experienced at our Cali, Colombia site. The Asia volume increases reflect continued growth in the medical and hygiene markets. In Europe, we experienced a stabilization of underlying demand in our industrial markets and achieved an increase in volumes in our consumer disposables and we have experienced a rebound in wipes demand.
          Foreign currency translation rates resulted in lower sales for 2010 compared to the prior year period of $6.1 million. Further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate risk is contained in “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” included below.
           Oriented Polymers:
          The Oriented Polymers’ segment reflects the financial results of our Fabrene business operation in Canada. Oriented Polymers’ sales volumes for building, packaging and protective apparel products improved as demand in the industrial markets in which we participate showed some recovery from the depressed levels of 2009, resulting in an increase of $10.5 million. Foreign currency translation rates resulted in higher sales for 2010 compared to the prior period of $1.8 million. Further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate risk is contained in “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” included below.

72


Table of Contents

Gross Margin
          Gross margin as a percent of net sales for 2010 declined to 19.0% from 21.6% in 2009, primarily driven by higher raw material costs and the accompanying increase in sales prices. During 2009, our gross margin as a percent of net sales benefited from the significant drop in raw material costs experienced in the fourth quarter 2008 and into the first quarter of 2009, which were not immediately offset by a corresponding drop in sales prices due to the lag in price pass-throughs. As raw material prices increased in the second half of 2009 and into the first two quarters of 2010, we did not experience the same benefit. Manufacturing costs were higher for the fiscal year 2010 predominantly due to higher costs in the U.S. associated with transitional manufacturing inefficiencies as we executed our plant consolidation activities, coupled with higher costs in our other regions due primarily to higher labor, energy and other cost categories. Additionally, while there is no depreciation expense in COGS associated with PGI Spain, the operating lease payments to Tesalca-Texnovo are reflected in COGS, which impacts the gross profit margin as well. Gross margin as a percent of sales was also negatively impacted by the disruption to operations that occurred at our Cali, Colombia facility during the month of December due to the flooding. The raw material component of COGS as a percentage of net sales increased from 46.3% in 2009 to 52.7% for 2010, whereas our labor and overhead components of the COGS decreased as a percentage of net sales from 2009 to 2010. As a percentage of net sales, labor decreased from 7.8% to 6.7% and overhead decreased from 24.3% to 21.6%. All of the above percentages were favorably impacted by increases in selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material costs.
Operating Income
          A reconciliation of the change in operating income between the 2009 and 2010 is presented in the following table (dollars in millions):
                                                         
                            Latin                    
    US     Europe     Asia     America     Oriented              
    Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Polymers     Corporate/Other     Total  
Operating income — fiscal year ended January 2, 2010
  $ 34.5     $ 2.2     $ 23.2     $ 42.4     $ 2.4     $ (52.5 )   $ 52.2  
Change in operating income due to:
                                                       
Volume
    2.6       26.1       2.9       10.5       2.8             44.9  
Price/mix
    34.5       (1.3 )     9.6       39.8       3.4             86.0  
Higher raw material costs
    (42.1 )     (4.2 )     (7.7 )     (38.0 )     (3.0 )     0.1       (94.9 )
Lower (Higher) manufacturing costs
    (4.9 )     2.4       (2.8 )     (3.6 )     (0.7 )     (0.1 )     (9.7 )
Foreign currency
    (0.8 )     (0.5 )     (0.7 )     (2.9 )     (1.1 )           (6.0 )
Lower (Higher) depreciation and amortization expense
    0.1       1.5       2.0       (0.3 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )     3.0  
Higher special charges, net
                                  2.8       2.8  
All other, including higher selling, general and administrative spending
    0.6       (12.6 )     (1.3 )     (6.3 )     (0.4 )     (8.8 )     (28.8 )
 
                                         
Operating income — fiscal year ended January 1, 2011
  $ 24.5     $ 13.6     $ 25.2     $ 41.6     $ 3.3     $ (58.7 )   $ 49.5  
 
                                         
          Consolidated operating income was $49.5 million in 2010 as compared to $52.2 million in 2009. Raw material costs were up $94.9 million on a year-to-date basis compared to 2009. This higher cost was partially offset by increases in sales price/mix of $86.0 million, primarily resulting from selling price increases related to the pass-through of higher raw material costs associated with both index-based selling agreements and market-based pricing trends. The increase in average selling price also reflects the results of selling effectiveness initiatives and improvements in product mix. The net effect of the above factors and initiatives resulted in a decrease in our operating income of $8.9 million in 2010 compared to 2009. A large portion of the impact is accounted for by the effects of the sales price to raw material lag effect with respect to contracted business in a rising raw material environment, whereby in 2009 we experienced a positive impact as selling prices were significantly higher in the first quarter of 2009 relative to raw material costs in the previous quarter. Manufacturing costs were $9.7 million higher than the prior year, predominantly due to increases in the U.S. region, and higher employee and utility costs in the other regions. Manufacturing costs were also negatively impacted by the disruption to operations during the month of December due to the flood in Cali, Colombia. The U.S. business was unfavorably impacted due to the

73


Table of Contents

timing associated with the start-up activities related to our carded consolidation efforts involving our Benson, North Carolina, and North Little Rock, Arkansas, plants, coupled with higher employee costs across the region. While spending has decreased for the U.S. carded locations as expected, 2010 production volumes were temporarily negatively impacted during the first six months of 2010 by the timing of the machinery and equipment relocation, installation and start-up activities. This resulted in higher inefficiencies and under-absorption of fixed costs. We achieved improved operating rates in the second half of 2010 in the U.S. carded operation that we expect to continue to improve in 2011. Changes in foreign currency rates resulted in translation of earnings and the re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities outside of the U.S. at a lower rate, resulting in a $6.0 million negative impact to operating income.
          Selling, general and administrative expenses were $141.5 million for 2010 compared to $113.3 million for 2009. The largest amount of the increase is represented by costs associated with the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition that was completed in December 2009. Additionally, other volume-related expenses, such as distribution (including shipping and handling) costs and selling and marketing costs increased along with higher compensation costs associated with our annual incentive plan, and other spending. Specifically, shipping and handling expenses were $9.0 million higher in 2010 compared to 2009. Non-cash stock compensation expenses were $2.9 million higher in 2010 compared to 2009. We recognized $2.3 million of incentive compensation costs during the first quarter of 2010 associated with a decision by the board of directors to make a discretionary payment associated with our 2009 performance as there was no formal incentive plan in place for the year. This amount was in excess of amounts recognized during the year associated with the 2010 incentive plan. A portion of the payment was paid in December 2009 and the remainder paid in March 2010, coupled with accrued compensation costs associated with our 2010 annual incentive plan. During the second quarter of 2010 we also recognized approximately $1.7 million of expense to establish a liability associated with sales-related taxes in certain of our foreign jurisdictions. Similar taxes amounted to $0.2 million in the first six months of 2009. We do not expect to recognize the same magnitude of expense on an on-going basis as was recorded in the second quarter of 2010. Selling, general and administrative costs as a percent of net sales decreased from 13.3% in 2009 to 12.8% for 2010. This percentage is impacted by the increase in selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material cost changes.
          We recognized $1.7 million and $1.8 million of acquisition and integration costs during fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively, associated with the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo that was completed in December, 2009.
          Special charges for 2010 were $18.0 million, consisting of non-cash impairment charges of $0.7 million related to the write-down of certain property in Neunkirchen, Germany, to its estimated fair value less costs to sell, and restructuring and plant realignment costs of: (i) $7.3 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in the United States associated with the consolidation of our carded business in Benson, North Carolina; (ii) $1.8 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in Europe and Latin America; (iii) $6.4 million of other costs, primarily related to professional service fees attributable to the Merger and (iv) $1.8 million of costs related to damaged inventory and restoration costs related to a flood in our Colombia plant. Special charges for 2009 of approximately $20.8 million included non-cash impairment charges of $3.4 million related to the write-down of certain property and equipment in North Little Rock, Arkansas, and Neunkirchen, Germany, to their estimated fair value less costs to sell, and restructuring and plant realignment costs comprised of: (i) $11.3 million associated with our announced closure of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility and relocation of some of these assets to our facility in Benson, North Carolina; (ii) $3.4 million of severance and other shut-down costs in Europe related to the ongoing restructuring efforts of the European operations; (iii) $0.8 million related to an ongoing employee claim in Argentina; (iv) $1.7 million of severance costs related to other restructuring initiatives in the United States and Canada, and $0.2 million of other costs.
Interest and Other Expense
          Net interest expense increased from $26.7 million during 2009 to $31.7 million during 2010. The increase in net interest expense was largely due to higher interest rates on our term loan borrowings and the impact of the Interest Rate Swap, which also includes the portion of the swap that was frozen in Accumulated other comprehensive income related to the amendment of our old credit facilities in September 2009, partially offset by the impact of reduced term loan borrowings.

74


Table of Contents

          Effective May 8, 2007, we entered into a cash flow hedge agreement, which expired on June 29, 2009, which effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 5.085%. Additionally, on February 12, 2009, we entered into an Interest Rate Swap, which became effective June 30, 2009 and matures on June 30, 2011, which originally effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.96%.
          In connection with the amendment of our then old credit facilities in September 2009, substantially all of the borrowings under such credit facilities were subject to a LIBOR floor of 2.5%. As a result of the new LIBOR floor, the effectiveness of the Interest Rate Swap was modified. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” In connection with the Transactions, we settled the Interest Rate Swap for a cost of $2.1 million.
          During the first quarter of 2009, we reacquired $15.0 million of debt, for cash, and recognized a gain on such reacquisition of $2.4 million, net of the write-off of deferred financing fees of $0.2 million. During the three months ended October 3, 2009, we incurred costs related to the amendment of our old credit facilities. As a result, a portion of the unamortized loan acquisition costs associated with the November 2005 financing in the amount of $3.5 million were written off and, together with $1.6 million of third-party costs incurred in connection with the amendment of our old credit facilities, are included in Loss of extinguishment of debt in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
          Foreign currency and other loss, net decreased by $3.7 million, from $5.2 million in 2009 to $1.5 million in 2010, primarily due to movement in foreign currency rates. On February 8, 2010, we entered into a series of foreign currency exchange forward contracts (put options and call options) that provided for a floor and ceiling price on payments related to our new line under construction in Suzhou, China, with the objective to hedge changes in the fair value of the firm commitment to purchase equipment. During 2010, we recognized a gain on the change in the fair value of the hedge instrument compared to the change in the value of the firm commitment as of January 1, 2011 for the ineffective portion of the hedge of $0.05 million. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
          During 2010, we recognized income tax expense of $4.5 million on consolidated income before income taxes and discontinued operations of $16.3 million. During 2009, we recognized income tax expense of $8.6 million on consolidated income before income taxes and discontinued operations of $17.6 million.
          Our income tax expense in any period is different than such expense determined at the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain jurisdictions for which no income tax benefits are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which tax credits are not anticipated, U.S. state income taxes, changes in the amounts recorded under ASC 740-25 for tax uncertainties and foreign taxes calculated at statutory rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
Income from Discontinued Operations
          Discontinued operations are comprised of the net operating results of FabPro for 2009 and Difco for 2009 and 2010. During the second quarter of 2009, we concluded that FabPro constituted an asset held for sale and, accordingly, we have presented FabPro as a discontinued operation. We completed the sale of FabPro during the third quarter of 2009. We divested the Difco business in the second quarter of 2011. Accordingly, Difco has been presented as a discontinued operation for all past periods presented. We recognized income from discontinued operations of $2.1 million during 2009 and a loss of $0.8 million during 2010. We also recognized a gain on the sale of FabPro of approximately $6.8 million during 2009.
Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
          Noncontrolling interests represents the minority partners’ interest in the income or loss of consolidated subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned by us. During the third quarter of 2009, these interests included a 40%

75


Table of Contents

noncontrolling interest in our Argentine subsidiary, Dominion Nonwovens Sudamerica S.A., and a 20% noncontrolling interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin. We completed the Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in fourth quarter of 2009 and completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in the first quarter of 2011
Net Income Attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
          As a result of the factors described above, we recognized net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. of $10.4 million for 2010 compared to net income of $20.1 million for 2009.
      Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009
          Approximately three-fourths of our total sales are generated from disposable products that are not as significantly impacted by the broader macroeconomic environment as are durable products. In late 2008 and continuing through 2009, the general worldwide economy experienced a downturn resulting in slower economic activity due to the effects of several factors including: the subprime lending and general credit market crisis, the collateral effects on the finance and banking industries, decreased consumer confidence and demand, reduced corporate profits and spending, adverse business conditions, increased energy costs, concerns about inflation and liquidity concerns. Certain portions of our business were negatively affected by the macroeconomic changes, especially the portion of our business serving industrial customers associated with durable goods applications. We experienced most notable impacts in our European and U.S. regions where we saw a significant decrease in our durable sales volumes. At the same time, as worldwide economic purchase volumes declined, the cost of our raw materials declined significantly, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008. This change, combined with our business initiatives to improve profits, resulted in a positive impact to our overall earnings, offsetting the negative impacts of lower volumes.
          In light of these conditions, we produced solid results for 2008 and 2009 despite this challenging economic environment. Largely due to selling price adjustments driven by changes in raw material costs, our consolidated sales decreased by 17.8% in 2009 after increasing by 7.4% in 2008. However, our gross profit increased by 5.0% in 2009 and net cash provided by operating activities increased 69.3%. Major contributors to our 2009 results (as compared to the results for 2008) are described below.
          The following table sets forth components of our net sales and operating income (loss) by operating division for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010, the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009 and the corresponding change (dollars in millions):
                         
            Fiscal Year Ended        
    January 2,     January 3,        
    2010     2009     Change  
Net sales:
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 302.3     $ 385.4     $ (83.1 )
Europe Nonwovens
    159.4       196.6       (37.2 )
Asia Nonwovens
    108.8       122.9       (14.1 )
Latin America Nonwovens
    234.3       266.5       (32.2 )
Oriented Polymers
    45.8       54.8       (9.0 )
 
                 
 
  $ 850.6     $ 1,026.2     $ (175.6 )
 
                 
 
                       
Operating income (loss):
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 34.5     $ 26.4     $ 8.1  
Europe Nonwovens
    2.2       11.6       (9.4 )
Asia Nonwovens
    23.2       16.3       6.9  
Latin America Nonwovens
    42.4       17.3       25.1  
Oriented Polymers
    2.4       2.2       0.2  
Unallocated Corporate, net of eliminations
    (30.0 )     (24.7 )     (5.3 )
 
                 
 
    74.7       49.1       (25.6 )
Acquisition and integration expenses
    (1.7 )           (1.7 )
Special charges, net
    (20.8 )     (20.1 )     (0.7 )
 
                 
 
  $ 52.2     $ 29.0     $ 23.2  
 
                 

76


Table of Contents

          The amounts for acquisition and integration expenses and special charges, net have not been allocated to our reportable segments because our management does not evaluate such charges on a division-by-division basis. Segment operating performance is measured and evaluated before such items.
Net Sales
          Net sales were $850.6 million for 2009, a decrease of $175.6 million, or 17.1%, from 2008 net sales of $1,026.2 million. Net sales for 2009 declined in the Nonwovens Segments from comparable 2008 results by 17.2%, and net sales in 2009 in the Oriented Polymers segment decreased 16.4% from 2008 results. A reconciliation of the change in net sales between 2008 and 2009 is presented in the following table (dollars in millions):
                                                 
                            Latin              
    U.S.     Europe     Asia     America     Oriented        
    Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Polymers     Total  
Net sales — fiscal year ended January 3, 2009
  $ 385.4     $ 196.6     $ 122.9     $ 266.5     $ 54.8     $ 1,026.2  
Change in sales due to:
                                               
Volume
    (41.8 )     (28.3 )     2.0       (4.0 )     (7.4 )     (79.5 )
Price/mix
    (41.3 )     2.4       (16.4 )     (11.7 )     (0.5 )     (67.5 )
Foreign currency translation
          (11.3 )     0.3       (16.5 )     (1.1 )     (28.6 )
 
                                   
Net sales — fiscal year ended January 2, 2010
  $ 302.3     $ 159.4     $ 108.8     $ 234.3     $ 45.8     $ 850.6  
 
                                   
           Nonwovens Segments:
          The net sales decline of $72.1 million was primarily attributable to volume decline in the Nonwovens segments in all regions except Asia, but predominantly in the U.S. and Europe. The sales volume declines in the U.S. and Europe were the result of the U.S. plant closure in the third quarter of 2008, and recessionary impacts that negatively affected the industrial and wiping businesses located in the U.S. and European regions. The predominant amount of the volume decline in the U.S. was associated with lower sales from carded technologies. Spunmelt volumes were relatively stable in 2009 compared to 2008. In our Latin America region, higher sales volumes were achieved as a result of the new line installation in Mexico, and continued sales growth from the new line installed in our Argentina facility during 2008. However, these were offset by decreased volumes in industrial sales and a softness in certain hygiene markets in South America as the economic and political environments in certain countries impacted demand, primarily affecting our operations in Colombia. Sales volumes in the second half of 2009 improved compared to the first half as incremental volumes were sold from the new spunmelt line in Mexico and a gradual rebound in certain industrial-related businesses occurred. Sales for 2009 reflected the results of operations for the business acquired in Spain for the period from December 2, 2009 to January 2, 2010.
          Sales in the Nonwovens segments were also negatively impacted by lower price/mix primarily due to price decreases resulting from the pass-through of lower raw material costs. The lower sales prices were partially offset by an improved sales mix impact. In Asia, high grade medical product sales increased and accounted for a larger portion of total sales. In the U.S., new industrial products were introduced to the market with higher margins. Additionally, a higher volume of hygiene sales was achieved in Argentina in 2009 compared to 2008, replacing lower value industrial products sold in 2008. We also implemented specific initiatives to improve overall pricing effectiveness to identify and capture the value of our products and services in the market that resulted in an improved spread of sales price over raw materials. As raw material costs have decreased, we have reduced selling prices to our customers where required by contract terms, and where appropriate based on market conditions. In general, with respect to contracted business, there can be up to a one-quarter lag between the change in raw material cost and the change in sales price.
          Most currencies were weaker against the U.S. dollar during 2009 compared to 2008. As a result, net sales decreased $27.5 million due to the unfavorable foreign currency translation, primarily in the European and Latin American regions. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate risk.

77


Table of Contents

           Oriented Polymers:
          The Oriented Polymers’ segment reflects the financial results of our Fabrene business operation in Canada. Oriented Polymers’ volumes continued to be negatively impacted by reduced housing starts affecting their industrial business, imported commodity products affecting lumber wrap volumes and a significant reduction in market demand for protective apparel, resulting in a decrease of $7.4 million. Foreign currency translation rates also negatively impacted sales in 2009, resulting in a decrease of $1.1 million from the previous year. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate risk.
Gross Margin
          Gross margin for 2009 improved to 21.6% from 16.5% in 2008, primarily driven by an improved spread of sales over raw material costs as raw material costs declined which were partially offset by lower selling prices required by contract terms and, where appropriate, based on market conditions. Manufacturing costs were higher during the year as the significant change in production levels resulted in manufacturing inefficiencies, unabsorbed fixed costs and higher waste rates in certain of our operations. The pace of volume declines occurred more rapidly than we could adjust our cost structure, specifically in Europe and Canada. Additionally, we experienced higher energy costs and labor costs during the year, coupled with increased spending in certain cost categories. These increases were partially offset by improvements in conversion costs in Asia due to the implementation of manufacturing efficiency programs. Similar programs were implemented in our U.S. and Latin America businesses, resulting in lower cash converting costs on a per unit basis when taken into account with total volume changes. The raw material component of COGS as a percentage of net sales decreased from 54.8% in 2008 to 46.3% in 2009. Partially as a result of a lower sales dollar base, coupled with higher spending in certain areas, our labor and overhead components of COGS increased as a percentage of net sales from 2008 to 2009. As a percentage of net sales, labor increased from 7.0% to 7.8% and overhead increased from 21.7% to 24.3%. All of the above percentages were also impacted by lower selling prices resulting from the pass-through of lower raw material costs.
Operating Income
          A reconciliation of the change in operating income between 2008 and 2009 is presented in the following table (dollars in millions):
                                                         
                            Latin                    
    US     Europe     Asia     America     Oriented     Corporate/        
    Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Nonwovens     Polymers     Other     Total  
Operating income — fiscal year ended January 3, 2009
  $ 26.4     $ 11.6     $ 16.3     $ 17.3     $ 2.2     $ (44.8 )   $ 29.0  
Change in operating income due to:
                                                       
Volume
    (2.1 )     (10.8 )     0.8       (3.8 )     (2.4 )     (0.1 )     (18.4 )
Price/mix
    (42.7 )     2.1       (16.7 )     (11.4 )     (0.5 )           (69.2 )
Lower raw material costs
    52.2       4.0       20.0       39.1       4.4             119.7  
(Higher) lower manufacturing costs
    (6.2 )     (3.8 )     3.9       (4.5 )     (3.0 )     0.6       (13.0 )
Foreign currency
    1.6       (0.6 )     (0.3 )     8.6       0.9       (1.2 )     9.0  
Lower (Higher) depreciation and amortization expense
    2.1       (0.5 )     (0.3 )     (2.4 )     0.3       (0.8 )     (1.6 )
Higher acquisition and integration expenses
                                  (1.7 )     (1.7 )
Increased share-based compensation costs
                                  (1.0 )     (1.0 )
Spain Business Acquisition operating results
          (0.7 )                             (0.7 )
Higher special charges, net
                                  (0.7 )     (0.7 )
All other, including higher selling, general and administrative spending
    3.2       0.9       (0.5 )     (0.5 )     0.5       (2.8 )     0.8  
 
                                         
Operating income — fiscal year ended January 2, 2010
  $ 34.5     $ 2.2     $ 23.2     $ 42.4     $ 2.4     $ (52.5 )   $ 52.2  
 
                                         
          Consolidated operating income was $52.2 million for 2009 as compared to $29.0 million of operating income in 2008. Raw material costs, especially polypropylene resin, were $119.7 million lower in 2009 compared to 2008. These declines represented not only decreases in the market price for raw materials, but cost improvements achieved through our global procurement activities. The cost reduction was partially offset by a reduction of sales price/mix of $69.2 million during the same time period. Sales price/mix is calculated based on the change in the average selling price for current year multiplied by the current year volume. The average selling price reflects the results of selling price effectiveness improvement initiatives, changes in product mix, and price changes associated

78


Table of Contents

with both index-based selling agreements and market based pricing trends. The net effect of the above factors and initiatives resulted in an improvement in our operating income of $50.5 million in 2009 compared to 2008. Operating income was negatively impacted by the previously mentioned lower sales volumes and impacts to manufacturing costs along with higher special charges and acquisition and integration expenses related to the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition. In addition, the completion of the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition occurred during the month of December 2009, which included a holiday period, and operating results were negatively impacted by the shortened operating period.
          Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $2.2 million, from $115.5 million in 2008 to $113.3 million in 2009, due primarily to the movement of foreign currencies versus the U.S. dollar, lower executive severance and termination costs and lower distribution (including shipping and handling) costs related to sales volumes. Specifically, our shipping and handling expenses were $3.7 million lower in 2009 compared to 2008. These factors were partially offset by higher compensation costs and other spending increases associated with investments in capabilities to enable us to better address future market needs and execute on its strategic plan. Executive severance was $0.5 million in 2009 compared to $1.6 million in 2008. Selling, general and administrative costs as a percent of net sales increased from 11.3% in 2008 to 13.3% for 2009. This percentage is impacted by the reduction in sales noted above.
          Acquisition and integration expenses of $1.8 million in 2009 were associated with the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition.
          Special charges for 2009 of approximately $20.8 million included non-cash impairment charges of $3.4 million related to the write-down of certain property and equipment in North Little Rock, Arkansas, and Neunkirchen, Germany, to their estimated fair value less costs to sell, and restructuring and plant realignment costs comprised of: (a) $11.3 million associated with our announced closure of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility and relocation of some of these assets to our facility in Benson, North Carolina; (b) $3.4 million of severance and other shut-down costs in Europe related to the ongoing restructuring efforts of the European operations; (c) $0.8 million related to an ongoing employee claim in Argentina; (d) $1.7 million of severance costs related to other restructuring initiatives in the United States and Canada, and $0.2 million of other costs.
          Other operating income, net for 2009 of approximately $4.7 million includes foreign currency gains of approximately $3.2 million and license fee income of approximately $1.5 million. Other operating loss, net for 2008 of approximately $5.0 million includes foreign currency losses of approximately $6.5 million offset by license fee income of approximately $1.5 million.
Interest and Other Expense
          Net interest expense decreased $4.4 million, from $31.1 million during 2008 to $26.7 million during 2009. The decrease in net interest expense was largely due to the impact of reduced term loan borrowings and lower interest rates for the period prior to the old credit facilities amendment, and costs associated with an interest rate swap agreement that expired in June 2009, partially offset by higher interest costs related to subsidiary debt obligations. Interest expense is expected to be higher going forward resulting from the LIBOR floor associated with the amendment to the old credit facilities discussed below.
          Effective May 8, 2007, we entered into a cash flow hedge agreement, which expired on June 29, 2009, which effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 5.085%. Additionally, on February 12, 2009, we entered into the Interest Rate Swap which became effective June 30, 2009 and matures on June 30, 2011, which originally effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.96%.
          In connection with the amendment of our then old credit facilities in September 2009, substantially all of the borrowings under such credit facilities were subject to a LIBOR floor of 2.5%. As a result of the new LIBOR floor, the effectiveness of the Interest Rate Swap was modified. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” In connection with the Transactions, we settled the Interest Rate Swap for a cost of $2.1 million.

79


Table of Contents

          During 2009, we incurred costs related to the amendment of our old credit facilities. As a result, a portion of the unamortized loan acquisition costs associated with the November 2005 financing in the amount of $3.5 million were written off and, together with $1.6 million of third-party costs incurred in connection with the amendment of our old credit facilities, are included in Loss on extinguishment of debt in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
          During 2009, we reacquired $15.0 million of principal amount of debt, via cash payment, and recognized a gain on such reacquisition of $2.4 million, net of the write-off of deferred financing fees of $0.2 million.
          Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net decreased by $4.7 million, from a $0.5 million loss during 2008 to a $5.2 million loss in 2009, primarily due to movement in foreign currency rates.
Income Tax Expense
          During 2009, we recognized income tax expense of $8.6 million on consolidated income before income taxes and discontinued operations of $17.6 million. During 2008, we recognized income tax expense of $7.0 million on consolidated loss before income taxes and discontinued operations of $2.5 million. Our income tax expense is different than such expense determined at the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain jurisdictions for which no income tax benefits are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which tax credits are not anticipated, U.S. state income taxes, changes in the amounts recorded for tax uncertainties and foreign taxes calculated at statutory rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
Discontinued Operations
          Income from operations of discontinued business was comprised of the net operating results of FabPro and Difco for 2009 and 2008. During the second quarter of 2009, we concluded that FabPro constituted an asset held for sale and, accordingly, we have presented FabPro as a discontinued operation. We completed the sale of FabPro during the third quarter of 2009. We divested the Difco business in the second quarter of 2011. Accordingly, Difco has been presented as a discontinued operation for all past periods presented. Income from discontinued operations decreased $6.2 million, from $8.3 million in 2008 to income of $2.1 million in 2009.
          We have recognized a gain on the sale of FabPro of approximately $6.8 million in 2009. The definitive purchase agreement for the FabPro sale provided for a purchase price adjustment based on the actual working capital that FabPro had on the sale date, as compared with a forecasted amount. The actual working capital purchase price adjustment was finalized in the fourth quarter of 2009 and resulted in no significant adjustment.
Net (Income) Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
          Noncontrolling interests represent the minority partners’ interest in the income or loss of consolidated subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned by us. These interests include a 40% noncontrolling interest in Dominion Nonwovens Sudamerica S.A. (our Argentine subsidiary) and a 20% noncontrolling interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin. We completed the Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in fourth quarter of 2009 and completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in the first quarter of 2011.
Net Income Attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
          As a result of the factors described above, net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. increased $15.4 million to $20.1 million for 2009 compared to $4.7 million for 2008.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
          Historically, our primary source of liquidity has been cash from operations and borrowing availability under our old credit facilities. Following the Transactions, our primary source of liquidity continues to be cash from operations, cash balances on hand and borrowing availability under our ABL facility and other credit facilities and factoring agreements.

80


Table of Contents

          Of our $54.9 million of cash and cash equivalents balance, as of July 2, 2011, $34.6 million was held by subsidiaries outside of the U.S., the vast majority of which was available for repatriation through various intercompany arrangements.
          We currently have intercompany loan agreements in place that allow us to permanently repatriate foreign subsidiary cash balances to the U.S. without being subject to significant amounts of either foreign jurisdiction withholding taxes or adverse U.S. taxation. In addition, our U.S. legal entities have royalty arrangements, associated with our foreign subsidiaries use of U.S. legal entities intellectual property rights that allow us to permanently repatriate foreign subsidiary cash balances, subject to foreign jurisdiction withholding tax requirements, ranging from 5% to 10%. Should we decide to permanently repatriate foreign jurisdiction earnings, by means of a dividend, the repatriated cash would be subject to foreign jurisdiction withholding tax requirements, ranging from 5% to 10%. We believe that any such dividend activity and the related tax effect would not be material.
          Our U.S. legal entities in the past have also borrowed cash, on a temporary basis, from our foreign subsidiaries to meet U.S. obligations via short-term intercompany loans. Our U.S. legal entities may in the future borrow from our foreign subsidiaries.
Comparison as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011
                 
    July 2, 2011     January 1, 2011  
    (dollars in millions)  
Balance Sheet Data:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 54.9     $ 72.4  
Working capital
    193.3       178.8  
Total assets
    1,125.9       732.0  
Total debt
    597.3       333.9  
Total shareholders’ equity
    222.4       134.3  
          We had working capital (which consists of current assets less current liabilities) of approximately $193.3 million at July 2, 2011 compared with $178.8 million at January 1, 2011. As compared to January 1, 2011, our working capital balances increased $14.5 million, primarily as a result of higher trade and other accounts receivables and inventories, offset in part by an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances and lower cash balances.
          Accounts receivable at July 2, 2011 were $150.2 million as compared to $121.7 million at January 1, 2011, an increase of $28.5 million. The net increase in accounts receivable during the first half of 2011 was primarily attributable to higher overall selling prices associated with products sold to customers during the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2010. This increase was partially offset by lower receivables at our Cali, Colombia facility due to the cessation of operations due to the flood and the resulting lower level of shipments from that facility during the second quarter. We believe that our reserves adequately protect us against foreseeable increased collection risk. Accounts receivable represented approximately 46 days of sales outstanding at July 2, 2011 as compared to 41 days of sales outstanding at January 1, 2011.
          Inventories at July 2, 2011 were $138.2 million, an increase of $33.0 million from inventories at January 1, 2011 of $105.2 million. The net increase in inventory during 2011 is due to higher unit costs related to inventory during the first of half of 2011 compared to year-end 2010, higher finished goods volumes as production levels have exceeded sales in the first half of 2011, an increase in inventory at our Cali facility to prepare for the re-commencement of operations after the shutdown caused by the flood and the effects of currency movements, partially offset by higher inventory reserves. The overall increase was comprised of component increases in finished goods, raw materials and work-in-process of $23.9 million, $5.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively. We had inventory representing approximately 51 days of cost of sales on hand at July 2, 2011 compared to 44 days of cost of sales on hand at January 1, 2011.
          Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at July 2, 2011 were $207.1 million as compared to $173.9 million at January 1, 2011, an increase of $33.2 million. The increase was primarily related to higher raw material unit costs

81


Table of Contents

during the first half of the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the end of 2010 and accrued interest on the notes being exchanged hereby. Interest on the notes being exchanged hereby is payable twice annually on February 1 st and August 1 st and accrued interest on the notes was higher by $18.3 million as of July 2, 2011 compared to January 2, 2011. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances were also impacted by accruals with respect to incentive compensation plans and the timing of payroll cycles, acceptance of vendor discounts, changes in terms regarding purchases of raw materials from certain vendors, and changes in restructuring accruals and various other accruals for non-income taxes and other third-party fees. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company negotiated specific extended terms with certain vendors associated with the Colombia restoration costs that also contributed to higher accounts payable balances. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities represented approximately 77 days of cost of sales outstanding at July 2, 2011 compared to 73 days of cost of sales outstanding at January 1, 2011.
Comparison of Five Months Ended July 2, 2011, One Month Ended January 28, 2011 and Six Months Ended July 3, 2010
                         
    Five months     One month     Six months  
    ended July 2,     ended January     ended July 3,  
    2011     28, 2011     2010  
        (dollars in millions)      
Cash flow data:
                       
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (27.7 )   $ (25.3 )   $ 17.6  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (431.5 )     (8.3 )     (9.2 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    442.0       31.4       (4.0 )
      Operating Activities
          Net cash used in operating activities was $27.7 million and $25.3 million in the five months ended July 2, 2011 and one month ended January 28, 2011, respectively, compared to cash provided by operating activities of $17.6 million during the first six months of 2010. A primary contributor to the activity in the five month period was cash paid for fees and other costs associated with the acquisition. Cash payments for professional fees and other transaction costs related to the Merger, excluding direct financing costs, were $31.6 million in the five months ended July 2, 2011. As of January 28, 2011, we had $31.1 million of restricted cash classified in other current assets. This restriction caused an increase in net cash used in operating activities for the one month period of $31.1 million which was offset in the five month period when the restricted cash was used in conjunction with the Transactions. During the five months ended July 2, 2011 and one month ended January 28, 2011, we made cash payments of $0.6 and $9.8 million, respectively, to restore operations in our Cali, Colombia manufacturing facility due to the flooding that occurred. The cash outflows were offset by $5.3 million of insurance cash proceeds received during the five month period ended July 2, 2011. We expect to make future additional cash payments of approximately $3.0 million to fully restore manufacturing operations, which will be partially offset by approximately $0.4 million of additional insurance cash proceeds. In addition, we currently anticipate future proceeds from the sale of closed facilities and idled equipment in the range of $3.0 million to $4.0 million, which is expected to be received in 2011. Additionally, working capital, excluding the effect of the restricted cash described above, required a use of cash of $42.5 million in the five months ended July 2, 2011 and provided cash of $4.1 million in the one month period ended January 28, 2011. In the six months ended July 3, 2010, working capital required a use of cash of $0.5 million. Finally, lower income resulting from the disruption of activities that occurred in our Cali, Colombia manufacturing facility negatively impacted operating cash flow. As sales volumes and raw material costs change, inventory and accounts receivable balances are expected to rise and fall, accordingly, resulting in changes in our levels of working capital balances and cash flow going forward.
          We review our business on an ongoing basis relative to current and expected market conditions, attempting to match our production capacity and cost structure to the demands of the markets in which we participate, and strive to continuously streamline our manufacturing operations consistent with world-class standards. Accordingly, in the future we may decide to undertake certain restructuring efforts to improve our competitive position. To the extent from time to time further decisions are made to restructure our business, such actions could result in cash restructuring charges and asset impairment charges, which could be material.

82


Table of Contents

          Cash tax payments are significantly influenced by, among other things, actual operating results in each of our tax jurisdictions, changes in tax law, changes in our tax structure and any resolutions of uncertain tax positions, such as our on-going efforts to resolve our potential PHC exposure. As a result of the Merger, we expect that any potential PHC exposure will be mitigated by the escrow discussed in further detail in Note 5, “Acquisitions.”
      Investing Activities
          Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $431.5 million, $8.3 million and $9.2 million in the five months ended July 2, 2011, one month ended January 28, 2011 and six months ended July 3, 2010, respectively. The significant amount of cash used in the five month period was primarily a result of the Merger, which resulted in a use of cash of $403.5 million, representing the purchase price. Capital expenditures during the five months ended July 2, 2011 and the one month ended January 28, 2011 were $29.9 million and $8.4 million, respectively. Comparatively, capital spending was $9.7 million in the six month period ended July 3, 2010. Capital expenditures in all three periods were predominantly associated with our announced expansion projects for Suzhou, China and Waynesboro, Virginia. We estimate our annual maintenance capital expenditures to be approximately $5.0 million to $10.0 million. Net cash used in our investing activities in the five month period ended July 2, 2011 was favorably impacted by $9.2 million of cash proceeds associated with the sale of assets. Also included was a cash outlay of $7.2 million for the acquisition of the remaining noncontrolling interest in Nanhai, China. As business conditions and working capital requirements change, we actively seek to manage our capital expenditures where possible, enabling us to appropriately balance cash flows from operations with capital expenditures.
          As discussed in further detail in Note 14 “Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities,” we entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts (put options and call options) with a third-party financial institution in the first quarter of 2010. These contracts, which had been subsequently amended third quarter 2010, were cancelled on January 20, 2011 for a cash cost of $0.5 million. Simultaneously with the cancellation of the forward contracts, we entered into new forward contracts that fixed the remaining future payments of €16.2 million (as of January 20, 2011) associated with the new Suzhou spunmelt equipment at a weighted average rate of 1.352 (Euro to U.S. dollar), equal to $21.9 million.
      Financing Activities
          Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $442.0 million and $31.4 million in the five month period ended July 2, 2011 and one month period ended January 28, 2011, respectively. We had a net use of cash of $4.0 million in six months ended July 3, 2010. The one month activity consisted primarily of borrowings to prepare for the Transactions. The $442.0 million cash increase in the five months ended July 2, 2011 was primarily a result of the Transactions. The issuance of the Senior Notes resulted in a cash inflow of $560.0 million. In addition, we received cash inflows of $259.9 million, related to the issuance of common stock in conjunction with the Transactions, and $42.4 million of proceeds from other borrowings. Comparatively, we had a total financing inflow of $28.8 million in the first six months of 2010. We had cash outflows of $368.8 million in the five months ended July 2, 2011, which was primarily attributable to the repayment of our pre-Acquisition debt in conjunction with the Transactions. We also incurred cash expenditures of $19.3 million related to loan acquisition costs during the five month period. We had total cash financing outflows of $32.6 million in the six months ended July 3, 2010, related to repayment of borrowings and the reacquisition of $15.0 million of our Term Loan.
          While we have experienced stabilization in most of our end-use markets, we continue to experience volatility in raw material pricing, including significant increase in near term pricing and tight raw material supply conditions and increased competitive pricing pressures as new capacity comes into the market. However, based on our ability to generate positive cash flows from operations and the financial flexibility provided by our credit facilities, we believe that we have the financial resources necessary to meet our operating needs, fund our capital expenditures and make all necessary contributions to our retirement plans in the foreseeable future. As discussed above, we believe that as a result of the establishment of the escrow fund as part of the Merger, any potential cash outlay attributable to the PHC issue will not have a material impact on our liquidity. In addition to cash from operations, we have access to the ABL Facility (subject to the available borrowing base) as a result of the Merger, cash on our balance sheet, our factoring agreements and our credit facilities in Argentina and China to provide liquidity going forward.

83


Table of Contents

Comparison as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010
                 
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
    (dollars in millions)  
Balance Sheet Data:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 72.4     $ 57.9  
Working capital
    178.8       163.8  
Total assets
    732.0       699.9  
Total debt
    333.9       342.6  
Total shareholders’ equity
    143.3       124.4  
          Our working capital (which consists of current assets less current liabilities) was approximately $178.8 million at January 1, 2011 compared with $163.8 million at January 2, 2010. As compared to January 2, 2010, our working capital balances increased $15.0 million, primarily as a result of higher cash balances, inventory and other receivables, and a lower level of current maturities of long-term debt, offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances. Higher sales volumes and raw material costs resulted in an increase in inventory balances; however, this increase was partially offset by higher levels of accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The raw material price impact on inventory balances was partially offset by lower unit volumes on hand at the end of 2010 compared to the beginning of the year.
          Accounts receivable at January 1, 2011 were $121.7 million as compared to $122.7 million at January 2, 2010, a decrease of $1.0 million. The net decrease in accounts receivable during 2010 is primarily attributable to a lower level of receivables at our Cali, Colombia facility due to the interruption of operations that resulted in a significantly lower level of shipments for the month of December and the effects of currency movements. This was somewhat offset by increases in the remainder of our business from to higher sales volumes and higher overall selling prices. We believe that our reserves adequately protect us against foreseeable increased collection risk. Accounts receivable represented approximately 41 days of sales outstanding at January 1, 2011 as compared to 48 days of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010.
          We have factoring agreements to sell, without recourse or discount, certain trade receivables to unrelated third-party financial institutions. Under the current terms of these factoring agreements, there are maximum amounts of outstanding advances at any one time.
          Inventories at January 1, 2011 were $105.2 million, an increase of $5.5 million from inventories at January 2, 2010 of $99.7 million. The net increase in inventory during 2010 is due to higher unit costs related to inventory at the end of fiscal 2010 compared to year-end 2009, partially offset by the non-cash write-off of inventory damaged by the flood in our Cali facility, the effects of currency movements and slightly lower inventory reserves. The overall increase was comprised of component increases in raw materials of $8.3 million, largely offset by a net decrease in finished goods and work in process of $2.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively. We had inventory representing approximately 44 days of cost of sales on hand at January 1, 2011 compared to 48 days of cost of sales on hand at January 2, 2010.
          Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at January 1, 2011 were $173.9 million as compared to $143.2 million at January 2, 2010, an increase of $30.7 million. The increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities during 2010 was due to (a) higher accounts payable resulting from improved terms with certain vendors achieved during the year associated with our global procurement initiatives and (b) higher raw material unit costs at the end of 2010 compared to the end of 2009, partially offset by the effects of currency movements. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances can also be impacted by accruals with respect to incentive compensation plans and the timing of payroll cycles, acceptance of vendor discounts, changes in terms regarding purchases of raw materials from certain vendors, as well as the movement of certain purchases of raw materials, for which there is limited availability, to vendors that require us to pay cash prior to delivery and changes in restructuring accruals, and various other accruals for non-income taxes and other third party fees. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities represented approximately 73 days of cost of sales outstanding at January 1, 2011 compared to 69 days of cost of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010.

84


Table of Contents

Comparison as of Fiscal Years Ended January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
    (dollars in millions)  
Cash flow data:
               
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 63.2     $ 99.0  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (41.3 )     (14.6 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (8.1 )     (72.7 )
Operating Activities
          Net cash provided by operating activities was $63.2 million during 2010 compared to $99.0 million during 2009. During 2009, working capital levels were impacted as sales volumes were declining and sales prices were lower to reflect lower raw material costs. As such, lower working capital provided a source of cash of approximately $26.8 million during 2009. During 2010, working capital levels, net of non-cash charges and balance sheet reclassifications, decreased but not to the degree of 2009, providing a source of cash of $10.9 million. This difference contributed to the decrease in operating cash flows compared to the prior year period. Additionally, our net income was lower, which reflected an increase in gross profit offset by higher expenses, and was negatively impacted by the disruption of activities that occurred in our Cali, Colombia facility during the month of December due to the flooding. As sales volumes and raw material costs change, inventory and accounts receivable balances are expected to rise and fall, accordingly, resulting in changes in our levels of working capital balances and cash flow going forward.
          The restructuring and plant realignment costs of $9.1 million in 2010 are comprised of: (i) $7.3 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in the United States associated with the consolidation of our carded business in Benson, North Carolina; and (ii) $1.8 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in Europe and Latin America.
          The restructuring and plant realignment costs of $17.1 million in 2009 are comprised of: (i) $11.3 million associated with our announced closure of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility and relocation of some of these assets to our facility in Benson, North Carolina; (ii) $3.4 million of severance and other shut-down costs in Europe related to the ongoing restructuring efforts of the European operations; (iii) $0.8 million related to an ongoing employee claim in Argentina; and (iv) $1.6 million of severance costs related to other restructuring initiatives in the United States and Canada.
          Our restructuring and plant realignment activities in 2010 and 2009 are discussed in Note 3 “Special Charges, Net” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere included in this prospectus.
          Cash payments for special charges were $13.7 million for 2010 and $17.4 million for 2009. As of January 1, 2011, $1.7 million had been accrued for future payments of previously announced and approved restructuring initiatives. Additionally, there were $3.0 million of accrued professional fees associated with the Merger as of January 1, 2011. During 2011, we estimate cash costs to restore operations in our Cali, Colombia facility due to the flooding that occurred to be approximately $12.5 million to $13.5 million, partially offset by approximately $5.9 million of expected proceeds from all relevant insurance policies. In addition, we currently anticipate future proceeds from the sale of closed facilities and idled equipment in the range of $3.0 million to $4.0 million, which is expected to be received in 2011.
          We review our business on an ongoing basis relative to current and expected market conditions, attempting to match our production capacity and cost structure to the demands of the markets in which we participate, and strive to continuously streamline our manufacturing operations consistent with world-class standards. Accordingly, in the future we may decide to undertake certain restructuring efforts to improve our competitive position. To the extent from time to time further decisions are made to restructure our business, such actions could result in cash restructuring charges and asset impairment charges, which could be material.

85


Table of Contents

          Cash tax payments are significantly influenced by, among other things, actual operating results in each of our tax jurisdictions, changes in tax law, changes in our tax structure and any resolutions of uncertain tax positions, such as our on-going efforts to resolve our potential PHC exposure. As a result of the Transactions, we expect that any potential PHC exposure will be mitigated by the escrow discussed in the Transactions.
Investing Activities
          Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $41.3 million and $14.6 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Capital expenditures during 2010 totaled $45.2 million, an increase of $1.7 million from capital spending of $43.5 million in 2009. Capital expenditures in 2010 were predominantly associated with our expansion projects announced for Suzhou, China and Waynesboro, Virginia. Capital expenditures in 2009 included the construction of a new spunmelt line at our manufacturing facility in San Luis Potosi, Mexico. We estimate our annual maintenance capital expenditures to be approximately $5.0 million to $10.0 million. As business conditions and working capital requirements change, we actively manage our capital expenditures, enabling us to appropriately balance cash flows from operations with capital expenditures.
          Net cash used in our investing activities also included a cash outlay of $4.1 million in 2009 for the Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition. Further investing activities during 2010 and 2009 included $4.4 million and $33.3 million, respectively, from the sale of assets. The proceeds from the sale of FabPro are included in 2009, as we completed the sale of FabPro during the third quarter of 2009.
          As discussed in further detail in Note 14, “Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities,” on February 8, 2010, we entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts (put options and call options) with a third-party financial institution (the “2010 FX Forward Contracts”) that provide for a floor and ceiling price (collar) for changes in foreign currency rates between the Euro and U.S. dollar through the date of acceptance of the equipment associated with the new spunmelt equipment to be installed in Suzhou, China. The objective of the 2010 FX Forward Contracts is to hedge the changes in fair value of the firm commitment related to the aforementioned Euro-denominated equipment purchase contract. The call/put options set a maximum and minimum strike price of 1.41 and 1.35 (Euro to U.S. dollar), respectively. The cash settlements under the 2010 FX Forward Contracts coincide with the payment dates on the equipment purchase agreement. The revised notional amount of the contracts with the third party, which expire on various dates in 2010 through early 2012, was €24.9 million, which will result in U.S. dollar equivalent range of $33.6 million to $35.1 million. On January 20, 2011, we cancelled the 2010 FX Forward Contracts for a cash cost of $0.5 million and entered into new forward contracts (the “2011 FX Forward Contracts”) that fixed the remaining future payments of €16.9 million associated with the Suzhou spunmelt equipment at an weighted average rate of 1.352 (Euro to U.S. dollar), equal to $21.9 million.
          We have committed capital projects, which include the purchase and installation of a new spunmelt line at our facility in Suzhou, China and the construction of the building and ancillary equipment associated with the installation of a new spunmelt line at our facility in Waynesboro, Virginia pursuant to the Equipment Lease Agreement. Total remaining payments with respect to these major capital expansion projects as of January 1, 2011 totaled approximately $54.6 million, which are expected to be substantially expended through the second quarter of 2012.
          On May 26, 2010, we signed an equity transfer agreement to purchase the 20% noncontrolling equity interest in Nanhai Nanxin from our minority partner. In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million.
Financing Activities
          Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $8.1 million in 2010, compared to $72.7 million in 2009. In 2010, we repaid, on a net basis, $8.4 million of debt. In 2009, we reduced our debt, on a net basis, by $71.0 million through repayments of $68.2 million and the gain resulting from reacquired debt. Additionally in 2009, we used $12.3 million to repurchase $15.0 million of our first-lien term loan. Of the repayments made in 2009, $31.6 million was associated with the remittance of proceeds received from the sale of FabPro and $24.0 million was repaid in conjunction with the execution of the old credit facilities amendment.

86


Table of Contents

          In fiscal 2009, we experienced negative impacts in certain of our businesses, primarily in the industrial sector, from the deterioration in global economic conditions and experienced volatility in raw material pricing. While we have seen stabilization in most of our end-use markets, we continue to experience volatility in raw material pricing, including significant increase in near term pricing and tight raw material supply conditions. However, based on our ability to generate positive cash flows from operations and the financial flexibility provided by our credit facilities, as amended, we believe that we have the financial resources necessary to meet our operating needs, fund our capital expenditures and make all necessary contributions to our retirement plans in the foreseeable future. The PHC issue could also impact our liquidity; however, based on our current expectations regarding the resolution of the PHC issue and the establishment of the escrow fund as part of the Transactions, we do not believe this issue will have a material impact on our liquidity going forward. After the Transactions, in addition to cash from operations, we have access to the ABL Facility (subject to the available borrowing base), cash on our balance sheet, our factoring agreements and our credit facilities in Argentina and China to provide liquidity going forward.
      Comparison as of Fiscal Years Ended January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009
                 
    January 2, 2010     January 3, 2009  
    (dollars in millions)  
Balance Sheet Data:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 57.9     $ 45.7  
Working capital
    163.8       191.3  
Total assets
    699.9       702.2  
Total debt
    342.6       413.7  
Total shareholders’ equity
    124.4       72.6  
          We had working capital (which consists of current assets less current liabilities) of approximately $163.8 million at January 2, 2010 compared with $191.3 million at January 3, 2009. Our working capital balances for 2009 compared to 2008 were impacted by a combination of lower volumes and lower raw material costs, offset by working capital acquired in the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition consummated in December 2009. Approximately $11.1 million of the working capital balance at January 2, 2010 was associated with the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition. With the Spain Business Acquisition, we originally recognized acquired working capital of: €14.6 million of accounts receivable; €6.4 million of inventory; €0.2 million of other current assets; and €13.5 million of accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
          Accounts receivable at January 2, 2010 were $122.7 million as compared to $121.5 million on January 3, 2009, an increase of $1.2 million. The net increase in accounts receivable during 2009 is primarily attributable to the previously discussed Spain Business Acquisition, which contributed an increase of $12.8 million. Excluding the acquired accounts receivable, our accounts receivable decreased $11.6 million due to lower sales volumes, lower overall selling prices and increased reserves for potentially uncollectible accounts, partially offset by the effects of currency movements. Excluding the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, accounts receivable represented approximately 45 days of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010 as compared to 44 days of sales outstanding at January 3, 2009. Including the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, accounts receivable represented approximately 48 days of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010.
          Inventories at January 2, 2010 were $99.7 million, an increase of $3.6 million from inventories at January 3, 2009 of $96.1 million. The net increase in inventory during 2009 includes an increase of $7.5 million associated with the Spain Business Acquisition. Excluding the acquired inventory, our inventory decreased $3.9 million primarily attributable to lower quantities of goods on hand at January 2, 2010, partially offset by the effects of currency movements, higher unit costs related to inventory at the end of 2009 compared to year-end 2008 costs and a reduction in inventory reserves. The overall decrease was comprised of component decreases in raw materials and work-in-process of $4.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively, partially offset by a net increase in finished goods of $11.4 million. Excluding the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, we had inventory representing approximately 47 days of cost of sales on hand at January 2, 2010 compared to 43 days of cost of sales on hand at January 3, 2009. Including the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, we had inventory representing approximately 48 days of cost of sales on hand at January 2, 2010.

87


Table of Contents

          Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at January 2, 2010 were $143.2 million as compared to $121.8 million at January 3, 2009, an increase of $21.4 million. The increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities during 2009 was increased by $17.9 million of accounts payable and accrued liabilities associated with the Spain Business Acquisition. Excluding the assumed accounts payable and accrued liabilities, our accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased $3.5 million from January 3, 2009 to January 2, 2010. The increase was primarily related to improved terms with certain vendors achieved during the year associated with our global procurement initiatives and higher raw material unit costs at the end of 2009 compared to the end of 2008. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances can also be impacted by accruals with respect to incentive compensation plans and the timing of payroll cycles, acceptance of vendor discounts, changes in terms regarding purchases of raw materials from certain vendors, as well as the movement of certain purchases of raw materials, for which there is limited availability, to vendors that require us to pay cash prior to delivery and changes in restructuring accruals. Excluding the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, accounts payable and accrued liabilities represented approximately 63 days of cost of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010 compared to 55 days of cost of sales outstanding at January 3, 2009. Including the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, accounts payable and accrued liabilities represented approximately 69 days of cost of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010.
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 2, 2010     January 3, 2009  
    (dollars in millions)  
Cash Flow Data:
               
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 99.0     $ 59.5  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (14.6 )     (31.6 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (72.7 )     (12.9 )
Operating Activities
          Net cash provided by operating activities was $99.0 million and $59.5 million during 2009 and 2008, respectively. The net increase of $39.5 million from 2008 to 2009 was driven by increased cash generated from gross profit on sales during 2009 and decreases in the amount of working capital employed at the end of 2009 as described above. As sales volumes increase and as raw material costs increase, inventory and accounts receivable balances rise. As a result, working capital balances are generally expected to rise, resulting in a use of cash going forward. Cash payments for special charges in 2009 and 2008 were $17.4 million and $10.3 million, respectively.
Investing Activities
          Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $14.6 million and $31.6 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Capital expenditures totaled $43.5 million in 2009 and $34.5 million in 2008. Other changes in investing activities, including proceeds from asset sales, were $28.9 million in 2009 and $2.8 million in 2008.
          Capital expenditures in 2009 included the construction of a new spunmelt line at our manufacturing facility in San Luis Potosi, Mexico. A significant portion of the capital spending in 2008 related to the construction of our spunmelt line at our manufacturing facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. Net cash used in investing activities also included a cash outlay of $4.1 million for the Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition. Further, investing activities during 2009 and 2008 included proceeds from the sale of assets of $33.3 million and $3.4 million, respectively. The proceeds from the sale of FabPro are included in 2009, as we completed the sale of FabPro during the third quarter of 2009. As business conditions and working capital requirements change, we actively manage our capital expenditures, enabling us to approximately balance cash flows from operations with capital expenditures.
          Net cash used in investing activities during 2008 include proceeds from the sale of assets of $3.4 million.
Financing Activities
          Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $72.7 million and $12.9 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

88


Table of Contents

          In 2009, we reduced our debt, on a net basis, by $71.0 million through repayments of $68.2 million and the gain resulting from reacquired debt, whereas we repaid, on a net basis, $13.0 million of debt during 2008. In 2009, we used $12.3 million to repurchase $15.0 million of our Term Loan. Of the repayments made in 2009, $31.6 million was associated with the remittance of proceeds received from the sale of FabPro and $24.0 million was repaid in conjunction with the execution of the old credit facilities amendment. In fiscal 2008, we used $28.5 million to repay debt, primarily term loans and borrowed a net amount of $15.5 million associated with a spunmelt line in Argentina.
Contractual Obligations
          The following table sets forth our contractual obligations under existing debt agreements, operating leases and capital leases that have initial or non-cancellable lease terms in excess of one year as of January 1, 2011 and purchase commitments as of January 1, 2011 (dollars in millions):
                                         
    Payments due by period  
            Less than     1 - 3     3 – 5     More than  
    Total     1 year     Years     Years     5 Years  
Debt, including short-term borrowings (1)
  $ 333.6     $ 5.6     $ 16.9     $ 6.9     $ 304.2  
Obligations under third party nonaffiliated operating lease agreements (2)
    40.4       9.8       14.7       10.7       5.2  
Capital lease obligations (3)
    0.3       0.1       0.2              
Purchase commitments (4)
    100.3       96.6       3.7              
 
                             
Total (5)
  $ 474.6     $ 112.1     $ 35.5     $ 17.6     $ 309.4  
 
                             
 
(1)   Excludes estimated cash interest payments of approximately $22.6 million, $44.9 million, $43.5 million and $66.4 million for periods less than 1 year, periods 1 to 3 years, period 3 to 5 years and periods more than 5 years, respectively, based on the assumption that the rate of interest remains unchanged from January 1, 2011 and only required amortization payments are made.
 
(2)   We lease certain manufacturing, warehousing and other facilities and equipment under operating leases. The leases on most of the properties contain renewal provisions. These amounts do not include the obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. Lease payments under the Equipment Lease Agreement will be approximately $8.3 million annually, commencing on the Basic Term Commencement Date, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2011.
 
(3)   Represents rental payments under capital leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.
 
(4)   Represents our commitments related to the purchase of raw materials, maintenance, converting services and capital projects, including our obligations associated with the China Capital Expansion Projects (discussed in further detail below). This amount also includes $8.2 million of standby letters of credit outstanding at July 2, 2011.
 
(5)   See “ Other Obligations and Commitments” below for further discussion of other contractual obligations, including unrecognized tax obligations.
          The Transactions had a significant impact on our contractual obligations, especially on our indebtedness. The following table sets forth our contractual obligations under our existing debt agreements, the amounts due under operating leases and capital leases that have initial or non-cancellable lease terms in excess of one year as of July 2, 2011 and purchase commitments as of July 2, 2011 (dollars in millions):

89


Table of Contents

                                         
    Payments due by period  
            Less than     1 - 3     3 – 5     More than  
    Total     1 year     Years     Years     5 Years  
Debt, including short-term borrowings (1)
  $ 598.6     $ 6.9     $ 23.9     $ 6.9     $ 560.9  
Obligations under third party nonaffiliated operating lease agreements (2)
    10.1       2.8       4.5       2.1       0.7  
Capital lease obligations (3)
    0.3       0.1       0.2              
Purchase commitments (4)
    186.9       146.8       40.1              
 
                             
Total (5)
  $ 795.9     $ 156.6     $ 68.7     $ 9.0     $ 561.6  
 
                             
 
(1)   Excludes estimated cash interest payments of approximately $45.7 million, $88.0 million, $86.9 million and $130.2 million for periods less than 1 year, periods 1 to 3 years, period 3 to 5 years and periods more than 5 years, respectively, based on the assumption that the rate of interest remains unchanged from July 2, 2011 and only required amortization payments are made.
 
(2)   We lease certain manufacturing, warehousing and other facilities and equipment under operating leases. The leases on most of the properties contain renewal provisions. These amounts do not include the obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. Lease payments under the Equipment Lease Agreement will be approximately $8.3 million annually, commencing on the Basic Term Commencement Date, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2011.
 
(3)   Represents rental payments under capital leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.
 
(4)   Represents our commitments related to the purchase of raw materials, maintenance, converting services and capital projects, including our obligations associated with the China Capital Expansion Projects (discussed in further detail below). This amount also includes $19.2 million of standby letters of credit outstanding at July 2, 2011.
 
(5)   See “ Other Obligations and Commitments” below for further discussion of other contractual obligations, including unrecognized tax obligations.
Debt Obligations
          In connection with the Transactions, we incurred significant indebtedness and became highly leveraged.
          Our liquidity requirements are significant, primarily due to debt service requirements. We believe that our existing cash, plus the amounts we expect to generate from operations and amounts available through our ABL Facility, will be sufficient to meet our operating needs for the next twelve months, including working capital requirements, capital expenditures, debt repayment obligations and potential new acquisitions.
          As market conditions warrant, we and our major equity holders, including the Sponsor and its affiliates, may from time to time, seek to repurchase our debt securities or loans at any time, including the notes and loans under the ABL Facility, in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.
      Senior Secured Notes
          In connection with the Transactions, Polymer Group issued the $560.0 million of 7.75% senior secured notes due 2019 being exchanged hereby. The Notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Polymer Group’s existing wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries.
          The indenture governing the Notes, among other restrictions, limits our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) repurchase stock; (v); incur certain liens; (vi) enter into transactions with affiliates; (vii) merge or consolidate; (viii) enter into agreements that restrict the ability of subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to Polymer Group; (ix) designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and (x) transfer or sell assets.

90


Table of Contents

          Subject to certain exceptions, the indenture permits us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness and secured indebtedness. The indenture also does not limit the amount of additional indebtedness that Parent or its parent entities may incur.
          See “Description of the Notes” for additional information.
      ABL Facility
          In connection with the Transactions, Polymer Group entered into senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilities to provide for borrowings not to exceed $50.0 million, subject to borrowing base availability, with a maturity of four years. The ABL Facility provides borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. The ABL Facility is comprised of (i) a revolving sub-facility of up to $42.5 million and (ii) a first-in, last out revolving sub-facility of up to $7.5 million.
          The ABL Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross acceleration to certain indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, certain events under ERISA, certain monetary judgment defaults, invalidity of guarantees or security interests, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the ABL Facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the ABL Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
          As of July 2, 2011, there were no borrowings under the ABL Facility. As of July 2, 2011, the borrowing base was $40.0 million and since the Company had outstanding standby letters of credit of $10.8 million, the resulting net availability under the ABL Facility was $29.2 million. The aforementioned letters of credit were primarily provided to certain administrative service providers and financial institutions. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on as of July 2, 2011.
          See “Description of Other Indebtedness” for additional information.
      Subsidiary Indebtedness
      Argentina Indebtedness
           Short-term borrowings
          The Company’s subsidiary in Argentina entered into short-term credit facilities to finance working capital requirements. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing facilities was $3.0 million as of July 2, 2011. These facilities mature at various dates through December 2011. As of July 2, 2011, the average interest rate on these borrowings was 1.82%. Borrowings under these facilities are included in Short-term borrowings in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
           Long-term borrowings
          In January 2007, our subsidiary in Argentina entered into an arrangement (the “Argentina Credit Facility”) with banking institutions in Argentina to finance the installation of a new spunmelt line at its facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The maximum borrowings available under the Argentina Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amount to 26.5 million Argentine pesos with respect to an Argentine peso-denominated loan and $30.3 million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and are secured by pledges covering (i) the subsidiary’s existing equipment lines; (ii) the outstanding stock of the subsidiary; and (iii) the new machinery and equipment being purchased, as well as a trust assignment agreement related to a portion of receivables due from certain major customers of the subsidiary. As of July 2, 2011, the face amount of the outstanding indebtedness was approximately $17.3 million, consisting of the U.S. dollar-denominated loan. Concurrent with the Merger, the Company repaid and terminated the Argentine peso-denominated loans.

91


Table of Contents

          During the second quarter of 2011, we adjusted the recorded book value of the outstanding Argentina Credit Facility indebtedness that existed as of January 28, 2011 to the fair market value as of that date as part of the Merger purchase accounting process. As a result, we recorded a purchase accounting adjustment that created a contra-liability of $0.6 million and similarly reduced goodwill as of the opening balance sheet date. We are amortizing the contra-liability over the remaining term of the loan and including the amortization expense in Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The unamortized contra-liability of $0.6 million is included in Long-term debt in our July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet. Accordingly, as of July 2, 2011, the carrying amount of the Argentina Credit Facility was $16.7 million.
          The interest rate applicable to borrowings under these term loans is based on LIBOR plus 290 basis points for the U.S. dollar-denominated loan. Principal and interest payments began in July 2008 with the loans maturing as follows: annual amounts of approximately $3.5 million beginning in 2011 and continuing through 2015, and the remaining $1.7 million in 2016.
      China Facility
          As discussed earlier, we entered into the China Facility in the third quarter of 2010, to finance a portion of the installation of the New Suzhou Medical Line at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China. The maximum borrowings available under the China Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amounts to $20.0 million. As of July 2, 2011, we had borrowed $17.0 million under the China Facility and we borrowed the remaining $3.0 million in the third quarter of 2011.
          The three-year term of the agreement begins with the date of the first draw down on the China Facility. We were not required to pledge any security for the benefit of the China Facility. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the China Facility is based on three-month LIBOR plus an amount to be determined at the time of funding based on the lender’s internal head office lending rate (400 basis points at the time the credit agreement was executed), but in no event would the interest rate be less than 1-year LIBOR plus 250 points. We are obligated to repay $5.0 million of the principal balance in the fourth quarter of 2012, with the remaining $15.0 million to be repaid in the fourth quarter of 2013.
      Other Subsidiary Indebtedness
          As of July 2, 2011, our subsidiaries also had other letters of credit in the amount of $8.5 million, which was primarily provided to certain raw material vendors. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on as of July 2, 2011.
      Operating Lease Obligations
           Operating Leases. We lease certain manufacturing, warehousing and other facilities and equipment under operating leases. The leases on most of the properties contain renewal provisions. Rent expense (net of sub-lease income), including incidental leases, approximated $2.5 million in each of the six months ended July 2, 2011 and July 3, 2010. The expenses are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Certain of these leases associated with our PGI Spain business were cancelled in conjunction with the Transactions.
           U.S. Expansion Project. On June 24, 2010, Chicopee, Inc. (“Chicopee”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Polymer Group, entered into an equipment lease agreement and the related construction agency agreement, guarantees and other related agreements (collectively, the “Equipment Lease Agreement”) with Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Gossamer”) for the construction and lease of a new spunmelt line in the U.S. Pursuant to the Equipment Lease Agreement, Chicopee will lease an integrated manufacturing line for the production of heat sealed polypropylene nonwoven fabrics (the “Leased Equipment”) from Gossamer for a seven-year period (the “Basic Term”) beginning upon Chicopee’s acceptance of the Leased Equipment (the “Basic Term Commencement Date”), which occurred on October 7, 2011. The new U.S. line is expected to enable PGI to deliver differentiated products to customers that achieve enhanced barrier properties, softness and opacity compared to the current marketplace capabilities, for use in such products as diapers, and surgical gowns and drapes. The capitalized cost amount was approximately $53.6 million. From the Basic Term Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary

92


Table of Contents

of the Basic Term Commencement Date, Chicopee will make annual lease payments of approximately $8.3 million to Gossamer. From the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term, Chicopee’s annual lease payments may change in accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as defined in the Equipment Lease Agreement. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under the Equipment Lease Agreement, subject to adjustment, are expected to approximate $57.9 million. The Equipment Lease Agreement includes covenants, events of default and other provisions requiring us, among other things, to maintain certain financial ratios and to meet certain construction milestones and other requirements. Our failure to comply with the terms of the Equipment Lease Agreement could result in a default thereunder which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to make substantial unscheduled payments in respect of the Equipment Lease Agreement. Polymer Group and a subsidiary of Polymer Group have agreed to guarantee Chicopee’s obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. The Equipment Lease Agreement was amended in connection with the Transactions, which included, among other things, changes to the financial covenants and default provisions to accommodate the new capital structure and ownership resulting from the Transactions. The Company paid an aggregate amendment fee to the shareholders of Gossamer of $0.6 million associated with the amendments.
      Purchase Commitments
           China Medical Expansion Project. As discussed earlier, on January 19, 2010, we entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a new spunmelt line for the New Suzhou Medical Line. We entered into the China Facility to finance an approximately $20.0 million portion of the cost of the New Suzhou Medical Line and had borrowed $17.0 million as of July 2, 2011. We borrowed the remaining $3.0 million during the third quarter of 2011. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining payments with respect to the New Suzhou Medical Line were approximately $20.1 million, which included $10.1 million for remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the first quarter of 2012. We will fund the remaining amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line, using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows, the additional $3.0 million borrowed under the China Facility and other existing U.S. based credit facilities, as needed. On January 19, 2011, we entered into foreign exchange forward contracts with a third party institution (the “January 2011 FX Forward Contracts”) to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the new spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Medical Line. The notional amount of the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts was €7.5 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $10.1 million (as of July 2, 2011).
           China Hygiene Expansion Project. On June 24, 2011, we entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt line, the New Suzhou Hygiene Line. We plan to fund the New Suzhou Hygiene Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows, existing U.S. based credit facilities and new China-based financing, as needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.5 million, which includes $42.9 million for the remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. On July 1, 2011, we entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts with a third party institution (the “July 2011 FX Forward Contracts”) to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the new spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line. As of July 2, 2011, the remaining notional amount of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts, which is equal to the original notional amount, was €29.8 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $42.9 million.
      Other Obligations and Commitments
      Factoring Agreements
          We have entered into factoring agreements to sell, without recourse or discount, certain of our U.S. and non-U.S. company-based receivables to unrelated third party financial institutions for a fee based upon the gross amount of the sold receivables. Under the terms of the factoring agreement related to the sale of U.S. company-based receivables, the maximum amount of outstanding advances at any one time is $20.0 million, which limitation

93


Table of Contents

is subject to change based on the level of eligible receivables, restrictions on concentrations of receivables and the historical performance of the receivables sold.
          The sale of our receivables under our factoring agreements accelerates the collection of cash associated with trade receivables, reduces our credit exposure and lowers our net borrowing costs. The amount of trade receivables due from the factoring entities, and therefore, excluded from our accounts receivable, was $44.4 million as of July 2, 2011. We may in the future increase the sale of receivables or enter into additional factoring agreements. These agreements remained in place after the Transactions.
      Other Obligations
          We may be required to make significant cash outlays related to our unrecognized tax benefits. However, due to the uncertainty of the timing of future cash outflows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement, if any, with the respective taxing authorities. Accordingly, unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, of $36.9 million as of July 2, 2011 have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. As of July 2, 2011, we had contributed approximately $3.2 million to our pension and postretirement plans and anticipate contributing an additional $0.9 million in 2011. Contributions in subsequent years will be dependent upon various factors, including actual return on plan assets, regulatory requirements and changes in actuarial assumptions such as the discount rate on projected benefit obligations.
Covenant Compliance
          Under the indenture governing the Notes and under the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility, our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments, refinancing certain indebtedness, paying dividends and entering into certain merger transactions is governed, in part, by our ability to satisfy tests based on Adjusted EBITDA.
          We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income and franchise taxes and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain unusual, non-cash, non-recurring and other items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indenture governing the Notes and the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility.
          We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information about flexibility under our covenants to investors, lenders, financial analysts and rating agencies since these groups have historically used EBITDA-related measures in our industry, along with other measures, to estimate the value of a company, to make informed investment decisions, and to evaluate a company’s ability to meet its debt service requirements. Adjusted EBITDA eliminates the effect of certain non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of intangible assets, along with the effects of interest rates and changes in capitalization which management believes may not necessarily be indicative of a company’s underlying operating performance.
          We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about the calculation of, and compliance with, certain financial covenants in the indenture governing the Notes and in our ABL Facility. Adjusted EBITDA is a material component of these covenants.
          Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for a measure of our liquidity or performance prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is not indicative of income from operations as determined under GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA and other non-U.S. GAAP financial measures have limitations which should be considered before using these measures to evaluate the Company’s liquidity or financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA, as presented by us, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies due to varying methods of calculation.
          The following table reconciles income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA (dollars in millions):

94


Table of Contents

                 
    For the Three     Twelve  
    Months Ended     Months Ended  
    July 2,     July 2,  
    2011     2011  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (4.1 )   $ (54.1 )
Interest expense, net
    12.5       37.6  
Income and franchise tax expense (benefit)
    (0.4 )     2.5  
Depreciation and amortization (a)
    12.0       46.2  
Adjustments resulting from application of purchase accounting (b)
    0.1       18.3  
Non-cash compensation (c)
    0.1       5.6  
Special charges (d)
    5.0       64.3  
Acquisition and integration expenses (e)
           
Foreign currency and other non-operating (gain) loss, net (f)
    2.1       3.4  
Severance and relocation expenses (g)
    0.7       2.4  
Unusual or non-recurring charges (gains), net
    0.5       0.9  
Business optimization expense (h)
    0.4       1.1  
Management, monitoring and advisory fees (i)
    0.8       1.4  
Annualized impact of acquisition in Spain (j)
          3.1  
Annualized incremental contribution from Mexico spunmelt line (k)
           
Annualized incremental contribution from Cali, Colombia spunmelt lines (l)
    4.7       13.3  
Public company costs (m)
          0.6  
 
           
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 34.4     $ 146.6  
 
           
 
(a)   Excludes loan amortization costs that are included in interest expense.
 
(b)   Reflects adjustments to inventory related to the step-up in value pursuant to U.S. GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions.
 
(c)   Reflects non-cash compensation costs related to employee and director restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock option plans.
 
(d)   Reflects costs associated with non-cash asset impairment charges, the restructuring and realignment of manufacturing operations and management organizational structures, pursuit of certain transaction opportunities and other charges included in Special charges, net in our consolidated statement of operations.
 
(e)   Reflects acquisition and integration costs associated with our PGI Spain acquisition.
 
(f)   Reflects (gains) losses from foreign currency translation of intercompany loans, unrealized (gains) losses on interest rate and foreign currency hedging transactions, (gains) losses on sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business, factoring costs and certain other non-operating (gains) losses recorded in Foreign Currency and Other (Gain) Loss, net above as well as (gains) losses from foreign currency transactions recorded in Other Operating (Income) Loss, net above.
 
(g)   Reflects severance and relocation expenses not included under Special charges or Acquisition and integration expenses above.
 
(h)   Reflects costs incurred to improve IT and accounting functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities and certain other expenses.
 
(i)   Reflects management, monitoring and advisory fees paid under the Sponsor Management Agreement.
 
(j)   Reflects the annualized incremental Adjusted EBITDA contribution of the Spain Business Acquisition based on actual performance for the first six months of 2010, translated to U.S. dollars at historical foreign exchange rates in effect for each applicable quarter of the 2010 fiscal year. We did not own the Spain assets for the entirety of the fourth quarter of 2009. Thus, our actual reported results do not reflect the full year expected performance from the Spain assets. We are presenting these adjustments for 2010 fiscal year, but not for any other historical periods.
 
(k)   Reflects the annualized incremental Adjusted EBITDA contribution of our new line in Mexico (based on the actual run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010). The new line in Mexico was placed in service during the second quarter of 2009. Prior to the third quarter of 2010, we were ramping up the line and addressing certain technical issues affecting optimal productivity, so actual historical results for that period do not reflect the expected future run-rate. We are presenting these adjustments for the 2010 fiscal year, but not for any other historical periods.

95


Table of Contents

(l)   Represents the annualized earnings of our spunmelt lines in Cali, Colombia for the period the plant was down due to the flooding. The adjustment is based on the actual earnings of the spunmelt lines in Colombia during the third quarter of 2010.
 
(m)   Reflects estimated costs associated with having public equity, including director fees and transfer agent fees, annual report costs, incremental costs associated with a separate audit report on internal controls and other costs that are not expected to continue post-closing. Costs that will continue following the exchange offer for the notes related to having public debt have not been adjusted. We are presenting these adjustments for the 2010 fiscal year, but not for any other historical periods.
Hedging Activities
      Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
          On January 19, 2011, we terminated and settled the certain foreign exchange forward contracts that we had entered into in February 2010 and entered into the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the new spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Medical Line. The notional amount of the 2011 FX Forward Contracts was €7.5 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $10.1 million (as of July 2, 2011).
          On July 1, 2011, we entered into the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the new spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line. As of July 2, 2011, the remaining notional amount of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts, which is equal to the original notional amount, was €29.8 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $42.9 million.
      Interest Rate Swap Contracts
          Prior to the Transactions, we maintained a portion of our position in a cash flow hedge agreement originally entered in February 2007. The cash flow hedge agreement effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 5.085% and terminated on June 29, 2009. Additionally, in February 2009, we entered into the 2009 Interest Rate Swap which effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.96%. We originally designated the 2009 Interest Rate Swap as a cash flow hedge of the variability of interest payments with changes in fair value of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of September 17, 2009, in conjunction with the amendment of our old credit facilities, we concluded that 92% of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap was no longer effective; accordingly, 92% of $3.9 million related to the 2009 Interest Rate Swap included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income was frozen and was to be reclassified as a charge to earnings as future interest payments were to be made throughout the term of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap, as this portion of the notional amount no longer met the criteria for cash flow hedge accounting. In connection with the Transactions, we settled the 2009 Interest Rate Swap for a cost of $2.1 million.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
          We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Effect of Inflation
          Inflation generally affects us by increasing the costs of labor, overhead, and equipment. The impact of inflation on our financial position and results of operations was not significant during 2011 and 2010. However, as we grow our business in geographies with higher inflation rates, this could have a larger impact on our business in

96


Table of Contents

the future. Additionally, we continue to be impacted by rising raw material costs. See our “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” included below.
Recent Accounting Standards
          In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) — Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements” (“ASU 2010-06”). This guidance clarifies and requires new disclosures about fair value measurements. The clarifications and requirement to disclose the amounts and reasons for significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2, as well as significant transfers in and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820, were adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Additionally, the amended guidance also requires that purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements be presented gross in the Level 3 reconciliation, which is used to price the hardest to value instruments (the “disaggregation guidance”). We adopted the disaggregation guidance at the beginning January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.
          In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.” This guidance enhances the disclosure requirements about the credit quality of a creditor’s financing receivables and the adequacy of its allowance for credit losses. Financing receivables include, but are not limited to, loans, trade accounts receivable, notes receivables and other receivables, including factoring receivables. We adopted the amended guidance related to period-end balances as of the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011. The adoption of that guidance did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements. We adopted the amended guidance for activities occurring during the reporting period effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.
          In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-29 to amend certain guidance in ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” This update provides guidance on the disclosure of supplemental pro forma information for business combinations. We have adopted the amended guidance effective January 2, 2011. See Note 4 “Acquisitions — Blackstone Acquisition” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, for the pro forma disclosures required by the amended guidance.
          In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” This update provides guidance on the requirements to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if the carrying amount of the reporting unit is zero or negative. We adopted the amended guidance effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance should not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. As discussed in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, we have not yet finalized our purchase price accounting analysis associated with the Merger. Furthermore, we have not yet made final decisions with respect to our Reporting Units for the allocation of goodwill. Accordingly, we have not fully assessed the effect of the adoption of this new guidance with respect to its impact on our consolidated financial statements.
          In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 to amend certain guidance in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement.” This update provides guidance to improve the consistency of the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The provisions of this guidance change certain of the fair value principles related to the highest and best use premise, the consideration of blockage factors and other premiums and discounts, the measurement of financial instruments held in a portfolio and instruments classified within shareholders’ equity. Further, the guidance provides additional disclosure requirements surrounding Level 3 fair value measurements, the uses of nonfinancial assets in certain circumstances and identification of the level in the fair value hierarchy used for assets and liabilities which are not recorded at fair value, but where fair value is disclosed. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011. We are still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
          In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 to amend certain guidance in ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” This update requires total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income to be presented either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. Further, the guidance requires an entity to present reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to net income on the face of the financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for

97


Table of Contents

the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011. We are still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
          In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other.” This update allows an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test for a reporting unit. If the entity elects the option and determines that the qualitative factors indicate that it is not more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, the entity is not required to calculate the fair value of the reporting unit and no further evaluation is necessary. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011, though early adoption is permitted. We are still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
Critical Accounting Policies and Other Matters
          The analysis and discussion of our financial position and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the appropriate application of certain accounting policies, many of which require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that may affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Since future events and their impact cannot be determined with certainty, the actual results will inevitably differ from the estimates. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis including, but not limited to, those related to revenue recognition, accounts receivable, including concentration of credit risks, acquisitions, inventories, income taxes, impairment of long-lived assets, stock-based compensation and restructuring. Estimates and assumptions are based on historical and other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The impact and any associated risks related to estimates, assumptions, and accounting policies are discussed within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, if applicable, where such estimates, assumptions, and accounting policies affect our reported and expected results.
          We believe the following accounting policies are critical to our business operations and the understanding of results of operations and affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
           Revenue Recognition. Revenue from product sales is recognized when title and risks of ownership pass to the customer, which is on the date of shipment to the customer, or upon delivery to a place named by the customer, depending upon contract terms and when collectability is reasonably assured and pricing is fixed or determinable. Revenue includes amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling. Provision for rebates, promotions, product returns and discounts to customers is recorded as a reduction in determining revenue in the same period that the revenue is recognized. We base our estimate of the expense to be recorded each period on historical returns and allowance levels. We do not believe the likelihood is significant that materially higher deduction levels will result based on prior experience.
           Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risks. Accounts receivable potentially expose us to a concentration of credit risk. We provide credit in the normal course of business and perform ongoing credit evaluations on our customers’ financial condition as deemed necessary, but generally do not require collateral to support such receivables. We also establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other information. Also, in an effort to reduce our credit exposure to certain customers, as well as accelerate our cash flows, we have sold, on a non-recourse basis, certain of our receivables pursuant to factoring agreements. At July 2, 2011, a reserve of $0.7 million has been recorded as an allowance against trade accounts receivable. We believe that the allowance is adequate to cover potential losses resulting from uncollectible accounts receivable and deductions resulting from sales returns and allowances. While our credit losses have historically been within our calculated estimates, it is possible that future losses could differ significantly from these estimates.
           Acquisitions. We account for acquired businesses using the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method, our consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from

98


Table of Contents

the completion of the acquisition. In addition, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective estimated fair values, with any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired recorded as goodwill.
          Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. Accordingly, we typically obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for significant items. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management, but are inherently uncertain.
          We typically use an income method to estimate the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuation reflect a consideration of the marketplace, and include the amount and timing of future cash flows, the underlying technology life cycles, economic barriers to entry and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.
           Inventories. We maintain reserves for inventories which are primarily valued using the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Such reserves for inventories can be specific to certain inventory or general based on judgments about the overall condition of the inventory. Specific reserves are established based on a determination of the obsolescence of the inventory and whether the inventory value exceeds amounts to be recovered through the expected sales price of such inventories, less selling costs. Reserves are also established based on percentage write-downs applied to inventories aged for certain time periods, or for inventories that are slow-moving. Estimating sales prices, establishing markdown percentages and evaluating the condition of the inventories require judgments and estimates, which may impact the inventory valuation and gross profits. We believe, based on our prior experience of managing and evaluating the recoverability of our slow moving or obsolete inventory, that such established reserves are materially adequate. If actual market conditions and product sales were less favorable than we have projected, additional inventory writedowns may be necessary.
           Income Taxes. We record an income tax valuation allowance when, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax asset depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, consideration is given to, among other factors, the trend of historical and projected future taxable income, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the carryforward period for net operating losses and tax credits, as well as tax planning strategies available to us. Additionally, we have not provided U.S. income taxes for undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that are considered to be retained indefinitely for reinvestment. Certain judgments, assumptions and estimates are required in assessing such factors and significant changes in such judgments and estimates may materially affect the carrying value of the valuation allowance and deferred income tax expense or benefit recognized in our consolidated financial statements.
          We recognize a tax benefit associated with an uncertain tax position when, in our judgment, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. For a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we initially and subsequently measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that we judge to have a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The liability associated with unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted periodically due to changing circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law developments and new or emerging legislation. Such adjustments are recognized entirely in the period in which they are identified. The effective tax rate includes the net impact of changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and subsequent adjustments as considered appropriate by management.
          A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit is audited and finally resolved. The number of years with open tax audits varies by jurisdiction. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular tax matter, we believe our liability for unrecognized tax benefits is adequate. Favorable resolution of an unrecognized tax benefit could be recognized as a reduction in the effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Unfavorable settlement of an unrecognized tax benefit could increase the effective tax rate and may require the use of cash in the period of

99


Table of Contents

resolution. Accordingly, our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments due to the closure of tax examinations, new regulatory or judicial pronouncements, changes in tax laws or other relevant events.
          In periods prior to 2009 and consistent with previous authoritative U.S. GAAP guidance, recognition of tax benefits from preconfirmation net operating loss carryforwards and other deductible temporary differences not previously recognized were applied to reduce goodwill to zero, then to reduce intangible assets that existed at the date of emergence from bankruptcy with any excess tax benefits credited directly to additional paid-in capital of the Predecessor.
          In December 2007, the FASB issued revised authoritative guidance, effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with respect to accounting for business combinations and also introduced changes to certain provisions of income tax accounting. For reorganizations undertaken before the adoption period of the revised guidance, release of a valuation allowance related to pre-confirmation net operating losses and deductible temporary differences are now being reported as a reduction to income tax expense. Similarly, adjustments to uncertain tax positions made after the confirmation date are now recorded in the income statement.
           Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For assets held and used, an impairment may occur if projected undiscounted cash flows are not adequate to cover the carrying value of the assets. In such cases, additional analysis is conducted to determine the amount of the loss to be recognized. The impairment loss is determined by the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the fair value measured by future discounted cash flows. The analysis, when conducted, requires estimates of the amount and timing of projected cash flows and, where applicable, judgments associated with, among other factors, the appropriate discount rate. Such estimates are critical in determining whether any impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment loss is deemed to be necessary. In addition, future events impacting cash flow for existing assets could render a write-down necessary that previously required no write-down.
          For assets held for disposal, an impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value less costs to sell. Estimates are required of fair value, disposal costs and the time period to dispose of the assets. Such estimates are critical in determining whether any impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment loss is deemed to be necessary. Actual cash flows received or paid could differ from those used in estimating the impairment loss, which would impact the impairment charge ultimately recognized. As of July 2, 2011, based on our current operating performance, as well as future expectations for the business, we do not anticipate any material writedowns for long-lived asset impairments. However, conditions could deteriorate, which could impact our future cash flow estimates, and there exists the potential for further consolidation and restructuring, either of which could result in an impairment charge that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
           Stock-Based Compensation. We account for stock-based compensation related to our employee share-based plans in accordance with the methodology defined in the current authoritative guidance for stock compensation. The compensation costs related to all new grants and any unvested portion of prior grants have been measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Consistent with the authoritative guidance, awards are considered granted when all required approvals are obtained and when the participant begins to benefit from, or be adversely affected by, subsequent changes in the price of the underlying shares and, regarding awards containing performance conditions, when we and the participant reach a mutual understanding of the key terms of the performance conditions. Additionally, accruals for compensation costs for share-based awards with performance conditions are based on the probability of the achievement of such performance conditions.
          We have estimated the fair value of each stock option grant by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Under the option pricing model, the estimate of fair value is based on the share price and other pertinent factors at the grant date (as defined in the authoritative guidance), such as expected volatility, expected dividend yield, risk-free interest rate, forfeitures and expected lives. Assumptions are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and experience. Although we believe the assumptions are appropriate, differing assumptions would affect compensation costs.

100


Table of Contents

           Restructuring. Accruals have been recorded in conjunction with our restructuring actions. These accruals include estimates primarily related to facility consolidations and closures, census reductions and contract termination costs. Actual costs may vary from these estimates. Restructuring-related accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, and changes to the restructuring actions are appropriately recognized when identified.
Environmental
          We are subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations relating to the pollution and protection of the environment. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with current applicable environmental requirements and do not currently anticipate any material adverse effect on our operations, financial or competitive position as a result of our efforts to comply with environmental requirements. In the past several years, we have witnessed increased climate change related legislation and regulation on a variety of levels, both within the U.S. and throughout the international community. In summary, the risk of environmental liability is inherent due to the nature of our business, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that material environmental liabilities will not arise.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
          We are exposed to market risks for changes in foreign currency rates and interest rates and we have exposure to commodity price risks, including prices of our primary raw materials. The overall objective of our financial risk management program is to seek a reduction in the potential negative earnings impact of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and raw material pricing arising in our business activities. We manage these financial exposures primarily through operational means and secondarily by using various financial instruments. These practices may change as economic conditions change.
      Long-Term Debt and Interest Rate Market Risk
          Our new long-term financing consists of $560.0 million of 7.75% senior secured notes due 2019. As fixed-rate debt, the interest would not change with a change in the market interest rate. Certain of our subsidiary indebtedness is variable interest rate debt, for which we have not hedged the risks attributable to fluctuations in interest rates. Hypothetically, a 1% change in the interest rate affecting all of our subsidiary indebtedness would change interest expense by approximately $0.4 million.
          The estimated fair value of our long-term debt, including current portion, at July 2, 2011 was approximately $601.2 million.
      Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
          We manufacture, market and distribute certain of our products in Europe, Canada, Latin America and Asia. As a result, our results of operations could be significantly affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency rates in the foreign markets in which we maintain a manufacturing or distribution presence. However, such currency fluctuations have much less effect on our local operating results because we, to a significant extent, sell our products within the countries in which they are manufactured. During 2011 and 2010, certain currencies of countries in which we conduct foreign currency denominated business moved against the U.S. dollar and had a significant impact on sales, with a lesser effect on operating income.
          On January 19, 2011, we entered into the 2011 FX Forward Contracts to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the new spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Medical Line. Further, on July 1, 2011, we entered into July 2011 FX Forward Contracts to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the new spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line. As of July 2, 2011, the remaining notional amount of the July 2011 FX Forward

101


Table of Contents

Contracts, which is equal to the original notional amount, was €29.8 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $42.9 million.
      Raw Material and Commodity Risks
          The primary raw materials used in the manufacture of most of our products are polypropylene resin, polyester fiber, polyethylene resin, and, to a lesser extent, rayon and tissue paper. The prices of polypropylene, polyethylene and polyester are a function of, among other things, manufacturing capacity, demand and the price of crude oil and natural gas liquids. In certain regions of the world, we may source certain key raw materials from a limited number of suppliers or on a sole source basis. We believe that the loss of any one or more of our suppliers would not have a long-term material adverse effect on us because other manufacturers with whom we conduct business would be able to fulfill our requirements. However, the loss of certain of our suppliers could, in the short-term, adversely affect our business until alternative supply arrangements were secured or until alternative suppliers were qualified with customers. We have not experienced, and do not expect, any significant disruptions in supply as a result of shortages in raw materials.
          We have not historically hedged our exposure to raw material increases with synthetic financial instruments. However, we have certain customer contracts with price adjustment provisions which provide for index-based pass-through of changes in the underlying raw material costs, although there is often a delay between the time we incur the new raw material cost and the time that we are able to adjust the selling price to our customers. Raw material costs as a percentage of net sales have increased from 52.9% in the six months ended July 3, 2010 to 59.9% in the six months ended July 2, 2011. On a global basis, raw material costs continue to fluctuate in response to certain global economic factors, including the regional supply versus demand dynamics for the raw materials and the volatile price of oil.
          In periods of rising raw material costs, to the extent we are not able to pass along price increases of raw materials, or to the extent any such price increases are delayed, our COGS would increase and our operating profit would correspondingly decrease. By way of example, if the price of polypropylene was to rise $.01 per pound, and we were not able to pass along any of such increase to our customers, we would realize a decrease of approximately $5.5 million, on an annualized basis based on current purchase volumes (as though the Cali, Colombia manufacturing facility were running at pre-flood manufacturing capacity), in our reported pre-tax operating income. Significant increases in raw material prices that cannot be passed on to customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In periods of declining raw material costs, if sales prices do not decrease at a corresponding rate, our COGS would decrease and our operating profit would correspondingly increase.

102


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY
          We compete primarily in the global nonwovens market. Nonwovens are broadly defined as engineered sheet or web structures, made from polymers and or natural fibers, that are bonded together by entangling fiber or filaments mechanically, thermally or chemically. They are flat sheets that are made directly from separate fibers or from molten plastic or plastic film. By definition, they are not made by weaving or knitting and do not require converting the fibers to yarn.
          Nonwoven fabrics provide specific product attributes, such as absorbency, liquid repellency, resilience, stretch, softness, strength, flame retardancy, washability, cushioning, filtering, bacterial barrier and sterility, that differentiate them from alternative materials. They are used in a wide range of consumer and industrial applications, including hygiene products, apparel, home furnishings, healthcare and surgical fabrics, construction, filtration, engineering and wipes. They may be limited-life, disposable fabric or very durable fabric.
          Principal technologies utilized in the industry today include:
    Spunmelt technology uses thermoplastic polymers that are melt-spun to manufacture continuous-filament fabrics.
 
    Carded technologies (chemical, thermal and spunlace) involve fibers laid on a conveyor belt, teased apart and consolidated into a web and then bonded with chemical adhesive, heat or high pressure water, respectively.
 
    Air-laid technology uses high-velocity air to condense fibers.
 
    Wet-laid technology drains fibers through a wire screen similar to papermaking.
          We believe spunmelt technology is the fastest-growing manufacturing technology for disposable applications, due to its ability to cost-effectively provide nonwovens with product characteristics including barrier properties, strength, softness and other attributes for disposable applications. According to certain industry sources, spunmelt technology represents approximately 45% of the global nonwovens market and has experienced annual volume growth of 7.1% from 2005 to 2010, as compared to 5.2% for the overall global nonwovens market over the same period.
          The following diagram illustrates the nonwovens value chain.
(GRAPHICS)
          According to certain industry sources, annual nonwoven sales are estimated to exceed $25.0 billion. According to ADL Consulting, nonwoven global volume demand across hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications which we serve grew at a 7.4% CAGR from 2004 to 2008. Nonwoven global volume demand remained steady from 2008 to 2009 despite global macroeconomic weakness. Aggregate global volume demand across these applications is expected to experience a 6.3% growth rate from 2009 to 2014.

103


Table of Contents

Volume Demand Growth By Application
(GRAPHICS)
 
    Source: ADL Consulting.
Volume Demand Growth By Region (1)
(GRAPHICS)
 
(1)   Represents demand for hygiene, medical and wipes applications.
 
    Source: ADL Consulting.


          Demand for nonwovens in wipes applications is expected to witness the highest growth among the various applications at a 8.7% CAGR by volume between 2009 and 2014. In many applications, disposable wipes continue to substitute reusable textiles, and new applications for wipes continue to emerge. Demand for nonwovens in other applications (hygiene, medical and industrial) is expected to grow at 5.4% to 6.0% by volume over the same time period. Developing economies present significant growth potential in diapers and feminine hygiene, and a shift in demographics provides sizeable growth potential for adult incontinence products in developed economies. Demand for nonwovens in medical applications is expected to be driven by increasing sanitary standards, increasing penetration rates for disposable nonwovens in Europe, which currently lags the U.S., and the substitution of nonwoven products for traditional cloth drapes and apparel. Demand in industrial applications was negatively impacted during the recent economic downturn, but is expected to recover with 6.0% growth over the forecast period. Demand for nonwovens in industrial applications is expected to be driven by the development of new applications such as offshore energy cables, increased performance standards, and the substitution of nonwoven products for traditional cloth and apparel.
          Demand in the developed regions (North America, Europe) is expected to grow at an approximately 4.8% CAGR by volume from 2009 to 2014, while demand in the developing regions (Asia, Latin America) is expected to grow at an approximately 8.5% CAGR by volume over the same time period. The strong growth expected in developing countries is driven by increased penetration of disposable products resulting from increasing disposable income in these regions. In China, we expect strong demand growth in hygiene applications as well as medical applications, driven by continued investment by customers in converting capacity within the region.
          We believe that future growth in the industry will be driven by continued development of new products and technology improvements, which should result in an increase in demand for high-performance nonwovens.

104


Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Company Overview
          We are a leading global innovator, manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials, focused primarily on the production of nonwoven products. Nonwovens are a high-performance and low-cost fabric-like alternative to traditional textiles, paper and other materials. They can be made with specific value-added characteristics including absorbency, tensile strength, softness and barrier properties, among others. Our nonwoven products are critical components used in consumer and industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications. Hygiene applications include baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, and adult incontinence products; medical applications include surgical gowns and drapes; wiping applications include household, personal care and commercial cleaning wipes; and industrial applications include filtration, house wrap and furniture and bedding.
          According to certain industry sources, annual sales in the nonwovens market are estimated to exceed $25.0 billion. We are the fourth-largest merchant manufacturer of nonwovens in the world and the leading merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications. We are the largest or second-largest supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications in most of the regional markets where we operate. We believe that disposable applications are less cyclical than other applications and will have higher growth rates in the future.
          We have one of the largest global platforms in our industry, with 13 manufacturing and converting facilities in nine countries throughout the world, including a significant presence in emerging markets like Asia and Latin America. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically located near many of our key customers in order to increase our effectiveness in addressing local and regional demand, as many of our products do not ship economically over long distances. We work closely with our customers, which include well-established multinational and regional consumer and industrial product manufacturers, to provide engineered solutions to meet increasing demand for more sophisticated products. We believe that we have one of the broadest and most advanced technology portfolios in the industry.
          We have undertaken a series of capital expansions and business acquisitions that have broadened our technology base, increased our product lines and expanded our global presence. In the past five years, we have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing five state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in our core applications and markets. At the end of fiscal 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of assets from Tesalca-Texnovo, the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain, making us a meaningful supplier of nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. Simultaneously, we have taken a number of actions to refocus our global footprint and optimize our operations around disposable applications and high-growth markets, including several plant rationalization projects to exit certain low-margin legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of our planned plant consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our nameplate nonwovens capacity will utilize spunmelt technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of industry capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets (approximately 20% of capacity) will continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing certain desired product attributes, such as product strength or softness.
          In 2010, we generated net sales of $1,106.2 million. Our sales are geographically diversified, with 35% generated in North America, 28% in Latin America, 25% in Europe and 12% in Asia for the same period.
Segment Overview
          We operate in five segments: U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens, Latin America Nonwovens (collectively, the “Nonwovens Segments”) and Oriented Polymers. These segments represented approximately 29.5%, 25.5%, 11.7%, 27.7% and 5.6% of our net sales, respectively, for 2010. Our Nonwovens Segments generated substantially all of our operating income over the same period.

105


Table of Contents

      Nonwovens Segments
          The Nonwovens Segments develop and sell products that are critical substrates and components used in various consumer and industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes, and industrial applications. Our products are used in hygiene applications such as baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, adult incontinence products; medical applications including surgical gowns and drapes; household and commercial wipes; and various durable industrial applications including filtration, house wrap and furniture and bedding. Our key customers include global and regional manufacturers such as Procter & Gamble (diapers, feminine sanitary protection, household wipes), Kimberly-Clark (diapers, surgical drapes, face masks) and Cardinal Health (surgical drapes, medical accessories).
          Nonwovens are fabric-like materials constructed from plastic resins, primarily polypropylene and various types of natural and man-made fibers, and can be created through several different manufacturing techniques. The predominant and fastest-growing manufacturing technology for disposable applications is the spunmelt manufacturing process which uses large, high-volume equipment to manufacture large rolls of nonwoven fabrics. In addition to spunmelt, there are several other manufacturing processes, including carded, air-laid, and wet-laid. We use both spunmelt and other manufacturing technologies, but have invested significant capital over the last five years to construct several new state-of-the-art spunmelt lines and to restructure several legacy operations.
          Nonwovens applications are categorized as either disposable or durable. We primarily supply nonwovens to customers that manufacture disposable products, which account for approximately 80% of our total nonwoven sales. Disposable products include diapers and other personal care products, medical gowns and drapes, and cleaning wipes, among others. We believe that disposable products are less cyclical than durable products and will have higher growth rates in the future, driven primarily by the increasing adoption of these products in developing economies due to rising per capita income and population growth. We add value to our products through our printing, laminating, and small roll converting capabilities and, in limited instances, convert product ourselves for sale directly to the end consumer.
          The table below outlines the key product applications within our Nonwovens Segments.
                         
Key Product   % of Annual             Projected  
Applications   Revenue     Representative End Products   Key Customers   Growth(1)  
Hygiene
    50 %   Baby diapers, feminine      Procter & Gamble     5.4 %
 
          hygiene products, adult      Kimberly-Clark        
 
          incontinence products, and      SCA        
 
          training pants            
Medical
    16 %   Surgical gowns and drapes,      Kimberly-Clark     5.9 %
 
          face masks, shoe covers      Cardinal Health        
 
          and wound care sponges and dressings      3M        
 
                 Johnson & Johnson        
Wipes
    14 %   Personal care and facial      Procter & Gamble     8.7 %
 
          wipes, baby wipes, and      Clorox        
 
          household wipes      Sysco        
Industrial
    20 %   Filtration, cable wrap,      Simmons Bedding     6.0 %
 
          house wrap, furniture and      Dow        
 
          bedding, and landscape and      Chiquita        
 
          agricultural applications            
 
(1)   Represents projected CAGR for global nonwoven volume demand from 2009 to 2014 for each product application group, according to ADL Consulting.
Hygiene Applications
          For hygiene applications, our substrates are critical components providing superior absorbency, barrier properties, strength, fit, and softness in baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, adult incontinence products, and training pants. Our broad product offering provides customers with a full range of these specialized and highly engineered components, including top sheet, transfer layer, backsheet fabric, leg cuff fabric, sanitary protective facings, and absorbent pads for incontinence guard, panty shield, and absorbent core applications. We frequently partner with select, industry-leading manufacturers to jointly develop innovative products to meet changing

106


Table of Contents

consumer demands. As a global nonwovens provider, we are differentiated by our ability to serve global manufacturers while providing substrate consistency across geographical regions.
          Key Growth Drivers of Hygiene Applications for our Company
    In developing regions, such as certain parts of Latin America and Asia, where penetration rates for nonwoven hygiene products such as disposable diapers are low, growth is expected to be driven by population growth and increased disposable product penetration resulting from increasing per capita income.
    In developed regions, growth is expected to be driven by population growth and consumers’ continued demand for enhanced functionality and greater sophistication in their end-products.
    According to ADL Consulting, global nonwoven volume demand for hygiene applications is forecasted to grow at a CAGR of approximately 5.4% from 2009 to 2014.
Medical Applications
          Our medical products are high-performance materials that are used in disposable surgical packs, surgical gowns and drapes, face masks, shoe covers and wound care sponges and dressings. Our nonwovens feature characteristics and properties which address barrier performance, breathability, strength and softness. We believe that we are the leading global supplier of nonwoven medical fabrics, due in part to our acquisition of Johnson & Johnson’s medical nonwovens business in 1995. Our customers’ medical end products are predominantly manufactured in lower labor cost countries, such as China, for export to Western markets. Our high-quality finished fabric manufacturing capabilities in China, located strategically near the manufacturing and converting operations of our customers, combined with our global position, provide a competitive advantage in serving these customers.
          Key Growth Drivers of Medical Applications for our Company
    Growth in the United States is expected to be driven by, the number of medical procedures and demand for enhanced barrier protection, driven by regulations.
    In Europe, where the penetration rate of medical nonwovens of approximately 70% is significantly lower than that of the U.S., growth is expected to be driven by increased use of disposable products as customers switch to nonwovens from higher cost materials that require additional barrier protection.
    In Asia, where a significant portion of labor intensive medical garments are produced, we are well positioned for future growth due to our proximity to regional medical converters, which allows us to respond to customer demands on an accelerated basis relative to our competitors who are not present in the region.
    Domestic consumption in Asia, Latin America, and other developing markets is expected to grow as standards of living improve and these regions adopt the medical practices of more developed nations.
    According to ADL Consulting, global volume demand for nonwoven medical applications is projected to grow at a CAGR of approximately 5.9% from 2009 to 2014.
Wipes Applications
          We produce nonwoven products for consumer wipes applications, which include personal care and facial wipes, baby wipes, and household cleaning wipes. We also directly market a line of wipes under our Chix brand to industrial, foodservice, and janitorial customers. Wipes producers rely on nonwovens to provide key features, such as abrasiveness and liquid dispensability, which enable product performance to meet customer demands. For example, our proprietary APEX technology enables us to impart three-dimensional images on nonwovens, which

107


Table of Contents

enhance performance by creating ridges for dust collection and increase abrasiveness, as well as improve branding and customer appeal.
          Key Growth Drivers of Wipes Applications for our Company
    We expect to capture growth through the implementation of our proprietary technology and innovation to bring higher capabilities into wipes applications. We will continue to leverage our proprietary Spinlace technology, which meets our customers’ demands for products that offer better value and improved functionality, such as improved strength and absorbency.
    In developed regions, growth is expected to be driven by consumers’ increasing focus on sanitation and disease control and by customers’ continued demand for enhanced functionality and greater sophistication in their end-products.
    In developing regions, where penetration rates for consumer wipes products are low, growth is expected to be driven by increased disposable product penetration resulting from increasing standards of living.
    According to ADL Consulting, global nonwoven volume demand for wipes applications is forecasted to grow at a CAGR of approximately 8.7% from 2009 to 2014.
Industrial Applications
          Our nonwovens serve a diverse collection of industrial end product applications which include filtration, cable wrap, house wrap, furniture and bedding, and landscape and agricultural applications. We focus on applications where our technological capabilities enable us to effectively serve customers who place significant value on highly engineered and tailored materials.
          Key Growth Drivers of Industrial Applications for our Company
    Growth in industrial products is driven by category-specific demand dynamics. Examples include increased nonwovens consumption as a result of applicable regulations for filtration applications and the United States’ more stringent standards for flame-retardant fabrics in mattresses, for which the Company has been able to utilize its proprietary technologies and processes.
    We are also taking advantage of numerous opportunities to utilize nonwovens in new applications where they have not traditionally been utilized, such as in the roofing and packaging markets.
    According to ADL Consulting, global nonwovens volume demand in certain of the industrial applications which we serve is projected to grow at a CAGR of approximately 6.0% from 2009 to 2014.
      Oriented Polymers Segment
          The Oriented Polymers segment utilizes extruded polyolefin processes and woven technologies to produce a wide array of products for industrial packaging, building products and agriculture. We sold our Difco business in the second quarter of 2011 and our FabPro business in the third quarter of 2009. We are currently evaluating various strategic alternatives for the Fabrene business, the remaining business for this reportable segment.
Competitive Strengths
      Leading Global Positions and Diversified Portfolio
          We are differentiated from our competitors by our broad geographic platform, which enables us to serve both multi-national and regional customers in both mature and high-growth developing regions. We are among the

108


Table of Contents

largest manufacturers of nonwovens, and we believe that we have the most global footprint of our competitors. We have manufacturing and converting operations at 14 locations in nine countries on four continents. We believe that we are the largest or second-largest merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications in regional markets, which represents over 80% of our nonwovens sales for 2010. Our ability to provide consistent high-quality products across geographical regions is a strong competitive advantage in serving global customers, such as Procter & Gamble and Cardinal Health.
          Additionally, our global footprint provides diversification across several regional markets, with 35% of our net sales in North America, 28% in Latin America, 25% in Europe and 12% in Asia, for 2010. This reduces our exposure to any one region or manufacturing facility. We are also a significant supplier to a diverse set of end product applications, including hygiene (47% of our sales for 2010), medical (15%), wipes (13%) and industrial (25%). This broad array of applications provides further diversification and reduces our exposure to volatility in any one application.
      High-Growth, Defensive Demand Profile of End Products
          We primarily manufacture nonwovens for customers producing disposable products, which accounted for approximately 80% of our nonwoven sales for 2010. We believe that disposable products are less cyclical than durable products, and we expect disposable products to have higher growth rates in the future, driven primarily by the increasing adoption of these products in developing economies. These nonwovens are critical components of end products, such as baby diapers and medical gowns, which we believe are purchased by consumers largely irrespective of broader economic conditions. After growing at a 7.4% CAGR by volume from 2004 to 2008, nonwoven global volume demand remained flat from 2008 to 2009 despite global macroeconomic weakness. Nonwoven global volume demand is projected to grow by approximately 6.3% annually from 2009 to 2014 according to ADL Consulting.
      Strong Customer Relationships with Leading Manufacturers
          Our broad geographic platform and application expertise allow us to effectively serve global customers such as Procter & Gamble and Cardinal Health, who are among the market leaders in their respective product applications. Nonwovens generally are not shipped between regions due to high transportation costs; thus, a local manufacturing presence across key geographies is critical to efficiently provide products globally. In many instances, our facilities are strategically located in close proximity to the manufacturing facilities of our key customers. Additionally, our marketing and research and development teams work closely with customers throughout their product development cycles. This collaborative technology development relationship, coupled with our ability to meet our customers’ stringent product qualifications and process standards, encourages customer loyalty. Our largest customer is Procter & Gamble, which represented 14% of our sales for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011. Our 20 largest customers represented 56% of our sales for the same period, and included Cardinal Health, Clorox, Dow, Johnson & Johnson, Kimberly-Clark, Molnlycke, Procter & Gamble, SCA, and other global and regional manufacturers.
      Significant Presence in High-Growth Regions
          We believe there is significant untapped demand for nonwovens in emerging markets, especially in hygiene applications. In emerging markets, where penetration rates for nonwoven hygiene products such as disposable diapers are low, growth is expected to be driven by increasing disposable product penetration resulting from rising per capita income and population growth. According to ADL Consulting, nonwovens volume demand in hygiene, medical and wipes applications in Latin America and Asia is projected to grow at 6.1% and 9.4% per annum, respectively, from 2009 to 2014. We believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on this anticipated growth. We have successfully expanded our presence in these emerging markets as a result of recent capacity expansions in Cali, Colombia; Buenos Aires, Argentina; San Luis Potosi, Mexico; and Suzhou, China. During 2010, we derived approximately 40% of our revenues from emerging markets in Latin America and Asia.

109


Table of Contents

      Competitive Technology Platform
          We believe that we have the broadest nonwovens technology base of any of our competitors, supported by an array of proprietary technologies. We have completed six capacity expansions in the past five years, including two lines in the U.S. and four lines in the high-growth regions of Latin America and Asia, all of which were based on leading technology platforms (five spunmelt and one Spinlace). We believe our scale provides an advantage in pursuing new capacity expansions due to the significant upfront capital investment that is necessary to construct a new manufacturing line, our customer relationships, our process know-how, and economies of scale in raw material procurement. In addition, in December 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of assets from Tesalca-Texnovo, a high quality nonwoven spunmelt supplier based in Spain. Spunmelt is a newer and faster growing technology in the nonwovens industry, and we have a larger mix of spunmelt technology than the industry average. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and China lines, spunmelt will represent approximately 80% of our nonwovens nameplate capacity, up from approximately 55% in 2005. Our comprehensive research and development program also provides us with a significant competitive advantage. We have over 450 trademark and domain name registrations and pending trademark applications worldwide and over 400 patents and pending patent applications worldwide.
      Strong Ability to Optimize Asset Base
          Our broad array of applications and manufacturing technologies has allowed us to maximize the usage and extend the life of our existing asset base by repurposing assets to meet evolving market demands. A prime example of our success in asset optimization is the development and implementation of our proprietary Spinlace technology, where we leveraged existing spunmelt and carded technologies with our application expertise to deliver an innovative product that offers customers a better value and improved functionality. We are also able to leverage our product development capabilities to continue to optimize our mix of products as customer requirements change.
      Stable Profitability and Cash Flow Generation
          Our stable profitability and cash flow generation over the last four fiscal years has allowed us to continue to invest in growth, even through the recent recession. Our cash flow generation has been driven by strong operating performance in our high-growth spunmelt business, relatively low maintenance capital expenditures, and raw material price pass-through mechanisms. Historically, we have been able to pass through escalation in raw material prices to our customers, maintaining a relatively stable gross profit per kilogram.
Our Strategy
          Our strategy is to be a leading global provider of nonwovens for customers focused on disposable applications. We believe that these applications should provide a more stable revenue stream than durable applications, due to their recession-resistant nature and should exhibit higher long-term growth, especially in emerging markets. To pursue this strategy, our management team has executed several key operating initiatives which we believe will favorably position us for strong, profitable growth over the next several years.
          To execute our strategy and drive continued success, we are focused on the following:
      Expanding Global Capabilities
          We expect to continue to add capacity in both developed and developing regions, leveraging our global functional and technological best practices and our strong local market presence. We intend to expand in markets that we believe have attractive supply and demand characteristics through a detailed market assessment which includes identifying a majority of new product volumes in advance of commercialization. Our strategic expansion projects generally target a return on our investment of three to five years. Additionally, we selectively evaluate strategic consolidation opportunities, focusing on companies and technologies that further our strategic plan, global competitive position and product offering.

110


Table of Contents

      Customer Focus and Innovation
          We strive to be the partner of choice for companies seeking materials that enhance performance and offer superior value. We seek to achieve this by delivering outstanding customer satisfaction and innovative solutions that help our clients succeed. We intend to leverage our culture of innovation, our global organization and our research and development capabilities to deliver products and processes tailored to meet demanding customer specifications and to address evolving consumer preferences. We have several collaborative research and development arrangements with our key customers in the development of next generation products, and hence we believe we are integral to the product development cycles of customers.
      Operational Excellence
          We expect to continue to operate our facilities with a focus on manufacturing excellence, reliability, performance, yield, product quality and consistency in order to increase value delivered to customers and customer satisfaction. We will continue to leverage our global platform through an interconnected global and regional functional management structure in areas such as manufacturing, sales, marketing, procurement, finance and human resources. In addition, we will look for opportunities to improve our supply chain management and offer solutions to customers to reduce their costs and streamline their operations.
      Corporate Social Responsibility
          We strive to achieve recognition as a leader in promoting health, safety, and sustainability by attaining world-class safety metrics, reducing consumption of resources, and minimizing our environmental impact. We have set ambitious goals to launch more sustainable products with our supply chain partners, and we strive to maintain strong and cooperative relationships with our stakeholders, employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. We have published our sustainability reports, consistent with the Global Reporting Initiative’s reporting metrics that outline our approach to corporate social responsibility and environmental sustainability.
Portfolio Repositioning
          Over the past several years, we have taken a number of actions to refocus our global footprint and optimize operations around our strategic focus on disposable applications and high-growth markets. We have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing a number of new state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in these applications and markets. Simultaneously, we have executed several plant rationalization projects to exit certain low-margin legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of our planned plant consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our global nonwovens nameplate capacity will utilize spunmelt technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of estimated industry capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets utilizing carded and Spinlace technology (approximately 17% and 3% of our nonwovens capacity, respectively) will continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing certain desired product attributes, such as product strength or softness. We have historically experienced significant growth from our core applications and markets served primarily by spunmelt capacity, which has been offset by declining profitability generated from legacy applications and assets. With our portfolio repositioning substantially complete, we expect to realize greater growth in the future as growth from our core operations is not expected to be offset by the same level of declines in our legacy operations, which now constitute a small percentage of our overall profitability.
      Capacity Expansion Programs
          We have completed six capacity expansions in the past five years, including four new lines in the high-growth regions of Latin America and Asia, to address growing demand for hygiene and medical products. Aggregate capital expenditures during the three-year period ended January 1, 2011, totaled approximately $123.1 million, of which approximately $52.5 million was for two fully commercialized spunmelt lines and approximately $0.6 million was for one Spinlace line (total project investment was approximately $19 million) and approximately $36.9 million was for two spunmelt lines that were installed in the third quarter of 2011, as follows:

111


Table of Contents

    In fiscal 2011, we entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt line, the New Suzhou Hygiene Line, to be installed at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China, that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market.
    In fiscal 2010, we entered a purchase commitment and a lease agreement and commenced construction of new spunmelt line sites in Suzhou, China and Waynesboro, Virginia. Commercial production was initiated at these facilities in the third quarter of 2011.
    In the second quarter of 2009, our state-of-the-art spunmelt line in San Luis Potosi, Mexico commenced commercial production. The plant expansion increased capacity to meet demand for nonwoven materials in medical and hygiene applications in the U.S. and Mexico.
    In the first quarter of 2008, we initiated commercial production on a new spunmelt line at our facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The line is currently fully dedicated to hygiene applications in Latin America.
    In the fourth quarter of 2007, we completed the retrofit of an existing hydroentanglement line at our Benson, North Carolina facility to produce Spinlace products.
          To capitalize on continued demand growth for our products, we constructed new spunmelt lines in the U.S. and in China, both were completed in the third quarter of 2011. In addition, we are currently in the process of constructing the New Suzhou Hygiene Line, which we expect to complete in 2012. These new lines together are estimated to cost approximately $202.0 to $212.0 million. These investments are expected to be made in fiscal 2010 through fiscal 2012 and are expected to be funded through the Equipment Lease Agreement, available credit facilities in China, cash from operations and existing cash balances. We expect these assets to generate returns on invested capital in line with our target of three to five years. We are installing custom-designed lines that employ industry-leading spunmelt technologies, which we will combine with our proprietary technological developments to deliver innovative and differentiated fabrics to customers.
           China Medical Project . On January 19, 2010, we entered into a firm purchase commitment for the New Suzhou Medical Line. This line is expected to primarily supply medical applications with products expected to offer significantly improved barrier properties, opacity, breathability, softness and comfort relative to current market standards. In the third quarter of 2010, we entered into the China Facility to finance approximately $20.0 million of the New Suzhou Medical Line and had borrowed $10.0 million as of January 1, 2011 under this facility. As of January 1, 2011, the estimated total remaining payments with respect to the New Suzhou Medical Line were approximately $39.2 million, which are expected to be expended through the second quarter of 2012. We will fund the remaining amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows, the China Facility and other credit facilities, as needed.
           U.S. Expansion Project . On June 24, 2010, our subsidiary, Chicopee entered into the Equipment Lease Agreement with Gossamer for the construction and lease of a new spunmelt line in the U.S. Pursuant to the Equipment Lease Agreement, Chicopee will lease the Leased Equipment from Gossamer for the Basic Term beginning upon the Basic Term Commencement Date, which occurred on October 7, 2011. The Leased Equipment is installed, along with other equipment owned by Chicopee, at the Company’s manufacturing facility in Waynesboro, Virginia and will be used as a part of the integrated new spunmelt line will manufacture nonwoven products to enable PGI to deliver differentiated products to customers that achieve enhanced barrier properties, softness and opacity compared to the current marketplace capabilities, for use in such products as diapers, and surgical gowns and drapes. The capitalized cost amount was approximately $53.6 million. From the Basic Term Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date, Chicopee will make annual lease payments of approximately $8.3 million to Gossamer. From the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term, Chicopee’s annual lease payments may change in accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as defined in the Equipment Lease Agreement. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under the Equipment Lease Agreement, subject to adjustment, are expected to approximate $57.9 million. The Equipment Lease Agreement includes covenants, events of default and other provisions requiring us, among other things, to maintain certain financial ratios and to meet certain

112


Table of Contents

construction milestones and other requirements. Polymer Group and a subsidiary of Polymer Group have agreed to guarantee Chicopee’s obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. We amended the Equipment Lease Agreement in connection with the Transactions, which included, among other things, changes to the financial covenants and default provisions to accommodate the new capital structure and ownership resulting from the Transactions.
           China Hygiene Expansion Project . On June 24, 2011, the Company entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China, that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market. The Company plans to fund the New Suzhou Hygiene Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows, existing U.S. based credit facilities and new China-based financing, as needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.5 million, which includes $42.9 million for the remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013.
      Capacity Rationalization
          While investing in several new state-of-the-art lines in high-growth regions (as described above), we have simultaneously undertaken a number of initiatives to rationalize low-margin legacy operations and relocate certain assets to improve our cost structure. We discontinued operations at five plants over the past five years, in addition to divesting our non-core FabPro business within our Oriented Polymers segment in 2009. In the first half of 2010, we completed our planned restructuring initiatives with the consolidation of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility into our Benson, North Carolina plant. Our strategy with respect to the consolidation efforts in the U.S. and Europe was focused on the elimination of costs associated with underutilized legacy capacity, and we believe our current footprint reflects an appropriate and sustainable asset base.
      Acquisitions and Divestitures
           China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition . In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the acquisition of the 20% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin, for $7.2 million. This transaction is consistent with our strategy to grow our nonwovens business in Asia.
           Spain Business Acquisition . In December 2009, we completed the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition from Tesalca-Texnovo, the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain, making us a meaningful supplier of nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. We manufacture spunmelt nonwoven products with six production lines in Spain, specializing in the hygiene sector, including feminine hygiene, diapers and adult incontinence products.
           Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition . In the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed the acquisition of the remaining 40% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Argentina business for $4 million. This transaction is consistent with our strategy to grow our leading position in nonwovens in Latin America.
           FabPro Divestiture . In the third quarter of 2009, we sold our non-core FabPro business within our Oriented Polymers segment for approximately $35 million. This sale enabled us to further focus on our nonwovens business.
           Difco Divestiture . In the second quarter of 2011, we sold the working capital and certain assets of our non-core Difco business within our Oriented Polymers segment for approximately $9 million. In the third quarter of 2011, we sold the remaining Difco assets for approximately $1.8 million. This sale enabled us to further focus on our nonwovens business.
          As a result of capacity expansion programs, capacity rationalization and acquisitions and divestitures over the past few years, we believe our current asset base is now focused on attractive geographies, applications and technologies, and will serve as an attractive growth platform for the future.

113


Table of Contents

Recent Developments
          In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused us to temporarily cease manufacturing at our Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. We established temporary offices away from the flooded area and worked with our customers to meet their critical needs through the use of our global manufacturing base. At the beginning of the second quarter of 2011, the facility had been fully restored and we had initiated production. The operations at this facility reached full run rates in the third quarter of 2011. During the period that the facility was not operational, we estimate that our profits were negatively impacted by approximately $2.5 million to $3.5 million per month due to overhead costs related to the restoration and lost profit contribution from the facility. The cash costs to restore operations are estimated to be approximately $12.5 million to $13.5 million. Through July 2, 2011, cash spending was $10.4 million. The cash outflows were offset by approximately $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant insurance policies, of which $5.3 million had been collected by July 2, 2011. See Note 23 “Business Interruption and Insurance Recovery” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included within this prospectus for further information.
Competition
          Our primary competitors in our nonwoven product applications include E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., Fiberweb plc, Ahlstrom Corporation, Avgol Industries Ltd., First Quality Enterprises, Inc., Companhia Providencia Industria e Comercio, Toray Saehan, Inc. and Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., among others. Our primary competitors in oriented polymers include Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and Royal Ten Cate. Generally, product innovation and performance, product quality, service, distribution and cost are the primary competitive factors, with technical support being highly valued by the largest customers.
Raw Materials
          The primary raw materials used to manufacture most of our products are polypropylene resin, polyester fiber, polyethylene resin and, to a lesser extent, rayon and tissue paper. These raw materials are available from multiple sources and we purchase such materials from a variety of global suppliers. In certain regions of the world, we may source certain raw materials from a limited number of suppliers or on a sole-source basis.
          We believe that the loss of any one or more of our suppliers would not have a long-term material adverse effect on us because other suppliers with whom we conduct business would be able to fulfill our requirements. However, the loss of certain of our suppliers could, in the short-term, adversely affect our business until alternative supply arrangements were secured or until alternative suppliers were qualified with customers. We have not experienced, and do not expect to experience, any significant disruptions in supply as a result of shortages in raw materials. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Raw Material and Commodity Risks” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Business.”
Environmental Regulations
          We are subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations relating to the pollution and protection of the environment. Various environmental requirements are applicable to us, including laws relating to air emissions, wastewater discharges, the handling, disposal and release of solid and hazardous substances and wastes and remediation of soil, surface and groundwater contamination. We believe we are in substantial compliance with current applicable environmental requirements and do not currently anticipate any material adverse effect on our operations, financial or competitive position as a result of our efforts to comply with environmental requirements. However, some risk of environmental liability is inherent due to the nature of our business and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that material environmental liabilities will not arise.
          We are also subject to laws, such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), that may impose liability retroactively and without regard to fault for releases or threatened releases of regulated materials at on-site or off-site locations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”

114


Table of Contents

and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Environmental” for further discussion of environmental matters.
Research and Development
          Our investment in research and development was approximately $12.0 million, $12.5 million and $15.0 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Patents and Trademarks
          We consider our patents and trademarks to be important to our business and seek to protect our proprietary know-how in part through United States and foreign patent and trademark registrations. We have a total of over 450 pending and approved trademark and domain name registrations worldwide and over 400 pending and approved patents worldwide, and maintain certain trade secrets for which, in order to maintain the confidentiality of such trade secrets, we have not sought patent protection.
Inventory and Backlogs
          Inventories at January 1, 2011 were $105.2 million, an increase of $5.5 million from inventories at January 2, 2010 of $99.7 million. We had inventory representing approximately 44 days of cost of sales on hand at January 1, 2011 compared to 48 days of cost of sales on hand at January 2, 2010. Unfilled orders as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 amounted to approximately $88.4 million and $37.7 million, respectively. The level of unfilled orders is affected by many factors, including the timing of orders and the delivery time for the specific products. Consequently, we do not consider the amount of unfilled orders a meaningful indicator of future sales.
Seasonality
          Use and consumption of our products in most regions and markets do not fluctuate significantly due to seasonality.
Employees
          At January 1, 2011, the Company had approximately 3,054 employees worldwide. Of this total, approximately 46% of these employees are represented by labor unions or trade councils that have entered into separate collective bargaining agreements with the Company. Approximately 36% of the Company’s labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements that will expire within one year.
Properties
          The Company and its subsidiaries operate the following principal manufacturing plants and facilities, all of which are owned, except as noted. The Company believes that its facilities are generally well-maintained, in good condition and adequate for our current needs.
     
Location   Principal Function
Nonwovens U.S.
   
Benson, North Carolina
  Manufacturing, Warehousing and Research and Development
Mooresville, North Carolina
  Manufacturing and Research and Development
Smithfield, North Carolina(1)
  Warehousing
Waynesboro, Virginia
  Manufacturing, Warehousing and Research and Development
Waynesboro, Virginia(1)
  Warehousing
 
   
Nonwovens Europe
   
Bailleul, France
  Manufacturing, Marketing, Warehousing, Research and Development and Administration
Cuijk, The Netherlands
  Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Research and Development
Barcelona, Spain(1)
  Marketing, Research and Development and Administration
Tarragona, Spain
  Manufacturing, and Warehousing

115


Table of Contents

     
Location   Principal Function
Nonwovens Latin America
   
Buenos Aires, Argentina
  Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
Cali, Colombia
  Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
San Luis Polosi, Mexico(1)
  Sales, Marketing and Administration
San Luis Potosi, Mexico
  Manufacturing and Warehousing
 
   
Nonwovens Asia
   
Nanhai, China(2)
  Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
Suzhou, China
  Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
 
   
Oriented Polymers Segment
   
Portland (Clackamas), Oregon
  Manufacturing
North Bay, Ontario
  Manufacturing, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
Magog, Quebec(3)
  Manufacturing, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
Montreal, Quebec(1)
  Sales, Marketing and Administration
 
   
Corporate Offices
   
Charlotte, North Carolina(1)
  Sales, Marketing and Administration
 
(1)   Leased.
 
(2)   Represents our 80% interest in a joint venture/partnership-type arrangement (our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin) with Nanhai Chemical Fiber Enterprises Co.. In first quarter 2011, Nanhai became a wholly-owned business as result of our completion of our China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition.
 
(3)   Sold in late third quarter 2011.
Capacity utilization during 2010 varied by geographic location and manufacturing capabilities. However, most of the facilities operated moderately below capacity.
Legal Proceedings
          We are engaged in the defense of certain claims and lawsuits arising out of the ordinary course and conduct of our business, the outcomes of which are not determinable at this time. We have insurance policies covering such potential losses where such coverage is cost effective. In our opinion, any liability that might be incurred by us upon the resolution of these claims and lawsuits will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
          We are subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations relating to pollution and protection of the environment. We believe that we are currently in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements and do not currently anticipate any material adverse effect on our operations, financial or competitive position as a result of our efforts to comply with environmental requirements. Some risk of environmental liability is inherent, however, in the nature of our business and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that material environmental liabilities will not arise.

116


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
          The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers (age as of October 1, 2011).
             
Name   Age   Position
Veronica Hagen
    65     President & Chief Executive Officer and Director
Michael Hale
    61     Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer
Dennis Norman
    37     Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Chinh Chu
    44     Director
Anjan Mukherjee
    37     Director
Jason Giordano
    32     Director
James S. Alder
    63     Director
Mark S. Burgess
    52     Director
           Veronica Hagen has served as a Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since April 23, 2007 and as President since January 28, 2011. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Hagen served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Fine Paper North America, a $1.4 billion division of the South African-based Sappi Limited, since November 2004. Prior to working for Sappi, Ms. Hagen served in various executive roles with Alcoa Inc. since 1998, including Chief Customer Officer from 2003 to 2004 and President, Alcoa Engineered Products from 2001 to 2003. Ms. Hagen also serves as a director of Newmont Mining Corporation and Southern Company. Ms. Hagen holds a BS in International Relations from the University of Southern California and has participated in an Executive Education program in Finance from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and an Executive Leadership program at Harvard University.
           Michael Hale was named the Company’s Chief Operating Officer in 2007. Mr. Hale is responsible for overseeing the activities of the Company’s business units and implementing the Company’s policies on a day-to-day basis. Prior to his current role as Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Hale has been a key player at the Company since 1995, serving as Vice President of North American Operations & Supply Chain, General Manager North America, and General Manager North America & Europe. Mr. Hale started his career with Johnson & Johnson in 1972 and played an influential role in global technology development. Mr. Hale has served as a director of both the Association of Nonwoven Fabrics and the National Safety Council. Mr. Hale is a graduate of North Carolina State University, holding a degree in textile engineering.
           Dennis Norman was appointed Chief Financial Officer in December 2009. Prior to his current role as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Norman served as Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development with responsibilities for long-term planning, capital markets, mergers and acquisitions and investor relations. Mr. Norman joined the Company in November of 1999 in investor relations and in 2001, he became Director of Investor Relations & Business Planning. In 2003 he was appointed as a member of the new global management team as Vice President, Strategic Planning and Communications. In 2008, his title changed to Vice President, Strategy & Corporate Development, reflecting a greater concentration on corporate strategy, development and capital markets activities. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Norman was with First American Corporation, a regional financial services company, working in various roles in commercial banking then investor relations and strategic planning. Mr. Norman received a BA in both Business Administration and Accounting from Samford University in Birmingham, Alabama and a MBA from The Citadel.
           Chinh Chu is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstone’s Private Equity Group and has served as a Director of the Company since January 28, 2011. Mr. Chu has led Blackstone’s investments in Stiefel Laboratories, ReAble Therapeutics’ acquisition of DJ Orthopedics, Biomet, Catalent Pharma Solutions, Alliant, ReAble Therapeutics, Celanese, Nalco, SunGard Data Systems, Nycomed, and LIFFE. He has also been involved in Blackstone’s investments in FGIC, Graham Packaging, Sirius Satellite Radio, StorageApps, Haynes International, Prime Succession/Rose Hills, Interstate Hotels, HFS and Alco Holdings. Before joining Blackstone in 1990, Mr. Chu worked at Salomon Brothers in the M&A Department. Mr. Chu received a BS in Finance from the University of Buffalo, where he graduated summa cum laude. He currently serves as a director of Alliant, BankUnited, BayView Financial, Healthmarkets, DJO Incorporated, Catalent Pharma Solutions, SunGard, and Graham Packaging.

117


Table of Contents

           Anjan Mukherjee is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstone’s Private Equity Group and has served as a Director of the Company since January 28, 2011. Since joining Blackstone in 2001, Mr. Mukherjee has been involved in Blackstone’s investments in Celanese, Freescale Semiconductor, Livewire, MegaBloks, Nycomed, and Stiefel Laboratories. Prior to joining Blackstone, Mr. Mukherjee was with Thomas H. Lee Company where he was involved with the analysis and execution of private equity investments in a wide range of industries. Before that, Mr. Mukherjee worked in the Mergers & Acquisitions Department at Morgan Stanley & Co. Mr. Mukherjee received a BA from Harvard University where he graduated magna cum laude as a Harry S. Truman Scholar, and an MBA from Harvard Business School. He currently serves as a director of Teletech Holdings.
           Jason Giordano is a Principal in Blackstone’s Private Equity Group and has served as a Director of the Company since January 28, 2011. Since joining Blackstone in 2006, Mr. Giordano has been involved in Blackstone’s investments in Pinnacle Foods, Birds Eye Foods, and HealthMarkets. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Giordano was with Bain Capital where he evaluated and executed global private equity investments in a wide range of industries. Prior to that, he worked in investment banking at Goldman, Sachs, & Co. focused on Communications, Media and Entertainment clients. Mr. Giordano received an AB from Dartmouth College, where he graduated summa cum laude and was elected to Phi Beta Kappa, and an MBA from Harvard Business School, where he was a George F. Baker Scholar. Mr. Giordano serves as a director of Pinnacle Foods and HealthMarkets.
           James S. Alder has served as a Director of the Company since March 18, 2011. Mr. Alder is Senior Vice President, Operations and Technical for Celanese Corporation. Mr. Alder oversees Celanese’s global manufacturing, supply chain, EHS, and technology operations, as well as the overall productivity efforts, including Six Sigma and operational excellence. Previously, he held various roles within Celanese in manufacturing, research and development, and business management. Mr. Alder joined Celanese in 1974 and has a BS in chemical engineering from MIT. On August 2, 2011, Mr. Alder announced that he plans to retire from Celanese, effective October 31, 2011.
           Mark S. Burgess has served as a Director of the Company since March 29, 2011. Mr. Burgess has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Graham Packaging Company, Inc. since January 1, 2009 and has served on its Board of Directors since February 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Burgess served as Graham Packaging’s Chief Financial Officer from December 2006 until May 2009, and Chief Operating Officer since April 2008. Mr. Burgess served as President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as Chief Financial Officer, of Anchor Glass Container Corporation from May 2005 until September 2006. He previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Clean Harbors Environmental Services, Inc. from April 2003 to April 2005. Between 1990 and 2003, he held senior financial and operational management roles at JL French Automotive Castings and Trailmobile Corporation, and prior to that, he served as a Vice President at Chase Manhattan Bank. He holds a BA in economics from Dickinson College and an MBA from the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University.
Governance Matters
Background and Experience of Directors and Executive Officers
          When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of PGI’s business and structure, our Board of Directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth immediately above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of PGI’s business. In particular, the members of our Board of Directors considered the following important characteristics: (i) Messrs. Chu, Mukherjee and Giordano have significant financial and investment experience from their involvement in The Blackstone Group’s investment in numerous portfolio companies and have played active roles in overseeing those businesses, (ii) Ms. Hagen, our Director and Chief Executive Officer, has extensive experience in leading corporations in the manufacturing sector, including her knowledge and skills in senior management and operations of the Company, among other attributes, (iii) Mr. Hale, our Chief Operating Officer, has intimate knowledge of the Company’s operations and has extensive technology development experience and experience in the nonwoven and textiles industries, (iv) Mr. Norman, our Chief Financial Officer, has extensive experience with the Company as well as in the investor relations and corporate strategy spheres and (v) our outside directors have a diverse background of management, manufacturing, accounting and financial experience. Specifically, Mr. Alder has extensive knowledge in capital intensive global manufacturing businesses, as well as

118


Table of Contents

manufacturing, technology and executive leadership experience; and Mr. Burgess brings current and prior financial and executive leadership in a diverse range of businesses.
          In recommending directors, our Board of Directors considers the specific background and experience of the Board members and other personal attributes in an effort to provide a diverse mix of capabilities, contributions and viewpoints which the Board believes enables it to function effectively as the Board of Directors of a company with our size and nature of business.
Independence of Directors
          As a result of the Transactions, the Company’s stock is no longer traded publicly. However, the Board continues to use the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange to determine whether the members of the Board are independent. Under these standards, we believe Messrs. Alder and Burgess are considered independent directors. Under these standards, Messrs. Chu, Mukherjee and Giordano are considered non-independent directors because of their affiliation with Blackstone, an affiliate of our controlling stockholder. Ms. Hagen lacks independence because she is an executive officer of the Company.
Board Committees
          The Board of Directors has not established any committees at this point. The full Board acts on all matters, including those typically delegated to a committee.
Code of Conduct
          We have a Code of Conduct that applies to all officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and other key financial and accounting officers. The Code of Conduct can be found free of charge on the Investors’ page of our publicly available website ( www.polymergroupinc.com ). We plan to post any amendments to the Code of Conduct on our website.

119


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”)
          This CD&A provides a summary of compensation policies and decisions that we made in fiscal 2010 for our named executive officers, who are our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), and Chief Operating Officer (“COO”). This CD&A should be read together with the compensation tables and related footnotes and narratives that appear below. Unless the context indicates otherwise, for purposes of this section as it relates to discussion of fiscal 2010, the Compensation Committee refers to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company prior to the Transactions.
          As described above in “The Transactions”, the Transactions closed on January 28, 2011, and the Company became a privately-held company. The executive compensation program applicable to our named executive officers after the Transactions is described below in “—Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions.”
          The CD&A discusses the following aspects of our compensation:
    Compensation Philosophy;
    Elements of Compensation;
    Certain Accounting and Tax Considerations; and
    Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions.
Compensation Philosophy
          Prior to the Transactions, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company was responsible for establishing, approving and reviewing our employee and executive compensation strategy. Following the Transactions, the board of directors of Holdings carries out these responsibilities. For fiscal 2010, the Compensation Committee determined that our executive compensation program should be grounded in the following objectives:
    provide an externally competitive and internally equitable base salary and other current compensation necessary to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified executives who possess the skills and talent required for our success;
    compensate executives in recognition of new responsibilities or new positions and motivate each executive to perform at the highest level;
    encourage executive performance to fulfill our annual and long-term business objectives and strategy by balancing short-term and long-term compensation; and
    provide variable compensation opportunities based on our performance and align executive compensation with the interests of stockholders through long-term equity compensation programs.
          To achieve these objectives, we implemented and maintained compensation plans and policies in fiscal 2010 to ensure that executive compensation was fair, reasonable and competitive and rewarded our executives’ contributions to our overall short-term and long-term growth as follows:
    short-term compensation elements, which may include: base salary, cash payouts under annual incentive plans, equity awards that vest upon granting of the award, and other annual compensation, including perquisites; and

120


Table of Contents

    long-term compensation elements, which may include: grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, and stock options that vest over a prescribed service period or upon the achievement of annual financial performance targets, and benefits provided under retirement plans and termination agreements.
          As described more fully in “—Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions,” the objectives of our executive compensation program described above have remained substantially the same following the Transactions, although in light of our status as a private company, we adopted less broad-based incentive arrangements for our senior executives for 2011 and beyond.
          To deliver many of these compensation elements, in fiscal 2010 we maintained four incentive compensation plans for employees, including our executive officers, that are described below: the Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), the 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Option Plan”), the 2005 Employee Restricted Stock Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”), and the 2008 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “2008 Stock Plan”). Each of these plans was approved by the stockholders (both at inception and as each may have been amended and restated) and were administered by the Compensation Committee. We also maintained the 2004 Restricted Stock Plan for Directors (the “2004 Restricted Plan”). Through the 2004 Restricted Plan, we granted equity awards to directors, including employee-directors. This plan was approved by our stockholders (at inception and as amended) and was administered by the Restricted Stock Committee.
          The compensation levels provided under these plans varied based on the relative management experience, leadership and performance of each executive officer. The compensation plans also linked each executive officer’s earnings opportunity with our financial performance based on various pre-determined financial and operating targets such as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and other specified non-recurring charges (“EBITDA”), working capital, expense control, return on net assets, free cash flow, and safety performance, as set forth in greater detail below.
          The Compensation Committee regularly reviewed our compensation plans to ensure that pay levels and the elements of compensation were consistent with our compensation philosophy. The goals of our compensation plans and compensation policies were generally to create a meritocracy by considering individual performance and contribution in making compensation decisions and to invest in future potential in every aspect of compensation. Compensation structures were designed to deliver median compensation when median performance was achieved at the individual, operating unit, or corporate level. When superior performance was achieved, the compensation structures would deliver above median compensation. To this end, in fiscal 2009 we began implementing a common set of salary bands (levels) and titling conventions to deliver internal equity, and a consistent link to the external market for certain salaried employees, including our executive officers, based on meritocracy where, over time, each employee’s pay evolves to match their level of performance and contribution. We began implementing this process at our corporate headquarters and in our operating units in 2009. The executive officers’ fiscal 2009 salary compensation was not impacted by these new salary bands; however, due to these new titling conventions, Mr. Hale’s title was changed to Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer (from Vice President & Chief Operating Officer) and Mr. Norman’s title was changed to Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (from Vice President & Chief Financial Officer). There was no further impact to the executive officers in 2010 as a result of the salary banding process, and the Transactions have not impacted the salary bands.
Elements of Compensation
          As described in greater detail below, each element of compensation serves a different objective. Base salary provides a known amount of compensation on a regular basis for executive performance that is at an acceptable level. Base salary also reflects the executive officer’s position in the corporate hierarchy, which is primarily based on his or her scope of responsibility, relative value to the Company, and long-term potential. Merit-based increases to base salary are granted (typically within a range of 0 to 6%) to reflect the executive officer’s service and performance during the prior year. Base salary is normally not reduced. The Annual Incentive Plan, when offered, provided payouts based on the achievement of our financial and operating performance objectives, which included a modifier for significant personal performance. Equity awards that vested immediately upon the grant date provided the executive officer with a vested interest in our future success. Equity awards that contained performance or multi-year service vesting schedules were intended to motivate the executive officer to remain with

121


Table of Contents

us over the long term and provide performance that was aligned with stockholder interests. Historically, material increases for executive officers’ compensation typically happened in three situations: when performance was so outstanding that the Compensation Committee, at the CEO’s recommendation, awarded a cash payout and/or special equity award; when market salary survey data indicated a disparity; or when there was an internal disparity in levels of executive compensation considering the executive officer’s relative responsibilities and experience.
          We generally do not use formalized benchmarking criteria nor do we benchmark compensation to designated peer companies when determining compensation. However, in early 2010, for long-term stock incentive planning purposes we accessed Equilar’s database to gather competitive market information available for the long-term stock incentive plans of a group of companies consisting of Buckeye Technologies Inc., Cyberonics Inc., Elizabeth Arden Inc., Headwaters Inc., Innophos Holdings Inc., Interface Inc., Kapstone Paper & Packaging Corp., LSB Industries Inc., Myers Industries Inc., Spartech Corp., Titan International, Inc., and Wausau Paper Corp. There is limited publicly available executive compensation information from peer companies in our industry, which are generally privately owned or are subsidiaries of multinational corporations. As a result, we selected these U.S.-traded companies as peers based on their similarities in terms of our capitalization structure, market capitalization, debt/capital ratio, annual revenue and number of employees. This analysis yielded information on overall long-term stock incentive plan metrics and specific information on CEO, COO and CFO positions. To assist us with gauging our compensation competitive market position, management also retained Towers Watson to provide us with access to their proprietary database of anonymous subscriber compensation. This database was compiled using a filtered search of compensation data from anonymous company subscribers in multiple industry sectors combined with a certain level of regression analysis. Using these databases, along with other sources noted in this CD&A, we were able to compare our compensation practices to a pool of companies with revenues comparable to ours. We monitor markets frequently (at least annually) to ensure we have responsive and cost-effective program changes.
          Our compensation decisions are also influenced by the general status of global economic activity. In times of uncertain global economic activity, our short-term and long-term financial planning are impacted. This activity may cause us to be more conservative in our compensation decisions to manage employment stability and profitability in the face of uncertain economic conditions. As described in greater detail in the CD&A sections below, global economic conditions in fiscal 2009 and 2010 impacted our compensation decisions, which decisions may not otherwise have been made in times of relative economic stability.
          The compensation decisions for fiscal 2010 are reflected below in “Summary Compensation Table” and discussed in the sections directly below, which are organized as follow:
  Current Compensation
 
    Base salary
 
    Payouts under the Annual Incentive Plan
 
    Perquisites and other personal benefits
 
  Long-term Incentive Compensation
 
    Grants under the 2003 Option Plan
 
    Grants under the 2005 Stock Plan
 
    Grants under the 2008 Stock Plan
 
    Carryover of incentives in the event that performance targets under the 2003 Option Plan and 2005 Stock Plan are not initially achieved
 
  Retirement Benefits

122


Table of Contents

  Termination Benefits
Current Compensation
           Base Salary
          Executive officer salary levels are designed to ensure that we attract the necessary executive talent in the marketplace and are negotiated at the time of initial employment or promotion. Base salaries are established based on a consideration of the following variables: the scope of individual responsibilities, relative value compared with our other executives, experience, such market factors as the general status of the U.S. and international labor market and economies, previous employer compensation, salary surveys and market intelligence available in relevant publications and from our compensation consultant resources, and the experiences of our Compensation Committee and management.
          Base salaries of employees, including executive officers, are reviewed at least annually, typically during the first quarter. During this time, our CEO conducts executive performance reviews by identifying accomplishments and areas of strength and development based on performance during the prior year. Our CEO then recommends salary adjustments to the Compensation Committee based on these performance reviews. Salary decisions for the CEO, in turn, are determined annually by the Compensation Committee after conducting a review of the CEO’s performance in the prior year and after consultation with the Board, excluding Ms. Hagen. In fiscal 2010, the CEO’s performance and salary adjustments also reflected the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Ms. Hagen entered into on March 31, 2010 with a term of April 23, 2010 until April 22, 2013, unless terminated earlier in accordance with its provisions (the “2010 CEO Agreement”), the details of which are discussed in this CD&A and the “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” below.
          Merit-based salary changes, if available, are typically made during the Company’s first quarter. For fiscal 2009, due to global economic uncertainties we decided during our 2009 annual budget process to delay merit-based salary increases until July 6, 2009, the start of the Company’s third quarter. For fiscal 2010, due to continued economic uncertainties in the first quarter, we decided during our 2010 annual budget process to delay merit-based salary increases until April 4, 2010, the start of our second quarter. Both of these delays applied to all employees, including our executive officers, and were not retroactive for the period of delay. These delays did not apply to those employees around the world where the Company has pre-existing legal obligations and management commitments. The reason for the delays was not based on individual employee performance, but was intended for the Company to manage employment stability and profitability during this period of global economic uncertainty.
          For our CEO, Ms. Hagen, in fiscal 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a $40,014 (approximately 5.5%) base salary increase from $725,010 to $765,024, effective April 4, 2010. This decision was based on the merits of Ms. Hagen’s personal performance in connection with her prior year annual performance review and a review of CEO base salary market trends. As part of this review, in addition to the variables that were considered and identified in this CD&A above, management provided the Compensation Committee with additional market CEO compensation data prepared by the consulting firms of Watson Wyatt and Equilar. This additional information was intended to assist the Compensation Committee’s analysis of current CEO salary trends and did not benchmark specific peer companies for the reasons stated in this CD&A above.
          As recommended by our CEO, and approved by the Compensation Committee, salary adjustments were made for our CFO and COO for fiscal years 2009 and 2010 as set forth below.
          Mr. Norman became our CFO on December 9, 2009 by appointment of the Board. Mr. Norman’s initial annual base salary was set at $309,998. Mr. Norman previously served the Company as Vice President, Strategic Planning and Corporate Development, and his base salary was $214,032 at the time of his promotion to CFO. His base salary was increased upon his promotion. On April 4, 2010, Mr. Norman’s salary was increased by 3% to $319,306 based on the merits of his personal performance in connection with his 2009 annual performance review in his role as CFO. These increases also recognized the additional responsibilities that Mr. Norman assumed as CFO, along with CFO base salary market trends.

123


Table of Contents

          On April 4, 2010, Mr. Hale’s salary was increased by 5.7% to $410,038 based on the merits of his personal performance in connection with his 2009 annual performance review in his role as COO and COO base salary market trends.
          Please see the “Summary Compensation Table” and “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” below for more detail regarding executive officer salary compensation.
           Payouts under the Annual Incentive Plan
          Our Annual Incentive Plan is designed to reward our employees, including our executive officers, for achieving our annual financial and operating goals that are critical to our success and that are aligned with the interests of our stockholders. At the beginning of each fiscal year, the Compensation Committee, working with the Board and management, set annual goals. These goals influenced performance-based compensation under our Annual Incentive Plan and other long-term equity-based incentive elements of our compensation plans, as discussed in the sections below, including vesting of previously granted stock options and restricted stock where vesting was subject to our achieving annual financial performance targets under our 2003 Option Plan, 2005 Stock Plan, and 2008 Stock Plan.
          For fiscal 2010, goals were established for consolidated EBTIDA, working capital, and safety performance. Payouts under the Annual Incentive Plan could range from a minimum of zero to a maximum of two times the targeted goal for each factor being measured.
          Please see the “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Incentive Plan Performance Targets” below for detail regarding the performance goals and payout opportunities under the Annual Incentive Plan.
           Perquisites and other personal benefits:
          We provide certain executive officers with several perquisites and other personal benefits as additional compensation that the Compensation Committee believes are reasonable and consistent with our overall compensation philosophy. We believe that perquisites should not comprise a significant component of compensation. These benefits are not paid through any formal compensation plan and are paid on a case-by-case basis. Benefits may vary among the executive officers based on business purpose. In certain instances, we may reimburse relocation expenses, pay relocation bonuses and provide tax gross-ups to executives who are required to move to another Company location due to promotions, reorganization or relocation of offices.
          Please see footnote (4) to the “Summary Compensation Table” below for detail regarding the perquisites and other personal benefits received by our executive officers during fiscal 2010. Perquisites were paid in keeping with our compensation philosophy to enhance our ability to attract top-level management and to ensure the retention of key-impact executives. For example, Ms. Hagen in her role as our CEO received a company-provided vehicle and other disclosed benefits to assist her in the performance of her responsibilities. We believe that our CEO should be eligible to receive these additional benefits due to the position’s high level of management responsibility and impact on our financial performance.
Long-term Incentive Compensation
          Prior to the Transactions, we awarded long-term incentive compensation to provide certain employees, including the executive officers, with incentives to contribute to the Company’s performance, maximize stockholder value and to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, reward and to retain such employees upon whose efforts the Company’s success and future growth depends. Other considerations included the executive officer’s level in the organization. Prior to the Transactions, we provided equity compensation that was a material part of total compensation, with most of the executive officers eligible to receive annual equity compensation equal to, or potentially greater than, 50% of their respective annual base salary.

124


Table of Contents

          The Compensation Committee also considered the impact of each element of compensation on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, equity compensation, whether in the form of restricted shares or stock options, does not require the use of cash funds and, accordingly, is considered a non-cash expense for purposes of defining EBITDA, which is used in evaluating, among other things: (i) compliance with debt covenants in our then existing credit facility and (ii) achievement of annual financial performance targets in 2010. For this reason, combining equity compensation with or as an alternative to compensation requiring cash funds allowed us to manage the outlay of cash funds in line with our financial goals. The amount of equity awarded in a given year, if performance-based, was influenced by our financial performance in the prior year, and the determination as to whether any shares vested in a given year could also depend on our financial performance.
          Prior to the Transactions, our CEO recommended equity awards for the executive officers to the Compensation Committee early in each fiscal year after the prior year’s financial performance was known. The Compensation Committee determined whether a grant would be made to our executive officers in a given year and the size of each grant. Other occasions throughout a fiscal year could have resulted in individuals receiving awards, such as a promotion within the Company.
          As further described under “—Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions,” all outstanding equity awards were cashed out in connection with the Transactions.
           Grants under the 2003 Option Plan
          Stock options awarded under the 2003 Option Plan were intended to give the recipient an opportunity to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock from the Company at a designated exercise price. All options under the 2003 Option Plan provided for an exercise price of $6.00 per share. This price was established in fiscal 2003 in connection with the initial grants under the 2003 Option Plan. We maintained the $6.00 exercise price for subsequent grants, even though the underlying stock was, at the time of grant, trading in excess of $6.00 per share. This provided additional value to the executive officers and an economic benefit consistent with what would have been provided to the executive officers had all of the options been issued at the original grant date.
          No new equity under this plan was awarded in fiscal 2010 because of the Company’s decision to use the 2008 Stock Plan as the primary plan for equity awards prior to the Transactions. Prior grants under the 2003 Option Plan were eligible to vest based on a combination of service and performance. Regarding vesting of previously granted stock options for which achievement of performance targets was required, we did not achieve our minimum threshold financial performance for consolidated EBITDA in fiscal 2008, which resulted in no vesting of such stock option grants. However, under the 2003 Option Plan, the options that did not vest because of fiscal 2008 performance were carried over for one year to be evaluated for vesting based on consolidated EBITDA performance for fiscal 2009. For fiscal 2009, our financial performance exceeded the consolidated EBITDA target of $120.0 million. As a result, on March 31, 2010, the eligible stock options for both fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 vested 100% for our COO, Mr. Hale, and our CFO, Mr. Norman.
          For fiscal 2010, the consolidated EBITDA target for all performance-based vesting under the 2003 Option Plan was $125.0 million, with a minimum threshold of $115.0 million. As a result of the Transactions, performance-based vesting was not evaluated under the 2003 Option Plan for fiscal 2010 given that the disposition of all equity-based programs was addressed by the Merger Agreement. For more details regarding the compensation awarded under this plan, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Awards under the 2003 Option Plan” below.
           Grants under the 2005 Stock Plan
          Restricted stock granted under the 2005 Stock Plan vested based on service and on achievement of consolidated EBITDA performance targets. No new equity was awarded under this plan in fiscal 2010 because of the Company’s decision to use the 2008 Stock Plan as the primary plan for equity awards. For fiscal 2009 performance-based vesting under the 2005 Stock Plan, the threshold and target performance levels and vesting percentages were the same as those used for the 2003 Option Plan described above. As we did not achieve the targeted EBITDA thresholds in fiscal 2008, this resulted in no vesting of the restricted shares subject to performance-based vesting. However, under the 2005 Stock Plan, the shares that did not vest because of fiscal 2008

125


Table of Contents

performance were carried over for one year to be evaluated for vesting based on consolidated EBITDA performance for fiscal 2009. For fiscal 2009, our performance exceeded the consolidated EBITDA target of $120.0 million. As a result, on March 31, 2010, the eligible restricted stock for both fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 vested 100% for our CEO, Ms. Hagen, our COO, Mr. Hale, and our CFO, Mr. Norman.
          For fiscal 2010, the consolidated EBITDA target for all performance-based vesting under the 2005 Stock Plan was $125.0 million, with a minimum threshold of $115.0 million. As a result of the Transactions, performance-based vesting was not evaluated under the 2005 Stock Plan for fiscal 2010 given that the disposition of all equity-based programs was addressed by the Merger Agreement.
           Grants under the 2008 Stock Plan
          Awards that could be granted under this plan included incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock awards. In some cases, the Compensation Committee could have structured a grant of restricted stock, restricted stock units or other stock award as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.
          During fiscal 2009, the Compensation Committee approved awards under the 2008 Stock Plan to selected employees viewed as key impact leaders driving profit and cost savings as well as providing change leadership, operational excellence and innovation. The awards to our CFO and COO included service-based restricted stock which were scheduled to vest over a three-year period following the grant date. Additionally, the awards included restricted stock units that were to be settled with a grant of restricted stock if the performance targets for fiscal 2009 were achieved. Operating Free Cash Flow (“OFCF”) and consolidated EBITDA were selected as the performance measures for fiscal 2009. The OFCF measure contained a minimum threshold of $56.9 million, a target of $69.0 million and a maximum of $89.9 million. The consolidated EBITDA contained a minimum of $115.0 million, a target of $120.0 million and a maximum of $130.0 million. Based on the results for fiscal 2009, both the OFCF maximum and the consolidated EBITDA maximum were achieved and, given this, participants earned 175% of the targeted performance portion of these awards. As a result, on March 25, 2010, our COO, Mr. Hale, and our CFO, Mr. Norman, earned 175% of the performance portion of these awards and the restricted stock units were settled with a grant of restricted stock, one-third (1/3) of which vested immediately and the remaining two-thirds (2/3) of which were scheduled to vest in equal amounts over the subsequent two years.
          The Compensation Committee approved a maximum grant of 100,000 shares for fiscal 2009 to our CEO, Ms. Hagen, pursuant to the terms of a previous employment agreement based primarily on the performance measures exceeding the maximum levels referenced above. This grant was made in recognition of our fiscal 2009 performance exceeding EBITDA and working capital budgets, improvements in Return on Net Assets (“RONA”) and safety. The grant was made on April 23, 2010 and was scheduled to vest 25% each year over the following four years based on achievement of performance targets set for each of those years.
          For fiscal 2010, the same primary performance measures and their weighting were maintained for all performance-based earning. The OFCF measure had a minimum threshold of $18.7 million and a target of $42.2 million. The consolidated EBITDA measure had a minimum of $115.0 million and a target of $125.0 million. If both measures reached those levels, eligible grant recipients, including our executive officers, could earn the following percentages of the performance-based portion of their grants: minimum threshold-50% and target-100%. Performance earning between the threshold and target was calculated incrementally on a proportional basis. As a result of the Transactions, performance-based vesting was not evaluated under the 2008 Stock Plan for fiscal 2010 given that the disposition of all equity-based programs was addressed by the Merger Agreement.
          For more details regarding the compensation awarded in 2010 under this plan, see the “2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table and accompanying footnotes below, the “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Awards under the 2008 Stock Plan” table below, the “2010 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” table and accompanying footnotes below, and Note 14 “Stock Option and Restricted Share Plans” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

126


Table of Contents

Carryover of incentives in the event that performance targets under the 2003 Option Plan and 2005 Stock Plan were not initially achieved
          Certain awards issued under the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2003 Option Plan contained performance vesting requirements that provided that if performance targets were missed in one year and the award did not vest, the award would remain active in the subsequent year, such that the full vesting would occur if the performance goals in the subsequent year were achieved. This decision was made to provide flexibility in the achievement of growth strategies. Certain growth opportunities could occur in one year versus the next year, for example, due to a time lag in raw materials cost increases or decreases, cost reduction due to the timing of restructuring plans, etc. If the performance targets were not achieved in the subsequent year, the prior year award was cancelled. For purposes of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718 (“ASC 718”), we treated all grants that remained active in a subsequent year as “re-granted” shares for that year. No grants under the 2008 Stock Plan contained carryover provisions.
Retirement Benefits
          In addition to current and long-term incentive compensation, we provide retirement benefits to the executive officers. The amount of retirement benefits provided are designed to attract and retain highly qualified executives and may depend on the retirement plans in place in the region where the executive is employed. We currently provide defined contribution and savings plan benefits to executives in the form of a qualified 401(k) plan in the United States. The executive officers are eligible to receive the same level of matching Company 401(k) contributions as all our employees under this plan. See footnote (4) to the “Summary Compensation Table” below for detailed information regarding this compensation. We do not have a defined benefit plan for any of our executive officers.
Termination Benefits
          Prior to the Transactions, we had entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Hagen that provided specified payments and benefits upon termination of employment and a change in control of the Company. The terms of the employment agreement were negotiated during the course of arms-length negotiations. As part of these negotiations, the Compensation Committee considered the terms of the agreement in light of market trends, other employment agreements entered into by the Company, and other compensation elements paid to Ms. Hagen. This process yielded the amounts payable and the triggering events under these agreements so that they were consistent with our goals to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified executives who possess the skills and talent required for the success of the Company. For more details regarding termination benefits, see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.
          Prior to the Transactions, Messrs. Hale and Norman had similar benefits available to them under their respective change in control severance compensations agreements.
          As described below under “—Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions,” these employment agreements were replaced by new employment agreements Holdings entered into with each of our named executive officers, which provided for similar payments and benefits upon termination of employment and a change in control of Holdings.
Certain Accounting and Tax Considerations
           Accounting considerations
          We accounted for awards issued under the 2003 Option Plan, 2005 Stock Plan and the 2008 Stock Plan in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. Under ASC 718, establishment of grant dates, vesting provisions, including performance-based vesting, the exercise prices for options, the maturity dates of the equity instruments and assumptions used for estimating fair value under the Black-Scholes methodology could all have a material impact on compensation relating to stock and option awards.

127


Table of Contents

           Tax considerations
          Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally limits the corporate tax deduction for compensation paid to each executive officer to $1,000,000 in any given taxable year, unless certain requirements are met. The Compensation Committee carefully considered the impact of this tax code provision and believed that it had structured the compensation plans for the executive officers as necessary in order to maximize the Company’s corporate tax deduction without limiting our ability to meet the goals of our compensation program.
Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions
           Compensation Actions
          In connection with the Transactions, the 2003 Option Plan, the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2008 Stock Plan were terminated and all outstanding equity awards under those plans were cashed out. Upon consummation of the Transactions, Holdings adopted a new plan, the 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), for our employees, directors, and certain other service providers and independent contractors. As part of our new equity-based arrangements with our employees, our management employees used the cash proceeds to purchase shares of Holdings, and Holdings’ board of directors granted options to purchase shares of Holdings to those management employees who made the minimum required equity investment in Holdings. These arrangements were designed to more closely align our management’s interest with those of our shareholders and to incentivize our management employees to remain in our service by providing them with an opportunity to acquire equity interests in Holdings. Specifically, Holdings’ board of directors granted 4,521.75 options to Ms. Hagen and 2,260.86 options to each of Mr. Norman and Mr. Hale. Of these options, one third vest based on the passage of time, one third vest based on the achievement of certain annual performance goals established by Holdings, and one third vest based on the achievement of certain investment returns by our Sponsor. See “—Terms of Option Awards” below for a more detailed description of the vesting terms of these options. The specific sizes of the option grants made to our named executive officers were determined based on the board of directors’ business judgment in light of the Sponsor’s practices with respect to management equity programs at other private companies in its portfolio, the executive officer’s position and level of responsibilities within our company and the size of the executive officer’s equity investment in Holdings.
          In addition, Parent entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Hagen that was assigned to and assumed by us upon the closing of the Transactions. We also entered into employment agreements with Mr. Norman and Mr. Hale, which were effective upon the closing of the Transactions. The material terms of these employment agreements are described below under “—2011 Employment Agreements.”
          We also adopted a new cash-based long-term incentive plan to grant cash incentive awards to our senior managers in lieu of awarding annual equity awards as we had done prior to the Transactions. This plan, however, does not affect the compensation of any of our executive officers, as they are not participants under the plan.
          Other than as describe above, we did not take any other actions relating to executive compensation in connection with the Transactions. We continue to compensate our senior management, including our named executive officers, on a basis similar to immediately prior to the Transactions, except that, in light of our status as a private company, we adopted less broad-based equity incentive arrangements for our senior executives and do not intend to continue a practice of granting equity awards on an annual basis.
           Terms of Option Awards. The following describes the terms of the options granted to our named executive officers in connection with the Transactions.
    Vesting Terms.
    Time-Vesting Options. The time-vesting options vest in five equal annual installments beginning on January 28, 2012, subject to the executive’s continued employment with us, but will become fully vested upon a change in control that occurs during his employment with us, or during the 90 days following certain terminations of his or her employment. In

128


Table of Contents

      addition, if executive’s employment is terminated (a) by us without “cause” or (b) by executive as a result of his or her resignation with “good reason,” an additional number of these time-vesting options will vest equal to the number that would have vested over the 12-month period following the applicable termination date. Any other time-vesting options that remain unvested on termination of employment and do not vest as described above will be forfeited.
 
    Performance-Vesting Options. The performance-vesting options vest in five equal annual installments beginning on March 31, 2012, subject to the executive’s continued employment with us, and if the free cash flow goals established by Holdings at the time of the grant are achieved for the previous fiscal year, but will become fully vested (to the extent not already vested) upon a change in control if (x) the change in control occurs prior to March 31, 2016, (y) the change in control causes the exit-vesting option (described below) to vest, and (z) at the time of the change in control, Holdings has achieved the applicable cumulative free cash flow goals (as adjusted). In addition, if a performance-vesting option does not vest in a particular fiscal year because the applicable free cash flow goal is not achieved, that portion of the performance-vesting option may vest in that year or in a subsequent year if cumulative free cash flow targets (as adjusted) are achieved. In addition, if an executive’s employment is terminated (a) by us without “cause” or (b) by executive as a result of her or his resignation with “good reason,” the portion of the performance-vesting option that would have been eligible to vest on the next March 31 will remain outstanding and eligible to vest, based on actual free cash flow results for the immediately previous fiscal year. Any other performance-vesting options that remain unvested on termination of executive’s employment and do not vest as described above will be forfeited. Free cash flow is defined as Management EBITDA less (1) capital expenditures; (2) capitalized IT costs and (3) restructuring and integration cash payments. Cumulative free cash flow as adjusted with respect to any fiscal year is calculated by adding free cash flow for that fiscal year and any prior fiscal years and adjusting the cumulative free cash flow to apply a 10% penalty for any shortfall in actual cumulative free cash flow relative to the cumulative free cash flow target. Management EBITDA is defined as net income before interest expense, income and franchise taxes and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain non-recurring, non-cash and other specified items.
 
    Exit-Vesting Options. The exit-vesting options will vest on the date, if ever, that our Sponsor receives cash proceeds from its investment in Holdings aggregating in excess of 2.0 times the Sponsor’s cumulative invested capital in Holdings’ securities, and such cash proceeds also result in an annual internal rate of return of at least 20% on its cumulative invested capital in the Holdings’ securities, subject to her or his continued employment with us. In addition, if an executive’s employment is terminated (a) by us without “cause” or (b) by executive as a result of her or his resignation with “good reason,” the exit-vesting options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest for 12 months following the applicable termination date. If the exit-vesting options do not vest as described above during the 12 months following such a termination, such options will terminate and be forfeited.
    Put and Call Rights . If the executive’s employment is terminated due to death or disability, she or he has the right, subject to certain limitations, for a specified period following the termination date, to cause us to purchase on one occasion all, but not less than all, of the shares of our common stock held by her or him (whether or not acquired through the exercise of an option) at the fair market value of such shares.
 
      If (1) the executive’s employment is terminated by us with “cause”, (2) the executive’s employment is terminated as a result of her or his resignation prior to the third anniversary of the Transactions (other than a resignation with “good reason”), or (3) the executive violates a restrictive covenant (as described below), then we have the right for a specified period following the applicable event to cause the executive (or her or his permitted transferees) to sell to us all shares held by her or him at the lesser of fair market value thereof and cost, which means that any shares so repurchased will

129


Table of Contents

      effectively be forfeited. If (1) the executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause”, (2) the executive’s employment is terminated as a result of his resignation following the third anniversary of the Transactions or is a resignation with “good reason”, (3) the executive’s employment is terminated due to her or his death or by us as a result of her or his disability, or (4) the executive engages in “competitive activity” (as described below), then we have the right for a specified period following the applicable event to cause the executive (or her or his permitted transferees) to sell to us all shares held by her or him at the fair market value thereof.
 
    Restrictive Covenants . As a condition of receiving the options, our named executive officers have agreed to certain restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, non-competition, and non-solicitation covenants, which are contained in the option agreements pursuant to which the options were granted and are in addition to any other restrictive covenants agreed to by our named executive officers. As described above, we have the right to purchase our named executive officers’ shares of our common stock in the event of breach of these restrictive covenants during the periods covered by the restrictive covenants, or if the named executive officer engages in a competitive activity, which is defined as providing services to one of our competitors at any time (regardless of whether the conduct would violate a restrictive covenant).
      2011 Employment Agreements
      Employment Agreement with Ms. Hagen
          On October 4, 2010, Parent entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Hagen to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement entitles Ms. Hagen to annual base compensation of $800,000 and an annual target bonus of 100% of her base compensation, with a maximum annual bonus of 200% of her base compensation, determined based upon the achievement of performance criteria as established by our Board in consultation with Ms. Hagen. In addition, Ms. Hagen is also entitled to a one-time grant of shares of Holdings on April 23, 2013 having a value equal to $694,000 (the “Equity Award”).
          Subject to executing a general release, Ms. Hagen will be entitled to receive severance payments if she is terminated without “cause” or if she terminates her employment for “good reason.” Such severance payments will consist of an amount equal to the sum of 1.5 times her then-current annual base compensation and 1.5 times the amount of her target annual bonus, and if such termination occurs prior to April 23, 2013, Ms. Hagen will also receive the Equity Award. Ms. Hagen will also be entitled to participate in our medical, dental, and hospitalization benefit plans for 18 months, and a pro rata portion of the annual bonus she would have received for the year in which her termination occurred, if any, as determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable annual bonus plan.
      Employment Agreement with Mr. Norman
          On January 28, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Norman to serve as our Chief Financial Officer. The employment agreement entitles Mr. Norman to annual base compensation of $325,000 and an annual target bonus of 55% of his base compensation, with a maximum annual bonus of 110% of his base compensation, determined based upon the achievement of performance criteria as established by our Board in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer.
          Subject to executing a general release, Mr. Norman will be entitled to receive severance payments if he is terminated without “cause” or if he terminates his employment for “good reason.” Such severance payments will consist of an amount equal to the sum of 1.5 times his then-current annual base compensation and 1.5 times the amount of his target annual bonus. Mr. Norman will also be entitled to participate in our medical, dental, and hospitalization benefit plans for 18 months, and a pro rata portion of the annual bonus he would have received for the year in which his termination occurred, if any, as determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable annual bonus plan.

130


Table of Contents

      Employment Agreement with Mr. Hale
          On January 28, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hale to serve as our Chief Operating Officer. The employment agreement entitles Mr. Hale to annual base compensation of $415,000 and an annual target bonus of 55% of his base compensation, with a maximum annual bonus of 110% of his base compensation, determined based upon the achievement of performance criteria as established by our Board in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer.
          Subject to executing a general release, Mr. Hale will be entitled to receive severance payments if he is terminated without “cause” or if he terminates his employment for “good reason.” Such severance payments will consist of an amount equal to the sum of 1.5 times his then-current annual base compensation and 1.5 times the amount of his target annual bonus. Mr. Hale will also be entitled to participate in our medical, dental, and hospitalization benefit plans for 18 months, and a pro rata portion of the annual bonus he would have received for the year in which his termination occurred, if any, as determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable annual bonus plan.

131


Table of Contents

      Summary Compensation Table
          The following table presents a summary of compensation for our named executive officers for the 2010, 2009 and 2008 fiscal years:
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                         
                                                    Change in              
                                                    Pension Value              
                                                    and              
                                                    Nonqualified              
                                            Non-Equity     Deferred              
                            Stock     Option     Incentive Plan     Compensation     All Other        
            Salary     Bonus     awards     awards     Compensation     Earnings     Compensation     Total  
Name and Principal Position   Year     ($)     ($)(1)     ($)(2)(3)     ($)(2)     ($)(3)     ($)     ($)(4)     ($)  
Ms. Hagen
    2010     $ 754,251     $     $ 1,972,769     $     $ 1,016,730     $     $ 42,360     $ 3,786,110  
President & Chief Executive Officer
    2009       707,005       1,218,768       615,102                         57,116       2,597,991  
 
    2008       683,000             271,500             478,100             43,747       1,476,347  
 
                                                                       
Mr. Hale
    2010       404,329             533,482             299,769             18,376       1,255,956  
Executive Vice President
    2009       381,160       249,560       299,563       3,201                   15,876       949,360  
& Chief Operating Officer
    2008       371,656             130,861       27,788       130,080             18,227       678,612  
 
                                                                       
Mr. Norman
    2010       316,800             319,786       7,200       309,800             14,901       968,487  
Executive Vice President
    2009       207,039       110,162       90,582       3,209                   13,384       424,376  
& Chief Financial Officer
                                                                       
 
(1)   For fiscal 2009, reflects discretionary 2009 bonuses, a portion of which was paid in December 2009 and a portion of which was subject to service requirements and paid in March 2010, as discussed further under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—December 2009 Discretionary Bonuses.” In 2008, Ms. Hagen was paid a bonus of $650,000 for fiscal 2007 performance, which was guaranteed under the terms of the 2007 CEO Agreement. This amount is not reflected in the table above because it was earned in 2007.
 
(2)   Represents the grant date fair value of all stock and option awards for all periods presented as calculated pursuant to ASC 718 awards. In fiscal 2010 and 2009, we achieved maximum performance targets established for all performance-based awards. As a result, amounts presented in the above table represent compensation at the maximum performance level.
 
    Compensation for stock and option awards is determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles pertaining to share-based payments. For a discussion of terms and assumptions regarding the accounting for restricted shares and options, see Note 2 “Accounting Policies and Financial Statement Information” and Note 14 “Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans” to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011.
 
(3)   The non-equity incentive plan compensation for fiscal 2010 represents amounts paid in April 2011 under the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan for fiscal 2010 performance. The non-equity incentive plan compensation for fiscal 2008 represents amounts paid in April 2009 under the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan for fiscal 2008 performance. In March 2009, the Board of Directors approved a program for certain participants in the Annual Incentive Plan, under which such participants elected to receive all, or a portion, of the cash amounts due under the Annual Incentive Plan in the form of immediately vested restricted stock subject to a minimum two year holding requirement. Ms. Hagen, Mr. Hale and Mr. Norman elected to receive the following amounts of compensation in the form of restricted stock: Ms. Hagen—$478,100; Mr. Hale—$97,560; and Mr. Norman—$12,844. The number of shares issued for such compensation was based on the average closing price of the Company’s stock over the fifteen trading days ending March 31, 2009. Further, in consideration of the election by the executive officers to receive restricted stock in lieu of cash, additional non-cash compensation was provided to the executive officers in the form of restricted shares, which were to vest over a two year period from the grant date and were subject to the same two year holding requirement. The number of additional restricted shares awarded was as follows: Ms. Hagen—102,377; Mr. Hale—15,668; and Mr. Norman—688. The grant date fair value of such awards for 2009 is included as stock awards in the table above.
 
(4)   All Other Compensation for executive officers in fiscal 2010 is as follows:
                         
    Ms. Hagen     Mr. Hale     Mr. Norman  
     
Company Contributions to Defined Contribution and Savings Plans
  $ 14,700     $ 14,700     $ 14,700  
Life Insurance Premiums Paid by the Company
    756       756       756  
Perquisites:
                       
Car Usage
    20,789              
Other Perquisites(a)
    6,115       2,920       1,070  
     
 
                       
Total All Other Compensation
  $ 42,360     $ 18,376     $ 14,901  
     
 
(a)   Other perquisites are primarily comprised of subscriptions, seminars and annual credit card fees. Other perquisites for Ms. Hagen also included $5,004 of membership fees and seminar costs in various business organizations.

132


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards
          The following table presents information regarding grants of plan-based awards to named executive officers during the 2010 fiscal year.
2010 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS
                                                                                                 
                                                                                    Closing        
                                                            All Other     All Other             Market        
                                                            Stock     Option     Exercise     Price of     Grant  
                                                            Awards:     Awards:     or     Securities     Date  
            Estimated Future Payouts             Estimated Future Payouts             Number of     Number of     Base     Underlying     Fair  
            Under Non-equity Incentive             Under Equity Incentive             Shares of     Securities     Price of     Options at     Value of  
            Plan Awards             Plan Awards             Stock or     Underlying     Option     Date of     Stock and  
    Grant     Threshold     Target     Maximum     Threshold     Target     Maximum     Units     Options     Awards     Grant     Option  
Name   Date     ($)     ($)     ($)     (#)     (#)(1)     (#)     (#)(2)     (#)     $(/Sh)(3)     $(/Sh)     Awards  
                                                 
Ms. Hagen
    1/3/2010                               40,000                       $           $ 576,000  
 
    4/22/2010     $ 382,512     $ 765,024     $ 1,530,048                                                                  
 
    4/23/2010                                           74,289                         1,485,780  
 
                                                                                               
Mr. Hale
    4/22/2010       112,856       225,711       451,422                                                                  
 
    4/23/2010                                           31,812                         636,240  
 
                                                                                               
Mr. Norman
    1/3/2010                               500                         6.00             7,200  
 
    4/22/2010       87,809       175,618       351,237                                                                  
 
    4/23/2010                                           24,753                         495,060  
 
(1)   Consistent with ASC 718, we treat all grants that remain active in a subsequent year as “re-granted” shares for that year. See “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Incentive Plan Performance Targets” below. The awards reflected in this column are awards made in prior years which were subject to undefined performance criteria at the time of the award and for which performance goals were later determined with respect to fiscal 2010 and were thus deemed “granted” in 2010 in accordance with ASC 718. All executive officers receiving restricted stock awards were required to pay $.01 per awarded share.
 
(2)   All other stock awards in the above table represent restricted shares awarded that contain service-based vesting provisions.
 
(3)   The exercise price of $6.00 per share represents the exercise price determined in connection with the initial issuance of options under the 2003 Option Plan in fiscal 2003.
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table
          The items described below support the data reported in the Summary Compensation Table and the 2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards table.
2007 and 2010 Employment Agreements with Ms. Hagen
          The 2007 CEO Agreement was Ms. Hagen’s effective employment agreement with the Company during the 2008 fiscal year and the 2009 fiscal year. On March 31, 2010, the Company and Ms. Hagen entered into the 2010 CEO Agreement and the 2007 CEO Agreement terminated in accordance with its terms on April 22, 2010. As a result of the Transactions, the Company and Ms. Hagen entered a new employment agreement, effective January 28, 2011 (the “2011 CEO Agreement”). The 2011 CEO Agreement terminated the 2010 CEO Agreement. The 2011 CEO Agreement is described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A)—Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions—2011 Employment Agreements” above. The following is a discussion of both the 2007 CEO Agreement and the 2010 CEO Agreement, both of which were effective prior to the Transactions.
      The 2007 CEO Agreement
          Ms. Hagen’s annual base salary under the 2007 CEO Agreement was initially $650,000 and the Board had discretion to increase such salary from time to time. Ms. Hagen was eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of PGI and its subsidiaries were generally eligible, including health, life, retirement and disability. Ms. Hagen was also entitled to the use of an automobile.

133


Table of Contents

          Under the 2007 CEO Agreement, Ms. Hagen was entitled to participate in our Annual Incentive Plan. The Board, in its discretion, had the ability to award Ms. Hagen annual bonuses in accordance with the Annual Incentive Plan based on annual performance goals mutually agreed upon by the Board and Ms. Hagen. Such target annual bonuses were not to exceed 100% of her base salary (the “Bonus Award Target”). For fiscal year 2007, the 2007 CEO Agreement guaranteed to Ms. Hagen the full Bonus Award Target (without proration) as long as she remained an employee of good standing on the Payment Date (as defined in the Bonus Plan).
          Ms. Hagen was also entitled to participate in the 2005 Plan under which she was granted on the effective date of the 2007 CEO Agreement an initial award of 100,000 restricted shares of common stock to vest as follows: (i) 12,500 shares on each of the first four anniversaries of such effective date, and (ii) provided certain performance goals established by the Board were met, 12,500 shares on each of the first four anniversaries of such effective date. Ms. Hagen was also eligible for an annual target award of 50,000 (with a minimum of zero and a maximum of 100,000) restricted shares of common stock under the 2005 Plan for the first three anniversaries of the effective date of the 2007 CEO Agreement, vesting over a period of four years at a rate of 25% per year provided certain performance goals established by the Board were met. The size of such equity awards was based on the attainment of certain performance goals established by the Board, except that for the 2007 fiscal year grant, the 2007 CEO Agreement guaranteed to Ms. Hagen no less than 25,000 shares vesting based on service over a period of four years at the rate of 25% per year.
          The 2007 CEO Agreement also contained a standard confidentiality provision as well as non-competition and non-solicitation agreements for the term of Ms. Hagen’s employment and for a minimum of 12 months after any termination thereof.
           The 2010 CEO Agreement
          Unless earlier terminated pursuant to its terms, the term of the 2010 CEO Agreement was to be from April 23, 2010 until April 22, 2013. Under the 2010 CEO Agreement, Ms. Hagen’s annual base salary was $765,000, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board in its discretion. Ms. Hagen was eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of PGI and its subsidiaries were generally eligible, including health, life, retirement and disability. Ms. Hagen was also entitled to the use of an automobile until the expiration of its existing lease term.
          Ms. Hagen was entitled to participate in the Annual Incentive Plan to the extent that such a plan was implemented for any given year, in the Board’s discretion. The Bonus Plan was to provide for annual target bonuses based on annual performance goals to be mutually agreed upon by the Board and Ms. Hagen. Such annual target bonuses were, and could not exceed, the Bonus Award Target.
          Ms. Hagen was also entitled to participate in any long-term incentive compensation plans that the Company implemented on the same terms and conditions as other senior executives. During each fiscal year, Ms. Hagen was to receive a long-term incentive grant with a target value determined by the Compensation Committee based on a total target compensation package of salary, bonus and long-term equity awards.
          The 2010 CEO Agreement provided for repayment to the Company by Ms. Hagen of certain cash and equity awards if, prior to or within two years of the termination of Ms. Hagen’s employment, (i) the Company was required to make a material restatement of financial results for years during which Ms. Hagen was an employee and due to actions or inactions by her or of which she had knowledge, or (ii) Ms. Hagen was found to have engaged in misconduct while an employee, which, if discovered at the time would have justified termination for “cause” (as defined in the 2010 CEO Agreement).
          The 2010 CEO Agreement also contained a standard confidentiality provision as well as non-competition and non-solicitation agreements for the term of Ms. Hagen’s employment and for a minimum of 12 months after any termination thereof. A description of potential payments to Ms. Hagen upon her termination or upon a

134


Table of Contents

change in control under the 2010 CEO Agreement is set forth in “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.
Appointment of Mr. Norman as CFO
          On December 9, 2009, the Board appointed Dennis Norman to serve as our CFO. Mr. Norman’s annual base salary at that time was $309,998. Mr. Norman continued to be eligible to participate in our short and long-term incentive plans, including the Annual Incentive Plan and our 2008 Stock Plan. When and if the Board established a formal Annual Incentive Plan, Mr. Norman’s target bonus would have been 55% of his annual base salary. Mr. Norman continued to be eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit programs for which our senior executive and those of our subsidiaries are generally eligible, including health, life and disability insurance and retirement.
          In addition, in connection with his appointment, Mr. Norman entered into a Change in Control Severance Compensation Agreement (the “Norman Severance Agreement”) with us, dated as of December 9, 2009. The Norman Severance Agreement provided for the lump sum payment of base salary and target bonus components of Mr. Norman’s compensation upon termination of employment in the amount of 24 months of base salary plus the greater of two times current year target bonus or prior year actual bonus. The Severance Agreement also included non-competition and non-solicitation provisions for a period of 24 months. A description of potential payments to Mr. Norman upon his termination under the Norman Severance Agreement is described in “— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”
December 2009 Discretionary Bonuses
          Due to stronger than expected fiscal year 2009 operating results, in December 2009, the Board approved discretionary bonus payments in the total amount of $6.5 million with a portion paid in December 2009 and a portion paid in March 2010. The bonuses listed above were discretionary in nature, and were awarded in consideration of our performance in fiscal 2009, as well as the Board’s assessment of performance of the individuals and their contributions in fiscal 2009. To receive the cash payments in March 2010, the individuals were required to remain in our employ through the payment date. The following table sets forth the amount of 2009 discretionary bonus that each of our named executive officers received.
                         
    Paid in     Paid in        
    December 2009     March 2010     Total  
Ms. Hagen
  $ 857,178     $ 361,590     $ 1,218,768  
Mr. Hale
    124,780       124,780       249,560  
Mr. Norman
    55,081       55,081       110,162  
Awards under the 2003 Option Plan
          The 2003 Option Plan was approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders and was administered by the Compensation Committee. The stock options, representing 400,000 shares, had a five-year life and vested, based on the achievement of various service and financial performance criteria, over a four-year period with the initial awards beginning their vesting terms as of January 4, 2004. Vesting could be immediate or based on service and/or upon achievement of annual performance targets (see “Incentive plan performance targets” below) and was accelerated upon a change in control. No grants were made under the 2003 Option Plan in 2010.
          Consistent with ASC 718, stock options previously awarded to employees in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2007 which contained performance-based vesting provisions relating to the 2008 fiscal year were considered modified. Vesting of these option grants were originally based on achievement of 2008 performance targets, which targets were not met. Accordingly, these option awards were not earned and did not vest in 2008. In accordance with the 2003 Option Plan, these option awards remained active in fiscal 2009 and were subject to fiscal 2009 performance

135


Table of Contents

targets, which targets were achieved. Consistent with ASC 718, such awards were treated as an exchange of the original award for a new award and the grant date fair values and 2009 compensation costs for such options were re-measured as of the beginning of the 2009 fiscal year as such performance targets were not established until the inception of the 2009 fiscal year. As a result, option awards considered granted in fiscal 2009, subject to performance vesting in fiscal 2009 were as follows: for Mr. Hale—2,065 shares and for Mr. Norman—1,825 shares.
          Actual performance for fiscal 2007 would have resulted in the vesting of approximately 51% of the stock option grants subject to the annual financial performance vesting requirement under our 2003 Option Plan. The Committee, in exercise of its discretion, granted participants, including the executive officers, vesting credit equal to 100% of target. As a result, we recognized compensation expense in fiscal 2008 associated with the vesting of such awards not earned through the achievement of performance targets for fiscal 2007. Consistent with ASC 718, we treated all grants that remained active in a subsequent year as “re-granted” shares for that year. See “Incentive Plan Performance Targets” below.
Awards under the 2005 Stock Plan
          The 2005 Stock Plan was approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders and was administered by the Compensation Committee. The 2005 Stock Plan approved for issuance 482,000 restricted shares to our employees. For grants of restricted stock under the 2005 Stock Plan, vesting could be immediate or based on service and/or upon achievement of annual performance targets (see “Incentive plan performance targets” below) and was accelerated upon a change in control. We did not make any grants under the 2005 Stock Plan in 2010.
Awards under the 2008 Stock Plan
          The 2008 Stock Plan was approved by our shareholders and Board of Directors and was administered by the Compensation Committee. The 2008 Stock Plan reserved for issuance 425,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock to our employees. In May 2009, our shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2008 Stock Plan from 425,000 shares to 1,075,000 shares. The Compensation Committee could, from time to time, award a variety of equity-based incentives under the 2008 Stock Plan to such employees and in such amounts and with specified restrictions as it determined appropriate in the circumstances. Such awards could be granted under the 2008 Stock Plan in the form of either incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, performance awards or other types of stock awards that involve the issuance of, or that are valued by reference to, shares of our Class A Common Stock. Vesting, which was determined by the Committee, could be accelerated on the occurrence of a change in control or other events, as defined.
          During fiscal 2009, awards were approved and issued to Mr. Hale and Mr. Norman under the 2008 Stock Plan. These awards included service-based restricted shares which could vest over a three year period as follows: for Mr. Hale—5,947 restricted shares and for Mr. Norman—2,210 restricted shares. Additionally, restricted stock units that could vest based on the achievement of 2009 performance targets and the completion of requisite service periods were awarded, assuming maximum performance targets were achieved, as follows: for Mr. Hale—20,814 restricted stock units and for Mr. Norman—7,736 restricted stock units. As performance targets for fiscal 2008 were not achieved, no restricted shares were issued relating to the restricted stock units.
          During fiscal 2010, awards were approved and issued to Ms. Hagen, Mr. Hale and Mr. Norman under the 2008 Stock Plan. These awards included service-based restricted shares which could vest over a three year period as follows: for Ms. Hagen —24,763 restricted shares, for Mr. Hale—10,604 restricted shares and for Mr. Norman—8,251 restricted shares. Additionally, restricted stock units that could vest based on the achievement of 2010 performance targets and the completion of requisite service periods were awarded, assuming maximum performance targets were achieved, as follows: for Ms. Hagen — 49,526 restricted stock units, for Mr. Hale—21,208 restricted stock units and for Mr. Norman—16,502 restricted stock units.

136


Table of Contents

Incentive Plan Performance Targets
          For fiscal 2009, the Board of Directors accepted the recommendation of management and the Compensation Committee not to establish an Annual Incentive Plan for 2009; accordingly, there were no targets associated with short-term incentive compensation for executive officers.
          For fiscal 2010, the Board of Directors established an Annual Incentive Plan for 2010 and set consolidated EBITDA target of $125.0 million, with a minimum threshold of $115.0 million and a maximum level of $149.0 million. The 2010 Annual Incentive Plan provided target bonus percentages of 100% of annual base salary amount at the time of the grant for the CEO and 55% for the other executive officers, with minimum and maximum bonus opportunities being 50% of the respective executive officers target percentage and 200% of the respective executive officers target percentage for each of the named executive officers. As in prior years, consolidated EBITDA remained the most significant Annual Incentive Plan measure for our executive officers in 2010, accounting for 65% of the targeted award. Consolidated EBITDA performance for fiscal 2010 was $126.3 million, exceeding the target.
          Portions of restricted shares awarded under the 2005 Stock Plan and options awarded under the 2003 Option Plan contained threshold and target EBITDA performance vesting provisions. For fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, these performance targets for these equity-based incentives were met at targeted levels. The threshold and target for fiscal 2010 were the same as those used for the 2010 Annual Incentive Plan.
          With respect to awards under the 2003 Option Plan and the 2005 Stock Plan, if the performance targets were not met in any particular year (a “Missed Year”), the awards that did not vest in the Missed Year (the “Carryover Awards”) remained active in the next fiscal year and were subject to the performance targets established for that next fiscal year. Consistent with ASC 718, we treated all grants that remained active in a subsequent year as “re-granted” shares for that year. If the performance targets for such fiscal year were met, the Carryover Awards vested at the same time and in the same manner as the incentive plan awards granted for such fiscal year. In no event did any unvested portion of any award remain active after the fiscal year following the Missed Year. If performance targets applicable to Carryover Awards were not met in the next fiscal year, the Carryover Awards were forfeited.
          For example, we did not achieve our performance target for fiscal 2008. Therefore, the unvested amounts for 2008 remained active in 2009 and vested based on the achievement of performance targets (EBITDA of $120.0 million) established for 2009.
          With respect to awards made in fiscal 2009 under the 2008 Stock Plan, 67% of the award was performance-based restricted stock units and 33% was service-based restricted shares. For the performance-based restricted stock units, vesting was based upon the achievement of performance targets in 2009 for consolidated operating cash flow (as defined in the award documents), which accounted for approximately 50% of the total performance target, and consolidated EBITDA, which accounted for 50% of the total performance target. Based on actual results for fiscal 2009, the operating cash flow target and the consolidated EBITDA target were each met at maximum target levels. Grants under the 2008 Stock Plan did not contain Missed Year or Carryover Award provisions.
          With respect to awards made in fiscal 2010 under the 2008 Stock Plan, 67% of the award was performance-based restricted stock units and 33% was service-based restricted shares. For the performance-based restricted stock units, vesting was based upon the achievement of performance targets in 2010 for consolidated operating cash flow (as defined in the award documents), which accounted for approximately 50% of the total performance target, and consolidated EBITDA, which accounted for 50% of the total performance target. As a result of the Transactions, performance-based vesting was not evaluated under the 2008 Stock Plan for fiscal 2010 given that the disposition of all equity-based programs was addressed by the Merger Agreement.

137


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
     The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by executive officers at the end of the 2010 fiscal year. All awards outstanding at the time of the consummation of the Transactions were cashed out in connection therewith.
2010 OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END
                                                                         
    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
                                                                    Equity  
                                                                    Incentive  
                                                            Equity     Plan  
                                                            Incentive     Awards:  
                                                            Plan     Market or  
                                                            Awards:     Payout  
                    Equity                                     Number of     Value of  
                    Incentive                             Market     Unearned     Unearned  
                    Plan Awards:                     Number of     Value of     Shares,     Shares,  
                    Number of                     Shares or     Shares     Units,     Units,  
    Number of     Number of     Securities                     Units of     or Units     or Other     or Other  
    Securities     Securities     Underlying                     Stock     of Stock     Rights     Rights  
    Underlying     Underlying     Unexercised                     That     That Have     That Have     That Have  
    Unexercised     Unexercised     Unearned     Option     Option     Have Not     Not     Not     Not  
    Options (#)     Options (#)     Options     Exercise     Expiration     Vested     Vested     Vested     Vested  
Name   Exercisable     Unexercisable(1)     (#)     Price ($)     Date     (#)(2)     ($)(3)     (#)(4)     ($)(3)  
Ms Hagen
                    $             140,705     $ 2,251,280       20,000     $ 320,000  
Mr. Hale
                                  21,811       348,976       30,459       487,339  
Mr. Norman
          2,750       250       6.00       5/11/2012       2,583       41,328       21,659       346,544  
 
(1)   The vesting dates of options containing service-based vesting and options earned as a result of achieving performance-based targets are as follows:
                         
    Vested at     Vesting        
    1/1/2011     5/11/2011     Total  
     
Mr. Norman
    2,750       250       3,000  
 
(2)   The vesting dates of restricted shares are as follows:
                         
    Ms. Hagen     Mr. Hale     Mr. Norman  
     
4/9/2011
    51,189       7,834       344  
4/23/2011
    41,722       2,651        
6/4/2011
          2,059       765  
6/18/2011
          1,982       737  
4/10/2012
    6,250       2,651        
4/23/2012
    22,971              
6/18/2012
          1,983       737  
4/23/2012
    18,572       2,651        
     
 
                       
Total
    140,705       21,811       2,583  
     
 
(3)   Determined based on the closing price of our common stock ($16.00) on January 1, 2011.
 
(4)   All of these shares became immediately vested in connection with the Transactions and were cashed out.

138


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested
          The following table presents information regarding the exercise of options for Common Stock and the vesting of restricted shares by executive officers during the 2010 fiscal year:
2010 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED
                                 
    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
    Number of                    
    Shares     Value     Number of Shares        
    Acquired     Realized on     Acquired on     Value Realized on  
    Upon Exercise     Exercise     Vesting     Vesting  
Name   (#)     ($)(1)     (#)     ($)(5)  
Ms Hagen
        $     $ 12,500 (2)     250,000  
 
                    6,250 (3)     125,000  
 
                4,400 (4)     79,200  
 
                               
Mr. Hale
    12,500       175,000       4,041 (4)     74,732  
 
                               
Mr. Norman
    5,000       70,000       1,502 (4)     27,773  
 
(1)   Shares were valued at the closing price of our common stock on the exercise date.
 
(2)   Vested shares relate to service-based shares granted on April 23, 2007 under the 2004 Restricted Plan.
 
(3)   Vested portion of service-based shares guaranteed pursuant to the terms of the 2007 CEO Agreement.
 
(4)   Represents service-based vesting of awards made to Ms. Hagen, Mr. Hale and Mr. Norman under the 2008 Stock Plan.
 
(5)   Shares were valued at the closing price of our common stock on the vesting date.
Pension Benefits
          We have no pension benefits for the executive officers.
Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans
          We have no nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans for executive officers.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
          The following describes payments and benefits provided in connection with termination of employment or change in control pursuant to agreements that were in place at the end of 2010. In connection with the Transactions, these arrangements were terminated, and new severance arrangements were provided under the 2011 employment agreements. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A)—Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions—2011 Employment Agreements.”
Termination of Ms. Hagen under the 2010 CEO Agreement
          Upon the expiration of the 2010 CEO Agreement, Ms. Hagen would have been entitled to receive a “Retirement Incentive” as follows:
          (i) an equity award (the “Retirement Incentive Equity Award”), with the number of shares awarded to be calculated with reference to the average reported closing price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Class A Common Stock”) over the 40 trading days immediately prior to the expiration date of the 2010 CEO Agreement (the “Ending Stock Price”) as shown in the table below:

139


Table of Contents

         
Ending Stock Price   Number of Shares Awarded  
Less than $17.50
    20,000  
$17.50
    20,000  
$22.50
    40,000  
$25.00
    55,000  
$27.50
    75,000  
$30.00 or higher
    100,000  
For an Ending Stock Price that falls between two given points on the table above, the number of shares awarded would be computed using a straight-line interpolation formula set forth in the 2010 CEO Agreement.
          (ii) a cash award (the “Retirement Incentive Cash Award”) equal to (A) 30% of the value of the shares, computed as the Ending Stock Price multiplied by the number of shares awarded, or (B) the Cash Conversion Value, if applicable; provided that the Retirement Incentive Cash Award is neither less than $250,000 nor greater than $1,000,000.
          The Company could terminate the 2010 CEO Agreement immediately upon Ms. Hagen’s death or disability or with notice of termination to Ms. Hagen at any time, with or without “cause” (as defined in the 2010 CEO Agreement). In addition, the 2010 CEO Agreement would have terminated upon Ms. Hagen’s resignation.
          If the 2010 CEO Agreement was terminated by the Company for “cause” or was terminated upon Ms. Hagen’s resignation other than for “good reason” (as defined in the 2010 CEO Agreement), Ms. Hagen would have been entitled to receive only her base salary through the date of termination or expiration and would not have been entitled to receive any other salary, compensation or benefits from the Company or its subsidiaries, except as otherwise specifically provided for under the Company’s employee benefit plans or as otherwise expressly required by applicable law.
          Upon any termination by the Company of Ms. Hagen’s employment other than for “cause” or upon Ms. Hagen’s resignation with “good reason” during the term of the 2010 CEO Agreement, Ms. Hagen would have been entitled to receive the Retirement Incentive and severance payments upon specified conditions in the 2010 CEO Agreement. Such severance payments would have been equal to (i) the sum of (A) Ms. Hagen’s base salary, and (B) her Bonus Award Target, from the termination or resignation date through the expiration date of the 2010 CEO Agreement, (ii) the pro rata portion of her Bonus Award Target from the beginning of the applicable fiscal year through the date of termination or resignation, adjusted for actual performance through the date of termination or resignation, and (iii) any annual bonus for a completed fiscal year that had not yet been paid.
          In the event of Ms. Hagen’s disability or death, Ms. Hagen or her heirs, as applicable, would have been entitled to receive only her base salary through the date of such event and any annual bonus for a completed fiscal year that had not yet been paid.
Change in Control Severance Compensation Agreements
          On January 7, 2010, we entered into a Change in Control Severance Compensation Agreement (the “Hale Severance Agreement”) with Mr. Hale, our COO. On December 9, 2009, we entered into a Change in Control Severance Compensation Agreement (the “Norman Severance Agreement”) with Mr. Norman, in connection with his appointment as CFO. Each of the agreements contained substantially the same terms and conditions and is referred to below as a “CIC Agreement”.
          Each CIC Agreement would have terminated automatically upon the occurrence of a termination of employment for certain matters, including for the recipient’s death, disability, attainment of retirement age, and performance-related matters. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the CIC Agreement), each CIC Agreement would have automatically extended to the earlier of (i) one year from the date of the Change in Control or (ii) the recipient’s death, disability, or retirement.

140


Table of Contents

     For purposes of the CIC Agreements, a Change in Control was defined as the occurrence of certain specified events, including:
    certain significant changes in voting control,
 
    changes in the composition of the Board not approved by two-thirds of the existing Board,
 
    the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company unless (a) the existing security holders continue to own more than 50% of the voting power of the surviving corporation, or (b) the corporate existence of the Company is unaffected and the CEO and directors retain their positions (and the existing directors constitute a majority of the Board), or
 
    a complete liquidation of the Company or a sale of substantially all of our assets.
          If a Change in Control occurred during the term of the CIC Agreement, each recipient would have become entitled, upon the subsequent termination of his employment to receive Change in Control benefits, unless the termination was (i) by the recipient other than for “Good Reason,” (ii) by us for “Cause” or because of the recipient’s disability, or (iii) because of the recipient’s death or attainment of retirement age. “Good Reason” included the assignment of duties reasonably inconsistent with the recipient’s position and responsibilities immediately prior to the Change in Control or changes in titles or offices of such recipient, a reduction in base salary or our failure to continue any material compensation or benefit plan (or reduce benefits or increase costs thereunder) or requiring relocation of such recipient’s principal residence to at least 100 miles away. “Cause” included a breach of the CIC Agreement, a breach of the recipient’s duty of loyalty to us or an act of dishonesty or fraud with respect to us, commission of a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or other act or omission causing material harm to our reputation, drug use, reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or aiding a competitor supplier or customer to our material detriment.
          Change in Control benefits included, among other things, a lump sum cash payment that is the sum of (i) 24 times the recipient’s current monthly base salary, and (ii) two times the greater of (x) the recipient’s annual bonus earned for our most-recently completed fiscal year and (y) the recipient’s annual target bonus for the year that includes the date of termination (the “Severance Payment”). Change in Control benefits also included the acceleration of all unvested shares of restricted stock previously issued to the recipient, continuation of life and medical insurance plans for the recipient for a period of 12 months following the date of termination, payment of all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the recipient as a result of termination and payment of reasonable costs of outplacement services (not to exceed $15,000).
          If a recipient was terminated other than as a result of a Change in Control (unless by the recipient other than for Good Reason or by us for Cause or as a result of the recipient’s disability or retirement), the recipient would have been entitled to Company benefits to which he otherwise would have been entitled; provided that any severance pay was not less than the Severance Payment.
           As consideration for any benefits, each recipient was obligated to maintain the confidentiality of certain confidential business information, promptly disclose to us all intellectual property related to the Company that is generated by the recipient, and adhere to certain non-competition and non-solicitation obligations.
          The following table illustrates the potential payments and benefits that Ms. Hagen would have been entitled to had her employment been terminated by us other than for “cause” or upon her resignation with “good reason” under the 2010 CEO Agreement and the potential payments and benefits that Messrs. Hale and Norman would have been entitled to had their employment been terminated as a result of a change in control under the CIC Agreements, in each case assuming the termination occurred as of the last business day of the 2010 fiscal year:
                                                 
    Severance     Early Vesting of     Early Vesting of     Health     Outplacement        
    Amount     Restricted Shares(1)     Options(2)     Benefits     Services     Total  
Ms Hagen
  $ 3,116,754     $ 4,428,448     $     $ 42,240     $     $ 7,587,442  
Mr. Hale
    1,419,618       952,736             11,374       15,000       2,398,728  
Mr. Norman
  $ 1,258,216       387,872       7,500       16,631       15,000       1,685,219  
 
(1)   Determined based on the closing price of our common stock ($16.00) on January 1, 2011.
 
(2)   Under the 2003 Option Plan, all unvested options immediately vest in the event of a change in control. Such options are valued at the closing price of the underlying shares as of the last day of the 2010 fiscal year ($16.00), reduced by the exercise price of $6.00 per share required to be paid by the participant.

141


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors
          The following table presents a summary of compensation for directors of the Company for the 2010 fiscal year:
2010 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
                                                         
                                    Changes in              
                                    Pension              
                                    Value and              
                            Non-Equity     Nonqualified              
    Fees Earned or     Stock     Option     Incentive Plan     Deferred Compensation     All Other        
    Paid in Cash     Awards     Awards     Compensation     Earnings     Compensation     Total  
Name   ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
Mr. Hewitt
  $ 41,000     $ 106,565                             $ 147,565  
Mr. Cavallé(1)
    50,000       66,291                               116,291  
Ms. Fessenden
    63,500       76,959                               140,459  
Mr. Hall(2)
    52,250       41,730                               93,980  
Mr. Ovenden
    106,500       59,313                               165,813  
Mr. Volpe(3)
          78,625                               78,625  
 
(1)   Of the amount reported as Mr. Cavallé’s cash compensation in the table above, $37,500 paid directly to a charitable organization at his request.
 
(2)   Mr. Hall returned to full-time service as a director on April 12, 2010. The compensation provided to Mr. Hall for his services as a director from April 12, 2010 through the 2010 fiscal year end is set forth in this table.
 
(3)   Mr. Volpe ceased being a director upon his death on March 16, 2010.
          Management directors and affiliates of MatlinPatterson Global Advisers LLC were not entitled to receive any fees for their service on the Board of Directors. Accordingly, Ms. Hagen, Mr. Patterson and Mr. Van der Schee are not included in the Director Compensation table as they received no compensation for serving as directors during 2010.
          At fiscal year-end, the aggregate number of restricted stock awards outstanding for each director was as follows: Mr. Hewitt—28,968 shares; Mr. Cavallé—no shares; Ms. Fessenden—14,911 shares; Mr. Hall—23,015 shares; Mr. Ovenden—30,670 shares; and, at the time of his death, Mr. Volpe—31,872 shares.
          Compensation for stock and option awards is determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles pertaining to share-based payments. For a discussion of terms and assumptions regarding the accounting for restricted shares and options, see Note 2 “Accounting Policies and Financial Statement Information” and Note 14 “Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans” to the Company’s Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

142


Table of Contents

     The grant date fair values of restricted stock awards granted to directors, for service as a director, in 2010 are as follows:
                 
            Grant Date  
            Fair Value of  
    Award Date     Awards Issued  
Mr. Hewitt
    1/11/2010     $ 84,048  
Mr. Hewitt
    4/9/2010       12,260  
Mr. Hewitt
    7/6/2010       10,257  
Mr. Cavallé
    4/15/2010       66,291  
Ms. Fessenden
    1/11/2010       65,756  
Ms. Fessenden
    4/9/2010       6,140  
Ms. Fessenden
    7/6/2010       5,063  
Mr. Hall
    4/12/2010       41,730  
Mr. Ovenden
    1/11/2010       59,313  
Mr. Volpe
    1/11/2010       78,625  
           Annual Board/Committee Retainer Fees
     Under the Company’s compensation program for directors prior to the Transactions, Mr. Hewitt, as Chairman of the Board, received an annual retainer in the amount of $120,000 and other directors each received an annual retainer of $100,000 (hereafter referred to as the “Base Retainer(s)”). In addition to his Base Retainer, Mr. Ovenden, for service as Chair of the Audit Committee, received an additional yearly fee of $20,000. In addition to their Base Retainers, Mr. Volpe and Ms. Fessenden, as Chairpersons of the Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, respectively, each received an additional annual fee of $10,000 for serving in such capacities, which amount was increased, in the case of Ms. Fessenden, to an annual rate of $20,000 after the death of Mr. Volpe. In addition to his Base Retainer, Mr. Hall, Chair of the Capital Projects Committee, received a yearly fee of $5,000 for serving in such capacity. Such fees, excluding the portion paid in stock as described below, were paid on a quarterly basis. Directors are also reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings and in their capacities as committee chairpersons. For their service on a special committee of independent directors which was established in connection with the activity leading up to the Transactions, Messrs. Hewitt, Ovenden, Hall, and Ms. Fessenden also received certain one-time and per-meeting compensation.
           Stock Awards Issued for Fees, in Lieu of Cash Payment
     Under the 2004 Restricted Plan, and unless otherwise determined by a committee of the Company’s Board of Directors not eligible to receive restricted shares under the 2004 Restricted Plan, 50% of each director’s Base Retainer fee was payable in restricted shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. In addition, directors could elect to receive restricted stock in lieu of cash payments for quarterly director’s fees.
2011 Director Compensation
     Each of the independent directors, Messrs. Alder and Burgess, receives an annual retainer of $75,000. If and when committees of the Board are established, the Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $10,000 annually, while each of the Chairs of the Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will receive an additional $5,000 annually. In addition, each independent director receives an annual grant of options to acquire common stock of Holdings, valued at $60,000, which vests annually over a 3 year period so long as the independent director continues to serve on the Board. The first such grant was made on September 22, 2011.

143


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT
          Parent owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Issuer. The Investor Group beneficially owns 100% of Holdings which, in turn, owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Parent. The authorized capital stock of Holdings consists of one million shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock are generally entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted for action by the stockholders, to receive ratably such dividends and distributions as may be declared or paid from time to time by the Board and to pro rata distribution of any available and remaining assets upon a liquidation or dissolution of Holdings. Shares of Common Stock held by employees are subject to certain restrictions including agreements to vote such shares of Common Stock, transfer restrictions, drag-along rights and call rights, described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.”
          The following table sets forth certain information as of July 2, 2011 with respect to shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by (i) each of our directors, (ii) each of our executive officers, (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (iv) each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock as of such date.
          The amounts and percentages of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.
          Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to shares of Common Stock owned by such stockholder. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner of is c/o Polymer Group, Inc. 9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300, Charlotte, North Carolina 28269.
                 
    Common Stock  
    Amount and Nature of        
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Beneficial Ownership     Percent of Class  
Blackstone Funds (1)(2)
    255,000       98.1498 %
Veronica M. Hagen (2)
    2,230       0.8581 %
Michael W. Hale (2)
    630       0.2424 %
Dennis Norman (2)
    258       0.0993 %
James S. Alder (2)
           
Mark S. Burgess (2)
           
 
               
Chinh E. Chu (3)
           
Anjan Mukherjee (4)
           
Jason Giordano (5)
           
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (8) persons)
    3,118       1.2001 %
 
(1)   Shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds (as hereinafter defined) are held by the following entities: (i) Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V L.P (“BCP Cayman V”) owns 108,381.413 shares of Common Stock representing 41.7161% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V-A L.P (“BCP Cayman VA”) owns 96,964.519 shares of Common Stock representing 37.3217% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (iii) Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V-AC L.P (“BCP Cayman VAC”) owns 48,799.818 shares of Common Stock representing 18.7831% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (iv) Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V L.P (“BFIP”) owns 621.435 shares of Common Stock representing 0.2392% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and (v) Blackstone Participation Partnership (Cayman) V L.P (“BPP”) owns 232.815 shares of Common Stock representing 0.0896% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (BCP Cayman V, BCP Cayman VA, BCP Cayman VAC, BFIP and BPP are collectively

144


Table of Contents

    referred to as the “Blackstone Funds”). The general partner of BCP Cayman V, BCP Cayman VA and BCP Cayman VAC is Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V L.P. BCP V GP L.L.C. is a general partner and controlling entity of BFIP, BPP and Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V L.P. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member and majority interest owner of BCP V GP L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is indirectly controlled by The Blackstone Group L.P. and is owned, directly or indirectly, by Blackstone professionals and The Blackstone Group L.P. The Blackstone Group L.P. is controlled by its general partner, Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., which is in turn wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the securities beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds directly or indirectly controlled by it or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of its or his indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the entities listed in this note is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
 
(2)   The shareholders agreement of Holdings provides that (i) each share of Common Stock owned by an employee or director will vote in the manner as BCP Cayman V directs, (ii) BCP Cayman V has the right to require the Common Stock owned by an employee or director to participate in any transaction constituting a change of control or any other transaction involving a transfer of Common Stock owned by the Blackstone Funds to a third-party, and (iii) the transfer of Common Stock owned by an employee or director is restricted until the earlier of (x) a change of control and (y) the two year anniversary of an initial public offering. As a result, the Blackstone Funds may be deemed to beneficially own 100% of the outstanding Common Stock. The shares of Common Stock held by employees or directors that may be so deemed beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds are not included in the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Blackstone Funds presented in the table above. For additional information see “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
(3)   Mr. Chu is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstone’s Private Equity Group. Mr. Chu disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Chu’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
 
(4)   Mr. Mukherjee is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstone’s Private Equity Group. Mr. Mukherjee disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Mukherjee’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
 
(5)   Mr. Giordano is a Principal in Blackstone’s Private Equity Group. Mr. Giordano disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Giordano’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

145


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Shareholders Agreement
          In connection with the closing of the Merger, Holdings entered into a shareholders agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”) with Blackstone. The Shareholders Agreement governs certain matters relating to ownership of Holdings, including with respect to the election of directors of our parent companies, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions and registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions). Each party to the Shareholders Agreement also agrees to vote all of its voting securities, whether at a shareholders meeting, or by written consent, in the manner which Blackstone directs, except that an employee shareholder shall not be required to vote in favor of any change to the organizational documents of Holdings that would have a disproportionate adverse effect on the terms of such employee shareholder’s shares of Common Stock relative to other shareholders. Each employee shareholder also grants to the Chief Executive Officer of Holdings a proxy to vote all of the securities owned by such employee shareholder in the manner described in the preceding sentence.
          The board of directors of the Company includes three Blackstone members, two outside members and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Furthermore, Blackstone has the power to designate all of the members of the board of directors of PGI and the right to remove any directors that it appoints.
      Management Services Agreement
          In connection with the Merger, we entered into a management services agreement (“Management Services Agreement”) with Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C. (“BMP”), an affiliate of Blackstone. Under the Management Services Agreement, BMP (including through its affiliates) has agreed to provide services, including without limitation, (a) advice regarding the structure, distribution and timing of debt and equity offerings and advice regarding relationships with the Company’s lenders and bankers, (b) advice regarding the business and strategy of the Company, including compensation arrangements, (c) advice regarding dispositions and/or acquisitions and (d) such advice directly related or ancillary to the above financial advisory services as may be reasonably requested by the Company. BMP will have no obligation to provide any other services to the Company absent express agreement.
          For advisory and management services, BMP will receive an annual non-refundable advisory fee, at the beginning of each fiscal year, equal to the greater of (i) $3.0 million or (ii) 2.0% of the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined under the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility) for such fiscal year. The amount of such fee shall be initially paid based on the Company’s then most current estimate of the Company’s projected EBITDA amount for the fiscal year immediately preceding the date upon which the advisory fee is paid. After completion of the fiscal year to which the fee relates and following the availability of audited financial statements for such period, the parties will recalculate the amount of such fee based on the actual Consolidated EBITDA for such period and the Company or BMP, as applicable, shall adjust such payment as necessary based on the recalculated amount. The payment with respect to the period beginning on the closing date of the Merger and ending December 31, 2011 was made on the Merger Date based on the $3.0 million minimum annual amount.
          In addition, in the absence of an express agreement to provide investment banking or other financial advisory services to the Company, and without regard to whether such services were provided, BMP will be entitled to receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate transaction value upon the consummation of any acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation, restructuring, refinancing, recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity securities (including an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar transaction by the Company.
          At any time in connection with or in anticipation of a change of control of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or an initial public offering of common equity of the Company or parent entity of the Company or their successors, BMP may elect to receive, in consideration of BMP’s role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all then-current and future annual advisory fees payable under the Management Services Agreement, assuming a hypothetical termination date of the Management Service Agreement to be the twelfth anniversary of such election. The Management Service Agreement will continue until the earlier of the twelfth

146


Table of Contents

anniversary of the date of the agreement or such date as the Company and BMP may mutually determine. The Company will agree to indemnify BMP and its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives from and against all liabilities relating to the services contemplated by the transaction and advisory fee agreement and the engagement of BMP pursuant to, and the performance of BMP and its affiliates of the services contemplated by, the Management Services Agreement.
          BMP also received transaction fees in connection with services provided related to the Merger. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, BMP received, at the closing of the Merger, an $8.0 million transaction fee as consideration for BMP undertaking financial and structural analysis, due diligence and other assistance in connection with the Merger. In addition, we agreed to reimburse BMP for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by BMP and its affiliates in connection with the Merger and the provision of services under the Management Services Agreement.
          Accordingly, in connection with the Management Services Agreement, the Company recognized fees of $1.4 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, which are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and fees of $7.3 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, which are included in Special charges, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Further, the Company capitalized $0.8 million of fees as deferred financing costs.
      Blackstone Advisory Agreement
          On April 5, 2010, the Company entered into an advisory services arrangement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. (“Blackstone Advisory”), an affiliate of Blackstone. Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Company paid a fee of approximately $2.0 million following announcement of the parties having entered into the Merger Agreement, and a fee of approximately $4.5 million following consummation of the Merger. In addition, the Company has reimbursed Blackstone Advisory for its reasonable documented expenses, and agreed to indemnify Blackstone Advisory and related persons against certain liabilities arising out of its advisory engagement.
          Accordingly, in connection with the Advisory Agreement, the Company recognized fees of $4.5 million and $2.0 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and the three months ended January 1, 2010, respectively, which are included in Special charges, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
      Other Relationships
          Blackstone and its affiliates have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these companies, including the sale of goods and services and the purchase of goods and services.
          Under our Restated Articles of Incorporation, our directors do not have a duty to refrain from engaging in similar business activities as the Company or doing business with any client, customer or vendor of the Company engaging in any other corporate opportunity that the Company has any expectancy or interest in engaging in. The Company has also waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any expectation or interest or right to be informed of any corporate opportunity, and any director acquiring knowledge of a corporate opportunity shall have no duty to inform the Company of such corporate opportunity.
      Procedures with Respect to Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions
          Our board of directors has not adopted a formal written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons. However, the board of directors reviews and approves transactions with related persons as appropriate.

147


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
          The following section summarizes the terms of our principal indebtedness following the consummation of the Transactions.
ABL Facility
          We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilities. This summary is not a complete description of all the terms of such agreements.
      General
          In connection with the Transactions, we entered into senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilities (collectively, the “ABL Facility”) with Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (“MSSF”) as syndication agent and Barclays Capital Inc. (“Barclays Capital”) and RBC Capital Markets, LLC (“RBCCM”) as co-documentation agents. Each of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., MSSF, Barclays Capital and RBCCM act as the joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners for the ABL Facility.
          Our ABL Facility provides revolving credit financing to the Issuer (under the ABL Facility, the “Borrower”) of up to $50.0 million, subject to borrowing base availability, with a maturity of four years, including borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. The ABL Facility is comprised of (i) a revolving sub-facility of up to $42.5 million (the “Tranche 1 Sub-Facility”) and (ii) a first-in, last out revolving sub-facility of up to $7.5 million (the “Tranche 2 Sub-Facility”).
          The borrowing base at any time is equal to the sum (in each case subject to certain customary reserves and eligibility criteria) of:
    85% of all of the Borrower’s eligible receivables and 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of all of the Borrower’s eligible inventory (the “Tranche 1 Borrowing Base”); and
 
    15% of all of the Borrower’s eligible receivables and 15% of the net orderly liquidation value of all of the Borrower’s eligible inventory (the “Tranche 2 Borrowing Base”).
          Borrowings under our ABL Facility is subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including, but not limited to, absence of defaults or events of default and accuracy of representations and warranties in all material respects.
          Provided that no default or event of default shall be then existing or would arise therefrom and subject to the satisfaction of customary documentation and other conditions, at our option, we may increase the commitments under the ABL Facility by an amount not to exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate. The terms and conditions of any such increase is the same as those of our ABL Facility.
      Interest Rate and Fees
          Borrowings under our ABL Facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (A) Adjusted LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus (i) 3.50% in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (ii) 5.50% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility; or (B) the higher of (a) the administrative agent’s Prime Rate and (b) the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.5% (“ABR”) plus (x) 2.50% in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (y) 4.50% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility.
          From and after the first full fiscal quarter following the closing date of the ABL Facility, so long as no default or event of default shall have occurred or be continuing, the applicable interest margin for borrowings under our ABL Facility will be determined in accordance with (i) an excess availability based grid with respect to the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility in 0.25% increments between three excess availability levels ranging from 3.25% to 3.75% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 2.25% to 2.75% for ABR loans or (ii) an excess availability based grid with respect

148


Table of Contents

to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, in 0.25% increments between three excess availability levels ranging from 5.25% to 5.75% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 4.25% to 4.75% for ABR loans. In addition to paying interest on outstanding amounts under our ABL Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee, in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder, of 0.625% per annum in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility and 0.875% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility; provided that from and after the first full fiscal quarter following the closing date of our ABL Facility, so long as no default or event of default shall have occurred or be continuing, the applicable commitment fees are determined in accordance with (i) an excess availability based grid with respect to the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility in 0.125% increments between three excess availability levels ranging from 0.50% to 0.75% or (ii) an excess availability based grid with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in 0.125% increments between three excess availability levels ranging from 0.75% to 1.00%.
          Excess Availability is defined in the definitive documentation as the amount equal to (i) the lesser of (x) the then current aggregate commitments of the lenders under the ABL Facility and (y) the Borrowing Base, minus (ii) the aggregate revolving loans and participations in letters of credit and swingline loans outstanding.
      Mandatory Prepayments
          If at any time the outstanding revolving loans and letters of credit pursuant to any tranche of the ABL Facility exceed the lesser of (i) the aggregate commitments with respect to such tranche under our ABL Facility or (ii) the current Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or Tranche 2 Borrowing Base, as applicable, we will be required to prepay applicable revolving loans of the applicable tranche (and/or cash collateralize the letters of credit) in an amount equal to such excess, without commitment reduction.
          After the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event (which will be defined under the ABL Facility as the period when (i) excess availability (as defined above) is less than $7.5 million for a period of four consecutive business days, (ii) when any payment or bankruptcy event of default is continuing or (iii) when any event of default due to a breach of a financial covenant, a negative covenant, a cross default, or a failure to deliver any annual or quarterly financial statements or a borrowing base certificate (after expiration of any applicable cure periods) is continuing, until the 30th consecutive day that excess availability exceeds such threshold or such event of default ceases to be continuing, as applicable), all amounts deposited in the controlled deposit accounts will be swept into core concentration accounts maintained with the administrative agent and will be promptly applied to repay outstanding revolving loans and, after such loans have been repaid in full, cash collateralize any outstanding letter of credit obligations.
      Voluntary Prepayments
          We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time (subject to minimum repayment amounts and customary notice periods) without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs, if applicable, with respect to Adjusted LIBOR loans.
      Amortization and Final Maturity
          There will be no scheduled amortization under our ABL Facility. All outstanding loans under the facility will be due and payable in full on the fourth anniversary of the closing date.
      Guarantees
          All obligations of the Borrower under the ABL Facility, including any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements entered into with the administrative agent, the lead arrangers, any lender or any affiliate of any of the foregoing, and cash management obligations owing to any lender, the administrative agent, any lead arranger or any affiliate of any of the foregoing, are unconditionally guaranteed by the direct parent of the Borrower and each existing and each subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiary of the Borrower, subject to certain exceptions (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”).

149


Table of Contents

      Security
          The ABL Facility is secured, subject to certain limitations and exclusions, by (i) a first-priority security interest in personal property of the Issuer and the subsidiary guarantors consisting of accounts receivable (including related contracts and contract rights, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, other bank accounts and securities accounts), inventory, intercompany notes and intangible assets (other than intellectual property), instruments, chattel paper, documents and commercial tort claims to the extent arising out of the foregoing, books and records of the Issuer, and the proceeds thereof including any business interruption insurance proceeds, subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions (the “ABL Priority Collateral”); and (ii) a second-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral. See “Description of Notes — Security for the Notes.”
      Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters
          Our ABL Facility requires that, if excess availability is less than $7.5 million, the Borrower must maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.05 to 1.0. In addition, our ABL Facility includes negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our parent and subsidiaries to, among other things:
    incur liens;
 
    make investments and acquisitions;
 
    incur indebtedness;
 
    engage in fundamental changes, including mergers, liquidations and dissolutions;
 
    enter into speculative hedging arrangements;
 
    engage in asset sales;
 
    pay dividends, make distributions, repurchase or redeem capital stock, or make other similar payments in respect of capital stock;
 
    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
 
    enter into burdensome agreements;
 
    restrict subsidiary distributions and negative pledge clauses;
 
    make material accounting changes;
 
    change our fiscal year;
 
    prepay or modify subordinated debt;
 
    make material changes in the nature of our business; and
 
    with respect to our parent, engage in any unpermitted operating activities.
          Our ABL Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including, among other things, payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross acceleration to certain indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, certain events under ERISA, certain monetary judgment defaults, invalidity of guarantees or security interests, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under our ABL Facility would be entitled to take

150


Table of Contents

various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under our ABL Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
Argentine Facilities
      Short-term Credit Facilities
          In 2008, our operations in Argentina entered into short-term credit facilities to finance working capital requirements. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing facilities was $3.0 million as of July 2, 2011. These facilities mature at various dates through December 2011. As of July 2, 2011, the average interest rate of these borrowings was 1.8%. Borrowings under these facilities are included in Short-term borrowings in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
      Long-term Credit Facility
          In January 2007, our subsidiary in Argentina entered into an arrangement with banking institutions in Argentina to finance the installation of a new spunmelt line at the facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The maximum borrowings available under the arrangement, excluding any interest added to principal, amount to 26.5 million Argentine pesos with respect to an Argentine peso-denominated loan and $30.3 million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and are secured by pledges covering (a) the subsidiary’s existing equipment lines; (b) the outstanding stock of the subsidiary; and (c) the new machinery and equipment being purchased, as well as a trust assignment agreement related to a portion of receivables due from certain major customers of the subsidiary. As of July 2, 2011, the outstanding indebtedness was approximately $17.3 million (with a carrying value of $16.7 million), consisting of a U.S. dollar-denominated loan. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under these term loans is based on LIBOR plus 290 basis points for the U.S. dollar-denominated loan. Principal payments due under our U.S. dollar-denominated loan are as follows: approximately $1.7 million for the balance of fiscal year 2011, $3.5 million for each of 2012 to 2015 with the remaining balance of $1.7 million in 2016. We repaid the $5.4 million Argentine peso-denominated loans (at January 1, 2011 exchange rates) in conjunction with the Transactions.
China Facility
          In third quarter 2010, our subsidiary in Suzhou, China entered into an unsecured three-year U.S. dollar-denominated construction loan arrangement with a banking institution in China to finance a portion of the installation of the new spunmelt line at its manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China. The maximum borrowings available under the China Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amounts to $20.0 million. The three-year term of the agreement begins with the date of the first draw down on the facility. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the China Facility is based on three-month LIBOR plus an amount to be determined at the time of funding based on the lender’s internal head office lending rate (400 basis points at the time the credit agreement was executed), but in no event would the interest rate be less than 1-year LIBOR plus 250 basis points. We are obligated to repay $5.0 million of the principal balance in the fourth quarter of 2012, with the remaining $15.0 million to be repaid in the fourth quarter of 2013. As of July 2, 2011, we have drawn $17.0 million under the China Facility. We borrowed the remaining $3.0 million under the China Facility in the third quarter of 2011.
Other Obligations
          See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Contractual Obligations” for descriptions of certain other obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.

151


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
General
          Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (1) the term “Company” refers to Polymer Group, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“PGI”), and not any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (2) the term “Parent” refers only to Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and the direct parent of the Company, and not to any of its subsidiaries and (3) the terms “we,” “our” and “us” each refer to the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries.
          The Company has previously issued $560.0 million of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”) under an indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of January 28, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Notes were issued in a private transaction that is not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The terms of the Notes were those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to the “Notes” include the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.
          The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture and the Collateral Documents because they, not this description, will define your rights as Holders of the Notes. You may request copies of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents at our address set forth under the heading “Prospectus Summary — Corporate Information.”
Brief Description of the Notes
          The Notes:
    are general secured senior obligations of the Company;
 
    are secured on a first-priority lien basis (together with Additional Parity Debt) by the Notes Collateral owned by the Company and on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL Collateral owned by the Company, in each case subject to certain liens permitted by the Indenture;
 
    are effectively senior to all unsecured Indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the Notes (after giving effect to any senior Lien on the Collateral);
 
    are effectively senior to the Company’s existing and future Obligations under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral owned by the Company (although the Holders of the Notes will receive proceeds of Notes Collateral only after the payment in full of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event);
 
    are effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future Obligations under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the ABL Collateral owned by the Company;
 
    are effectively subordinated to any existing or future Indebtedness of the Company that is secured by liens on assets that do not constitute a part of the collateral securing the Notes to the extent of the value of such assets;
 
    without giving effect to security interests, rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including the Company’s existing and future Obligations under the ABL Facility;
 
    rank equally in priority as to the Notes Collateral owned by the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations under any Additional Parity Debt incurred after the Issue Date including the

152


Table of Contents

      Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (although the Holders of the Notes will receive proceeds of Notes Collateral only after the payment in full of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event);
 
    are structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness, claims of holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of the Company’s Subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Notes;
 
    are senior in right of payment to any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;
 
    are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Guarantors, as described under “— Guarantees”; and
 
    are subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, as described under “The Exchange Offer.”
          As of the date of this prospectus, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries are “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under certain circumstances, we will be permitted to designate certain of our subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Any Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes.
Guarantees
          The Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of the Company’s direct and indirect Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, have initially jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior secured basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, any premium or interest on or Additional Interest in respect of the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.
          In the future, each direct and indirect Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than certain immaterial Subsidiaries) of the Company (and in certain circumstances other Restricted Subsidiaries as provided for herein) will guarantee the Notes. As of the date of this prospectus, none of our Foreign Subsidiaries have guaranteed or will guarantee the Notes and no Foreign Subsidiaries are expected to Guarantee the Notes in the future. Each of the Guarantees of the Notes:
    is a general senior secured obligation of each Guarantor;
 
    is secured, on a first-priority lien basis by the assets of such Guarantor constituting Notes Collateral and on a second-priority basis by the assets of such Guarantor constituting ABL Collateral, in each case subject to certain liens permitted by the Indenture;
 
    is effectively senior to all unsecured Indebtedness of such Guarantor to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Guarantee (after giving effect to any senior Lien on the Collateral);
 
    is effectively senior to any borrowings under and the guarantees of the ABL Facility by such Guarantor to the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral owned by such Guarantor (although the Holders of the Notes will receive proceeds of Notes Collateral only after the payment in full of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event);
 
    is effectively subordinated to such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the ABL Collateral owned by such Guarantor;
 
    is effectively subordinated to any existing or future Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is secured by liens on assets that do not constitute a part of the collateral securing the Notes to the extent of the value of such assets;

153


Table of Contents

    without giving effect to security interests, is pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such Guarantor, including such Guarantor’s existing and future Obligations under the ABL Facility;
 
    ranks equally in priority as to the Notes Collateral of such Guarantor, if any, with respect to such Guarantor’s obligations under any Additional Parity Debt incurred after the Issue Date and the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (although the Holders of the Notes will receive proceeds of Notes Collateral only after the payment in full of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event); and
 
    is senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of each such Guarantor.
          Each of the Guarantees is structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness, claims of holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of each Guarantor that do not Guarantee the Notes.
          Not all of the Company’s Subsidiaries will be required to Guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar proceeding of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor. As a result, all of the existing and future liabilities of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors, will be effectively senior to the Notes.
          The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or similar limitation under applicable law. This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the applicable Guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its Guarantee worthless.
          Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
          If a Guarantee were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Notes — Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes, the guarantees and the security interests, subordinate claims in respect of the notes, the guarantees and the security interests and/or require holders of the notes to return payments received from us.”
          A Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor will provide by its terms that it will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged with respect to the Notes upon:
     (1) (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;
     (b) in the case of a Guarantee resulting solely pursuant to clause (ii) of the first paragraph under “— Certain Covenants — Future Guarantees”, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the Indebtedness which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
     (c) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; or

154


Table of Contents

     (d) the Company exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes as described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Company’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged with respect to the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and
     (2) such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
Ranking
          The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment of any Guarantee will be pari passu in right of payment with all Senior Indebtedness of the Company or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Company and such Guarantor under the ABL Facility, subject to the collateral and intercreditor arrangements described below. The ranking of the Notes and the Guarantees is more fully described above under “Brief Description of the Notes” and “Guarantees.”
          As of July 2, 2011:
    the Company and the Guarantors had $560.3 million of indebtedness (excluding indebtedness of non-guarantor Subsidiaries of $37.5 million), all of which is Senior Indebtedness; and
 
    the Company and the Guarantors had $0.3 million of indebtedness secured by assets that are not part of the Collateral; and
 
    the Company had $29.2 million of additional availability under the ABL Facility (which has aggregate commitments of $50.0 million as of the Issue Date), after giving effect to availability under out borrowing base and $10.8 million of outstanding letters of credit.
     Our non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for $782.4 million, or 71%, and $407.0 million, or 70%, of the Company’s consolidated net sales (including intercompany sales) for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and six months ended July 2, 2011, respectively. The non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for $356.0 million, or 70%, of our property, plant and equipment, net, as of July 2, 2011. Before intercompany eliminations with the non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for $768.3 million, or 50.1%, of the combined Issuer, Subsidiary Guarantors and non-guarantor Subsidiaries total assets (including intercompany receivables with such non-guarantor Subsidiaries, but excluding the value of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries’ investments in the other Subsidiaries), as of July 2, 2011. After intercompany eliminations, our non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for $700.9 million, or 62.3%, of the Company’s consolidated total assets (excluding the value of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries’ investments in the other Subsidiaries), as of July 2, 2011. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors hold $335.2 million of intercompany receivables due from the non-guarantor Subsidiaries to facilitate cash repatriation from the non-guarantor Subsidiaries to the Company. The Subsidiary Guarantors also guarantee the Company’s ABL Facility. As of July 2, 2011, our non-guarantor Subsidiaries had $37.5 million of indebtedness.
     Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. The Indenture also does not limit the amount of additional Indebtedness that Parent may incur. See “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

155


Table of Contents

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
          The Company will maintain one or more paying agents for the Notes. The initial paying agent for the Notes is the Trustee.
          The Company will also maintain a registrar with offices. The initial registrar is the Trustee. The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfers of Notes on behalf of the Company.
          The Company may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent or registrar.
Transfer and Exchange
          A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Company will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
          The Company issued $560.0 million of Notes in connection with the Transactions. The Notes will mature on February 1, 2019. Subject to compliance with the covenants described below under the caption “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants — Liens,” the Company may issue additional Notes from time to time under the Indenture (any such additional Notes, “Additional Notes”). The Notes, including any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture, will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Holders of Additional Notes will share equally and ratably in the Collateral. Unless otherwise specified, or the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of Notes” include any additional Notes that are actually issued. The Company will issue Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 7.75% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2011 to the Holders of Notes of record on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the issue date of the Notes. Interest on the Notes is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          Additional Interest may accrue on the outstanding notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
          Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

156


Table of Contents

Security for the Notes
          The Notes and the Guarantees have the benefit of the Collateral, which consist of (i) the Notes Collateral (defined below) as to which the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) have a first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have a second-priority security interest and (ii) the ABL Collateral as to which the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have a first-priority security interest and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional Parity Debt (excluding the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) have a second-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens). The Company and the Guarantors will be able to Incur additional Indebtedness in the future which could share in the Collateral. The amount of all such additional Indebtedness incurred by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be limited by the covenants disclosed under “Certain Covenants — Liens” and “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuances of Disqualified Stock.” Under certain circumstances the amount of such additional Secured Indebtedness could be significant.
      Notes Collateral
          The Notes Collateral has been pledged as collateral to the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility). The Notes and Guarantees are secured, together with Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility), by first-priority security interests in the Notes Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens. The Notes Collateral consists of (i) substantially all of the present and future tangible and intangible assets of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, including without limitation equipment, contracts, intellectual property, fee-owned real property, general intangibles, material intercompany notes and proceeds of the foregoing, and (ii) a pledge of all of the Capital Stock of the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors (other than Equity Interests in immaterial subsidiaries and Captive Insurance Subsidiaries and other Subsidiaries to the extent prohibited under applicable law and limited, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, to 65% of the Capital Stock of each first-tier Foreign Subsidiary), in each case other than the ABL Collateral, Excluded Assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions described under “— Limitations on Stock Collateral” (collectively, the “Notes Collateral”). The Notes Collateral includes fee-owned properties at Benson, North Carolina, Mooresville, North Carolina and Waynesboro Virginia, but does not include any other fee-owned properties as of the Issue Date.
          Initially, subject to Permitted Liens, only the Notes and the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will have the benefit of the first-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral. Except for Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens, no other Indebtedness other than Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) incurred by the Company may share in the first-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral.
          The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors initially granted a second-priority lien on and security interest in the Notes Collateral for the benefit of the ABL Lenders Debt, which initially consisted of the loans outstanding under the ABL Facility, obligations with respect to letters of credit issued under the ABL Facility, certain hedging and cash management obligations incurred with the lenders under the ABL Facility or their affiliates and any other obligations under the ABL Facility. Any additional Indebtedness that is incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in compliance with the terms of the Indenture may also be given a lien on and security interest in the Notes Collateral (to the extent such lien constitutes a Permitted Lien) that ranks junior to the lien of the Notes, in the Notes Collateral (other than Additional Parity Debt, including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility which would have a pari passu first priority Lien on the Notes Collateral).
      ABL Collateral
          The Notes, together with Additional Parity Debt (excluding the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility), are also secured by a second-priority lien on and security interest in the ABL Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens). The ABL Collateral consists of substantially all personal property of the Company and the Guarantors consisting of accounts receivable (including related contracts and contract rights, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, other bank accounts and securities accounts), inventory, intercompany notes and intangible assets (other than intellectual property), instruments, chattel paper, documents and commercial tort claims to the extent arising out of the foregoing, books and records of the Company, and the proceeds thereof including any business interruption insurance proceeds,

157


Table of Contents

subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions, in each case held by the Company and the Guarantors (collectively, the “ABL Collateral”). Generally, the Notes’ and Additional Parity Debt’s second-priority lien on and security interest in the ABL Collateral will be terminated and automatically released if the lien on such ABL Collateral is released. The Tranche 2 Sub-Facility is also be secured by a first priority Lien on the ABL Collateral.
          From and after the Issue Date, subject to the limitations contained under “— Certain Covenants — Liens” and the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Company or any Guarantor may grant an additional lien on any property or asset that constitutes ABL Collateral in order to secure any obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture. In general, any such additional liens (other than Permitted Liens) must rank junior to the second-priority lien securing the Notes.
      Excluded Assets
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Notes are not be secured by a lien on Excluded Assets and are subject to Permitted Liens.
          The Notes Collateral does not and will not include the following (collectively, the “Excluded Assets”):
     (1) any Capital Stock and other securities of a Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of such Capital Stock and other securities results in the Company being required to file separate financial statements of such Subsidiary with the SEC, but only to the extent necessary not to be subject to such requirement, as described in more detail below;
     (2) any Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiaries directly owned by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in excess of 65% of the Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiaries and Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiaries that are not directly owned by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (3) any property or assets owned by any Foreign Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (4) Excluded Contracts;
     (5) Excluded Equipment;
     (6) any interest in fee-owned real property of the Company and the Guarantors if the greater of its cost and net book value is less than $3.0 million;
     (7) any interest in leased real property of the Company and the Guarantors;
     (8) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC;
     (9) any trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s “intent to use” such mark and for which a form evidencing use of the mark has not yet been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to the extent that granting a security interest in such trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such trademark application or any registration that issues therefrom under applicable federal law;
     (10) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in costs or consequences (including material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law, rule or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction)), as reasonably determined by the Company, with respect to the granting or perfecting of a security interest that is excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the secured parties;

158


Table of Contents

     (11) accounts, property or other assets pledged pursuant to a Receivables Facility or Factoring Program; and
     (12) proceeds and products from any and all of the foregoing excluded collateral described in clauses (1) through (11), unless such proceeds or products would otherwise constitute Notes Collateral;
provided , however , that Excluded Assets do not and will not include any asset of the Company or a Guarantor which secures obligations with respect to ABL Lenders Debt. In addition, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to obtain any landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters and shall not be required to (i) take actions to perfect security interests in (a) commercial tort claims of less than $10.0 million, or (b) letter of credit rights (other than letter of credits rights that can be perfected by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC), (ii) take actions to perfect by control other than stock and note pledges and control agreements relating to ABL Collateral (to the extent required by the ABL Facility) or (iii) take any actions under any laws outside of the United States to grant, perfect or enforce any security interest. For the avoidance of doubt, the Equipment Lease Agreement and all assets subject thereto shall constitute “Excluded Assets” for all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes.
      Limitations on Stock Collateral
          The Capital Stock and other securities of a Subsidiary of the Company that are owned by the Company or any Guarantor will constitute Notes Collateral only to the extent that such Capital Stock and other securities can secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt, without Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any other governmental agency). In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement). In such event, the Collateral Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of Notes or a holder of Additional Parity Debt, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in the shares of Capital Stock and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Notes Collateral.
          In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities to secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirements). In such event, the Collateral Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of Notes or holders of Additional Parity Debt, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Collateral Documents such additional Capital Stock and other securities.
          In accordance with the limitations set forth in the two immediately preceding paragraphs, the Notes Collateral will include shares of Capital Stock of Subsidiaries of the Company only to the extent that the applicable value of such Capital Stock (on a Subsidiary-by-Subsidiary basis) is less than 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding. Following the Issue Date, however, the portion of the Capital Stock of Subsidiaries constituting Notes Collateral may decrease or increase as described above.
      Permitted Liens
          The Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are permitted by the Indenture to create or incur Permitted Liens. The Notes will be effectively subordinated to existing and future secured Indebtedness and other liabilities to the extent of the Company’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets serving as collateral for such Permitted Liens, to

159


Table of Contents

the extent such Permitted Liens have priority to the Liens securing the Notes and Additional Parity Debt. See “Certain Definitions — Permitted Liens.”
          In particular, the Notes and Additional Parity Debt will be effectively subordinated to security interests on acquired property or assets of acquired companies which are secured prior to (and not in connection with) such acquisition; such security interests generally constitute Permitted Liens. Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted by the Indenture may also be secured by security interests on the property and assets of such Foreign Subsidiaries. The Indenture also permits other Permitted Liens. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Notes — Holders of the notes may not be able to fully realize the value of their liens.” and “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Notes — The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such collateral.”
      Collateral Documents and Certain Related Intercreditor Provisions
          The Company, the Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Trustee, the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Additional Parity Debt) have entered into the Collateral Documents creating and establishing the terms of the security interests that secure the Notes and the guarantees thereof and the Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility). These security interests secure the payment and performance when due of all of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) and guarantees thereof and the Collateral Documents, as provided in the Collateral Documents. Wilmington Trust Company has been appointed, pursuant to the Indenture, as the Notes Collateral Agent. The Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, each Holder of the Notes, each holder of Additional Parity Debt (including each holder of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any Obligations in respect of the Notes and Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) outstanding at such time are referred to collectively as the “Notes Secured Parties.”
      Intercreditor Agreement
          The Company, the Guarantors, the Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent entered into the Intercreditor Agreement on the Issue Date and by their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders of the Notes will agree to be bound thereby. Pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent will determine the time and method by which the security interests in the Notes Collateral will be enforced and the ABL Collateral Agent will determine the time and method by which the security interests in the ABL Collateral will be enforced. The Intercreditor Agreement provides that, notwithstanding the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any liens on any Notes Collateral in which the holders of the Notes and one or more class of Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) have perfected security interests, the security interests of the Notes Collateral Agent and each such other collateral agent in such Notes Collateral will rank equal in priority; provided that the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will have priority in right of payment upon a foreclosure or a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event and will be repaid prior to the repayment of the Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt.
          The aggregate amount of the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased.
          A portion of the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral consists or may consist of Indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed and such obligations may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the subordination of the liens held by the Holders or the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement defining the relative rights of the parties thereto. The lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of either the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral or the obligations secured by the Notes Collateral, by the release of any Collateral or of any guarantees securing any secured obligations or by any action that any representative or secured party may take or fail to take in respect of any Collateral.

160


Table of Contents

No Action With Respect to the ABL Collateral
          The Intercreditor Agreement provides that none of the Notes Secured Parties may commence any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of, exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, the ABL Collateral under any Collateral Document, applicable law or otherwise, at any time when the ABL Collateral is subject to any first-priority security interest and any ABL Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral remains outstanding or any commitment to extend credit that would constitute such ABL Lenders Debt remains in effect. Only the ABL Collateral Agent shall be entitled to take any such actions or exercise any such remedies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Notes Collateral Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, take all such actions it deems necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of the second-priority security interest in the ABL Collateral of the Holders of the Notes. The ABL Collateral Agent is subject to similar restrictions with respect to its ability to enforce the second-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral held by holders of ABL Lenders Debt.
No Duties of ABL Collateral Agent
          The Intercreditor Agreement provides that neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral has any duties or other obligations to any Notes Secured Party with respect to the ABL Collateral, other than to transfer to the Notes Collateral Agent any proceeds of any such ABL Collateral in which the Notes Collateral Agent continues to hold a security interest remaining following any sale, transfer or other disposition of such ABL Collateral (in each case, unless the lien on all such ABL Collateral of the Holders of the Notes is terminated and released prior to or concurrently with such sale, transfer, disposition, payment or satisfaction), the payment and satisfaction in full of such ABL Lenders Debt and the termination of any commitment to extend credit that would constitute such ABL Lenders Debt, or, if the ABL Collateral Agent is in possession of all or any part of such ABL Collateral after such payment and satisfaction in full and termination, such ABL Collateral or any part thereof remaining, in each case without representation or warranty on the part of the ABL Collateral Agent or any such holder of ABL Lenders Debt. In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement further provides that, until the ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral shall have been paid and satisfied in full and any commitment to extend credit that would constitute ABL Lenders Debt secured thereby shall have been terminated, the ABL Collateral Agent is entitled, for the benefit of the holders of such ABL Lenders Debt, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with such ABL Collateral without regard to any second-priority security interest therein or any rights to which any Notes Secured Party would otherwise be entitled as a result of such second-priority security interest. Without limiting the foregoing, the Notes Collateral Agent has agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder of the Notes agrees by its acceptance of the Notes that neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral has any duty or obligation first to marshal or realize upon the ABL Collateral, or to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate all or any portion of the ABL Collateral, in any manner that would maximize the return to the Notes Secured Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Notes Secured Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation. The Intercreditor Agreement has similar provisions regarding the duties owed to the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt by the Notes Secured Parties with respect to the Notes Collateral.
          The Intercreditor Agreement additionally provides that the Notes Collateral Agent waives, and each Holder of the Notes will waive by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will waive by its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, any claim that may be had against the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt arising out of (i) any actions which the ABL Collateral Agent or such holder of ABL Lenders Debt take or omit to take (including actions with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of Liens on any Collateral, actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral and actions with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the ABL Lenders Debt from any account debtor, guarantor or any other party) in accordance with the documents governing any such ABL Lenders Debt or any other agreement related thereto or to the collection of such ABL Lenders Debt or the valuation, use, protection or release of any security for such ABL Lenders Debt, (ii) any election by the ABL Collateral Agent or such holder of ABL Lenders Debt, in any proceeding instituted under Title 11 of the United States Code of the application of Section 1111 (b) of Title 11 of the United States Code or (iii) any

161


Table of Contents

borrowing of, or grant of a security interest or administrative expense priority under Section 364 of Title 11 of the United States Code to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as debtor-in-possession with respect to the ABL Collateral. The ABL Collateral Agent and holders of ABL Lenders Debt have agreed to waive similar claims with respect to the actions of any of the Notes Secured Parties.
No Interference; Payment Over; Reinstatement
          The Notes Collateral Agent has agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes will agree by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will agree by its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt that:
    it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or effect of which is, or could be, to make any Lien that the Notes Collateral Agent has (on behalf of the Holders of the Notes and holders of Additional Parity Debt) on the ABL Collateral pari passu with, or to give the Notes Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Holders of the Notes or the holders of Additional Parity Debt any preference or priority relative to, any Lien that the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral have with respect to such ABL Collateral;
    it will not challenge or question in any proceeding the validity or enforceability of any first-priority security interest in the ABL Collateral, the validity, attachment, perfection or priority of any lien held by the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral, or the validity or enforceability of the priorities, rights or duties established by or other provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;
    it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or intent of which is, or could be, to interfere, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, any sale, transfer or other disposition of the ABL Collateral by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral;
    it will have no right to (A) direct the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to such ABL Collateral or (B) consent to the exercise by the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by the ABL Collateral of any right, remedy or power with respect to such ABL Collateral;
    it will not institute any suit or assert in any suit, bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding any claim against the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise with respect to, and neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral will be liable for, any action taken or omitted to be taken by the ABL Collateral Agent or such lenders with respect to such ABL Collateral;
    it will not seek, and will waive any right, to have any ABL Collateral or any part thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of such ABL Collateral; and
    it will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement.
          The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have agreed to similar limitations with respect to their rights in the Notes Collateral and their ability to bring a suit against the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the Notes or the holders of Additional Parity Debt.
          The Notes Collateral Agent has agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes will agree by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will agree by its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt that if it obtains possession of the ABL Collateral or realizes any proceeds or payment in

162


Table of Contents

respect of the ABL Collateral, pursuant to any Collateral Document or by the exercise of any rights available to it under applicable law or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding or through any other exercise of remedies, at any time when any ABL Lenders Debt secured or intended to be secured by such ABL Collateral remains outstanding or any commitment to extend credit that would constitute ABL Lenders Debt secured or intended to be secured by such ABL Collateral remains in effect, then it will hold such ABL Collateral, proceeds or payment in trust for the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral and transfer such ABL Collateral, proceeds or payment, as the case may be, to the ABL Collateral Agent. The Notes Collateral Agent, each Holder of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will further agree that if, at any time, all or part of any payment with respect to any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral previously made shall be rescinded for any reason whatsoever, it will promptly pay over to the ABL Collateral Agent any payment received by it in respect of any such ABL Collateral and shall promptly turn any such ABL Collateral then held by it over to the ABL Collateral Agent, and the provisions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement will be reinstated as if such payment had not been made, until the payment and satisfaction in full of such ABL Lenders Debt. The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will be subject to similar limitations with respect to the Notes Collateral and any proceeds or payments in respect of any Notes Collateral.
Entry Upon Premises by ABL Collateral Agent and Holders of ABL Lenders Debt
          The Intercreditor Agreement provides that if the ABL Collateral Agent takes any enforcement action with respect to the ABL Collateral, the Notes Secured Parties (i) will cooperate with the ABL Collateral Agent in its efforts to enforce its security interest in the ABL Collateral and to finish any work-in-process and assemble the ABL Collateral, (ii) will not hinder or restrict in any respect the ABL Collateral Agent from enforcing its security interest in the ABL Collateral or from finishing any work-in-process or assembling the ABL Collateral, and (iii) will, subject to the rights of any landlords under real estate leases, permit the ABL Collateral Agent, its employees, agents, advisers and representatives, at the sole cost and expense of the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt to enter upon and use the Notes Collateral (including (x) equipment, processors, computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of records, documents or files and (y) intellectual property), for a period not to exceed 180 days after the taking of such enforcement action, for purposes of (A) assembling and storing the ABL Collateral and completing the processing of and turning into finished goods of any ABL Collateral consisting of work-in-process, (B) selling any or all of the ABL Collateral located on such Notes Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, (C) removing any or all of the ABL Collateral located on such Notes Collateral, or (D) taking reasonable actions to protect, secure, and otherwise enforce the rights of the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt in and to the ABL Collateral; provided , however , that nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement will restrict the rights of the Notes Collateral Agent from selling, assigning or otherwise transferring any Notes Collateral prior to the expiration of such 180-day period if the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. If any stay or other order prohibiting the exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Collateral has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such 180-day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order. If the ABL Collateral Agent conducts a public auction or private sale of the ABL Collateral at any of the real property included within the Notes Collateral, the ABL Collateral Agent shall provide the Notes Collateral Agent with reasonable notice and use reasonable efforts to hold such auction or sale in a manner which would not unduly disrupt the Notes Collateral Agent’s use of such real property.
          During the period of actual occupation, use or control by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt or their agents or representatives of any Notes Collateral, the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will (i) be responsible for the ordinary course third-party expenses related thereto, including costs with respect to heat, light, electricity, water and real property taxes with respect to that portion of any premises so used or occupied, and (ii) be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage to such Notes Collateral or other assets or property resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave such Notes Collateral or other assets or property in substantially the same condition as it was at the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt agree to pay, indemnify and hold the Notes Collateral Agent harmless from and against any third-party liability resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the ABL Collateral Agent or any of its agents, representatives or invitees in its or their operation of such facilities. In the event, and only in the event, that in connection with its use of some or all of the premises constituting Notes Collateral, the ABL Collateral Agent requires the services of any employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the ABL Collateral Agent shall pay directly to any such

163


Table of Contents

employees the appropriate, allocated wages of such employees, if any, during the time periods that the ABL Collateral Agent requires their services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have any liability to the Notes Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement as a result of any condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Notes Collateral existing prior to the date of the exercise by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt of their rights under the Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will not have any duty or liability to maintain the Notes Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by them, or for any diminution in the value of the Notes Collateral that results solely from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Notes Collateral by such persons in the manner and for the time periods specified under the Intercreditor Agreement. Without limiting the rights granted under the Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will cooperate with the Notes Secured Parties in connection with any efforts made by the Notes Secured Parties to sell the Notes Collateral.
Agreements With Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings
          If Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries becomes subject to a case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”) and, as debtor(s)-in-possession, moves for approval of financing (“DIP Financing”) to be provided by one or more lenders (the “DIP Lenders”) under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or the use of cash collateral with the consent of the DIP Lenders under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Notes Collateral Agent has agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes will agree by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will agree by its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt that it will raise no objection to any such financing or to the Liens on the ABL Collateral securing the same (“DIP Financing Liens”) or to any use of cash collateral that constitutes ABL Collateral, unless the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral oppose or object to such DIP Financing or such DIP Financing Liens or use of such cash collateral (and, to the extent that such DIP Financing Liens are senior to, or rank pari passu with, the Liens of such ABL Lenders Debt in such ABL Collateral, the Notes Collateral Agent will, for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional Parity Debt, subordinate the liens of the Notes Secured Parties in such ABL Collateral to the liens of the ABL Lenders Debt in such ABL Collateral and the DIP Financing Liens), so long as the Notes Secured Parties retain liens on all the Notes Collateral, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of such proceeding, with the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code. The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will agree to similar provisions with respect to any DIP Financing. The Intercreditor Agreement provides that nothing therein will limit (x) the right of the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent to consent to the use of cash collateral or consent to or provide any DIP Financing on terms other than the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement or (y) the right of ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent to object to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral on terms other than those set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that any Lien on ABL Collateral securing any DIP Financing provided by the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional Parity Debt shall be subject to the priorities set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement and any Lien on Notes Collateral securing any DIP Financing provided by the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt shall be subject to the priorities set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          The Notes Collateral Agent has agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes will agree by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will agree by its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt that it will not object to or oppose a sale or other disposition of any ABL Collateral (or any portion thereof) under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code if the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt shall have consented to such sale or disposition of such ABL Collateral. The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have agreed to similar limitations with respect to their right to object to a sale of Notes Collateral.
Adequate Protection
          Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Holders of the Notes shall oppose (or support the opposition of any other Person) in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding to (i) any motion or other request by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt for adequate protection of the ABL Collateral Agent’s Liens

164


Table of Contents

upon the ABL Collateral, including any claim of the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt to post-petition interest as a result of their Lien on the ABL Collateral (so long as any post-petition interest paid as a result thereof is not paid from the proceeds of Notes Collateral), request for the application of proceeds of ABL Collateral to the ABL Lenders Debt, and request for replacement Liens on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral, or (ii) any objection by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to their Liens in the ABL Collateral. In addition, the ABL Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of holders of ABL Lenders Debt, may seek adequate protection of its junior interest in the Notes Collateral, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; provided , that (x) the Notes Collateral Agent is granted adequate protection in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral senior to the replacement Lien granted to the holders of ABL Lenders Debt on such assets, and (y) such adequate protection requested by the ABL Collateral Agent is in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral. Such Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral, if granted to the ABL Collateral Agent, will be subordinated to the adequate protection Liens granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent on such post-petition assets, and, if applicable, to the DIP Financing Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the Notes or holders of Additional Parity Debt on such postpetition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral. If the ABL Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the holders of ABL Lenders Debt, seeks or requires (or is otherwise granted) adequate protection of its junior interest in the Notes Collateral in the form of a replacement Lien on the post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral, then the ABL Collateral Agent, for itself and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt, agrees that the Notes Collateral Agent shall also be granted a replacement Lien on such post-petition assets as adequate protection of its senior interest in the Notes Collateral and that the ABL Collateral Agent’s replacement Lien shall be subordinated to the replacement Lien of the Notes Collateral Agent on the same basis as the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent on the Notes Collateral are subordinated to the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent on the Notes Collateral under the Intercreditor Agreement. If the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of ABL Lenders Debt receives as adequate protection a Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral, then such post-petition assets shall also constitute ABL Collateral to the extent of any allowed claim of the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt secured by such adequate protection Lien and shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.
          Neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any holder of ABL Lenders Debt shall oppose (or support the opposition of any other Person) in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding to (i) any motion or other request by the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes for adequate protection of the Notes Collateral Agent’s Liens upon any of the Notes Collateral, including any claim of the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes to post-petition interest as a result of their Lien on the Notes Collateral (so long as any post-petition interest paid as a result thereof is paid solely from the proceeds of any Collateral other than ABL Collateral), request for the application of proceeds of Notes Collateral to Obligations under the Notes or Additional Parity Debt, and request for replacement Liens on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral or (ii) any objection by the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to Notes Collateral Agent’s Liens in the Notes Collateral. In addition, the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, may seek adequate protection of its junior interest in the ABL Collateral, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; provided, that (x) the ABL Collateral Agent is granted adequate protection in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral senior to the replacement Lien granted to the Holders of the Notes on such assets, and (y) such adequate protection requested by the Notes Collateral Agent is in the form of a replacement Lien on postpetition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral. Such Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral, if granted to the Notes Collateral Agent, will be subordinated to the adequate protection Liens granted in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent on such post-petition assets, and, if applicable, to the DIP Financing Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent or any other secured party under the ABL Lenders Debt on such post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral. If the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, seeks or requires (or is otherwise granted) adequate protection of its junior interest in the ABL Collateral in the form of a replacement Lien on the post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral, then the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and the Holders of the Notes, agrees that the ABL Collateral Agent shall also be granted a replacement Lien on such post-petition assets as adequate protection of its senior interest in the ABL Collateral and that the Notes Collateral Agent’s replacement Lien shall be subordinated to the replacement Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent on the same basis as the Liens of

165


Table of Contents

the Notes Collateral Agent on the ABL Collateral are subordinated to the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent on the ABL Collateral under the Intercreditor Agreement. If the Notes Collateral Agent or any Holder of the Notes receives as adequate protection a Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral, then such post-petition assets shall also constitute Notes Collateral to the extent of any allowed claim of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes secured by such adequate protection Lien and shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.
Insurance
          Unless and until written notice by the ABL Collateral Agent to the Notes Collateral Agent that the obligations under the ABL Facility have been paid in full and all commitments to extend credit under the ABL Facility shall have been terminated, as between the ABL Collateral Agent, on the one hand, and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, on the other hand, only the ABL Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the security documents related to the ABL Facility and the Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the documentation governing Additional Parity Debt) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting ABL Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the ABL Collateral. Unless and until written notice by the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent to the ABL Collateral Agent that the obligations under the Indenture and the Notes and Additional Parity Debt have been paid in full, as between the ABL Collateral Agent, on the one hand, and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, on the other hand, only the Notes Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the security documents related to the ABL Facility, the Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the documentation governing Additional Parity Debt) to adjust or settle any insurance policy covering or constituting Notes Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding solely affecting the Notes Collateral. To the extent that an insured loss covers or constitutes both ABL Collateral and Notes Collateral, then the ABL Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent will work jointly and in good faith to collect, adjust or settle (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the security documents related to the ABL Facility, the Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the documentation governing Additional Parity Debt) under the relevant insurance policy.
Refinancings of the ABL Facility and the Notes
          The obligations under the ABL Facility, the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and Additional Parity Debt may be refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the refinancing transaction under the ABL Facility or any security document related thereto, the Indenture or the Collateral Documents) of the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of ABL Lenders Debt or any Notes Secured Party, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement; provided, however, that the holders of any such refinancing or replacement indebtedness (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf) bind themselves in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to such documents or agreements (including amendments or supplements to the Intercreditor Agreement) as the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reasonably request and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be.
          In connection with any refinancing or replacement contemplated by the foregoing paragraph, the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended at the request and sole expense of the Company, and without the consent of either the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, (a) to add parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) providing any such refinancing or replacement indebtedness, (b) to establish that Liens on any Notes Collateral securing such refinancing or replacement Indebtedness shall have the same priority as the Liens on any Notes Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced and (c) to establish that the Liens on any ABL Collateral securing such refinancing or replacement indebtedness shall have the same priority as the Liens on any ABL Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced, all on the terms provided for herein immediately prior to such refinancing or replacement.
Use of Proceeds of Collateral
          After the satisfaction of all obligations under any ABL Lenders Debt secured by ABL Collateral and the termination of all commitments to extend credit that would constitute ABL Lenders Debt secured or intended to be

166


Table of Contents

secured by any ABL Collateral, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the documentation governing Additional Parity Debt, will distribute all cash proceeds (after payment of the costs of enforcement and collateral administration, including any amounts owed to the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent of the ABL Collateral received by it under the Collateral Documents) for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional Parity Debt.
          Subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents, the Company and the Guarantors will have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral securing the Notes and Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) (other than any cash, securities, obligations and Cash Equivalents constituting part of the Collateral and deposited with the Notes Collateral Agent or the ABL Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents and other than as set forth in the Collateral Documents), to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income therefrom.
Release of Collateral
          The Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to the releases of property and other assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes under any one or more of the following circumstances:
    to enable the disposition of such property or assets (other than any such disposition to the Company or a Guarantor) to the extent not prohibited under the covenant described under “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”;
    in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor; or
    as described under “— Amendment, Supplement and Waiver” below.
          The second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes and Additional Parity Debt will terminate and be released automatically if the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by the ABL Collateral Agent (unless, at the time of such release of such first-priority liens, an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture). Notwithstanding the existence of an Event of Default, the second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes and Additional Parity Debt will also terminate and be released automatically to the extent the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by the ABL Collateral Agent in connection with a sale, transfer or disposition of ABL Collateral that is either not prohibited under the Indenture or occurs in connection with the foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, such ABL Collateral by the ABL Collateral Agent (except with respect to any proceeds of such sale, transfer or disposition that remain after satisfaction in full of the ABL Lenders Debt). The liens on the Collateral securing the Notes that otherwise would have been released pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph but for the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default will be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of Default under the Indenture cease to exist.
          The security interests in all Collateral securing the Notes also will be released upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) on, the Notes and all other obligations related thereto under the Indenture, the Guarantees under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any), are paid or (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under the Indenture as described below under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or a discharge of the Indenture as described under “— Satisfaction and Discharge.”
          The Intercreditor Agreement provides that other than by virtue of a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Notes Collateral for which the proceeds thereof have been segregated, all proceeds realized from the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets constituting Notes Collateral shall lose their characterization as Notes Collateral and as “proceeds” of Notes Collateral upon the receipt of such proceeds by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor and application thereof to the obligations under the ABL Facility; provided that after the occurrence of (i) written notice by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent of an Event of Default under and as

167


Table of Contents

defined in the Indenture has been delivered to the ABL Collateral Agent, or (ii) an insolvency or liquidation proceeding has been initiated with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, all identifiable proceeds of Notes Collateral received by the Company or any Guarantor thereafter shall constitute Notes Collateral.
      No Impairment of Security Interests
          Subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens, neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is permitted to take any action, or knowingly or negligently omit to take any action, which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and Holders.
          The Indenture governing the Notes provides that any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture governing the Notes and the Collateral Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under the Indenture governing the Notes and that any Person may rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other provisions of the Indenture governing the Notes with respect to such release have been complied with.
          In addition, the Company will not amend, modify or supplement, or permit or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement of, the Collateral Documents in any manner that would be adverse to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, except as permitted under “— Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.”
      Sufficiency of Notes Collateral
          As of July 2, 2011, the book value of the Notes Collateral (other than capital stock of the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries) was approximately $674.5 million. In the event of foreclosure on the Notes Collateral, the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral may not be sufficient to satisfy in full the Company’s obligations under the Notes, Additional Parity Debt and the ABL Lenders Debt. The amount to be received upon such a sale would be dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to the timing and the manner of the sale. In addition, the book value of the Notes Collateral should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. By its nature, the book value of certain portions of the Notes Collateral may have to be greatly discounted when ascertaining its marketable value and portions of the Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value at all. In particular, the Notes Collateral is generally significantly less liquid than the ABL Collateral. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Notes Collateral can be sold in a short period of time in an orderly manner. A significant portion of the Notes Collateral includes assets that may only be usable, and thus retain value, as part of the existing operating business of the Company and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, any such sale of the Notes Collateral separate from the sale of certain of the operating businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries may not be feasible or of significant value.
      Certain Bankruptcy Limitations
          The right of the Notes Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of the Notes Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default would be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law in the event that a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against the Company or any of the Guarantors prior to the Notes Collateral Agent having repossessed and disposed of the Notes Collateral. Upon the commencement of a case for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor such as the Notes Collateral Agent is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from the debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain and use Notes Collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments provided that the secured creditor is given adequate protection. The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to the circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the Notes Collateral and may include cash payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such times as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the Notes Collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or disposition as a result of the automatic stay under the Bankruptcy Code or any use of the Notes Collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. A bankruptcy court may determine that a secured creditor may not require compensation for a diminution in the value of the Notes Collateral if the value of the Notes Collateral exceeds the debt it secures. In addition, a bankruptcy court may determine not to provide cash

168


Table of Contents

payments as adequate protection to a secured creditor if (among other reasons) the bankruptcy court determines that the amount due under the Notes exceeds the value of the Notes Collateral. Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior Liens) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, the Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility would be repaid in full prior to any payments being made on the Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt and then the Holders of the Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the Collateral, and would hold unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall.
          In view of the broad equitable powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case (to the extent such payments are made during the pendency of the bankruptcy case), whether or when the Notes Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, the value of the Notes Collateral at the time of the bankruptcy petition or whether or to what extent Holders of the Notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Notes Collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection.” Any disposition of the Notes Collateral during a bankruptcy case would also require permission from the bankruptcy court. Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the Collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the claims of the Holders of the Notes in the bankruptcy case would be bifurcated into secured and unsecured components: they would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral to which the Holders of the Notes are entitled, and unsecured claims with respect to such shortfall. The Bankruptcy Code only permits the payment and/or accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorney’s fees to a secured creditor during a debtor’s bankruptcy case to the extent the value of the Notes Collateral is determined by the bankruptcy court to exceed the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured by the Notes Collateral. To the extent the Holders of the Notes are determined to be undersecured, interest accrual under the Notes would cease as of the date of the bankruptcy filing.
          In addition, the Notes Collateral Agent may need to evaluate the impact of the potential liabilities before determining to foreclose on the secured property because lenders that hold a security interest in real property may be held liable under environmental laws for the costs of remediating or preventing release or threatened releases of hazardous substances at the secured property. In this regard, the Notes Collateral Agent may decline to foreclose on the Notes Collateral or exercise remedies available if it does not receive indemnification to its satisfaction from the Holders of Notes. Finally, the Notes Collateral Agent’s ability to foreclose on the Notes Collateral on behalf of Holders of Notes, may be subject to lack of perfection, the consent of third parties, prior liens and practical problems associated with the realization of the Notes Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Notes Collateral.
      Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
          The Trust Indenture Act will become applicable to the Indenture upon the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, which will occur at such time as the Notes have been registered under the Securities Act. The Indenture provides that the Company will comply with the provisions of § 314 of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent applicable. To the extent applicable, the Company will cause § 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to reports, and § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property or securities subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer or legal counsel, as applicable, of the Company except in cases where § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if it determines, in good faith based on the written advice of counsel, a copy of which written advice shall be provided to the Trustee, that under the terms of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral.
      Intercreditor Arrangements Among the Notes and Additional Parity Debt
          The intercreditor relationship among the Notes, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and any other Additional Parity Debt is governed by an Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the

169


Table of Contents

Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee under the Indenture, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Notes Collateral Agent, which agreement provides that the Notes, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and any other Additional Parity Debt shall all rank pari passu (although the Holders of the Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt will be paid only after the payment in full of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event). In addition, the Collateral Agency Agreement describes, among other things, the obligations, powers and duties of the Notes Collateral Agent, actions and voting by the Additional Parity Debt, the exercise of remedies, and the application of collateral proceeds.
      Exercise of Remedies in Respect of Collateral
          Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or an event of default under any Additional Parity Debt Obligations, the Notes Collateral Agent will be permitted, subject to applicable law and the terms of the Collateral Documents, including the Intercreditor Agreement, to exercise remedies and sell the Collateral under the Collateral Documents only at the direction of the agents or representatives (including the Trustee in the case of the Holders) who are authorized to act on behalf of the Holders or the holders of Additional Parity Debt, as applicable, or at the direction of the holders of a majority in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes and any outstanding Additional Parity Debt voting as a single class (the “Directing Creditors”).
      Waterfall of Payment Following Acceleration or in Bankruptcy
          The Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will be entitled to a priority of payment over the Notes and Additional Parity Debt in the circumstances and to the extent described below. Any amount received by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent from the Company or any Guarantor (or from proceeds of any Notes Collateral or ABL Collateral) following any acceleration of the obligations under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, the Notes or Additional Parity Debt or any bankruptcy or insolvency “Event of Default” with respect to the Company or any Guarantor under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, the Notes or any Additional Parity Debt, whether received from the proceeds of an asset sale, reorganization, liquidation, sale pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, adequate protection payments, or otherwise, shall be applied:
           first , to the payment of advances made and liabilities incurred by the Notes Collateral Agent in order to protect the Liens granted by the Collateral Documents and the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee in connection with the preservation, collection, foreclosure or enforcement of the Liens granted by the Collateral Documents or any interest, right, power or remedy of the Notes Collateral Agent or in connection with the collection or enforcement of any of the Obligations in respect of the Notes or any obligations in respect of any Additional Parity Debt in any insolvency proceeding, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee and reasonable compensation of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee for services rendered in connection therewith;
           second , to the payment in full of all obligations under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (including, without limitation, any post-petition interest with respect thereto, whether or not an allowed claim) and the termination of any commitments thereunder;
           third , to the payment in full of all outstanding obligations in respect of the Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt (including, without limitation, any post-petition interest, whether or not an allowed claim) on a pro rata basis; and
           fourth , to the Company or the applicable Guarantor or their successors or as instructed by the court of a competent jurisdiction.
          If, in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case, any equity securities, debt securities or other non-cash consideration from the reorganized debtor is distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar dispositive

170


Table of Contents

restructuring plan after satisfaction of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, the amount of such non-cash consideration to be distributed to each of the Holders of the Notes and holders of any other Additional Parity Debt shall be distributed ratably among all classes of Notes and such other Additional Parity Debt, in accordance with the priorities described above. In addition, if, in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized debtor are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan, on account of the Notes and Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility), then, to the extent the debt obligations distributed on account of the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt are secured by Liens upon the same property, the priority of payments provisions described above will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such plan and will apply with like effect to such debt obligations.
          For purposes of distribution of non-cash consideration, including any equity securities or debt securities, the value of such non-cash consideration shall be equal to either the current market price or the fair market value thereof and will be determined as follows: (i) if such non-cash consideration is a marketable security, the average daily closing price thereof on a principal national securities exchange or NASDAQ for a specified preceding period or (ii) if such non-cash consideration is not a marketable security or the average daily closing price thereof cannot be determined, by one or more nationally recognized investment banks with experience in similar transactions according to procedures customary for similar transactions. For purposes of these intercreditor arrangements, all references to the Company or any Guarantor shall include such Person as a debtor in possession and any receiver or trustee for such Person in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case.
      Amendments of the Collateral Documents
          The Notes Collateral Agent will not agree to any amendment to the Collateral Documents, except upon instructions given by the Directing Creditors (unless such amendment does not require any consent of the Notes Secured Parties).
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
          The Company is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to make an offer to purchase Notes as described under the heading “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” In addition, the Company, the Investors and their respective affiliates may, at their discretion, at any time and from time to time purchase Notes, in the open market or otherwise.
Optional Redemption
          Except as set forth below, the Company will not be entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to February 1, 2015.
          At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under “— Selection and Notice” below, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
          In addition, at any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem in any twelve month period up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued by it on the Issue Date, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice” below, at a redemption price equal to 103.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
          On and after February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “— Selection and Notice” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of

171


Table of Contents

principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of each of the years indicated below:
         
Year   Percentage  
2015
    103.875 %
2016
    101.938 %
2017 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          In addition, until February 1, 2014, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 107.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
          Notice of any redemption may be given prior to the completion of any offering or other corporate transaction, and any redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the completion of the related offering or corporate transaction.
      Selection and Notice
          If the Company is redeeming less than all of the Notes issued under the Indenture at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (1) if the Notes are listed on an exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such exchange or (2) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as may be prescribed by DTC’s applicable procedures. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part.
          Notices of redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, any notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be redeemed. With respect to Notes represented by certificated notes, the Company will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
      Change of Control
          The Indenture provides that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “— Optional Redemption”, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send notice

172


Table of Contents

of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:
          (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control” under the Indenture and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Company;
          (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described below;
          (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
          (4) that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
          (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
          (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
          (7) that if the Company is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the remaining Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;
          (8) the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow; and
          (9) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control.
          The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
          On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent permitted by law,
          (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

173


Table of Contents

     (2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
     (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to, and purchased by, the Company.
          The ABL Facility provides, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Company becomes a party may provide, that certain change of control events with respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder (including events that would constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control event that triggers a default under the ABL Facility or any such future Indebtedness, we could seek a waiver of such default or prepayment provision or seek to refinance the ABL Facility or such future Indebtedness. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the ABL Facility or such future Indebtedness, such default could result in amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility or such future Indebtedness being declared due and payable or lending commitments being terminated.
          Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Notes — We may not be able to finance a change of control offer required by the indenture.”
          The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. We have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “— Certain Covenants — Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes, then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
          We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control; provided that the purchase date will be no earlier than 30 days from the date a notice of such Change of Control Offer is mailed.
          The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Company to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.
          The provisions under the Indenture relating to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

174


Table of Contents

Asset Sales
          The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
     (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of;
     (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the following shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose:
     (a) any liabilities (as reflected in the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on the date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Company) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement which releases or indemnifies the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities;
     (b) any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale;
     (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $30.0 million and (ii) 3.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and
     (3) to the extent that any assets received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute securities or may be used or useful in a Similar Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral securing the Notes, other than Excluded Assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions described under “— Limitations on Stock Collateral.”
          Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
     (1) to permanently reduce Indebtedness as follows:
     (a) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale constitute Notes Collateral, to permanently reduce the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) and/or to permanently reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes and under any other Additional Parity Debt on a pro rata basis; provided that all reductions of (or offers to reduce) Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under “Optional Redemption” or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes

175


Table of Contents

to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid;
     (b) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Notes Collateral, but constitute collateral for other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, to permanently reduce Obligations under such other Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (c) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Notes Collateral or collateral for any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, to permanently reduce Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes (and may elect to reduce Additional Parity Debt) on a pro rata basis; provided further that all reductions of Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under “Optional Redemption” or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or
     (d) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale are the property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, to permanently reduce Indebtedness of (i) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor,
     (2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the Collateral Documents; or
     (3) to make an Investment in (a) any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the Collateral Documents;
provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment entered into not later than such 450th day shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (the “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided , further , that (x) if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied or (y) such Net Proceeds are not actually so invested or paid in accordance with clause (2) or (3) above by the end of such 180 day period, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
          Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

176


Table of Contents

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and (x) in the case of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral, to the holders of any Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the terms thereof or (y) in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Guarantee (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, that, in the case of the Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of $2,000) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Obligations at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $25.0 million or less.
          To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes, Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, such Notes, Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of such Notes, such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered (and the Trustee will select the tendered Notes of tendering holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Notes tendered). Additionally, the Company may, at its option, make an Asset Sale Offer using proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after consummation of such Asset Sale. Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not used to purchase Notes in such Asset Sale Offer shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and the Company may use any Net Proceeds not required to be used for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture; provided that any such remaining Net Proceeds shall to the extent received in respect of Notes Collateral remain subject to the Lien of the Security Documents.
          Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds which do not represent the proceeds of Notes Collateral pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.
          The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
          The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Certain Covenants
          Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture. If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture then, beginning on that day (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”) and

177


Table of Contents

continuing until the occurrence of the Reversion Date, if any, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus will not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants)”:
     (1) “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”;
     (2) “— Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
     (3) “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (4) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets — Company”;
     (5) “— Transactions with Affiliates”; and
     (6) “— Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.”
          During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second clause of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”
          If and while the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less covenant protection. In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period”. Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales shall be reset to zero.
          During any Suspension Period, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided, however, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness attributable to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to “— Liens” below without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under such covenant; and (ii) the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold and otherwise complies with “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” above; provided , further , that the foregoing provisions shall cease to apply on and subsequent to the Reversion Date following such Suspension Period.
          During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for under “— Liens” (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens) to the extent provided for in such covenant and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of the “— Liens” covenant and for no other covenant).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under the Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though the covenant described above under the caption “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period; and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued,

178


Table of Contents

during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”
          There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.
      Limitation on Restricted Payments
          The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
     (I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:
     (a) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
     (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;
     (II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including any purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, in connection with any merger or consolidation;
     (III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (a) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
          and Preferred Stock” or (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or
     (IV) make any Restricted Investment
          (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any exceptions thereof) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
     (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and
     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (7), (9) and (14) (to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other

179


Table of Contents

Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
     (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
     (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:
     (i) (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:
          (x) Equity Interests to employees, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and
          (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and
     (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of any such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or
     (ii) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company;
provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
     (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, (ii) contributions from a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) any Excluded Contribution, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock or (v) any Designated Preferred Stock); plus
     (d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

180


Table of Contents

     (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or
     (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, after the Issue Date; plus
     (e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company, provided that if such fair market value may exceed $25.0 million, such determination shall be made by the board of directors of the Company and evidenced by a board resolution) of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.
The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of the irrevocable redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;
     (2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount no greater than the aggregate amount per year of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
     (3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:
     (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium to be paid, defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

181


Table of Contents

     (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value;
     (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and
     (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;
     (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, including any Equity Interests rolled over by management, directors, or employees of the Company in connection with the Transaction, (x) upon the death or disability of such employee, director or consultant or (y) upon the resignation or other termination of employment of such employee, director or consultant; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (which shall increase to $20.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $20.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $35.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
     (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus
     (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
     (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
and provided further that (i) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from members of management of the Company, any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (ii) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, warrants or similar instruments if such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or payments, in lieu of the issuance of fractional Equity Interests or withholding to pay other taxes payable in connection therewith, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;
     (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of

182


Table of Contents

Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;
          (6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the Issue Date;
     (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
     (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;
provided , however , in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
          (7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
          (8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options, warrants or other equity-based awards if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or awards;
          (9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or payments of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund payments of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the consummation of a public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;
          (10) Restricted Payments that are made (a) in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received or (b) without duplication with clause (a), from the Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale in respect of property or assets acquired after the Issue Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions from the Sponsor;
          (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed (x) $40.0 million and (y) 2.50% of Total Assets at the time made;
          (12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees or any payments in connection with a Factoring Program;

183


Table of Contents

     (13) any Restricted Payment made as part of the Transaction (including payments made after the Issue Date in respect of long-term incentive plans, tax gross-ups or in respect of any employment agreement entered into with officers of the Company or any direct parent of the Company), and the fees and expenses related thereto, or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to permit payment by such parent of such amounts), in each case to the extent permitted by (or, in the case of a dividend to fund such payment, to the extent such payment, if made by the Company, would be permitted by) the covenant described under “— Transactions with Affiliates”;
     (14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”; provided that all Notes tendered in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have first been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
     (15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case, without duplication:
     (a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses, in each case to the extent required to maintain their corporate existence;
     (b) federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;
     (c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
     (e) fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and
     (16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents;
provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (7), (11) and (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
          As of the date of this prospectus, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a

184


Table of Contents

Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clauses (7), (10) or (11) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.
      Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
          The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and subject to the second provision in this paragraph, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further, that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this paragraph if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this paragraph would exceed $50.0 million.
          The foregoing limitations will not apply to:
     (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) the Borrowing Base;
     (2) the incurrence by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Notes (including Guarantees thereof) (other than any Additional Notes) and any notes (including Guarantees thereof) issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to a registration rights agreement;
     (3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));
     (4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) and Disqualified Stock incurred or issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and Preferred Stock issued by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount at the date of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4)) not to exceed the greater of (x) $40.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets; provided , however , that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase or transaction or is created within 365 (for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be the later of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the full productive use of such asset) days thereafter (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (4) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such

185


Table of Contents

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (4));
     (5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6));
     (7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness shall not be permitted by this clause); provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;
     (8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness shall not be permitted by this clause); provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;
     (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause;
     (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
     (11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

186


Table of Contents

     (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments specified in clauses (10), (12), (14), (16), (17) or (18) of the definition thereof and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));
     (13) the incurrence or issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, and the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock, in each case which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock previously issued to so refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (a) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased,
     (b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and
     (c) shall not include (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company, (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor, or (iii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided further , that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness;

187


Table of Contents

     (14) (x) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that in the case of (x) and (y) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either (a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (14) shall not exceed $50.0 million;
     (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
     (16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
     (17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or
     (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “— Future Guarantees”;
     (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18), the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 8.0% of the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as shown on the Company’s most recent balance sheet (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));
     (19) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the heading “— Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
     (21) Indebtedness consisting of cash management services incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (22) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;
     (23) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted

188


Table of Contents

Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
     (24) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables or payables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business.
          For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
     (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (24) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant; and
     (2) at the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the ABL Facility on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph.
          Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.
          For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness.
          The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
          The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.
          The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

189


Table of Contents

      Liens
          The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (any such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), on any asset or property of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom except, in the case of any asset or property that does not constitute Collateral, any Initial Lien if the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations secured by such Initial Lien.
          Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the last clause of the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien which release and discharge in the case of any sale of any such asset or property shall not affect any Lien that the Notes Collateral Agent may have on the proceeds from such sale.
      Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
           Company . The Company may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) the Company is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership (including a limited partnership), trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Collateral Documents, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments, and the Registration Rights Agreement if the exchange offer contemplated therein has not been consummated or if the Company continues to have an obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as provided under such agreement;
     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
     (a) the Company or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or
     (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
     (5) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case subclause (b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture, the

190


Table of Contents

Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement if the exchange offer contemplated therein has not been consummated or if the Company continues to have an obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as provided under such agreement;
     (6) the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture;
     (7) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Company will (a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents with the same relative priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of the Indenture; and
     (8) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Company are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the Successor Company will take such actions as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture.
          The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Company, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),
     (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, and
     (2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
           Subsidiary Guarantors . Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Subsidiary Guarantor, no Subsidiary Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) (a) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);
     (b) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture, such Guarantor’s related Guarantee and the Collateral Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;
     (c) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
     (d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture;

191


Table of Contents

     (e) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Person will (a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes with the same relative priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction, and (c) not be subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of the Indenture; and
     (f) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Person are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the Successor Person will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture; or
     (2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales.”
          Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case without regard to the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.
      Transactions with Affiliates
          The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend, any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
          The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:
     (1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Permitted Investment”;
     (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses within such amount accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case, pursuant to the terms of the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or pursuant to any

192


Table of Contents

amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Issue Date);
     (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
     (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
     (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;
     (8) the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transaction;
     (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or its direct or indirect parent entities or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility or Factoring Program;
     (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Company in good faith;
     (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent entities or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Company in good faith;
     (14) investments by the Investors in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Investors in connection therewith) so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more

193


Table of Contents

favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;
     (15) the pledge of Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to lenders to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary owed to such lenders; and
     (16) any transaction with a joint venture which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity.
      Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
          The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to:
     (1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
          (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the ABL Facility and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and any related documentation;
     (b) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees thereof;
     (c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;
     (d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
     (e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or the property or assets so assumed;
     (f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
     (g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of

194


Table of Contents

Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “— Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;
     (k) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (l) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
     (m) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Receivables Facility.
      Future Guarantees
          If (i) the Company or any of its Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries organizes or acquires any Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) any Receivables Subsidiary, (y) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary and (z) a Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary if the book value of such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary’s total assets, when taken together with the aggregate book value of the total assets of all other Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to such date, does not exceed in the aggregate $10.0 million (“an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary”)), or transfers assets to or makes an Investment in an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary such that it ceases to be an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary, then such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary (and any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary guarantees other capital markets debt securities), other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary guaranteeing Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary, guarantees the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor then such Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, shall:
     (1) within 30 days execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary; and with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor described in clause (ii) above:
     (a) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such

195


Table of Contents

Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee; and
     (b) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and
     (2) within 30 days execute and deliver a joinder agreement to the Collateral Documents providing for a pledge of its assets as Collateral for the Notes to the same extent as set forth in the Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
provided that clause (ii) above of this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.
          In addition, for purposes of clause (i) of the first paragraph above, to the extent that the aggregate book value of the total assets of the Company’s non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Receivables Subsidiary) as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to the date of the applicable organization, acquisition, transfer of assets to or investment in a non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, exceeds $10.0 million, then, within 30 days of such date, the Company shall cause one or more of such non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries to similarly execute a supplemental indenture and such additional and/or supplemental Collateral Documents such that the collective book value of the total assets of all remaining non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed $10.0 million.
      Events of Loss
          Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Collateral Documents, in the case of an Event of Loss with respect to any Notes Collateral, the Company or the affected Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, will apply the Net Loss Proceeds from such Event of Loss, within 450 days after receipt, at its option to:
     (1) permanently reduce the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and/or Obligations under the Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) of the second paragraph under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”;
     (2) rebuild, repair, replace or construct improvements to the affected property or facility (or enter into a binding agreement to do so, provided that (x) such rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction has been completed within the later of (i) 450 days after the receipt of the Net Loss Proceeds and (ii) six months after the date of such binding agreement and (y) if such rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Loss Proceeds not so applied will be deemed to be Excess Loss Proceeds (as defined below)); or
     (3) invest in assets and properties as described in clauses (2) and (3) of the second paragraph under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales,” substituting the term “Event of Loss” for the term “Asset Sale,” the term “Net Loss Proceeds” for the term “Net Proceeds” and the term “Excess Loss Proceeds” for the term “Excess Proceeds.”
In the case of clause (2) or (3) above, any replacement assets or property shall be pledged as Notes Collateral, in accordance with the Collateral Documents and otherwise in compliance with the provisions in the Indenture governing After-Acquired Property.
          Any Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss that are not applied or invested as provided in the prior paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Loss Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will make an offer (a “Loss Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders of the

196


Table of Contents

Notes and to any holders of Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the terms thereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Additional Parity Debt that may be purchased out of such Excess Loss Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. If any Excess Loss Proceeds remain after consummation or expiration of a Loss Proceeds Offer, such Excess Loss Proceeds may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture; provided that any such remaining Net Loss Proceeds shall remain subject to the Lien of the Security Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes tendered into such Loss Proceeds Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Loss Proceeds, then such Notes and any Additional Parity Debt will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of such Notes and such Additional Parity Debt tendered (and the Trustee will select the tendered Notes of tendering holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Notes tendered). The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss by making a Loss Proceeds Offer with respect to such Net Loss Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days or with respect to Net Loss Proceeds of $25.0 million or less.
          The Indenture provides that the Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with a Loss Proceeds Offer.
      After-Acquired Property
          Promptly following the acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any After-Acquired Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, described under “— Security for the Notes — Notes Collateral,” “— Security for the Notes — ABL Collateral,” “— Security for the Notes — Excluded Assets” and “— Security for the Notes — Limitations on Stock Collateral”) the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired Property added to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.
      Reports and Other Information
          Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture requires the Company to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,
     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
     (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; and
     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of a material event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form;
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit

197


Table of Contents

such filing, in which event the Company will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Company would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
          The Indenture permits the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to Parent (or any parent entity of Parent) as long as Parent (or any such parent entity of Parent) provides a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Parent (or such parent entity, as the case may be), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement (but in no event later than the date specified in the Registration Rights Agreement and described under “The Exchange Offer” in this prospectus by which the exchange offer for the Notes must be consummated) (1) by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus, or (2) by posting reports that would be required to be filed by the first paragraph of this covenant substantially in the form required by the SEC on the Company’s website (or on the website of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee, with financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes, to the extent filed or posted within the times specified above.
          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations hereunder for purposes of the Indenture, including without limitation clause (3) under “Events of Default and Remedies,” until at least 90 days after the date any report hereunder is due.
      Further Assurances
          The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the Trustee may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents in the Collateral. In addition, from time to time, the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor will reasonably promptly secure the obligations under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to the Collateral. Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Collateral Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
      Events of Default and Remedies
          The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:
     (1) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise) of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes;
     (3) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the

198


Table of Contents

then outstanding Notes to comply with any of its other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents;
     (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:
     (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
     (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $25.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
     (5) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
     (6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;
     (7) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture; or
     (8) any of the Collateral Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Collateral Documents ceases to give the Holders of the Notes the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Collateral Documents is declared null and void or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Collateral Document or gives written notice to such effect (in each case, other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the terms of the Collateral Documents); provided that if a failure of the sort described in this clause (8) is susceptible of cure, no Event of Default shall arise under this clause (8) with respect thereto until 30 days after notice of such failure shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
          If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes may (subject to the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement) declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.
          Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or

199


Table of Contents

notice. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the interest of the Holders of the Notes.
          The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture or the Collateral Documents except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).
          In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
     (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;
     (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
     (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
          Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) holders of at least 25% in the aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
     (5) holders of a majority in principal amount of all then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
          Subject to certain restrictions contained in the Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

200


Table of Contents

          The Indenture provides that the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, within 30 days of becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.
          In addition to acceleration of maturity of the Notes, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, subject to the provisions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement, will have the right to exercise remedies with respect to the Collateral, such as foreclosure, as are available under the Indenture, the Collateral Documents and at law.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
          No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture or the Collateral Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting the Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such waiver is against public policy.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
          The Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Notes under the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents, as the case may be, will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its Obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:
     (1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;
     (2) the Company’s Obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and
     (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
          In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all the restrictive covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Company) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
     (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such

201


Table of Contents

Notes and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
     (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting with respect to any Indebtedness being defeased from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or others; and
     (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Satisfaction and Discharge
          The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:
     (1) either

202


Table of Contents

     (a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
     (2) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar or simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the ABL Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of liens in connection therewith);
     (3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and
     (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
          In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
          Except as provided below, the Indenture, any Guarantee, the Notes and the Collateral Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the
          Notes issued thereunder or any Collateral Document may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Company or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).
          The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
     (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (for the avoidance of doubt, the

203


Table of Contents

provisions relating to the covenants described above under the headings “Repurchase at the Option of Holders” and “— Certain Covenants — Events of Loss” are not redemptions of Notes);
     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note (other than with respect to Additional Interest);
     (4) (A) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes, and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or (B) waive a Default in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;
     (5) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest (other than Additional Interest);
     (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees;
     (9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or
     (10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
          In addition, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3 % in principal amount of Notes then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (1) modify any Collateral Document or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Collateral Documents that would have the impact of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Collateral Documents (except as permitted by the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents) or change or alter the priority of the security interests in the Collateral, (2) make any change in any Collateral Document or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Collateral Documents or the application of proceeds of the Collateral that would adversely affect the Holders in any material respect or (3) modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse to the Holders in any material respect other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Document.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party), the Notes Collateral Agent (to the extent applicable) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Collateral Documents and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
     (3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;
     (4) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;
     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

204


Table of Contents

     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;
     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
     (9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;
     (10) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture and to secure additional Note Obligations, if any;
     (11) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
     (12) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provisions of this “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Notes;
     (13) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;
     (14) to provide for the succession of any parties to the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement (and other amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature) in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of the ABL Facility or any other agreement that is not prohibited by the Indenture;
     (15) to provide for the release or addition of Collateral or Guarantees in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
     (16) to provide for the issuance of the Notes in a manner consistent with the terms of the Indenture;
     (17) to provide for the succession of the Trustee as collateral agent under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Documents; or
     (18) to secure any Additional Parity Debt to the extent permitted by the Indenture.
          In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that, subject to certain exceptions, any amendment, waiver or consent to any of the collateral documents securing the obligations under the ABL Facility, to the extent applicable to the ABL Collateral, will also apply automatically to the comparable Collateral Documents with respect to the Holders’ interest in the ABL Collateral. The Intercreditor Agreement has a similar provision regarding the effect of any amendment, waiver or consent to any of the Collateral Documents, to the extent applicable to the Notes Collateral, on the corresponding collateral documents with respect to any obligations under the ABL Facility.
          The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

205


Table of Contents

Notices
          Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.
Concerning the Trustee
          The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.
          The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of all then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
Governing Law
          The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee are or will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Certain Definitions
          Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.
          “ABL Collateral” has the meaning set forth in “Security for the Notes — ABL Collateral.”
          “ABL Collateral Agent” means Citibank, N.A. and any successor under the ABL Facility, or if there is no ABL Facility, the “ABL Collateral Agent” designated pursuant to the terms of the ABL Lenders Debt.
          “ABL Facility” means the Credit Facility, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among Parent, the Company, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as syndication agent, and Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as co-documentation agents, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” above).
          “ABL Lenders Debt” means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the ABL Facility, (ii) any Indebtedness which has a senior priority security interest relative to the Notes in the ABL Collateral, (iii) all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness and any Hedging Obligations directly related to any ABL

206


Table of Contents

Lenders Debt entered into with any lender (or its affiliates) under the ABL Facility and (iv) all Bank Products entered into with any lender (or its affiliates) under the ABL Facility.
          “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
          “Acquisition” means the acquisition of the Company by the Investors and the related transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.
          “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Additional Parity Debt” means the Additional Notes, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and any additional Secured Indebtedness that is ranked pari passu with the Notes and is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the terms of the Indenture; provided that (i) the representative of such Additional Parity Debt executes a joinder agreement to the Collateral Agency Agreement and, if applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Indebtedness as “Additional Parity Debt” thereunder.
          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
          “After-Acquired Property” means any and all assets or property (other than Excluded Assets) acquired after the Issue Date, including any property or assets acquired by the Company or a Guarantor from another Guarantor, which in each case constitutes Collateral as defined in the Indenture.
          “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
     (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
     (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at February 1, 2015 (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the heading “Optional Redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through February 1, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.
          “Asset Sale” means:
     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

207


Table of Contents

     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
in each case, other than:
     (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or surplus, obsolete or worn-out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of ABL Collateral;
     (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to, the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;
     (c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” or under the definition of “Permitted Investment”;
     (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million;
     (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
     (g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (i) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar action on assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the indenture;
     (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility and any transactions in connection with the Factoring Program;
     (k) any financing transaction with respect to the acquisition or construction of property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;
     (l) the licensing and sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
     (m) the sale, discount or other disposition of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable; and

208


Table of Contents

     (n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.
          “Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning set forth in the fourth paragraph under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales.”
          “Bank Products” means any facilities or services related to cash management, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.
          “board of directors” means with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation, and with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person, or board of directors of the general partner or general manager of such Person serving a similar function.
          “Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to:
     (1) 85% of the book value of all net accounts receivable owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; plus
     (2) 70% of the book value of all net inventory owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date;
all calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
          “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
          “Calculation Date” means the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, shall occur.
          “Capital Stock” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
          “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided that any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries either existing on the Issue Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as capital lease obligations and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under the Indenture (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness; provided, further, that any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Equipment Lease Agreement shall not be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness.
          “Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed

209


Table of Contents

or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary established by the Company for the primary purpose of insuring the businesses or properties owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of any such insurance subsidiary established for the same primary purpose described in clause (i) above.
          “Cash Equivalents” means:
     (1) United States dollars;
     (2) (a) €, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
     (b) such local currencies held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government (or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S. government), with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
     (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;
     (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
     (11) Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

210


Table of Contents

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
          “Casualty” means any casualty, loss, damage, destruction or other similar loss with respect to real or personal property or improvements.
          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
     (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
     (2) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company.
          “Collateral” means the Notes Collateral and the ABL Collateral.
          “Collateral Agency Agreement” means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor, Wilmington Trust Company as Notes Collateral Agent, and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee, and as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the Indenture.
          “Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, collateral assignments, deeds of trust and all other pledges, agreements, financing statements, patent, trademark or copyright filings, mortgages or other filings or documents that create or purport to create a Lien in the Collateral in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent and/or the Trustee (for the benefit of the Holders of Notes), the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case as they may be amended from time to time, and any instruments of assignment, control agreements, lockbox letters or other instruments or agreements executed pursuant to the foregoing.
          “Condemnation” means any taking by a Governmental Authority of property or assets, or any part thereof or interest therein, for public or quasi-public use under the power of eminent domain, by reason of any public improvement or condemnation or in any other manner.
          “Condemnation Award” means all proceeds of any Condemnation or transfer in lieu thereof.
          “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees related to any Receivables Facility, amortization of intangible assets, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

211


Table of Contents

     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness and excluding (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes; (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to other securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income for such period.
          For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
          “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,
     (1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction); severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; other restructuring costs; and commercial service fees and public company costs not expected to continue after the Transactions shall be excluded,
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,
     (3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
     (4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

212


Table of Contents

     (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
     (7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill and other intangible assets and in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
     (8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
     (10) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue, including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of Parent or the Company or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or subsidiaries shall be excluded,
     (11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction including, without limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) shall be excluded,
     (12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months of the Issue Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and
     (13) the following items shall be excluded:
     (a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and

213


Table of Contents

     (b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency gain (loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
          In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph thereof.
          “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
     (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
     (2) to advance or supply funds
     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
          “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the ABL Facility, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures), providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

214


Table of Contents

          “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
          “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.
          “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
          “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia other than any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clauses (h), (j) and (k)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (z) thereof to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

215


Table of Contents

     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses, start-up or initial costs for any individual new production line, division or new line of business; or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus
     (e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (f) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Sponsors Management Agreement or otherwise to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants — Transactions with Affiliates” (and similar fees paid by the Company or its Affiliates to investors in the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Issue Date) and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (h) the amount of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions initiated or to be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the Issue Date or 12 months after the consummation of any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change or other action, plan or transaction and prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing “EBITDA” for such period and (z) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (i) included in any four quarter period shall not exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 10.0% of EBITDA for such four quarter period; provided, further, that the adjustments pursuant to this clause (h) may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;” plus
     (i) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”; plus

216


Table of Contents

     (j) (i) lease expense for the use of land, building and equipment of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. in connection with the purchase of certain assets by the Company as of November 30, 2009 (the “Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition”); (ii) losses incurred as a result of the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition for the period from November 30, 2009 through January 2, 2010; and (iii) the annualized EBITDA attributable to each of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. after giving effect to the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition; plus
     (k) annualized incremental EBITDA contribution of the Company’s spunmelt lines in San Luis Potosi, Mexico and Cali, Colombia, in each case, based on the actual run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010;
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period.
          “EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
          “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
          “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock) or any of its direct or indirect parent companies to the extent contributed to the Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
     (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and
     (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
          “Equipment Lease Agreement” means, collectively, that certain equipment lease agreement, dated June 24, 2010, between Chicopee, Inc. and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, and the related construction agency agreement, guarantees and other documentation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.
          “€” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
          “Event of Loss” means, with respect to any Collateral, any (1) Casualty of such Collateral, (2) Condemnation or seizure (other than pursuant to foreclosure or confiscation or requisition of the use of such Collateral) or (3) settlement in lieu of clause (2) above, in each case having a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million.
          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “Excluded Contract” means at any date any rights or interest of the Company or any Guarantor in any assets or under any agreement, contract, license, instrument, document or other general intangible (referred to solely for purposes of this definition as a “Contract”) to the extent that such Contract by the terms of a restriction in favor of a Person who is not the Company or any Guarantor, or any requirement of law, prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other condition for or would terminate because of an assignment thereof or a grant of a security interest therein by the Company or a Guarantor; provided that:
          (i) rights under any such Contract otherwise constituting an Excluded Contract by virtue of this definition shall be included in the Collateral to the extent permitted thereby or by Section 9-406 or Section 9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code and (ii) all proceeds paid or payable to any of the Company or any Guarantor from any

217


Table of Contents

sale, transfer or assignment of such Contract and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, the Equipment Lease Agreement and all assets subject thereto shall constitute an “Excluded Contract” for all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes.
          “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from
     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,
in each case after the Issue Date and in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
          “Excluded Equipment” means at any date any equipment or other assets of the Company or any Guarantor which is subject to, or secured by, a Capitalized Lease Obligation or a purchase money obligation if and to the extent that (i) a restriction in favor of a Person who is not Parent, the Company or a Subsidiary contained in the agreements or documents granting or governing such Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other conditions for or would result in the termination of such agreement or document because of an assignment thereof, or a grant of a security interest therein, by the Company or any Guarantor and (ii) such restriction relates only to the asset or assets acquired by the Company or any Guarantor with the proceeds of such Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation and attachments thereto, improvements thereof or substitutions therefor; provided that all proceeds paid or payable to any of the Company or any Guarantor from any sale, transfer or assignment or other voluntary or involuntary disposition of such assets and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral to the extent not otherwise required to be paid to the holder of any Capitalized Lease Obligations or purchase money obligations secured by such assets.
          “Factoring Program” means any agreements or facilities entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of factoring its receivables or payables for cash distribution.
          “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith.
          “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,

218


Table of Contents

consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including the Transaction) or any other transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including the Transaction) or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in the definition of “EBITDA” herein). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.
          “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
     (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and
     (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
          “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
          “Government Securities” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities

219


Table of Contents

held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
          “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central bank).
          “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
          “Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
          “Guarantor” means each Subsidiary Guarantor and any other Person that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
          “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or mitigation of interest rate, commodity or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
          “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books. “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

220


Table of Contents

     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) any obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, Factoring Program, operating leases, or Sale and Lease-back Transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations).
          “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
          “Initial Purchasers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
          “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Company and each Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the Indenture.
          “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
          “Investment Grade Securities” means:
     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
     (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
     (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
          “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”:
     (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

221


Table of Contents

     (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
     (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
          “Investors” means The Blackstone Group and each of its Affiliates, but not including any of its or their portfolio companies.
          “Issue Date” means January 28, 2011.
          “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
          “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
          “Merger” has the meaning set forth in the second paragraph under “General.”
          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
          “Net Loss Proceeds” means, with respect to any Event of Loss, the proceeds in the form of (a) cash or Cash Equivalents, (b) insurance proceeds, (c) Condemnation Awards or (d) damages awarded by any judgment, in each case received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Event of Loss, net of:
     (1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Event of Loss (including without limitation legal, accounting and appraisal or insurance adjuster fees);
     (2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;
     (3) any repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by a Permitted Lien on the property or assets that are the subject of such Event of Loss and which Permitted Lien has priority over the Lien securing the Notes;
     (4) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Event of Loss or having a Lien thereon; and
     (5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Event of Loss and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Event of Loss, including, without limitation, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Event of Loss.

222


Table of Contents

          “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”) and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
          “Notes Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as “Collateral Agent” under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement and the other Collateral Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.
          “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
          “Officer” means the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or a Guarantor.
          “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or any officer of such Guarantor that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.
          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.
          “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” covenant; provided further that the assets received are pledged as Collateral to the extent required by the Collateral Documents to the extent that the assets disposed of constituted Collateral.
          “Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or its direct or indirect parent or Subsidiary) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
          “Permitted Investment” means:

223


Table of Contents

     (1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
     (3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
     (4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting cash and Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
     (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;
     (6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
     (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or
     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the second paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Limitations on Restricted Payments”;
     (9) guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants— Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);
     (11) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

224


Table of Contents

     (12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
     (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary or a Factoring Program that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility or a Factoring Program or any transaction in connection therewith;
     (14) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;
     (15) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
     (16) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date or created after the Issue Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets;
     (17) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
     (18) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $5.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and
     (19) Investments (i) by the Captive Insurance Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice, and (ii) in the Captive Insurance Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or required under statutory or regulatory authority applicable to such Captive Insurance Subsidiary.
        “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

225


Table of Contents

     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
     (6) Liens (including Liens on Collateral) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (4), (10), (12)(b) and (18) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;
     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
     (8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;
     (12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
     (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

226


Table of Contents

     (15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s clients;
     (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;
     (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (20) other Liens (including Liens on Collateral) securing obligations not to exceed $20.0 million at any one time outstanding;
     (21) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the Indenture, to the extent such Liens relate only to the assets and properties of such Foreign Subsidiary;
     (22) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the heading “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
     (23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (24) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (25) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
     (26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (27) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its

227


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (28) Liens securing the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any exchange notes, if any, issued in exchange for Notes issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the registration rights agreement, and in each case, the Guarantees of such Notes and exchange notes;
     (29) Liens securing (x) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided, however, that, other than in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, any Liens on Notes Collateral granted pursuant to this clause (x) shall be junior in priority to the Liens on such Notes Collateral granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the terms of such junior interest may be no more favorable to the beneficiaries thereof than the terms contained in the Intercreditor Agreement; and provided, further, that no Liens may be granted on any ABL Collateral (other than Excluded Assets) pursuant to this clause (x) unless the Notes are secured by a second-priority Lien that is junior in priority to the Liens on such collateral but senior in priority to any other Liens (other than other Permitted Liens) granted on such collateral and (y) obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Bank Products or Hedging Obligations provided by any lender, bookrunner with respect to any Credit Facility or any Affiliate of the foregoing (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of a lender or bookrunner with respect to such Credit Facility at the time the applicable agreements pursuant to which such Bank Products or Hedging Obligations are provided were entered into) or is a party to such a Bank Product or Hedging Obligation as of the Issue Date;
     (30) (x) Liens securing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” (including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred under one or more Credit Facilities which constitutes Additional Parity Debt); provided that after giving pro forma effect to the granting of such Liens, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.5 to 1.00; provided further that, other than in the case of Additional Parity Debt (including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred under one or more Credit Facilities which constitutes Additional Parity Debt), such Liens on Notes Collateral are junior in priority to the Liens granted to Holders of the Notes on a basis that is no more favorable to the holders of such Indebtedness than the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to the holders of ABL Lenders Debt with respect to Notes Collateral and (y) Liens securing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens on Collateral are junior in priority to the Lien granted to the Holders of the Notes on a basis that is no more favorable to the holders of such Indebtedness than the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to the holders of ABL Lenders Debt with respect to Notes Collateral;
     (31) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;
     (32) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (33) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; and
     (34) Liens securing Additional Parity Debt, the proceeds of which will be used solely to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Sock and Preferred Stock.”

228


Table of Contents

          For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.
          “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
          “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.
          “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
          “Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.
          “Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
          “Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth under “Optional Redemption.”
          “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.
          “Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
          “Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

229


Table of Contents

          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
          “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred under the terms of the indenture shall constitute Senior Indebtedness for the purposes of the Indenture unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee.
          “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination (the “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), the ratio of (a) the Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (determined after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such date of determination) to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. For purposes of determining the “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio,” “EBITDA” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “EBITDA” as provided for in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
          “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
          “Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors and the Company and/or one of its direct or indirect parent companies.
          “Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes,
     (1) any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and
     (2) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.
          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the

230


Table of Contents

election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and
     (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which
     (a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
     (b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
          “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
          “Taxing Authority” means any government or any political subdivision, state, province or territory of a Taxing Jurisdiction or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax.
          “Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company, except where expressly provided otherwise, and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company; provided , however , that in no event at any time shall Total Assets be deemed to equal an amount less than the amount of total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the Issue Date.
          “Tranche 2 Sub-Facility” means Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $7.5 million at any one time outstanding; provided that such Indebtedness is ranked pari passu with the Notes and (i) the representative of such Tranche 2 Sub-Facility executes a joinder agreement to the Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Indebtedness as the “Tranche 2 Sub-Facility” thereunder.
          “Transaction” means the merger contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and borrowings, if any, under the ABL Facility on the Issue Date in order to finance the merger and repay certain debt as described in the offering memorandum related to the sale of the Notes and any related transactions.
          “Transaction Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 4, 2010 by and among Parent, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P., as the same may be amended prior to the Issue Date.
          “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
          “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

231


Table of Contents

     (1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and
     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
     (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;
     (2) such designation complies with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and
     (3) each of:
     (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
     (b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
          The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
     (1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or
     (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
          Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
          “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
     (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
     (2) the sum of all such payments.

232


Table of Contents

          “Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
          “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

233


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER
           Purpose and Effect of the Exchange offer
          The Issuer and the guarantors of the notes and the initial purchasers have entered into a registration rights agreement on the original Issue Date of the notes. In the registration rights agreement, each of the Issuer and the guarantors of the notes have agreed that it will, at its expense, for the benefit of the holders of notes, (i) file one or more registration statements on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer to exchange the notes for new notes guaranteed by the guarantors on a senior secured basis, with terms substantially identical in all material respects to the notes and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act. As of the date of this prospectus, $560.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 is outstanding, and the outstanding notes were issued in January 28, 2011.
          Under the circumstances set forth below, the Issuer and the guarantors will use their commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the outstanding notes within the time periods specified in the registration rights agreement and keep such registration statement effective for up to one year after the effective date of the shelf registration statement. These circumstances include:
    if any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the Staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect an exchange offer;
    if an exchange offer is not consummated within the registration period contemplated by the registration rights agreement;
    if, in certain circumstances, certain holders of unregistered exchange notes so request; or
    if in the case of any holder that participates in an exchange offer, such holder does not receive exchange notes on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such holder as an affiliate of ours within the meaning of the Securities Act).
          Under the registration rights agreement, if (A) we have not exchanged exchange notes for all notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of an exchange offer or a shelf registration statement has not been declared effective under the Securities Act during the registration period contemplated by the registration rights agreement or (B) if applicable, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the notes has been declared effective and such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective at any time during the effectiveness period (subject to certain exceptions) (each such event referred to in clause (A) and clause (B), a “Registration Default”), then additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the principal amount of the notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue; provided that the rate at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) (any such Additional Interest to be calculated by us) commencing on (x) the first day after the expiration of the registration period contemplated by the registration rights agreement (in the case of clause (A) above) or (y) the day such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective (in the case of clause (B) above); provided, however, that upon the exchange of exchange notes for all notes tendered (in the case of clause (A) above), or upon the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement that had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (B) above) or if the notes otherwise no longer constitute transfer restricted securities (as such term is defined in the registration rights agreement), which is expected to occur on the second anniversary of the Issue Date, Additional Interest on such notes as a result of such clause (or the relevant sub-clause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.

234


Table of Contents

          If you wish to exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make the following written representations:
    you are not an affiliate of the Issuer or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act;
    you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act;
    you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and
    you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
          Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the broker-dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Please see “Plan of Distribution.”
           Resale of Exchange Notes
          Based on interpretations by the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:
    you are not an affiliate of the Issuer or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
    you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;
    you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and
    you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
          If you are an affiliate of the Issuer or any guarantor, or are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business:
    you cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and
    in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
          This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please read “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of exchange notes.

235


Table of Contents

           Terms of the Exchange Offer
          On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letters of transmittal, the Issuer will accept for exchange in the exchange offer any outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date. Outstanding notes may only be tendered in a principal amount of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will issue $1,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding notes surrendered in the exchange offer.
          The form and terms of the exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the outstanding notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon failure by the Issuer and the guarantors to fulfill their obligations under the applicable registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and cause to be effective, a shelf registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that governs the terms of the outstanding notes. For a description of the indenture, see “Description of Notes.”
          The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.
          This prospectus and the letters of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. The Issuer and the guarantors intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture and the applicable registration rights agreement except the Issuer and the guarantors will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement.
          The Issuer will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding notes when the Issuer has given written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from the Issuer and delivering exchange notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the applicable registration rights agreement, the Issuer expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under “—Conditions to the Exchange offer.”
          If you tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read “—Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.
           Expiration Date; Extensions, Amendments
          As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on         , 2011, which is the 21st business day after the date of this prospectus. However, if the Issuer, in its sole discretion, extends the period of time for which the applicable exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” will mean the latest time and date to which the Issuer shall have extended the expiration of the applicable exchange offer.
          To extend the period of time during which an exchange offer is open, the Issuer will notify the exchange agent of any extension by written notice, followed by notification by press release or other public announcement to the registered holders of the outstanding notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

236


Table of Contents

          The Issuer reserves the right, in its sole discretion:
    to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes (if the Issuer amends or extends the exchange offer);
    to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions to the Exchange offer” have not been satisfied, by giving written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; and
    subject to the terms of the applicable registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
          Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by notice to the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If the Issuer amends the exchange offer in a manner that it determines to constitute a material change, the Issuer will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of applicable outstanding notes of that amendment.
           Conditions to the Exchange Offer
          Despite any other term of the exchange offer, the Issuer will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes and the Issuer may terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus prior to the expiration date if in their reasonable judgment:
    the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or
    any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in their judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair their ability to proceed with the exchange offer.
          In addition, the Issuer will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to the Issuer:
    the representations described under “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange offer,” “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” and “Plan of Distribution;” or
    any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations, or interpretations to make available to the Issuer an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.
          The Issuer expressly reserves the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer are open. Consequently, the Issuer may delay acceptance of any outstanding notes by giving written notice of such extension to their holders. The Issuer will return any outstanding notes that the Issuer does not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
          The Issuer expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. In addition, the Issuer is generally required to extend the offering period for any material change, including the waiver of a material condition, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer after the change. The Issuer will give written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

237


Table of Contents

          These conditions are for sole benefit of the Issuer and the Issuer may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration date in its sole discretion. If the Issuer fails at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that the Issuer may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration date.
          In addition, the Issuer will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”).
           Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes
          To tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you must comply with either of the following:
    complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” prior to the expiration date; or
    comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.
          In addition, either:
    the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding notes along with the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;
    the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message prior to the expiration date; or
    you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
          Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between the Issuer and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.
          The method of delivery of outstanding notes, letters of transmittal, and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.
          If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender your notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either:
    make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name; or
    obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding notes.
          The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

238


Table of Contents

          Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:
    by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” in the letter of transmittal; or
    for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.
          If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed on the outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.
          If the letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding notes, or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Issuer, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority to so act.
          The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:
    DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;
    the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and
    the Issuer may enforce that agreement against such participant.
           Acceptance of Exchange Notes
          In all cases, the Issuer will promptly issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that it has accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:
    outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and
    a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.
          By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you will represent to the Issuer that, among other things:
    you are not an affiliate of the Issuer or the guarantors within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

239


Table of Contents

    you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
    you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
          In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes must represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”
          The Issuer will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the letters of transmittal and the instructions to the letters of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Determinations of the Issuer in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular outstanding notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding notes if the acceptance might, in their or their counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes prior to the expiration date.
          Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as the Issuer determine. Neither the Issuer, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.
           Book-Entry Delivery Procedures
          Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC, as book-entry transfer facilities, for purposes of the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a “book-entry confirmation,” prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, the letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an “agent’s message,” as defined below, in connection with a book-entry transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for tendered outstanding notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.
          Holders of outstanding notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date must tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
           Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
          If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange

240


Table of Contents

agent or comply with the applicable procedures under DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:
    the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;
    prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and
    notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the outstanding notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and
    the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.
          Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.
           Withdrawal Rights
          Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
          For a withdrawal to be effective:
    the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent;” or
    you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system.
          Any notice of withdrawal must:
    specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;
    identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding notes; and
    where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such outstanding notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.
          If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:
    the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and
    a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless you are an eligible guarantor institution.

241


Table of Contents

          If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. The Issuer will determine all questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal and its determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.
           Exchange Agent
          Wilmington Trust Company has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The U.S. Bank National Association also acts as trustee under the indenture governing the notes. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letters of transmittal, and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
         
By Mail or Overnight Courier:   By Facsimile:   By Hand Delivery:
    (302) 636-4139    
         
Wilmington Trust Company       Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North   To Confirm by Telephone:   Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street   (302) 636-6181   1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1615       Wilmington, DE 19890-1615
Attention: Sam Hamed       Attention: Sam Hamed
Telephone: (302) 636-6181       Telephone: (302) 636-6181
          If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.
           Fees and Expenses
          The registration rights agreement provide that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the conduct of the exchange offer. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.
          We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding unregistered notes pursuant to the exchange offer.
           Accounting Treatment
          We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchanges, as the terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of the outstanding notes. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We will capitalize the expenses relating to the exchange offer.

242


Table of Contents

           Transfer Taxes
          The Issuer and the guarantors will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchanges of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:
    certificates representing outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;
    tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or
    a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange
          If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.
          Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct the Issuer to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.
           Consequences of Failure to Exchange
          If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, your outstanding notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding notes:
    as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding notes as a consequence of the issuances of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and
    as otherwise set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes.
          In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the applicable registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
           Other
          Participating in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.
          We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offer or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.

243


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Exchange Offers
          The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offers will not constitute a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note, the holding period of the exchange note will include the holding period of the outstanding note exchanged therefor and the basis of the exchange note will be the same as the basis of the outstanding note immediately before the exchange.
           In any event, persons considering the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

244


Table of Contents

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
          The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase and holding of the notes (and the exchange notes) by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Code or ERISA (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts and arrangements (each, a “Plan”).
General Fiduciary Matters
          ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of such an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.
          In considering an investment in the notes or the exchange notes of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a Plan fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to the fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.
Prohibited Transaction Issues
          Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of Section 3(14) of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.
          The acquisition and/or holding of the notes (or the exchange notes) by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the issuer, a subsidiary guarantor or any of their respective affiliates are considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) that may apply to the acquisition and holding of the notes and the exchange notes. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE 96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers. In addition, Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide relief from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions, provided that neither the issuer of the securities nor any of its affiliates (directly or indirectly) have or exercise any discretionary authority or control or render any investment advice with respect to the assets of any ERISA Plan involved in the transaction and provided further that the ERISA Plan pays no more than adequate consideration in connection with the transaction. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied. There can be no assurance that any class exemption or any other exemption will be available with respect to any particular transaction involving the notes or the exchange notes, or that if an exemption is available, it will cover all aspects of any particular transaction.

245


Table of Contents

          Because of the foregoing, the notes and the exchange notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.
   Representation
          Accordingly, by acceptance of a note or an exchange note, each purchaser and subsequent transferee will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used to acquire or hold the notes (or the exchange notes) constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the acquisition and holding of the notes and the exchange notes (and the exchange of notes for exchange notes) will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a similar violation under any applicable Similar Law.
          The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing the notes (or the exchange notes) on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase and holding of the notes and the exchange notes.
          The sale of notes to a Plan is in no respect a representation by Polymer Group that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or any particular Plan, or that such an investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.

246


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
          Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. To the extent any such broker-dealer participates in the exchange offer, we have agreed that for a period of up to 90 days, we will use our reasonable best efforts to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to such broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale, and will deliver as many additional copies of this prospectus and each amendment or supplement to this prospectus and any documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus as such broker-dealer may reasonably request.
          We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
          We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer and will indemnify the holders of outstanding notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

247


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS
          The validity and enforceability of the exchange notes and the related guarantees will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of several partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others own interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds affiliated with Blackstone.
EXPERTS
          The audited consolidated financial statements and schedule of Polymer Group, Inc. and subsidiaries included in this prospectus and elsewhere in this registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
          We and our guarantors have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us, our guarantors and the exchange notes, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and, where such contract or other document is an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement is qualified by the provisions in such exhibit, to which reference is hereby made. The registration statement and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet ( http://www.sec.gov ). However, any such information filed with the SEC does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
          So long as we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we are required to furnish the information required to be filed with the SEC to the trustee and the holders of the outstanding unregistered notes. We have agreed that, even if we are not required under the Exchange Act to furnish such information to the SEC, we will nonetheless continue to furnish information that would be required to be furnished by us by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

248


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    Page  
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
    F-8  
       
    F-67  
       
    F-68  
    F-69  
    F-70  
    F-71  
    F-72  
    F-73  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors of
Polymer Group, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Polymer Group, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the Company) as of January 1, 2011, and January 2, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 1, 2011. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 21(b) and on page F-67. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Polymer Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 1, 2011, and January 2, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 1, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Effective January 4, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the accounting for and financial statement presentation of noncontrolling equity interests in consolidated subsidiaries.
Charlotte, North Carolina
October 24, 2011

F-2


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
                 
    January 1, 2011     January 2, 2010  
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 72,355     $ 57,894  
Accounts receivable, net
    121,747       122,706  
Inventories, net
    105,180       99,671  
Deferred income taxes
    4,640       3,605  
Other current assets
    42,338       34,012  
Assets of discontinued operations
    18,805       17,096  
 
           
Total current assets
    365,065       334,984  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    323,134       328,072  
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
    7,533       8,937  
Deferred income taxes
    916       889  
Other noncurrent assets
    35,329       27,029  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 731,977     $ 699,911  
 
           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
Short-term borrowings
  $ 2,112     $ 3,690  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    173,859       143,162  
Income taxes payable
    1,932       4,754  
Current portion of long-term debt
    3,609       16,921  
Liabilities of discontinued operations
    4,793       2,615  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    186,305       171,142  
Long-term debt
    328,170       322,021  
Deferred income taxes
    20,067       21,425  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    54,183       60,928  
 
           
Total liabilities
    588,725       575,516  
Commitments and contingencies Polymer Group, Inc. shareholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock — 0 shares issued and outstanding
           
Class A common stock — 21,326,678 and 20,875,378 issued and outstanding at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively
    213       209  
Class B convertible common stock — 78,203 and 83,807 shares issued and outstanding at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively
    1       1  
Class C convertible common stock — 24,319 and 24,319 shares issued and outstanding at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively
           
Class D convertible common stock — 0 shares issued and outstanding
           
Class E convertible common stock — 0 shares issued and outstanding
           
Additional paid-in capital
    216,888       211,768  
Retained deficit
    (121,819 )     (132,226 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    39,053       36,605  
 
           
Total Polymer Group, Inc. shareholders’ equity
    134,336       116,357  
Noncontrolling interests
    8,916       8,038  
 
           
Total equity
    143,252       124,395  
 
           
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 731,977     $ 699,911  
 
           
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 1, 2011     January 2, 2010     January 3, 2009  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
Net sales
  $ 1,106,211     $ 850,605     $ 1,026,194  
Cost of goods sold
    896,319       667,255       856,622  
 
                 
Gross profit
    209,892       183,350       169,572  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    141,461       113,318       115,474  
Special charges, net
    17,993       20,763       20,088  
Acquisition and integration expenses
    1,742       1,789        
Other operating (income) loss, net
    (815 )     (4,736 )     4,960  
 
                 
Operating income
    49,511       52,216       29,050  
Other expense (income):
                       
Interest expense, net
    31,728       26,712       31,067  
Gain on reacquisition of debt
          (2,431 )      
Loss on extinguishment of debt
          5,088        
Foreign currency and other loss, net
    1,454       5,246       526  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    16,329       17,601       (2,543 )
Income tax expense
    4,534       8,578       7,008  
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    11,795       9,023       (9,551 )
Discontinued operations:
                       
(Loss) income from operations of discontinued business
    (765 )     2,113       8,291  
Gain on sale of discontinued operations
          6,802        
 
                 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
    (765 )     8,915       8,291  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
    11,030       17,938       (1,260 )
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (623 )     2,137       5,969  
 
                 
Net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ 10,407     $ 20,075     $ 4,709  
 
                 
Earnings per common share attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. common shareholders:
                       
Basic:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.54     $ 0.57     $ (0.19 )
Discontinued operations
    (0.04 )     0.45       0.43  
 
                 
Basic
  $ 0.50     $ 1.02     $ 0.24  
 
                 
Diluted:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.53     $ 0.57     $ (0.19 )
Discontinued operations
    (0.04 )     0.45       0.43  
 
                 
Diluted
  $ 0.49     $ 1.02     $ 0.24  
 
                 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Fiscal Years Ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009
                                                                 
    Polymer Group, Inc. Shareholders              
                                    Accumulated     Total Polymer              
                                    Other     Group, Inc.              
    Common Stock     Additional     Retained     Comprehensive     Shareholders     Noncontrolling        
(in thousands, except per share data)   Shares     Amount     Paid-in Capital     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Equity     Interest     Total Equity  
Balance — December 29, 2007
    19,407     $ 194     $ 193,410     $ (157,010 )   $ 44,147     $ 80,741     $ 17,101     $ 97,842  
Net income
                      4,709             4,709       (5,969 )     (1,260 )
Cash flow hedge adjustment, net of reclassification adjustments
                            (194 )     (194 )           (194 )
Compensation recognized on share-based awards
    147       1       3,201                   3,202             3,202  
Surrender of shares to satisfy employee withholding tax obligations
    (46 )           (579 )                 (579 )           (579 )
Exercise of stock options
    11             27                   27             27  
Employee benefit plans, net of tax
                            (15,152 )     (15,152 )           (15,152 )
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            (11,001 )     (11,001 )     (246 )     (11,247 )
 
                                               
Balance — January 3, 2009
    19,519       195       196,059       (152,301 )     17,800       61,753       10,886       72,639  
Net income
                      20,075             20,075       (2,137 )     17,938  
Cash flow hedge adjustment, net of reclassification adjustments
                            985       985             985  
Compensation recognized on share-based awards
    501       5       4,035                   4,040             4,040  
Surrender of shares to satisfy employee withholding tax obligations
    (86 )           (345 )                 (345 )           (345 )
Issuance of Class A common shares
    1,049       10       14,443                   14,453             14,453  
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
                (2,424 )           (1,043 )     (3,467 )     (616 )     (4,083 )
Recognition of tax benefits from utilization of preconfirmation net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes
                                               
Employee benefit plans, net of tax
                            12,792       12,792             12,792  
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            6,071       6,071       (95 )     5,976  
 
                                               
Balance — January 2, 2010
    20,983       210       211,768       (132,226 )     36,605       116,357       8,038       124,395  
Net income
                      10,407             10,407       623       11,030  
Cash flow hedge adjustment, net of reclassification adjustments
                            1,595       1,595             1,595  
Compensation recognized on share-based awards
    453       4       6,707                   6,711             6,711  
Surrender of shares to satisfy employee withholding tax obligations
    (123 )           (2,026 )                 (2,026 )           (2,026 )
Exercise of stock options
    116             439                   439             439  
Employee benefit plans, net of tax
                            5,735       5,735             5,735  
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            (4,882 )     (4,882 )     255       (4,627 )
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Balance — January 1, 2011
    21,429     $ 214     $ 216,888     $ (121,819 )   $ 39,053     $ 134,336     $ 8,916     $ 143,252  
 
                                               
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 1,     January 2,     January 3,  
    2011     2010     2009  
            (In thousands)          
Net income (loss)
  $ 11,030     $ 17,938     $ (1,260 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
                       
Unrealized currency translation adjustments
    (4,627 )     5,976       (11,247 )
Employee postretirement benefits
    5,735       12,792       (15,152 )
Cash flow hedge adjustments
    1,595       985       (194 )
 
                 
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
    2,703       19,753       (26,593 )
 
                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
    13,733       37,691       (27,853 )
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (878 )     2,232       6,215  
 
                 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ 12,855     $ 39,923     $ (21,638 )
 
                 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 1,     January 2,     January 3,  
    2011     2010     2009  
            (In thousands)          
Operating activities:
                       
Net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ 10,407     $ 20,075     $ 4,709  
Adjustments to reconcile net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Asset impairment charges
    744       3,444       13,096  
Deferred income taxes
    (3,682 )     (624 )     (1,724 )
Depreciation and amortization
    46,353       50,370       52,294  
(Gains) losses on sale of assets, net
    (391 )     (8,210 )     36  
Loss on derivatives and other financial instruments
    2,192       777        
Gain on reacquisition of debt
          (2,431 )      
Noncash write-off of loan acquisition costs
          3,483        
Noncash compensation
    4,681       3,690       2,622  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable, net
    (3,632 )     17,151       1,038  
Inventories, net
    (7,809 )     13,034       11,505  
Other current assets
    (8,215 )     (685 )     1,325  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    30,555       (2,670 )     (6,253 )
Other, net
    (7,959 )     1,605       (19,190 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    63,244       99,009       59,458  
 
                 
Investing activities:
                       
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (45,183 )     (43,477 )     (34,460 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
    4,363       33,342       3,424  
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
          (4,083 )      
Acquisition of intangibles and other
    (456 )     (349 )     (590 )
 
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (41,276 )     (14,567 )     (31,626 )
 
                 
Financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from other long-term debt
    28,086       19,519       32,680  
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
    17,859       18,843       20,129  
Repayment of term loan
    (3,999 )     (60,931 )     (24,100 )
Repayment of other long-term debt
    (30,880 )     (6,156 )     (29,768 )
Repayment of short-term borrowings
    (19,425 )     (27,136 )     (11,828 )
Loan acquisition costs
    (166 )     (4,492 )      
Reacquisition of debt
          (12,298 )      
Other financing, net
    439             27  
 
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (8,086 )     (72,651 )     (12,860 )
 
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    579       385       (952 )
 
                 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    14,461       12,176       14,020  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    57,894       45,718       31,698  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 72,355     $ 57,894     $ 45,718  
 
                 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Background and Basis of Consolidation
      Background
          Polymer Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a leading global innovator, manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials, focused primarily on the production of nonwoven products. The Company has one of the largest global platforms in the industry, with fourteen manufacturing and converting facilities throughout the world, and a presence in nine countries. The Company’s main sources of revenue are the sales of primary and intermediate products to the hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial markets.
          Prior to January 28, 2011, the Company’s common stock was publicly traded. On January 28, 2011, the Company merged with Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, a company controlled by investment funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group (the “Blackstone Acquisition”), and as a result, the Company became a privately-held company. See Note 25 “Subsequent Events” for additional information about the Blackstone Acquisition.
      Basis of Consolidation
          The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Polymer Group, Inc. and all majority-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. The accounts of all foreign subsidiaries have been included on the basis of fiscal periods ended on the same dates as the accompanying consolidated financial statements. All amounts are presented in United States (“U.S.”) dollars, unless otherwise noted.
Note 2. Accounting Policies and Financial Statement Information
      Fiscal Year
          The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to December 31. Fiscal 2010 ended January 1, 2011 and includes the results of operations for a fifty-two week period. Fiscal 2009 ended January 2, 2010 and included the results of operations for a fifty-two week period. Fiscal 2008 ended January 3, 2009 and included the results of operations for a fifty-three week period.
      Use of Estimates
          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification” or “ASC”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the related disclosures within the accompanying notes. The accounting estimates that require management’s most significant and subjective judgments include the valuation of allowances for accounts receivable and inventory, the assessment of recoverability of long-lived assets, the recognition and measurement of severance-related liabilities, the recognition and measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities (including the measurement of uncertain tax positions), the valuation and recognition of share-based compensation, the valuation of obligations under the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans and the fair value of financial instruments and non-financial assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates. These estimates are reviewed periodically to determine if a change is required.
          An allowance for doubtful accounts is established by the Company based upon factors including the credit risk of specific customers, the age of the receivables, historical trends and other information. Management believes that the allowance is adequate to cover potential losses resulting from uncollectible accounts. Additionally, sales returns and allowances, a component of net sales, are recorded in the period in which the related sales are recorded. Management bases its estimate of the expense to be recorded each period on historical return and allowance levels.

F-8


Table of Contents

          The Company maintains reserves for inventories, which are valued primarily using the first in, first out (“FIFO”) method. Such reserves for inventories can be specific to certain inventory or based on age or judgments about the overall condition of the inventory. Specific reserves are established based on a determination of the obsolescence of the inventory and whether the inventory value exceeds amounts to be recovered through expected sales price, less selling costs. Reserves are also established based on percentage write-downs applied to inventories aged for certain time periods or for inventories which are considered slow-moving. Estimating sales prices, establishing write-down percentages and evaluating the condition of the inventories require judgments and estimates which impact inventory valuation and gross profits.
          Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For assets held and used, an impairment may occur if projected undiscounted cash flows are not adequate to cover the carrying value of the assets. In such cases, additional analysis is conducted to determine the amount of the loss to be recognized. The impairment loss is determined by the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the fair value of the asset, primarily measured by future discounted cash flows and other indicators of fair value. The analysis, when conducted, requires estimates of the amount and timing of projected cash flows and, where applicable, judgments associated with, among other factors, the appropriate discount rate. Such estimates are critical in determining whether any impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment loss is deemed to be necessary. In addition, future events impacting the amount, and/or timing, of cash flows for existing assets could render a write-down necessary that previously required no write-down.
          For assets held for disposal, an impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value less costs to sell. Estimates are required of fair value, disposal costs and the time period to dispose of the assets. Such estimates are critical in determining whether any impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment loss is deemed to be necessary. Actual cash flows received could differ from those used in estimating the impairment loss, which would impact the impairment charge ultimately recognized.
          The Company has pension and postretirement plans with costs and obligations which are dependent on assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. These assumptions include discount rates, inflation rates, salary growth percentages, long-term return on plan assets, retirement rates, mortality rates and other factors. While the Company believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience or significant changes in assumptions would affect its pension and postretirement costs and obligations.
          The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants for measuring compensation costs using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which model is dependent on certain assumptions. These assumptions are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and experience and include expected dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, forfeitures and expected lives. Although the Company believes the assumptions utilized are appropriate, differing assumptions would affect compensation costs.
          The Company has estimated the fair values of financial instruments in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value for non-traded financial instruments. Accordingly, such estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would realize in a current market exchange.
      Revenue Recognition
          Revenue from product sales is recognized when title and risks of ownership pass to the customer, which is on the date of shipment to the customer, or upon delivery to a place named by the customer, dependent upon contract terms and when collectability is reasonably assured and pricing is fixed or determinable. Revenue includes amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling. Provision for rebates, promotions, product returns and discounts to customers is recorded as a reduction in determining revenue in the same period that the revenue is recognized.

F-9


Table of Contents

      Cash Equivalents
          Cash equivalents are defined as short-term investments having an original maturity of three months or less. The Company maintains amounts on deposit at various financial institutions, which may at times exceed federally insured limits. However, management periodically evaluates the credit-worthiness of those institutions, and the Company has not experienced any losses on such deposits. Interest income is presented as a reduction of Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and consists primarily of income from highly liquid investment sources. Interest income approximated $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
      Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risks
          Accounts receivable potentially expose the Company to a concentration of credit risk. The Company provides credit in the normal course of business and performs ongoing credit evaluations on its customers’ financial condition, as deemed necessary, but generally does not require collateral to support such receivables. Customer balances are considered past due based on contractual terms and the Company does not accrue interest on the past due balances. Also, in an effort to reduce its credit exposure to certain customers, as well as accelerate its cash flows, the Company has sold on a non-recourse basis, certain of its receivables pursuant to factoring agreements. The provision for losses on uncollectible accounts is determined principally on the basis of past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of the Company’s receivables and evaluations of the risk of repayment. The allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $6.1 million and $8.9 million at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively, which management believes is adequate to provide for credit losses in the normal course of business, as well as losses for customers who have filed for protection under bankruptcy laws. Once management determines that the receivables are not recoverable, the amounts are removed from the financial records along with the corresponding reserve balance. Sales to the Procter & Gamble Company (“P&G”) accounted for approximately 14%, 10%, and 11% of the Company’s sales in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
      Inventories
          Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market primarily using the FIFO method of accounting. Costs include direct material, direct labor and applicable manufacturing overhead.
      Long-Lived Assets
          Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed for financial reporting purposes on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives established for building and improvements range from 5 to 31 years, and the estimated useful lives established for machinery, equipment and other fixed assets range from 2 to 15 years. Costs of repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Costs of the construction of certain long-lived assets include capitalized interest that is amortized over the estimated useful life of the related asset. The Company capitalized approximately $0.9 million, $0.4 million and $1.0 million of interest costs during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
      Derivatives
          The Company records all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at their fair value in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”). Changes in the fair value of a derivative are recorded each period in current earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, depending on the type of hedge transaction. Ineffective portions, if any, of all hedges are recognized in earnings.
          As more fully described in Note 16 “Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”, the Company, in the normal course of business, periodically enters into derivative financial instruments, principally swaps and forward contracts, with high-quality counterparties as part of its risk management strategy. These financial instruments are limited to non-trading purposes and are used principally to manage market risks and reduce the Company’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency and interest rates. Most interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in cash flows associated

F-10


Table of Contents

with interest payments to be made on variable rate debt obligations or fair value hedges of foreign currency-denominated transactions.
          The Company documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions and the methodologies that will be used for measuring effectiveness and ineffectiveness. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow or fair value hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments. The Company then assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. Such assessments are conducted in accordance with the originally documented risk management strategy and methodology for that particular hedging relationship.
          For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of recognized derivative gains and losses reclassified from other comprehensive income is classified consistent with the classification of the hedged item. For example, derivative gains and losses associated with hedges of interest rate payments are recognized in Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
          For fair value hedges, changes in the value of the derivatives, along with the offsetting changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged exposure are recorded in earnings each period in Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
      Income Taxes
          The provision for income taxes and corresponding balance sheet accounts are determined in accordance with the liability method. Tax provisions and credits are recorded at statutory rates for taxable items included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations regardless of the period for which such items are reported for tax purposes. Additionally, federal income taxes are provided on that portion of the income of foreign subsidiaries that is expected to be remitted to the U.S. and be taxable. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based upon temporary differences between the basis of certain assets and liabilities for income tax and financial reporting purposes. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized in the future. Valuation allowances are reviewed each period on a tax jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis to analyze whether a change in circumstances has occurred to provide enough evidence to support a change in the judgment about the realization of the related deferred tax asset in future years.
          The Company emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings effective March 5, 2003 (the “Effective Date”). For accounting purposes the Company recognized the emergence on March 1, 2003, which was the end of the February 2003 accounting period. In accordance with ASC 852, “Financial Reporting of Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code (“ASC 852”), the Company adopted fresh-start accounting as of March 1, 2003, and the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 resulted in a new reporting entity. Consistent with the provisions of ASC 852, recognition of tax benefits from preconfirmation net operating loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences and other tax attributes not recognized at the Effective Date are applied to reduce goodwill to zero, then reduce intangible assets that existed at the Effective Date with any excess tax benefits credited directly to Additional Paid-in Capital . Effective January 4, 2009 (the “Transition Date”) the Company adopted an amendment to ASC 852 which provides that any changes occurring after the Transition Date in the valuation allowance for acquired deferred tax assets be recognized as an adjustment to income tax expense.
          ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Under ASC 740-10, the financial statement effects of a tax position should initially be recognized when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should initially and subsequently be measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority.

F-11


Table of Contents

      Stock-Based Compensation
          The Company accounts for stock-based compensation related to its employee share-based plans in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). The compensation costs recognized are measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Consistent with ASC 718, awards are considered granted when all required approvals are obtained and when the participant begins to benefit from, or be adversely affected by, subsequent changes in the price of the underlying shares and, regarding awards containing performance conditions, when the Company and the participant reach a mutual understanding of the key terms of the performance conditions. Additionally, accruals for compensation costs for share-based awards with performance conditions are based on the probable outcome of such performance conditions. The Company has estimated the fair value of each stock option grant by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Assumptions are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and experience. See Note 14 “Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans” for assumptions utilized in the estimation of grant date fair value pursuant to ASC 718.
      Research and Development Costs
          The cost of research and development is charged to expense as incurred and is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company incurred approximately $11.6 million, $12.0 million and $14.5 million of research and development expense during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
      Shipping and Handling Costs
          Shipping and handling costs include costs to store goods prior to shipment, prepare goods for shipment and physically move goods from the Company’s sites to the customers’ premises. The cost of shipping and handling is charged to expense as incurred and is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company incurred $31.7 million, $22.6 million, and $26.3 million of shipping and handling costs during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
      Special Charges
          The Company records severance-related expenses once they are both probable and estimable in accordance with ASC 712, “Compensation — Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits” (“ASC 712”), for severance provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement. One-time, involuntary benefit arrangements and disposal costs, contract termination costs and other exit costs are accounted in accordance with ASC 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (“ASC 420”). The Company evaluates impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC 360”).
      Foreign Currency Translation
          The Company accounts for, and reports, translation of foreign currency transactions and foreign currency financial statements in accordance with ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters” (“ASC 830”). All assets and liabilities in the balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar are translated at period-end exchange rates, while income, expenses and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Translation gains and losses are not included in determining net income, but are presented as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). In addition, foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the determination of net income (loss).
      Gain on Reacquisition of Debt
          The Company, through its subsidiaries, may make market purchases of its first lien term loan under its Credit Facility (defined in Note 11 “Debt”) from its existing lenders at a discount to the carrying value of the debt. Under these agreements, to the extent of the amount of debt acquired, the Company’s subsidiary will acquire the rights and obligations of a lender under the credit facility and the selling third-party lender will be released from its obligations under the credit facility. The Company accounts for such reacquisition of debt as a transfer of financial assets resulting in a sale and derecognizes such liability in accordance with the authoritative literature and includes such amounts in Gain on Reacquisition of Debt in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-12


Table of Contents

      Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
          Accumulated other comprehensive income of $39.1 million at January 1, 2011 consisted of $42.6 million of currency translation gains (net of income taxes of $6.4 million), ($0.6) million of transition net assets, gains or losses and prior service costs not recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs (including income taxes of $5.8 million) and $(2.9) million of cash flow hedge losses costs (including income taxes of $2.0 million). Accumulated other comprehensive income of $36.6 million at January 2, 2010 consisted of $42.5 million of currency translation gains (net of income taxes of $6.4 million), ($2.6) million of transition net assets, gains or losses and prior service costs not recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs and $(3.3) million of cash flow hedge losses. Comprehensive income (loss) for fiscal years 2009 and 2008 is net of a reclassification adjustment pertaining to the cash flow hedge adjustment of $(4.5) million and ($3.9) million, respectively.
      Earnings Per Common Share
          Basic earnings per share exclude any dilutive effects of share-based awards and convertible securities and are computed by dividing net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution from common shares potentially issuable through share-based awards and convertible securities and is computed by dividing net income (loss), as adjusted for the effects of the conversion to common stock, by the weighted-average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding for the period. Shares issuable pursuant to stock option plans will have a dilutive effect only when the average market price for the reporting period exceeds the strike price of the option. A reconciliation of the amounts included in the computation of income (loss) per share for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 is presented in the following table (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Income (loss):
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 11,795     $ 9,023     $ (9,551 )
Income from discontinued operations
    (765 )     8,915       8,291  
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (623 )     2,137       5,969  
Effect of dilutive securities — convertible securities and share-based awards
                 
 
                 
Net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ 10,407     $ 20,075     $ 4,709  
 
                 
 
                       
Outstanding shares:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    20,785       19,601       19,261  
Effect of dilutive securities — convertible securities and share-based awards
    411       83       71  
 
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding — assuming dilution
    21,196       19,684       19,332  
          Under the treasury stock method, shares represented by the exercise of 7,184 shares were not included in diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2010 because to do so would have been anti-dilutive. Similarly, shares represented by the exercise of 33,567 options and 96,446 nonvested restricted shares were not included in diluted earnings per share for fiscal year 2009 because to do so would have been anti-dilutive. Similarly, shares represented by the exercise of 34,844 options and 88,080 nonvested restricted shares were not included in diluted earnings per share for fiscal year 2008 because to do so would have been anti-dilutive.
      Recent Accounting Standards
          In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to revise the approach to determine when a variable interest entity (“VIE”) should be consolidated. The new consolidation model for VIEs considers whether the Company has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIEs economic performance and shares in the significant risks and rewards of the entity. The new guidance on VIEs requires companies to continually reassess VIEs to determine if they are required to apply the new criteria, as prescribed by ASC 810, to determine the accounting and reporting requirements related to VIEs. In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17, “Amendments to Accounting for Variable Interest Entities,” (“ASU 2009-17”) to amend ASC 810 to clarify how enterprises should account for and disclose their involvement with VIEs. The Company adopted the revised guidance for the accounting for VIEs, pursuant to ASC 810, effective January 3, 2010. The adoption of the

F-13


Table of Contents

revised accounting guidance for VIEs did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 4 “Acquisitions” for additional information.
          In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force”, to amend certain guidance in ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 605”), specifically as related to “Multiple-Element Arrangements” (“ASC 605-25”). The amended guidance in ASC 605-25: (1) modifies the separation criteria by eliminating the criterion that requires objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered item(s), and (2) eliminates the use of the residual method of allocation and instead requires that arrangement consideration be allocated, at the inception of the arrangement, to all deliverables based on their relative selling price. The amended guidance in ASC 605-25 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early application and retrospective application permitted. The Company prospectively applied the amended guidance in ASC 605-25 beginning January 3, 2010. The adoption of the amendments to ASC 605-25 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
          In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) — Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements” (“ASU 2010-06”). This guidance clarifies and requires new disclosures about fair value measurements. The clarifications and requirement to disclose the amounts and reasons for significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2, as well as significant transfers in and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820, were adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Note 17, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities” reflects the amended disclosure requirements. Additionally, the new guidance also requires that purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements be presented gross in the Level 3 reconciliation, which is used to price the hardest to value instruments (the “disaggregation guidance”). The disaggregation guidance will be effective beginning with interim periods in fiscal year 2011. Since this guidance only amends the disclosure requirements, the Company does not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2010-06 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
          In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.” This guidance enhances the disclosure requirements about the credit quality of a creditor’s financing receivables and the adequacy of its allowance for credit losses. Financing receivables include, but are not limited to, loans, trade accounts receivable, notes receivables and other receivables, including factoring receivables. The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for activities occurring during the reporting period beginning in the Company’s fiscal 2011. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this guidance will have a significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.
          In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Disclosure of Supplemental Pro Forma Information for Business Consolidations”, to amend certain guidance in ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” This update provides guidance on the disclosure of supplemental pro forma information for business combinations. The amended guidance is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted; however, the Company did not early adopt this guidance. The adoption of this guidance will affect the Company’s fiscal year 2011 pro forma disclosures related to the Blackstone Acquisition. (See Note 24 “Subsequent Events” for additional information about the Blackstone Acquisition.)
          In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”). This update provides guidance on the requirements to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if the carrying amount of the reporting unit is zero or negative. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company does not expect adoption of the guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
          In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 to amend certain guidance in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement.” This update provides guidance to improve the consistency of the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The provisions of this guidance change certain of the fair value principles related to the highest and best use premise, the consideration of blockage factors and other premiums and discounts, the measurement of financial instruments held

F-14


Table of Contents

in a portfolio and instruments classified within shareholders’ equity. Further, the guidance provides additional disclosure requirements surrounding Level 3 fair value measurements, the uses of nonfinancial assets in certain circumstances and identification of the level in the fair value hierarchy used for assets and liabilities which are not recorded at fair value, but where fair value is disclosed. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
          In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 to amend certain guidance in ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” This update requires total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income to be presented either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. Further, the guidance requires an entity to present reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to net income on the face of the financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
          In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other.” This update allows an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test for a reporting unit. If the entity elects the option and determines that the qualitative factors indicate that it is not more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, the entity is not required to calculate the fair value of the reporting unit and no further evaluation is necessary. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011, though early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
Note 3. Special Charges, Net
          The Company’s operating income includes Special charges, net which primarily reflects the impact of corporate-level decisions or Board of Directors actions principally associated with initiatives attributable to the restructuring and realignment of manufacturing operations, management structures and/or the pursuit of certain transaction opportunities. Additionally, the Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances, including those aforementioned, indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. A summary of such charges is presented in the following table (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Restructuring and plant realignment costs
  $ 9,098     $ 16,898     $ 6,388  
Asset impairment charges
    744       3,444       13,096  
Other costs
    8,151       421       604  
 
                 
 
  $ 17,993     $ 20,763     $ 20,088  
 
                 
      Restructuring and plant realignment costs
          Accrued costs for restructuring efforts are included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These costs generally arise from restructuring initiatives intended to result in lower working capital levels and improved operating performance and profitability through: (i) reducing headcount at both the plant and corporate levels and the realignment of management structures; (ii) improving manufacturing productivity and reducing corporate costs; and (iii) rationalizing certain assets, businesses and employee benefit programs. The following table summarizes the components of the accrued liability for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Balance accrued at beginning of year
  $ 2,713     $ 2,672     $ 5,903  
Restructuring and plant realignment costs:
                       
First Quarter
    4,217       1,284       1,352  
Second Quarter
    2,766       4,092       1,398  
Third Quarter
    1,480       1,266       1,512  
Fourth Quarter
    635       10,256       2,126  
 
                 
Total
    9,098       16,898       6,388  
 
                 

F-15


Table of Contents

                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Cash payments
    (10,181 )     (16,857 )     (9,739 )
Adjustments
    96             120  
 
                 
Balance accrued at end of year
  $ 1,726     $ 2,713     $ 2,672  
 
                 
          The $9.1 million of restructuring and plant realignment costs in fiscal 2010 are comprised of: (i) $7.3 million of severance and other shut-down costs for restructuring activities in the United States; (ii) $1.6 million of severance and other shut-down costs for restructuring initiatives in Europe; and (iii) $0.2 million of severance costs for restructuring initiatives in Argentina.
          The restructuring and plant realignment costs associated with the Company’s nonwovens segments during fiscal 2009 are comprised of: (i) $11.3 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility; (ii) $3.4 million of severance costs in Europe related to the ongoing restructuring efforts in the European operations; (iii) $1.3 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to other previously announced facility closings in the United States; and (iv) $0.8 million of potential claim costs and legal fees related to litigation in Argentina. The Company also incurred $0.1 million of severance costs related to Oriented Polymers’ restructuring initiatives in Canada.
          On June 9, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan to consolidate certain of its operations in the U.S. In June 2009, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees that it planned to close the North Little Rock, Arkansas plant by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2010 to better align the Company’s capabilities with its long-term strategic direction and reduce overall operating costs. The plant closing included the reduction of approximately 140 employees. During fiscal 2009, the Company recognized $1.7 million of employee termination costs related to the closure of the North Little Rock plant. Production activities at the facility ceased as of March 5, 2010. In addition, the Company recognized $9.4 million related to equipment relocation costs. The Company estimated that it would recognize total cash restructuring charges in fiscal 2009 and 2010 of approximately $17.5 million to $18.5 million, comprised of approximately $2.0 million related to employee termination expenses and $15.5 million to $16.5 million for equipment relocation and associated shut-down costs. Of the total spending, $18.6 million has been recognized from the commencement in 2009 through the end of fiscal 2010, including $7.3 million recognized in fiscal 2010. The Company expects to recognize approximately $1.0 million of additional cost in fiscal 2011.
          The restructuring and plant realignment activities during fiscal 2008 primarily relate to: (i) $3.9 million of costs related to the previously announced closure of the Neunkirchen, Germany nonwovens facility, (ii) $1.0 million of costs related to the previously announced closing of the Landisville, New Jersey nonwovens facility, (iii) $1.0 million of costs related to a management restructuring within the Company’s Latin America operations, and (iv) $0.5 million of severance and other costs associated with other restructuring efforts throughout the Company, primarily in the U.S. The charges related to the Neunkirchen, Germany facility include $0.6 million related to employee termination expenses and $3.3 million primarily related to equipment relocation, employee costs during the shutdown period, facility overhead expenses and other associated shut-down costs. Production activities at the facility ceased as of September 29, 2007.
          On May 30, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan to consolidate certain of its U.S. operations. In June 2008, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees that it planned to close the Landisville, New Jersey plant by the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2008 to better align the Company’s capabilities with its long-term strategic direction. The plant closing included the reduction of approximately 77 positions. Production activities at the facility ceased in August 2008. During fiscal 2008, the Company recognized $0.5 million of employee termination costs and $0.5 million of other associated shut-down costs. In addition, during fiscal 2008, the Company incurred approximately $1.0 million of severance and related costs associated with a management restructuring of its Latin American operations.
      Asset impairment charges
          The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If the carrying amounts are not recoverable, the Company, consistent with the provisions of ASC 360, records a non-cash charge

F-16


Table of Contents

associated with the write-down of such assets to estimated fair value. Fair value is estimated based on the present value of expected future cash flows, appraisals and other indicators of value.
          During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.7 million related to the write-down of assets held for sale in Neunkirchen, Germany to their estimated fair value less costs to sell. These assets were subsequently sold and an immaterial loss was recognized on the sale as the assets.
          During fiscal 2009, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges in its nonwovens segments of $3.4 million related to the write-down of certain assets to their estimated fair value less costs to sell. Of that total, $1.8 million related to the write-down of certain assets held for sale in Neunkirchen, Germany to their estimated fair value less costs to sell. In accordance with ASC 360 regarding property, plant and equipment, such assets held for sale, with a carrying value of $4.7 million, were written down to their fair value of $2.9 million (net of costs to sell of $0.3 million). The Company also recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $1.6 million related to the facility in North Little Rock, Arkansas, resulting from the Company’s planned closure of the facility consistent with its strategic direction. In accordance with ASC 360, certain of these assets, with a carrying value of $6.1 million, were written down to their estimated fair value of $4.5 million (net of estimated costs to sell of $0.4 million).
          During fiscal 2008, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $13.1 million relating to certain assets of the Company’s nonwoven segment production facilities located in the U.S. which experienced a decline in profits and cash flows resulting from market declines and from the continued economic downturn which has negatively impacted certain of the Company’s industrial businesses, including the automotive business which the Company exited in fiscal 2009.
          See Note 17 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities” for the fair value measurement disclosures related to these assets.
      Other costs
          In fiscal 2010, the Company incurred professional services fees attributable to the Blackstone Acquisition (as discussed in Note 25 “Subsequent Events”). During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded approximately $6.4 million of professional services fees, of which $3.4 million had been paid by the Company through January 1, 2011.
          In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused the Company to temporarily cease manufacturing at its Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. The Company established temporary offices away from the flooded area and worked with customers to meet their critical needs through the use of our global manufacturing base. The floodwaters have receded and are no longer in this facility and the Company is taking steps to expeditiously repair the facility. The Company expects to restore this facility to operational status early in the second quarter of 2011. During the period that the facility is not operational, the Company estimates that its net profits will be negatively impacted by approximately $2.5 million to $3.5 million per month due to overhead costs related to the restoration and lost profit contribution from the facility. The Company presently expects the cash cost to restore operations to be in the range of approximately $12.5 million to 13.5 million. The Company expects that the above amounts will be offset by approximately $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant insurance policies (see Note 23 “Business Interruption Insurance Recovery” for further discussion of the related insurance recovery).
          The Company, with assistance from qualified third parties, conducted a preliminary assessment of the flood damage to estimate the recoverability of its assets located at the Cali, Colombia facility. As a result, certain machinery and equipment assets were estimated to be damaged beyond repair. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 360, a non-cash charge of $0.4 million, representing the estimated carrying value of the equipment, was recognized during the fourth quarter of 2010. Additionally, certain raw material and product inventories were evaluated to estimate the inventories’ utility and recoverability. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 330, the Company recorded an inventory write-down of approximately $2.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2010. This write-down represents the estimated carrying value of the damaged inventories. As discussed in Note 23 “Business Interruption Insurance Recovery,” this write-down was offset by an insurance claim recoverable of $1.8 million, resulting in a net impact of $0.7 million.

F-17


Table of Contents

          In addition to the equipment and inventory write-downs described above, the Company incurred additional flood-related operating expenses of approximately $0.5 million. These costs were recorded as expense during the fourth quarter of 2010, and represent activities such as cleaning and sanitizing the facility, establishing temporary office space, equipment rental and employee travel costs.
Note 4. Acquisitions
      Argentina
          On October 30, 2009, the Company announced that it completed a transaction to purchase the 40% noncontrolling interest in Dominion Nonwovens Sudamericana, S.A. from its partner, Guillermo E. Kraves. The purchase price was approximately $4.1 million. In accordance with ASC 810, the Company has accounted for this transaction as an equity transaction, and no gain or loss has been recognized on the transaction. The carrying amount of this noncontrolling interest has been adjusted in the amount of $0.6 million to reflect the change in ownership, and the difference between the purchase price and the amount by which the noncontrolling interest was adjusted resulted in a reduction to paid-in capital of $3.5 million. Additionally, the Company also paid $2.4 million to an affiliate of Mr. Kraves in satisfaction of amounts previously accrued for services.
      Spain
          On December 2, 2009, the Company completed the initial phase of the acquisition, from Grupo Corinpa, S.L. (“Grupo Corinpa”), of certain assets and the operations of the nonwovens businesses of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. (together with Tesalca-99, S.L., “Tesalca-Texnovo” or the “Sellers”), which are headquartered in Barcelona, Spain (the “Transaction”). The acquisition was completed by the Company through PGI Spain, which will operate as a new wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
          The acquired assets included the net operating working capital as of November 30, 2009 (defined as current assets less current liabilities excluding financial liabilities associated with the operations), the customer lists and the current book of business. Concurrent with the Transaction, the Company entered into a seven year lease (beginning December 2, 2009 and ending December 31, 2016) with Tesalca-Texnovo that provided that PGI Spain is entitled to the full and exclusive use of the Seller’s land, building and equipment during the term of the lease (the “Building and Equipment Lease”). PGI Spain was obligated to make lease payments of approximately €29.0 million to Tesalca-Texnovo during the term of the Building and Equipment Lease agreement. The first lease payment of approximately €1.25 million was due on March 31, 2010 and further quarterly payments of approximately €1.25 million were due for the first three years of the lease. Pursuant to ASC 840, the Building and Equipment Lease agreement has been accounted for as an operating lease. Furthermore, pursuant to ASC 840-20-25-2, PGI Spain recognized rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
          Additionally, as part of the Transaction, the Sellers granted PGI Spain a call option over the assets underlying the Building and Equipment Lease (the “Phase II Assets”), which expires on December 31, 2012 (the “Call Option”). As more fully described in Note 24 “Subsequent Events”, on January 28, 2011, the Company exercised the Call Option over the Phase II Assets.
          Consideration for the acquired assets in Phase I of the transaction consisted of approximately 1.049 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (“Issued Securities”), which represented approximately 5.0% of the outstanding share capital of the Company on December 2, 2009, after the effect of the issued shares. The Issued Securities are subject to certain restrictions, including that the Issued Securities were not registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (see Note 18 “Shareholder’s Equity” for further details). On December 2, 2009, the fair value of the Issued Securities approximated $14.5 million.
          During fiscal 2010, the Company incurred $1.7 million of acquisition and integration related expenses attributable to the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo. These expenses were attributable to accountant, legal and advisory fees of $0.9 million associated with due diligence and the closing of the Transaction. The remaining $0.8 million was incurred for employee termination costs pursuant to a facility restructuring. In January 2010, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees that it planned to restructure its manufacturing operations in Spain during the first quarter of fiscal 2010 to reduce its overall cost structure. The realignment included the reduction of approximately ten positions in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. During fiscal 2009, the Company

F-18


Table of Contents

incurred $1.8 million of acquisition and integration related expenses attributable to the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo. Of this amount, approximately $1.0 million in expenses were attributable to legal and advisory fees associated with due diligence and the closing of the transaction. The remaining $0.8 million of expenses were attributable to advisory fees for the valuation of the assets acquired; accountant fees associated with preparation of the historical U.S. GAAP financial statements for Tesalca-Texnovo and auditor fees for the audit of the aforementioned U.S. GAAP financial statements. In accordance with ASC 805, these expenses are recorded as a period cost in Acquisition and integration expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
          As of December 2, 2009 and January 2, 2010, and in accordance with ASC 810 (prior to the revisions that came into effect on January 3, 2010), the Company concluded that PGI Spain does not have a variable interest in the Sellers. Furthermore, effective January 3, 2010, and in accordance with ASC 810 (revised for the new guidance associated with variable interest entity accounting), the Company concluded that PGI Spain continues not to have a variable interest in the Sellers. Accordingly, Tesalca-Texnovo did not meet the conditions for consolidation by PGI Spain for the periods presented within these consolidated financial statements.
          The following represents the final allocation of the Tesalca-Texnovo purchase price, using the € to $ exchange rate as of December 2, 2009 (in thousands):
         
Accounts receivable (approximates contractual value)
  $ 21,880  
Inventories
    9,420  
Other current assets
    307  
Property, plant and equipment
    488  
Customer relationships
    858  
Goodwill
    2,542  
Indemnification asset
    3,658  
 
     
Total assets
    39,153  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    20,554  
Current portion of long-term debt
    145  
Long-term debt
    343  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    3,658  
 
     
Total purchase price
  $ 14,453  
 
     
          The property, plant and equipment and the associated long-term debt obligations are attributable to PGI Spain’s assumption of certain financial lease obligations related to the lease of physical assets which the Sellers had accounted for as capitalized leases. Pursuant to ASC 805, the Company has accounted for these financial lease obligations as capital leases for purposes of its opening balance sheet and recognized capital lease obligations equal to the present value of the future lease payments. Other noncurrent liabilities reflect the establishment of a liability for uncertain tax positions identified as of the transaction date. As part of the transaction, the Sellers have provided bank and personal guarantees associated with a portion of these liabilities, which PGI Spain has reflected as an indemnification asset in the purchase price allocation. The customer relationships intangible asset has an economic useful life of 5 years.
          The results of Tesalca-Texnovo have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date of acquisition. The table below presents the results as reported by the Company and unaudited pro forma results of the Company, assuming that the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo occurred at the beginning of each period are as follows. The unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred had the acquisitions been in effect for the periods presented (in thousands, except per share data):
                                 
    January 2, 2010     January 3, 2009  
    As Reported     Proforma     As Reported     Proforma  
            (Unaudited)             (Unaudited)  
Net Sales
  $ 850,605     $ 931,378     $ 1,026,194     $ 1,108,497  
Net earnings attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    20,075       15,208       4,709       (654 )
Net earnings per share:
                               
Basic
  $ 1.02     $ 0.74     $ 0.24     $ (0.03 )
 
                       
Diluted
  $ 1.02     $ 0.73     $ 0.24     $ (0.03 )
 
                       

F-19


Table of Contents

          This unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on estimates, information available and certain assumptions, and may be revised as additional information becomes available. In addition, the unaudited pro forma financial information does not reflect any adjustments for non-recurring items or anticipated synergies resulting from the acquisition.
          The unaudited pro forma financial information from the beginning of the periods presented until the acquisition date includes adjustments to: 1) remove the effect of the depreciation and amortization attributable to the property, plant and equipment and intangible assets of Tesalca-Texnovo, that were not acquired, of approximately $8.5 million and $8.4 million for the years ended January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009, respectively; 2) include the effect of the aforementioned operating lease that was entered into concurrently with the Transaction attributable to the exclusive use of Tesalca-Texnovo’s building, equipment and machinery of approximately $6.0 million and $5.5 million for the years ended January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009, respectively; and 3) eliminate intercompany related sales between Tesalca-Texnovo and the Company during fiscal years 2009 and 2008, and the associated loss that was recognized on the respective sales.
Note 5. Discontinued Operations
The following businesses which relate to our Oriented Polymers segment are being presented as discontinued operations.
Difco
          Effective April 28, 2011, the board of directors of the Company committed to management’s plan to dispose of the assets of Difco Performance Fabrics, Inc. (“Difco”). On April 29, 2011, we entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of Difco. The agreement provided that Difco continue to produce goods during a three month manufacturing transition services arrangement that expired in the third quarter of 2011. Upon the sale of the aforementioned assets, Difco would retain its property, plant and equipment. The Difco sale was completed on May 10, 2011. After taking into consideration the cash proceeds that management contemplates receiving from the sale of its assets; including the future sale of the remaining property, plant and equipment, and recognizing the wind-down related costs, management does not anticipate that it would recognize a loss of the sale and discontinuance of the Difco business operations. Accordingly, management does not expect an impairment charge.
          Pursuant to ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC 360”), the Company determined that the assets of Difco represent assets held for sale, since the cash flows of Difco will be eliminated from our ongoing operations and the Company will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the business after the disposal transaction.
Fabpro
          During fiscal 2009, the Company determined that, in accordance with ASC 360, the assets of Fabpro represented assets held for sale. Accordingly, the operations of Fabpro have been reported as discontinued operations, as the cash flows of Fabpro have been eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction, and the Company has no continuing involvement in the operations of the business after the disposal transaction. The Company sold this business as part of its continuing effort to evaluate its businesses and product lines for strategic fit within its operations. The Company completed the sale of Fabpro during the third quarter of fiscal 2009.
Presentation
          As a result, these businesses have been accounted for as discontinued operations in accordance with the authoritative guidance for the periods presented in this report. Accordingly, Difco’s operating assets and liabilities have been segregated and included in Assets of discontinued operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The results of operations of both Difco and Fabpro have been segregated from continuing operations and included in Income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-20


Table of Contents

          The following amounts, which relate to our Oriented Polymers segment, have been segregated from continuing operations and included in Income from discontinued operations (in thousands):
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 1, 2011     January 2, 2010     January 3, 2009  
Net sales
  $ 39,194     $ 67,970     $ 119,443  
 
                 
Pre-tax (loss) income
  $ (473 )   $ 1,843     $ 8,144  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    292       (270 )     (147 )
 
                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (765 )   $ 2,113     $ 8,291  
 
                 
          Difco had income tax expense of $0.3 million for fiscal year 2010 and an income tax benefit of $0.3 million and $0.1 million in fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively. Difco’s actual tax expense differs from such expense determined at the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to intercompany profits, currency differences, losses with no expectation of future benefits and unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”). The differences of the tax expense between respective periods are primarily due to differences in the pre-tax book profits.
          Pre-tax income of discontinued operations included interest expense allocated to Fabpro resulting from interest on debt that was required to be repaid as a result of the disposal transaction of $0.6 million and $1.9 million for fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively. Income tax expense associated with the income of Fabpro reflects a benefit for the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, for which a valuation allowance had been previously established
          The Company has recognized a preliminary loss of $0.2 million on the sale of certain of Difco’s assets (accounts receivable and inventory) based on the $9.2 million of cash that the Company received in second quarter 2011.
          The final determination of the gain or loss realized on the sale of Difco’s assets is subject to change, pending the Company’s final determination of the carrying value of the sold Difco’s assets, which in turn, is dependent upon the Company’s completion of the aforementioned purchase price accounting associated with the Acquisition. At present, the Company has not determined the fair value of the assets and liabilities of Difco as of the Merger Date.
          The Company recognized a gain on the sale of Fabpro of approximately $6.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010. There were no income taxes associated with such gain due to the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, for which, a valuation allowance had been previously established. The definitive purchase agreement for the Fabpro sale provided for a purchase price adjustment based on the actual working capital that Fabpro had on the sale date, as compared with a forecasted amount. The working capital purchase price adjustment was finalized in fourth quarter 2009.
          The following assets and liabilities have been segregated and included in Assets of discontinued operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations , as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
                 
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 5,812     $ 5,270  
Inventories
    8,285       7,149  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    2,351       2,343  
Deferred income taxes
    1,858       1,888  
Other assets
    499       446  
 
           
Assets of discontinued operations
  $ 18,805     $ 17,096  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities of discontinued operations
  $ 4,793     $ 2,615  
 
           

F-21


Table of Contents

Note 6. Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreements
          The Company has entered into a factoring agreement to sell, without recourse or discount, certain U.S. company-based receivables to an unrelated third-party financial institution. Under the current terms of the factoring agreement, the maximum amount of outstanding advances at any one time is $20.0 million, which limitation is subject to change based on the level of eligible receivables, restrictions on concentrations of receivables and the historical performance of the receivables sold. Additionally, the Company’s subsidiaries in Mexico and Spain have entered into factoring agreements to sell, without recourse or discount, certain non-U.S. company-based receivables to unrelated third-party financial institutions. Under the terms of the factoring agreements, the maximum amount of outstanding advances at any one time is $20.3 million, which limitation is subject to change based on the level of eligible receivables, restrictions on concentrations of receivables and the historical performance of the receivables sold.
          A total of approximately $261.5 million, $145.8 million, and $249.2 million of receivables have been sold under the terms of the factoring agreements during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in the amount of receivables sold under the terms of the factoring agreements between 2008 and 2009 was due to lower selling prices in fiscal 2009 and the Company’s decision to curtail factoring of its U.S. company-based receivables during all of the third quarter and a portion of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 due to concerns regarding the credit worthiness of the third-party financial institution. After ongoing review by the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the U.S. factoring program was resumed in December 2009. The increase in the amount of receivables sold between 2009 and 2010 was due primarily to the recommencement of the U.S. factoring program in December 2009, as well as additional receivables sold from of the Company’s Spain operation, which was acquired in December 2009. The sale of these receivables accelerated the collection of the Company’s cash, reduced credit exposure and lowered the Company’s net borrowing costs. Such sales of accounts receivable are reflected as a reduction of Accounts receivable, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as they meet the applicable criteria of ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing” (“ASC 860”). The gross amount of outstanding trade receivables sold to the factoring entities and, therefore, excluded from the Company’s accounts receivable, was $43.4 million and $35.1 million as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. The amount due from the factoring companies, net of advances received from the factoring companies, was $10.4 million and $5.7 million at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 and is shown in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As such, the net amount of factored receivables was $33.0 million and $29.4 million as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. The Company pays factoring fees associated with the sale of receivables based on the dollar value of the receivables sold. Such fees, which are considered to be primarily related to the Company’s financing activities, are immaterial and are included in Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Note 7. Inventories, net
          Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
                 
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
Finished goods
  $ 53,619     $ 56,169  
Work in process
    9,262       9,486  
Raw materials and supplies
    42,299       34,016  
 
           
 
  $ 105,180     $ 99,671  
 
           
          Inventories are net of reserves, primarily for obsolete and slow-moving inventories, of approximately $4.7 million and $7.8 million at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. Management believes that the reserves are adequate to provide for losses in the normal course of business.

F-22


Table of Contents

Note 8. Property, Plant and Equipment, net
          Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
                 
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
Land
  $ 12,009     $ 12,431  
Buildings and land improvements
    95,854       99,796  
Machinery, equipment and other
    494,053       500,765  
Construction in progress
    43,118       3,317  
 
           
 
    645,034       616,309  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (321,900 )     (288,237 )
 
           
 
  $ 323,134     $ 328,072  
 
           
          The significant increase in construction in progress during fiscal 2010 is primarily due to capital expansion projects under construction at January 1, 2011. The Company is currently constructing new spunmelt lines at the Company’s facilities near Suzhou, China and Waynesboro, Virginia (see Note 20 “Commitments and Contingencies” for further discussion regarding these capital expansion initiatives).
          Depreciation charged to expense was $44.6 million, $47.2 million and $47.1 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
          As discussed in Note 3 “Special Charges, Net — Restructuring and plant realignment costs”, the Company ceased operations at its North Little Rock, Arkansas facility in fiscal 2010 and certain machinery and equipment was relocated to the Company’s Benson, North Carolina facility. Prior to the cessation of manufacturing at the North Little Rock facility, the Company began the process of marketing for sale the remaining property, plant and equipment at the facility. As the Company had ceased operations at the facility in fiscal 2010, the Company has classified $3.4 million of property, plant and equipment as assets held for sale included in Other current assets in the January 1, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet.
          During fiscal year 2008, the Company approved plans to sell its remaining assets at its plant located in Neunkirchen, Germany and that facility was written down to its estimated fair value less cost to sell. As of January 2, 2010, Neunkirchen assets of approximately $3.0 million were classified as held for sale and included in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Neunkirchen facility was sold during fiscal 2010.
Note 9. Intangibles and Loan Acquisition Costs
          Intangibles and loan acquisition costs consist of the following (in thousands):
                 
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
Cost:
               
Goodwill
  $ 2,253     $ 2,588  
Customer relationships
    760       818  
Proprietary technology
    3,215       2,900  
Loan acquisition costs
    4,544       4,378  
Other
    2,008       2,114  
 
           
 
    12,780       12,798  
Less accumulated amortization
    (5,247 )     (3,861 )
 
           
 
  $ 7,533     $ 8,937  
 
           
          As discussed earlier in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, the Company recognized both Eurodollar goodwill and customer relationships as intangible assets attributable to the Spain acquisition in fiscal 2009. The customer relationships intangible asset has an economic useful life of 5 years and will be amortized over a 5-year period.
          In accordance with ASC 350, the Company will not amortize the goodwill, but instead will evaluate goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis beginning with the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011. The Company performed its annual review of goodwill in fourth quarter 2010 and determined that the recorded goodwill was not impaired.

F-23


Table of Contents

          In September 2009, the Company amended its Credit Facility, which included a substantial modification to its first lien term loan, which modification has been treated as an extinguishment of debt pursuant to ASC 470-50, “Debt”. As a result, a portion of the unamortized loan acquisition costs associated with the November 2005 financing in the amount of $3.5 million were written-off and, together with $1.6 million of third-party costs incurred in connection with the amendment, are included in Loss on extinguishment of debt in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In addition, approximately $2.6 million of financing costs associated with the amendment of the Credit Facility (defined in Note 11 “Debt’’) were capitalized in the third quarter of fiscal 2009. The Company capitalized approximately $0.2 million of financing costs associated with the conversion of $10.0 million of the Revolving Credit Facility in the second quarter of fiscal 2010. See Note 11 “Debt” for additional disclosures related to the amendment to the Credit Facility.
          Components of amortization expense are shown in the table below (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Amortization of:
                       
Intangibles with finite lives, included in Selling, general and administrative expense
  $ 744     $ 650     $ 640  
Spain covenant not to compete, included in Special charges, net
    34              
Loan acquisition costs, included in Interest expense, net
    867       1,105       1,406  
 
                 
Total amortization expense
  $ 1,645     $ 1,755     $ 2,046  
 
                 
          Aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years is expected to be as follows: 2011, $1.5 million; 2012, $1.4 million; 2013, $1.1 million; 2014, $0.4 million; and 2015, $0.1 million. Intangibles are generally amortized over periods generally ranging from 4 to 6 years. Loan acquisition costs are amortized over the life of the related debt.
          Due to the Blackstone Acquisition, more fully described in Note 25 “Subsequent Events”, the Company’s intangible assets will be subject to significant change as a result of the purchase accounting that will occur in fiscal 2011, and as a result, the Company’s future amortization expense will be different than the amounts in the preceding discussion.
Note 10. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
          Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
                 
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
Accounts payable to vendors
  $ 124,320     $ 107,339  
Accrued salaries, wages, incentive compensation and other fringe benefits
    22,911       17,180  
Other accrued expenses
    26,628       18,643  
 
           
 
  $ 173,859     $ 143,162  
 
           

F-24


Table of Contents

Note 11. Debt
          Long-term debt consist of the following (in thousands):
                 
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
Old Credit Facility, as defined below, interest rates for U.S. dollar borrowings are based on a specified base plus a specified margin; due in mandatory quarterly payments of approximately $1.0 million, subject to additional payments from annual excess cash flows, as defined by the Credit Facility, and are subject to certain terms and conditions:
               
First Lien Term Loan (Tranche 1) — interest at 4.5% and 2.49% as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 respectively with any remaining unpaid balance due November 2012
  $ 15,932     $ 17,123  
First Lien Term Loan (Tranche 2) — interest at 7.00% and 7.00% as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 with any remaining unpaid balance due November 2014
    270,538       273,346  
Argentine Facility:
               
Argentine Peso Loan — interest at 18.56% and 18.85% as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 respectively; denominated in Argentine pesos with any remaining unpaid balance due April 2016
    4,573       6,307  
Argentine Peso Loan for working capital — interest at 18.63% and 18.85% as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 respectively; denominated in Argentine pesos with any remaining unpaid balance due September 2012
    844       1,892  
United States Dollar Loan — interest at 3.19% and 3.25% as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 respectively; denominated in U.S. dollars with any remaining unpaid balance due May 2016
    18,979       25,880  
Mexico Term Loan — interest at 8.08% and 8.05% as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 respectively; denominated in U.S. dollars with any remaining unpaid balance due January 2015
    10,546       13,841  
Suzhou Term Loan — interest at 4.78% as of January 1, 2011 with any remaining unpaid balance due November 2013
    10,000        
Other
    367       553  
 
           
 
    331,779       338,942  
Less: Current maturities
    (3,609 )     (16,921 )
 
           
 
  $ 328,170     $ 322,021  
 
           
      Scheduled Maturities
          The scheduled maturities of long-term debt at January 1, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):
         
2011
  $ 3,609  
2012
    3,586  
2013
    13,525  
2014
    3,451  
2015
    3,451  
2016 and thereafter
    304,157  
 
     
Total
  $ 331,779  
 
     
          In accordance with ASC 470 “Debt”, the Company has classified the current portion of certain of its long-term debt as non-current, since as a result of the Blackstone Acquisition, and as more fully described in Note 25 “Subsequent Events”, the Company refinanced certain of its long-term debt obligations by issuing, in January 2011, $560 million of senior secured notes with a due date in fiscal 2019. The Company has also considered the refinanced debt for the disclosure associated with scheduled maturities.

F-25


Table of Contents

      Old Credit Facility
          The Old Credit Facility described below was repaid and terminated in connection with the Blackstone Acquisition. The Company’s old credit facility (the “Old Credit Facility”), which was entered into on November 22, 2005 and amended as of December 8, 2006, consisted of a $410.0 million first-lien term loan (the “Term Loan”) and a $45.0 million secured revolving credit facility (the “Old Revolving Credit Facility”) maturing on November 22, 2010. In addition, the interest rate for both the Term Loan and the Old Revolving Credit Facility was based on a spread over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) of 2.25%, or 1.25% over a defined Alternate Base Rate. The Old Credit Facility also included customary representations and warranties, covenants and events of default, including, in certain circumstances, acceleration of obligations thereunder upon an event of default.
          On September 17, 2009, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (the “Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. As a result of the Amendment, the Company extended the maturity date of approximately $295.7 million of its then-outstanding $317.6 million Term Loan to November 22, 2014. As a result of the Amendment, availability under the Old Revolving Credit Facility matured in two tranches: $15.0 million (Tranche 1) on November 22, 2010 and $30.0 million (Tranche 2) on November 22, 2013, unless the Tranche 1 Term Loan exceeded $10.0 million on August 24, 2012. If that condition is met, then the Tranche 2 Revolver matures on August 24, 2012. In conjunction with the execution of the Amendment, the Company repaid approximately $24.0 million of net outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan.
          The Amendment also: (i) allowed for additional Term Loan tranches that extend the maturity date of the Term Loan to November 22, 2014 at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.5% (with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%); (ii) allowed for additional Old Revolving Credit Facility tranches that extended the maturity date of the Old Revolving Credit Facility to November 22, 2013 at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.5% (with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%); (iii) removed the requirement for future step downs or step ups in financial covenants; (iv) established price protection for the new tranches requiring matching yields if any future tranches are established at yields at least 25 basis points above the current loan tranches; (v) revised certain definitions and baskets related to permitted investments, acquisitions and assets sales; and (vi) required repayment of $24.0 million of net outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan at the closing.
          As of January 1, 2011, the Term Loan consisted of $15.9 million of net outstanding amounts maturing on November 22, 2012 (“Tranche 1 Term Loan”) and $270.5 million maturing on November 22, 2014 (“Tranche 2 Term Loan”). Similarly, as of January 1, 2011, the Old Revolving Credit Facility consisted of $40.0 million of availability maturing on November 22, 2013 (“Tranche 2 Revolver”), under which there were no amounts outstanding as of January 1, 2011. Effective May 4, 2010, the components of the revolving credit facilities reflect the conversion of $10.0 million of its Tranche 1 Revolver commitments to Tranche 2 Revolver commitments. The additional $10.0 million of Tranche 2 Revolver commitments assumed the same maturity date (November 22, 2013) and interest rate (LIBOR plus 4.5%, with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%) as the existing Tranche 2 Revolver. The Company did not extend the $5.0 million portion of the Old Revolving Credit Facility that matured on November 22, 2010 (“Tranche 1 Revolver”).
          All borrowings under the Old Credit Facility were U.S. dollar denominated and are guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, by each and all of the direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The Old Credit Facility and the related guarantees were secured by (i) a lien on substantially all of the assets of the Company, its domestic subsidiaries and certain of its non-domestic subsidiaries, (ii) a pledge of all or a portion of the stock of the domestic subsidiaries of the Company and of certain non-domestic subsidiaries of the Company, and (iii) a pledge of certain secured intercompany notes. Commitment fees under the Old Credit Facility are equal to 0.50% of the daily unused amount of the Tranche 1 Revolver and 0.75% of the daily unused amount of the Tranche 2 Revolver. The Old Credit Facility limits restricted payments to $5.0 million, including cash dividends, in the aggregate since the effective date of the Old Credit Facility. The Old Credit Facility contained covenants and events of default customary for financings of this type, including leverage and interest expense coverage covenants, as well as default provisions related to certain types of defaults by the Company or its subsidiaries in the performance of their obligations regarding borrowings in excess of $10.0 million. The Old Credit Facility required that the Company maintain a leverage ratio of not more than 3.50:1.00 as of January 1, 2011 and through the remaining term of the Old Credit Facility. The interest expense coverage ratio requirement at January 1, 2011 and through the remaining term of the Old Credit Facility required that it not be less than 3.00:1.00. The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the Old Credit Facility at January 1, 2011. These ratios were calculated on a trailing four-

F-26


Table of Contents

quarter basis. As a result, any decline in the Company’s future operating results would negatively impact its coverage ratios. Although the Company expects to remain in compliance with these covenant requirements, the Company’s failure to comply with these financial covenants, without waiver or amendment from its lenders, could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and operations, including limiting the Company’s ability to borrow under the Old Credit Facility.
          The Term Loan required mandatory payments of approximately $1.0 million per quarter. Under the Amendment, the Company had the option to either prorate such principal payments across the two tranches or to apply them to the tranche with the earliest maturity date. In addition, the Old Credit Facility, as amended, required the Company to use a percentage of proceeds from excess cash flows, as defined by the Old Credit Facility and determined based on year-end results, to reduce its then outstanding balances under the Old Credit Facility. Such percentage was based on the leverage ratio. Excess cash flows subject to potential repayment of the Old Credit Facility are calculated using the net amount of the Company’s available cash generated from operations adjusted for the cash effects of interest, taxes, capital expenditures, changes in working capital and certain other items. The amount of excess cash flows for future periods is based on year-end results. Any such amount would be payable in March 2011 and classified, in addition to the mandatory payments of approximately $1.0 million per quarter, in the Current portion of long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2011. There was no additional excess cash flow requirement with respect to fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009. The Company may, at its discretion and based on projected operating cash flows, the current market value of the Term Loan and anticipated cash requirements, elect to make additional repayments of debt under the Old Credit Facility in excess of the mandatory debt repayments and excess cash flow payments, or may reacquire its debt in conjunction with its debt repurchase program.
          The Company, through its subsidiaries, could make market purchases of the Term Loan under its Old Credit Facility from its existing lenders at a discount to the carrying value of its debt. Under these agreements, the Company’s subsidiary will acquire the rights and obligations of a lender under the Old Credit Facility to the extent of the amount of debt acquired, and the selling third-party lender will be released from its obligations under the Old Credit Facility. The Company accounts for such reacquisition of debt as a transfer of financial assets resulting in a sale and derecognizes such liability in accordance with the provisions of ASC 860. During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company reacquired $15.0 million of principal amount of debt, via cash payment, and recognized a gain on such reacquisition of $2.4 million, net of the write-off of deferred financing fees of $0.2 million, and has included such amount in Gain on Reacquisition of Debt in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
          The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Tranche 1 Term Loan and Tranche 1 Revolver is based on the three-month or the one-month LIBOR plus a specified margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under both the Tranche 1 Term Loan and Tranche 1 Revolver is 225 basis points. Further, the Company may, from time to time, could elect to use an Alternate Base Rate for its borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan based on the bank’s base rate plus a margin of 75 to 125 basis points based on the Company’s total leverage ratio.
          The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Tranche 2 Term Loan and Tranche 2 Revolver was based on LIBOR plus a margin of 450 basis points, with a LIBOR floor of 250 basis points.
          In accordance with the terms of the Old Credit Facility, the Company maintained its position in an interest rate swap agreement originally entered into in February 2007. The agreement effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of debt from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 5.085% and terminated on June 29, 2009. Additionally, in February 2009, the Company entered into another interest rate swap agreement, which was effective June 30, 2009 and matures on June 30, 2011, and effectively converts $240.0 million of notional principal amount of debt from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.96%. These agreements are more fully described in Note 16 “Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” and Note 17 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities.” As more fully disclosed in Note 24 “Subsequent Events”, concurrent with the Blackstone Acquisition, the Company settled the June 30, 2009 interest rate swap liability that was due to mature on June 30, 2011, since the Company repaid its Old Credit Facility.
          There were no borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility as of January 1, 2011 or January 2, 2010. Average daily borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, which were primarily LIBOR rate-based borrowings,

F-27


Table of Contents

were $1.5 million at an average interest rate of 5.7% for the period from January 3, 2010 to January 1, 2011. Subject to certain terms and conditions, a maximum of $25.0 million of the Old Credit Facility may be used for letters of credit. As of January 1, 2011, the Company has effectively reserved capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $8.2 million relating to standby letters of credit outstanding. These letters of credit are primarily provided to certain administrative service providers and financial institutions. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on at January 1, 2011.
          In fiscal 2009, the Company entered into short-term credit facilities to finance insurance premium payments. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing facilities was nil and $0.3 million as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. Borrowings under these facilities are included in Short-term borrowings in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
      Subsidiary Indebtedness
          As more fully described in Note 24 “Subsequent Events”, in connection with the Blackstone Acquisition, the Company refinanced certain of its subsidiary indebtedness. In fiscal 2008, the Company’s operations in Argentina entered into short-term credit facilities to finance working capital requirements. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing facilities was $2.1 million and $3.4 million as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. These facilities mature at various dates through June 2011. As of January 1, 2011, the average interest rate on these borrowings was 2.89%. Borrowings under these facilities are included in Short-term borrowings in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
          In January 2007, the Company’s subsidiary in Argentina entered into an arrangement with banking institutions in Argentina to finance the installation of a new spunmelt line at its facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The maximum borrowings available under the arrangement, excluding any interest added to principal, amount to 26.5 million Argentine pesos with respect to an Argentine peso-denominated loan and $30.3 million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and are secured by pledges covering (i) the subsidiary’s existing equipment lines; (ii) the outstanding stock of the subsidiary; and (iii) the new machinery and equipment being purchased, as well as a trust assignment agreement related to a portion of receivables due from certain major customers of the subsidiary. As of January 1, 2011, the outstanding indebtedness was approximately $24.4 million, consisting of $5.4 million of Argentine peso-denominated loans and a $19.0 million U.S. dollar-denominated loan. As of January 2, 2010, the outstanding indebtedness was approximately $34.1 million, consisting of $8.2 million of Argentine peso-denominated loans and a $25.9 million U.S. dollar-denominated loan. Current maturities of this debt amount to $3.5 million as of January 1, 2011. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under these term loans is based on LIBOR plus 290 basis points for the U.S. dollar-denominated loan and Buenos Aires Interbanking Offered Rate plus 475 basis points for the Argentine peso-denominated loan. Principal and interest payments began in July 2008 with the loans maturing as follows: annual amounts of approximately $3.5 million beginning in 2011 and continuing through 2015, and approximately $7.1 million in 2016 and thereafter.
          In April 2009, the Company amended its Argentine Facility to effectively defer $3.8 million of 2009 scheduled payments under the facility for a period of twelve months, all of which were paid in 2010. Accordingly, the Company has classified such payments, along with the appropriate scheduled maturities, as a current portion of long-term debt in its Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 2, 2010.
          In March 2009, the Company’s subsidiary in Mexico entered into a term credit facility (the “Mexico Credit Facility”) with a banking institution in Mexico to finance a portion of the installation of a new spunmelt line near San Luis Potosi, Mexico. The maximum borrowings available under the Mexico Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amount to $14.5 million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and is secured by pledges covering (i) the subsidiary’s existing equipment lines; and (ii) the new machinery and equipment being purchased. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Mexico Credit Facility is based on three-month LIBOR plus 780 basis points. A series of 22 quarterly principal payments commenced on October 1, 2009; interest payments commenced on July 1, 2009. As of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, the outstanding indebtedness under the Mexico Credit Facility was approximately $10.5 million and $13.8 million, respectively.
          In third quarter 2010, the Company’s subsidiary in Suzhou, China entered into a three year U.S. dollar denominated construction loan arrangement (the “Suzhou Credit Facility”) with a banking institution in China to finance a portion of the installation of the new spunmelt line at its manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China. The

F-28


Table of Contents

maximum borrowings available under the Suzhou Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amounts to $20.0 million, of which the Company was required to make an initial draw-down by December 31, 2010 and the remaining amount by December 31, 2011. In fourth quarter 2010, the Company borrowed $10.0 million under the Suzhou Credit Facility. Should the Company not draw-down the funds in the required time period, then the lender shall have a right to cancel the loan in whole or part. The three-year term of the agreement begins with the date of the first draw down on the facility. The Company was not required to pledge any security for the benefit of the Suzhou Credit Facility. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Suzhou Credit Facility is based on three-month LIBOR plus an amount to be determined at the time of funding based on the lender’s internal head office lending rate (400 basis points at the time the credit agreement was executed), but in no event would the interest rate be less than 1-year LIBOR plus 250 points. The Company is obligated to repay $5.0 million of the principal balance in the fourth quarter of 2012, with the remaining $15.0 million to be repaid in the fourth quarter of 2013. As of January 1, 2011, the outstanding balance under the Suzhou Credit Facility was $10.0 million. The Company anticipates that it will draw-down the full $20 million under the Suzhou Credit Facility in the first half of fiscal year 2011.
          As of January 1, 2011, the Company also had other documentary letters of credit not associated with the aforementioned Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $5.0 million, which was primarily provided to certain raw material vendors. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on at January 1, 2011.
Note 12. Income Taxes
          The provision for income taxes was computed based on the following components of income (loss) before income tax expense and discontinued operations (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Domestic
  $ (25,000 )   $ (7,471 )   $ (10,548 )
Foreign
    41,329       25,072       8,005  
 
                 
 
  $ 16,329     $ 17,601     $ (2,543 )
 
                 
          The components of income tax (benefit) expense for continuing operations are as follows (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Current:
                       
Federal and state
  $ (7,693 )   $ 693     $ 1,265  
Foreign
    16,042       8,721       5,860  
Deferred:
                       
Federal and state
    (794 )     (1,876 )     (187 )
Foreign
    (3,021 )     1,040       70  
 
                 
Income tax (benefit) expense
  $ 4,534     $ 8,578     $ 7,008  
 
                 

F-29


Table of Contents

          Income taxes computed at the Company’s U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% differed from the provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Computed income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate
  $ 5,715     $ 6,160     $ (890 )
State income taxes, net of U.S. federal tax benefit
    437       769       1,908  
Worthless stock deduction
                (16,792 )
Change in valuation allowance
    10,755       (752 )     27,168  
Tax attribute carryforward expiration
          15,169        
Intraperiod allocation rule exception
    (2,787 )     (3,717 )     (39 )
Foreign rate difference
    (3,967 )     (4,146 )     (1,817 )
Change in U.S. Personal Holding Company liability
    (7,864 )     999       1,341  
Other
    2,245       (5,904 )     (3,871 )
 
                 
Income tax expense
  $ 4,534     $ 8,578     $ 7,008  
 
                 
          For the tax year ended January 1, 2011, the change in U.S. Personal Holding Company (“PHC”) liability includes a benefit of $8.7 million from the expiration of statute of limitations, offset by additional interest of $0.8 million. The Company accrued $1.0 million and $1.3 million for interest expense related to the PHC liability for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009, respectively.
          The Company conducts business in foreign jurisdictions which grant special income tax rates from statutory income tax rates for a specified period under certain circumstances. The Company recognized approximately $1.8 million and $1.3 million of tax benefits during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively, related to these special income tax rates in China.
          Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as net operating losses and other tax credit carryforwards.
          Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
                 
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Provision for bad debts
  $ 1,067     $ 2,423  
Inventory capitalization and allowances
    2,752       3,237  
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards
    137,690       128,643  
Tax credits
    5,288       3,642  
Employee compensation and benefits
    4,264       5,273  
Property, plant and equipment and intangibles, net
    46,360       30,262  
Other, net
    13,766       20,989  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
    211,187       194,469  
Valuation allowance
    (190,494 )     (174,764 )
 
           
Net deferred tax assets
    20,693       19,705  
 
           
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Property, plant and equipment and intangibles, net
    (17,736 )     (16,023 )
Stock basis of subsidiaries
    (7,709 )     (7,709 )
Other, net
    (9,759 )     (12,904 )
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (35,204 )     (36,636 )
 
           
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ (14,511 )   $ (16,931 )
 
           
          The Company records a deferred tax liability associated with the excess of book basis over tax basis in the shares of subsidiaries not considered permanently invested. At January 1, 2011, the Company has not provided deferred U.S. income taxes on $77.7 million of unremitted earnings of its foreign subsidiaries where the earnings are

F-30


Table of Contents

considered permanently invested. If management decided to repatriate these earnings, they would become taxable in the United States. In the event of additional tax, unrecognized tax attributes may be available to reduce some portion of any U.S. income tax liability.
          The Company has $249.4 million of U.S. federal operating loss carryforwards that expire between 2024 and 2030. In addition, the Company has $876.6 million of aggregated state operating loss carryforwards that expire over various time periods, and has $139.9 million of foreign operating loss carryforwards, of which $66.5 million have an unlimited carryforward life and $57.9 million expire between 2011 and 2019. The remaining $15.5 million of foreign operating loss carryforwards expire between 2011 and 2030. The Company has potential tax benefits of $3.4 million of tax credit carryforwards on foreign jurisdictions, $1.1 million of which have an unlimited carryforward life, and the remaining $2.3 million expire between 2011 and 2019. The Company has $1.2 million of state credit carryforwards that expire between 2011 and 2020.
          A valuation allowance is recorded when, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the likelihood that a deferred tax asset will be realized, Management considers, among other factors, the trend of historical and projected future taxable income, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the carryforward period for net operating losses and credits as well as tax planning strategies available to the Company. After consideration of all available evidence both positive and negative, the Company has determined that valuation allowances of $190.5 million and $174.8 million are appropriate as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively.
          A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, included in Other Noncurrent Liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet, excluding potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions, is as follows (in thousands):
         
Unrecognized tax benefits as of January 2, 2010
  $ 29,366  
Gross increases for tax positions of prior years
    457  
Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years
    (24 )
Increases in tax positions for the current year
    1,797  
Lapse of statute of limitations
    (7,106 )
Currency translation
    (133 )
 
     
Unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2011
  $ 24,357  
 
     
          The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 were $36.7 million and $42.1 million, respectively. These amounts include accrued interest and penalties of $12.3 million and $12.7 million at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. Further, unrecognized tax benefits of $34.6 million represent the amount that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate of the Company in future periods. Included in the balance as of January 1, 2011 was $3.7 million related to tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts could significantly change during the next twelve months. This amount represents a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits comprised of items related to lapse of statute of limitations or settlement of issues.
          During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, the Company determined that it may be subject to PHC tax for past periods and established a liability in accordance with the recognition provisions of ASC 740. Generally, the PHC rules are commonly understood by tax professional to be focused on penalizing individuals who use holding companies to hold personal investments when the individual tax rates exceed corporate tax rates, and are therefore not typically applicable to corporations whose primary revenue source is from the manufacturing and sale of tangible products. However, based on certain ownership rules under the Internal Revenue Tax Code Sections that govern PHC’s that the Company was operating under at January 1, 2011 coupled with revenue source of specific subsidiaries, the PHC rules may apply. Although the Company believes that the PHC rules were not intended to apply to its situation, based on the specific facts and the specific tax rules, and the recognition rules of ASC 740, Management has established an amount under ASC 740.
          Management judgment is required in determining tax provisions and evaluating tax positions. Although management believes its tax positions and related provisions reflected in the consolidated financial statements are fully supportable, it recognizes that these tax positions and related provisions may be challenged by various tax

F-31


Table of Contents

authorities. These tax positions and related provisions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted as additional facts and information become available, including progress on tax audits, changes in interpretations of tax laws, developments in case law and closing of statute of limitations. The Company’s tax provision includes the impact of recording reserves and any changes thereto. As of January 1, 2011, the Company has a number of open tax years with various taxing jurisdictions that range from 2003 to 2010. In December, 2010, the Company filed for a ruling request from the IRS, with supplemental filings on June 2, 2011 and June 20, 2011. The Company is in discussions with the IRS to bring resolution to the PHC issue. However, the Company cannot be certain of the outcome of discussions with the IRS and whether such outcome will result in an amount of taxes, interest or penalties required to be paid that is materially higher or lower than the liability established on the Company’s balance sheet. Additionally, the results of current tax audits and reviews related to open tax years have not been finalized, and management believes that the ultimate outcomes of these audits and reviews will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
          The major jurisdictions where the Company files income tax returns include the United States, Canada, China, The Netherlands, France, Germany, Spain, Mexico, Colombia, and Argentina. The U.S. federal tax returns have been examined through fiscal 2004 and the foreign jurisdictions generally remain open and subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities for the tax years 2003 through 2010.
          The Company continues to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
Note 13. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans
          The Company and its subsidiaries sponsor multiple defined benefit plans and other postretirement benefit plans that cover certain employees. Benefits are primarily based on years of service and the employee’s compensation. It is the Company’s policy to fund such plans in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The benefit obligations and related assets under these plans with respect to the 2010 and 2009 disclosures have been measured as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively.
                                 
    U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans  
    Pension Benefits     Pension Benefits  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
            (In thousands)          
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
                               
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ (12,870 )   $ (12,222 )   $ (105,527 )   $ (103,668 )
Service costs
                (1,984 )     (2,160 )
Interest costs
    (730 )     (763 )     (5,215 )     (6,052 )
Participant contributions
                (143 )     (152 )
Plan amendments
                6,121       (155 )
Actuarial (loss)/gain
    (777 )     (928 )     (4,919 )     8,045  
Currency translation adjustment and other
                4,312       (5,792 )
Benefit payments
    1,010       1,043       4,446       4,407  
 
                       
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
  $ (13,367 )   $ (12,870 )   $ (102,909 )   $ (105,527 )
 
                       
Change in Plan Assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 10,611     $ 8,102     $ 113,073     $ 93,763  
Actual return on and additional plan assets
    1,584       2,899       10,454       11,715  
Employer and plan participant contributions
    780       653       3,733       6,173  
Benefit payments
    (1,010 )     (1,043 )     (4,446 )     (4,407 )
Currency translation adjustment and other
                (5,416 )     5,829  
 
                       
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 11,965     $ 10,611     $ 117,399     $ 113,073  
 
                       
Funded status
  $ (1,402 )   $ (2,259 )   $ 14,490     $ 7,546  
          The Company has plans whose fair value of plan assets exceeds the benefit obligation. In 2010 and 2009, the total amount netted in the funded status above for such plans approximates $21.4 million and $13.7 million, respectively. The Company also has plans whose benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets. In 2010 and 2009, the total amount netted in the funded status above for such plans approximates $8.3 million and $8.4 million, respectively. The total amount of prepaid benefit cost included in the net prepaid (accrued) benefit cost recognized related to these plans approximates $13.1 million in 2009 and $5.3 million in 2009.

F-32


Table of Contents

                                 
    U.S.     Non-U.S.  
    Postretirement     Postretirement  
    Benefit Plans     Benefit Plans  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
            (In thousands)          
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
                               
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ (44 )   $ (84 )   $ (5,903 )   $ (5,051 )
`Additional benefit obligations
                       
Service costs
                (76 )     (77 )
Interest costs
          (4 )     (345 )     (335 )
Actuarial gain
                427       (80 )
Currency translation adjustment and other
                (300 )     (770 )
Settlements/curtailments
    38       39              
Benefit payments
    6       5       482       410  
 
                       
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
  $     $ (44 )   $ (5,715 )   $ (5,903 )
 
                       
Change in Plan Assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $     $     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
                       
Employer and plan participant contributions
    6       5       482       410  
Benefit payments
    (6 )     (5 )     (482 )     (410 )
Currency translation adjustment and other
                       
 
                       
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $     $     $     $  
 
                       
Funded status
  $     $ (44 )   $ (5,715 )   $ (5,903 )
          The following table summarizes the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the Company’s pension plans as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 (in thousands):
                                 
    U.S.     Non-U.S.  
    Pension Plans     Pension Plans  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
Other noncurrent assets
  $     $     $ 21,363     $ 13,726  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
                (336 )     (305 )
Other noncurrent liabilities
    (1,402 )     (2,259 )     (6,537 )     (5,875 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    2,813       2,931       (5,823 )     1,332  
 
                       
Net amounts recognized
  $ 1,411     $ 672     $ 8,667     $ 8,878  
 
                       
          The following table summarizes the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans as of January 1, 2011 and of January 2, 2010 (in thousands):
                                 
    U.S.     Non-U.S.  
    Postretirement     Postretirement  
    Benefit Plans     Benefit Plans  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
Other noncurrent assets
  $     $     $     $  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
          (44 )     (490 )     (515 )
Other noncurrent liabilities
                (5,225 )     (5,388 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
          (59 )     (2,136 )     (1,836 )
 
                       
Net amounts recognized
  $     $ (103 )   $ (7,851 )   $ (7,739 )
 
                       
          The following table summarizes the amounts recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income , in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, before taxes, for the Company’s pension plans as of January 1, 2011 and of January 2, 2010 (in thousands):
                                 
    U.S.     Non-U.S.  
    Pension Plans     Pension Plans  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
Transition net asset
  $     $     $ 21     $ 41  
Net actuarial (gain) loss
    2,813       2,931       2,165       3,220  
Prior service cost
                (8,009 )     (1,929 )
 
                       
Net amounts recognized
  $ 2,813     $ 2,931     $ (5,823 )   $ 1,332  
 
                       

F-33


Table of Contents

          The following table summarizes the amounts recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income , in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, before taxes, for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans as of January 1, 2011 and of January 2, 2010 (in thousands):
                                 
    U.S.     Non-U.S.  
    Postretirement     Postretirement  
    Benefit Plans     Benefit Plans  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
Transition net asset
  $     $     $ 6     $ 8  
Net actuarial (gain) loss
          (59 )     (1,725 )     (1,401 )
Prior service cost
                (417 )     (443 )
 
                       
Net amounts recognized
  $     $ (59 )   $ (2,136 )   $ (1,836 )
 
                       
          Components of net periodic benefit costs for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (in thousands):
                                                 
    U.S. Plans Pension Benefits     Non-U.S. Plans Pension Benefits  
    2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  
            (In thousands, except percent data)          
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
                                               
Current service costs
  $     $     $     $ 1,984     $ 2,160     $ 2,504  
Interest costs on projected benefit obligation and other
    730       763       772       5,215       6,052       5,789  
Return on plan assets
    (1,584 )     (2,899 )     4,295       (10,454 )     (11,715 )     4,267  
Settlement loss
                                   
Net amortization of transition obligation and other
    894       2,526       (5,361 )     5,336       6,229       (10,612 )
 
                                   
Periodic benefit cost, net
  $ 40     $ 390     $ (294 )   $ 2,081     $ 2,726     $ 1,948  
 
                                   
Weighted average assumption rates:
                                               
Return on plan assets
    8.0 %     8.0 %     8.0 %     2.5-6.0 %     3.0-7.0 %     2.75-7.5 %
Discount rate on projected benefit obligations
    5.41       5.86       6.50       4.75-8.50       5.00-8.50       5.50-9.00  
Salary and wage escalation rate
    N/A       N/A       N/A       2.0-4.5       2.0-5.0       2.0-3.0  
                                                 
    U.S. Postretirement     Non-U.S. Postretirement  
    Benefit Plans     Benefit Plans  
    2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  
            (In thousands, except percent data)          
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
                                               
Current service costs
  $     $     $     $ 76     $ 78     $ 79  
Interest costs on projected benefit obligation and other
          4       6       345       335       347  
Curtailment/settlement (gain) loss
                (36 )                  
Net amortization of transition obligation and other
    (97 )     (34 )     (180 )     (241 )     (300 )     (272 )
Periodic benefit cost (benefit), net
  $ (97 )   $ (30 )   $ (210 )   $ 180     $ 113     $ 154  
 
                                   
Weighted average assumption rates:
                                               
Discount rate on projected benefit obligations
    N/A       1.50 %     6.50 %     5.00-8.50 %     5.75-8.50 %     6.25-9.00 %
          Discount rates are primarily based on the market yields of global bond indices for AA-rated corporate bonds, applied to a portfolio for which the term and currency correspond with the estimated term and currency of the obligation. During fiscal 2011, the Company expects to recognize amortization of actuarial gains/losses and prior service cost as components of net periodic benefit cost in the amounts of $0.3 million and $(0.6) million, respectively.
          During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company amended a non-U.S. pension plan in the Netherlands. The primary plan amendment involved increasing the retirement age from 62 to 65 years and changing the basis of retirement benefits from the participants’ final pay to career average pay. The amendment was retroactive to January 1, 2010. The impact of the amendment was to reduce the pension benefit obligation by $6.1 million as of January 1, 2011. The amendment reduced net periodic pension cost by $0.7 million in fiscal 2010. The amendment will reduce net periodic pension cost in future fiscal years.
          In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company approved amendments to its pension plan in Mexico, which will transition approximately 25% of the pension benefit obligation to a new defined contribution plan for certain

F-34


Table of Contents

employee groups, beginning January 1, 2011. This transition will occur over a 15 year period and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
          In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company approved amendments to various postretirement benefit plans in the U.S. which curtailed or eliminated defined benefits previously available under the plans. The amendments, as adopted, eliminated the postretirement insurance benefits for all current retirees of the Company, and substantially all active employees. These plans were terminated at the end of fiscal 2010. The impact of this change did not materially impact the Company’s 2010 financial statements.
      Assumed health care cost trend rates
          The health care cost trend rate assumptions for the Company provided health care benefits for retirees in Canada are reflected in the following table. The Company does not provide post-employment health care benefits for retirees in other countries.
                 
    January 1,     January 2,  
    2011     2010  
Weighted average health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
    6.75 %     6.60 %
Rate to which the cost trend is expected to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
    5.00 %     5.00 %
Year that the rate reached the ultimate trend rate
    2028       2028  
          A one-percentage point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have increased aggregate service and interest cost in 2010 by $0.1 million and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of January 1, 2011 by $0.3 million. A one-percentage point decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have decreased aggregate service and interest cost in 2010 by $0.1 million and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of January 1, 2011 by $0.2 million.
      Pension Plan Assets
      Investment decisions
          The Company’s overall investment strategy is to achieve a blend of approximately 80 percent of investments for long-term growth and 20 percent for near-term benefit payments with a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies and fund managers. The target allocations for plan assets are 40-55 percent in equity securities, 40-55 percent in corporate bonds and U.S. Treasury securities and the remainder in cash, cash equivalents or other types of investments. Equity securities primarily include investments in large-cap, mid-cap and small-cap companies principally located in the U.S. Fixed income securities include corporate bonds of companies of diversified industries and U.S. Treasuries. Other types of investments include hedge funds and private equity funds that follow several different strategies.
          The trust funds are sufficiently diversified to maintain a reasonable level of risk without imprudently sacrificing return. The Investment Managers select investment fund managers with demonstrated experience and expertise, and funds with demonstrated historical performance, for the implementation of the plans’ investment strategy. The Investment Managers will consider both actively and passively managed investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset classes to develop an efficient investment structure.
          It is the responsibility of the Trustee to administer the investments of the Trust within reasonable costs. These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees, consulting fees, transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the Trust.

F-35


Table of Contents

      Major categories of plan assets and the expected rate of return
          The plans’ weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:
                 
    2010     2009  
Cash
    3 %     4 %
Equity Securities
    37       37  
Fixed Income Securities
    60       59  
 
           
Total
    100 %     100 %
 
           
          The following tables summarize the fair value of each major category of the Company’s pension plan assets as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 in each of the major regions where it has assets, along with a narrative description of how the overall expected long-term rate-of-return is determined.
      Total Pension Plan Assets
          Fair value measurements at January 1, 2011 ($ in thousands):
                                 
Category   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Cash
  $ 4,011     $ 196     $ 3,815     $  
Total Equity Securities
    47,955       8,516       39,439        
Total Fixed Income Securities
    77,398       3,253       74,145        
 
                       
Total
  $ 129,364     $ 11,965     $ 117,399     $  
 
                       
          Fair value measurements at January 2, 2010 ($ in thousands):
                                 
Category   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Cash
  $ 5,141     $ 89     $ 5,052     $  
Total Equity Securities
    45,475       7,479       37,996        
Total Fixed Income Securities
    73,068       3,043       70,025        
 
                       
Total
  $ 123,684     $ 10,611     $ 113,073     $  
 
                       
      U.S. Pension Plan Assets
          Fair value measurements at January 1, 2011 ($ in thousands):
                                 
Category   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Cash
  $ 196     $ 196     $     $  
 
                       
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. large-cap (a)
    3,597       3,597              
U.S. mid-cap (b)
    1,394       1,394              
Foreign equities
    1,954       1,954              
Emerging markets growth
    1,571       1,571                  
 
                       
Total Equity Securities
    8,516       8,516              
 
                       
Fixed income securities:
                               
Corporate bonds(c)
    3,253       3,253              
 
                       
Total Fixed Income Securities
    3,253       3,253              
 
                       
Total
  $ 11,965     $ 11,965     $     $  
 
                       
 
(a)   This category consists of low-cost S&P 500 index funds, which are not actively managed.
 
(b)   This category consists of equity securities of U.S. companies with market capitalizations between $500 million and $5 billion.
 
(c)   This category consists of investment-grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries.

F-36


Table of Contents

          Fair value measurements at January 2, 2010 ($ in thousands):
                                 
Category   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Cash
  $ 89     $ 89     $     $  
 
                       
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. large-cap (a)
    6,380       6,380              
Emerging markets growth
    1,099       1,099                  
 
                       
Total Equity Securities
    7,479       7,479              
 
                       
Fixed income securities:
                               
Corporate bonds (b)
    3,043       3,043              
 
                       
Total Fixed Income Securities
    3,043       3,043              
 
                       
Total
  $ 10,611     $ 10,611     $     $  
 
                       
 
(a)   This category consists of low-cost S&P 500 index funds, which are not actively managed.
 
(b)   This category consists of investment-grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries.
          The Company selects the expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption for U.S. plan assets in consultation with their investment advisors and actuary. This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or to be invested to provide plan benefits. Historical performance is reviewed — especially with respect to real rates of return (net of inflation) — for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust, and for the trust itself. Undue weight is not given to recent experience — that may not continue over the measurement period — with higher significance placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions.

F-37


Table of Contents

      Canadian Pension Plan Assets
          Fair value measurements at January 1, 2011 ($ in thousands):
                                 
Category   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Cash
  $ 3,494     $     $ 3,494     $  
 
                       
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. large-cap (a)
    1,693             1,693        
Canadian large cap(a)
    5,586             5,586        
Foreign large-cap
    1,693             1,693        
 
                       
Total Equity Securities
    8,972             8,972        
 
                       
Fixed income securities:
                               
Corporate bonds (b)
    7,559             7,559        
Canadian government bonds
    1,949             1,949        
 
                       
Total Fixed Income Securities
    9,508             9,508        
 
                       
Total
  $ 21,974     $     $ 21,974     $  
 
                       
 
(a)   This category consists of actively managed equities and low-cost Canadian S&P/TSX 60 index funds which are not actively managed.
 
(b)   This category consists of investment-grade bonds of Canadian issuers from diverse industries.
          Fair value measurements at January 2, 2010 ($ in thousands):
                                 
Category   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Cash
  $ 3,395     $     $ 3,395     $  
 
                       
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. large-cap(a)
    2,509             2,509        
Canadian large cap(a)
    4,780             4,780        
Foreign large-cap
    2,084             2,084        
 
                       
Total Equity Securities
    9,373             9,373        
 
                       
Fixed income securities:
                               
Corporate bonds(b)
    6,843             6,843        
Mortgage-backed securities
    560             560        
Total Fixed Income Securities
    7,403             7,403        
Total
  $ 20,171     $     $ 20,171     $  
 
(a)   This category consists of actively managed equities and low-cost Canadian S&P/TSX 60 index funds which are not actively managed.
 
(b)   This category consists of investment-grade bonds of Canadian issuers from diverse industries.
          To estimate the expected long term rate of return on Canadian plan assets as of fiscal year end 2010, the Company considered the current level of expected returns on the bond portion of the portfolio, the historical level of risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested and the expectation for future returns on each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was weighted based on the target policy asset mix to develop an expected long-term rate of return on asset assumption for the portfolio.

F-38


Table of Contents

      European Pension Plan Assets
          Fair value measurements at January 1, 2011 ($ in thousands):
                                 
Category   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Cash
  $ 321     $     $ 321     $  
 
                       
Equity securities:
                               
ING Global Equity funds(a)
    23,676             23,676        
Emerging markets growth
    2,331             2,331        
Non-US equities
    4,460             4,460        
 
                       
Total Equity Securities
    30,467             30,467        
 
                       
Fixed income securities:
                               
ING Global Fixed Income Funds(b)
    61,732             61,732        
Other Foreign Fixed Income Funds
    2,905             2,905        
 
                       
Total Fixed Income Securities
    64,637             62,637        
 
                       
Total
  $ 95,425     $     $ 95,425     $  
 
                       
 
(a)   This category consists of investments across various regions and sectors.
 
(b)   This category consists of investments in a wide range of bonds containing government bonds, investment grade corporate bonds and asset backed securities, emerging markets debt and lower rated high yield corporate bonds.
          Fair value measurements at January 2, 2010 ($ in thousands):
                                 
Category   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Cash
  $ 1,657     $     $ 1,657     $  
 
                       
Equity securities:
                               
ING Global Equity funds (a)
    21,849             21,849        
Emerging markets growth
    2,463             2,463        
Non-US equities
    4,311             4,311        
 
                       
Total Equity Securities
    28,623             28,623        
 
                       
Fixed income securities:
                               
ING Global Fixed Income Funds (b)
    59,563             59,563        
Other Foreign Fixed Income Funds
    3,059             3,059        
 
                       
Total Fixed Income Securities
    62,622             62,622        
 
                       
Total
  $ 92,902     $     $ 92,902     $  
 
                       
 
(a)   This category consists of investments across various regions and sectors.
 
(b)   This category consists of investments in a wide range of bonds containing government bonds, investment grade corporate bonds and asset backed securities, emerging markets debt and lower rated high yield corporate bonds.
          To estimate the expected long term rate of return on European plan assets as of fiscal year end 2010, the Company used the expected long-term rates of return by asset categories projected by a portfolio simulator model. For each asset category, the model simulates a wide range of plausible scenarios of future capital market performance. The long-term average, or normative, levels incorporate a blend of historical capital market data and future expectations. The sources consulted in the determination of normative levels include investment consultants, plan sponsors, investment managers, economists, and academicians. Key variables maintained and used for the projections include interest rates, GDP, price inflation, government bond yields, credit spreads and currency.
          The Company’s practice is to fund amounts for its qualified pension plans at least sufficient to meet the minimum requirements set forth in applicable employee benefit laws and local tax laws. Liabilities for amounts in excess of these funding levels are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Employer contributions to its pension plans in 2011 are expected to approximate $3.5 million.

F-39


Table of Contents

      Expected Benefit Payments
          The following table reflects the total benefits projected to be paid from the plans or from the Company’s general assets, under the current actuarial assumptions used for the calculation of the projected benefit obligations and, therefore, may differ from projected benefit payments. The expected level of payments to, or on the behalf of, participants is as follows (in thousands):
                 
    Pension     Postretirement  
2011
  $ 4,853     $ 490  
2012
    5,005       487  
2013
    5,265       483  
2014
    5,657       476  
2015
    6,560       471  
2016 to 2020
    36,718       2,221  
          The Company sponsors several defined contribution plans through its domestic subsidiaries covering employees who meet certain service requirements. The Company makes contributions to the plans based upon a percentage of the employees’ contribution in the case of its 401(k) plans or upon a percentage of the employees’ salary or hourly wages in the case of its noncontributory money purchase plans. The cost of the plans was $2.4 million, $2.6 million and $2.8 million for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Note 14. Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans
          As more fully discussed in Note 25 “Subsequent Events”, concurrent with the Blackstone Acquisition, the Company’s stock options underlying the 2003 Stock Option Plan and the restricted shares and restricted share Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Plans were canceled and converted into the right to receive on January 28, 2011, (i) an amount in cash equal to the per share closing payment and (ii) on each escrow release date, an amount equal to the per share escrow payment, in each case, less any applicable withholding taxes. For the Company’s stock options, the amount in cash was adjusted by the exercise price of $6.00 per share.
      2003 Stock Option Plan
          The Polymer Group, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Option Plan”), which expires December 3, 2013, was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders and is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The 2003 Option Plan approved the issuance of 400,000 non-qualified stock options to acquire shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. All options awarded provide for an exercise price of $6.00 per share, have a five-year life and vest, based on the achievement of various service and financial performance criteria, over a four-year period, with the initial awards beginning their vesting terms as of January 4, 2004. Vesting of the stock options may be accelerated on the occurrence of a change in control, as defined in the 2003 Option Plan, or other events. With respect to post-vesting restrictions, the 2003 Option Plan provides that each option must be exercised, if at all, upon the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is five years after the award date of the option or (ii) concurrently upon the consummation of a change in control, as defined. As of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, the Company had awarded grants of non-qualified stock options to purchase 55,285 and 174,097 shares, respectively, of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. In March 2009, the Board of Directors approved a measure to cease making awards under the 2003 Option Plan.
          The Company accounts for the 2003 Option Plan in accordance with ASC 718. As of January 1, 2011, with respect to the 55,285 options to purchase Class A Common Stock awarded under the 2003 Option Plan, 7,840 were subject to future vesting based on the attainment of future performance targets, which targets had not been established as of January 1, 2011. Accordingly, pursuant to ASC 718, 47,445 options to purchase Class A Common Stock have been considered granted under the 2003 Option Plan as of January 1, 2011. During fiscal 2010, 116,112 options were exercised and 2,700 options were forfeited due to participant termination. For fiscal 2010, the Company achieved its performance targets; as a result, the Company recognized compensation costs attributable to performance-based awards for the 2010 fiscal year. For fiscal 2009, the Company achieved its performance targets; as a result, the Company recognized compensation costs attributable to performance-based awards for the 2009 fiscal year. For fiscal 2008, no compensation costs were recognized for awards with performance-based vesting as the performance targets were not achieved. On March 12, 2008, the Compensation Committee, in exercise of its discretion, granted 58 participants vesting credit equal to 100% of target representing 46,603 additional awards with

F-40


Table of Contents

a fair value at the grant date of $0.3 million. As a result, the Company recognized compensation expense in fiscal 2008 associated with the vesting of such awards not earned through the achievement of performance targets for fiscal 2007. The compensation costs related to the 2003 Option Plan were $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.7 million during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
          The following table summarizes the stock option activity related to the 2003 Option Plan for the years ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009:
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Unexercised options outstanding — beginning of period
    174,097       178,622       380,675  
Granted
          16,055       46,093  
Exercised
    (116,112 )           (10,941 )
Forfeited
    (2,700 )     (20,580 )     (72,833 )
Expired/cancelled
                (164,372 )
 
                 
Unexercised options outstanding — end of period
    55,285       174,097       178,622  
 
                 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
2003 Option Plan:
                       
Vested options as of year-end
    44,835       132,868       128,092  
Exercisable options as of year-end
                 
Shares available for future grant as of year-end
    217,662       214,962       210,437  
Weighted average exercise price per share
  $ 6.00     $ 6.00     $ 6.00  
          Information regarding the Company’s stock options granted, as defined by ASC 718, and outstanding as of January 1, 2011 is as follows:
                 
            Expected  
    Vested     to Vest  
For options granted and outstanding:
               
Number of options
    44,835       2,610  
Weighted average exercise price
  $ 6.00     $ 6.00  
Aggregate intrinsic value (in $000s)
  $ 448     $ 26  
For nonvested options:
               
Compensation cost not yet recognized (in $000s)
          $ 158  
Weighted average period of recognition (years)
            0.1  
          The fair value of options granted is estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Annual dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Weighted average expected life (years)
    1.6       1.6       1.9  
Risk-free interest rate
    1.1 %     1.1 %     1.6 %
Expected volatility
    60.6 %     46.2 %     40.6 %
Weighted average fair value per option granted
  $ 9.09     $ 1.82     $ 6.35  
          Expected volatility is based primarily on historical volatility. Historical volatility was computed using daily price observations for the period subsequent to the Effective Date. The Company believes this method produces an estimate that is representative of its expectations of the volatility over the expected life of its options. The Company has no reason to believe future volatility over the expected life of these options is likely to differ materially from historical volatility. The weighted-average expected life is based on the mandatory exercise provisions contained in the 2003 Option Plan. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. treasury security rate estimated for the expected life of the options at the date of grant.
          ASC 718 requires the estimation of forfeitures when recognizing compensation expense and that the estimate of forfeiture be adjusted over the requisite service period should actual forfeitures differ from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures, if significant, are recognized through a cumulative adjustment, which is recognized in the period of change and which impacts the amount of unamortized compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

F-41


Table of Contents

      Restricted Stock Plans
      2004 Restricted Stock Plan for Directors
          The Company’s shareholders and Board of Directors approved the 2004 Polymer Group, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan for Directors (the “2004 Restricted Plan”), which expires in 2014, for the issuance of restricted shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to Directors of the Company, as defined in the 2004 Restricted Plan. The 2004 Restricted Plan approved for issuance 200,000 restricted shares and is administered by a committee of the Company’s Board of Directors not eligible to receive restricted shares under the 2004 Restricted Plan. In May 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Restricted Plan from 200,000 shares to 300,000 shares.
          In fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company awarded 24,264, 72,192 and 18,065 restricted shares, respectively, to members of the Company’s Board of Directors for their Board service to the Company. In addition, 5,307 shares were surrendered to satisfy withholding tax requirements in fiscal 2010. The cost associated with these restricted stock grants, which vest over periods ranging to twenty-four months, totaled approximately $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.2 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and was included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
          Additionally, in April 2007, 50,000 restricted shares were issued pursuant to the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement entered into with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Such shares vest over a four year service period effective April 23, 2007, and such vesting will be accelerated upon a change in control, as defined therein, and the completion of a minimum service period. The compensation costs associated with such restricted shares issued under the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement totaled $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In addition, during fiscal years 2010 and 2008, 5,307 and 3,937 shares, respectively, were surrendered to satisfy withholding requirements. Compensation cost not yet recognized for such nonvested restricted shares issued under the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement was approximately $0.1 million as of January 1, 2011, and the weighted average period of recognition for such compensation was 0.3 years as of January 1, 2011.
          As of January 1, 2011, there remain 69,110 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock available to be awarded under the 2004 Restricted Plan.
      2005 Employee Restricted Stock Plan
          The Polymer Group, Inc. 2005 Employee Restricted Stock Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”) was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders and is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The 2005 Stock Plan, which expires in 2015, approved for issuance 482,000 restricted shares to employees of the Company. Other than for certain shares initially awarded and immediately vested on January 20, 2006, March 12, 2008 and April 9, 2009, shares awarded under the 2005 Stock Plan primarily vest 25% on each of the grant’s anniversary dates based on a combination of service and/or the achievement of certain performance targets. Vesting of the restricted shares, other than those shares issued pursuant to the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement entered into with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, may be accelerated on the occurrence of a change in control, as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan, or other events. Vesting of shares awarded under the Executive Employment Agreement will be accelerated under a change in control, as defined therein, and the completion of a minimum service period.
          In March 2009, the Board of Directors approved a measure to cease making awards under the 2005 Stock Plan. As of January 1, 2011, awards of 367,009 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock were outstanding and 114,991 shares were available for future award under the 2005 Stock Plan. During fiscal 2010, 11,309 shares were surrendered by employees to satisfy withholding tax requirements and 5,000 shares were forfeited. During fiscal 2009, 144,272 restricted shares were granted to employees, including 23,305 shares which were considered re-granted to certain employees of the Company. In addition, 46,436 shares were surrendered during fiscal 2009 by employees to satisfy withholding requirements and 50,615 shares were forfeited. The Company accounts for the 2005 Stock Plan in accordance with ASC 718. As of January 1, 2011, of the 367,009 shares awarded and outstanding under the 2005 Stock Plan, 20,985 shares are subject to future vesting based on the attainment of future

F-42


Table of Contents

performance targets, which targets had not been established as of January 1, 2011. Accordingly, pursuant to the provisions of ASC 718, 346,024 restricted shares are considered granted under the 2005 Stock Plan as of January 1, 2011. Compensation cost not yet recognized for nonvested restricted shares considered granted under the 2005 Stock Plan was approximately $0.4 million as of January 1, 2011, and the weighted average period of recognition for such compensation was 1.2 years as of January 1, 2011.
          During fiscal 2008, 158,304 restricted shares were awarded to certain employees of the Company, of which 35,000 shares were awarded under the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement. In addition, 41,917 shares were surrendered during fiscal 2008 by employees to satisfy withholding requirements and to satisfy the exercise price for options exercised during fiscal 2008; 35,219 shares were forfeited during fiscal 2008.
          A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares issued under the 2005 Stock Plan as of January 1, 2011, and changes for the year ended January 1, 2011, is presented below:
                 
            Weighted-  
            Average  
            Grant Date  
    Shares     Fair Value  
Nonvested shares at January 2, 2010
    81,480     $ 12.58  
Shares:
               
Granted
           
Vested
    (54,400 )     10.33  
Forfeited
    (5,000 )     17.11  
Nonvested shares at January 2, 2010
    22,080       13.26  
          The total fair value of shares vested during the fiscal years ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009 were $0.8 million, $1.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
          Compensation costs associated with the 2005 Stock Plan totaled $1.3 million, $0.7 million and $1.8 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
      2008 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
          The Polymer Group, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “2008 LTI Stock Plan”) was approved by the Company’s shareholders and Board of Directors and is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The 2008 LTI Stock Plan, which expires in 2018 unless terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors sooner, and initially reserved for issuance 425,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to employees of the Company. In May 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan from 425,000 shares to 1,075,000 shares. The Compensation Committee may, from time to time, award a variety of equity-based incentives under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan to such employees and in such amounts and with specified restrictions as it determines appropriate in the circumstances. Such awards may be granted under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan in the form of either incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, performance awards or other types of stock awards that involve the issuance of, or that are valued by reference to, shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. Vesting, which will be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, may be accelerated on the occurrence of a change in control or other events, as defined.
          During fiscal years 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008, various awards were approved and issued to certain employees of the Company under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan. During fiscal 2010, the Company awarded 212,320 service-based restricted stock of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and 262,488 restricted stock units, of which 248,449 would vest based on the achievement of 2010 performance targets and the completion of requisite service periods. Additionally, 252,728 restricted stock units were converted to restricted stock, of which 83,398 vested upon award, based on the Company achieving the maximum level of the performance targets for fiscal 2009. Also, during fiscal 2010, 75,332 shares were surrendered to satisfy withholding tax requirements and 42,247 shares were forfeited.

F-43


Table of Contents

          In fiscal 2009, these awards originally included 57,432 service-based restricted shares, 17,933 service-based restricted stock units and 146,884 restricted stock units that vest, at targeted levels, based on the achievement of 2009 performance targets and the completion of requisite service periods. The Company exceeded its performance targets for fiscal 2009 and, as a result, 254,616 restricted stock units will be settled in the form of restricted shares in fiscal 2010 for 2009 performance. In fiscal 2009, awards were also made to certain employees who elected to receive restricted stock and/or restricted stock units in lieu of receiving cash bonus payments otherwise due under the Company’s 2008 Short Term Incentive Plan. These awards included 91,058 restricted shares which vested at the grant date, 157,793 service-based restricted shares and 15,759 service-based restricted stock units. In addition, during fiscal 2009, 440 shares and 127,806 restricted stock units were forfeited, including 122,515 shares awarded in fiscal 2008 subject to the achievement of fiscal 2008 performance targets. All restricted stock units will be settled in the form of restricted shares upon vesting.
          During fiscal 2008, awards were approved and issued to certain employees of the Company which included 51,261 service-based restricted shares, 16,202 service-based restricted stock units and 133,306 restricted stock units that vested based on the achievement of 2008 performance targets, which were not achieved, and the completion of requisite service periods. In addition, during fiscal 2008, 5,315 shares and 10,791 restricted stock units were forfeited. All restricted stock units will be settled in the form of restricted shares upon vesting.
          As of January 1, 2011, awards of 689,450 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and 277,871 restricted stock units were outstanding, of which, 220,217 shares were vested. As of January 1, 2011, 107,679 shares are considered available for future grant under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan. The compensation costs associated with the 2008 LTI Stock Plan totaled $4.5 million, $1.6 million and $0.2 million for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Compensation cost not yet recognized for awards under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan was approximately $5.2 million as of January 1, 2011, and the weighted average period of recognition for such compensation was 0.9 years as of January 1, 2011. The total fair value of shares vested during the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, was $1.7 million.
          A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares issued under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan as of January 1, 2011, and changes for the year ended January 1, 2011, is presented below:
                 
            Weighted-  
            Average Grant  
            Date Fair  
    Shares     Value  
Nonvested shares at January 2, 2010
    541,927     $ 7.82  
Shares:
               
Granted
    466,557       20.01  
Vested
    (219,133 )     7.72  
Forfeited
    (42,247 )     9.58  
 
             
Nonvested shares at January 1, 2011
    747,104       15.36  
 
             
      Other Compensation Arrangement
          On March 31, 2010, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with its Chief Executive Officer (the “March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement”) that provides for a one-time award of equity and cash at the expiration date of the agreement (the “Retirement Incentive”). The equity award component is dependent upon an ending stock price at the measurement date, defined in the agreement, and will range between 20,000 shares and 100,000 shares. The cash award will be equal to thirty percent of the future value of the aforementioned equity award component, but will not be less than $250,000 or greater than $1,000,000. At the time that the Company entered into the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement, management concluded that the stock award component would be accounted for as a “Equity-classified award” as defined with ASC 718, since the Company intends to issue PGI common shares. In addition, the Company currently intends for the future stock award to be issued under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan. Further, management has concluded that the cash award should be accounted for as a “Liability-classified award” as defined with ASC 718, since the Company intends to pay cash for this compensation component. The Company recognized compensation costs of $0.3 million in fiscal year 2010. As of January 1, 2011, the Company anticipates that it will recognize compensation expense of $1.4 million from the period March 31, 2010 through April 2013.

F-44


Table of Contents

          However, in contemplation of the Blackstone Acquisition, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer entered into an employment agreement which became effective on January 28, 2011 and superseded the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement. Accordingly, as of January 28, 2011, the Chief Executive Officer has no further rights under the March 2010 CEO Employment.
Note 15. Other Operating (Income) Loss, Net and Foreign Currency Loss (Gain), Net
          For fiscal 2010, Other operating (income) loss, net includes (i) income of $0.7 million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to the third-party manufacture of product, and (ii) income of $0.1 million associated with net foreign currency losses. For fiscal 2009, Other operating (income) loss, net includes (i) income of $1.5 million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to the third-party manufacture of product, and (ii) a gain of $3.2 million associated with net foreign currency gains. For fiscal 2008, Other operating (income) loss, net includes (i) income of $1.5 million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to the third-party manufacture of product, and (ii) a loss of $6.5 million associated with net foreign currency losses.
      Foreign Currency (Gain) Loss, Net
          For international subsidiaries which have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, local currency transactions are remeasured into U.S. dollars, using current rates of exchange for monetary assets and liabilities. Gains and losses from the remeasurement of such monetary assets and liabilities are reported in Other operating (income) loss, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Likewise, for international subsidiaries which have the local currency as their functional currency, gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities not denominated in the local currency are reported in Other operating (income) loss, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, currency gains and losses have been incurred on intercompany loans between subsidiaries, and to the extent that such loans are not deemed to be permanently invested, such currency gains and losses are also reflected in Foreign currency and other (gain) loss, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
          The Company includes gains and losses on receivables, payables and other operating transactions as a component of operating income in Other operating (income) loss, net . Other foreign currency gains and losses, primarily related to intercompany loans and debt and other non-operating activities, are included in Foreign currency and other (gain) loss, net .
          The Company’s foreign currency loss (gain), net is shown in the table below (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Included in Other operating (income) loss, net
  $ (69 )   $ (3,279 )   $ 6,460  
Included in Foreign currency and other loss, net
    1,397       4,292       (40 )
 
                 
 
  $ 1,328     $ 1,013     $ 6,420  
 
                 
Note 16. Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
          The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from business operations and economic factors. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage market risks and reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currencies. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed under clearly defined policies and procedures, which prohibit the use of financial instruments for trading purposes.
          The Company uses interest-rate derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to movements in interest rates with respect to its debt instruments. On February 12, 2009, as disclosed in Note 11 “Debt,” to mitigate its interest rate exposure as required by the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap (the “2009 Interest Rate Swap”), which effectively converts the variable LIBOR-based interest payments associated with $240.0 million of the Term Loan to fixed amounts at a LIBOR rate of 1.96%. This interest rate swap agreement became effective on June 30, 2009 and expires on June 30, 2011. Cash settlements will be made monthly and the floating rate will be reset monthly, coinciding with the reset dates of the Credit Facility.
          In accordance with ASC 815, the Company designated the 2009 Interest Rate Swap as a cash flow hedge of the variability of interest payments with changes in fair value of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap recorded in

F-45


Table of Contents

Accumulated other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of September 17, 2009, in conjunction with the Amendment and in accordance with ASC 815-30, the Company concluded that 92% (which represents the approximate percentage of the Tranche 1 Term Loan debt considered extinguished by the Amendment) of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap was no longer effective; accordingly, 92% of $3.9 million related to the 2009 Interest Rate Swap and included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income was frozen and will be reclassified to earnings as future interest payments are made throughout the term of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap. This portion of the notional amount no longer met the criteria for cash flow hedge accounting treatment in accordance with ASC 815. See Note 17 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities” for the fair value measurement disclosures for these assets and liabilities.
          Through June 2009, the Company had a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap, effectively converting the variable LIBOR-based interest payments associated with $240.0 million of the debt to fixed amounts at a LIBOR rate of 5.085% (the “2007 Swap”). This interest rate swap agreement became effective on May 8, 2007 and expired on June 29, 2009. Cash settlements were made quarterly and the floating rate was reset quarterly, coinciding with the reset dates of the Credit Facility.
          The impacts of these swaps on Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations were increases of $4.1 million, $7.2 million and $3.9 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008.
          As more fully disclosed in Note 25 “Subsequent Events”, concurrent with the Blackstone Acquisition, the Company settled the 2009 Interest Rate Swap liability since the Company repaid its credit facility.
          On February 8, 2010, the Company entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts (put options and call options) with a third-party financial institution that provided for a floor and ceiling price on payments related to the Company’s new line under construction in Suzhou, China. The objective of the combination foreign exchange forward contracts is to hedge the changes in fair value of a firm commitment to purchase equipment attributable to changes in foreign currency rates between the Euro and U.S. dollar through the date of acceptance of the equipment. The original notional amount of the contracts with the third party, which expire on various dates through fiscal 2012, was €25.6 million, which will result in a U.S. dollar equivalent range of $34.6 million to $36.2 million. Cash settlements under the forward contracts coincide with the payment dates on the equipment purchase contract.
          In August 2010, the Company executed an amendment to the underlying equipment purchase contract which resulted in a €0.7 million reduction of one of the scheduled payments. Accordingly, the Company modified the notional amounts of the foreign exchange contracts which coincided with the date of the amended payment to maintain the synchronization of the foreign exchange forward contracts with the underlying contract payments, as amended. As a result, the foreign exchange forward contracts remain highly effective and continue to qualify for hedge accounting treatment, in accordance with ASC 815. The revised notional amount of €24.9 million results in a U.S. dollar equivalent range of $33.6 million to $35.1 million.
          As of January 1, 2011, the Company continues to recognize the asset associated with the unrecognized firm commitment and the liability associated with the foreign exchange forward contracts. The impact of these contracts on Foreign currency and other loss, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was a gain of $0.05 million for fiscal year 2010. For fiscal year 2009, there was no impact as the contracts did not exist during that period.
          The following table summarizes the aggregate notional amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 (in thousands):
                                 
    As of January 1, 2011     As of January 2, 2010  
    Notional     Fair Value     Notional     Fair Value  
Cash flow hedges:
                               
Interest rate swaps(1)
  $ 18,693     $ 163     $ 18,693     $ 283  
Interest rate swaps — undesignated(1)
    221,307       1,872       221,307       3,256  
Foreign currency hedges:
                               
Foreign exchange contracts
    21,661       542              
 
                       
Net value
  $ 261,661     $ 2,577     $ 240,000     $ 3,539  
 
                       
 
(1)   Comprised of a $240.0 million notional amount interest rate swap agreement that was executed and became effective on June 20, 2009 and matures on June 30, 2011.

F-46


Table of Contents

          The following tables summarize the effect on income by derivative instruments for the following periods:
                         
    Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in  
    Accumulated OCI on Derivative  
    (Effective Portion)        
    2010     2009     2008  
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
                       
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                       
Interest rate contracts
  $ 120     $ (1,323 )   $ (4,087 )
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
                         
    Amount of Gain (Loss)  
    Reclassified from Accumulated OCI  
    into Income(1)        
    2010     2009     2008  
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
                       
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                       
Interest rate contracts
  $ N/A     $ (4,458 )   $ (3,893 )
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
    (2,240 )     (777 )     N/A  
 
(1)   Amount of Gain (Loss) (Effective Portion) Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into Income is located in Interest Expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Note 17. Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities
          The Company adopted ASC 820, which outlines a valuation framework and creates a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and a reporting entity’s own assumptions about market data (unobservable inputs). The standard increases the consistency and comparability of fair value measurements and related disclosures. Fair value is identified, under the standard, as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability at the measurement date (an exit price). The financial derivatives are valued based on the prevailing market yield information on the date of measurement. The guidance establishes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value, as follows:
      Level 1 — Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market is defined as a market in which transactions for the assets or liabilities occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
      Level 2 — Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active (markets with few transactions), inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that derived principally from or are corroborated by observable market data correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs).
      Level 3 — Unobservable inputs, only used to the extent that observable inputs are not available, reflect the Company’s assumptions about the pricing of an asset or liability.
          In accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above, the following table shows the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value, on a recurring basis, as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010. The firm commitment identified within the table below is recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets within Property, plant and equipment, net and the foreign exchange contract identified within the table below is recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities . The interest rate swap agreements that are identified within the table below are recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (in thousands):

F-47


Table of Contents

                                 
            Quoted Prices in              
    As of     Active Markets     Significant Other        
    January 1,     for Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    2011     Assets (Level 1)     Inputs (Level 2)     Inputs (Level 3)  
Firm commitment
  $ 589           $ 589        
Derivative liabilities:
                               
Interest rate swap agreements
    (2,035 )           (2,035 )      
Foreign exchange contract
    (542 )           (542 )      
                                 
            Quoted Prices in              
    As of     Active Markets     Significant Other        
    January 2,     for Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    2010     Assets (Level 1)     Inputs (Level 2)     Inputs (Level 3)  
Derivative liabilities:
                               
Interest rate swap agreements
    (3,539 )           (3,539 )      
          The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements and foreign forward exchange contracts are based on indicative price information obtained via a third-party valuation.
          In accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above, the following table shows the fair value of the Company’s non-financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value, on a non-recurring basis, as of January 1, 2011 and the corresponding fair value measurements that were recorded during the period ended January 1, 2011 (in thousands):
                                         
            Quoted Prices                      
            in Active     Significant                
    Fiscal Period     Markets for     Other                
    Ended January 1,     Identical Assets     Observable     Unobservable          
    2011     Level 1     Inputs Level 2     Inputs Level 3        
Long-lived assets held for sale(1)
  $ 3,415           $ 2,590     $ 825     $  
 
(1)   Long-lived assets held for sale in Level 2 Inputs reflect the current sales price at which certain property held for sale is currently being marketed based on local market conditions, less costs to sell. The equipment included in Level 3 assets reflects management’s best estimate at which the respective equipment will be sold based on market conditions for used equipment, less costs to sell.
          The Company has estimated the fair values of financial instruments using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value for non-traded financial instruments. Accordingly, such estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would realize in a current market exchange. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings are reasonable estimates of their fair values. The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 is presented in the following table (in thousands):
                                 
    As of January 1, 2011     As of January 2, 2010  
    Carrying Value     Fair Value     Carrying Value     Fair Value  
Long-term debt (including current portion)
  $ 331,779     $ 330,203     $ 338,942     $ 333,189  
          See Note 16 “Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for additional disclosures related to the Company’s derivative instruments.

F-48


Table of Contents

Note 18. Shareholders’ Equity
          As of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of the following classes of stock:
                 
            Authorized  
Type   Par Value     Shares  
Preferred stock
  $ .01       173,000  
Class A common stock
  $ .01       39,200,000  
Class B convertible common stock
  $ .01       800,000  
Class C convertible common stock
  $ .01       118,453  
Class D convertible common stock
  $ .01       498,688  
Class E convertible common stock
  $ .01       523,557  
          All classes of the common stock have similar voting rights. In accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all shares of Class B, C, D and E Common Stock may be converted into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time with such designation, preferences, participation rights and optional or special rights (including, but not limited to, dividend rates, voting rights, and maturity dates).
          As discussed in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, associated with Phase I of the Tesalca-Texnovo acquisition, the Company issued common shares that were subject to certain transfer restrictions since they have not been registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933. In addition, the Issued Securities were subject to a shareholders agreement between the Sellers and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners, L.P., the Company’s 65% shareholder of record (the “Shareholders Agreement”), that provides that the Sellers agreed not to sell, assign, transfer, gift, pledge, encumber, hedge or otherwise alienate of dispose of, whether voluntary or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise (“Transfer”), or agree to so Transfer, the Issued Securities by it or any right or interest therein for a period of one year after issuance.
          In addition, the Shareholders Agreement provided for other restrictions and rights, including: restrictions on the transfer of any Issued Securities to any party that, in the reasonable determination of the Company’s Board of Directors, directly competes with the Company or is a customer, supplier or distributor of the Company, subject to certain tag-along and drag-along rights. Furthermore, the Shareholders Agreement provided that the Sellers are entitled to appoint a director to the Company’s board of directors, subject to the relevant qualifications and standards set-forth in the Company’s corporate governance documents and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          As of January 1, 2011, all authorized shares of the Class D Common Stock and Class E Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise, at $.01 per share, of Series A warrants to purchase shares of Class D common stock and Series B warrants to purchase shares of Class E common stock, respectively (“Warrants”). The Warrants expired unexercised.
          Due to the Blackstone Acquisition, more fully described in Note 25 “Subsequent Events”, the Company’s equity securities identified within the preceding disclosures were cancelled and replaced with new stock issued to an entity indirectly owned by investment funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group and management investors, and as a result, the Company became a privately-held company.
Note 19. Segment Information
          The Company’s reportable segments consist of U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens, Latin America Nonwovens and Oriented Polymers. This reflects how the overall business is managed by the Company’s senior management and reviewed by the Board of Directors. The Nonwovens businesses sell to the same end-use markets, such as hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial markets. Sales to P&G accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s sales in each of the periods presented. Sales to this customer are reported primarily in the Nonwovens segments and the loss of these sales would have a material adverse effect on this segment.

F-49


Table of Contents

          The segment information presented in the table below excludes the results of Difco and Fabpro. As discussed in further detail in Note 5 “Discontinued Operations”, both Difco and Fabpro are accounted for as assets held for sale, in accordance with the guidance of ASC 360.
          The Company recorded charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 relating to special charges, net and acquisition and integration expenses that have not been allocated to the segment data.
          Financial data by segment is as follows (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Net sales
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 326,812     $ 302,326     $ 385,407  
Europe Nonwovens
    282,076       159,436       196,643  
Asia Nonwovens
    129,370       108,764       122,879  
Latin America Nonwovens
    306,480       234,320       266,492  
Oriented Polymers
    61,473       45,759       54,773  
 
                 
 
  $ 1,106,211     $ 850,605     $ 1,026,194  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating income (loss)
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 24,546     $ 34,559     $ 26,444  
Europe Nonwovens
    13,577       2,195       11,604  
Asia Nonwovens
    25,166       23,229       16,249  
Latin America Nonwovens
    41,599       42,399       17,287  
Oriented Polymers
    3,256       2,426       2,244  
Unallocated Corporate
    (38,868 )     (30,076 )     (24,808 )
Eliminations
    (30 )     36       118  
 
                 
 
    69,246       74,768       49,138  
Acquisition and integration expenses
    (1,742 )     (1,789 )      
Special charges, net
    (17,993 )     (20,763 )     (20,088 )
 
                 
 
  $ 49,511     $ 52,216     $ 29,050  
 
                 
 
                       
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income (loss)
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 14,875     $ 14,981     $ 17,171  
Europe Nonwovens
    5,156       6,593       6,055  
Asia Nonwovens
    7,091       9,022       8,492  
Latin America Nonwovens
    16,825       15,521       14,149  
Oriented Polymers
    450       373       651  
Unallocated Corporate
    952       749       544  
 
                 
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income
    45,349       47,239       47,062  
Amortization of loan acquisition costs
    867       1,105       1,406  
 
                 
 
  $ 46,216     $ 48,344     $ 48,468  
 
                 
 
                       
Capital spending
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 11,774     $ 2,516     $ 13,685  
Europe Nonwovens
    3,166       782       1,526  
Asia Nonwovens
    26,865       442       901  
Latin America Nonwovens
    1,310       38,477       17,329  
Oriented Polymers
    534       347       389  
Corporate
    1,521       851       598  
 
                 
 
  $ 45,170     $ 43,415     $ 34,428  
 
                 
 
                       
Division assets
                       
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 167,517     $ 178,449     $ 212,291  
Europe Nonwovens
    198,942       200,642       172,695  
Asia Nonwovens
    139,134       102,917       99,552  
Latin America Nonwovens
    239,496       256,956       233,246  
Oriented Polymers
    24,640       19,159       17,138  
Corporate
    7,691       3,763       1,619  
Discontinued Operations
    18,805       17,096       53,555  
Eliminations
    (64,248 )     (79,071 )     (87,925 )
 
                 
 
  $ 731,977     $ 699,911     $ 702,171  
 
                 

F-50


Table of Contents

      Geographic Data:
          Export sales from the Company’s United States operations to unaffiliated customers approximated $33.5 million, $40.3 million and $55.6 million during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Geographic data for the Company’s operations, based on the geographic region that the sale is made from, are presented in the following table (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Net sales
                       
United States
  $ 332,624     $ 305,084     $ 388,132  
Canada
    56,885       43,003       51,296  
Europe
    280,852       159,436       197,393  
Asia
    129,370       108,763       122,880  
Latin America
    306,480       234,319       266,493  
 
                 
 
  $ 1,106,211     $ 850,605     $ 1,026,194  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating income (loss)
                       
United States
  $ (12,275 )   $ 4,250     $ 2,307  
Canada
    1,200       2,109       867  
Europe
    13,584       2,193       11,545  
Asia
    25,180       23,217       16,697  
Latin America
    41,557       42,999       17,722  
 
                 
 
    69,246       74,768       49,138  
Acquisition and integration expenses
    (1,742 )     (1,789 )      
Special charges, net
    (17,993 )     (20,763 )     (20,088 )
 
                 
 
  $ 49,511     $ 52,216     $ 29,050  
 
                 
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income (loss)
                       
United States
  $ 15,810     $ 15,759     $ 17,764  
Canada
    413       345       603  
Europe
    5,210       6,592       6,054  
Asia
    7,091       9,023       8,492  
Latin America
    16,825       15,520       14,149  
 
                 
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income
    45,349       47,239       47,062  
Amortization of loan acquisition costs
    867       1,105       1,406  
 
                 
 
  $ 46,216     $ 48,344     $ 48,468  
 
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
                       
United States
  $ 85,889     $ 91,700     $ 105,379  
Canada
    2,935       2,709       2,346  
Europe
    28,885       33,203       37,928  
Asia
    77,313       54,596       62,826  
Latin America
    128,112       145,864       126,460  
 
                 
 
  $ 323,134     $ 328,072     $ 334,939  
 
                 

F-51


Table of Contents

Note 20. Commitments and Contingencies
      Non-affiliate Leases
          The Company leases certain manufacturing, warehousing and other facilities and equipment under operating leases. The leases on most of the properties contain renewal provisions. Rent expense (net of sub-lease income), including incidental leases, approximated $9.8 million, $5.0 million and $4.5 million in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The expenses are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. The approximate minimum rental payments required under non-affiliate operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at January 1, 2011 are presented in the following table (in thousands):
         
    Gross Minimum  
    Rental Payments  
2011
  $ 9,796  
2012
    8,528  
2013
    6,155  
2014
    5,578  
2015
    5,109  
Thereafter
    5,197  
 
     
 
  $ 40,363  
 
     
          Included within the gross minimum rental payments in the table above are rental payments of approximately $32.1 million (€24.0 million, using the € to $ exchange rate as of January 1, 2011) that are attributable to the Building and Equipment Lease agreement between PGI Spain and Tesalca-Texnovo. As discussed in further detail within Note 24 “Subsequent Events”, on January 28, 2011, the Company exercised the Call Option over the assets underlying the Building and Equipment Lease which resulted in the respective assets being acquired by the Company. As a result, the Company will no longer have the related future rental obligations of $32.1 million disclosed above.
      Purchase Commitments
          At January 1, 2011, the Company had commitments of approximately $100.3 million, $54.0 million of which related to the purchase of raw materials. Of the remaining $46.3 million, $21.9 million represents commitments for the acquisition of a new spunmelt line in China, further discussed below; $15.4 million represents construction commitments related to the building addition to the Company’s Waynesboro, Virginia manufacturing facility associated with the U.S. Spunmelt Expansion Project, further discussed below; $8.2 million represents standby letters of credit associated with the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility; and $0.8 million related to the purchase of maintenance and converting services.
      China Medical Expansion Project
          On January 19, 2010, the Company entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a new spunmelt line to be installed at its manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China that will manufacture nonwoven products for the medical market (the “New Suzhou Medical Line”). As discussed in Note 11, “Debt”, in the third quarter 2010 the Company entered into a credit facility to finance approximately $20.0 million of the New Suzhou Medical Line. The Company will fund the remaining amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows and existing U.S. based credit facilities. As of January 1, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Medical Line were approximately $39.2 million, which includes the remaining $21.9 million for the acquisition of a new spunmelt line, and are expected to be expended through first quarter of fiscal year 2012.
      U.S. Spunmelt Expansion Project
          On June 24, 2010, Chicopee, Inc. (“Chicopee”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an Equipment Lease Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Gossamer”). Pursuant to the Agreement, Chicopee will lease an integrated manufacturing line for the

F-52


Table of Contents

production of heat sealed polypropylene nonwoven fabrics (the “Equipment”) from Gossamer for a seven-year period (the “Basic Term”) beginning upon Chicopee’s acceptance of the Equipment (the “Basic Term Commencement Date”), which occurred on October 7, 2011. The Equipment is installed, along with other equipment owned by Chicopee, at the Company’s manufacturing facility in Waynesboro, Virginia and the integrated new spunmelt line will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market and to a lesser extent the medical market. The capitalized cost amount approximated $53.6 million. From the Basic Term Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date, Chicopee will make annual lease payments of approximately $8.3 million to Gossamer. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under the Agreement, which is subject to adjustment, is expected to approximate $57.9 million. From the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term, Chicopee’s annual lease payments may change in accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as defined in the Agreement.
           China Hygiene Expansion Project . On June 24, 2011, the Company entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China, that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market (the “New Suzhou Hygiene Line”). The Company plans to fund the New Suzhou Hygiene Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows, existing U.S. based credit facilities and a new China-based financing, as needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.5 million, which includes $42.9 million for the remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013.
      Collective Bargaining Agreements
          At January 1, 2011, the Company had approximately 3,054 employees worldwide. Of this total, approximately 46% of these employees are represented by labor unions or trade councils that have entered into separate collective bargaining agreements with the Company. Approximately 36% of the Company’s labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements that will expire within one year.
      Environmental
          The Company is subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations relating to pollution and protection of the environment. The Company believes that it is currently in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements and does not currently anticipate any material adverse effect on its operations, financial or competitive position as a result of its efforts to comply with environmental requirements. Some risk of environmental liability is inherent, however, in the nature of the Company’s business and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that material environmental liabilities will not arise.
      Litigation
          The Company is not currently a party to any pending legal proceedings other than routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company, none of which is deemed material.
Note 21. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
          Quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010 is presented below (amounts in thousands, except for per share data). All 2010 and 2009 fiscal quarters were comprised of 13 weeks.
      Quarterly data for fiscal 2010:
                                 
            Third Quarter              
    Fourth Quarter     Ended     Second     First Quarter  
    Ended     October 2,     Quarter Ended     Ended  
    January 1, 2011     2010     July 3, 2010     April 3, 2010  
Operating data :
                               
Net sales
  $ 268,919     $ 289,067     $ 279,220     $ 269,005  
Gross profit
    50,847       58,726       52,401       47,918  
Net income (loss)
    (5,078 )     16,256       1,986       (2,134 )

F-53


Table of Contents

                                 
            Third Quarter              
    Fourth Quarter     Ended     Second     First Quarter  
    Ended     October 2,     Quarter Ended     Ended  
    January 1, 2011     2010     July 3, 2010     April 3, 2010  
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    (5,254 )     16,102       1,781       (2,222 )
Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. — basic
  $ (0.24 )   $ 0.77     $ 0.08     $ (0.11 )
Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. — diluted
  $ (0.24 )   $ 0.76     $ 0.08     $ (0.11 )
          During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, results were negatively impacted by a severe rainy season in Colombia that caused the Company to cease manufacturing at its Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where its facility is located. Additionally, the Company experienced an increase in raw material costs that negatively impacted profit compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2010 that benefited from a drop in raw material costs from the second quarter of fiscal 2010. Income was also negatively impacted by special charges, net of approximately $6.1 million. See Note 3 “Special Charges, Net” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to such special charges, net recognized in fiscal 2010. The Company also recognized an income tax expense of $1.5 million on a pre-tax loss of $(0.2) million. The effective tax rate for the fourth quarter was unfavorably impacted by losses in the U.S. and other jurisdictions for which no tax benefit has been recognized (see Note 12 “Income Taxes” to the consolidated financial statements for additional details related to the fiscal year 2010 income tax provision for further discussion).
      Quarterly data for fiscal 2009:
                                 
    Fourth Quarter     Third Quarter     Second     First Quarter  
    Ended     Ended     Quarter Ended     Ended April 4,  
    January 2, 2010     October 3, 2009     July 4, 2009     2009  
Operating data :
                               
Net sales
  $ 234,479     $ 215,495     $ 199,452     $ 201,179  
Gross profit
    44,959       47,992       42,326       48,073  
Net income (loss)
    (7,823 )     12,727       5,136       7,898  
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    (8,250 )     12,529       6,235       9,561  
Earnings per common share attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. — basic
  $ (0.41 )   $ 0.63     $ 0.31     $ 0.49  
Earnings per common share attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. — diluted
  $ (0.41 )   $ 0.63     $ 0.31     $ 0.49  
          The quarterly financial data for the fiscal quarters ended October 2, 2010, July 3, 2010, and April 3, 2010 as well as the quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010 below is disclosed for the purpose of reconciling the quarterly data presented above to the financial information previously issued prior to the date of the Blackstone Acquisition; (amounts in thousands, except for per share data).
      Quarterly data for the first three quarters of fiscal 2010:
Third Quarter Ended October 2, 2010
                                 
            Difco and              
    Previously     Discontinued     Other        
    Reported     Operations     Adjustments     As Presented  
Net sales
  $ 297,436     $ (8,369 )   $     $ 289,067  
Gross Profit
    59,458       (732 )           58,726  
Operating Income
    22,178       (83 )           22,095  
Income before income tax expense
    14,153       69             14,222  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (7,490 )     (151 )     5,387 (a)     (2,254 )
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    21,489             (5,387 )     16,102  
Earnings per common share — basic
  $ 1.03     $     $ (0.26 )   $ 0.77  
Earnings per common share — diluted
  $ 1.01     $     $ (0.25 )   $ 0.76  

F-54


Table of Contents

Second Quarter Ended July 3, 2010
                                 
            Difco and              
    Previously     Discontinued     Other        
    Reported     Operations     Adjustments     As Presented  
Net sales
  $ 289,747     $ (10,527 )   $     $ 279,220  
Gross Profit
    53,276       (875 )           52,401  
Operating Income
    13,110       (477 )           12,633  
Income before income tax expense
    4,676       (537 )           4,139  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    2,913       (267 )     (223) (a)     2,423  
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    1,558             223       1,781  
Earnings per common share — basic
  $ 0.07     $     $ 0.01     $ 0.08  
Earnings per common share — diluted
  $ 0.07     $     $ 0.01     $ 0.08  
First Quarter Ended April 3, 2010
                                 
            Difco and              
    Previously     Discontinued     Other        
    Reported     Operations     Adjustments     As Presented  
Net sales
  $ 279,370     $ (10,365 )   $     $ 269,005  
Gross Profit
    48,337       (419 )           47,918  
Operating Income
    9,968       494       (176) (b)     10,286  
Income before income tax expense
    825       477       (176) (b)     1,126  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    2,982       26       (199) (a)     2,809  
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    (2,245 )           23       (2,222 )
Earnings per common share — basic
  $ (0.11 )   $     $     $ (0.11 )
Earnings per common share — diluted
  $ (0.11 )   $     $     $ (0.11 )
      Quarterly data for fiscal 2009:
Fourth Quarter Ended January 2, 2010
                                 
            Difco and              
    Previously     Discontinued     Other        
    Reported     Operations     Adjustments     As Presented  
Net sales
  $ 243,580     $ (9,101 )   $     $ 234,479  
Gross Profit
    44,567                       44,959  
Operating Income
    (3,383 )     1,262           $ (2,121 )
Income before income tax expense
    (9,993 )     1,197             (8,796 )
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (124 )     231       (3,717) (a)     (3,610 )
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    (10,268 )           2,018       (8,250 )
Earnings per common share — basic
  $ (0.51 )   $     $ 0.10     $ (0.41 )
Earnings per common share — diluted
  $ (0.51 )   $     $ 0.10     $ (0.41 )
Third Quarter Ended October 3, 2009
                                 
            Difco and              
    Previously     Discontinued     Other        
    Reported     Operations     Adjustments     As Presented  
Net sales
  $ 223,022     $ (7,527 )   $     $ 215,495  
Gross Profit
    47,255       737             47,992  
Operating Income
    18,733       1,603       176 (b)     20,512  
Income before income tax expense
    6,319       1,403       176 (b)     7,898  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    2,687       485             3,172  
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    12,353             176       12,529  
Earnings per common share — basic
  $ 0.62     $     $ 0.01     $ 0.63  
Earnings per common share — diluted
  $ 0.62     $     $ 0.01     $ 0.63  
Second Quarter Ended July 4, 2009
                                 
            Difco and              
    Previously     Discontinued     Other        
    Reported     Operations     Adjustments     As Presented  
Net sales
  $ 206,040     $ (6,588 )   $     $ 199,452  
Gross Profit
  $ 42,634     $ (308 )             42,326  
Operating Income
    13,868       705             14,573  
Income before income tax expense
    5,097       626             5,723  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    1,927       (144 )           1,783  
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    6,235                   6,235  
Earnings per common share — basic
  $ 0.31     $     $     $ 0.31  
Earnings per common share — diluted
  $ 0.31     $     $     $ 0.31  

F-55


Table of Contents

First Quarter Ended April 4, 2009
                                 
            Difco and              
    Previously     Discontinued     Other        
    Reported     Operations     Adjustments     As Presented  
Net sales
  $ 210,010     $ (8,831 )   $     $ 201,179  
Gross Profit
    49,486       (1,413 )             48,073  
Operating Income
    19,965       (713 )           19,252  
Income before income tax expense
    13,492       (716 )           12,776  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    7,535       (302 )           7,233  
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
    9,561                   9,561  
Earnings per common share — basic
  $ 0.49     $     $     $ 0.49  
Earnings per common share — diluted
  $ 0.49     $     $     $ 0.49  
 
(a)   The adjustment reflects the cumulative impact for fiscal years 2003 through 2009 of the application of a general exception to the technical application of ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. The adjustment was originally recorded in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 2, 2010 as a cumulative out-of-period catch-up adjustment and was not pushed back to the respective periods in 2003 through 2009 that were affected. Management determined the adjustment amounts were not material to the financial statements of the prior periods affected by the adjustment and that the financial statements as previously presented were not materially misstated. However, as set forth in this prospectus, the adjustments are reflected in the proper periods in which the amounts should have been presented.
 
(b)   The adjustment reflects the application of a net-worth tax associated with the Company’s Colombia legal entity that was not previously recorded in the financial statements for the fiscal quarters presented.
          The adjustments described above did not have a significant impact on the net equity on the balance sheets of the Company for the periods presented, nor did the impact of the adjustments described above have a significant impact on the operating, investing or financing sections of the consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods presented.
Note 22. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
          Cash payments of interest and taxes consist of the following (in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Cash payments of interest, net of amounts capitalized
  $ 31,193     $ 26,261     $ 31,879  
Cash payments of income taxes, net
    14,367       6,514       3,645  
          Noncash investing or financing transactions in fiscal 2010 included the surrender of 123,392 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to the Company by participants in the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2008 Restricted Plan in the amount of $2.0 million to satisfy employee withholding tax obligations.
          Noncash investing or financing transactions in fiscal 2009 included the surrender of 86,175 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to the Company by participants in the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2008 Restricted Plan in the amount of $0.3 million to satisfy employee withholding tax obligations. Also, the Company issued 193,434 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock in lieu of the cash payment of short-term incentive compensation. Additionally, the Company issued approximately one million shares of Class A Common Stock in conjunction with the purchase of certain assets and the operations of the businesses of Tesalca-Texnovo. See Note 4 “Acquisitions”.
          Noncash investing or financing transactions in fiscal 2008 included the surrender of 45,854 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to the Company by participants in the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2004 Restricted Plan in the amount of $0.6 million to satisfy employee withholding tax obligations and to satisfy the exercise price for options exercised in fiscal 2008.
Note 23. Business Interruption and Insurance Recovery
          As discussed in Note 3 “Special Charges”, in December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused the Company to temporarily cease manufacturing at its Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where the facility is located. The Company established temporary offices away from the flooded area and worked with customers to meet their critical needs through the use of its global manufacturing base. The Company maintains business interruption insurance coverage and as of January 1, 2011, was in the process of working with its insurance providers to file a claim to recover costs on damaged

F-56


Table of Contents

inventory and estimated lost profits due to the disruption of operations. Due to the damage incurred at the manufacturing facilities from this flood, during December 2010, the Company recorded charges of: (1) approximately $2.5 million related to the write-down of damaged inventory; (2) approximately $0.4 million related to the write-off of damaged assets destroyed by contaminated water; and (3) approximately $0.5 million for other miscellaneous items based on the information available to the Company at the time of the assessment. While a recovery under a business interruption claim is highly judgmental, to the extent that the realization of the claim for recovery represents a loss recognized in the financial statements and the realization is deemed probable, a recovery amount relative to the loss recognized in the financials should be recognized. As such, the Company’s operating income for the year ended January 1, 2011 includes $2.5 million of insurance recovery related to recovery of certain losses recognized in 2010 specifically related to the property damage and business interruption components of the insured losses experienced by the Company in December 2010. This amount includes $1.8 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million recorded in Special charges, net; Selling, general and administrative expenses and Cost of goods sold , respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in order to offset the recognized losses included in the claim. The related insurance recoverable receivable of $2.5 million is included in Other Current Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. A $6.0 million insurance claim was filed on March 4, 2011, which represents a claim under the Company’s primary insurance policy, and the Company received notification of the claim’s approval from its insurance provider on March 15, 2011. The Company has a $1.0 million insurance claim deductible and anticipates recovering $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant insurance policies during the first half of 2011.
Note 24. Financial Guarantees and Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
          Polymer’s Senior Secured Notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Polymer’s 100% owned domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”). Substantially all of Polymer’s operating income and cash flow is generated by its subsidiaries. As a result, funds necessary to meet Polymer’s debt service obligations may be provided, in part, by distributions or advances from its subsidiaries. Under certain circumstances, contractual and legal restrictions, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of Polymer’s subsidiaries, could limit Polymer’s ability to obtain cash from its subsidiaries for the purpose of meeting its debt service obligations, including the payment of principal and interest on the Senior Secured Notes. Although holders of the Senior Secured Notes will be direct creditors of Polymer’s principal direct subsidiaries by virtue of the guarantees, Polymer has subsidiaries that are not included among the Guarantors (collectively, the “Non-Guarantors”), and such subsidiaries will not be obligated with respect to the Senior Secured Notes. As a result, the claims of creditors of the Non-Guarantors will effectively have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such companies over the claims of creditors of Polymer, including the holders of the Senior Secured Notes.
          The following Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements are presented to satisfy the disclosure requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. In accordance with Rule 3-10, the subsidiary guarantors are all 100% owned by PGI (the Issuer). The guarantees on the Senior Secured Notes are full and unconditional and all guarantees are joint and several. The information presents Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010; Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the three fiscal years ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009 of (1) PGI (Issuer), (2) the Guarantors, (3) the Non-Guarantors and (4) consolidating eliminations to arrive at the information for the Company on a consolidated basis.

F-57


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Balance Sheet
As of January 1, 2011
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Current Assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 614     $ 4,289     $ 67,452     $     $ 72,355  
Accounts receivable, net
          14,906       106,841             121,747  
Inventories, net
          36,866       68,314             105,180  
Deferred income taxes
    25       62       4,532       21       4,640  
Other current assets
    1,068       10,732       30,770       (232 )     42,338  
Assets of discontinued operations
                18,805             18,805  
 
                             
Total current assets
    1,707       66,855       296,714       (211 )     365,065  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    3,114       84,887       235,133             323,134  
Goodwill
                2,253             2,253  
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
    3,348             1,932             5,280  
Net investment in and advances (from) to subsidiaries
    457,742       702,560       (199,545 )     (960,757 )      
Deferred income taxes
                916             916  
Other noncurrent assets
    488       8,317       34,667       (8,143 )     35,329  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 466,399     $ 862,619     $ 372,070     $ (969,111 )   $ 731,977  
 
                             
Current liabilities:
                                       
Short-term borrowings
  $     $     $ 2,112     $     $ 2,112  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    13,609       33,416       126,834             173,859  
Income taxes payable
                2,164       (232 )     1,932  
Current portion of long-term debt
                3,609             3,609  
Liabilities of discontinued operations
                    4,793               4,793  
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    13,609       33,416       139,512       (232 )     186,305  
Long-term debt
    294,614             41,699       (8,143 )     328,170  
Deferred income taxes
    8,161       62       11,823       21       20,067  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    15,679       12,315       26,189             54,183  
 
                             
Total liabilities
    332,063       45,793       219,223       (8,354 )     588,725  
Common stock
    214             36,081       (36,081 )     214  
Other shareholders’ equity
    134,122       816,826       107,850       (924,676 )     134,122  
Noncontrolling interests
                8,916             8,916  
 
                             
Total equity
    134,336       816,826       152,847       (960,757 )     143,252  
 
                             
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 466,399     $ 862,619     $ 372,070     $ (969,111 )   $ 731,977  
 
                             

F-58


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Balance Sheet
As of January 2, 2010
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Current Assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 734     $ 4,195     $ 52,965     $     $ 57,894  
Accounts receivable, net
          17,557       105,149             122,706  
Inventories, net
          39,216       60,455             99,671  
Deferred income taxes
    22       139       3,605       (161 )     3,605  
Other current assets
    1,252       6,238       26,522             34,012  
Assets of discontinued operations
                17,096             17,096  
 
                             
Total current assets
    2,008       67,345       265,792       (161 )     334,984  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    1,931       91,900       234,241             328,072  
Goodwill
                3,407             3,407  
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
    4,233             1,297             5,530  
Net investment in and advances (from) to subsidiaries
    449,392       656,063       (215,395 )     (890,060 )      
Deferred income taxes
                889             889  
Other noncurrent assets
          8,765       27,017       (8,753 )     27,029  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 457,564     $ 824,073     $ 317,248     $ (898,974 )   $ 699,911  
 
                             
Current liabilities:
                                       
Short-term borrowings
  $ 283     $     $ 3,407     $     $ 3,690  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    6,809       28,902       107,451             143,162  
Income taxes payable
                4,754             4,754  
Current portion of long-term debt
    4,100             12,821             16,921  
Liabilities of discontinued operations
                2,615             2,615  
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    11,192       28,902       131,048             171,142  
Long-term debt
    295,121             35,653       (8,753 )     322,021  
Deferred income taxes
    8,159       139       13,288       (161 )     21,425  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    26,735       12,606       21,587             60,928  
 
                             
Total liabilities
    341,207       41,647       201,576       (8,914 )     575,516  
Common stock
    210             36,083       (36,083 )     210  
Other shareholders’ equity
    116,147       782,426       71,551       (853,977 )     116,147  
Noncontrolling interests
                8,038             8,038  
 
                             
Total equity
    116,357       782,426       115,672       (890,060 )     124,395  
 
                             
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 457,564     $ 824,073     $ 317,248     $ (898,974 )   $ 699,911  
 
                             

F-59


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended January 1, 2011
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net Sales
  $     $ 340,407     $ 782,397     $ (16,593 )   $ 1,106,211  
Cost of goods sold
          293,071       619,841       (16,593 )     896,319  
 
                             
Gross profit
          47,336       162,556             209,892  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    38,888       21,364       81,209             141,461  
Special charges, net
    8,035       7,372       2,586             17,993  
Acquisition and integration
    160             1,582               1,742  
Other operating loss (income), net
          (389 )     (426 )           (815 )
 
                             
Operating (loss) income
    (47,083 )     18,989       77,605             49,511  
Other expense (income):
                                       
Interest expense, net
    27,555       (14,112 )     18,285             31,728  
Intercompany royalty and technical service fees, net
                             
Foreign currency and other loss, net
    (8,025 )     (7,450 )     16,929             1,454  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    66,319       34,712             (101,031 )      
 
                             
(Loss) income before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    (294 )     75,263       42,391       (101,031 )     16,329  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (10,701 )     8,763       6,472             4,534  
 
                             
(Loss) income before discontinued operations
    10,407       66,500       35,919       (101,031 )     11,795  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                (765 )           (765 )
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
                             
 
                             
Net (loss) income
    10,407       66,500       35,154       (101,031 )     11,030  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
                (623 )           (623 )
 
                             
Net (loss) income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ 10,407     $ 66,500     $ 34,531     $ (101,031 )   $ 10,407  
 
                             

F-60


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended January 2, 2010
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net Sales
  $     $ 312,463     $ 548,161     $ (10,019 )   $ 850,605  
Cost of goods sold
          256,618       420,656       (10,019 )     667,255  
 
                             
Gross profit
          55,845       127,505             183,350  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    30,303       22,529       60,486             113,318  
Special charges, net
    464       14,074       6,225             20,763  
Acquisition and integration
    1,789                         1,789  
Other operating loss (income), net
    (1,825 )     (944 )     (1,967 )           (4,736 )
 
                             
Operating (loss) income
    (30,731 )     20,186       62,761             52,216  
Other expense (income):
                                       
Interest expense, net
    26,028       (17,575 )     18,259             26,712  
Gain on reacquisition of debt
    (2,431 )                       (2,431 )
Write off of loan acquisition costs
    5,088                         5,088  
Intercompany royalty and technical service fees, net
    (24,675 )     12,737       11,938              
Foreign currency and other loss, net
    3,073       (1,327 )     3,500             5,246  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    49,294       22,778             (72,072 )      
 
                             
(Loss) income before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    11,480       49,129       29,064       (72,072 )     17,601  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (8,595 )     6,194       10,979             8,578  
 
                             
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
    20,075       42,935       18,085       (72,072 )     9,023  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                2,113             2,113  
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
          6,802                   6,802  
 
                             
Net income (loss)
    20,075       49,737       20,198       (72,072 )     17,938  
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
                2,137             2,137  
 
                             
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ 20,075     $ 49,737     $ 22,335     $ (72,072 )   $ 20,075  
 
                             

F-61


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended January 3, 2009
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net Sales
  $     $ 408,880     $ 639,684     $ (22,370 )   $ 1,026,194  
Cost of goods sold
          353,608       525,384       (22,370 )     856,6228  
 
                             
Gross profit
          55,272       114,300             169,572  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    26,171       26,223       63,080             115,474  
Special charges, net
    7,661       13,451       (1,024 )           20,088  
Other operating loss (income), net
    (1,791 )     113       6,026             4,960  
 
                             
Operating (loss) income
    (32,653 )     15,485       46,218             29,050  
Other expense (income):
                                       
Interest expense, net
    31,173       (17,258 )     17,152             31,067  
Intercompany royalty and technical service fees, net
    (21,012 )     7,615       13,397              
Foreign currency and other loss, net
    (6,325 )     1,211       5,640             526  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    32,105       17,375             (49,480 )      
 
                             
(Loss) income before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    (4,384 )     41,292       10,029       (49,480 )     (2,543 )
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (9,093 )     9,677       6,424             7,008  
 
                             
(Loss) income before discontinued operations
    4,709       31,615       3,605       (49,480 )     (9,551 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                8,291             8,291  
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
                             
 
                             
Net (loss) income
    4,709       31,615       11,896       (49,480 )     (1,260 )
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
                5,969             5,969  
 
                             
Net (loss) income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ 4,709     $ 31,615     $ 17,865     $ (49,480 )   $ 4,709  
 
                             

F-62


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended January 1, 2011
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (8,979 )   $ 5,433     $ 66,790     $     $ 63,244  
 
                             
Investing activities:
                                       
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (15,799 )     (11,774 )     (32,591 )     14,981       (45,183 )
Proceeds from the sale of assets
    14,981       993       3,370       (14,981 )     4,363  
Acquisition of intangibles and other
    (316 )           (140 )           (456 )
Net activity in investment in and advances (to) from subsidiaries
    14,002       5,442       (19,444 )            
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    12,868       (5,339 )     (48,805 )           (41,276 )
 
                             
Financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from other long-term debt
    18,000             10,086             28,086  
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
    1,218             16,641             17,859  
Repayment of term loan
    (3,999 )                       (3,999 )
Repayment of other long-term debt
    (18,000 )           (12,880 )           (30,880 )
Repayment of short-term borrowings
    (1,501 )           (17,924 )           (19,425 )
Loan acquisition costs
    (166 )                       (166 )
Reacquisition of debt
                                       
Other financing, net
    439                         439  
 
                             
Net cash used in financing activities
    (4,009 )           (4,077 )           (8,086 )
 
                             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                579             579  
 
                             
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (120 )     94       14,487             14,461  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    734       4,195       52,965             57,894  
 
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 614     $ 4,289     $ 67,452     $     $ 72,355  
 
                             

F-63


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended January 2, 2010
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ 40,777     $ (12,157 )   $ 70,389     $     $ 99,009  
 
                             
Investing activities:
                                       
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (851 )     (2,516 )     (40,110 )           (43,477 )
Proceeds from the sale of assets
          33,297       45             33,342  
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
                (4,083 )           (4,083 )
Acquisition of intangibles and other
    (349 )                       (349 )
Net activity in investment in and advances (to) from subsidiaries
    37,172       (24,983 )     (12,189 )            
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    35,972       5,798       (56,337 )           (14,567 )
 
                             
Financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from other long-term debt
    5,000             14,519             19,519  
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
    315             18,528             18,843  
Repayment of term loan
    (60,931 )                             (60,931 )
Repayment of other long-term debt
    (5,000 )           (1,156 )           (6,156 )
Repayment of short-term borrowings
    (32 )           (27,104 )           (27,136 )
Loan acquisition costs
    (4,366 )           (126 )           (4,492 )
Reacquisition of debt
    (12,298 )                       (12,298 )
 
                             
Net cash used in financing activities
    (77,312 )           4,661             (72,651 )
 
                             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                385             385  
 
                             
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (563 )     (6,359 )     19,098             12,176  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    1,297       10,554       33,867             45,718  
 
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 734     $ 4,195     $ 52,965     $     $ 57,894  
 
                             

F-64


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended January 3, 2009
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ 10,077     $ 20,789     $ 28,592     $     $ 59,458  
 
                             
Investing activities:
                                       
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (598 )     (13,685 )     (20,177 )           (34,460 )
Proceeds from the sale of assets
          386       3,038             3,424  
Acquisition of intangibles and other
    (590 )                       (590 )
Net activity in investment in and advances (to) from subsidiaries
    15,383       (739 )     (14,644 )            
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    14,195       (14,038 )     (31,783 )           (31,626 )
 
                             
Financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from other long-term debt
    26,000             6,680             32,680  
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
                20,129             20,129  
Repayment of term loan
    (24,100 )                       (24,100 )
Repayment of other long-term debt
    (26,000 )           (3,768 )           (29,768 )
Repayment of short-term borrowings
                (11,828 )           (11,828 )
Other financing, net
    27                         27  
 
                             
Net cash used in financing activities
    (24,073 )           11,213             (12,860 )
 
                             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                (952 )           (952 )
 
                             
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    199       6,751       7,070             14,020  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    1,098       3,803       26,797             31,698  
 
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 1,297     $ 10,554     $ 33,867     $     $ 45,718  
 
                             
Note 25. Subsequent Events
          The Company has performed an analysis of subsequent events through October 24, 2011, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
      PGI Spain — Phase II Asset Acquisition
          As discussed in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, associated with the December 2009 acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo, the sellers granted the Company a Call Option to acquire the Phase II Assets. On January 28, 2011, the Company executed the Call Option and thus acquired the Phase II Assets, resulting in the termination of the Building and Equipment Lease (the “Spain Phase II Asset Purchase”).
          Consideration for the Phase II Assets aggregated $41.2 million (€30.6 million, using the € to $ exchange rate as of January 19, 2011). Of the $41.2 million, approximately $34.8 million was attributable to the Company’s assumption and/or repayment of Tesalca-Texnovo’s outstanding debt. The remaining $6.4 million is associated with the Company’s issuance of 393,675 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock to the sellers (calculated using the closing share price on the transaction date).
      China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition — Purchase of 20% Noncontrolling Interest in Nanhai
          On May 26, 2010, we signed an equity transfer agreement to purchase the 20% noncontrolling equity interest in Nanhai Nanxin from our minority partner (“China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition”). In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million, of which the Company had deposited $1.5 million in escrow during fiscal 2010.

F-65


Table of Contents

      Blackstone Acquisition
          As discussed in Note 1 “Background and Basis of Consolidation”, on January 28, 2011, the Company merged with Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (“Merger Sub”) an entity controlled through intermediary holding companies, including Scorpio Holdings Corporation (“Holdings”), by investment funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group (the “Merger”), and as a result, the Company became a privately-held company. In connection with the Merger, the Company issued $560 million of 7.75% senior secured notes due 2019 (the “Senior Secured Notes”). Blackstone and certain management investors invested approximately $259.9 million of equity (including management rollover) in Holdings.
          The Senior Secured Notes are due 2019 and will accrue interest at 7.75%. The Company has an obligation to register the Senior Secured Notes with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) by January 28, 2012 and should the Company fail to register the Senior Secured Notes with the SEC within the specified time period, the Company will be subject to a higher interest rate, as defined within the indenture underlying the Senior Secured Notes, until such time that the Company has met its obligation.
          Merger Sub and the Company’s used the proceeds from the Senior Secured Notes, together with other sources of funds, as follows
  1)   $403.5 million to purchase the equity of previous shareholders with respect to the common stock and other equity interests (including the value of any rollover of equity interests by the management investors) and with respect to common stock that was issued in connection with the Spain Phase II Asset Purchase (discussed above). Of the $403.5 million, $64.5 million were deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the PHC rules of the Code to Polymer Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger.
 
  2)   $319.5 million for the repayment of the Company’s Old Credit Facility and the Old Revolving Credit Facility (see Note 11 “Debt” for further discussion associated with the terms and conditions associated with this indebtedness).
 
  3)   $24.2 million for the repayment of other existing obligations, including: (i) $10.8 million of U.S. dollar-denominated loans outstanding under the Mexico Term Loan (see Note 11 “Debt”) for further discussion associated with the terms and conditions of this indebtedness); (ii) $5.6 million of Argentine peso-denominated loans outstanding under the Argentine Facility (see Note 11 “Debt” for further discussion associated with the terms and conditions of this indebtedness); (iii) $2.1 million to settle the 2009 Interest Rate Swap liability (see Note 16 “Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for further discussion associated with the terms and conditions of this indebtedness); and (iv) $5.7 million used for the completion of the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition.
 
  4)   $54.4 million for the payment of transaction fees and expenses.
 
  5)   The remaining $18.3 million is expected to be used for future Company cash needs.
          The Company has not yet completed its preliminary purchase price accounting analysis, and as such, the disclosures that would have been required to be reported had the Merger occurred in fiscal 2010 have been omitted from the disclosures included within the notes to these consolidated financial statements.
      U.S. Spunmelt Expansion Project — Effectiveness of Equipment Lease Agreement
          On October 7, 2011, the Basic Term Commencement Date associated with the Equipment lease agreement, discussed in further detail in Note 20 “Commitments and Contingencies”, came into effect. Furthermore, the Company has assessed the accounting for the Equipment lease, pursuant to ASC 840, “Leases”, and has concluded that it will account for the lease as an operating lease.

F-66


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In Thousands)
                                         
            ADDITIONS     DEDUCTIONS        
    Balance at     Charged to                      
    beginning     costs and     Charged to             Balance at  
Description   of period     expenses     other accounts           end of period  
Fiscal Year ended January 1, 2011
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 9,148       1,307       256 (3)     3,185 (6)     7,526  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    174,792       14,965       810 (3)     72 (4)     190,495  
Plant realignment
    2,803       9,098       96       10,271 (5)     1,726  
Fiscal Year ended January 2, 2010
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 7,673       2,320       411 (1)     1,256 (2)     9,148  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    183,406       7,763       626 (3)     17,003 (4)     174,792  
Plant realignment
    2,672       17,113       (21 )     16,961 (5)     2,803  
Fiscal Year ended January 3, 2009
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 5,963       1,931       (181 )     40       7,673  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    172,746       16,418       3,092 (2)(3)     8,850 (4)     183,406  
Plant realignment
    5,903       6,388       120       9,739 (5)     2,672  
 
(1)   Opening balance associated with acquisition.
 
(2)   Primarily recoveries.
 
(3)   Foreign currency translation adjustments and valuation allowance related to temporary differences not impacting the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
(4)   Net adjustments due to realizations of deferred tax assets and valuation allowance related to temporary differences.
 
(5)   Cash payments and adjustments.
 
(6)   Primarily write-offs.

F-67


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
                   
              Predecessor  
    Successor       January 1,  
    July 2, 2011       2011  
ASSETS
                 
Current assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 54,857       $ 72,355  
Accounts receivable, net
    150,229         121,747  
Inventories, net
    138,207         105,180  
Deferred income taxes
    5,142         4,640  
Other current assets
    47,802         42,338  
Assets of discontinued operations
    18,436         18,805  
 
             
Total current assets
    414,673         365,065  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    508,663         323,134  
Goodwill
    90,311         2,253  
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
    63,100         5,280  
Deferred income taxes
    68         916  
Other noncurrent assets
    49,048         35,329  
 
             
Total assets
  $ 1,125,863       $ 731,977  
 
             
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Current liabilities:
                 
Short-term borrowings
  $ 3,280       $ 2,112  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    207,130         173,859  
Income taxes payable
            1,932  
Deferred income taxes
    251          
Current portion of long-term debt
    3,478         3,609  
Liabilities of discontinued operations
    7,231         4,793  
 
             
Total current liabilities
    221,370         186,305  
Long-term debt
    590,497         328,170  
Deferred income taxes
    37,803         20,067  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    53,838         54,183  
 
             
Total liabilities
    903,508         588,725  
Commitments and contingencies Shareholders’ equity:
                 
Successor common stock— 1,000 shares issued and outstanding
             
Predecessor Class A common stock—21,326,678 issued and outstanding at January 1, 2011
            213  
Predecessor Class B convertible common stock—78,203 shares issued and outstanding at January 1, 2011
            1  
Predecessor Class C convertible common stock—24,319 issued and outstanding at January 1, 2011
             
Predecessor Class D convertible common stock—0 shares issued and outstanding
             
Predecessor Class E convertible common stock—0 shares issued and outstanding
             
Predecessor preferred stock—0 shares issued and outstanding
             
Additional paid-in capital
    262,065         216,888  
Retained deficit
    (49,748 )       (121,819 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    10,038         39,053  
 
             
Total Polymer Group, Inc. shareholders’ equity
    222,355         134,336  
Noncontrolling interests
            8,916  
 
             
Total equity
    222,355         143,252  
 
             
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 1,125,863       $ 731,977  
 
             
See Accompanying Notes.

F-68


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
                           
          Predecessor  
    Successor       One Month        
    Five Months       Ended     Six Months Ended  
    Ended July 2,       January 28,     July 3,  
    2011       2011     2010  
Net sales
  $ 495,735       $ 84,606     $ 548,225  
Cost of goods sold
    424,998         68,531       447,906  
 
                   
Gross profit
    70,737         16,075       100,319  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    62,295         11,564       67,334  
Special charges, net
    34,827         20,824       9,357  
Acquisition and integration expenses
                  1,680  
Other operating loss (income), net
    1,025         (564 )     (971 )
 
                   
Operating (loss) income
    (27,410 )       (15,749 )     22,919  
Other expense (income):
                         
Interest expense, net
    20,658         1,922       16,794  
Foreign currency and other loss, net
    1,195         82       860  
 
                   
(Loss) income before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    (49,263 )       (17,753 )     5,265  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (1,685 )       549       5,232  
 
                   
(Loss) income from continuing operations Discontinued Operations:
    (47,578 )       (18,302 )     33  
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
    (1,793 )       182       (181 )
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
    (216 )              
 
                   
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (2,009 )       182       (181 )
 
                   
Net loss
    (49,587 )       (18,120 )     (148 )
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (161 )       (83 )     (293 )
 
                   
 
                         
Net loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ (49,748 )     $ (18,203 )   $ (441 )
 
                   
See Accompanying Notes.

F-69


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Unaudited)
For the Five Months Ended July 2, 2011 and the One Month Ended January 28, 2011
                                                                 
    Polymer Group, Inc. Shareholders              
                                    Accumulated     Total Polymer              
                    Additional             Other     Group, Inc.              
    Common Stock     Paid-in     Retained     Comprehensive     Shareholders     Noncontrolling     Total  
(in thousands)   Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Equity     Interest     Equity  
Predecessor
                                                               
Balance — January 1, 2011
    21,429     $ 214     $ 216,888     $ (121,819 )   $ 39,053     $ 134,336     $ 8,916     $ 143,252  
Net income (loss)
                      (18,203 )           (18,203 )     83       (18,120 )
Cash flow hedge adjustment, net of reclassification adjustments
                            183       183             183  
Compensation recognized on share-based awards
                13,591                   13,591             13,591  
Issuance of Class A common shares
    394       4       6,432                   6,436             6,436  
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            2,845       2,845             2,845  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Balance — January 28, 2011
    21,823       218       236,911       (140,022 )     42,081       139,188       8,999       148,187  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Successor
                                                               
Preliminary balance of noncontrolling interest
                                        8,999       8,999  
Issuance of Stock
    1             259,865                   259,865             259,865  
Net income (loss)
                      (49,748 )           (49,748 )     161       (49,587 )
Amounts due from shareholders
                    (58 )                     (58 )             (58 )
Buyout of noncontrolling interest
                1,914             62       1,976       (9,222 )     (7,246 )
Compensation recognized on share-based awards
                344                   344             344  
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            9,976       9,976       62       10,038  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Balance — July 2, 2011
    1     $     $ 262,065     $ (49,748 )   $ 10,038     $ 222,355     $     $ 222,355  
 
                                               
See Accompanying Notes.

F-70


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Unaudited)
(In thousands)
                           
    Successor          
    Five          
    Months       Predecessor  
    Ended       One Month Ended     Six Months Ended  
    July 2,       January 28,     July 3,  
    2011       2011     2010  
Net loss
  $ (49,587 )     $ (18,120 )   $ (148 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
                         
Unrealized currency translation adjustments
    10,038         2,845       (13,586 )
Employee postretirement benefits
                  183  
Cash flow hedge adjustments
            183       710  
 
                   
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    10,038         3,028       (12,693 )
 
                   
Comprehensive loss
    (39,549 )       (15,092 )     (12,841 )
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (223 )       (83 )     (361 )
 
                   
Comprehensive loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ (39,772 )     $ (15,175 )   $ (13,202 )
 
                   
See Accompanying Notes.

F-71


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
                           
              Predecessor  
    Successor       One Month        
    Five Months       Ended     Six Months  
    Ended July 2,       January 28,     Ended July 3,  
    2011       2011     2010  
Operating activities:
                         
Net loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ (49,748 )     $ (18,203 )   $ (441 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                         
Deferred income taxes
    (2,214 )             (1,396 )
Depreciation and amortization
    21,443         3,535       23,404  
Asset impairment charge
                  709  
Inventory step-up related to merger
    17,465                
Inventory absorption related to step-up depreciation
    823                
Gain on firm commitment
                  (406 )
(Gains) losses on sale of assets, net
    201         (25 )     (27 )
Loss on derivatives and other financial instruments
            187        
Noncash compensation
    344         13,591       2,722  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                         
Accounts receivable, net
    (27,379 )       (3,287 )     (23,244 )
Inventories, net
    (27,786 )       (2,988 )     (6,887 )
Other current assets
    30,902         (38,025 )     2,938  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    12,921         17,238       26,702  
Other, net
    (4,627 )       2,707       (6,501 )
 
                   
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (27,655 )       (25,270 )     17,573  
 
                   
Investing activities:
                         
Acquisition of Polymer Group, Inc.
    (403,496 )              
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (29,911 )       (8,405 )     (9,669 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
    9,191         105       659  
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
    (7,246 )              
Acquisition of intangibles and other
    (50 )       (5 )     (179 )
 
                   
Net cash used in investing activities
    (431,512 )       (8,305 )     (9,189 )
 
                   
Financing activities:
                         
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes
    560,000                
Issuance of common stock
    259,865                
Proceeds from other long-term debt
    7,000         31,500       18,014  
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
    3,245         631       10,739  
Repayment of term loan
    (286,470 )             (1,993 )
Repayment of other long-term debt
    (49,197 )       (24 )     (24,566 )
Repayment of short-term borrowings
    (33,176 )       (665 )     (6,004 )
Loan acquisition costs
    (19,252 )             (166 )
Other financing, net
                   
 
                   
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    442,015         31,442       (3,976 )
 
                   
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    1,238         549       (1,041 )
 
                   
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (15,914 )       (1,584 )     3,367  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    70,771         72,355       57,894  
 
                   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 54,857       $ 70,771     $ 61,261  
 
                   
See Accompanying Notes.

F-72


Table of Contents

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
      Description of Business
     Polymer Group, Inc. (“Polymer”, “PGI” or “Issuer”) and its subsidiaries (together with PGI, the “Company”) is a leading global innovator, manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials, focused primarily on the production of nonwoven products. The Company has one of the largest global platforms in the industry, with fourteen manufacturing and converting facilities throughout the world, and a presence in nine countries. The Company’s main sources of revenue are the sales of primary and intermediate products to the hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial markets.
      Basis of Presentation
      Acquisition
     On January 28, 2011 (the “Merger Date”), pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 4, 2010 (the “Merger Agreement”), Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, a newly formed Delaware Corporation (“Merger Sub”), merged with and into Polymer, with Polymer surviving as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Parent”) (collectively the “Acquisition” or “Merger”). Parent’s sole asset is its 100% ownership of the stock of Polymer. Parent is owned 100% by Scorpio Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (“Holdings”), and affiliates of The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”), a private equity firm based in New York, along with its co-investors, and certain members of the Company’s management own 100% of the outstanding equity of Holdings. As a result, Polymer became a privately-held company.
     As more fully described in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, the Acquisition is being accounted for in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) for business combinations and accordingly, the Company’s assets and liabilities, excluding deferred income taxes, were recorded using a preliminary estimate of their fair value as of January 28, 2011.
     Although Polymer continued as the same legal entity after the Acquisition, the application of push down accounting represents the termination of the old reporting entity and the creation of a new one. In addition, the basis of presentation is not consistent between the successor and predecessor entities and the financial statements are not presented on a comparable basis. As a result, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and comprehensive income (loss) are presented for two different reporting entities:
     Successor — relates to the financial periods and balance sheets succeeding the Acquisition; and
Predecessor — relates to the financial periods and balance sheets preceding the Acquisition (prior to January 28, 2011).
     Unless otherwise indicated, the “Company” as used throughout the remainder of the notes, refers to both the Successor and Predecessor.
      Basis of Consolidation
     The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Polymer and all majority-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. The accounts of all foreign subsidiaries have been included on the basis of fiscal periods ended on the same dates as the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. All amounts are presented in United States (“U.S.”) dollars, unless otherwise noted.

F-73


Table of Contents

     The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and related notes contained herein. The Consolidated Balance Sheet data included herein as of January 1, 2011 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included herein. In addition, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to applicable rules and regulations. In the judgment of management, these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments of a normal recurring nature and accruals necessary for a fair presentation of such statements. The results of operations for the interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results which may be realized for the full year.
      Use of Estimates
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP and in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification” or “ASC”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the related disclosures within the accompanying notes. The accounting estimates that require management’s most significant and subjective judgments include the valuation of allowances for accounts receivable and inventory, the assessment of recoverability of long-lived assets, the recognition and measurement of severance-related liabilities, the recognition and measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities (including the measurement of uncertain tax positions), the valuation and recognition of share-based compensation, valuation of obligations under the Company’s pension and retirement benefit plans and the fair value of financial instruments and non-financial assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates are reviewed periodically to determine if a change is required.
      Revenue Recognition
     Revenue from product sales is recognized when title and risks of ownership pass to the customer, which is on the date of shipment to the customer, or upon delivery to a place named by the customer, depending upon contract terms and when collectability is reasonably assured and pricing is fixed or determinable. Revenue includes amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling. Provision for rebates, promotions, product returns and discounts to customers is recorded as a reduction in determining revenue in the same period that the revenue is recognized.
      Cash Equivalents
     Cash equivalents are defined as short-term investments having an original maturity of three months or less. The Company maintains amounts on deposit at various financial institutions, which may at times exceed federally insured limits. However, management periodically evaluates the credit-worthiness of those institutions, and the Company has not experienced any losses on such deposits. Interest income is presented as a reduction of Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and consists primarily of income from highly liquid investment sources.
      Inventories
     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market primarily using the first-in, first-out method of accounting. Costs include direct material, direct labor and applicable manufacturing overhead.
      Long-Lived Assets
     Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed for financial reporting purposes on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives established for building and improvements range from 5 to 31 years, and the estimated useful lives established for machinery, equipment and other fixed assets range from 2 to 8 years. Costs of repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Costs of the construction of certain long-lived assets include capitalized interest that is amortized over the estimated useful life of the related asset.

F-74


Table of Contents

      Derivatives
     The Company records all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at their fair value in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”). Changes in the fair value of a derivative are recorded each period in current earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, depending on the type of hedge transaction. Ineffective portions, if any, of all hedges are recognized in earnings.
     As more fully described in Note 14 “Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the consolidated financial statements, the Company, in the normal course of business, periodically enters into derivative financial instruments, principally swaps and forward contracts, with high-quality counterparties as part of its risk management strategy. These financial instruments are limited to non-trading purposes and are used principally to manage market risks and reduce the Company’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency and interest rates. Most interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in cash flows associated with interest payments to be made on variable rate debt obligations or fair value hedges of foreign currency-denominated transactions.
     The Company documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions and the methodologies that will be used for measuring effectiveness and ineffectiveness. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow or fair value hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments. The Company then assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. Such assessments are conducted in accordance with the originally documented risk management strategy and methodology for that particular hedging relationship.
     For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of recognized derivative gains and losses reclassified from other comprehensive income is classified consistent with the classification of the hedged item. For example, derivative gains and losses associated with hedges of interest rate payments are recognized in Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
     For fair value hedges, changes in the value of the derivatives, along with the offsetting changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged exposure are recorded in earnings each period in Foreign currency and other loss, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
      Stock-Based Compensation
     The Company accounts for stock-based compensation related to its employee share-based plans in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). The compensation costs recognized are measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Consistent with ASC 718, awards are considered granted when all required approvals are obtained and when the participant begins to benefit from, or be adversely affected by, subsequent changes in the price of the underlying shares and, regarding awards containing performance conditions, when the Company and the participant reach a mutual understanding of the key terms of the performance conditions. Additionally, accruals for compensation costs for share-based awards with performance conditions are based on the probability of satisfying the performance conditions. The Company has estimated the fair value of each stock option grant by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Assumptions are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and experience.
      Research and Development Costs
     The cost of research and development is charged to expense as incurred and is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-75


Table of Contents

      Shipping and Handling Costs
     Shipping and handling costs include costs to store goods prior to shipment, prepare goods for shipment and physically move goods from the Company’s sites to the customers’ premises. The cost of shipping and handling is charged to expense as incurred and is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
      Special Charges
     The Company records severance-related expenses once they are both probable and estimable in accordance with ASC 712, “Compensation—Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits”, for severance provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement. One-time, involuntary benefit arrangements and disposal costs, contract termination costs and other exit costs are accounted in accordance with ASC 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations”. The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If the carrying amounts are not recoverable, the Company, consistent with the provisions of ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment”, records a non-cash charge associated with the write-down of such assets to estimated fair value. Fair value is estimated based on the present value of expected future cash flows, appraisals and other indicators of value.
      Foreign Currency Translation
     The Company accounts for, and reports, translation of foreign currency transactions and foreign currency financial statements in accordance with ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”. All assets and liabilities in the balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar are translated at period-end exchange rates, while income, expenses and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Translation gains and losses are not included in determining net income (loss), but are presented as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). In addition, foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the determination of net income (loss).
      Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
     Accumulated other comprehensive income of $10.0 million at July 2, 2011 consisted of currency translation gains. Accumulated other comprehensive income of $39.1 million at January 1, 2011 consisted of $42.6 million of currency translation gains (net of income taxes of $6.4 million), $(0.6) million of transition net assets, gains or losses and prior service costs not recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs (including income taxes of $5.8 million) and $(2.9) million of cash flow hedge losses (including income taxes of $2.0 million).
     Rec ent Accounting Standards
     In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) ASU 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements” (“ASU 2010-06”). This guidance clarifies and requires new disclosures about fair value measurements. The clarifications and requirement to disclose the amounts and reasons for significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2, as well as significant transfers in and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820, were adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Additionally, the amended guidance also requires that purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements be presented gross in the Level 3 reconciliation, which is used to price the hardest to value instruments (the “disaggregation guidance”). The disaggregation guidance was adopted by the Company beginning January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
     In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.” This guidance enhances the disclosure requirements about the credit quality of a creditor’s financing receivables and the adequacy of its allowance for credit losses. Financing receivables include, but are not limited to, loans, trade accounts receivable, notes receivables and other receivables, including factoring receivables. The Company adopted the amended guidance related to period-end balances as of the year ended January 1, 2011. The adoption of that guidance did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated

F-76


Table of Contents

financial statements. The Company adopted the amended guidance for activities occurring during the reporting period effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.
     In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations”. This update provides guidance on the disclosure of supplemental pro forma information for business combinations. The Company has adopted the amended guidance effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 5 “Acquisitions” for the pro forma disclosures required by the amended guidance for the Acquisition.
     In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts.” This update provides guidance on the requirements to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if the carrying amount of the reporting unit is zero or negative. The Company adopted the amended guidance effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance should not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. As discussed in Note 5 “Acquisitions”, the Company has not yet finalized its purchase price accounting analysis associated with the Acquisition. Furthermore, the Company has not yet made final decisions with respect to its Reporting Units for the allocation of goodwill. Accordingly, the Company has not fully assessed the effect of the adoption of this new guidance with respect to its impact on its consolidated financial statements.
     In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 to amend certain guidance in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement.” This update provides guidance to improve the consistency of the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The provisions of this guidance change certain of the fair value principles related to the highest and best use premise, the consideration of blockage factors and other premiums and discounts, the measurement of financial instruments held in a portfolio and instruments classified within shareholders’ equity. Further, the guidance provides additional disclosure requirements surrounding Level 3 fair value measurements, the uses of nonfinancial assets in certain circumstances and identification of the level in the fair value hierarchy used for assets and liabilities which are not recorded at fair value, but where fair value is disclosed. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
     In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 to amend certain guidance in ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” This update requires total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income to be presented either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. Further, the guidance requires an entity to present reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to net income on the face of the financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
     In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other.” This update allows an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test for a reporting unit. If the entity elects the option and determines that the qualitative factors indicate that it is not more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, the entity is not required to calculate the fair value of the reporting unit and no further evaluation is necessary. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011, though early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
Note 2. Concentration of Credit Risks and Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreements
     Accounts receivable potentially expose the Company to a concentration of credit risk. The Company provides credit in the normal course of business and performs ongoing credit evaluations on its customers’ financial condition, as deemed necessary, but generally does not require collateral to support such receivables. Customer balances are considered past due based on contractual terms and the Company does not accrue interest on the past due balances. Also, in an effort to reduce its credit exposure to certain customers, as well as accelerate its cash

F-77


Table of Contents

flows, the Company has sold on a non-recourse basis, certain of its receivables pursuant to factoring agreements. The provision for losses on uncollectible accounts is determined principally on the basis of past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of the Company’s receivables and evaluations of the risk of repayment. The allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $0.7 million and $6.1 million at July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively, which management believes is adequate to provide for credit losses in the normal course of business, as well as losses for customers who have filed for protection under bankruptcy laws. Once management determines that the receivables are not recoverable, the amounts are removed from the financial records along with the corresponding reserve balance. Sales to the Procter & Gamble Company (“P&G”) accounted for 14% and 13% of the Company’s sales in the first six months of fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively.
     The Company has entered into factoring agreements to sell, without recourse or discount, certain U.S. and non- U.S. company-based receivables to unrelated third-party financial institutions for a fee based upon the gross amount of the sold receivables. Under the current terms of this factoring agreement related to the U.S. company-based receivables, the maximum amount of outstanding advances at any one time is $20.0 million, which limitation is subject to change based on the level of eligible receivables, restrictions on concentrations of receivables and the historical performance of the receivables sold.
     During the first six months of fiscal 2011, approximately $129.8 million of gross receivables have been sold under the terms of these factoring agreements, compared to approximately $120.6 million during the first six months of fiscal 2010. The sale of these receivables accelerated the collection of the Company’s cash and reduced credit exposure. Such sales of accounts receivable are reflected as a reduction of Accounts receivable, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as they meet the applicable criteria noted in ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing”, for financial instruments. The gross balance of trade receivables sold to the factoring companies and, therefore, excluded from the Company’s accounts receivable, was $44.4 million and $43.4 million as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively. The corresponding amount due from the factoring companies, net of advances received from the factoring companies, was $6.2 million and $10.4 million at July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively, and is included in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As such, the net amount of factored receivables was $38.2 million and $33.0 million at July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively. The Company pays factoring fees associated with the sales of receivables based on the dollar value of the receivables sold. Such fees, which are considered to be primarily related to the Company’s financing activities, have approximated $0.2 million per quarter and are included in Foreign currency and other loss, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Note 3. Special Charges, Net
     The Company’s operating income includes Special charges, net and this amount represents the consequences of corporate-level decisions or Board of Directors actions, principally associated with initiatives attributable to restructuring and realignment of manufacturing operations and management structures as well as the pursuit of certain transaction opportunities when applicable. Additionally, the Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances, including the aforementioned, indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. A summary of such special charges, net is presented in the following table (in thousands):
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months       One Month      
    Ended       Ended     Six Months  
    July 2,       January 28,     Ended  
    2011       2011     July 3, 2010  
Restructuring and plant realignment costs
  $ 1,052       $ 194     $ 6,983  
Accelerated vesting of share-based awards
            12,694        
Blackstone acquisition costs
    25,413         6,137        
Colombia flood
    7,398         1,685        
Asset impairment costs
                  709  
Other costs
    964         114       1,665  
 
                   
 
  $ 34,827       $ 20,824     $ 9,357  
 
                   

F-78


Table of Contents

      Restructuring and Plant Realignment Costs
     Accrued costs for restructuring and plant realignment efforts are included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These costs generally arise from restructuring initiatives intended to result in lower working capital levels and improved operating performance and profitability through: (i) reducing headcount at both the plant and corporate levels and the realignment of management structures; (ii) improving manufacturing productivity and reducing corporate costs; and (iii) rationalizing certain assets, businesses and employee benefit programs. The following table summarizes the components of the accrued liability with respect to the Company’s business restructuring activities as of, and for the six month period ended July 2, 2011 (in thousands):
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months       One Month  
    Ended       Ended  
    July 2,       January 28,  
    2011       2011  
Balance accrued at beginning of period
  $ 1,694       $ 1,726  
2011 restructuring and plant realignment costs
    1,052         194  
Cash payments
    (854 )       (220 )
Adjustments
    154         (6 )
 
             
Balance accrued at end of period
  $ 2,046       $ 1,694  
 
             
     The $0.2 million of restructuring and plant realignment costs incurred in the one month period ended January 28, 2011 is comprised primarily of severance and other shut-down costs for restructuring activities in the United States.
     The $1.1 million of restructuring and plant realignment costs incurred in the five months ended July 2, 2011 is comprised primarily of $0.6 million of severance and other shut-down costs for restructuring activities in the United States, $0.4 million for severance activities in Argentina, and $0.1 million of restructuring costs for restructuring initiatives in Europe.
     The Company anticipates that the remaining accrual of $2.1 million, as of July 2, 2011, will be paid out within the next eighteen months.
      Restructuring and Plant Realignment — Prior Periods
     The restructuring and plant realignment costs in the first six months of fiscal 2010 totaled $7.0 million. This was comprised of: (i) $6.5 million of severance and other shut-down costs for restructuring activities in the United States; (ii) $0.3 million of severance and other shut-down costs for restructuring initiatives in Europe; and (iii) $0.2 million of severance costs for restructuring initiatives in Argentina.
     On June 9, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan to consolidate its operations in the U.S. In June 2009, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees that it planned to close its North Little Rock, Arkansas manufacturing plant by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2010 to better align the Company’s capabilities with its long-term strategic direction and reduce overall operating costs. The plant closing included the reduction of approximately 140 positions when such efforts were completed. During the first six months of fiscal 2010, the Company recognized $0.3 million of employee termination costs, $6.1 million for equipment relocation and associated shut-down costs related to the closure of the North Little Rock plant and $0.1 million related to the shut-down of other plants.
     In March 2010, the Company communicated a plan to close and dispose of the coating manufacturing line associated with its Argentina manufacturing operation in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 as part of the region’s strategic plan. The closing included the reduction of approximately 18 positions, of which six occurred in the first quarter with the remaining twelve positions by the end of July 2010. The Company recognized $0.2 million of employee termination costs in the first six months of fiscal 2010, which related to the terminations that were finalized in the first and second quarters. The Company closed the manufacturing line in July 2010 and sold the equipment for an amount in excess of its net book value, less costs to sell. Accordingly, no impairment charge was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. The Company used the proceeds to reduce its bank debt in Argentina.

F-79


Table of Contents

Accelerated Vesting of Share-based Awards
     Due to a change in control associated with the Acquisition, the Company’s restricted shares and restricted share units granted in accordance with the Company’s restricted stock plans became fully vested during the one month period ended January 28, 2011, were canceled and converted into the right to receive (i) upon the effective time of the Merger, an amount in cash equal to the per share closing payment; and (ii) on each escrow release date, an amount in cash equal to the per share escrow payment, in each case, less any applicable withholding taxes.
     Similarly, during the same period, the Company’s stock options granted in accordance with the Company’s stock option plan became fully vested and were canceled and converted into the right to receive, in full satisfaction of the rights of such holder with respect thereto, (i) upon the effective time of the Merger, an amount in cash equal to the number of shares of Company common stock subject to such stock option multiplied by the excess of the per share closing payment over the exercise price for such stock option, which is in all cases $6.00 per share; and (ii) on each date on which amounts are released from the escrow fund to the Company’s stockholders, an amount in cash equal to the number of shares of Company common stock subject to such stock option multiplied by the per share escrow payment, in each case, less any applicable withholding taxes.
     In accordance with the guidance in ASC 718 the Company recognized $12.7 million of expense during the one month period ended January 28, 2011 associated with the accelerated vesting and cancelation of the share-based award associated with these plans.
      Blackstone Acquisition Transaction Costs
     As a result of the Acquisition more fully described in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, the Company recognized $25.4 million and $6.1 million of expense associated with professional fees and other transaction-related costs during the five months ended July 2, 2011 and the one month period ended January 28, 2011, respectively. The expense incurred for the five months ended July 2, 2011 includes $0.4 million associated with the settlement a lawsuit with former shareholders of the Predecessor. Further, the Company incurred $19.3 million in direct financing costs associated with the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes (defined below) and associated with entering into the ABL Facility (defined below). These costs have been recognized as an intangible asset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 2, 2011.
      Colombia Flood
     In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused the Company to temporarily cease manufacturing at its Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. The Company established temporary offices away from the flooded area and worked with customers to meet their critical needs through the use of our global manufacturing base. The facility re-established manufacturing operations on April 4, 2011 and operations reached full run rates in third quarter 2011. During the period in which the facility was not operational, the Company incurred costs to restore operations including equipment rental and repair, temporary office facilities and employee travel costs. These costs were $7.4 million and $1.7 million for the five month period ended July 2, 2011 and for the one month period ended January 28, 2011, respectively. During the five months ended July 2, 2011, the Company received insurance proceeds of $5.3 million and expects to collect additional insurance proceeds of approximately $0.4 million during the second half of fiscal 2011 (see Note 19 “Business Interruption and Insurance Recovery” for further discussion of the related insurance recovery).
      Asset impairment charges
     During the second quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.7 million related to the write-down of assets held for sale in Neunkirchen, Germany to their estimated fair value less costs to sell.

F-80


Table of Contents

      Other Costs
     Other costs consist of expenses related to the Company’s pursuit of other business transaction opportunities.
     The Company reviews its business operations on an ongoing basis in the light of current and anticipated market conditions and other factors and, from time to time, may undertake restructuring efforts and/or engage in acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses in order to optimize the Company’s overall business, performance or competitive position, some of which may be significant. To the extent any such decisions are made, the Company would likely incur costs, expenses and restructuring charges associated with such transactions, which could be material.
Note 4. Acquisitions
      Blackstone Acquisition
     On January 28, 2011, the closing date of the Acquisition described in Note 1 “Description of Business and Basis of Presentation”, the following events occurred:
    Each share of Predecessor Polymer’s common and preferred stock, outstanding immediately prior to the Acquisition were cancelled and converted into the right to receive up to $18.16 in cash for each share, without interest. A portion of the purchase price, approximately $2.91 per share, was deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the personal holding company (“PHC”) rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) as further described in Note 10 “Income Taxes”.
 
    Each outstanding restricted share or restricted share unit convertible into Predecessor Polymer common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Acquisition vested (if unvested) and was cancelled in exchange for the right to receive cash for the excess of up to $18.16 in cash for each share, without interest. As discussed previously, approximately $2.91 per share was deposited in an escrow fund for the PHC matter.
 
    Each outstanding option to acquire Predecessor Polymer common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Acquisition vested (if unvested) and was cancelled in exchange for the right to receive cash for the excess of up to $18.16 in cash for each share, without interest, over the $6.00 per share exercise price of the option. As discussed previously, approximately $2.91 per share was deposited in an escrow fund for the PHC matter.
 
    Successor Polymer received $259.9 million in equity contributions and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. See Note 16 “Stockholders’ Equity” for further information.
 
    Successor Polymer issued $560.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.75% senior secured notes due 2019 (the “Senior Secured Notes”). The Senior Secured Notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Polymer’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. See Note 9 “Debt” and Note 22 “Financial Guarantees and Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements” for further information.
 
    Successor Polymer entered into senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilities (the “ABL Facility”) to provide for borrowings not to exceed $50.0 million, subject to borrowing base availability, with a maturity of four years. See Note 9 “Debt” for further information.
 
    Successor Polymer repaid approximately $333.9 million of the Company’s pre-Acquisition indebtedness. See Note 9 “Debt” for further information.
     The Acquisition resulted in a 100% change in ownership of Polymer and is accounted for in accordance with U.S. GAAP guidance for business combinations. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, excluding deferred income taxes, were recorded using a preliminary estimate of their fair value as of January 28, 2011. The

F-81


Table of Contents

purchase price paid and related costs and transaction fees incurred by Blackstone have been accounted for in Polymer’s consolidated financial statements.
     The preliminary allocation of purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of January 28, 2011 was determined by management with the assistance of outside valuation experts. At present, the Company is utilizing a preliminary valuation analysis prepared by its outside valuation experts of its inventories, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. The Company anticipates that it will have a full and complete valuation analysis of its inventories, property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill later in 2011. The allocation of the purchase price is subject to change based on the completion of such valuation study and the determination of other facts impacting fair value estimates. The adjustments, if any, arising out of the finalization of the allocation of the purchase price will not impact cash flow. However, such adjustments could result in material increases or decreases to depreciation and amortization, earnings before interest expense, income taxes and net income. The Company is continuing to evaluate its purchase price allocations and the related appraisal work of the asset appraisal firm. The Company expects to finalize the purchase price allocations prior to the end of fiscal 2011.
     The following table summarizes the acquisition costs, including professional fees and other related costs, and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values:
                 
At January 28, 2011   (in thousands)        
Purchase price of outstanding equity
          $ 403,496  
 
             
Acquisition related costs:
               
Included in special charges, net:
               
January 29, 2011 through July 2, 2011
  $ 25,413          
January 2, 2011 through January 28, 2011
    6,137          
January 3, 2010 through January 1, 2011
    6,388       37,938  
 
             
Deferred financing costs
            19,252  
 
             
Total acquisition related costs
          $ 57,190  
 
             
Allocation of purchase price:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
          $ 70,771  
Accounts receivable
    `       134,422  
Inventory
            134,822  
Other current assets, includes restricted cash of $31.1 million
            80,724  
Property, plant and equipment
            496,953  
Intangible assets:
               
Technology
  $ 21,000          
Trade names
    17,500          
Customer relationships
    8,500       47,000  
 
             
Goodwill
            90,311  
Indemnification tax asset
            16,221  
Other noncurrent assets
            36,149  
 
             
Total assets acquired
          $ 1,107,373  
 
             
 
               
Total current liabilities, excluding current portion of debt and deferred tax liabilities
          $ 232,353  
Current portion of long-term debt
            3,586  
Long-term debt
            359,010  
Deferred tax liabilities
            41,806  
Other long-term liabilities
            58,123  
Noncontrolling interest in PGI new assets
            8,999  
 
             
Total liabilities assumed
          $ 703,877  
 
             
 
               
Net assets acquired
          $ 403,496  
 
             
     The preliminarily estimated goodwill of $90.3 million arising from the Acquisition represents the excess of the purchase price over specifically identified tangible and intangible assets. Stated differently, the preliminary goodwill of $90.3 million represents the synergistic value of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets that Merger Sub paid over the historic net asset value of the Company. As disclosed earlier, the allocation of the purchase price is

F-82


Table of Contents

subject to change based on the completion of a valuation study and the determination of other facts impacting fair value estimates. In addition, upon the Company’s completion of its final valuation work and pursuant to the guidance of ASC 805-10-25-13, retroactive adjustment of the Company’s financial results for the five month period ended July 2, 2011 could be required if the impacts of the final valuation work result in amounts that are materially different than the financial results included within these consolidated financial statements.
     As this was a stock acquisition, there is no tax basis in the amounts recorded through purchase accounting as intangible assets (including goodwill); and therefore, there is no tax benefit associated with these assets. The $19.3 million of deferred financing costs will be deductible for tax purposes. The Company has recognized a tax indemnification asset of $16.2 million in the opening balance sheet to reflect an offsetting asset for the recorded $16.2 million PHC liability. The $16.2 million asset is supported by the $64.5 million amount of the purchase price that was distributed by the acquirer to the escrow agent, pending the resolution of the PHC matter.
     Transaction-related expenditures for legal and professional services were reported as Special charges, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations with $25.4 million recorded in the Successor five month period ended July 2, 2011, $6.1 million in the Predecessor one month period ended January 28, 2011 and $6.4 million in the Predecessor twelve month period ended January 1, 2011.
      Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information
     The following supplemental unaudited pro forma results of operations assumes the Acquisition and the related financing transactions described above (the “Transactions”) occurred on January 3, 2010 for each period presented. This unaudited pro forma information should not be relied upon as indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the Transactions had occurred on that date, nor the results that may be obtained in the future.
     Pro forma amounts reflect the adjusted results had the Transactions occurred at January 3, 2010 with adjustments primarily to: interest; depreciation of property, plant and equipment; amortization of certain intangible assets and deferred financing fees; the turnaround impact of the fair value adjustments to inventories, and the related adjustments of income tax expenses. The pro forma information excludes the following: 1) the $(12.7) million impact of the accelerated equity awards, which vested as a result of the change in control associated with the Transactions; and 2) the acquisition related costs incurred in both 2010 and 2011. The 2010 and 2011 pro forma includes the quarterly impact of the BMP $3.0 million Management Services Agreement fee (see Note 21 “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for further information and the definition of BMP).
Unaudited (in thousands)
                 
    As        
Six Months Ended July 3, 2010   Reported     Pro Forma  
Net sales
  $ 548,225     $ 548,225  
 
               
Net loss
    (441 )     (27,964 )
                 
    As        
Combined Period Six Months Ended July 2, 2011   Reported     Pro Forma  
Net sales
  $ 580,341     $ 580,341  
 
               
Net loss
    (67,951 )     (6,854 )
      China-Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition of Nanhai
     On May 26, 2010, the Company signed an equity transfer agreement (the “Agreement”) to purchase the remaining 20% noncontrolling interest in Nanhai, subject to Chinese government regulatory approval. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company deposited $1.5 million into an escrow account with a bank to serve as a performance guarantee. On March 9, 2011, the Company received regulatory approval of the transaction and subsequently completed the noncontrolling interest acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million.

F-83


Table of Contents

     In accordance with ASC 810 “Consolidation” (“ASC 810”), the Company accounted for this transaction as an equity transaction, and no gain or loss was recognized on the transaction. The preliminary estimated carrying amount of this noncontrolling interest, as of March 9, 2011, was $9.2 million and, accordingly, the difference between the purchase price and the amount by which the noncontrolling interest was adjusted resulted in an increase to paid-in capital of $1.9 million and an increase in currency translation adjustment of $0.1 million.
     The adjustment to paid-in capital is subject to change, pending the Company’s final determination of the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest in Nanhai, which in turn, is dependent upon the Company’s completion of the aforementioned purchase price accounting associated with the Acquisition. At present, the Company has not determined the fair value of the assets and liabilities of Nanhai, as of the Merger Date.
      Spain
     On December 2, 2009, the Company completed the initial phase of an acquisition from Grupo Corinpa, S.L. (“Grupo Corinpa”), of certain assets and the operations of the nonwovens businesses of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. (together with Tesalca-99, S.A., “Tesalca-Texnovo” or the “Sellers”), which were headquartered in Barcelona, Spain (the “Transaction”). The acquisition was completed by the Company through PGI Spain, which operates as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
     The acquired assets included the net operating working capital as of November 30, 2009 (defined as current assets less current liabilities excluding financial liabilities associated with the operations) valued at $10.9 million, the customer lists and the book of business. Concurrent with the Transaction, the Company entered into a seven year lease (beginning December 2, 2009 and ending December 31, 2016) with Tesalca-Texnovo that provided that PGI Spain was entitled to the full and exclusive use of the Sellers’ land, building and equipment during the term of the lease (the “Building and Equipment Lease”). PGI Spain was obligated to make total lease payments of approximately €29.0 million to Tesalca-Texnovo during the term of the Building and Equipment Lease. The first lease payment of approximately €1.25 million was made on March 31, 2010 and further quarterly payments of approximately €1.25 million were due for the first three years of the lease. Further, the quarterly lease payments for the remaining four years was to be approximately €0.9 million per quarter. Pursuant to ASC 840, “Leases” (“ASC 840”), the Building and Equipment Lease agreement has been accounted for as an operating lease. Furthermore, pursuant to ASC 840-20-25-2, PGI Spain began to recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the seven year lease term in Cost of goods sold in its Consolidated Statements of Operations.
     Further, as part of the Transaction, PGI Spain granted the Sellers a put option over the assets underlying the Building and Equipment Lease (the “Phase II Assets”) until December 31, 2012 (the “Put Option”). The Sellers’ right to exercise the Put Option was dependent upon a future financial performance target of PGI Spain. Furthermore, the Sellers granted PGI Spain a call option over the assets underlying the Phase II Assets, which was due to expire on December 31, 2012 (the “Call Option”).
     Consideration for the acquired assets consisted of approximately 1.049 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (“Issued Securities”), which represented approximately 5.0% of the outstanding share capital of the Company on December 2, 2009, taking into account the Issued Securities. The Issued Securities were subject to certain restrictions, including that the Issued Securities were not registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933. On December 2, 2009, the fair value of the Issued Securities approximated $14.5 million.
     During fiscal 2010, the Company incurred $1.7 million of acquisition and integration related expenses attributable to the Transaction. These expenses were attributable to accountant, legal and advisory fees of $0.9 million associated with due diligence and the closing of the Transaction. The remaining $0.8 million was incurred for employee termination costs pursuant to a facility restructuring. In January 2010, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees that it planned to restructure its manufacturing operations in Spain during the first quarter of fiscal 2010 to reduce its overall cost structure. The realignment included the reduction of approximately ten positions in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”), these expenses are recorded as a period cost in Acquisition and integration expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-84


Table of Contents

     The Company recorded intangible assets of €0.6 million and €1.8 million associated with customer relationships and goodwill, respectively, in the purchase price allocation. The customer relationships intangible asset has an economic useful life of 5 years.
     On January 28, 2011, immediately prior to the aforementioned Acquisition, the Company exercised the Call Option and thus acquired the Phase II Assets, resulting in the termination of the Building and Equipment Lease (the “Spain Phase II Asset Purchase”). Consideration for the Spain Phase II Asset Purchase aggregated $41.2 million (€30.6 million). See Note 18 “Supplemental Cash Flow Information” for further discussion regarding the Spain Phase II Asset Purchase.
Note 5. Discontinued Operations
     Effective April 28, 2011, the board of directors of the Company committed to management’s plan to dispose of the assets of Difco Performance Fabrics, Inc. (“Difco”). On April 29, 2011, we entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of Difco. The agreement provided that Difco continue to produce goods during a three month manufacturing transition services arrangement that expired in the third quarter of 2001. Upon the sale of the aforementioned assets, Difco would retain its property, plant and equipment. The Difco sale was completed on May 10, 2011. After taking into consideration the cash proceeds that management contemplates receiving from the sale of its assets; including the future sale of the remaining property, plant and equipment, and recognizing the wind-down related costs, management does not anticipate that it would recognize a loss of the sale and discontinuance of the Difco business operations. Accordingly, management does not expect an impairment charge.
     Pursuant to ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC 360”), the Company determined that the assets of Difco represent assets held for sale, since the cash flows of Difco will be eliminated from our ongoing operations and the Company will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the business after the disposal transaction. As a result, Difco has been accounted for as a discontinued operation for the periods presented herein. Accordingly, Difco’s operating assets and liabilities have been segregated and included in Assets of discontinued operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, Difco’s results of operations, previously included in the Oriented Polymers segment, have been segregated from continuing operations and included in (Loss) income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-85


Table of Contents

     The following amounts, which relate to our Oriented Polymers segment, have been segregated from continuing operations and included in (Loss) income from discontinued operations (in thousands):
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months       One Month     Six Months  
    Ended       Ended     Ended  
    July 2,       January 28,     July 3,  
    2011       2011     2010  
Net sales
  $ 20,850       $ 4,060     $ 20,892  
 
                   
Pre-tax (loss) income
  $ (1,737 )     $ 320     $ 60  
Income tax expense
    56         138       241  
 
                   
Net (loss) income
  $ (1,793 )     $ 182     $ (181 )
 
                   
     The tax expense for Difco was $0.06 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and for the six months ended July 2, 2010, respectively.
     The actual tax expense differs from such expense determined at the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to intercompany profits, currency differences, losses with no expectation of future benefits and unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”). The differences of the tax expense between respective periods are primarily due to differences in the pre-tax book profits.
     The Company has recognized a preliminary loss of $0.2 million on the sale of certain of Difco’s assets (accounts receivable and inventory) based on the $9.2 million of cash that the Company received in second quarter 2011.
     The final determination of the gain or loss realized on the sale of Difco’s assets is subject to change, pending the Company’s final determination of the carrying value of the sold Difco’s assets, which in turn, is dependent upon the Company’s completion of the aforementioned purchase price accounting associated with the Acquisition. At present, the Company has not determined the fair value of the assets and liabilities of Difco as of the Merger Date.
     The following assets and liabilities have been segregated and included in Assets of discontinued operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations , as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    July 2,       January 1,  
    2011       2011  
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 7,047       $ 5,812  
Inventories
    7,031         8,285  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    2,339         2,351  
Deferred income taxes
    1,911         1,858  
Other assets
    108         499  
 
             
Assets of discontinued operations
  $ 18,436       $ 18,805  
 
                 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 6,464       $ 4,193  
Other liabilities
    767         600  
 
             
Liabilities of discontinued operations
  $ 7,231       $ 4,793  
 
             

F-86


Table of Contents

Note 6. Inventories, net
     Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    July 2,       January 1,  
    2011       2011  
Finished goods
  $ 77,482       $ 53,619  
Work in process
    13,340         9,262  
Raw materials and supplies
    47,385         42,299  
 
             
 
  $ 138,207       $ 105,180  
 
             
     Inventories are net of reserves; which are for obsolete and slow-moving inventories, of approximately $0.5 million and $4.7 million at July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively. Management believes that the reserves are adequate to provide for losses in the normal course of business.
Note 7. Goodwill, Intangibles and Loan Acquisition Costs
     Intangibles and loan acquisition costs consist of the following (in thousands):
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    July 2,       January 1,  
    2011       2011  
Cost:
                 
Goodwill
  $ 90,311       $ 2,253  
Technology
    21,000          
Customer relationships
    17,500         760  
Trade names & trademarks
    8,500         3,215  
Loan acquisition costs
    19,252         4,544  
Other
            2,008  
 
             
 
    156,563         12,780  
Less accumulated amortization
    (3,152 )       (5,247 )
 
             
 
  $ 153,411       $ 7,533  
 
             
     Aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years, including fiscal year 2011, is expected to be as follows: 2011, $7.4 million; 2012, $7.5 million; 2013, $7.4 million; 2014, $7.5 million; 2015, $6.7 million; and thereafter, $26.6 million.
      Goodwill
     Goodwill has been calculated at the respective acquisition dates, measured as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured with ASC 805. In accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other”, the Company will not amortize the goodwill, but instead will evaluate goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis.
      Blackstone Acquisition
     As discussed in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, the Company utilized a preliminary valuation analysis for the purpose of the allocation of the purchase price to net assets acquired, and as a result, the Company has recognized preliminary goodwill of $90.3 million.
      Spain
     As discussed in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, the Company recognized Eurodollar goodwill attributable to the Spain acquisition in fiscal 2009. The Company performed its annual review of aforementioned goodwill recognized in the Spain acquisition in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 and determined that the recorded goodwill was not impaired.

F-87


Table of Contents

      Technology
     The Company has developed proprietary manufacturing know-how. The Company has recognized an intangible asset attributable to the technology manufacturing know-how. The Company has determined that the technology intangible asset has an economic useful life of 10 years and will be amortized over a 10-year period.
      Customer relationships
      Blackstone Acquisition
     The Company sells primarily to regional and global manufacturers and distributors, who then sell our products to end consumers. The Company has recognized an intangible asset attributable to the customer relationships. The Company has determined that the customer relationships intangible asset has an economic useful life of 10 years and will be amortized over a 10-year period.
      Spain
     As discussed in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, the Company recognized Eurodollar customer relationships as an intangible asset attributable to the Spain acquisition in fiscal 2009. The customer relationships intangible asset had an economic useful life of 5 years and was to be amortized over a 5-year period.
      Trade names & trademarks
     The Company maintains trade names and trademarks for the purpose of conducting its business. The Company has recognized an intangible asset attributable to the trade names and trademarks. The Company has determined that the trade names and trademarks have an economic useful life of 10 years and will be amortized over a 10-year period.
      Loan acquisition costs
      Blackstone Acquisition
     The Company incurred $19.3 million of deferred financing costs associated with the aforementioned Senior Secured Notes and ABL Facility. Of the $19.3 million, $16.6 million was attributable to the Senior Secured Notes and the remaining $2.7 million was attributable to the ABL Facility. The Company will amortize the deferred financing costs attributable to the Senior Secured Notes and ABL Facility over an eight and four year period, respectively.
      Predecessor Company
     In the second quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company capitalized approximately $0.2 million of financing costs associated with the conversion of $10.0 million of the revolving credit facility. See Note 9 “Debt” for additional disclosures related to the amendment to the Credit Facility.

F-88


Table of Contents

     Components of amortization expense are shown in the table below (in thousands):
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months       One Month     Six Months  
    Ended       Ended     Ended  
    July 2,       January 28,     July 3,  
    2011       2011     2010  
Amortization of:
                         
Intangibles with finite lives, included in Selling, general and administrative expenses
  $ 1,993       $ 55     $ 384  
Spain covenant not to compete, included in Special charges, net
            11        
Loan acquisition costs included in Interest expense, net
    1,159         51       437  
 
                   
Total amortization expense
  $ 3,152       $ 117     $ 821  
 
                   
Note 8. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    July 2,       January 1,  
    2011       2011  
Accounts payable to vendors
  $ 140,107       $ 124,320  
Accrued salaries, wages, incentive compensation and other fringe benefits
    21,181         22,911  
Other accrued expenses
    45,842         26,628  
 
             
 
  $ 207,130       $ 173,859  
 
             

F-89


Table of Contents

Note 9. Debt
     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    July 2,       January 1,  
    2011       2011  
7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019; denominated in U.S. dollars with interest due semi-annually each February 1 and August 1
  $ 560,000       $  
Old Credit Facility, as defined below, are subject to certain terms and conditions:
                 
First Lien Term Loan (Tranche 1)—interest at 4.5% as of January 1, 2011
            15,932  
First Lien Term Loan (Tranche 2)—interest at 7.00% as of January 1, 2011
            270,538  
Argentine Credit Facility:
                 
Argentine Peso Loan—interest at 18.56% as of January 1, 2011; denominated in Argentine pesos
            4,573  
Argentine Peso Loan for working capital—interest at 18.63% as of January 1, 2011; denominated in Argentine pesos
            844  
United States Dollar Loan—interest at 3.19% as of July 2, 2011 and 3.19% as of January 1, 2011; denominated in U.S. dollars with any remaining unpaid balance due May 2016
    16,680         18,979  
Mexico Credit Facility—interest at 8.08% as of January 1, 2011; denominated in U.S. dollars
            10,546  
Suzhou Credit Facility—interest at 4.78% as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011; denominated in U.S. dollars with any remaining unpaid balance due November 2013
    17,000         10,000  
Other
    295         367  
 
             
 
    593,975         331,779  
Less: Current maturities
    (3,478 )       (3,609 )
 
             
 
  $ 590,497       $ 328,170  
 
             
     As of July 2, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the respective covenants of its outstanding indebtedness.
Successor Polymer Debt
      Senior Secured Notes
     As disclosed in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, concurrent with the Acquisition, Polymer issued $560.0 million of 7.75% senior secured notes due 2019. The Senior Secured Notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Polymer’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (see Note 22 “Financial Guarantees and Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements” for further information).
     Furthermore, the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes (the “Indenture”), among other restrictions, limits the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) repurchase stock; (v); incur certain liens; (vi) enter into transactions with affiliates; (vii) merge or consolidate; (viii) enter into agreements that restrict the ability of subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to Polymer; (ix) designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and (x) transfer or sell assets.
     Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture permits the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness and secured indebtedness. The Indenture also does not limit the amount of additional indebtedness that Parent or its parent entities may incur.
     Under the Indenture governing our Senior Secured Notes and under the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility (discussed below), our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making

F-90


Table of Contents

investments, refinancing certain indebtedness, paying dividends and entering into certain merger transactions is governed, in part, by our ability to satisfy tests based on Adjusted EBITDA.
We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income and franchise taxes and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain unusual, non-cash, non-recurring and other items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility.
      ABL Facility
     As disclosed in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, concurrent with the Acquisition, Polymer entered into senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilities to provide for borrowings not to exceed $50.0 million, subject to borrowing base availability, with a maturity of four years. The ABL Facility provides borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. The ABL Facility is comprised of (i) a revolving sub-facility of up to $42.5 million (the “Tranche 1 Sub-Facility”) and (ii) a first-in, last out revolving sub-facility of up to $7.5 million (the “Tranche 2 Sub-Facility”).
     Based on current borrowing base availability, the borrowings under the ABL Facility will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (A) Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus (i) 3.50% in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (ii) 5.50% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility; or (B) the higher of (a) the administrative agent’s Prime Rate and (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% (“ABR”) plus (x) 2.50% in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (y) 4.50% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility.
     The ABL Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross acceleration to certain indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, certain events under ERISA, certain monetary judgment defaults, invalidity of guarantees or security interests, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the ABL Facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the ABL Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
     As of July 2, 2011, there were no borrowings under the ABL Facility. Further, as of July 2, 2011, the borrowing base availability was $40.0 million and since the Company had outstanding letters of credits of $10.8 million, the resulting net availability under the ABL Facility was $29.2 million. The aforementioned letters of credit were primarily provided to certain administrative service providers and financial institutions. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on as of July 2, 2011.
      Short-term borrowings
     The Company had outstanding indebtedness under a short-term borrowing facility of $0.3 million as of July 2, 2011. This facility will mature at various dates through December 2011. Borrowings under this facility are included in Short-term borrowings in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Subsidiary Indebtedness
      Argentina Indebtedness
      Short-term borrowings
     The Company’s subsidiary in Argentina entered into short-term credit facilities to finance working capital requirements. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing facilities was $3.0 million and $2.1 million as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively. These facilities mature at various dates through December 2011. As of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, the average interest rate on these borrowings was 1.8% and 2.89%, respectively. Borrowings under these facilities are included in Short-term borrowings in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-91


Table of Contents

      Long-term borrowings
     In January 2007, the Company’s subsidiary in Argentina entered into an arrangement (the “Argentina Credit Facility”) with banking institutions in Argentina to finance the installation of a new spunmelt line at its facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The maximum borrowings available under the Argentina Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amount to 26.5 million Argentine pesos with respect to an Argentine peso-denominated loan and $30.3 million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and are secured by pledges covering (i) the subsidiary’s existing equipment lines; (ii) the outstanding stock of the subsidiary; and (iii) the new machinery and equipment being purchased, as well as a trust assignment agreement related to a portion of receivables due from certain major customers of the subsidiary.
     As of July 2, 2011, the face amount of the outstanding indebtedness was approximately $17.3 million, consisting of the U.S. dollar-denominated loan. Concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company repaid and terminated the Argentine peso-denominated loans. As of January 1, 2011, the outstanding indebtedness was approximately $24.4 million, consisting of $5.4 million of Argentine peso-denominated loans and a $19.0 million U.S. dollar-denominated loan.
     During the second quarter of 2011, the Company adjusted the recorded book value of the outstanding Argentina Credit Facility indebtedness that existed as of January 28, 2011 to the fair market value as of that date as part of the Acquisition purchase accounting process. As a result, the Company recorded a purchase accounting adjustment that created a contra-liability of $0.63 million and similarly reduced goodwill as of the opening balance sheet date. The Company is amortizing the contra-liability over the remaining term of the loan and including the amortization expense in Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The unamortized contra-liability of $0.57 million is included in Long-term debt in the July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet. Accordingly, as of July 2, 2011, $16.7 million is the carrying amount of the Argentina Credit Facility.
     The interest rate applicable to borrowings under these term loans is based on LIBOR plus 290 basis points for the U.S. dollar-denominated loan and Buenos Aires Interbanking Offered Rate plus 475 basis points for the Argentine peso-denominated loan. Principal and interest payments began in July 2008 with the loans maturing as follows: annual amounts of approximately $3.5 million beginning in 2011 and continuing through 2015, and the remaining $0.9 million in 2016.
      Suzhou Credit Facility
     In the third quarter of 2010, the Company’s subsidiary in Suzhou, China entered into a three-year U.S. dollar denominated construction loan arrangement (the “Suzhou Credit Facility”) with a banking institution in China to finance a portion of the installation of the new spunmelt line at its manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China. The maximum borrowings available under the Suzhou Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amounts to $20.0 million, of which the Company was required to make an initial draw-down by December 31, 2010 and draw down the remaining amount by December 31, 2011. In the first quarter of 2011 and the fourth quarter 2010, the Company borrowed $7.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively, under the Suzhou Credit Facility. The Company anticipates that it will draw down the remaining $3.0 million available under the Suzhou Credit Facility in the third quarter of 2011.
     The three-year term of the agreement begins with the date of the first draw down on the Suzhou Credit Facility. The Company was not required to pledge any security for the benefit of the Suzhou Credit Facility. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Suzhou Credit Facility is based on three-month LIBOR plus an amount to be determined at the time of funding based on the lender’s internal head office lending rate (400 basis points at the time the credit agreement was executed), but in no event would the interest rate be less than 1-year LIBOR plus 250 points. The Company is obligated to repay $5.0 million of the principal balance in the fourth quarter of 2012, with the remaining $15.0 million to be repaid in the fourth quarter of 2013. As of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, the outstanding balance under the Suzhou Credit Facility was $17.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively.
      Other Subsidiary Indebtedness

F-92


Table of Contents

     As of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, the Company also had other documentary letters of credit not associated with the aforementioned Old Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $8.5 million and $5.0 million, respectively, which was primarily provided to certain raw material vendors. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on as of either July 2, 2011 or January 1, 2011.
Predecessor Polymer Debt
     In accordance with ASC 470, “Debt”, the Company had classified the current portion of certain of its long-term debt, as of January 1, 2011, as non-current, since as a result of Acquisition, the Company refinanced certain of its long-term debt obligations by issuing the aforementioned Senior Secured Notes in January 2011.
      Old Credit Facility
     Concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company repaid and terminated the Old Credit Facility (defined below).
     The Company’s old credit facility (the “Old Credit Facility”), which was entered into on November 22, 2005 and amended as of December 8, 2006, consisted of a $410.0 million first-lien term loan (the “Term Loan”) and a $45.0 million secured revolving credit facility (the “Old Revolving Credit Facility”) that was to mature on November 22, 2010. In addition, the interest rate for both the Term Loan and the Old Revolving Credit Facility was based on a spread over the LIBOR of 2.25%, or 1.25% over a defined Alternate Base Rate. The Old Credit Facility also included customary representations and warranties, covenants and events of default, including, in certain circumstances, acceleration of obligations thereunder upon an event of default.
     On September 17, 2009, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (the “Amendment”) to the Old Credit Facility. As a result of the Amendment, the Company extended the maturity date of approximately $295.7 million of its then-outstanding $317.6 million Term Loan to November 22, 2014. As a result of the Amendment, availability under the Old Revolving Credit Facility was to mature in two tranches: $15.0 million (“Tranche 1”) on November 22, 2010 and $30.0 million (“Tranche 2”) on November 22, 2013, unless the Tranche 1 Term Loan exceeded $10.0 million on August 24, 2012. If that condition was met, then the Tranche 2 Revolver would have matured on August 24, 2012. In conjunction with the execution of the Amendment, the Company repaid approximately $24.0 million of net outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan.
     The Amendment also: (i) allowed for additional Term Loan tranches that extended the maturity date of the Term Loan to November 22, 2014 at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.5% (with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%); (ii) allowed for additional Old Revolving Credit Facility tranches that extended the maturity date of the Old Revolving Credit Facility to November 22, 2013 at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.5% (with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%); (iii) removed the requirement for future step downs or step ups in financial covenants; (iv) established price protection for the new tranches requiring matching yields if any future tranches are established at yields at least 25 basis points above the current loan tranches; (v) revised certain definitions and baskets related to permitted investments, acquisitions and assets sales; and (vi) required repayment of $24.0 million of net outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan at the closing.
     As of January 1, 2011, the Term Loan consisted of $15.9 million of net outstanding amounts maturing on November 22, 2012 (“Tranche 1 Term Loan”) and $270.5 million maturing on November 22, 2014 (“Tranche 2 Term Loan”). Similarly, as of January 1, 2011, the Old Revolving Credit Facility consisted of $40.0 million of availability that was to mature on November 22, 2013 (“Tranche 2 Revolver”), under which there were no amounts outstanding as of January 1, 2011. Effective May 4, 2010, the components of the revolving credit facilities reflect the conversion of $10.0 million of its Tranche 1 Revolver commitments to Tranche 2 Revolver commitments. The additional $10.0 million of Tranche 2 Revolver commitments assumed the same maturity date (November 22, 2013) and interest rate (LIBOR plus 4.5%, with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%) as the existing Tranche 2 Revolver. The Company did not extend the $5.0 million portion of the Old Revolving Credit Facility that matured on November 22, 2010 (“Tranche 1 Revolver”).
     All borrowings under the Old Credit Facility were U.S. dollar denominated and were guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, by each and all of the direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The Old Credit Facility and the related guarantees were secured by (i) a lien on substantially all of the assets of the Company, its

F-93


Table of Contents

domestic subsidiaries and certain of its non-domestic subsidiaries, (ii) a pledge of all or a portion of the stock of the domestic subsidiaries of the Company and of certain non-domestic subsidiaries of the Company, and (iii) a pledge of certain secured intercompany notes. Commitment fees under the Old Credit Facility were equal to 0.50% of the daily unused amount of the Tranche 1 Revolver and 0.75% of the daily unused amount of the Tranche 2 Revolver. The Old Credit Facility limited restricted payments to $5.0 million, including cash dividends, in the aggregate since the effective date of the Old Credit Facility. The Old Credit Facility contained covenants and events of default customary for financings of this type, including leverage and interest expense coverage covenants, as well as default provisions related to certain types of defaults by the Company or its subsidiaries in the performance of their obligations regarding borrowings in excess of $10.0 million. The Old Credit Facility required that the Company maintain a leverage ratio of not more than 3.50:1.00 as of January 1, 2011 and through the remaining term of the Old Credit Facility. The interest expense coverage ratio requirement at January 1, 2011 and through the remaining term of the Old Credit Facility required that it not be less than 3.00:1.00. The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the Old Credit Facility at January 28, 2011. These ratios were calculated on a trailing four-quarter basis.
     The Term Loan required mandatory payments of approximately $1.0 million per quarter. Under the Amendment, the Company had the option to either prorate such principal payments across the two tranches or to apply them to the tranche with the earliest maturity date. In addition, the Old Credit Facility, as amended, required the Company to use a percentage of proceeds from excess cash flows, as defined by the Old Credit Facility and determined based on year-end results, to reduce its then outstanding balances under the Old Credit Facility. Such percentage was based on the leverage ratio. Excess cash flows subject to potential repayment of the Old Credit Facility were calculated using the net amount of the Company’s available cash generated from operations adjusted for the cash effects of interest, taxes, capital expenditures, changes in working capital and certain other items. The amount of excess cash flows for future periods was based on year-end results. There was no additional excess cash flow requirement with respect to fiscal 2010.
     The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Tranche 1 Term Loan and Tranche 1 Revolver was based on the three-month or the one-month LIBOR plus a specified margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under both the Tranche 1 Term Loan and Tranche 1 Revolver was 225 basis points. Further, the Company, from time to time, could elect to use an Alternate Base Rate for its borrowings under the Old Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan based on the bank’s base rate plus a margin of 75 to 125 basis points based on the Company’s total leverage ratio.
     The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Tranche 2 Term Loan and Tranche 2 Revolver was based on LIBOR plus a margin of 450 basis points, with a LIBOR floor of 250 basis points.
     In accordance with the terms of the Old Credit Facility, the Company maintained a position in an interest rate swap agreement. In February 2009, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which was effective June 30, 2009 (the “2009 Interest Rate Swap”) and was due to mature on June 30, 2011. The 2009 Interest Rate Swap had replaced an expiring interest rate swap agreement. The 2009 Interest Rate Swap effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of debt from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.96%. Concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company settled the 2009 Interest Rate Swap liability, since the Company repaid its Old Credit Facility. These agreements are more fully discussed in Note 14 “Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” and Note 15 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities.”
     There were no borrowings under the Old Revolving Credit Facility as of January 1, 2011. Average daily borrowings under the Old Revolving Credit Facility, which were primarily LIBOR rate-based borrowings, were $1.5 million at an average interest rate of 5.7% for the period from January 3, 2010 to January 1, 2011. Subject to certain terms and conditions, a maximum of $25.0 million of the Old Credit Facility could be used for letters of credit. As of January 1, 2011, the Company had effectively reserved capacity under the Old Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $8.2 million relating to standby letters of credit outstanding. These letters of credit were primarily provided to certain administrative service providers and financial institutions. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on at January 1, 2011.

F-94


Table of Contents

      Predecessor Subsidiary Indebtedness
     As discussed earlier, concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company repaid and terminated the Argentine peso-denominated loans and the Mexico Credit Facility.
      Mexico Credit Facility
     In March 2009, the Company’s subsidiary in Mexico entered into a term credit facility (the “Mexico Credit Facility”) with a banking institution in Mexico to finance a portion of the installation of a new spunmelt line near San Luis Potosi, Mexico. The maximum borrowing available under the Mexico Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amounted to $14.5 million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and was secured by pledges covering (i) the subsidiary’s existing equipment lines; and (ii) the new machinery and equipment being purchased. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Mexico Credit Facility was based on three-month LIBOR plus 780 basis points. A series of 22 quarterly principal payments commenced on October 1, 2009; interest payments commenced on July 1, 2009. Concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company repaid and terminated the Mexico Credit Facility. As of January 1, 2011, the outstanding indebtedness under the Mexico Credit Facility was approximately $10.5 million.
Note 10. Income Taxes
     As discussed in Note 1 “Basis of Presentation and Description of Business”, on January 28, 2011, Polymer merged with Merger Sub, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. Parent’s sole asset is its 100% ownership of the stock of Polymer. Affiliates of Blackstone, along with its co-investors and certain members of the Company’s management own Holdings which in turn owns 100% of the stock of Parent. As a result, Polymer became a member of a new consolidated group for income tax filing purposes for the U.S. federal tax return. The Company will therefore file a U.S. federal tax return for the one month period ended January 28, 2011 under the former ownership structure and file a U.S. tax return for the period January 29, 2011 through December 31, 2011 as part of the new consolidated group with Holdings as the parent company. As a result of the change in control, the Canadian subsidiaries will also be required to file a short period tax return for the one month period ended January 28, 2011 .
     This change in control will also create the need to evaluate the Company’s domestic net operating losses under the provisions of Section 382 of the Code, Limitation on Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Certain Built-In Losses Following Ownership Change. Although there may be limitations on the amount of net operating loss carryforward available on an annual basis, the result of this analysis is not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company as currently all domestic net deferred tax assets, including the benefit of the net operating losses, have a full valuation allowance. As a result of this ownership change, the Canadian subsidiaries will have certain tax adjustments. The carrying tax amount of the fixed assets are reduced to fair market value, however this will have no additional impact on the financial statements as the deferred tax asset attributable to the tax basis in the asset is converted to a tax benefit from the net operating loss.
     During the five month period ended July 2, 2011, the Company recognized an income tax benefit of $1.7 million on consolidated pre-tax book losses from continuing operations of $49.3 million. During the one month period ended January 28, 2011, the Company recognized an income tax expense of $0.5 million on consolidated pre-tax book losses from continuing operations of $17.8 million. During the six month period ended July 3, 2010, the Company recognized income tax expense of $5.2 million on consolidated pre-tax book income of $5.3 million. The Company’s income tax expense in any period is different than such expense determined at the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain jurisdictions for which no income tax benefits are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which tax credits are not anticipated, changes in the amounts recorded for tax uncertainties in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes”, and foreign taxes calculated at statutory rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
     During the five month period ended July 2, 2011, the Company received repatriated cash from a Canadian subsidiary which was treated as a reduction of capital for book purposes and a dividend for tax purposes. For tax purposes, the Canadian subsidiary was owned by a U.S. entity. This transaction reduced the book basis over tax basis which reduced the related deferred tax liability by $2.2 million. Without the tax benefit, the tax expense for the five month period ending July 2, 2011 would have been approximately $0.5 million. Although the U.S. net deferred tax

F-95


Table of Contents

asset is reserved entirely with a valuation allowance, this liability is treated by the Company as having an indefinite life and has therefore not reduced the net deferred tax asset for valuation allowance consideration.
     The total UTB of $36.9 million as of July 2, 2011 represents the amount of UTBs that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate in future periods. Included in the balance of UTBs as of July 2, 2011 was $16.4 million related to tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts could significantly change during the next 12 months. This amount primarily represents a decrease in the UTBs related to the PHC issue explained below which is currently being reviewed by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) in accordance with a ruling request made by the Company.
     The Company increased / (decreased) the liability for UTBs, for the one month period ended January 28, 2011, by $0.5 million, including penalty and interest of $0.3 million, and for the five month period ended July 2, 2011, the amount was $(0.2) million including penalty and interest of $(0.4) million. During the six month period ended July 3, 2010, the Company increased / (decreased) the liability for UTBs by $(0.7) million and $0.6 million, respectively, including additional interest and penalties of $(0.3) million and $0.6 million, respectively.
     Management’s judgment is required in determining and evaluating tax positions. Although management believes its tax positions and related provisions reflected in the consolidated financial statements are fully supportable, it recognizes that these tax positions may be challenged by various tax authorities. These tax positions are continuously reviewed and are adjusted as additional information becomes available that may change management’s judgment. Changes in the status of on-going tax examinations, interpretations of tax law, case law, statutes of limitations expiration and IRS rulings may all be considered in the continuous analysis.
     During the due diligence associated with the Acquisition, it was determined that the Company may meet the definition of a PHC as described in Code Section 542 and therefore be subject to the PHC tax of IRC Section 541. A company may be a PHC if a designated percentage, defined in Code Section 542(a)(1), of its income is passive income as defined in Code Section 543, the Company meets certain ownership requirements as defined in Code Section 542(a)(2), and that income is not distributed. The PHC rules are generally not applicable to publicly traded companies; however, the Company has certain subsidiaries that have undistributed PHC income and an ownership structure that may meet the PHC requirements of the IRC. The Company established a UTB, which currently has a balance of $16.4 million. As a result of the Acquisition, and in order to indemnify the purchaser for any amount ultimately paid to the IRS to resolve this issue, an amount of the purchase proceeds are held in escrow until this issue is resolved and the Company has recognized an offsetting tax indemnification asset in the purchase price accounting associated with the Acquisition. In order to achieve resolution, the Company submitted a ruling request in December, 2010 to the IRS with supplemental filings on June 2, 2011 and June 20, 2011. The request asked the IRS to rule on whether or not the Company was a PHC, in addition to other remedies should the IRS determine the Company is a PHC. The IRS is currently reviewing this request and the Company expects a ruling within the next 12 months.
     The major jurisdictions where the Company, or its subsidiaries, files income tax returns include the U.S., Argentina, Canada, China, Colombia, France, Germany, Mexico, The Netherlands, and Spain. The U.S. federal income tax returns have been examined through fiscal 2004 and the foreign jurisdictions generally remain open and subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities for the tax years 2003 through 2010. Although the current tax audits related to open tax years have not been finalized, management believes that the ultimate outcomes will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
     The Company continues to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
Note 11. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans
     PGI and its subsidiaries sponsor multiple defined benefit plans and other postretirement benefits that cover certain employees. Benefits are primarily based on years of service and the employee’s compensation. It is the Company’s policy to fund such plans in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
     Components of net periodic benefit costs for the specified periods are as follows (in thousands):

F-96


Table of Contents

                           
Pension Benefits   Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months       One Month     Six Months  
    Ended       Ended     Ended  
    July 2,       January 28,     July 3,  
    2011       2011     2010  
Current service costs
  $ 890       $ 159     $ 988  
Interest costs on projected benefit obligation and other
    2,738         492       3,152  
Return on plan assets
    (2,997 )       (539 )     (2,922 )
Amortization of transition obligation and other
    (49 )       (8 )     106  
 
                   
Periodic benefit cost, net
  $ 582       $ 104     $ 1,324  
 
                   
                           
Postretirement Benefits   Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months       One Month     Six Months  
    Ended       Ended     Ended  
    July 2,       January 28,     July 3,  
    2011       2011     2010  
Current service costs
  $ 37       $ 7     $ 38  
Interest costs on projected benefit obligation and other
    126         23       171  
Return on plan assets
                  (11 )
Amortization of transition obligation and other
    (136 )       (25 )     (138 )
 
                   
Periodic benefit cost, net
  $ 27       $ 5     $ 60  
 
                   
     As of July 2, 2011, the Company had contributed $3.2 million to its pension and postretirement benefit plans for the 2011 benefit year. The Company’s contributions include amounts required to be funded with respect to a defined benefit pension plan relating to the Company’s Canadian operations. The Company presently anticipates contributing an additional $0.9 million to fund its plans in 2011, for a total of $4.1 million.
Note 12. Equity Compensation Plans
      Successor Polymer Equity Compensation Plans
      2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
     Effective January 25, 2011, Holdings established an Incentive Stock Plan (the “Holdings Plan”) for key employees, directors, other service providers, or independent contractors of the Company. The Holdings Plan provides for the award of any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other Stock-Based Award (including Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit), as determined solely by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Holdings. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Holdings Plan may not exceed 20,789 plus any shares purchased for fair market value under a share purchase program. The maximum number of shares is subject to modification, upon certain events set-forth within the Holdings Plan, including, but not limited to: (i) equity restructurings, (ii) mergers, reorganizations and other corporate transactions, (iii) change in control, etc. Holdings will issue new shares of common stock to satisfy options exercised.
     Under the Holdings Plan, as of July 2, 2011, employees of Polymer were granted nonqualified stock options for 15,458.67 shares of Holdings common stock. These options were granted on January 28, 2011. Under the terms of the Holdings Plan, nonqualified stock options are to carry exercise prices no less than 100% of the fair market value of Holding’s stock on the date of the grant. Since Holdings common stock is not publicly traded, the fair market value of the stock is determined by the compensation committee of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith giving consideration to any independent valuation analysis performed for the Company and the most recent

F-97


Table of Contents

valuation of the Company used for purposes of public reporting by Blackstone of the value of its portfolio companies. The 15,458.67 shares of stock underlying the issued options had a grant date value of $1,000 per share, which represented the value per share of Holdings common stock at the effective date of the Acquisition.
     The 15,458.67 issued nonqualified stock options provide for time vested options (“Time Options”), performance vested options (“Performance Options”), and exit vested options (“Exit Options”). Of the 15,458.67 issued options, 5,152.89 have been designated as Time Options; 5,152.89 have been designated as Performance Options; and 5,152.89 have been designated as Exit Options. The nonqualified stock options expire on the tenth anniversary date of the grant.
     The Time Options vesting is subject to the continuation of employment by the employee and 20% of the Time Options will vest with each of the first five anniversaries of the Grant Date. The Performance Options vesting is subject to the continuation of employment and 20% of the Performance Options will vest with each of the first five anniversaries of March 31, 2011, if certain annual financial performance targets are met, as defined within the stock option grants. The Exit Options vesting is subject to the continuation of employment by the employee through the applicable vesting date. The Exit Option shall vest on the date, if any, when Holdings shall have received cash proceeds in respect of its investment in the Company’s equity securities that meets a specified financial yield, as defined within the stock option grants.
     The Company accounts for the Holdings Plan in accordance with ASC 718. As of July 2, 2011, with respect to the 15,458.67 options to purchase common stock of Holdings under the Holdings Plan, 10,305.78 options are subject to future vesting based on the attainment of future performance targets that the Company has not yet determined to be highly probable of achievement. Accordingly, pursuant to ASC 718, 5,152.89 outstanding options to purchase common stock of Holdings have been considered granted, as of July 2, 2011, under the Holdings Plan.
     A summary of option activity under the Holdings Plan is presented below:
                 
    Number      
    of Shares     Exercise Price  
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
             
 
               
Granted
    5,388.40     $ 1,000.00  
Exercised
           
Canceled
    235.51        
 
           
 
               
Outstanding at July 2, 2011
    5,152.89     $ 1,000.00  
 
           
     The estimated fair value of the options when granted is amortized to expense over the options’ vesting or required service period. With respect to the Time Options, the Company is following a straight-line vesting method for determining the Company’s compensation costs. The fair value for these options was estimated, using a third-party valuation specialist, at the date of grant based on the expected life of the option and projected exercise experience, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
         
    2011 Issued  
    Options  
Risk-free interest rate
    1.92 %
Dividend yield
    0.00 %
Expected volatility factor
    49.54 %
Expected option life in years
    5.0  
     The risk free interest rate was determined based on an analysis of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon market yields as of the date of the option grant for issues having expiration lives similar to the expected option life. The expected volatility was based on an analysis of the historical volatility of Polymer’s competitors over the expected life of the Holding’s options. As insufficient data exists to determine the historical life of options issued under the Holdings

F-98


Table of Contents

Plan, the expected option life was determined based on the vesting schedule of the options and their contractual life taking into consideration the expected time in which the share price of Holding’s would exceed the exercise price of the option. The fair value of each option granted during the period from January 28, 2011 utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing model was $448.2213 per share.
     The compensation cost related to the Holdings Plan was $0.21 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, and is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of July 2, 2011, the unamortized compensation expense related to stock options was $2.1 million and is expected to be recognized over a period of 5 years, from the date of grant.
      Other Compensation Arrangement
     In contemplation of the Merger the Company’s Chief Executive Officer entered into an employment agreement in October 2010 which became effective as of the effective time of the Merger (the “January 2011 CEO Employment Agreement”) and superseded the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement (discussed below). Accordingly, the Chief Executive Officer has no further rights under the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement.
     The January 2011 CEO Employment Agreement provides that as long as the CEO is an employee in good standing on July 23, 2013, that she would be entitled to a one-time grant of shares in Holdings having a value equal to $694,000 (the “Equity Award”). Further, the Equity Award could be granted to the CEO at an earlier date if the condition of “Involuntary Termination” has been met, as defined within the January 2011 CEO Employment Agreement. The Company has determined that the Equity Award is not a modification, pursuant to the guidance in ASC 805, of the Retirement Incentive that was set-forth within the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement (discussed below). Accordingly, the Company has concluded that the Equity Award should be accounted for as an “Equity-Classified Award” as defined within ASC 718.
     The compensation cost related to the Equity Award was $0.13 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, and is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of July 2, 2011, the unamortized compensation expense related to Equity Award was $0.56 million and is expected to be recognized through July 23, 2013.
      Predecessor Polymer Equity Compensation Plans
     Concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company’s stock options underlying the 2003 Stock Option Plan and the restricted shares and restricted share units underlying the Restricted Stock Plans vested (if unvested) and were canceled and converted into the right to receive on January 28, 2011, (i) an amount in cash equal to the per share closing payment and (ii) on each escrow release date, an amount equal to the per share escrow payment, in each case, less any applicable withholding taxes. For the Company’s stock options, the amount in cash was adjusted by the exercise price of $6.00 per share.
     As a result of the Acquisition, the Company recognized compensation cost of $12.9 million for the accelerated vesting of Predecessor Polymer Equity Compensation Plans within the one month period ended January 28, 2011.
      Other Compensation Arrangement
     On March 31, 2010, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with its Chief Executive Officer (the “March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement”) that provides for a one-time award of equity and cash at the expiration date of the agreement (the “Retirement Incentive”). The equity award component is dependent upon an ending stock price at the measurement date, defined in the agreement, and will range between 20,000 shares and 100,000 shares. The cash award will be equal to thirty percent of the future value of the aforementioned equity award component, but will not be less than $250,000 or greater than $1,000,000. At the time that the Company entered into the March 2010 CEO Employment agreement, management concluded that the stock award component would be accounted for as a “Equity-classified award” as defined within ASC 718, since the Company intends to issue PGI common shares. In addition, the Company currently intends for the future stock award to be issued under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan. Further, management has concluded that the cash award should be accounted for as a “Liability-classified award” as defined within ASC 718, since the Company intends to pay cash for this compensation component. The Company

F-99


Table of Contents

recognized an immaterial amount of compensation expense, less than forty thousand in the one month period ended January 28, 2011 associated with the Retirement Incentive.
However, in contemplation of the Merger the Company’s Chief Executive Officer entered into the aforementioned January 2011 CEO Employment Agreement which became effective as of the effective time of the Merger and superseded the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement. Accordingly, the Chief Executive Officer had no further rights under the March 2010 CEO Employment. Accordingly, the Retirement Incentive liability was assigned a zero value in the Company’s preliminary purchase accounting, since as disclosed previously the Retirement Incentive was not considered a modification, pursuant to the guidance in ASC 805.
Note 13. Other Operating Loss (Income), Net and Foreign Currency Loss (Gain), Net
     For the five months ended July 2, 2011, Other operating loss(income), net of $1.0 million includes (i) a loss of $1.3 million associated with foreign currency losses and (ii) income of $(0.3) million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to a third-party manufacture of product. For the one month ended January 28, 2011, Other operating loss (income), net of $(0.6) million includes (i) income of $(0.5) million associated with foreign currency gains and (ii) income of $(0.1) million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to a third-party manufacture of product. For the six months ended July 3, 2010, Other operating loss (income), net of $(1.0) million includes income of (i) $(0.6) million associated with foreign currency gains and (ii) $(0.4) million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to a third-party manufacture of product.
      Foreign Currency (Gain) Loss, Net
     For international subsidiaries which have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, local currency transactions are remeasured into U.S. dollars, using current rates of exchange for monetary assets and liabilities. Gains and losses from the remeasurement of such monetary assets and liabilities are reported in Other operating loss (income), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Likewise, for international subsidiaries which have the local currency as their functional currency, gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities not denominated in the local currency are reported in Other operating loss (income), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, currency gains and losses have been incurred on intercompany loans between subsidiaries, and to the extent that such loans are not deemed to be permanently invested, such currency gains and losses are also reflected in Foreign currency and other loss, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
     The Company includes gains and losses on receivables, payables and other operating transactions as a component of operating income in Other operating loss (income), net . Other foreign currency gains and losses, primarily related to intercompany loans and debt and other non-operating activities, are included in Foreign currency and other loss, net .
     The Company’s foreign currency loss (income) is shown in the table below (in thousands):
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months       One Month     Six Months  
    Ended       Ended     Ended  
    July 2,       January 28,     July 3,  
    2011       2011     2010  
Included in Other operating loss (income), net
  $ 1,340       $ (504 )   $ (596 )
Included in Foreign currency and other loss, net
    135         150       753  
 
                   
 
  $ 1,475       $ (354 )   $ 157  
 
                   
Note 14. Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
     The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from business operations and economic factors. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage market risks and reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates

F-100


Table of Contents

and foreign currencies. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed under clearly defined policies and procedures, which prohibit the use of financial instruments for trading purposes.
     On February 8, 2010, the Company entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts (put options and call options) with a third-party financial institution (the “2010 FX Forward Contracts”) that provided for a floor and ceiling price on payments related to the Company’s new medical line under construction in Suzhou, China (the “New Suzhou Medical Line”). The objective of the 2010 FX Forward Contracts was to hedge the changes in fair value of a firm commitment to purchase equipment attributable to changes in foreign currency rates between the Euro and U.S. dollar through the date of acceptance of the equipment. The original notional amount of the 2010 FX Forward Contracts, which were set to expire on various dates through fiscal 2012, was €25.6 million, which would have resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent range of $34.6 million to $36.2 million. Cash settlements under the 2010 FX Forward Contracts coincided with the payment dates on the equipment purchase contract.
     In August 2010, the Company executed an amendment to the underlying equipment purchase contract which resulted in a €0.7 million reduction of one of the scheduled payments. Accordingly, the Company modified the notional amounts of the 2010 FX Forward Contracts which coincided with the date of the amended payment to maintain the synchronization of the 2010 FX Forward Contracts with the underlying contract payments, as amended. As a result, the 2010 FX Forward Contracts remained highly effective and continued to qualify for hedge accounting treatment, in accordance with ASC 815. The revised notional amount of €24.9 million resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent range of $33.6 million to $35.1 million.
     On January 19, 2011, the Company terminated and settled the 2010 FX Forward Contracts for $0.5 million and entered into new foreign exchange forward contracts with a third party institution (the “January 2011 FX Forward Contracts”) to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the New Suzhou Medical Line equipment purchase contract. Through the date of terminating the 2010 FX Forward Contracts, the Company continued to recognize the asset associated with the unrecognized firm commitment and the liability associated with the 2010 FX Forward Contracts. The impact of the 2010 FX Forward Contracts on Foreign currency and other loss, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was a gain of $0.03 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011. The objective of the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Medical Line. As of July 2, 2011 the remaining notional amount of the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts was €7.5 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $10.1 million.
     On July 1, 2011, the Company entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts with a third party institution (the “July 2011 FX Forward Contracts”) to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the equipment purchase agreement for the Company’s new hygiene line under construction in Suzhou, China (the “New Suzhou Hygiene Line”). The objective of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line. As of July 2, 2011, the remaining notional amount of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts, which is equal to the original notional amount, was €29.8 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $42.9 million.
     The Company has historically used interest-rate derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to movements in interest rates with respect to its debt instruments. On February 12, 2009, as disclosed in Note 10 “Debt,” to mitigate its interest rate exposure as required by the Old Credit Facility, the Company entered into the 2009 Interest Rate Swap which, at the time of entering into the agreement, effectively converted the variable LIBOR-based interest payments associated with $240.0 million of the Term Loan to fixed amounts at a LIBOR rate of 1.96%. The 2009 Interest Rate Swap became effective on June 30, 2009 and was due to expire on June 30, 2011. The 2009 Interest Rate Swap had replaced an expiring interest rate swap agreement. Cash settlements were to be made monthly and the floating rate was to be reset monthly, coinciding with the reset dates of the Old Credit Facility. Concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company settled the 2009 Interest Rate Swap liability, since the Company repaid its Old Credit Facility.
     In accordance with ASC 815, the Company designated the 2009 Interest Rate Swap as a cash flow hedge of the variability of interest payments with changes in fair value of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of September 17, 2009, in conjunction with the Amendment and in accordance with ASC 815-30, the Company concluded that 92% (which represents the approximate percentage of the Tranche 1 Term Loan debt considered extinguished by the Amendment) of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap was no longer effective; accordingly, 92% of $3.9 million related to the 2009 Interest Rate Swap

F - 101


Table of Contents

and included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income was frozen and was reclassified to earnings as future interest payments were made throughout the term of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap. This portion of the notional amount no longer met the criteria for cash flow hedge accounting treatment in accordance with ASC 815. See Note 15 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities” for the fair value measurement disclosures for these assets and liabilities.
     The impact of the accounting associated with the 2009 Interest Rate Swap on Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was an increase of $0.2 million for the one month period ended January 28, 2011. For the six month period ended July 3, 2010, the impact was an increase of $2.0 million.
     The following table summarizes the aggregate notional amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011 (in thousands):
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of July 2, 2011       As of January 1, 2011  
    Notional     Fair Value       Notional     Fair Value  
Cash flow hedges:
                                 
Interest rate swaps (1)
    N/A       N/A       $ 18,693     $ 163  
Interest rate swaps—undesignated (1)
    N/A       N/A         221,307       1,872  
Foreign currency hedges:
                                 
Foreign exchange contracts (2) (3)
    52,936       290         21,661       542  
 
                         
 
                                 
Net value
  $ 52,936     $ 290       $ 261,661     $ 2,577  
 
                         
 
(1)   Comprised of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap, with a $240.0 million notional amount. As discussed above, the 2009 Interest Rate Swap was settled concurrent with the Acquisition.
 
(2)   As disclosed above, the Company settled the 2010 FX Forward Contracts on January 19, 2011 and simultaneously entered into the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts.
 
(3)   As disclosed above, the Company entered into the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts on July 1, 2011.

F - 102


Table of Contents

     The following tables summarize the effect on income by derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships for the following periods:
                           
    Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in  
    Accumulated OCI on Derivative  
    (Effective Portion)  
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months       One Month     Six Months  
  Ended       Ended     Ended  
  July 2,       January 28,     July 3,  
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships   2011       2011     2010  
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                         
Interest rate contracts
    N/A       $ (3 )   $ 12  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
    N/A         N/A       N/A  
                           
    Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from  
    Accumulated OCI into Income (1)  
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months       One Month     Six Months  
  Ended       Ended     Ended  
  July 2,       January 28,     July 3,  
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships   2011       2011     2010  
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                         
Interest rate contracts
    N/A       $ N/A     $ (1,220 )
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
    N/A         (187 )     N/A  
 
(1)   Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into Income is located in Interest Expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
     See Note 15, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities” for additional disclosures related to the Company’s derivative instruments.
Note 15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities
     Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for the identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. Preference is given to observable inputs. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:
     Level 1—Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market is defined as a market in which transactions for the assets or liabilities occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
     Level 2—Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active (markets with few transactions), inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that

F - 103


Table of Contents

are derived principally from or are corroborated by observable market data correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs).
     Level 3—Unobservable inputs, only used to the extent that observable inputs are not available, that reflects the Company’s assumptions about the pricing of an asset or liability.
     In accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above, the table below shows the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities (in thousands) that are required to be measured at fair value, on a recurring basis, as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011.
     The January 1, 2011 firm commitment and foreign exchange contracts identified within the table below are recorded within Property, plant and equipment, net and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, respectively, within the Company’s January 1, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet. As more fully disclosed in Note 14 “Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”, the Company terminated and settled these agreements on January 19, 2011. The January 19, 2011 fair value of the firm commitment was $0.6 million. The asset was written to fair value as of that date and is included at that amount within Property, plant and equipment, net in the Company’s July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet. As more fully disclosed in Note 14 “Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”, the Company entered into the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts simultaneously with the termination and settlement of the existing contracts. The firm commitment and foreign exchange contract related to the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts, which are included in the table below, are recorded within Property, plant and equipment, net and Other current assets in the Company’s July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet.
     As more fully disclosed in Note 14 “Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”, the Company entered into the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts on July 1, 2011. The firm commitment and foreign exchange contract related to the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts, which are included in the table below, are recorded within Property, plant and equipment, net and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Company’s July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet.
     The interest rate swap agreements that are identified within the table below are recorded in the Company’s January 1, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheets within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
                                 
            Quoted Prices in              
    Successor     Active Markets     Significant Other     Unobservable  
    As of     for Identical     Observable     Inputs  
(in thousands)   July 2, 2011     Assets (Level 1)     Inputs (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Firm commitments
  $ (290 )         $ (290 )      
Derivative asset :
                               
Foreign exchange contract
    662             662        
Derivative liability :
                               
Foreign exchange contract
    (372 )           (372 )      
                                 
            Quoted Prices in              
    Predecessor     Active Markets     Significant Other     Unobservable  
    As of     for Identical     Observable     Inputs  
(in thousands)   January 1, 2011     Assets (Level 1)     Inputs (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Firm commitments
  $ 589           $ 589        
Derivative liabilities:
                               
Interest rate swap agreements (1)
    (2,035 )           (2,035 )      
Foreign exchange contract
    (542 )           (542 )      
 
(1)   As more fully disclosed in Note 14 “Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”, the Company terminated and settled these agreements in conjunction with the Acquisition.

F - 104


Table of Contents

The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements and foreign forward exchange contracts are based on indicative price information obtained via a third-party valuation.
     In accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above, the following table shows the fair value of the Company’s non-financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value, on a non-recurring basis as of July 2, 2011 and the corresponding fair value measurements that were recorded during the period ended July 2, 2011 (in thousands):
                                         
            Quoted Prices in                    
    Successor     Active Markets     Significant Other     Unobservable        
    As of     for Identical     Observable     Inputs     Total  
    July 2, 2011     Assets Level 1     Inputs Level 2     Level 3     Gains (Losses)  
Long-lived assets held for sale (1)
  $ 3,567           $ 2,806     $ 761     $  
 
(1)   Long-lived assets held for sale in Level 2 Inputs reflect the current sales price at which the property held for sale is currently being marketed based on local market conditions, less costs to sell. The equipment included in Level 3 assets reflects management’s best estimate at which the respective equipment will be sold based on market conditions for used equipment, less costs to sell.
     The Company has estimated the fair values of financial instruments using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value for non-traded financial instruments. Accordingly, such estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would realize in a current market exchange. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings are reasonable estimates of their fair values.
     The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011 is presented in the following table (in thousands):
                                   
    Successor     Predecessor
    As of July 2, 2011     As of January 1, 2011
    Carrying Value   Fair Value     Carrying Value   Fair Value
Long-term debt (including current portion)
  $ 593,975     $ 601,240       $ 331,779     $ 330,203  
     See Note 14, “Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for additional disclosures related to the Company’s derivative instruments.
Note 16. Shareholders’ Equity
     Due to the Acquisition, more fully described in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, Successor Polymer has 1,000 shares authorized and outstanding, with a par value of $.01 per share, to Parent. Further, Predecessor Polymer’s equity securities identified below were cancelled and thus Polymer became a privately-held company.
     As of January 1, 2011, the Predecessor Polymer’s authorized capital stock consisted of the following classes of stock:
                 
Type   Par Value     Authorized Shares  
Preferred stock
  $ .01       173,000  
Class A common stock
  $ .01       39,200,000  
Class B convertible common stock
  $ .01       800,000  
Class C convertible common stock
  $ .01       118,453  
Class D convertible common stock
  $ .01       498,688  
Class E convertible common stock
  $ .01       523,557  

F - 105


Table of Contents

     All classes of the common stock had the same voting rights. In accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all shares of Class B, C, D and E Common Stock could have been converted into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The shares of preferred stock could have been issued from time to time with such designation, preferences, participation rights and optional or special rights (including, but not limited to, dividend rates, voting rights and maturity dates) as determined by the Board of Directors.
Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies
      China Medical Expansion Projects
     On January 19, 2010, the Company entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a new spunmelt line to be installed at the Company’s manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China that will manufacture nonwoven products for the medical market (the “New Suzhou Medical Line”). As discussed in Note 9 “Debt”, in the third quarter 2010 the Company entered into a credit facility to finance an approximately $20.0 million portion of the cost of the New Suzhou Medical Line. The Company will fund the remaining amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows and existing U.S. based credit facilities. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Medical Line were approximately $20.1 million, which includes $10.1 million for the remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.
      U.S. Spunmelt Expansion Project
     On June 24, 2010, Chicopee, Inc. (“Chicopee”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an Equipment Lease Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Gossamer”). Pursuant to the Agreement, Chicopee will lease the principal components of a new spunmelt line (the “Equipment”) from Gossamer for a seven-year period (the “Basic Term”) beginning upon Chicopee’s acceptance of the Equipment (the “Basic Term Commencement Date”), which occurred on October 7, 2011. The Equipment is installed, along with other equipment owned by Chicopee, at the Company’s manufacturing facility in Waynesboro, Virginia and the integrated new spunmelt line will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market and to a lesser extent the medical market. The capitalized cost amount approximated $53.6 million. From the Basic Term Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date, Chicopee will make annual lease payments of approximately $8.3 million to Gossamer. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under the Agreement, which are subject to adjustment, are expected to be approximately $57.9 million. From the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term, Chicopee’s annual lease payments may change in accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as defined in the Agreement.
      China Hygiene Expansion Projects
     On July 1, 2011, the Company entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt line to be installed at the Company’s manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market (the “New Suzhou Hygiene Line”). The Company plans to fund the New Suzhou Hygiene Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows, existing U.S. based credit facilities and a new China-based financing, as needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.8 million, which includes $42.9 million for the remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013.
      Environmental
     The Company is subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations relating to pollution and protection of the environment. The Company believes that it is currently in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements and does not currently anticipate any material adverse effect on its operations, financial or competitive position as a result of its efforts to comply with environmental requirements. Some risk of environmental liability is inherent, however, in the nature of the Company’s business and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that material environmental liabilities will not arise.

F - 106


Table of Contents

      Litigation
     The Company is not currently a party to any pending legal proceedings other than routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company, none of which is deemed material.
Note 18. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash payments of interest and taxes consist of the following (in thousands):
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months Ended       One Month Ended     Six Months Ended  
    July 2, 2011       January 28, 2011     July 3, 2010  
Cash payments of interest, net of amounts capitalized
  $ 3,929       $ 444     $ 15,415  
Cash payments of income taxes
    4,622         772       5,453  
     Noncash investing or financing transactions for the five months ended July 2, 2011 and the one month ended January 28, 2011 included $1.1 and $0.7 million, respectively, of property, plant and equipment additions for which payment had not been made as of the period end date.
     Noncash investing or financing transactions in the six months ended July 3, 2010 included the surrender of 67,049 shares of Predecessor Polymer’s Class A Common Stock to the Company by participants in the various stock compensation plans in the amount of $1.5 million to satisfy employee withholding tax obligations.
      Spain Phase II Asset Purchase
     As more fully discussed in Note 4 “Acquisitions”, the Company exercised its Call Option, prior to the Acquisition and thus acquired the Phase II Assets. Consideration for the Phase II Assets aggregated $41.2 million. Of the $41.2 million, approximately $34.8 million was attributable to the Company’s assumption and/or repayment of Tesalca-Texnovo’s outstanding debt. The remaining $6.4 million was associated with the Company’s issuance of 393,675 shares of Predecessor Polymer’s Class A Common Stock to the sellers (calculated using the closing share price on the transaction date).
Note 19. Business Interruption and Insurance Recovery
     As discussed in Note 3 “Special Charges, Net”, in December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused the Company to temporarily cease manufacturing at its Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where the facility is located. The Company established temporary offices away from the flooded area and worked with customers to meet their critical needs through the use of its global manufacturing base. The facility re-established manufacturing operations on April 4, 2011 and operations reached full run rates in third quarter 2011.
     The Company maintains property and business interruption insurance policies. On March 4, 2011, the Company filed a $6.0 million claim under one of its insurance policies to cover both property damage and business interruption (the “Primary Policy”). The Primary Policy had a $1.0 million deductible. In the second quarter of 2011, the Company collected $5.0 million as settlement of its claim under the Primary Policy and $0.3 million as settlement of claims under another insurance policy. As of July 2, 2011, the Company anticipates recovering an aggregate of $5.7 million of cash proceeds from all relevant insurance policies during 2011, including the amounts already collected. The Company’s July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet includes an insurance recoverable receivable related to a property claim of $0.4 million, which is included in Other Current Assets.
     The Company’s operating income for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and for the five months ended July 2, 2011 includes $1.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of insurance recovery related to recovery of certain losses recognized during each of the periods related to the property damage and business interruption components of

F - 107


Table of Contents

the insured losses experienced by the Company in those same periods. Of the $1.0 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011, $0.3 million and $0.7 million were recorded in Selling, general and administrative expenses and Cost of goods sold , respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in order to offset the recognized losses included in the Primary Policy. Of the $2.2 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, $0.3 million, $0.7 million and $1.2 million were recorded in Special charges, net; Selling, general and administrative expenses and Cost of goods sold , respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Note 20. Segment Information
     The Company’s reportable segments consist of U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens, Latin America Nonwovens and Oriented Polymers. This reflects how the overall business is managed by the Company’s senior management and reviewed by the Board of Directors. The Nonwovens businesses sell to the same end-use markets, such as hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial markets. Sales to P&G accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s sales in each of the periods presented. Sales to this customer are reported primarily in the Nonwovens segments and the loss of these sales would have a material adverse effect on this segment.
     The segment information presented in the table below excludes the results of Difco and Fabpro. As discussed in further detail in Note 5 “Discontinued Operations”, both Difco and Fabro are accounted for as assets held for sale, in accordance with the guidance of ASC 360.
     The Company recorded charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal years 2011 and 2010 relating to special charges, net and acquisition and integration expenses that have not been allocated to the segment data.
     Financial data by segment is as follows (in thousands):
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months Ended       One Month Ended     Six Months Ended  
    July 2, 2011       January 28, 2011     July 3, 2010  
Net sales
                         
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 148,159       $ 26,132     $ 162,702  
Europe Nonwovens
    141,938         24,305       139,491  
Asia Nonwovens
    55,860         9,403       62,071  
Latin America Nonwovens
    122,953         19,961       153,031  
Oriented Polymers
    26,824         4,805       30,930  
 
  $ 495,735       $ 84,606     $ 548,225  
 
                   
Operating income (loss)
                         
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 6,288       $ 2,515     $ 9,030  
Europe Nonwovens
    2,474         1,812       6,873  
Asia Nonwovens
    9,725         1,718       13,037  
Latin America Nonwovens
    9,103         2,080       20,840  
Oriented Polymers
    (2,539 )       553       1,493  
Unallocated Corporate
    (17,670 )       (3,603 )     (17,317 )
Eliminations
    36                
 
                   
 
    7,417         5,075       33,956  
Acquisition and integration expenses
                  (1,680 )
Special charges, net
    (34,827 )       (20,824 )     (9,357 )
 
  $ (27,410 )     $ (15,749 )   $ 22,919  
 
                   
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income
                         
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 5,799       $ 1,152     $ 7,393  
Europe Nonwovens
    2,956         368       2,624  
Asia Nonwovens
    2,501         589       3,676  
Latin America Nonwovens
    5,572         1,259       8,511  
 
                         
Oriented Polymers
    159         36       225  
Unallocated Corporate
    3,233         68       468  
Eliminations
                   
 
                   
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income
    20,220         3,472       22,897  
Amortization of loan acquisition costs
    1,159         51       437  
 
                   
 
  $ 21,379       $ 3,523     $ 23,334  
Capital spending
                         
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 6,990       $ 5,652     $ 763  
Europe Nonwovens
    1,737         41       348  
Asia Nonwovens
    17,871         2,507       8,254  
Latin America Nonwovens
    2,988         151       119  
Oriented Polymers
    266         38       172  
Corporate
    59         16        
 
                   
 
  $ 29,911       $ 8,405     $ 9,656  
 
                   

F - 108


Table of Contents

                   
    July 2, 2011       January 1, 2011  
Division assets
                 
U.S. Nonwovens
  $ 210,993       $ 167,517  
Europe Nonwovens
    253,863         198,942  
Asia Nonwovens
    178,994         139,134  
Latin America Nonwovens
    276,213         239,496  
Oriented Polymers
    25,981         24,640  
Corporate
    178,668         7,691  
Eliminations
    (17,285 )       (64,248 )
Discontinued Operations
    18,436         18,805  
 
             
 
  $ 1,125,863       $ 731,977  
 
             
G eographic Data:
     Geographic data for the Company’s operations, based on the geographic region that the sale is made from, are presented in the following table (in thousands):
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Five Months Ended       One Month Ended     Six Months Ended  
    July 2, 2011       January 28, 2011     July 3, 2010  
Net sales
                         
United States
  $ 150,672       $ 26,409     $ 166,035  
Canada
    24,312         4,529       28,821  
Europe
    141,938         24,305       138,267  
Asia
    55,860         9,402       62,071  
Latin America
    122,953         19,961       153,031  
 
                   
 
  $ 495,735       $ 84,606     $ 548,225  
 
                   
Operating income (loss)
                         
United States
  $ (10,491 )     $ (961 )   $ (7,294 )
 
                         
Canada
    (3,392 )       422       500  
Europe
    2,455         1,812       6,871  
Asia
    9,630         1,728       13,037  
Latin America
    9,215         2,074       20,842  
 
                   
 
    7,417         5,075       33,956  
Acquisition and integration expenses
                  (1,680 )
Special charges, net
    (34,827 )       (20,824 )     (9,357 )
 
                   
 
  $ (27,410 )     $ (15,749 )   $ 22,919  
 
                   
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income (loss)
                         
United States
  $ 10,472       $ 1,229     $ 7,827  
Canada
    135         36       205  
Europe
    2,328         367       2,677  
Asia
    2,289         581       3,677  
Latin America
    4,996         1,259       8,511  
Eliminations
                   
 
                   
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income
    20,220         3,472       22,897  
Amortization of loan acquisition costs
    1,159         51       437  
 
                   
 
  $ 21,379       $ 3,523     $ 23,334  
 
                   

F - 109


Table of Contents

                   
              January 1,  
    July 2, 2011       2011  
Property, plant and equipment, net
                 
United States
  $ 101,368       $ 85,889  
Canada
    4,263         2,935  
Europe
    120,840         28,885  
Asia
    122,174         77,313  
Latin America
    160,018         128,112  
 
             
 
  $ 508,663       $ 323,134  
 
             
Note 21. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
      Relationship with Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C.
     In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, Holdings entered into a shareholders agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”) with Blackstone. The Shareholders Agreement governs certain matters relating to ownership of Holdings, including with respect to the election of directors of our parent companies, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions and registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions).
     The board of directors of the Company includes three Blackstone members, two outside members and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Furthermore, Blackstone has the power to designate all of the members of the board of directors of PGI and the right to remove any directors that it appoints.
      Management Services Agreement
     Merger Sub entered into a management services agreement (“Management Services Agreement”) with Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C. (“BMP”), an affiliate of Blackstone. As discussed in Note 1 “Description of Business and Basis of Presentation”, Merger Sub merged with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. Under the Management Services Agreement, BMP (including through its affiliates) has agreed to provide services, including without limitation, (a) advice regarding the structure,

F - 110


Table of Contents

distribution and timing of debt and equity offerings and advice regarding relationships with the Company’s lenders and bankers, (b) advice regarding the business and strategy of the Company, including compensation arrangements, (c) advice regarding dispositions and/or acquisitions and (d) such advice directly related or ancillary to the above financial advisory services as may be reasonably requested by the Company.
     For advisory and management services, BMP will receive an annual non-refundable advisory fee, at the beginning of each fiscal year, equal to the greater of (i) $3.0 million or (ii) 2.0% of the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined under the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility) for such fiscal year. The amount of such fee shall be initially paid based on the Company’s then most current estimate of the Company’s projected EBITDA amount for the fiscal year immediately preceding the date upon which the advisory fee is paid. After completion of the fiscal year to which the fee relates and following the availability of audited financial statements for such period, the parties will recalculate the amount of such fee based on the actual Consolidated EBITDA for such period and the Company or BMP, as applicable, shall adjust such payment as necessary based on the recalculated amount.
     The payment with respect to the period beginning on the closing date of the Acquisition and ending December 31, 2011 was made on the Merger Date based on the $3.0 million minimum annual amount. BMP will have no obligation to provide any other services to the Company absent express agreement. In addition, in the absence of an express agreement to provide investment banking or other financial advisory services to the Company, and without regard to whether such services were provided, BMP will be entitled to receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate transaction value upon the consummation of any acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation, restructuring, refinancing, recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity securities (including an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar transaction by the Company.
     At any time in connection with or in anticipation of a change of control of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or an initial public offering of common equity of the Company or parent entity of the Company or their successors, BMP may elect to receive, in consideration of BMP’s role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all then-current and future annual advisory fees payable under the Management Services Agreement, assuming a hypothetical termination date of the Management Service Agreement to be the twelfth anniversary of such election. The Management Service Agreement will continue until the earlier of the twelfth anniversary of the date of the agreement or such date as the Company and BMP may mutually determine. The Company will agree to indemnify BMP and its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives from and against all liabilities relating to the services contemplated by the transaction and advisory fee agreement and the engagement of BMP pursuant to, and the performance of BMP and its affiliates of the services contemplated by, the Management Services Agreement.
     BMP also received transaction fees in connection with services provided related to the Acquisition. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, BMP received, at the closing of the Merger, an $8.0 million transaction fee as consideration for BMP undertaking financial and structural analysis, due diligence and other assistance in connection with the Merger. In addition, we agreed to reimburse BMP for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by BMP and its affiliates in connection with the Merger and the provision of services under the Management Services Agreement.
     Accordingly, in connection with the Management Services Agreement, the Company recognized fees of $1.4 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, which are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and fees of $7.3 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, which are included in Special charges, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Further, the Company capitalized $0.8 million of fees as deferred financing costs.
      Blackstone Advisory Agreement
     On April 5, 2010, the Company entered into an advisory services arrangement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. (“Blackstone Advisory”), an affiliate of Blackstone. Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Company paid a fee of approximately $2.0 million following announcement of the parties having entered into the Merger Agreement, and a fee of approximately $4.5 million following consummation of the

F - 111


Table of Contents

Merger. In addition, the Company has reimbursed Blackstone Advisory for its reasonable documented expenses, and agreed to indemnify Blackstone Advisory and related persons against certain liabilities arising out of its advisory engagement.
     Accordingly, in connection with the Advisory Agreement, the Company recognized fees of $4.5 million and $2.0 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and the three months ended January 1, 2010, respectively, which are included in Special charges, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
      Scorpio Holdings Corporation
     The capital stock of Holdings was $259.8 million, with 259,807 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, as of July 2, 2011. No dividends have been declared on the common stock at July 2, 2011.
     Holdings’ stock based compensation costs relate to certain employees of the Company and were incurred for the Company’s benefit, and accordingly are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations (see Note 12. “Equity Compensation Plans” for further information).
      Other Relationships
     Blackstone and its affiliates have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these companies, including the sale of goods and services and the purchase of goods and services.
Note 22. Financial Guarantees and Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
     Polymer’s Senior Secured Notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Polymer’s 100% owned domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”). Substantially all of Polymer’s operating income and cash flow is generated by its subsidiaries. As a result, funds necessary to meet Polymer’s debt service obligations may be provided, in part, by distributions or advances from its subsidiaries. Under certain circumstances, contractual and legal restrictions, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of Polymer’s subsidiaries, could limit Polymer’s ability to obtain cash from its subsidiaries for the purpose of meeting its debt service obligations, including the payment of principal and interest on the Senior Secured Notes. Although holders of the Senior Secured Notes will be direct creditors of Polymer’s principal direct subsidiaries by virtue of the guarantees, Polymer has subsidiaries that are not included among the Guarantors (collectively, the “Non-Guarantors”), and such subsidiaries will not be obligated with respect to the Senior Secured Notes. As a result, the claims of creditors of the Non-Guarantors will effectively have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such companies over the claims of creditors of Polymer, including the holders of the Senior Secured Notes.
     The following Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements are presented to satisfy the disclosure requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. In accordance with Rule 3-10, the subsidiary guarantors are all 100% owned by PGI (the Issuer). The guarantees on the Senior Secured Notes are full and unconditional and all guarantees are joint and several. The information presents Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended July 3, 2010 (Predecessor), one month ended January 28, 2011 (Predecessor) and five months ended July 2, 2011 (Successor) and Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets as of July 3, 2010 (Predecessor) and July 2, 2011 (Successor) of (1) PGI (Issuer), (2) the Guarantors, (3) the Non-Guarantors and (4) consolidating eliminations to arrive at the information for the Company on a consolidated basis.

F - 112


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Balance Sheet
As of July 2, 2011
Successor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Current Assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,703     $ 6,571     $ 34,583     $     $ 54,857  
Accounts receivable, net
          20,776       129,453             150,229  
Inventories, net
          45,923       92,284             138,207  
Deferred income taxes
    25       62       5,055             5,142  
Other current assets
    3,907       11,002       32,893             47,802  
Assets of discontinued operations
                18,436               18,436  
 
                               
Total current assets
    17,635       84,334       312,704             414,673  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    40,668       112,039       355,956             508,663  
Goodwill
    90,311                         90,311  
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
    63,100                         63,100  
Net investment in and advances (from) to subsidiaries
    599,950       732,947       (221,435 )     (1,111,462 )      
Deferred income taxes
                68             68  
Other noncurrent assets
    16,729       172       32,147             49,048  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 828,393     $ 929,492     $ 479,440     $ (1,111,462 )   $ 1,125,863  
 
                             
Current liabilities:
                                       
Short-term borrowings
  $ 280     $     $ 3,000     $     $ 3,280  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    24,226       39,233       143,671             207,130  
Income taxes payable
                             
Deferred income taxes
                251             251  
Current portion of long-term debt
                3,478             3,478  
Liabilities of discontinued operations
                    7,231               7,231  
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    24,506       39,233       157,631             221,370  
Long-term debt
    560,000             30,497             590,497  
Deferred income taxes
    5,945       62       31,796             37,803  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    15,586       10,899       27,353             53,838  
 
                             
Total liabilities
    606,037       50,194       247,277             903,508  
Common stock
                36,083       (36,083 )      
Other shareholders’ equity
    222,356       879,298       196,080       (1,075,379 )     222,355  
Noncontrolling interests
                             
 
                             
Total equity
    222,356       879,298       232,163       (1,111,462 )     222,355  
 
                             
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 828,393     $ 929,492     $ 479,440     $ (1,111,462 )   $ 1,125,863  
 
                             

F - 113


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Balance Sheet
As of January 1, 2011
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Current Assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 614     $ 4,289     $ 67,452     $     $ 72,355  
Accounts receivable, net
          14,906       106,841             121,747  
Inventories, net
          36,866       68,314             105,180  
Deferred income taxes
    25       62       4,532       21       4,640  
Other current assets
    1,068       10,732       30,770       (232 )     42,338  
Assets of disc operations
                18,805             18,805  
 
                             
Total current assets
    1,707       66,855       296,714       (211 )     365,065  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    3,114       84,887       235,133             323,134  
Goodwill
                2,253             2,253  
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
    3,348             1,932             5,280  
Net investment in and advances (from) to subsidiaries
    457,742       702,560       (199,545 )     (960,757 )      
Deferred income taxes
                916             916  
Other noncurrent assets
    488       8,317       34,667       (8,143 )     35,329  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 466,399     $ 862,619     $ 372,070     $ (969,111 )   $ 731,977  
 
                             
Current liabilities:
                                       
Short-term borrowings
  $     $     $ 2,112     $     $ 2,112  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    13,609       33,416       126,834             173,859  
Income taxes payable
                2,164       (232 )     1,932  
Deferred income taxes
                             
Current portion of long-term debt
                3,609             3,609  
Liabilities of disc operations
                    4,793               4,793  
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    13,609       33,416       139,512       (232 )     186,305  
Long-term debt
    294,614             41,699       (8,143 )     328,170  
Deferred income taxes
    8,161       62       11,823       21       20,067  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    15,679       12,315       26,189             54,183  
 
                             
Total liabilities
    332,063       45,793       219,223       (8,354 )     588,725  
Common stock
    214             36,081       (36,081 )     214  
Other shareholders’ equity
    134,122       816,826       107,850       (924,676 )     134,122  
Noncontrolling interests
                8,916             8,916  
 
                             
Total equity
    134,336       816,826       152,847       (960,757 )     143,252  
 
                             
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 466,399     $ 862,619     $ 372,070     $ (969,111 )   $ 731,977  
 
                             

F - 114


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Five Months Ended July 2, 2011
Successor (Unaudited) (In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net Sales
  $     $ 154,267     $ 348,079     $ (6,611 )   $ 495,735  
Cost of goods sold
    (85 )     136,719       294,975       (6,611 )     424,998  
 
                             
Gross profit
    85       17,548       53,104             70,737  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    17,495       10,631       34,169             62,295  
Special charges, net
    26,046       653       8,128             34,827  
Other operating loss (income), net
    791       (202 )     436             1,025  
 
                             
Operating (loss) income
    (44,247 )     6,466       10,371             (27,410 )
Other expense (income):
                                       
Interest expense, net
    19,396       (5,868 )     7,130             20,658  
Intercompany royalty and technical service fees, net
    (3,032 )     (3,632 )     6,664              
Foreign currency and other loss, net
    (578 )     221       1,552             1,195  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    4,576       (8,670 )           4,094        
 
                             
(Loss) income before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    (55,457 )     7,075       (4,975 )     4,094       (49,263 )
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (5,709 )     2,456       1,568             (1,685 )
 
                             
(Loss) income before discontinued operations
    (49,748 )     4,619       (6,543 )     4,094       (47,578 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                (1,793 )           (1,793 )
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
                (216 )           (216 )
 
                             
Net (loss) income
    (49,748 )     4,619       (8,552 )     4,094       (49,587 )
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
                (161 )           (161 )
 
                             
Net (loss) income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ (49,748 )   $ 4,619     $ (8,713 )   $ 4,094     $ (49,748 )
 
                             

F - 115


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the One Month Ended January 28, 2011
Predecessor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net Sales
  $     $ 27,052     $ 58,887     $ (1,333 )   $ 84,606  
Cost of goods sold
    (24 )     22,587       47,301       (1,333 )     68,531  
 
                             
Gross profit
    24       4,465       11,586             16,075  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    3,620       1,873       6,071             11,564  
Special charges, net
    18,944       170       1,710             20,824  
Other operating loss (income), net
    (1 )     (42 )     (521 )           (564 )
 
                             
Operating (loss) income
    (22,539 )     2,464       4,326             (15,749 )
Other expense (income):
                                     
Interest expense, net
    1,859       (1,176 )     1,239             1,922  
Intercompany royalty and technical service fees, net
    (546 )     (683 )     1,229              
Foreign currency and other loss, net
    28       85       (31 )           82  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    5,198       1,672             (6,870 )      
 
                             
(Loss) income before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    (18,682 )     5,910       1,889       (6,870 )     (17,753 )
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (479 )     706       322             549  
 
                             
(Loss) income before discontinued operations
    (18,203 )     5,204       1,567       (6,870 )     (18,302 )
 
                             
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                182             182  
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
                             
 
                             
Net (loss) income
    (18,203 )     5,204       1,749       (6,870 )     (18,120 )
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
                (83 )           (83 )
 
                             
Net (loss) income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ (18,203 )   $ 5,204     $ 1,666     $ (6,870 )   $ (18,203 )
 
                             

F - 116


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Six Months Ended July 3, 2010
Predecessor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net Sales
  $     $ 169,300     $ 386,539     $ (7,614 )   $ 548,225  
Cost of goods sold
          148,853       306,667       (7,614 )     447,906  
 
                             
Gross profit
          20,447       79,872             100,319  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    17,422       10,669       39,243             67,334  
Special charges, net
    1,585       6,474       1,298             9,357  
Acquisition and integration expenses
    (25 )           1,705             1,680  
Other operating loss (income), net
    (812 )     (195 )     36             (971 )
 
                             
Operating (loss) income
    (18,170 )     3,499       37,590             22,919  
Other expense (income):
                                       
Interest expense, net
    14,584       (7,230 )     9,440             16,794  
Intercompany royalty and technical service fees, net
    (3,080 )           3,080              
Foreign currency and other loss, net
    300       (3,970 )     4,530             860  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    25,141       14,186             (39,327 )      
 
                             
(Loss) income before income tax expense and discontinued operations
    (4,833 )     28,885       20,540       (39,327 )     5,265  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (4,392 )     3,654       5,970             5,232  
 
                             
(Loss) income before discontinued operations
    (441 )     25,231       14,570       (39,327 )     33  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                (181 )           (181 )
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
                             
 
                             
Net (loss) income
    (441 )     25,231       14,389       (39,327 )     (148 )
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
                293             293  
 
                             
Net (loss) income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
  $ (441 )   $ 25,231     $ 14,096     $ (39,327 )   $ (441 )
 
                             

F - 117


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Five Months Ended July 2, 2011
Successor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (37,781 )   $ 20,980     $ (10,854 )   $     $ (27,655 )
 
                             
Investing activities:
                                       
Acquisition of Polymer Group, Inc.
    (403,496 )                       (403,496 )
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (11,867 )     (6,980 )     (24,172 )     13,108       (29,911 )
Proceeds from the sale of assets
    13,108             9,191       (13,108 )     9,191  
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
                (7,246 )           (7,246 )
Acquisition of intangibles and other
    (50 )                       (50 )
Net activity in investment in and advances (to) from subsidiaries
    (28,545 )     (10,639 )     39,184              
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (430,793 )     (17,779 )     17,060             (431,512 )
 
                             
Financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes
    560,000                         560,000  
Issuance of common stock
    259,865                         259,865  
Proceeds from other long-term debt
                7,000             7,000  
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
                3,245             3,245  
Repayment of term loan
    (286,470 )                       (286,470 )
Repayment of other long-term debt
    (31,500 )           (17,697 )           (49,197 )
Repayment of short-term borrowings
    (351 )           (32,825 )           (33,176 )
Loan acquisition costs
    (19,252 )                       (19,252 )
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    482,292             (40,277 )           442,015  
 
                             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                1,238             1,238  
 
                             
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    13,661       3,361       (32,936 )           (15,914 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    42       3,210       67,519             70,771  
 
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 13,703     $ 6,571     $ 34,583     $     $ 54,857  
 
                             

F - 118


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the One Month Ended January 28, 2011
Predecessor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (34,725 )   $ 1,636     $ 7,819     $     $ (25,270 )
 
                             
Investing activities:
                                     
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (28 )     (5,652 )     (2,725 )           (8,405 )
Proceeds from the sale of assets
          65       40             105  
Acquisition of intangibles and other
    (5 )                       (5 )
Net activity in investment in and advances (to) from subsidiaries
    2,055       2,872       (4,927 )            
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    2,022       (2,715 )     (7,612 )           (8,305 )
 
                             
Financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from other long-term debt
    31,500                         31,500  
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
    631                         631  
Repayment of other long-term debt
                (24 )           (24 )
Repayment of short-term borrowings
                (665 )           (665 )
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    32,131             (689 )           31,442  
 
                             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                549             549  
 
                             
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (572 )     (1,079 )     67             (1,584 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    614       4,289       67,452             72,355  
 
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 42     $ 3,210     $ 67,519     $     $ 70,771  
 
                             

F - 119


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Six Months Ended July 3, 2010
Predecessor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
                                         
    PGI (Issuer)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (368 )   $ 3,732     $ 14,209     $     $ 17,573  
 
                             
Investing activities:
                                       
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (5,701 )     (723 )     (3,245 )           (9,669 )
Proceeds from the sale of assets
          628       31             659  
Acquisition of intangibles and other
    (179 )                       (179 )
Net activity in investment in and advances (to) from subsidiaries
    9,801       3,260       (13,061 )            
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    3,921       3,165       (16,275 )           (9,189 )
 
                             
Financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from other long-term debt
    18,000             14             18,014  
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
    1,218             9,521             10,739  
Repayment of term loan
    (1,993 )                       (1,993 )
Repayment of other long-term debt
    (18,000 )           (6,566 )           (24,566 )
Repayment of short-term borrowings
    (1,082 )           (4,922 )           (6,004 )
Other financing, net
    (166 )                       (166 )
 
                             
Net cash used in financing activities
    (2,023 )           (1,953 )           (3,976 )
 
                             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                (1,041 )           (1,041 )
 
                             
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    1,530       6,897       (5,060 )           3,367  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    734       4,195       52,965             57,894  
 
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 2,264     $ 11,092     $ 47,905     $     $ 61,261  
 
                             
Note 23. Subsequent Events
The Company has performed an analysis of subsequent events through October 24, 2011, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
           U.S. Spunmelt Expansion Project — Effectiveness of Equipment Lease Agreement
     On October 7, 2011, the Basic Term Commencement Date associated with the Equipment lease agreement, discussed in further detail in Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies”, came into effect. Furthermore, the Company has assessed the accounting for the Equipment lease, pursuant to ASC 840, “Leases”, and has concluded that it will account for the lease as an operating lease.

F - 120


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
          (a) The following entities are incorporated under the laws of Delaware: Polymer Group, Inc., Chicopee, Inc., PGI Polymer, Inc. and PGI Europe Inc. (collectively, the “Delaware Corporations”).
      Delaware General Corporation Law
          Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.
          Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
          Section 145(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that to the extent that a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 145(a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
          Section 145(d) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that any indemnification under Section 145(a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 145(a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the corporation at the time of such determination (1) by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum; or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

II-1


Table of Contents

          Section 145(e) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.
          Section 145(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.
          Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.
          Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.
      Organizational Documents of Delaware Registrants
          The articles of incorporation and/or bylaws of each of the Delaware Corporations provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the corporation shall indemnify any current or former Director or officer of the corporation and may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, indemnify any current or former employee or agent of the corporation against all expenses, liabilities and losses reasonably incurred or suffered by him or her in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation or otherwise, to which he or she was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her current or former position with the corporation or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving, at the request of the corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
          (b) Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C. and Fabrene, L.L.C., are limited liability companies organized under the laws of Delaware.
      Delaware Limited Liability Company Act
          Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act empowers a Delaware limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

II-2


Table of Contents

          In accordance with these provisions, the Limited Liability Company Agreements of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C. and Fabrene, L.L.C. state that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the company shall indemnify a member, manager, an officer, a person to whom the managers delegate management responsibilities, any affiliate, officer, director or shareholder of a member, or manager, or any employee or agent of the company or of the indemnified party from any loss, damage or claim incurred by the indemnified party by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by the indemnified party in good faith in connection with the business of the company including expenses (including legal fees) incurred by such indemnified person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding ; provided however, that an indemnified party shall not be indemnified for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such party by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with such acts or omissions.

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
     (a) Exhibits
     
Exhibit No.   Description
2.1
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 4, 2010, among Polymer Group, Inc., Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 4, 2010, filed on October 4, 2010)
 
   
3.1*
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
 
   
3.2*
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
 
   
3.3*
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Chicopee, Inc.
 
   
3.4*
  Bylaws of Chicopee, Inc.
 
   
3.5*
  Certificate of Conversion of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
 
   
3.6*
  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
 
   
3.7*
  Certificate of Conversion of Fabrene, L.L.C.
 
   
3.8*
  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Fabrene, L.L.C.
 
   
3.9*
  Certificate of Incorporation of PGI Europe, Inc.
 
   
3.10*
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of PGI Europe, Inc.
 
   
3.11*
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PGI Polymer, Inc.
 
   
3.12*
  Bylaws of PGI Polymer, Inc.
 
   
4.1*
  Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee
 
   
4.2*
  Form of Note (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.1)
 
   
4.3*
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
 
   
5.1*
  Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
 
   
10.1*
  Credit Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation as Holdings, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation as lead borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as syndication agent, Barclays Bank PLC and RBC Capital Markets as co-documentation agents, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Capital and RBC Capital Markets, as joint lead arrangers and joint book runners
 
   
10.2*
  Security Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as Collateral Agent
 
   
10.3*
  Security Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
 
   
10.4*
  Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Citibank, N.A., Wilmington Trust Company as Noteholder Collateral Agent. Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc. and the subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein.

II-4


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
10.5*
  Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc., the subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Tranche 2 representative and Wilmington Trust Company as Collateral Agent and Trustee.
 
   
10.6*
  Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
 
   
10.7*
  Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2010, between Scorpio Acquisition Corporation and Veronica M. Hagen
 
   
10.8*
  Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, between Scorpio Acquisition Corporation and Polymer Group, Inc.
 
   
10.9*
  Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 28, 2011, between Michael Hale and Polymer Group, Inc.
 
   
10.10*
  Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 28, 2011, between Dennis Norman and Polymer Group, Inc.
 
   
10.11*
  2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
 
   
10.12*
  Form of Management Equity Subscription Agreement Under the 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
 
   
10.13*
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
 
   
10.14*
  Amended and Restated Polymer Group, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan
 
   
10.15
  Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, between Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor, and Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on July 3, 2010)
 
   
10.16*
  Amendment and Waiver to Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2011, between Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor
 
   
10.17*
  Second Amendment to Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2011, between Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor
 
   
12.1*
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
21.1*
  Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc.
 
   
23.1*
  Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
   
23.2*
  Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
 
   
24.1
  Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this registration statement)
 
   
25.1*
  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington Trust Company as trustee under the Indenture, dated January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee
 
   
99.1*
  Form of Letter of Transmittal
 
   
99.2*
  Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
 
   
99.3*
  Form of Letter to Clients
 
   
99.4*
  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 
*   Filed herewith.

II-5


Table of Contents

          (b) Financial Statement Schedules
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In Thousands)
                                         
            ADDITIONS     DEDUCTIONS        
    Balance at     Charged to     Charged to                
    beginning     costs and     other             Balance at  
Description   of period     expenses     accounts             end of period  
Fiscal Year ended January 1, 2011
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 9,148       1,307       256 (3)     3,185 (6)     7,526  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    174,792       14,965       810 (3)     72 (4)     190,495  
Plant realignment
    2,803       9,098       96       10,271 (5)     1,726  
Fiscal Year ended January 2, 2010
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 7,673       2,320       411 (1)     1,256 (2)     9,148  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    183,406       7,763       626 (3)     17,003 (4)     174,792  
Plant realignment
    2,672       17,113       (21 )     16,961 (5)     2,803  
Fiscal Year ended January 3, 2009
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 5,963       1,931       (181 )     40       7,673  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    172,746       16,418       3,092 (2)(3)     8,850 (4)     183,406  
Plant realignment
    5,903       6,388       120       9,739 (5)     2,672  
 
(1)   Opening balance associated with acquisition.
 
(2)   Primarily recoveries.
 
(3)   Foreign currency translation adjustments and valuation allowance related to temporary differences not impacting the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
(4)   Net adjustments due to realizations of deferred tax assets and valuation allowance related to temporary differences.
 
(5)   Cash payments and adjustments.
 
(6)   Primarily write-offs.
Item 22. Undertakings.
          (a) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:
     (1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
     (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
     (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

II-6


Table of Contents

     (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
     (2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
     (3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
     (4) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrants are subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and
     (5) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, each of the undersigned registrants undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will be sellers to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
     (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
     (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
     (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
     (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
          (b) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
          (c) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-7


Table of Contents

          (d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, or controlling persons of each of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, each of the registrants has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
         
  POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman    
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Executive Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
          Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Veronica M. Hagen
 
Veronica M. Hagen
  President and Chief Executive Officer and
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ Dennis E. Norman
 
Dennis E. Norman
  Executive Vice President & Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ C hinh E. Chu
 
  Director    October 24, 2011
Chinh E. Chu
       
 
       
/s/ Anjan Mukherjee
 
  Director    October 24, 2011
Anjan Mukherjee
       
 
       
/s/ Jason Giordano
 
  Director    October 24, 2011
Jason Giordano
       
 
       
/s/ James S. Alder
 
  Director    October 24, 2011
James S. Alder
       
 
       
/s/ Mark S. Burgess
 
  Director    October 24, 2011
Mark S. Burgess
       

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
          Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
         
  CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman    
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Veronica M. Hagen
 
Veronica M. Hagen
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ Dennis E. Norman
 
Dennis E. Norman
  Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ Michael W. Hale
 
  Director    October 24, 2011
Michael W. Hale
       

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
          Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
         
  DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman    
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Dennis E. Norman
 
Dennis E. Norman
  Chief Financial Officer and Manager
(Principal Financial Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ Michael W. Hale
 
Michael W. Hale
  Chief Executive Officer, President and
Manager
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 24, 2011

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
          Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
         
  FABRENE, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman    
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Dennis E. Norman
 
Dennis E. Norman
  Chief Financial Officer and Manager
(Principal Financial Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ Richard Gillespie
 
Richard Gillespie
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ Michael W. Hale
 
  Manager    October 24, 2011
Michael W. Hale
       

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
     Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
         
  PGI EUROPE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman    
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Dennis E. Norman
 
Dennis E. Norman
  Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ Michael W. Hale
 
Michael W. Hale
  President & Chief Executive Officer and
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  October 24, 2011

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
          Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
         
  PGI POLYMER, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman    
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Veronica M. Hagen
 
Veronica M. Hagen
  President & Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ Dennis E. Norman
 
Dennis E. Norman
  Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  October 24, 2011
 
       
/s/ Darryl Smith
 
Darryl Smith
  Director    October 24, 2011

II-14


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit No.   Description
2.1
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 4, 2010, among Polymer Group, Inc., Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 4, 2010, filed on October 4, 2010)
 
   
3.1*
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
 
   
3.2*
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
 
   
3.3*
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Chicopee, Inc.
 
   
3.4*
  Bylaws of Chicopee, Inc.
 
   
3.5*
  Certificate of Conversion of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
 
   
3.6*
  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
 
   
3.7*
  Certificate of Conversion of Fabrene, L.L.C.
 
   
3.8*
  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Fabrene, L.L.C.
 
   
3.9*
  Certificate of Incorporation of PGI Europe, Inc.
 
   
3.10*
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of PGI Europe, Inc.
 
   
3.11*
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PGI Polymer, Inc.
 
   
3.12*
  Bylaws of PGI Polymer, Inc.
 
   
4.1*
  Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee
 
   
4.2*
  Form of Note (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.1)
 
   
4.3*
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
 
   
5.1*
  Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
 
   
10.1*
  Credit Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation as Holdings, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation as lead borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as syndication agent, Barclays Bank PLC and RBC Capital Markets as co-documentation agents, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Capital and RBC Capital Markets, as joint lead arrangers and joint book runners
 
   
10.2*
  Security Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as Collateral Agent
 
   
10.3*
  Security Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
 
   
10.4*
  Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Citibank, N.A., Wilmington Trust Company as Noteholder Collateral Agent. Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc. and the subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein.

 


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
10.5*
  Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc., the subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Tranche 2 representative and Wilmington Trust Company as Collateral Agent and Trustee.
 
   
10.6*
  Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
 
   
10.7*
  Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2010, between Scorpio Acquisition Corporation and Veronica M. Hagen
 
   
10.8*
  Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, between Scorpio Acquisition Corporation and Polymer Group, Inc.
 
   
10.9*
  Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 28, 2011, between Michael Hale and Polymer Group, Inc.
 
   
10.10*
  Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 28, 2011, between Dennis Norman and Polymer Group, Inc.
 
   
10.11*
  2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
 
   
10.12*
  Form of Management Equity Subscription Agreement Under the 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
 
   
10.13*
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
 
   
10.14*
  Amended and Restated Polymer Group, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan
 
   
10.15
  Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, between Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor, and Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on July 3, 2010)
 
   
10.16*
  Amendment and Waiver to Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2011, between Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor
 
   
10.17*
  Second Amendment to Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2011, between Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor
 
   
12.1*
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
21.1*
  Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc.
 
   
23.1*
  Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
   
23.2*
  Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
 
   
24.1
  Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this registration statement)
 
   
25.1*
  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington Trust Company as trustee under the Indenture, dated January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee
 
   
99.1*
  Form of Letter of Transmittal
 
   
99.2*
  Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
 
   
99.3*
  Form of Letter to Clients
 
   
99.4*
  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 
*   Filed herewith.

 

Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE OF MERGER
OF
SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION
WITH AND INTO
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
January 28, 2011
     Pursuant to Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ PGI ”), does hereby certify the following information in connection with the merger of Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Scorpio Merger Sub ”), with and into PGI (the “ Merger ”):
      FIRST : The name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations in the Merger (the “ Constituent Corporations ”) are as follows:
     
Name   State of Incorporation
 
   
Polymer Group, Inc.
  Delaware
 
   
Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation
  Delaware
      SECOND : The Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 4, 2010 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and among PGI, Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as the Stockholder Representative, has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the Constituent Corporations in accordance with Section 228 and 251 of the DGCL.
      THIRD : The name of the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”) shall be “Polymer Group, Inc.”
      FOURTH : At the effective time of the Merger, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached as Exhibit A hereto shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation.
      FIFTH : The executed Merger Agreement is on file at an office of the Surviving Corporation, the address of which is 9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300, Charlotte, NC 28269.
      SIXTH : A copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of either Constituent Corporation.

 


 

      SEVENTH : This Certificate of Merger, and the Merger provided for herein, shall become effective at the time of filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

- 2 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Polymer Group, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Merger to be signed by an authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.
         
    POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   
 

 


 

Exhibit A
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
of
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
          FIRST. The name of the Corporation is Polymer Group, Inc.
          SECOND. The registered office and registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, 19801.
          THIRD. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any successor statute.
          FOURTH. The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
          FIFTH. The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting by majority vote, is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, subject to any limitations contained elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws of the Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but any Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors may be amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon. Election of directors need not be by written ballot.
          SIXTH. (a) No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended. Any repeal or modification of this subsection (a) of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer or the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. All references herein to a director or officer shall be references to current and former directors or officers of the Corporation.
          (b) The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or testifies in, any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, against all claims, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the Corporation may adopt Bylaws or enter into agreements with any such person for the purpose of providing for such indemnification.
          (c) To the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraph (b) of this Article SIXTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
          (d) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending or testifying in a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, claim, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer or director of the Corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, claim, suit or proceeding within ten business days of the Corporation’s receipt of a request for advancement of such expenses from such director or officer and, to the extent required by law, upon

 


 

receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of any such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation against such expenses as authorized by the relevant sections of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the Corporation may adopt Bylaws or enter into agreements with such persons for the purpose of providing for such advances.
          (e) The indemnification permitted by this Article SIXTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding an office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person. To assure indemnification under this Article SIXTH of all current and former directors and officers who are determined by the Corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the Corporation which may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law shall, for the purposes of this Article SIXTH, be interpreted as follows: “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the Corporation which is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the Corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the Corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; and excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall he deemed “fines.”
          (f) The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of this Article SIXTH or otherwise.
          SEVENTH. Except as otherwise agreed in writing between such director and the Corporation, or as provided below, to the fullest extent permitted by law, except as may be otherwise agreed in writing between such director and the Corporation, (a) no director of the Corporation shall have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise) or obligation, if any, to refrain from (i) engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) doing business with any client, customer or vendor of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, including, in the cases of clauses (i) or (ii), any such matters as may be Corporate Opportunities (as defined below); and (b) no officer, director or employee thereof shall be deemed to have breached any duty (fiduciary or otherwise), if any, to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or stockholders solely by reason of any director of the Corporation engaging in any such activity or entering into such transactions, including any Corporate Opportunities. “ Corporate Opportunity ” means any potential transaction, investment or business opportunity or prospective economic or competitive advantage in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries could have any expectancy or interest.
          Without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation and its subsidiaries shall have no interest or expectation in, nor right to be informed of, any Corporate Opportunity, and in the event that any director of the Corporation acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a Corporate Opportunity, such director shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty (fiduciary or otherwise) or obligation to communicate or offer such Corporate Opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or to any other director of the Corporation and shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or stockholder for breach of any fiduciary duty as a director or officer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries solely by reason of the fact that any director of the Corporation acquires or seeks such Corporate Opportunity for itself, directs such Corporate Opportunity to another individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or an department or agency or political subdivision thereof, or otherwise does not communicate information regarding such Corporate Opportunity to the Corporation or its subsidiaries, and the Corporation and its subsidiaries, to the fullest extent permitted by law, waive and renounce any claim that such business opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented to the Corporation or its subsidiaries; provided that if an opportunity is expressly communicated to a director of the Corporation in his or her capacity as a director as an opportunity intended exclusively for the Corporation or its subsidiaries

 


 

(hereinafter called an “ Identified Corporate Opportunity ”), such Identified Corporate Opportunity shall belong to the Corporation and its subsidiaries and, unless the Corporation notifies the stockholders that neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries intend to pursue such Identified Corporate Opportunity.

 

Exhibit 3.2
BYLAWS
of
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
(hereinafter, the “ Corporation ”)
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
          Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
          Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
ARTICLE II
MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
          Section 1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
          Section 2. Annual Meetings . The Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, at which meeting the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
          Section 3. Special Meetings . Special Meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors, but such Special Meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any Special Meeting shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
          Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Notice of an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting and in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given by the Corporation either personally or by mail or by other lawful means not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
          Section 5. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the capital stock

 


 

issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time, place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed present in person at such adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
          Section 6. Voting . Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections and questions shall, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation which are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon.
          Section 7. Action by Consent . Any action required to be taken at any Annual or Special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any Annual or Special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent shall be given by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that consents given by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.
          Section 8. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose

 


 

germane to the meeting, as required by applicable law. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
          Section 9. Organization . At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, shall be the chairman of the meeting or, in the case of vacancy in office or absence of the Chairman of the Board, one of the following officers present shall be the Chairman of the meeting in the order stated: the Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Vice President, or, in the absence of any of the foregoing, a Chairman chosen by the stockholders at the meeting shall act as Chairman, and the Secretary, or in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary, or in the absence of both the Secretary and Assistant Secretaries, a person appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as Secretary.
          Section 10. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date: (i) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting; (ii) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days from the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors; and (iii) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action without a meeting when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first day on which a consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and (c) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
          Section 11. Conduct of Meetings . The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of

 


 

stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such chairman should so determine, such person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
          Section 1. Number and Election of Directors . The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be not less than one nor more than six. The initial directors shall be determined by resolution of the sole incorporator of the Corporation. Thereafter, within the limits specified above, the number of directors shall be determined by the Board of Directors. Each elected director shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal.
          Section 2. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority vote of all directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.
          Section 3. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, which committees shall, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such a committee, have all authority and may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent lawful under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
          Section 4. Duties and Powers . The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by

 


 

the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
          Section 5. Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President or any one director with one day’s notice to each director, either personally or by mail, telephone, facsimile transmission or other means of electronic transmission.
          Section 6. Quorum; Board Action . Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time, place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which directors may be deemed present in person at such adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
          Section 7. Actions of Board . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in accordance with applicable law.
          Section 8. Removal . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) in voting power of outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote at an election of directors.
          Section 9. Telephonic Meetings Permitted . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this By-law shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
          The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other additional officers with such titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, all of whom shall be chosen by and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Such officers shall have the usual powers and shall perform all the usual duties incident to their respective offices. All officers shall be subject to the supervision and

 


 

direction of the Board of Directors. The authority, duties or responsibilities of any officer of the Corporation may be suspended by the President with or without cause. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors with or without cause.
ARTICLE V
NOTICES
          Section 1. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, whenever notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given personally or by telegram, telecopier, telephone or other means of electronic transmission.
          Section 2. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof, given by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
          Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.
          Section 2. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
          Section 3. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 


 

          Section 4. Amendments . These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new Bylaws may be adopted by the majority vote of the Board of Directors.
          Section 5. Entire Board of Directors . As used in these Bylaws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of the directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or newly created directorships.

 

Exhibit 3.3
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CHICOPEE, INC
      CHICOPEE, INC. , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State Of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
      First : The name of the Corporation is CHICOPEE, INC.
      Second : The date on which the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was December 9, 1994 under the name “Chicopee, Inc.”
      Third : The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, adopted resolutions amending its Restated Certificate of Incorporation as follows:
     The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be amended by deleting Section 4.1 of Article Four in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
“4.1 Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue shall be Forty-One Thousand Five Hundred (41,500) shares, consisting of:
     (a) One Thousand Five Hundred (1,500) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”); and
     (b) Forty Thousand (40,000) shares of Redeemable Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”),
the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall have the rights, preferences, privileges and limitations set forth below.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting equity securities of any class, series or other designation to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall (i) have no further force and effect beyond that required under Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) only have such force and effect for so long as such Section 1123(a)(6) is in effect and applies to the Corporation and (iii) be deemed void or eliminated if required under applicable law.”

 


 

      Fourth: Thereafter pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, this Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 5 th day of December, 2005
         
     
  By:   /s/ Mavis Gyamfi    
    Name:   Mavis Gyamfi   
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   

2


 

         
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CHICOPEE, INC.
ARTICLE ONE
          The name of the corporation is Chicopee, Inc.
ARTICLE TWO
          The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 32 Lockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of Dover, County of Kent 19904. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
ARTICLE THREE
          The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE FOUR
          The total number of shares of stock which the corporation has authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE FIVE
     The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:
             
    Name   Mailing Address    
 
           
 
  Mardi Shaffer   200 West Randolph Drive
Suite 5700
Chicago, Illinois 60601
   
ARTICLE SIX
          The corporation is to have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE SEVEN
          In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

 


 

ARTICLE EIGHT
          Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws of the corporation may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation so provide.
ARTICLE NINE
          To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at the same exists or may here-after be amended, a director of this corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE NINE shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE TEN
          The corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE ELEVEN
          The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
          I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator herein-before named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand on the 9th day of December, 1994.
         
     
     /s/ Marci Shaffer    
    Marci Shaffer, Sole Incorporator   
       

2


 

         
CERTIFICATE OF RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CHICOPEE, INC.
          James G. Boyd, being the duly elected Executive Vice President of Chicopee, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:
          1. That the Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on December 9, 1994 (the “Certificate”).
          2. That the board of directors of the Corporation, pursuant to unanimous written consent, adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend, integrate and restate the Corporation’s Certificate in its entirety in accordance with Sections 141(f), 241 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Restated Certificate”).
          3. The Corporation has not received any payment for its stock.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the Executive Vice President hereinabove named, for the purpose of amending and restating the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under penalties of perjury does hereby declare and certify that this is the act and deed of the Corporation and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly has hereunto signed this certificate of Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 15 th day of March, 1995.
         
  CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ James G. Boyd    
    James G. Boyd   
    Executive Vice President   

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CHICOPEE, INC.
ARTICLE ONE
          The name of the corporation is Chicopee, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
ARTICLE TWO
     The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 32 Lockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of Dover, County of Kent 19904. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
ARTICLE THREE
     The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE FOUR
4 CAPITAL STOCK. A statement of the designations, numbers, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the capital stock of the Corporation and of certain other matters is as follows:
     4.1. Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue shall be Forty-One Thousand (41,000) shares, consisting of:
          (a) One Thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”); and
          (b) Forty Thousand (40,000) shares of Redeemable Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per (“Preferred Stock).
The shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall have the rights, preferences, privileges and limitations set forth below.
     4.2 Definitions . As used in this Article 4, the following terms have the following definitions:
          4.2.1 “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the corporation.

 


 

          4.2.2 “ Closing Date ” shall mean the first date on which the Corporation issues any shares of Preferred Stock.
          4.2.3 “ Distributions ” shall mean all distributions made by the Corporation in cash, securities or property to holders of Common Stock, whether by dividend, repurchase of shares of Common Stock, in connection with a merger or consolidation, or otherwise.
     4.2.4 “ Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or other entity.
4.3 Voting .
      4.3.1 General Voting. Rights of Common Stock . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or as required by applicable law which cannot be superseded by the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall possess voting power for the election of directors and for all other purposes, each holder of record of shares of Common Stock being entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation.
      4.3.2 Voting Rights of Preferred Stock . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or as required by applicable law which cannot be superseded by the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall possess no voting power whatsoever, either general or specific.
     4.3.2.1 So long as any shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote together as a single class on any amendments to the terms of the Preferred Stock, and such terms shall not be amended without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.
4.4 Dividends .
      4.4.1 Dividends on Preferred Stock .
     4.4.1.1 Dividends shall accrue, whether or not declared, on each share of Preferred Stock on a daily basis and at the Dividend Rate (as defined herein) from time to time in effect, beginning on the Closing Date (regardless of the date of issuance of the share of Preferred Stock on which a dividend is being paid). The holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, dividends payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 in each year (each such date being a “Dividend Payment Date”), in an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock; provided, however, that if and to the extent that the holder of a share of the Preferred Stock does not receive on any given Dividend Payment Date payment of the accrued and unpaid dividend on such share of the Preferred Stock or any previously cumulated dividend for the period ending on such

2


 

Dividend Payment Date and beginning on the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date (or, with respect to the Dividend Payment Date occurring on March 31, 1995 beginning on the Closing Date), such dividend shall be cumulative and shall itself accrue dividends, whether or not declared, from and after such date on a daily basis an end Rate from time to time in effect divided by $1,000 and expressed as a percentage.
     4.4.1.2 As used herein, the term “Dividend Rate” shall mean $130 per share per annum; provided, however, that with respect to any Dividend Payment Data occurring on and after March 31, 2000, if the full amount of the accrued dividend payable on such date is not paid in full in cash the term “Dividend Rate” shall mean $150 per share per annum, which rate shall remain in effect until all accrued but unpaid dividends due and payable on Dividend Payment Dates occurring on and after March 31, 2000 have been paid in full in cash.
     4.4.1.3 Dividends may be paid on the Stock, from time to time at the option of the Directors, (a) in cash, (b) in shares of Stock, each share valued at $1,000, having a value equal to the amount of such dividends which may be accrued until paid in full, or (c) in any combination of the forms described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) and (b).
      4.4.2 Limitation on Dividend Rights of Common Stock . No dividends or Distributions shall be declared or paid on any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation while any shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding.
4.5 Redemptions of Preferred Stock .
      4.5.1 Preferred Redemption Price . The Preferred Stock shall be redeemable as hereinafter set forth upon payment in cash in respect of each share redeemed of the Basic Redemption Price (as defined herein) or the Preferred Redemption Price (as defined herein), as the case may be. The “Basic Redemption Price” of a share of Preferred Stock shall mean the Liquidation Price (as defined herein) as of the date of redemption plus an amount equal to dividends accrued but unpaid on such share for the period ending on the date of redemption and beginning on the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date. The “Preferred Redemption Price” of a share of Preferred Stock shall mean the sum of the Liquidation Price as of the date of redemption the Call Premium as of such date plus an amount equal to dividends accrued but unpaid on such share for the period and beginning on the immediately preceding Dividend Payment. The “Liquidation Price” as of any date shall mean the sum of $1,000 plus an amount equal to dividends accrued but unpaid as of the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have authority to prescribe the manner in which the Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time; provided, however, that in the case of the redemption of only a part of the outstanding shares thereof, there shall be so redeemed from each record holder thereof in whole shares of Preferred Stock, as nearly as practicable to the nearest whole share, the proportion of all of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed which the number of shares of Preferred Stock held of

3


 

record by such holder bears to the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding.
      4.5.2 Mandatory Redemption of Preferred Stock . The Corporation shall, on the earlier of (i) last business day of March, 2004, and (ii) the date on which a Triggering Event (as defined herein) occurs, redeem out of funds legally available therefore under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, at the Preferred Redemption Price, payable in cash, all of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding. If on such date, the Corporation does not have funds legally available to redeem all of the shares required to be redeemed on such date, the Corporation will on such date, and quarterly thereafter until all of such shares are redeemed, redeem the maximum number of such shares for which it then has funds legally available. The term “Triggering Event” shall mean the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the Corporation no longer being an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Polymer”), or (ii) the date on which the Corporation consummates a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.
      4.5.3 Optional Redemption by the Holders. Upon the occurrence of a Polymer Change of Control (as defined herein) the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the right, at their option exercised within 90 days after receipt of notice of the occurrence of such Polymer Change of Control, to send a written put notice (the “Put Notice”) to the Corporation instructing the Corporation to redeem all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. Upon receipt by the Corporation of a Put Notice, the Corporation shall, within 30 days of the receipt by the Corporation of the Put Notice, redeem out of funds legally available therefore under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, at the Basic Redemption Price plus 1% of the Liquidation Price, payable in cash, all of the shares of Preferred Stock. If on such date, the Corporation does not have funds legally available to redeem all of the shares required to be redeemed on such date, the Corporation will on such date, and quarterly thereafter until all of such shares are redeemed, redeem the maximum number of such shares for which it then has funds legally available. The term “Polymer Change of Control” shall mean any sale of stock, merger, consolidation or other event as a result of which the stockholders of Polymer as of the Closing Date cease to own, in the aggregate, (a) at least 35% of the outstanding voting power of Polymer or the surviving corporation, as the case may be, if Polymer or such surviving corporation then has its voting common stock publicly traded on a recognized exchange or automated quotations system or (b) at least 50% of the outstanding voting power of Polymer or the surviving corporation, as the case may be, if Polymer or such surviving corporation does not have its voting common stock publicly traded on a recognized exchange or automated quotations system. Upon the occurrence of a Polymer Change of Control, the Corporation shall notify in writing the holders of Preferred Stock of such occurrence.
           4.5.4 Optional Redemption by the Corporation . At any time and from time to time, the Corporation may at its option by resolution of its Board of Directors redeem, at the Preferred Redemption Price, all or any part of the shares of the Preferred Stock then outstanding; provided , however , that in the case of any redemption under this Article 4.5.4 of only a part of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, there shall be so

4


 

redeemed from each record holder thereof in whole shares of Preferred Stock, as nearly as possible to the nearest whole share, the proportion of all shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed which the number of shares of Preferred Stock held of record as of the record date for such redemption by such holder bears to the total number of shares of Preferred Stock of record outstanding as of such date. Not fewer than 5 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice shall be given by certified mail, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed pursuant to the office address as shown in the records of the Corporation, and said notice shall specify the amount to be paid per share upon such redemption, the place and the date, which date shall not be a legal holiday, on which the shares called for redemption will be redeemed.
      4.5.5 Call Premium . The term “ Call Premium ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to each share of Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the Liquidation Price in effect on such date multiplied by the percentage applicable to such date set forth below.
         
Period   Percentage  
Closing Date through March 31, 1996
    100 %
April 1, 1996 through March 31, 1997
    104.5 %
April 1, 1997 through March 31, 1998
    103.5 %
April 1, 1998 through March 31, 1999
    105 %
April 1, 1999 through March 31, 2000
    102 %
April 1, 2002 and thereafter
    100 %
April 1, 2001 through. March 31, 2002
    102 %
April 1, 2002 and thereafter
    100 %
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any share of Preferred Stock is redeemed contemporaneously with the consummation of a Qualified IPO (as defined herein) the term “Call Premium” shall mean with, respect to each such share of Preferred Stock, in lieu of the amounts set forth above, an amount equal to the Liquidation Price in effect on the date of such redemption multiplied by the percentage applicable to such date set forth below:
         
Period   Percentage  
Closing Date through March 31, 1998
    100 %
April 1, 1998 through March 31, 1999
    104.5 %
April 1, 1999 through March 31, 2000
    103.5 %
April 1, 2000 through March 31, 2001
    105 %
April 1, 2001 through March 31, 2002
    102 %
April 1, 2002 and thereafter
    100 %
      4.5.6 Qualified IPO . The term “Qualified IPO” shall mean a firm underwritten bona fide public offering with a nationally recognized underwriting firm of securities of Polymer which results in the receipt by Polymer of at least $40,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions).
      4.5.7 Payment of Redemption Price. Redemption price of shares of Preferred Stock shall be paid in cash.

5


 

      4.5.8 Retirement of Shares . Any shares of the Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Article 4.5 or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be permanently retired and shall not under any circumstances be reissued.
     4.6 Preference Rights of Preferred Stock . Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, the holders of the shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled, before any Distribution is made upon any share of the Common Stock, to be paid in cash an amount equal to the Basic Redemption Price for each such share to and including the date full payment shall be tendered to the holders of Preferred Stock with respect to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Upon any other liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled, before any Distribution is made upon any share of the Common Stock, to be paid in cash an amount equal to the Preferred Redemption Price for each such share to and including the date full payment shall be tendered to the holders of Preferred Stock with respect to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets to be distributed among the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit payment to said holders of the Basic Redemption Price or the Preferred Redemption Price, as the case may be, then all of the assets of the Corporation then remaining shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate redemption price owed to such holders.
ARTICLE FIVE
          The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE SIX
          In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE SEVEN
          Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation so provide.
ARTICLE EIGHT
          To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any modification or repeal of this Article Eight shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such modification or repeal.

6


 

ARTICLE NINE
               The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE TEN
          The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
* * * * *

7


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTS
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF CHICOPEE, INC.
          Chicopee, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Company”),
          DOES HEREBY CERTIFY
          FIRST: That the directors of the company adopted a resolution amending Article Four, Section 4.5.5 of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to read in its entirety as follows:
Article Four, Section 4, 5, 5
     4.5.5 Call Premium . The term “Call Premium” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to each share of Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the Liquidation Price in effect on such date multiplied by the percentage applicable to such date set forth below.
         
Period   Percentage  
Closing Date through March 31, 1996
    13 %
April 1, 1996 through March 31, 1997
    12 %
April 1, 1997 through March 31, 1998
    11 %
April 1, 1998 through March 31, 1999
    9 %
April 1, 1999 through March 31, 2000
    7 %
April 1, 2000 through March 31, 2001
    5 %
April 1, 2001 through March 31, 2002
    2 %
April 1, 2001 and thereafter
    0 %
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any share of Preferred Stock is redeemed contemporaneously with the consummation of a Qualified IPO (as defined herein) the term “Call Premium” shall mean with respect to each such share of Preferred Stock, in lieu of the amounts eat forth above, an amount equal to the Liquidation Price in effect on the date of such redemption multiplied by the percentage applicable to such date set forth below:
         
Period   Percentage  
Closing Date through March 31, 1998
    0 %
April 1, 1998 through March 31, 1999
    4.5 %

 


 

         
Period   Percentage  
April 1, 1999 through March 31, 2000
    3.5 %
April 1, 2000 through March 31, 2001
    5 %
April 1, 2001 through March 31, 2002
    2 %
April 1, 2001 and thereafter
    0 %
          SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to said resolution, the amendment was submitted for approval to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon, which approval was given by written consent pursuant to Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
          THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

2


 

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Chicopee, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by its Executive Vice President this 29th day of March, 1996.
         
  CHICOPEE INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ James G. Boyd    
    James G. Boyd   
    Executive Vice President,
Secretary & Chief Financial Officer 
 
 

3

Exhibit 3.4
BY-LAWS
OF
CHICOPEE, INC.
A Delaware Corporation
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
           Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover, Delaware, County of Kent. The name of the corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc. The registered office and/or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board of directors.
           Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
           Section 1. Place and Time of Meetings . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the immediately preceding fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing directors and conducting such other proper business as may come before the meeting. The date, time and place of the annual meeting shall be determined by the president of the corporation; provided, that if the president does not act, the board of directors shall determine the date, time and place of such meeting.
           Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
           Section 3. Place of Meetings . The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.
           Section 4. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, date, time, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.


 

           Section 5. Stockholders List . The Officer having charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also, be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
           Section 6. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place.
           Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting-at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
           Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one-upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the certificate of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
           Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the certificate-of incorporation of the corporation or any amendments thereto and subject to Section 3 of Article VI hereof, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder.
           Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
           Section 11. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of

2


 

stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of-such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders-who signed the consent or consents, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would-be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
           Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.
           Section 2. Number, Election and Term of Office . The number of directors which shall constitute the first board shall be two (2). Thereafter, the number of directors shall be established from time to time by resolution of the board. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III. Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.
           Section 3. Removal and Resignation . Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.
           Section 4. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the

3


 

directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.
           Section 5. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders.
           Section 6. Other Meeting and Notice . Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president on at least 24 hours notice to each director, either personally by telephone, by mail, or by telegraph.
           Section 7. Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
           Section 8. Committees . The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in such resolution or these by-laws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation except as otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.
           Section 9. Committee Rules . Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 8 at this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.
           Section 10. Communications Equipment . Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board or committee through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

4


 

           Section 11. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent . Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.
           Section 12. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
           Section 1. Number . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and shall consist of a chief executive officer, a president, a vice president, a secretary, a chief financial officer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of president and secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.
           Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.
           Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
           Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

5


 

           Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.
           Section 6. Chief Executive Officer . The chief executive officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, and shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. Subject to the board of directors, he shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and all the affairs of the corporation, and shall be its chief policy-making officer. He shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or provided in the by-laws. Whenever the president is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the chief executive officer shall perform all the duties and functions and exercise all the powers of the president.
           Section 7. President . The president, subject to the powers of the board of directors, shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.
           Section 8. Vice-presidents . The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors shall, in the absence or disability of the president, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the president. The vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president, the chief executive officer or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe.
           Section 9. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. Under the president’s supervision, the secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these by-laws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation, and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The assistant secretary or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or president may, from time to time, prescribe.

6


 

           Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Treasurer . The chief financial officer shall have the custody of the -corporate funds and securities; shall keep. full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors; shall cause the funds of the corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meeting or when the board of directors so requires, an account of the corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe. If required by the board of directors, the chief financial officer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be rendered every six years) in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of chief financial officer and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the chief financial officer belonging to the corporation. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall in the absence or disability of the chief financial officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the president may, from time to time, prescribe.
           Section 11. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these by-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.
           Section 12. Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability-of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS
           Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or-investigative: (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or-she, is or was a director or officer, of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or of a ,partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which it is empowered to do so by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended against all expense,

7


 

liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding) and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 hereof, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and, subject to Sections 2 and 5 hereof, shall-include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.
           Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Any indemnification of a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation under Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses under Section 5 of this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event within 30 days, upon the written request of the director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent. If a determination (as defined in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the corporation that the director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond within sixty days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within 30 days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall-also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
           Section 3. Article Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

8


 

           Section 4. Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article V.
           Section 5. Expenses . Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such proceeding’s final disposition upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.
           Section 6. Employees and Agents . Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article V and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors.
           Section 7. Contract Rights . The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract right between the corporation and each director or officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law are in effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or proceeding then existing.
           Section 8. Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
           Section 1. Form . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the president, or a vice-president and the secretary or any assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. If such a certificate is countersigned (1) by a

9


 

transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar, other than the corporation or its employee, the signature of the president, any vice-president, secretary, or any assistant secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Shares of stock of the corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization, and other matters as the corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates, and record the transaction on its books. The board of directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the corporation.
           Section 2. Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
           Section 3. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

10


 

           Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Action by Written Consent . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
           Section 5. Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
           Section 6. Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner.
           Section 7. Subscriptions for Stock . Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

11


 

ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
           Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or any other purpose and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
           Section 2. Checks, Drafts or Orders . All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.
           Section 3. Contracts . The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
           Section 4. Loans . The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.
           Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.
           Section 6. Corporate Seal . The board of directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
           Section 7. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other corporation held by the corporation shall be voted by the president, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person

12


 

authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.
           Section 8. Inspection of Books and Records . Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.
           Section 9. Section-Headings . Section headings in these by-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.
           Section 10. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these by-laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these by-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
          These by-laws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new by-laws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the by-laws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

13

Exhibit 3.5
STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION
FROM A CORPORATION TO A
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY PURSUANT TO
SECTION 18-214 OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY ACT
1.   The jurisdiction where the Corporation first formed is Delaware.
 
2.   The jurisdiction immediately prior to filing this Certificate is Delaware.
 
3.   The date the corporation first formed is June 17, 1976.
 
4.   The name of the Corporation immediately prior to filing this Certificate is Dominion Textile (USA) Inc.
 
5.   The name of the Limited Liability Company as set forth in the Certificate of Formation is Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
 
6.   The effective time of this Certificate of Conversion shall be 11:55 p.m. on December 29, 2007.
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate on the 21 st day of December, 2007.
         
  DOMINION TEXTILE (USA) INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   

 

Exhibit 3.6
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
     This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C. (the “ Company ”) is effective as of December 29, 2007.
     1.  Formation of Limited Liability Company . The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. 18-101, et. seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute (the “Act”). The rights and obligations of the Member (as defined below) and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101 (7) of the Act, To the extent that this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, this Agreement shall control.
     2.  Members . The name, address and percentage interest of each member of the Company (each a “ Member ” and collectively the “ Members ”) are set forth on Exhibit A . As of the date hereof, Chicopee, Inc. is the sole Member. Exhibit A shall be modified from time to time to reflect any additional Members of the Company.
     3.  Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and to engage in any and all activities necessary or incidental thereto.
     4.  Name . The name of the Company shall be “Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.”
     5.  Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company shall be:
     
    c/o Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
     6.  Term of the Company . The Company shall commence on the date the Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.
     7.  Management of Company . Management of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in the managers, and not all members by virtue of their status as such shall be managers of the Company. Subject to any provision in the Certificate, this Agreement or the Act restricting, enlarging or modifying the management rights and duties of any manager, or management procedures, if there is more than one manager, each Manager shall have equal rights and authority to participate in the management of the Company, and management decisions shall require the approval, consent, agreement or ratification of a majority of the managers. The initial

 


 

managers of the Company shall be Michael Hale and Willis C. Moore III (the “ Managers ”). The Managers may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Managers may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Managers. To the extent delegated by the Managers, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind, and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company.
     8.  Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of the Company shall be reported 100% by the Member.
     9.  Dissolution and Winding Up . The Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up pursuant to a written instrument executed by the Member.
     10.  Liability and Indemnification .
     (a) Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations, and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member, Manager or Officer shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Manager or Officer.
     (b) (i) No Covered Person (as defined below) shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
          (ii) A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.
     (c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage, or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person (including alleged breaches of fiduciary duty) in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; provided, however, that any indemnity under this Section 10(c)

2


 

shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability with respect to such indemnity.
     (d) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 10(c) hereof.
     (e) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other persons as the Managers shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such person in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The Company may enter into indemnity contracts with Covered Persons and such other Persons as the Managers shall determine and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations hereunder and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.
     For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Covered Person ” means a Member, Manager, an Officer, a person to whom the Managers delegate management responsibilities, any affiliate, officer, director or shareholder of a Member, or Manager, or any employee or agent of the Company or of a Covered Person.
     11.  Certificates of Membership Interest . All membership interests in the Company shall he certificated in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B or in such other form as the Managers may elect. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware. Each certificate evidencing membership interests in the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C. and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware.” This provision shall not be amended, and no such purported amendment to this provision, shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.
     12.  Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.
     13.  Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.
     14.  Transfer . The Member’s membership interest is transferable either voluntarily or by operation of law. Upon the transfer of a Member’s entire membership interest (other than a

3


 

temporary transfer or transfer as a pledge or security interest) the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall have no further rights or obligations under this agreement, except that the Member shall have the right to such information as may be necessary for the computation of the Member’s tax liability.
     15.  Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit additional Members and determine the capital contributions of such additional Members.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

4


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  MEMBER:


CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
  Name:   Daniel L. Rikard    
  Title:   Secretary    

5


 

EXHIBIT A
MEMBERS
     
Member   Member Interest
Chicopee, Inc.
  100%
c/o Polymer Group, Inc.
   
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
   
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
   
Attention: President
   
Telephone: 704-697-5100
   

 


 

EXHIBIT B
THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C. MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS WILL RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER, OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH INTERESTS.
THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES AN INTEREST IN DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C. AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF, THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AS IN EFFECT IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE
No. 1
DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
A Limited Liability Company under the laws of the State of Delaware
Certificate of Interest
This certifies that _____[Y]_________, Inc. is the owner of a membership interest in Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C. (the “ Company ”) subject to the terms of the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of December 29, 2007, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “ Limited Liability Company Agreement ”). The membership interest evidenced hereby shall be the interest in the Company appearing on Exhibit A to the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth thereon, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
This Certificate of Interest may be transferred by the lawful holders hereof only in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement.
THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Company has caused this Certificate to be issued to its member _____[Y]________, Inc. this day of, ______.
         
  DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
 
 
  By:      
  Name:        
  Title:        
 

 


 

THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C. MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS WILL RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER, OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH INTERESTS.
THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES AN INTEREST IN DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C. AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF, THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AS IN EFFECT IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE
No. 1
DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
A Limited Liability Company under the laws of the State of Delaware
Certificate of Interest
This certifies that Chicopee, Inc. is the owner of a membership interest in Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C. (the “ Company ”) subject to the terms of the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of December 29, 2007, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “ Limited Liability Company Agreement ”). The membership interest evidenced hereby shall be the interest in the Company appearing on Exhibit A to the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth thereon, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
This Certificate of Interest may be transferred by the lawful holders hereof only in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement.
THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Company has caused this Certificate to be issued to its member, Chicopee, Inc. this 29th day of December, 2007.
         
  DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      

2


 

         
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
 
     (print or type name of assignee)
the membership interest evidence by the within Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney to transfer the said interest on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated as of
         
     
  By:      
  Name:        
  Title:        
 
In presence of:
NOTICE: The signature to
this assignment must
correspond with the name as
written upon the face of the
Certificate in every
particular, without alteration
or enlargement, or any
change whatever.

3

         
Exhibit 3.7
STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION
FROM A CORPORATION TO A
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY PURSUANT TO
SECTION 18-214 OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY ACT
1.   The jurisdiction where the Corporation first formed is Delaware.
 
2.   The jurisdiction immediately prior to filing this Certificate is Delaware.
 
3.   The date the corporation first formed is July 26, 1989.
 
4.   The name of the Corporation immediately prior to filing this Certificate is Fabrene Corp.
 
5.   The name of the Limited Liability Company as set forth in the Certificate of Formation is Fabrene, L.L.C.
 
6.   The effective time of this Certificate of Conversion shall be 11:55 p.m. on December 29, 2007.
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate on the 21 st day of December, 2007.
         
  FABRENE CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   

 

Exhibit 3.8
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
FABRENE, L.L.C.
     This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of Fabrene, L.L.C. (the “ Company ”) is effective as of December 29, 2007.
     1.  Formation of Limited Liability Company . The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. 18-101, et. seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute (the “ Act ”). The rights and obligations of the Member (as defined below) and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101 (7) of the Act. To the extent that this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, this Agreement shall control.
     2.  Members . The name, address and percentage interest of each member of the Company (each a “ Member ” and collectively the “ Members ”) are set forth on Exhibit A . As of the date hereof, Chicopee, Inc. is the sole Member. Exhibit A shall be modified from time to time to reflect any additional Members of the Company.
     3.  Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and to engage in any and all activities necessary or incidental thereto.
     4.  Name . The name of the Company shall be “Fabrene, L.L.C.”
     5.  Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company shall be:
c/o Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
     6.  Term of the Company . The Company shall commence on the date the Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.
     7.  Management of Company . Management of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in the managers, and not all members by virtue of their status as such shall be managers of the Company. Subject to any provision in the Certificate, this Agreement or the Act restricting, enlarging or modifying the management rights and duties of any manager, or management procedures, if there is more than one manager, each Manager shall have equal rights and authority to participate in the management of the Company, and management decisions shall require the approval, consent, agreement or ratification of a majority of the managers. The initial

 


 

managers of the Company shall be Michael Hale and Willis C. Moore III (the “ Managers ”). The Managers may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Managers may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Managers. To the extent delegated by the Managers, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind, and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company.
     8.  Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of the Company shall be reported 100% by the Member.
     9.  Dissolution and Winding Up . The Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up pursuant to a written instrument executed by the Member.
     10.  Liability and Indemnification .
     (a) Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations, and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member, Manager or Officer shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Manager or Officer.
     (b) (i) No Covered Person (as defined below) shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
          (ii) A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.
     (c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage, or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person (including alleged breaches of fiduciary duty) in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; provided, however, that any indemnity under this Section 10(c)

2


 

shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability with respect to such indemnity.
     (d) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 10(c) hereof.
     (e) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other persons as the Managers shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such person in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The Company may enter into indemnity contracts with Covered Persons and such other Persons as the Managers shall determine and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations hereunder and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.
     For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Covered Person ” means a Member, Manager, an Officer, a person to whom the Managers delegate management responsibilities, any affiliate, officer, director or shareholder of a Member, or Manager, or any employee or agent of the Company or of a Covered Person.
     11.  Certificates of Membership Interest . All membership interests in the Company shall be certificated in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B or in such other form as the Managers may elect. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware. Each certificate evidencing membership interests in the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in Fabrene, L.L.C. and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware.” This provision shall not be amended, and no such purported amendment to this provision, shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.
     12.  Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.
     13.  Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.
     14.  Transfer . The Member’s membership interest is transferable either voluntarily or by operation of law. Upon the transfer of a Member’s entire membership interest (other than a

3


 

temporary transfer or transfer as a pledge or security interest) the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall have no further rights or obligations under this agreement, except that the Member shall have the right to such information as may be necessary for the computation of the Member’s tax liability.
     15.  Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit additional Members and determine the capital contributions of such additional Members.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

4


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  MEMBER:

CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:    /s/ Daniel L. Rikard  
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard  
    Title:   Secretary  

5


 

         
EXHIBIT A
MEMBERS
         
Member   Member Interest  
Chicopee, Inc.
    100 %
c/o Polymer Group, Inc.
       
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
       
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
       
Attention: President
       
Telephone: 704-697-5100
       

 


 

EXHIBIT B
THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND FABRENE, L.L.C. MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS WILL RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER, OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH INTERESTS.
THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES AN INTEREST IN FABRENE, L.L.C. AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF, THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AS IN EFFECT IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE
No. 1
FABRENE, L.L.C.
A Limited Liability Company under the laws of the State of Delaware
Certificate of Interest
This certifies that _____[Y]___________, Inc. is the owner of a membership interest in Fabrene, L.L.C. (the “ Company ”) subject to the terms of the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of December 29, 2007, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “ Limited Liability Company Agreement ”). The membership interest evidenced hereby shall be the interest in the Company appearing on Exhibit A to the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth thereon, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
This Certificate of Interest may be transferred by the lawful holders hereof only in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement.
THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Company has caused this Certificate to be issued to its member ______[Y]________, Inc. this day of, _______.
         
  FABRENE, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND FABRENE, L.L.C. MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS WILL RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER, OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH INTERESTS.
THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES AN INTEREST IN FABRENE, L.L.C. AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AS IN EFFECT IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE
No. 1
FABRENE, L.L.C.
A Limited Liability Company under the laws of the State of Delaware
Certificate of Interest
This certifies that Chicopee, Inc. is the owner of a membership interest in Fabrene, L.L.C. (the “ Company ”) subject to the terms of the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of December 29, 2007, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “ Limited Liability Company Agreement ”). The membership interest evidenced hereby shall be the interest in the Company appearing on Exhibit A to the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth thereon, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
This Certificate of Interest may be transferred by the lawful holders hereof only in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement.
THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Company has caused this Certificate to be issued to its member, Chicopee, Inc. this 29 th day of December, 2007.
         
  FABRENE, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

2


 

         
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
(print or type name of assignee)
the membership interest evidence by the within Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney to transfer the said interest on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated as of:
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
In presence of:
NOTICE: The signature to
this assignment must
correspond with the name as
written upon the face of the
Certificate in every
particular, without alteration
or enlargement, or any
change whatever.

3

         
Exhibit 3.9
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PGI EUROPE, INC.
      PGI EUROPE, INC. , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), Does Hereby Certify:
      First: The name of the Corporation is Pgi Europe, Inc.
      second : The date on which the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was August 19, 1999 under the name “PGI Europe, Inc.”
      third : The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, adopted resolutions amending its Certificate of Incorporation as follows:
     The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be amended by deleting Article Four in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
ARTICLE FOUR
     The total number of shares of stock which the corporation has authority to issue is 1,500 shares of Common Stock, with a par value of $.01 per share.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting equity securities of any class, series or other designation to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall (i) have no further force and effect beyond that required under Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) only have such force and effect for so long as such Section 1123(a)(6) is in effect and applies to the Corporation and (iii) be deemed void or eliminated if required under applicable law.”
      fourth : Thereafter pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, this Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 5 th day of December, 2005.
         
     
  By:   /s/ Mavis Gyamfi    
    Name:   Mavis Gyamfi   
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 

2

Exhibit 3.10
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
OF
PGI EUROPE, INC.
ARTICLE 1.
OFFICES AND REGISTERED AGENT
     Section 1.1. Principal Office . The Corporation shall maintain its Principal Office in the State of South Carolina, located at 4838 Jenkins Avenue, North Charleston, South Carolina 29405.
     Section 1.2. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 2711 Centreville Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of the corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc. The registered office and/or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE 2.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
     Section 2.1. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the Corporation’s Shareholders shall be held once each calendar year for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting. The annual meeting shall be held at the time and place designated by the Board of Directors from time to time. In the absence of any such designation, the annual meeting shall be held at the hour of ten o’clock in the morning on the second Tuesday of the third month following the Corporation’s fiscal year-end; but if that day shall be a legal holiday, then such annual meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.
     Section 2.2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Corporation’s Shareholders may be called for any one or more lawful purposes by the Corporation’s President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Board of Directors, or the written request describing the purpose for which the meeting is to be held filed by holders of record of not less than ten percent of the Corporation’s outstanding shares entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed special meeting. Special meetings of the Shareholders shall be held at the Corporation’s Registered Office at the time designated in the notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 2.3; provided, however, that such meetings called by a majority of the Board of Directors may be held at such places as the Board of Directors may determine.
     Section 2.3. Notice of Meetings, Waiver or Notice . Written or printed notice of all meetings of Shareholders shall be delivered not less than five (5) nor more than fifty (50) days before the meeting date, either personally or by registered or certified mail, to all Shareholders of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, the notice shall be deemed to be delivered


 

when deposited with postage thereon prepaid in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at the shareholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s records, or if a Shareholder shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices to him be mailed to some other address, then directed to him at that other address. The notice shall state the date, time, and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting was called. At the written request, delivered personally or by registered or certified mail, of the person or persons calling a special meeting of Shareholders, the President or Secretary of the Corporation shall fix the date and time of the meeting and provide notice thereof to the Shareholders as required above; provided, however, that the date of the meeting shall in no event be fixed less than five (5) or more than sixty (60) days from the date the request was received. If the notice of the meeting is not given within fifteen (15) days after the request is made to the President or Secretary, the person or persons calling the meeting may fix the date and time of the meeting and give or cause to be given the required notice. Notice of a meeting of Shareholders need not be given to any Shareholder who, in person or by proxy, signs a waiver of notice either before or after the meeting. To be effective the waiver shall contain recitals sufficient to identify beyond reasonable doubt the meeting to which it applies. Such recitals may, but need not necessarily, include reference to the date and purpose of the meeting and the business transacted thereat. Recital of the proper date of a meeting shall be conclusive identification of the meeting to which a waiver of notice applies unless the waiver contains additional recitals creating a patent ambiguity as to its proper application.
     Section 2.4. Quorum . Except as may otherwise be required by law or the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, at any meeting of Shareholders the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business properly before the meeting. Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group on a matter may take action at a meeting only if a quorum of the shares in the separate voting group are present in person or by proxy at the meeting. In the absence of a quorum a meeting may be adjourned from time to time, in accordance with the provisions concerning adjournments contained elsewhere in these Bylaws, by the holders of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting in person or in proxy. At such adjourned meeting a quorum of Shareholders may transact any business as might have been properly transacted at the original meeting.
     Section 2.5. Transaction of Business . Business transacted at an annual meeting of Shareholders may include all such business as may properly come before the meeting. Business transacted at a special meeting of Shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.
     Section 2.6. Shareholders of Record . For the purpose of determining Shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of Shareholders, or entitled to receive dividends or other distributions, or in connection with any other proper purpose requiring a determination of Shareholder’s, the Board of Directors shall by resolution fix a record date for such determination. The date shall be not more than fifty (50) and not less than five (5) days prior to the date on which the activity requiring the determination is to occur. The Shareholders of record appearing in the stock transfer books of the Corporation at the close of business on the record date so fixed shall constitute the Shareholders of right in respect of the activity in question. In the absence of

2


 

action by the Board of Directors to fix a record date, the record date shall be ten (10) days prior to the date on which the activity requiring a determination of Shareholders is to occur.
     Section 2.7. Voting . Except as may otherwise be required by law or the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, and subject to the provisions concerning Shareholders of record contained elsewhere in these Bylaws, a person (or his proxy) present at a meeting of Shareholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of voting stock as to which such person is the Shareholder of Record. For each meeting of Shareholders an odd number of persons may be appointed to serve as voting inspectors, either by the Board of Directors prior to the meeting or by the presiding officer at the meeting. The voting inspectors shall by majority decision resolve all disputes which may arise concerning the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies, the existence of a quorum, and the acceptance, rejection, and tabulation of votes.
     Section 2.8. Adjournments . A majority of the voting shares held by Shareholders of record present in person or by proxy at a meeting of Shareholders may adjourn a meeting from time to time to a date, time, and placed fixed by notice as provided for above or, if such date is less than thirty days from the date of adjournment, to a date, time, and place fixed by the majority and announced at the original meeting prior to adjournment.
     Section 2.9. Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action taken, shall be signed by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.
     Section 2.10. Proxies . At all meetings of Shareholders, a Shareholder may vote in person or by proxy executed in writing by the Shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution unless it qualifies as an irrevocable proxy under the Act.
     Section 2.11. Action . Approval of actions by Shareholders shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Act, except to the extent otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation.
     Section 2.12. Order of Business . The order of business at the annual meeting, and so far as practicable at all other meetings of Shareholders, shall be as follows:
  1.   Proof of notice of the meeting
  2.   Determination of a quorum
  3.   Reading and disposal of unapproved minutes
  4.   Reports of officers and committees
  5.   Election of directors
  6.   Unfinished business
  7.   New business
  8.   Adjournment

3


 

     Except with respect to a specific rule to the contrary in these Bylaws or the Act, Robert’s Rules of Order shall be used to resolve any procedural disputes that might arise in a Shareholders’ meeting.
ARTICLE 3.
DIRECTORS
     Section 3.1. Authority . Except as otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have ultimate authority over the conduct and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.
     Section 3.2. Number . The Corporation shall have two (2) Directors.
     Section 3.3. Tenure . Each Director shall hold office from the date of his election and qualification until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier removal, resignation, death, or incapacity. An election of all Directors by the Shareholders shall be held at each annual meeting of the Corporation’s Shareholders. A Director need not be a Shareholder. Cumulative voting shall be allowed, as provided in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.
     Section 3.4. Removal . Any Director may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation’s voting stock. Any Director may be removed from office with cause by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at a meeting at which only the removal and replacement of the Director or Directors in question shall be considered.
     Section 3.5. Vacancies . The Shareholders shall elect a new Director to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors in the same manner and subject to the same restrictions and voting rights as apply to the election of the Director whose removal, resignation, death, or newly created directorship created the vacancy.
     Section 3.6. Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without notice other than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of Shareholders. The Board of Directors may by resolution provide for the holding of additional regular meetings without notice other than such resolution; provided, however, the resolution shall fix the date, time, and place (which may be anywhere within or without the State of the Corporation’s Principal Office) for these regular meetings.
     Section 3.7. Special Meetings; Notice of Special Meeting . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called for any lawful purpose or purposes by any Director or the President of the Corporation. The person calling a special meeting shall give, or cause to be given, to each Director at his business address, notice of the date, time and place of the meeting by any normal means of communication not less than twenty-four (24) hours nor more than sixty (60) days prior thereto. The notices may, but need not, describe the purpose of the meeting. If mailed, the notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail at the Director’s business address, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice is given by telegram, the

4


 

notice shall be deemed delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. Any time or place fixed for a special meeting must permit participation in the meeting by means of telecommunications as authorized below.
     Section 3.8. Waiver of Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of a special meeting need not be given to any Director who signs a waiver of notice either before or after the meeting. To be effective the waiver shall contain recitals sufficient to identify beyond reasonable doubt the meeting to which it applies. The recitals may, but need not necessarily, include reference to the date and purpose of the meeting and the business transacted thereat. Recital of the proper date of a meeting shall be conclusive identification of the meeting to which a waiver of notice applies unless the waiver contains additional recitals creating a patent ambiguity as to its proper application. The attendance of a Director at a special Directors meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except where the Director attends the meeting for the sole and express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 3.9. Participation by Telecommunications . Any Director may participate in, and be regarded as present at, any meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or any other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.
     Section 3.10. Quorum . A majority of Directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.11. Action . The Board of Directors shall take action pursuant to resolutions adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors participating in a meeting at which a quorum is present, or the affirmative vote of a greater number of Directors where required by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or otherwise by law.
     Section 3.12. Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors at an annual, regular, or special meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action taken, shall be signed by all of the Directors.
     Section 3.13. Presumption of Assent . A Director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting, or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward his dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. The right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.
     Section 3.14. Committees . The Board of Directors may by resolution designate and delegate authority to an Executive Committee and other committees with such authority as may be permitted by the Act. Special meetings of any committee may be called at any time by any Director who is a member of the committee or by any person entitled to call a special meeting of the full Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the section, the conduct of all

5


 

meetings of any committee, including notice thereof, shall be governed by Sections 3.6 through 3.13 of this Article.
     Section 3.15. Order of Business . The order of business at all meetings of the Board of Directors shall be:
  1.   Determination of a quorum
  2.   Reading and disposal of all unapproved minutes
  3.   Reports of officers and committees
  4.   Unfinished business
  5.   New business
  6.   Adjournment
     Except with respect to a specific rule to the contrary in these Bylaws or the Act, Roberts Rules of Order shall be used to resolve any procedural dispute that might arise in a Board of Directors’ meeting.
ARTICLE 4.
OFFICERS
     Section 4.1. In General . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and such additional vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers and other officers and agents as the Board of Directors deems advisable from time to time. All officers shall be appointed by the Board of Directors to serve at its pleasure. Except as may otherwise be provided by law or in the Articles of Incorporation, any officer may be removed by the Board of Directors at any time, with or without cause. Any vacancy, however occurring, in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired term. One person may hold two or more offices. Each officer shall exercise the authority and perform the duties as may be set forth in these Bylaws and any additional authority and duties as the Board of Directors shall determine from time to time.
     Section 4.2. President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the authority of the Board of Directors, shall manage the business and affairs of the Corporation. The President shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall see that the resolutions of the Board of Directors are put into effect. The President shall have full authority to execute on the Corporation’s behalf any and all contracts, agreements, notes, bonds, deeds, mortgages, certificates, instruments, and other documents except as may be specifically limited by resolution of the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.3. Vice President . The Vice President shall serve under the direction of the President. In the absence, incapacity, or inability or refusal of the President to act, the Vice President shall assume the authority and perform the duties of the President. If the Board of Directors appoints more than one Vice President, the seniority of the Vice Presidents shall be determined from their dates of appointment unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise specify.

6


 

     Section 4.4. Secretary . Except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws or determined by the Board of Directors, the Secretary shall serve under the direction of the President. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Directors and record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices in connection with such meetings. The Secretary shall be the custodian of the Corporate seal and affix the seal to any document requiring it.
     Section 4.5. Treasurer . Except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws or determined by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall serve under the direction of the President. The Treasurer shall, under the direction of the President, keep safe custody of the Corporation’s funds and maintain complete and accurate books and records of account. The Treasurer shall upon request report to the Board of Directors on the financial condition of the Corporation.
     Section 4.6. Assistant Officers . Except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws or determined by the Board of Directors, the Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall serve under the immediate direction of the Secretary and the Treasurer, respectively, and under the ultimate direction of the President. The Assistant Officers shall assume the authority and perform the duties of their respective immediate superior officer as may be necessary in the absence, incapacity, or inability or refusal of such immediate superior officer to act. The seniority of Assistant Officers shall be determined from their dates of appointment unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise specify.
ARTICLE 5.
INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 5.1. Scope . Every person who was or is a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or a person of whom he is the legal representative is or was a Director or Officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or for its benefit as a director or officer of another corporation, or as its representative in a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless to the fullest extent legally permissible under and pursuant to the Act, against all expenses, liabilities, and losses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by him in connection therewith. Such right of indemnification shall be a contract right that may be enforced in any manner desired by such person. Such right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other right which such Directors, Officers, or representatives may have or hereafter acquire and, without limiting the generality of such statement, they shall be entitled to their respective rights of indemnification under any bylaw, agreement, vote of Shareholders, insurance, provision of law, or otherwise, as well as their rights tinder this Article.
     Section 5.2. Indemnification Plan . The Board of Directors may from time to time adopt an Indemnification Plan implementing the rights granted in Section 5.1. This indemnification Plan shall set forth in detail the mechanics of how the indemnification rights granted in Section 5.1 shall be exercised.

7


 

     Section 5.3. Insurance . The Board of Directors may cause the Corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director or Officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director or Officer of another corporation, or as its representative in a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred in any such capacity or arising out of such status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person.
ARTICLE 6.
CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS
     Section 6.1. Contracts . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
     Section 6.2. Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
     Section 6.3. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name.
     Section 6.4. Inspection of Records by Shareholders . A shareholder is entitled to inspect and copy, during regular business hours at the Corporation’s principal office, any of the following records of the Corporation, if he gives the Corporation written notice of his demand at least five (5) business days before the date on which he wishes to inspect and copy:
  (1)   its Articles of Incorporation or Restated Articles of Incorporation and all amendments to them currently in effect;
  (2)   its Bylaws or restated Bylaws and all amendments to them currently in effect;
  (3)   resolutions adopted by its Board of Directors creating one or more classes or series of shares, and fixing their relative rights, preferences, and limitations, if shares issued pursuant to those resolutions are outstanding;
  (4)   the minutes of all Shareholders’ meetings, and records of all action taken by Shareholders without a meeting, for the past three years;
  (5)   all written communications to Shareholders, generally, within the past three years, including the financial statements furnished for the past three years;
  (6)   a list of the names and business addresses of its current Directors and Officers;

8


 

  (7)   its most recent Annual Report delivered to the Secretary of State; and
  (8)   all contracts or other written agreements between the Corporation and any of its Shareholders and all contracts or other written agreements between two or more of the Shareholders.
     A Shareholder is entitled to inspect and copy, during regular business hours at a reasonable location specified by the Corporation, any of the following records of the corporation if the Shareholder gives the Corporation written notice of his demand at least five (5) business days before the date on which he wishes to inspect and copy, and his demand is made in good faith and for a proper purpose; he describes with reasonable particularity his purpose and the records he desires to inspect; and the records are directly connected with his purpose:
  (1)   excerpts from minutes of any meeting of the Board of Directors, records of any action of a committee of the Board of Directors while acting in place of the Board of Directors on behalf of the Corporation, minutes of any meeting of the Shareholders, and records of action taken by the Shareholders or Board of Directors without a meeting, to the extent not otherwise subject to inspection under this section of the Bylaws;
  (2)   account records of the Corporation; and
  (3)   the record of Shareholders.
     A Shareholder’s agent or attorney has the same inspection and copying rights as the shareholder he represents. The right to copy records under this section includes, if reasonable, the right to receive copies made by photographic, xerographic, or other means. The Corporation may impose a reasonable charge, covering the costs of labor and material, for copies of any documents provided to the shareholder. The charge may not exceed the estimated cost of production or reproduction of the records.

9

Exhibit 3.11
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
POLYMER GROUP INC.
* * * * * * *
Adopted in accordance with the
provisions of 5242 of the General
Corporation Lew of the
State of Delaware
     James G. Boyd and Charlotte Crosby, being the Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Polymer Group, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by Virtue of the General Corporation Lev of the State of Delaware (the ‘Corporation”), DO MERSEY mum as follows:
      FIRST : The Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted the resolution set forth below proposing the amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amendment”) and directed that the Amendment be submitted to the holders of the issued and Outstanding shares of Common stock of the Corporation entitled to Vote thereon for its consideration and approval:
     RESOLVED, that the board of directors of the Corporation deem it advisable and in its best interest to amend its Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation by deleting ARTICLE ONE in its entirety and inserting in its place a new ARTICLE ONE to read as follows:
ARTICLE ONE
     The name of the corporation is PGI Polymer, Inc.

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
ARTICLE ONE
     The name of the corporation is Polymer Group, Inc.
ARTICLE TWO
     The address of the corporation’s registered Office in the State of Delaware is 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of Dover, County of Kent 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
ARTICLE THREE
     The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE FOUR
     The total number of shares of stock which the corporation has authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, with a par value of $.01 per share.
ARTICLE FIVE
     
NAME   MAILING ADDRESS
Marci Shaffer
  200 East Randolph Drive
 
  Suite 5700
 
  Chicago, Illinois 60601
ARTICLE SIX
     The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 


 

ARTICLE SEVEN
     In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.
ARTICLE EIGHT
     Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws of the corporation may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation so provide.
ARTICLE NINE
     To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE NINE shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE TEN
     The corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE ELEVEN
     The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
     I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly have hereunto at my hand on the 29th day of September, 1992.
         
     
  /s/    
  Marci Shaffer, Sole Incorporator   
     

2


 

         
CERTIFICATE OP RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
     Jerry Zucker and James G. Boyd, being the duly elected President and Secretary, respectively, of Polymer Group, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), do hereby certify as follows:
     1. That the Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 29, 1992 (the “Certificate”).
     2. That the board of directors of the Corporation, pursuant to unanimous written consent, adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend, integrate and restate the Corporation’s certificate in its entirety in accordance with Sections 141(f), 241 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to read as set forth is Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Restated Certificate”).
     3. The Corporation has not received any payment for its stock.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the President and Secretary hereinabove named, for the purpose of amending and restating the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under penalties of perjury do each hereby declare and certify that this is the act and deed of the Corporation and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly have hereunto signed this Certificate of Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 21st day of October, 1992.
         
     
  By:   /s/    
    Jerry Zucker, President   
       
 
ATTEST:
   
By:   /s/    
  James G. Boyd, Secretary   
     
 

 


 

EXHIBIT A
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
ARTICLE ONE
     The name of the corporation is Polymer Group, Inc.
ARTICLE TWO
     The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of Dover, County of Kent 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
ARTICLE THREE
     The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE FOUR
A. AUTHORIZED SHARES
     The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 2,420,000 shares, consisting of:
     (1) 400,000 shares of 8% Senior Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class A Preferred”);
     (2) 20,000 shares of 8% Junior Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class B Preferred”); and
     (3) 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”).

 


 

B. PREFERRED STOCK
I. Terms Applicable to Both Class A Preferred and Class B Preferred .
     Section 1. Dividends .
     1A. General Obligation . When and as declared by the Corporation’s board of directors and to the extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the Corporation shall pay preferential dividends to the holders of the Preferred Stock as provided in this Section 1. Except as otherwise provided herein, dividends on each share of the Preferred Stock (a “Share”) shall accrue on a daily basis at the rate of 8% per annum of the sum of the Liquidation Value thereof plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, from and including the date of issuance of such Share to and including the date on which the Liquidation Value of such Share (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) is paid or in the case of Class B Preferred the date on which such Share is converted into shares of Conversion Stock hereunder. Such dividends shall accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends. The date on which the Corporation initially issues any Share shall be deemed to be its “date of issuance” regardless of the number of times transfer of such Share is made on the stock records maintained by or for the Corporation and regardless of the number of certificates which may be issued to evidence such Share.
     1B. Dividend Reference Dates . To the extent not paid on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year, beginning January 1, 1993 (the “Dividend Reference Dates”), all dividends which have accrued on each Share outstanding during the three-month period (or other period in the case of the initial Dividend Reference Date) ending upon each such Dividend Reference Date shall be accumulated and shall remain accumulated dividends with respect to such Share until paid.
     1C. Distribution of Partial Dividend Payments . Except as otherwise provided herein, if at any time the Corporation pays less than the total amount of dividends then accrued with respect to any class of Preferred Stock, such payment shall be distributed ratably among the holders of such class based upon the number of Shares of such class held by each such holder.
     Section 2. Liquidation . Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Junior Securities, an amount in cash equal to the aggregate Liquidation Value (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends) of all Shares held by such holder, and the holders of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payment. Prior to the time of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation shall declare for payment all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to the Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall mail written notice of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, not less than 60 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each record holder of Preferred Stock. Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation into or with any other entity or entities, nor the sale or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets, nor the reduction of the capital stock of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 2.

2


 

     Section 3. Priority of Preferred Stock . So long as any Preferred Stock remains outstanding, neither the Corporation nor any Subsidiary shall redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly any Junior Securities, nor shall the Corporation directly or indirectly pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution upon any Junior Securities; provided that the Corporation may purchase shares of Common Stock from present or former employees of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of the Management Agreements so long as no Event of Noncompliance is in existence at the time of or immediately after such purchase.
     Section 4. Redemptions .
     4A. Redemption Payment . For each Share which is to be redeemed, the Corporation shall be obligated on the Redemption Date to pay to the holder thereof (upon surrender by such holder at the Corporation’s principal office of the certificate representing such Share) an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Liquidation Value of such Share (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). If-the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of Shares on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of Shares to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number of Shares ratably among the holders of the Shares to be redeemed based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value of such Shares (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) held by each such holder. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of Shares, such funds shall immediately be used to redeem the balance of the Shares which the Corporation has become obligated to redeem on any Redemption Date but which it has not redeemed. Prior to the time of any redemption of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall declare for payment all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to the Shares which are to be redeemed.
     4B. Notice of Redemption . The Corporation shall mail written notice of each redemption of any class of Preferred Stock (other than a redemption at the request of a holder or holders of such class of Preferred Stock) to each record holder of such class not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the date on which such redemption is to be made. Upon mailing any notice of redemption which relates to a redemption at the Corporation’s option, the Corporation shall become obligated to redeem the total number of Shares specified in such notice at the time of redemption specified therein. In case fewer than the total number of Shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the number of unredeemed Shares shall be issued to the holder thereof without cost to such holder within three business days after surrender of the certificate representing the redeemed Shares.
     4C. Determination of the Number of Each Holder’s Shares to be Redeemed . The number of Shares of a particular class of Preferred Stock to be redeemed from each holder thereof in redemptions hereunder shall be the number of Shares determined by multiplying the total number of Shares of such class to be redeemed times a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of Shares of such class then held by such holder and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Shares of such class then outstanding.
     4D. Dividends After Redemption Date . No Share is entitled to any dividends accruing after the date on which the Liquidation Value of such share (plus all accrued and unpaid

3


 

dividends thereon) is paid to the holder thereof. On such date all rights of the holder of such Share shall cease, and such Share shall not be deemed to be outstanding.
     4E. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any Shares which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall be cancelled and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.
     4F. Other Redemptions or Acquisitions . Neither the Corporation nor any Subsidiary shall redeem or otherwise acquire any Preferred Stock, except as expressly authorized herein or pursuant to a purchase offer made pro-rata to all holders of a particular class of Preferred Stock on the basis of the number of Shares of such class owned by each such holder.
     4G. Special Redemptions .
     (i) If a Change in Ownership has occurred or the Corporation obtains knowledge that a Change in Ownership is to occur, the Corporation shall give prompt written notice of such Change in Ownership describing in reasonable detail the definitive terms and date of consummation thereof to each holder of Preferred Stock, but in any event such notice shall not be given later than five days after the occurrence of such Change in Ownership. The holder or holders of a majority of each class of the Preferred Stock then outstanding may require the Corporation to redeem all or any portion of the Preferred Stock owned by such holder or holders at a price per Share equal to the Liquidation Value thereof (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) by giving written notice to the Corporation of such election prior to the later of (a) 21 days after receipt of the Corporation’s notice and (b) five days prior to the consummation of the Change in Ownership (the “Expiration Date”). The Corporation shall give prompt written notice of any such election to all other holders of Preferred Stock within five days after the receipt thereof, and each such holder shall have until the later of (a) the Expiration Date or (b) ten days after receipt of such second notice to request redemption (by giving written notice to the Corporation) of all or any portion of the Preferred Stock owned by such holder. Upon receipt of such election(s), the Corporation shall be obligated to redeem the aggregate number of Shares specified therein on the later of (a) the occurrence of the Change in Ownership or (b) five days after the Corporation’s receipt of such election(s). If in any case a proposed Change in Ownership does not occur, all requests for redemption in connection therewith shall be automatically rescinded. The term “Change in Ownership” means any sale or issuance or series of sales and/or issuances of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock by the Corporation or any holders thereof which results in any Person or group of affiliated Persons (other than the owners of Common Stock or Class B Preferred as of the date of the Purchase Agreement) owning capital stock of the Corporation possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances)-to elect a majority of the Corporation’s board of directors. All Persons holding Executive Stock (as such term is defined in the Management Agreements) shall be deemed to be one Person for purposes of determining a “Change in Ownership” under this paragraph.
     (ii) If a Fundamental Change is proposed to occur, the Corporation shall give written notice of such Fundamental Change describing in reasonable detail the definitive terms and date of consummation thereof to each holder of Preferred Stock not more than 45 days nor less than 20 days prior to the consummation thereof. The holder or holders of a majority of each class of the Preferred Stock then outstanding may require the Corporation to redeem all or any

4


 

portion of the Preferred Stock owned by such holder or holders at a price per Share equal to the Liquidation Value thereof (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) by giving written notice to the Corporation of such election prior to the later of (a) ten days prior to the consummation of the Fundamental Change or (b) ten days after receipt of notice from the Corporation. The Corporation shall give prompt written notice of such election to all other holders of Preferred Stock (but in any event within five days prior to the consummation of the Fundamental Change), and each such holder shall have until two days after the receipt of such notice to request redemption (by written notice given to the Corporation) of all or any portion of the Preferred Stock owned by such holder. Upon receipt of such election(s), the Corporation shall be obligated to redeem the aggregate number of Shares specified therein upon the consummation of such Fundamental Change. If any proposed Fundamental Change does not occur, all requests for redemption in connection therewith shall be automatically rescinded. The term “Fundamental Change” means (a) a sale or transfer of more than 30% of the assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (measured by either book value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied or fair market value determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Corporation’s board of directors) in any transaction or series of transactions (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) and (b) any merger or consolidation to which the Corporation is a party, except for a merger in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation and, after giving effect to such merger, the holders of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock possessing a majority of the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the Corporation’s board of directors immediately prior to the merger shall own the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the Corporation’s board of directors.
     (iii) Redemptions made pursuant to this paragraph 4G shall not relieve the Corporation of its obligation to redeem Class A Preferred pursuant to Subdivision III hereof.
     (iv) The Corporation may redeem Shares of Class B Preferred pursuant to this paragraph 4G only after all Shares of Class A Preferred for which requests for redemption have been made hereunder have been redeemed in full.
     Section 5. Events of Noncompliance .
     5A. Definition . An Event of Noncompliance shall be deemed to have occurred if:
     (i) the Corporation fails to pay on any Dividend Reference Date the full amount of dividends then accrued on the Preferred Stock, whether or not such payment is legally permissible, except if the Bank Agreement prevents FiberTech from distributing funds sufficient (together with funds available from the Corporation’s other Subsidiaries) to make such payment;
     (ii) the Corporation fails to make any redemption payment with respect to the Preferred Stock which it is obligated to make hereunder, whether or not such payment is legally permissible, except if the Bank Agreement prevents FiberTech from distributing funds sufficient (together with funds available from the Corporation’s other Subsidiaries) to make such payment;

5


 

     (iii) a Termination Event (as defined in the Management Agreements) occurs; or
     (iv) any representation or warranty contained in the Purchase Agreement or required to be furnished to any holder of Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, or any information contained in writing required to be furnished by the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any holder of Preferred Stock, is false or misleading in any material respect on the date made or furnished, which has a material adverse effect on the Company’s property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects, or liabilities.
     5B. Consequences of Certain Events of Noncompliance .
     (i) If any Event of Noncompliance has occurred, the holder or holders of a majority of each class of the Preferred Stock then outstanding may demand (by written notice delivered to the Corporation) immediate redemption of all or any portion of the Preferred Stock owned by such holder or holders at a price per Share equal to the Liquidation Value thereof (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. The Corporation shall give prompt written notice of such election to the other holders of Preferred Stock (but in any event within five days after receipt of the initial demand for redemption), and each such other holder may demand immediate redemption of all or any portion of such holder’s Preferred Stock by giving written notice thereof to the Corporation within seven days after receipt of the Corporation’s notice. The Corporation shall redeem all Preferred Stock as to which rights under this paragraph have been exercised within 15 days after receipt of the initial demand for redemption; provided that if holders of both Class A Preferred and Class B Preferred have exercised their rights to demand redemption hereunder, the Corporation shall not redeem any Class B Preferred unless all of the Class A Preferred with respect to which such redemption rights have been exercised has been redeemed.
     (ii) If any Event of Noncompliance has occurred, the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will, at the request of the holders of a majority of each class of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, be increased by one member, and the holders of Preferred Stock will have the special right, voting separately as a single class (with each Share being entitled to one vote) and to the exclusion of all other classes of the Corporation’s stock, to elect an individual to fill such newly created directorship, to fill any vacancy of such directorship and to remove any individual elected to such directorship. The newly created directorship will constitute a separate class of directors, and the director elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock will be entitled to cast a number of votes on each matter considered by the board of directors (including for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum) equal to the sum of the number of votes entitled to be cast by all of the other directors plus one. The special right of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect a member of the board of directors may be exercised at the special meeting called pursuant to this subparagraph (ii), at any annual or other special meeting of stockholders and, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, pursuant to a written consent in lieu of a stockholders meeting. Such special right shall continue until such time as there is no longer any Event of Noncompliance in existence at which time such special right shall terminate subject to investing upon the occurrence and continuation of any Event of Noncompliance which gives rise to such special right hereunder.

6


 

     At any time when such special right has vested in the holders of Preferred Stock, a proper officer of the Corporation shall, upon the written request of the holders of at least 25% of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, addressed to the secretary of the Corporation, call a special meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock for the purpose of electing a director pursuant to this subparagraph. Such meeting shall be held at the earliest legally permissible date at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place designated by the holders of at least 10% of the Preferred Stock then outstanding. If such meeting has not been called by a proper officer of the Corporation within 10 days after personal service of such written request upon the secretary of the Corporation or within 20 days after mailing the same to the secretary of the Corporation at its principal office, then the holders of at least 25% of the Preferred Stock then outstanding may designate in writing one of their number to call such meeting at the expense of the Corporation, and such meeting may be called by such Person so designated upon the notice required for annual meetings of stockholders and shall be held at the Corporation’s principal office, or at such other place designated by the holders of at least 25% of the Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any holder of Preferred Stock so designated shall be given access to the stock record books of the Corporation for the purpose of causing a meeting of stockholders to be called pursuant to this paragraph.
     At any meeting or at any adjournment thereof at which the holders of Preferred Stock have the special right to elect directors, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be required to constitute a quorum for the election or removal of any director by the holders of the Preferred Stock exercising such special right. The vote of a majority of such quorum shall be required to elect or remove any such director.
     Any director so elected by the holders of Preferred Stock shall continue to serve as a director until the expiration of the lesser of (a) a period of six months following the date on which there is no longer any Event of Noncompliance in existence or (b) the remaining period of the full term for which such director has been elected. After the expiration of such six-month period or when the full term for which such director has been elected ceases (provided that the special right to elect directors has terminated), as the case may be, the number of directors constituting the board of directors of the Corporation shall decrease to such number as constituted the whole board of directors of the Corporation immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event or Events of Noncompliance giving rise to the special right to elect directors.
     (iii) If any Event of Noncompliance exists, each holder of Preferred Stock shall also have any other rights which such holder is entitled to under any contract or agreement at any time and any other rights which such holder may have pursuant to applicable law.
II. Priority of Class A Preferred over Class B Preferred.
     Section 1. Priority in Liquidation.
     Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, if the assets of the Corporation to be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the aggregate amount which they are entitled to be paid, then the assets of the Corporation to be distributed to such holders shall be distributed (i) first, to the

7


 

holders of Class A Preferred, until such holders have been paid the aggregate amount which they are entitled to be paid, or, if the assets to be distributed are insufficient for such purpose, the entire assets to be distributed shall be distributed ratably among such holders based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends) of the Class A Preferred held by each such holder, and (ii) second, the balance (if any) shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Class B Preferred based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends) of the Class B Preferred held by each such holder.
     Section 2. Priority on Dividends. Redemptions. etc .
     So long as any Class A Preferred remains outstanding, neither the Corporation nor any Subsidiary shall redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any Class B Preferred, nor shall the Corporation declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution upon any Class B Preferred, if immediately after such redemption, purchase, acquisition, dividend or distribution any Event of Noncompliance of the type described in subparagraph 5A(i) or (ii) would exist with respect to the Class A Preferred.
III. Terms Applicable Only to Class A Preferred. Section 1. Redemptions .
     1A. Optional Redemptions . The Corporation may at any time redeem all or any portion of the Class A Preferred then outstanding. On any such redemption, the Corporation shall pay a price per Share equal to the Liquidation Value thereof plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. No redemption pursuant to this paragraph may be made for less than 1000 Shares (or such lesser number of Shares then outstanding), and redemptions made pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Corporation of its obligation to redeem Shares on the Scheduled Redemption Dates.
     1B. Redemption After Public Offering . The Corporation shall, at the request (by written notice given to the Corporation) of the holders of the Class A Preferred, apply at least 80% of the net cash proceeds from any Public Offering remaining after deduction of all discounts, underwriters’ commissions and other reasonable expenses, and application in accordance with Section 2.10(c) of the Bank Agreement, to redeem Shares of Class A Preferred at a price per Share equal to the Liquidation Value thereof (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). Such redemption shall take place on a date fixed by the Corporation, which date shall be not more than five days after the Corporation’s receipt of such proceeds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Corporation shall furnish to the holders requesting redemption pursuant to this paragraph 113 a certificate signed by the President of the Corporation stating that in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Corporation such redemption would not be in the best interests of the Corporation, the Corporation shall not be required to effect such redemption.
     Section 2. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein and as otherwise required by law, the Class A Preferred shall have no voting rights; provided that each holder of Class A Preferred shall be entitled to notice of all stockholders meetings at the same time and in the same manner as notice is given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting.

8


 

IV. Terms Applicable Only to Class B Preferred.
     Section 1. Conversion.
     1A. Conversion Procedure.
     (i) Upon the occurrence (or the expected occurrence as described in (iii) below) of any Conversion Event (as defined in paragraph (ii) below), each holder of Class B Preferred shall be entitled to convert all or any portion of the Class B Preferred (including any fraction of a Share) held by such holder into a number of shares of Conversion Stock computed by multiplying the number of Shares to be converted by $100 and dividing the result by the Conversion Price then in effect; provided that all of such shares of Conversion Stock are (or are expected to be) distributed, disposed of or sold in connection with such Conversion Event.
     (ii) For purposes of this paragraph 1A, a “Conversion Event” shall mean (a) the occurrence of an Event of Noncompliance, (b) an exchange by Golder, Thoma, Cressey Fund III Limited Partnership of its partnership interest in ZBG Partners, a Delaware general partnership, for securities of the Corporation pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Partnership Agreement, (c) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (d) any public offering or public sale of securities of the Corporation (including a public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and a public sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar rule then in force), (e) any sale of securities of the Corporation to a person or group of persons (within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)) if, after such sale, such person or group of persons in the aggregate would own or control securities of the Corporation which possess in the aggregate the ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Corporation’s directors, and (f) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Corporation if, after such transaction, a person or group of persons (within the meaning of the 1934 Act) in the aggregate would own or control securities which possess in the aggregate the ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the surviving corporation’s directors.
     (iii) Each holder of Class B Preferred shall be entitled to convert Shares of Class B Preferred in connection with any Conversion Event if such holder reasonably believes that such Conversion Event shall be consummated, and a written request for conversion from any holder of Class B Preferred to the Corporation stating such holder’s reasonable belief that a Conversion Event shall occur shall be conclusive and shall obligate the Corporation to effect such conversion in a timely manner so as to enable each such holder to participate in such Conversion Event. The Corporation shall not cancel the shares of Class B Preferred so converted before the tenth day following such Conversion Event and shall reserve such shares until such tenth day for reissuance in compliance with the next sentence. If any shares of Class B Preferred are converted into shares of Conversion Stock in connection with a Conversion Event and such shares of Conversion Stock are not actually distributed, disposed of or sold pursuant to such Conversion Event, such shares of Conversion Stock shall be promptly converted back into the same number of shares of Class B Preferred.
     (iv) Except as otherwise provided, herein, each conversion of Class B Preferred shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date on which

9


 

the certificate or certificates representing the Class B Preferred to be converted have been surrendered at the principal office of the Corporation. At such time as such conversion has been effected, the rights of the holder of such Class B Preferred as such holder shall cease and the Person or Persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of conversion Stock are to be issued upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares of Conversion Stock represented thereby.
     (v) The conversion rights of any Share subject to redemption hereunder shall terminate on the Redemption Date for such Share unless the Corporation has failed to pay to the holder thereof the Liquidation Value thereof (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon).
     (vi) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a conversion of Class B Preferred is to be made in connection with a Public Offering, the conversion of any Shares of Class 13 Preferred may, at the election of the holder of such Shares, be conditioned upon the consummation of the Public Offering in which case such conversion shall not be deemed to be effective until the consummation of the Public Offering.
     (vii) As soon as possible after a conversion has been effected (but in any event within five business days in the case of subparagraph (a) below), the Corporation shall deliver to the converting holder:
     (a) a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Conversion Stock issuable by reason of such conversion in such name or names and such denomination or denominations as the converting holder has specified;
     (b) payment in an amount equal to all accrued dividends with respect to each Share converted, which have not been paid prior thereto, plus the amount payable under subparagraph (ix) below with respect to such conversion; and
     (c) a certificate representing any Shares of Class B Preferred which were represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the Corporation in connection with such conversion but which were not converted.
     (viii) If the Corporation is not permitted under applicable law to pay any portion of the accrued dividends on the Class B Preferred being converted, the Corporation shall pay such dividends to the converting holder as soon thereafter as funds of the Corporation are legally available for such payment. At the request of any such converting holder, the Corporation shall provide such holder with written evidence of its obligation to such holder.
     (ix) The issuance of certificates for shares of Conversion Stock upon conversion of Class B Preferred shall be made without charge to the holders of such Class B Preferred for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion and the ‘related issuance of shares of Conversion Stock. Upon conversion of each Share of Class B Preferred, the Corporation shall take all such actions as are necessary in order to insure that the Conversion Stock issuable with respect to such conversion shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

10


 

     (x) The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of Class B Preferred or of Conversion Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Class B Preferred in any manner which interferes with the timely conversion of Class B Preferred. The Corporation shall assist and cooperate with any holder of Shares required to make any governmental filings or obtain any governmental approval prior to or in connection with any conversion of Shares hereunder (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by the Corporation).
     (xi) If any fractional interest in a share of Conversion Stock would, except for the provisions of this subparagraph (ix), be deliverable upon any conversion of the Class B Preferred, the Corporation, in lieu of delivering the fractional share therefor, shall pay an amount to the holder thereof equal to the Market Price of such fractional interest as of the date of conversion.
     (xii) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Class B Preferred, such number of shares of Conversion Stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Class B Preferred. All shares of Conversion Stock which are so issuable shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges. The Corporation shall take all such actions as may be necessary to assure that all such shares of Conversion Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which shares of Conversion Stock may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Corporation upon each such issuance).
     1B. Conversion Price .
     (i) The initial Conversion Price shall be $1.00. In order to prevent dilution of the conversion rights granted under this subdivision, the Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to this Section 1.
     (ii) If and whenever on or after the original date of issuance of the Class B Preferred the Corporation issues or sells, or in accordance with paragraph 1C is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of its Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then forthwith upon such issue or sale the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Conversion Price determined by dividing (a) the sum of (1) the product derived by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale times the number of shares of Common Stock Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (2) the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation upon such issue or sale, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock Deemed Outstanding immediately after such issue or sale. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article Four, there shall be no adjustment in the Conversion Price for any shares issued (x) to shareholders of Fabrene Inc., an Ontario corporation (“Fabrene”) in exchange for the Fabrene securities held by such shareholders, (y) in connection with the issuance of shares pursuant to Section 6 of the Purchase Agreement or (z) pursuant to the Management Agreements.

11


 

     1C. Effect on Conversion price of Certain Events . For purposes of determining the adjusted Conversion Price under paragraph 1B, the following shall be applicable:
     (i)  Issuance of Rights or Options . If the Corporation in any manner grants any rights or options to subscribe for or to purchase Common Stock or any stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such rights or options being herein called “Options” and such convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being herein called “Convertible Securities”) and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting of such Options then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation at the time of the granting of such Options for such price per share. For purposes of this paragraph, the “price per share for which Common Stock is issuable” shall be determined by dividing (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of all such Options, plus in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange thereof, by (8) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when Convertible Securities are actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or when Common Stock is actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
     (ii)  Issuance of Convertible Securities . If the Corporation in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation at the time of the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities for such price per share. For the purposes of this paragraph, the “price per share for which Common Stock is issuable” shall be determined by dividing (A) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when Common Stock is actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options for which adjustments of the Conversion Price had been or are to be made pursuant to other provisions of this Section 1, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

12


 

     (iii)  Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate . If the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in subparagraph 1C(i), the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraph 1C(i) or (ii), or the rate at which any Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraph 1C(i) or (ii) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, shall change at any time (other than under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution of the type set forth in this paragraph 1C or paragraph 1D), the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such change shall forthwith the adjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Option or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold. If the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in subparagraph 1C(i), or the rate at which any Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraph 1C(i) or (ii) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, shall be reduced at any time under or by reason of provisions which respect thereto designed to protect against dilution of the type set forth in this paragraph 1C or paragraph 1D, then in case of the delivery of Common Stock upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Security, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be adjusted to such respective amount as would have been obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued as to such Common Stock and had adjustments been made upon the issuance of the shares of Common Stock delivered as aforesaid, but only if as a result of such adjustment the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder would be reduced.
     (iv)  Treatment of Expired Options and Unexercised Convertible Securities . Upon the expiration of any Option or the termination of any right to convert or exchange any Convertible Security without the exercise of any such Option or right, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall be adjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had such Option or Convertible Security, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued; provided that if such expiration or termination would result in an increase in the Conversion Price then in effect, such increase shall not be effective until 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to all holders of the Class B Preferred.
     (v)  Calculation of Consideration Received . If any Common Stock, Option or Convertible Security is issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the net amount received by the Corporation therefor. In case any Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be the fair value of such consideration, except where such consideration consists of securities, in which case the amount of consideration received by the Corporation shall be the Market Price thereof as of the date of receipt. If any Common Stock, Option or Convertible Security is issued to the owners of the non-surviving entity in connection with any merger in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, the amount of consideration therefor shall be deemed to be the fair value of such portion of the net assets and business of the non-surviving entity as is attributable to such Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be. The fair value of any consideration other than cash and securities shall be determined jointly by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B Preferred. If such parties are unable to reach agreement within a reasonable period of time, the

13


 

fair value of such consideration shall be determined by an independent appraiser experienced in valuing such type of consideration jointly selected by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B Preferred. The determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon the parties, and the fees and expenses of such appraiser shall be borne by the Corporation.
     (vi)  Integrated Transactions . In case any Option is issued in connection with the issue or sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integrated transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Option by the parties thereto, the Option shall be deemed to have been issued for a consideration of $.01.
     (vii)  Treasury Shares . The number of shares of. Common Stock outstanding at any given time does not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, and the disposition of any shares so owned or held shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock.
     (viii)  Record Date . If the Corporation takes a record of the holders of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (a) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or in Convertible Securities or (b) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or upon the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.
     1D. Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock . If the Corporation at any time subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and if the Corporation at any time combines (by reverse stock split or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.
     1E. Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale . Any recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale of all. or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to another Person or other transaction which is effected in such a manner that holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive (either directly or upon subsequent liquidation) stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock is referred to herein as an “Organic Change”. Prior to the consummation of any Organic Change, the Corporation shall make appropriate provisions (in form and substance satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Class B Preferred then outstanding) to insure that each of the holders of Class B Preferred shall thereafter have the right to acquire and receive, in lieu of or in addition to (as the case may be) the shares of Conversion Stock immediately theretofore acquirable and receivable upon the conversion of such holder’s Class B Preferred, such shares of stock, securities or assets as such holder would have received in connection with such Organic Change if such holder had converted its Class B Preferred immediately prior to such Organic Change. In each such case, the Corporation shall also make appropriate provisions

14


 

(in form and substance satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Class B Preferred then outstanding) to insure that the provisions of this Section 1 and Sections 2 and 3 hereof shall thereafter be applicable to the Class B Preferred (including, in the case of any such consolidation, merger or sale in which the successor entity or purchasing entity is, other than the Corporation, an immediate adjustment of the Conversion Price to the value for the Common Stock reflected by the terms of such consolidation, merger or sale, and a corresponding immediate adjustment in the number of shares of Conversion Stock acquirable and receivable upon conversion of Class B Preferred, if the value so reflected is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale). The Corporation shall not effect any such consolidation, merger or sale, unless prior to the consummation thereof, the successor corporation (if other than the Corporation) resulting from consolidation or merger or the corporation purchasing such assets assumes by written instrument (in form reasonably satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Class B Preferred then outstanding), the obligation to deliver to each such holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder may be entitled to acquire.
     1F. Certain Events . If any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Section 1 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights or other rights with equity features), then the Corporation’s board of directors shall make an appropriate adjustment in the Conversion Price so as to protect the rights of the holders of Class B Preferred; provided that no such adjustment shall increase the Conversion Price as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 1 or decrease the number of shares of Conversion Stock issuable upon conversion of each Share of Class B Preferred.
     1G. Notices .
     (i) Immediately upon any adjustment of the Conversion Price, the Corporation shall give written notice thereof to all holders of Class B Preferred setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of such adjustment.
     (ii) The Corporation shall give written notice to all holders of Class B Preferred at least 20 days prior to the date on which the Corporation closes its books or takes a record (a) with respect to any dividend or distribution upon Common Stock, (b) with respect to any pro rata subscription offer to holders of Common Stock or (c) for determining rights to vote with respect to any Organic Change, dissolution or liquidation.
     (iii) The Corporation shall also give written notice to the holders of Class B Preferred at least 20 days prior to the date on which any Organic Change shall take place.
     Section 2. Liquidating Dividends . If the Corporation declares or pays a dividend upon the Common Stock payable otherwise than in cash out of earnings or earned surplus (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied) except for a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock (a “Liquidating Dividend”), then the Corporation shall pay to the holders of Class B Preferred at the time of payment thereof the Liquidating Dividends which would have been paid on the shares of Conversion Stock had such Class B Preferred been converted immediately prior to the date on

15


 

which a record is taken for such Liquidating Dividend, or, if no record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock entitled to such dividends are to be determined.
     Section 3. Purchase Rights . If at any time the Corporation grants, issues or sells any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then each holder of Class B Preferred shall be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could have acquired if such holder had held the number of shares of Conversion Stock acquirable upon conversion of such holder’s Class B Preferred immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights.
     Section 4. Voting Rights . The holders of the Class B Preferred shall be entitled to notice of all stockholders meetings in accordance with the Corporation’s bylaws, and except as otherwise required by law, prior to the occurrence of a Conversion Event, shall have no voting rights. After the occurrence of a Conversion Event, the holders of the Class B Preferred shall be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote together with the holders of the Common Stock voting together as a single class with each share of Common Stock entitled to one vote per share and each Share of Class B Preferred entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Class B Preferred at the time the, vote is taken.
V. Miscellaneous .
     Section 1. Registration of Transfer . The Corporation shall keep at its principal office a register for the registration of Preferred Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing Preferred Stock at such place, the Corporation shall, at the request of the record holder of such certificate, execute and deliver (at the Corporation’s expense) a new certificate or certificates in exchange therefor representing in the aggregate the number of Shares represented by the surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate shall be registered in such name and shall represent such number of Shares as is requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and shall be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate.
     Section 2. Replacement . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder shall be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing Shares of any class of Preferred Stock, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (provided that if the holder is a financial institution or other institutional investor its own agreement shall be satisfactory), or, in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender of such certificate, Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of Shares of such class represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the

16


 

date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.
     Section 3. Definitions .
     “ Bank Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement dated as of October 21, 1992 by and among FiberTech Group, Inc. (“ FiberTech ”), The Chase Manhattan Bank (National Association) and certain other lenders, together with all Exhibits thereto.
     “ Common Stock ” means the Corporation’s Common Stock and any capital stock of any class of the Corporation hereafter authorized which is not limited to a fixed sum or percentage of par or stated value in respect to the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
     “ Common Stock Deemed Outstanding ” means, at any given time, the number of shares of Common Stock actually outstanding at such time, plus the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding pursuant to Subparagraphs 1C(i) and 1C(ii) of subdivision IV whether or not the Options or Convertible Securities are actually exercisable at such time, but excluding any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Class B Preferred.
     “ Conversion Stock ” means shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock; provided that if there is a change such that the securities issuable upon conversion of the Class B Preferred are issued by an entity other than the Corporation or there is a change in the class of securities so issuable, then the term “Conversion Stock” shall mean one share of the security issuable upon conversion of the Class B Preferred if such security is issuable in shares, or shall mean the smallest unit in which such security is issuable if such security is not issuable in shares.
     “ Junior Securities ” means any of the Corporation’s equity securities other than the Preferred Stock.
     “ Liquidation Value ” of any Share as of any particular date shall be equal to $100.
     “ Management Agreements ” means the Management Agreements as defined in the Purchase Agreement.
     “ Partnership Agreement ” means the Agreement of Partnership of EEG Partners, dated as of October 21, 1992, by and between Golder, Thoma, Cressey Fund III Limited Partnership and The InterTech Group, Inc.
     “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
     “ public Offering ” means any offering by the Corporation of its equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as

17


 

then in effect, or any comparable statement under any similar federal statute then in force; provided that for purposes of paragraph 113 of subdivision III or paragraph 1M of subdivision IV, a Public Offering shall not include an offering made in connection with a business acquisition or combination or an employee benefit plan.
     “ Purchase Agreement ” means the Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated as of October 21, 1992, by and among the Corporation and certain investors, as such agreement may from time to time be amended in accordance with its terms.
     “ Registration Agreement ” means the Registration Agreement as defined in the Purchase Agreement.
     “ Redemption Date ” as to any Share means the date specified in the notice of any redemption at the Corporation’s option or at the holder’s option or the applicable date specified herein in the case of any other redemption; provided that no such date shall be a Redemption Date unless the Liquidation Value of such Share (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) is actually paid in full on such date, and if not so paid in full, the Redemption Date shall be the date on which such amount is fully paid.
     “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing general partner of such partnership, association or other business entity.
     Section 4. Amendment and Waiver . No amendment, modification or waiver shall be binding or, effective with respect to any provision of (i) subdivision I or V without the prior written consent of the holders of at least 75% of the Preferred Stock outstanding at the time such action is taken, (ii) subdivision II or III without the prior written consent of the holders of at least 75% of the Class A Preferred outstanding at the time such action is taken, or (iii) subdivision IV without the prior written consent of the holders of at least 75% of the class B Preferred outstanding at the time such action is taken; provided that no such action shall change (a) the rate at which or the manner in which dividends on the Preferred Stock accrue or the times at which such dividends become payable or the amount payable on redemption of the Preferred Stock or the times at which redemption of Preferred Stock is to occur, without the prior written consent of the holders of at least 90% of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, (b) the Conversion Price of the Class B Preferred or the number of shares or class of stock into which the Class B Preferred is convertible, without the prior written consent of the holder of at least 90% of the Class B Preferred then outstanding or (c) the percentage required to approve any change described in clauses (a) and (b) above, without the prior written consent of the holders of at least

18


 

90% of the Preferred Stock (in the case of (a)) or Class B Preferred (in the case of (b)) then outstanding; and provided further that no change in the terms hereof may be accomplished by merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or entity unless the Corporation has obtained the prior written consent of the holders of the applicable percentage of the class or classes of the Preferred Stock then outstanding.
     Section 5. Notices . Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or by reputable overnight courier service, charges prepaid, and shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed or sent (i) to the Corporation, at its principal executive offices and (ii) to any stockholder, at such holder’s address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise indicated by any such holder).
C. COMMON STOCK
     Section 1. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders.
     Section 2. Dividends . As and when dividends are declared or paid thereon, whether in cash, property or securities of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to participate in such dividends ratably on a per share basis. The rights of the holders of Common Stock to receive dividends are subject to the provisions of the Preferred Stock.
     Section 3. Liquidation . Subject to the provisions of the Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to participate ratably on a per share basis in all distributions to the holders of the Common Stock in any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
     Section 4. Registration of Transfer . The Corporation shall keep at its principal office (or such other place as the Corporation reasonably designates) a register for the registration of shares of Common Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing shares of any class of Common Stock at such place, the Corporation shall, at the request of the registered holder of such certificate, execute and deliver a new certificate or certificates in exchange therefor representing in the aggregate the number of shares of such class represented by the surrendered certificate, and the Corporation forthwith shall cancel such surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate will be registered in such name and will represent such number of shares of such class as is requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and shall be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate. The issuance of new certificates shall be made without charge to the holders of the surrendered certificates for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such issuance.
     Section 5. Replacement . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder will be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing one or more shares of any class of Common Stock, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of

19


 

indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (provided that if the holder is a financial institution or other institutional investor its own agreement will be satisfactory), or, in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of such class represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.
     Section 6. Notices . All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, shall be delivered personally or by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or mailed to the Corporation at its principal executive offices and to any stockholder at such holder’s address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise specified in a written notice to the Corporation by such holder).
     Section 7. Amendment and Waiver . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Section C shall be effective without the prior approval of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Common Stock.
     The corporation is to have perpetual existence. ,
     In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.
ARTICLE SEVEN
     Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws of the corporation may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept outside the
     State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation so provide.
ARTICLE EIGHT
     To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may here-after be amended, a director of this corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE NINE shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE NINE
     The corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

20


 

ARTICLE TEN
     The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

21


 

      SECOND : The Amendment as duly adopted in accordance with $229 AMD $242 of the General corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the holders or the issued and outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon,
* * * * *

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHERBOF, the undersigned do hereby certify under penalties of perjury that his Certificate of Amendment is tie act and deed of the undersigned and the facts stated herein are true and accordingly have hereunto set their hands this )2A. day
         
  POLYMER GRUP, INC.
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ James G. Boyd    
    Executive Vice President   
       
         
ATTEST:
 
 
By:      
  Charlotte Crosby   
  Assistant Secretary   
 

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PGI POLYMER,INC.
* * * * * * *
Adopted in accordance with the
provisions of 242 of the
General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware
* * * * * * *
     S. Grant Reeves and James G. Boyd, being the Vice President and Secretary, respectively, of PGI Polymer, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation*), do hereby certify as follows:
     FIRST: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the Certificate of Incorporations) is hereby amended by deleting ARTICLS FOUR in its entirety and inserting in its place a crew ARTICLE POUR to read as follows:
ARTICLE FOUR
The total number of shares of stock which the corporation has authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, with a per value of one dollar ($.01) per share.
     SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Corporation approved the Amendment pursuant to the provisions of Sections 141(f) and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and directed that the Amendment be submitted to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for its consideration and approval.
     THIRD: The sole holder of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock approved the Amendment pursuant to the provisions of Sections 220(c) and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     IN WITNESS WESRBOF, the undersigned, being the Vice President and Secretary hereinabove named, for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under penalties of perjury, do each hereby declare and certify that this is the act and deed of the Corporation and

 


 

the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly have hereunto signed this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation this 24 th day of June, 1994.
         
  PGI POLYMER, INC.
 
 
  /s/ Grant Reeves    
  S. Grant Reeves, Vice President   
         
ATTEST:
 
 
/s/ James G. Boyd    
James G. Boyd, Secretary   
   
 

2


 

     
 
  STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 10:00 AM 05/15/1996
960139652 — 2311063
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PGI POLYMER,INC.
* * * * * * *
Adopted in accordance with the provisions
of 242 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware
* * * * * * *
     Jerry Zucker. being the Chief Executive Officer and President of PGI Polymer, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), do hereby certify as follows:
     FIRST: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) is hereby amended by deleting ARTICLE FOUR in its entirety and inserting in its place a new ARTICLE FOUR to read as follows (the “Amendment”):
ARTICLE FOUR
The total—number -of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is two thousand (2,00D) shares of Common Stock, with a par value of $.01 per share.
     SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Corporation approved the Amendment pursuant to the provisions of Sections 141(f) and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and directed that the Amendment be submitted to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for its consideration and approval.
     THIRD: The sole holder of the issued and outstanding shares of the. Corporation’s Common Stock approved the Amendment pursuant to the provisions of Section 228 (c) and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the Chief Executive Officer and President hereinabove named, for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under penalties of perjury does hereby declare and certify that this is the act and deed of the Corporation and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly has hereunto signed this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation this 14th day of May, 1996.
         
  PGI POLYMER, INC.
 
By     
  Jerry Zucker, Chief Executive   
  Officer and President   

2


 

         
GRIFFIN CORPORATE SERVICES
300 DELAWARE AVENUE, 9TH FLOOR
WILMINGTON, DE 19801
  302-552-3106
fax 302-552-3128
April 9, 1999
Via Facsimile 302-7394812
Delaware Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
P.O. Box 898
Dover, DE 19903
Re: Change of Location and/or Registered Agent
Dear Sir/Madam:
     Attached is the Certificate of Change of Location or Registered Office and/or Registered Agent. Please charge our account #9159487 to cover all regular service filing fees including a certified certificate on behalf of PGI Polymer, Inc., a Corporation of Delaware.
     Please send the certified certificate to my attention at the above address. If you have any questions please call me at 302-552-3106. Thank you for your assistance.
Sincerely,
/s/ Kimberly W. Ambruster
1 page to follow

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF
CHANGE OF LOCATION
OR REGISTERED OFFICE
AND/OR REGISTERED AGENT
PGI POLYMER, INC.
     The Board of Directors of PGI Polymer, Inc., a Corporation of Delaware, as of the 29th day of December, 1998, do hereby resolve and order that the location of the Registered Office of this Corporation within this State be, and the same hereby is 300 Delaware Avenue, 9°’ Floor-DE5403, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801.
     The name of the Registered Agent therein and in charge thereof upon whom process against this Corporation may be served, is Griffin Corporate Services, Inc.
     PGI Polymer, Inc., a Corporation of Delaware, does hereby certify that the foregoing is a true copy of a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors at a meeting held as herein stated.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by its Assistant Secretary, as of the 9th day of April, 1999.
         
     
  By:   /s/ Joan Dobrzynski    
    Joan Dobrzynski, Assistant Secretary   
       
 
STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
LED 09:00 AM 01/09/1999
991141064 — 2311063

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER
OF
CHICOPEE HOLDINGS, INC.
AND
PGI POLYMER, INC.
 
Adopted in accordance with
the provisions of Section 251
of the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware
 
It is hereby certified that:
               1. The constituent business corporations participating in the merger herein certified are:
     (i) Chicopee Holdings, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware; and
     (ii) PGI Polymer, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.
               2. An Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Plan of Merger”) has been approved, adopted, certified, executed, and acknowledged by each of the aforesaid constituent corporations in accordance with the provisions of Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
               3. The surviving corporation in the merger herein certified is PGI Polymer, Inc., which will continue its existence as said surviving corporation upon the effective date of said merger pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
               4. The Certificate of Incorporation of PGI Polymer, Inc. shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of said surviving corporation until amended and changed pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
               5. The executed Plan of Merger between the aforesaid constituent corporations is on file at the principal place of business of the aforesaid surviving corporation, the address of which is as follows:

 


 

c/o Polymer Group, Inc.
4838 Jenkins Avenue
North Charleston, South Carolina 29405
     6. A copy of the aforesaid Plan of Merger will be furnished by the aforesaid surviving corporation on request, and without cost, to any stockholder of each of the aforesaid constituent corporations.
         
Dated: Aug. 27, 1999  CHICOPEE HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
  Its:     
       
 
         
Dated: Aug. 27, 1999  PGI POLYLMER, INC..
 
 
  By:      
  Its:     
       
 

 

Exhibit 3.12
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
OF
PGI POLYMER, INC .
(as of October 1, 1994)
A Delaware Corporation
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
     Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of-Delaware shall be located at 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover, Delaware, County of Kent. The name of the corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc. The registered office and/or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board of directors.
     Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
     Section 1. Place and Time of Meetings . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the immediately preceding fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing directors and conducting such other proper business as may come before the meeting. The date, time and place of the annual meeting shall be determined by the president of the corporation; provided, that if the president does not act, the board of directors shall determine the date, time and place of such meeting.
     Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in a notice of.meeV.ng or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Such meetings may be called at any time by the board of directors or the president and shall be called by the president upon the written request of holders of shares entitled to cast not Jess than a majority of the votes at the meeting, such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the president.
     Section 3. Place of Meetings . The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for, any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.

 


 

     Section 4. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, date, time, and, in the case. of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be. given to each stockholder entitled to vote-at-such meeting. .
     Section 5. Stockholders List . -The officer having- charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete _list of .the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
     Section 6. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the outstanding ‘shares of capital stock, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place.
     Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
     Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by...proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is -one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the certificate of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such-express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
     Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or any amendments thereto and subject to Section 3 of Article VI hereof, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the .stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholders.
     Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may-authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall

2


 

be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
     Section 11. Action by written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the consent or consents, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to, take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the ‘same force and -effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
     Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.
     Section 2. Number, Election and Term of Office . The number of directors which shall constitute the first board shall be five (5). ‘Thereafter,- -the number of directors -shall be established from time to time by resolution ,of the- board. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented-by proxy at the meeting-and entitled to vote in the election of directors. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III. Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.
     Section 3. Removal and Resignation . Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, as specified in the Stockholders Agreement. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.
     Section 4. Vacancies . Vacancies shall be filled as provided in the Stockholders Agreement. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the

3


 

authorized number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.
     Section 5. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders.
     Section 6. Other Meetings and Notice . Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president on at least 24 hours notice to each director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, or by telegraph.
     Section 7. Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present .at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the -board of directors. If .a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn-the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
     Section 8. Committee . The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent -provided in such resolution or these-by-laws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation except as otherwise limited by .law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.
     Section 9. Committee Rules . Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 8 of. this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.
     Section 10. Communications Equipment . Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board or committee through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

4


 

     Section 11. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent . Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the. secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the ‘corporation’ immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.
     Section 12. Action by Witten Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by: the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted-to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a-meeting if all members of the board or committee, as -the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
     Section 1. Number . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and shall consist of a chief executive officer, a president, a vice president, a secretary, a chief financial officer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the-offices of president and -secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.
     Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the . board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.
     Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
     Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

5


 

     Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors,. and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.
     Section 6. Chief Executive Officer . The chief executive officer shall be the chief executive -officer of the corporation, and shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. Subject to the -board of directors, he shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and all the affairs of the corporation, and shall be its chief policy-making officer. He shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or provided in the by-laws. Whenever the president is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the-chief executive officer shall perform all .the duties and:-functions and exercise all the powers of the president.
     Section 7. President . The president, subject to the powers of the board of directors, shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.
     Section 8. Vice-presidents . The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined ‘by the board of directors shall, in the absence or disability of the president, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the president. The vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president, the chief executive officer or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe.
     Section 9. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. Under the president’s supervision, the secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these by-laws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal-to any instrument requiring it .and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform. the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or president may,-from_-time-to-time,-prescribe

6


 

     Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Treasurer . The chief financial officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation as may be ordered by-the board of directors; shall cause the funds of the corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meeting or when the board of directors so requires, an account of the corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe. If required by the board of directors, the chief financial officer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be rendered every. ..six years)_.in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of chief financial officer and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other-property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the chief financial officer belonging to the corporation. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall in the absence or disability of the chief financial officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the president may, from time to time, prescribe.
     Section 11. Other ,Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these by-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.
     Section 12. Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS. DIRECTORS AND OTHERS
     Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . Each person who was or is made a party or is -threatened to- be made a -party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether. civil, criminal, administrative or: investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, is or was a director or officer, of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the -corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which it is empowered to do so by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended against all expense,

7


 

liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding) and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 hereof, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and, subject to Sections 2 and 5 hereof, shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.
     Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Any indemnification of a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation under Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses under Section 5 of this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event within 30 days, upon the written request of the director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent. If a determination (as defined in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware).by the-corporation that the director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond within sixty days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request.. If the corporation denies- a ‘written request for indemnification or advancing of. expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within 3.0 days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs’ and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part”, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
     Section 3. Article Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending .a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

8


 

     Section 4. Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article V.
     Section 5. Expenses . Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such proceeding’s final disposition upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.
     Section 6. Employees and Agents . Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article V and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors.
     Section 7. Contract Rights . The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract right between the corporation and each director or officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law are in effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or proceeding then existing.
     Section 8. Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
     Section 1. Form . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman, president, or a vice-president and the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. If such a certificate is countersigned

9


 

(1) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar, other than the corporation or its employee, the signature of any such chairman, president, vice-president, secretary, or assistant secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation whether because-of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures, have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Shares of stock of the corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization, and other matters as the corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates, and record the transaction on its books. The board of directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the corporation.
     Section 2. Lost Certificates The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to-the issuance thereof;-require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction-of any-such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
     Section 3. Fixing a Record Date for- Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment third the board of directors may fix a record-date, which record date shall not-precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which, record date shall not-be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board Of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination-of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

10


 

     Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Action by written Consent . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date, shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
     Section 5. Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than-sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
     Section 6. Registered Stockholders . Prior to ‘the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner.
     Section 7. Subscriptions for Stock . Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

11


 

ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or any-other purpose and .the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 2. Checks, Drafts or Orders . All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.
     Section 3. Contracts . The board’ of directors may authorize-any officer or officers or ,any agent or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or-to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
     Section 4. Loans . The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.
     Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.
     Section 6. Corporate Seal . The board of directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and` shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed. or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
     Section 7. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other corporation held by the corporation shall be voted by the president, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person

12


 

authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.
     Section 8. Inspection of Books and Records . Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating-the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper ‘purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders; and.-its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts there from: A proper’-purpose-shall mean-any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a — power of- attorney -or- such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act-on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall’ be directed to the corporation it its registered office -in—the State of Delaware or at its principal place of-business.
     Section 9. Section Headings . Section headings in these by-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.
     Section 10. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these by-laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate’ of incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these by-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
     These by-laws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new by-laws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors-by a_ majority vote. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the by-laws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

13


 

EXHIBIT C
Resolutions
Attached.

 


 

RESOLUTION
    Section 1. REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT
     RESOLVED, that the form, terms and provisions of the Revolving Credit And Guaranty Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of May  , 2002 among Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and a debtor and debtor-in possession in a case pending under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, PGI Polymer, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and the other direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on the signature pages thereto (each a “ Guarantor ” and, together with the Corporation, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), each of which Guarantors is a debtor and debtor-in-possession in a case pending under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the cases of the Borrower, Corporation and other Guarantors, each a “Case” and collectively, the “ Cases ”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation, and each of the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (each a “Bank” and collectively, the “ Banks ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”) for the Banks, substantially in the form of the draft reviewed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and each of the Corporation’s and Fabrene Group L.L.C.’s, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Fabrene Group ”), guaranty of the Borrower’s due and punctual payment and performance of its obligations under the Agreement, be, _and hereby are, in all respects, approved; and further resolved, that each of the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation (collectively, the “ Authorized Officers ”), acting alone or with one or more other Authorized Officers be, and hereby is, authorized and empowered to execute and deliver the Agreement, and each of the instruments and documents contemplated thereby (including without limitation, those listed below (the “ Loan Documents ”), in the name and on behalf of the Corporation under its corporate seal or otherwise and in the Corporation’s capacity as a Member of Fabrene Group, substantially in the form approved, with such amendments thereto as any Authorized Officer or Officers may in his or their sole discretion approve, which approval shall be conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof
  (1)   Security and Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Agreement.
 
  (2)   Irrevocable Letter of Credit issued pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Agreement;

 


 

  (3)   all other pledge and security documents as may be needed to provide: i) a perfected first priority Lien upon all property of the Corporation’s estate in the Case, in favor of the Agent, pursuant to Section 364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; ii) a perfected Lien upon all property of the Corporation’s estate in the Case, in favor of the Agent, pursuant to Section 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and iii) perfected first priority senior priming Liens, upon all property of the Corporation described in paragraph (e) of the Introductory Statement of the Agreement, in favor of the Agent, pursuant to Section 364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
  (4)   such other officer’s certificates as may be required or contemplated by the Agreement of any other Loan Document.
    FURTHER RESOLVED , that all capitalized terms used in the resolutions under the caption “REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT” and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
II. GENERAL
      RESOLVED , that each of the Authorized Officers, acting alone or with one or more other Authorized Officers, be, and hereby is, authorized and directed to take all such further action, to execute and deliver all such` further instruments and documents in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and in the Corporation’s capacity as Member of Fabrene Group, and to pay all such fees and expenses, which shall be necessary, proper or advisable in order to fully, promptly and expeditiously carry out the intent and effectuate the purposes of the foregoing resolutions.

2


 

EXHIBIT D
Officers
     
Jerry Zucker
  Chief Executive Officer,
 
  Chairman and President
 
   
James G. Boyd
  Executive Vice President,
 
  Treasurer, Chief Financial
 
  Officer and Secretary

 

Exhibit 4.1
EXECUTION VERSION
INDENTURE
Dated as of January 28, 2011
Among
POLYMER GROUP, INC.,
THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO,
and
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee
7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019
Reference is made to: (i) the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Citibank, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent for the ABL Secured Parties referred to therein, Wilmington Trust Company, as Note Collateral Agent; Polymer Group, Inc., and the subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”) and (ii) Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein, Wilmington Trust Company as Notes Collateral Agent, and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee, and as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture (the “ Collateral Agency Agreement ”). Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of each holder of Notes to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the ABL Facility to extend credit to the Company and the Guarantors and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE *
     
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310 (a)(1)
  7.10
(a)(2)
  7.10
(a)(3)
  N.A.
(a)(4)
  N.A.
(a)(5)
  7.10
(b)
  7.10
(c)
  N.A.
311 (a)
  7.11
(b)
  7.11
(c)
  N.A.
312 (a)
  2.05
(b)
  13.03
(c)
  13.03
313 (a)
  7.06
(b)(1)
  7.06; 10.04
(b)(2)
  7.06; 7.07
(c)
  7.06; 13.02
(d)
  7.06
314 (a)
  4.03; 13.02; 13.05
(b)
  10.02
(c)(1)
  13.04
(c)(2)
  13.04
(c)(3)
  N.A.
(d)
  10.03; 10.04; 10.05
(e)
  13.05
(f)
  N.A.
315 (a)
  7.01
(b)
  7.05; 13.02
(c)
  7.01
(d)(1)
  7.01
(d)(2)
  7.01
(d)(3)
  N.A.
(e)
  6.14
316 (a)(last sentence)
  2.09
(a)(1)(A)
  6.05
(a)(1)(B)
  6.04
(a)(2)
  N.A.
(b)
  6.07
(c)
  2.12; 9.04
317 (a)(1)
  6.08
(a)(2)
  6.12
(b)
  2.04
318 (a)
  13.01
(b)
  N.A.
(c)
  13.01
N.A. means not applicable.
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1
       
 
       
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
       
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
    30  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    31  
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction
    31  
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
    32  
Section 1.06 Timing of Payment
    33  
 
       
ARTICLE 2
       
 
       
THE NOTES
       
 
       
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
    33  
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
    34  
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
    35  
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    35  
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
    35  
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
    35  
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
    46  
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
    46  
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
    46  
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
    46  
Section 2.11 Cancellation
    47  
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
    47  
Section 2.13 CUSIP/ISIN Numbers
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE 3
       
 
       
REDEMPTION
       
 
       
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
    47  
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased
    48  
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
    48  
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
    49  
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    49  
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    49  
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
    49  
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
    50  
Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or Excess Loss Proceeds
    50  
 
       
ARTICLE 4
       
 
       
COVENANTS
       
 
       
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
    52  
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    52  
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information
    53  
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
    54  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
Section 4.05 Taxes
    54  
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    54  
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments
    54  
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    60  
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
    62  
Section 4.10 Asset Sales
    67  
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
    70  
Section 4.12 Liens
    71  
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence
    72  
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
    72  
Section 4.15 Events of Loss
    74  
Section 4.16 Future Guarantees
    75  
Section 4.17 Impairment of Security Interests
    75  
Section 4.18 After-Acquired Property
    76  
Section 4.19 Further Assurances
    76  
Section 4.20 Suspension of Certain Covenants
    76  
 
       
ARTICLE 5
       
 
       
SUCCESSORS
       
 
       
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
    77  
Section 5.02 Successor Person Substituted
    79  
 
       
ARTICLE 6
       
 
       
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
       
 
       
Section 6.01 Events of Default
    80  
Section 6.02 Acceleration
    81  
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
    82  
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
    82  
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
    82  
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
    83  
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
    83  
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
    83  
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    83  
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    83  
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    83  
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    84  
Section 6.13 Priorities
    84  
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
    84  
 
       
ARTICLE 7
       
 
       
TRUSTEE
       
 
       
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
    84  
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
    85  
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
    87  
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    87  
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
    87  
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders
    87  
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
    88  

-ii-


 

         
    Page  
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee
    88  
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
    89  
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
    89  
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
    89  
Section 7.12 Intercreditor Agreement, Collateral Agency Agreement, Security Agreement and Other Collateral Documents
    89  
 
       
ARTICLE 8
       
 
       
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
       
 
       
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    90  
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    90  
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
    90  
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    91  
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; other Miscellaneous Provisions
    92  
Section 8.06 Repayment to Company
    92  
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
    92  
 
       
ARTICLE 9
       
 
       
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
       
 
       
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders
    93  
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders
    94  
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    96  
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
    96  
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    96  
Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
    96  
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent
    96  
 
       
ARTICLE 10
       
 
       
COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS
       
 
       
Section 10.01 Collateral and Collateral Documents
    97  
Section 10.02 Recordings and Opinions
    98  
Section 10.03 Release of Collateral
    98  
Section 10.04 Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements
    99  
Section 10.05 Certificates of the Trustee
    99  
Section 10.06 Suits To Protect the Collateral
    99  
Section 10.07 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents
    99  
Section 10.08 Purchaser Protected
    100  
Section 10.09 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
    100  
Section 10.10 Release Upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations
    100  
Section 10.11 Notes Collateral Agent
    100  
Section 10.12 Designations
    102  
 
       
ARTICLE 11
       
 
       
GUARANTEES
       
 
       
Section 11.01 Guarantee
    102  
Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    104  

-iii-


 

         
    Page  
Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery
    104  
Section 11.04 Subrogation
    104  
Section 11.05 Benefits Acknowledged
    104  
Section 11.06 Release of Guarantees by Subsidiary Guarantors
    104  
 
       
ARTICLE 12
       
 
       
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
       
 
       
Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
    105  
Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money
    106  
 
       
ARTICLE 13
       
 
       
MISCELLANEOUS
       
 
       
Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
    106  
Section 13.02 Notices
    106  
Section 13.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders
    107  
Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    107  
Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    107  
Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
    108  
Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    108  
Section 13.08 Governing Law
    108  
Section 13.09 Waiver of Jury Trial
    108  
Section 13.10 Force Majeure
    108  
Section 13.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    108  
Section 13.12 Successors
    108  
Section 13.13 Severability
    108  
Section 13.14 Counterpart Originals
    108  
Section 13.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc
    109  
Section 13.16 Qualification of Indenture
    109  
Section 13.17 Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement Govern
    109  
 
       
EXHIBITS:
       
 
       
Exhibit A             Form of Senior Secured Note
       
Exhibit B             Form of Certificate of Transfer
       
Exhibit C             Form of Certificate of Exchange
       
Exhibit D             Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
       

 


 

     INDENTURE, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
     WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $560,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “ Initial Notes ”);
     WHEREAS, the Company and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture (as defined herein);
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, each of the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
     Section 1.01 Definitions.
     “ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
     “ ABL Collateral ” means “ABL Facility First Lien Collateral” as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ ABL Collateral Agent ” means Citibank, N.A. and any successor collateral agent under the ABL Facility, or if there is no ABL Facility, the “ABL Collateral Agent” designated pursuant to the terms of the ABL Lenders Debt.
     “ ABL Facility ” means the Credit Facility, dated as of the Issue Date by and among Parent, the Company, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as syndication agent, and Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as co-documentation agents, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).
     “ ABL Lenders Debt ” means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the ABL Facility, (ii) any Indebtedness which has a senior priority security interest relative to the Notes in the ABL Collateral, (iii) all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness and any Hedging Obligations directly related to any ABL Lenders Debt entered into with any lender (or its affiliates) under the ABL Facility and (iv) all Bank Products entered into with any lender (or its affiliates) under the ABL Facility.
     “ Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 


 

     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
     “ Acquisition ” means the acquisition of the Company by the Investors on the Issue Date and the related transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.
     “ Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “ Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01, 4.09 and 4.12 hereof.
     “ Additional Parity Debt ” means the Additional Notes, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and any additional Secured Indebtedness that is ranked pari passu with the Notes and is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; provided that (i) the representative of such Additional Parity Debt executes a joinder agreement to the Collateral Agency Agreement and, if applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Indebtedness as “Additional Parity Debt” hereunder.
     “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
     “ After-Acquired Property ” means any and all assets or property (other than Excluded Assets) acquired after the Issue Date, including any property or assets acquired by the Company or a Guarantor from another Guarantor, which in each case constitutes Collateral.
     “ Agent ” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.
     “ Agent’s Message ” means a message transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the Depositary and forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from each participant in DTC tendering the Notes and that such participants have received the Letter of Transmittal and agree to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and the Company may enforce such agreement against such participants.
     “ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
     (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
     (2) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of the (A) redemption price of such Note at February 1, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table in Section 3.07(c) hereof), plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Note through February 1, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Note.
     “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any action relating to any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transaction.

-2-


 

     “ Asset Sale ” means:
     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or
     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
in each case, other than:
     (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or surplus, obsolete or worn-out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of ABL Collateral;
     (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
     (c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof, or under the definition of “Permitted Investment”;
     (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million;
     (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
     (g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (i) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar action on assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;
     (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility and any transactions in connection with the Factoring Program;
     (k) any financing transaction with respect to the acquisition or construction of property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

-3-


 

     (l) the licensing and sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
     (m) the sale, discount or other disposition of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable; and
     (n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.
     “ Bank Products ” means any facilities or services related to cash management, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.
     “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
     “ Board of Directors ” means with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation, and with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person, or board of directors of the general partner or general manager of such Person serving a similar function.
     “ Borrowing Base ” means, as of any date, an amount equal to:
     (1) 85% of the book value of all net accounts receivable owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; plus
     (2) 70% of the book value of all net inventory owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date,
all calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.
     “ Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
     “ Calculation Date ” means the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, shall occur.
     “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
     “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided that any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries either existing on the Issue Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as capital lease obligations

-4-


 

and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness; provided , further , that any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Equipment Lease Agreement shall not be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness.
     “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
     “ Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary established by the Company for the primary purpose of insuring the businesses or properties owned or operated by the Company or any of is Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of any such insurance subsidiary established for the same primary purpose described in clause (i) above.
     “ Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (1) United States dollars;
     (2) (a) €, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or (b) such local currencies held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government (or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S. government), with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
     (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;
     (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

-5-


 

     (10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
     (11) Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
     “ Casualty ” means any casualty, loss, damage, destruction or other similar loss with respect to real or personal property or improvements.
     “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
     (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
     (2) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company.
     “ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.
     “ Collateral ” means all assets of the Company and the Guarantors, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted (or purported to be granted) as security for any Secured Obligations (including proceeds and products thereof).
     “ Collateral Agency Agreement ” means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor, Wilmington Trust Company as Notes Collateral Agent, and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee, and as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.
     “ Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, collateral assignments, deeds of trust and all other pledges, agreements, financing statements, patent, trademark or copyright filings, mortgages or other filings or documents that create or purport to create a Lien in the Collateral in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent and/or the Trustee (for the benefit of the Holders of Notes), the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case as they may be amended from time to time, and any instruments of assignment, control agreements, lockbox letters or other instruments or agreements executed pursuant to the foregoing.
     “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

-6-


 

     “ Company Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer, the principal accounting officer or an executive vice president of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.
     “ Condemnation ” means any taking by a Governmental Authority of property or assets, or any part thereof or interest therein, for public or quasi-public use under the power of eminent domain, by reason of any public improvement or condemnation or in any other manner.
     “ Condemnation Award ” means all proceeds of any Condemnation or transfer in lieu thereof.
     “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees related to any Receivables Facility, amortization of intangible assets, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes; (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to other securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income for such period.
     For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,
     (1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction); severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; other restructuring costs; and commercial service fees and public company costs not expected to continue after the Transactions shall be excluded;

-7-


 

     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded;
     (3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded;
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
     (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;
     (7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill and other intangible assets and in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
     (8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;
     (10) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue, including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of Parent or the Company or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or subsidiaries shall be excluded;

-8-


 

     (11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction including, without limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) shall be excluded;
     (12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months of the Issue Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting policies shall be excluded; and
     (13) the following items shall be excluded;
     (a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and
     (b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency gain (loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
     In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.
     “ Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
     (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;
     (2) to advance or supply funds
     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

-9-


 

     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
     “ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Company.
     “ Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the ABL Facility, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
     “ Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
     “ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
     “ Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
     “ Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
     “ Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
     “ Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.
     “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital

-10-


 

Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
     “ Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia other than any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     “ EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clauses h), (j) and (k)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (z) thereof to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses, start-up or initial costs for any individual new production line, division or new line of business; or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus
     (e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (f) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Sponsors Management Agreement or otherwise to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof; (and similar fees paid by the Company or its Affiliates

-11-


 

to investors in the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Issue Date) and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (h) the amount of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions initiated or to be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the Issue Date or 12 months after the consummation of any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change or other action, plan or transaction and prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (h) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing “EBITDA” for such period and (z) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (h) included in any four quarter period shall not exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 10.0% of EBITDA for such four quarter period; provided , further , that the adjustments pursuant to this clause (h) may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”; plus
     (i) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus
     (j) (x) lease expense for the use of land, building and equipment of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. in connection with the purchase of certain assets by the Company as of November 30, 2009 (the “Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition”); (y) losses incurred as a result of the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition for the period from November 30, 2009 through January 2, 2010; and (z) the annualized EBITDA attributable to each of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. after giving effect to the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition; plus
     (k) annualized incremental EBITDA contribution of the Company’s spunmelt lines in San Luis Potosi, Mexico and Cali, Colombia, in each case, based on the actual run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010;
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period.
     “ EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
     “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
     “ Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock) or any of its direct or indirect parent companies to the extent contributed to the Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

-12-


 

     (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and
     (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
     “ Equipment Lease Agreement ” means, collectively, that certain equipment lease agreement, dated June 24, 2010, between Chicopee, Inc. and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, and the related construction agency agreement, guarantees and other documentation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.
     “ ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
     “ Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
     “ Event of Loss ” means, with respect to any Collateral, any (1) Casualty of such Collateral, (2) Condemnation or seizure (other than pursuant to foreclosure or confiscation or requisition of the use of such Collateral) or (3) settlement in lieu of clause (2) above, in each case having a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Exchange Notes ” means the Notes of the Company issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.
     “ Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.
     “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.
     “ Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
     “ Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:
     (1) contributions to its common equity capital; and
     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, in each case after the Issue Date and in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.
     “ Factoring Program ” means any agreements or facilities entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of factoring its receivables or payables for cash distribution.
     “ fair market value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith.
     “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the com

-13-


 

mencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including the Transaction) or any other transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including the Transaction) or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in the definition of “EBITDA” herein). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.
     “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
     (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and
     (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
     “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

-14-


 

     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which are in effect on the Issue Date.
     “ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
     “ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.
     “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central bank).
     “ Grantors ” means the Company and the Guarantors.
     “ guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
     “ Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
     “ Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor and any other Person that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
     “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or mitigation of interest rate, commodity or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
     “ Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

-15-


 

     “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) any obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, Factoring Program, operating leases, or Sale and Lease-back Transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations).
     “ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
     “ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
     “ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
     “ Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
     “ Initial Purchasers ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Company and each Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.
     “ Interest Payment Date ” means February 1 and August 1 of each year to stated maturity.

-16-


 

     “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
     “ Investment Grade Securities ” means:
     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
(2)   debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;
 
(3)   investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
 
(4)   corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
     “ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” and Section 4.07 hereof:
     (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
     (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
     (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
     “ Investors ” means The Blackstone Group and each of its Affiliates, but not including any of its or their portfolio companies.
     “ Issue Date ” means January 28, 2011.
     “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
     “ Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the applicable Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the applicable Exchange Offer.

-17-


 

     “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
     “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
     “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
     “ Net Loss Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Event of Loss, the proceeds in the form of (a) cash or Cash Equivalents, (b) insurance proceeds, (c) Condemnation Awards or (d) damages awarded by any judgment, in each case received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Event of Loss, net of:
     (1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Event of Loss (including without limitation legal, accounting and appraisal or insurance adjuster fees);
     (2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;
     (3) any repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by a Permitted Lien on the property or assets that are the subject of such Event of Loss and which Permitted Lien has priority over the Lien securing the Notes;
     (4) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Event of Loss or having a Lien thereon; and
     (5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Event of Loss and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Event of Loss, including, without limitation, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Event of Loss.
     “ Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
     “ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
     “ Notes ” means the Initial Notes and any other Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a

-18-


 

supplemental indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series.
     “ Notes Collateral ” means “Noteholder First Lien Collateral” as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Notes Collateral Agent ” means Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as “Collateral Agent” under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement and the other Collateral Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.
     “ Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
     “ Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum, dated January 13, 2011, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.
     “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or a Guarantor.
     “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or any officer of such Guarantor that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.
     “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.
     “ Parent ” means Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
     “ Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof; provided further that the assets received are pledged as Collateral to the extent required by the Collateral Documents to the extent that the assets disposed of constituted Collateral.
     “ Permitted Holders ” means each of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or its direct or indirect parent or Subsidiary) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

-19-


 

     “ Permitted Investment ” means:
     (1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
     (3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
     (4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting cash and Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
     (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;
     (6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
     (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or
     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;
     (8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;
     (9) guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;
     (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);
     (11) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;
     (l2) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable

-20-


 

securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
     (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary or a Factoring Program that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility or a Factoring Program or any transaction in connection therewith;
     (14) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;
     (15) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
     (16) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date or created after the Issue Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets;
     (17) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
     (18) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $5.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and
     (19) Investments (i) by the Captive Insurance Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice, and (ii) in the Captive Insurance Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or required under statutory or regulatory authority applicable to such Captive Insurance Subsidiary.
     “ Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

-21-


 

     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
     (6) Liens (including Liens on Collateral) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (4), (10), (12)(b), and (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries
     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
     (8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;
     (12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
     (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s clients;
     (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

-22-


 

     (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (20) other Liens (including Liens on Collateral) securing obligations not to exceed $20.0 million at any one time outstanding;
     (21) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, to the extent such Liens relate only to the assets and properties of such Foreign Subsidiary;
     (22) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
     (23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (24) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (25) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
     (26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (27) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (28) Liens securing the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Exchange Notes, if any, issued in exchange for Notes issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, and in each case, the Guarantees of such Notes and Exchange Notes;
     (29) Liens securing (x) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b); provided , however , that, other than in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility,

-23-


 

any Liens on Notes Collateral granted pursuant to this clause (x) shall be junior in priority to the Liens on such Notes Collateral granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the terms of such junior interest may be no more favorable to the beneficiaries thereof than the terms contained in the Intercreditor Agreement; and provided , further , that no Liens may be granted on any ABL Collateral (other than Excluded Assets) pursuant to this clause (x) unless the Notes are secured by a second-priority Lien that is junior in priority to the Liens on such collateral but senior in priority to any other Liens (other than other Permitted Liens) granted on such collateral and (y) obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Bank Products or Hedging Obligations provided by any lender, bookrunner with respect to any Credit Facility or any Affiliate of the foregoing (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of a lender or bookrunner with respect to such Credit Facility at the time the applicable agreements pursuant to which such Bank Products or Hedging Obligations are provided were entered into) or is a party to such a Bank Product or Hedging Obligation as of the Issue Date;
     (30) (x) Liens securing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 (including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred under one or more Credit Facilities which constitutes Additional Parity Debt); provided that after giving pro forma effect to the granting of such Liens, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.5 to 1.00; provided further that, other than in the case of Additional Parity Debt (including without limitation, Indebtedness incurred under one or more Credit Facilities which constitutes Additional Parity Debt), such Liens on Notes Collateral are junior in priority to the Liens granted to Holders of the Notes on a basis that is no more favorable to the holders of such Indebtedness than the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to the holders of ABL Lenders Debt with respect to Notes Collateral and (y) Liens securing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09; provided that such Liens on Collateral are junior in priority to the Lien granted to the Holders of the Notes on a basis that is no more favorable to the holders of such Indebtedness than the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to the holders of ABL Lenders Debt with respect to Notes Collateral;
     (31) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;
     (32) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (33) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; and
     (34) Liens securing Additional Parity Debt, the proceeds of which shall be used solely to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof.
     For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
     “ Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
     “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
     “ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

-24-


 

     “ Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.
     “ Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
     “ Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.
     “ Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.
     “ Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
     “ Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.
     “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more additional Registration Rights Agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.
     “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.
     “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the applicable Restricted Period.
     “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.
     “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(3) hereof.
     “ Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist

-25-


 

of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
     “ Related Person ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such Person and its Affiliates.
     “ Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
     “ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing, the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
     “ Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
     “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
     “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
     “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
     “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
     “ Secured Parties ” means (a) the Holders, (b) the Trustee, (c) the Notes Collateral Agent, (d) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement or the other Collateral Documents (e) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing and (f) holders of Additional Parity Debt from time to time.
     “ Secured Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

-26-


 

     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, each Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company, as Notes Collateral Agent, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.
     “ Senior Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture shall constitute Senior Indebtedness for the purposes of this Indenture unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee.
     “ Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination (the “ Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), the ratio of (a) the Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (determined after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such date of determination) to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. For purposes of determining the “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio,” “EBITDA” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “EBITDA” as provided for in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
     “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.
     “ Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
     “ Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
     “ Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors and the Company and/or one of its direct or indirect parent companies.
     “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes,
     (1) any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and
     (2) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.
     “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

-27-


 

     (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which
     (a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
     (b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
     “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
     “ Taxing Authority ” means any government or any political subdivision, state, province or territory of a Taxing jurisdiction or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax.
     “ Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Company, except where expressly provided otherwise, and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company; provided , however , that in no event at any time shall Total Assets be deemed to equal an amount less than the amount of total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the Issue Date.
     “ Tranche 2 Sub-Facility ” means Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $7.5 million at any one time outstanding; provided that such Indebtedness is ranked pari passu with the Notes and (i) the representative of such Tranche 2 Sub-Facility executes a joinder agreement to the Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Indebtedness as the “ Tranche 2 Sub-Facility ” thereunder.
     “ Transaction ” means the merger contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and borrowings, if any, under the ABL Facility on the Issue Date in order to finance the merger and repay certain debt as described in the Offering Memorandum under “The Transactions and Certain Acquisitions” and any related transactions.
     “ Transaction Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 4, 2010, by and among Parent, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P., as the same may be amended prior to the Issue Date.
     “ Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2015; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
     “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
     “ Trustee ” means the party named as the “Trustee” in the preamble of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
     “ Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , however , that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all

-28-


 

of the perfection or priority of the Secured Parties’ security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
     “ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:
     (1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and
     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
     (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;
     (2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and
     (3) each of
          (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated, and
          (b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
     The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
     (1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test under Section 4.09(a); or
     (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

-29-


 

     Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
     “ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.
     “ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
     “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
     (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
     (2) the sum of all such payments.
     “ Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
     “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
     Section 1.02 Other Definitions .
         
Term   Defined in Section  
“Acceptable Commitment”
    4.10  
“Affiliate Transaction”
    4.11  
“Asset Sale Offer”
    4.10  
“Authentication Order”
    2.02  
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.14  
“Change of Control Payment”
    4.14  
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    4.14  
“Covenant Defeasance”
    8.03  
“DTC”
    2.03  
“Event of Default”
    6.01  
“Excess Loss Proceeds”
    4.15  
“Excess Proceeds”
    4.10  
“Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary”
    4.16  
“incur”
    4.09  
“incurrence”
    4.09  
“Indemnified Party”
    7.07  
“Initial Lien”
    4.12  
“Initial Notes”
  Preamble
“Legal Defeasance”
    8.02  
“Loss Proceeds Offer”
    4.15  
“Note Register”
    2.03  
“Offer Amount”
    3.09  
“Offer Period”
    3.09  
“Pari Passu Indebtedness”
    4.10  

-30-


 

         
Term   Defined in Section  
“Paying Agent”
    2.03  
“Purchase Date”
    3.09  
“Redemption Date”
    3.01  
“Refinancing Indebtedness”
    4.09  
“Refunding Capital Stock”
    4.07  
“Registrar”
    2.03  
“Restricted Payments”
    4.07  
“Reversion Date”
    4.20  
“Rule 3-16”
    10.01  
“Second Commitment”
    4.10  
“Successor Company”
    5.01  
“Successor Person”
    5.01  
“Suspended Covenants”
    4.20  
“Suspension Period”
    4.20  
“Treasury Capital Stock”
    4.07  
     Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
     The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
     “ indenture securities ” means the Notes and the Guarantees;
     “ indenture security Holder ” means a Holder of a Note;
     “ indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;
     “ indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and
     “ obligor ” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
     All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.
     Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Trust Indenture Act and the terms and provisions thereof shall not apply to this Indenture until the Company and the Guarantors qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
     Section 1.04 Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (c) “or” is not exclusive;
     (d) “including,” “includes” and similar words means including without limitation;
     (e) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

-31-


 

     (f) “shall” and “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (g) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (h) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
     (i) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and
     (j) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.
     Section 1.05 Acts of Holders .
     (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
     (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
     (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
     (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
     (e) The Company may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.
     (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

-32-


 

     (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC as the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.
     (h) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.
     Section 1.06 Timing of Payment .
     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the date on which any payment is to be made pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes is not a Business Day, the payment otherwise payable on such date shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such scheduled date and ( provided such payment is made on such succeeding Business Day) no interest shall accrue on the amount of such payment from and after such scheduled date to the time of such payment on such next succeeding Business Day and the amount of any such payment that is an interest payment will reflect accrual only through the original payment date and not through the next succeeding Business Day.
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
     Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms .
     (a)  General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A . The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
     (b)  Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
     (c)  Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or

-33-


 

Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:
     (1) a written certificate from the Depositary, if available, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream, if available, certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and
     (2) an Officer’s Certificate from the Company certifying that the Restricted Period has terminated.
Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
     (d)  Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
     The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof, a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof or an Event of Loss as provided in Section 4.15 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3 hereof.
     Additional Notes will rank pari passu with the Initial Notes and may be created and issued from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Company’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.
     (e)  Euroclear and Clearstream Applicable Procedures . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
     Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication . At least one Officer of the Company shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature.
     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

-34-


 

     A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A , by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
     On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.
     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.
     Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent . The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
     The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
     The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
     Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
     Section 2.05 Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each applicable Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.
     Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .
     (a)  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be

-35-


 

exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that the Company elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.
     (b)  Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
     (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1); provided , however , that if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
     (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global

-36-


 

Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
     (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
     (B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
Beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in a Regulation S Permanent Global Note only after the expiration of the Restricted Period.
     (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof and:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein

-37-


 

and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.
     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
     (c)  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .
     (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
then the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount.
Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a

-38-


 

beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
     (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
     (3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the

-39-


 

Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (d)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.
     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal

-40-


 

that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
     If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
     (e)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

-41-


 

     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
     (C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;
     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

-42-


 

     (f)  Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal or through an Agent’s Message through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.
     (g)  Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:
     (1) Private Placement Legend .
     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY

-43-


 

APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.”
     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (2) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
     (3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

-44-


 

     (h)  Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
     (i)  General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .
     (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
     (2) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company or Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).
     (3) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
     (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
     (5) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between an applicable Record Date and the next succeeding applicable Interest Payment Date.
     (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
     (7) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
     (8) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for

-45-


 

exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
     (9) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Company or Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
     (10) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including transfers between Participants or beneficial owners) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
     Section 2.07 Replacement Notes . If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Company, and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.
     Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
     Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes . The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
     If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.
     If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
     If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
     Section 2.09 Treasury Notes . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.
     Section 2.10 Temporary Notes . Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes.

-46-


 

Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
     Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.
     Section 2.11 Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company upon its request therefor. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
     Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest . If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in such Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any such special record date. At least 15 days before any such special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
     Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
     Section 2.13 CUSIP/ISIN Numbers . The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or the ISIN numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
     Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee . If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof or pursuant to the terms of any Notes issued hereunder, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a date of redemption or purchase (the “ Redemption Date ”), an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to

-47-


 

which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
     Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased . If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis, or, to the extent that a selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot or other similar method, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
     The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in a minimum amount of $2,000) no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed or purchased in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 (or a minimum amount of $2,000) shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.
     Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption . Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Company shall deliver electronically or mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder to be redeemed or purchased at such Holder’s registered address (or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC), except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 hereof. Except as set forth in Section 3.04 hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional.
     The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed or purchased and shall state:
     (a) the Redemption Date;
     (b) the redemption price;
     (c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;
     (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
     (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
     (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;
     (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

-48-


 

     (i) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(d) hereof, any condition to such redemption.
     At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the Company and at its expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered electronically, mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
     Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the applicable redemption price; provided that notice of any redemption may be given prior to the completion of any offering or other corporate transaction, and any redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the completion of the related offering or corporate transaction. The notice, if mailed or delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to deliver such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.
     Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .
     (a) Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that Redemption Date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
     (b) If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph (a), on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an applicable Record Date but on or prior to the related applicable Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) to the Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such applicable Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
     Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part . Upon surrender of a Definitive Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.
     Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .
     (a) At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal

-49-


 

amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
     (b) At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem in any twelve month period up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued by it on the Issue Date, upon notice as described under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 103.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
     (c) On and after February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described in Sections 3.02 and 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of each of the years indicated below:
         
Year   Percentage  
2015
    103.875 %
2016
    101.938 %
2017 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     (d) Until February 1, 2014, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 107.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
     (e) Except pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to February 1, 2015.
     (f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
     Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption . The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
     Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or Excess Loss Proceeds .
     (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or Section 4.15 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer or a Loss Proceeds Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.
     (b) The Asset Sale Offer or the Loss Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company shall apply all Excess Proceeds or Excess Loss Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”), as the case may be, to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness or Additional Parity Debt (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness

-50-


 

and Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable, tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
     (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after an applicable Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer.
     (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer or a Loss Proceeds Offer, the Company shall send by first-class mail or deliver electronically a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer. The Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness and Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer, shall state:
     (1) that the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer shall remain open;
     (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
     (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 (but in a minimum amount of $2,000);
     (6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, the Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least two Business Days before the Purchase Date;
     (7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
     (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable, surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness or Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable, to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness or Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable, tendered (with such adjustments as may be necessary so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

-51-


 

     (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.
     (e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis, to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes properly accepted, together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.
     (f) The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
     Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
     Section 4.01 Payment of Notes . The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Guarantor, holds as of noon Eastern time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.
     The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and shall comply with Section 7.02(j) in connection therewith.
     The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
     Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

-52-


 

     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
     The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
     Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information .
     (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,
     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
     (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; and
     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of a material event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form;
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Company would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
     (b) The Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to Parent (or any parent entity of Parent) as long as Parent (or any such parent entity of Parent) provides a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Parent (or such parent entity, as the case may be), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration (but in no event later than the date specified in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement by which the applicable Exchange Offer for the Notes must be consummated) (1) by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement (or any other registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum, or (2) by posting reports that would be required to be filed by the first paragraph of this covenant substantially in the form required by the SEC on the Company’s website (or on the website of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee, with financial

-53-


 

information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent filed or posted within the times specified above.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Section 4.03 for purposes of this Indenture, including Section 6.01(a)(3) hereof, until at least 90 days after the date any report is due under this Section 4.03.
     Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .
     (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
     (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Company shall promptly (which shall be no more than 30 days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.
     Section 4.05 Taxes . The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.
     Section 4.06 Stay , Extension and Usury Laws . The Company and the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
     Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments .
     (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
     (I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than:
     (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or

-54-


 

     (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;
     (II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including any purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, in connection with any merger or consolidation;
     (III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:
     (a) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or
     (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of such Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or
     (IV) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any exceptions thereof) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
     (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof; and
     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (7), (9) and (14) (to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
     (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
     (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of:
     (i) (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

-55-


 

     (x) Equity Interests to employees, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and
     (y) Designated Preferred Stock;
and (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of any such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or
     (ii) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company;
provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
     (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof), (ii) contributions from a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) any Excluded Contribution, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock or (v) any Designated Preferred Stock); plus
     (d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of:
     (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances and releases of guarantees which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or
     (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, after the Issue Date; plus
     (e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company, provided that if such fair market value may exceed $25.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company and evidenced by a board resolution) of the In-

-56-


 

vestment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.
     (b) The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of the irrevocable redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
     (2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount no greater than the aggregate amount per year of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
     (3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:
     (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium to be paid, defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value;
     (C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and
     (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;
     (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement,

-57-


 

including any Equity Interests rolled over by management, directors, or employees of the Company in connection with the Transaction, (x) upon the death or disability of such employee, director or consultant or (y) upon the resignation or other termination of employment of such employee, director or consultant; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (which shall increase to $20.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $20.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $35.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
     (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case, to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus
     (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
     (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4); and provided further that (i) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from members of management of the Company, any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (ii) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, warrants or similar instruments if such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or payments, in lieu of the issuance of fractional Equity Interests or withholding to pay other taxes payable in connection therewith, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;
     (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;
     (6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the Issue Date;
     (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which shall be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
     (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);

-58-


 

provided , however , in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
     (7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
     (8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options, warrants or other equity-based awards if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or awards;
     (9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or payments of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund payments of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the consummation of a public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;
     (10) Restricted Payments that are made (a) in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received or (b) without duplication with clause (a), from the Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale in respect of property or assets acquired after the Issue Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions from the Sponsor;
     (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed (x) $40.0 million and (y) 2.50% of Total Assets at the time made;
     (12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees or any payments in connection with a Factoring Program;
     (13) any Restricted Payment made as part of the Transaction (including payments made after the Issue Date in respect of long-term incentive plans, tax gross-ups or in respect of any employment agreement entered into with officers of the Company or any direct parent of the Company), and the fees and expenses related thereto, or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to permit payment by such parent of such amounts), in each case to the extent permitted by (or, in the case of a dividend to fund such payment, to the extent such payment, if made by the Company, would be permitted by) Section 4.11 hereof;
     (14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes tendered in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have first been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
     (15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case, without duplication:

-59-


 

     (a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses, in each case to the extent required to maintain their corporate existence;
     (b) federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;
     (c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
     (e) fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and
     (16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);
provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (7), (11) and (16) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
     (c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under clauses (7), (10) or (11) of Section 4.07(b), or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to:
     (1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
     (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

-60-


 

     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the ABL Facility and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and any related documentation;
     (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees thereof;
     (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;
     (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
     (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries so acquired or the property or assets so assumed;
     (6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
     (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof;
     (10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;
     (11) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions tak en as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

-61-


 

     (13) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Receivables Facility.
     Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .
     (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and subject to the last proviso in this Section 4.09(a), any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this paragraph if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) would exceed $50.0 million.
     (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:
     (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) the Borrowing Base;
     (2) the incurrence by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Notes (including Guarantees thereof) (other than any Additional Notes) and any Exchange Notes (including Guarantees thereof) issued in exchange for such Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement;
     (3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b));
     (4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) and Disqualified Stock incurred or issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and Preferred Stock issued by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount at the date of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(4)) not to exceed the greater of (x) $40.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets; provided , however , that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase or transaction or is created within 365 (for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be the later of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the full productive use of such asset) days thereafter (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes

-62-


 

of this Section 4.09(b)(4) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this Section 4.09(b)(4));
     (5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this Section 4.09(b)(6));
     (7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed subordinated in right of payment to the Notes unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness shall not be permitted by this clause); provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;
     (8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be deemed subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness shall not be permitted by this clause); provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;
     (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause;
     (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
     (11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

-63-


 

     (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments specified in clauses (10), (12), (14), (16), (17) or (18) of the definition thereof and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this Section 4.09(b)(12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this Section 4.09(b)(12)(b);
     (13) the incurrence or issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, and the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock, in each case which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock previously issued to so refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased;
     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and
     (C) shall not include:
     (1) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company;
     (2) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor, or

-64-


 

     (3) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided , further , that subclause (A) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness.
     (14) (x) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the case of (x) and (y) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either (a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (14) shall not exceed $50.0 million;
     (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
     (16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
     (17) (A) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or
     (B) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.16 hereof;
     (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this Section 4.09(b)(18), the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 8.0% of the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as shown on the Company’s most recent balance sheet (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this Section 4.09(b)(18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this Section 4.09(b)(18);
     (19) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof;

-65-


 

     (21) Indebtedness consisting of cash management services incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (22) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;
     (23) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
     (24) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables or payables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business.
     (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
     (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (24) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and
     (2) at the time of incurrence, the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the ABL Facility on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof.
     Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
     For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness.
     The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

-66-


 

     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.
     Unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured. Senior Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
     Section 4.10 Asset Sales .
     (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
     (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the following shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose:
     (A) any liabilities (as reflected in the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on the date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Company) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement which releases or indemnifies the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities;
     (B) any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and
     (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $30.0 million and (ii) 3.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and
     (3) to the extent that any assets received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute securities or may be used or useful in a Similar Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral securing the Notes, other than Excluded Assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions described in Section 10.01(b) hereof.

-67-


 

     (b) Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
     (1) to permanently reduce Indebtedness as follows:
     (A) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale constitute Notes Collateral, to permanently reduce the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) and/or to permanently reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes and under any other Additional Parity Debt on a pro rata basis; provided that all reductions of (or offers to reduce) Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.07 hereof or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth under Section 4.10(c) hereof for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid;
     (B) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Notes Collateral, but constitute collateral for other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, to permanently reduce Obligations under such other Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (C) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Notes Collateral or collateral for any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, to permanently reduce Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes (and may elect to reduce Additional Parity Debt) on a pro rata basis; provided , further , that all reductions of Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.07 hereof or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or
     (D) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale are the property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, to permanently reduce Indebtedness of (i) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor,
     (2) to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the Collateral Documents; or
     (3) to make an Investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

-68-


 

provided that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the Collateral Documents;
provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment entered into not later than such 450th day shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment” ) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (the “ Second Commitment ”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided , further , that (x) if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied or (y) such Net Proceeds are not actually so invested or paid in accordance with clause (2) or (3) above by the end of such 180 day period, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
     (c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and (x) in the case of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral, to the holders of any Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the terms thereof or (y) in the case of any other Net Proceeds, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Guarantee (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, that, in the case of the Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of $2,000) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Obligations at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Company shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $25.0 million or less.
     To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes, Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, such Notes, Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of such Notes, such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered (and the Trustee will select the tendered Notes of tendering holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Notes tendered). Additionally, the Company may, at its option, make an Asset Sale Offer using proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after consummation or expiration of such Asset Sale. Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not used to purchase Notes in such Asset Sale Offer shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and the Company may use any Net Proceeds not required to be used for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture; provided that any such remaining Net Proceeds shall to the extent received in respect of Notes Collateral remain subject to the Lien of the Security Documents.
     (d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds which do not represent the proceeds of Notes Collateral pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

-69-


 

     (e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
     Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .
     (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).
     (b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:
     (1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investment”;
     (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses within such amount accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case, pursuant to the terms of the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or pursuant to any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Issue Date);
     (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

-70-


 

     (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
     (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any Registration Rights Agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;
     (8) the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transaction;
     (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or its direct or indirect parent entities or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility or Factoring Program;
     (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;
     (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent entities or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Company in good faith;
     (14) investments by any of the Investors in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Investors in connection therewith) so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;
     (15) the pledge of Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to lenders to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary owed to such lenders; and
     (16) any transaction with a joint venture which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity.
     Section 4.12 Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that se cures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor

-71-


 

(any such Lien, the “ Initial Lien ”), on any asset or property of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, except in the case of any asset or property that does not constitute Collateral, any Initial Lien if the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations secured by such Initial Lien.
     Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the last clause of the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien which release and discharge in the case of any sale of any such asset or property shall not affect any Lien that the Notes Collateral Agent may have on the proceeds from such sale.
     Section 4.13 Corporate Existence . Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
     Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .
     (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has previously or concurrently delivered or mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Company shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall deliver or mail notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Note Register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:
     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Company;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described in Section 4.14(d) below;
     (3) that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in

-72-


 

the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
     (7) that if the Company is repurchasing less than all of the Notes, the remaining Notes shall be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;
     (8) the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow; and
     (9) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control.
     The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
     (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law:
     (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
     (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Company.
     (c) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control; provided that the purchase date shall be no earlier than 30 days from the date a notice of such Change of Control Offer is mailed.

-73-


 

     (e) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.
     Section 4.15 Events of Loss .
     (a) Subject to the Collateral Documents, in the case of an Event of Loss with respect to any Notes Collateral, the Company or the affected Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall apply the Net Loss Proceeds from such Event of Loss, within 450 days after receipt, at its option to:
     (1) permanently reduce the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and/or Obligations under the Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt in accordance with Section 4.10(b)(1)(A) hereof;
     (2) rebuild, repair, replace or construct improvements to the affected property or facility (or enter into a binding agreement to do so, provided that (x) such rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction has been completed within the later of (i) 450 days after the receipt of the Net Loss Proceeds and (ii) six months after the date of such binding agreement and (y) if such rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Loss Proceeds not so applied will be deemed to be Excess Loss Proceeds (as defined below)); or
     (3) invest in assets and properties as described in Section 4.10(b)(2) and Section 4.10(b)(3) hereof, substituting the term “Event of Loss” for the term “Asset Sale,” the term “Net Loss Proceeds” for the term “Net Proceeds” and the term “Excess Loss Proceeds” for the term “Excess Proceeds.”
     (b) In the case of Section 4.15(a)(2) or Section 4.15(a)(3), any replacement assets or property shall be pledged as Notes Collateral, in accordance with the Collateral Documents and otherwise in compliance with the provisions in this Indenture governing After-Acquired Property.
     (c) Any Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.15(a) shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Loss Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an offer (a “ Loss Proceeds Offer ”) to all Holders and to any holders of Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the terms thereto to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Additional Parity Debt that may be purchased out of such Excess Loss Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. If any Excess Loss Proceeds remain after consummation or expiration of a Loss Proceeds Offer, such Excess Loss Proceeds may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; provided that any such remaining Net Loss Proceeds shall remain subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes tendered into such Loss Proceeds Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Loss Proceeds, then such Notes and any Additional Parity Debt will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of such Notes and such Additional Parity Debt tendered (and the Trustee shall select the tendered Notes of tendering holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Notes tendered with such adjustments as may be necessary so that unpurchased Notes are in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof). The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss by making a Loss Proceeds Offer with respect to such Net Loss Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days or with respect to Net Loss Proceeds of $25.0 million or less.
     (d) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

-74-


 

     Section 4.16 Future Guarantees .
     (a) If (i) the Company or any of its Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries organizes or acquires any Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) any Receivables Subsidiary, (y) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary and (z) a Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary if the book value of such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary’s total assets, when taken together with the aggregate book value of the total assets of all other Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to such date, does not exceed in the aggregate $10.0 million (“an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary ”)), or transfers assets to or makes an Investment in an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary such that it ceases to be an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary, then such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary (and any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary guarantees other capital markets debt securities), other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary guaranteeing Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary, guarantees the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor then such Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, shall:
     (1) within 30 days execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary; and with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor described in clause (ii) of Section 4.16(a):
     (i) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee; and
     (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and
     (2) within 30 days execute and deliver a joinder agreement to the Collateral Documents providing for a pledge of its assets as Collateral for the Notes to the same extent as set forth in this Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
provided that clause (ii) of Section 4.16(a) shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.
     (b) For purposes of clause (i) of Section 4.16(a), to the extent that the aggregate book value of the total assets of the Company’s non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Receivables Subsidiary) as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to the date of the applicable organization, acquisition, transfer of assets to or investment in a non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, exceeds $10.0 million, then, within 30 days of such date, the Company shall cause one or more of such non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries to similarly execute a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary or Subsidiaries and such additional and/or supplemental Collateral Documents such that the collective book value of the total assets of all remaining non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed $10.0 million.
     Section 4.17 Impairment of Security Interests . Subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to take, or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially

-75-


 

impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent, Trustee and Holders, except as otherwise permitted under this Indenture. Any release of the Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture shall not be deemed to impair the security hereunder, and any Person may rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other provisions of this Indenture with respect to such release have been complied with. The Company shall not amend, modify or supplement, or permit or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement of, the Collateral Documents in any manner that would be adverse to the Holders in any material respect, except as permitted under Article 9 or 10 hereof, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement.
     Section 4.18 After-Acquired Property . Promptly following the acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any After-Acquired Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, set forth in Section 10.01 hereof or otherwise included in the Collateral Documents), the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel, as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired Property added to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.
     Section 4.19 Further Assurances . The Company shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiary Guarantors (or other Subsidiaries with respect to Capital Stock of such Subsidiaries that constitutes Notes Collateral) to execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case at the sole expense of the Company in order to grant, preserve, maintain, protect and perfect (and continue the perfection of) the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents in the Collateral, including, without limitation, by making all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such financing statements). In addition, from time to time, the Company shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiary Guarantors (or other Subsidiaries with respect to Capital Stock of such Subsidiaries that constitutes Notes Collateral) to reasonably promptly secure the obligations under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to the Collateral. Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Collateral Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance as may be reasonably necessary to perfect such security interests and Liens.
     Section 4.20 Suspension of Certain Covenants .
     (a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture then, beginning on that day (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”) and continuing until the occurrence of the Reversion Date, if any, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Section 4.07 hereof, Section 4.08 hereof, Section 4.09 hereof, Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.11 hereof, and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof (the “ Suspended Covenants ”).
     (b) During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second clause of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”
     (c) In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The

-76-


 

period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “ Suspension Period ”. Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales shall be reset to zero.
     (d) During any Suspension Period, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided , however , that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness attributable to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to Section 4.12 without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under such covenant; and (ii) the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold and otherwise complies with Section 4.10; provided , however , that the foregoing provisions shall cease to apply on and subsequent to the Reversion Date following such Suspension Period.
     (e) During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for under Section 4.12 (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens) to the extent provided for in such covenant and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.12 and for no other covenant).
     (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period shall give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made shall be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period; and (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period shall be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3).
     (g) The Company shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of any such occurrence under this Section 4.20; provided that the Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the occurrence or suspension of any Suspension Date or Revision Date and no duty to notify the Holders of any such date.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
     Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .
     (a) The Company may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) the Company is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, is a corporation, partnership (including a limited partnership), trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Collateral Documents, pursuant to supplemental indentures or

-77-


 

other documents or instruments, and the Registration Rights Agreement if the exchange offer contemplated therein has not been consummated or if the Company continues to have an obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as provided under such agreement;
     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
     (A) the Company or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
     (5) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement if the exchange offer contemplated therein has not been consummated or if the Company continues to have an obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as provided under such agreement;
     (6) the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture;
     (7) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Company will (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents with the same relative priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and (c) not be subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of this Indenture; and
     (8) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Company are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the Successor Company will take such actions as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture.
     (b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Company, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,
     (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; and
     (2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
     (c) Subject to Section 11.06 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor

-78-


 

is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);
     (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture, such Guarantor’s related Guarantee and the Collateral Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;
     (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
     (D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture;
     (E) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Person shall (i) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, (ii) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the same relative priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction, and (c) not be subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of this Indenture; and
     (F) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Person are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the Successor Person shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture; or
     (2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.
     (d) Subject to Section 11.06 hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case without regard to the requirements set forth in Section 5.01(c) hereof.
     Section 5.02 Successor Person Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be), and may exercise every right and power of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, herein; provided that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except

-79-


 

in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the assets of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
     Section 6.01 Events of Default .
     (a) An “ Event of Default ,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
     (1) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise) of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes;
     (3) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of its other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents;
     (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:
     (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
     (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $25.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
     (5) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
     (6) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
          (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

-80-


 

          (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;
          (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
          (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
          (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;
     (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
          (i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
          (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or
          (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; or
     (9) any of the Collateral Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Collateral Documents ceases to give the Holders of the Notes the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Collateral Documents is declared null and void or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Collateral Document or gives written notice to such effect (in each case, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the terms of the Collateral Documents); provided that if a failure of the sort described in this clause (9) is susceptible of cure, no Event of Default shall arise under this clause (9) with respect thereto until 30 days after notice of such failure shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
     Section 6.02 Acceleration . If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee

-81-


 

shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the interest of the Holders.
     In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
     (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
     (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
     (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
     Section 6.03 Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
     In addition to the right of acceleration set forth in Section 6.02 hereof, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall, subject to the provisions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, have the right to exercise remedies with respect to the Collateral such as foreclosure, as are available under this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and at law.
     Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults . Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all the Holders waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder or the Collateral Documents (except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
     Section 6.05 Control by Majority . Subject to the other provisions of this Article 6 and restrictions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability and the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee shall be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of its own affairs under the circumstances. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture unless the Trustee shall have received indemnity, security or pre-funding to its satisfaction, against any loss, liability or expense.

-82-


 

     Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits . Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) Holders of at least 25.0% in the aggregate principal amount of all then total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) the Holders have offered the Trustee and the Trustee shall have received, if requested, reasonable security, indemnity or pre-funding to it against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security, indemnity or pre-funding; and
     (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of all then total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
     A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.
     Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
     Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel.
     Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
     Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
     Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by

-83-


 

this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
     Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
     Section 6.13 Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
     (i) to the Trustee, firstly and the Notes Collateral Agent secondly, their respective agents, advisors and attorneys for amounts due to them under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
     (ii) subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     (iii) to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13.
     Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
     Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .

-84-


 

     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee to take actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and
     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
     (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.
     (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee and the Trustee shall have received, if requested, indemnity, pre-funding or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
     (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .
     (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

-85-


 

     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
     (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
     (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.
     (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.
     (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
     (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
     (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
     (j) In the event the Company is required to pay Additional Interest, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next applicable Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Company. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.
     (k) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
     (l) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

-86-


 

     (m) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; strikes or similar labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.
     (n) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company with respect to the covenants contained in Article Four or to make any calculation in connection therewith or in connection with any redemption of the Notes. In addition, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Collateral Documents, the Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor or verify compliance by the Company or any Guarantor with any other obligation or covenant under this Indenture or the Collateral Documents.
     (o) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Collateral Documents or as required by applicable law, the Trustee shall have no duty (i) to cause the maintenance of any insurance, (ii) with respect to the payment or discharge of any tax, charge or Lien levied against any part of the Collateral, or (iii) with respect to the filing or refiling of any Collateral Document.
     (p) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Collateral Documents, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to the Holders to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, statements made in, or conditions of any of the Collateral or Collateral Documents or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of the Company.
     (q) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens upon any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part.
     Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
     Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Collateral, the Collateral Documents or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
     Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.
     Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders . Within 60 days after each January 15, beginning with the January 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act (but if no event described in Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.

-87-


 

     A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.
     Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .
     For the purposes of this Section 7.07, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the “ Indemnified Parties ,” and each as an “ Indemnified Party .” The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to each Indemnified Party from time to time such compensation (with respect to the Trustee, for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder, and with respect to the Notes Collateral Agent, for its acceptance of the Collateral Agency Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement and services thereunder) as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. Neither Indemnified Party’s compensation shall be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse each Indemnified Party promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses (including costs of collection) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of each Indemnified Party’s agents, advisors and counsel.
     The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each Indemnified Party for, and hold each Indemnified Party harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the Indenture (in the case of the Trustee) and the performance of its duties hereunder or under the Collateral Documents (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or the Collateral Documents against the Company or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Company, any Guarantor or any holder of Additional Parity Debt, or liability, in each case, in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or under the Collateral Documents). Each Indemnified Party shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by such Indemnified Party to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company and Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and such Indemnified Party may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by such Indemnified Party through such Indemnified Party’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence.
     The obligations of the Company and Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Indemnified Parties.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.12 hereof, to secure the payment obligations of the Company and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Indemnified Parties shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Indemnified Parties, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Indemnified Parties.
     When an Indemnified Party incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents, advisors and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
     Each Indemnified Party shall comply with the provisions of Section 313(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent applicable.
     Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee . A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may

-88-


 

remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
     (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
     (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
     (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
     If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
     If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Company’s expense), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
     If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
     A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
     Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc . If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
     Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification . There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
     This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee is subject to Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
     Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company . The Trustee is subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated therein.
     Section 7.12 Intercreditor Agreement, Collateral Agency Agreement, Security Agreement and Other Collateral Documents .

-89-


 

     The Trustee is hereby directed and authorized by the Holders to execute and deliver, or cause the Notes Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Security Agreement and any other Collateral Documents to the extent it is named as a party therein. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in entering into, or taking (or forbearing from) any action under or pursuant to, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other Collateral Documents, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent each shall have all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those that may be granted to it under the terms of such other agreement or agreements). Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, hereby authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement for the benefit of the Holders and agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement. In addition, each Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Notes Collateral Agent has entered into the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Security Agreement and other Collateral Documents for the benefit of the Holders and agrees to be bound by all of the provisions thereof.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
     Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors with respect to the Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
     Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and related Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, this Indenture including that of the Guarantors, and the Collateral Documents (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute reasonable instruments prepared by the Company acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
     (a) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;
     (b) the Company’s Obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
     (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s and Guarantor’s obligations in connection therewith; and
     (d) this Section 8.02.
Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
     Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections

-90-


 

4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19 hereof, clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Section 5.01(c) and Section 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and the Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), and 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), Section 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), Sections 6.01(a)(8) and 6.01(a)(9) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
     Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
     (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
     (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

-91-


 

     (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL Facility, or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting with respect to any Indebtedness being defeased from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or others; and
     (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
     Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including a Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
     Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04 hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
     Section 8.06 Repayment to Company . Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
     Section 8.07 Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application,

-92-


 

then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
     Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders . Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (and to the extent applicable, the Collateral Agent) may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
     (3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
     (4) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;
     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;
     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee hereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof;
     (9) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or private Exchange Notes, which are identical to Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable;
     (10) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture and to secure Additional Note Obligations, if any;
     (11) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
     (12) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes;
     (13) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended

-93-


 

would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;
     (14) to provide for the succession of any parties to the Collateral Documents (and other amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature) in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of the ABL Facility or any other agreement that is not prohibited by this Indenture;
     (15) to provide for the release or addition of Collateral or Guarantees in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
     (16) to provide for the issuance of the Notes in a manner consistent with the terms of this Indenture;
     (17) to provide for the succession of the Trustee as collateral agent under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents; or
     (18) to secure any Additional Parity Debt to the extent permitted by this Indenture..
     Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 13.04 hereof, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amendment or supplement authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to enter into such amendment or supplement that affects its own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.
     Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders . Except as provided below in this Section 9.02 and subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Company and the Trustee (and the Notes Collateral Agent to the extent a party to the applicable documents) may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or the Collateral Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.
     Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 13.04 hereof, the Trustee (and the Notes Collateral Agent to the extent a party to the applicable document) shall join with the Company in the execution of such amendment or supplement unless such amendment or supplement affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent may in their discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplement.

-94-


 

     It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
     After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall deliver electronically or mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to deliver electronically or mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.
     Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
     (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (for the avoidance of doubt, the provisions relating to Section 3.09 hereof, Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.14 hereof and Section 4.15 hereof are not redemptions of the Notes);
     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note (other than with respect to Additional Interest);
     (4) (A) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or (B) waive a Default in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;
     (5) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest (other than Additional Interest);
     (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or the Guarantees;
     (9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or
     (10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
     In addition, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of Notes then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (1) modify any Collateral Document or the provisions in this Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Collateral Documents that would have the impact of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Collateral Documents (except as permitted by the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents) or change or alter the priority of the security interests in the Collateral, (2) make any change in any Collateral Document or the provisions of this Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Collateral Documents or the application of proceeds of the Collateral that would adversely affect the Holders in any

-95-


 

material respect or (3) modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse to the Holders in any material respect other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.
     Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
     Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents . Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. Once an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and the terms hereof, it thereafter binds every subsequent Holder.
     The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.
     Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes . The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
     Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
     Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.
     Section 9.07 Payment for Consent . Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

-96-


 

ARTICLE 10
COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS
     Section 10.01 Collateral and Collateral Documents .
     (a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an Interest Payment Date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes and performance of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Collateral Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Notes and such other Obligations, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. The Trustee and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that the Notes Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for its benefits and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release and foreclosure of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith; provided , however , that if any of the provisions of the Collateral Documents limit, qualify or conflict with the duties imposed by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trust Indenture Act shall control. The Company shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent copies of all documents pursuant to the Collateral Documents, and shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next sentence of this Section 10.01, to assure and confirm to the Notes Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Collateral Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed.
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,
     (1) the Capital Stock and other securities of a Subsidiary of the Company that are owned by the Company or any Guarantor shall constitute Notes Collateral only to the extent that such Capital Stock and other securities can secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt without Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (“ Rule 3-16 ”) (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any other governmental agency);
     (2) in the event that Rule 3-16 requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement) and in such event, the Collateral Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder or a holder of Additional Parity Debt, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in the shares of Capital Stock and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Notes Collateral; and
     (3) in the event that Rule 3-16 is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities to secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirements). In such event, the Collateral Documents

-97-


 

may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder or holders of Additional Parity Debt, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Collateral Documents such additional Capital Stock and other securities.
     Section 10.02 Recordings and Opinions . The Company shall comply with the provisions of § 314(b) of the Trust Indenture Act following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, except to the extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Company or any other Person), subject to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act. Following such qualification, to the extent the Company is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b)(2), the Company shall furnish such opinion as required by such Section.
     Section 10.03 Release of Collateral .
     (a) Subject to Sections 10.03(b) and 10.04 hereof, Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Collateral Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents or as provided hereby. The Company and the Guarantors shall be entitled to a release of property and other assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the Trustee (subject to its receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as provided below) shall release, or instruct the Notes Collateral Agent to release, as applicable, the same from such Liens at the Company’s sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following circumstances:
     (1) to enable the Company or any Guarantor to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral (other than any such disposition to the Company or a Guarantor) to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.10 hereof;
     (2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to all of the Notes, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;
     (3) pursuant to an amendment or waiver in accordance with Article 9 hereof;
     (4) if all of the Notes have been defeased pursuant to Article 8 hereof or satisfied and discharged pursuant to Article 12 hereof; or
     (5) upon payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, all of the Notes and all other Obligations related thereto under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents with respect thereto, that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) are paid.
     (b) Upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions precedent under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents (and Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act), if any, to such release have been met and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company, the Trustee shall, or shall cause the Notes Collateral Agent, to execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Company’s expense) such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Collateral Documents. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any such release undertaken in good faith in reliance upon any such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, and notwithstanding any term hereof or in any Collateral Document to the contrary, the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to release any such Lien and security interest, or execute and deliver any such instrument of release, satisfaction or termination, unless and until it receives such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel.

-98-


 

     Section 10.04 Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements .
     (a) To the extent applicable, the Company shall cause § 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to reports, and § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property or securities subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, to be complied with.
     (b) Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 10.03 hereof shall be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents in contravention thereof. Any certificate or opinion required by § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer or legal counsel, as applicable, of the Company except in cases where § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.04, the Company shall not be required to comply with all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if it determines, in good faith based on the written advice of counsel, a copy of which written advice shall be provided to the Trustee, that under the terms of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral.
     Section 10.05 Certificates of the Trustee . In the event that the Company wishes to release Collateral in accordance with this Indenture, the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Company has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Collateral Documents and Section 10.03 hereof, if § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is applicable to such releases (the applicability of which shall be established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.04 hereof or otherwise), the Trustee shall determine whether it has received all documentation required by § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act in connection with such release (which determination may be based upon the Opinion of Counsel hereafter described) and, based on an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 13.04 hereof, shall deliver a certificate to the Notes Collateral Agent setting forth such determination. The Trustee, however, shall have no duty to confirm the legality, genuineness, accuracy, contents or validity of such documents (or any signature appearing therein), its sole duty being to certify its receipt of such documents which, on their face (and assuming that they are what they purport to be), conform to § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.
     Section 10.06 Suits To Protect the Collateral . Subject to the provisions of Article 7 hereof, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement the Trustee in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may direct the Notes Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:
     (1) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Documents; and
     (2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations hereunder.
     Subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Trustee shall have power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the Collateral or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee). Nothing in this Section 10.06 shall be considered to impose any such duty or obligation to act on the part of the Trustee.
     Section 10.07 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents . Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Trustee is authorized

-99-


 

to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Collateral Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.
     Section 10.08 Purchaser Protected . In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 10 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.
     Section 10.09 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee . In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 10 upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 13; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.
     Section 10.10 Release Upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations . In the event that the Company delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to it, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, all of the Notes and all other Obligations under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents, that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any), are paid or (ii) the Company shall have exercised its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, in compliance with the provisions of Article 8, or its satisfaction and discharge option, in compliance with the provisions of Article 12 hereof, in each case with respect to all of the Notes, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the Notes Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral (other than its rights under Section 7.07 and with respect to funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article 8 and Article 12), and any rights it has under the Collateral Documents, and upon receipt by the Notes Collateral Agent of such notice, the Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and upon request of and at the expense of the Company shall execute any release documents prepared by the Company and do or cause to be done all other acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien.
     Section 10.11 Notes Collateral Agent .
     (a) The Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby designates and appoints the Notes Collateral Agent as its agent under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby irrevocably authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Notes Collateral Agent by the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 10.11 are solely for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent and none of the Trustee, any of the Holders nor any of the Grantors shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein other than as expressly provided in Section 10.03. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, the Notes Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities hereunder nor shall the Notes Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder or any Grantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture and the Collateral Documents or otherwise exist against the Notes Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture with reference to the Notes Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

-100-


 

Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions which the Notes Collateral Agent is expressly entitled to take or assert under this Indenture, and the Collateral Documents, including the exercise of remedies pursuant to Article 6, and any action so taken or not taken shall be deemed consented to by the Trustee and the Holders.
     (b) None of the Notes Collateral Agent or any of its respective Affiliates shall (i) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or under or in connection with any Collateral Document or the transactions contemplated thereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for any recital, statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Company or any Grantor or Affiliate of any Grantor, or any officer or Related Person thereof, contained in this or any Indenture, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Notes Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this or any other Indenture or the Collateral Documents, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this or any other Indenture or the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Grantor or any other party to this Indenture or the Collateral Documents to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Notes Collateral Agent or any of its respective Affiliates shall be under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this or any other Indenture or the Collateral Documents or to inspect the properties, books, or records of any Grantor or any Grantor’s Affiliates.
     (c) The Notes Collateral Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with the Company, any Guarantor and their Affiliates as though it was not the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Trustee. The Trustee and the Holders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, the Notes Collateral Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Grantor or its respective Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of, any such Grantor or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to the Trustee or the Holders. Nothing herein shall impose or imply any obligation on the part of the Notes Collateral Agent to advance funds.
     (d) The Notes Collateral Agent is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Collateral Documents, (ii) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Collateral Documents and (iii) perform and observe its obligations under the Collateral Documents.
     (e) The Trustee agrees that it shall not (and shall not be obliged to), and shall not instruct the Notes Collateral Agent to, unless specifically requested to do so by a majority of the Holders, take or cause to be taken any action to enforce its rights under this Indenture or against any Grantor, including the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.
     If at any time or times the Trustee shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, set-off or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations arising under, or relating to, this Indenture, except for any such proceeds or payments received by the Trustee from the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or (ii) payments from the Notes Collateral Agent in excess of the amount required to be paid to the Trustee pursuant to Article 6, the Trustee shall promptly turn the same over to the Notes Collateral Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Notes Collateral Agent.
     (f) The Notes Collateral Agent is each Holder’s agent for the purpose of perfecting the Holders’ security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code can be perfected only by possession. Should the Trustee obtain possession of any such Collateral, upon request from the Company, the Trustee shall notify the Notes Collateral Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Notes Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Notes Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Notes Collateral Agent’s instructions.

-101-


 

     (g) The Notes Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Grantor or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Notes Collateral Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to determine whether all or the Company or any Guarantor’s property constituting collateral intended to be subject to the Lien and security interest of the Collateral Documents has been properly and completely listed or delivered, as the case may be, or the genuineness, validity, marketability or sufficiency thereof or title thereto, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture or any Collateral Document, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Notes Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given the Notes Collateral Agent’s own interest in the Collateral and that the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to the Trustee or any Holder as to any of the foregoing.
     (h) No provision of this Indenture or any Collateral Document shall require the Notes Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders (or the Trustee in the case of the Notes Collateral Agent) if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.
     (i) The Notes Collateral Agent (i) shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, or for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Notes Collateral Agent was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts, (ii) shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Notes Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Company (and money held in trust by the Notes Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law), (iii) the Notes Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. The grant of permissive rights or powers to the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be construed to impose duties to act.
     (j) Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control. Such acts shall include but not be limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, epidemics, governmental regulations superimposed after the fact, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes or other disasters. Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for any indirect, special or consequential damages (included but not limited to lost profits) whatsoever, even if it has been informed of the likelihood thereof and regardless of the form of action.
     Section 10.12 Designations . Except as provided in the next sentence, for purposes of the provisions hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement requiring the Company to designate Indebtedness for the purposes of the term “ABL Lenders Debt” or any other such designations hereunder or under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, any such designation shall be sufficient if the relevant designation is set forth in writing, signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent. For all purposes hereof the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Company hereby designates the Obligations pursuant to the ABL Facility as “ABL Lenders Debt.”
ARTICLE 11
GUARANTEES
     Section 11.01 Guarantee . Subject to this Article 11, from and after the Issue Date, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal

-102-


 

of, any premium or interest on, or Additional Interest in respect of the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
     The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.
     Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01.
     If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
     Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.
     Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation, reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
     In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

-103-


 

     The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general senior secured obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any, and senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor.
     Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
     Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability . Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
     Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery . To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.
     Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
     If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
     If required by Section 4.16 hereof, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.16 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.
     Section 11.04 Subrogation . Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.
     Section 11.05 Benefits Acknowledged . Each Guarantor acknowledges that it shall receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
     Section 11.06 Release of Guarantees by Subsidiary Guarantors . A Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee is required for the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

-104-


 

     (1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
     (B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
     (C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in Section 1.01 hereof; or
     (D) the Company exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option with respect to the Notes in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the Company’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged with respect to the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and
     (2) such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
     Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:
     (1) either
     (a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has heretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
     (2) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the ABL Facility, or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

-105-


 

     (3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and
     (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.
     In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of Section 7.07, Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
     Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls . Subject to Section 13.16 hereof, if any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, the imposed duties shall control.
     Section 13.02 Notices . Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122
If to the Trustee:
Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North

-106-


 

1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890
Fax No: 302-636-4145
Attention: Corporate Client Series — Polymer Group, Inc.
     The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
     All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
     Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be delivered electronically in accordance with DTC’s applicable procedures or mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
     If a notice or communication is delivered or mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
     If the Company delivers or mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall deliver or mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
     Section 13.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders . Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.
     Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Company or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
     Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Section 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act) shall comply with the provisions of Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act and shall include:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

-107-


 

     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
     Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
     Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture or the Collateral Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting the Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
     Section 13.08 Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     Section 13.09 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     Section 13.10 Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
     Section 13.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
     Section 13.12 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind their successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.06.
     Section 13.13 Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
     Section 13.14 Counterpart Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

-108-


 

     Section 13.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc . The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
     Section 13.16 Qualification of Indenture . The Company and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. The Trust Indenture Act shall not apply to this Indenture prior to such qualification, and all references herein to compliance with the Trust Indenture Act refer to such compliance following any such qualification.
     The Company has elected to exclude the provisions of Section 315(d)(3) and 316(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act from this Indenture. Following the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, to the extent any Term Loans remain outstanding at that time, and to the extent any of the voting provisions set forth in Articles 6 and 9 hereof are deemed by any court or governmental authority to be inconsistent with the Trust Indenture Act, any action under this Indenture that requires the vote or participation of the holders of the then outstanding Term Loans shall be taken without the participation of the holders of the Term Loans.
     Section 13.17 Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement Govern .
     Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as “Notes Collateral Agent,” and on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the ABL Facility to extend credit and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
     Reference is made to the Collateral Agency Agreement. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement, including the priority of payment provisions provided for in the Collateral Agency Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Agency Agreement as “Notes Collateral Agent,” and on behalf of such Holder.
[Signatures on following page]

-109-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
  POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   
 
  PGI POLYMER, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  FABRENE, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
[Signature Page to Indenture]

 


 

         
  PGI EUROPE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
[Signature Page to Indenture]

 


 

         
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee and
Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Joshua C. Jones    
    Name:   Joshua C. Jones   
    Title:   Financial Services Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Indenture]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[Face of Senior Secured Note]
[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

A-1


 

CUSIP:
ISIN:
[RULE 144A] [REGULATION S] [GLOBAL] NOTE
representing
7.75% Senior Secured Note due 2019
No.
Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to               or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of            United States Dollars] on February 1, 2019.
Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2011
Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

A-2


 

     IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated:
         
  POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

A-3


 

         
     This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
Dated:
         
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

A-4


 

[Back of Note]
7.75% Senior Secured Note due 2019
     Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
     (1)  Interest . Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.75% per annum from January 28, 2011 1 until maturity and to pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company shall pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year beginning August 1, 2011, or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on this Note shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including January 28, 2011 1 . The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate borne by this Note to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate borne by this Note to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
     (2)  Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on this Note and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of this Note at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date (each, the “ Record Date ”), even if this Note is cancelled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on all Global Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
     (3)  Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, Wilmington Trust Company, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
     (4)  Indenture . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Polymer Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019. The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01, Section 4.09 and Section 4.12 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
     (5)  Optional Redemption .
 
1   In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

A-5


 

     (a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b), 5(c) and 5(e) hereof, the Company shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to February 1, 2015.
     (b) At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
     (c) At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem in any twelve month period up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued by it on the Issue Date, upon notice as described under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 103.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
     (d) On and after February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described in Section 3.02 of the Indenture at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of each of the years indicated below:
         
Year   Percentage  
2015
    103.875 %
2016
    101.938 %
2017 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     (e) Until February 1, 2014, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 107.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
     (f) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
     (6)  Mandatory Redemption . The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
     (7)  Notice of Redemption . Subject to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, the Company shall deliver electronically or mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder to be redeemed or purchased at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture. Except as set forth in Section 3.07 of the Indenture, notices of redemption may not be conditional.
     The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed or purchased and shall state:
     (a) the Redemption Date;

A-6


 

     (b) the redemption price;
     (c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;
     (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
     (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
     (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;
     (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and
     (i) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Indenture, any condition to such redemption.
     At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the Company and at its expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered electronically, mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Indenture (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
     (8)  Offers to Repurchase . (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”), subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant applicable Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant applicable Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.
     (b) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within ten Business Days of each date that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders and (x) in the case of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of Note Collateral, to the holders of any Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the terms thereof or (y) in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Guarantee (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such pari passu indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, that in the case of the Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of $2,000) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Obligations at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made in accordance with Sections 3.09 and 4.10 of the Indenture.

A-7


 

     (c) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries suffers an Event of Loss, within ten Business Days of each date that the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an offer (“ Loss Proceeds Offer ”) to all Holders and to the holders of any Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the terms thereof to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Additional Parity Debt, that, in the case of the Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of $2,000) that may be purchased out of the Excess Loss Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Loss Proceeds Offer shall be made in accordance with Sections 3.09 and 4.15 of the Indenture.
     (9)  Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
     (10)  Security . The Notes shall be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Collateral Documents. The Notes Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, to enter into the Collateral Documents, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.
     (11)  Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.
     (12)  Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . The Indenture, the Collateral Documents, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.
     (13)  Defaults and Remedies . If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
     (14)  Guarantees . The Company’s obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.
     (15)  Authentication . This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
     (16)  Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes . In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement).
     (17)  Governing Law . THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

A-8


 

     (18)  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

A-9


 

     The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address:
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122

A-10


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note
to:
     
     
    (Insert assignee’s legal name)
     
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D no.)
     
 
     
 
     
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                        to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                                                                                  
         
Your Signature:
       
 
 
 
(Sign exactly as your name
   
 
  appears on the face of this Note)    
Signature Guarantee*:                                                                    
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-11


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10, 4.14 or 4.15of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
[ ] Section 4.10 [ ] Section 4.14 [ ] Section 4.15
     If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10, Section 4.14 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$________
Date:
         
Your Signature:
       
 
 
 
(Sign exactly as your name
   
 
  appears on the face of this    
 
  Note)    
Tax Identification No.:                                                                                    
Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                    
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-12


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
     The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $             . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                 
            Principal Amount of this    
        Amount of Increase in   Global Note following   Signature of Authorized
    Amount of Decrease in   Principal Amount of   such Decrease or In-   Officer of Trustee or
Date of Exchange   Principal Amount   this Global Note   crease   Custodian
 
               
`
               
 
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-13


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122
Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890
Fax No: 302-636-4145
Attention: Corporate Client Series — Polymer Group, Inc.
     Re: 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019
     Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Polymer Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
     _____________ (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
     1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions.
     2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or

B-1


 

benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
     (a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
     (b) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or
     (c) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
     4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.
     (a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
[Insert Name of Transferor]

B-2


 

         
   
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
Dated: ________________  

B-3


 

         
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a)   [ ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP 731745 AK1), or
  (ii)   [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP: U73139 AC8), or
(b)   [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.   After the Transfer the Transferee shall hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a)   [ ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP 731745 AK1), or
  (ii)   [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP: U73139 AC8), or
  (iii)   [ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP 731745 AL9); or
(b)   [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c)   [ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122
Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890
Fax No: 302-636-4145
Attention: Corporate Client Series — Polymer Group, Inc.
     Re: 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019
     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Polymer Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
     ___________ (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
     1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
     a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial

C-1


 

interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
     a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2


 

     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and are dated.
         
[Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
Dated: _______________  

C-3


 

         
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
1.   The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
  (a)   o a Restricted Global Note, or
 
  (b)   o a Restricted Definitive Note
2.   After the Exchange the Owner will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
  (a)   o an Unrestricted Global Note, or
 
  (b)   o an Unrestricted Definitive Note, or
 
  (c)   o a Restricted Definitive Note, or
 
  (d)   o 144A Global Note (CUSIP 731745 AK1), or
 
  (e)   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U73139 AC8).

C-4


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
     Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of , among (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
     WHEREAS, Polymer Group, Inc. and the Guarantors party thereto (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee a Senior Secured Notes Indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of January 28, 2011, providing for the issuance of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019;
     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”);
     and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
     (1)  Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
     (2)  Agreement to Guarantee . The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:
     (a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:
     (i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and
     (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
     (b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or

F-1


 

consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.
     (c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.
     (d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture, the Collateral Documents and this Supplemental Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantor accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.
     (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors (including the Subsidiary Guarantor), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
     (f) The Subsidiary Guarantor shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.
     (g) As between the Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.
     (h) The Subsidiary Guarantor shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.
     (i) Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or fraudulent conveyance laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
     (j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation, reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

F-2


 

     (k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
     (l) This Guarantee shall be a general senior secured obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, and senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor.
     (m) Each payment to be made by the Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
     (3)  Execution and Delivery . The Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
     (4)  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .
     (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantor shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (i) (A) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);
     (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantor’s related Guarantee and the Collateral Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
     (D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture;
     (E) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Person shall (i) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, (ii) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, and (iii) not be subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of the Indenture; and
     (F) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Person are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the Successor Person shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture; or
     (ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture.

F-3


 

     (b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge or consolidate with or into, wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, in each case without regard to the requirements set forth in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture..
     (5)  Releases . The Guarantee of the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee is required for the release of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:
     (1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;
     (B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the Indebtedness which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
     (C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.07 of the Indenture and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in Section 1.01 of the Indenture; or
     (D) the Company exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the satisfaction and discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and
     (2) such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
     (6)  No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors (including the Subsidiary Guarantor) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture, the Collateral Documents or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
     (7)  Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     (8)  Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
     (9)  Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
     (10)  The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Subsidiary Guarantor.

F-4


 

     (11)  Subrogation . The Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by the Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 11.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Subsidiary Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.
     (12)  Benefits Acknowledged . The Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it shall receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
     (13)  Successors . All agreements of the Subsidiary Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

F-5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
  [SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

F-6

Exhibit 4.3
EXECUTION VERSION
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
by and among
Polymer Group, Inc.,
the Guarantors Named Herein
and
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Dated as of January 28, 2011

 


 

          This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of January 28, 2011, by and among Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) the Guarantors listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Guarantors ”), and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), who have agreed to purchase the Company’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “ Initial Notes ”) and the related guarantees (the “ Initial Guarantees ”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Initial Notes and the Initial Guarantees are herein collectively referred to as the “Initial Securities.”
          This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2011 (as amended, modified or supplemented, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ MergerCo ”), and the Initial Purchasers as supplemented as of the date of this Agreement by the joinder agreement to the Purchase Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”) by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Initial Notes (as hereinafter defined) (including the Initial Purchasers). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Notes, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement.
The parties hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:
      Additional Interest : As defined in Section 5 hereof.
      Advice : As defined in the last paragraph of Section 6(c) hereof.
      Agreement : As defined in the preamble hereto.
      Broker-Dealer : Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.
      Business Day : Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or obligated to be closed.
      Closing Date : The date of this Agreement.
      Commission : The Securities and Exchange Commission.
      Consummate : A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
      Effectiveness Period : As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.
      Exchange Act : The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
      Exchange Guarantees : The guarantees to be issued by the Guarantors, relating to the Exchange Securities.

 


 

      Exchange Offer : The registration by the Company and the Guarantors under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities and the Exchange Guarantees in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.
      Exchange Offer Registration Statement : The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.
      Exchange Securities : The 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Securities, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement.
      FINRA : The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
      Holder : As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.
      Indemnified Holder : As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.
      Indenture : The Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), pursuant to which the Initial Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
      Initial Guarantees : As defined in the preamble hereto.
      Initial Notes : As defined in the preamble hereto.
      Initial Placement : The issuance and sale by the Company of the Initial Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
      Initial Placement Date : The date of the Initial Placement.
      Initial Purchasers : As defined in the preamble hereto.
      Initial Securities : As defined in the preamble hereto.
      Interest Payment Date : As defined in the Indenture and the Initial Securities.
      Joinder Agreement : As defined in the preamble hereto.
      Offering Memorandum : The offering memorandum, dated January 13, 2011, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.
      Person : An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
      Private Exchange : As defined in Section 3(c) hereof.
      Private Exchange Securities : As defined in Section 3(c) hereof.

-2-


 

      Prospectus : The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.
      Purchase Agreement : As defined in the preamble hereto.
      Registration Deadline : The date that is 365 days after the Closing Date.
      Registration Default : As defined in Section 5 hereof.
      Registration Statement : Any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.
      Securities : The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities.
      Securities Act : The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
      Shelf Registration Statement : As defined in Section 4 hereof.
      Shelf Suspension Period : As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.
      Transfer Restricted Securities : Each Initial Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security and entitled to be resold to the public by the Holders thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement, (c) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by a Broker Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein) and (d) the later of (x) the date which is two years after the Initial Placement Date and (y) the date on which all such Initial Securities (except for Securities held by an affiliate of the Company) are no longer subject to any restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act, including those pursuant to Rule 144.
      Trust Indenture Act : The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa — 77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture.
      Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering : A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.
SECTION 2. Securities Subject to This Agreement .
          (a) Transfer Restricted Securities . The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.
          (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities . A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “ Holder ”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.

-3-


 

SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer .
          (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) below have been complied with), the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Offer Registration Statement under the Securities Act, (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Initial Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) below.
          (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided , however , that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on or before the Registration Deadline.
          (c) If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers hold any Initial Securities acquired by them that have the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Company, upon the request of the Initial Purchasers, shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers, in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for such Initial Securities held by any such Holder, a like principal amount of notes (the “ Private Exchange Securities ”) of the Company, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Securities except for the placement of a restrictive legend on such Private Exchange Securities. The Private Exchange Securities shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Securities and bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities if permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau.
          (d) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer

-4-


 

except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.
          The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) below to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earliest of (i) 90 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective, (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities and (iii) the date on which all the Exchange Securities covered by such Exchange Offer Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
          The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 90-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.
SECTION 4. Shelf Registration .
          (a) Shelf Registration . If (1) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer, (2) the Exchange Offer is not Consummated on or before the Registration Deadline, (3) any holder of Private Exchange Securities so requests in writing to the Company at any time within 30 days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, or (4) in the case of any Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive Exchange Securities on or before the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act) and so notifies the Company within 30 days after such Holder first becomes aware of such restrictions, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (x) use their commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) as soon as practicable after the filing obligation arises, which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and
     (y) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective promptly under the Securities Act by the Commission.
The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, until the earlier of (i) one year from the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission and (ii) such time as all of the Securities have been sold thereunder, provided that the Company shall have no obligation to file or maintain a Shelf Registration Statement after the second anniversary of the Initial Placement

-5-


 

Date if at such time all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement are eligible for resale under Rule 144, without regard to volume, manner of sale or other restrictions contained in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule) (the “ Effectiveness Period ”); provided, further, that the one year period referred to in clause (i) shall be extended by both (I) the aggregate number of days comprising all Shelf Suspension Periods and (II) the number of days during which such Shelf Registration Statement shall cease to be effective or shall otherwise be unavailable for the resale of Securities as contemplated hereby.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, at any time, the Company may delay the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement or delay or suspend the effectiveness thereof, for a reasonable period of time, but not in excess of 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year (each, a “ Shelf Suspension Period ”), if the Board of Directors of the Company determines reasonably and in good faith that the filing of any such Initial Shelf Registration Statement or the continuing effectiveness thereof would require the disclosure of non-public material information that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, would be detrimental to the Company if so disclosed or would otherwise materially adversely affect a financing, acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction or such action is required by applicable law. Any Shelf Suspension Period pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall begin on the date specified in a written notice given by the Company to the Holders and shall end on the date specified in a subsequent written notice given by the Company to the Holders.
          (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement . No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.
SECTION 5. Additional Interest .
     If (a) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated or a Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the Registration Deadline, or (b) if applicable, a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of the Transfer Restricted Securities registered thereunder) (each such event referred to in clauses (a) and (b), a “ Registration Default ”), then additional interest (“ Additional Interest ”) shall accrue on the principal amount of the Initial Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue; provided that the rate which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) (such Additional Interest to be calculated by the Company) commencing on the (x) first day after the Registration Deadline, in the case of clause (a) above, or (y) the day such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective in the case of clause (b) above; provided , however , that upon the exchange of the Exchange Securities for all Transfer Restricted Securities tendered, or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective, Additional Interest on the Initial Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in respect of which such events relate as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 5, the Company shall not be obligated to pay

-6-


 

Additional Interest provided in this Section 5 during a Shelf Suspension Period permitted by Section 4(a) hereof.
SECTION 6. Registration Procedures .
          (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement . In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and each of the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) below, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:
     (i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law and it is advisable to do so, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate a Exchange Offer for such Initial Securities. The Company and the Guarantors each hereby agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take action to effect a change of Commission policy. The Company and the Guarantors each hereby agree, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission.
     (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder, including any Holder that is a Broker-Dealer, shall acknowledge and agree that any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.
          (b) Shelf Registration Statement . In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and each of the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below.

-7-


 

          (c) General Provisions . In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Securities by Broker-Dealers), the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (i) use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or document incorporated by reference, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of an amendment, use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;
     (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act, as applicable, in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;
     (iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, and (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

-8-


 

     (iv) furnish without charge to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, at least one copy before filing with the Commission of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including, if requested in writing by any such Person, all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement, if not available on the Commission’s EDGAR database), which Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus will be subject to the review of the Initial Purchasers and such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a reasonable period, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus to which the Initial Purchasers or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or an underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
     (v) make reasonably available for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchaser or any of the underwriter(s), all material financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons to conduct an investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided , however , (A) that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp and on behalf of any other parties by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 7 hereof, and (B) that any information that is reasonably and in good faith designated by the Company in writing as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Initial Purchasers, the Holders, or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or other agent, unless (1) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order or is necessary to respond to inquiries of regulatory authorities, (2) disclosure of such information is required by law (including any disclosure requirements pursuant to federal securities laws in connection with the filing of such Registration Statement or the use of any Prospectus), (3) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard such information by such person or (4) such information becomes available to such Initial Purchaser, Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or other agent from a source other than the Company and such source is not known, after due inquiry, by the relevant Initial Purchaser, Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or other agent to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or is not otherwise under a duty of trust to the Company.
     (vi) if requested in writing by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer

-9-


 

Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (vii) use commercially reasonable efforts to confirm that the ratings assigned to the Initial Securities will apply to the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any;
     (viii) furnish to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if requested in writing, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);
     (ix) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;
     (x) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by an Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not such registration is an Underwritten Registration, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (A) furnish to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:
     (1) a certificate, dated the date of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request;
     (2) an opinion, dated the date of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter, addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions, reasonably requested in underwritten offerings, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other

-10-


 

representatives of the Company and the Guarantors, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company and the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers’ representatives and the Initial Purchasers’ counsel in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing (relying as to materiality to a large extent upon facts provided to such counsel by officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors and without independent check or verification), no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the Shelf Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and
     (3) customary comfort letters, dated as of the date of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter from (a) the Company’s and the Guarantors’ independent accountants and (b) the independent accountants of any other Person for which financial statements are included in or incorporated by reference in to such Shelf Registration Statement, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;
     (B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and
     (C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or the Guarantors pursuant to this clause (x), if any.
If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contemplated in clause (A)(1) above cease to be true and correct, the Company or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;
     (xi) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s) may reasonably request and do

-11-


 

any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
     (xii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by and sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities, having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of the purchaser of such Securities; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;
     (xiii) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s);
     (xiv) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in clause (xi) above;
     (xv) if any fact or event contemplated by clause (c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
     (xvi) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;
     (xvii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and approved by such governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders selling Transfer Restricted Securities to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities;
     (xviii) otherwise use their commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to the Company’s security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of

-12-


 

any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement;
     (xix) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with, and cause the Guarantors to cooperate with, the Trustee and the Holders of Initial Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute, and cause the Guarantors to execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; and
     (xx) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act.
          Each Holder shall agree by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xv) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xv) hereof or shall have received the Advice; however, no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest.
SECTION 7. Registration Expenses .
          (a) All expenses incident to the Company’s or the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by the Initial Purchasers or Holders with the FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of the FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) below, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance); and (vi) all fees and expenses of the trustee and the exchange agent and their counsel.

-13-


 

          The Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear their internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors.
          (b) In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement), the Company and the Guarantors will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Shelf Registration Statement is being prepared.
SECTION 8. Indemnification .
          (a) The Company agrees and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “ controlling person ”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives, affiliates and agents of any Holder or any controlling Person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “ Indemnified Holder ”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including without limitation and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company and the Guarantors by such Holder expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any Guarantor may otherwise have.
          In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or any Guarantor, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing ( provided that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Company or the Guarantors of their respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement except to the extent they are materially prejudiced as a proximate result of such failure). In case any such action is brought against any Indemnified Holder and such Indemnified Holder seeks or intends to seek indemnity from the Company or the Guarantors, the Company or the Guarantors will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the Indemnified Holder promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such Indemnified Holder, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Holder; provided , however , if the defendants in any such action include both the Indemnified Holder and the Company or the Guarantors and the Indemnified Holder shall have reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that a conflict may arise between the positions of the Company or the Guarantors and the Indemnified Holder in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other

-14-


 

Indemnified Holders which are different from or additional to those available to the Company or the Guarantors, the Indemnified Holder or Holders shall have the right to select separate counsel (including, if necessary, one local counsel in each jurisdiction) to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Holder or Holders. Upon receipt of notice from the Company or Guarantors to such Indemnified Holder of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the Indemnified Holder of counsel, the Company or the Guarantors will not be liable to such Indemnified Holder under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Holder in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the Indemnified Holder shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Company or the Guarantors shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel), approved by the Company or the Guarantors, representing the Indemnified Holders who are parties to such action) or (ii) the Company or the Guarantors shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Holder to represent the Indemnified Holder within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, in each of which case the fees and expenses of counsel (including, if necessary, one local counsel in each jurisdiction) shall be at the expense of the Company or the Guarantors. It is understood and agreed that the Company or the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (together with any local counsel) for all Indemnified Holders. Each Indemnified Holder, as a condition to indemnification hereunder, shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company or the Guarantors in the defense of any such action or claim. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected without the Company’s prior written consent, but if settled with such consent or there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding and (ii) does not include any statements as to or any findings of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
          (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents, and any person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company and the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company, the Guarantors, any such controlling person, or their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Company and the Guarantors and the Company, the Guarantors, such controlling person and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents shall have the rights and duties given to each Indemnified Holder by Section 8(a). In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

-15-


 

          (c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections, including by reason of failure to notify the Company and the Guarantors of indemnification obligations thereunder to the extent that they are materially prejudiced as a proximate result of such failure) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds from the Initial Placement as set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum) or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, or by the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.
          The Company and the Guarantors agree and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.
SECTION 9. Rule 144A .
          The Company and the Guarantors each hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

-16-


 

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations .
          No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters .
          The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
SECTION 12. Miscellaneous .
          (a) Remedies . The Company and the Guarantors each hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
          (b) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company will not, and will cause the Guarantors to not, on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person pursuant to which any such Person would have the right to include any securities in any Registration Statement to be filed with the Commission as required under this Agreement. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.
          (c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities . The Company and the Guarantors will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Securities that would materially and adversely affect their ability to Consummate the Exchange Offer.
          (d) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly af fects the rights of an Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

-17-


 

          (e) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
     (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and
     (ii) If to the Initial Purchasers:
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (212) 816-7912
with a copy to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: John Papachristos, Esq.
Facsimile No.: (212) 269-5420
If to the Company or the Guarantors:
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122
with a copy to:
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Facsimile: (212) 455-2502
Attention: Igor Fert, Esq.
          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
          Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.
          (f) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided , however , that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a

-18-


 

Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.
          (g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          (h) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
          (i) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          (j) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
          (k) Consent to Jurisdiction . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“ Related Proceedings ”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City and County of New York (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “ Related Judgment ”), as to which such jurisdiction is exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
          (l) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the Company and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
          (m) Entire Agreement . This Agreement together with the Purchase Agreement (and the Joinder Agreement) and the Indenture (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
[Signature Page Follows]

-19-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  Very truly yours,

POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary 
 
 
         
  PGI POLYMER, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
         
  CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
         
  FABRENE, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
         
  DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
         
  PGI EUROPE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
     
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
 
  Acting on behalf of themselves
 
  and as the Representatives of
 
  the several Initial Purchasers
 
   
By:
  Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
         
     
By:   /s/ Cesar W. Wyszomioski      
  Name:   Cesar W. Wyszomioski     
  Title:   Director     
 
Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE A
Guarantors
     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
PGI Polymer, Inc.
  Delaware
Chicopee, Inc.
  Delaware
Fabrene, L.L.C.
  Delaware
Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
  Delaware
PGI Europe, Inc.
  Delaware

A-1

Exhibit 5.1
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett llp
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, N.Y. 10017-3954
(212) 455-2000
 
Facsimile (212) 455-2502
October 24, 2011
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel to Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and to the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Guarantors”) in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the issuance by the Company up to of $560,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “Exchange Securities”) and the issuance by the Guarantors of guarantees (the “Guarantees”) with respect to the Exchange Securities. The Exchange Securities and the Guarantees will be issued under an Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Exchange Securities will be offered by the Company in exchange (the “Exchange”) for $560,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, as applicable.
     We have examined the Registration Statement and the Indenture (including the form of Exchange Security set forth therein), which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such

 


 

Polymer Group, Inc.
records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company and the Guarantors.
     In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. We also have assumed that the Indenture is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Trustee.
     Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:
     1. When the Exchange Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture upon the Exchange, the Exchange Securities will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.
     2. When (a) the Exchange Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture upon the Exchange and (b) the Guarantees have been duly issued, the Guarantees will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.
     Our opinions set forth above are subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
     We express no opinion as to the validity, legally binding effect or enforceability of any provision of the Indenture that requires or relates to payment of interest at a rate or in an amount that a court would determine in the circumstances under applicable law to be commercially unreasonable or a penalty or a forfeiture. In addition, we express no opinion as to the validity, legally binding effect or enforceability of (i) the waivers of rights and defenses contained in Sections 11.01 and 13.07 of the Indenture and (ii)

-2-


 

Polymer Group, Inc.
Section 13.13 of the Indenture, relating to the severability of provisions of the Guarantees, the Exchange Securities and the Indenture.
     We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the law of the State of New York, the federal law of the United States, the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP    
     
  SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP   

-3-


 

         
Schedule I
Guarantors
     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
Chicopee, Inc.
  Delaware
Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
  Delaware
Fabrene, L.L.C.
  Delaware
PGI Europe, Inc.
  Delaware
PGI Polymer, Inc.
  Delaware

 

Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION VERSION
U.S. $50,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of January 28, 2011
among
SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
as Holdings,
SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION,
as Lead Borrower
(to be merged with and into POLYMER GROUP, INC.),
THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
as Syndication Agent,
and
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
and
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS,
as co-Documentation Agents,
and
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
BARCLAYS CAPITAL
and
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I
 
       
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
Section 1.01 Defined Terms
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions
    58  
Section 1.03 Accounting Terms and Determinations
    58  
Section 1.04 Rounding
    59  
Section 1.05 Times of Day
    59  
Section 1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts
    59  
Section 1.07 Currency Equivalents Generally
    59  
 
       
ARTICLE II
 
       
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
 
       
Section 2.01 The Loans
    60  
Section 2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans
    61  
Section 2.03 Letters of Credit
    63  
Section 2.04 Swing Line Loans
    72  
Section 2.05 Prepayments
    76  
Section 2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments
    78  
Section 2.07 Repayment of Loans
    79  
Section 2.08 Interest
    79  
Section 2.09 Fees
    80  
Section 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate and Applicable Fee Rate
    81  
Section 2.11 Evidence of Debt
    82  
Section 2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback
    82  
Section 2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders
    86  
Section 2.14 Increase in Revolving Credit Facility
    87  
Section 2.15 Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers’ Agent
    88  
Section 2.16 Defaulting Lenders
    89  
 
       
 
       
ARTICLE III
 
       
TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
 
       
Section 3.01 Taxes
    90  
Section 3.02 Illegality
    93  
Section 3.03 Inability to Determine Rates
    94  
Section 3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans
    94  
Section 3.05 Compensation for Losses
    95  
Section 3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
    96  
Section 3.07 Survival
    96  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE IV
 
       
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
 
       
Section 4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension
    96  
Section 4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions
    99  
 
       
ARTICLE V
 
       
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
       
Section 5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
    100  
Section 5.02 Authorization; No Contravention
    100  
Section 5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
    100  
Section 5.04 Binding Effect
    101  
Section 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
    101  
Section 5.06 Litigation
    102  
Section 5.07 No Default
    102  
Section 5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens; Intellectual Property; Insurance
    102  
Section 5.09 Environmental Compliance
    102  
Section 5.10 Taxes
    103  
Section 5.11 ERISA Compliance
    104  
Section 5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests
    104  
Section 5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
    104  
Section 5.14 Disclosure
    104  
Section 5.15 Solvency
    105  
Section 5.16 Subordination of Junior Financing
    105  
Section 5.17 Collateral Documents
    105  
Section 5.18 Labor Matters
    105  
Section 5.19 [Reserved]
    105  
Section 5.20 [Reserved]
    105  
Section 5.21 Anti-Terrorism Law
    105  
 
       
ARTICLE VI
 
       
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
 
       
Section 6.01 Financial Statements
    106  
Section 6.02 Certificates; Other Information
    108  
Section 6.03 Notices
    111  
Section 6.04 Payment of Obligations
    111  
Section 6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc.
    111  
Section 6.06 Maintenance of Properties
    112  
Section 6.07 Maintenance of Insurance
    112  
Section 6.08 Compliance with Laws
    113  
Section 6.09 Books and Records
    113  
Section 6.10 Inspection Rights
    113  
Section 6.11 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security
    114  
Section 6.12 Compliance with Environmental Laws
    116  
Section 6.13 Further Assurances and Post Closing Covenants
    116  

-ii-


 

         
    Page  
Section 6.14 [Reserved]
    118  
Section 6.15 Collateral Administration
    118  
Section 6.16 Corporate Separateness
    120  
Section 6.17 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
    120  
Section 6.18 Maintenance of Cash Management System
    121  
 
       
ARTICLE VII
 
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
 
       
Section 7.01 Liens
    122  
Section 7.02 Investments
    125  
Section 7.03 Indebtedness
    128  
Section 7.04 Fundamental Changes
    131  
Section 7.05 Dispositions
    132  
Section 7.06 Restricted Payments
    134  
Section 7.07 Change in Nature of Business
    138  
Section 7.08 Transactions with Affiliates
    138  
Section 7.09 Burdensome Agreements
    139  
Section 7.10 Use of Proceeds
    140  
Section 7.11 Accounting Changes
    140  
Section 7.12 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness
    140  
Section 7.13 Permitted Activities of Holdings
    141  
Section 7.14 Concentration Account
    141  
Section 7.15 Designation of Subsidiaries
    141  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII
 
       
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
Section 8.01 Events of Default
    142  
Section 8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default
    144  
Section 8.03 Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries
    145  
Section 8.04 Application of Funds
    145  
 
       
ARTICLE IX
 
       
AGENTS
 
       
Section 9.01 Appointment and Authority
    149  
Section 9.02 Rights as a Lender
    150  
Section 9.03 Exculpatory Provisions
    150  
Section 9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent
    151  
Section 9.05 Delegation of Duties
    151  
Section 9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent
    151  
Section 9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
    152  
Section 9.08 No Other Duties, Etc.
    152  
Section 9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
    153  
Section 9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters
    153  
Section 9.11 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements
    154  
Section 9.12 Withholding Tax
    154  

-iii-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE X
 
       
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.01 Amendments, Etc.
    155  
Section 10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication
    158  
Section 10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement
    159  
Section 10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
    160  
Section 10.05 Payments Set Aside
    162  
Section 10.06 Successors and Assigns
    162  
Section 10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
    166  
Section 10.08 Right of Setoff
    167  
Section 10.09 Interest Rate Limitation
    168  
Section 10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
    168  
Section 10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties
    168  
Section 10.12 Severability
    168  
Section 10.13 Replacement of Lenders
    168  
Section 10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction Etc.
    169  
Section 10.15 [Reserved]
    170  
Section 10.16 Waiver of Jury Trial
    170  
Section 10.17 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
    171  
Section 10.18 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
    171  
Section 10.19 USA PATRIOT Act Notice
    171  
Section 10.20 Intercreditor Agreements and Collateral Agency Agreement
    172  

-iv-


 

         
Schedules:
       
 
       
Schedule 1.01A
  -   Guarantors
Schedule 1.01B
  -   Certain Security Interests and Guarantees
Schedule 1.01C
  -   Unrestricted Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.01D
  -   Excluded Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.01E
  -   Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 2.01A
  -   Lenders; Applicable Percentage
Schedule 2.01B
  -   Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders; Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments; Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage
Schedule 2.01C
  -   Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders; Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments; Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage
Schedule 5.01
  -   Compliance with Laws
Schedule 5.05(a)
  -   Material Dispositions Not Reflected in Financial Statements
Schedule 5.06
  -   Litigation
Schedule 5.11(a)
  -   ERISA Compliance
Schedule 5.12
  -   Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
Schedule 6.02(vi)
  -   Financial and Collateral Reports
Schedule 6.13(d)
  -   Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 7.01(c)
  -   Existing Liens
Schedule 7.02(g)
  -   Existing Investments
Schedule 7.03(c)
  -   Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 7.08
  -   Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 7.09
  -   Existing Restrictions
Schedule 10.02
  -   Administrative Agent’s Office
 
       
Exhibits:
       
 
       
Exhibit A-1
  -   Form of Committed Loan Notice
Exhibit A-2
  -   Form of Swing Line Loan Notice
Exhibit B-1
  -   Form of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B-2
  -   Form of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B-3
  -   Form of Swing Line Note
Exhibit C-1
  -   Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit C-2
  -   Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit D
  -   Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E
  -   Form of Opinion of Counsel to Loan Parties
Exhibit F
  -   Form of Guaranty
Exhibit G-1
  -   Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit G-2
  -   Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit H
  -   Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit I
  -   Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit J
  -   Form of Non-Bank Certificate

-v-


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of January 28, 2011 among SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION (“ Merger Sub ” and, prior to the Merger (as defined below), the “ Lead Borrower ”), a Delaware corporation to be merged with and into POLYMER GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” and, upon and after the Merger, the “ Lead Borrower ”), the other Borrowers from time to time party hereto, CITIBANK, N.A. (“ Citibank ”), as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the other agents listed herein and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
     Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger among the Company, Holdings and Merger Sub (the “ Merger Agreement ”), (i) Merger Sub, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, will merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) with each share of Company common stock, other than (i) shares of Company common stock directly owned by Holdings, Merger Sub, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) shares for which appraisal rights have been validly demanded, will be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Closing Payment (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and the Per Share Escrow Payments (as defined in the Merger Agreement).
     In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrowers have requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and each L/C Issuer has indicated its willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
     In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
     Section 1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms defined in the UCC and used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the UCC:
     “ Account(s) ” means collectively (i) any right to payment of a monetary obligation arising from the provision of merchandise, goods or services by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in the course of their respective operations, (ii) without duplication, any “account” (as that term is defined in the UCC), any accounts receivable, any “payment intangibles” (as that term is defined in the UCC) and all other rights to payment and/or reimbursement of every kind and description, whether or not earned by performance, of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in each case arising in the course of their respective operations, (iii) all accounts, contract rights, general intangibles, rights, remedies, guarantees, supporting obligations, letter of credit rights and security interests in respect of the foregoing, all rights of enforcement and collection, all books and records evidencing or related to the foregoing, and all rights under any of the Loan Documents in respect of the foregoing, (iv) all information and data compiled or derived by any Secured Party or to which any Secured Party is entitled in respect of or related to the foregoing, (v) all collateral security of any kind, given by any Account Debtor or any other Person to any Secured Party, with respect to any of the foregoing and (vi) all proceeds of the foregoing.

 


 

     “ Account Debtor ” means a Person who is obligated under an Account, Chattel Paper or General Intangible.
     “ Account Debtor Change ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.11(d).
     “ ACH ” means automated clearing house transfers.
     “ Acquired EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary.
     “ Acquired Entity or Business ” means any Person, property, business or asset acquired by Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than in the ordinary course of business) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by Holdings, such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.
     “ Acquisition ” by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, means the acquisition by Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of all or any substantial portion of the assets of another Person or any Equity Interests of another Person, in each case whether or not involving a merger or consolidation with such other Person and whether for cash, property, services, assumption of Indebtedness, securities or otherwise.
     “ Additional L/C Issuers ” means up to two Lenders, in addition to Citibank, which have been approved by the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and the Lead Borrower and that have agreed (each in its sole discretion) to act as an “L/C Issuer” hereunder.
     “ Adjusted Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the quotient obtained (expressed as a decimal, carried out five decimal places) by dividing (i) the applicable Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period by (ii) 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
     “ Administrative Agent ” means Citibank, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
     “ Administrative Agent Fee Letter ” means that certain administrative agent fee letter dated as of the Closing Date between Citibank and Merger Sub.
     “ Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders.
     “ Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 or in any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
     “ Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

-2-


 

     “ Agent Parties ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(c).
     “ Aggregate Commitments ” means the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “ Anti-Terrorism Laws ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.21(a).
     “ Applicable Adjusted Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a)(i).
     “ Applicable Fee Rate ” means:
     (a) from and including the Closing Date through and including the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the Closing Date, (i) for Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments, 0.625% per annum and (ii) for Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, 0.875% per annum; and
     (b) thereafter, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below determined by reference to Average Excess Availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter:
                     
Applicable Fee Rate
Pricing   Average Excess   Tranche 1 Revolving   Tranche 2 Revolving
Level   Availability   Credit Commitments   Credit Commitments
1
  > $35,000,000     0.750 %     1.000 %
2
  > $15,000,000 but
≤ $35,000,000
    0.625 %     0.875 %
3
  ≤ $15,000,000     0.500 %     0.750 %
     Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Fee Rate resulting from a change in the Average Excess Availability shall become effective as of the first calendar day of each fiscal quarter. Average Excess Availability shall be calculated by the Administrative Agent based on the Administrative Agent’s records. If the Borrowing Base Certificate (including any required financial information in support thereof) of the Borrowers is not received by the Administrative Agent by the date required pursuant to Section 6.01(v) of this Agreement, then, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Applicable Fee Rate shall be determined as if the Average Excess Availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is at Level 1 until such time as such Borrowing Base Certificate and supporting information are received.
     “ Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Revolving Credit Facility represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments at such time. If the commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans, the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to fund Swing Line Participations and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, or if any of the Revolving Credit Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Revolving Credit Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Revolving Credit Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Revolving Credit Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Revolving Credit Lender on Schedule 2.01A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Revolving Credit Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

-3-


 

     “ Applicable Rate ” means:
     (a) from the Closing Date through and including the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the Closing Date, (i) for Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders hold Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans, and for Protective Advances, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders hold Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in such Protective Advances, 2.50% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 3.50% per annum for Eurodollar Rate Loans and Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fees and (ii) for Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders do not hold Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans, and for Protective Advances, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders do not hold Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in such Protective Advances, 4.50% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 5.50% per annum for Eurodollar Rate Loans and Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fees (it being understood that all Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances shall be treated as Base Rate Loans for this purpose) and
     (b) thereafter, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below determined by reference to Average Excess Availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter:
     (i) for Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders hold Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans, and for Protective Advances, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders hold Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in such Protective Advances and for Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fees:
             
Applicable Rate
            Base Rate-
            Loans
            (including
        Eurodollar Rate   Swing Line
        Loans and Tranche 1   Loans and
Pricing   Average Excess   Letter   Protective Ad-
Level   Availability   of Credit Fees   vances)
1
  > $35,000,000   3.25%   2.25%
2
  > $15,000,000 but   3.50%   2.50%
 
  ≤ $35,000,000        
3
  ≤ $15,000,000   3.75%   2.75%

-4-


 

     (ii) for Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders do not hold Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans, and for Protective Advances, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders do not hold Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in such Protective Advances and for Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fees:
             
Applicable Rate
            Base Rate
            Loans
            (including
        Eurodollar Rate   Swing Line
        Loans and   Loans and
Pricing   Average Excess   Tranche 2 Letter   Protective Ad-
Level   Availability   of Credit Fees   vances)
1
  > $35,000,000   5.25%   4.25%
2
  > $15,000,000 but   5.50%   4.50%
 
  ≤ $35,000,000        
3
  ≤ $15,000,000   5.75%   4.75%
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Average Excess Availability shall become effective as of the first calendar day of each fiscal quarter. Average Excess Availability shall be calculated by the Administrative Agent based on the Administrative Agent’s records. If the Borrowing Base Certificate (including any required financial information in support thereof) of the Borrowers is not received by the Administrative Agent by the date required pursuant to Section 6.01(v) of this Agreement, then, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Applicable Rate shall be determined as if the Average Excess Availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is at Level 3 until such time as such Borrowing Base Certificate and supporting information are received.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(b).
     “ Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.
     “ Arrangers ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank, and RBC Capital Markets in their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers.
     “ Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
     “ Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1.
     “ Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

-5-


 

     “ Audited Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(e).
     “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).
     “ Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments of each Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.06 and (iii) the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments of each Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans, the termination of the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans and of the obligations of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.
     “ Availability Reserve ” means, on any date of determination and with respect to the Borrowing Base, the sum (without duplication) of: (i) reserves for deterioration in the salability of inventory; (ii) the Rent and Charges Reserve; (iii) the Bank Product Reserve; (iv) all accrued Royalties, whether or not then due and payable by a Loan Party; (v) the aggregate amount of liabilities secured by Liens upon Eligible Collateral that are senior to the Administrative Agent’s Liens (but imposition of any such reserve shall not waive an Event of Default arising therefrom); (vi) reserves representing purchase price variance, physical inventories variance, slow-moving inventory and shrinkage accrual inventory; and (vii) such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment may elect to impose from time to time; provided that, after the Closing Date, such Availability Reserve shall not be established or changed except upon not less than five Business Days’ notice to the Lead Borrower (unless an Event of Default exists, in which event no notice shall be required). The Administrative Agent will be available during such period to discuss any such proposed Availability Reserve or change with the Borrowers and, without limiting the right of the Administrative Agent to establish or change such Availability Reserves in the Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment, the Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for such Availability Reserve no longer exists, in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The amount of any Availability Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship as determined by the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment to the event, condition or other matter that is the basis for the Availability Reserve. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) an Availability Reserve shall not be established to the extent that it would be duplicative of any specific item excluded as ineligible in the definitions of Eligible Collateral, but the Administrative Agent shall retain the right, subject to the requirements of this paragraph, to establish an Availability Reserve with respect to prospective changes in Eligible Collateral that may reasonably be anticipated and (ii) circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies arising prior to the Closing Date of which the Administrative Agent had actual knowledge prior to the Closing Date shall not be the basis for the establishment of the Availability Reserves unless the Administrative Agent establishes such Availability Reserve on the Closing Date or such circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies shall have changed since the Closing Date.
     “ Available Amount ” means, at any time (the “ Reference Date ”), an amount equal to the sum of (i) 50.00% of Consolidated Net Income for the Available Amount Reference Period (or in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100.00% of such deficit), plus (ii) the amount of any capital contributions or Net Cash Proceeds from Permitted Equity Issuances (or issuance of debt securities that have been converted or exchanged into Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings) (other than (A) the Equity Contribution on the Closing Date, (B) the Specified Equity Contributions or (C) any other capital contributions or equity or debt issuances, to the extent, in the case of this clause (C), utilized in connection with other transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.02, Section 7.06 or Section 7.12) received or made by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), in each case to the extent contributed by such parent to the Lead Borrower during the period from and including the Business Day imme-

-6-


 

diately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date, minus (iii) any Restricted Payment made pursuant to Section 7.06(k), or any payment of Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(iii) or (a)(v) during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on or prior to the Reference Date (and, for purposes of this clause (iii), without taking account of the intended usage of the Available Amount on such Reference Date).
     “ Available Amount Reference Period ” means, with respect to any Reference Date, the period commencing at the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs and ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable, for which financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(ii), and the related Compliance Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(i), have been received by the Administrative Agent.
     “ Average Excess Availability ” means, on any date of determination, the amount of Excess Availability during a stipulated consecutive Business Day period, calendar day period or fiscal quarter period divided by the number of Business Days or calendar days, as the case may be, in such period.
     “ Bank Product ” means any of the following products, services or facilities extended to any Loan Party: (i) cash management services provided by Cash Management Banks under Cash Management Agreements and (ii) products provided by Hedge Banks under Secured Hedge Agreements; provided , however , that for any of the foregoing to be included as a “Finance Obligation” for purposes of a distribution under Section 8.04, the applicable Secured Party must have previously provided written notice to the Administrative Agent of (i) the existence of such Bank Product, (ii) the maximum dollar amount of obligations arising thereunder to be included as a Bank Product Reserve (the “ Bank Product Amount ”) and (iii) the methodology to be used by such parties in determining the Bank Product Debt owing from time to time (other than, in the case of Secured Hedge Agreements, on a mark-to-market basis). The Bank Product Amount may be changed from time to time upon written notice to the Administrative Agent by the applicable Secured Party and Loan Party. No Bank Product Amount may be established or increased (other than as the result of mark-to-market fluctuations) at any time that a Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing, or if a reserve in such amount would cause (x) the Tranche 1 Available Commitments to be less than zero or (y) the Tranche 2 Available Commitments to be less than zero, and no Bank Product may be considered a “Finance Obligation” unless a Bank Product Reserve has been established in respect thereof.
     “ Bank Product Amount ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Bank Product.”
     “ Bank Product Debt ” means Indebtedness and other obligations of a Loan Party relating to Bank Products.
     “ Bank Product Reserve ” means, with respect to the Borrowing Base, the aggregate amount of reserves established by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its Credit Judgment in respect of Bank Product Debt of Loan Parties, which shall be at least equal to the Bank Product Amount.
     “ Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (ii) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Citibank as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by Citibank based upon various factors including Citibank’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Citibank shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
     “ Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Base Rate.

-7-


 

     “ Base Rate Loan Floor Rate ” means the Tranche 1 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate or the Tranche 2 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate, as applicable.
     “ BBA LIBOR ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate.”
     “ Bookrunners ” means, collectively, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank, and RBC Capital Markets, in their respective capacities as joint bookrunners.
     “ Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
     “ Borrowers ” means, collectively, the Lead Borrower and the Borrowers identified on the signature pages hereto as Borrowers and each other Person that owns assets of the type subject to the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base and becomes a Borrower hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
     “ Borrowing ” means (i) a borrowing consisting of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period, made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 or (ii) a Swing Line Loan.
     “ Borrowing Base ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time and (b) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time.
     “ Borrowing Base Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(v).
     “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and:
     (a) when used in Section 2.03 with respect to any action taken by or with respect to any L/C Issuer, the term “Business Day” shall not include any day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the jurisdiction where such L/C Issuer’s Lending Office is located; and
     (b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, “Business Day” means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
     “ Capital Asset ” means, with respect to any Person, any asset that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for as a capital asset on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person, including, without limitation, all assets represented by Capitalized Software Expenditures.
     “ Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate cost of all Capital Assets acquired by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all Capitalized Software Expenditures.
     “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

-8-


 

     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
     “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that any obligations of Holdings, the Borrowers or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries either existing on the Closing Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet as capital lease obligations and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capital Lease Obligations or Indebtedness; provided , further , that any obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries under the GE Lease shall not be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness. For the avoidance of doubt the GE Lease and all assets subject thereto shall not be subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement for as long as the GE Lease is in effect.
     “ Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by Holdings, the Lead Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
     “ Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary established by Holdings or the Borrowers for the primary purpose of insuring the businesses or properties owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of any such insurance subsidiary established for the same primary purpose described in clause (i) above.
     “ Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).
     “ Cash Dominion Event ” means any of the following: (i) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default under clause (a), (f) or (g) of Section 8.01; (ii) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default under clause (b)(i)(B) or (e) of Section 8.01; (iii) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default under subclause (ii) of clause (c) of Section 8.01; (iv) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default under subclause (i) of clause (c) of Section 8.01 (to the extent such Event of Default results from a failure to comply with Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(ii)); or (v) the failure of the Loan Parties to maintain, for four consecutive Business Days, Excess Availability of at least $7,500,000. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of any particular Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed continuing (a) if such Cash Dominion Event arises under clause (i) above, from the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default and for so long as such Event of Default is continuing and has not been cured or waived, (b) if such Cash Dominion Event arises under clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, from the date of the delivery by the

-9-


 

Administrative Agent of a notice to the Lead Borrower of its intent to initiate a Cash Dominion Event based on such Event of Default and for so long as such Event of Default is continuing and has not been cured or waived and/or (c) if such Cash Dominion Event arises under clause (v) above, until Excess Availability is equal to or greater than $7,500,000 for 30 consecutive calendar days, in which case such Cash Dominion Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement.
     “ Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:
     (i) Dollars;
     (ii) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S. government, in each case with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (iii) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 or any foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $100,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination);
     (iv) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii), (iii) and (vii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above;
     (v) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (vi) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Lead Borrower) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation or acquisition thereof;
     (vii) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (viii) Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated within the top three ratings category by S&P or Moody’s; and
     (ix) investment funds investing 90.00% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (viii) above.
     In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i)

-10-


 

investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (i) through (ix) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (viii) and (ix) and in this paragraph.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than Dollars, provided that such amounts are converted into Dollars as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
     “ Cash Management Agreement ” means any agreement to provide Cash Management Services.
     “ Cash Management Bank ” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is a Bookrunner, Lender or an Affiliate of a Bookrunner or a Lender or any Person that was a Lender, Bookrunner or Affiliate at the Closing Date, in each case in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement, in each case in respect of services provided under such Cash Management Agreement to a Loan Party.
     “ Cash Management Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person under or in respect of a Cash Management Agreement.
     “ Cash Management Services ” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by any Lender, Bookrunner or any Affiliate of a Lender or Bookrunner or any Person that was a Lender, Bookrunner or an Affiliate at the Closing Date: (i) ACH transactions, (ii) treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, (iii) foreign exchange facilities, (iv) credit or debit cards, (v) deposit and other accounts and (vi) merchant services (other than those constituting a line of credit).
     “ Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or Real Property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment or to compensate such Person for the taking thereof, fixed assets or Real Property.
     “ Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (i) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (ii) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the compliance by any Lender or L/C Issuer with any written request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law, but if not having force of law, then being one with which the relevant party would customarily comply) by any Governmental Authority.
     “ Change of Control ” means the earliest to occur of:
     (i) the Permitted Holders ceasing to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if:
     (A) any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatsoever, (1) the Permitted Holders otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly,

-11-


 

to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company at such time and (2) the Permitted Holders own a majority of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, at such time; or
     (B) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatsoever, (1) no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Permitted Holders, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) 35.00% of the then outstanding voting stock of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting stock of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially by the Permitted Holders, and (2) during each period of twelve consecutive months, the board of directors of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, shall consist of a majority of the Continuing Directors; or
     (ii) the Lead Borrower ceases to be a direct wholly owned (without regard to the parenthetical in the definition thereof) Subsidiary of (A) Holdings or (B) if any Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company that is a direct parent of the Lead Borrower; or
     (iii) any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) in any document pertaining to the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(A) (or any Permitted Refinancing pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(C) of Indebtedness originally incurred under Section 7.03(b)(A)) or to any Junior Financing with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount.
     “ Citibank ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “ Citibank L/C Sublimit ” means $25,000,000.
     “ Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 4.01, which shall be January 28, 2011.
     “ Closing Date Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, effect, event, occurrence, state of facts, or development (each, an “ Effect ”) that, individually or in the aggregate, (i) has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that the term “Closing Date Material Adverse Effect” shall not include any Effect arising from (A) the United States or foreign economic, financial or geopolitical conditions or events in general, including the continued weakness in general economic conditions, (B) changes in the capital markets, including changes in interest rates, (C) changes in applicable Law or GAAP, (D) natural disasters, (E) the execution and announcement of the Merger Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including any loss of a material customer, supplier, employee or executive that results therefrom ( provided that the exceptions in this clause (E) shall not apply to that portion of any representation or warranty contained in the Merger Agreement to the extent that the purpose of such portion of such representation or warranty is to address the consequences resulting from the execution or announcement of the Merger Agreement or the performance of obligations or satisfaction of conditions under the Merger Agreement),

-12-


 

(F) changes in the nonwovens or oriented polymers manufacturing industries, (G) military conflicts or acts of foreign or domestic terrorism, (H) any actions taken by the Company that are required by the terms of the Merger Agreement (other than in compliance with Section 6.01 of the Merger Agreement) and (I) the application of the “personal holding company” rules of the Code to the Company and its Subsidiaries (including any U.S. federal income Taxes), except in the case of clauses (A), (B), (C), (D), (F) and (G), to the extent that the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are disproportionately affected thereby as compared with other participants in the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate (in which case the incremental disproportionate impact or impacts may be taken into account in determining whether there has been, or is reasonably likely to be, a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect) or (ii) prevents or materially delays beyond February 8, 2011, the consummation by the Company of the Merger.
     “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     “ Collateral ” means all of the “Collateral” and “Mortgaged Property” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     “ Collateral Access Agreement ” means an agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent executed by (i) a bailee or other Person in possession of Collateral, including, without limitation, any warehouseman and (ii) a landlord of Real Property leased by any Loan Party (including, without limitation, any warehouse or distribution center), pursuant to which such Person (A) acknowledges the Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral, (B) releases or subordinates such Person’s Liens in the Collateral held by such Person or located on such Real Property, (C) agrees to furnish the Collateral Agent with access to the Collateral in such Person’s possession or on Real Property for the purpose of conducting a Liquidation and (D) makes such other agreements with the Collateral Agent as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require.
     “ Collateral Agency Agreement ” means the that certain collateral agency agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Tranche 2 Representative, Wilmington Trust Company as Noteholder Collateral Agent, and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee, and as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
     “ Collateral Agent ” means Citibank in its capacity as collateral agent with respect to the Collateral under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.
     “ Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:
     (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii) or pursuant to Section 6.11, 6.13 or 6.18 at such time, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;
     (ii) all Finance Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company and each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than each Borrower solely to the extent of its own obligations) that is a wholly owned Material Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary), including those that are listed on Schedule 1.01A hereto (together with Holdings and any Intermediate Holding Company, each, a “ Guarantor ”);

-13-


 

     (iii) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, the Finance Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest (to the extent such security interest may be perfected by delivering certificated securities or filing UCC financing statements) in (A) all the Equity Interests of the Borrowers and (B) all Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(h) or (i)) of each Material Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Guarantor (other than Holdings); provided that Equity Interests of non-wholly owned Subsidiaries shall be pledged only to the extent such pledge is permitted by applicable law, the Organization Documents thereof and any equityholders’ agreement relating thereto and (C) 65.00% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests (and 100.00% of the issued and outstanding non-voting Equity Interests, if any) of each wholly owned Material Foreign Subsidiary that is directly owned by Holdings or any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Guarantor;
     (iv) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder (including the cash management requirements herein), under any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, the Finance Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest (other than in the case of Mortgages, to the extent such security interest may be perfected by delivering certificated securities or instruments, filing UCC financing statements or making any necessary filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office) in, and Mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of, Holdings, the Borrowers and each Guarantor (including accounts receivable, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, equipment, investment property, intercompany notes, Intellectual Property, other general intangibles, owned (but not leased) Real Property and proceeds of the foregoing); provided that security interests in Real Property shall be limited to the Mortgaged Properties;
     (v) none of the Collateral shall be subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens; and
     (vi) subject to limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, and the Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent a security interest in and Mortgages on any Material Real Property is required under Section 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11 or 6.13 (together with any Material Real Property that is subject to a Mortgage on the Closing Date, each, a “ Mortgaged Property ”), the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Liens described in clause (ii) below) on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax or similar charge will be owed on the entire amount of the Indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such fair market value), (ii) fully paid policies of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Collateral Agent as the insured for its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent not to exceed

-14-


 

the fair market value of the Mortgaged Property, insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, each of which shall (A) to the extent reasonably necessary, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if reasonably necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (B) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e ., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and (C) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit (if available after the applicable Loan Party uses commercially reasonable efforts), doing business, non-imputation, public road access, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions; provided , however , the applicable Loan Party shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” endorsement) to the extent available at commercially reasonable rates, (iii) such new or existing surveys as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, (iv) legal opinions, addressed to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent as to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages (and such other matters as are customarily opined upon by local counsel), and (v) a completed “life of the loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties.
     The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Lead Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) with respect to leases of Real Property entered into by any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall not be required to take any action with respect to creation or perfection of security interests with respect to such leases, (b) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents and, to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower, (c) the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall not apply to (i) any fee owned Real Property that is not a Material Real Property and any leasehold interests in Real Property and (ii) any assets explicitly carved out of the Collateral as set forth in the Security Agreement, (d) without derogation of the Administrative Agent’s right to establish Availability Reserves, except as set forth in Section 6.13, the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to obtain any landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters and (e) Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof (other than each Borrower in respect of its own obligations) that Guarantees or is otherwise liable for any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b) and that is not a Guarantor shall immediately become a Guarantor.
     “ Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, any Collateral Access Agreement, any Deposit Account Control Agreement, the Mortgages, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11, 6.13 or 6.18, the Guaranty and each of the other

-15-


 

agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien or Guarantee in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     “ Commitment Fees ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a)(ii).
     “ Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (i) a Borrowing, (ii) a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other or (iii) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.
     “ Company ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “ Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
     “ Concentration Account ” means an account of the Lead Borrower at Citibank to be established following the Closing Date.
     “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, amortization of intangible assets, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
     (1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clauses (H), (J) and (K)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
     (A) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (B) the sum of (x) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period (including (1) net losses on Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (2) bank fees and (3) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense), (y) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period and (z) all dividends or other distributions accrued (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests during such period, in each case, to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (C) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

-16-


 

     (D) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (E) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses, start-up or initial costs for any individual new production line, division or new line of business; or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Closing Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus
     (F) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (G) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Sponsor Management Agreement or otherwise to the Sponsor to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 7.08 (and similar fees paid by Holdings or its Affiliates to investors in Holdings or its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date) and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (H) the amount of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized as a result of actions initiated or to be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the Closing Date or 12 months after the consummation of any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change or other action, plan or transaction and prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (H) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing “Consolidated EBITDA” for such period and (z) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (H) included in any four quarter period shall not exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such four quarter period; provided , further , that the adjustments pursuant to this clause (H) may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;” plus
     (I) any costs or expense incurred by the Lead Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder

-17-


 

agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Lead Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the “Available Amount”; plus
     (J) (i) lease expense for the use of land, building and equipment of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. in connection with the purchase of certain assets by the Borrowers as of November 30, 2009 (the “ Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition ”); (ii) losses incurred as a result of the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition for the period from November 30, 2009 through January 2, 2010; and (iii) the annualized Consolidated EBITDA attributable to each of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. after giving effect to the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition; plus
     (K) the annualized incremental Consolidated EBITDA contribution of the Borrowers’ spunmelt lines in San Luis Potosi, Mexico and Cali, Colombia, in each case, based on the actual run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010; and
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period.
     There shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than in the ordinary course of business) during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired), including the commencement of activities constituting such business, and the Acquired EBITDA of any Converted Restricted Subsidiary, based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Sold Entity or Business and the Disposed EBITDA of any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer, disposition or conversion).
     “ Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended twelve-month period for which financial information is available prior to the date of calculation, the ratio of:
     (i) (A) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus (B) only for purposes of the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under, and as provided in, Section 6.17 hereof, any Specified Equity Contribution made in respect of such period in compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 6.17, minus (C) taxes based on income or profits or capital (but not capital gains taxes) including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, the Texas margin tax and provincial income taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest relating to taxes, net of cash refunds received, of Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such taxes are paid in cash during such period (excluding any amounts deposited on the Closing Date in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the

-18-


 

“personal holding company” rules of the Code), minus (D) Unfinanced Capital Expenditures made by Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, minus (E) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Sections 7.06(h), (i) and (k) during such period, to
     (ii) Debt Service Charges payable by Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period.
     In calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for purposes of Sections 6.17 and 6.02(i), no Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries shall be included in such calculations; provided that the amount of any dividends or other distributions (including any interest payments, royalty payments, management fees or borrowings) from any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary actually received by a Loan Party in cash during such period shall be included in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA for such purposes. In calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the purposes of Section 7.03(b), 7.06(k), or 7.12(a)(v), the Lead Borrower may elect to include in or exclude from the calculation thereof any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, notwithstanding the exclusion of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary from such calculation, the amount of any dividends or other distributions (including any interest payments, royalty payments, management fees or borrowings) from any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary actually received by a Loan Party in cash during such period shall be included in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA for such purposes. In no event shall the operation of the previous two provisos result in Consolidated EBITDA being greater than Consolidated EBITDA as calculated pursuant to the definition thereof. Any such inclusion or exclusion, as the case may be, shall be for the entire twelve-month calculation period (or the entire period during which any such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary if such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary for less than twelve months).
     “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (i) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (A) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (B) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (C) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (D) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (E) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate Swap Obligations with respect to Indebtedness and excluding (1) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (2) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (3) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (4) any “Additional Interest” provided for, and as defined in, a registration rights agreement with respect to the Senior Secured Notes and other securities, (5) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and (6) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees); plus
     (ii) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (iii) interest income for such period.

-19-


 

     For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,
     (i) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; other restructuring costs; and commercial service fees and public company costs not expected to continue after the Transactions shall be excluded,
     (ii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,
     (iii) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
     (iv) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Lead Borrower, shall be excluded,
     (v) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Lead Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,
     (vi) solely for the purpose of calculating the Available Amount, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Lead Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Lead Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
     (vii) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill and other intangible assets and in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial

-20-


 

statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
     (viii) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
     (ix) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a Change in Law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
     (x) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue, including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management or other employees of Holdings or the Borrowers or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or subsidiaries shall be excluded,
     (xi) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization, Investment, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, including, without limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) shall be excluded,
     (xii) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and
     (xiii) the following items shall be excluded:
     (a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Swap Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and
     (b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency gain (loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
     In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement pro

-21-


 

visions in connection with any permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under Section 7.05 this Agreement.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of calculating the Available Amount, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Investments made by the Lead Borrower with the proceeds of the Available Amount and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of such Investments from the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute such Investments by the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the Available Amount.
     “ Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
     (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
     (ii) to advance or supply funds
     (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
     (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation.
     “ Continuing Directors ” means the directors of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, or the Lead Borrower, as the case may be, on the Closing Date, as elected or appointed after giving effect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, or the Lead Borrower, as the case may be (or the direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower after a Qualifying IPO of such direct or indirect parent) is recommended by a majority of then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Holders in his or her election by the stockholders of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, or the Lead Borrower, as the case may be (or the direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower after a Qualifying IPO of such direct or indirect parent).
     “ Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
     “ Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”
     “ Converted Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary.

-22-


 

     “ Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     “ Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (i) a Borrowing, and (ii) an L/C Credit Extension.
     “ Credit Judgment ” means the Administrative Agent’s commercially reasonable judgment exercised in good faith, based upon its consideration of any factor that it reasonably believes (i) could materially adversely affect the quantity, quality, mix or value of Collateral (including any applicable Laws that may inhibit collection of an Account), the enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens, or the amount that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders could receive in liquidation of any Collateral; (ii) that any collateral report or financial information delivered by any Loan Party is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; (iii) materially increases the likelihood of any Insolvency Proceeding involving a Loan Party; or (iv) creates or could result in an Event of Default. In exercising such judgment, the Administrative Agent may consider any factors that could materially increase the credit risk of lending to the Borrowers on the security of the Collateral.
     “ DDAs ” means any checking or other demand deposit account maintained by the Loan Parties. All funds in such DDAs shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral, and the Agents or the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in the DDAs.
     “ Debt Service Charges ” means, for any period, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash for such period, plus (ii) scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness for borrowed money, including the full amount of any non-recourse Indebtedness (excluding the principal payment at maturity of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(w) and the Senior Credit Obligations, but including, without limitation, Capitalized Lease Obligations) for such period, plus (iii) scheduled mandatory payments on account of Disqualified Equity Interests (whether in the nature of dividends, redemption, repurchase or otherwise) required to be made during such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, plus (iv) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
     “ Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
     “ Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
     “ Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (i) the greater of (A) the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for such Base Rate Loans and (B) the Base Rate Loan Floor Rate plus (ii) 2.00% per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate with respect to payments of principal thereon shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.00% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     “ Defaulting Lender ” means a Lender during the period and only for so long as a Lender Default is in effect with respect to such Lender.
     “ Deposit Account Control Agreements ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

-23-


 

     “ Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings, a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(i) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
     “ Disposed EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     “ Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer, abandonment or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that “Disposition” and “Dispose” shall not be deemed to include any issuance by Holdings of any of its Equity Interests to another Person.
     “ Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Senior Credit Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and all outstanding Letters of Credit), (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (iii) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (iv) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date.
     “ Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
     “ Dominion Account ” means any DDA (other than an Excluded Account) of a Loan Party at Citibank or its Affiliates or branches or another bank reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in each case which is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement.
     “ Drawing ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
     “ Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts of a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, the value of which shall be determined by taking into consideration, among other factors, their book value determined in accordance with GAAP, net of any returns, rebates, discounts (calculated on the shortest terms), credits, allowances or Taxes (including sales, excise or other taxes) that have been or could be claimed by the Account Debtor or any other Person; provided , however , that, subject to the ability of the Administrative Agent to establish other criteria of ineligibility in its Credit Judgment or modify the criteria established below, unless otherwise approved by the Administrative

-24-


 

Agent in its Credit Judgment, none of the following classes of Accounts shall be deemed to be Eligible Accounts:
     (i) Accounts that do not arise out of sales of goods or rendering of services in the ordinary course of such Borrower’s or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor’s business;
     (ii) Accounts payable other than in Dollars or that are otherwise on terms other than those normal or customary in such Borrower’s or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor’s business;
     (iii) Accounts arising out of a sale made or services rendered by any Borrower to a Subsidiary of any Borrower or an Affiliate of any Borrower or to a Person controlled by an Affiliate of any Borrower (including any employees of such Borrower) other than, in each case, solely by reason of being an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P. to the extent such Affiliate would not be an Affiliate of a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor if Equity Interests of Holdings or Lead Borrower were not owned, directly or indirectly, by The Blackstone Group, L.P.;
     (iv) Accounts (A) that are invoiced but unpaid for more than 60 days past the original due date or (B) that arise from sales with original payment terms in excess of 60 days past the original service date;
     (v) Accounts owing from any Person from which an aggregate amount of more than 50.00% of the Accounts owing therefrom are not, solely based on the most recent field audit report, Eligible Accounts pursuant to the foregoing clause (iv);
     (vi) any net credit balances relating to Accounts that are not Eligible Accounts pursuant to the foregoing clause (iv), where the net credit balance is unused by the Account Debtor within 90 days from the date the net credit balance was created;
     (vii) Accounts owing from any Person and its Affiliates that, solely based on the most recent field audit report, exceed 20.00% of the net amount of all Eligible Accounts, but only to the extent of such excess;
     (viii) Accounts owing from any Person that (A) has disputed liability for any Account owing from such Person or has been placed on credit hold due to past due balances or (B) has otherwise asserted any claim, demand or liability against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by action, suit, counterclaim or otherwise;
     (ix) Accounts owing from any Person that shall take or be the subject of any action or proceeding of a type described in Section 8.01(f);
     (x) Accounts (A) owing from any Person that is also a supplier to or creditor of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries unless such Person has waived any right of setoff in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (B) representing any manufacturer’s or supplier’s credits, discounts, incentive plans or similar arrangements entitling a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to discounts on future purchase therefrom or (C) in respect of which the related invoice(s) has been reversed;
     (xi) Accounts arising out of sales to Account Debtors outside the United States and Canada unless such Accounts are fully backed by an irrevocable letter of credit on terms, and issued by a financial institution, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and such irrevocable letter of credit is in the possession of the Administrative Agent;

-25-


 

     (xii) Accounts arising out of sales on a bill-and-hold, cash in advance or cash on delivery payment terms, guaranteed sale, sale-or-return, sale on approval or consignment basis or subject to any right of return, setoff or charge back or Accounts representing any unapplied cash;
     (xiii) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that is an agency, department or instrumentality of the United States or any state thereof or Canada or any province or territory thereof unless such Accounts are not subject to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 or the Financial Administration Act (Canada) and any similar state, provincial or territorial legislation or the applicable Borrower or its relevant Subsidiary shall have satisfied the requirements of the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 or the Financial Administration Act (Canada) and any similar national, state, provincial or territorial legislation and, in each case, the Administrative Agent is reasonably satisfied as to the absence of setoffs, counterclaims and other defenses on the part of such account debtor;
     (xiv) [Reserved];
     (xv) Accounts with respect to which the representations and warranties set forth in the Security Agreement applicable to Accounts are not correct in any material respect;
     (xvi) Accounts in respect of which the Security Agreement, after giving effect to the related filings of financing statements that have then been made, if any, does not or has ceased to create a valid and perfected first priority lien or security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, securing the Finance Obligations; or
     (xvii) Accounts representing deferred revenue on rental equipment for rentals that extend over a month-end period.
     If the Administrative Agent deems Accounts ineligible in its Credit Judgment (and not based upon the criteria set forth above), then the Administrative Agent shall give the Lead Borrower five Business Days’ prior notice thereof (unless an Event of Default exists, in which event no notice shall be required); provided that (i) any modification of the eligibility criteria set forth above shall have a reasonable relationship to circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies which are the basis for such eligibility criteria, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment and (ii) circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies arising prior to the Closing Date of which the Administrative Agent had actual knowledge prior to the Closing Date shall not be the basis for any such modification unless the Administrative Agent establishes such eligibility criteria on the Closing Date or such circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies shall have changed since the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, no Accounts (A) subject to, (B) constituting any amount payable in respect of or (C) of an Account Debtor that has Accounts subject to, in each case any Factoring Agreement shall constitute Eligible Accounts.
     “ Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.06(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.06(b)(iii)).
     “ Eligible Collateral ” means, collectively, Eligible Inventory and Eligible Accounts.
     “ Eligible Inventory ” means Inventory of a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, the value of which shall be determined by taking into consideration, among other factors, the lower of its cost and its book value determined in accordance with GAAP and excluding any portion of cost attributable to intercompany profit among the Loan Parties and their Affiliates; provided , however , that, subject to the ability of the Administrative Agent to establish other criteria of ineli

-26-


 

gibility in its Credit Judgment or modify the criteria established below, unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment, none of the following classes of Inventory shall be deemed to be Eligible Inventory:
     (i) Inventory that is obsolete, unusable or otherwise unavailable for sale;
     (ii) Inventory consisting of promotional, marketing, packaging or shipping materials and supplies;
     (iii) Inventory that fails to meet all applicable material standards imposed by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Inventory or its use or sale;
     (iv) Inventory that is subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreement with any third party from which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries have received notice of a dispute in respect of any such agreement;
     (v) Inventory located outside the United States;
     (vi) Inventory that is located on premises owned, leased or rented by a customer of any Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or is placed on consignment;
     (vii) Inventory that is not reflected in the details of a current inventory report;
     (viii) Inventory with respect to which the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.02 of the Security Agreement applicable to Inventory are not correct in any material respect;
     (ix) Inventory in respect of which the Security Agreement, after giving effect to the related filings of financing statements that have then been made, if any, does not or has ceased to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien or security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the applicable Secured Parties, securing the applicable Finance Obligations;
     (x) Inventory at locations with less than $50,000 of Inventory on-hand; or
     (xi) Inventory in transit between the Loan Parties’ warehouse locations.
     If the Administrative Agent deems Inventory ineligible in its Credit Judgment (and not based upon the criteria set forth above), then the Administrative Agent shall give the Lead Borrower five Business Days’ prior notice thereof (unless an Event of Default exists, in which event no notice shall be required); provided that (i) any modification of the eligibility criteria set forth above shall have a reasonable relationship to circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies which are the basis for such eligibility criteria, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment and (ii) circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies arising prior to the Closing Date of which the Administrative Agent had actual knowledge prior to the Closing Date shall not be the basis for any such modification unless the Administrative Agent establishes such eligibility criteria on the Closing Date or such circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies shall have changed since the Closing Date.
     “ Environmental Laws ” means any and all Laws relating to pollution, the protection of the environment, natural resources or to the release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, or, to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health.

-27-


 

     “ Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (i) violation of any Environmental Law, (ii) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (iii) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (iv) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (v) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
     “ Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any applicable Environmental Law.
     “ Equity Contribution ” means the contribution by the Sponsor and its Affiliates and certain members of management of the Company of an amount of cash (or in the case of such management, of an amount of cash (directly or indirectly) or of Equity Interests in the Company) to the common equity of Holdings which, in the aggregate (taking into account rollover equity), is not less than 30.00% of the pro forma total consolidated capitalization of Holdings after giving effect to the Transactions.
     “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
     “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with any Loan Party and is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
     “ ERISA Event ” means (i) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (ii) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as a termination under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (iii) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan, notification of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or is in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA (or, after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, is in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA); (iv) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (v) an event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate; (vii) on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (within the meaning of Section 303(i)(4)(A) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4)(A) of the Code); (viii) with respect to a Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA; or (xi) the failure to make by its due date a required contribution under Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430(j) of the Code, as amended by the Pension Act).
     “ Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by

-28-


 

the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Citibank and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Citibank’s London Branch (or other Citibank branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
     “ Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the applicable Eurodollar Rate.
     “ Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” means for any day during any Interest Period the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any other entity succeeding to the functions currently performed thereby) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurodollar funding (currently referred to as “Eurodollar liabilities”). The Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
     “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
     “ Excess Availability ” means, at any time, the difference between (i) the lesser of (A) the Revolving Credit Facility and (B) the Borrowing Base at such time, as determined from the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(v) hereof minus (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     “ Excluded Accounts ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
     “ Excluded Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor and is not permitted to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.15), (ii) each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01D hereto, (iii) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law from guaranteeing the Finance Obligations, (iv) any Foreign Subsidiary and any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (v) any Subsidiary which would require material or a non-ministerial consent, approval, license or authorization from a Governmental Authority, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (vi) any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Acquisition financed with secured Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h) and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof that guarantees such Indebtedness ( provided that each such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary under this clause (vi) if such secured Indebtedness is repaid or becomes unsecured or if such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to guarantee such secured Indebtedness, as applicable), (vii) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences in the reasonable judgment of the Lead Borrower confirmed in writing by notice to the Administrative Agent) of providing a Guarantee shall be excessive, (viii) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ix) any “not-for-profit” Subsidiary, (x) any Subsidiary whose sole function and assets relate to acting as a Captive Insurance Subsidiary for Lead Borrower and its other Subsidiaries and (xi) any Domestic

-29-


 

Subsidiary of the Borrowers that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the equity of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.
     “ Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income or branch profits (however denominated, and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any backup withholding in respect thereof under Section 3406 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income Taxes), in each case by a jurisdiction (including any political subdivision thereof) as a result of such recipient being organized in, having its principal office in, or in the case of any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising solely from this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), (ii) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Lead Borrower under Section 10.13), any United States federal withholding Tax imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document that (A) is required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to Laws in force at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (B) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) or (iii) any United States federal withholding Tax imposed under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code or any Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Executive Order ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.21(a).
     “ Existing Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit listed on Schedule 1.01E and outstanding on the Closing Date.
     “ Facility Increase ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
     “ Factor Intercreditor Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11(d). A Factoring Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include any documents (such as a confidentiality or access agreement) entered into in connection therewith.
     “ Factoring Agreements ” means collectively, the U.S. Factoring Agreements and the Foreign Factoring Agreements.
     “ Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum (expressed, as a decimal, rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1.00%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (i) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Citibank, on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

-30-


 

     “ Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter dated October 4, 2010, among Holdings, Merger Sub, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and Royal Bank of Canada.
     “ Finance Document ” means (i) each Loan Document, (ii) each Secured Hedge Agreement and (iii) each Secured Cash Management Agreement, and “ Finance Documents ” means all of them, collectively.
     “ Finance Obligations ” means, at any date, (i) all Senior Credit Obligations, (ii) all Swap Obligations of a Loan Party permitted hereunder owed or owing under any Secured Hedge Agreement to any Hedge Bank and (iii) all Cash Management Obligations owing under any Secured Cash Management Agreement to a Cash Management Bank.
     “ Financial Covenant Trigger Event ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.17.
     “ Foreign Factoring Agreements ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
     “ Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is not a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
     “ Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
     “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrowers which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
     “ Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time.
     “ GE Lease ” means that certain equipment lease agreement and construction agency agreement in effect as of the date hereof among Chicopee, Inc. and Gossamer Holdings, LLC for a composite spunmelt nonwoven production line.
     “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
     “ Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(g).
     “ Group Company ” means any of Holdings, the Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries (regardless of whether or not consolidated with Holdings or the Borrowers for purposes of GAAP), and “ Group Companies ” means all of them, collectively.

-31-


 

     “ Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (i) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (A) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (B) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (C) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (D) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (ii) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
     “ Guarantor ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
     “ Guaranty ” means (i) the guaranty made by Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, and (ii) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 and “Guaranties” means any two or more of them, collectively.
     “ Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law.
     “ Hedge Bank ” means any Person that is a Lender, a Bookrunner or an Affiliate of the foregoing at the time it enters into a Secured Hedge Agreement, or is a Lender, Bookrunner or Affiliate of a Lender or Bookrunner and is party to such an agreement as of the Closing Date, in its capacity as a party thereto.
     “ Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
     “ Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
     “ Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
     (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

-32-


 

     (ii) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;
     (iii) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
     (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (A) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and (B) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid after becoming due and payable);
     (v) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
          (vi) all Attributable Indebtedness;
          (vii) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and
          (viii) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
     For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall, in the case of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, exclude (i) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) Indebtedness pursuant to Factoring Agreements and (iii) operating leases or sale and lease-back transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations). The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (v) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.
     “ Indemnified Taxes ” means all Taxes imposed on or with respect to, or measured by, any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, other than Excluded Taxes.
     “ Indemnitee ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).
     “ Indenture Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” as such term (and all defined terms used in the definition of such term) is defined in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture as in effect on the Closing Date.
     “ Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.
     “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such Person to, (i) the entry of an order for relief under Debtor Relief Laws, or the initiation by any Person of any proceeding or filing under any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt adjustment law; (ii) the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, trustee,

-33-


 

liquidator, administrator, monitor, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of its property; or (iii) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.
     “ Intellectual Property ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
     “ Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” means the Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks, the Grant of Security Interest in Patents and the Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights, substantially in the form attached as Exhibits C, D and E to the Security Agreement respectively.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and the Noteholder Collateral Agent (as defined therein) on behalf of the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties (as defined therein), and the Loan Parties.
     “ Interest Payment Date ” means (i) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (ii) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.
     “ Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months or, to the extent available (as determined by each Lender of such Eurodollar Rate Loan) to all Lenders making such Eurodollar Rate Loan, one week or nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice or such other period that is twelve months or less requested by the Borrower and consented to by all Lenders making such Eurodollar Rate Loan; provided that:
     (i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall, subject to clause (iii) below, be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
     (iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
     “ Intermediate Holding Company ” means any Subsidiary of Holdings (of which Holdings, directly or indirectly, owns 100.00% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests) that, directly or indirectly, owns 100.00% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower.
     “ Inventory ” has the meaning specified in the UCC and shall include all goods intended for sale or lease by a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or for display or demonstration, all work in process, all raw materials, and other materials and supplies of every nature and description used or which might be used in connection with the manufacture, printing, packing, shipping, advertising, selling, leasing or furnishing such goods or otherwise used or consumed in such Borrower’s or Subsidiary Guarantor’s business.

-34-


 

     “ Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (i) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (ii) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) or (iii) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
     “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Lead Borrower.
     “ IP Rights ” means the right to use all trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names and other source indicators and all goodwill associated with the foregoing, copyrights, patents, patent rights, technology, software, know-how, database rights, design rights, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights, including any applications or registrations relating thereto, and the right to register and obtain renewals of any of the foregoing and the right to sue for past, present and future infringement, misappropriation or other violation thereof, including the right to all damages and proceeds therefrom.
     “ ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
     “ Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by an L/C Issuer and a Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.
     “ Junior Financing ” means any Indebtedness that is or is required to be subordinated in right of payment to any of the Senior Credit Obligations.
     “ Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.
     “ Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directives, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.
     “ L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Revolving Credit Lender’s funding of its L/C Participation in any L/C Borrowing.
     “ L/C Borrowing ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(iii).
     “ L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

-35-


 

     “ L/C Issuer ” means, collectively, (i) Citibank, in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit under Section 2.03(b) and its successor or successors in such capacity and (ii) each Additional L/C Issuer.
     “ L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
     “ L/C Participation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(ii).
     “ Lead Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything else contained in any Loan Document to the contrary, all other Borrowers shall be direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Lead Borrower.
     “ Lease ” means any agreement pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any space in a structure, land, improvements or premises for any period of time.
     “ Lender ” means each bank or other lending institution listed on Schedules 2.01A, 2.01B and 2.01C, each Eligible Assignee that becomes a Lender pursuant to Section 10.06(b), and their respective permitted successors and shall include, as the context may require, each L/C Issuer and/or the Swing Line Lender in such capacity.
     “ Lender Default ” means, with respect to any Lender, that (i) such Lender has failed (or notified the Administrative Agent of its intent to fail) to fund any portion of the Revolving Credit Loans, L/C Participations (including by way of L/C Advances or Revolving Credit Loans), Swing Line Participations or Protective Advance Participations required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured by the making of the required funding), (ii) such Lender has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured by the making of the required payment), (iii) such Lender has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency or other conservatorship or receivership proceeding or other event or circumstance referred to in Section 8.01(f) or (g) (with references to the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries being deemed to be to such Lender for such purpose) or is Controlled by a Person who has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency or other conservatorship or receivership proceeding (with references to the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries being deemed to be to such Person for such purpose), or (iv) the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in good faith believes that such Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other syndicated credit facilities.
     “ Lending Office ” means (i) with respect to any Lender and for each Type of Loan, the “Lending Office” of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender) designated for such Type of Loan in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire or in any applicable Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder or such other office of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower as the office by which its Loans of such Type are to be made and maintained and (ii) with respect to any L/C Issuer and for each Letter of Credit, the “Lending Office” of such L/C Issuer (or of an Affiliate of such L/C Issuer) designated on the signature pages hereto or such other office of such L/C

-36-


 

Issuer (or of an Affiliate of such L/C Issuer) as such L/C Issuer may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower as the office by which its Letters of Credit are to be issued and maintained.
     “ Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.
     “ Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by an L/C Issuer.
     “ Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five days prior to the Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
     “ Letter of Credit Fees ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
     “ Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $50,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.
     “ License ” means any license or agreement under which a Loan Party is authorized to use IP Rights in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral, any use of property or any other conduct of its business.
     “ Licensor ” means any Person from whom a Loan Party obtains the right to use any Intellectual Property.
     “ Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to Real Property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
     “ Lien Waiver ” means an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by which: (i) for any Collateral located on leased premises, the lessor waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to permit the Administrative Agent to enter upon the premises and remove the Collateral or to use the premises for an agreed upon period of time to store or dispose of the Collateral; (ii) for any Collateral held by a warehouseman, processor, shipper, customs broker or freight forwarder, such Person waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, agrees to hold any documents in its possession relating to the Collateral as agent for the Collateral Agent, and agrees to deliver the Collateral to the Collateral Agent upon request; (iii) for any Collateral held by a repairman, mechanic or bailee, such Person acknowledges the Collateral Agent’s Lien, waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to deliver the Collateral to the Collateral Agent upon request; and (iv) for any Collateral subject to a Licensor’s IP Rights, the Licensor grants to the Administrative Agent the right, vis-a-vis such Licensor, to enforce the Collateral Agent’s Liens with respect to the Collateral, including the right to dispose of it with the benefit of the IP Rights, whether or not a default exists under any applicable License.
     “ Liquidation ” means the exercise by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent of those rights and remedies accorded to the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents and applicable Law as a creditor of the Loan Parties, including (after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) the conduct by any or all of the Loan Parties, acting with the consent of the Administrative Agent, of any public, private or “Going-Out-Of-Business Sale” or other

-37-


 

Disposition of Collateral for the purpose of liquidating the Collateral. Derivations of the word “Liquidation” (such as “Liquidate”) are used with like meaning in this Agreement.
     “ Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II in the form of a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan (including any extensions of credit under any Facility Increases) or a Protective Advance.
     “ Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Guaranties, (iv) the Intercreditor Agreement, (v) the Collateral Documents, (vi) except for purposes of Section 10.01, the Factoring Intercreditor Agreements, (vii) the Collateral Agency Agreement and (viii) except for purposes of Section 10.01, each Issuer Document.
     “ Loan Parties ” means, collectively, (i) the Borrowers, (ii) Holdings and (iii) each other Guarantor.
     “ Management Stockholders ” means the members of management of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions), including the Lead Borrower, who are investors in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions).
     “ Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means (i) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or (iii) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Agents under any Loan Document.
     “ Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Borrowers’ Domestic Subsidiaries (i) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of Total Assets at such date or (ii) whose Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of the Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; provided that “Material Domestic Subsidiary” shall also include any of the Borrowers’ Subsidiaries (selected by the Lead Borrower) which is required to ensure that all Material Domestic Subsidiaries have in the aggregate (A) total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95.00% of the total assets of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries at such date and (B) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95.00% of the Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries for such period.
     “ Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Borrowers’ Foreign Subsidiaries (i) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of Total Assets at such date or (ii) whose Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of the Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; provided that “Material Foreign Subsidiary” shall also include any of the Borrowers’ Subsidiaries (selected by the Lead Borrower) which is required to ensure that all Material Foreign Subsidiaries have in the aggregate (A) total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95.00% of the total assets of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries at such date and (B) Consolidated EBITDA for such

-38-


 

Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95.00% of the Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries for such period.
     “ Material Real Property ” means any Real Property owned in fee by any Loan Party where the greater of its cost and net book value exceeds $3,000,000.
     “ Material Subsidiary ” means any Material Domestic Subsidiary or any Material Foreign Subsidiary.
     “ Maturity Date ” means the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date; provided that if such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately preceding such day.
     “ Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09.
     “ Merger ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements hereto.
     “ Merger Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements hereto.
     “ Merger Sub ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
     “ Mortgage ” means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs and mortgages creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent with such modifications as may be required by local law, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11 and 6.13.
     “ Mortgage Policies ” has the meaning specified in clause (vi) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
     “ Mortgaged Properties ” has the meaning specified in clause (vi) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or in the past six years has made or been obligated to make contributions.
     “ Net Cash Proceeds ” means:
     (i) with respect to the Disposition of any asset by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Casualty Event, the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary) over (B) the sum of (1) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid (and is timely repaid) in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (2) the out-of-pocket

-39-


 

fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event, (3) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable in connection therewith, and (4) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (x) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (y) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction and it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include (i) any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the Disposition of any non-cash consideration by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary in any such Disposition and (ii) upon the reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in clause (4) above or if such liabilities have not been satisfied in cash and such reserve is not reversed within 365 days after such Disposition or Casualty Event, the amount of such reserve; provided that (x) no net cash proceeds calculated in accordance with the foregoing realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds unless such net cash proceeds shall exceed $1,500,000 and (y) no such net cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (i) in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds in such fiscal year shall exceed $5,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (i)) and
     (ii) (A) with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Equity Interest or Indebtedness by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of the cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over (y) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance and (B) with respect to any Permitted Equity Issuance by any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or the Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors, the amount of cash from such Permitted Equity Issuance contributed to the capital of (without duplication) Holdings or the Lead Borrower.
     “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
     “ NOLV Percentage ” means the net orderly liquidation value of Inventory, expressed as a percentage, expected to be realized at an orderly, negotiated sale held within a reasonable period of time, net of all liquidation expenses, as determined from the most recent appraisal of the Borrowers’ and Subsidiary Guarantors’ Inventory performed by an appraiser and on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     “ Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any date, a Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender at such date.
     “ Non-Loan Party ” means any Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower that is not a Loan Party.
     “ Not Otherwise Applied ” means, with reference to any amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any transaction or event or of the Available Amount that is proposed to be applied to a particular use or trans-

-40-


 

action, that such amount has not previously been (and is not simultaneously being) applied to anything other than that particular use or transaction.
     “ Notes ” means, collectively, (i) Revolving Credit Notes and (ii) the Swing Line Note.
     “ OFAC ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.21(b)(v).
     “ Organization Documents ” means: (i) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (ii) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating or limited liability company agreement; and (iii) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
     “ Other Liabilities ” means outstanding liabilities with respect to or arising from (i) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries and/or (ii) any transaction which arises out of any Bank Product entered into with any Loan Party, as each may be amended from time to time.
     “ Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise, property, intangible, mortgage recording or similar Taxes arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such term shall not include any of the foregoing Taxes that result from an Assignment and Assumption, grant of a participation pursuant to Section 10.06(d) or transfer or assignment to or designation of a new Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under any Loan Document (“ Assignment Taxes ”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes are imposed as a result of a connection between the assignor/participating Lender and/or the assignee/Participant and the taxing jurisdiction (other than a connection arising solely from any Loan Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), except to the extent that any such action described in this proviso is requested or required by a Borrower.
     “ Outstanding Amount ” means (i) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by a Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.
     “ Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).
     “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
     “ Pension Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended.
     “ Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate

-41-


 

contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time in the past six years.
     “ Perfection Certificate ” means the certificate in the form of Exhibit G-2 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.
     “ Perfection Certificate Supplement ” means a perfection certificate supplement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     “ Permitted Equity Issuance ” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings (and, after a Qualifying IPO, of any Intermediate Holding Company), in each case to the extent permitted hereunder; provided that the Equity Contribution shall not be deemed a Permitted Equity Issuance.
     “ Permitted Holders ” means each of (i) the Sponsor and (ii) the Management Stockholders.
     “ Permitted Lien ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.
     “ Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (ii) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(f), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (iii) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(f), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iv) any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness secured pursuant to Section 7.01(b) shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, and (v) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b), 7.03(h) or 7.03(l) or is Junior Financing, (A) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Credit Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Credit Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (B) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate and redemption premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Lead Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Lead Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (C) such modifica-

-42-


 

tion, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.
     “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
     “ Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), other than a Foreign Plan, established, maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.
     “ Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
     “ Post-Acquisition Period ” means, with respect to any Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the sixth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Acquisition is consummated.
     “ Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights (in relation to common equity of the same issuer) of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
     “ primary obligation ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Contingent Obligations.”
     “ primary obligor ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Contingent Obligations” or “Guarantee,” as applicable.
     “ Pro Forma Adjustment ” means, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, or the Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, set forth in a certificate by a Responsible Officer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, projected by Holdings or the Lead Borrower in good faith as a result of (i) actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable synergies and cost savings or (ii) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the operations of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (A) at the election of Holdings or the Lead Borrower, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the aggregate consideration paid in connection with the related acquisition was less than $6,600,000, and (B) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, it may be assumed that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided , further , that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such Test Period.
     “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(b).
     “ Pro Forma Basis ” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” mean, with respect to compliance with any test hereunder, that (i) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (ii) all

-43-


 

Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test: (A) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (1) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (2) in the case of a Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction,” shall be included, (B) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (C) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by Holdings, any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination; provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (i) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Specified Transaction) that are (as determined by Holdings in good faith) (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of “Pro Forma Adjustment.”
     “ Pro Forma Excess Availability ” means, for any date of calculation, the Average Excess Availability for 90 days prior to, and including, such date, after giving effect to the transactions occurring on such date, based on assumptions and calculations reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; it being agreed that, for purposes of calculating Pro Forma Excess Availability, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree in its reasonable discretion, no Inventory or Accounts to be acquired in an Investment otherwise permitted hereunder shall be included in the Borrowing Base until the Administrative Agent shall have completed a preliminary field audit and inventory appraisal in scope and with results reasonably satisfactory to it and until the Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed Deposit Account Control Agreements with respect to the DDAs to be acquired in such Investment.
     “ Pro Forma Excess Availability Condition ” means, for any date of calculation with respect to any Specified Payment, the condition that (i) the Pro Forma Excess Availability following, and after giving Pro Forma Effect to, such Specified Payment, will equal or exceed 20.00% of the lesser of the Aggregate Commitments and the Borrowing Base; provided that such Pro Forma Excess Availability shall equal or exceed 25.00% of the lesser of the Aggregate Commitments and the Borrowing Base with respect to any Specified Payment permitted under Section 7.06(f) or 7.06(k) and (ii) only with respect to Specified Payments permitted under Section 7.06(f) or 7.06(k) or with respect to the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) will for the most recently completed Test Period ending on or prior to such date of calculation be at least 1.05 to 1.0.
     “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(b).
     “ Projections ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(iii).
     “ Protective Advances ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).
     “ Protective Advance Participation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).
     “ Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
     “ Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

-44-


 

     “ Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings, any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).
     “ Real Property ” means a Loan Party’s interest in all Leases and all land, tenements, hereditaments and any estate or interest therein, together with the buildings, structures, parking areas and other improvements thereon (including all fixtures), now or hereafter owned or leased by any Loan Party, together with all easements, rights-of-way, and similar rights relating thereto and all leases, licenses tenancies and occupancies thereof.
     “ Reference Date ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Available Amount.”
     “ Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c).
     “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Lead Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the initial purchasers named therein.
     “ Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
     “ Release ” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing of any Hazardous Material in, into, or onto the environment.
     “ Rent and Charges Reserve ” means, with respect to the Borrowing Base, the aggregate of (i) all past due rent and other amounts owing by a Loan Party to any landlord, warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, freight forwarder, broker or other Person who possesses any Eligible Inventory or could assert a Lien on any Eligible Inventory and (ii) a reserve equal to two months rent that could be payable to any such Person unless it has executed a Lien Waiver.
     “ Reportable Event ” means, with respect to any Plan, any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the 30-day notice period has been waived.
     “ Request for Credit Extension ” means (i) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (ii) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application and (iii) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.
     “ Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50.00% of the sum of the (i) Total Revolving Credit Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Revolving Credit Lender’s L/C Participations and Swing Line Participations being deemed “held” by such Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
     “ Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or final, non-appealable determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or to which any of its material property is subject.

-45-


 

     “ Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
     “ Restricted Cash ” means when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents (i) appear (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Lead Borrower or of any such Restricted Subsidiary prepared in accordance with GAAP (unless such appearance is related to the Loan Documents or Liens created thereunder), (ii) are subject to any Lien in favor of any Person other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or (iii) are not otherwise generally available for use by the Lead Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.
     “ Restricted Debt ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.12(a).
     “ Restricted Debt Payments ” in respect of any Restricted Debt, means any prepayments, redemptions, purchases and defeasances prior to the maturity thereof in respect of such Restricted Debt, including pursuant to any sinking fund or similar deposit.
     “ Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of Holdings, the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to Holdings or the Borrowers’ stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).
     “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of Holdings, or the Borrowers other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     “ Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means, collectively, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing and shall be deemed to include any Protective Advance made hereunder.
     “ Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, collectively, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments.
     “ Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, at any time, the Outstanding Amount of all Loans and L/C Obligations at such time.
     “ Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
     “ Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(d).
     “ Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable.

-46-


 

     “ Revolving Credit Loan ” means a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan or a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan, as applicable and shall be deemed to include any Protective Advance made hereunder.
     “ Revolving Credit Notes ” means, collectively, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Notes and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Notes.
     “ Royalties ” means all royalties, fees, expense reimbursement and other amounts payable by a Loan Party under a License.
     “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
     “ Secured Cash Management Agreement ” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between a Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank.
     “ Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under Section 7.03(g) that is entered into by and between any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank.
     “ Secured Parties ” means (i) each Senior Credit Party, (ii) each Cash Management Bank, (iii) each Hedge Bank, (iv) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, and (v) the successors and, subject to any limitations contained in this Agreement, assigns of each of the foregoing.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.
     “ Security Agreement ” means, collectively, the security agreement executed by the Loan Parties substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1, together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.
     “ Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
     “ Senior Credit Obligations ” means, with respect to each Loan Party, without duplication:
     (i) in the case of the Borrowers, all principal of and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to any Borrower, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on any Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Credit Note issued pursuant to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;
     (ii) all fees, expenses, indemnification obligations and other amounts of whatever nature now or hereafter payable by such Loan Party (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to such Loan Party, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document;
     (iii) all expenses of the Agents as to which one or more of the Agents have a right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.04(a) of this Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any and all sums

-47-


 

advanced by the Collateral Agent to preserve the Collateral or preserve its security interests in the Collateral to the extent permitted under any Loan Document or applicable Law;
     (iv) all amounts paid by any Indemnitee as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.04(b) of this Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document; and
     (v) in the case of Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company, the Lead Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, all amounts now or hereafter payable by Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company, the Lead Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other obligations or liabilities now existing or hereafter arising or incurred (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company, the Lead Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on the part of Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company, the Lead Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this Agreement, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document;
together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof.
     “ Senior Credit Party ” means each Lender, each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05 and designated by the Administrative Agent as a “Senior Credit Party”, and each Indemnitee and their respective successors and assigns, and “Senior Credit Parties” means any two or more of them, collectively.
     “ Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination that is secured by a Lien on any asset of any Loan Party to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the Test Period most recently ending on or prior to such date.
     “ Senior Secured Notes ” means the 7.75% senior secured notes of the Lead Borrower due 2019 issued on the date hereof (and any notes issued in exchange therefor in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement).
     “ Senior Secured Notes Documents ” means the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, the purchase agreement among the Lead Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors, and the initial purchasers thereunder, and all other agreements, instruments and other documents (including collateral documents with respect thereto) pursuant to which the Senior Secured Notes have been or will be issued or otherwise setting forth the terms of the Senior Secured Notes.
     “ Senior Secured Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof with respect to the Senior Secured Notes among the Lead Borrower, as issuer thereunder, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the trustee thereunder.
     “ Sold Entity or Business ” means any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (other than in the ordinary course of business), closed or classified as discontinued operations by Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

-48-


 

     “ Solvency Certificate ” means the certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower.
     “ Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (i) the fair value of the property (for the avoidance of doubt, calculated to include goodwill and other intangibles) of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (ii) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (iii) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (iv) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
     “ SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(g).
     “ Specified Conditions ” means, with respect to any Investment contemplated in the proviso at the end of Section 7.02 or any Disposition contemplated in clause (B) of the second proviso to Section 7.05(d), that (i) no Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of the entering into such Investment or Disposition and (ii) the Pro Forma Excess Availability Condition shall have been satisfied after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Investment or Disposition. Prior to undertaking any Investment or Disposition which is subject to the Specified Conditions, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the conditions contained in clause (ii) of this definition have been satisfied.
     “ Specified Equity Contribution ” means cash equity contributions (which if in the form of preferred equity shall be on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to Holdings or the Intermediate Holding Company and further contributed directly or indirectly to the Lead Borrower as cash equity; provided that the Equity Contribution shall not form a part of any Specified Equity Contribution.
     “ Specified Payments ” means, with respect to any period, any Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(f), 7.03(i) or 7.03(o), the making of any Restricted Payment under Section 7.06(f) or 7.06(k) or payments under Section 7.12(a)(v) or the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary which Subsidiary has assets included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base immediately prior to such Subsidiaries being designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     “ Specified Transaction ” means any Investment, Disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation or Facility Increase that by the terms of this Agreement requires such test to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis or after giving Pro Forma Effect.
     “ Sponsor ” means Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by them or any of their Affiliates, but not including any of their respective portfolio companies.
     “ Sponsor Management Agreements ” means the management, transaction or advisory agreements between certain of the management companies associated with the Sponsor or its advisors and the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

-49-


 

     “ Sponsor Termination Fees ” means the one time payment under any of the Sponsor Management Agreements of a termination fee to the Sponsor and its Affiliates in the event of either a Change of Control or the completion of a Qualifying IPO.
     “ Spot Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.07.
     “ Stated Amount ” means at any time the maximum amount for which a Letter of Credit may be honored.
     “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Lead Borrower.
     “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” means, collectively, the Borrowers (other than the Lead Borrower) and the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrowers that are Guarantors.
     “ Successor Loan Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(d).
     “ Supermajority Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 66 2/3% of the sum of the (i) Total Revolving Credit Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Revolving Credit Lender’s L/C Participations and Swing Line Participations being deemed “held” by such Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Supermajority Lenders.
     “ Swap Contract ” means (i) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (ii) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
     “ Swap Obligations ” of any Person means all obligations (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect to such Person, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim under any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) of such Person in respect of any Swap Contract, excluding any amounts which such Person is entitled to set-off against its obligations under applicable Law.

-50-


 

     “ Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (i) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (ii) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (i), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined by the Hedge Bank in accordance with the terms thereof and in accordance with customary methods for calculating mark-to-market values under similar arrangements by the Hedge Bank.
     “ Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.
     “ Swing Line Lender ” means Citibank, in its capacity as lender of Swing Line Loans hereunder to the Borrowers hereunder.
     “ Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04.
     “ Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b) which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.
     “ Swing Line Loan Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) the Revolving Credit Facility. The Swing Line Loan Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.
     “ Swing Line Note ” means the promissory notes of the Borrowers payable to any Lender or its registered assigns, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Swing Line Lender resulting from Swing Line Loans made by such Swing Line Lender to the Borrowers.
     “ Swing Line Participation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b).
     “ Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, remittances, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
     “ Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”
     “ Test Period ” in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters or twelve consecutive fiscal months of Holdings or the Lead Borrower, as applicable, ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each fiscal year, quarter or month in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i), (ii) or (vi), respectively. A Test Period may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., “the March 31, 2011 Test Period” refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings or the Lead Borrower, as applicable, ended March 31, 2011), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof.
     “ Threshold Amount ” means $15,000,000.
     “ Total Assets ” means the total assets of Holdings, the Lead Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Holdings or the Lead Borrower, as applicable, delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or (ii) or, for the period prior to the time any such statements are so delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or (ii), the Pro Forma Balance Sheet.

-51-


 

     “ Total Revolving Credit Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans, Protective Advances, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations.
     “ Tranche 1 Additional Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
     “ Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a).
     “ Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility represented by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender to make Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans, the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to fund Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to fund Tranche 1 L/C Participations have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, or if any of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments have expired, then the Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall be determined based on the Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender on Schedule 2.01B or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
     “ Tranche 1 Available Commitments ” means, at any time, an amount equal to (i) the lesser of (a) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time and (b) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time minus (ii) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders at such time.
     “ Tranche 1 Base Rate Loan ” means a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest by reference to the Base Rate.
     “ Tranche 1 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate with an Interest Period of three months plus the Applicable Rate for a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
     “ Tranche 1 Borrowing Base ” means, on any date of determination, an amount (calculated based on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement) equal to:
     (a) the sum of
     (i) 85.00% of the value of the Eligible Accounts, and
     (ii) 85.00% of the NOLV Percentage of the value of the Eligible Inventory, minus
     (b) the Availability Reserve in the Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment on such date.
     “ Tranche 1 Commitment Fees ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a)(i).

-52-


 

     “ Tranche 1 L/C Borrowing ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.03(c)(iii).
     “ Tranche 1 L/C Participation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b).
     “ Tranche 1 L/C Reimbursement Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
     “ Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
     “ Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).
     “ Tranche 1 Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50.00% of the sum of the (i) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure held by all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (with the aggregate amount of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 L/C Participations, Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations being deemed “held” by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Tranche 1 Required Lenders.
     “ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i).
     “ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i), (b) purchase Tranche 1 L/C Participations in respect of Letters of Credit, (c) purchase Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in respect of Swing Line Loans and (d) purchase Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in respect of Protective Advances, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01B under the caption “Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $42,500,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to any applicable Facility Increase.
     “ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure ” means as to each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans at such time, (b) each Tranche 1 L/C Participation of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender outstanding at such time (except to the extent such Tranche 1 L/C Participation shall have been funded as an L/C Advance or a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan as of such time), (c) each L/C Advance of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender outstanding at such time, (d) each Tranche 1 Swing Line Participation of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender at such time (except to the extent such Tranche 1 Swing Line Participation shall have been funded as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan or pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) as of such time), (e) all amounts outstanding that have been funded pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) at such time and (f) each Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participation of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender at such time.
     “ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

-53-


 

     “ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment or holds Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans at such time.
     “ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a)(i).
     “ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans made by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender.
     “ Tranche 1 Supermajority Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than 66 2/3% of the sum of the (i) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (with the aggregate amount of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 L/C Participations, Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations being deemed “held” by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Tranche 1 Supermajority Lenders.
     “ Tranche 1 Swing Line Participation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b).
     “ Tranche 1 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(c).
     “ Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a).
     “ Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility represented by such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender to make Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, the commitment of the Tranche 2 Swing Line Lender to fund Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to fund Tranche 2 L/C Participations have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, or if any of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments have expired, then the Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall be determined based on the Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender on Schedule 2.01C or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
     “ Tranche 2 Available Commitments ” means, at any time, an amount equal to (i) the lesser of (a) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time and (b) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time minus (ii) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders at such time.
     “ Tranche 2 Base Rate Loan ” means a Tranche 2 Revolving Loan bearing interest by reference to the Base Rate.

-54-


 

     “ Tranche 2 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate with an Interest Period of three months plus the Applicable Rate for a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
     “ Tranche 2 Borrowing Base ” means, on any date of determination, an amount (calculated based on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement) equal to:
     (a) the sum of
     (i) 15.00% of the value of the Eligible Accounts, and
     (ii) 15.00% of the NOLV Percentage of the value of the Eligible Inventory, minus
     (b) the Availability Reserve in the Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment on such date.
     “ Tranche 2 Commitment Fees ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a)(ii).
     “ Tranche 2 L/C Borrowing ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.03(c)(iii).
     “ Tranche 2 L/C Participation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b).
     “ Tranche 2 L/C Reimbursement Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
     “ Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
     “ Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).
     “ Tranche 2 Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50.00% of the sum of the (i) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders (with the aggregate amount of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 L/C Participations, Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations being deemed “held” by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Tranche 2 Required Lenders.
     “ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii).
     “ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii), (b) purchase Tranche 2 L/C Participations in respect of Letters of Credit, (c) purchase Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and (d) purchase Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations in Protective Advances, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01C under the caption “Tranche 2 Revolving Cre-

-55-


 

dit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $7,500,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
     “ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure ” means as to each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans at such time, (b) each Tranche 2 L/C Participation of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender outstanding at such time (except to the extent such Tranche 2 L/C Participation shall have been funded as an L/C Advance or a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan as of such time), (c) each L/C Advance of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender outstanding at such time, (d) each Tranche 2 Swing Line Participation of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender at such time (except to the extent such Tranche 2 Swing Line Participation shall have been funded as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan or pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) as of such time), (e) all amounts outstanding that have been funded pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) at such time and (f) each Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participation of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender at such time.
     “ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
     “ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment or holds Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans at such time.
     “ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a)(ii).
     “ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans made by such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender.
     “ Tranche 2 Supermajority Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than 66 2/3% of the sum of the (i) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such date (with the aggregate amount of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 L/C Participations, Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations being deemed “held” by such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Tranche 2 Supermajority Lenders.
     “ Tranche 2 Swing Line Participation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b).
     “ Tranche 2 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(c).
     “ Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Sponsor, Holdings, the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions and the transactions contemplated thereby.
     “ Transactions ” means, collectively, (i) the Equity Contribution, (ii) the Merger, (iii) the repayment of Indebtedness in accordance with Section 4.01(d), (iv) the funding, if any, of the Revolving Credit

-56-


 

Loans on the Closing Date, (v) the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes and (vi) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.
     “ Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
     “ U.S. Factoring Agreements ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
     “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
     “ Unaudited Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(e).
     “ Uncontrolled Cash ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of $2,500,000 plus all Restricted Cash then held by the Loan Parties which was received in the ordinary course of business, and (b) $7,500,000.
     “ Unfinanced Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person and for any period, Capital Expenditures made by such Person during such period and not financed from the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than with the proceeds of Credit Extensions), Permitted Equity Issuances, Casualty Events or Dispositions (other than Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business).
     “ United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.
     “ Unpaid L/C Lender Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.03(c)(vi).
     “ Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04(c)(iii).
     “ Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
     “ Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” means (i) each Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule 1.01C and (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrowers) designated by the board of directors of the Lead Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.15 subsequent to the Closing Date and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     “ USA PATRIOT Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.
     “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (A) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (B) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one- twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

-57-


 

     “ wholly owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
     “ Withdrawal Liability ” means the liability of a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
     Section 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
     (a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such Law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such Law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
     (b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding,” and the word “through” means “to and including.”
     (c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     Section 1.03 Accounting Terms and Determinations .
     (a)  Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

-58-


 

     (b)  Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP or in the application thereof would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Lead Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Lead Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Lead Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and any other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
     (c)  Computation of Certain Financial Covenants . Unless otherwise specified herein, all defined financial terms (and all other definitions used to determine such terms) shall be to those determined and computed in respect of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.
     Section 1.04 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained or satisfied by the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
     Section 1.05 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
     Section 1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
     Section 1.07 Currency Equivalents Generally . Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in Articles II, IX and X) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Dollars, such equivalent amount to be determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (as defined below) for the purchase of such currency with Dollars. For purposes of this Section 1.07, the “ Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date of such determination; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.

-59-


 

ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
     Section 2.01 The Loans .
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
     (i) each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars to the Lead Borrower as elected by the Lead Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, a “ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing, (A) the sum of (without duplication) (I) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment and (C) the Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time;
     (ii) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars to the Lead Borrower as elected by the Lead Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, a “ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing, (A) the sum of (without duplication) (I) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders, plus (III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment and (C) the Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time;
     (iii) in no event shall there be any Loans made on the Closing Date; and
     (iv) within the limits of each Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01(a), prepay under Section 2.05 and reborrow under this Section 2.01(a). Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
     (b) [Reserved.]
     (c)  Protective Advances . The Administrative Agent shall be authorized, in its discretion, at any time that any conditions in Section 4.02 are not satisfied, to make loans (any such loans made pursuant

-60-


 

to this Section 2.01(c), “ Protective Advances ”) (a) up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 10.00% of the Borrowing Base outstanding at any time, if the Administrative Agent reasonably deems such Protective Advances necessary or desirable to preserve or protect Collateral, or to enhance the collectibility or repayment of Senior Credit Obligations; or (b) to pay any other amounts chargeable to Loan Parties under any Loan Documents, including costs, fees and expenses. Protective Advances shall constitute Senior Credit Obligations secured by the Collateral and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of the Loan Documents. Immediately upon the making of a Protective Advance, each applicable Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Administrative Agent a risk participation in such Protective Advance in the following order (i) first, each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such Protective Advance in an amount equal to the product of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage times the principal amount of such Protective Advance to the extent such purchase does not cause the Tranche 2 Available Commitments to decrease below zero (a “ Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participation ”) and (y) second, each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such Protective Advance in an amount equal to the product of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage times the principal amount of such Protective Advance to the extent risk participations were not purchased pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (x) (a “ Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participation ” and together with the Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations, the “ Protective Advance Participations ”). The Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations shall automatically convert to Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations at the end of each day to the extent that the Tranche 2 Available Commitments exceed zero at the end of such day. The Supermajority Lenders may at any time revoke the Administrative Agent’s authority to make further Protective Advances by written notice to the Administrative Agent. Absent such revocation, the Administrative Agent’s determination that funding of a Protective Advance is appropriate shall be conclusive. In no event shall a Protective Advance be made if , after giving effect thereto, (A) the sum (without duplication) of (I) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders would exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender would exceed such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment, (C) the sum of (without duplication) (I) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders would exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time, (D) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender would exceed such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Cred it Commitment or (E) the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders would exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time.
     (d) At any time that any Protective Advance is outstanding, the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Loan or Swing Line Loan that is made shall first be applied to the repayment of such Protective Advance upon the making of such Revolving Credit Loan or Swing Line Loan.
     Section 2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .
     (a) Each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Lead Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such no tice must be received by the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 2:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the

-61-


 

requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) not later than 12:00 noon on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans (but with respect to the initial Credit Extension, one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans); provided , however , that if the Lead Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period,” the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Revolving Credit Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Revolving Credit Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Lead Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in an amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Lead Borrower is requesting a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Lead Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Lead Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan to the extent of the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and then as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Lead Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Swing Line Loan may not be converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.03(c), the Lead Borrower shall not request, and the Tranche 1 Lenders shall be under no obligation to fund, any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan if, after giving effect thereto, the amount of the Tranche 2 Available Commitments would be greater than zero. If any Tranche 2 Loan is prepaid in whole or part pursuant to Section 2.05, any Loans to the Lead Borrower thereafter requested shall be Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans for so long as the Tranche 2 Available Commitments would be greater than zero after giving effect thereto.
     (c) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify (x) each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of a Committed Loan Notice with respect to Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans, of the amount of its Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage under the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility of the applicable Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and (y) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of a Committed Loan Notice with respect to Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, of the amount of its Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage under the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility of the applicable Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, and if no timely notice of a

-62-


 

conversion or continuation is provided by the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each applicable Revolving Credit Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of (a) a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing, each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent and (b) a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing, each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent, in each case in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars not later than 1:00 p.m., on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Lead Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Lead Borrower on the books of Citibank with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Lead Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date a Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan is given by the Lead Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds thereof shall be applied to the payment in full of any Tranche 1 L/C Borrowing and Tranche 2 L/C Borrowing, respectively and second, shall be made available to the Lead Borrower as provided above.
     (d) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.
     (e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lead Borrower and the Revolving Credit Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower and the Revolving Credit Lenders of any change in Administrative Agent’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
     (f) After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than nine (9) Interest Periods in effect in respect of any Revolving Credit Loans.
     Section 2.03 Letters of Credit .
     (a)  The Letter of Credit Commitment .
     (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Lead Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) (I) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit until the Tranche 2 Available Commitments are zero and the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in the remaining amount of such Letters of Credit, in each case issued for the account of the Lead Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder (pro rata in accordance with the Applicable Adjusted Percentage of such Revolving Credit Lenders); provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (A) the sum

-63-


 

of (without duplication) (I) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment, (C) the sum of (without duplication) (I) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time, (D) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment, (E) the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time, (F) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit and (G) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations issued by Citibank, N.A. shall not exceed the Citibank L/C Sublimit. Each request by the Lead Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Lead Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lead Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Lead Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto as Letters of Credit, and from and after the Closing Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof, with participations therein being allocated on the Closing Date in the order they would be if such Letters of Credit were issued thereafter (and it being understood that as of the Closing Date, there shall be an aggregate amount of $7,500,000 Tranche 2 L/C Participations and $705,707 Tranche 1 L/C Participations in respect of the Existing Letters of Credit, and an additional $2,500,000 of Tranche 1 L/C Participations in respect of a Letter of Credit to be issued on the Closing Date).
     (ii) No L/C Issuer shall issue any Letter of Credit if:
     (A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
     (B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Revolving Credit Lenders (excluding Defaulting Lenders) and such L/C Issuer have approved such expiry date.
     (iii) No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
     (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law, but if not having the force of law, then being one with which the L/C Issuer would customarily comply) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is

-64-


 

not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
     (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;
     (C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $25,000, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $100,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;
     (D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or
     (E) a default of any Revolving Credit Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(c) exists or any Revolving Credit Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the applicable L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Lead Borrower or such Revolving Credit Lender to eliminate such L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Revolving Credit Lender.
     (iv) The applicable L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if such L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.
     (v) The applicable L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
     (vi) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.
     (b)  Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .
     (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Lead Borrower delivered to the applicable L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by such L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters

-65-


 

as the applicable L/C Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer: (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the applicable L/C Issuer may reasonably require. Additionally, the Lead Borrower shall furnish to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the applicable L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.
     (ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Lead Borrower and, if not, the applicable L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the applicable L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Lead Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Such L/C Issuer shall issue any such Letters of Credit for the account of the Lead Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendments, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance or increase of each Letter of Credit in accordance with the above restrictions (including Section 2.03(a)(i) and the proviso thereto), each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in the following order (x) first, each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of an increase of a Letter of Credit, in the amount so increased) in an amount equal to the product of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of an increase to a Letter of Credit, the amount of such increase) to the extent such purchase does not cause the Tranche 2 Available Commitments to decrease below zero (a “ Tranche 2 L/C Participation ”) and (y) second, each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of an increase of a Letter of Credit, in the amount so increased) in an amount equal to the product of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of an increase to a Letter of Credit, the amount of such increase) to the extent risk participations were not purchased pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (x) (a “ Tranche 1 L/C Participation ” and together with the Tranche 2 L/C Participations, the “ L/C Participations ”). The renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.03 shall not relieve any Revolving Credit Lender of its L/C Participations therein; provided that the Tranche 1 L/C Participations shall automatically convert to Tranche 2 L/C Participations at the end of each day to the extent that the Tranche 2 Available Commitments exceed zero at the end of such day.
     (iii) If the Lead Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree that a Letter of Credit shall automatically be extended for one or more additional successive periods not to exceed twelve months each, unless the applicable L/C Issuer, in its sole and absolute discretion, elects not to extend for any such additional periods (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”). Unless otherwise directed by the applicable L/C Issuer, the Lead Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the applicable L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolving Credit Lenders

-66-


 

shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the applicable L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that no L/C Issuer shall permit any such extension if (A) such L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Lead Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the applicable L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
     (iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
     (c)  Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .
     (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than the later of (A) 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”) or (B) 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day immediately following the date that notice is given pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Lead Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing (a “ Drawing ”). If the Lead Borrower fails to so reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer by such time, such L/C Issuer shall notify the Administrative Agent who shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s (x) Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of all Tranche 2 L/C Participations outstanding at such time (such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s “ Tranche 2 L/C Reimbursement Percentage ”) and (y) Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of all Tranche 1 L/C Participations outstanding at such time (such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s “ Tranche 1 L/C Reimbursement Percentage ”). In such event, the Lead Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans (as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing (to the extent of the L/C Participations referred to in immediately preceding clause (x)) and as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing (to the extent of the L/C Participations referred to in immediately preceding clause (y)) to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an aggregate amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Tranche 1 Available Commitments and Tranche 2 Available Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice. If an L/C Issuer shall make any Drawing, then, unless a Borrower shall have reimbursed such Drawing in full on the date such Drawing is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest payable on demand, for each day from and including the date such Drawing is made to and including the Honor Date, at the interest rate then in effect for Tranche 1 Base Rate Loans (to the extent the Letter of Credit giving rise to such Drawing is covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participations) and for Tranche 2 Base Rate Loans (to the extent the Letter of Credit giving rise to such Drawing is covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participations), and thereafter, at the rate per annum determined pursuant to Section 2.08(b) for Tranche 1 Base Rate Loans or Tranche 2 Base Rate Loans, as the case may be, until (but excluding) the date that

-67-


 

Borrowers reimburse such Drawing. Interest accrued pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) or (iii) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer shall be for the account of such Revolving Credit Lender to the extent of such payment.
     (ii) Each Revolving Credit Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Tranche 2 L/C Reimbursement Percentage and its Tranche 1 L/C Reimbursement Percentage (if any) of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each such Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan (as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, or a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender) to the Lead Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable L/C Issuer.
     (iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Lead Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable L/C Issuer (x) to the extent Tranche 1 L/C Participations cover the Letter of Credit giving rise to such Unreimbursed Amount, an extension of credit in the amount of such Tranche 1 L/C Participations (a “ Tranche 1 L/C Borrowing ”) and (y) to the extent Tranche 2 L/C Participations cover the Letter of Credit giving rise to such Unreimbursed Amount, an extension of credit in the amount of such Tranche 2 L/C Participations (a “ Tranche 2 L/C Borrowing ”; the Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings and the Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings are collectively referred to as the “ L/C Borrowings ”) in each case to the extent the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowings shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its Tranche 1 L/C Participation and Tranche 2 L/C Participation, as the case may be, in such L/C Borrowing in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Revolving Credit Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.
     (iv) Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Adjusted Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of such L/C Issuer.
     (v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or fund L/C Advances to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against the applicable L/C Issuer, the Lead Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Lead Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such funding of an L/C Advance or Revolving Credit Loan shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Lead Borrower to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

-68-


 

     (vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of any L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) (an “ Unpaid L/C Lender Amount ”), the applicable L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Credit Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such Unpaid L/C Lender Amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by such L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Revolving Credit Lender pays such Unpaid L/C Lender Amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 1 L/C Participations, or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 2 L/C Participations, included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance, as the case may be. A certificate of the applicable L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (d)  Repayment of Participations .
     (i) At any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Revolving Credit Lender’s funding of its L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Lead Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Revolving Credit Lender in the same proportion as to which such Revolving Credit Lender funded such Unreimbursed Amount in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer (a) to the extent such payment related to a Drawing under a Letter of Credit covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participations, Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage thereof and (b) to the extent such payment related to a Drawing under a Letter of Credit covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participations, Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage thereof, in each case on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Revolving Credit Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause (ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Senior Credit Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
     (e)  Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Lead Borrower to reimburse each L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
     (ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee

-69-


 

of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the applicable L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
     (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
     (iv) any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by such L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or
     (v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the Lead Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for any wrongful payment made by such L/C Issuer as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such L/C Issuer.
     The Lead Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Lead Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Lead Borrower will immediately notify the applicable L/C Issuer.
     (f)  Role of L/C Issuers . Each Revolving Credit Lender and the Lead Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no L/C Issuer shall have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Revolving Credit Lender for: (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Revolving Credit Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrowers hereby assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrowers’ pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e); provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Lead Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Lead Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrowers which the Lead Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it

-70-


 

by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, any L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and such L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
     (g)  Cash Collateral . Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Lead Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. Sections 2.05 and 8.02(iii) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03, Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(iii), “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable L/C Issuer and the Revolving Credit Lenders with L/C Participations, as collateral for the applicable L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Revolving Credit Lenders with L/C Participations). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrowers hereby grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of each L/C Issuer and the Revolving Credit Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Citibank. If at any time the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all such L/C Obligations, the Lead Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of such funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer.
     (h)  Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Lead Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.
     (i)  Letter of Credit Fees . The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with the proportion its Tranche 1 L/C Participations represent of all amounts available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with the proportion its Tranche 2 L/C Participations represent of all amounts available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fee ” and together with the Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fee, the “ Letter of Credit Fees ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall

-71-


 

be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each standby Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
     (j)  Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges to L/C Issuers . The Lead Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum equal to 0.25%, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. In addition, the Lead Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
     (k)  Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.
     (l)  Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Lead Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse each L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Lead Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Lead Borrower, and that the Lead Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.
     (m)  Reporting . Each L/C Issuer will report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) on the first Business Day of each week, the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by it and outstanding as of the last Business Day of the preceding week, (ii) on or prior to each Business Day on which such L/C Issuer expects to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance or amendment, and the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit to be issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and such L/C Issuer shall advise the Administrative Agent on such Business Day whether such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension occurred and whether the amount thereof changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such L/C Issuer funds any L/C Participation, the date and amount of such L/C Participation and (iv) on any Business Day on which the Lead Borrower fails to reimburse an L/C Participation required to be reimbursed to such L/C Issuer on such day, the date and amount of such failure.
     Section 2.04 Swing Line Loans .
     (a)  The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion and in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Lead Borrower

-72-


 

from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Loan Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Adjusted Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment and Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to the making of any Swing Line Loan (other than Protective Advances) (A) the sum (without duplication) of (I) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment, (C) the sum of (without duplication) (I) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders plus (III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time, (D) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment and (E) the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time; provided , further , that the Lead Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Lead Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest only at a rate based on the Base Rate. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender risk participations in such Swing Line Loan as Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations in the manner set forth in Section 2.04(b).
     (b)  Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Lead Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. If the Swing Line Lender determines, acting in its sole and absolute discretion, that it shall make such requested Swing Line Loan to the Lead Borrower in accordance with the Swing Line Loan Notice, and unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, (I) the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice make a Swing Line Loan, in the requested amount and

-73-


 

(II) each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in the following order (x) first, each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage times the principal amount of such Swing Line Loan to the extent such purchase does not cause the Tranche 2 Available Commitments to decrease below zero (a “ Tranche 2 Swing Line Participation ”) and (y) second, each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage times the principal amount of such Swing Line Loan to the extent risk participations were not purchased pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (x) (a “ Tranche 1 Swing Line Participation ” and together with the Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, the “ Swing Line Participations ”). The Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations shall automatically convert to Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations at the end of each day to the extent that the Tranche 2 Available Commitments exceed zero at the end of such day.
     (c)  Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .
     (i) The Swing Line Lender at any time (but no less frequently than once a week) in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Lead Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), (x) that each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan and (y) that each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan, in each such case in an amount equal to (I) such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of the amount of all Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations then outstanding (such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s “ Tranche 1 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage ”) and (II) such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of the amount of all Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations then outstanding (such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s “ Tranche 2 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage ”). Each such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Facility, the unutilized portion of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments, the unutilized portion of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Lead Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each (A) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to its Tranche 1 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice and (B) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to its Tranche 2 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice, in each case in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each such Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Lead Borrower in such amount, as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, and as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that (x) each

-74-


 

Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, and (y) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, fund its respective Swing Line Participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each such Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such Swing Line Participations.
     (iii) If (x) any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, or (y) any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) (an “ Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount ”), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Credit Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If any such (x) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations or (y) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, pays such Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount so paid shall constitute (x) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, or (y) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, in each case included in the relevant Borrowing or funded Swing Line Participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any such Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (iv) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund Swing Line Participations pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Lead Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02.
     (d)  Repayment of Participations .
     (i) At any time after any (x) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, or (y) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, has purchased and funded a Swing Line Participation, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to (x) such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, its Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender or (y) such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, its Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances

-75-


 

described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each (x) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage thereof and (y) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage thereof, in each case on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders and Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Senior Credit Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
     (e)  Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Lead Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until (x) each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, funds its Base Rate Loan as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Tranche 1 Swing Line Participation, or (y) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, funds its Base Rate Loan as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Tranche 2 Swing Line Participation, interest in respect of such Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage or Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.
     (f)  Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Lead Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender. At any time a Swing Line Loan is outstanding and the Lead Borrower requests a Revolving Credit Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may require the Lead Borrower to (i) utilize a portion of the requested Revolving Credit Borrowing in an amount of such outstanding Swing Line Loan to repay such Swing Line Loan or (ii) at the Lead Borrower’s option, but subject to compliance with Section 2.01, to increase the amount of the requested Revolving Credit Borrowing by up to an amount of such outstanding Swing Line Loan and utilize such increase to repay such Swing Line Loan. The Administrative Agent shall apply the relevant portion of the requested Revolving Credit Borrowing to repayment of such Swing Line Loan as specified above.
     Section 2.05 Prepayments .
     (a)  Optional .
     (i) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.05(a)(i) and subject to Section 2.05(a)(iii), the Borrowers may, upon notice by the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that: (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (1) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (B) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2,500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment, the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid, the character of Loans to be prepaid (as Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans) and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly (x) notify each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit

-76-


 

Loans of its receipt of each such notice and of the amount of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage in respect of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility) and (y) notify each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans of its receipt of each such notice and of the amount of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage in respect of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility). Each such notice shall be revocable subject to Section 3.05. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05.
     (ii) Subject to Section 2.05(a)(iii), the Borrowers may, upon notice by the Lead Borrower to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment and (B) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. Each such notice shall be revocable subject to Section 3.05.
     (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.05(a) which permit voluntary prepayments of the Loans, except as provided in Section 2.05(b), only if all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans (to the extent there are any Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans) are repaid in full may the Borrowers prepay amounts owed with respect to the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans (to the extent there are any Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans); provided , however , that any such prepayment shall not reduce or terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments. In addition, the Borrowers may also repay Loans as required upon any reduction or termination of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with the provisions hereof.
     (b)  Mandatory .
     (i)  Excess Outstandings . If for any reason (1) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders at any time exceeds the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time (except as a result of Protective Advances permitted under Section 2.01(c)) or (2) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders at any time exceeds the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time (except as a result of Protective Advances permitted under Section 2.01(c)), then the Borrowers shall promptly prepay Loans, L/C Borrowings and L/C Advances and Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (other than L/C Borrowings) in the order of priority set forth below in Section 2.05(b)(ii) (it being understood that the L/C Obligations (other than L/C Borrowings) will not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of this Section 2.05(b)(i) to the extent they are Cash Collateralized).
     (ii)  Application to Revolving Credit Facility . Subject to Section 2.12(b), prepayments of the Revolving Credit Facility made pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i) first , shall be applied ratably to pay accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the outstanding (A) Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, (B) Swing Line Loans (to the extent there are any Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans) and (C) Protective Advances (to the extent there are any Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in such Protective Advances), in each case to the extent such Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured, second , shall be applied ratably to prepay the principal of any outstanding

-77-


 

(A) Tranche 1 L/C Borrowing, (B) Swing Line Loans (to the extent there are any Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans) and (C) Protective Advances (to the extent there are any Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in such Protective Advances), in each case to the extent such Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured (and any Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts relating to such Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings and Swing Line Loans shall be paid ratably with the foregoing amounts referred to in this clause second), third , shall be applied ratably to the outstanding principal of (A) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and (B) L/C Advances owing to Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders in their capacity as such, and any accrued and unpaid interest on the foregoing, in each case to the extent such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured, fourth , shall be used to Cash Collateralize any L/C Obligations not covered by clause first, second or third of this Section 2.05(b)(ii) (to the extent there are any Tranche 1 L/C Participations therein), to the extent such L/C Obligations are required to be Cash Collateralized in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured, fifth , shall be applied ratably to pay accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the outstanding (A) Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, (B) Swing Line Loans (to the extent there are any Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans) and (C) Protective Advances (to the extent there are any Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations in such Protective Advances), in each case to the extent such Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured (and any Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts relating to such Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings and Swing Line Loans shall be paid ratably with the foregoing amounts referred to in this clause fifth), sixth , shall be applied ratably to prepay the principal of any outstanding (A) Tranche 2 L/C Borrowing, (B) Swing Line Loans (to the extent there are any Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans) and (C) Protective Advances (to the extent there are any Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations in such Protective Advances), in each case to the extent such Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured, seventh , shall be applied ratably to the outstanding (A) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and (B) L/C Advances owed to Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders in their capacity as such, and any accrued and unpaid interest on the foregoing, in each case to the extent such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured, eighth , shall be used to Cash Collateralize any L/C Obligations not covered by this Section 2.05(b)(ii), to the extent such L/C Obligations are required to be Cash Collateralized in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured, and ninth , shall be applied ratably to any remaining outstanding Loans, to the extent such Loans are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured, and the amount remaining after clauses first through ninth, if any, may be retained by the Lead Borrower for use in the ordinary course of its business; provided that, upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from any Borrower or any other Loan Party) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer or the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable.
     Section 2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments .
     (a)  Optional . The Lead Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Revolving Credit Facility, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Loan Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Facility, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Loan Sublimit;

-78-


 

provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) the Lead Borrower shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Revolving Credit Facility if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings would exceed the Revolving Credit Facility, (B) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders would exceed the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments, (C) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders would exceed the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, (D) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the L/C Obligations held by Citibank not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Citibank L/C Sublimit or (E) the Swing Line Loan Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans would exceed the Swing Line Loan Sublimit.
     (b)  Mandatory . If, after giving effect to any reduction or termination of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.06, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Loan Sublimit exceeds the aggregate amount of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Loan Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.
     (c)  Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, Swing Line Loan Sublimit or the Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall be reduced by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. Upon any reduction of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall be reduced by such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Credit Facility shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
     Section 2.07 Repayment of Loans .
     (a)  Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrowers shall repay to the Revolving Credit Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.
     (b)  Swing Line Loans . The Borrowers shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.
     (c)  Protective Advances . The Borrowers shall repay each Protective Advance no later than the Maturity Date.
     Section 2.08 Interest .
     (a)  Stated Interest . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b): (i) each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof

-79-


 

for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate for such Eurodollar Rate Loans; (ii) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate for such Eurodollar Rate Loans; (iii) each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing or conversion date at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (A) the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for such Base Rate Loan and (B) the Tranche 1 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate; (iv) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing or conversion date at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (A) the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for such Base Rate Loan and (B) the Tranche 2 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate; and (v) each Swing Line Loan and Protective Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (A) the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans and Protective Advances and (B) the Base Rate Loan Floor Rate.
     (b)  Default Interest .
     (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan (other than Loans of a Defaulting Lender) or Drawing is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrowers under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods) (other than to Defaulting Lenders), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of (x) the Tranche 1 Required Lenders, in the case of any such amount under the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility or (y) the Tranche 2 Required Lenders, in the case of any such amount under the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
     (c)  Payments of Interest . Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
     Section 2.09 Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(i) and (j):
     (a) Commitment Fee . The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent:
     (i) for the account of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender (other than to any Defaulting Lender for any period during which it is a Defaulting Lender) in accordance with its Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee (the “ Tranche 1 Commitment Fee ”) equal to the Applicable Fee Rate times the average daily amount by which the aggregate amount of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender exceeds the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender (excluding when calculating such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Tranche 1 Swing Line

-80-


 

Participations and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender); and
     (ii) for the account of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender (other than to any Defaulting Lender for any period during which it is a Defaulting Lender) in accordance with its Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee (the “ Tranche 2 Commitment Fee ”, and together with the Tranche 1 Commitment Fee, the “ Commitment Fees ”) equal to the Applicable Fee Rate times the average daily amount by which the aggregate amount of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender exceeds the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender (excluding when calculating such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender).
The commitment fees shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period. The commitment fees shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Fee Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Fee Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Fee Rate was in effect.
     (b) Other Fees .
     (1) The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Bookrunners and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter and the Administrative Agent Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
     (2) The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
     Section 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate and Applicable Fee Rate .
     (a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Citibank’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
     (b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of any Loan Party or for any other reason, the Lead Borrower, Holdings or the Administrative Agent determine that (i) the Average Excess Availability as calculated by the Lead Borrower or Holdings as of any applicable

-81-


 

date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Average Excess Availability would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Lead Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuers, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Lead Borrower under the Debtor Relief Laws, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Section 2.03(c)(iii), 2.03(i) or 2.08(b) or under Article VIII. The Lead Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Senior Credit Obligations hereunder.
     Section 2.11 Evidence of Debt .
     (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained in good faith by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Senior Credit Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Lead Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
     (b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit, Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
     Section 2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .
     (a)  General . All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. Subject to clause (b) below, the Administrative Agent will promptly distribute (x) to each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of payments with respect to the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility, its Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage in respect of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein)

-82-


 

of such payment and (y) to each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of payments with respect to the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility, its Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage in respect of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment, in each case in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrowers shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
     (i) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Applicable Adjusted Percentage ” means, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, its percentage of the Revolving Credit Facility computed as set forth in the definition of “Applicable Percentage” but with reference only to the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Non-Defaulting Lenders at such time. Absent the existence of one or more Defaulting Lenders at any time of determination, the Applicable Adjusted Percentage of each Revolving Credit Lender shall equal its Applicable Percentage. The Applicable Adjusted Percentage of each Revolving Credit Lender shall adjust automatically whenever a Lender Default occurs or ceases to exist.
     (ii) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage ” means, with respect to any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender at any time, its percentage of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility computed as set forth in the definition of “Applicable Percentage” but with reference only to the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments of all Non-Defaulting Lenders at such time. Absent the existence of one or more Defaulting Lenders at any time of determination, the Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall equal its Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage. The Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall adjust automatically whenever a Lender Default occurs or ceases to exist.
     (iii) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage ” means, with respect to any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender at any time, its percentage of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility computed as set forth in the definition of “Applicable Percentage” but with reference only to the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments of all Non-Defaulting Lenders at such time. Absent the existence of one or more Defaulting Lenders at any time of determination, the Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall equal its Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage. The Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall adjust automatically whenever a Lender Default occurs or ceases to exist.
     (b)  Funding and Payments; Presumptions .
     (i)  Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to but

-83-


 

excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Lead Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrowers shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrowers may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
     (ii)  Failed Loans . If any Revolving Credit Lender shall fail to make any Loan (a “ Failed Loan ”) which such Revolving Credit Lender is otherwise obligated hereunder to make to the Borrowers on the date of Borrowing thereof, and the Administrative Agent shall not have received notice from the Lead Borrower or such Lender that any condition precedent to the making of the Failed Loan has not been satisfied, then, until such Revolving Credit Lender shall have made or be deemed to have made (pursuant to the last sentence of this subsection (b)(ii)) the Failed Loan in full or the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Lead Borrower or such Revolving Credit Lender that any condition precedent to the making of the Failed Loan was not satisfied at the time the Failed Loan was to have been made, whenever the Administrative Agent shall receive any amount from or for the account of the Borrowers on account of any Borrowing of the Revolving Credit Loans, (i) the amount so received will, upon receipt by the Administrative Agent, be distributed in the following order of priority: first , to the Revolving Credit Lenders on account of the Revolving Credit Loans made by them as part of the Borrowing that would have included the Failed Loan had the relevant Revolving Credit Lender not failed to fund its Failed Loan, ratably among such Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the respective Revolving Credit Loans made by them as part of such Borrowing, second , to all other Revolving Credit Loans made by the Revolving Credit Lenders other than the Defaulting Lenders, ratably among such Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the respective Revolving Credit Loans made by them, and third , to the Revolving Credit Loans made by the Defaulting Lenders; provided , however , that with respect to any voluntary prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans, unless the application of such voluntary prepayment according to the order of payments specified above would not result in any Borrower becoming subject to compensation requirements pursuant to Section 3.05, the Lead Borrower may specifically designate in its prepayment notice delivered in accordance with the terms hereof that the amount received by the Administrative Agent as the result of such voluntary prepayment shall be applied to an outstanding Borrowing that does not include a Failed Loan, in which case such amount shall be applied to such prior Borrowing prior to being applied to the Borrowing that includes the Failed Loan.
     (iii)  Defaulted Amounts . If any Revolving Credit Lender shall fail to make any payment (the “ Defaulted Amount ”) to any Agent, any L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender, whether on account of a Protective Advance Participation, Swing Line Participation or L/C Participation or otherwise, whenever the Administrative Agent shall receive any amount from or for the account of the Borrowers for the account of such Revolving Credit Lender (other than as described in clause (ii) of this Section 2.12(b)), the amount so received will, upon receipt by the Administrative Agent, be distributed in the following order of priority: first , the Agents for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to them (other than on account of any Protective Advances), in their capacities as such, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to the Agents, second , to the Administrative Agent (on account of any Protective Advances), the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to them, in their capacities as such, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to such Lenders, and third , to any other Lenders for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to such other Lenders, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to

-84-


 

such other Lenders. Any portion of such amount paid by the Borrowers for the account of such Defaulting Lender remaining, after giving effect to the amount applied by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this clause (iii), shall be applied or held by the Administrative Agent as specified in clause (iv) of this Section 2.12(b).
     (iv)  Distribution of Certain Amounts . If any Revolving Credit Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender that (x) does not, at any time owe a Failed Loan or a Defaulted Amount or (y) does owe a Failed Loan but the amount received from or for the account of the Borrowers referred to below is designated by the Lead Borrower (in accordance with clause (ii) above) for application to a Borrowing that does not include a Failed Loan, in each case whenever the Administrative Agent shall receive any amount from or for the account of the Borrowers for the account of such Defaulting Lender, the amount so received will, upon receipt by the Administrative Agent, be held without interest by the Administrative Agent and applied from time to time to the extent necessary to make any Revolving Credit Loans required to be made by such Defaulting Lender and to pay any amount payable by such Defaulting Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to any Agent, any L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender, as and when such Revolving Credit Loans or amounts are required to be made or paid. If the amount so held shall at any time be insufficient to make and pay all such Revolving Credit Loans and amounts required to be made or paid at such time, the Administrative Agent shall apply such held funds in the following order of priority: first , to the Agents for any amounts then due and payable by such Defaulting Lender to them hereunder (other than on account of any Protective Advances), in their capacities as such, ratably in accordance with such respective amounts then due and payable to the Agents, second , to the Administrative Agent (on account of any outstanding Protective Advances) L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender for any amounts then due and payable to them hereunder, in their capacities as such, by such Defaulting Lender, ratably in accordance with such respective amounts then due and payable to such Lenders, and third , to any other Lenders for any amount then due and payable by such Defaulting Lender to such other Lenders hereunder, ratably in accordance with such respective amounts then due and payable to such other Lenders. In the event that any Defaulting Lender ceases to be a Defaulting Lender, any funds held by the Administrative Agent in escrow at such time with respect to such Lender shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to such Lender and applied by such Lender Party to the Senior Credit Obligations owing to such Lender at such time under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents ratably in accordance with the respective amounts of such Senior Credit Obligations outstanding at such time.
     (v)  Payments by Borrowers; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Lead Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
     A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Lead Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

-85-


 

     (c)  Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender without interest.
     (d)  Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Revolving Credit Loans, to fund L/C Participations, Swing Line Participations and Protective Advance Participations and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c).
     (e)  Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
     (f)  Insufficient Funds . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder (other than in respect of Bank Product Debt), ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, (ii) second , toward payment of principal amount of any L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and any Protective Advances ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties and (iii) third , toward payment of principal and Bank Product Debt then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and L/C Borrowings then due to such parties.
     Section 2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (i) Senior Credit Obligations due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (x) the amount of such Senior Credit Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (y) the aggregate amount of the Senior Credit Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Senior Credit Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (ii) Senior Credit Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (x) the amount of such Senior Credit Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (y) the aggregate amount of the Senior Credit Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Parties at such time) of payment on account of the Senior Credit Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (A) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (B) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Senior Credit Obligations then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be, provided that:

-86-


 

     (i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
     (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement, (B) any payment obtained pursuant to Section 2.12(b) or (C) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans or Protective Advances to any assignee or participant, other than to the Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall apply).
     Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.
     Section 2.14 Increase in Revolving Credit Facility .
     (a)  Request for Increase . Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Lead Borrower may from time to time, request an increase (each a “ Facility Increase ”) in the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $20,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for a Facility Increase shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and (ii) the Lead Borrower may make a maximum of four (4) such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Lead Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders). All Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to any such Facility Increase (i) are herein referred to herein as “ Tranche 1 Additional Loans ” and (ii) shall be priced on a basis identical to the existing Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans, Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations.
     (b)  Lender Elections to Increase . Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of the requested Facility Increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment.
     (c)  Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, and subject to any necessary approval of the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Lead Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
     (d)  Effective Date and Allocations . If the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date.

-87-


 

     (e)  Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase . As a condition precedent to any Facility Increase: (i) the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied both before and after giving effect to such Facility Increase and the Tranche 1 Additional Loans provided thereby (it being understood that all references to “the obligation of any Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing” shall be deemed to refer to the effectiveness of the Facility Increase on the date of the initial funding of the Facility Increase); (ii) the Maturity Date of any Facility Increase shall be coincident with the existing Maturity Date; (iii) all fees and expenses owing in respect of such increase to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall have been paid; and (iv) the Lead Borrower shall have delivered such legal opinions and resolutions in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested. The Tranche 1 Additional Loans shall be made by the Lenders participating therein pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.02.
     (f)  Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.
     Section 2.15 Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers’ Agent .
     (a) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Lead Borrower as such Borrower’s agent to obtain Loans and Letters of Credit, the proceeds of which shall be available to each Borrower for such uses as are permitted under this Agreement. As the disclosed principal for its agent, each Borrower shall be obligated to the Administrative Agent and each Lender on account of Loans so made and Letters of Credit so issued as if made directly by the Lenders to such Borrower, notwithstanding the manner by which such Loans and Letters of Credit are recorded on the books and records of the Lead Borrower and of any other Borrower.
     (b) Each Borrower represents to the Senior Credit Parties that it is an integral part of a consolidated enterprise, and that each Loan Party will receive direct and indirect benefits from the availability of the joint credit facility provided for herein, and from the ability to access the collective credit resources of the consolidated enterprise which the Loan Parties comprise. Each Borrower recognizes that credit available to it hereunder is in excess of and on better terms than it otherwise could obtain on and for its own account and that one of the reasons therefor is its joining in the credit facility contemplated herein with all other Borrowers. Consequently, each Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to discharge all Senior Credit Obligations of each of the other Borrowers as if the Borrower which is so assuming and agreeing were each of the other Borrowers.
     (c) The Lead Borrower shall act as a conduit for each Borrower (including itself, as a Borrower) on whose behalf the Lead Borrower has requested a Loan. None of the Agents nor any other Senior Credit Party shall have any obligation to see to the application of such proceeds.
     (d) The authority of the Lead Borrower to request Loans and Letters of Credit on behalf of, and to bind, the Borrowers, shall continue unless and until the Administrative Agent actually receives written notice of: (i) the termination of such authority, (ii) the subsequent appointment of a successor Lead Borrower, which notice is signed by the respective Responsible Officers of each Borrower and (iii) written notice from such successive Lead Borrower accepting such appointment and acknowledging that from and after the date of such appointment, the newly appointed Lead Borrower shall be bound by the terms hereof, and that as used herein, the term “Lead Borrower” shall mean and include the newly appointed Lead Borrower.

-88-


 

     Section 2.16 Defaulting Lenders .
     Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
     (a) the commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.09(a) shall cease to accrue on the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender so long as it is a Defaulting Lender (except to the extent it is payable to an L/C Issuer pursuant to clause (b)(v) below);
     (b) if any Swing Line Loans, L/C Obligations or Protective Advance Participations exist at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
     (i) all or any part of such Swing Line Loans, L/C Obligations and Protective Advance Participations shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders as follows:
     (A) all or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentages, but only to the extent that (1) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and (2) the sum of each non-Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposures plus that non-Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of such Defaulting Lender’s (x) Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations (y) Tranche 1 L/C Participations and (z) Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations does not exceed the amount of such non-Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments; and
     (B) all or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentages, but only to the extent that (1) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (2) the sum of each non-Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposures plus that non-Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of such Defaulting Lender’s (x) Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations,(y) Tranche 2 L/C Participations and (z) Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations does not exceed the amount of such non-Defaulting Lender’s Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments;
     (ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Lead Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Defaulting Lender’s Swing Line Participations and Protective Advance Participations and (y) second, Cash Collateralize such

-89-


 

Defaulting Lender’s L/C Participations (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer;
     (iii) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Obligations is Cash Collateralized pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Lead Borrower shall not be required to pay the Letter of Credit Fee with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Obligations so long as it is Cash Collateralized;
     (iv) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Obligations is reallocated to the non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above, then the Letter of Credit Fee with respect to such portion shall be allocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentages and Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentages, respectively; or
     (v) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Obligations is neither Cash Collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.16(b), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any L/C Issuer or any Lender hereunder, the Letter of Credit Fee payable with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Obligations shall be payable to the applicable L/C Issuer until such L/C Obligations are Cash Collateralized and/or reallocated;
     (c) In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Lead Borrower, the L/C Issuers or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swing Line Participations, L/C Participations and Protective Advance Participations of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans, Swing Line Participations, L/C Participations and Protective Advance Participations of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Adjusted Percentage. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.16 are in addition to other rights and remedies that Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and the non-Defaulting Lenders may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 2.16 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.
ARTICLE III
TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
     Section 3.01 Taxes .
     (a)  Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes .
     (i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes. If, however, applicable Laws require any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws as reasonably determined by such withholding agent.

-90-


 

     (ii) If any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States federal backup withholding and withholding Taxes, from any payment, then (A) such withholding agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are reasonably determined by such withholding agent to be required by applicable Law, (B) such withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or deductions have been made (including withholding or deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deductions been made.
     (b)  Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law.
     (c)  Tax Indemnifications . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, the Borrowers shall, and do hereby, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 15 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability (along with a written statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts) delivered to the Lead Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. If the Lead Borrower reasonably believes that any such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted, the Administrative Agent and/or each affected Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Lead Borrower in pursuing a refund of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes so long as such efforts would not, in the sole determination of the Administrative Agent or affected Lender, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it.
     (d)  Evidence of Payments . After any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01, the Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Lead Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.
     (e)  Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation .
     (i) Each Lender shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, at such time or times reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable

-91-


 

Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction. Any documentation and information required to be delivered by a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.01(e) (including any specific documentation set forth in subsection (ii) below) shall be delivered by such Lender (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before any date on which such documentation expires or becomes obsolete, (iii) after the occurrence of any change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by it to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and each such Lender shall promptly notify in writing the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent if such Lender is no longer legally eligible to provide any documentation previously provided.
     (ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States:
     (A) any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and
     (B) each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) whichever of the following is applicable:
     (1) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor form thereto) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party;
     (2) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor form thereto);
     (3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1, J-2, J-3 or J-4 (a “ Non-Bank Certificate ”), to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and that no interest payments are effectively connected income and (y) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN;
     (4) where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner (e.g., where such Lender has sold a participation), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the portfolio interest exemption, a Non-Bank Certificate of such beneficial owner(s) ( provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender,

-92-


 

the Non-Bank Certificate(s) may be provided by the Foreign Lender on behalf of the beneficial owner(s)); or
     (5) executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
     (iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.01, no Lender shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver.
     (f)  Treatment of Certain Refunds . Subject to the last sentence in Section 3.01(c), at no time shall the Administrative Agent or any Lender have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender. If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent or such Lender (as applicable) shall pay to the Lead Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Loan Parties under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Lead Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Lead Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. In such event, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall, at the Lead Borrower’s request, provide the Lead Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender may delete any information therein that it deems confidential). This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.
     (g)  Lenders . For the avoidance of doubt, the term “ Lender ” shall, for purposes of this Section 3.01, include any Swing Line Lender and any L/C Issuer.
     Section 3.02 Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon Eurodollar Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Lead Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Lead Borrower shall

-93-


 

also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.
     Section 3.03 Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (iii) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Lead Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Lead Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
     Section 3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .
     (a)  Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:
     (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (or its Lending Office) or any L/C Issuer;
     (ii) subject any Lender (or its Lending Office) or L/C Issuer to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Participation Interest in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and any Excluded Taxes);
     (iii) impose on any Lender (or its Lending Office) or L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or L/C Participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender (or its Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or any L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or L/C Issuer by delivery of a certificate pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section 3.04, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder, are deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted or adopted.

-94-


 

     (b)  Capital Requirements . If any Lender or L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or L/C Participations held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, upon request by delivery of a certificate pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section 3.04, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
     (c)  Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or L/C Issuer prepared in good faith setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 3.04 and delivered to the Lead Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof by the Lead Borrower.
     (d)  Delays in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six months prior to the date that such Lender or an L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Lead Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or an L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof); provided , further , that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an L/C Issuer for increased costs or reductions suffered more than nine months after such Change in Law, except that in the case of any such change having retroactive effect such period shall be extended until nine months after the Lender becomes aware of such change.
     Section 3.05 Compensation for Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrowers shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
     (i) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or
     (ii) any failure by a Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Lead Borrower.
     For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrowers to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market

-95-


 

for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
     Section 3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .
     (a)  Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender or L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender or L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Lead Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.
     (b)  Replacement of Lenders . If a Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, the Lead Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13.
     Section 3.07 Survival . All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Senior Credit Obligations hereunder and resignation of the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
     Section 4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
     (a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:
     (i) executed counterparts of this Agreement and each Guaranty;
     (ii) a Note executed by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender that has requested a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date;
     (iii) evidence that the elements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement required to be satisfied on the Closing Date have been satisfied, the Intercreditor Agreement and each Collateral Document set forth on Schedule 1.01B required to be executed on the Closing Date as indicated on such schedule, duly executed by each Loan Party, as applicable thereto, together with:

-96-


 

     (A) to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties in states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent;
     (B) evidence that all other actions, searches, recordings and filings that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
     (C) to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, fully paid Mortgage Policies and surveys for each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent;
provided that to the extent any lien search, Guarantee, Collateral or insurance referred to in clause (vii) below (other than pledge and perfection of security interests in Equity Interests of Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrowers and the Guarantors (to the extent required hereunder) and other assets with respect to which a Lien may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC) is not provided on the Closing Date after the Borrowers’ use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so, the delivery of such lien search, Guarantee, Collateral or insurance referred to in clause (vii) below shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability of the Revolving Credit Loans on the Closing Date but shall be required to be delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.13(d) or 6.18 (it being understood and acknowledged by the Borrowers that, due to the eligibility requirements set forth in the definitions of “Eligible Accounts” and “Eligible Inventory,” Excess Availability may be adversely affected if the above-mentioned conditions are not satisfied);
     (iv) (A) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party on the Closing Date, and (B) a good standing certificate from the applicable governmental authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, each dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date;
     (v) an opinion from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit E;
     (vi) a Solvency Certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, from the chief financial officer of the Company;
     (vii) evidence that all insurance (including title insurance) required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect and that the Administrative Agent has been named as loss payee and additional insured under

-97-


 

each insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the Administrative Agent shall have requested to be so named;
     (viii) certified copies of the Merger Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes Documents, duly executed by the parties thereto, together with all material agreements, instruments and other documents delivered in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, each including certification by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower that such documents are in full force and effect as of the Closing Date;
     (ix) a Committed Loan Notice relating to the initial Credit Extension; and
     (x) copies of a recent Lien and judgment, tax, patent and trademark searches in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent with respect to the Loan Parties.
     (b) All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder, under the Fee Letter and invoiced at least three business days prior to the Closing Date shall have been paid in full in cash or will be paid on the Closing Date out of the initial Credit Extension.
     (c) Prior to or simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension, (i) the Equity Contribution shall have been funded in full to Holdings and Holdings shall have contributed such amount to the Lead Borrower in the form of cash equity, (ii) the Lead Borrower shall have received no less than $560,000,000 of gross proceeds from (x) the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes in accordance with the Senior Secured Notes Documents and (y) the Merger shall have been consummated, or shall be consummated substantially simultaneously with the initial borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments or waivers by the Lead Borrower that are materially adverse to the Lenders without the consent of the Arrangers, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that any reduction in the purchase price of, or consideration for, the Merger shall reduce the amount of the Senior Secured Notes on a dollar-for-dollar basis.
     (d) Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, all of the Indebtedness of the Company required to be repaid or refinanced in accordance with Section 4.22 of the Merger Agreement shall have been repaid or refinanced, all commitments to extend credit pursuant to the agreements governing such Indebtedness shall have been terminated, all Liens or other security interests securing such Indebtedness shall have been terminated and released by the lenders thereunder, and the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence thereof and, after giving effect to the Transactions, Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have no outstanding Indebtedness other than (i) the Loans and other Credit Extensions under the Revolving Credit Facility, (ii) the Senior Secured Notes, (iii) Indebtedness with respect to the Factoring Agreements, (iv) Indebtedness with respect to the Fixed Asset Loan Contract and that certain L/G Standby L/C Issuing Agreement by and among PGI Nonwovens (China) Co. Ltd., as borrower and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch, as lender, (v) indebtedness remaining on and after the date of the Merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement and (vi) other Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $22,500,000.
     (e) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the three fiscal years ended respectively January 1, 2008, January 3, 2009 and January 2, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income

-98-


 

or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal years of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto (the “ Audited Financial Statements ”), (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for each subsequent fiscal quarter ending more than 45 days prior to the Closing Date (which will have been reviewed by the independent accountants for the Lead Borrower or the Company as provided in the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100) (the “ Unaudited Financial Statements ”), (iii) unaudited monthly financing information to the extent provided to Holdings or the Lead Borrower by the Company pursuant to the Merger Agreement or otherwise, (iv) any Required Information (as defined in the Merger Agreement) received by Holdings or the Lead Borrower pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and (v) the Pro Forma Financial Statements.
     (f) The Administrative Agent shall have received at least 3 Business Days prior to the Closing Date all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act that has been reasonably requested at least 10 Business Days in advance of the Closing Date.
     (g) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a Borrowing Base Certificate dated as of the Closing Date (but with information as of January 1, 2011) and executed by the Treasurer of the Lead Borrower, and such Borrowing Base Certificate shall reflect an Excess Availability (after giving effect to (without duplication) the Transactions and the Credit Extensions made on the Closing Date) of at least $20,110,293 and (ii) evidence satisfactory to them that Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Merger Agreement) for the latest four-quarter period ending with the fiscal quarter ended October 4, 2010 is greater than or equal to $111,000,000.
     (h) Since January 2, 2010, there shall not have occurred any Closing Date Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (excluding a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) and of each L/C Issuer to issue, extend or increase each Letter of Credit is subject to the following conditions precedent:
     (a) The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or in the Security Agreement (except, in the case of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.01(i) (solely with respect to the Subsidiaries of the Lead Borrower), 5.01(ii)(A), 5.01(iii), 5.01(iv), 5.01(v), 5.02 (other than due authorization and clauses (i) and (iii)), 5.03, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08, 5.09, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.14, 5.18 and 5.21) and in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , further , that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.
     (b) Except in the case of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

-99-


 

     (c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension (or with respect to Letters of Credit, such other notice required hereunder) in accordance with the requirements hereof.
     Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Lead Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension and that after giving effect to such Credit Extension, the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Revolving Credit Facility shall be equal to or exceed the Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     Holdings and the Borrowers represent and warrant to the Agents and the Lenders that:
     Section 5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (ii) has all requisite power and authority to (A) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (B) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (iv) except as set forth on Schedule 5.01 is in compliance with all Laws, orders, writs, injunctions and orders applicable to it or to its properties, and (v) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted, except in each case referred to in clauses (iii), (iv), or (v) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.02 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions (to the extent of such Person’s involvement therein), are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01), or require any payment to be made under (A) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (iii) violate any material Law; except with respect to any conflict, breach or contravention or payment (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clause (ii)(A), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (i) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (ii) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (iii) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (iv) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender

-100-


 

of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for (A) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (B) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (C) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.04 Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, by general principles of equity and by a covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
     Section 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .
     (a) The Audited Financial Statements and the Unaudited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except for (in the case of interim statements) customary year-end adjustments and the absence of complete footnotes and as otherwise expressly noted therein. During the period from January 2, 2010 to and including the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.05(a), there has been (i) no sale, transfer or other disposition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any material part of the business or property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (ii) no purchase or other acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any business or property (including any Equity Interests of any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case, which is not reflected in the foregoing financial statements or in the notes thereto or has not otherwise been disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.
     (b) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries contained in the Unaudited Financial Statements (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”) and the unaudited pro forma statement of income of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the four-quarter period ending as of the date of such balance sheet (together with the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date or at the beginning of such periods, as the case may be) to the Transactions, each material acquisition by the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company and its Subsidiaries, respectively, consummated after the date of such financial statements and prior to the Closing Date and all other transactions that would be required to be given pro forma effect (including other adjustments consistent with the definition of “Pro Forma Adjustment” or as otherwise agreed between the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent). The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by Holdings to be reasonable as of the time of preparation thereof, and, subject to the foregoing, present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the last day for which the financial statements were delivered pursuant to Section 5.05(a) and their estimated results of operations for the periods covered thereby, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date or at the beginning of the periods covered thereby.

-101-


 

     (c) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (d) The forecasts of consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date in a form reasonably satisfactory to it, have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such forecasts, it being understood that actual results may vary from such forecasts and that such variations may be material.
     Section 5.06 Litigation . Except as set forth in Schedule 5.06, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened in writing or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.07 No Default . Neither Holdings, any Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to, or a party to, any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens; Intellectual Property; Insurance .
     (a)  General . Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all Real Property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other interest could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b)  Intellectual Property . Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or has the legal right to use, all of the IP Rights reasonably necessary for each of them to conduct its business as currently conducted except for those the failure to own or have such legal right to use could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c)  Insurance . The properties of each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated persons engaged in the same or similar business), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are in accordance with normal industry practice or customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Group Company operates.
     Section 5.09 Environmental Compliance .
     (a) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened claims, actions, suits, or proceedings alleging potential liability under or violation of any applicable Environmental Law that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-102-


 

     (b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by any of the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries at, on, under or from any location in a manner which could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under applicable Environmental Laws.
     (c) There are no Hazardous Materials at, on, under or migrating from any of the properties currently or to the actual knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers formerly owned, leased or operated by Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require investigation or remediation under, or (iii) could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, applicable Environmental Laws, which violations, investigations or remediations and liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (d) None of Holdings, the Borrowers nor any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries are conducting, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or remediation relating to any actual or threatened Release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any site or location, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any applicable Environmental Law except for such investigation or remediation that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (e) To the actual knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at or transported by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for off-site treatment or disposal have been treated or disposed of in a manner which would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (f) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries has contractually assumed any liability or obligation under any applicable Environmental Law.
     (g) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, operations and properties are and have been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and have all Environmental Permits which are in full force and effect.
     Section 5.10 Taxes . Except as could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect: each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has (i) timely filed or caused to be timely filed (taking into account applicable extensions) all federal, state, foreign and other Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and has timely paid or caused to be timely paid (taking into account applicable extensions) all federal, state, foreign and other Taxes levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or assets (including in its capacity as a withholding agent), except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, (ii) made adequate accruals in accordance with GAAP for all Taxes not yet due and payable, (iii) no current or pending Tax audits, assessments, deficiency claims or other Tax proceedings and (iv) never participated in any “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4.

-103-


 

     Section 5.11 ERISA Compliance .
     (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.11(a) or as could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance in with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state Laws.
     (b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred during the period beginning six years from the date on which this representation is made through the date on which this representation is made or deemed made; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 et seq. or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(b), as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) Except where noncompliance could not reasonably be expected individually or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in substantial compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders, and (ii) neither a Loan Party nor any Restricted Subsidiary have incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan which is funded, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of a Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary (based on the actuarial assumptions used for purposes of the applicable jurisdiction’s financial reporting requirements), did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Plan, and for each Foreign Plan which is not funded, the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued.
     Section 5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrowers and the Material Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and all such Equity Interests owned by any Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents, (ii) Liens permitted under Section 7.01(b) and (iii) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01.
     Section 5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .
     (a) No Loan Party is engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letters of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.
     (b) None of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Person Controlling Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
     Section 5.14 Disclosure . No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the trans

-104-


 

actions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information and pro forma financial information, the Borrowers represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being understood that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.
     Section 5.15 Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.
     Section 5.16 Subordination of Junior Financing . The Senior Credit Obligations are “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) and “Designated Senior Debt,” “Designated Senior Indenture,” “Designated Guaranteed Secured Debt,” or “Designated Senior Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation.
     Section 5.17 Collateral Documents . The Collateral Documents create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien or security interest in the respective Collateral described therein as security for the Finance Obligations to the extent that a legal, valid, binding and enforceable Lien or security interest in such Collateral may be created under any applicable Law of the United States of America and any states thereof, including, without limitation, the applicable UCC, which security interest, upon the filing of financing statements or Mortgages or the obtaining of possession or “control,” in each case, as applicable, with respect to the relevant Collateral as required under the applicable UCC, will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrowers and each Guarantor thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior (except as otherwise provided for in the relevant Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement) in right to any other Person (other than Permitted Liens), in each case to the extent that a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the applicable UCC or Mortgage or by obtaining possession or “control.”
     Section 5.18 Labor Matters . There are no strikes against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, other than any strikes that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All material payments due from Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to the extent required by GAAP, except where failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.19 [ Reserved ].
     Section 5.20 [ Reserved ].
     Section 5.21 Anti-Terrorism Law .
     (a) No Loan Party and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, none of their Affiliates is in violation of any Requirement of Law relating to terrorism or money laundering (“ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”), including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 (the “ Executive Order ”) or the USA PATRIOT Act (as defined below).

-105-


 

     (b) No Loan Party and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no Affiliate or broker or other agent of any Loan Party acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans is any of the following:
     (i) a person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;
     (ii) a person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;
     (iii) a person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;
     (iv) a person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; or
     (v) a person that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list or similarly named by any similar foreign Governmental Authority.
     (c) No Loan Party and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, no broker or other agent of any Loan Party acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any person described in paragraph (b) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.
ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     Until (i) the Revolving Credit Commitments have expired or been terminated, (ii) the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees and other Senior Credit Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims and the Other Liabilities) shall have been paid in full, (iii) all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated (or been cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer) and (iv) all L/C Obligations have been reduced to zero (or Cash Collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuers), Holdings and the Borrowers (except in the case of the covenant set forth in Section 6.17, which shall apply only to the Borrowers) shall, and Holdings and the Borrowers shall cause (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) each Restricted Subsidiary to:
     Section 6.01 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:
     (i) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ending January 1, 2011 and within 90 days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year of Holdings, a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, if different, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal

-106-


 

year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year (or, in lieu of such additional audited financial statements for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, a reconciliation reflecting such financial information for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on the other hand), all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Grant Thornton LLP with respect to the 2010 fiscal year or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing thereafter, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;
     (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days (or, solely in the case of the fiscal quarter ending April 2, 2011, within 75 days) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending April 2, 2011), a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, if different, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related (A) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (B) a consolidated statement of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year (or, in lieu of such unaudited financial statements for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, a reconciliation reflecting such financial information for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on the other hand), all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year end adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
     (iii) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections and that such variations may be material;
     (iv) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(i) and 6.01(ii) above, statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements;
     (v) on the 15th Business Day of each fiscal month (or more frequently as the Lead Borrower may elect), a certificate in the form of Exhibit I showing the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base and showing the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base and listing Account Debtors that are subject to the U.S. Factoring Agreements (each such certificate, a “ Borrowing Base Certificate ”) as of the close of business for the immediately preceding fiscal month (or in the case of a voluntary delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate at the election of the Lead Borrower, a subsequent date), each Borrowing

-107-


 

Base Certificate to be certified as complete and correct in all material respects on behalf of the Lead Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower; provided that if a Cash Dominion Event shall have occurred and be continuing, such Borrowing Base Certificate shall be furnished on Wednesday of each week (or, if Wednesday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Friday; and provided , further , that (x) after any Disposition or Casualty Event with respect to Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000 and subject to the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or Tranche 2 Borrowing Base (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business) or (y) upon the occurrence of an Account Debtor Change, the Lead Borrower shall promptly (and in any event prior to the next Borrowing) deliver a revised Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting such Disposition, Casualty Event or Account Debtor Change, as the case may be; and
     (vi) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 25 days after the end of each fiscal month of Holdings for which the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is required to be tested pursuant to Section 6.17, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, if different, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal month, and the related (A) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal month and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (B) a consolidated statement of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended (or, in lieu of such unaudited financial statements for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, a reconciliation, reflecting such financial information for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on the other hand), all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that holds all of the Equity Interests of Holdings or (B) Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (1) to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Lead Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand alone basis, on the other hand and (2) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(i), such financial statements are audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Grant Thornton LLP with respect to the 2010 fiscal year or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing thereafter, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.
     Section 6.02 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:
     (i) no later than five days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(i), (ii) and (vi), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings (substantially in form of Exhibit D and including, without limitation, reasonably detailed calculations with respect to the Average Excess Availability during (x) in the case

-108-


 

of a delivery of financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(i) or (ii), the fiscal quarter ended on the date of the balance sheet included in such financial statements and (y) in the case of a delivery of financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(vi), the fiscal month ended on the date of the balance sheet included in such financial statements, and the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the 12-month period ending on the balance sheet date for relevant financial statements), including a reconciliation reflecting any impact from the application of Section 1.03(b);
     (ii) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which any Loan Party files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
     (iii) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material requests or material notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) from or material statements or material reports furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries having an aggregate outstanding principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount or pursuant to the terms of any Junior Financing Documentation, in each case, so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereunder is greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;
     (iv) together with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(i) and each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(i), (A) a report setting forth the information required by Section 3.03(c) of the Security Agreement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last such report), (B) a description of each Disposition or Casualty Event during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate and (C) a list of Subsidiaries that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or a confirmation that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last such list;
     (v) promptly following any request by a Lender or the Administrative Agent therefor, on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, copies of (A) any documents described in Section 101(k)(1) of ERISA that Holdings and any of its ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (B) any notices described in Section 101(l)(1) of ERISA that Holdings or any of its ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; provided that if Holdings or any of its ERISA Affiliates have not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Plan or Multiemployer Plan, Holdings or its ERISA Affiliates shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof;
     (vi) the financial and collateral reports described on Schedule 6.02(vi) hereto, at the times set forth in such Schedule 6.02(vi);
     (vii) at least five Business Days prior to the making of any Specified Payment, a detailed calculation of the Excess Availability and all components thereof, and, to the extent applicable, a detailed calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio calculated on a Pro

-109-


 

Forma Basis and all components thereof, in each case, with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
     (viii) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
     Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or (ii) or Section 6.02(i), (ii) or (iii) may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Lead Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Lead Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Lead Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Lead Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Lead Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(i) to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents and the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by Holdings or the Borrowers with any such request for delivery.
     Each of Holdings and the Lead Borrower hereby acknowledges that (i) the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunners will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of Holdings and the Lead Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (ii) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Lead Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. Each of Holdings and the Lead Borrower hereby agrees that so long as Holdings or the Lead Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that: (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Lead Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunners, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to Holdings or the Lead Borrower or their respective securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable

-110-


 

only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Holdings nor the Lead Borrower shall be under any obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”
     Section 6.03 Notices . Promptly after obtaining actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:
     (i) of the occurrence of any Default;
     (ii) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including such matters arising out of or resulting from (A) breach or non-performance of, or any default or event of default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (B) to the extent permitted by Law, any dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (C) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws or in respect of material IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with, or liability under, any applicable Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (D) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or similar event with respect to Foreign Plans;
     (iii) any casualty or other insured damage to any portion of the Collateral subject to the Borrowing Base in excess of $5,000,000, or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any interest in a portion of the Collateral subject to the Borrowing Base in excess of $5,000,000 or any part thereof or interest therein under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceedings; and
     (iv) the receipt of any notice of default by a Loan Party under, or notice of termination of, any Lease for any of the Loan Parties’ distribution centers or warehouses.
     Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Lead Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.
     Section 6.04 Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, it being understood that neither Holdings, the Borrowers nor any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.
     Section 6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc . (i) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), (A) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05.

-111-


 

     Section 6.06 Maintenance of Properties . Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted, and (ii) make all necessary renewals, replacements, modifications, improvements, upgrades, extensions and additions thereof or thereto in accordance with prudent industry practice.
     Section 6.07 Maintenance of Insurance .
     (a) Maintain (i) with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against in accordance with normal industry practice or by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances in accordance with normal industry practice or by such other Persons and (ii) without limitation to the foregoing, the insurance arrangements in respect of the Collateral required by the Security Agreement.
     (b) Property coverage policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include (i) a mortgage clause (regarding improvements to Material Real Property subject to a Mortgage) and a lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, which endorsements or amendments shall provide that the insurer shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the policies directly to the Collateral Agent, (ii) a provision to the effect that none of the Loan Parties, Senior Credit Parties (in their capacity as such) or any other Affiliate of a Loan Party shall be a co-insurer (the foregoing not being deemed to limit the amount of self-insured retention or deductibles under such policies, which self-insured retention or deductibles shall be consistent with business practices in effect on the Closing Date or as otherwise determined by the Responsible Officers of the Loan Parties acting reasonably in their business judgment), and (iii) such other provisions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Senior Credit Parties. Commercial general liability policies shall be endorsed to name the Collateral Agent as an additional insured. Each endorsement to such casualty or liability policy referred to in this Section 6.07(b) shall also provide that it shall not be canceled, modified in any manner that would cause this Section 6.07 to be violated, or not renewed (i) by reason of nonpayment of premium except upon prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of the applicable policy (giving the Collateral Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason except upon prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of the applicable policy. The Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification or non-renewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Collateral Agent, including an insurance binder) together with evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor.
     (c) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amounts as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated as a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map established by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.

-112-


 

     (d) For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements of this Section 6.07 are subject in all respects to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.
     Section 6.08 Compliance with Laws . (i) Comply in all respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, other than such orders, writs, injunctions and decrees as to which an appeal has been timely and properly taken in good faith, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) shall have in place a compliance program which is reasonably designed to provide internal controls that promote adherence to, and prevent and detect material violations of, any Requirement of Law applicable to it and which includes the implementation of internal audits and monitoring on a regular basis to monitor compliance with the compliance program with the Requirements of Law.
     Section 6.09 Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of Holdings, the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
     Section 6.10 Inspection Rights .
     (a) Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom (other than the records of the board of directors of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary) and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the reasonable expense of the Borrowers and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Lead Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one such time shall be at the Borrowers’ expense; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrowers at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Lead Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrowers’ independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10, none of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.
     (b) In addition to the foregoing, from time to time upon the request of the Administrative Agent, permit the Administrative Agent or professionals (including consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers) retained by the Administrative Agent, on reasonable prior notice and during normal business hours, to conduct appraisals and commercial finance examinations, including, without limitation, of (i) the Borrowers’ practices in the computation of the Borrowing Base, and (ii) the assets subject to the Borrowing Base and related financial information such as, but not limited to, sales, gross margins, payables, accruals and reserves. The Loan Parties shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent or such professionals with respect to such evaluations and appraisals, provided that

-113-


 

(A) the Administrative Agent may, in any 12-month period, conduct no more than (x) two or (y) if a Cash Dominion Event has occurred at any time within the 12 months preceding the beginning of such period, three, commercial finance examinations ( provided that during the continuance of an Event of Default or Cash Dominion Event, the Administrative Agent may cause such additional commercial finance examinations to be completed as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (at the expense of the Loan Parties)) and (B) the Administrative Agent may, in any 12-month period, conduct no more than (x) two or (y) if a Cash Dominion Event has occurred at any time within the 12 months preceding the beginning of such period, three, appraisals of the Loan Parties’ Inventory ( provided that during the continuance of an Event of Default or Cash Dominion Event, the Administrative Agent may cause such additional appraisals of the Loan Parties’ Inventory to be completed as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (at the expense of the Loan Parties)).
     Section 6.11 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security . At the Borrowers’ expense, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including (except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement):
     (a) upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary) by any Loan Party, the designation in accordance with Section 7.15 of any existing direct or indirect Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, any Subsidiary becoming a Material Subsidiary or any Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary:
     (i) within 45 days after such formation, acquisition or designation or such longer period as the Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:
     (A) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to furnish to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) a description of the Material Real Properties owned by such Restricted Subsidiary in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
     (B) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, to the extent such Domestic Subsidiary owns assets of the type subject to the Borrowing Base, to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, whereby such Domestic Subsidiary shall agree to become a Borrower hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
     (C) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) Mortgages, Security Agreement Supplements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements, Guaranties and other security agreements and documents (including, with respect to the Mortgages, the documents listed in Section 6.13(b)) as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) (consistent with the Mortgages, Security Agreement, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other Collateral Documents in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

-114-


 

     (D) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests (to the extent certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank (or any other documents customary under local law) and instruments evidencing the intercompany Indebtedness held by such Restricted Subsidiary and required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent;
     (E) take and cause such Domestic Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages, the filing of UCC financing statements and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates) may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) to vest in the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) designated by it) valid Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law) and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing;
     (ii) within 30 days (or 45 days with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary) after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) may agree in its sole discretion), deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
     (iii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent with respect to each Material Real Property, any existing title reports, surveys or environmental assessment reports in the possession of or under the control of Borrower;
     (b) (i) the Borrowers shall obtain the security interests and Guaranties set forth on Schedule 1.01B on or prior to the dates corresponding to such security interests and Guaranties set forth on Schedule 1.01B; and
     (ii) after the Closing Date, promptly after the acquisition of any Material Real Property by any Loan Party, if such Material Real Property shall not already be subject to a perfected Lien pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Lead Borrower shall give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and promptly thereafter shall cause such Real Property to be subjected to a Lien to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and will take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested

-115-


 

by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien including, as applicable, the actions referred to in Section 6.13(b);
     (c) upon the acquisition of any property by any Loan Party that is intended to be subject to the Lien created by any of the Collateral Documents but is not so subject, within 45 days after such acquisition, take all actions necessary to grant and perfect a Lien on such property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and Collateral Agent as required by the Collateral Documents and the Borrowers shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of the Collateral Documents on such after-acquired properties;
     (d) (i) prior to (x) the 30th day following the Closing Date, with respect to U.S. Factoring Agreements in effect on the Closing Date and (y) the initial sale of any Accounts in connection with any U.S. Factoring Agreements entered into after the Closing Date, deliver to the Collateral Agent an agreement (a “ Factoring Intercreditor Agreement ”) between the Administrative Agent and each factor under such U.S. Factoring Agreements, duly executed by such factor, providing for (A) Lien priorities not violative of the Loan Documents, (B) an agreement by such factor to remit proceeds of sales of factored Accounts that are subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement directly to Administrative Agent, (C) procedures to ensure that payments and other proceeds of the factored Accounts under the U.S. Factoring Agreements are not commingled with other property of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and (D) containing such other terms to which Administrative Agent may consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) notify the Administrative Agent in writing no later than five (5) days prior to any time when (x) Accounts of an Account Debtor that are not already subject to a U.S. Factoring Agreement have been made subject to a U.S. Factoring Agreement or (y) Accounts of an Account Debtor that have been subject to a U.S. Factoring Agreement have been removed from the transactions contemplated by such U.S. Factoring Agreement (an event in clause (x) or (y) shall be referred to as a “ Account Debtor Change ”).
     Section 6.12 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) comply, and take all commercially reasonable actions to cause any lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (ii) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and (iii) in each case to the extent required by applicable Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to address all Hazardous Materials at, on, under or emanating from any currently or formerly owned or operated property or facility, in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws.
     Section 6.13 Further Assurances and Post Closing Covenants .
     (a) Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments including any amendments or assignments thereto as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral Documents as set forth therein. Without limiting the

-116-


 

foregoing, the Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Collateral Access Agreement from any Person from whom a Loan Party enters into a Lease after the Closing Date for a regional distribution center prior to entering into such Lease.
     (b) In the case of any Material Real Property, except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, provide the Administrative Agent with Mortgages and otherwise satisfy the applicable Collateral and Guarantee Requirements with respect to such owned Real Property within 60 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) of the acquisition of, or, if requested by the Administrative Agent, entry into, or renewal of, a ground lease in respect of, such Real Property in each case together with:
     (i) evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
     (ii) Mortgage Policies in form and substance, with endorsements (to the extent available at commercially reasonable rates) and in amount, reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent (not to exceed the value of the real properties covered thereby), issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting Liens on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, subject to Permitted Liens, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request;
     (iii) opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties in states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings (and such other matters as are customarily opined upon by local counsel) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent; and
     (iv) such other evidence that all other actions that the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create valid and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken.
     (c) In the event of any Acquisition of assets that could constitute Collateral or of a Person that holds assets that may constitute Collateral, in each case, such assets shall not constitute Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory until the Administrative Agent has, unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, performed a customary audit with respect to such assets; provided that it is understood that the limitations in Section 6.10 shall not apply to the audits performed pursuant to this Section 6.13(c).
     (d) To the extent such items have not been delivered as of the Closing Date, within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, unless waived or extended by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, deliver to the Collateral Agent, (A) with respect to the Mortgaged Properties listed on Schedule 6.13(d), the following:
     (i) duly executed and acknowledged Mortgages, financing statements and other instruments meeting the requirements of Section 4.01(a)(iii);
     (ii) Mortgage Policies meeting the requirements of Section 4.01(a)(iii);

-117-


 

     (iii) evidence of payment of all applicable title insurance premiums, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of each Mortgage and issuance of the Mortgage Policies as required by Section 4.01(a)(iii);
     (iv) surveys with respect to each Mortgaged Property meeting the requirements of Section 4.01(a)(iii); and
     (v) written opinions of local counsel in the states in which each such Mortgaged Property is located and any related fixture filings as required by Section 4.01(a)(iii); and
(B) the other items listed on Schedule 6.13(d) in the times set forth in such schedule.
     Section 6.14 [ Reserved ].
     Section 6.15 Collateral Administration .
     (a)  Administration of Accounts .
     (i)  Records and Schedules of Accounts . Keep accurate and complete records of its Accounts, including all payments and collections thereon, and shall submit to the Administrative Agent sales, collection, reconciliation and other reports in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, on such periodic basis as the Administrative Agent may request. The Lead Borrower shall also provide to the Administrative Agent, on or before the 15th Business Day of each month, a detailed aged trial balance of all Loan Party Accounts as of the end of the preceding month, specifying each Account’s Account Debtor name and address, amount, invoice date and due date, showing any discount, allowance, credit, authorized return or dispute, and including such proof of delivery, copies of invoices and invoice registers, copies of related documents, repayment histories, status reports and other information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. If Accounts in an aggregate face amount of $5,000,000 or more cease to be Eligible Accounts, the Lead Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such occurrence promptly (and in any event within three Business Days) after any Loan Party has knowledge thereof.
     (ii)  Taxes . If an Account of any Loan Party includes a charge for any Taxes, the Administrative Agent is authorized, in its discretion, to pay the amount thereof to the proper taxing authority for the account of such Loan Party and to charge the Borrowers therefor; provided , however , that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lenders shall be liable for any Taxes that may be due from the Loan Parties or with respect to any Collateral.
     (iii)  Account Verification . Whether or not a Default or Event of Default or a Cash Dominion Event exists, the Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time, in the name of the Administrative Agent, any designee of the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts of the Loan Party by mail, telephone or otherwise. The Loan Parties shall cooperate fully with the Administrative Agent in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process.
     (iv)  Maintenance of Accounts . The Loan Parties shall maintain one or more Dominion Accounts, each pursuant to a lockbox or other arrangement acceptable to Administrative Agent, with such banks as may be selected by the applicable Loan Parties and be acceptable to Administrative Agent. No later than 90 days after the Closing Date, the Loan Parties shall enter into Deposit Account Control Agreements with each bank at which a DDA (other than an Excluded Account) is maintained by which such bank shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event or an Event

-118-


 

of Default, immediately transfer to the Concentration Account all monies deposited to a Dominion Account constituting proceeds of Collateral. All funds deposited in each Dominion Account shall be subject to the Administrative Agent’s Lien. The Loan Parties shall obtain the agreement (in favor of and in form and content reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) by each bank at which a Dominion Account is maintained to waive any offset rights against the funds deposited into such Dominion Account, except offset rights in respect of charges incurred in the administration of such Dominion Account. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not assume any responsibility to any Loan Party for such lockbox arrangement or, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event or Event of Default, any Dominion Account, including any claim of accord and satisfaction or release with respect to deposits accepted by any bank thereunder.
     (v)  Collection of Accounts; Proceeds of Collateral . All payment items received by any Loan Party in respect of its Accounts, together with the proceeds of any other Collateral, shall be held by such Loan Party as trustee of an express trust for the Administrative Agent’s benefit; such Loan Party shall immediately deposit same in kind in a Dominion Account or other DDA, as applicable, for application, as the case may be after the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default, to the applicable Finance Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement. The Administrative Agent retains the right at all times that a Default or an Event of Default exists to notify Account Debtors of any Loan Party that Accounts have been assigned to the Administrative Agent and to collect Accounts directly in its own name and to charge to the Borrowers the collection costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Lenders, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default, all monies properly deposited in the Concentration Account shall be deemed to be voluntary prepayments of Senior Credit Obligations and applied in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii) and Section 2.12(b) to reduce outstanding Senior Credit Obligations.
     (vi)  Asset Sales Proceeds Accounts . Neither the Lead Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall deposit any funds or credit any amounts into any “Collateral Proceeds Account” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), other than proceeds of “Noteholder First Lien Collateral” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).
     (b)  Administration of Inventory .
     (i)  Records and Reports of Inventory . Each Loan Party shall keep accurate and complete records of its Inventory, including costs and daily withdrawals and additions, and shall submit to the Administrative Agent inventory and reconciliation reports in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, on such periodic basis as the Administrative Agent may request. Each Loan Party shall conduct a physical inventory consistent with historical practices (and on a more frequent basis if requested by the Administrative Agent when an Event of Default exists) and periodic cycle counts consistent with historical practices, and shall provide to the Administrative Agent a report based on each such inventory and count promptly upon completion thereof, together with such supporting information as the Administrative Agent may request. The Administrative Agent may participate in and observe each physical count.
     (ii)  Returns of Inventory . No Loan Party shall return any Inventory to a supplier, vendor or other Person, whether for cash, credit or otherwise, unless: (A) such return is in the ordinary course of business; (B) no Default, Event of Default exists or would result therefrom; (C) such return would not result in (x) Tranche 1 Available Commitments being less than zero or (y) Tranche 2 Available Commitments being less than zero; and (D) the Administrative Agent is promptly notified if the aggregate value of all Inventory returned in any month exceeds $5,000,000.

-119-


 

     (iii)  Acquisition, Sale and Maintenance . The Loan Parties shall use, store and maintain all Inventory with reasonable care and caution, in accordance with applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity with all applicable Law, and shall make current rent payments (within applicable grace periods provided for in leases) at all locations where any Collateral is located.
     Section 6.16 Corporate Separateness .
     (a) Satisfy, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries to satisfy, customary corporate and other formalities, including, as applicable, the holding of regular board of directors’ and shareholders’ meetings or action by directors or shareholders without a meeting, in each case, to the extent required by law and the maintenance of corporate offices and records.
     (b) Ensure that (i) no payment is made by it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to a creditor of any Unrestricted Subsidiary in respect of any liability of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) no bank account of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be commingled with any bank account of the Borrowers, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrowers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, and (iii) any financial statements distributed to any creditors of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall clearly establish or indicate the corporate separateness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary from the Borrowers, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrowers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries.
     Section 6.17 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . If Excess Availability shall be less than $7,500,000 (a “ Financial Covenant Trigger Event ”), maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.05 to 1.0 as of the immediately preceding fiscal month end for which financial statements are available (but in any event as of the most recent fiscal month ending at least fifteen days prior to such Financial Covenant Trigger Event), or if financial statements are not available for the most recently ended fiscal month, as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter, and as of each subsequent fiscal month end thereafter; provided that (i) a breach of such covenant when so tested shall not be cured by a subsequent increase of Excess Availability above the applicable limit set forth above and (ii) such requirement to maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.05 to 1.0 shall no longer apply if Excess Availability on each day during any period of 45 consecutive calendar days commencing after the date of such Financial Covenant Trigger Event shall be at least $7,500,000, after which time the requirement to comply with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not apply unless a subsequent Financial Covenant Trigger Event occurs; provided , further , that after any Financial Covenant Trigger Event, unless and until the Lead Borrower has demonstrated its compliance with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio requirement set forth above by delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements for the fiscal month or fiscal quarter, as applicable, specified above and the related Compliance Certificate, (i) the Borrowers shall not be permitted to request any Loans or the issuance, increase, extension or amendment of any Letters of Credit and (ii) Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be permitted to consummate (A) any transaction described under Section 7.06(k) or 7.12(a)(v) or (B) without the consent of the Administrative Agent, any transaction described under Section 7.05(i). For purposes of determining satisfaction with the foregoing Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under this Section 6.17, any Specified Equity Contribution made during the period from the last day of the relevant period until the expiration of the 10th day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered hereunder with respect to the relevant period will, at the request of the Lead Borrower, be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for any period of calculation which included the month in which such Specified Equity Contribution was received by the Loan Parties, provided that (A) in each four fiscal quarter period, there shall be a period of at least two consecutive fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (B) there shall be no more than three Specified Equity Contributions made during the term of this Agreement, (C) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause

-120-


 

Holdings and the Borrowers to be in compliance with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio specified above on a Pro Forma Basis and (D) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the amount or availability of any baskets with respect to the covenants contained herein.
     Section 6.18 Maintenance of Cash Management System . The Loan Parties will establish and maintain the cash management system described below:
     (a) The applicable schedule to the Perfection Certificate sets forth all DDAs maintained by the Loan Parties, including all Dominion Accounts. On or prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date (or, unless a Cash Dominion Event or Event of Default has occurred, such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)), each Loan Party shall take all actions necessary to establish the Administrative Agent’s control of and Lien on each such DDA (other than an Excluded Account). Each Loan Party shall be the sole account holder of each DDA (other than an Excluded Account) and shall not allow any other Person (other than the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent) to have control over or a Lien on a DDA (other than an Excluded Account) or any property deposited therein. The Lead Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, accumulate or maintain cash (other than (i) cash that is not proceeds of any Collateral, (ii) Uncontrolled Cash and (iii) nominal amounts which are required to be maintained in such DDA under the terms of the Borrowers’ arrangements with the bank at which such DDAs are maintained, which nominal amounts shall not exceed $20,000 as to any individual DDA or $200,000 in the aggregate for all DDAs at any time) in the Excluded Accounts as of any date of determination in excess of checks outstanding against such Accounts as of the date and amounts necessary to meet minimum balance, near-term funding requirements or near-term operating requirements.
     (b) Within 90 days after the Closing Date (or, unless a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default has occurred, such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)), the Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent Deposit Account Control Agreements for all of the DDAs of the Loan Parties (other than Excluded Accounts), in each case duly executed by each applicable Loan Party and the applicable depositary bank and opinion of counsel (which may contain customary qualifications and exclusions) with respect thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
     (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, the Loan Parties shall cause any and all funds and financial assets constituting Collateral (other than Uncontrolled Cash) held in or credited to each DDA to be swept into the Concentration Account on a daily basis (or less frequently as agreed by the Administrative Agent). Uncontrolled Cash may be deposited into a segregated DDA which the Lead Borrower designates in writing to the Administrative Agent as being the “Uncontrolled Cash Account.”
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
     Until (i) the Revolving Credit Commitments have expired or been terminated, (ii) the principal of and interest on each Loan (including Swing Line Loans) and all fees and other Senior Credit Obligations

-121-


 

(other than contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims and the Other Liabilities) shall have been paid in full, (iii) all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated (or been Cash Collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuers) and (iv) all L/C Obligations have been reduced to zero (or Cash Collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuers), neither Holdings nor any Borrower shall, nor shall any of them permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
     Section 7.01 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of their property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (each of the following, a “ Permitted Lien ”):
     (a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document and Liens under the Noteholder Lien Security Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) securing the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);
     (b) so long as the same is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement in the capacity as Noteholder Lien Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) secured by Noteholder Liens (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), Liens on the Collateral securing (i) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(o), (ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(A), (iii) to the extent constituting a Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness that had been incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b) and that had been secured pursuant to this Section 7.01(b), Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(C) and (iv) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (B) of Section 7.03(b); provided that, in the case of Liens granted pursuant to this clause (iv), immediately after giving effect to the Indebtedness to be incurred pursuant to clause (B) of Section 7.03(b), the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.5 to 1.0;
     (c) without duplication of any Liens referred to in Section 7.01(ee), Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than consensual Liens on Inventory and Accounts that, in each case are subject to the Borrowing Base); provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Liens securing obligations outstanding in reliance on this clause (c) that are not listed on Schedule 7.01(c)) shall only be permitted to the extent such Lien is listed on Schedule 7.01(c);
     (d) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP;
     (e) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Loan Parties, as applicable, to the extent required in accordance with GAAP;
     (f) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees

-122-


 

for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
     (g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting Real Property which, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Material Subsidiary, and any exceptions on the title policies issued in connection with the Mortgaged Property;
     (i) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);
     (j) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(f); provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 365 days after the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, replacements thereof and additions and accessions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits and (iii) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for additions and accessions to such assets, replacements and products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
     (k) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses (in each case, including without limitation, with respect to Intellectual Property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrowers or any Material Subsidiary, taken as a whole, or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;
     (l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (m) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on the items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (n) Liens (i) to be applied against the purchase price for any Investment and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

-123-


 

     (o) Liens in favor of Holdings, the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e) and (g);
     (p) Liens existing on property (other than consensual Liens on Inventory and Accounts that, in each case, are subject to the Borrowing Base) at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.15), in each case after the Closing Date (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(f) or (h);
     (q) any interest or title of a lessor under leases entered into by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (s) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02 and reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (t) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings, the Borrowers and any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business;
     (u) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
     (v) (i) Liens placed upon the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to an Acquisition to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h) in connection with such Acquisition and (ii) Liens placed upon the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary and any of its Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness (or to secure a Guarantee of such Indebtedness) incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h) in connection with such Acquisition;
     (w) ground leases in respect of Real Property on which facilities owned or leased by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries are located;

-124-


 

     (x) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings;
     (y) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
     (z) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any Real Property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Material Subsidiary;
     (aa) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or banker’s acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;
     (bb) Liens on assets and Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(i);
     (cc) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by clause (c), (j), (p) or (v) of this Section 7.01; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (x) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03, and (y) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03;
     (dd) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;
     (ee) (A) Liens securing the Indebtedness referred to in Section 7.03(w), so long as such Liens do not extend beyond the assets financed by the agreements referred to in Section 7.03(w) and (B) Liens securing the Accounts of Account Debtors subject to Factoring Agreements, and the proceeds and products of those Accounts; and
     (ff) other Liens (other than consensual Liens on Inventory and Accounts that, in each case, are subject to the Borrowing Base) securing Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000 (none of which shall be secured by Liens on the “ABL First Lien Collateral” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)).
     Section 7.02 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except the following permitted investments:
     (a) Investments by Holdings, the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;
     (b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), any Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers or the Restricted Subsidiaries (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof, any Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrowers) and (ii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clause (i), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

-125-


 

     (c) asset purchases (including purchases of inventory, supplies and materials), the licensing of Intellectual Property and the contribution of Intellectual Property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
     (d) Investments by Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that will, upon such Investment become a Restricted Subsidiary or a Borrower; provided that no Loan Party shall make an Investment of any asset that could constitute a component of the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or Tranche 2 Borrowing Base in any Person that is not a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (e) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
     (f) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions and Restricted Payments permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05, 7.06 and 7.08, respectively;
     (g) Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.02(g) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof and (ii) existing on the Closing Date by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrowers or any other Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(g) is not increased from the amount of such Investment on the Closing Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02;
     (h) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;
     (i) promissory notes and other noncash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;
     (j) [Reserved];
     (k) the Transactions;
     (l) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article III endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article IV customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
     (m) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
     (n) loans and advances to Holdings or the Borrowers (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to

-126-


 

be made to Holdings or the Borrowers (or such direct or indirect parent) in accordance with Section 7.06(f) or (g);
     (o) [Reserved];
     (p) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;
     (q) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings (or any Intermediate Holding Company or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings);
     (r) Investments held by a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a corporation merged into Holdings or the Borrowers or merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
     (s) Guarantees by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (t) Investments constituting the non-cash portion of consideration received in a Disposition permitted by Section 7.05;
     (u) Investments related to the Factoring Agreements;
     (v) Investments in joint ventures existing on the Closing Date or created after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets;
     (w) Investments (i) by the Captive Insurance Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice and (ii) in the Captive Insurance Subsidiary an amount required under statutory or regulatory authority applicable to such Captive Insurance Subsidiary; and
     (x) any Investment acquired (i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or (ii) as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
provided that no Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary that would otherwise be permitted under this Section 7.02 shall be permitted hereunder (x) to the extent that any portion of such Investment is used to make any prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Restricted Debt to the extent prohibited under Section 7.12, (y) if such Investment consists of a transfer of any Property (other than Real Property) of the type subject to the Borrowing Base, or (z) if after giving effect to such Investment, the Specified Conditions shall not have been satisfied.

-127-


 

     Section 7.03 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
     (a) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents;
     (b) (A) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Senior Secured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $560,000,000, (B) other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties, so long as the Indenture Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period and (C) without duplication, Permitted Refinancings of the Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing clauses (A) and (B);
     (c) (i) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03(c) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date;
     (d) Guarantees by Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder (except that a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may not, by virtue of this Section 7.03(d), Guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not otherwise incur under this Section 7.03); provided that (i) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b) or any Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Senior Credit Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guaranty and (ii) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Senior Credit Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Senior Credit Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;
     (e) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Restricted Subsidiary to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to subordination terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
     (f) (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within 365 days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be the later of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the full productive use of such asset) and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i); provided that the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph (f) (and any Permitted Refinancing thereof) and outstanding at any one time shall not exceed the greater of (x) $40,000,000 and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets;

-128-


 

     (g) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (h) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or of any Restricted Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Acquisition, provided that (x) such Indebtedness (i) was not incurred in contemplation of such Acquisition and (ii) is secured only by Liens permitted under Section 7.01(p) on the assets acquired in the applicable Acquisition (including any acquired Equity Interests), (y) the only obligors with respect to any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (h) shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness prior to such Acquisition, and (z) both immediately prior and after giving effect to the incurrence thereof (A) no Default shall exist or result therefrom and (B) (1) the Borrowers would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(B) or (2) the Indenture Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is greater immediately following such Acquisition than immediately prior to giving effect to such Acquisition; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred by Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors or Borrowers pursuant to this clause (h) shall not exceed $50,000,000;
     (i) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed at any time the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 8.0% of the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries;
     (j) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of Holdings or the Borrowers (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrowers) and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (k) Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrowers permitted by Section 7.06;
     (l) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in an Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition permitted hereunder, in each case to the extent constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including earn-outs) or other similar adjustments;
     (m) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions and Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;
     (n) obligations with respect to Cash Management Services and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;
     (o) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.03 in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets;

-129-


 

     (p) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
     (q) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims; provided that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the incurrence thereof;
     (r) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
     (s) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;
     (t) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances;
     (u) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (t) above;
     (v) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
     (w) without duplication of any Indebtedness referred to in Section 7.03(c), (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed an amount of $20,000,000 under that certain Fixed Asset Loan Contract and that certain L/G Standby L/C Issuing Agreement by and among PGI Nonwovens (China) Co., Ltd., as borrower and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch, as lender and (ii) Indebtedness in respect of any Factoring Agreement.
     For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased.

-130-


 

     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (c) through (w) above, the Lead Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses.
     The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03.
     Section 7.04 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:
     (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with (i) any Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize such Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided that (x) such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, and (y) such merger does not result in a Borrower ceasing to be incorporated under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Borrower); provided that when any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary, a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person;
     (b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) (A) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or (B) any Borrower or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if such Borrower or Subsidiary determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the interests of the Lenders;
     (c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to a Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02 and 7.03, respectively;
     (d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, Holdings and each Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) Holdings or such Borrower, as the case may be, shall be the continuing or surviving entity or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not Holdings or such Borrower, as the case may be (any such Person, the “ Successor Loan Party ”), (A) the Successor Loan Party shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) the Successor Loan Party shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings or such Borrower, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings or such Borrower, as the case may be, is party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to the Successor Loan Party’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Loan Party’s obligations under this Agreement, (E) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property,

-131-


 

unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Loan Party’s obligations under this Agreement, and (F) Holdings or the Lead Borrower, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any other Loan Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Loan Party will succeed to, and be substituted for, the applicable Loan Party under this Agreement;
     (e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11 to the extent applicable;
     (f) the Merger may be consummated; and
     (g) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05.
     Section 7.05 Dispositions . Make any Disposition, except:
     (a) Dispositions or abandonment of obsolete, worn out or surplus property (including, without limitation, Intellectual Property), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business, and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (b) Dispositions or discounts of inventory and Dispositions of immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial IP Rights to lapse or become abandoned in the ordinary course of business);
     (c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased);
     (d) Dispositions of property to Holdings, the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided (A) that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party, the transferee thereof must be a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor and (B) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02; provided , further , that (A) if the property being disposed of is transferred to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, the Administrative Agent may require, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, that the transferee execute an agreement granting the Administrative Agent access to such property for purposes of conducting a Liquidation, and (B) if the property being disposed of constitutes Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory and is being transferred to a Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party, such disposition shall be made only if the Specified Conditions are satisfied after giving effect thereto;

-132-


 

     (e) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.02, 7.04 and 7.06 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;
     (f) Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of Cash Equivalents;
     (g) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (h) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;
     (i) Dispositions of property (other than Inventory and Accounts that are subject to the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base) not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (i) shall not exceed $40,000,000 per calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the succeeding calendar years); provided that such amount may, at the option of the Lead Borrower, be increased by an amount up to $20,000,000 (which such amount shall reduce the annual amount for the subsequent calendar year), and (iii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this Section 7.05(i) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, Holdings, the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75.00% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01(a), Section 7.01(b), Section 7.01(m) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(v)); provided , however , that for the purposes of this clause (iii), (A) Holdings, the Lead Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing from any liabilities (as shown on Holdings, such Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings, such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Senior Credit Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition, (B) any securities received by such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of 1.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash;
     (j) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
     (k) Dispositions of accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

-133-


 

     (l) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (m) the unwinding of any Swap Contract pursuant to its terms; and
     (n) Dispositions of Accounts of Account Debtors subject to Factoring Agreements as required pursuant to such Factoring Agreements;
provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Section 7.05(e) or (m) and except for Dispositions from a Loan Party to another Loan Party or from a Non-Loan Party to another Non-Loan Party or from a Non-Loan Party to a Loan Party), shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition and, in the case of Accounts and Inventory, solely for cash consideration. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary, such Collateral (but not the proceeds thereof) shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and, if requested of the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Lead Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.
     Section 7.06 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:
     (a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrowers and to other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Lead Borrower, to the Lead Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);
     (b) Holdings and the Intermediate Holding Company may purchase or redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests for another class of Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests or, to the extent not included in the Available Amount, with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests, provided that (i) any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Lenders, when taken as a whole, contained in such other class of Equity Interests are at least as advantageous to the Lenders as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby and (ii) Holdings, the Borrowers and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person on a ratable basis to its shareholders;
     (c) Restricted Payments made on the Closing Date to consummate the Transactions;
     (d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 7.02, 7.04 or 7.08 other than Section 7.08(vi);
     (e) repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or withholding of shares of restricted stock upon vesting;

-134-


 

     (f) Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of Holdings (or of any such direct or indirect parent thereof) held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) of Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company, any Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrowers) or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee, director or consultant of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), any Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (f) shall not exceed (x) $5,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $10,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the immediately two succeeding calendar years); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
     (i) to the extent contributed to a Borrower, the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests or Specified Equity Contributions) of Holdings or the Intermediate Holding Company and, to the extent contributed to Holdings or the Intermediate Holding Company, Equity Interests of any of the Borrowers’ direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers, any of their Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are not utilized in connection with other transactions pursuant to Sections 7.02, 7.06 or 7.12; plus
     (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings, the Borrowers or their Restricted Subsidiaries; less
     (iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.06(f);
provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or any Borrower from members of management of Holdings or such Borrower, any of the Borrowers’ direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Borrowers’ Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of any of the Borrowers’ direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement; provided , further , that the value of any Equity Interests repurchased, retired or acquired pursuant to this clause (f) shall be determined based on the imputed per share (or interest) price of any such Equity Interest as of the Closing Date; provided , further , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (f) shall not exceed (x) $30,000,000 in any calendar year (including any amounts carried over) unless both immediately prior to and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payment, the Pro Forma Excess Availability Condition shall have been satisfied;
     (g) Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and the Borrowers may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and the Borrowers:

-135-


 

     (i) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, attributable to the ownership or operations of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries (including any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and the Borrowers attributable to the ownership or operations of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries);
     (ii) the proceeds of which will be used to pay consolidated or combined federal, state or local income Taxes attributable to the income of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the income Tax liabilities that would have been payable by Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, reduced by any such income Taxes paid or to be paid directly by Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries; provided that, in determining the stand-alone income Tax liability of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, any interest expense of a direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and the Borrowers substantially all of whose assets consist (directly or indirectly) of equity and debt of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrowers, shall be treated as an interest expense of Holdings. the Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrowers, as the case may be;
     (iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or so long as its direct or indirect parents directly or indirectly own no other assets than the Equity Interest in Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers or any of their direct or indirect parents’) corporate existence;
     (iv) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrower, as the case may be, shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be held by it or contributed to a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor (or, if permitted pursuant to Section 7.02, any other Restricted Subsidiary) or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor (or, if permitted pursuant to Section 7.02, any other Restricted Subsidiary) in order to consummate such Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.11;
     (v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary costs, fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement; and
     (vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company

-136-


 

of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and the Borrowers to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (h) Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may (i) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Acquisition and (ii) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion and may make payments on convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms;
     (i) the declaration and payment of dividends following the first public offering of Holdings’ or any of its direct or indirect parent’s common stock after the Closing Date of up to 6.00% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Lead Borrower from any such public offering to the extent such net proceeds are not utilized in connection with other transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.02, 7.06 or 7.12;
     (j) payments made or expected to be made by Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options;
     (k) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments and so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and the Borrowers may make additional Restricted Payments (i) in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrowers made pursuant to Section 7.02(n) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (k), not to exceed (x) $10,000,000 or (y) if both immediately prior and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payment the Pro Forma Excess Availability Condition shall have been satisfied, $25,000,000 (satisfaction of such condition shall be evidenced by a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer or other financial officer of the Lead Borrower demonstrating such satisfaction calculated in reasonable detail); provided that, such amount shall be increased by (A) the Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Equity Issuances (other than Specified Equity Contributions or amounts included in the Available Amount) that are Not Otherwise Applied and (B) the Available Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied, and (ii) (A) to the extent that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the immediately preceding Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(ii), is at least 1.25 to 1.0 and (B) if the Pro Forma Excess Availability Condition has been satisfied both immediately before and immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom;
     (l) Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments, in each case as applicable, to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the Borrowers and to other Restricted Subsidiaries in order to effectuate any management equity reinvestment and award program as contemplated by the subscription agreements with the applicable members of management of the Company executed on or prior to the Closing Date; and

-137-


 

     (m) Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments, in each case as applicable, to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the Borrowers and to other Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any Per Share Escrow Payments (as defined in the Merger Agreement) to be paid to Persons who, immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement), were holders of Company Common Stock, Company Stock Options, Company Restricted Shares, Company Performance RSUs and Company RSUs (in each case, as defined in the Merger Agreement).
     Section 7.07 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto.
     Section 7.08 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of Holdings or the Borrowers, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (i) transactions between or among the Loan Parties or any entity that becomes a Loan Party as a result of such transaction or between or among Non-Loan Parties, including entities that become Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction, (ii) transactions on terms not materially less favorable to Holdings, such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Holdings, such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (iii) the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions, (iv) the issuance of Equity Interests to any officer, director, employee or consultant of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or the Borrowers in connection with any transaction, (v) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and customary transaction fees to the Sponsor and any Sponsor Termination Fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date, or any amendment thereto so long as any such amendment is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date ( provided that any increase of the advisory fee pursuant to Section 4(d) of the Sponsor Management Agreement which is not disproportionate to the amount of the percentage increase in Consolidated EBITDA (resulting from the transaction giving rise to such increase of the advisory fee) shall not be deemed to be disadvantageous to the Lenders), and related indemnities and reasonable expenses, (vi) equity issuances, repurchases, retirements or other acquisitions or retirements of Equity Interests by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or as otherwise permitted under Section 7.06, (vii) loans and other transactions by Holdings, the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries to the extent expressly permitted under this Article VII, (viii) employment and severance arrangements between Holdings, the Borrowers (including any of its direct or indirect parents thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements, (ix) payments by Holdings, the Borrowers (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among Holdings, the Borrowers (and any such direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent that any such payments are permitted by Section 7.06(g), (x) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, current, former and future directors, officers, employees and consultants of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings and the Borrowers in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (xi) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders in any

-138-


 

material respect, (xii) dividends, redemptions, repurchases and other Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06, (xiii) customary payments by Holdings, the Borrowers and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of Holdings, the Lead Borrower or the entity making such payment in good faith and (xiv) the existence of, or the performance by any of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xiv) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole.
     Section 7.09 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Senior Secured Notes Document) that limits the ability of (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party or (ii) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to this Agreement and the Senior Credit Obligations or under the other Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which
     (a) (x) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation,
     (b) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such Restricted Subsidiary merges with or into the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , further , that this clause (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.15,
     (c) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 7.03,
     (d) arise in connection with any Lien permitted by Section 7.01(u) or any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05,
     (e) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or written arrangements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (f) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property

-139-


 

financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Junior Financing) and the proceeds and products thereof,
     (g) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses, asset sale or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other similar agreements, otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto,
     (h) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 7.03(b), 7.03(f), 7.03(h), 7.03(o) or 7.03(u) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or, in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h) only, to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness,
     (i) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary,
     (j) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (k) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (l) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.01 and
     (m) are obligations under (i) any Swap Contracts or (ii) other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate or currency risks in effect on the Closing Date.
     Section 7.10 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, (i) in violation of Section 5.13(a) or (ii) for purposes other than (A) to finance the Merger, the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Company and Transaction Expenses, (B) provide working capital for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or (C) for other general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, Acquisitions, permitted Restricted Payments, permitted Investments and permitted payments with respect to Indebtedness).
     Section 7.11 Accounting Changes . Make any change in fiscal year; provided , however , that Holdings and any Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change their fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, Holdings and the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.
     Section 7.12 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness .
     (a) Make any Restricted Debt Payments (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b), any Junior Financing, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(o) or any Permitted Refinancing of any thereof (collectively, the “ Restricted Debt ”), except:
     (i) so long as no Change of Control would result therefrom, Restricted Debt Payments in the form of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any

-140-


 

Intermediate Holding Company, the conversion of such Restricted Debt to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any Intermediate Holding Company;
     (ii) payments of principal as and when due in respect of any Restricted Debt (subject to applicable subordination provisions relating thereto);
     (iii) Restricted Debt Payments with the net proceeds of any Permitted Equity Issuances (other than Specified Equity Contributions or to the extent part of the Available Amount) for the purpose of making such payment or prepayment;
     (iv) Restricted Debt Payments from any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and
     (v) other Restricted Debt Payments, so long as (i) no Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of the making of such payment and (ii) both immediately prior to and after giving effect to the making of such payment, the Pro Forma Excess Availability Condition has been satisfied.
     (b) Amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation without the consent of the Administrative Agent.
     Section 7.13 Permitted Activities of Holdings . Holdings shall not (i) incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability whatsoever other than Indebtedness and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than such Indebtedness represented by Holdings’ guarantee of obligations under any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b), (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by it other than the Liens created under the Collateral Documents and Permitted Liens, or (iii) engage in any business or activity or own any assets other than those incidental to its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower.
     Section 7.14 Concentration Account . After the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, use the funds on deposit in the Concentration Account for any purposes other than (i) as set forth in Section 6.15(a)(v), and to the extent there remains funds after the application referred to in this clause (i), toward (ii) the payment of operating expenses incurred by the Loan Parties in the ordinary course of business (including payments of interest when due on account of the Senior Secured Notes), and to the extent there remains funds after the application referred to in this clause (ii), toward (iii) such other ordinary course purposes as the Loan Parties deem appropriate.
     Section 7.15 Designation of Subsidiaries . Designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, unless such designation is made by the board of directors of Holdings; provided that no Subsidiary shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary if (i) immediately before such designation an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur after giving effect thereto, (ii) such Subsidiary is a Borrower or such Subsidiary owns any property subject to the Borrowing Base, (iii) immediately before or immediately after such designation the Pro Forma Excess Availability Condition has not been satisfied or (iv) such Subsidiary continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b) or any Junior Financing. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Borrowers therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of the Lead Borrower’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time.

-141-


 

ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
     Section 8.01 Events of Default . Any of the following events referred to in any of clauses (a) through (m) inclusive of this Section 8.01 shall constitute an “Event of Default”:
     (a) Non-Payment . Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit and (ii) within five Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan, any fee or any other amount, payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document.
     (b) Specific Covenants . (i) Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed contained in any of (A) Sections 6.03(i), 6.05(i) (with respect to the Lead Borrower only), 6.18(a) or (b) (solely with respect to post-closing collateral perfection obligations of the Loan Parties) or 6.18(c) or (B) Section 6.17 or Article VII, (ii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed contained in Section 6.01(vi) and such failure continues for five Business Days, or (iii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed contained in Section 6.10 and such failure continues for fifteen days.
     (c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed contained in (i) Article VI hereof not specified in Section 8.01(b) above (other than Section 6.01(v)) and such failure continues for 30 days following written notice from the Administrative Agent; (ii) Section 6.01(v) hereof and such failure continues for fifteen days following the earlier of (x) written notice from the Administrative Agent or (y) the Loan Party’s obtaining actual knowledge thereof, provided that if the covenants or agreements on such Loan Party’s part to be performed or observed contained in Section 6.01(v) must be performed or observed weekly or more often, a failure to so perform or observe for five days following the earlier of (x) written notice from the Administrative Agent or (y) the Loan Party’s obtaining actual knowledge thereof, shall constitute an Event of Default; or (iii) any Loan Document (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above or in Section 8.01(c)(i) or (ii) above) and such failure continues for 30 days after receipt by the Lead Borrower of written notice thereof by the Administrative Agent.
     (d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made.
     (e) Cross-Default . Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (ii) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Agreements), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders

-142-


 

or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; provided , further , that such failure is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness.
     (f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding.
     (g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts in excess of the Threshold Amount as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after its issue or levy.
     (h) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage thereof) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of 60 consecutive days.
     (i) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which, when taken together with all other ERISA Events, has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms or termination, withdrawal or other event similar to an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan that, when taken together with other such events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (j) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or

-143-


 

7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Senior Credit Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Senior Credit Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document.
     (k) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control.
     (l) Collateral Documents . (i) Any Collateral Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) cease to create a valid and perfected lien, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents (or other security purported to be created on the Collateral) on and security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file UCC continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of Real Property to the extent that such losses are covered by a Lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage, or (ii) any of the Equity Interests of the Borrowers ceasing to be pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement free of Liens other than Liens created by the Security Agreement, Liens permitted under Section 7.01(b) or any nonconsensual Liens arising solely by operation of Law.
     (m) Junior Financing Documentation . (i) Any of the Senior Credit Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in any Junior Financing Documentation or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, if applicable.
     Section 8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the following actions:
     (i) declare the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Lender to make Loans (including Swing Line Loans) and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
     (ii) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans (including Swing Line Loans), all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers;
     (iii) require that the Borrowers Cash Collateralize the amount of the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to 101.50% of then Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit plus 100.00% of then unreimbursed amounts due to the L/C Issuers); and

-144-


 

     (iv) exercise on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties all rights and remedies available to it and the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;
provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrowers under Debtor Relief Laws, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans (including Swing Line Loans) and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans (including Swing Line Loans) and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable and the obligations of the Borrowers to Cash Collateralize the amount of the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case, without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
     Section 8.03 Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries . Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Default has occurred under clause (f) or (g) of Section 8.01, any reference in any such clause to any Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include any Restricted Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause that is not a Material Subsidiary (it being agreed that all Restricted Subsidiaries affected by any event or circumstance referred to in any such clause shall be considered together, as a single consolidated Restricted Subsidiary, for purposes of determining whether the condition specified above is satisfied).
     Section 8.04 Application of Funds . After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the election of the (A) Administrative Agent or (B)(x) in the case of clause (a) immediately below, the Required Lenders and (y) in the case of clause (b) immediately below, the Tranche 2 Required Lenders (or after the Loans have become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received under any Collateral Documents shall be applied by the Administrative Agent as follows, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement:
     (a) Proceeds from ABL First Lien Collateral . Any amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party under any Collateral Documents (other than amounts received from Noteholder First Lien Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), whether or not the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement is then in effect) shall be applied by the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent as follows:
     FIRST, to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in their respective capacities as such;
     SECOND, to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest, Letter of Credit Fees and Commitment Fees) payable to the Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) and the L/C Issuers (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them in their capacities as such;
     THIRD, to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of accrued and unpaid Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fees, Tranche 1 Commitment Fees, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 1

-145-


 

Protective Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participtions), Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders), the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them in their capacities as such;
     FOURTH, to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participtions), Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them in their capacities as such;
     FIFTH, to the ratable payment of that portion of (x) the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Advances owing to Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders in their capacities as such, ratably among the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) and (y) the Finance Obligations with respect to Cash Management Services furnished to any Loan Party by a Cash Management Bank and any amounts due and owing under Secured Hedge Agreements (including the Swap Termination Value under Secured Hedge Agreements) to a Hedge Bank, in each case in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them in their capacities as such;
     SIXTH, to the Administrative Agent, to be held by the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) as Cash Collateral in an amount up to 101.50% of the then Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit until paid in full, to the extent such Letters of Credit are covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participations;
     SEVENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause THIRD of Section 8.04(b), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of accrued and unpaid Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fees, Tranche 2 Commitment Fees, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participtions), Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders), the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Seventh payable to them in their capacities as such;

-146-


 

     EIGHTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FOURTH of Section 8.04(b), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participtions), Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Eighth held by them in their capacities as such;
     NINTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FIFTH of Section 8.04(b), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Advances owing to Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders in their capacities as such, ratably among the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Ninth held by them in their capacities as such;
     TENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause SIXTH of Section 8.04(b), to the Administrative Agent, to be held by the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) as Cash Collateral in an amount up to 101.50% of the then Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit until paid in full, to the extent such Letters of Credit are covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participations;
     ELEVENTH, to the payment of all other Finance Obligations (including any other outstanding Other Liabilities) that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties (including Defaulting Lenders) on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Senior Credit Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
     LAST, the balance, if any, after all of the Finance Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law.
     (b) Proceeds of Noteholder First Lien Collateral . Any amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party in respect of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral shall be applied by the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent (whether or not the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement is then in effect) as follows:
     FIRST, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FIRST of Section 8.04(a), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in their respective capacities as such;
     SECOND, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause SECOND of Section 8.04(a), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest, Letter of Credit Fees and Commitment Fees) payable to the Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) and the L/C Issuers (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under

-147-


 

Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them in their capacities as such;
     THIRD, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause SEVENTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of accrued and unpaid Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fees, Tranche 2 Commitment Fees, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participtions), Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders), the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them in their capacities as such;
     FOURTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause EIGHTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participtions), Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them in their capacities as such;
     FIFTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause NINTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Advances owing to Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders in their capacities as such, ratably among the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them in their capacities as such;
     SIXTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause TENTH of Section 8.04(a), to the Administrative Agent, to be held by the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders as Cash Collateral in an amount up to 101.50% of the then Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit until paid in full, to the extent such Letters of Credit are covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participations;
     SEVENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause THIRD of Section 8.04(a), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of accrued and unpaid Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fees, Tranche 1 Commitment Fees, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participtions), Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders

-148-


 

to fund Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders), the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Seventh payable to them in their capacities as such;
     EIGHTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FOURTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participtions), Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Eighth held by them in their capacities as such;
     NINTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FIFTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and the L/C Advances owing to the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders in their capacities as such, ratably among the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Ninth held by them in their capacities as such;
     TENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause SIXTH of Section 8.04(a), to the Administrative Agent, to be held by the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders as Cash Collateral in an amount up to 101.50% of the then Stated Amount of Letters of Credit until paid in full, to the extent such Letters of Credit are covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participations;
     ELEVENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause ELEVENTH of Section 8.04(a), to the payment of all other Finance Obligations (including any other outstanding Other Liabilities) that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties (including Defaulting Lenders) on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Senior Credit Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
     LAST, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause LAST of Section 8.04(a), the balance, if any, after all of the Finance Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law.
ARTICLE IX
AGENTS
     Section 9.01 Appointment and Authority .
     (a)  Administrative Agent . Each of the Lenders and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Citibank to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such

-149-


 

powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
     (b)  Collateral Agent . The Administrative Agent shall also act as the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Hedge Bank and a potential Cash Management Bank) and the L/C Issuers hereby irrevocably appoint and authorize the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and such L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Finance Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article X (including Section 10.04(c), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
     Section 9.02 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
     Section 9.03 Exculpatory Provisions . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
     (i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
     (ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law; and
     (iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

-150-


 

     The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default as such is given to the Administrative Agent by the Lead Borrower, a Lender or an L/C Issuer.
     The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
     Section 9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or a L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Lead Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
     Section 9.05 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable. The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent.
     Section 9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Lead Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Lead Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be (i) a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States and (ii) either a Lender or any other Person reasonably acceptable to the Lead Borrower. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent

-151-


 

gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (i) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section 9.06. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.06). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Lead Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
     Any resignation by Citibank as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as an L/C Issuer and as the Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of Citibank as a retiring L/C Issuer and as the Swing Line Lender, (ii) Citibank, as a retiring L/C Issuer and as the Swing Line Lender, shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations in such capacities hereunder or under the other Loan Documents and (iii) a successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, issued by Citibank outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Citibank as a retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of Citibank as issuer of such Letters of Credit.
     Section 9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender and L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
     Section 9.08 No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunners, Arrangers or other agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, a Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Bookrunners, the Arrangers, or other agents listed on the cover page

-152-


 

hereof in their respective capacities as such, shall by reason of any Loan Document, have any fiduciary relationship in respect of any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person.
     Section 9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Lead Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
     (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Senior Credit Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Senior Credit Parties (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
     (ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.
     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Finance Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
     Section 9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank) and the L/C Issuers irrevocably agree to (and authorize the Administrative Agent to act in accordance with) the following:
     (i) any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (A) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Finance Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations and (y) unmatured obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers shall have been made), (B) at the time the property subject to such Lien is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than the Borrowers or any of their Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and upon written request from the Lead Borrower identifying the property to be transferred pursuant to this clause (B), the Administrative Agent shall provide to the Lead Borrower within ten Business Days a written acknowledgment that such property shall be automatically released pursuant to this clause

-153-


 

(B)), (C) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 10.01 or (D) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (ii) below;
     (ii) any Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person (i) ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder or a Material Domestic Subsidiary or (ii) becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; and
     (iii) the Administrative Agent shall release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Finance Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(c), (j), (k) or (w).
     Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Administrative Agent will promptly, at the Borrowers’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.
     Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 9.10 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent and subject to the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a certification by the Lead Borrower and applicable Loan Party stating that such transaction is in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and as to such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
     Section 9.11 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements . No Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.04, any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Finance Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Finance Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.
     Section 9.12 Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer an amount equal to any applicable withholding Tax. If the IRS or any Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from any amount paid to or for the account of any Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by a Borrower and without limiting or expanding the obligation

-154-


 

of any Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to Tax or interest thereon, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender, Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Article IX. The agreements in this Article IX shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer, the termination of the Loans and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under this Agreement. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 10.01 Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent or ratification of the Required Lenders or such other number or percentage of Lenders as may be specified herein) and the Lead Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent (it being understood that such acknowledgement is ministerial in nature and must be made to the extent such amendment, waiver or consent otherwise complies with the requirements of this Section 10.01), and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that (x) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower may, without the consent of the Lenders, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement and any other Loan Document to cure any ambiguity, typographical error, defect or inconsistency if such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer, (y) any amendment, waiver or consent to the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement shall only require the consent of any Loan Party to the extent expressly set forth therein and (z) no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
     (i) [Reserved];
     (ii) extend or increase the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Revolving Credit Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender);
     (iii) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under such other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment, it being understood that the waiver of (or

-155-


 

amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;
     (iv) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, L/C Borrowing or L/C Advance, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount (it being understood that any change effected pursuant to clause (ix) or (x) below shall not constitute such reduction); provided , however , that (A) only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate”, (B) only the consent of the Tranche 1 Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest or Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate with respect to the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility and (C) only the consent of the Tranche 2 Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest or Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate with respect to the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility;
     (v) change (A) Section 8.04 in a manner that would alter the application of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby or (B) the order of application of any reduction in the Revolving Credit Commitments or any prepayment of Loans from the application thereof set forth in the applicable provisions of Section 2.05(b) or 2.06(b), respectively, in any manner that adversely affects the Lenders without the written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby;
     (vi) change any provision of this Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;
     (vii) other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05, release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender and each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender; provided that the Collateral Agent may, without consent from any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, release any Collateral that is sold or transferred by a Loan Party, in each case in compliance with Sections 7.04 or 7.05 or released in compliance with Section 9.10(i), (ii) or (iii) (in which case such release shall be made by the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent acting alone);
     (viii) other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05, release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender and each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, except to the extent the release of any Subsidiary from the Guaranty is permitted pursuant to Section 9.10 (in which case such release shall be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone);
     (ix) (A) change the advance rates set forth in the definition of “Tranche 1 Borrowing Base” in a manner that is intended to increase the availability under the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base in any material respect without the written consent of the Tranche 1 Supermajority Lenders or (B) change the advance rates set forth in the definition of “Tranche 2 Borrowing Base” in a manner that is intended to increase the availability under the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base in any material respect without the written consent of the Tranche 2 Supermajority Lenders; or
     (x) (A) change or otherwise modify the eligibility criteria, eligible asset classes, reserves, sublimits in respect of the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base, or add new asset categories to the

-156-


 

Tranche 1 Borrowing Base, if such change, modification or addition is intended to increase availability under the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base in any material respect, in each case without the written consent of the Tranche 1 Supermajority Lenders or (B) change or otherwise modify the eligibility criteria, eligible asset classes, reserves, sublimits in respect of the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base, or add new asset categories to the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base, if such change, modification or increase is intended to increase availability under the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base in any material respect, in each case without the written consent of the Tranche 2 Supermajority Lenders; provided that this clause (x) shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agent to change, establish or eliminate any reserves, to add assets acquired in an Acquisition to the Borrowing Base or to otherwise exercise its discretion or Credit Judgment in respect of any determination expressly provided hereunder to be made by the Administrative Agent in its discretion or Credit Judgment, all to the extent otherwise set forth herein;
and provided , further , that: (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each applicable L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) Section 10.06(g) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; (v) no amendment, waiver or consent which would require the consent of a Lender but for the fact that it is a Defaulting Lender shall be enforced against it without its consent if such amendment, waiver or consent affects such Defaulting Lender in a disproportionate manner; and (vi) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.01, guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Lead Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Lead Borrower may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with Section 10.13.

-157-


 

     Section 10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication .
     (a)  Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
     (i) if to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02; and
     (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.
     Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).
     (b)  Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Lead Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
     Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received when sent; provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
     (c)  The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related

-158-


 

Parties (collectively, “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through electronic telecommunications or other information transmission systems, except for direct or “economic” (as such term is used in Title 18, United States Code, Section 1030(g)) (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive) losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party or (y) result from a claim brought by any Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for material breach of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document in respect of Borrower Materials made available through electronic telecommunications or other information transmission systems, if such Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to such direct or “economic” damages).
     (d)  Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers or their securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
     (e)  Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuers and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Lead Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrowers in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
     Section 10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement . No failure by any Lender or L/C Issuer or by the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof

-159-


 

or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (ii) any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (iii) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13) or (iv) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (x) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (y) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
     Section 10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .
     (a)  Costs and Expenses . Holdings and the Lead Borrower jointly and severally agree to pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit; provided that Holdings and the Lead Borrower shall not be required to reimburse the legal fees and expenses of more than one outside counsel (in addition to any special counsel and up to one local counsel in each applicable local jurisdiction) for all Persons indemnified under this subsection (a) unless, in the opinion of counsel, representation of all such indemnified persons would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest.
     (b)  Indemnification . Holdings and the Lead Borrower, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender each L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonably related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee)

-160-


 

incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability of the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing brought by a third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of such Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by any Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
     (c)  Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that Holdings and the Lead Borrower for any reason fail indefeasibly to pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 10.04 to be paid by it or them to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), any L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), each L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Adjusted Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or an L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or an L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).
     (d)  Waiver of Consequential Damages . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, no Borrower or Indemnitee shall assert, and each Borrower and Indemnitee hereby waives, any claim, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

-161-


 

     (e)  Payments . All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor; provided , however , that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial or arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification or contribution rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 10.04.
     (f)  Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Senior Credit Obligations.
     Section 10.05 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower or any other Loan Party is made to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (i) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (ii) each Lender and L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Senior Credit Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
     Section 10.06 Successors and Assigns .
     (a)  Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Lead Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(d), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.06(f), or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(g) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer, shall be construed to confer, or shall confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section 10.06 and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
     (b)  Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.06(b), L/C Participations, Swing Line Participations and Protective Advance Participations) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

-162-


 

     (i)  Minimum Amounts .
     (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
     (B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section 10.06, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans, L/C Participations, Swing Line Participations and Protective Advance Participations outstanding thereunder) or, if the Revolving Credit Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lead Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.
     (ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Revolving Credit Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans.
     (iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section 10.06 and, in addition:
     (A) the consent of the Lead Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default under clause (a), (f) or (g) of Section 8.01 has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender), an Affiliate of a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) or an Approved Fund;
     (B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Revolving Credit Commitment if such assignment is to a Defaulting Lender or to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;
     (C) the consent of each L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment to a Defaulting Lender or that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and
     (D) the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment to a Defaulting Lender or in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.

-163-


 

     (iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute (except as otherwise contemplated in the penultimate sentence of Section 10.13) and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
     (v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made to the Lead Borrower or any of the Lead Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
     (vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.
     Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05 and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Notes, the Lead Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(d).
     (c)  Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Lead Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Revolving Credit Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and each Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Lead Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or other substantive change to the Loan Documents is pending, any Lender may request and receive from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.
     (d)  Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, the Lead Borrower or any of the Lead Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans and/or Protective Advances) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative

-164-


 

Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in clause (y) of the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section 10.06, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of those Sections, including Section 3.01(e)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.06(b). To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the applicable Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive and such Lender (and the applicable Borrower, to the extent that the Participant requests payment from such Borrower) shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
     (e)  Limitation Upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Lead Borrower’s prior written consent or to the extent that any entitlement to a greater payment results from a Change in Law arising after such Participant became a Participant.
     (f)  Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
     (g)  Special Purpose Funding Vehicles . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof or, if it fails to do so, to make such payment to the Administrative Agent as is required under Section 2.12(b)(i). Subject to the provisions of this subsection (g), the Loan Parties agree that each SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of those sections) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.04), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan

-165-


 

Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Revolving Credit Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or guaranty or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.
     (h)  Resignation as an L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Citibank assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 10.06(b), Citibank may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Lead Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Lead Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Lead Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Lead Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Citibank as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Citibank resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit issued by it which remain outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund L/C Participations). If Citibank resigns as the Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (ii) such successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, issued by the retiring L/C Issuer and remaining outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Citibank to effectively assume the obligations of Citibank with respect to such Letters of Credit.
     Section 10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below) and not to disclose such information, except that Information may be disclosed: (i) to its Affiliates and to it and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) in which case the Administrative Agent or such Lender or L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall notify the Lead Borrower prior to such disclosure, in any case, to the extent legally permissible; (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (iv) to any other party hereto; (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those

-166-


 

of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to Section 2.14(c) or (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Borrower and its obligations; (vii) with the consent of the Lead Borrower; or (viii) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (B) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Lead Borrower.
     For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from Holdings, the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Related Parties relating to Holdings or the Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary or Related Party or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender or L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings or the Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary other than by breach of this Section 10.07; provided that, in the case of information received from Holdings or the Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.03 hereof. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 10.07 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Agent and any Lender may place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and periodicals or on a home page or similar place for dissemination of information on the Internet or worldwide web as it may choose, and circulate similar promotional materials, after the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the form of a “tombstone” or otherwise describing the names of the Loan Parties, or any of them, and the amount, type and closing date of such transactions, all at their sole expense.
     Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers acknowledge that (i) the Information may include material non-public information concerning Holdings, the Lead Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries, as the case may be, (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (iii) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Laws, including Federal and state securities Laws.
     Section 10.08 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of such Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or an L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of such Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuers and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuers or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any

-167-


 

such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
     Section 10.09 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Lead Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (i) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof and (iii) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Senior Credit Obligations hereunder.
     Section 10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
     Section 10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Senior Credit Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.
     Section 10.12 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (i) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     Section 10.13 Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, if any Lender’s obligations to make, continue or convert to Eurodollar Rate Loans has been suspended pursuant to Section 3.02, if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Lead Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto (including but not limited to the last paragraph of Section

-168-


 

10.01), then the Lead Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:
     (i) the Lead Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b);
     (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the applicable Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
     (iii) in the case of any assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and
     (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and
     (v) in the case of any replacement of Lenders under the circumstances described in last paragraph of Section 10.01, the applicable amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that the Lead Borrower has requested shall become effective upon giving effect to such replacement (and any related Assignment and Assumptions required to be effected in connection therewith in accordance with this Section 10.13).
     In connection with the replacement of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 10.13, no signature of such Defaulting Lender to the Assignment and Assumption shall be required to properly effect the assignment of Loans held by such Defaulting Lender. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Lead Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
     Section 10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction Etc .
     (a)  Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK). EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1993 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 500, IN THE CASE OF DOCUMENTARY LETTERS OF CREDIT OR TRADE LETTERS OF CREDIT, AND THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES 1998 PUBLISHED BY THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL BANKING LAW & PRACTICE, INC. (OR SUCH LATER VERSION THEREOF AS MAY BE IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE), IN THE CASE OF STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT AND,

-169-


 

AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY SUCH UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).
     (b)  Submission to Jurisdiction . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
     (c)  Waiver of Venue . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (b) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
     (d)  Service of Process . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
     Section 10.15 [Reserved ].
      Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES

-170-


 

THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
     Section 10.17 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Lead Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunners are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lead Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunners, on the other hand, (B) each of the Lead Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Lead Borrower and Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent each Bookrunner each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Lead Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Bookrunner in their capacities as Administrative Agent or Bookrunner has any obligation to the Borrowers, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, each Bookrunner and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Bookrunner has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrowers, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Lead Borrower and Holdings hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and any Bookrunner with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
     Section 10.18 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
     Section 10.19 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into Law October 26, 2001) (the “ USA PATRIOT Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. Each Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” an anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

-171-


 

     Section 10.20 Intercreditor Agreements and Collateral Agency Agreement . Each Lender and L/C Issuer hereunder (on behalf of itself and any Secured Parties that may be its Affiliate): (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Collateral Agent and/or the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement as the ABL Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and the Tranche 2 Representative (as defined the the Collateral Agency Agreement), respectively, on behalf of such Lender and L/C Issuer. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to enter into the arrangements contemplated by the Noteholder Lien Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement. The Lenders and other Secured Parties hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to enter into each Factoring Intercreditor Agreement and consent to the terms thereof.
[Signature Pages Follow]

-172-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jason Giordano   
    Name:   Jason Giordano   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION,
as Lead Borrower
 
 
  By:   Jason Giordano   
    Name:   Jason Giordano   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
     The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that, upon the effectiveness of the merger of Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation with and into Polymer Group, Inc. with Polymer Group, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation under the name “Polymer Group, Inc.,” it will succeed by operation of law to all of the rights and obligations of Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation set forth herein and in all other Loan Documents and that all references herein and therein to the “Lead Borrower” shall thereupon be deemed to be references to the undersigned.
         
  POLYMER GROUP, INC.,
as Lead Borrower
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman   
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   


 

         
         
  CHICOPEE, INC.
DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
Fabrene, L.L.C.
PGI Europe, Inc.
PGI Polymer, Inc.,
as Borrowers
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman   
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   

-2-


 

         
         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as L/C Issuer
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Smolow   
    Name:   Michael Smolow   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Swing Line Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Smolow   
    Name:   Michael Smolow  
    Title:   Vice President    
 
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Smolow   
    Name:   Michael Smolow   
    Title:   Vice President    
 
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Smolow   
    Name:   Michael Smolow   
    Title:   Vice President    
 
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as an initial Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Smolow   
    Name:   Michael Smolow   
    Title:   Vice President    

-3-


 

         
         
  MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as an initial Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Lisa Hanson   
    Name:   Lisa Hanson   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   

-4-


 

         
         
  Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
as an initial Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Lisa Hanson   
    Name:   Lisa Hanson   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   

-5-


 

         
         
  BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as an initial Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Ann Sutton   
    Name:   Ann Sutton   
    Title:   Director   

-6-


 

         
         
  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as an initial Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Pierre Noriega   
    Name:   Pierre Noriega   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
  By:   /s/ Meredith Majesty   
    Name:   Meredith Majesty   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   

-7-

Exhibit 10.2
 
SECURITY AGREEMENT
Dated as of January 28, 2011
among
POLYMER GROUP, INC.,
SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
CERTAIN OTHER SUBSIDIARIES OF SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as COLLATERAL AGENT
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  

ARTICLE I
 
       

Definitions
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       

ARTICLE II
 
       

Pledge of Securities
 
       
Section 2.01 Pledge
    9  
Section 2.02 Delivery of the Pledged Collateral
    11  
Section 2.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants
    12  
Section 2.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests
    13  
Section 2.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations
    13  
Section 2.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest
    14  
Section 2.07 Collateral Agent Not a Partner or Limited Liability Company Member
    16  
 
       

ARTICLE III
 
       

Security Interests in Personal Property and Real Property
 
       
Section 3.01 Security Interest
    16  
Section 3.02 Real Estate Collateral
    18  
Section 3.03 Representations and Warranties
    19  
Section 3.04 Covenants
    20  
Section 3.05 Other Actions
    23  
 
       

ARTICLE IV
 
       

Special Provisions Concerning Intellectual Property Collateral
 
       
Section 4.01 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property
    25  
Section 4.02 Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security
    26  

 


 

         
    Page  

ARTICLE V
 
       

[Reserved]
 
       

ARTICLE VI
 
       

Remedies
 
       
Section 6.01 Remedies Upon Default
    27  
Section 6.02 Application of Proceeds
    30  
 
       

ARTICLE VII
 
       

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
 
       

ARTICLE VIII
 
       

Miscellaneous
 
       
Section 8.01 Notices
    31  
Section 8.02 Waivers; Amendment
    31  
Section 8.03 Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    32  
Section 8.04 Successors and Assigns
    32  
Section 8.05 Survival of Agreement
    32  
Section 8.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    33  
Section 8.07 Severability
    33  
Section 8.08 [Reserved]
    33  
Section 8.09 GOVERNING LAW
    33  
Section 8.10 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
    33  
Section 8.11 Headings
    34  
Section 8.12 Security Interest Absolute
    34  
Section 8.13 Termination or Release
    34  
Section 8.14 Additional Guarantors
    35  
Section 8.15 Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
    35  
Section 8.16 Recourse; Limited Obligations
    36  
Section 8.17 Mortgages
    36  
Section 8.18 Intercreditor Agreement and ABL Facility
    36  
Section 8.19 Collateral Agency Agreement
    36  
         
SCHEDULES
       
 
       
Schedule I
  -   Guarantors
Schedule II
  -   Pledged Equity; Pledged Debt
Schedule III
  -   Commercial Tort Claims
Schedule IV
  -   Intellectual Property
Schedule V
  -   Mortgaged Property

-ii-


 

         
Schedule VI
  -   Post-Closing Matters
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
Exhibit A
  -   Form of Security Agreement Supplement
Exhibit B
  -   Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit C
  -   Form of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks
Exhibit D
  -   Form of Grant of Security Interest in Patents
Exhibit E
  -   Form of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

-iii-


 

          SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of January 28, 2011, by and among POLYMER GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”); SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”); the Guarantors set forth on Schedule I hereto (together with the Company and Parent, collectively, the “ Grantors ”); and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a Delaware banking corporation, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties. Capitalized terms used herein and defined in Article I are used herein as therein defined.
          Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
          The Company will issue Senior Secured Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The obligations of the Holders to purchase the Senior Secured Notes are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of the Grantors.
          The Grantors are entering into this Security Agreement in order to secure their obligations under the Indenture and the other Secured Obligations.
          ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          Section 1.01 Definitions .
          (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Indenture. Unless otherwise defined in the Indenture, all terms defined in the UCC and used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the UCC; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement.
          Section 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ ÁBL Security Documents ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a) .

 


 

          “ Bankruptcy Event of Default ” means any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(a)(6) or (7) of the Indenture.
          “ Collateral ” means, collectively, the Article 9 Collateral, the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Properties.
          “ Collateral Account ” means any cash collateral account established pursuant to, or in connection with, any Senior Secured Notes Document, which cash collateral account shall be maintained with, and under the sole dominion and control of, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the relevant Secured Parties.
          “ Collateral Agency Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among the Company, Parent, the other Grantors from time to time party thereto, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the ABL Collateral Agent.
          “ Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Company ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by or assigned to any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office, including those copyright registrations and applications listed on Schedule IV and (c) all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) renewals and extensions thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past, present or future Infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future Infringements thereof.
          “ Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among the Company, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, Parent, the ABL Collateral Agent, the other agents listed therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto.
          “ Domain Names ” means all Internet domain names and associated URL addresses in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest.

-2-


 

          “ Equipment ” means (x) any “equipment” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and in any event, shall include, but shall not be limited to, all machinery, equipment, furnishings, appliances, furniture, fixtures, tools, and vehicles now or hereafter owned by any Grantor in each case, regardless of whether characterized as equipment under the UCC (but excluding any such items which constitute Inventory) and (y) any and all additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing and all accessions thereto, wherever located, whether or not at any time of determination incorporated or installed therein or attached thereto, and all replacements therefor, together with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto.
          “ Equity Interests ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.
          “ Excluded Accounts ” means (i) accounts, the funds in which are specifically and exclusively used for the payment of payroll, salaries and wages, workers’ compensation, benefits and similar expenses or taxes, including for withholding income taxes and federal, state or local employment taxes or in escrow accounts or trust for third parties (other than another Grantor), (ii) accounts the funds in which are specifically and exclusively required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan pursuant to DOL Reg. Sec. 2510.3-102 on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of one or more Grantors and (iii) accounts, the funds in which are used solely in connection with Factoring Programs or a Receivables Facility.
          “ Excluded Assets ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).
          “ Excluded Contract ” means at any date any rights or interest of any Grantor in any assets or under any agreement, contract, license, instrument, document or other general intangible (referred to solely for purposes of this definition as a “Contract”) to the extent that such Contract by the terms of a restriction in favor of a Person who is not or any Grantor, or any requirement of law, prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other condition for or would terminate because of an assignment thereof or a grant of a security interest therein by a Grantor; provided that: (i) rights under any such Contract otherwise constituting an Excluded Contract by virtue of this definition shall be included in the Collateral to the extent permitted thereby or by Section 9-406 or Section 9-408 of the UCC and (ii) all proceeds paid or payable to any Grantor from any sale, transfer or assignment of such Contract and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, the Equipment Lease Agreement and all assets subject thereto shall constitute an “Excluded Contract”.
          “ Excluded Equipment ” means at any date any equipment or other assets of any Grantor which is subject to, or secured by, a Capitalized Lease Obligation or a purchase money obligation if and to the extent that (i) a restriction in favor of a Person who is not Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof contained in the agreements or documents granting or governing such Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other conditions for or would result in the termination of such agreement or document because of an assignment thereof, or a grant of a security interest therein, by a Grantor and (ii) such restriction relates only to the asset or assets acquired by a Grantor with the proceeds of such Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation and attachments thereto, improvements thereof or substitutions therefor; provided that all proceeds paid or payable to any Grantor from any sale, transfer or assignment or other voluntary or involuntary disposition of such assets

-3-


 

and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral to the extent not otherwise required to be paid to the holder of any Capitalized Lease Obligations or purchase money obligations secured by such assets.
          “ Excluded Equity Interests ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.
          “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning provided in Article 9 of the UCC and shall in any event include all choses in action and causes of action and all other intangible personal property of every kind and nature (other than Accounts) now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, as the case may be, including corporate or other business records, indemnification claims, contract rights (including rights under leases, whether entered into as lessor or lessee, Swap Contracts and other agreements), goodwill, registrations, franchises, tax refund claims and any letter of credit, guarantee, claim, security interest or other security held by or granted to any Grantor.
          “ Grant of Security Interest ” means a Grant of Security Interest in certain Intellectual Property in the form of Exhibit C , D or E attached hereto.
          “ Grantors ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Immaterial Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Foreign Subsidiary if the book value of such Foreign Subsidiary’s total assets, when taken together with the aggregate book value of the total assets of all other Foreign Subsidiaries that were also designated by the Company as Immaterial Foreign Subsidiaries, as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to such date, does not exceed in the aggregate $10.0 million.
          “ Immaterial Subsidiaries ” means collectively, Immaterial Domestic Subsidiaries and Immaterial Foreign Subsidiaries.
          “ Indenture ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Infringement ” means infringement, misappropriation, dilution, tarnishment, impairment or other violation.
          “ Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including (a) inventions, designs, Domain Names, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, and (b) confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know how, show how, or other proprietary data or information relating to its business, software, databases, and all other proprietary information relating to its business.
          “ Intellectual Property Collateral ” means Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property.

-4-


 

          “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent, Parent, the Company and the subsidiaries of the Company named therein (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).
          “ Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directives, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.
          “ Lease ” means any agreement pursuant to which a Grantor is entitled to the use or occupancy of any space in a structure, land, improvements or premises for any period of time.
          “ License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other written intellectual property license or sublicense agreement relating solely to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party, including those exclusive license agreements listed on Schedule IV .
          “ Margin Stock ” means any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
          “ Material Adverse Effect ” means (i) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Grantors (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under the Indenture to which any of the Grantors is a party or (iii) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Holders or the trustee or agents under the Senior Secured Notes Documents.
          “ Material Real Property ” means any Real Property owned in fee by a Grantor where the greater of its cost and net book value exceeds $3,000,000.
          “ Mortgage ” means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs and mortgages creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property made by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in form and substance as may be necessary to perfect the lien of the Collateral Agent with such modifications as may be required by local law, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof.
          “ Mortgage Policy ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.04(h).
          “ Mortgaged Property ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
          “ Organization Documents ” means: (i) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (ii) with respect to any limited liability company,

-5-


 

the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating or limited liability company agreement; and (iii) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
          “ Parent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell or import any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell or import any invention covered in whole or in part by a patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, including those listed on Schedule IV , and (b) all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future Infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future Infringements thereof.
          “ Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B , completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed on behalf of each Grantor.
          “ Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 .
          “ Pledged Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 .
          “ Pledged Equity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 .
          “ Pledged Securities ” means any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all Pledged Equity, Pledged Debt and all other certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

-6-


 

          “ Proceeds ” means (a) all “proceeds” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, with respect to the Collateral, and (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when any Collateral is sold, exchanged, collected, or disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.
          “ Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Purchase Agreement, dated January 13, 2011 by and among Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as supplemented by the Joinder Agreement dated the Issue Date by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
          “ Real Property ” means a Grantor’s interest in all Leases and all land, tenements, hereditaments and any estate or interest therein, together with the buildings, structures, parking areas and other improvements thereon (including all fixtures), now or hereafter owned or leased by any Grantor, together with all easements, rights-of-way, and similar rights relating thereto and all leases, licenses tenancies and occupancies thereof.
          “ Secured Obligations ” shall mean the collective reference to the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest at the applicable rate provided in the Senior Secured Notes Documents (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Senior Secured Notes, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of a Grantor to any of the Secured Parties under the Senior Secured Notes Documents and (iii) the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations.
          “ Secured Parties ” means (a) the Holders, (b) the Trustee, (c) the Notes Collateral Agent, (d) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement or the other Collateral Documents, (e) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, (f) holders of Additional Parity Debt from time to time and (g) holders of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations.
          “ Security ” means any “security” as such term is defined in Article 8 of the UCC, any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.
          “ Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

-7-


 

          “ Security Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a) .
          “ Senior Secured Notes ” means the 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 issued under the Indenture on the date hereof, and any Exchange Notes and Additional Notes issued by the Company, as any such notes may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Indenture.
          “ Senior Secured Notes Documents ” means the Indenture, this Agreement, the other Collateral Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any other Secured Obligations, and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Secured Obligations, including any intercreditor or joinder agreement (including, without limitation, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement) among holders of Secured Obligations, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, supplemented, refunded, deferred, restructured, replaced or refinanced from time to time in whole or in part (whether with the Collateral Agent and holders of the Senior Secured Notes or other agents and lenders or otherwise), in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
          “ Swap Contract ” means (i) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (ii) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
          “ Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now owned or hereafter adopted, acquired or assigned to, all registrations and applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those listed on Schedule IV and (b) any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under

-8-


 

applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) renewals thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including damages, claims and payments for past, present or future Infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future Infringements thereof.
          “ Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Trigger Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.04(h) .
          “ Trustee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , however , that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Secured Parties’ security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
ARTICLE II
Pledge of Securities
          Section 2.01 Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under:
          (a) (i) all Equity Interests held by it and listed on Schedule II and any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (the “ Pledged Equity ”); provided that (x) pledges of voting Equity Interests of each Foreign Subsidiary shall be limited to 65% of the total combined voting power of all Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary at any time; and (y) the Pledged Equity shall not include (A) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (B) Equity Interests of a Person that is not a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of a Grantor to the extent prohibited by the terms of such Subsidiary’s Organization Documents, (C) any Margin Stock owned by such Grantor, (D) pledges prohibited by law or by agreements containing anti-assignment clauses not overridden by the UCC or applicable Law, (E) any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Lien existing at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with any Grantor and not incurred in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation that is permitted by the Indenture to the extent and for so long as the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted limits or prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such Equity Interests, (F) any Equity Interests of any “not-for-profit” Subsidiary, (G) any Equity

-9-


 

Interests of any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (H) any Equity Interests of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (I) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary with respect to which in the reasonable judgment of the Company the costs or other consequences (including adverse tax consequences (including as a result of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law, rule or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) in the reasonable judgment of the Company confirmed in writing by notice to the Collateral Agent) of providing a pledge of its Equity Interests or perfection thereof is excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties, (J) Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (until such time as any Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture, at which time, and without any further action, this clause (y)(J) shall no longer apply to the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary), (K) Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Grantors and which are Immaterial Subsidiaries or (L) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary which would require material or non-ministerial consent, approval, license or authorization from a Governmental Authority, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received (clauses (A) through (L) collectively, the “ Excluded Equity Interests ”); (ii)(A) the promissory notes and any instruments evidencing indebtedness owned by it and listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II and (B) any promissory notes and instruments evidencing indebtedness obtained in the future by such Grantor (the “ Pledged Debt ”); (iii) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.01 ; (iv) subject to Section 2.06 , all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above; (v) subject to Section 2.06 , all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) and (iv) above; and (vi) all Proceeds of, and Security Interests in, any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above, being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Pledged Collateral shall not include Equity Interests and other securities of a Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of such Equity Interests or other securities results in the Company or Parent being required to file separate financial statements of such Subsidiary with the SEC (or any other Governmental Authority), but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement and only for so long as such requirement is in existence. In addition, in the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation or another law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or another Governmental Authority) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests and other securities secure any Secured Obligations, then the Equity Interests and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Pledged Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement). In such event, this Agreement may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Secured Party, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in the Equity Interests and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Pledged Collateral. In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation

-10-


 

is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests or other securities to secure the Secured Obligations in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other Governmental Authority) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Equity Interests and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Pledged Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirements).
          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, forever; subject, however, to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.
          Section 2.02 Delivery of the Pledged Collateral .
          (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly (but in any event within 30 days of acquisition, formation or obtaining an interest in such Pledged Securities) to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, any and all Pledged Securities (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated) (unless the ABL Collateral Agent is granted a prior security interest in such Pledged Securities and the same are required to be delivered (and are delivered) to the ABL Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) and to the extent such Pledged Securities are promissory notes and instruments evidencing Indebtedness, only as are required to be delivered under clause (b) immediately below.
          (b) Each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money having an aggregate principal amount equal to or in excess of $5,000,000, which for avoidance of doubt excludes accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, owed to such Grantor by any Person (other than another Grantor) to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note that is pledged and delivered promptly (but in any event within 30 days of acquisition, issuance or obtaining an interest in such promissory note) to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof (unless the ABL Collateral Agent is granted a prior security interest in such promissory note and the same are required to be delivered (and are delivered) to the ABL Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement).
          (c) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by stock or bond powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer as may be reasonably necessary to perfect the security interest of to the Collateral Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments or documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be deemed to supplement Schedule II and be made a part hereof; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

-11-


 

          Section 2.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to and with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:
     (a) Schedule II correctly sets forth the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity and includes all Equity Interests, the promissory notes and instruments required to be pledged pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Indenture and Section 2.01 of this Agreement;
     (b) the Pledged Equity issued by the Grantors and Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, to the best of the Company’s knowledge) have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Equity (other than Pledged Equity consisting of limited liability company interests or partnership interests which, pursuant to the relevant organizational or formation documents, cannot be fully paid and non-assessable), are fully paid and non-assessable and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, to the best of the Company’s knowledge), are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof;
     (c) except for the security interests granted hereunder, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Indenture and any other Senior Secured Notes Document, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantors, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and the ABL Security Documents and (B) Permitted Liens, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and the ABL Security Documents and (B) nonconsensual Permitted Liens, and (iv) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) ), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;
     (d) except (i) for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Intercreditor Agreement, the Senior Secured Notes Documents or securities laws generally, (ii) in the case of Pledged Equity of Persons that are not wholly owned Subsidiaries, for transfer restrictions that exist at the time of acquisition of Equity Interests in such Persons, and (iii) as described in the Perfection Certificate, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

-12-


 

     (e) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated (it being understood that such Grantor’s power and authority to pledge the Equity Interests of a non-wholly owned Subsidiary may be limited by the Organization Documents of such Subsidiary);
     (f) except as described in Section 2.03(d) above, no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);
     (g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations;
     (h) all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Pledged Securities in existence on the date hereof have been delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to and as required by Section 2.02 except otherwise provided on Schedule VI ; and
     (i) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein.
          Section 2.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . Each interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged under Section 2.01 , to the extent such limited liability company elects to treat its limited liability company interests as “securities” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC, shall be represented by a certificate, shall be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and shall be governed by Article 8 of the UCC.
          Section 2.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall give the Company notice of its intent to exercise such rights, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, (a) the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Collateral Agent and each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Collateral Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Bankruptcy Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to give the notice referred to above in order to exercise the rights described above.

-13-


 

          Section 2.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest .
          (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Company that the rights of the Grantors under this Section 2.06 are being suspended:
     (i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Senior Secured Notes Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of any of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement, the Indenture or any other Senior Secured Notes Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same.
     (ii) The Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.
     (iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities, to the extent (and only to the extent) that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the other Senior Secured Notes Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any non-cash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the applicable Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent (unless the same are required to be delivered (and are delivered) to the ABL Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) in the same form as so received (with any endorsement as may be reasonably necessary to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent). So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent shall promptly deliver to each Grantor any Pledged Securities in its possession if requested to be delivered to the issuer thereof in connection with any exchange or redemption of such Pledged Securities.
          (b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Company of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under Section 2.06(a)(iii) , then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal

-14-


 

or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(iii) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent upon demand (unless the same are required to be delivered (and are delivered) to the ABL Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Collateral Agent in an account to be established by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02 . At such time as an Event of Default is no longer continuing, the Collateral Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06(a)(iii) in the absence of an Event of Default and that remain in such account.
          (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Company of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under Section 2.06(a)(i) , then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(i) , and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 2.06(a)(ii) , shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06(a)(i) , and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 2.06(a)(ii) shall be reinstated.
          (d) Any notice given by the Collateral Agent to the Company suspending the rights of the Grantors under Section 2.06(a)(i) (x) shall be given in writing, (y) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (z) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under Section 2.06(a)(i) or (iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.06(a) , (b) or (c) , if a Bankruptcy Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to give any notice referred to in said Section in order to exercise any of its rights described in such Section, and the suspension of the rights of each of the Grantors under each such Section shall be automatic upon the occurrence of such Bankruptcy Event of Default.

-15-


 

          Section 2.07 Collateral Agent Not a Partner or Limited Liability Company Member . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to make the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party liable as a member of any limited liability company or as a partner of any partnership and neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party by virtue of this Agreement or otherwise (except as referred to in the following sentence) shall have any of the duties, obligations or liabilities of a member of any limited liability company or as a partner in any partnership. The parties hereto expressly agree that, unless the Collateral Agent shall become the absolute owner of Pledged Equity consisting of a limited liability company interest or a partnership interest pursuant hereto, this Agreement shall not be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture among the Collateral Agent, any other Secured Party, any Grantor and/or any other Person.
ARTICLE III
Security Interests in Personal Property and Real Property
          Section 3.01 Security Interest .
          (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):
     (i) all Accounts;
     (ii) all Chattel Paper;
     (iii) all Documents;
     (iv) all Equipment;
     (v) all General Intangibles;
     (vi) all Instruments;
     (vii) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;
     (viii) all Goods and Fixtures;
     (ix) all Money and Deposit Accounts;
     (x) all Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule III from time to time;

-16-


 

     (xi) the Collateral Account, and all cash, securities and other investments deposited therein;
     (xii) all Supporting Obligations;
     (xiii) all Security Entitlements in any or all of the foregoing and all Securities Accounts;
     (xiv) all Intellectual Property Collateral;
     (xv) all Inventory;
     (xvi) all Investment Property; and
     (xvii) to the extent not otherwise included, all Books and Records and all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;
provided that (i) this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of security interest in any trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of any Grantor’s “intent to use” such mark and for which a form evidencing use of the mark has not yet been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to the extent that granting a security interest in such trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such trademark application or any registration that issues therefrom under applicable federal law and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in (A) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC, (B) commercial tort claims in amounts less than $10,000,000, (C) the Excluded Equity Interests or Equity Interests excluded from the Pledged Collateral pursuant to Section 2.01(b) , (D) any property or assets owned by any Foreign Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (E) any Excluded Equipment; (F) any Excluded Contract, (G) Excluded Accounts, (H) Letter of Credit Rights, other than Letter of Credit Rights that are Supporting Obligations, (I) assets as reasonably determined by the Company to the extent obtaining a security interest in such assets or perfection thereof would result in costs or consequences (including as a result of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law, rule or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) that are excessive in relation to the value to the Holders of the security to be afforded thereby (J) accounts, property or other assets pledged pursuant to the Factoring Programs or Receivables Facility and (I) proceeds and products from any and all of the foregoing excluded assets described in clauses (i) and (ii)(A) through (J), unless such proceeds or products would otherwise constitute Collateral (the items referred to in clauses (i) and (ii), being collectively referred to as the “ Excluded Assets ”). Each Grantor shall, if requested to do so by the Collateral Agent, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such required consent referred to above that is reasonably obtainable with respect to Collateral which the Collateral Agent reasonably determines to be material. In addition, no Grantor shall be required (i) to take actions to perfect security interests in commercial tort claims in amounts less than $10,000,000 or Letter of Credit Rights (other than Letter of Credit Rights to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing

-17-


 

of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC), (ii) to take actions to perfect by Control other than with respect to the Pledged Collateral and as set forth clause (e) below or (iii) take any actions under any laws outside of the United States to grant, perfect or enforce any security interest.
          (b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral as all assets of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide copies of such financing statements to the Collateral Agent promptly upon any such filing.
          (c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.
          (d) Each Grantor hereby further authorizes the Collateral Agent to file a Grant of Security Interest substantially in the form of Exhibit C , D or E , as applicable, covering relevant registered or applied for Intellectual Property Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office, as applicable, or any similar offices in any other country and such other documents executed by any Grantor as may be reasonably necessary or reasonably advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by such Grantor hereunder, and naming such Grantor, as debtor, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Indenture or the other Senior Secured Notes Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required to enter into any deposit account control agreement or securities account control agreement, except that each Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into deposit account control agreements and securities account control agreements for the benefit of the Collateral Agent to the extent and at such time required to enter into such control agreements for the benefit of the ABL Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement.
          Section 3.02 Real Estate Collateral . The Secured Obligations shall also be secured by (i) Mortgages and fixture filings upon all Material Real Property and fixtures owned on the Issue Date by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor and listed on Schedule V hereto, subject to Section 3(n) of the Purchase Agreement and (ii) all Material Real Property acquired following the Issue Date as of the date of acquisition (or, if later, upon the date of acquisition or completion of construction of any improvements thereon) (collectively, the “ Mortgaged Properties ” and each, a “ Mortgaged Property ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company and the Subsidiary

-18-


 

Guarantors shall not be required to obtain any leasehold mortgages, landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.
          Section 3.03 Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that:
     (a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights (not subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens) and/or title in the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder (which rights and/or title, are in any event, sufficient under Section 9-203 of the UCC) and the Mortgaged Property with respect to which it has purported to grant a Lien pursuant to a Mortgage, and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and the Mortgaged Property pursuant to a Mortgages and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than (i) any consent or approval that has been obtained and is in full force and effect and (ii) those consents or approvals, the failure of which to be obtained or to be made could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed, executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name of each Grantor, is correct and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof. The UCC financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared based upon the information provided in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office in the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor specified in Section 2(a) of the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the applicable Grantor to the Collateral Agent after the Issue Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Article 10 of the Indenture (or such equivalent provision in any other Senior Secured Notes Document) and Section 3.01 of this Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements. Each Grantor represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, fully executed Grants of Security Interest in the form attached as Exhibit C , D or E , as applicable, containing a description of all Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property with respect to United States Patents (and Patents for which United States applications are pending), registered United States Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States applications to register are pending) or United States registered Copyrights, as applicable, have been delivered for recording in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and

-19-


 

the regulations thereunder or to any similar offices in any other country, as required by applicable Law in such jurisdiction.
     (c) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b) , a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the UCC and (iii) a security interest that shall be perfected in all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of the relevant Grants of Security Interest substantially in the form of Exhibits C , D or E hereto with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, within the three month period (commencing as of the date hereof) pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261 or 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or the one month period (commencing as of the date hereof) pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 205 and otherwise as may be required pursuant to the laws of any other necessary jurisdiction. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than any nonconsensual Permitted Lien that has priority as a matter of law and other than, with respect to ABL Collateral, Liens created by the ABL Security Documents, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (d) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the UCC or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Permitted Liens.
     (e) All Commercial Tort Claims of each Grantor in excess of $10,000,000 in existence on the date of this Agreement (or on the date upon which such Grantor becomes a party to this Agreement) are described on Schedule III hereto.
          Section 3.04 Covenants .
          (a) The Company agrees to promptly (but in any event within 30 days) notify the Collateral Agent of any change (i) in the legal name of any Grantor, (ii) in the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of any Grantor, (iii) in the jurisdiction of organization of any Grantor, (iv) in the “location” (as determined in accordance with Section 9-307 of the UCC) of any Grantor or (v) in the organizational identification number of any Grantor. In addition, if any Grantor does not have an organizational identification number on the Issue Date (or the date such Grantor becomes a party to this Agreement) and later obtains one, the Company shall promptly thereafter notify the Collateral Agent of such organizational identification number and,

-20-


 

in each case, shall take all actions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent to the extent necessary to maintain the security interests (and the priority thereof) of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral intended to be granted hereby fully perfected and in full force and effect.
          (b) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral and Mortgaged Property against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and Mortgaged Property and the priority thereof against any Lien that is not a Permitted Lien.
          (c) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(1) of the Indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate executed by the chief financial officer and the chief legal officer of the Company setting forth the information required pursuant to Sections 1(a), 2(a), 2(c) and 9 of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of such certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.04(c) .
          (d) The Company agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of each other Grantor, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions necessary or as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements (including amendments or continuations thereof and fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable (other than by a Grantor) under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral and Mortgaged Property that equals or exceeds $5,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note or instrument, such note or instrument shall be promptly pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent (unless the same is required to be delivered (and is delivered) to the ABL Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly endorsed as may be reasonably necessary to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent.
          (e) At its option, the Collateral Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral or Mortgaged Property (other than Permitted Liens), and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral or Mortgaged Property to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Indenture, any other Senior Secured Notes Document or this Agreement and within a reasonable period of time after the Collateral Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent within 10 days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization, provided , however , that a Grantor shall not be obligated to reimburse the Collateral Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral which any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise has allowed to lapse, terminate or put in the public domain, in accordance with Section 4.02(f) . Nothing in this paragraph

-21-


 

shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Senior Secured Notes Documents.
          (f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of which equals or exceeds $5,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.
          (g) Each Grantor (rather than the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party) shall remain liable (as between itself and any relevant counterparty) to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral or Mortgaged Property, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.
          (h) Within 60 days from the first date on which any Real Property owned in fee simple by a Grantor becomes Material Real Property (a “ Trigger Date ”), such Grantor shall cause such Material Real Property to be subjected to a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and will take or cause the relevant Person to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Within 60 days after such Trigger Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that are necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Liens described in clause (ii) below) on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for (it being understood that if a mortgage tax or similar charge will be owed on the entire amount of the Indebtedness evidenced thereby, then the amount secured by such Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the property at the time such Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such fair market value), (ii) fully paid policies of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title insurance) on such Mortgaged Property naming the Collateral Agent as the insured for its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company and in an amount not to exceed the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property, insuring such Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, each of which shall (A) to the extent reasonably necessary, include

-22-


 

such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if reasonably necessary), (B) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e ., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and (C) have been supplemented by commercially reasonable endorsements (including endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit (if available after the applicable Grantor uses commercially reasonable efforts), doing business, non-imputation, public road access, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions; provided , however , the applicable Grantor shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” endorsement) to the extent available at commercially reasonable rates, (iii) such new or existing surveys as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, (iv) legal opinions, addressed to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, as to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages (and such other matters as are customarily opined upon by local counsel) and (v) a completed “life of the loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Grantors.
          (i) Within ninety (90) days after the Issue Date, the Company shall provide to the Collateral Agent evidence that all insurance (including title insurance) required to be maintained pursuant to the Security Documents has been obtained and is in effect with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, such insurance to be maintained with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against in accordance with normal industry practice or by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances in accordance with normal industry practice or by such other Persons as determined by the Company in good faith. Each Grantor shall name the Trustee and the Collateral Agent as a co-loss payee on property and casualty policies and as an additional insured as its interests may appear on general liability policies.
          Section 3.05 Other Actions . In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:
     (a) Instruments . If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instrument constituting Collateral and evidencing an amount equal to or in excess of $5,000,000 such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties (unless the same is required to be delivered (and is delivered) to the ABL Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as may be reasonably necessary to prefect the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

-23-


 

          (b) Investment Property . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article II, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties (unless the ABL Collateral Agent is granted a prior security interest in such Investment Property and the same is required to be delivered (and is delivered) to the ABL Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as may be reasonably necessary to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are uncertificated and are issued to such Grantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, upon the Collateral Agent’s request following the occurrence of an Event of Default such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the Collateral Agent’s reasonable request, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (unless the ABL Collateral Agent is granted a prior security interest in such Investment Property and such Grantor is required to do so (and does so) in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), either (i) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Collateral Agent as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the registered owner of the securities. If any securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, or other investment property are held by any Grantor (or its nominee through a securities intermediary or commodity intermediary) for more than 45 days and such securities or other investment property exceed $2,500,000 in value, upon the Collateral Agent’s request and following the occurrence of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall immediately notify the Collateral Agent thereof and at the Collateral Agent’s request and option, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent shall, unless such Grantor is required to do so (and does so) in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent, either (i) cause such securities intermediary or (as the case may be) commodity intermediary to agree to comply with entitlement orders or other instructions from the Collateral Agent to such securities intermediary as to such security entitlements, or (as the case may be) to apply any value distributed on account of any commodity contract as directed by the Collateral Agent to such commodity intermediary, in each case without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) in the case of financial assets or other Investment Property held through a securities intermediary, arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the entitlement holder with respect to such Investment Property, with the Grantor being permitted, only with the consent of the Collateral Agent, to exercise rights to withdraw or otherwise deal with such Investment Property. The Collateral Agent agrees with each of the Grantors that the Collateral Agent shall not give any such entitlement orders or instructions or directions to any such issuer, securities intermediary or commodity intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by any Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any financial assets credited to a securities account for which the Collateral Agent is the securities intermediary. Each Grantor that is the issuer of Pledged Equity agrees that it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement with respect to the Pledge d Equity issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.

-24-


 

     (c) Commercial Tort Claims . If any Grantor shall at any time after the date of this Agreement acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount (taking the greater of the aggregate claimed damages thereunder or the reasonably estimated value thereof) of $10,000,000 or more, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor and provide supplements to Schedule III describing the details thereof and shall grant to the Collateral Agent a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV
          Special Provisions Concerning Intellectual Property Collateral
          Section 4.01 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property . Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.01 hereof or any other rights of the Collateral Agent as the holder of a Security Interest in any Intellectual Property Collateral, for the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor shall, upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, grant to the Collateral Agent to the full extent such Grantor is permitted to grant such a license and to the extent that the Collateral Agent does not exercise its rights pursuant to Section 6.01(vi) herein, an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors) to use, license or, solely to the extent necessary to exercise such rights and remedies, sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located (whether or not any license agreement by and between any Grantor and any other Person relating to the use of such Intellectual Property Collateral may be terminated hereafter), and, to the extent permitted by such Grantor’s existing contractual obligations, including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, at the option of the Collateral Agent, during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon the Grantors notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default; and provided , further , that the terms of any license or sublicense shall include all terms and restrictions that are customarily required to ensure the continuing validity and effectiveness of the Intellectual Property at issue, such as, without limitation, quality control and inure provisions with regard to Trademarks, patent designation provisions with regard to Patents, and copyright notices and restrictions or provisions on decompilation and reverse engineering of copyrighted software. In the event the license set forth in this Section 4.01 is exercised with regard to any Trademarks, then the following shall apply: (i) all goodwill arising from any licensed or sublicensed use of any Trademark shall inure to the Grantor; (ii) the licensed or sublicensed Trademarks shall only be used in association with goods or services of a quality and nature consistent with the quality and reputation with which such Trademarks were associated when used by Grantor prior to the exercise of the license rights set forth herein; and (iii) at the Grantor’s request and expense, licensees and sublicensees shall provide reasonable cooperation in any effort by the Grantor to maintain the registration or otherwise secure the ongoing validity and effectiveness of

-25-


 

such licensed Trademarks, including, without limitation, the actions and conduct described in Section 4.02 below.
          Section 4.02 Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security .
          (a) Except to the extent that failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to any registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property Collateral for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office and any other governmental authority located in the United States or with any similar offices in any other country, to (i) maintain the validity and enforceability of any material registered Intellectual Property Collateral and maintain such Intellectual Property Collateral in full force and effect, and (ii) pursue the registration and maintenance of each material Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor, including, without limitation, the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office or other governmental authorities or any similar offices in any other country, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, the filing of affidavits under Sections 8 and 15 of the U.S. Trademark Act, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition, cancellation, and Infringement proceedings.
          (b) Except to the extent that failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its material Intellectual Property Collateral may prematurely lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in case of a trade secret, become publicly known).
          (c) Except to the extent that failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its material Intellectual Property Collateral, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the material Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the material Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to the standards of quality.
          (d) Each Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership or other interest in any Intellectual Property Collateral after the Issue Date (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and (ii) any such Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become part of the Intellectual Property Collateral subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect thereto.
          (e) Subject to the requirements and exclusions of Section 3.01 , on December 31 of every fiscal year of the Company, each Grantor shall sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent an appropriate Security Agreement Supplement or related Grant of Security Interest sub-

-26-


 

stantially in the form of Exhibits A , C , D and E , as applicable, with respect to all such registered or applied for Intellectual Property owned or exclusively licensed by it as licensee as of the last day of such period, to the extent that such Intellectual Property is not covered by any previous Security Agreement Supplement (or Grant of Security Interests) so signed and delivered by it. In each case, it will promptly cooperate as reasonably necessary to enable the Collateral Agent to make any necessary or reasonably desirable recordations with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.02 or elsewhere in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, causing or permitting expiration, lapse or abandonment, or failing to renew any applications or registrations of any of its Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not prohibited by the Indenture or any other Senior Secured Notes Document if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such actions are desirable in the conduct of its business.
ARTICLE V
[Reserved]
ARTICLE VI
Remedies
          Section 6.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, as applicable, under the UCC or other applicable Law, and also may, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to or promptly after such occupancy; (iii) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to or promptly after such exercise; (iv) withdraw any and all cash or other Collateral from any Collateral Account and apply such cash and other Collateral to the payment of any and all Secured Obligations in the manner provided in Section 6.02 of this Agreement; (v) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropri-

-27-


 

ate; and (vi) with respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral, on demand, cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Intellectual Property Collateral by the applicable Grantors to the Collateral Agent, or license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Intellectual Property Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall determine; provided that such terms shall include all terms and restrictions customarily required to ensure the continuing validity and effectiveness of the Intellectual Property at issue, such as, without limitation, quality control and inure provisions with regard to Trademarks, patent designation provisions with regard to Patents, and copyright notices and restrictions or decompilation and reverse engineering of copyrighted software. The Grantors recognize that (a) the Collateral Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of all or a part of the Collateral consisting of securities by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §77 (as amended and in effect, the “ Securities Act ”), or the securities laws of various states (the “ Blue Sky Laws ”), but may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof, (b) that private sales so made may be at prices and upon other terms less favorable to the seller than if such securities were sold at public sales, (c) that neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any obligation to delay sale of any of the Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit such securities to be registered for public sale under the Securities Act or the Blue Sky Laws, and (d) that private sales made under the foregoing circumstances shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.
          The Collateral Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. The Collateral Agent may conduct one or more going out of business sales, in the Collateral Agent’s own right or by one or more agents and contractors. Such sale(s) may be conducted upon any premises owned, leased, or occupied by any Grantor. The Collateral Agent and any such agent or contractor, in conjunction with any such sale, may augment the Inventory with other goods (all of which other goods shall remain the sole property of the Collateral Agent or such agent or contractor). Any amounts realized from the sale of such goods which constitute augmentations to the Inventory (net of an allocable share of the costs and expenses incurred in their disposition) shall be the sole property of the Collateral Agent or such agent or contractor and neither any Grantor nor any Person claiming

-28-


 

under or in right of any Grantor shall have any interest therein. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes of determining the Grantors’ rights in the Collateral, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full; provided that such terms shall include all terms and restrictions that customarily required to ensure the continuing validity and effectiveness of the Intellectual Property at issue, such as, without limitation, quality control and inure provisions with regard to Trademarks, patent designation provisions with regard to patents, and copyright notices and restrictions or decompilation and reverse engineering of copyrighted software. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.
          Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice to the Company of its intent to exercise such rights (except in the case of a Bankruptcy Event of Default, in which case no such notice shall be required), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral or Mortgaged Property under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such

-29-


 

policies of insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by the Senior Secured Notes Documents as they relate to Collateral or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.
          By accepting the benefits of this Agreement and each other Collateral Document, the Secured Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that this Agreement and each other Collateral Document may be enforced only by the action of the Collateral Agent and that no other Secured Party shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to enforce this Agreement or to realize upon the security to be granted hereby, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties upon the terms of this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents.
          Section 6.02 Application of Proceeds . The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement and Section 6.13 of the Indenture, in each case, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. It is understood and agreed that the Grantors shall remain jointly and severally liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral and the aggregate amount of the Secured Obligations.
ARTICLE VII
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
          Each Grantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Company or any other Grantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Senior Secured Notes Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the Company or any other Grantor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company or any other Grantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Secured Obligations (other than contingent in-

-30-


 

demnity obligations for then unasserted claims) and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall have been paid in full. If any amount shall erroneously be paid to the Company or any other Grantor on account of (i) such subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right or (ii) any such indebtedness of the Company or any other Grantor, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Collateral Agent to be credited against the payment of the Secured Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the other Senior Secured Notes Documents.
ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
          Section 8.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture (or such equivalent provision in any other Senior Secured Notes Document).
          Section 8.02 Waivers; Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by any Secured Party in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Senior Secured Notes Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, remedy, power or privilege, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Secured Parties hereunder and under the other Senior Secured Notes Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, remedies, powers and privileges that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Senior Secured Notes Documents or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 8.02 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the purchase of any Senior Secured Notes shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether any Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with the Collateral Agency Agreement and Section 9.02 of the Indenture (or such equivalent provision in any other Senior Secured Notes Document). This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

-31-


 

          Section 8.03 Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification.
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 7.07 of the Indenture (or such equivalent provision in any other Senior Secured Notes Document).
          (b) Without limitation of its indemnification obligations under the other Senior Secured Notes Documents, each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify the Collateral Agent and the other Indemnified Parties (as defined in Section 7.07 of the Indenture) against, and hold each Indemnified Party harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonably related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnified Party) incurred by any Indemnified Party or asserted against any Indemnified Party by any third party or by any Grantor arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Senior Secured Notes Documents or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the administration of this Agreement and the other Senior Secured Notes Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing brought by a third party or by any Grantor or any of such Grantor’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnified Party is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnified Party, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.
          (c) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured by the Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 8.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Senior Secured Notes Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Senior Secured Notes Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 8.03 shall be payable within 10 Business Days of written demand therefor.
          Section 8.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.
          Section 8.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, indemnities, representations and warranties made by the Grantors in the Senior Secured Notes Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Senior Secured Notes Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Senior Secured

-32-


 

Notes Documents and the purchase of any Senior Secured Notes, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and, notwithstanding that any Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any Senior Secured Notes are purchased, and shall continue in full force and effect until this Agreement is terminated as provided in Section 8.13 hereof, or with respect to such Grantor or such Grantor is otherwise released from its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.
          Section 8.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement and each other Senior Secured Notes Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier or by electronic pdf copy of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Senior Secured Notes Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Senior Secured Notes Document. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Grantors and the Collateral Agent and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Grantor and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein except as otherwise permitted hereby or by the Indenture and any other Senior Secured Notes Document. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.
          Section 8.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Senior Secured Notes Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Senior Secured Notes Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
          Section 8.08 [Reserved] .
          Section 8.09 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT IF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN IN REGARD TO THE VALIDITY, PERFECTION OR EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF ANY LIEN OR IN REGARD TO PROCEDURAL MATTERS AFFECTING ENFORCEMENT OF ANY LIENS IN COLLATERAL, SUCH LAWS OF SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY TO THAT EXTENT.
          Section 8.10 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . EACH OF THE GRANTORS, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE SECURED PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARIS-

-33-


 

ING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
          Section 8.11 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          Section 8.12 Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture, any other Senior Secured Notes Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Indenture, any other Senior Secured Notes Document, or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) subject only to termination of a Grantor’s obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of Section 8.13 , but without prejudice to reinstatement rights under Article 11 of the Indenture (or such equivalent provision in any other Senior Secured Notes Document), any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.
          Section 8.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations when (i) the principal of and interest under the Senior Secured Notes and all fees and other Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations) shall have been paid in full and (ii) at such other time as provided in Section 2.05 of the Intercreditor Agreement or Section 10.03 and Section 10.04 of the Indenture; provided that in connection with the termination of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent may require such indemnities as it shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect the Secured Parties against loss on account of credits previously applied to the Secured Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked.
          (b) A Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Indenture as a result of which such Grantor is released from its Guarantee pursuant to Section 11.06 of the Indenture.
          (c) Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Indenture (other than to another Grantor) and any other Senior Secured Notes Document, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.02, Section 10.03 and Section 10.04 of the Indenture (or such equivalent provision in any other Senior Secured Notes Document), the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

-34-


 

          (d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) , (b) , or (c) the Collateral Agent shall promptly (after reasonable advance notice) execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 8.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party.
          (e) At any time that the respective Grantor desires that the Collateral Agent take any action described in immediately preceding clause (d) , it shall, upon request of the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Collateral is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) , (b) , or (c) . The Collateral Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Secured Party as the result of any release of Collateral by it as permitted (or which the Collateral Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Agreement.
          Section 8.14 Additional Guarantors . Pursuant to Section 4.16 of the Indenture, certain Subsidiaries of the Company or the Guarantors that were not in existence or not Grantors on the date of the Indenture that are required to become Guarantors are required to enter in this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
          Section 8.15 Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and (unless a Bankruptcy Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) delivery of notice by the Collateral Agent to the Company of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (b) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (c) to send verifications of Accounts to any Account Debtor; (d) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (e) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (f) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Collateral Agent or to a Collateral Account and adjust, settle or compromise the amount of payment of any Account; and (g) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of

-35-


 

this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Collateral Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact.
          Section 8.16 Recourse; Limited Obligations . This Agreement is made with full recourse to each Grantor and pursuant to and upon all the warranties, representations, covenants and agreements on the part of such Grantor contained herein, in the Senior Secured Notes Documents and the other Senior Secured Notes Documents and otherwise in writing in connection herewith or therewith, with respect to the Secured Obligations of each applicable Secured Party. It is the desire and intent of each Grantor and each applicable Secured Party that this Agreement shall be enforced against each Grantor to the fullest extent permissible under the laws applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought.
          Section 8.17 Mortgages . In the event that any of the Collateral hereunder is also subject to a valid and enforceable Lien under the terms of a Mortgage and the terms thereof are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, then with respect to such Collateral, the terms of such Mortgage shall control in the case of Fixtures and real estate leases, letting and licenses of, and contracts, and agreements relating to the lease of, real property, and the terms of this Agreement shall control in the case of all other Collateral.
          Section 8.18 Intercreditor Agreement and ABL Facility . Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Agreement, the Liens created hereby and the rights, remedies, duties and obligations provided for herein are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and, to the extent provided therein, the applicable ABL Security Documents. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.
          Section 8.19 Collateral Agency Agreement . Reference is made to the Collateral Agency Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Agreement, the Liens created hereby and the rights, remedies, duties and obligations provided for herein are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement shall control.
[Signature Pages Follow]

-36-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jason Giordano    
    Name:   Jason Giordano   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
[Signature Page to the Security Agreement

S-1


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   
 
  PGI POLYMER, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  FABRENE, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
[Signature Page to the Security Agreement

S-2


 

         
  PGI EUROPE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
[Signature Page to the Security Agreement

S-3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Joseph C. Jones    
    Name:   Joseph C. Jones   
    Title:   Financial Services Officer   
 
[Signature Page to the Security Agreement

S-4


 

SCHEDULE I TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
GUARANTORS
     
Company   State of Incorporation
PGI Polymer, Inc.
  Delaware
Chicopee, Inc.
  Delaware
Fabrene, L.L.C.
  Delaware
Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
  Delaware
PGI Europe, Inc.
  Delaware
Schedule I-1

 


 

SCHEDULE II TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
EQUITY INTERESTS
             
    Issued and Outstanding    
        Owner(s)
    Equity Interests    
    No. of        
Issuer   shares/units   %    
             
Schedule II-1

 


 

PROMISSORY NOTES
             
Customer Name   Date   Open Amount   Maturity Date
             
Schedule II-2

 


 

SCHEDULE III TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS
[            ]
Schedule III-1

 


 

SCHEDULE IV TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
U.S. COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS
         
Copyright   Reg. No.   Owner
         
U.S. PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS
[            ]
U.S. TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS
             
Trademark   Reg. No.   Serial No.   Owner
             
EXCLUSIVE LICENSES OF U.S. COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS
[            ]
EXCLUSIVE LICENSES OF U.S. PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS
[            ]
EXCLUSIVE LICENSES OF U.S. TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS
Schedule IV-1

 


 

SCHEDULE V TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
MORTGAGED PROPERTIES
Schedule V-1

 


 

SCHEDULE VI TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
POST-CLOSING MATTERS
Notwithstanding any conditions precedent representations and covenants in the Senior Secured Notes Documents to the contrary (each such condition, representation and covenant deemed modified to the extent necessary to effect the following, and to permit the taking of the actions described herein within the time periods described herein), the Company shall, and shall cause each other Grantor to, as expeditiously as possible, but in no event later than the number of days after the Issue Date applicable to each item set forth below, do or deliver the items described below; provided , that in each case, the Collateral Agent, may in its sole discretion waive or extend the number of days for compliance, subject to such conditions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably determine.
     1. Within 30 days after the Issue Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received certificates representing all of the Equity Interests of Chicopee Asia, Limited, Bonlam S.A. de C.V., Chicopee Holdings B.V., Dominion Textile Mauritius Inc. and PGI Nonwovens Mauritius, Ltd. required to be pledged under the Security Agreement accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the holder(s) of such Equity Interests to the extent (x) such ownership interests are certificated, and (y) applicable local laws governing such entities permit the delivery of such certificates to the Collateral Agent in the jurisdiction where the Collateral Agent intends to hold such certificates.
     2. Within 30 days after the Issue Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) the promissory note held by PGI Polymer, Inc. having an outstanding amount of $6,252,523 (€4,674,783) as of January 1, 2011, (ii) the promissory note held by POLYMER GROUP, INC. having an outstanding amount of $5,869,851 as of January 1, 2011, (iii) the promissory note held by POLYMER GROUP, INC. having an outstanding amount of $37,000,000 as of January 25, 2011 and (iv) the promissory note held by POLYMER GROUP, INC. having an outstanding amount of $10,815,714.94 as of January 28, 2011, each together with a proper instrument of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor.
Schedule V-1

 


 

EXHIBIT A TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT
          SUPPLEMENT NO. __ dated as of ________, to the Security Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”), dated as of January 28, 2011, by and among Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Parent, the other Guarantors party thereto (together with the Company and Parent, collectively, the “ Grantors ”) and Wilmington Trust Company, as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties.
          A. Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement referred to therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein or in the Security Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture.
          C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to secure the obligations under the Indenture and the other Secured Obligations. Section 8.14 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Subsidiaries of the Grantors that are required to become Guarantors pursuant to and in accordance with the Indenture shall become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument substantially in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement.
          Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:
     Section 1. In accordance with Section 8.14 of the Security Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations does hereby create and grant to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be
Exhibit A-1

 


 

deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
     Section 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
     Section 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Collateral Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
     Section 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the location of any and all Collateral of the New Subsidiary and (b) set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office (or if different, its “location” as determined in accordance with Section 9-307 of the UCC).
     Section 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
     Section 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     Section 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Security Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
     Section 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.01 of the Security Agreement.
     Section 9. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including all reasonable attorneys’ fees of counsel for the Collateral Agent, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto.
Exhibit A-2

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  [NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Legal Name:
Jurisdiction of Formation:
Location of Chief Executive Office:
         
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Exhibit A-3

 


 

SCHEDULE I TO SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT
LOCATION OF COLLATERAL
     
Description   Location
EQUITY INTERESTS
                 
            Number and    
    Number of   Registered   Class of   Percentage of
Issuer   Certificate   Owner   Equity Interest   Equity Interests
 
               
PROMISSORY NOTES
             
    Principal        
    Amount as of the date        
    of issuance   Date of    
Issuer   (or delivery)   Note/Instrument   Maturity Date
 
           
COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
((a) U.S. Patents, U.S. Patent Applications, (b) U.S. Trademark Registrations and Applications, (c) U.S. Copyright Registrations and Applications and (d) exclusive Licenses of U.S. Patents, Patent Applications, Trademark Registrations or Applications and Copyrights where the New Subsidiary is the Licensee)
REAL PROPERTY (LEASED AND OWNED)
Schedule I-1

 


 

BANK ACCOUNTS
Schedule I-2

 


 

EXHIBIT B TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
Form of Perfection Certificate
[TO BE INSERTED]
Exhibit B-1

 


 

EXHIBIT C TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS
This Trademark Security Agreement , dated as of [____________] by and between [Name of Grantor], a [ ] formed under the laws of [ ] (the “ Grantor ”), in favor of WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture dated as of the date hereof (in such capacity, the “ Grantee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
Whereas , the Grantor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Grantee pursuant to which the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;
Now , Therefore , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Grantee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Grantor hereby agrees with the Grantee as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral . The Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Grantee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the Trademarks of the Grantor including, without limitation, those items listed on Schedule I attached hereto and all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing; provided that any United States Trademark, applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of any Grantor’s “intent-to-use” such Trademarks will not be deemed to be Collateral unless and until a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” has been filed and accepted in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, whereupon such application shall be automatically subject to the security interest granted herein and deemed to be included in the Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Grantee with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Secured Parties thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.
Exhibit C-1

 


 

SECTION 4. Purpose . This Trademark Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
SECTION 5. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Grantee shall, at the reasonable request of the Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, lien and security interest in the Trademarks listed on Schedule I attached hereto.
SECTION 6. Counterparts . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
[ signature page follows ]
Exhibit C-2

 


 

In Witness Whereof , the Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
         
  Very truly yours,


[NAME OF GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Accepted and Agreed:
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Collateral Agent and Grantee
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Exhibit C-3

 


 

SCHEDULE I
to
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS
         
Owner   Trademark   Registration No. or Serial No.
 
       
 
       
Schedule I-1

 


 

EXHIBIT D TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES PATENTS
This Patent Security Agreement , dated as of [____________], by and between [Name of Grantor], a [      ] formed under the laws of [      ] (the “ Grantor ”), in favor of WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture dated as of the date hereof (in such capacity, the “ Grantee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
Whereas , the Grantor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Grantee pursuant to which the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;
Now, Therefore , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Grantee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Grantor hereby agrees with the Grantee as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral . The Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Grantee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the Patents of the Grantor including, without limitation, those items listed on Schedule I attached hereto and all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Grantee with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Secured Parties thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.
SECTION 4. Purpose . This Patent Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
SECTION 5. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Grantee shall, at the reasonable request of the Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantor an instrument in writing in recordable form re-
Exhibit D-1

 


 

leasing the collateral pledge, grant, lien and security interest in the Patents listed on Schedule I attached hereto.
SECTION 6. Counterparts . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
[signature page follows]
Exhibit D-2

 


 

In Witness Whereof , the Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
         
  Very truly yours,



[NAME OF GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Accepted and Agreed:
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Collateral Agent and Grantee
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Exhibit D-3

 


 

SCHEDULE I
to
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES PATENTS
         
    Patent or    
    Patent    
    Application    
Owner   Number   Title
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Schedule I-1

 


 

EXHIBIT E TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS
This Copyright Security Agreement , dated as of [____________], by and between [Name of Grantor], a [       ] formed under the laws of [       ] (the “ Grantor ”), in favor of WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture dated as of the date hereof (in such capacity, the “ Grantee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
Whereas , the Grantor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Grantee pursuant to which the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;
Now, Therefore , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Grantee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Grantor hereby agrees with the Grantee as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral . The Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Grantee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the Copyrights of the Grantor including, without limitation, those items listed on Schedule I attached hereto and all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Grantee with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Secured Parties thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.
SECTION 4. Purpose . This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Copyright Office.
SECTION 5. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Grantee shall, at the reasonable request of the Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantor an instrument in writing in recordable form re-
Exhibit E-1

 


 

leasing the collateral pledge, grant, lien and security interest in the Copyrights listed on Schedule I attached hereto.
SECTION 6. Counterparts . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
[ signature page follows ]
Exhibit E-2

 


 

In Witness Whereof , the Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
         
  Very truly yours,

[NAME OF GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Accepted and Agreed:
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Collateral Agent and Grantee
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Exhibit E-3

 


 

SCHEDULE I
to
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS
     
    Registration
Title   Number
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Schedule I-1

 

Exhibit 10.3
EXECUTION VERSION
 
SECURITY AGREEMENT
Dated as of January 28, 2011
among
SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION
(to be merged with and into POLYMER GROUP, INC.)
SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
CERTAIN OTHER SUBSIDIARIES OF SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as COLLATERAL AGENT
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I
 
       
Definitions
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    2  
 
       
ARTICLE II
 
       
Pledge of Securities
Section 2.01 Pledge
    7  
Section 2.02 Delivery of the Pledged Collateral
    8  
Section 2.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants
    9  
Section 2.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests
    11  
Section 2.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations
    11  
Section 2.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest
    11  
Section 2.07 Collateral Agent Not a Partner or Limited Liability Company Member
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE III
 
       
Security Interests in Personal Property
 
       
Section 3.01 Security Interest
    14  
Section 3.02 Representations and Warranties
    16  
Section 3.03 Covenants
    18  
Section 3.04 Other Actions
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
 
       
Special Provisions Concerning Intellectual Property Collateral
 
       
Section 4.01 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property
    21  
Section 4.02 Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security
    22  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE V
       
 
       
Collections
       
 
       
ARTICLE VI
       
 
       
Remedies
       
 
       
Section 6.01 Remedies Upon Default
    23  
Section 6.02 Application of Proceeds
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE VII
       
 
       
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
       
 
       
ARTICLE VIII
       
 
       
Miscellaneous
       
 
       
Section 8.01 Notices
    27  
Section 8.02 Waivers; Amendment
    27  
Section 8.03 Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    28  
Section 8.04 Successors and Assigns
    29  
Section 8.05 Survival of Agreement
    29  
Section 8.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    29  
Section 8.07 Severability
    29  
Section 8.08 Right of Set-Off
    30  
Section 8.09 GOVERNING LAW
    30  
Section 8.10 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
    30  
Section 8.11 Headings
    31  
Section 8.12 Security Interest Absolute
    31  
Section 8.13 Termination or Release
    31  
Section 8.14 Additional Guarantors
    32  
Section 8.15 Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
    32  
Section 8.16 Recourse; Limited Obligations
    33  
Section 8.17 Mortgages
    33  
Section 8.18 Intercreditor Agreement
    33  
SCHEDULES
     
Schedule I -
  Borrowers
Schedule II -
  Guarantors
Schedule III -
  Pledged Equity; Pledged Debt
Schedule IV -
  Commercial Tort Claims
Schedule V -
  Intellectual Property

-ii-


 

     
EXHIBITS
   
 
   
Exhibit A -
  Form of Security Agreement Supplement
Exhibit B -
  Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit C -
  Form of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks
Exhibit D -
  Form of Grant of Security Interest in Patents
Exhibit E -
  Form of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

-iii-


 

          SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of January 28, 2011 by and among SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION (prior to the Merger (as defined below), the “ Lead Borrower ”), a Delaware corporation to be merged (the “ Merger ”) with and into POLYMER GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (upon and after the Merger, the “ Lead Borrower ”), the other Borrowers set forth on Schedule I hereto (together with the Lead Borrower, collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), the Guarantors set forth on Schedule II hereto (together with the Borrowers and Holdings, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties. Capitalized terms used herein and defined in Article I are used herein as therein defined.
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among the Borrowers, Holdings, the Collateral Agent, the other agents listed therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto.
          The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, and each L/C Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers on the terms and conditions set forth therein. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit, and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to issue Letters of Credit, are, in each case, conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of the Grantors. The Grantors are affiliates of one another, are an integral part of a consolidated enterprise and will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from (a) the extensions of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and (b) the issuance of Letters of Credit by each L/C Issuer for the account of the Borrowers, and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit and each L/C Issuer to issue such Letters of Credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          Section 1.01 Definitions .
          (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise defined in the Credit Agreement, all terms defined in the UCC and used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the UCC; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

 


 

          Section 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a) .
          “ Bankruptcy Event of Default ” means any Event of Default under Sections 8.01(f) or (g) of the Credit Agreement; provided that for the purposes of this Agreement only and notwithstanding Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement, in determining whether such an Event of Default has occurred, any reference in any such clause to any Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause (it being agreed that all such Restricted Subsidiaries affected by any event or circumstance referred to in any such clause shall be considered together, as a single consolidated Restricted Subsidiary, for purposes of determining whether they constitute Material Subsidiaries) nor (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause.
          “ Collateral ” means, collectively, the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.
          “ Collateral Account ” means any cash collateral account established pursuant to, or in connection with, any Loan Document, which cash collateral account shall be maintained with, and under the sole dominion and control of, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the relevant Secured Parties.
          “ Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by or assigned to any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office, including those copyright registrations and applications listed on Schedule V and (c) all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) renewals and extensions thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past, present or future Infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future Infringements thereof.

-2-


 

          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Deposit Account Control Agreement ” means, with respect to a Dominion Account, a deposit account control agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent, among one or more Loan Parties, the Collateral Agent and the bank which maintains the Dominion Account.
          “ Domain Names ” means all Internet domain names and associated URL addresses in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest.
          “ Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia other than any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; provided that the Lead Borrower shall in all cases be deemed a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Equipment ” means (x) any “equipment” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and in any event, shall include, but shall not be limited to, all machinery, equipment, furnishings, appliances, furniture, fixtures, tools, and vehicles now or hereafter owned by any Grantor in each case, regardless of whether characterized as equipment under the UCC (but excluding any such items which constitute Inventory) and (y) any and all additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing and all accessions thereto, wherever located, whether or not at any time of determination incorporated or installed therein or attached thereto, and all replacements therefor, together with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto.
          “ Equipment Lease Agreement ” means, collectively, that certain equipment lease agreement, dated June 24, 2010, between Chicopee, Inc. and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, and the related construction agency agreement, guarantees and other documentation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.
          “ Excluded Accounts ” means (i) accounts, the funds in which are specifically and exclusively used for the payment of payroll, salaries and wages, workers’ compensation, benefits and similar expenses or taxes, including for withholding income taxes and federal, state or local employment taxes or in escrow accounts or trust for third parties (other than another Grantor), (ii) accounts the funds in which are specifically and exclusively required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan pursuant to DOL Reg. Sec. 2510.3-102 on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of one or more Grantors, (iii) accounts, the funds in which are used solely in connection with Factoring Agreements and (iv) accounts the balance of which consists solely of Uncontrolled Cash.
          “ Excluded Contract ” means at any date any rights or interest of any Grantor in any assets or under any agreement, contract, license, instrument, document or other general intangible (referred to solely for purposes of this definition as a “Contract”) to the extent that such Contract by the terms of a restriction in favor of a Person who is not any Grantor, or any requirement of law, prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other condition for or

-3-


 

would terminate because of an assignment thereof or a grant of a security interest therein by a Grantor; provided that: (i) rights under any such Contract otherwise constituting an Excluded Contract by virtue of this definition shall be included in the Collateral to the extent permitted thereby or by Section 9-406 or Section 9-408 of the UCC and (ii) all proceeds paid or payable to any Grantor from any sale, transfer or assignment of such Contract and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, the Equipment Lease Agreement and all assets subject thereto shall constitute an “Excluded Contract”.
          “ Excluded Equipment ” means at any date any equipment or other assets of any Grantor which is subject to, or secured by, a Capitalized Lease Obligation or a purchase money obligation if and to the extent that (i) a restriction in favor of a Person who is not Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof contained in the agreements or documents granting or governing such Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other conditions for or would result in the termination of such agreement or document because of an assignment thereof, or a grant of a security interest therein, by a Grantor and (ii) such restriction relates only to the asset or assets acquired by a Grantor with the proceeds of such Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation and attachments thereto, improvements thereof or substitutions therefor; provided that all proceeds paid or payable to any Grantor from any sale, transfer or assignment or other voluntary or involuntary disposition of such assets and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral to the extent not otherwise required to be paid to the holder of any Capitalized Lease Obligations or purchase money obligations secured by such assets.
          “ Excluded Equity Interests ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.
          “ Foreign Factoring Agreements ” means factoring arrangements made for the factoring of Accounts held by Foreign Subsidiaries.
          “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning provided in Article 9 of the UCC and shall in any event include all choses in action and causes of action and all other intangible personal property of every kind and nature (other than Accounts) now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, as the case may be, including corporate or other business records, indemnification claims, contract rights (including rights under leases, whether entered into as lessor or lessee, Swap Contracts and other agreements), goodwill, registrations, franchises, tax refund claims and any letter of credit, guarantee, claim, security interest or other security held by or granted to any Grantor.
          “ Grant of Security Interest ” means a Grant of Security Interest in certain Intellectual Property in the form of Exhibit C , D or E attached hereto.
          “ Grantors ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Holdings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “ Infringement ” means infringement, misappropriation, dilution, tarnishment, impairment or other violation.

-4-


 

          “ Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including (a) inventions, designs, Domain Names, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, and (b) confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know how, show how, or other proprietary data or information relating to its business, software, databases, and all other proprietary information relating to its business.
          “ Intellectual Property Collateral ” means Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property.
          “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among the Collateral Agent, Wilmington Trust Company, as collateral agent for the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties (as defined therein), Parent, the Company and the subsidiaries of the Company named therein (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time)
          “ License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other written intellectual property license or sublicense agreement relating solely to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party, including those exclusive license agreements listed on Schedule V .
          “ Margin Stock ” means any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
          “ Noteholder Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Noteholder First Lien Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Noteholder Lien Security Documents ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell or import any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell or import any invention covered in whole or in part by a patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, including those listed on Schedule V , and (b) all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and

-5-


 

claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future Infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future Infringements thereof.
          “ Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B , completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed on behalf of each Grantor.
          “ Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 .
          “ Pledged Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 .
          “ Pledged Equity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 .
          “ Pledged Securities ” means any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all Pledged Equity, Pledged Debt and all other certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.
          “ Proceeds ” means (a) all “proceeds” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, with respect to the Collateral, and (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when any Collateral is sold, exchanged, collected, or disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.
          “ Secured Obligations ” means the “Finance Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement); it being acknowledged and agreed that the term “Secured Obligations” as used herein shall include each extension of credit under the Credit Agreement, in each case, whether outstanding on the date of this Agreement or extended from time to time after the date of this Agreement.
          “ Security ” means any “security” as such term is defined in Article 8 of the UCC, any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.
          “ Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
          “ Security Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a) .
          “ Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to

-6-


 

use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now owned or hereafter adopted, acquired or assigned to, all registrations and applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those listed on Schedule V and (b) any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) renewals thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including damages, claims and payments for past, present or future Infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future Infringements thereof.
          “ U.S. Factoring Agreements ” means the factoring agreement between CIT Group/Commercial Services, Inc., on the one hand, and Lead Borrower and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, existing as of the date hereof or any replacement or renewal thereof that does not have terms, taken as a whole, that are materially more onerous to Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided that the U.S. Factoring Agreements shall never be comprised of more than one factoring arrangement at any one time.
ARTICLE II
Pledge of Securities
          Section 2.01 Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under:
     (i) all Equity Interests held by it and listed on Schedule III and any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (the “ Pledged Equity ”); provided that (x) pledges of voting Equity Interests of each Foreign Subsidiary shall be limited to 65% of the total combined voting power of all Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary at any time; and (y) the Pledged Equity shall not include (A) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (B) Equity Interests of a Person that is not a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of a Grantor to the extent prohibited by the terms of such Subsidiary’s Organization Documents, (C) any Margin Stock owned by such Grantor, (D) pledges prohibited by law or by agreements containing anti-assignment clauses not overridden by the UCC or applicable Law, (E) any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Lien existing at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with any Grantor and not incurred in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation that is permitted by the Credit Agreement to the extent and for so long as the contract or other

-7-


 

agreement in which such Lien is granted limits or prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such Equity Interests, (F) Equity Interests of any “not-for-profit” Subsidiary, (G) Equity Interests of any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (H) Equity Interests of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrowers that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (I) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary with respect to which in the reasonable judgment of the Lead Borrower the costs or other consequences (including adverse tax consequences (including as a result of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law, rule or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) in the reasonable judgment of the Lead Borrower confirmed in writing by notice to the Collateral Agent) of providing a pledge of its Equity Interests or perfection thereof is excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties, (J) Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (until such time as any Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Credit Agreement, at which time, and without any further action, this clause (y)(J) shall no longer apply to the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary), (K) Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Grantors and which are Immaterial Subsidiaries or (L) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary which would require material or non-ministerial consent, approval, license or authorization from a Governmental Authority, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received (clauses (A) through (K) collectively, the “ Excluded Equity Interests ”); (ii)(A) the promissory notes and any instruments evidencing indebtedness owned by it and listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule III and (B) any promissory notes and instruments evidencing indebtedness obtained in the future by such Grantor (the “ Pledged Debt ”); (iii) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.01 ; (iv) subject to Section 2.06 , all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above; (v) subject to Section 2.06 , all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) and (iv) above; and (vi) all Proceeds of, and Security Interests in, any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above, subject to the limitations set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).
          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, forever; subject, however, to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.
          Section 2.02 Delivery of the Pledged Collateral .
          (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly (but in any event within 30 days of acquisition, formation or obtaining an interest in such Pledged Securities) to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, any and all Pledged Securities (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated) (unless the Noteholder Collateral Agent is granted a prior security interest in such Pledged Securities and the same are required to be delivered (and are delivered) to the Noteholder Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) and to the extent such

-8-


 

Pledged Securities are promissory notes and instruments evidencing Indebtedness, only as are required to be delivered under clause (b) immediately below.
          (b) Each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money having an aggregate principal amount equal to or in excess of $5,000,000, which for avoidance of doubt excludes accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, owed to such Grantor by any Person (other than another Grantor) to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note that is pledged and delivered promptly (but in any event within 30 days of acquisition, issuance or obtaining an interest in such promissory note) to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof (unless the Noteholder Collateral Agent is granted a prior security interest in such promissory note and the same are required to be delivered (and are delivered) to the Noteholder Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement).
          (c) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by stock or bond powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer as may be reasonably necessary to perfect the security interest of to the Collateral Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments or documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be deemed to supplement Schedule III and be made a part hereof; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.
          Section 2.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to and with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:
     (a) Schedule III correctly sets forth the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity and includes all Equity Interests, the promissory notes and instruments required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and Section 2.01 of this Agreement;
     (b) the Pledged Equity issued by the Grantors and Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than the Lead Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower, to the best of the Lead Borrower’s knowledge) have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Equity (other than Pledged Equity consisting of limited liability company interests or partnership interests which, pursuant to the relevant organizational or formation documents, cannot be fully paid and non-assessable), are fully paid and non-assessable and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than the Lead Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower, to the best of the Lead Borrower’s knowledge), are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof;

-9-


 

     (c) except for the security interests granted hereunder, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule III as owned by such Grantors, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and the Noteholder Lien Security Documents and (B) Permitted Liens, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and the Noteholder Lien Security Documents and (B) nonconsensual Permitted Liens, and (iv) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) ), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;
     (d) except (i) for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally, (ii) in the case of Pledged Equity of Persons that are not wholly owned Subsidiaries, for transfer restrictions that exist at the time of acquisition of Equity Interests in such Persons, and (iii) as described in the Perfection Certificate, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;
     (e) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated (it being understood that such Grantor’s power and authority to pledge the Equity Interests of a non-wholly owned Subsidiary may be limited by the Organization Documents of such Subsidiary);
     (f) except as described in Section 2.03(d) above, no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);
     (g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations;
     (h) all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Pledged Securities in existence on the date hereof have been delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to and as required by Section 2.02; and

-10-


 

     (i) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein.
          Section 2.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . Each interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged under Section 2.01 , to the extent such limited liability company elects to treat its limited liability company interests as “securities” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC, shall be represented by a certificate, shall be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and shall be governed by Article 8 of the UCC.
          Section 2.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall give the Lead Borrower notice of its intent to exercise such rights, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, (a) the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Collateral Agent and each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Collateral Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Bankruptcy Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to give the notice referred to above in order to exercise the rights described above.
          Section 2.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest .
          (a) Unless and until an Event of Default or a Cash Dominion Event, as applicable, shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Lead Borrower that the rights of the Grantors under this Section 2.06 are being suspended:
     (i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of any of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same.
     (ii) The Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.

-11-


 

     (iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities, to the extent (and only to the extent) that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any non-cash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the applicable Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent (unless the same are required to be delivered (and are delivered) to the Noteholder Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) in the same form as so received (with any endorsement as may be reasonably necessary to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent). So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent shall promptly deliver to each Grantor any Pledged Securities in its possession if requested to be delivered to the issuer thereof in connection with any exchange or redemption of such Pledged Securities.
          (b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event or Event of Default, as applicable, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Lead Borrower of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under Section 2.06(a)(iii) , then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(iii) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent upon demand (unless the same are required to be delivered (and are delivered) to the Noteholder Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Collateral Agent in an account to be established by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02 . At such time as a Cash Dominion Event or Event of Default is no longer continuing, the Collateral Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06(a)(iii) in the absence of a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default and that remain in such account.

-12-


 

          (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Lead Borrower of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under Section 2.06(a)(i) , then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(i) , and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 2.06(a)(ii) , shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06(a)(i) , and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 2.06(a)(ii) shall be reinstated.
          (d) Any notice given by the Collateral Agent to the Lead Borrower suspending the rights of the Grantors under Section 2.06(a)(i) : (x) shall be given in writing, (y) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (z) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under Section 2.06(a)(i) or (iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred and is continuing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.06(a) , (b) or (c) , if a Bankruptcy Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to give any notice referred to in said Section in order to exercise any of its rights described in such Section, and the suspension of the rights of each of the Grantors under each such Section shall be automatic upon the occurrence of such Bankruptcy Event of Default.
          Section 2.07 Collateral Agent Not a Partner or Limited Liability Company Member . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to make the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party liable as a member of any limited liability company or as a partner of any partnership and neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party by virtue of this Agreement or otherwise (except as referred to in the following sentence) shall have any of the duties, obligations or liabilities of a member of any limited liability company or as a partner in any partnership. The parties hereto expressly agree that, unless the Collateral Agent shall become the absolute owner of Pledged Equity consisting of a limited liability company interest or a partnership interest pursuant hereto, this Agreement shall not be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture among the Collateral Agent, any other Secured Party, any Grantor and/or any other Person.

-13-


 

ARTICLE III
Security Interests in Personal Property
          Section 3.01 Security Interest .
          (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guaranty, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):
     (i) all Accounts;
     (ii) all Chattel Paper;
     (iii) all Documents;
     (iv) all Equipment;
     (v) all General Intangibles;
     (vi) all Instruments;
     (vii) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;
     (viii) all Goods and Fixtures;
     (ix) all Money and Deposit Accounts;
     (x) all Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule IV from time to time;
     (xi) the Collateral Account, and all cash, securities and other investments deposited therein;
     (xii) all Supporting Obligations;
     (xiii) all Security Entitlements in any or all of the foregoing and all Securities Accounts;
     (xiv) all Intellectual Property Collateral;
     (xv) all Inventory;
     (xvi) all Investment Property; and

-14-


 

     (xvii) to the extent not otherwise included, all Books and Records and all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;
provided that (i) this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of security interest in any trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of any Grantor’s “intent to use” such mark and for which a form evidencing use of the mark has not yet been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to the extent that granting a security interest in such trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such trademark application or any registration that issues therefrom under applicable federal law and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in (A) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC, (B) commercial tort claims in amounts less than $10,000,000, (C) the Excluded Equity Interests, (D) any property or assets owned by any Foreign Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (E) any Excluded Equipment; (F) any Excluded Contract, (G) Excluded Accounts, (H) Letter of Credit Rights, other than Letter of Credit Rights that are Supporting Obligations, (I) assets as reasonably determined by the Company to the extent obtaining a security interest in such assets or perfection thereof would result in costs or consequences (including as a result of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law, rule or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) that are excessive in relation to the value to the Holders of the security to be afforded thereby, (J) Accounts of Account Debtor subject to Factoring Agreements and (I) proceeds and products from any and all of the foregoing excluded assets described in clauses (i) and (ii)(A) through (J), unless such proceeds or products would otherwise constitute Collateral (the items referred to in clauses (i) and (ii), being collectively referred to as the “ Excluded Assets ”). Each Grantor shall, if requested to do so by the Collateral Agent, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such required consent referred to above that is reasonably obtainable with respect to Collateral which the Collateral Agent reasonably determines to be material. In addition, no Grantor shall be required (i) to take actions to perfect security interests in commercial tort claims in amounts less than $10,000,000 or Letter of Credit Rights (other than Letter of Credit Rights to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC), (ii) to take actions to perfect by Control other than with respect to the Pledged Collateral and as set forth clause (e) below or (iii) take any actions under any laws outside of the United States to grant, perfect or enforce any security interest.
          (b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral as all assets of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient

-15-


 

description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide copies of such financing statements to the Collateral Agent promptly upon any such filing.
          (c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.
          (d) Each Grantor hereby further authorizes the Collateral Agent to file a Grant of Security Interest substantially in the form of Exhibit C , D or E , as applicable, covering relevant registered or applied for Intellectual Property Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office, as applicable, or any similar offices in any other country and such other documents executed by any Grantor as may be reasonably necessary or reasonably advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by such Grantor hereunder, and naming such Grantor, as debtor, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Credit Agreement, none of the Grantors shall be required to enter into any deposit account control agreement or securities account control agreement (other than any Deposit Account Control Agreements contemplated by Sections 6.15 and 6.18 of the Credit Agreement and other than with respect to any cash collateral agreements contemplated under the Credit Agreement) with respect to any deposit account or securities account or Money.
          Section 3.02 Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that:
     (a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights (not subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens) and/or title in the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder (which rights and/or title, are in any event, sufficient under Section 9-203 of the UCC), and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than (i) any consent or approval that has been obtained and is in full force and effect and (ii) those consents or approvals, the failure of which to be obtained or to be made could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed, executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name of each Grantor, is correct and complete in all material respects as of the Closing Date. The UCC financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Collateral Agent based upon the information provided to the Collateral Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office in the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor specified in Section 2(a) of the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the applicable Grantor to the Collateral Agent after the Closing Date in the

-16-


 

case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements. Each Grantor represents and warrants that, as of the Closing Date, fully executed Grants of Security Interest in the form attached as Exhibit C , D or E , as applicable, containing a description of all Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property with respect to United States Patents (and Patents for which United States applications are pending), registered United States Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States applications to register are pending) or United States registered Copyrights, as applicable, have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for recording in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder or to any similar offices in any other country, as required by applicable Law in such jurisdiction.
     (c) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b) , a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the UCC and (iii) a security interest that shall be perfected in all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of the relevant Grants of Security Interest substantially in the form of Exhibits C , D or E hereto with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, within the three month period (commencing as of the date hereof) pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261 or 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or the one month period (commencing as of the date hereof) pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 205 and otherwise as may be required pursuant to the laws of any other necessary jurisdiction. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than any nonconsensual Permitted Lien that has priority as a matter of law and other than, with respect to Noteholder First Lien Collateral, Liens created by the Noteholder Lien Security Documents, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (d) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the UCC or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article

-17-


 

9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Permitted Liens.
     (e) All Commercial Tort Claims of each Grantor in excess of $10,000,000 in existence on the date of this Agreement (or on the date upon which such Grantor becomes a party to this Agreement) are described on Schedule IV hereto.
          Section 3.03 Covenants .
          (a) The Lead Borrower agrees to promptly (but in any event within 30 days) notify the Collateral Agent of any change (i) in the legal name of any Grantor, (ii) in the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of any Grantor, (iii) in the jurisdiction of organization of any Grantor, (iv) in the “location” (as determined in accordance with Section 9-307 of the UCC) of any Grantor or (v) in the organizational identification number of any Grantor. In addition, if any Grantor does not have an organizational identification number on the Closing Date (or the date such Grantor becomes a party to this Agreement) and later obtains one, the Lead Borrower shall promptly thereafter notify the Collateral Agent of such organizational identification number and, in each case, shall take all actions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent to the extent necessary to maintain the security interests (and the priority thereof) of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral intended to be granted hereby fully perfected and in full force and effect.
          (b) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien that is not a Permitted Lien.
          (c) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate executed by the chief financial officer and the chief legal officer of the Lead Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Sections 1(a), 2(a), 2(c) and 9 of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of such certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03(c) .
          (d) The Lead Borrower agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of each other Grantor, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions necessary or as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements (including amendments or continuations thereof and fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable (other than by a Loan Party) under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that equals or exceeds $5,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory

-18-


 

note or instrument, such note or instrument shall be promptly pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent (unless the same is required to be delivered (and is delivered) to the Noteholder Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly endorsed as may be reasonably necessary to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent.
          (e) At its option, the Collateral Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral (other than Permitted Liens), and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time after the Collateral Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent within 10 days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization, provided , however , that a Grantor shall not be obligated to reimburse the Collateral Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral which any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise has allowed to lapse, terminate or put in the public domain, in accordance with Section 4.02(f) . Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.
          (f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of which equals or exceeds $5,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.
          (g) Each Grantor (rather than the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party) shall remain liable (as between itself and any relevant counterparty) to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.
          Section 3.04 Other Actions . In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:
     (a) Instruments . If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instrument constituting Collateral and evidencing an amount equal to or in excess of $5,000,000 such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties (unless the same is required

-19-


 

to be delivered (and is delivered) to the Noteholder Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as may be reasonably necessary to prefect the security interest of the Collateral Agent.
     (b) Investment Property . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article II, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties (unless the Noteholder Collateral Agent is granted a prior security interest in such Investment Property and the same is required to be delivered (and is delivered) to the Noteholder Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as may be reasonably necessary to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are uncertificated and are issued to such Grantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, upon the Collateral Agent’s request and following the occurrence of an Event of Default such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the Collateral Agent’s reasonable request, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (unless the Noteholder Collateral Agent is granted a prior security interest in such Investment Property and such Grantor is required to do so (and does so) in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), either (i) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Collateral Agent as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the registered owner of the securities. If any securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, or other investment property are held by any Grantor (or its nominee through a securities intermediary or commodity intermediary) for more than 45 days and such securities or other investment property exceed $2,500,000 in value, upon the Collateral Agent’s request and following the occurrence of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall immediately notify the Collateral Agent thereof and at the Collateral Agent’s request and option, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent shall, unless such Grantor is required to do so (and does so) in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, either (i) cause such securities intermediary or (as the case may be) commodity intermediary to agree to comply with entitlement orders or other instructions from the Collateral Agent to such securities intermediary as to such security entitlements, or (as the case may be) to apply any value distributed on account of any commodity contract as directed by the Collateral Agent to such commodity intermediary, in each case without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) in the case of financial assets or other Investment Property held through a securities intermediary, arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the entitlement holder with respect to such Investment Property, with the Grantor being permitted, only with the consent of the Collateral Agent, to exercise rights to withdraw or otherwise deal with such Investment Property. The Collateral Agent agrees with each of the Grantors that the Collateral Agent shall not give any such entitlement orders or instructions or directions to any such issuer, securities intermediary or commodity intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by any Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The provisions

-20-


 

of this paragraph shall not apply to any financial assets credited to a securities account for which the Collateral Agent is the securities intermediary. Each Grantor that is the issuer of Pledged Equity agrees that it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement with respect to the Pledged Equity issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.
     (c) Commercial Tort Claims . If any Grantor shall at any time after the date of this Agreement acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount (taking the greater of the aggregate claimed damages thereunder or the reasonably estimated value thereof) of $10,000,000 or more, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor and provide supplements to Schedule IV describing the details thereof and shall grant to the Collateral Agent a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV
Special Provisions Concerning Intellectual Property Collateral
          Section 4.01 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property . Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.01 hereof or any other rights of the Collateral Agent as the holder of a Security Interest in any Intellectual Property Collateral, for the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor shall, upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, grant to the Collateral Agent to the full extent such Grantor is permitted to grant such a license and to the extent that the Collateral Agent does not exercise its rights pursuant to Section 6.01(vi) herein, an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors) to use, license or, solely to the extent necessary to exercise such rights and remedies, sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located (whether or not any license agreement by and between any Grantor and any other Person relating to the use of such Intellectual Property Collateral may be terminated hereafter), and, to the extent permitted by such Grantor’s existing contractual obligations, including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, at the option of the Collateral Agent, during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon the Grantors notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default; and provided , further , that the terms of any license or sublicense shall include all terms and restrictions that are customarily required to ensure the continuing validity and effectiveness of the Intellectual Property at issue, such as, without limitation, quality control and inure provisions with regard to Trademarks, patent designation provisions with regard to Patents, and copyright notices and restrictions or provisions on decompilation and reverse engineering of copyrighted software. In the event the license set forth in this Section 4.01 is exercised with regard to any Trademarks, then the following shall apply: (i) all goodwill arising from any licensed or sublicensed

-21-


 

use of any Trademark shall inure to the Grantor; (ii) the licensed or sublicensed Trademarks shall only be used in association with goods or services of a quality and nature consistent with the quality and reputation with which such Trademarks were associated when used by Grantor prior to the exercise of the license rights set forth herein; and (iii) at the Grantor’s request and expense, licensees and sublicensees shall provide reasonable cooperation in any effort by the Grantor to maintain the registration or otherwise secure the ongoing validity and effectiveness of such licensed Trademarks, including, without limitation, the actions and conduct described in Section 4.02 below.
          Section 4.02 Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security .
          (a) Except to the extent that failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to any registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property Collateral for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office and any other governmental authority located in the United States or with any similar offices in any other country, to (i) maintain the validity and enforceability of any material registered Intellectual Property Collateral and maintain such Intellectual Property Collateral in full force and effect, and (ii) pursue the registration and maintenance of each material Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor, including, without limitation, the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office or other governmental authorities or any similar offices in any other country, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, the filing of affidavits under Sections 8 and 15 of the U.S. Trademark Act, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition, cancellation, and Infringement proceedings.
          (b) Except to the extent that failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its material Intellectual Property Collateral may prematurely lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in case of a trade secret, become publicly known).
          (c) Except to the extent that failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its material Intellectual Property Collateral, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the material Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the material Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to the standards of quality.
          (d) Each Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership or other interest in any Intellectual Property Collateral after the Closing Date (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and (ii) any such Intellectual Property and, in the case of

-22-


 

Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become part of the Intellectual Property Collateral subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect thereto.
          (e) Subject to the requirements and exclusions of Section 3.01 , on December 31 of each fiscal year of the Lead Borrower, each Grantor shall sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent an appropriate Security Agreement Supplement or related Grant of Security Interest substantially in the form of Exhibits A , C , D and E , as applicable, with respect to all such registered or applied for Intellectual Property owned or exclusively licensed by it as licensee as of the last day of such period, to the extent that such Intellectual Property is not covered by any previous Security Agreement Supplement (or Grant of Security Interests) so signed and delivered by it. In each case, it will promptly cooperate as reasonably necessary to enable the Collateral Agent to make any necessary or reasonably desirable recordations with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.02 or elsewhere in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, causing or permitting expiration, lapse or abandonment, or failing to renew any applications or registrations of any of its Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not prohibited by the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such actions are desirable in the conduct of its business.
ARTICLE V
Collections
          (a) Each Grantor, in its capacity as a Loan Party, shall at all times comply with the cash management provisions of Section 6.18 of the Credit Agreement including, without limitation, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, causing the sweep on each Business Day of all available cash receipts into the Concentration Account as provided for in the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, no Grantor shall modify or amend the instructions pursuant to any of the Deposit Account Control Agreements. So long as no Cash Dominion Event has occurred and is continuing, each Grantor shall, and the Collateral Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to, enforce and collect all amounts owing on the Inventory and Accounts, for the benefit and on behalf of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties; provided that such authorization may, at the direction of the Collateral Agent, be terminated after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Cash Dominion Event.
ARTICLE VI
Remedies
          Section 6.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, as

-23-


 

applicable, under the UCC or other applicable Law, and also may, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to or promptly after such occupancy; (iii) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to or promptly after such exercise; (iv) withdraw any and all cash or other Collateral from any Collateral Account and apply such cash and other Collateral to the payment of any and all Secured Obligations in the manner provided in Section 6.02 of this Agreement; (v) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate; and (vi) with respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral, on demand, cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Intellectual Property Collateral by the applicable Grantors to the Collateral Agent, or license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Intellectual Property Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall determine; provided that such terms shall include all terms and restrictions customarily required to ensure the continuing validity and effectiveness of the Intellectual Property at issue, such as, without limitation, quality control and inure provisions with regard to Trademarks, patent designation provisions with regard to Patents, and copyright notices and restrictions or decompilation and reverse engineering of copyrighted software. The Grantors recognize that (a) the Collateral Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of all or a part of the Collateral consisting of securities by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §77 (as amended and in effect, the “ Securities Act ”), or the securities laws of various states (the “ Blue Sky Laws ”), but may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof, (b) that private sales so made may be at prices and upon other terms less favorable to the seller than if such securities were sold at public sales, (c) that neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any obligation to delay sale of any of the Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit such securities to be registered for public sale under the Securities Act or the Blue Sky Laws, and (d) that private sales made under the foregoing circumstances shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law)

-24-


 

all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.
          The Collateral Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. The Collateral Agent may conduct one or more going out of business sales, in the Collateral Agent’s own right or by one or more agents and contractors. Such sale(s) may be conducted upon any premises owned, leased, or occupied by any Grantor. The Collateral Agent and any such agent or contractor, in conjunction with any such sale, may augment the Inventory with other goods (all of which other goods shall remain the sole property of the Collateral Agent or such agent or contractor). Any amounts realized from the sale of such goods which constitute augmentations to the Inventory (net of an allocable share of the costs and expenses incurred in their disposition) shall be the sole property of the Collateral Agent or such agent or contractor and neither any Grantor nor any Person claiming under or in right of any Grantor shall have any interest therein. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes of determining the Grantors’ rights in the Collateral, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in

-25-


 

full; provided that such terms shall include all terms and restrictions that customarily required to ensure the continuing validity and effectiveness of the Intellectual Property at issue, such as, without limitation, quality control and inure provisions with regard to Trademarks, patent designation provisions with regard to patents, and copyright notices and restrictions or decompilation and reverse engineering of copyrighted software. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.
          Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice to the Lead Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights (except in the case of a Bankruptcy Event of Default, in which case no such notice shall be required), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to Collateral or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.
          By accepting the benefits of this Agreement and each other Collateral Document, the Secured Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that this Agreement and each other Collateral Document may be enforced only by the action of the Collateral Agent and that no other Secured Party shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to enforce this Agreement or to realize upon the security to be granted hereby, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties upon the terms of this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents.
          Section 6.02 Application of Proceeds . The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.04 of the Credit Agreement, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way

-26-


 

for the misapplication thereof. It is understood and agreed that the Grantors shall remain jointly and severally liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral and the aggregate amount of the Secured Obligations.
ARTICLE VII
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
          Each Grantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Borrowers or any other Grantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the Borrowers or any other Grantor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrowers or any other Grantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations for then unasserted claims) and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall have been paid in full, all Letters of Credit, all Secured Hedge Agreements and all Secured Cash Management Agreements shall have expired or been terminated and the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or been terminated. If any amount shall erroneously be paid to any Borrower or any other Grantor on account of (i) such subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right or (ii) any such indebtedness of any Borrower or any other Grantor, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Collateral Agent to be credited against the payment of the Secured Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
          Section 8.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
          Section 8.02 Waivers; Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by any Senior Credit Party in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, remedy, power or privilege, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Senior Credit Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other

-27-


 

rights, remedies, powers and privileges that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 8.02 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Revolving Credit Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether any Senior Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.
          Section 8.03 Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Without limitation of its indemnification obligations under the other Loan Documents, each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify the Collateral Agent and the other Indemnitees against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonably related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Grantor arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing brought by a third party or by any Grantor or any other Loan Party or any of such Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.
          (c) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured by the Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 8.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement

-28-


 

or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 8.03 shall be payable within 10 Business Days of written demand therefor.
          Section 8.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.
          Section 8.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, indemnities, representations and warranties made by the Grantors in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Revolving Credit Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and, notwithstanding that any Senior Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended, and shall continue in full force and effect until this Agreement is terminated as provided in Section 8.13 hereof, or with respect to such Grantor or such Grantor is otherwise released from its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.
          Section 8.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier or by electronic pdf copy of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Grantors and the Collateral Agent and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Grantor and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein except as otherwise permitted hereby or by the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.
          Section 8.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

-29-


 

          Section 8.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), without prior notice to the Lead Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Lead Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Secured Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Secured Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Lender or its Affiliates and no L/C Issuer or its Affiliates shall have a right to set off and apply any deposits held or other Indebtedness owing by such Lender or its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer or its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of any Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code unless such Subsidiary is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrowers. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such set off and application made by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer under this Section 8.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender and such L/C Issuer may have.
          Section 8.09 GOVERNING LAW .
THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT IF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN IN REGARD TO THE VALIDITY, PERFECTION OR EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF ANY LIEN OR IN REGARD TO PROCEDURAL MATTERS AFFECTING ENFORCEMENT OF ANY LIENS IN COLLATERAL, SUCH LAWS OF SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY TO THAT EXTENT.
          Section 8.10 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . EACH OF THE GRANTORS, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE SECURED PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

-30-


 

          Section 8.11 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          Section 8.12 Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) subject only to termination of a Grantor’s obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of Section 8.13 , but without prejudice to reinstatement rights under Section 2.4 of the Guaranty, any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.
          Section 8.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations when (i) the Revolving Credit Commitments have expired or been terminated, (ii) the principal of and interest on each Revolving Credit Loan (including Swing Line Loans) and all fees and other Secured Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, (y) Cash Management Obligations and (z) contingent indemnity obligations) shall have been paid in full, (iii) all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated (or been Cash Collateralized or backstopped in an amount equal to 101.5% of the L/C Obligations or in respect of which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and L/C Issuers have been made) and (iv) all L/C Obligations have been reduced to zero (or been Cash Collateralized or backstopped in an amount equal to 101.5% of the L/C Obligations or in respect of which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and L/C Issuers have been made); provided that in connection with the termination of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent may require such indemnities as it shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect the Secured Parties against loss on account of credits previously applied to the Secured Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked.
          (b) A Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Grantor (i) ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) ceases to be a Material Domestic Subsidiary or (iii) becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.

-31-


 

          (c) Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than to another Grantor), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.10 or 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
          (d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) , (b) or (c) , the Collateral Agent shall promptly (after reasonable advance notice) execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 8.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.
          (e) At any time that the respective Grantor desires that the Collateral Agent take any action described in immediately preceding clause (d) , it shall, upon request of the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Collateral is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) , (b) or (c) . The Collateral Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Secured Party as the result of any release of Collateral by it as permitted (or which the Collateral Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Agreement.
          Section 8.14 Additional Guarantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties that were not in existence or not Grantors on the date of the Credit Agreement that are required to become Guarantors pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement are required to enter in this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.
          Section 8.15 Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default, as applicable, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, (i) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event and (unless a Bankruptcy Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) delivery of notice by the Collateral Agent to the Lead Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to take actions required to be taken by the Grantors under Article V of this Agreement; and (b) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default

-32-


 

and (unless a Bankruptcy Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) delivery of notice by the Collateral Agent to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (b) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (c) to send verifications of Accounts to any Account Debtor; (d) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (e) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (f) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Collateral Agent or to a Collateral Account and adjust, settle or compromise the amount of payment of any Account; and (g) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Collateral Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact.
          Section 8.16 Recourse; Limited Obligations . This Agreement is made with full recourse to each Grantor and pursuant to and upon all the warranties, representations, covenants and agreements on the part of such Grantor contained herein, in the Loan Documents and the other Loan Documents and otherwise in writing in connection herewith or therewith, with respect to the Secured Obligations of each applicable Secured Party. It is the desire and intent of each Grantor and each applicable Secured Party that this Agreement shall be enforced against each Grantor to the fullest extent permissible under the laws applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought.
          Section 8.17 Mortgages . In the event that any of the Collateral hereunder is also subject to a valid and enforceable Lien under the terms of a Mortgage and the terms thereof are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, then with respect to such Collateral, the terms of such Mortgage shall control in the case of Fixtures and real estate leases, letting and licenses of, and contracts, and agreements relating to the lease of, real property, and the terms of this Agreement shall control in the case of all other Collateral.
          Section 8.18 Intercreditor Agreement . Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Agreement, the Liens created hereby and the rights, remedies, duties and obligations provided for herein are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and, to the extent

-33-


 

provided therein, the applicable Noteholder Lien Security Documents. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.
[Signature Pages Follow]

-34-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jason Giordano   
    Name:   Jason Giordano   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jason Giordano   
    Name:   Jason Giordano   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
[Signature Page to the Security Agreement]

S-1


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman   
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to the Security Agreement]

S-2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  [CHICOPEE, INC.
DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
FABRENE, L.L.C.
PGI EUROPE, INC.
PGI POLYMER, INC.]
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman   
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to the Security Agreement]

S-3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  CITIBANK, N.A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Smolow   
    Name:   Michael Smolow   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to the Security Agreement]

S-4


 

EXHIBIT A TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT
          SUPPLEMENT NO. __ dated as of ________, to the Security Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”), dated as of January 28, 2011, by and among Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and successor in interest to Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (the “ Lead Borrower ”), the other Borrowers party thereto, Holdings, the other Guarantors party thereto (together with the Borrowers and Holdings, collectively, the “ Grantors ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties.
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among the Borrowers, Holdings, the Collateral Agent, the other agents listed therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement referred to therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein or in the Security Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
          C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and (y) each L/C Issuer to issue Letters of Credit. Section 8.14 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties that are required to become Guarantors pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument substantially in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and as consideration for Loans previously made.
          Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:
     Section 1. In accordance with Section 8.14 of the Security Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations does hereby create and grant to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the

Exhibit A-1


 

New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
     Section 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
     Section 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Collateral Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
     Section 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the location of any and all Collateral of the New Subsidiary and (b) set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office (or if different, its “location” as determined in accordance with Section 9-307 of the UCC).
     Section 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
     Section 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     Section 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Security Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
     Section 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.01 of the Security Agreement.
     Section 9. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including all reasonable attorneys’ fees of counsel for the Collateral Agent, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto.

Exhibit A-2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  [NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  Legal Name:
Jurisdiction of Formation:
Location of Chief Executive Office:  
 
         
  CITIBANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

Exhibit A-3


 

         
SCHEDULE I TO SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT
LOCATION OF COLLATERAL
     
Description   Location
EQUITY INTERESTS
                 
            Number and    
    Number of   Registered   Class of   Percentage of
Issuer   Certificate   Owner   Equity Interest   Equity Interests
 
               
PROMISSORY NOTES
             
    Principal        
    Amount as of the date        
    of issuance   Date of    
Issuer   (or delivery)   Note/Instrument   Maturity Date
 
           
COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
((a) U.S. Patents, U.S. Patent Applications, (b) U.S. Trademark Registrations and Applications, (c) U.S. Copyright Registrations and Applications and (d) exclusive Licenses of U.S. Patents, Patent Applications, Trademark Registrations or Applications and Copyrights where the New Subsidiary is the Licensee)
REAL PROPERTY (LEASED AND OWNED)

Schedule I-1


 

BANK ACCOUNTS

Schedule I-2


 

EXHIBIT B TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
Form of Perfection Certificate
[TO BE INSERTED]

Exhibit B-1


 

EXHIBIT C TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS
This Trademark Security Agreement , dated as of [____________] by and between [Name of Grantor], a [ ] formed under the laws of [ ] (the “ Grantor ”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (in such capacity, the “ Grantee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
Whereas , the Grantor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Grantee pursuant to which the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;
Now , Therefore , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Grantee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantor hereby agrees with the Grantee as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral . The Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Grantee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the Trademarks of the Grantor including, without limitation, those items listed on Schedule I attached hereto and all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing; provided that any United States Trademark, applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of any Grantor’s “intent-to-use” such Trademarks will not be deemed to be Collateral unless and until a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” has been filed and accepted in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, whereupon such application shall be automatically subject to the security interest granted herein and deemed to be included in the Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Grantee with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Lenders thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.
SECTION 4. Purpose . This Trademark Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

Exhibit C-1


 

SECTION 5. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Grantee shall, at the reasonable request of the Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, lien and security interest in the Trademarks listed on Schedule I attached hereto.
SECTION 6. Counterparts . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
[ signature page follows ]

Exhibit C-2


 

In Witness Whereof , the Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
         
  Very truly yours,

[NAME OF GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  Accepted and Agreed:


CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent and Grantee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

Exhibit C-3


 

         
SCHEDULE I
to
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS
             
Owner   Trademark   Registration No. or Serial No.
  
   

Schedule I-1


 

EXHIBIT D TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES PATENTS
This Patent Security Agreement , dated as of [____________], by and between [Name of Grantor], a [ ] formed under the laws of [ ] (the “ Grantor ”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (in such capacity, the “ Grantee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
Whereas , the Grantor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Grantee pursuant to which the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;
Now, Therefore , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Grantee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantor hereby agrees with the Grantee as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral . The Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Grantee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the Patents of the Grantor including, without limitation, those items listed on Schedule I attached hereto and all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Grantee with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Lenders thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.
SECTION 4. Purpose . This Patent Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
SECTION 5. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Grantee shall, at the reasonable request of the Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing

Exhibit D-1


 

the collateral pledge, grant, lien and security interest in the Patents listed on Schedule I attached hereto.
SECTION 6. Counterparts . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
[signature page follows]

Exhibit D-2


 

In Witness Whereof , the Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
         
  Very truly yours,

[NAME OF GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  Accepted and Agreed:

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent and Grantee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

Exhibit D-3


 

         
SCHEDULE I
to
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES PATENTS
         
    Patent or    
    Patent    
    Application    
Owner   Number   Title
 
       

Schedule I-1


 

EXHIBIT E TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS
This Copyright Security Agreement , dated as of [____________], by and between [Name of Grantor], a [       ] formed under the laws of [       ] (the “ Grantor ”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (in such capacity, the “ Grantee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
Whereas , the Grantor is party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Grantee pursuant to which the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;
Now, Therefore , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Grantee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantor hereby agrees with the Grantee as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral . The Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Grantee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the Copyrights of the Grantor including, without limitation, those items listed on Schedule I attached hereto and all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Grantee with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Lenders thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.
SECTION 4. Purpose . This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Copyright Office.
SECTION 5. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Grantee shall, at the reasonable request of the Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing

Exhibit E-1


 

the collateral pledge, grant, lien and security interest in the Copyrights listed on Schedule I attached hereto.
SECTION 6. Counterparts . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
[ signature page follows ]

Exhibit E-2


 

In Witness Whereof , the Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
         
  Very truly yours,

[NAME OF GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  Accepted and Agreed:

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent and Grantee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

Exhibit E-3


 

         
SCHEDULE I
to
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS
     
    Registration
Title   Number
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   

Exhibit E-4

Exhibit 10.4
EXECUTION VERSION
 
LIEN SUBORDINATION AND INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
dated as of
January 28, 2011,
among
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as ABL Agent,
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Noteholder Collateral Agent,
SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
and
the Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named herein
 

 


 

          LIEN SUBORDINATION AND INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of January 28, 2011 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”), among CITIBANK, N.A. , as agent for the ABL Secured Parties referred to herein (in such capacity, and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Original ABL Agent ”), WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY , as collateral agent for the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties referred to herein (in such capacity, and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Original Noteholder Collateral Agent ”), SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION (“ Parent ”), POLYMER GROUP, INC. ( “PGI ”) and the subsidiaries of PGI named herein (the “ Guarantors ” and together with Parent and PGI, the “ Initial Grantors ”).
          Reference is made to (a) the ABL Credit Agreement (such term and each other capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in Article I), and (b) the Indenture governing the Indenture Notes.
          In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the ABL Agent (for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties), the Noteholder Collateral Agent (for itself and on behalf of the Indenture Noteholder Lien Secured Parties and the Additional Noteholder Lien Secured Parties, if any), and the Grantors agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01. Construction; Certain Defined Terms .
          (a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation herein or in any Annex or Exhibit of this Agreement shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, but shall not be deemed to include the Subsidiaries of such Person unless express reference is made to such Subsidiaries, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Annexes shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections and Annexes of this Agreement, (v) unless otherwise expressly qualified herein, the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same

 


 

meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (vi) the term “or” is not exclusive.
          (b) All terms used in this Agreement that are defined in Article 1, 8 or 9 of the New York UCC (whether capitalized herein or not) and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1, 8 or 9 of the New York UCC. If a term is defined in Article 9 of the New York UCC and another Article of the UCC, such term shall have the meaning assigned to it in Article 9 of the New York UCC.
          (c) Unless otherwise set forth herein, all references herein to the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall be deemed to refer to the Noteholder Collateral Agent in its capacity as collateral agent under the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement.
          (d) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ ABL Agent ” means the Original ABL Agent, and, from and after the date of execution and delivery of an ABL Substitute Facility, the agent, collateral agent, trustee or other representative of the lenders or holders of the ABL Debt Obligations evidenced thereunder or governed thereby, in each case, together with its successors in such capacity.
          “ ABL Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among each Borrower named therein, the ABL Agent, the lenders party thereto from time to time and the other agents named therein, and any credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any ABL Substitute Facility.
          “ ABL Debt Documents ” means the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Security Documents, the other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and all other loan documents, notes, guarantees, instruments and agreements governing or evidencing, or executed or delivered in connection with, any ABL Substitute Facility.
          “ ABL Debt Obligations ” means the “Finance Obligations” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement (or any similar term of any ABL Substitute Facility) from time to time outstanding and, in any event, ABL Debt Obligations shall expressly include any and all interest accruing and fees, costs and charges incurred after the date of any filing by or against any Grantor of any petition or complaint initiating any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, regardless of whether any ABL Secured Party’s claim therefor is enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in the Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding commenced by the filing of such petition or complaint.
          “ ABL Facility Collateral ” means all assets and properties subject to Liens created by the ABL Security Documents to secure the ABL Debt Obligations.

-2-


 

          “ ABL First Lien Collateral ” means all present and future right, title and interest of the Grantors in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, existing or arising, and wherever located:
          (a) Accounts (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof);
          (b) inventory and indebtedness owed to any Grantor that arises from cash advances to enable the obligor thereof to acquire inventory;
          (c) all rights of an unpaid vendor with respect to inventory;
          (d) deposit accounts, commodity accounts, securities accounts and lock-boxes, including all money and certificated securities, uncertificated securities (other than as each may relate to Equity Interests of the Grantors), securities entitlements and investment property credited thereto or deposited therein (including all cash, marketable securities and other funds held in or on deposit in any deposit account, commodity account or securities account), instruments, including intercompany notes, chattel paper and all cash and cash equivalents, including cash and cash equivalents securing reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit or other ABL Debt Obligations;
          (e) general intangibles (other than any patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property or any Equity Interests of Subsidiaries) pertaining to the other items of property included within clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this definition and all tax refunds and rights to receive tax refunds (other than tax refunds in respect of or otherwise related to real property, Equipment or fixtures);
          (f) books and records, supporting obligations, documents and related letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, commercial tort claims or other claims and causes of action, in each case, to the extent arising out of, related to or given in exchange or settlement of any of the foregoing;
          (g) the proceeds of any business interruption insurance policy, including, without limitation, all rights to payment thereunder; and
          (h) all substitutions, replacements, accessions, products and proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit) of all or any of the foregoing;
except to the extent that any item of property included in clauses (a) through (h) constitutes an Excluded Asset; provided that in no case shall ABL First Lien Collateral include (a) any identifiable cash proceeds from a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any Noteholder First Lien Collateral that has been deposited in a Collateral Proceeds Account in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, until such time as such cash proceeds are released therefrom in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) any real property, equipment, fixtures, intellectual property or Equity Interests of Subsidiaries.

-3-


 

          “ ABL Lender ” means a “Lender” under (and as defined in) the ABL Credit Agreement (or under any ABL Substitute Facility).
          “ ABL Liens ” means Liens on the ABL Facility Collateral created under the ABL Security Documents to secure the ABL Debt Obligations (including Liens on such Collateral under the security documents associated with any ABL Substitute Facility).
          “ ABL Loan ” means a “Loan” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement (or any similar term of any ABL Substitute Facility).
          “ ABL Secured Parties ” means, at any time, the “Secured Parties” as defined in the ABL Security Documents (or any similar term of any ABL Substitute Facility).
          “ ABL Security Documents ” means any security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, control agreements, guarantees, notes or any other documents or instruments now existing or entered into after the date hereof that create Liens on any assets or properties of any Grantor to secure any ABL Debt Obligations (including any such agreements, assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents or instruments associated with any ABL Substitute Facility).
          “ ABL Substitute Facility ” means any facility with respect to which the requirements contained in Section 2.10(a) of this Agreement have been satisfied and that Replaces the ABL Credit Agreement then in existence. For the avoidance of doubt, no ABL Substitute Facility shall be required to be a revolving or asset-based loan facility and may be a facility evidenced or governed by a credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or any other agreement or instrument; provided that any ABL Lien securing such ABL Substitute Facility shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including the lien priorities as set forth herein as of the date hereof).
          “ Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Documents ” means the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility and the Additional Noteholder Lien Security Documents.
          “ Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility ” means one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities, indentures or other agreements for which the requirements of Section 2.10(b) of this Agreement have been satisfied, in each case with banks, other lenders or trustees, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit, notes or other borrowings, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restated, restructured, increased, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time in accordance with each applicable Secured Document; provided that any Noteholder Lien securing such Additional

-4-


 

Noteholder Lien Debt Facility shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including the lien priorities as set forth herein as of the date hereof).
          “ Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Obligations ” means, with respect to any Grantor, any obligations of such Grantor owed to any Additional Noteholder Lien Secured Party (or any of its Affiliates) under the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Documents and any Secured Notes Swap Obligations.
          “ Additional Noteholder Lien Secured Parties ” means, at any time, the Noteholder Collateral Agent, the trustee, agent or other representative of the holders of any Series of Noteholder Lien Debt who maintains the transfer register for such Series of Noteholder Lien Debt, counterparties holding Secured Notes Swap Obligations, the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Grantor under any Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Document and each other holder of, obligee in respect of, or lender pursuant to, any Series of Noteholder Lien Debt outstanding at such time; provided that the Indenture Noteholder Lien Secured Parties shall not be deemed Additional Noteholder Lien Secured Parties.
          “ Additional Noteholder Lien Security Documents ” means the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility (insofar as the same grants a Lien on any collateral) and all collateral trust agreements, security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, control agreements, guarantees, notes and any other documents or instruments now existing or entered into after the date hereof that create Liens on any assets or properties of any Grantor to secure any Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Obligations of the Grantors owed thereunder to any Additional Noteholder Lien Secured Parties.
          “ Additional Secured Debt ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.10(b) .
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ” shall have correlative meanings.
          “ Bank Product ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the ABL Credit Agreement (or any similar term of any ABL Substitute Facility).
          “ Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, or any similar foreign, federal or state law for relief of debtors as now or hereinafter in effect.
          “ Board of Directors ” means (a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; (b) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the

-5-


 

general partner of the partnership; and (c) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
          “ Borrower ” means, collectively, each of PGI and any domestic Subsidiaries that are borrowers under the ABL Credit Agreement.
          “ Capital Stock ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
          “ Class ” means, in the case of Noteholder Lien Debt, every Series of Noteholder Lien Debt, taken together.
          “ Collateral ” means all of the assets and property of any Grantor, whether real, personal or mixed, constituting the ABL Facility Collateral and the Noteholder Collateral.
          “ Collateral Proceeds Account ” means one or more deposit accounts or securities accounts established or maintained by any Grantor or the Noteholder Collateral Agent or its agent for the sole purpose of holding the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of any Noteholder First Lien Collateral that are segregated in such account or accounts.
          “ Covered Action ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
          “ Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations ” means, with respect to any particular Senior Secured Obligations, the occurrence of all of the following:
          (a) termination or expiration of all commitments to extend credit (or, in the case of Bank Products and Secured Hedge Agreements, termination of arrangements giving rise to such debt) that would constitute such Senior Secured Obligations;
          (b) payment in full in cash of the principal of, interest and premium (if any) on, fees and other charges comprising such Senior Secured Obligations (other than any undrawn letters of credit) (including, in any event, all such interest fees and other charges regardless of whether such interest, fees and other charges are allowed or recoverable in any Insolvency and Liquidation Proceeding under Section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise);
          (c) discharge or cash collateralization (at the lower of (i) 101.5% of the aggregate undrawn amount, and (ii) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount

-6-


 

required for release of liens under the terms of the applicable Senior Documents) of all outstanding letters of credit constituting such Senior Secured Obligations; and
          (d) payment in full in cash of all other such Senior Secured Obligations that are outstanding and unpaid at the time the principal of and interest and premium on all such Senior Secured Obligations are paid in full in cash (other than any obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made at such time); provided that the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with a Replacement as contemplated by Section 2.10(a) .
          “ Equally and Ratably ” means, in reference to sharing of Liens or proceeds thereof as between holders of any Noteholder Lien Obligations within the same Class, that such Liens or proceeds after payment of all expenses in connection with the exercise of any remedies with respect to Collateral subject to such Liens and fees and expenses of any Noteholder Collateral Agent and any trustee thereunder.
          (a) will be allocated and distributed first to the Noteholder Collateral Agent or Secured Debt Representative, as the case may be, for each outstanding Series of Noteholder Lien Debt within that Class, for the account of the holders of such Series of Noteholder Lien Debt, ratably in proportion to the principal of, and interest and premium (if any) and reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) with respect to letters of credit, if any, outstanding (whether or not drawings have been made on such letters of credit) on, each outstanding Series of Noteholder Lien Debt within that Class when the allocation or distribution is made, and thereafter; and
          (b) will be allocated and distributed (if any remain after payment in full of all of the principal of, and interest and premium (if any) and reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) with respect to letters of credit, if any, outstanding (whether or not drawings have been made on such letters of credit), on all outstanding Noteholder Lien Obligations within that Class) to the Noteholder Collateral Agent or Secured Debt Representative, as the case may be, for each outstanding Series of Noteholder Lien Debt within that Class, for the account of the holders of any remaining Noteholder Lien Obligations within that Class, ratably in proportion to the aggregate unpaid amount of such remaining Noteholder Lien Obligations within that Class due and demanded (with written notice to the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the Secured Debt Representative, as the case may be) prior to the date such distribution is made.
          “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
          “ Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” under and as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, the Indenture or any Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Documents, as the context may require.

-7-


 

          “ Excluded Assets ” (i) with respect to the ABL Liens, has the meaning given to such term in the ABL Security Documents, and (ii) with respect to the Noteholder Liens, has the meaning given such term in the Noteholder Lien Security Documents.
          “ Grantor ” means Parent, PGI and each direct or indirect Subsidiary of PGI that shall have granted any Lien in favor of the ABL Agent and the Noteholder Collateral Agent on any of its assets or properties to secure any of the Secured Debt Obligations.
          “ Guarantors ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble hereto.
          “ Holders of Noteholder Lien Debt ” means (a) the Holders under and as defined in the Indenture, (b) the holders or lenders pursuant to any Series of Noteholder Lien Debt, and (c) the holders or lenders of any indebtedness under any Noteholder Substitute Facility.
          “ Indenture ” means the Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, among PGI, the other Grantors party thereto from time to time, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Trustee, and any credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any Noteholder Substitute Facility.
          “ Indenture Noteholder Security Documents ” means the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement, and any other security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, control agreements, guarantees, notes or any other documents or instruments now existing or entered into after the date hereof that create Liens on any assets or properties of any Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure any Indenture Noteholder Lien Obligations (including any such agreements, assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents or instruments associated with any Noteholder Substitute Facility).
          “ Indenture Noteholder Lien Documents ” means the Indenture, the Indenture Notes, the Indenture Noteholder Security Documents and all other loan documents, notes, guarantees, instruments and agreements governing or evidencing any Noteholder Substitute Facility.
          “ Indenture Noteholder Lien Obligations ” means, with respect to any Grantor, all “Secured Obligations” as such term is defined in the Indenture, Noteholder Security Documents, any other obligations of such Grantor owed to any Indenture Noteholder Lien Secured Party (or any of its Affiliates) under the Indenture Noteholder Lien Documents and any Secured Notes Swap Obligations.
          “ Indenture Noteholder Lien Secured Parties ” means, at any time, the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Indenture Noteholder Security Documents (or any similar term of any Noteholder Substitute Facility).

-8-


 

          “ Indenture Notes ” means the 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 issued under the Indenture.
          “ Initial Grantors ”has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.
          “ Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” means:
          (a) any case commenced by or against Parent, PGI or any other Grantor under the Bankruptcy Code, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of Parent, PGI or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to Parent, PGI or any other Grantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to Parent, PGI or any other Grantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;
          (b) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to Parent, PGI or any other Grantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency, in each case to the extent not permitted under the Senior Documents;
          (c) any proceeding seeking the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other insolvency official with similar powers with respect to Parent, PGI or any other Grantor or any of its assets; or
          (d) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of Parent, PGI or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.
          “ Intercreditor Agreement Joinder ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A .
          “ Junior Documents ” means (a) in respect of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the ABL Debt Documents and (b) in respect of the ABL First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Lien Documents.
          “ Junior Liens ” means (a) in respect of the ABL First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Liens on such Collateral, and (b) in respect of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the ABL Liens on such Collateral (other than the ABL Liens in respect of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations).
          “ Junior Representative ” means (a) with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the ABL Agent and (b) with respect to the ABL First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Collateral Agent.
          “ Junior Secured Obligations ” means (a) with respect to the Noteholder Lien Obligations (to the extent such Obligations are secured, or intended to be secured, by the Noteholder First Lien Collateral), the ABL Debt Obligations and (b) with respect

-9-


 

to ABL Debt Obligations (to the extent such Obligations are secured, or intended to be secured, by the ABL First Lien Collateral), the Noteholder Lien Obligations.
          “ Junior Secured Obligations Collateral ” means the Collateral in respect of which the Junior Representative (on behalf of itself and the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties) holds a Junior Lien.
          “ Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties ” means (a) with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the ABL Secured Parties and (b) with respect to the ABL First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties.
          “ Junior Secured Obligations Security Documents ” means (a) with respect to the ABL First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Lien Security Documents, and (b) with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the ABL Security Documents.
          “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any agreement to give a security interest therein and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes of any jurisdiction).
          “ Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B .
          “ New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.
          “ Noteholder Collateral ” means all assets and properties subject to Liens created by the Noteholder Lien Security Documents to secure the Noteholder Lien Obligations.
          “ Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement ” means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Initial Grantors, the direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Grantors from time to time party thereto, the Trustee, the other Secured Debt Representatives from time to time party thereto, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent, as amended, restated, adjusted, waived, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, in accordance with each applicable Secured Document.
          “ Noteholder Collateral Agent ” means the Original Noteholder Collateral Agent, and, from and after the date of execution and delivery of an Noteholder Substitute Facility, the agent, collateral agent, trustee or other representative of the lenders or other holders of the indebtedness and other obligations evidence thereunder or governed thereby, in each case, together with its successors in such capacity.

-10-


 

          “ Noteholder First Lien Collateral ” means all present and future right, title and interest of the Grantors, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, existing or arising, and wherever located, in all of the assets and property of any Grantor, whether real, personal or mixed (other than in the Excluded Assets and the ABL First Lien Collateral), including, without limitation, all: (a) equipment; (b) Real Estate Assets; (c) intellectual property; (d) all general intangibles that do not constitute ABL First Lien Collateral; (e) documents of title related to equipment; (f) Equity Interests of the Company and Subsidiaries; (g) books and records, supporting obligations and related letters of credit, commercial tort claims or other claims and causes of action, in each case, to the extent related primarily to the foregoing; and (h) substitutions, replacements, accessions, products and proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit) of any or all of the foregoing.
          “ Noteholder Lien ” means a Lien granted by the Noteholder Lien Security Documents to the Noteholder Collateral Agent at any time upon any property of any other Grantor to secure Noteholder Lien Obligations.
          “ Noteholder Lien Debt ” means the Indenture Notes, all additional notes, loans or other indebtedness issued or incurred under any Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Documents and, with respect to which the requirements of Section 2.10(b) have been satisfied, and all notes, loans or other indebtedness issued or incurred under any Noteholder Substitute Facility. Noteholder Lien Debt shall expressly include any and all interest accruing and fees, costs and charges incurred after the date of any filing by or against any Grantor of any petition or complaint initiating any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, regardless of whether any Noteholder Lien Secured Party’s claim therefor is enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in the Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding commenced by the filing of such petition or complaint.
          “ Noteholder Lien Documents ” means the Indenture Noteholder Lien Documents and the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Documents.
          “ Noteholder Lien Obligations ” means the “Secured Obligations” as defined in the Noteholder Lien Security Documents, the Noteholder Lien Debt and all other Obligations owed to any Noteholder Lien Secured Party from time to time.
          “ Noteholder Lien Secured Parties ” means the Indenture Noteholder Lien Secured Parties and the Additional Noteholder Lien Secured Parties.
          “ Noteholder Lien Security Documents ” means the Indenture Noteholder Security Documents and the Additional Noteholder Lien Security Documents.
          “ Noteholder Substitute Facility ” means any facility with respect to which the requirements contained in Section 2.10(a) of this Agreement have been satisfied and that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the ABL Debt Documents, the proceeds of which are used to, among other things, Replace the Indenture and/or any Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility then in existence. For the avoidance of doubt, no

-11-


 

Noteholder Substitute Facility shall be required to be evidenced by notes or other instruments and may be a facility evidenced or governed by a credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or any other agreement or instrument; provided that any such Noteholder Substitute Facility shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including the lien priority as set forth herein as of the date hereof) as the other Liens securing the Noteholder Lien Obligations are subject to under this Agreement.
          “ Obligations ” means, with respect to any Secured Parties, any principal, interest, penalties, fees, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities (including all interest, fees and expenses accruing after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, even if such interest, fees and expenses are not enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in such proceeding) under the Secured Documents of such Secured Party.
          “ Officer ” means the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the chief operating officer or any chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by an Officer of a Grantor shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Grantor and such Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Grantor.
          “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of applicable Grantor by an Officer of such Grantor, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of such Grantor.
          “ Original ABL Agent ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble hereto.
          “ Original Noteholder Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble hereto.
          “ Original Trustee ” means Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee under the Indenture, and together with its successors in such capacity.
          “ Parent ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble hereto.
          “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “ PGI ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble hereto.

-12-


 

          “ Real Estate Asset ” means, at any time of determination, any fee interest then owned by any Grantor in any real property.
          “ Replaces ” means, (a) in respect of any agreement with reference to the ABL Credit Agreement or the ABL Debt Obligations or any ABL Substitute Facility, that such agreement refinances, replaces, exchanges or refunds the ABL Credit Agreement or such ABL Substitute Facility in whole (in a transaction that is in compliance with Section 2.10(a) ) and that all commitments thereunder are terminated, or, to the extent permitted by the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement or such ABL Substitute Facility, in part, and (b) in respect of any indebtedness with reference to the Noteholder Lien Documents or the Noteholder Lien Obligations or any Noteholder Substitute Facility, that such indebtedness refinances, replaces, exchanges or refunds the Noteholder Lien Documents or such Noteholder Substitute Facility in whole (in a transaction that is in compliance with Section 2.10(a) ) and that all commitments thereunder are terminated, or, to the extent permitted by the terms of the Noteholder Lien Documents or such Noteholder Substitute Facility, in part. “ Replace, ” “ Replaced ” and “ Replacement ” shall have correlative meanings.
          “ Representative ” means (a) in the case of any Noteholder Lien Obligations, the Noteholder Collateral Agent, and (b) in the case of any ABL Debt Obligations, the ABL Agent.
          “ Secured Debt Obligations ” means the Noteholder Lien Obligations (including the Obligations incurred under each Series of Noteholder Lien Debt) and the ABL Debt Obligations.
          “ Secured Debt Representative ” means (a) in the case of the Indenture Notes, Noteholder Collateral Agent, and (b) in the case of any other Series of Noteholder Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Noteholder Lien Debt who maintains the transfer register for such Series of Noteholder Lien Debt and is appointed as a representative of such Series of Noteholder Lien Debt (for purposes related to the administration of the security documents) pursuant to the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Noteholder Lien Debt.
          “ Secured Documents ” means the Noteholder Lien Documents and the ABL Debt Documents.
          “ Secured Hedge Agreements ” shall have the meaning ascribed to “Secured Hedge Agreements” in the ABL Credit Agreement (or any similar term of any ABL Substitute Facility).
          “ Secured Parties ” means the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties and the ABL Secured Parties.
          “ Secured Notes Swap Obligations ” means, with respect to any Grantor, the obligations of such Grantor under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap

-13-


 

agreement or similar agreement (including equity derivative agreements) providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, currency, commodity or equity risks generally or under specific contingencies, in each case, to the extent secured under any Noteholder Lien Security Document (but, for the avoidance of doubt, no Secured Obligations shall also constitute Secured Hedge Agreements).
          “ Security Documents ” means the Indenture Noteholder Security Documents, the Additional Noteholder Lien Security Documents and the ABL Security Documents.
          “ Senior Documents ” means (a) in respect of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Lien Documents, and (b) in respect of the ABL First Lien Collateral, the ABL Debt Documents.
          “ Senior Liens ” means (a) in respect of the ABL First Lien Collateral, the ABL Liens on such Collateral, and (b) in respect of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Liens on such Collateral.
          “ Senior Representative ” means (a) with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Collateral Agent, and (b) with respect to the ABL First Lien Collateral, the ABL Agent.
          “ Senior Secured Obligations ” means (a) with respect to the ABL Debt Obligations (to the extent such obligations are secured, or are intended to be secured, by the Noteholder First Lien Collateral), the Noteholder Lien Obligations and (b) with respect to Noteholder Lien Obligations (to the extent such obligations are secured, or are intended to be secured, by the ABL First Lien Collateral), the ABL Debt Obligations.
          “ Senior Secured Obligations Collateral ” means the Collateral in respect of which the Senior Representative (on behalf of itself and the applicable Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties) holds a Senior Lien.
          “ Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties ” means (a) with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties, and (b) with respect to the ABL First Lien Collateral, the ABL Secured Parties.
          “ Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents ” means (a) with respect to the ABL First Lien Collateral, the ABL Security Documents, and (b) with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the Indenture Noteholder Security Documents and the Additional Noteholder Lien Security Documents.
          “ Series of Noteholder Lien Debt ” means, severally, the Indenture Notes and any additional notes, any Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility and other indebtedness that constitutes Noteholder Lien Debt.
          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person (a) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any

-14-


 

contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and (b) any partnership (i) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a subsidiary of such Person or (ii) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). Unless otherwise specified, a “Subsidiary” shall be a Subsidiary of PGI.
          “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date hereof.
          “ Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans ” means (i) “Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, (ii) “Swing Line Loans,” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, to the extent “Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders,” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, hold “Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations,” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, in such Swing Line Loans in their capacities as such, (iii) “Protective Advances,” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, to the extent Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders hold “Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations,” in such Protective Advances in their capacities as such, (iv) “L/C Advances”, as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, to the extent made by a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender to fund its “Tranche 2 L/C Participation”, as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, (v) “Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings,” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, (vi) any “Unpaid L/C Lender Amount,” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, resulting from a failure by a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender in its capacity as such to fund pursuant to Section 2.03(c) (or any similar provision of an ABL Substitute Facility) of the ABL Credit Agreement, (vii) “Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount,” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, resulting from a failure by a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender in its capacity as such to fund pursuant to Section 2.04(c), (viii) “Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fees”, as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement and (ix) “Tranche 2 Commitment Fees”, as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.
          “ Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations ” means the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans from time to time outstanding and, in any event, Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations shall expressly include any and all interest accruing and fees, costs and charges incurred with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans, whether before or after the date of any filing by or against any Grantor of any petition or complaint initiating any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, regardless of whether any ABL Secured Party’s claim therefor is enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in the Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding commenced by the filing of such petition or complaint; provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount of, without duplication, any revolving credit commitments, advances, revolving credit loans, letters of credit, term loans, bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments which constitute “Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations” hereunder shall not exceed $7,500,000.
          “ Trustee ” means the Original Trustee, and, from and after the date of execution and delivery of the Noteholder Substitute Facility, the agent, collateral agent, trustee or other representative of the lenders or other holders of the indebtedness and

-15-


 

other obligations evidenced thereunder or governed thereby, together with its successors in such capacity.
ARTICLE II
Subordination of Junior Liens; Certain Agreements
          SECTION 2.01. Subordination of Junior Liens .
          (a) The grant of the ABL Liens pursuant to the ABL Security Documents and the grant of the Noteholder Liens pursuant to the Indenture Noteholder Security Documents and the Additional Noteholder Lien Security Documents create two separate and distinct Liens on the Collateral.
          (b) Except as provided in Section 2.01(e) , all Junior Liens in respect of any Collateral are expressly subordinated and made junior in right, priority, operation and effect to any and all Senior Liens in respect of such Collateral, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, the Noteholder Lien Documents, the ABL Debt Documents, or any other agreement or instrument or operation of law to the contrary, and irrespective of the time, order or method of creation, attachment or perfection of such Junior Liens and Senior Liens or any failure, defect or deficiency or alleged failure, defect or deficiency in any of the foregoing.
          (c) It is acknowledged that (i) the aggregate amount of the Senior Secured Obligations may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Senior Documents, be increased from time to time, (ii) a portion of the Senior Secured Obligations consists or may consist of indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and (iii) the Senior Secured Obligations may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Senior Documents, be increased, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the subordination of the Junior Liens hereunder or the provisions of this Agreement defining the relative rights of the ABL Secured Parties and the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties. The lien priorities provided for herein shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, increase, renewal, restatement or Replacement of either the Junior Secured Obligations (or any part thereof) or the Senior Secured Obligations (or any part thereof), by the release of any Collateral or of any guarantees for any Senior Secured Obligations or by any action that any Representative or Secured Party may take or fail to take in respect of any Collateral.
          (d) If at any time ABL Agent shall make a Permitted Subordination (as defined below) with respect to any ABL First Lien Collateral or Noteholder Collateral Agent shall make a Permitted Subordination with respect to Noteholder First Lien Collateral, in each case, to or in favor of any Person, the priority of such Representative’s Liens vis-à-vis the Liens therein of the other Representative shall not be affected thereby and the subordinating Representative’s Liens shall continue to be senior in priority to the

-16-


 

other Representative’s Liens in the affected Collateral as and to the extent provided in this Section 2 . As used herein, the term “ Permitted Subordination ” shall mean a voluntary subordination by ABL Agent of its Liens with respect to any or all ABL First Lien Collateral, or by Noteholder Collateral Agent of its Liens with respect to any or all Noteholder First Lien Collateral, in favor of depository banks, securities or commodities intermediaries, landlords, mortgagees, custom brokers, freight forwarders, carriers, warehousemen, factors, Persons who provide DIP Financing and other Persons who provide goods or services to a Grantor in the ordinary course of business.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any of the Secured Documents or in the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement, the Representatives and the holders of ABL Debt Obligations and Noteholder Lien Obligations agree that subject to the provisions of Section 7.04 (A) the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations relative to the remaining ABL Debt Obligations, hereby are secured Equally and Ratably with the Noteholder Lien Obligations with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral; provided however that the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations shall not also be entitled to a Junior Lien on the ABL First Lien Collateral (for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not alter or affect the Lien on the ABL First Lien Collateral granted under the ABL Security Documents for any the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations and the application of proceeds from collateral set forth in Section 8.04 of the ABL Credit Agreement, and a “Junior Lien” for the purposes of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations means a Lien other than one granted pursuant to the ABL Security Documents) and (B) with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations, notwithstanding this clause (e), the ABL Agent shall continue to be a Junior Representative with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral and the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall continue to be a Senior Representative with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral and the sole obligation of the Noteholder Collateral Agent with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligation shall be to give effect to the provisions of Section 7.01; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause (e), the sole right of a holder of Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations to receive Noteholder First Lien Collateral or proceeds thereof prior to the Discharge of the Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of Noteholder Lien Obligations shall be as provided in Section 7.04 hereof and (ii) the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties agree that, without the prior written consent of the ABL Agent (x) the Noteholder Lien Security Documents and the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement shall not be amended, waived or modified, (y) no Noteholder Lien Security Documents shall be entered into after the date hereof and (z) no replacement or substitute of the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement may be entered into, in each case, to the extent it would have the effect of disproportionately affecting the rights of the holders of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations (as such rights are in effect as of the date hereof hereunder or under the Noteholder Lien Security Documents in existence on the date hereof) as compared to the other Noteholder Lien Secured Parties.
          (f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, any difference in the Noteholder Collateral and the ABL Collateral arising from (x) any variance between the definition of “Excluded Assets” in the Security Agreement (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, the “ABL Security Agreement”)) or any definition of similar import in any

-17-


 

ABL Security Document (as any such definition is in effect on the date hereof), on the one hand, and the definition of “Excluded Assets” in the Security Agreement (as defined in the Indenture, the “Noteholder Security Agreement”) or any definition of similar import in any Noteholder Lien Security Document (as any such definition is in effect on the date hereof), on the other hand or (y) the lack of a provision similar to Section 2.01(b) of the Noteholder Security Agreement (as such provision is in effect on the date hereof) in the ABL Security Agreement, in each case shall not be deemed prohibited hereby and no party hereto shall be required to take, or refrain from taking, any action to address such difference.
          SECTION 2.02. No Action With Respect to Junior Secured Obligations Collateral Subject to Senior Liens . Subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.13 , no Junior Representative or other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall commence or instruct any Junior Representative to commence any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of, exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, any Junior Secured Obligations Collateral under any Junior Secured Obligations Security Document, applicable law or otherwise until the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations (including, without limitation, exercising any rights under any deposit account control agreement constituting Junior Secured Obligations Collateral), it being agreed that only the Senior Representative, acting in accordance with the applicable Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents, shall be entitled to take any such actions or exercise any such remedies prior to the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Junior Representative may, but shall have no obligation to, subject to Section 2.05 , take all such actions as it shall deem necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of its Junior Liens.
          SECTION 2.03. No Duties of Senior Representative . Each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that neither the Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall have any duties or other obligations to such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party with respect to any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral, other than to transfer to the Junior Representative proceeds of any such Collateral that constitutes Junior Secured Obligations Collateral remaining in its possession following any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral (in each case, unless the Junior Liens on all such Junior Secured Obligations Collateral are terminated and released prior to or concurrently with such sale, transfer, disposition, payment or satisfaction), or the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations or if the Senior Representative is in possession of all or any part of any such Collateral after the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, such Collateral or any part thereof remaining, in each case without representation or warranty on the part of the Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that until the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations secured by any Collateral on which such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party holds a Junior Lien, the Senior Representative shall be entitled, for the benefit of

-18-


 

the holders of such Senior Secured Obligations, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with such Collateral, as provided herein and in the Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents, without regard to any Junior Lien or any rights to which the holders of the Junior Secured Obligations would otherwise be entitled as a result of such Junior Lien. Without limiting the foregoing, each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that neither the Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall have any duty or obligation first to marshal or realize upon any type of Senior Secured Obligations Collateral (or any other collateral securing the Senior Secured Obligations), or to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate all or any portion of such Collateral (or any other collateral securing the Senior Secured Obligations), in any manner that would maximize the return to the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation. Each of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties waives any claim such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party may now or hereafter have against the Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party (or their representatives) arising out of (i) any actions which the Senior Representative or the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties take or omit to take (including actions with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of Liens on any Collateral, actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral, and actions with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the Senior Secured Obligations from any account debtor, guarantor or any other party) in accordance with the Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents or any other agreement related thereto or to the collection of the Senior Secured Obligations or the valuation, use, protection or release of any security for the Senior Secured Obligations, (ii) any election by the Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or (iii) subject to Section 2.06 , any borrowing by, or grant of a security interest or administrative expense priority under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as debtor-in-possession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that (a) in the event any Grantor takes any action to grant or perfect a Lien in favor of the ABL Agent in any assets constituting ABL First Lien Collateral, such Grantor shall also take such action to grant or perfect a Lien (subject to this Agreement) in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent to secure the Noteholder Lien Obligations without request of the Noteholder Collateral Agent and (b) in the event any Grantor takes any action to grant or perfect a Lien in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent in any assets constituting Noteholder First Lien Collateral, such Grantor shall also take such action to grant or perfect a Lien (subject to this Agreement) in favor of the ABL Agent to secure the ABL Lien Obligations without request of the ABL Agent.
          SECTION 2.04. No Interference; Payment Over; Reinstatement .
          (a) Each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that (i) it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or effect of which is, or could be, to make any Junior Lien pari passu with, or to give such Junior Secured Obligations

-19-


 

Secured Party any preference or priority relative to, any Senior Lien with respect to the Collateral subject to such Senior Lien and Junior Lien or any part thereof (except in each case, as provided in Section 7.01 with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations), (ii) it will not challenge or question in any proceeding the validity or enforceability of any Senior Secured Obligations or Senior Secured Obligations Security Document, or the validity, attachment, perfection or priority of any Senior Lien, or the validity or enforceability of the priorities, rights or duties established by or other provisions of this Agreement, (iii) it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or intent of which is, or could be, to interfere, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, any sale, transfer or other disposition of the Collateral subject to any Junior Lien by any Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties secured by Senior Liens on such Collateral or any Senior Representative acting on their behalf, (iv) it shall have no right to (A) direct any Senior Representative or any holder of Senior Secured Obligations to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to the Collateral subject to any Junior Lien or (B) consent to the exercise by any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party of any right, remedy or power with respect to the Collateral subject to any Junior Lien, (v) it will not institute any suit or assert in any suit or Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding any claim against any Senior Representative or other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise with respect to, and neither any Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall be liable for, any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Senior Representative or other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party with respect to any Collateral securing such Senior Secured Obligations that is subject to any Junior Lien, (vi) it will not seek, and hereby waives any right, to have any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral subject to any Junior Lien or any part thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of such Collateral and (vii) it will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of this Agreement.
          (b) The Junior Representative and each other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party hereby agrees that if it shall obtain possession of any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral or shall realize any proceeds or payment in respect of any such Collateral, pursuant to any Junior Secured Obligations Security Document or by the exercise of any rights available to it under applicable law or in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or through any other exercise of remedies, at any time prior to the Discharge of the Secured Debt Obligations, then it shall hold such Collateral, proceeds or payment in trust for the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties and transfer such Collateral, proceeds or payment, as the case may be, to the Senior Representative reasonably promptly after obtaining actual knowledge or notice from the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties that it has possession of such Senior Secured Obligations Collateral or proceeds or payments in respect thereof. Each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that if, at any time, it receives notice or obtains actual knowledge that all or part of any payment with respect to any Senior Secured Obligations previously made shall be rescinded for any reason whatsoever, such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall promptly pay over to the Senior Representative any payment received by it and then in its possession or under its control in respect of any Collateral subject to

-20-


 

any Senior Lien securing such Senior Secured Obligations and shall promptly turn any Collateral subject to any such Senior Lien then held by it over to the Senior Representative, and the provisions set forth in this Agreement shall be reinstated as if such payment had not been made, until the payment and satisfaction in full of the Senior Secured Obligations. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Section 2.04(b) shall not apply to any proceeds of Senior Secured Obligations Collateral realized in a transaction not prohibited by the Senior Documents and as to which the possession or receipt thereof by the Junior Representative or other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party is otherwise permitted by the Senior Documents.
          SECTION 2.05. Release of Liens; Automatic Release of Junior Liens .
          (a) The Junior Representative and each other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agree that (i) in the event the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties release their Lien on any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral subject to any Junior Lien pursuant to the terms contained in this Agreement (other than a release in connection with a sale, transfer or other disposition of Senior Secured Obligations Collateral, which shall be governed by clause (a)(ii) below), such Junior Lien on such Collateral shall terminate and be released automatically and without further action unless, at the time of such release by the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, an Event of Default shall then have occurred and be continuing under the Junior Documents ( provided that any Junior Lien that would have otherwise been released and terminated pursuant to this clause (a)(i) in the absence of such an Event of Default under the Junior Documents shall terminate and be released automatically and without further action when such Event of Default (and all other Events of Default under the Junior Documents) cease to exist); and (ii) in the event of a sale, transfer or other disposition of Senior Secured Obligations Collateral subject to any Junior Lien (regardless of whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Junior Documents at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition), such Junior Lien on such Collateral shall terminate and be released automatically and without further action if the applicable Senior Liens on such Collateral are released and if such sale, transfer or other disposition either (A) is then not prohibited by the Junior Documents (either pursuant to the terms of the Junior Documents or pursuant to a consent issued thereunder) or (B) occurs in connection with the foreclosure upon or other exercise of rights and remedies with respect to such Senior Secured Obligations Collateral; provided that such Junior Lien shall remain in place with respect to any proceeds of a sale, transfer or other disposition under this clause (a)(ii) that remain after the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, the Junior Representative and each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agree that, with respect to any property or assets that would otherwise constitute Senior Secured Obligations Collateral, the requirement that a Junior Lien attach to, or be perfected with respect to, such property or assets shall be waived automatically and without further action so long as the requirement that a Senior Lien attach to, or be perfected with respect to, such property or assets is waived by the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties (or the Senior Representative) in accordance with the Senior Documents and so long as no Event of Default under the Junior Documents shall have occurred, be continuing or would result therefrom at such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of release of Liens by the Senior Secured

-21-


 

Obligations Secured Parties on all or substantially all of the Senior Secured Obligations Collateral (other than when such release occurs in connection with the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties’ foreclosure upon or other exercise of rights and remedies with respect to such Collateral), no release of the Junior Lien on such Senior Secured Obligations Collateral under this Section 2.05 shall be made unless (A) consent to the release of such Junior Liens has been given by the requisite percentage or number of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties at the time outstanding as provided for in the applicable Junior Documents and (B) PGI has delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the ABL Agent, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Secured Debt Representatives (if any) certifying that all such consents have been obtained.
          (b) The ABL Agent and the Noteholder Collateral Agent agree for the benefit of the Grantors that, with respect to the release of any Collateral, if the ABL Agent or Noteholder Collateral Agent, as applicable, at any time receives:
     (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that (A) the signing officer has read Article 2 of this Agreement and understands the provisions and the definitions relating hereto, (B) such officer has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Persons to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the conditions precedent in this Agreement and all other Secured Documents, if any, relating to the release of such Collateral have been complied with and (C) in the opinion of such officer, such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with;
     (ii) prior to the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the written confirmation of the applicable Senior Representative (or, at any time after the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the Junior Representative) (such confirmation to be given promptly following receipt of, and based solely on, the Officer’s Certificate described in clause (i) above), in its view, such release is permitted by Section 2.05(a) and the respective Secured Documents governing the Noteholder Lien Obligations or the ABL Debt Obligations, as applicable, the holders of which such Representative represents;
then the ABL Agent or Noteholder Collateral Agent, as applicable, will execute (with such acknowledgements and/or notarizations as are required) and deliver such release to the applicable Grantor on or before the later of (x) the date specified in such request for such release and (y) the fifth business day (or such shorter period as shall be acceptable to the Representative) after the date of receipt of the items required by this Section 2.05(b) by the applicable Representative.
          (c) The Junior Representative agrees to execute and deliver (at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors) all such releases and other instruments as shall reasonably be requested by the Senior Representative to evidence and confirm any release of Junior Secured Obligations Collateral provided for in this Section 2.05 .
          SECTION 2.06. Certain Agreements With Respect to Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings .

-22-


 

          (a) This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding by or against Parent, PGI or any of PGI’s Subsidiaries.
          (b) If Parent, PGI or any of its Subsidiaries shall become subject to a case under the Bankruptcy Code and shall, as debtor(s)-in-possession, move for approval of financing (“ DIP Financing ”) to be provided by one or more lenders (the “ DIP Lenders ”) under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or the use of cash collateral with the consent of the DIP Lenders under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that it will raise no objection to any such financing or to the Liens on the Senior Secured Obligations Collateral securing the same (“ DIP Financing Liens ”), or to any use of cash collateral that constitutes Senior Secured Obligations Collateral, unless the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, or Senior Representative, shall then oppose or object to such DIP Financing in which case, each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party may raise an objection to such DIP Financing or such use of cash collateral only to the extent of and consistent in all respects with the opposition or objection of the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties or Senior Representative, as applicable (and, to the extent that such DIP Financing Liens or use of such cash collateral or such DIP Financing Liens are senior to, or rank pari passu with, the Senior Liens, the Junior Representative will, for itself and on behalf of the other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, subordinate the Junior Liens on the Senior Secured Obligations Collateral to the Senior Liens and the DIP Financing Liens), so long as the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties retain their Liens on all the Junior Secured Obligations Collateral, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, with the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit (x) the right of any Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties to consent to the use of cash collateral or consent to or provide any DIP Financing on terms other than the terms set forth herein or (y) the right of any Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties to object to such DIP Financing or use of Senior Secured Obligations cash collateral on terms other than those set forth herein; provided that any Lien on ABL First Lien Collateral securing any DIP Financing provided by any Noteholder Lien Secured Parties shall be subject to the priorities set forth herein and any Lien on Noteholder First Lien Collateral securing any DIP Financing provided by any ABL Secured Parties shall be subject to the priorities set forth herein.
          (c) Each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that it will not object to or oppose a sale or other disposition of any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral (or any portion thereof) under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code if the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties shall have consented to such sale or disposition of such Senior Secured Obligations Collateral and all Senior Liens and Junior Liens will attach to the proceeds of the sale.
          (d) (i) No Noteholder Lien Secured Party shall object to or oppose (or support the objection or opposition of any other Person) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding to (A) any motion or other request by any ABL Secured Party for adequate protection with respect to ABL Agent’s Liens upon the ABL First Lien Collateral,

-23-


 

including any claim of any ABL Secured Party to post-petition interest as a result of the ABL Lien on the ABL First Lien Collateral (so long as any post-petition interest paid as a result thereof is not paid from the proceeds of Noteholder First Lien Collateral), a request for the application of proceeds of ABL First Lien Collateral to the ABL Debt Obligations, and request for replacement Liens on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL First Lien Collateral, or (B) any objection or opposition by any ABL Secured Party to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on such ABL Secured Party claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to the ABL Liens in the ABL First Lien Collateral. In addition, the ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, may seek adequate protection of its junior interest in the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, subject to the provisions of this Agreement; provided , that (x) the Noteholder Collateral Agent is granted adequate protection in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, and (y) such adequate protection required by the ABL Agent is in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Noteholder First Lien Collateral. Such Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, if granted to the ABL Agent, will be subordinated to the adequate protection Liens granted in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent on such post-petition assets, and, if applicable, to the DIP Financing Liens of the Noteholder Collateral Agent or any other Noteholder Lien Secured Party on such post-petition assets of the same type as the Noteholder First Lien Collateral. If the ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, seeks or requires (or is otherwise granted) adequate protection of its junior interest in the Noteholder First Lien Collateral in the form of a replacement Lien of the post-petition assets of the same type as the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, then the ABL Agent, for itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall also be granted a replacement Lien on such post-petition assets as adequate protection of its senior interest in the Noteholder First Lien Collateral and that the ABL Agent’s replacement Lien shall be subordinated to the replacement Lien of the Noteholder Collateral Agent on the same basis as the Liens of the ABL Agent on the Noteholder First Lien Collateral are subordinated to the Liens of the Noteholder Collateral Agent on the Noteholder First Lien Collateral under this Agreement. If the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party receives as adequate protection a Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL First Lien Collateral, then such post-petition assets shall also constitute ABL First Lien Collateral to the extent of any allowed claim of the ABL Secured Parties secured by such adequate protection Lien and shall be subject to this Agreement.
          (ii) No ABL Secured Party shall object to or oppose (or support the objection or opposition of any other Person) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding to (A) any motion or other request by any Noteholder Lien Secured Party for adequate protection of the Noteholder Collateral Agent’s Liens upon any of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, including any claim of any Noteholder Lien Secured Party to post-petition interest as a result of the Noteholder Lien on the Noteholder First Lien Collateral (so long as any post-petition interest paid as a result thereof is paid solely from the proceeds of Noteholder First Lien Collateral), a request for the application of proceeds of Noteholder First Lien Collateral to the Noteholder Debt Obligations, and request for replacement Liens on post-petition assets of the same type as the Noteholder First Lien Collateral or (B) any objection or opposition by any Noteholder Lien Secured Party to

-24-


 

any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on such Noteholder Lien Secured Party claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to Noteholder Collateral Agent’s Liens in the Noteholder First Lien Collateral. In addition, the Noteholder Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Noteholder Secured Parties, may seek adequate protection of its junior interest in the ABL First Lien Collateral, subject to the provisions of this Agreement; provided, that (x) the ABL Agent is granted adequate protection in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL First Lien Collateral, and (y) such adequate protection required by the Noteholder Collateral Agent is in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL First Lien Collateral. Such Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL First Lien Collateral, if granted to the Noteholder Collateral Agent, will be subordinated to the adequate protection Liens granted in favor of the ABL Agent on such post-petition assets, and, if applicable, to the DIP Financing Liens of the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party on such post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL First Lien Collateral. If the Noteholder Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties, seeks or requires (or is otherwise granted) adequate protection of its junior interest in the ABL First Lien Collateral in the form of a replacement Lien on the post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL First Lien Collateral, then the Noteholder Collateral Agent, for itself and the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties, agrees that the ABL Agent shall also be granted a replacement Lien on such post-petition assets as adequate protection of its senior interest in the ABL First Lien Collateral and that the Noteholder Collateral Agent’s replacement Lien shall be subordinated to the replacement Lien of the ABL Agent on the same basis as the Liens of the Noteholder Collateral Agent on the ABL First Lien Collateral are subordinated to the Liens of the ABL Agent on the ABL First Lien Collateral under this Agreement. If the Noteholder Collateral Agent or any Noteholder Lien Secured Party receives as adequate protection a Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, then such post-petition assets shall also constitute Noteholder First Lien Collateral to the extent of any allowed claim of the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties secured by such adequate protection Lien and shall be subject to this Agreement.
          (e) Prior to Discharge of the Senior Secured Debt Obligations and any DIP Financing provided by the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, no Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall seek relief from the automatic stay in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding with respect to any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral unless (i) otherwise consented to by the Senior Representative or (ii) the Senior Representative or Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties shall have previously sought relief from the automatic stay with respect to such Collateral to commence a lien enforcement action with respect to such Senior Secured Obligations Collateral.
          SECTION 2.07. Reinstatement . In the event that any of the Senior Secured Obligations shall be paid in full and such payment or any part thereof shall subsequently, for whatever reason (including an order or judgment for disgorgement of a preference under the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar law, or the settlement of any claim in respect thereof), be required to be returned or repaid, the terms and conditions of this Article II shall be fully applicable thereto until all such Senior Secured Obligations shall again have been paid in full in cash.

-25-


 

          SECTION 2.08. Entry Upon Premises by the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties .
          (a) If the ABL Agent takes any enforcement action with respect to the ABL First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties (i) shall reasonably cooperate with the ABL Agent (at the sole cost and expense of the ABL Agent and subject to the condition that the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties shall have no obligation or duty to take any action or refrain from taking any action that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability or damage to the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties) in its efforts to enforce its security interest in the ABL First Lien Collateral and to finish any work-in-process and assemble the ABL First Lien Collateral, (ii) shall not take any action designed or intended to hinder or restrict in any respect the ABL Agent from enforcing its security interest in the ABL First Lien Collateral or from finishing any work-in-process or assembling the ABL First Lien Collateral, and (iii) subject to the rights of any landlords under real estate leases, shall permit the ABL Agent, its employees, agents, advisers and representatives, at the sole cost and expense of the ABL Secured Parties and upon reasonable advance notice, to enter upon and use the Noteholder First Lien Collateral (including (x) equipment, processors, computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of records, documents or files and (y) intellectual property), for a period not to exceed 180 days after the taking of such enforcement action, for purposes of (1) assembling and storing the ABL First Lien Collateral and completing the processing of and turning into finished goods of any ABL First Lien Collateral consisting of work-in-process, (2) selling any or all of the ABL First Lien Collateral located on such Noteholder First Lien Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, (3) removing any or all of the ABL First Lien Collateral located on such Noteholder First Lien Collateral, or (4) taking reasonable actions to protect, secure and otherwise enforce the rights of the ABL Secured Parties in and to the ABL First Lien Collateral; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict the rights of the Noteholder Collateral Agent from selling, assigning or otherwise transferring any Noteholder First Lien Collateral prior to the expiration of such 180-day period if the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section. If any stay or other order prohibiting the exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL First Lien Collateral has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such 180-day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order. If the ABL Agent conducts a public auction or private sale of the ABL First Lien Collateral at any of the real property included within the Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the ABL Agent shall provide the Noteholder Collateral Agent with reasonable notice and use reasonable efforts to hold such auction or sale in a manner which would not unduly disrupt the Noteholder Collateral Agent’s use of such real property.
          (b) During the period of actual occupation, use or control by the ABL Secured Parties or their agents or representatives of any Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the ABL Secured Parties shall (i) be responsible for the ordinary course third-party expenses related thereto, including costs with respect to heat, light, electricity, water and real property taxes with respect to that portion of any premises so used or occupied, and (ii) be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage to such Noteholder First

-26-


 

Lien Collateral or other assets or property resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave such Noteholder First Lien Collateral or other assets or property in substantially the same condition as it was at the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The ABL Secured Parties agree to pay, indemnify and hold the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent harmless from and against any third-party liability resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the ABL Agent or any of its agents, representatives or invitees in its or their operation of such facilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the ABL Secured Parties have any liability to the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties pursuant to this Section as a result of any condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Noteholder First Lien Collateral existing prior to the date of the exercise by the ABL Secured Parties of their rights under this Section and the ABL Secured Parties shall have no duty or liability to maintain the Noteholder First Lien Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by the ABL Secured Parties, or for any diminution in the value of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral that results solely from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral by the ABL Secured Parties in the manner and for the time periods specified under this Section 2.08 . Without limiting the rights granted in this paragraph, the ABL Agent, to the extent that rights have been exercised under this Section 2.08 by the ABL Agent, shall cooperate with the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties in connection with any efforts made by the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties to sell the Noteholder First Lien Collateral.
          SECTION 2.09. Insurance . Unless and until written notice by the ABL Agent to the Noteholder Collateral Agent that the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of the ABL Debt Obligations has occurred, as between the ABL Agent, on the one hand, and the Noteholder Collateral Agent, on the other hand, only the ABL Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the ABL Debt Documents and the Noteholder Lien Documents) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting ABL First Lien Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the ABL First Lien Collateral. Unless and until written notice by the Noteholder Collateral Agent to the ABL Agent that the Noteholder Lien Obligations have been paid in full, as between the ABL Agent, on the one hand, and the Noteholder Collateral Agent, on the other hand, only the Noteholder Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the ABL Debt Documents and the Noteholder Lien Documents) to adjust or settle any insurance policy covering or constituting Noteholder First Lien Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding solely affecting the Noteholder First Lien Collateral. To the extent that an insured loss covers or constitutes both ABL First Lien Collateral and Noteholder First Lien Collateral, then the ABL Agent and the Noteholder Collateral Agent will work jointly and in good faith to collect, adjust or settle (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the ABL Debt Documents and the Noteholder Lien Documents) under the relevant insurance policy.
          SECTION 2.10. Refinancings and Additional Secured Debt .

-27-


 

          (a) The ABL Debt Obligations and the Noteholder Lien Obligations may be Replaced, in whole or in part, by any ABL Substitute Facility or Noteholder Substitute Facility, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the refinancing transaction under any ABL Debt Document or any Noteholder Lien Document) of any Secured Party, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for herein or the other provisions hereof; provided, however, that the holders of any such ABL Substitute Facility or Noteholder Substitute Facility (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf) bind themselves in writing to the terms of this Agreement pursuant to such documents or agreements (including amendments or supplements to this Agreement) as the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the ABL Agent, as the case may be, shall reasonably request and in the form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the ABL Agent, as the case may be; it being understood that a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder shall be a document reasonably acceptable to the Noteholder Collateral Agent and ABL Collateral Agent. In connection with any Replacement contemplated by this Section 2.10 , this Agreement may be amended at the request and sole expense of the Company, and without the consent of either Representative, (a) to add parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) providing any such ABL Substitute Facility or Noteholder Substitute Facility, (b) to establish that Liens on any Noteholder First Lien Collateral securing such ABL Substitute Facility or Noteholder Substitute Facility shall have the same priority as the Liens on any Noteholder First Lien Collateral securing the indebtedness being refinanced or replaced, and (c) to establish that the Liens on any ABL First Lien Collateral securing such ABL Substitute Facility or Noteholder Substitute Facility shall have the same priority as the Liens on any ABL First Lien Collateral securing the indebtedness being refinanced or replaced, all on the terms provided for herein immediately prior to such refinancing or replacement.
          (b) Each Grantor will be permitted to designate as an additional holder of Secured Debt Obligations hereunder each Person who is, or who becomes, the registered holder of Noteholder Lien Debt incurred by such Grantor after the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of all applicable Secured Documents. Each Grantor may effect such designation by delivering to the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent, each of the following:
          (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Grantor intends to incur Additional Noteholder Lien Debt (“ Additional Secured Debt ”) which will be Noteholder Lien Debt permitted by each applicable Secured Document to be incurred and secured by a Noteholder Lien equally and ratably with all previously existing and future Noteholder Lien Debt;
          (ii) an authorized agent, trustee or other representative on behalf of the holders or lenders of any Additional Secured Debt must be designated as an additional holder of Secured Debt Obligations hereunder and must, prior to such designation, sign and deliver on behalf of the holders or lenders of such Additional Secured Debt a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder, and, to the extent necessary or appropriate to facilitate such transaction, a new

-28-


 

intercreditor agreement substantially similar to this Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof; and
          (iii) evidence that Grantor has duly authorized, executed (if applicable) and recorded (or caused to be recorded) in each appropriate governmental office all relevant filings and recordations deemed necessary by such Grantor and the holder of such Additional Secured Debt, or its Secured Debt Representative, to ensure that the Additional Secured Debt is secured by the Collateral in accordance with the Noteholder Lien Security Documents.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will be construed to allow any Grantor to incur additional indebtedness unless otherwise permitted by the terms of each applicable Secured Document.
          SECTION 2.11. No Interference .
          (a) The ABL Secured Parties may agree to modify the terms of any of the ABL Debt Obligations and grant extensions of the time of payment or performance to and make compromises (including releases of Liens on the ABL First Lien Collateral or of guaranties) and settlements with any and all Grantors and all other Persons, in each case, without the consent of the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties and without affecting the agreements of the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties in this Agreement. If an ABL Secured Party should amend or waive any provisions of the ABL Debt Documents, whether or not any ABL Secured Party has knowledge that such amendment or waiver would result in a breach of any Noteholder Lien Documents or an Event of Default under any Noteholder Lien Documents, or knowledge of an act, condition or event which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default under any Noteholder Lien Documents, in no event shall the ABL Secured Parties have any liability to any Noteholder Lien Secured Parties as a result of such breach and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the ABL Secured Parties shall not have any liability for tortious interference with contractual relations or for inducement by the ABL Secured Parties of any Grantor to breach any contract or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Section 2.11(a) shall limit, impair or waive any right that the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties have to enforce any of the provisions of the Noteholder Lien Documents against any Grantor and the provisions of this Agreement against any ABL Secured Party.
          (b) The Noteholder Lien Secured Parties may agree to modify the terms of any of the Noteholder Lien Obligations and grant extensions of the time of payment or performance to and make compromises (including releases of Liens on Noteholder First Lien Collateral or of guaranties) and settlements with any and all Grantors and all other Persons, in each case, without the consent of the ABL Secured Parties and without affecting the agreements of the ABL Secured Parties in this Agreement. If a Noteholder Lien Secured Party should amend or waive any provisions of the Noteholder Lien Documents, whether or not any Noteholder Lien Secured Party has knowledge that such amendment or waiver would result in a breach of any ABL Debt Documents or an Event of Default under any ABL Debt Documents, or knowledge of an act, condition or event

-29-


 

which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default under any ABL Debt Documents, in no event shall the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties have any liability to any ABL Secured Parties as a result of such breach and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties shall not have any liability for tortious interference with contractual relations or for inducement by the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties of any Grantor to breach any contract or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Section 2.11(b) shall limit, impair or waive any right that the ABL Secured Parties have to enforce any of the provisions of the ABL Documents against any Grantor and the provisions of this Agreement against any Noteholder Lien Secured Party.
          SECTION 2.12. Legends . The Grantors and ABL Agent acknowledge with respect to the ABL Credit Agreement and the ABL Security Documents, on the one hand, and the Grantors and Noteholder Collateral Agent acknowledge with respect to (a) the Indenture and the Indenture Noteholder Security Documents and (b) the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility and the Additional Noteholder Lien Security Documents, if any, on the other hand, that the ABL Credit Agreement, the Indenture, the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility (if any) and each associated Security Document granting any security interest in the Collateral will contain the appropriate legend substantially in the form of Annex I . The Noteholder Collateral Agent shall have no duty to assure that any such legend so appears, all such duties being that of Grantors.
          SECTION 2.13. Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties Rights as Unsecured Creditors . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.02 , 2.04(a) and 2.06(b) , (c) , (d) and (e) or otherwise, both before and during an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, any of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties may take any actions and exercise any and all rights that would be available to a holder of unsecured claims, including, without limitation, the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding against Parent, PGI or any other Grantor in accordance with applicable law; provided, that the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties may not take any of the actions prohibited by Section 2.02 , clauses (i) through (vii) of Section 2.04(a) or Section 2.06(b) , (c) , (d) and (e) ; provided, further , that in the event that any of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties becomes a judgment lien creditor in respect of any Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor with respect to the Junior Secured Obligations, such judgment lien shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including in relation to the Senior Secured Obligations) as the other Liens securing the Junior Secured Obligations are subject to this Agreement.
          SECTION 2.14. Amendments to ABL Security Documents and Noteholder Lien Security Documents .
          (a) In the event the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party and the relevant Grantor enter into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the ABL Security Documents for the purpose of adding to, or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any ABL Security Document or changing in any manner the rights of the ABL Agent, such ABL Secured Party, or any Grantor thereunder, then to the extent such amendment, waiver or consent applies solely

-30-


 

to ABL First Lien Collateral then such amendment, waiver or consent shall apply automatically to any comparable provision of the comparable Noteholder Lien Security Documents without the consent of the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties and without any action by the Noteholder Collateral Agent or any Grantor, provided , that (A) no such amendment, waiver or consent shall have the effect of (i) removing assets subject to the Lien of the Noteholder Lien Security Documents, except to the extent that a release of such Lien is permitted by Section 2.05 of this Agreement and provided that there is a corresponding release of the Lien securing the ABL Debt Obligations, (ii) imposing duties on the Noteholder Collateral Agent without its consent or (iii) permitting other Liens on the Collateral not permitted under the terms of the Noteholder Lien Debt Documents or this Agreement and (B) notice of such amendment, waiver or consent shall have been given to the Noteholder Collateral Agent within ten (10) Business Days after the effective date of such amendment, waiver or consent.
          (b) In the event the Noteholder Collateral Agent or any Noteholder Lien Secured Party and the relevant Grantor enter into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the Noteholder Lien Security Documents for the purpose of adding to, or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any Noteholder Lien Security Document or changing in any manner the rights of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, such Noteholder Lien Secured Party, or any Grantor thereunder, then to the extent such amendment, waiver or consent applies solely to Noteholder First Lien Collateral then such amendment, waiver or consent shall apply automatically to any comparable provision of the comparable ABL Security Documents without the consent of the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties and without any action by the ABL Agent or any Grantor, provided , that (A) no such amendment, waiver or consent shall have the effect of (i) removing assets subject to the Lien of the ABL Debt Security Documents, except to the extent that a release of such Lien is permitted by Section 2.05 of this Agreement and provided that there is a corresponding release of the Lien securing the Noteholder Lien Obligations, (ii) imposing duties on the ABL Agent without its consent or (iii) permitting other Liens on the Collateral not permitted under the terms of the ABL Debt Documents or this Agreement and (B) notice of such amendment, waiver or consent shall have been given to the ABL Agent within ten (10) Business Days after the effective date of such amendment, waiver or consent.
          SECTION 2.15. Tracing of Proceeds .
     Other than by virtue of a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Noteholder First Lien Collateral for which the proceeds thereof have been segregated, all proceeds realized from the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets constituting Noteholder First Lien Collateral shall lose their characterization as Noteholder First Lien Collateral and as “proceeds” of Noteholder First Lien Collateral upon the receipt of such proceeds by or on behalf of PGI or any Guarantor and application thereof to the obligations under the ABL Credit Agreement; provided that if (i) written notice by the Noteholder Collateral Agent of an Event of Default under and as defined in the Indenture has been delivered to the ABL Agent or (ii) an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been initiated with respect to PGI or any Guarantor, all

-31-


 

identifiable proceeds of Noteholder First Lien Collateral received by the Issuer or any Guarantor thereafter shall constitute Noteholder First Lien Collateral.
ARTICLE III
Gratuitous Bailment for Perfection of Certain Security Interests; Rights Under Permits and Licenses
          SECTION 3.01. General . The Senior Representative agrees that if it shall at any time hold a Senior Lien on any Junior Secured Obligations Collateral that can be perfected by the possession or control of such Collateral or of any account in which such Collateral is held, and if such Collateral or any such account is in fact in the possession or under the control of the Senior Representative, the Senior Representative will serve as gratuitous bailee for the Junior Representative for the sole purpose of perfecting the Junior Lien of the Junior Representative on such Collateral. It is agreed that the obligations of the Senior Representative and the rights of the Junior Representative and the other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties in connection with any such bailment arrangement will be in all respects subject to the provisions of Article II. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Senior Representative will be deemed to make no representation as to the adequacy of the steps taken by it to perfect the Junior Lien on any such Collateral and shall have no responsibility, duty, obligation or liability to the Junior Representative or other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party or any other person for such perfection or failure to perfect, it being understood that the sole purpose of this Article is to enable the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties to obtain a perfected Junior Lien in such Collateral to the extent, if any, that such perfection results from the possession or control of such Collateral or any such account by the Senior Representative. Subject to Section 2.07 and to the Senior Representative receiving such indemnifications as shall be required by such Senior Representative, from and after the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the Senior Representative shall take all such actions in its power as shall reasonably be requested by the Junior Representative (at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors) to transfer possession of such Collateral in its possession (in each case to the extent the Junior Representative has a Lien on such Collateral after giving effect to any prior or concurrent releases of Liens) to the Junior Representative (and with respect to any Collateral constituting ABL First Lien Collateral, to the Noteholder Collateral Agent for the benefit of all applicable Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties).
          SECTION 3.02. Deposit Accounts .
          (a) The Grantors, to the extent required by the ABL Credit Agreement, may from time to time establish deposit accounts (the “ Deposit Accounts ”) with certain depositary banks in which collections from Inventory and Accounts may be deposited. To the extent that any such Deposit Account is under the control of the ABL Agent and Noteholder Lien Secured Parties at any time, the ABL Agent will act as gratuitous bailee and agent for the Noteholder Collateral Agent for the purpose of perfecting the Liens of the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties in such Deposit Accounts and the cash and other

-32-


 

assets therein as provided in Section 3.01 (but will have no duty, responsibility or obligation to the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties (including, without limitation, any duty, responsibility or obligation as to the maintenance of such control, the effect of such arrangement or the establishment of such perfection). Unless the Junior Liens on such ABL First Lien Collateral shall have been or concurrently are released, after the occurrence of Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the ABL Agent shall, to the extent that the same are then under the sole dominion and control of the ABL Agent and that such action is otherwise within the power and authority of the ABL Agent pursuant to the ABL Documents, at the request of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, cooperate with the Grantors and the Noteholder Collateral Agent (at the expense of the Grantors) in permitting control of any Deposit Accounts to be transferred to the Noteholder Collateral Agent (or for other arrangements with respect to each such Deposit Accounts satisfactory to the Noteholder Collateral Agent to be made).
          (b) The Grantors, the Representatives, the Secured Parties and all other parties hereto agree that only proceeds of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral may be deposited in the Collateral Proceeds Account and the Grantors agree to so instruct each account debtor of each Grantor and each other applicable Person and to take all other actions necessary to give effect to the intent of this Section 3.02(b) . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Noteholder Collateral Agent hereby agrees that if the Collateral Proceeds Account contains any proceeds of the ABL First Lien Collateral, it shall hold such proceeds in trust for the ABL Secured Parties and transfer such proceeds to the ABL Secured Parties reasonably promptly after obtaining actual knowledge or notice from the ABL Secured Parties that it has possession of such proceeds in accordance with Section 2.04(b) .
          SECTION 3.03. Rights under Permits and Licenses . The Noteholder Collateral Agent agrees that if the ABL Agent shall require rights available under any permit or license controlled by the Noteholder Collateral Agent (as certified to the Noteholder Collateral Agent by the ABL Agent, upon which the Noteholder Collateral Agent may rely) in order to realize on any ABL First Lien Collateral, the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall (subject to the terms of the Indenture, including the Noteholder Collateral Agent’s rights to indemnification thereunder) take all such actions as shall be available to it (at the sole expense of the Grantors), consistent with applicable law and reasonably requested by the ABL Agent in writing, to make such rights available to the ABL Agent, subject to the Noteholder Liens. The ABL Agent agrees that if the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall require rights available under any permit or license controlled by the ABL Agent (as certified to the ABL Agent by the Noteholder Collateral Agent, upon which the ABL Agent may rely) in order to realize on any Noteholder First Lien Collateral, the ABL Agent shall (subject to its right to receive indemnification) take all such actions as shall be available to it (at the sole expense of the Grantors), consistent with applicable law and reasonably requested by the Noteholder Collateral Agent in writing, to make such rights available to the Noteholder Collateral Agent, subject to the ABL Liens.

-33-


 

ARTICLE IV
Existence and Amounts of Liens and Obligations
          Whenever a Representative shall be required, in connection with the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to determine the existence or amount of any Senior Secured Obligations (or the existence of any commitment to extend credit that would constitute Senior Secured Obligations) or Junior Secured Obligations, or the existence of any Lien securing any such obligations, or the Collateral subject to any such Lien, it may request that such information be furnished to it in writing by the other Representative and shall be entitled to make such determination on the basis of the information so furnished; provided , however , that if a Representative shall fail or refuse reasonably promptly to provide the requested information, the requesting Representative shall be entitled to make any such determination by such method as it may, in the exercise of its good faith judgment, determine, including by reliance upon a certificate of PGI. Each Representative may rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any determination made by it in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence (or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction) and shall have no liability to the Grantors or any of their Subsidiaries, any Secured Party or any other person as a result of such determination.
ARTICLE V
Consent of Grantors
          Each Grantor hereby consents to the provisions of this Agreement and the intercreditor arrangements provided for herein and agrees that the obligations of the Grantors under the Security Documents will in no way be diminished or otherwise affected by such provisions or arrangements (except as expressly provided herein).
ARTICLE VI
Representations and Warranties
          SECTION 6.01. Representations and Warranties of Each Party . Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other parties hereto as follows:
          (a) Such party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party.
          (c) The execution, delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement (i) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any governmental authority of which the failure to obtain could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), (ii) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any governmental authority or, to its knowledge, any indenture, agreement or other

-34-


 

instrument binding upon such party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) will not violate the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of such party.
          SECTION 6.02. Representations and Warranties of Each Representative . Each of the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that it is authorized under the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement and the ABL Credit Agreement, as the case may be, to enter into this Agreement.
ARTICLE VII
Payments
          SECTION 7.01. Application of Proceeds .
          (a) So long as the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of the ABL Debt Obligations has not occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, all ABL First Lien Collateral or proceeds thereof received in connection with the sale or other disposition of, or collection on, such ABL First Lien Collateral upon the exercise of remedies or other enforcement action by either Representative or any ABL Secured Party or Noteholder Lien Secured Party, shall be delivered to the ABL Agent and shall be applied or further distributed by the ABL Agent to or on account of the ABL Debt Obligations in such order, if any, as specified in the relevant ABL Debt Documents or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. Upon the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of ABL Debt Obligations, the ABL Agent shall deliver to the Noteholder Collateral Agent any Collateral and proceeds of Collateral received or delivered to it pursuant to the preceding sentence, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, to be applied by the Noteholder Collateral Agent to the Noteholder Lien Obligations in such order as specified in the Noteholder Lien Documents (subject to Section 7.04 below) or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
          (b) So long as the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of the Noteholder Lien Obligations has not occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, all Noteholder First Lien Collateral or proceeds thereof received in connection with the sale or other disposition of, or collection on, such Noteholder First Lien Collateral upon the exercise of remedies or other enforcement action by either Representative or any Noteholder Lien Secured Party or ABL Secured Party, shall be delivered to the Noteholder Collateral Agent and shall be applied by the Noteholder Collateral Agent to the Noteholder Lien Obligations in such order as specified in the relevant Noteholder Lien Documents or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct provided that if at such time a Covered Action shall have occurred and the Discharge of the Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations has not

-35-


 

occurred, then Section 7.04 shall apply for the benefit of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations. Upon the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of Noteholder Lien Obligations, the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall deliver to the ABL Agent any Collateral and proceeds of Collateral received or delivered to it pursuant to the preceding sentence, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements to be applied by the ABL Agent to the ABL Debt Obligations in such order as specified in the ABL Debt Documents or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
          SECTION 7.02. Payments Over in Violation of Agreement . So long as the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of either the ABL Debt Obligations or the Noteholder Lien Obligations has not occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, any Collateral received by either Representative or any Noteholder Lien Secured Party or ABL Secured Party in connection with the exercise of any right, power, or remedy (including set-off) relating to the Collateral in contravention of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the appropriate Senior Representative for the benefit of the holders of the applicable Senior Secured Obligations in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. Each Representative is hereby authorized by the other Representative to make any such endorsements as agent for the other Representative or any Noteholder Lien Secured Party or ABL Secured Party, as applicable. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable until the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of both the ABL Debt Obligations and the Noteholder Lien Obligations.
          SECTION 7.03. Application of Payments . Subject to the other terms of this Agreement including, without limitation Section 7.04 , all payments received by (a) the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties may be applied, reversed and reapplied, in whole or in part, to the ABL Debt Obligations to the extent provided for in the ABL Debt Documents and (b) the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties may be applied, reversed and reapplied, in whole or in part, to the Noteholder Lien Obligations to the extent provided for in the Noteholder Lien Documents.
SECTION 7.04. Application of Payment in Respect of Noteholder First Lien Collateral In Connection with Covered Actions . So long as the Discharge of the Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations has not occurred, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations shall be entitled to be paid out of the proceeds of Noteholder First Lien Collateral to the extent set forth in the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement. Subject to the Discharge of the Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties shall be subrogated to the rights of the ABL Agent to receive distributions in respect of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations until the Discharge of the Senior Secured Oblgiations in respect of the Noteholder Lien Obligations.

-36-


 

ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 8.01. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
          (a) if to the ABL Agent, to it at Citibank, N.A., 390 Greenwich Street, 1/F, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Michael Smolow, Telephone: (212) 723-3761, Facsimile No.: (646) 861-6221, Email: michael.smolow@citi.com,with a copy ot Citigroup Global Loans, 1615 Brett Road, New Castle, DE 19720, Attention: Tracey Wilson, Telephone: (302) 894-6094, Email: tracey.l.wilson@citi.com;
          (b) if to the Noteholder Collateral Agent, to it at Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890, Attention Corporate Client Series — Polymer Group, Inc., Facsimile No.: (302) 636-4145;
          (c) if to the Grantors, to Polymer Group, Inc., 9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300, Charlotte, North Carolina 28269 Attention: General Counsel, Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122; and
          (d) and if to any other Secured Debt Representative, to such address as specified in the Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder.
Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto (and for this purpose a notice to PGI shall be deemed to be a notice to each Grantor). All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt (if a business day) and on the next business day thereafter (in all other cases) at the address of such party as provided in this Section 8.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 8.01 . As agreed to in writing among PGI, on behalf of the Grantors, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable person provided from time to time by such person.
          SECTION 8.02. Waivers; Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in

-37-


 

the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be terminated, waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Representative and PGI, on behalf of the Grantors; provided, however , that this Agreement may be amended from time to time (x) as provided in Sections 2.10 and 2.14 and (y) at the sole request and expense of PGI, and without the consent of either Representative, to add, pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement Joinder, additional Grantors whereupon such Person will be bound by the terms hereof to the same extent as if it had executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date hereof. Any amendment of this Agreement that is proposed to be effected without the consent of a Representative as permitted by the proviso to the preceding sentence shall be submitted to such Representative for its review at least 5 business days (or such shorter period as shall be acceptable to such Representative) prior to the proposed effectiveness of such amendment; provided , that no prior review shall be required for the joinder of a Grantor pursuant to a joinder in the form of Exhibit A.
          SECTION 8.03. Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, as well as the other Secured Parties, all of whom are intended to be bound by, and to be third party beneficiaries of, this Agreement.
          SECTION 8.04. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
          SECTION 8.05. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission (or other electronic transmission) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
          SECTION 8.06. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 8.07. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

-38-


 

          (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.
          (b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York, New York and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party hereto may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement in the courts of any jurisdiction.
          (c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
          (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 8.01 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
          SECTION 8.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
          SECTION 8.09. Headings . Article, Section and Annex headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 8.10. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Secured Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided , however , that if any of the provisions of the Noteholder Lien Security Documents limit, qualify or conflict with the duties imposed by the provisions of the TIA, the TIA shall control.

-39-


 

          SECTION 8.11. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights. The provisions of this Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the ABL Secured Parties, on the one hand, and the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties, on the other hand. None of the Grantors or any other creditor thereof shall have any rights or obligations hereunder, except as expressly provided in this Agreement ( provided that nothing in this Agreement (other than Sections 2.05 , 2.06 , 2.10 , 2.14 or Article VIII ) is intended to or will amend, waive or otherwise modify the provisions of the ABL Credit Agreement or the Indenture), and no Grantor may rely on the terms hereof (other than Sections 2.05 , 2.06 , 2.10 , 2.14 Article VI and Article VIII ). Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Grantors, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the Obligations under the Secured Documents as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Secured Document, the Grantors shall not be required to act or refrain from acting (a) pursuant to this Agreement or any Noteholder Lien Document with respect to any ABL First Lien Collateral in any manner that would cause a default under any ABL Debt Document, or (b) pursuant to this Agreement or any ABL Debt Document with respect to any Noteholder First Lien Collateral in any manner that would cause a default under any Noteholder Lien Document.
          SECTION 8.12. Certain Terms Concerning the Noteholder Collateral Agent . The Noteholder Collateral Agent is executing and delivering this Agreement solely in its capacity as such and pursuant to direction set forth in the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement; and in so doing, the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the terms or sufficiency of this Agreement for any purpose. The Noteholder Collateral Agent shall have no duties or obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement other than such duties as may be expressly set forth in this Agreement as duties on its part to be performed or observed. In entering into this Agreement, or in taking (or forbearing from) any action under or pursuant to the Agreement, the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall have and be protected by all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under the Indenture (including without limitation Sections 7.01 , 7.02 , 7.07 and 10.11 thereof) and the Noteholder Lien Security Documents.
          SECTION 8.13. Certain Terms Concerning ABL Agent and Noteholder Collateral Agent; Force Majeure . Neither the ABL Agent nor the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall have any liability or responsibility for the actions or omissions of any other Secured Party, or for any other Secured Party’s compliance with (or failure to comply with) the terms of this Agreement. Neither the ABL Agent nor the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall have individual liability to any Person if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to any Secured Party (or the Grantors) any amounts in violation of the terms of this Agreement, so long as the ABL Agent or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is acting in good faith. Neither the ABL Agent nor the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall be responsible for or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear

-40-


 

or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

-41-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  CITIBANK, N.A., as ABL Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Smolow    
    Name:   Michael Smolow   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
         
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Noteholder Collateral Agent
 
 
  By   /s/ Joshua C. Jones    
    Name:   Joshua C. Jones   
    Title:   Financial Services Officer   

-2-


 

         
         
  SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jason Giordano    
    Name:   Jason Giordano   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   

-3-


 

         
         
  POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   
 
  PGI POLYMER, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  FABRENE, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  PGI EUROPE, INC..
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 

-4-


 

ANNEX I
Provision for the ABL Credit Agreement, the Indenture and the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility
Reference is made to the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among CITIBANK, N.A., as ABL Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) for the ABL Secured Parties referred to therein; WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Noteholder Collateral Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc.; and the other Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”). Each [Lender hereunder] [holder of the [Indenture Notes][the notes issued under the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility]], by its acceptance of [the Indenture Notes] [the notes issued under the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility] (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the [ABL Agent] [Noteholder Collateral Agent [on behalf of each holder of Indenture Noteholder Lien Debt Obligations][on behalf of each holder of Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Obligations] to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as [ABL Agent] [Noteholder Collateral Agent] on behalf of such [holder of ABL Debt Obligations] [holder of Indenture Noteholder Lien Debt Obligations][holder of Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Obligations]. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the [ABL Lenders] [holders of Indenture Noteholder Lien Debt Obligations] [holders of Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Obligations] to [extend credit to Borrowers] [to acquire the [Indenture Notes][notes issued under the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility] of PGI] and such [ABL Lenders][holders of such [Indenture Notes][notes]] are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
Provision for all ABL Security Documents, Indenture Noteholder Security Documents and the Additional Noteholder Lien Security Documents that Grant a Security Interest in Collateral
Reference is made to the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among CITIBANK, N.A., as ABL Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) for the ABL Secured Parties referred to therein; WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Noteholder Collateral Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc.; and the other Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”). Each Person that is secured hereunder, by accepting the benefits of the security provided hereby, (i) consents (or is deemed to consent), to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) agrees (or is deemed to agree) that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) authorizes (or is deemed to authorize) the [ABL Agent] [Noteholder Collateral Agent] on behalf of such Person

 


 

to enter into, and perform under, the Intercreditor Agreement and (iv) acknowledges (or is deemed to acknowledge) that a copy of the Intercreditor Agreement was delivered, or made available, to such Person.
Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Agreement, the Liens created hereby and the rights, remedies, duties and obligations provided for herein are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and, to the extent provided therein, the applicable Security Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

-2-


 

EXHIBIT A
to Intercreditor Agreement
[FORM OF]
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT JOINDER
     The undersigned, _____________________, a _______________, hereby agrees to become party as a [Grantor] under the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “Intercreditor Agreement” ) among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc., the Grantors from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as agent under the ABL Credit Agreement (as defined therein) and Wilmington Trust Company, as collateral agent under the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement and the Indenture (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and the Additional Noteholder Lien Security Documents (as defined therein), if any; for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as fully as if the undersigned had executed and delivered the Intercreditor Agreement as of the date thereof.
     The provisions of Article VIII of the Intercreditor Agreement will apply with like effect to this Joinder.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Intercreditor Agreement Joinder to be executed by their respective officers or representatives as of ___________________, 20___.
         
  [ ___________________________ ]
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  [Notice Address]  

 


 

EXHIBIT B
to Intercreditor Agreement
[FORM OF]
LIEN SHARING AND PRIORITY CONFIRMATION JOINDER
     Reference is made to the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”) among Citibank, N.A., as ABL Agent for the ABL Secured Parties (each such term as defined therein), Wilmington Trust Company, as Noteholder Collateral Agent for the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties (each such term as defined therein), SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION (“ Parent ”), POLYMER GROUP, INC. (“ PGI ”, together with Parent and Merger, the “ Initial Grantors ”) and the Subsidiaries of PGI named therein.
     Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement. This Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder is being executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.10[a][b] of the Intercreditor Agreement as a condition precedent to the debt for which the undersigned is acting as representative being entitled to the rights and obligations of being additional secured debt under the Intercreditor Agreement.
     1.  Joinder . The undersigned, [_________________], a [_______________], (the “ New Representative ”) as [trustee] [collateral trustee] [administrative agent] [collateral agent] under that certain [ described applicable indenture, credit agreement or other document governing the additional secured debt ] hereby:
          (a) represents that the New Representative has been authorized to become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of the [ABL Secured Parties under an ABL Substitute Facility][Indenture Noteholder Lien Secured Parties under the Noteholder Substitute Facility][Additional Noteholder Lien Secured Parties under the Additional Noteholder Lien Debt Facility] as [an ABL Agent under an ABL Substitute Facility] [a Noteholder Collateral Agent under a Noteholder Substitute Facility] [a Secured Debt Representative] under the Intercreditor Agreement for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as fully as if the undersigned had executed and delivered the Intercreditor Agreement as of the date thereof; and
          (b) agrees that its address for receiving notices pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement shall be as follows:
          [Address];
     2.  Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation .
     [ Option A: to be used if Additional Debt constitutes ABL Debt Obligations ] The undersigned New Representative, on behalf of itself and each holder of ABL Debt Obligations for which the undersigned is acting as [ collateral agent ] hereby agrees, for

 


 

the benefit of all Secured Parties and each future Secured Debt Representative, and as a condition to being treated as ABL Debt Obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement, that the New Representative is bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of ABL Liens. [or]
     [ Option B: to be used if Additional Debt constitutes a Series of Noteholder Lien Debt ] The undersigned New Representative, on behalf of itself and each holder of Obligations in respect of the Series of Noteholder Lien Debt [that constitutes Noteholder Substitute Facility] for which the undersigned is acting as [Secured Debt Representative][Noteholder Collateral Agent] hereby agrees, for the benefit of all Secured Parties and each future Secured Debt Representative, and as a condition to being treated as Secured Debt under the Intercreditor Agreement, that:
     (a) all Noteholder Lien Obligations will be and are secured Equally and Ratably by all Noteholder Liens at any time granted by the Initial Grantors or any other Grantor to secure any Obligations in respect of such Series of Noteholder Lien Debt, whether or not upon property otherwise constituting Collateral for such Series of Noteholder Lien Debt, and that all such Noteholder Liens will be enforceable by the Noteholder Collateral Agent with respect to such Series of Noteholder Lien Debt for the benefit of all holders of Noteholder Lien Obligations Equally and Ratably;
     (b) the New Representative and each holder of Obligations in respect of the Series of Noteholder Lien Debt for which the undersigned is acting as [ Secured Debt Representative ] are bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of Noteholder Liens and the order of application of proceeds from enforcement of Noteholder Liens; and
     (c) the New Representative and each holder of Obligations in respect of the Series of Noteholder Lien Debt for which the undersigned is acting as [ Secured Debt Representative ] appoints the Noteholder Collateral Agent and consents to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the performance by the Noteholder Collateral Agent of, and directs the Noteholder Collateral Agent to perform, its obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Noteholder Collateral Agency Agreement, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
     3.  Governing Law and Miscellaneous Provisions . The provisions of Article VIII of the Intercreditor Agreement will apply with like effect to this Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder.

-2-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder to be executed by their respective officers or representatives as of [___________________, 20____].
         
  [insert name of New Representative]
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
The Noteholder Collateral Agent hereby acknowledges receipt of this Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder and agrees to act as Noteholder Collateral Agent for the New Representative and the holders of the Obligations represented thereby:
         
  ____________________________,
as Noteholder Collateral Agent
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
The ABL Agent hereby acknowledges receipt of this Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder and agrees to act as ABL Agent for the New Representative and the holders of the Obligations represented thereby:
         
  ____________________________,
as ABL Agent
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

-3-

Exhibit 10.5
EXECUTION VERSION
INTERCREDITOR AND COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT
dated as of January 28, 2011
among
SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
THE POLYMER GROUP, INC.
THE SUBSIDIARIES OF POLYMER GROUP, INC. NAMED HEREIN
CITIBANK, N.A., as Tranche 2 Representative
and
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Collateral Agent and Trustee

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS a
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I
       
DEFINITIONS
       
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    2  
Section 1.02 Rules of Interpretation
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE II
       
OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT
       
 
       
Section 2.01 Appointment of the Collateral Agent
    7  
Section 2.02 Actions under Collateral Documents
    7  
Section 2.03 Instructions of Directing Creditors
    8  
Section 2.04 Certain Actions under the Collateral Documents and Intercreditor Agreement
    8  
Section 2.05 Other Actions by the Collateral Agent
    9  
Section 2.06 Nature of Duties
    9  
Section 2.07 No Obligations Imposed
    9  
Section 2.08 Inspection
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE III
       
ACTIONS BY CREDITORS; VOTING
       
 
       
Section 3.01 Directing Creditors Defined
    10  
Section 3.02 Exceptional Decisions
    10  
Section 3.03 Certificates of the Trustee, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative
    11  
Section 3.04 Calculations Binding
    11  
Section 3.05 Directing Creditors Held Harmless
    11  
Section 3.06 Notice of Amendments and Waivers to Finance Documents
    12  
Section 3.07 Events of Default under the Finance Documents
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
       
EXERCISE OF REMEDIES; APPLICATION OF COLLATERAL PROCEEDS
       
 
       
Section 4.01 General Limitation on Exercise of Remedies
    12  
Section 4.02 Notices of Acceleration
    13  
Section 4.03 Remedies
    13  
Section 4.04 No Inconsistent Actions
    13  
Section 4.05 Application of Proceeds & Certain Other Intercreditor Arrangements
    13  
Section 4.06 Sharing of Asset Sale Proceeds and Event of Loss Proceeds
    16  
Section 4.07 Credit Bid Rights
    16  
 
a   The Table of Contents is not a part of the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement.

i


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE V
       
CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS ENFORCEABLE BY THE NOTE PARTIES
       
 
       
Section 5.01 Release of Liens
    17  
Section 5.02 Delivery of Copies to the Trustee and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative
    18  
Section 5.03 No Actions to Address Exceptions
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE VI
       
THE COLLATERAL AGENT
       
 
       
Section 6.01 No Implied Duty
    18  
Section 6.02 Appointment of Co-Agents and Sub-Agents
    18  
Section 6.03 Other Agreements
    18  
Section 6.04 Solicitation of Instructions
    19  
Section 6.05 Limitation of Liability
    19  
Section 6.06 Documents in Satisfactory Form
    19  
Section 6.07 Entitled to Rely
    19  
Section 6.08 Events of Default
    20  
Section 6.09 Actions by Collateral Agent
    20  
Section 6.10 Security or Indemnity in Favor of the Collateral Agent
    20  
Section 6.11 Resignation or Removal of the Collateral Agent
    20  
Section 6.12 Appointment of Successor Collateral Agent
    20  
Section 6.13 Succession
    20  
Section 6.14 Indenture Protections
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE VII
       
MISCELLANEOUS
       
 
       
Section 7.01 Amendment
    22  
Section 7.02 Successors and Assigns; Additional Trustee or Agent Joinder
    22  
Section 7.03 Delay and Waiver
    23  
Section 7.04 Notices
    23  
Section 7.05 Entire Agreement
    24  
Section 7.06 Force Majeure
    24  
Section 7.07 Obligations Secured
    24  
Section 7.08 Severability
    24  
Section 7.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction Etc .
    25  
Section 7.10 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury
    25  
Section 7.11 Section Titles
    25  
Section 7.12 Counterparts; Effectiveness
    25  
Section 7.13 Intercreditor Agreement
    25  
 
       
Exhibit A — Form of Joinder Agreement
       

ii


 

INTERCREDITOR AND COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT
     This Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of January 28, 2011 among THE POLYMER GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the subsidiaries of the Company named herein (the “ Guarantors ”), SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION (the “ Parent ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as the ABL Agent (as defined below) (in such capacity, the “ Tranche 2 Representative ”), WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Collateral Agent (“ Wilmington Trust ” and, together with its successor or successors in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), and as Trustee for the Noteholders under the Indenture (each as defined below) (together with its successor or successors in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”).
     The Company is issuing 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (together with any Exchange Notes (as defined in the Indenture) with respect thereto the “ Initial Senior Secured Notes ”) pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, as the case may be, the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined below), the Trustee and the other agents from time to time party thereto.
     In addition, the Company is a party to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 28, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”) among the Company, as lead borrower, each other Borrower named therein, Parent, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “ ABL Agent ”), the lenders party thereto from time to time and the other agents named therein, pursuant to which the lenders with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans (“ Tranche 2 Lenders ”) under the ABL Debt Documents will agree to extend credit with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans, and the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations will be secured by the Collateral.
     The obligations of the Company under and in respect of the Senior Secured Notes (as defined below) are and will be, as the case may be, and in respect of certain other Finance Obligations (as defined below) may be guaranteed by certain direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company (the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”). The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are herein referred to individually as a “ Note Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Note Parties .” The obligations of the Company and the other Note Parties in respect of the Senior Secured Notes and, as the case may be, the other Finance Obligations are and will be secured by a security interest in the Collateral (as defined below).
     The Indenture permits the Company and other Note Parties from time to time to incur indebtedness which they are otherwise permitted to incur under the Indenture, including but not limited to (i) indebtedness in the form of additional senior secured notes issued under the Indenture (such notes together with any Exchange Notes with respect thereto being herein collectively referred to herein as the “ Additional Senior Secured Notes ” and, together with the Initial Senior Secured Notes, the “ Senior Secured Notes ”), (ii) indebtedness in the form of Additional Senior Secured Debt (as defined below), and, in each case, to secure such Additional Senior Secured Notes or Additional Senior Secured Debt (as defined below) equally and ratably with the other Notes Priority Lien Debt Obligations; provided that the issuance of any Additional Senior Secured Notes and Additional Senior Secured Debt is subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture and (iii) indebtedness under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations.
     This Agreement sets forth the terms on which the Collateral Agent has undertaken to accept, hold and enforce the security interests described above and all related rights, interests and powers as agent for, and for the benefit exclusively of, the present and future holders of the Senior Secured Notes and Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders and describes the relative rights and obligations of the Collateral Agent, the Tranche 2 Representative on behalf of the Tranche 2 Lenders and Trustee on behalf of the

1


 

Noteholders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative on behalf of the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders with respect to the Collateral.
     Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Tranche 2 Representative and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.01 Definitions . Capitalized terms defined in the introductory paragraphs hereof have the respective meanings provided for therein. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
     “ ABL Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ ABL Debt Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ ABL Substitute Facility ” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
     “ Additional Senior Secured Debt ” means any additional obligations which satisfy all of the conditions set forth in the following clauses: (i) such obligations are incurred by the Company in compliance with the Indenture and any other Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement; (ii) such obligations are secured in compliance with the Indenture and any other applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement; (iii) such obligations are designated by the Company pursuant to Section 7.02(e) hereof as “Additional Senior Secured Debt” hereunder and (iv) the applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative thereunder shall have executed a Joinder pursuant to Section 7.02(d) hereof.
     “ Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement ” means any credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other financial accommodation which constitutes Additional Senior Secured Debt under this Agreement.
     “ Additional Senior Secured Debt Documents ” means any agreements, indentures, collateral documents and all other documents and instruments entered into in connection with any Additional Senior Secured Debt, in each case as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof.
     “ Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders ” means the holders from time to time of the Additional Senior Secured Debt.
     “ Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative ” means any Person designated by the Company pursuant to Section 7.02(e) as an “Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative” for any Additional

2


 

Senior Secured Debt, and any successor Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative appointed under the Additional Senior Secured Debt Documents for such Additional Senior Secured Debt.
     “ Aggregate Voting Credit ” means at any date the sum of:
     (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes; plus
     (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any Additional Senior Secured Debt.
     Noteholders that are Affiliates of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Senior Secured Notes held by any such Noteholder that are affiliates of the Company shall not be included in the determination of the Aggregate Voting Credit. For purposes of the definition of “Directing Creditors,” the Aggregate Voting Credit shall include only those Credit Classes otherwise entitled to be included therein that are affected by an event or circumstance that gave rise to the action of such Directing Creditors.
     “ Agreement ” means this Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
     “ Business Day ” means each day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
     “ Collateral ” means all of the property which is subject to, or is purported to be subject to, the Liens granted by the Collateral Documents.
     “ Collateral Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, mortgages (and any subordination and non-disturbance agreements related thereto), collateral assignments, deeds of trust and all other pledges, agreements, financing statements, patent, trademark or copyright filings, mortgages or other filings or documents that create or purport to create a Lien in the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Finance Parties, as they may be amended from time to time, and any instruments of assignment, control agreements, lockbox letters or other instruments or agreements executed pursuant to the foregoing.
     “ Covered Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) .
     “ Credit Class ” means (i) the Noteholders (as defined below) or (ii) the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders, as the context may require.
     “ Creditor ” means any Noteholder and Additional Senior Secured Debt Holder, and “ Creditors ” means two or more of them, collectively.
     “ Current Market Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(g)(1) .
     “ Debtor Relief Law ” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or any similar United States federal or state law or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.
     “ Directing Creditors ” means, at any time, Creditors holding more than 50% of the then outstanding Aggregate Voting Credit (including, without limitation, Noteholders providing consents obtained in

3


 

connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes Priority Lien Debt Obligations).
     “ equally and ratably ” means, in reference to sharing of any Liens or proceeds thereof as among the Credit Classes, that such Liens or proceeds shall be allocated and distributed to the Trustee for the account of the Noteholders and to the respective Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative for the account of any Additional Senior Secured Debt on a pro-rata basis, as provided in the definition of “ pro-rata basis ” and in Section 4.05 (it being understood that nothing in this definition is intended to modify the order of priorities specified in Section 4.05 ).
     “ Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in any of (i) the Indenture or (ii) an Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement.
     “ Exceptional Decisions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02 .
     “ Finance Document ” means each Note Document, each Additional Senior Secured Debt Document and this Agreement, and “ Finance Documents ” means any two or more of them, collectively.
     “ Finance Obligations ” means all Notes Priority Lien Debt Obligations whether now or hereafter due, owing or incurred in any manner, whether actual or contingent, whether incurred solely or jointly with any other person and whether as principal or surety, together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof.
     “ Finance Party ” means any of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, any Noteholder, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Holder, and any Indemnified Party and “ Finance Parties ” means two or more of them collectively.
     “ Indenture ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ Independent Financial Expert ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(g)(2) .
     “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means (i) any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to any Note Party, (ii) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding, with respect to any Note Party or with respect to any of their respective assets, (iii) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of any Note Party, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy and (iv) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshaling of assets and liabilities of any Note Party.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time), among the ABL Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.
     “ Joinder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(d) .
     “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement

4


 

under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
     “ Marketable Security ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(g)(1) .
     “ Non-Cash Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(g) .
     “ Note Documents ” means the Indenture, the Senior Secured Notes and the Registration Rights Agreements (as defined in the Indenture) related thereto and the Collateral Documents, in each case including all exhibits and schedules thereto, and all other agreements, documents and instruments relating to the Senior Secured Notes, in each case as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof.
     “ Noteholders ” means the holders from time to time of the Senior Secured Notes.
     “ Notes Priority Lien Debt Obligations ” means, without duplication:
     (i) all principal of and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Note Party, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on any Senior Secured Note, Additional Senior Secured Debt or any Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations;
     (ii) all fees, expenses, indemnification obligations and other amounts of whatever nature now or hereafter payable by any Note Party (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Note Party, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) pursuant to the Indenture, the Senior Secured Notes, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Collateral Document;
     (iii) all expenses of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent as to which one or more of such agents has a right to reimbursement under the Indenture, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans or under any other similar provision of any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, including, without limitation, any and all sums advanced by the Collateral Agent to preserve the Collateral or its security interest in the Collateral; and
     (iv) all amounts now or hereafter payable by the Note Parties and all other obligations or liabilities now existing or hereafter arising or incurred (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Note Party, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on the part of such Note Party pursuant to the Indenture, the Senior Secured Notes, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement, the Tranche 2 Sub Facility Loans, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Collateral Document or any Guarantee (as defined in the Indenture) contained in the Indenture;
together in each case with all renewals, modifications, refinancings, consolidations or extensions thereof.
     “ Notice of Acceleration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02.
     “ Notice of Exercise of Remedies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(b) .
     “ Officer’s Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01 .

5


 

     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
     “ Proceeds ” has the meaning specified for such term in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.
     “ pro-rata ” means at any date, as among the Noteholders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders, in proportion to the then aggregate outstanding amounts of (i) principal outstanding under the Senior Secured Notes and (ii) principal outstanding under any Additional Senior Secured Debt (it being understood that nothing in this definition is intended to modify the order of priorities specified in Section 4.05 ).
     “ Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or secretary or assistant secretary of a Note Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Note Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Note Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Note Party.
     “ Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Note Parties and the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Note Parties grant security interests to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the other Finance Parties in order to secure the Finance Obligations, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
     “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
     “ Tranche 2 Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ Tranche 2 Representative ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “ Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans ” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Trust Indenture Act ” means Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof.
     “ Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection, the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of a Lien in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
     “ Value Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(g)(2) .
     Section 1.02 Rules of Interpretation . Terms defined in the introductory paragraphs hereof and the definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Wherever the context may require, any pronouns shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agree

6


 

ment unless otherwise stated herein or the context shall otherwise require. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the word “day” means a calendar day.
ARTICLE II
OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT
     Section 2.01 Appointment of the Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agent has been appointed as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture and the Collateral Agent hereby agrees to act as Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee on behalf of itself and the Noteholders, hereby (i) confirms, approves and ratifies the Collateral Agent’s entry into the Security Agreement and any other Collateral Documents as have been entered into or otherwise effectuated until the date hereof and all actions that have been taken in connection therewith and (ii) directs the Collateral Agent to enter into such Collateral Documents as may be necessary or advisable to enter into on or after the date hereof. The Tranche 2 Representative hereby on behalf of the Tranche 2 Lenders appoints the Collateral Agent to act as its agent pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agent hereby accepts such appointment.
     Section 2.02 Actions under Collateral Documents . The Collateral Agent hereby irrevocably undertakes and agrees, solely on the terms and conditions expressly set forth in this Agreement, to act as agent for the benefit exclusively of the present and future Noteholders, Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders and any other holders from time to time of the Finance Obligations, and in such capacity to accept, hold, administer and enforce all collateral security at any time delivered to it by any Note Party as security for the Finance Obligations and all rights, interests and powers at any time granted or enforceable in respect of such collateral security under the Collateral Documents or applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent agrees that it will, as agent for the benefit exclusively of the present and future Noteholders, Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders, and the other holders from time to time of the Finance Obligations including holders of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations, but subject to the terms and conditions hereof:
     (i) to enter into the Collateral Documents, receive, hold, administer and upon receipt of written direction from the Directing Creditors, enforce the security interests granted to it thereunder, perform its obligations thereunder and upon receipt of written direction from the Directing Creditors, protect, exercise and enforce the interests, rights, powers and remedies granted or available to it thereunder or pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;
     (ii) to comply with the obligations of the Collateral Agent as the Notes Collateral Agent under the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined therein),
     (iii) to take, upon receipt of written direction from the Directing Creditors, all lawful and commercially reasonable actions that it may be directed to take to protect or preserve its interest in the Collateral;
     (iv) to comply with all provisions of the Collateral Documents;
     (v) to deliver and receive notices pursuant to the Collateral Documents and this Agreement;
     (vi) to sell, assign, collect, assemble, foreclose on, institute legal proceedings with respect to, or otherwise exercise or enforce, in each case upon receipt of written direction from the Directing Creditors, the rights and remedies of a secured party (including a mortgagee, trust deed

7


 

beneficiary and insurance beneficiary or loss payee) with respect to the Collateral and its other interests, rights, powers and remedies;
     (vii) to remit to the Trustee, the Tranche 2 Representative and any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative as required by Section 4.05 all cash proceeds received by the Collateral Agent from the collection, foreclosure or enforcement of its interest in the Collateral or any of its other interests, rights, powers or remedies;
     (viii) subject to Section 3.02 and Section 7.01(b) , to amend the Collateral Documents as from time to time authorized and directed by the Directing Creditors, and amend the Collateral Documents as required by Section 3.02(d) ; and
     (ix) to release any Lien granted to it by any Collateral Document upon any Collateral if and as required by Section 2.04 and Section 5.01 .
     The Collateral Agent is irrevocably authorized and empowered to enter into and perform its obligations under, and to protect, perfect, exercise and enforce its interest, rights, powers and remedies, in each case under and pursuant to, the Collateral Documents and applicable law and to act as set forth in this Article II or as requested in any lawful directions given to it from time to time in respect of any matter by the Directing Creditors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, however, the Collateral Agent’s duties, obligations, rights and liabilities under this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and provisions of Section 10.11 of the Indenture and Article VII hereof.
     The Note Parties acknowledge and consent to the undertakings of the Collateral Agent set forth in this Article II , and agree to each of the other provisions of this Agreement applicable to them.
     Section 2.03 Instructions of Directing Creditors . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall follow the instructions of the Directing Creditors from time to time conveyed to it by the representative or representatives of one or more Credit Classes pursuant to this Agreement, subject to and consistent with the Collateral Agent’s rights and obligations expressed in the Collateral Documents and in accordance with applicable law. The Noteholders’ representative for purposes of delivering notices and instructions to the Collateral Agent shall be the Trustee, each Additional Senior Secured Debt Holder’s representative for purposes of delivering notices and instructions to the Collateral Agent shall be the applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative. The Collateral Agent shall disregard notices and instructions from any other Person in respect of the applicable Credit Class. No direction given to the Collateral Agent (whether given by the Directing Creditors through the representative or representatives of the applicable Credit Classes or by the Trustee, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative or otherwise by any Person) which imposes, or purports to impose, upon the Collateral Agent any obligation not set forth in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document shall be binding upon the Collateral Agent unless the Collateral Agent elects, at its sole option, to accept direction (i) pursuant to the instructions of the Directing Creditors or (ii) from the Trustee or any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative or permitted by the Indenture and any Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement.
     Section 2.04 Certain Actions under the Collateral Documents and Intercreditor Agreement . Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.02 , the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed, and agrees for the benefit of the Note Parties, without notice to or consent from any Creditor: (i) to release (upon receipt of a written certification of a Responsible Officer of the Company that the Trustee has received all documents, if any, required by the Trust Indenture Act and the Indenture) one or more Note Parties from their obligations under, and the Liens of, the Collateral Documents, and to release the Collateral or any portion thereof, as required by Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement and Section

8


 

2.05 of the Intercreditor Agreement or any other pertinent provision of any Finance Document, in each case by executing documents in the forms prepared by the Note Parties; (ii) to receive perfection certificates, and execute control agreements and other Note Party deliverables, in each case by executing documents in the forms prepared by the Note Parties as contemplated by the Collateral Documents; and (iii) to deliver such instruments as may be required from time to time, in each case by executing documents in the forms prepared by the Note Parties to enable each Note Party to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise under Section 2.06(a) of the Security Agreement.
     Section 2.05 Other Actions by the Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agent shall provide the Trustee, the Tranche 2 Representative and each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative requesting the same with a copy of all notices received from the Note Parties under the Collateral Documents and from the ABL Collateral Agent under the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined therein). The Note Parties shall timely file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements to continue the perfection of the security interests under the Collateral Documents. During any period when the Collateral Agent is exercising remedies against any Note Party or the Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall furnish the Trustee and each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative requesting the same with reports of its activities and upon the request of the Trustee and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative.
     Section 2.06 Nature of Duties . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 2.05 , the duties of the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the Collateral Documents shall be ministerial and administrative in nature. The Collateral Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents a fiduciary or trust relationship with respect to any Tranche 2 Lender, the Trustee, any Noteholder, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Holder, the Tranche 2 Representative or any other holder from time to time of Finance Obligations, and nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to imply such obligations or impose, upon the Collateral Agent, any obligations whatsoever arising under this Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the Indenture, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement, any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, except as expressly set forth herein or in the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement. For the limited purpose of holding and distributing or applying Proceeds of Collateral and Cash Equivalents (as defined in the Indenture), the Collateral Agent shall hold such Proceeds and Cash Equivalents in trust for the benefit of the Trustee, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative and the Tranche 2 Representative in accordance with their rights and priorities provided for herein.
     Section 2.07 No Obligations Imposed . None of the Trustee, the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representatives, any Creditor or any other holder of Finance Obligations shall have: (i) any responsibility or duty whatsoever in respect of the Collateral or the Collateral Documents or any other interest, right, power or remedy granted to or enforceable by the Collateral Agent, except in the event the Collateral Agent receives instructions from the Directing Creditors, the Collateral Agent shall comply with such instructions, subject to Section 6.01; or (ii) except in connection with the instructions of the Directing Creditors to which it is a signatory party, any liability whatsoever for any act or omission of the Collateral Agent, whether or not constituting a breach of its undertaking and obligations under this Agreement or otherwise constituting wrongful conduct.
     Section 2.08 Inspection . The Collateral Agent shall permit the Trustee, the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representatives or any Noteholder upon reasonable prior written request, during normal business hours, to inspect and copy any and all Collateral Documents and other documents, notices, certificates, instructions or communications received by the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such.

9


 

ARTICLE III
ACTIONS BY CREDITORS; VOTING
     Section 3.01 Directing Creditors Defined . Except with respect to Exceptional Decisions as defined in Section 3.02 and except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.06 , all instructions to the Collateral Agent (including, without limitation, delivery of a notice of foreclosure, foreclosure and appointment of a receiver), shall be given in writing by the Directing Creditors to the Collateral Agent through their applicable representatives; provided that each Credit Class shall have acted in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Indenture or any equivalent provision of any Additional Secured Debt Agreement (or such other pertinent provisions of any other Finance Document) in directing its representative. For purposes of calculation of the Directing Creditors, any Credit Class at the time comprising part of the Aggregate Voting Credit may, by the requisite vote of its Credit Class, delegate instructional authority to any subset of such Credit Class or its representative, in which event the Person(s) having been granted such instructional authority shall be deemed to represent 100% of the members of their respective Credit Class. Any such delegation of authority shall be provided in writing to the Collateral Agent, but may be rescinded at any time by the the applicable Credit Class by providing notice of such rescission in writing to the Collateral Agent.
     Section 3.02 Exceptional Decisions . Certain circumstances set forth in Section 3.02(b) and (c) shall call for “ Exceptional Decisions ,” as such term is used herein, and instruction to the Collateral Agent in connection with such circumstances shall be effected as provided below:
     (a) Amendment of Collateral Documents . The Collateral Agent shall not agree to any amendment of the Collateral Documents (other than this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement) except upon written instructions given by the representative of each Credit Class affected thereby, determined by the applicable vote solely within such Credit Class in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Indenture or any equivalent provision of any Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement as determined by the applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative (or such other pertinent provisions of any other Finance Document); provided that no agreement of any Creditor or notice of the concurrence of any Credit Class shall be required for (A) any amendment, modification or supplement to such Collateral Documents (1) to cure any ambiguity, typographical error, defect or inconsistency if such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Credit Class (as determined by the Note Parties) or (2) pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture (or such other pertinent provisions of any other Finance Document) or (B) such amendments to financing statements or such other Collateral Documents as are necessary for the Collateral Agent to comply with Section 2.02(iii) ; and, provided , further , that (i) any amendment to the provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by Section 3.02(b) ; (ii) any amendment to the provisions of the Collateral Documents that releases any Collateral shall be governed by Section 3.02(c) ; and (iii) certain other amendments to the provisions of the Collateral Documents shall be governed by Section 3.02(d) .
     (b) Amendment of this Agreement . The Collateral Agent shall not agree to any amendment of this Agreement except upon instructions by the representative of each Credit Class affected thereby, determined by the applicable vote solely within such Credit Class in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Indenture or any equivalent provision of any Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement as determined by the applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative (or such other pertinent provisions of any other Finance Document); provided that no agreement of any Creditor nor notice of the concurrence of any Credit Class shall be required for any amendment, modification or supplement to this Agreement (x) to cure any ambiguity, typographical error, defect or inconsistency if such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Credit Class (as determined by the Note Parties) or (y) pursuant to

10


 

Section 9.01 of the Indenture (or such other pertinent provisions of any other Finance Document); and, provided , further , that any amendment to the definitions of “ Aggregate Voting Credit ” and “ Directing Creditors ” and any amendment to Sections 3.01 , 3.02 , 4.06 , 4.07 and 7.01 will require notice to the Collateral Agent by the representative of each Credit Class of the concurrence of such Credit Class, determined by the applicable vote solely within such Credit Class.
     (c) Release of All or Substantially All Collateral . The Collateral Agent shall not release all or substantially all Collateral from the lien and security interests created by the Collateral Documents except as expressly provided therein (including, without limitation, Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement), or in Article V hereof or except upon notice to the Collateral Agent by the representative of each Credit Class of the concurrence of such Credit Class, determined by the applicable vote solely within such Credit Class in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents.
     (d) Other Amendments to Collateral Documents . Subject to Section 7.01(b) , the Collateral Agent agrees for the benefit of the Note Parties that it shall execute any amendment, modification or supplement to any Collateral Document approved in accordance with Article IX of the Indenture (and any other pertinent provisions of any other Finance Document).
     Section 3.03 Certificates of the Trustee, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative . Concurrently with any calculation of Directing Creditors or any Exceptional Decision requiring the concurrence of all Credit Classes, the Trustee and each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative shall certify to the Collateral Agent (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Aggregate Voting Credit held by the Noteholders or the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders, as the case may be, (ii) the votes cast by the members of the applicable Credit Class, and (iii) the applicable vote within any Credit Class.
     Section 3.04 Calculations Binding . All calculations regarding satisfaction of compliance with the definition of the Directing Creditors shall be made by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of and in exclusive reliance upon the certificates described in Section 3.03 , and shall be binding upon each Credit Class.
     Section 3.05 Directing Creditors Held Harmless . In considering how to pursue creditor remedies against any Note Party or against the Collateral and before initiating any such creditor remedies, the Directing Creditors (or any other requisite percentage of a Credit Class having an instructional authority pursuant to this Agreement or any other Finance Document) shall first determine whether any proposed creditor remedies or other actions create a risk that the remaining interests of the Noteholders or the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders (including, without limitation, the right to seek a deficiency judgment against the Note Parties or the right to pursue other collateral) will be impaired or prejudiced. To the greatest extent possible, all instructions given or actions taken by the Creditors concerning the exercise of creditor remedies or other actions under this Agreement shall attempt to maximize the return for all Creditors and attempt to minimize (to the greatest extent possible) the risk that the rights and interests of some of the Creditors (including, without limitation, the ability to seek and enforce a deficiency judgment against any Note Party or the right to pursue other collateral) may be diminished or impaired following the exercise of such creditor remedies or actions. Each Creditor agrees that it shall not provide or cause or vote to be provided any instruction to the Collateral Agent which would cause or result in disproportionate prejudice or impairment to the other Creditors hereunder, except in situations where such Creditor is a part of a Credit Class allowed to vote separately from other Credit Classes, in which case it shall not provide or cause or vote to be provided any instruction to the Collateral Agent which would cause or result in disproportionate prejudice or impairment to the other Creditors belonging to its Credit Class. However, subject to the previous sentence, the Directing Creditors shall be entitled to provide any

11


 

instruction and take any action which they in good faith believe is in the interest of, the Noteholders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders.
     Section 3.06 Notice of Amendments and Waivers to Finance Documents . The Trustee shall notify the Collateral Agent if it receives notice of a proposed amendment or waiver of an Event of Default under the Note Documents. The Additional Secured Debt Representatives shall notify the Collateral Agent if it receives notice of a proposed amendment or waiver of an Event of Default under any Additional Secured Debt Agreement.
     Section 3.07 Events of Default under the Finance Documents .
     (a)  Notices of Events of Default . The Trustee shall notify the Collateral Agent (with a copy to the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representatives) if an Event of Default has occurred under the Indenture of which it has actual knowledge and of the forbearance, waiver or other termination, if any, of such Event of Default. Each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative shall notify the Collateral Agent (with a copy to the Trustee) if an Event of Default has occurred under an Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement of which it has actual knowledge and of the forbearance, waiver or other termination, if any, of such Event of Default.
Exercise of Remedies upon Event of Default . None of the Collateral Agent, Trustee. the Tranche 2 Representative or any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative shall, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the applicable Finance Document, exercise any remedies against the Collateral, unless the Directing Creditors direct such exercise of such remedies. The Collateral Agent shall determine whether the Directing Creditors shall have approved such exercise of such remedies. Any calculation of Directing Creditors for purposes of this Section 3.07(b) , shall be made by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of and in exclusive reliance upon the certificates described in Section 3.03 , and shall be binding on each Credit Class. Upon the calculation of Directing Creditors, the Collateral Agent shall notify (such notification, a “ Notice of Exercise of Remedies ”) the Trustee and each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative whether the Directing Creditors approved a proposed exercise of remedies or denied the proposed exercise of such remedies. Upon receipt of such Notice of Exercise of Remedies, the Trustee and any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, as applicable, hereby authorize the Collateral Agent to take such action as directed by such Notice of Exercise of Remedies to give effect thereto in accordance with this Agreement and applicable Finance Documents. Nothing contained herein shall affect the rights of any holders of any Finance Obligations and their respective representatives to accelerate the applicable Finance Obligations under their respective Finance Documents. If the Collateral Agent shall not have received appropriate instruction within 10 days of any request therefor from the Directing Creditors (or such shorter period as reasonably may be specified in such notice or as may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.
ARTICLE IV
EXERCISE OF REMEDIES; APPLICATION OF COLLATERAL PROCEEDS
     Section 4.01 General Limitation on Exercise of Remedies . None of the Trustee or any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative shall be entitled to exercise any remedies directly under the Collateral Documents, but only by providing instructions to the Collateral Agent in accordance with this Agreement.

12


 

     Section 4.02 Notices of Acceleration . If an Event of Default occurs and any Finance Obligations are, subject to Section 3.07 of this Agreement, accelerated, the Trustee, the Tranche 2 Representative and/or the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, as the case may be, shall notify each other and the Collateral Agent of such acceleration, certifying: (i) that such acceleration has or have occurred and (ii) the principal, interest, fees and other amounts owed by the Note Parties (such certification being herein referred to as a “ Notice of Acceleration ”).
     Section 4.03 Remedies . Upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of a Notice of Acceleration from or on behalf of one or more Credit Classes, or upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of notice of the commencement by or against one or more Note Parties of an Insolvency Proceeding and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 6.10 , the Collateral Agent shall retain legal counsel acceptable to the Trustee and each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, and shall exercise such remedies under the Collateral Documents as it shall be instructed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all fees, costs and expenses of such counsel, and any fees, costs, or expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection with an exercise of remedies, shall be paid or reimbursed pursuant to Section 7.07 of the Indenture or Sections 4.05(a) or 6.10 hereof.
     Section 4.04 No Inconsistent Actions . Each of the Trustee, Tranche 2 Representative and and each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative agree to take no action in an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Note Party or the Collateral which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.
     Section 4.05 Application of Proceeds & Certain Other Intercreditor Arrangements .
     (a)  Priority . In the event of (i) the realization of Proceeds of any collection or disposition of Collateral pursuant to the exercise of remedies under the Collateral Documents, or (ii) receipt by the Collateral Agent otherwise of any amounts from the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor following any acceleration of the obligations under the Senior Secured Notes, any Additional Senior Secured Debt, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations or any bankruptcy or insolvency Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement or the ABL Credit Agreement, as applicable) with respect to the Company or Subsidiary Guarantor or any other automatic acceleration event occurs under any Finance Document, in each case whether received from the proceeds of an asset sale, reorganization, liquidation, sale pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, adequate protection payments or otherwise (each, a “ Covered Action ”), the Collateral Agent shall distribute such Proceeds to the specified Persons in the following order of priority:
     FIRST, to the payment of advances made and liabilities incurred by the Collateral Agent in order to protect the liens granted by the Collateral Documents and the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the Collateral Agent, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative or the Trustee in connection with the preservation, collection, foreclosure or enforcement of the liens granted by the Collateral Documents or any interest, right, power or remedy of the Collateral Agent or in connection with the collection or enforcement of any of the obligations in respect of the Senior Secured Notes or any obligations in respect of any Additional Senior Secured Debt in any insolvency proceeding, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and other professionals (including without limitation an Independent Financial Expert engaged pursuant to this Section 4.05) engaged by the Collateral Agent or the Trustee and reasonable compensation of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee and any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the Collateral Agent or

13


 

\

the Trustee and any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative for services rendered in connection therewith;
     SECOND, to the Tranche 2 Representative to be applied as provided in the ABL Credit Agreement (or the ABL Substitute Facility, as applicable) to the payment in full of all Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations on the date of any payment or other distribution or other receipt of Proceeds and the termination of any commitments thereunder, such amounts to be certified by the Tranche 2 Representative to the Collateral Agent;
     THIRD, pro rata to the Trustee to be applied as provided in the Indenture and each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative to be applied as provided in the applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Documents, to the payment in full of all Finance Obligations owing to the Noteholders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders, an amount equal to all Finance Obligations owing to them in respect of the Senior Secured Notes and the Additional Senior Secured Debt, as applicable, on the date of any payment or other distribution or other receipt of Proceeds;
     FOURTH, any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor or their successors or as the court of a competent jurisdiction may direct;
provided that any amount received constituting ABL Facility Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall be applied in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (b)  Distribution According to Priorities . No party hereto shall be entitled to a distribution on any lower priority pursuant to clauses FIRST through FOURTH above unless and until all higher priorities have been paid in full.
     (c)  Turn Over . Each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, the Tranche 2 Representative and the Trustee on behalf of each current and future Noteholder agrees to turn over to the Collateral Agent any amounts on account of Finance Obligations received by them in contravention of this Section 4.05 to the extent necessary to effectuate the priority of payments set forth in Section 4.05(a) above.
     (d)  Single Class . The Trustee, the Tranche 2 Representative, each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative and the Collateral Agent agree (on behalf of the Noteholders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders which are deemed to agree) that (a) the grant of Liens pursuant to the Collateral Documents and any grant of Liens pursuant to any Additional Senior Secured Debt Documents constitutes a single grant of Liens for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Tranche 2 Lenders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders and (b) the Senior Secured Notes, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans and the Additional Senior Secured Debt shall be classified as a single class of secured claims (or, if relevant, a single class of secured claims and a single class of unsecured claims) in any liquidation or plan of reorganization proposed or adopted in a bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case. To further effectuate the intent of the immediately preceding sentence, the Trustee, the Tranche 2 Representative, each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative and the Collateral Agent agree (on behalf of the Noteholders, the Tranche 2 Lenders, the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders which are deemed to agree) that, if it is held that the claims of the Senior Secured Notes, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Loans and the Additional Senior Secured Debt in respect of the Collateral constitute more than one class of claims (rather than one class of secured claims or, if relevant, a single class of secured claims and a single class of unsecured claims), any distributions in respect of Collateral in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case that are made to any of them will be reallocated among the Noteholders, the Tranche 2 Lenders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders as if there were a single class of secured claims (or, if relevant, a single class of secured claims and a single class of unsecured claims) against the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in respect of the Collateral in compliance with the priority of payments described in

14


 

Section 4.05(a) above. Moreover, the Trustee, the Tranche 2 Representative, each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative and the Collateral Agent agree (on behalf of the Noteholders, the Tranche 2 Lenders or the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders, as applicable, which are deemed to agree) not to take actions, and not to initiate or prosecute or encourage any other Person to initiate or prosecute any claim, action, objection or other proceeding or otherwise assert any position inconsistent with the intent of the first sentence of this Section 4.05(d) .
     (e)  Non-Cash Distributions . If, in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case, any equity securities, debt securities or other non-cash consideration from the reorganized debtor is distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan after satisfaction of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations, the amount of such non-cash consideration to be distributed to each of the Noteholders, and the other Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders, respectively, shall be determined in accordance with the priority of payment provisions set forth in Section 4.05(a) above and utilizing the valuation methodology set forth below. In addition, if, in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized debtor are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan on account of the Senior Secured Notes, on account of the Additional Senior Secured Debt and on account of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations, then, to the extent the debt obligations distributed on account of the Senior Secured Notes and on account of the Additional Senior Secured Debt or Tranche 2 Sub-Facility Obligations are secured by Liens upon the same property, the priority of payments provisions described in Section 4.05(a) above will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such plan and will apply with like effect to such debt obligations.
     (f)  Debtor-in-Possession . For purposes of these intercreditor agreements, all references to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall include such Person as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Person in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case.
     (g)  Valuation Methodology . For purposes of any distribution hereunder, the value of any non-cash property, including any equity securities or debt securities (the “ Non-Cash Property ”) shall be equal to either the Current Market Price (as defined below) or the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of such Non-Cash Property and will be determined as follows:
     (1) In the event that, in accordance with the provisions hereof, Non-Cash Property is to be distributed, the Collateral Agent shall first determine whether such Non-Cash Property is a security that is listed, admitted to trading or quoted on a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market System (a “ Marketable Security ”), and, for each Marketable Security, its Current Market Price. The “ Current Market Price ” of a Marketable Security shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices of such Marketable Security on the principal national securities exchange on which such Marketable Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if such Marketable Security is not so listed, the average daily closing bid prices of such Marketable Security on the NASDAQ National Market System if such Marketable Security is quoted thereon, in any such case, for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately preceding the record day set by the Collateral Agent or applicable court order for the distribution of such Non-Cash Property.
     (2) Upon determination by the Collateral Agent that the Non-Cash Property to be distributed is not a Marketable Security (or that it is a Marketable Security, but its Current Market Price cannot be determined pursuant to clause (1) above), the Collateral Agent (acting upon instructions from the Directing Creditors) shall (at the Company’s sole expense) promptly, but in any case within 30 days of receipt of a notice from the Collateral Agent of such determination: (i) appoint a nationally recognized investment bank (an “ Independent Financial Expert ”) with ex-

15


 

perience in similar transactions (for instance, transactions of a comparable size and magnitude) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Non-Cash Property to be distributed, and (ii) cause the Independent Financial Expert so appointed by it, to prepare and to deliver to the Collateral Agent a written report (a “ Value Report ”) specifying such Fair Market Value.
     (3) The Company shall provide, and shall cause its subsidiaries to provide, the Independent Financial Expert with the same financial and operational information for conducting their valuation. The Company shall use, and shall cause its subsidiaries to use, commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the information shall be complete and accurate in all material respects and that any forecasts shall be based on unbiased assessments made in good faith. The Company shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause its subsidiaries to reasonably cooperate, fully with the Independent Financial Expert in the conduct of its valuation, including making management reasonably available and offering access to the premises of the Company and its subsidiaries to the Independent Financial Expert during regular business hours and on reasonable notice.
     (4) “ Fair Market Value ” of the Non-Cash Property to be distributed, as of the date of determination, shall mean the price that a willing buyer would pay to a willing seller for the relevant Non-Cash Property, in an arm’s length transaction, with neither party being under any immediate obligation or need to consummate such transaction. The Fair Market Value shall be stated in U.S. dollars.
     Section 4.06 Sharing of Asset Sale Proceeds and Event of Loss Proceeds . In any circumstance when the Company applies any Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale (including any Excess Proceeds) or any Net Loss Proceeds of any Event of Loss (including any Excess Loss Proceeds) (in each case, as such terms or any substantially similar terms are defined in the Indenture and the applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Document) to permanently reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Notes Priority Lien Debt Obligations, the Noteholders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders shall be entitled to receive such Net Proceeds or Net Loss Proceeds, as the case may be, in accordance with the applicable underlying Finance Documents). In any circumstance when the Collateral Agent receives any such Net Proceeds or Net Loss Proceeds, as the case may be, pursuant to any Note Document or Additional Senior Secured Debt Document, and the Indenture and the applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Document specify that all or a portion of such proceeds are to be applied to an “Asset Sale Proceeds Offer” or “Loss Proceeds Offer” (as such terms or any substantially similar terms are defined in the Indenture and the applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Document), as the case may be, the Note Parties shall instruct the Collateral Agent how to (unless the Collateral Agent is instructed otherwise by the Directing Creditors) apply such proceeds in accordance with the applicable underlying Finance Documents. The parties acknowledge that the Indenture provides (and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Documents may provide) that if the Noteholders and/or the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders do not accept Excess Proceeds or Excess Loss Proceeds (as such terms or any substantially similar terms are defined in the Indenture and the Applicable Additional Secured Debt Document), as the case may be, or Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Net Loss Proceeds of an Event of Loss (as such terms or any substantially similar terms are defined in the Indenture and the applicable Additional Senior Secured Debt Document) in the full amount to which they are entitled, the portion thereof which would otherwise have been applied to the repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes or to the prepayment of the Additional Senior Secured Debt in accordance herewith may be paid to the Company in accordance with such agreements.
     Section 4.07 Credit Bid Rights .
     (a) If, during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent forecloses any of its Liens upon any Collateral, whether by public sale or private sale or judicial foreclosure or otherwise, and if directed by the Directing Creditors to exercise its credit bid rights as provided in this Section 4.07 ,

16


 

the Collateral Agent, acting for and on behalf of the holders of Finance Obligations, shall be entitled (to the fullest extent it may lawfully do so and subject to any requirement set forth herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement to first satisfy all obligations due and owing to the Tranche 2 Lenders under the ABL Debt Documents) to use and apply then due and payable Finance Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price payable by the Collateral Agent for any Collateral sold to the Collateral Agent at the corresponding foreclosure sale for all purposes related to bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price at such foreclosure sale.
     (b) If, in connection with or, during the continuance of an Event of Default, in anticipation of any foreclosure of any of the Collateral Agent’s Liens upon any Collateral, the Additional Senior Secured Debt and Senior Secured Notes representing at least a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Additional Senior Secured Debt and Senior Secured Notes then outstanding are transferred to and registered in the name of a single transferee for purposes of facilitating or executing a bid for such Collateral at the corresponding foreclosure sale, such transferee shall be entitled (to the fullest extent it may lawfully do so and subject to any requirement set forth herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement to first satisfy all obligations due and owing to the Tranche 2 Lenders under the ABL Debt Documents) to use and apply all then due and payable Finance Obligations outstanding to such transferee as a credit on account of the purchase price payable by such transferee for any Collateral sold to such transferee at such foreclosure sale, for all purposes related to bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price at such foreclosure sale, but only if all Noteholders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders consent thereto or if:
     (i) each Creditor has been offered the opportunity to transfer to such transferee any or all of the Senior Secured Notes and any Additional Senior Secured Debt outstanding held by such Creditor on terms equivalent to the most favorable terms offered by such transferee to any Creditor for or in connection with any transfer of Additional Senior Secured Debt or or Senior Secured Notes to such transferee; and
     (ii) effective provision is made (or found by order of a court of competent jurisdiction to have been made) for the pro-rata sharing among the Credit Classes of proceeds of the Collateral, even if the proceeds received by Creditors other than such transferee are different in kind (if reasonably equivalent in value with at least equivalent liquidity) from the proceeds to be realized by such transferee if it is the successful bidder at the foreclosure sale.
     (c) Each of the Note Parties hereby grants, confirms and agrees to cooperate with and permit the exercise and enforcement of the rights set forth in this Section 4.07 (subject to any requirement set forth herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement to first satisfy all obligations due and owing to the Tranche 2 Lenders under the ABL Debt Documents).
ARTICLE V
CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS ENFORCEABLE BY THE NOTE PARTIES
     Section 5.01 Release of Liens .
     (a) Without limiting its obligations set forth in the Collateral Documents, the Additional Senior Secured Debt Documents and Note Documents, the Collateral Agent agrees for the benefit of the Note Parties that if the Collateral Agent at any time receives a written certification signed by a Responsible Officer (an “ Officer’s Certificate ”) stating that the Collateral Agent is permitted or required (x) by the Indenture and any Additional Senior Secured Notes Document and (y) by Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement to release any property of any Note Party described in such Officer’s Certificate from any Lien granted by a Collateral Document specified in such Officer’s Certificate, accompanied by the pro-

17


 

posed instrument releasing such Lien as to such property, then, subject to both Section 3.02(c) and Article VI , the Collateral Agent will (upon receipt of a written certification of a Responsible Officer of the Company that the Trustee and the Additional Senior Secured Note Representative has received all documents, if any, required by the Trust Indenture Act and the Indenture or other applicable Finance Documents, as the case may be) promptly and in any event within three Business Days thereafter, release such Lien upon such property by executing (and if necessary acknowledging in recordable form) such proposed instrument reasonably requested by the Note Parties and delivering it to the applicable Note Party requesting the same. Any such document shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent or the other Finance Parties.
     (b) Any Collateral that is released automatically pursuant to Section 8.13 of the Security Agreement or any other Collateral Document shall be deemed to be automatically released under this Agreement without any action on the part of the Collateral Agent.
     Section 5.02 Delivery of Copies to the Trustee and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative . The Collateral Agent shall deliver to the Trustee and each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative requesting the same a copy of each Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 5.01 , together with copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Agent with such Officer’s Certificate. The Trustee and each Additional Senior Secured Representative shall not be obligated to take notice thereof or to act thereon.
     Section 5.03 No Actions to Address Exceptions . Each Creditor acknowledges that actions will not be taken to address the exceptions noted in Section 3.01 of the Security Agreement and that the Collateral Agent may not have a perfected security interest with respect to the matters specified therein.
ARTICLE VI
THE COLLATERAL AGENT
     Section 6.01 No Implied Duty . The Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly assumed by it in this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents and shall not be required to take any action which is contrary to applicable law or any provision of this Agreement or the other Collateral Documents. Where the Collateral Agent is permitted but not required to take any action pursuant to any Collateral Document, the Collateral Agent may take any such action but shall have no obligation to take any such action without the direction of the Directing Creditors and the Collateral Agent shall not be liable to any party for not taking such action if the Directing Creditors have not directed the Collateral Agent to take such action. The Collateral Agent makes no representation as to the existence, validity, value, genuineness, perfection, priority or the collectability of any security or other document or other instrument held by or delivered to the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall not be called upon to advise any party as to the wisdom in taking or refraining to take any action with respect to the Collateral.
     Section 6.02 Appointment of Co-Agents and Sub-Agents . The Collateral Agent may employ agents and appoint sub-agents or co-collateral agents as it determines appropriate in the performance of its duties hereunder. The Collateral Agent will exercise good faith in selecting any such agent, sub-agent or co-collateral agent but shall not otherwise be responsible or liable for any act or omission of any such agent, sub-agent or co-collateral agent.
     Section 6.03 Other Agreements . The Collateral Agent has accepted and is bound by the Collateral Documents delivered to it as of the date of this Agreement and, subject to Section 7.01(b) and this Article VI , shall accept and be bound by all Collateral Documents delivered to it at any time after the date of this Agreement; provided that the Collateral Agent shall not otherwise be bound by, or obligated to

18


 

take cognizance of the provisions of, any agreement to which it is not a party, including any Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement and the Indenture. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for compliance with the terms of any Finance Document by any Note Party and shall have no duty to monitor any such compliance.
     Section 6.04 Solicitation of Instructions . The Collateral Agent may at any time solicit confirmatory instructions, including from the Directing Creditors or an order of a court of competent jurisdiction as to any action which it may be requested or required to take, or which it may propose to take, in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement.
     Section 6.05 Limitation of Liability . The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any Collateral Document, except for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
     Section 6.06 Documents in Satisfactory Form . The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to require that all agreements, certificates, opinions, instruments and other documents at any time submitted to it, including those expressly provided for in this Agreement, be delivered to it in a form and upon substantive provisions reasonably satisfactory to it.
     Section 6.07 Entitled to Rely . The Collateral Agent may rely conclusively upon any certificate, notice or other document (including any electronic transmission) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons and need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document. The Collateral Agent may seek and rely upon any judicial order or judgment, upon any advice, opinion or statement of legal counsel, independent consultants and other experts selected by it in good faith and upon any certification, instruction, notice or other writing delivered to it by any Note Party in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement or delivered to it by the Trustee or Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative as to the Creditors whose action or consent is required for an instruction of Directing Creditors, without being required to determine the authenticity thereof or the correctness of any fact stated therein or the propriety or validity of service thereof. The Collateral Agent may act in reliance upon any instrument comporting with the provisions of this Agreement or any signature reasonably believed by it to be genuine and may assume that any Person purporting to give notice or receipt or advice or make any statement or execute any document in connection with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so. To the extent an officers’ certificate or an opinion of counsel is required or permitted under this Agreement or any Collateral Document to be delivered to the Collateral Agent in respect of any matter, the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on such officers’ certificate or opinion of counsel as to such matter. The Collateral Agent may request an opinion of counsel, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, or both, at any time when it is required or requested to take any action hereunder or under any Collateral Document stating that such action is permitted or authorized pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Finance Documents and that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on such officer’s certificate or opinion of counsel with respect thereto. Whenever the Collateral Agent shall be required, in connection with the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to determine the existence or amount of any Finance Obligations, or the existence of any Lien securing any such obligations, or the Collateral subject to any such Lien, it may request that such information be furnished to it in writing by the Trustee, the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative or the Tranche 2 Representative, as applicable and shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the information so furnished; provided, however, that if Trustee, the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative or the Tranche 2 Representative, as applicable, shall fail or refuse reasonably promptly to provide the requested information, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled, but not obligated, to make any such determination by such method as it may, in the exercise of its good faith judgment, determine, including by reliance upon a certificate of the Company. The Collateral Agent may rely conclusively, and shall be

19


 

fully protected in so relying, on any determination made by it in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence (or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction) and shall have no liability to the Grantor, any Creditor, any Tranche 2 Lender or any other person as a result of such determination.
     Section 6.08 Events of Default . The Collateral Agent shall not be required to inquire as to the occurrence or absence of any Event of Default under the Indenture, the Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreements or any other Finance Document and shall not be affected by or required to act upon any notice or knowledge as to the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until it receives a notice pursuant to Section 4.02 .
     Section 6.09 Actions by Collateral Agent . As to any matter not expressly provided for by this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall act or refrain from acting as directed by the Directing Creditors and shall be fully protected in doing so.
     Section 6.10 Security or Indemnity in Favor of the Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agent shall not be required to advance or expend any funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers or rights hereunder unless it has been provided with security or indemnity which it, in its discretion, deems sufficient against any and all liability or expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take such action. The Directing Creditors hereby jointly and severally agree to provide such security or indemnity to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request by the Collateral Agent therefor.
     Section 6.11 Resignation or Removal of the Collateral Agent . (i) The Collateral Agent may resign at any time by giving not less than 45 days’ notice of resignation to the Trustee, the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, the Tranche 2 Representative and the Company, and (ii) the Collateral Agent may be removed at any time, with or without cause, pursuant to the instructions of the Directing Creditors. If the Collateral Agent on the date of this Agreement resigns at any time, the Trustee shall automatically succeed to all the rights and obligations of Wilmington Trust Company, as the Collateral Agent hereunder and the Collateral Documents and shall become a successor Collateral Agent for all intents and purposes hereunder and under the Collateral Documents without any further action by any party.
     Section 6.12 Appointment of Successor Collateral Agent . Upon any resignation or removal of Wilmington Trust Company as Collateral Agent, the Trustee shall automatically replace Wilmington Trust Company as Collateral Agent. Upon any resignation or removal of any Collateral Agent, a successor Collateral Agent may be appointed by the Trustee and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, acting jointly, or by the instructions of the Directing Creditors, in each case with the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Company; provided that such consent shall not be required if the successor Collateral Agent is the Trustee or any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative. If no successor Collateral Agent shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the predecessor Collateral Agent gave notice of resignation or was removed, the retiring Collateral Agent may appoint a successor Collateral Agent, or petition at the expense of the Note Parties a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor Collateral Agent, which shall be a bank or trust company (i) authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, (ii) acceptable to the Trustee and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, (iii) having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and (iv) maintaining an office in New York, New York.
     Section 6.13 Succession . When the Person so appointed as successor Collateral Agent accepts such appointment:

20


 

     (i) such Person shall succeed to and become vested with either all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the predecessor Collateral Agent or such other rights, powers, privileges and duties as may be agreed in writing at the time of appointment, and upon appointment of such Person as Collateral Agent the predecessor Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder, and
     (ii) the predecessor Collateral Agent, upon payment of all amounts owed to it, shall promptly transfer all Collateral within its possession or control to the possession or control of the successor Collateral Agent and shall execute and deliver such notices, instructions and assignments as may be necessary or desirable or reasonably requested by the successor Collateral Agent to transfer to the successor Collateral Agent all Liens, interests, rights, powers and remedies of the predecessor Collateral Agent in respect of the Collateral or under the Collateral Documents.
     Thereafter the predecessor Collateral Agent shall remain entitled to enforce the immunities granted to it in this Article VI .
     Section 6.14 Indenture Protections . The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to possess all of the rights and protections provided to the Trustee under the Indenture, including without limitation all of the rights provided to the Trustee in Sections 7.02, 7.03, 7.04 and 7.07 of the Indenture, and all of the rights and protections provided in Section 10.11 of the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of Section 6.01 , except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall have no duties or obligations to any Note Parties, the Trustee, the Tranche 2 Lenders, the Tranche 2 Representative, the holders of any Senior Secured Notes, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders or any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative (including, without limitation, any fiduciary obligations). Each of the Trustee, the Tranche 2 Lenders, the Tranche 2 Representative, any Note Parties, the holders of any Senior Secured Notes, any Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders and any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative acknowledges and agrees that (i) entering into this Agreement is an arm’s-length transaction among the parties hereto, and the parties hereto are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) in connection with each transaction contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction, the Collateral Agent is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of any of the parties hereto, the holders of any Senior Secured Notes or their respective affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other party; (iii) without limiting the generality of Section 2.06 , the Collateral Agent has not assumed and will not assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Collateral Agent or its affiliates has advised or is currently advising any other party on other matters) or any other obligation to any party other than the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement; (iv) the Collateral Agent and its affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the other parties hereto and the Collateral Agent has no obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any fiduciary or advisory relationship; and (v) the Collateral Agent not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any offering of securities or lending transaction and the parties hereto have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate.

21


 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 7.01 Amendment .
     (a) This Agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time by the written agreement of the Note Parties and the Collateral Agent, acting pursuant to the instructions of the Directing Creditors if so required pursuant to Article III and in compliance with Section 3.02 .
     (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein or in any Collateral Document, any Collateral Document or amendment or supplement to any Collateral Document that, in each case, imposes any obligation upon the Collateral Agent not contemplated by this Agreement or adversely affects the rights of the Collateral Agent in its individual capacity will become effective only with the consent of the Collateral Agent in its individual capacity. The Collateral Agent shall promptly receive copies of all Collateral Documents and all amendments and supplements thereto.
     Section 7.02 Successors and Assigns; Additional Trustee or Agent Joinder .
     (a) This Agreement is legally binding upon and enforceable against the Collateral Agent. Except as provided in Section 6.02 or in any Collateral Document, the Person acting as Collateral Agent may not, in its individual capacity, delegate any of its duties or assign any of its rights hereunder, and any attempted delegation or assignment of any such duties or rights shall be void. All obligations of the Collateral Agent hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Trustee, the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, and each present and future holder of Finance Obligations, each of whom shall be entitled to enforce this Agreement as a third party beneficiary hereof, and all of their respective successors and assigns.
     (b) This Agreement is further binding upon each of the Note Parties and their respective successors. No Note Party may delegate any of its duties or assign any of its rights hereunder without prior written consent pursuant to Section 3.02(b) , and any attempted delegation or assignment of any such duties or rights shall be void.
     (c) The obligations of the Collateral Agent set forth in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Agreement shall also be enforceable by the Note Parties directly affected by any breach thereof and their respective successors and assigns.
     (d) Upon the Note Parties’ entering into any additional indenture or agreement constituting the “Indenture” or the “Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement” pursuant to the definitions thereof, as the case may be, a trustee or an agent under such indenture or agreement shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering its written agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Joinder ”), for the enforceable benefit of the Collateral Agent, each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative and the Trustee, that: (i) all Finance Obligations shall be and are secured equally and ratably (subject to Section 4.05(a)) by all Liens and all Collateral at any time granted by the Note Parties to secure any Finance Obligations; (ii) all such Liens shall be enforceable by the Collateral Agent for all holders of Finance Obligations equally and ratably (subject to Section 4.05 ); (iii) such trustee or agent on behalf of the applicable debtholders consents to and will be bound by the provisions of this Agreement including those relating to the order of application of proceeds from enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s Liens upon the Collateral; (iv) such trustee or agent consents to and directs the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under this Agreement and (v) such trustee or agent is authorized by the requisite debtholders (which authorization may be set forth in the relevant indenture or agreement) to execute the Joinder. Upon execution of the Joinder, such trustee or agent shall automatically become a party to this

22


 

Agreement with the same force and effect as if an original party hereunder. The execution and delivery of such Joinder shall not require the consent of any other Finance Party hereunder.
     (e) The Company may from time to time designate, by notice to the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, and each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative (such notice, the “ Designation ”), additional obligations (whether outstanding on the date of such designation or on a prospective “when issued basis”) as “Additional Senior Secured Debt,” identifying the relevant “Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative” which is secured by the Collateral and entitled to be treated with respect thereto pursuant to this Agreement (it being understood that if such notice is prospective such designation is contingent upon the issuance or incurrence of the related obligations in compliance with this Agreement); provided that such Additional Senior Secured Debt must satisfy the requirements specified in the definition thereof and that the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative must execute and deliver a Joinder as required by Section 7.02(d) .
     Section 7.03 Delay and Waiver . No failure to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to the exercise of, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy arising under this Agreement or any of the other Collateral Documents shall impair any such right, power or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy shall preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
     Section 7.04 Notices . Any communications, including notices and instructions, between the parties hereto or notices provided herein to be given may be given to the following addresses:
     
If to the Collateral Agent:
  Wilmington Trust Company
 
  Rodney Square North
 
  1100 North Market Street
 
  Wilmington, DE 19890
 
  Attn: Corporate Client Series - Polymer Group, Inc.
 
  Facsimile No.: (302) 636-4145
 
   
If to the Trustee:
  Wilmington Trust Company
 
  Rodney Square North
 
  1100 North Market Street
 
  Wilmington, DE 19890
 
  Attn: Corporate Client Series - Polymer Group, Inc.
 
  Facsimile No.: (302) 636-4145
 
   
If to the Tranche 2 Representative:
  Citibank, N.A.
 
  390 Greenwich St, 1/F
 
  New York, NY 10013
 
  Attn:: Michael Smolow
 
  Fax: (46) 861-6221
 
   
To any additional trustee or
  At its address in the Joinder
agent, joining pursuant to
Section 7.02(d) :
   

23


 

     
If to any Note Party:
  Polymer Group, Inc.
 
  9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
 
  Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
 
  Attention: General Counsel
 
  (Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122)
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
 
  425 Lexington Avenue
 
  New York, New York 10017
 
  Attention: Igor Fert, Esq.
 
  (Facsimile No.: (212) 455 2502)
 
   
If to any Additional Senior
  At the address in the Joinder
Secured Debt Representative:
   
Each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served, telexed or sent by facsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of facsimile or telex, or three Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided , no notice to the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative shall be effective unless and until received by its officer responsible for the administration of the transaction contemplated hereby. Each party may change its address for notice hereunder to any other location within the continental United States by giving written notice thereof to the other parties as set forth in this Section 7.04 .
     Section 7.05 Entire Agreement . This Agreement states the complete agreement of the parties relating to the undertaking of the Collateral Agent set forth herein and supersedes all oral negotiations and prior writings in respect of such undertaking.
     Section 7.06 Force Majeure . In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
     Section 7.07 Obligations Secured . All obligations of the Note Parties set forth in or arising under this Agreement shall be Finance Obligations and are secured by all Liens granted by the Collateral Documents.
     Section 7.08 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect or in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in all other respects and of all remaining provisions, and of such provision in all other jurisdictions, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If any provision of this Agreement limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”), that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be part of and govern any provision of the Indenture, such provision of the Trust Indenture Act shall control. If any provision of this Agreement modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, such provision of the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or excluded.

24


 

     Section 7.09 Governing Law .(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     Section 7.10 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
     Section 7.11 Section Titles . The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Agreement and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
     Section 7.12 Counterparts; Effectiveness . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Agreement. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by each party of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.
     Section 7.13 Intercreditor Agreement . Reference is made to the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Citibank, N.A., as collateral agent for the ABL Secured Parties referred to therein and Wilmington Trust, as collateral agent for the Noteholder Lien Secured Parties referred to therein and the subsidiaries of the Company named therein (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”). Each of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (and through its acceptance hereof, each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative) (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement and (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement to extend credit and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
[Signature Pages Follow]

25


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
COMPANY: POLYMER GROUP, INC.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary 
 
 
GUARANTORS: PGI POLYMER, INC.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  FABRENE, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   

1


 

         
         
  PGI EUROPE, INC..
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
PARENT: SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 
 
  By:   /s/ Jason Giordano    
    Name:   Jason Giordano   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   

2


 

         
         
COLLATERAL AGENT:
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

as Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Joshua C. Jones    
    Name:   Joshua C. Jones   
    Title:   Financial Services Officer   
 
TRUSTEE: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 
 
  By:   /s/ Joshua C. Jones    
    Name:   Joshua C. Jones   
    Title:   Financial Services Officer   

3


 

         
         
TRANCHE 2 REPRESENTATIVE: CITIBANK, N.A., as Tranche 2 Representative

 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Smolow    
    Name:   Michael Smolow   
    Title:   Vice President   

1


 

         
EXHIBIT A
Form of Joinder Agreement
      JOINDER AGREEMENT dated as of _________, 20__ (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) among ____________________ (the “ New Collateral Agency Party ”), POLYMER GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as the ABL Agent (in such capacity, the “ Tranche 2 Representative ”) and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as collateral agent (together with its successor or successors in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), and as Trustee for the Noteholders under the Indenture (each as defined below) (together with its successor or successors in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”). Defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Collateral Agency Agreement (defined below).
     The Company has issued 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (together with any Exchange Notes (as defined in the Indenture) with respect thereto the “ Initial Senior Secured Notes ”) pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time and including any one or more indentures or agreements extending the maturity of, refinancing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the obligations of the Company under such Indenture or any successor indenture, indentures, agreement or agreements, as the case may be, the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined below), the Trustee and the other agents from time to time party thereto.
     The obligations of the Company under and in respect of the Senior Secured Notes are and will be, as the case may be, and in respect of certain other Finance Obligations may be guaranteed by certain material direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company (the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”). The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are herein referred to individually as a “ Note Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Note Parties .” The obligations of the Company and the other Note Parties in respect of the Senior Secured Notes and, as the case may be, the other Finance Obligations are and will be secured by a security interest in the Collateral.
     The Indenture permits the Company and other Note Parties from time to time to incur indebtedness which they are otherwise permitted to incur under the Indenture.
     The Company has also entered into that certain Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Collateral Agency Agreement ”), among the Company, the Guarantors, Parent, the Collateral Agent, the Tranche 2 Representative and the Trustee, which sets forth the terms on which the Collateral Agent has undertaken to accept, hold and enforce the security interests described above and all related rights, interests and powers as agent for, and for the benefit exclusively of, the present and future holders of the Senior Secured Notes and Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders and describes the relative rights and obligations of the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and the Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative on behalf of the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders with respect to the Collateral.
      Section 7.02 of the Collateral Agency Agreement requires that, upon the Note Parties’ entering into any additional indenture or agreement constituting the “Indenture” or an “Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement” pursuant to the definitions thereof (such additional indenture or agreement, the “ New Debt Agreement ”), as the case may be, a trustee or an agent under such indenture or agreement shall become a party to the Collateral Agency Agreement.

A-1


 

     Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, the New Collateral Agency Party and the Company hereby agree as follows:
     Section 1. Designation . The Company hereby designates the New Debt Agreement as the “Additional Senior Secured Debt Agreement,” indebtedness incurred under the New Debt Agreement as the “Additional Senior Secured Debt” and [describe the agent or trustee under the New Debt Agreement] as the “Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative.”
     Section 2. Joinder . In accordance with Section 7.02(d) of the Collateral Agency Agreement, the New Collateral Agency Party agrees, for the enforceable benefit of the Collateral Agent, each Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative, the Trustee and the other parties to the Collateral Agency Agreement from time to time, that: (i) all Additional Senior Secured Debt shall be and are secured equally and ratably by all Liens and all Collateral at any time granted by the Note Parties to secure any Finance Obligations; (ii) all such Liens shall be enforceable by the Collateral Agent for all holders of Finance Obligations and Additional Senior Secured Debt equally and ratably (subject to Section 4.05 of the Collateral Agency Agreement); (iii) such New Collateral Agency Party on behalf of the applicable debtholders under the New Debt Agreement consents to and will be bound by the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement including those relating to the order of application of proceeds from enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s Liens upon the Collateral; (iv) such New Collateral Agency Party consents to and directs the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under the Collateral Agency Agreement and (v) such New Collateral Agency Party is authorized by the requisite debtholders under the New Debt Agreement (which authorization may be set forth in the relevant New Debt Agreement) to execute this Agreement.
     Section 3. Representations and Warranties .
     (a) The New Collateral Agency Party hereby represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the New Collateral Agency Party, and each of this Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, as acceded to hereby by the New Collateral Agency Party, constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the New Collateral Agency Party, enforceable against the New Collateral Agency Party in accordance with its terms, except in each case as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles of general applicability (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     (b) The Company hereby represents and warrants that the indebtedness incurred under the New Debt Agreement complies with the definition of “Additional Senior Secured Debt” set forth in the Collateral Agency Agreement.
     Section 2. Effectiveness . This Agreement and the accession of the New Collateral Agency Party to the Collateral Agency Agreement as provided herein shall become effective with respect to the New Collateral Agency Party when the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall have received a counterpart of this Agreement duly executed by the New Collateral Agency Party (with a copy to any Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative).
     Section 3. Integration; Confirmation . On and after the date hereof, the Collateral Agency Agreement shall be supplemented as expressly set forth herein; all other terms and provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the respective Schedules thereto shall continue in full force and effect and unchanged and are hereby confirmed in all respects.

A-2


 

     Section 4. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     Section 5. Address for Notices . Any communications, including notices and instructions or notices provided in the Collateral Agency Agreement to be given to the Additional Senior Secured Debt Holders or Additional Senior Secured Debt Representative under the New Debt Agreement, may be given to the following address:
     [INSERT NOTICE INSTRUCTIONS]
     Section 6. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Agreement. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by each party of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.
[Signature Pages Follow]

A-3


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NEW COLLATERAL AGENCY PARTY NAME]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
COMPANY: POLYMER GROUP, INC.

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

A-4

Exhibit 10.6
EXECUTION VERSION
 
GUARANTY
dated as of
January 28, 2011
among
SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
as Holdings,
CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
 

 


 

Table of Contents
         
    Page  
Article I.
       
 
       
Definitions
       
 
       
Section 1.1. Credit Agreement
    1  
Section 1.2. Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
Article II.
       
 
       
Guaranty
       
 
       
Section 2.1. Guaranty
    2  
Section 2.2. Guaranty of Payment
    2  
Section 2.3. No Limitations
    2  
Section 2.4. Reinstatement
    3  
Section 2.5. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation
    3  
Section 2.6. Information
    4  
 
       
Article III.
       
 
       
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
       
 
       
Section 3.1. Waiver of Contribution and Subrogation
    4  
Section 3.2. Subordination
    4  
 
       
Article IV.
       
 
       
Miscellaneous
       
 
       
Section 4.1. Notices
    5  
Section 4.2. Waivers; Amendment
    5  
Section 4.3. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    5  
Section 4.4. Successors and Assigns
    6  
Section 4.5. Survival of Agreement
    6  
Section 4.6. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    7  
Section 4.7. Severability
    7  
Section 4.8. Right of Setoff
    7  
Section 4.9. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    8  
Section 4.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    8  
Section 4.11. Headings
    8  
Section 4.12. Security Interest Absolute
    8  
Section 4.13. Termination or Release
    8  
Section 4.14. Additional Guarantors
    9  
Section 4.15. Intercreditor Agreement
    9  

-i-


 

     
Exhibits    
Exhibit A
  Form of Guaranty Supplement

-ii-


 

     GUARANTY, dated as of January 28, 2011, among SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), certain subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time party hereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
     Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Holdings, SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION (“ Merger Sub ” and, prior to the Merger (as defined below), the “ Lead Borrower ”), a Delaware corporation to be merged with and into POLYMER GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” and, after the Merger, the “ Lead Borrower ”), the other Borrowers from time to time party thereto (together with the Lead Borrower and the other Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the other agents party thereto and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Each Guarantor (as defined below) is an affiliate of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Article I.
Definitions
     Section 1.1. Credit Agreement .
     (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
     (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
     Section 1.2. Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
     “ Agreement ” means this Guaranty.
     “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
     “ Guarantor ” means Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company, each Borrower (other than in respect of its own Finance Obligations) and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrowers that is a wholly owned Material Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) and each Person that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date.
     “ Guaranty Parties ” means, collectively, each Borrower (other than in respect of its own Finance Obligations) and each Guarantor.

 


 

     “ Guaranty Supplement ” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
     “ Holdings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
Article II.
Guaranty
     Section 2.1. Guaranty . Each Guarantor absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Finance Obligations. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Finance Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Finance Obligation. Each of the Guarantors waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party of any of the Finance Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.
     Section 2.2. Guaranty of Payment . Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Finance Obligations, or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrowers or any other Person.
     Section 2.3. No Limitations .
     (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 4.13, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Finance Obligations, or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Finance Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Finance Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the Finance Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Finance Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Finance Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Finance Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security

-2-


 

(with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Finance Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.
     (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party or the unenforceability of the Finance Obligations, or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Finance Obligations. The Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties may in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Finance Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Finance Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party, as the case may be, or any security.
     (c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Agreement and the Finance Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state Law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty and the Finance Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Finance Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Finance Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
     (d) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Finance Documents and that the waivers set forth in this Agreement are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
     Section 2.4. Reinstatement . Each of the Guarantors agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Finance Obligation, is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of any of the Borrowers, any other Guaranty Party or otherwise.
     Section 2.5. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at

-3-


 

law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any of the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party to pay any Finance Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Finance Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against any of the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III.
     Section 2.6. Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrowers’ and each other Guaranty Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Finance Obligations, and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.
Article III.
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
Section 3.1. Waiver of Contribution and Subrogation . Each Guarantor Party hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against any other Guaranty Party that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s Finance Obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Finance Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the Borrowers, any other Guaranty Party or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Finance Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations for then unasserted claims) and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall have been paid in full, all Letters of Credit, all Secured Hedge Agreements and all Secured Cash Management Agreements shall have expired or been terminated and the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or been terminated.
Section 3.2. Subordination . Each Guarantor Party hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice from the Collateral Agent all Indebtedness owed by it to any Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Finance Obligations.

-4-


 

Article IV.
Miscellaneous
     Section 4.1. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrowers as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
Section 4.2. Waivers; Amendment .
     (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and the rights and remedies of the other Secured Parties under the other Finance Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Guaranty Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by clause (b) of this Section 4.2 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Guaranty Party in any case shall entitle any Guaranty Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
     (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Guaranty Party or Guaranty Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
     Section 4.3. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
     (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement.
     (b) Without limitation of its indemnification obligations under the other Loan Documents, each Guarantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the other Indemnitees against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonably related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Guarantor arising out of, in connec

-5-


 

tion with, or as a result of, (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing brought by a third party or by any Guarantor or any of its directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) result from a material breach of this Agreement by such Indemnified Party or any Affiliate, director, officer, employee or agent of such Indemnified Party or (z) in respect of any dispute among Indemnified Parties other than claims against any Indemnified Party in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an agent or arranger of any other similar role hereunder and other than any claims arising out of any act or omission of the Company or its Affiliates.
     (c) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Finance Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.3 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Finance Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.3 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
     Section 4.4. Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Guarantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, except that neither the Lead Borrower nor any other Guaranty Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
     Section 4.5. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Guaranty Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that any Senior Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is out

-6-


 

standing and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Revolving Credit Commitments have not expired or terminated.
     Section 4.6. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Guaranty Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Guaranty Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Guaranty Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Guaranty Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Guaranty Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Guaranty Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Guaranty Party without the approval of any other Guaranty Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Guaranty Party hereunder.
     Section 4.7. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
     Section 4.8. Right of Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrowers or any other Guaranty Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrowers and each Guaranty Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Guaranty Parties against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 4.8 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent and such Lender may have.

-7-


 

     Section 4.9. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .
     (a) THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT IF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN IN REGARD TO THE VALIDITY, PERFECTION OR EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF ANY LIEN OR IN REGARD TO PROCEDURAL MATTERS AFFECTING ENFORCEMENT OF ANY LIENS IN COLLATERAL, SUCH LAWS OF SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY TO THAT EXTENT.
     Section 4.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE GRANTORS, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE SECURED PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     Section 4.11. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
     Section 4.12. Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder and all obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Finance Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Finance Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Finance Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Finance Document, any other agreement or instrument, (c) any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee guaranteeing all or any of the Finance Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor in respect of the Finance Obligations or this Agreement.
     Section 4.13. Termination or Release .
     (a) This Agreement and the Guaranties made herein shall terminate with respect to all Finance Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) when (i) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments have expired or been terminated, (ii) the principal of and interest on each Loan (including Swing Line Loans) and all fees and other Finance Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations and the Other Liabilities) shall have been paid in full, (iii) all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated (or been Cash Collateralized or backstopped in an amount equal to 101.5% of the outstanding Letters of Credit or in respect of which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and L/C Issuers have been made) and (iv) all outstanding Letters of Credit have been reduced to zero (or Cash Collateralized or backstopped in an amount equal to 101.5% of the outstanding Letters of Credit or in

-8-


 

respect of which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and L/C Issuers have been made).
     (b) A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder upon the consummation of any transaction or designation permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor (i) ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower or is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (ii) becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.
     (c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b), the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Guarantor, at such Guarantor’s expense, all documents that such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
     (d) A Guarantor (other than Holdings and any Intermediate Holding Company) shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder if such Guarantor ceases to be a Material Domestic Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement.
     Section 4.14. Additional Guarantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, any Intermediate Holding Company and certain Restricted Subsidiaries of a Borrower that were not in existence or not Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the Credit Agreement or cease being Excluded Subsidiaries are required to enter in this Agreement as Guarantors upon becoming an Intermediate Holding Company or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and an Intermediate Holding Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, of a Guaranty Supplement, such Intermediate Holding Company or Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Guaranty Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guaranty Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guaranty Party as a party to this Agreement.
     Section 4.15. Intercreditor Agreement . Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Agreement, the Liens created hereby and the rights, remedies, duties and obligations provided for herein are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and, to the extent provided therein, the applicable Indenture Noteholder Security Documents (as defined therein). In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control .
[Signature Pages to Follow]

-9-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jason Giordano  
    Name:   Jason Giordano  
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jason Giordano  
    Name:   Jason Giordano  
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
[Signature Pages to the ABL Guaranty]

S-1


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  POLYMER GROUP INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman  
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman  
    Title:   Chief Financial officer  
 
[Signature Pages to the ABL Guaranty]

S-2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  [ CHICOPEE, INC.
DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
FABRENE, L.L.C.
PGI EUROPE, INC.
PGI POLYMER, INC. ]
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman  
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman  
    Title:   Chief Financial officer  
 
[Signature Pages to the ABL Guaranty]

S-3


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  CITIBANK, N.A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Smolow  
    Name:   Michael Smolow  
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Signature Pages to the ABL Guaranty]

S-4


 

Exhibit A to the
Guaranty Agreement
     SUPPLEMENT NO. __ (the “ Guaranty Supplement ”) dated as of [___________], to the Guaranty dated as of January 28, 2011, among SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), certain subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time party thereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
     A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 28, 2011 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION (“ Merger Sub ” and, prior to the Merger (as defined below), the “ Lead Borrower ”), a Delaware corporation to be merged with and into POLYMER GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” and, after the Merger, the “ Lead Borrower ”), the other Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Holdings, CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the other agents party thereto and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).
     B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Guaranty referred to therein.
     C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guaranty in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans. Section 4.14 of the Guaranty provides that any Intermediate Holding Company and certain Restricted Subsidiaries of a Borrower that were not in existence or not Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the Credit Agreement are required (pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement), to become Guarantors under the Guaranty by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Guaranty Supplement. The undersigned Intermediate Holding Company or Subsidiary of a Borrower (the “ New Guarantor ”) is executing this Guaranty Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guaranty in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and as consideration for Loans previously made.
     Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Guarantor agree as follows:
     SECTION 1. Obligations under the Guaranty . In accordance with Section 4.14 of the Guaranty, the New Guarantor by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guaranty with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and the New Guarantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guaranty applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. Each reference to a “Guarantor” in the Guaranty shall be deemed to include the New Guarantor and each reference in the Credit Agreement and any other Finance Document to a “Guarantor”, “Subsidiary Guarantor” or a “Loan Party” shall also be deemed to include the New Guarantor. The Guaranty is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
     SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties . The New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Guaranty Supplement

 


 

has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
     SECTION 3. Execution and Delivery . This Guaranty Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Guaranty Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Guaranty Supplement that bears the signature of the New Guarantor and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Guaranty Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Guaranty Supplement.
     SECTION 4. Affirmation . Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect.
     SECTION 5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc .
     (a) THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT IF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN IN REGARD TO THE VALIDITY, PERFECTION OR EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF ANY LIEN OR IN REGARD TO PROCEDURAL MATTERS AFFECTING ENFORCEMENT OF ANY LIENS IN COLLATERAL, SUCH LAWS OF SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY TO THAT EXTENT.
     (b) EACH OF THE GRANTORS, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE SECURED PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     SECTION 6. Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guaranty shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
     SECTION 7. Notice . All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 4.1 of the Guaranty.
     SECTION 8. Reimbursement . The New Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Guaranty Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.

-2-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Guarantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Guaranty Supplement as of the date first above written.
         
  [NEW GUARANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
         
  CITIBANK, N.A.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

Exhibit 10.7
Execution Copy
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into between Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, (“ Parent ”), a Delaware corporation, and Veronica M. Hagen (“ Executive ”) effective as of October 4, 2010.
Recitals
  A.   Polymer Group, Inc., (“ PGI ”), a Delaware corporation, and Executive entered into an executive employment agreement dated as of April 23, 2010 (the “ Original Employment Agreement ”).
  B.   PGI, Parent, and Scorpio Merger Subsidiary Corporation (“ MergerSub ”), a Delaware corporation, have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 4, 2010, as amended (such agreement the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Parent shall cause MergerSub to merge with and into PGI (the “ Acquisition ”).
  C.   It is the desire of Parent to assure the continued services of Executive to PGI following the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement) by entering into this Agreement, which shall, effective and contingent on the Effective Time, replace and supersede the Original Employment Agreement.
Agreement
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, Parent, and Executive agree as follows (it being understood that Parent shall cause PGI to take the actions described herein that are ascribed to it; provided that Parent may, after the Effective Time, assign all of its rights and obligations hereunder to PGI, in which case PGI shall be solely responsible therefor):
Article I. Employment, Compensation And Benefits
     1.1 Term and Position .
          a. Parent agrees to cause PGI to continue to employ Executive and Executive agrees to continue to be employed by PGI as Chief Executive Officer of PGI. As Chief Executive Officer, Executive shall be a member of PGI’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). Executive shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of the Chief Executive Officer and shall devote full working time to the successful conduct of the business of PGI; however, Executive shall be permitted to continue to serve on the boards of directors of Newmont Mining Corporation and Southern Company, and may in the future serve on the boards of directors of up to a total of two for-profit corporations (provided any such corporation is not in competition with PGI or any affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P. (“ Blackstone ”), provided further that Blackstone’s consent to any such directorship shall not be unreasonably withheld) and one not-for-profit corporation. Executive will report directly to the Board and Executive’s specific duties shall be determined by the Board.
          b. The term of the Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Time and ending on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Time, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of Article II hereof. Should the Merger Agreement be terminated prior to the

 


 

closing of the Acquisition, this Agreement shall not become effective and shall be null and void and the Original Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
     1.2 Compensation.
          a. Base Compensation . For all services rendered by Executive during the Term, Executive shall receive base compensation at a rate of $800,000 per annum (“ Base Compensation ”), payable in accordance with PGI’s then existing payroll practices, less such deductions as are authorized or required by law. Executive’s Base Compensation shall be subject to review annually by the Board.
          b. Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus pursuant to a short-term cash incentive bonus plan (a “ Bonus Plan ”) to the extent such a plan is implemented for any given year during the Term, on terms no less favorable than the terms under which other members of senior management participate (any such bonus, the “ Annual Bonus ”). During each fiscal year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus under any such Bonus Plan will be, and shall not exceed, 100% of Base Compensation, and the maximum Annual Bonus payable to Executive will be 200% of Base Compensation. The amount of the Annual Bonus, if any, shall be based on annual performance goals to be established by the Board in consultation with Executive. PGI is under no obligation to establish a Bonus Plan for any given year, and no Annual Bonus shall be payable in respect of any fiscal year in which Executive’s employment is terminated, except to the extent expressly provided in Article II.
     c.  Equity Compensation .
     (i) Co-investment, Equity Grants.
     (A) As soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time, Executive shall make an investment in Parent or one of its affiliates (the “ Investment Entity ”) of an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the after-tax proceeds Executive receives in connection with the Acquisition in respect of Executive’s equity and equity-based awards in PGI (each share subject to such an award, a “ PGI Share ”), at the price per share paid by affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (“ Blackstone ”) for common stock of the Investment Entity (the “ Deal Price ”).
     (B) On each Escrow Release Date (as such term is defined in the Merger Agreement), Executive shall make an additional investment in the Investment Entity of an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the after-tax proceeds Executive receives on such Escrow Release Date in respect of each PGI Share, at a per share price equal to “fair market value” of a share of common stock of the Investment Entity on the applicable Escrow Release Date, as determined in accordance with the management equity program described in Section 1.2(c)(i)(C) below.
     (C) The parties agree to work together in good faith to negotiate and agree upon an acceptable management equity grant program pursuant to which Executive will receive stock options in respect of the Investment Entity’s common stock, and the parties further agree to review alternative structures for Executive’s investment that would permit such investment to be made on a tax-deferred basis, provided, however, that Parent shall not be required to offer any such structure.
     (ii) On April 23, 2013, provided Executive is an employee in good standing on such date, PGI shall provide Executive with a one-time award of a number of Parent Shares of the common stock of the Investment Entity determined by dividing $694,000 by the Deal Price (the “ Equity Award ”).

2


 

The Equity Award shall be payable in a single lump sum on such date, or such earlier date as provided in Section 2.1(b). PGI shall utilize share withholding to satisfy any applicable withholding taxes due with respect to the amount described in this Section 1.2(c)(iii), unless share withholding is prohibited under Parent’s financing documents.
          d. Reimbursement of Expenses . During the Term, PGI shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by her in the course of performing her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement which are consistent with PGI’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to PGI’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses. PGI shall pay Executive’s reasonable professional fees in connection with the negotiation, documentation, and implementation of this Agreement and any related agreements, up to an amount equal to $40,000.
     1.3 Paid Leave.
          a. Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to 4 weeks vacation per calendar year, without carryover, which vacation shall accrue ratably during the year in accordance with PGI’s policies.
          b. Sick Leave . Executive shall be entitled to sick leave in accordance with the policies adopted from time to time by PGI for its employees.
          c. Holiday Leave . Executive shall be entitled to paid time off on such holidays for which PGI is closed for business.
     1.4 Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in the various employee benefit programs (including health, life, retirement and disability) which PGI may establish and modify from time to time for the benefit of all its employees, if and when Executive satisfies the eligibility requirements for such employee benefit plans.
     PGI retains the right to amend, modify or terminate any employee benefits from time to time in its discretion.
     1.5 Company Automobile . PGI shall provide Executive with the continued use of an automobile during the Term. PGI shall maintain automobile insurance on the automobile, will cover the cost of general maintenance on the automobile, and reimburse Executive for fuel. To the extent Executive uses the automobile for personal purposes, the value of such personal use shall be included in Executive’s income in accordance with applicable tax law. Executive shall be responsible for any costs in excess of $17,242 per year that result from the provision of benefits pursuant to this Section 1.5.
Article II. Termination Before The Term Expires And Effects Of Such Termination
     2.1 Termination By PGI . PGI may terminate Executive’s employment before the Term expires for the following reasons:
          a. Cause . For “Cause” upon the determination by the Board that “cause” exists to terminate Executive. “ Cause ” means (i) a material breach of this Agreement by Executive; provided, that if such breach is capable of being cured, Executive shall be provided 15 days written notice to cure such breach, (ii) a breach of Executive’s duty of loyalty to PGI or any of its subsidiaries or any act of dishonesty or fraud with respect to PGI or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) the commission by Executive of a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or other act or omission (excluding business acts or omissions in the ordinary course) causing material harm to the standing and reputation of PGI and its subsidiaries,

3


 

(iv) Executive reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs, the use of illegal drugs (whether or not at the workplace) or other repeated conduct (excluding business conduct in the ordinary course) causing PGI or any of its subsidiaries substantial public disgrace or disrepute or economic harm, or (v) any willful act or omission by Executive aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of PGI or any of its subsidiaries to the material disadvantage or detriment of PGI and its subsidiaries. The burden for establishing the validity of any termination for Cause shall rest upon PGI; provided that PGI shall furnish notice to Executive of such Cause termination, which notice must specify in reasonable detail the particulars of Executive’s conduct that constitute Cause. If PGI terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled only to the pro rata Base Compensation through the date of such termination, and all future compensation and benefits shall cease (except for those benefits vested per plan terms). Other than what is provided in this Section 2.1(a) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits as a result of a termination for Cause.
          b. Involuntary Termination . Involuntary termination at PGI’s option may occur for any reason whatsoever, including termination without Cause, in the sole discretion of the Board (“ Involuntary Termination ”). Upon an Involuntary Termination before the Term expires, Executive shall be entitled to receive from PGI, in lieu of severance payments under any other plan or program of PGI, (i) an amount equal to 1.5 times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Compensation and (B) target Annual Bonus, each as in effect immediately prior to the date of her termination (the “ Severance Amount ”); (ii) the Annual Bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination date occurred, determined by the Committee as though Executive had continued to be employed through the end of the fiscal year in which the termination date occurred, multiplied by a fraction equal to the number of days of employment completed by Executive during the fiscal year in which the termination date occurred divided by 365 (the “ Pro Rata Bonus ”); (iii) any Annual Bonus for a completed fiscal year of PGI that has been earned but not yet been paid to Executive (the “ Prior Year Earned Bonus ”), in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to PGI the General Release substantially in form and substance as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto no later than the 45 th day following the termination date and only so long as Executive has not breached the provisions of Article 3 or Section 4.1 hereof and does not apply for unemployment compensation chargeable to PGI during the period from the date of termination through the date that is 18 months after the date of termination (the “ Severance Period ”). In addition, upon an involuntary termination prior to April 23, 2013, Executive shall be entitled to the Equity Award. The Severance Amount payable pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) and the Prior Year Earned Bonus shall be paid in twelve equal monthly installments beginning on the 53 rd day following the termination date, and the second installment on the 60 th day following the termination date, and each other installment payable each month thereafter during the Severance Period. The Equity Award shall be paid in a single lump sum on the earlier of the 53 rd day following the termination date or April 23, 2013. The Pro Rata Bonus shall be payable at such time any annual bonuses in respect of the fiscal year in which the termination date occurs are paid to senior executives of PGI. The amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall not be reduced by the amount of any compensation Executive receives with respect to any other employment during the Severance Period.
     Upon Involuntary Termination and continuing through the last day of the Severance Period, PGI shall, at its expense, continue on behalf of the Executive and her dependants and beneficiaries, the medical, dental and hospitalization benefits provided to the Executive immediately prior to the date of termination. The coverage and benefits (including deductibles and costs) provided in this Section 2.1(b) shall be no less favorable to the Executive and her dependants and beneficiaries, than the coverage and benefits provided to other salaried employees under PGI’s benefit plans, as such plans may be amended from time to time. PGI’s obligation hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent employer’s benefit plans, in which case PGI may reduce the coverage of any benefits it is required to provide the Executive hereunder so long as the aggregate coverage and benefits of the combined benefit plans is no less favorable to the

4


 

Executive than the coverages and benefits required to be provided hereunder. This Section 2.1(b) shall not be interpreted so as to limit any benefits to which the Executive, her dependants or beneficiaries may otherwise be entitled under any of PGI’s employee benefit plans, programs or practices following the termination of employment of the Executive, including without limitation, any applicable retiree life insurance benefits. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination or expiration of the Term shall cease upon such termination or expiration, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA); provided , that for purposes of determining Executive’s rights under COBRA, the date of the later to occur of (x) the date of the termination or expiration of the Term or (y) the date of the final payment of any severance payments made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) above, shall be deemed to be the qualifying event for such purpose. PGI may offset any amounts Executive owes it or its subsidiaries against any amounts it or its subsidiaries owes Executive hereunder.
     Other than what is provided in this Section 2.1(b) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits as a result of an Involuntary Termination.
          c. Death/Disability . Upon Executive’s (i) death, or (ii) becoming incapacitated or disabled so as to entitle Executive to benefits under PGI’s long-term disability plan, or (iii) becoming permanently and totally unable to perform Executive’s duties for PGI as a result of any physical or mental impairment supported by a written opinion by a physician selected by PGI, Executive or Executive’s heirs shall be entitled to Executive’s pro rata Base Compensation through the date of such determination and the Prior Year Earned Bonus. Other than what is provided in this Section 2.1(c) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits as a result of termination of employment due to death or disability.
          d. Board/Committee Resignation . Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive agrees to resign, as of the date of such termination and to the extent applicable, from the Board (and any committees thereof) and the Board of Directors (and any committees thereof) of Parent and PGI’s respective affiliates and subsidiaries.
     2.2 Termination By Executive . Executive may terminate the employment relationship before the Term expires for the following reasons:
          a. Good Reason . For “Good Reason.” A termination for “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to be an Involuntary Termination and shall mean a termination as a result of:
          (i) The failure of Parent or PGI to pay or cause to be paid Executive’s Base Compensation or Annual Bonus when due hereunder; or
          (ii) The assignment to Executive, without her express written consent, of duties materially inconsistent with Executive’s position, duties, responsibilities and status with PGI as of the Effective Time, or a change in Executive’s titles or offices (if any) in effect on the Effective Time, or any removal of Executive from, or any failure to reelect Executive to (or, in the case of the Board, to nominate to), any of such positions, except in connection with Executive’s termination for Cause, death, disability, or as a result of the expiration of this Agreement; or
          (iii) A reduction by PGI in Executive’s Base Compensation as in effect on the Effective Time, or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter; or
          (iv) Any purported termination for Cause or disability without grounds therefor; or

5


 

          (v) A change in PGI’s headquarters location that is at least 50 miles from PGI’s headquarters in effect on the Effective Time;
provided , however , that each of the events described in clauses (i) through (v) shall constitute Good Reason only if PGI fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Executive of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided , further , that Good Reason shall cease to exist for an event on the 60 th day following the later of its occurrence or Executive’s knowledge thereof, unless Executive has given PGI written notice thereof prior to such date.
          b. Voluntary Termination . For any other reason whatsoever, in Executive’s sole discretion. Upon a “ Voluntary Termination ” before the Term expires, all of Executive’s future compensation and benefits shall cease as of the date of termination (except benefits vested as of the termination per plan terms), and Executive shall be entitled only to pro rata Base Compensation through the termination date. For the avoidance of doubt, upon a Voluntary Termination prior to April 23, 2013, the Equity Award shall be forfeited as well.
     2.3 Certain Obligations Continue . Neither termination of employment nor expiration of the Term terminates the continuing obligations of this Agreement, including obligations under Articles 3 and 4.1.
     2.4 Employment Beyond Term . Unless the parties hereto mutually agree otherwise at a later date, should Executive remain employed by PGI after the Term expires, such employment shall convert to an employment-at-will relationship, terminable at any time by either PGI or Executive for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause. During such continued employment, Articles 3 and 4.1 shall continue in full force and effect.
Article III. Confidential Information; Post-Employment Obligations
     3.1 This Agreement . The terms of this Agreement constitute confidential information, which Executive shall not disclose to anyone other than Executive’s spouse, attorneys, tax advisors, or as required by law. Parent and PGI may disclose the terms of this Agreement as required by law.
     3.2 Parent and PGI Property . All written materials, records, data, and other documents prepared or possessed by Executive during Executive’s employment by Parent and PGI are Parent’s and PGI’s respective property. All memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, drawings, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, maps, and all other documents, data, or materials of any type embodying such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions are Parent’s and PGI’s property.
     All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions that are conceived, made, developed, or acquired by Executive individually or in conjunction with others during Executive’s employment (whether during business hours and whether on Parent’s or PGI’s premises or otherwise) which relate to Parent’s or PGI’s business, products, or services are Parent’s or PGI’s property. Executive agrees to make prompt and full disclosure to Parent and PGI or their subsidiaries, as the case may be, of all ideas, discoveries, trade secrets, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods of doing business, processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, data, software, firmware, logos and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice) that relate to Parent’s, PGI’s, or their subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future products or services and that are conceived, developed, acquired, contributed to, made, or reduced to practice by Executive (either solely or jointly with others) while employed by Parent or PGI or their subsidiaries and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (collectively,

6


 

Work Product ”). Any copyrightable work falling within the definition of Work Product shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws of the United States, and ownership of all rights therein shall vest in Parent or PGI or one or more of their subsidiaries. To the extent that any Work Product is not deemed to be a “work made for hire,” Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to Parent, PGI or such subsidiary all right, title and interest, including without limitation, the intellectual property rights that Executive may have in and to such Work Product. Executive shall promptly perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the employment period) to establish and confirm Parent’s, PGI’s or such subsidiary’s ownership (including, without limitation, providing testimony and executing assignments, consents, powers of attorney, and other instruments).
     At the termination of Executive’s employment with Parent or PGI for any reason, Executive shall return all of Parent’s or PGI’s property to Parent or PGI, as applicable.
     3.3 Confidential Information: Non-Disclosure . Executive acknowledges that the business of Parent, PGI and their subsidiaries is highly competitive and that Parent and PGI have provided and will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information relating to the business of Parent, PGI and their subsidiaries. “ Confidential Information ” means and includes Parent’s and PGI’s confidential and/or proprietary information and/or trade secrets that have been developed or used and/or will be developed and that cannot be obtained readily by third parties from outside sources. Confidential Information includes, by way of example and without limitation, the following: information regarding customers, employees, contractors, and the industry not generally known to the public; strategies, methods, books, records, and documents; technical information concerning products, equipment, services, and processes; procurement procedures and pricing techniques; the names of and other information concerning customers, investors, and business affiliates (such as contact name, service provided, pricing for that customer, amount of services used, credit and financial data, and/or other information relating to Parent’s or PGI’s relationship with that customer); pricing strategies and price curves; plans and strategies for expansion or acquisitions; budgets; customer lists; research; weather data; financial and sales data; trading terms; evaluations, opinions, and interpretations of information and data; marketing and merchandising techniques; prospective customers’ names and marks; grids and maps; electronic databases; models; specifications; computer programs; internal business records; contracts benefiting or obligating Parent or PGI; bids or proposals submitted to any third party; technologies and methods; training methods and training processes; organizational structure; salaries of personnel; payment amounts or rates paid to consultants or other service providers; and other such confidential or proprietary information. Executive acknowledges that this Confidential Information constitutes a valuable, special, and unique asset used by Parent, PGI or their subsidiaries in their business to obtain a competitive advantage over their competitors. Executive further acknowledges that protection of such Confidential Information against unauthorized disclosure and use is of critical importance to Parent, PGI and their subsidiaries in maintaining their competitive position.
     Executive also will have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as actual and potential customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, investors, financing sources and the like, of Parent, PGI and their subsidiaries.
     Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with Parent or PGI, make any unauthorized disclosure of any Confidential Information of Parent, PGI or their subsidiaries, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of her employment responsibilities hereunder. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of third party Confidential Information to the same extent, and on the same basis, as Parent’s and PGI’s Confidential Information.
     3.4 Non-Competition Obligations . Executive acknowledges that Parent and PGI are providing Executive with access to Confidential Information. Executive’s non-competition obligations are

7


 

ancillary to Parent’s agreements provided in Article 2 and agreement to disclose Confidential Information to Executive. In order to protect the Confidential Information described above, and in consideration for Executive’s receiving access to this Confidential Information, right to compensation and benefits upon certain terminations as provided in Article 2, and receiving other compensation provided in this Agreement, Parent and Executive agree to the following non-competition provisions:
     During Executive’s employment and during the eighteen (18) month period following Executive’s date of termination for any reason, Executive will not, in any geographic area where Parent, PGI or their subsidiaries engage or plan to engage in business directly or indirectly, either on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person, association or entity:
          a. engage in any business competing with any businesses in which Parent, PGI or their subsidiaries currently engage in business, has plans to engage in business, or has engaged in business in the 12-month period preceding the date of termination (a “ Competing Business ”);
          b. perform any job, task, function, skill, or responsibility for a Competing Business that Executive has provided for Parent or PGI in the 12-month period preceding the date of termination; or
          c. render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association or entity in the business of “a” or “b” above.
     Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit her ability to engage in certain businesses and during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that these restrictions are necessary to protect the Confidential Information Parent or PGI has provided to Executive.
     Executive agrees that this provision defining the scope of activities constituting competition with Parent and PGI is narrow and reasonable for the following reasons: (i) Executive is free to seek employment with other companies providing services that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of Parent, PGI, or their subsidiaries; (ii) Executive is free to seek employment with other companies that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of Parent, PGI, or their subsidiaries; and (iii) there are many other companies that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of Parent, PGI, or their subsidiaries. Thus, this restriction on Executive’s ability to compete does not prevent Executive from using and offering the skills that Executive possessed prior to receiving Confidential Information, specialized training, and knowledge from Parent and PGI.
     3.5 Non-Solicitation of Customers . During Executive’s employment and during the eighteen (18) months following the termination of employment for any reason, Executive will not call on, service, or solicit competing business from customers of Parent, PGI, or their subsidiaries whom the Executive, within the twenty-four (24) months prior to termination of employment, (i) had or made contact with, or (ii) had access to information and files about. These restrictions are limited by geography to the specific places, addresses, or locations where a customer is present and available for soliciting or servicing.
     3.6 Non-Solicitation of Employees . During Executive’s employment and during the eighteen (18) months following the termination of employment for any reason, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, call on, solicit, or induce any other employee or officer of Parent, PGI, or their affiliates whom Executive had contact with, knowledge of, or association with in the course of employment with Parent or PGI to terminate his or her employment, and will not assist any other person or entity in such a solicitation.

8


 

     3.7 Arbitration . Except with respect to disputes or claims under Article 3 or Section 4.1 hereof (which may be pursued in any court of competent jurisdiction as specified herein and with respect to which each party shall bear the cost of its own attorney’s fees and expenses except as otherwise required by applicable law), each party hereto agrees that the arbitration procedure set forth in Exhibit B hereto shall be the sole and exclusive method for resolving any claim or dispute (“ Claim ”) arising out of or relating to the rights and obligations acknowledged and agreed to in this Agreement and the employment of Executive by Parent, PGI and their subsidiaries (including, without limitation, disputes and claims regarding employment discrimination, sexual harassment, termination and discharge), whether such Claim arose or the facts on which such Claim is based occurred prior to or after the execution and delivery of adoption of this Agreement. The parties agree that the result of any arbitration hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all of the parties. Nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit a party hereto from instituting litigation to enforce any Final Determination (as defined in Exhibit B hereto). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court or North Carolina state court of competent jurisdiction sitting in Mecklenburg County, North Carolina, and agrees that such court shall be the exclusive forum with respect to disputes and claims under this Agreement and for the enforcement of any Final Determination, and irrevocably and unconditionally waives (i) any objection to the laying of venue of any such action, suit or proceeding in such court or (ii) any argument, claim, defense or allegation that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process by registered mail or personal service and waives any objection on the grounds of personal jurisdiction, venue or inconvenience of the forum.
     3.8 Warranty . Executive warrants that Executive is not a party to any other restrictive agreement limiting Executive’s activities in her employment by Parent or PGI. Executive further warrants that at the time of the signing of this Agreement, Executive knows of no written or oral contract or of any other impediment that would inhibit or prohibit employment with Parent or PGI and that Executive will not knowingly use any trade secret, confidential information, or other intellectual property right of any other party in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.
Article IV. Miscellaneous
     4.1 Mutual Non-Disparagement .
          a. Executive shall refrain, both during and after her employment, from making any oral or written statements to third parties about Parent, PGI, Blackstone, any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of such entities’ officers, employees, agents, or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about their business affairs; or that constitute an intrusion into their seclusion or private lives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about their private lives; or that place them in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of their name or likeness; or that are intended to, or reasonably likely to, disparage them.
          b. PGI, Parent, and Blackstone shall refrain, both during and after Executive’s employment, from making any oral or written statements to third parties about Executive that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory, or that disclose private or confidential information about her personal business affairs; or that constitute an intrusion into her seclusion or private life; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about her private life; or that place her in a false light before the public; or that are intended to, or reasonably likely to, disparage her, provided , that any actions by an employee of PGI, Parent or Blackstone who is not an officer or director of either PGI, Parent or Blackstone without the approval of the Board shall not constitute a violation of the foregoing. PGI, Parent and Blackstone shall be entitled to make statements in the ordinary course of their business or as is reasonably necessary to

9


 

comply with applicable law (including applicable securities and disclosure requirements), and including any statements determined by their corporate counsel to be reasonably necessary if Executive is terminated for Cause.
     4.2 Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:
          Notices to Executive:

Veronica M. Hagen
15503 Fisherman’s Rest Court
Cornelius, NC 29031
          Notices to Parent:

Scorpio Acquisition Corporation
c/o Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
Attn: General Counsel
          With a copy to:

The Blackstone Group L.P.
345 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10154
Fax No.: (212) 583-5722
Attention: Chinh E. Chu

and:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Fax No.: (212) 455-4502
Attention: Gregory T. Grogan
or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.
     4.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement.
     4.4 409A Compliance . This Agreement and any amendments thereto shall, to the extent applicable, comply with and be interpreted in such a manner as to be consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, and any Treasury regulations or other Internal Revenue Service guidance promulgated thereunder. In addition, notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if Executive is

10


 

determined to be a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code), any payment due and payable hereunder as a result of Employee’s separation from service shall not be made before the date which is six (6) months after Executive’s date of separation from service.
     4.5 Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon Parent and inure to the benefit of Parent and PGI and any other person, association, or entity that may acquire or succeed to all or substantially all of the business or assets of Parent and PGI. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal, and they shall not be assigned or transferred without Parent’s prior written consent.
     4.6 Excise Tax.
          a. If PGI and Parent are not entities whose stock is readily tradable on an established securities market (or otherwise) at the time that a “change of control” under Regulation 1.280G occurs following the Effective Time, Executive, PGI, and Parent shall use their respective best efforts to avoid the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) or a loss of deductibility under Section 280G of the Code, including, to the extent Executive agrees to waive her entitlement to potential “parachute payments” (as defined under Regulation 1.280G), the Company shall seek to obtain stockholder approval thereof in accordance with the terms of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code.
          b. If PGI or Parent is an entity whose stock is readily tradable on an established securities market (or otherwise) at the time that a “change in control” under Regulation 1.280G occurs following the Effective Time, then anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, benefit or distribution to or for your benefit or the acceleration thereof would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (collectively, such excise tax, together with any such interest or penalties, the “ Excise Tax ”) (all such payments and benefits, including any cash severance payments payable pursuant to any other plan, arrangement or agreement, hereinafter referred to as the “ Total Payments ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the cash severance payments shall first be reduced, and the noncash severance payments shall thereafter be reduced, to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax but only if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments) is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which you would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments); provided, however, that you may elect to have the noncash severance payments reduced (or eliminated) prior to any reduction of the cash severance payments. You shall remain solely liable for all income taxes, Excise Tax, or other amounts assessed on any payments or benefits and nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as obligating the Company, or any successors thereto, to pay (or reimburse you for) any income taxes, Excise Tax, or other taxes or amounts assessed against or incurred by you in connection with your receipt of any such payments or benefits.
     4.7 Indemnification, Liability Insurance . Parent agrees to cause PGI to indemnify the Executive and hold the Executive harmless to the fullest extent permitted by PGI’s certificate of incorporation and under the bylaws of PGI against and in respect to any and all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, judgments, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), losses,

11


 

and damages resulting from the Executive’s good-faith performance of the Executive’s duties and obligations to PGI. PGI shall cover the Executive under directors and officers liability insurance both during and, while potential liability exists, after the Term of this Agreement in the same amount and on the same terms as PGI covers its other active officers and directors, if such coverage is obtainable, but in all events such coverage shall be at least in substantially the same amount and on substantially the same terms as PGI covers its other active officers and directors.
     4.8 Recovery of Awards . If, prior to or within two (2) years of the termination of Executive’s employment with PGI, either (i) PGI is required to make a material restatement of financial results for years during which Executive was an employee and due to actions or inactions by her or that she had knowledge of, or (ii) Executive is found to have engaged in misconduct while an employee, which, if discovered at the time would have justified a Cause termination, Executive may be required by the Board to return any outstanding equity awards granted after January 1, 2010 and any value received from any cash-based or equity-based incentive awards (including, without limitation, the Equity Award) granted after January 1, 2010 by PGI or any successor entity.
     4.9 Other Agreements; Inconsistency . This Agreement replaces and merges any other previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the nature of, term, and termination of Executive’s employment relationship with PGI, and this Agreement (and the documents referenced herein) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to such subject matters. No representation, inducement, promise, or agreement has been made by either party with respect to such subject matters, and no agreement, statement, or promise relating to the employment of Executive by PGI that is not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by each party. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other agreement (including but not limited to any profits interest, long-term incentive or other equity award agreement), plan, program, policy or practice (collectively, “ Other Provision ”) of PGI, the terms of this Agreement shall control over such Other Provision to the extent that the terms of this Agreement are more beneficial to the Executive.
     4.10 Survival/Severability/Headings . It is the express intention and agreement of the parties that the provisions of Article 3 and Sections 4.1 and 4.8 shall survive the termination of employment of Executive. In addition, all obligations of PGI to make payments, and to provide for equity vesting, under this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. Article and section headings contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience and reference only, and do not define or affect the meaning, construction, or scope of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
     4.11 Acknowledgement and Waiver . The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that neither the occurrence of the Acquisition nor any changes to Executive’s title or duties in connection with PGI ceasing to be a public company, shall constitute the basis for “Good Reason” under Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement, the Original Employment Agreement, or any other agreement or understanding between Executive, Parent, and PGI. Executive hereby irrevocably relinquishes and waives any and all rights that the Executive would possess in respect of any benefit, payment, or acceleration of benefit to which Executive would otherwise be entitled if the occurrence of the Acquisition, or any change to Executive’s title or duties in connection with PGI ceasing to be a public company, were deemed to constitute “Good Reason” under Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement or any other agreement or understanding between Executive, Parent, and PGI.

12


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent and Executive have executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the first date of the Term.
             
SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION   VERONICA M. HAGEN    
 
           
By:
  /s/ Chinh E. Chu   /s/ Veronica M. Hagen    
 
           
 
  Name: Chinh E. Chu        
 
  Title: Authorized Person        
 
Dated this 4th day of October, 2010   Dated this 4th day of October, 2010    

13


 

Exhibit A
GENERAL RELEASE
I, Veronica M. Hagen, in consideration of and subject to the performance by Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Company ”), of its obligations under the Employment Agreement, entered into on October 4, 2010, (the “ Agreement ”), do hereby release and forever discharge as of the date hereof the Company and its affiliates and all present and former directors, officers, agents, representatives, employees, successors and assigns of the Company and its affiliates and the Company’s direct or indirect owners (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) to the extent provided below.
1.   I understand that any payments or benefits paid or granted to me under paragraph 2(b) of the Agreement represent, in part, consideration for signing this General Release and are not salary, wages or benefits to which I was already entitled. I understand and agree that I will not receive the payments and benefits specified in paragraph 2(b) of the Agreement unless I execute this General Release and do not revoke this General Release within the time period permitted hereafter or breach this General Release. Such payments and benefits will not be considered compensation for purposes of any employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement maintained or hereafter established by the Company or its affiliates. I also acknowledge and represent that I have received all payments and benefits that I am entitled to receive (as of the date hereof) by virtue of any employment by the Company.
 
2.   Except as provided in paragraph 4 below and except for the provisions of my Employment Agreement which expressly survive the termination of my employment with the Company, I knowingly and voluntarily (for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and assigns) release and forever discharge the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, suits, controversies, actions, causes of action, cross-claims, counter-claims, demands, debts, compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive or exemplary damages, other damages, claims for costs and attorneys’ fees, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever in law and in equity, existing or hereafter arising, based in whole or in part upon any act or omission, transaction, agreement, event or other occurrence taking place from the beginning of time through the date this General Release becomes effective and enforceable and whether known or unknown, suspected, or claimed against the Company or any of the Released Parties which I, my spouse, or any of my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, may have, which arise out of or are connected with my employment with, or my separation or termination from, the Company (including, but not limited to, any allegation, claim or violation, arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; any applicable Executive Order Programs; the Fair Labor Standards Act; or their state or local counterparts; the North Carolina Equal Employment Practice Act, N(c) Gen. Stat. § 143-422.1, et seq .; the North Carolina Persons With Disabilities Protection Act, N(c) Gen. Stat. § 168A-1 et seq .; and the North Carolina Retaliatory Employment Discrimination Act, N(c) Gen. Stat. § 95-240 et seq . or under any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law, or under any other local, state, or federal law, regulation or ordinance; or under any public policy, contract or tort, or under common law; or arising under any policies, practices or procedures of the Company; or any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract, infliction of emotional distress, defamation; or any claim for costs, fees, or

 


 

    other expenses, including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Claims ”).
3.   I represent that I have made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, demand, cause of action, or other matter covered by paragraph 2 above.
 
4.   I agree that this General Release does not waive or release any rights or claims that I may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 which arise after the date I execute this General Release. I acknowledge and agree that my separation from employment with the Company in compliance with the terms of the Agreement shall not serve as the basis for any claim or action (including, without limitation, any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967).
 
5.   In signing this General Release, I acknowledge and intend that it shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I expressly consent that this General Release shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected Claims (notwithstanding any state statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I acknowledge and agree that this waiver is an essential and material term of this General Release and that without such waiver the Company would not have agreed to the terms of the Agreement. I further agree that in the event I should bring a Claim seeking damages against the Company, or in the event I should seek to recover against the Company in any Claim brought by a governmental agency on my behalf, this General Release shall serve as a complete defense to such Claims. I further agree that I am not aware of any pending charge or complaint of the type described in paragraph 2 as of the execution of this General Release.
 
6.   I agree that neither this General Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this General Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or myself of any improper or unlawful conduct.
 
7.   I agree that I will forfeit all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to the Agreement if I challenge the validity of this General Release. I also agree that if I violate this General Release by suing the Company or the other Released Parties, I will pay all costs and expenses of defending against the suit incurred by the Released Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and return all payments received by me pursuant to the Agreement.
 
8.   I agree that this General Release is confidential and agree not to disclose any information regarding the terms of this General Release, except to my immediate family and any tax, legal or other counsel I have consulted regarding the meaning or effect hereof or as required by law, and I will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same to anyone.
 
9.   Any non-disclosure provision in this General Release does not prohibit or restrict me (or my attorney) from responding to any inquiry about this General Release or its underlying facts and circumstances by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD), any other self-regulatory organization or governmental entity.
 
10.   I agree to reasonably cooperate with the Company in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory, or judicial proceeding. I understand and agree that my cooperation may include, but not be limited to, making myself available to the Company upon reasonable notice for interviews

2


 

    and factual investigations; appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process; volunteering to the Company pertinent information; and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into my possession all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with my other permitted activities and commitments. I understand that in the event the Company asks for my cooperation in accordance with this provision, the Company will reimburse me solely for reasonable travel expenses, including lodging and meals, upon my submission of receipts.
11.   I agree that as of the date hereof, I have returned to the Company any and all property, tangible or intangible, relating to its business, which I possessed or had control over at any time (including, but not limited to, company-provided credit cards, building or office access cards, keys, computer equipment, manuals, files, documents, records, software, customer data base and other data) and that I shall not retain any copies, compilations, extracts, excerpts, summaries or other notes of any such manuals, files, documents, records, software, customer data base or other data.
 
12.   Notwithstanding anything in this General Release to the contrary, this General Release shall not relinquish, diminish, or in any way affect any rights or claims arising out of any breach by the Company or by any Released Party of the Agreement after the date hereof.
 
13.   Whenever possible, each provision of this General Release shall be interpreted in, such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this General Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this General Release shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
BY SIGNING THIS GENERAL RELEASE, I REPRESENT AND AGREE THAT:
(a)   I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY;
 
(b)   I UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RIGHTS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, AS AMENDED, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AS AMENDED; THE EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990; AND THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED;
 
(c)   I VOLUNTARILY CONSENT TO EVERYTHING IN IT;
 
(d)   I HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE EXECUTING IT AND I HAVE DONE SO OR, AFTER CAREFUL READING AND CONSIDERATION I HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO DO SO OF MY OWN VOLITION;
 
(e)   I HAVE HAD AT LEAST 21 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE SUBSTANTIALLY IN ITS FINAL FORM ON      , TO CONSIDER IT AND THE CHANGES MADE SINCE THE [      ], VERSION OF THIS RELEASE ARE NOT MATERIAL AND WILL NOT RESTART THE REQUIRED 21-DAY PERIOD;
 
(f)   THE CHANGES TO THE AGREEMENT SINCE [      ], EITHER ARE NOT MATERIAL OR WERE MADE AT MY REQUEST.

3


 

(g)   I UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE SEVEN DAYS AFTER THE EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE IT AND THAT THIS RELEASE SHALL NOT BECOME EFFECTIVE OR ENFORCEABLE UNTIL THE REVOCATION PERIOD HAS EXPIRED;
 
(h)   I HAVE SIGNED THIS GENERAL RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE ADVICE OF ANY COUNSEL RETAINED TO ADVISE ME WITH RESPECT TO IT; AND
 
(i)   I AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GENERAL RELEASE MAY NOT BE AMENDED, WAIVED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY AND BY ME.
         
DATE:
       
 
       

4


 

Exhibit B
ARBITRATION PROCEDURE
     1.  Notice of Claim . A party asserting a Claim (the “ Claimant ”) shall deliver written notice to each party against whom the Claim is asserted (collectively, the “ Opposing Party ”), with a copy to the persons required to receive copies of notices under the Agreement (the “ Additional Notice Parties ”), specifying the nature of the Claim and requesting a meeting to resolve same. The Additional Notice Parties shall be given reasonable notice of and invited and permitted to attend any such meeting. If no resolution is reached within 10 business days after delivery of such notice, the Claimant or the Opposing Party may, within 45 days after giving such notice, invoke the arbitration procedure provided herein by delivering to each Opposing Party and the Additional Notice Parties a notice of arbitration which shall specify the Claim as to which arbitration is sought, the nature of the Claim, the basis for the Claim and the nature and amount of any damages or other compensation or relief sought (a “ Notice of Arbitration ”). Each party agrees that no punitive damages may be sought or recovered in any arbitration, judicial proceeding or otherwise. Failure to file a Notice of Arbitration within 45 days shall constitute a waiver of any right to relief for the matters asserted in the notice of Claim. Any Claim shall be forever barred, and no relief may be sought therefor, if written notice of such Claim is not made as provided above within one year of the date such Claim accrues.
     2.  Selection of Arbitrator . Within 20 business days after receipt of the Notice of Arbitration, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of PGI shall confer, whether in person, by telephone or in writing, and attempt to agree on an arbitrator to hear and decide the Claim. If the Executive and the Board cannot agree on an arbitrator within ten business days, then they shall request the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) in Charlotte, North Carolina to appoint an arbitrator experienced in the area of dispute who does not have an ongoing business relationship with any of the parties to the dispute. If the arbitrator selected informs the parties he cannot hear and resolve the Claim within the time-frame specified below, the Executive and the Board shall request the appointment of another arbitrator by the AAA subject to the same requirements.
     3.  Arbitration Procedure . The following procedures shall govern the conduct of any arbitration under this section. All procedural matters relating to the conduct of the arbitration other than those specified below shall be discussed among counsel for the parties and the arbitrator. Subject to any agreement of the parties, the arbitrator shall determine all procedural matters not specified herein.
     (a) Within 30 days after the delivery of a Notice of Arbitration, each party shall afford the other, or its counsel, with reasonable access to documents relating directly to the issues raised in the Notice of Arbitration. All documents produced and all copies thereof shall be maintained as strictly confidential, shall be used for no purpose other than the arbitration hereunder, and shall be returned to the producing party upon completion of the arbitration. There shall be no other discovery except that, if a reasonable need is shown, limited depositions may be allowed in the discretion of the arbitrator, it being the expressed intention and agreement of each party to have the arbitration proceedings conducted and resolved as expeditiously, economically and fairly as reasonably practicable, and with the maximum degree of confidentiality.
     (b) All written communications regarding the proceeding sent to the arbitrator shall be sent simultaneously to each party or its counsel, with a copy to the Additional Notice Parties. Oral communications between any of the parties or their counsel and the arbitrator shall be conducted only when all parties or their counsel are present and participating in the conversation.

 


 

     (c) Within 20 days after selection of the arbitrator, the Claimant shall submit to the arbitrator a copy of the Notice of Arbitration, along with a supporting memorandum and any exhibits or other documents supporting the Claim.
     (d) Within 20 days after receipt of the Claimant’s submission, the Opposing Party shall submit to the arbitrator a memorandum supporting its position and any exhibits or other supporting documents. If the Opposing Party fails to respond to any of the issues raised by the Claimant within 20 days of receipt of the Claimant’s submission, then the arbitrator may find for the Claimant on any such issue and bar any subsequent consideration of the matter.
     (e) Within 20 days after receipt of the Opposing Party’s response, the Claimant may submit to the arbitrator a reply to the Opposing Party’s response, or notification that no reply is forthcoming.
     (f) Within 10 days after the last submission as provided above, the arbitrator shall confer with the parties to select the date of the hearing on the issues raised by the Claim. Scheduling of the hearing shall be within the sole discretion of the arbitrator, but in no event more than 30 days after the last submission by the parties, and shall take place within 50 miles of the corporate headquarters of PGI at a place selected by the arbitrator or such other place as is mutually agreed. Both parties shall be granted substantially equal time to present evidence at the hearing. The hearing shall not exceed one business day, except for good cause shown.
     (g) Within 30 days after the conclusion of the hearing, the arbitrator shall issue a written decision to be delivered to both parties and the Additional Notice Parties (the “ Final Determination ”). The Final Determination shall address each issue disputed by the parties, state the arbitrator’s findings and reasons therefor, and state the nature and amount of any damages, compensation or other relief awarded.
     (h) The award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and non-appealable, except as otherwise provided under the Federal Arbitration Act, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in such court as has jurisdiction thereof.
     4.  Costs of Arbitration . Each party shall bear its own costs of conducting the arbitration, and administrative fees shall be shared equally among the parties.
     5.  Satisfaction of Award . If any party fails to pay the amount of the award, if any, assessed against it within 30 days after the delivery to such party of the Final Determination, the unpaid amount shall bear interest from the date of such delivery at the lesser of (i) prime lending rate announced by Citibank N(a) plus three hundred basis points and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable usury laws. In addition, such party shall promptly reimburse the other party for any and all costs or expenses of any nature or kind whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in seeking to collect such award or to enforce any Final Determination.
     6.  Confidentiality of Proceedings . The parties hereto agree that all of the arbitration proceedings provided for herein, including any notice of claim, the Notice of Arbitration, the submissions of the parties, and the Final Determination issued by the arbitrator, shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed at any time to any person other than the parties, their representatives, the arbitrator and the Additional Notice Parties; provided, however, that this provision shall not prevent the party prevailing in the arbitration from submitting the Final Determination to a court for the purpose of enforcing the award, subject to comparable confidentiality protections if the court agrees; and further provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit disclosure to the minimum extent reasonably necessary to comply with (i) applicable law (or requirement having the force of law), court order, judgment or decree, including, without limitation, disclosures which may be required pursuant to applicable securities laws, and (ii) the terms of contractual arrangements (such as financing arrangements) to which PGI or any Additional Notice Party may be subject so long as such contractual arrangements were not entered into for the primary purpose of permitting disclosure which would otherwise be prohibited hereunder.

2

Exhibit 10.8
[Execution Copy]
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
      THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of January 28, 2010 by and between Scorpio Acquisition Corporation (the “ Assignor ”) and Polymer Group, Inc. (the “ Assignee ”).
      WHEREAS , the Assignor is a party to an employment agreement with Veronica M. Hagen entered into as of October 4, 2010 (the “ Employment Agreement ”);
      WHEREAS , the Employment Agreement provides that following the Effective Time (as defined in the Employment Agreement), the Employment Agreement may be assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee; and
      WHEREAS , the Assignor wishes to assign, and the Assignee wishes to assume, all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Employment Agreement.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
     1. Effective as of January 28, 2010, the Assignor hereby assigns, transfers and conveys to Assignee and Assignee hereby accepts the assignment of, all rights and obligations with respect to the Employment Agreement.
     2. This Assignment and Assumption Agreement will inure to the benefit of and bind the respective successors of the parties hereto.
     3. This Assignment and Assumption Agreement, together with the Employment Agreement, collectively represent the entire understanding and agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written or oral discussions or agreements among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.
     4. This Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Assignment and Assumption Agreement has been duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jason Giordano    
    Name:   Jason Giordano   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 
  POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel L. Rikard    
    Name:   Daniel L. Rikard   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
Accepted and agreed to on this 28 th day of January:
         
     
  /s/ Veronica M. Hagen    
  Veronica M. Hagen   
     
 

2

Exhibit 10.9
[Execution Copy]
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into between Polymer Group, Inc., (“ PGI ”), a Delaware corporation and Michael Hale (“ Executive ”) effective as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Effective Time ”).
Recitals
  A.   PGI and Executive entered into a Change in Control Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of December 9, 2009 (the “ CiC Severance Agreement ”).
  B.   PGI, Scorpio Acquisition Corporation (“ Parent ”), a Delaware corporation, and Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (“ MergerSub ”), a Delaware corporation, have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 4, 2010, as amended (such agreement the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Parent shall cause MergerSub to merge with and into PGI (the “ Acquisition ”).
  C.   It is the desire of PGI to assure the continued services of Executive to PGI following the Effective Time by entering into this Agreement, which shall, effective as of the Effective Time, supersede the CiC Severance Agreement.
  D.   Executive and PGI mutually desire that Executive continue to provide services to PGI on the terms herein provided and agree that PGI’s and Executive’s obligations pursuant to the CiC Severance Agreement shall terminate as of, and contingent upon, the Effective Time.
Agreement
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, PGI and Executive agree as follows:
Article I. Employment, Compensation And Benefits
     1.1 Term and Position.
          a. PGI agrees to continue to employ Executive and Executive agrees to continue to be employed by PGI as Chief Operating Officer of PGI. Executive shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of a chief operating officer and shall devote full working time to the successful conduct of the business of PGI. Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of PGI and Executive’s specific duties shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of PGI (the “ Board ”).
          b. The term of the Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Time and ending on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Time, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of Article II hereof.
     1.2 Compensation.
          a. Base Compensation . For all services rendered by Executive during the Term, Executive shall receive base compensation at a rate of $415,000 per annum (“ Base Compensation ”),

 


 

payable in accordance with PGI’s then existing payroll practices, less such deductions as are authorized or required by law. Executive’s Base Compensation shall be subject to review annually by the Board.
          b. Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus pursuant to a short-term cash incentive bonus plan (a “ Bonus Plan ”) to the extent such a plan is implemented for any given year during the Term, on terms no less favorable than the terms under which other members of senior management participate (any such bonus, the “ Annual Bonus ”). During each fiscal year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus under any such Bonus Plan will be, and shall not exceed, 55% of Base Compensation, and the maximum Annual Bonus payable to Executive will be 110% of Base Compensation. The amount of the Annual Bonus, if any, shall be based on annual performance goals to be established by the Board in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer. PGI is under no obligation to establish a Bonus Plan for any given year, and no Annual Bonus shall be payable in respect of any fiscal year in which Executive’s employment is terminated, except to the extent expressly provided in Article II.
          c. Reimbursement of Expenses . During the Term, PGI shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in the course of performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement which are consistent with PGI’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to PGI’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.
     1.3 Paid Leave.
          a. Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to 6 weeks vacation per calendar year, without carryover, which vacation shall accrue ratably during the year in accordance with PGI’s policies.
          b. Sick Leave . Executive shall be entitled to sick leave in accordance with the policies adopted from time to time by PGI for its employees.
          c. Holiday Leave . Executive shall be entitled to paid time off on such holidays for which PGI is closed for business.
     1.4 Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in the various employee benefit programs (including health, life, retirement and disability) which PGI may establish and modify from time to time for the benefit of all its employees, if and when Executive satisfies the eligibility requirements for such employee benefit plans.
     PGI retains the right to amend, modify or terminate any employee benefits from time to time in its discretion.
Article II. Termination Before The Term Expires And Effects Of Such Termination
     2.1 Termination By PGI . PGI may terminate Executive’s employment before the Term expires for the following reasons:
          a. Cause . For “Cause” upon the determination by the Board that “cause” exists to terminate Executive. “ Cause ” means (i) a material breach of this Agreement by Executive; provided, that if such breach is capable of being cured, Executive shall be provided 15 days written notice to cure such breach, (ii) a breach of Executive’s duty of loyalty to PGI or any of its subsidiaries or any act of dishonesty or fraud with respect to PGI or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) the commission by Executive of a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or other act or omission (excluding business acts or omissions

2


 

in the ordinary course) causing material harm to the standing and reputation of PGI and its subsidiaries, (iv) Executive reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs, the use of illegal drugs (whether or not at the workplace) or other repeated conduct (excluding business conduct in the ordinary course) causing PGI or any of its subsidiaries substantial public disgrace or disrepute or economic harm, or (v) any willful act or omission by Executive aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of PGI or any of its subsidiaries to the material disadvantage or detriment of PGI and its subsidiaries. The burden for establishing the validity of any termination for Cause shall rest upon PGI; provided that PGI shall furnish notice to Executive of such Cause termination, which notice must specify in reasonable detail the particulars of Executive’s conduct that constitute Cause. If PGI terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled only to the pro rata Base Compensation through the date of such termination, and all future compensation and benefits shall cease (except for those benefits vested per plan terms). Other than what is provided in this Section 2.1(a) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits as a result of a termination for Cause.
          b. Involuntary Termination . Involuntary termination at PGI’s option may occur for any reason whatsoever, including termination without Cause, in the sole discretion of the Board (“ Involuntary Termination ”). Upon an Involuntary Termination before the Term expires, Executive shall be entitled to receive from PGI, in lieu of severance payments under any other plan or program of PGI, (i) an amount equal to 1.5 times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Compensation and (B) target Annual Bonus, each as in effect immediately prior to the date of Executive’s termination (the “ Severance Amount ”); (ii) the Annual Bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination date occurred, determined by the Committee as though Executive had continued to be employed through the end of the fiscal year in which the termination date occurred, multiplied by a fraction equal to the number of days of employment completed by Executive during the fiscal year in which the termination date occurred divided by 365 (the “ Pro Rata Bonus ”); (iii) any Annual Bonus for a completed fiscal year of PGI that has been earned but not yet been paid to Executive (the “ Prior Year Earned Bonus ”), in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to PGI the General Release substantially in form and substance as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto no later than the 45 th day following the termination date and only so long as Executive has not breached the provisions of Article 3 or Section 4.1 hereof and does not apply for unemployment compensation chargeable to PGI during the period from the date of termination through the date that is 18 months following the date of termination (the “ Severance Period ”). The Severance Amount payable pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) and the Prior Year Earned Bonus shall be paid in eighteen equal monthly installments, beginning on the 53 rd day following the termination date, and the second installment on the 60 th day following the termination date and each other installment payable each month thereafter during the Severance Period. The Pro Rata Bonus shall be payable at such time any annual bonuses in respect of the fiscal year in which the termination date occurs are paid to senior executives of PGI. The amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall not be reduced by the amount of any compensation Executive receives with respect to any other employment during the Severance Period.
     Upon Involuntary Termination and continuing through the last day of the Severance Period, PGI shall, at its expense, continue on behalf of the Executive and Executive’s dependants and beneficiaries, the medical, dental and hospitalization benefits provided to the Executive immediately prior to the date of termination. The coverage and benefits (including deductibles and costs) provided in this Section 2.1(b) shall be no less favorable to the Executive and Executive’s dependants and beneficiaries, than the coverage and benefits provided to other salaried employees under PGI’s benefit plans, as such plans may be amended from time to time. PGI’s obligation hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent employer’s benefit plans, in which case PGI may reduce the coverage of any benefits it is required to provide the Executive hereunder so long as the aggregate coverage and benefits of the combined benefit plans is no less favorable to the Executive than the coverages and benefits required to be provided hereunder. This Section 2.1(b) shall not be interpreted so as to limit any benefits to which the Executive, Executive’s

3


 

dependants or beneficiaries may otherwise be entitled under any of PGI’s employee benefit plans, programs or practices following the termination of employment of the Executive, including without limitation, any applicable retiree life insurance benefits. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination or expiration of the Term shall cease upon such termination or expiration, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA); provided , that for purposes of determining Executive’s rights under COBRA, the date of the later to occur of (x) the date of the termination or expiration of the Term or (y) the date of the final payment of any severance payments made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) above, shall be deemed to be the qualifying event for such purpose. PGI may offset any amounts Executive owes it or its subsidiaries against any amounts it or its subsidiaries owes Executive hereunder.
     Other than what is provided in this Section 2.1(b) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits as a result of an Involuntary Termination.
          c. Death/Disability . Upon Executive’s (i) death, or (ii) becoming incapacitated or disabled so as to entitle Executive to benefits under PGI’s long-term disability plan, or (iii) becoming permanently and totally unable to perform Executive’s duties for PGI as a result of any physical or mental impairment supported by a written opinion by a physician selected by PGI, Executive or Executive’s heirs shall be entitled to Executive’s pro rata Base Compensation through the date of such determination and the Prior Year Earned Bonus. Other than what is provided in this Section 2.1(c) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits as a result of termination of employment due to death or disability.
          d. Board/Committee Resignation . Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive agrees to resign, as of the date of such termination and to the extent applicable, from the Board (and any committees thereof) and the Board of Directors (and any committees thereof) of PGI’s affiliates and subsidiaries.
     2.2 Termination By Executive . Executive may terminate the employment relationship before the Term expires for the following reasons:
          a. Good Reason . For “Good Reason.” A termination for “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to be an Involuntary Termination and shall mean a termination as a result of:
          (i) The failure of PGI to pay Executive’s Base Compensation or Annual Bonus when due hereunder; or
          (ii) The assignment to Executive, without his express written consent, of duties materially inconsistent with Executive’s position, duties, responsibilities and status with PGI as of the Effective Time, or a change in Executive’s titles or offices (if any) in effect on the Effective Time, or any removal of Executive from, or any failure to reelect Executive to (or, in the case of the Board, to nominate to), any of such positions, except in connection with Executive’s termination for Cause, death, disability, or as a result of the expiration of this Agreement; or
          (iii) A reduction by PGI in Executive’s Base Compensation as in effect on the Effective Time, or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter; or
          (iv) Any purported termination for Cause or disability without grounds therefor; or

4


 

          (v) A change in PGI’s headquarters location that is at least 100 miles from PGI’s headquarters in effect on the Effective Time;
provided , however , that each of the events described in clauses (i) through (v) shall constitute Good Reason only if PGI fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Executive of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided , further , that Good Reason shall cease to exist for an event on the 60 th day following the later of its occurrence or Executive’s knowledge thereof, unless Executive has given PGI written notice thereof prior to such date.
          b. Voluntary Termination . For any other reason whatsoever, in Executive’s sole discretion. Upon a “ Voluntary Termination ” before the Term expires, all of Executive’s future compensation and benefits shall cease as of the date of termination (except benefits vested as of the termination per plan terms), and Executive shall be entitled only to pro rata Base Compensation through the termination date.
     2.3 Certain Obligations Continue . Neither termination of employment nor expiration of the Term terminates the continuing obligations of this Agreement, including obligations under Articles 3 and 4.1.
     2.4 Employment Beyond Term . Unless the parties hereto mutually agree otherwise at a later date, should Executive remain employed by PGI after the Term expires, such employment shall convert to an employment-at-will relationship, terminable at any time by either PGI or Executive for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause. During such continued employment, Articles 3 and 4.1 shall continue in full force and effect.
Article III. Confidential Information; Post-Employment Obligations
     3.1 This Agreement . The terms of this Agreement constitute confidential information, which Executive shall not disclose to anyone other than Executive’s spouse, attorneys, tax advisors, or as required by law. PGI may disclose the terms of this Agreement as required by law.
     3.2 PGI Property . All written materials, records, data, and other documents prepared or possessed by Executive during Executive’s employment by PGI are PGI’s property. All memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, drawings, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, maps, and all other documents, data, or materials of any type embodying such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions are PGI’s property.
     All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions that are conceived, made, developed, or acquired by Executive individually or in conjunction with others during Executive’s employment (whether during business hours and whether on PGI’s premises or otherwise) which relate to PGI’s business, products, or services are PGI’s property. Executive agrees to make prompt and full disclosure to PGI or its subsidiaries, as the case may be, of all ideas, discoveries, trade secrets, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods of doing business, processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, data, software, firmware, logos and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice) that relate to PGI’s or its subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future products or services and that are conceived, developed, acquired, contributed to, made, or reduced to practice by Executive (either solely or jointly with others) while employed by PGI or its subsidiaries and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (collectively, “ Work Product ”). Any copyrightable work falling within the definition of Work Product shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws of the United States, and ownership of all rights therein shall vest in PGI or one or more of their subsidiaries. To the extent that any

5


 

Work Product is not deemed to be a “work made for hire,” Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to PGI or such subsidiary all right, title and interest, including without limitation, the intellectual property rights that Executive may have in and to such Work Product. Executive shall promptly perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the employment period) to establish and confirm PGI’s or such subsidiary’s ownership (including, without limitation, providing testimony and executing assignments, consents, powers of attorney, and other instruments).
     At the termination of Executive’s employment with PGI for any reason, Executive shall return all of PGI’s property to PGI.
     3.3 Confidential Information: Non-Disclosure . Executive acknowledges that the business of PGI and its affiliates is highly competitive and that PGI and its affiliates have provided and will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information relating to the business of PGI and its affiliates. “ Confidential Information ” means and includes PGI’s and its affiliates’ confidential and/or proprietary information and/or trade secrets that have been developed or used and/or will be developed and that cannot be obtained readily by third parties from outside sources. Confidential Information includes, by way of example and without limitation, the following: information regarding customers, employees, contractors, and the industry not generally known to the public; strategies, methods, books, records, and documents; technical information concerning products, equipment, services, and processes; procurement procedures and pricing techniques; the names of and other information concerning customers, investors, and business affiliates (such as contact name, service provided, pricing for that customer, amount of services used, credit and financial data, and/or other information relating to PGI’s or any of its affiliates’ relationship with that customer); pricing strategies and price curves; plans and strategies for expansion or acquisitions; budgets; customer lists; research; weather data; financial and sales data; trading terms; evaluations, opinions, and interpretations of information and data; marketing and merchandising techniques; prospective customers’ names and marks; grids and maps; electronic databases; models; specifications; computer programs; internal business records; contracts benefiting or obligating PGI or its affiliates; bids or proposals submitted to any third party; technologies and methods; training methods and training processes; organizational structure; salaries of personnel; payment amounts or rates paid to consultants or other service providers; and other such confidential or proprietary information. Executive acknowledges that this Confidential Information constitutes a valuable, special, and unique asset used by PGI and its affiliates in their business to obtain a competitive advantage over their competitors. Executive further acknowledges that protection of such Confidential Information against unauthorized disclosure and use is of critical importance to PGI and its affiliates in maintaining their competitive position.
     Executive also will have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as actual and potential customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, investors, financing sources and the like, of PGI and its affiliates.
     Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with PGI or any of its subsidiaries, make any unauthorized disclosure of any Confidential Information of PGI or its affiliates, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of his employment responsibilities hereunder. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of third party Confidential Information to the same extent, and on the same basis, as PGI’s and its affiliates’ Confidential Information.
     3.4 Non-Competition Obligations . Executive acknowledges that PGI and its affiliates are providing Executive with access to Confidential Information. Executive’s non-competition obligations are ancillary to PGI’s agreements provided in Article 2 and agreement to disclose Confidential Information to Executive. In order to protect the Confidential Information described above, and in consideration for Executive’s receiving access to this Confidential Information, right to compensation and benefits upon

6


 

certain terminations as provided in Article 2, and receiving other compensation provided in this Agreement, PGI and Executive agree to the following non-competition provisions:
     During Executive’s employment and during the eighteen (18) month period following Executive’s date of termination for any reason, Executive will not, in any geographic area where PGI or its affiliates engage or plan to engage in business directly or indirectly, either on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person, association or entity:
          a. engage in any business competing with any businesses in which PGI or its affiliates currently engages in business, has plans to engage in business, or has engaged in business in the 12-month period preceding the date of termination (a “ Competing Business ”);
          b. perform any job, task, function, skill, or responsibility for a Competing Business that Executive has provided for PGI or its affiliates in the 12-month period preceding the date of termination; or
          c. render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association or entity in the business of “a” or “b” above.
     Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to engage in certain businesses and during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that these restrictions are necessary to protect the Confidential Information PGI and/or its affiliates have provided to Executive.
     Executive agrees that this provision defining the scope of activities constituting competition with PGI and its affiliates is narrow and reasonable for the following reasons: (i) Executive is free to seek employment with other companies providing services that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of PGI and its affiliates; (ii) Executive is free to seek employment with other companies that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of PGI and its affiliates; and (iii) there are many other companies that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of PGI and its affiliates. Thus, this restriction on Executive’s ability to compete does not prevent Executive from using and offering the skills that Executive possessed prior to receiving Confidential Information, specialized training, and knowledge from PGI and its affiliates.
     3.5 Non-Solicitation of Customers . During Executive’s employment and during the eighteen (18) month period following Executive’s date of termination for any reason, Executive will not call on, service, or solicit competing business from customers of PGI or its affiliates whom the Executive, within the twenty-four (24) months prior to termination of employment, (i) had or made contact with, or (ii) had access to information and files about. These restrictions are limited by geography to the specific places, addresses, or locations where a customer is present and available for soliciting or servicing.
     3.6 Non-Solicitation of Employees . During Executive’s employment and during the eighteen (18) month period following Executive’s date of termination for any reason, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, call on, solicit, or induce any other employee or officer of PGI or its affiliates whom Executive had contact with, knowledge of, or association with in the course of employment with PGI to terminate his or her employment, and will not assist any other person or entity in such a solicitation.
     3.7 Arbitration . Except with respect to disputes or claims under Article 3 or Section 4.1 hereof (which may be pursued in any court of competent jurisdiction as specified herein and with respect to which each party shall bear the cost of its own attorney’s fees and expenses except as otherwise required by applicable law), each party hereto agrees that the arbitration procedure set forth in Exhibit B hereto shall be the sole and exclusive method for resolving any claim or dispute (“ Claim ”) arising out of

7


 

or relating to the rights and obligations acknowledged and agreed to in this Agreement and the employment of Executive by PGI or any of its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, disputes and claims regarding employment discrimination, sexual harassment, termination and discharge), whether such Claim arose or the facts on which such Claim is based occurred prior to or after the execution and delivery of adoption of this Agreement. The parties agree that the result of any arbitration hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all of the parties. Nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit a party hereto from instituting litigation to enforce any Final Determination (as defined in Exhibit B hereto). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court or North Carolina state court of competent jurisdiction sitting in Mecklenburg County, North Carolina, and agrees that such court shall be the exclusive forum with respect to disputes and claims under this Agreement and for the enforcement of any Final Determination, and irrevocably and unconditionally waives (i) any objection to the laying of venue of any such action, suit or proceeding in such court or (ii) any argument, claim, defense or allegation that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process by registered mail or personal service and waives any objection on the grounds of personal jurisdiction, venue or inconvenience of the forum.
     3.8 Warranty . Executive warrants that Executive is not a party to any other restrictive agreement limiting Executive’s activities in Executive’s employment by PGI. Executive further warrants that at the time of the signing of this Agreement, Executive knows of no written or oral contract or of any other impediment that would inhibit or prohibit employment with PGI and that Executive will not knowingly use any trade secret, confidential information, or other intellectual property right of any other party in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.
Article IV. Miscellaneous
     4.1 Mutual Non-Disparagement.
          a. Executive shall refrain, both during and after his employment, from making any oral or written statements to third parties about PGI, Blackstone, any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of such entities’ officers, employees, agents, or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about their business affairs; or that constitute an intrusion into their seclusion or private lives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about their private lives; or that place them in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of their name or likeness; or that are intended to, or reasonably likely to, disparage them.
          b. PGI and Blackstone shall refrain, both during and after Executive’s employment, from making any oral or written statements to third parties about Executive that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory, or that disclose private or confidential information about Executive’s personal business affairs; or that constitute an intrusion into Executive’s seclusion or private life; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about his private life; or that place him in a false light before the public; or that are intended to, or reasonably likely to, disparage Executive, provided , that any actions by an employee of PGI or Blackstone who is not an officer or director of either PGI or Blackstone without the approval of the Board shall not constitute a violation of the foregoing, and PGI and Blackstone shall be entitled to make statements in the ordinary course of their business or as is reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law (including applicable securities and disclosure requirements) and including any statements determined by their corporate counsel to be reasonably necessary if Executive is terminated for Cause.

8


 

     4.2 Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:
Notices to Executive:
Mike Hale
P.O. Box 903
Benson, NC 27504
Notices to PGI:
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
Attn: General Counsel
With a copy to:
The Blackstone Group L.P.
345 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10154
Fax No.: (212) 583-5722
Attention: Chinh E. Chu
and:
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Fax No.: (212) 455-4502
Attention: Gregory T. Grogan
or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.
     4.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement.
     4.4 409A Compliance . This Agreement and any amendments thereto shall, to the extent applicable, comply with and be interpreted in such a manner as to be consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, and any Treasury regulations or other Internal Revenue Service guidance promulgated thereunder. In addition, notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code), any payment due and payable hereunder as a result of Employee’s separation from service shall not be made before the date which is six (6) months after Executive’s date of separation from service.

9


 

     4.5 Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of PGI and any other person, association, or entity that may acquire or succeed to all or substantially all of the business or assets of PGI. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal, and they shall not be assigned or transferred without PGI’s prior written consent.
     4.6 Excise Tax .
          a. If PGI is not an entity whose stock is readily tradable on an established securities market (or otherwise) at the time that a “change of control” under Regulation 1.280G occurs following the Effective Time, Executive and PGI shall use their respective best efforts to avoid the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) or a loss of deductibility under Section 280G of the Code, including, to the extent Executive agrees to waive his entitlement to potential “parachute payments” (as defined under Regulation 1.280G), the Company shall seek to obtain stockholder approval thereof in accordance with the terms of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code.
          b. If PGI is an entity whose stock is readily tradable on an established securities market (or otherwise) at the time that a “change in control” under Regulation 1.280G occurs following the Effective Time, then anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, benefit or distribution to or for your benefit or the acceleration thereof would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (collectively, such excise tax, together with any such interest or penalties, the “ Excise Tax ”) (all such payments and benefits, including any cash severance payments payable pursuant to any other plan, arrangement or agreement, hereinafter referred to as the “ Total Payments ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the cash severance payments shall first be reduced, and the noncash severance payments shall thereafter be reduced, to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax but only if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments) is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which you would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments); provided, however, that you may elect to have the noncash severance payments reduced (or eliminated) prior to any reduction of the cash severance payments. Executive shall remain solely liable for all income taxes, Excise Tax, or other amounts assessed on any payments or benefits and nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as obligating the Company, or any successors thereto, to pay (or reimburse Executive for) any income taxes, Excise Tax, or other taxes or amounts assessed against or incurred by Executive in connection with Executive’s receipt of any such payments or benefits.
     4.7 Indemnification, Liability Insurance . PGI agrees to indemnify the Executive and hold the Executive harmless to the fullest extent permitted by PGI’s certificate of incorporation and under the bylaws of PGI against and in respect to any and all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, judgments, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), losses, and damages resulting from the Executive’s good-faith performance of the Executive’s duties and obligations to PGI. PGI shall cover the Executive under directors and officers liability insurance both during and, while potential liability exists, after the Term of this Agreement in the same amount and on the same terms as PGI covers its other active officers and directors, if such coverage is obtainable, but in all events such coverage shall be at least in

10


 

substantially the same amount and on substantially the same terms as PGI covers its other active officers and directors.
     4.8 Recovery of Awards . If, prior to or within two (2) years of the termination of Executive’s employment with PGI, either (i) PGI is required to make a material restatement of financial results for years during which Executive was an employee and due to actions or inactions by his or that he had knowledge of, or (ii) Executive is found to have engaged in misconduct while an employee, which, if discovered at the time would have justified a Cause termination, Executive may be required by the Board to return any outstanding equity awards granted after January 1, 2010 and any value received from any cash-based or equity-based incentive awards granted after January 1, 2010 by PGI or its affiliates.
     4.9 Other Agreements; Inconsistency . This Agreement replaces and merges any other previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the nature of, term, and termination of Executive’s employment relationship with PGI, and this Agreement (and the documents referenced herein) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to such subject matters. No representation, inducement, promise, or agreement has been made by either party with respect to such subject matters, and no agreement, statement, or promise relating to the employment of Executive by PGI that is not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by each party. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other agreement (including but not limited to any profits interest, long-term incentive or other equity award agreement), plan, program, policy or practice (collectively, “ Other Provision ”) of PGI, the terms of this Agreement shall control over such Other Provision to the extent that the terms of this Agreement are more beneficial to the Executive.
     4.10 Survival/Severability/Headings . It is the express intention and agreement of the parties that the provisions of Article 3 and Sections 4.1 and 4.8 shall survive the termination of employment of Executive. In addition, all obligations of PGI to make payments, and to provide for equity vesting, under this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. Article and section headings contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience and reference only, and do not define or affect the meaning, construction, or scope of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
     4.11 Acknowledgement and Waiver . The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that neither the occurrence of the Acquisition nor any changes to Executive’s title or duties in connection with PGI ceasing to be a public company, shall constitute the basis for “Good Reason” under Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement, the CiC Severance Agreement, or any other agreement or understanding between Executive and PGI or any of its affiliates. Executive hereby irrevocably relinquishes and waives any and all rights that the Executive would possess in respect of any benefit, payment, or acceleration of benefit to which Executive would otherwise be entitled if the occurrence of the Acquisition, or any change to Executive’s title or duties in connection with PGI ceasing to be a public company, were deemed to constitute “Good Reason” under Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement or any other agreement or understanding between Executive, PGI, or any of its affiliates.

11


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PGI and Executive have executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the first date of the Term.
             
POLYMER GROUP, INC.   MICHAEL HALE    
 
By:
  /s/ Veronica M. Hagen   /s/ Michael Hale    
 
 
 
Name: Veronica M. Hagen
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title: CEO        
 
           
 
  Dated this 28 th day of January, 2011   Dated this 28 th day of January, 2011    

12


 

Exhibit A
GENERAL RELEASE
I, Michael Hale, in consideration of and subject to the performance by Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Company ”), of its obligations under the Employment Agreement, entered into on January 28, 2011, (the “ Agreement ”), do hereby release and forever discharge as of the date hereof the Company and its affiliates and all present and former directors, officers, agents, representatives, employees, successors and assigns of the Company and its affiliates and the Company’s direct or indirect owners (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) to the extent provided below.
1.   I understand that any payments or benefits paid or granted to me under paragraph 2(b) of the Agreement represent, in part, consideration for signing this General Release and are not salary, wages or benefits to which I was already entitled. I understand and agree that I will not receive the payments and benefits specified in paragraph 2(b) of the Agreement unless I execute this General Release and do not revoke this General Release within the time period permitted hereafter or breach this General Release. Such payments and benefits will not be considered compensation for purposes of any employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement maintained or hereafter established by the Company or its affiliates. I also acknowledge and represent that I have received all payments and benefits that I am entitled to receive (as of the date hereof) by virtue of any employment by the Company.
2.   Except as provided in paragraph 4 below and except for the provisions of my Employment Agreement which expressly survive the termination of my employment with the Company, I knowingly and voluntarily (for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and assigns) release and forever discharge the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, suits, controversies, actions, causes of action, cross-claims, counter-claims, demands, debts, compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive or exemplary damages, other damages, claims for costs and attorneys’ fees, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever in law and in equity, existing or hereafter arising, based in whole or in part upon any act or omission, transaction, agreement, event or other occurrence taking place from the beginning of time through the date this General Release becomes effective and enforceable and whether known or unknown, suspected, or claimed against the Company or any of the Released Parties which I, my spouse, or any of my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, may have, which arise out of or are connected with my employment with, or my separation or termination from, the Company (including, but not limited to, any allegation, claim or violation, arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; any applicable Executive Order Programs; the Fair Labor Standards Act; or their state or local counterparts; the North Carolina Equal Employment Practice Act, N(c) Gen. Stat. § 143-422.1, et seq .; the North Carolina Persons With Disabilities Protection Act, N(c) Gen. Stat. § 168A-1 et seq .; and the North Carolina Retaliatory Employment Discrimination Act, N(c) Gen. Stat. § 95-240 et seq . or under any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law, or under any other local, state, or federal law, regulation or ordinance; or under any public policy, contract or tort, or under common law; or arising under any policies, practices or procedures of the Company; or any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract, infliction of emotional distress, defamation; or any claim for costs, fees, or other expenses, including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Claims ”).

 


 

3.   I represent that I have made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, demand, cause of action, or other matter covered by paragraph 2 above.
4.   I agree that this General Release does not waive or release any rights or claims that I may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 which arise after the date I execute this General Release. I acknowledge and agree that my separation from employment with the Company in compliance with the terms of the Agreement shall not serve as the basis for any claim or action (including, without limitation, any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967).
5.   In signing this General Release, I acknowledge and intend that it shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I expressly consent that this General Release shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected Claims (notwithstanding any state statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I acknowledge and agree that this waiver is an essential and material term of this General Release and that without such waiver the Company would not have agreed to the terms of the Agreement. I further agree that in the event I should bring a Claim seeking damages against the Company, or in the event I should seek to recover against the Company in any Claim brought by a governmental agency on my behalf, this General Release shall serve as a complete defense to such Claims. I further agree that I am not aware of any pending charge or complaint of the type described in paragraph 2 as of the execution of this General Release.
6.   I agree that neither this General Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this General Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or myself of any improper or unlawful conduct.
7.   I agree that I will forfeit all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to the Agreement if I challenge the validity of this General Release. I also agree that if I violate this General Release by suing the Company or the other Released Parties, I will pay all costs and expenses of defending against the suit incurred by the Released Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and return all payments received by me pursuant to the Agreement.
8.   I agree that this General Release is confidential and agree not to disclose any information regarding the terms of this General Release, except to my immediate family and any tax, legal or other counsel I have consulted regarding the meaning or effect hereof or as required by law, and I will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same to anyone.
9.   Any non-disclosure provision in this General Release does not prohibit or restrict me (or my attorney) from responding to any inquiry about this General Release or its underlying facts and circumstances by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD), any other self-regulatory organization or governmental entity.
10.   I agree to reasonably cooperate with the Company in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory, or judicial proceeding. I understand and agree that my cooperation may include, but not be limited to, making myself available to the Company upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations; appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process; volunteering to the Company pertinent information; and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into

2


 

    my possession all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with my other permitted activities and commitments. I understand that in the event the Company asks for my cooperation in accordance with this provision, the Company will reimburse me solely for reasonable travel expenses, including lodging and meals, upon my submission of receipts.
 
11.   I agree that as of the date hereof, I have returned to the Company any and all property, tangible or intangible, relating to its business, which I possessed or had control over at any time (including, but not limited to, company-provided credit cards, building or office access cards, keys, computer equipment, manuals, files, documents, records, software, customer data base and other data) and that I shall not retain any copies, compilations, extracts, excerpts, summaries or other notes of any such manuals, files, documents, records, software, customer data base or other data.
12.   Notwithstanding anything in this General Release to the contrary, this General Release shall not relinquish, diminish, or in any way affect any rights or claims arising out of any breach by the Company or by any Released Party of the Agreement after the date hereof.
13.   Whenever possible, each provision of this General Release shall be interpreted in, such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this General Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this General Release shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
BY SIGNING THIS GENERAL RELEASE, I REPRESENT AND AGREE THAT:
(a)   I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY;
(b)   I UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RIGHTS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, AS AMENDED, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AS AMENDED; THE EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990; AND THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED;
(c)   I VOLUNTARILY CONSENT TO EVERYTHING IN IT;
(d)   I HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE EXECUTING IT AND I HAVE DONE SO OR, AFTER CAREFUL READING AND CONSIDERATION I HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO DO SO OF MY OWN VOLITION;
(e)   I HAVE HAD AT LEAST 21 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE SUBSTANTIALLY IN ITS FINAL FORM ON , TO CONSIDER IT AND THE CHANGES MADE SINCE THE [      ], VERSION OF THIS RELEASE ARE NOT MATERIAL AND WILL NOT RESTART THE REQUIRED 21-DAY PERIOD;
(f)   THE CHANGES TO THE AGREEMENT SINCE [      ], EITHER ARE NOT MATERIAL OR WERE MADE AT MY REQUEST.
(g)   I UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE SEVEN DAYS AFTER THE EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE IT AND THAT THIS RELEASE SHALL NOT BECOME EFFECTIVE OR ENFORCEABLE UNTIL THE REVOCATION PERIOD HAS EXPIRED;

3


 

(h)   I HAVE SIGNED THIS GENERAL RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE ADVICE OF ANY COUNSEL RETAINED TO ADVISE ME WITH RESPECT TO IT; AND
(i)   I AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GENERAL RELEASE MAY NOT BE AMENDED, WAIVED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY AND BY ME.
             
DATE:
           
 
 
 
 
 
   

4


 

Exhibit B
ARBITRATION PROCEDURE
     1.  Notice of Claim . A party asserting a Claim (the “ Claimant ”) shall deliver written notice to each party against whom the Claim is asserted (collectively, the “ Opposing Party ”), with a copy to the persons required to receive copies of notices under the Agreement (the “ Additional Notice Parties ”), specifying the nature of the Claim and requesting a meeting to resolve same. The Additional Notice Parties shall be given reasonable notice of and invited and permitted to attend any such meeting. If no resolution is reached within 10 business days after delivery of such notice, the Claimant or the Opposing Party may, within 45 days after giving such notice, invoke the arbitration procedure provided herein by delivering to each Opposing Party and the Additional Notice Parties a notice of arbitration which shall specify the Claim as to which arbitration is sought, the nature of the Claim, the basis for the Claim and the nature and amount of any damages or other compensation or relief sought (a “ Notice of Arbitration ”). Each party agrees that no punitive damages may be sought or recovered in any arbitration, judicial proceeding or otherwise. Failure to file a Notice of Arbitration within 45 days shall constitute a waiver of any right to relief for the matters asserted in the notice of Claim. Any Claim shall be forever barred, and no relief may be sought therefor, if written notice of such Claim is not made as provided above within one year of the date such Claim accrues.
     2.  Selection of Arbitrator . Within 20 business days after receipt of the Notice of Arbitration, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of PGI shall confer, whether in person, by telephone or in writing, and attempt to agree on an arbitrator to hear and decide the Claim. If the Executive and the Board cannot agree on an arbitrator within ten business days, then they shall request the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) in Charlotte, North Carolina to appoint an arbitrator experienced in the area of dispute who does not have an ongoing business relationship with any of the parties to the dispute. If the arbitrator selected informs the parties he cannot hear and resolve the Claim within the time-frame specified below, the Executive and the Board shall request the appointment of another arbitrator by the AAA subject to the same requirements.
     3.  Arbitration Procedure . The following procedures shall govern the conduct of any arbitration under this section. All procedural matters relating to the conduct of the arbitration other than those specified below shall be discussed among counsel for the parties and the arbitrator. Subject to any agreement of the parties, the arbitrator shall determine all procedural matters not specified herein.
     (a) Within 30 days after the delivery of a Notice of Arbitration, each party shall afford the other, or its counsel, with reasonable access to documents relating directly to the issues raised in the Notice of Arbitration. All documents produced and all copies thereof shall be maintained as strictly confidential, shall be used for no purpose other than the arbitration hereunder, and shall be returned to the producing party upon completion of the arbitration. There shall be no other discovery except that, if a reasonable need is shown, limited depositions may be allowed in the discretion of the arbitrator, it being the expressed intention and agreement of each party to have the arbitration proceedings conducted and resolved as expeditiously, economically and fairly as reasonably practicable, and with the maximum degree of confidentiality.
     (b) All written communications regarding the proceeding sent to the arbitrator shall be sent simultaneously to each party or its counsel, with a copy to the Additional Notice Parties. Oral communications between any of the parties or their counsel and the arbitrator shall be conducted only when all parties or their counsel are present and participating in the conversation.

 


 

     (c) Within 20 days after selection of the arbitrator, the Claimant shall submit to the arbitrator a copy of the Notice of Arbitration, along with a supporting memorandum and any exhibits or other documents supporting the Claim.
     (d) Within 20 days after receipt of the Claimant’s submission, the Opposing Party shall submit to the arbitrator a memorandum supporting its position and any exhibits or other supporting documents. If the Opposing Party fails to respond to any of the issues raised by the Claimant within 20 days of receipt of the Claimant’s submission, then the arbitrator may find for the Claimant on any such issue and bar any subsequent consideration of the matter.
     (e) Within 20 days after receipt of the Opposing Party’s response, the Claimant may submit to the arbitrator a reply to the Opposing Party’s response, or notification that no reply is forthcoming.
     (f) Within 10 days after the last submission as provided above, the arbitrator shall confer with the parties to select the date of the hearing on the issues raised by the Claim. Scheduling of the hearing shall be within the sole discretion of the arbitrator, but in no event more than 30 days after the last submission by the parties, and shall take place within 50 miles of the corporate headquarters of PGI at a place selected by the arbitrator or such other place as is mutually agreed. Both parties shall be granted substantially equal time to present evidence at the hearing. The hearing shall not exceed one business day, except for good cause shown.
     (g) Within 30 days after the conclusion of the hearing, the arbitrator shall issue a written decision to be delivered to both parties and the Additional Notice Parties (the “ Final Determination ”). The Final Determination shall address each issue disputed by the parties, state the arbitrator’s findings and reasons therefor, and state the nature and amount of any damages, compensation or other relief awarded.
     (h) The award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and non-appealable, except as otherwise provided under the Federal Arbitration Act, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in such court as has jurisdiction thereof.
     4.  Costs of Arbitration . Each party shall bear its own costs of conducting the arbitration, and administrative fees shall be shared equally among the parties.
     5.  Satisfaction of Award . If any party fails to pay the amount of the award, if any, assessed against it within 30 days after the delivery to such party of the Final Determination, the unpaid amount shall bear interest from the date of such delivery at the lesser of (i) prime lending rate announced by Citibank N(a) plus three hundred basis points and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable usury laws. In addition, such party shall promptly reimburse the other party for any and all costs or expenses of any nature or kind whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in seeking to collect such award or to enforce any Final Determination.
     6.  Confidentiality of Proceedings . The parties hereto agree that all of the arbitration proceedings provided for herein, including any notice of claim, the Notice of Arbitration, the submissions of the parties, and the Final Determination issued by the arbitrator, shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed at any time to any person other than the parties, their representatives, the arbitrator and the Additional Notice Parties; provided, however, that this provision shall not prevent the party prevailing in the arbitration from submitting the Final Determination to a court for the purpose of enforcing the award, subject to comparable confidentiality protections if the court agrees; and further provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit disclosure to the minimum extent reasonably necessary to comply with (i) applicable law (or requirement having the force of law), court order, judgment or decree, including, without limitation, disclosures which may be required pursuant to applicable securities laws, and (ii) the terms of contractual arrangements (such as financing arrangements) to which PGI or any Additional Notice Party may be subject so long as such contractual arrangements were not entered into for the primary purpose of permitting disclosure which would otherwise be prohibited hereunder.

2

Exhibit 10.10
[Execution Copy]
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into between Polymer Group, Inc., (“ PGI ”), a Delaware corporation and Dennis Norman (“ Executive ”) effective as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Effective Time ”).
Recitals
  A.   PGI and Executive entered into a Change in Control Severance Compensation Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ CiC Severance Agreement ”).
 
  B.   PGI, Scorpio Acquisition Corporation (“ Parent ”), a Delaware corporation, and Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (“ MergerSub ”), a Delaware corporation, have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 4, 2010, as amended (such agreement the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Parent shall cause MergerSub to merge with and into PGI (the “ Acquisition ”).
 
  C.   It is the desire of PGI to assure the continued services of Executive to PGI following the Effective Time by entering into this Agreement, which shall, effective as of the Effective Time, supersede the CiC Severance Agreement.
 
  D.   Executive and PGI mutually desire that Executive continue to provide services to PGI on the terms herein provided and agree that PGI’s and Executive’s obligations pursuant to the CiC Severance Agreement shall terminate as of, and contingent upon, the Effective Time.
Agreement
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, PGI and Executive agree as follows:
Article I. Employment, Compensation And Benefits
     1.1 Term and Position .
          a. PGI agrees to continue to employ Executive and Executive agrees to continue to be employed by PGI as Chief Financial Officer of PGI. Executive shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of a chief financial officer and shall devote full working time to the successful conduct of the business of PGI. Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of PGI and Executive’s specific duties shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of PGI (the “ Board ”).
          b. The term of the Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Time and ending on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Time, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of Article II hereof.
     1.2 Compensation .
          a.  Base Compensation . For all services rendered by Executive during the Term, Executive shall receive base compensation at a rate of $325,000 per annum (“ Base Compensation ”),

 


 

payable in accordance with PGI’s then existing payroll practices, less such deductions as are authorized or required by law. Executive’s Base Compensation shall be subject to review annually by the Board.
          b.  Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus pursuant to a short-term cash incentive bonus plan (a “ Bonus Plan ”) to the extent such a plan is implemented for any given year during the Term, on terms no less favorable than the terms under which other members of senior management participate (any such bonus, the “ Annual Bonus ”). During each fiscal year, Executive’s target Annual Bonus under any such Bonus Plan will be, and shall not exceed, 55% of Base Compensation, and the maximum Annual Bonus payable to Executive will be 110% of Base Compensation. The amount of the Annual Bonus, if any, shall be based on annual performance goals to be established by the Board in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer. PGI is under no obligation to establish a Bonus Plan for any given year, and no Annual Bonus shall be payable in respect of any fiscal year in which Executive’s employment is terminated, except to the extent expressly provided in Article II.
          c.  Reimbursement of Expenses . During the Term, PGI shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in the course of performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement which are consistent with PGI’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to PGI’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.
     1.3 Paid Leave .
          a.  Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to 4 weeks vacation per calendar year, without carryover, which vacation shall accrue ratably during the year in accordance with PGI’s policies.
          b.  Sick Leave . Executive shall be entitled to sick leave in accordance with the policies adopted from time to time by PGI for its employees.
          c.  Holiday Leave . Executive shall be entitled to paid time off on such holidays for which PGI is closed for business.
     Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in the various employee benefit programs (including health, life, retirement and disability) which PGI may establish and modify from time to time for the benefit of all its employees, if and when Executive satisfies the eligibility requirements for such employee benefit plans.
     PGI retains the right to amend, modify or terminate any employee benefits from time to time in its discretion.
Article II. Termination Before The Term Expires And Effects Of Such Termination
     2.1 Termination By PGI . PGI may terminate Executive’s employment before the Term expires for the following reasons:
          a.  Cause . For “Cause” upon the determination by the Board that “cause” exists to terminate Executive. “ Cause ” means (i) a material breach of this Agreement by Executive; provided, that if such breach is capable of being cured, Executive shall be provided 15 days written notice to cure such breach, (ii) a breach of Executive’s duty of loyalty to PGI or any of its subsidiaries or any act of dishonesty or fraud with respect to PGI or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) the commission by Executive of a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or other act or omission (excluding business acts or omissions

2


 

in the ordinary course) causing material harm to the standing and reputation of PGI and its subsidiaries, (iv) Executive reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs, the use of illegal drugs (whether or not at the workplace) or other repeated conduct (excluding business conduct in the ordinary course) causing PGI or any of its subsidiaries substantial public disgrace or disrepute or economic harm, or (v) any willful act or omission by Executive aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of PGI or any of its subsidiaries to the material disadvantage or detriment of PGI and its subsidiaries. The burden for establishing the validity of any termination for Cause shall rest upon PGI; provided that PGI shall furnish notice to Executive of such Cause termination, which notice must specify in reasonable detail the particulars of Executive’s conduct that constitute Cause. If PGI terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled only to the pro rata Base Compensation through the date of such termination, and all future compensation and benefits shall cease (except for those benefits vested per plan terms). Other than what is provided in this Section 2.1(a) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits as a result of a termination for Cause.
          b.  Involuntary Termination . Involuntary termination at PGI’s option may occur for any reason whatsoever, including termination without Cause, in the sole discretion of the Board (“ Involuntary Termination ”). Upon an Involuntary Termination before the Term expires, Executive shall be entitled to receive from PGI, in lieu of severance payments under any other plan or program of PGI, (i) an amount equal to 1.5 times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Compensation and (B) target Annual Bonus, each as in effect immediately prior to the date of Executive’s termination (the “ Severance Amount ”); (ii) the Annual Bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination date occurred, determined by the Committee as though Executive had continued to be employed through the end of the fiscal year in which the termination date occurred, multiplied by a fraction equal to the number of days of employment completed by Executive during the fiscal year in which the termination date occurred divided by 365 (the “ Pro Rata Bonus ”); (iii) any Annual Bonus for a completed fiscal year of PGI that has been earned but not yet been paid to Executive (the “ Prior Year Earned Bonus ”), in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to PGI the General Release substantially in form and substance as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto no later than the 45 th day following the termination date and only so long as Executive has not breached the provisions of Article 3 or Section 4.1 hereof and does not apply for unemployment compensation chargeable to PGI during the period from the date of termination through the date that is 18 months following the date of termination (the “ Severance Period ”). The Severance Amount payable pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) and the Prior Year Earned Bonus shall be paid in eighteen equal monthly installments beginning on the 53 rd day following the termination date, and the second installment on the 60 th day following the termination date and each other installment payable each month thereafter during the Severance Period. The Pro Rata Bonus shall be payable at such time any annual bonuses in respect of the fiscal year in which the termination date occurs are paid to senior executives of PGI. The amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall not be reduced by the amount of any compensation Executive receives with respect to any other employment during the Severance Period.
     Upon Involuntary Termination and continuing through the last day of the Severance Period, PGI shall, at its expense, continue on behalf of the Executive and Executive’s dependants and beneficiaries, the medical, dental and hospitalization benefits provided to the Executive immediately prior to the date of termination. The coverage and benefits (including deductibles and costs) provided in this Section 2.1(b) shall be no less favorable to the Executive and Executive’s dependants and beneficiaries, than the coverage and benefits provided to other salaried employees under PGI’s benefit plans, as such plans may be amended from time to time. PGI’s obligation hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent employer’s benefit plans, in which case PGI may reduce the coverage of any benefits it is required to provide the Executive hereunder so long as the aggregate coverage and benefits of the combined benefit plans is no less favorable to the Executive than the coverages and benefits required to be provided hereunder. This Section 2.1(b) shall not be interpreted so as to limit any benefits to which the Executive, Executive’s

3


 

dependants or beneficiaries may otherwise be entitled under any of PGI’s employee benefit plans, programs or practices following the termination of employment of the Executive, including without limitation, any applicable retiree life insurance benefits. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination or expiration of the Term shall cease upon such termination or expiration, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA); provided , that for purposes of determining Executive’s rights under COBRA, the date of the later to occur of (x) the date of the termination or expiration of the Term or (y) the date of the final payment of any severance payments made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) above, shall be deemed to be the qualifying event for such purpose. PGI may offset any amounts Executive owes it or its subsidiaries against any amounts it or its subsidiaries owes Executive hereunder.
     Other than what is provided in this Section 2.1(b) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits as a result of an Involuntary Termination.
          c.  Death/Disability . Upon Executive’s (i) death, or (ii) becoming incapacitated or disabled so as to entitle Executive to benefits under PGI’s long-term disability plan, or (iii) becoming permanently and totally unable to perform Executive’s duties for PGI as a result of any physical or mental impairment supported by a written opinion by a physician selected by PGI, Executive or Executive’s heirs shall be entitled to Executive’s pro rata Base Compensation through the date of such determination and the Prior Year Earned Bonus. Other than what is provided in this Section 2.1(c) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits as a result of termination of employment due to death or disability.
          d.  Board/Committee Resignation . Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive agrees to resign, as of the date of such termination and to the extent applicable, from the Board (and any committees thereof) and the Board of Directors (and any committees thereof) of PGI’s affiliates and subsidiaries.
     2.2 Termination By Executive . Executive may terminate the employment relationship before the Term expires for the following reasons:
          a.  Good Reason . For “Good Reason.” A termination for “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to be an Involuntary Termination and shall mean a termination as a result of:
          (i) The failure of PGI to pay Executive’s Base Compensation or Annual Bonus when due hereunder; or
          (ii) The assignment to Executive, without his express written consent, of duties materially inconsistent with Executive’s position, duties, responsibilities and status with PGI as of the Effective Time, or a change in Executive’s titles or offices (if any) in effect on the Effective Time, or any removal of Executive from, or any failure to reelect Executive to (or, in the case of the Board, to nominate to), any of such positions, except in connection with Executive’s termination for Cause, death, disability, or as a result of the expiration of this Agreement; or
          (iii) A reduction by PGI in Executive’s Base Compensation as in effect on the Effective Time, or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter; or
          (iv) Any purported termination for Cause or disability without grounds therefor; or

4


 

          (v) A change in PGI’s headquarters location that is at least 100 miles from PGI’s headquarters in effect on the Effective Time;
provided , however , that each of the events described in clauses (i) through (v) shall constitute Good Reason only if PGI fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Executive of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided , further , that Good Reason shall cease to exist for an event on the 60 th day following the later of its occurrence or Executive’s knowledge thereof, unless Executive has given PGI written notice thereof prior to such date.
          b.  Voluntary Termination . For any other reason whatsoever, in Executive’s sole discretion. Upon a “ Voluntary Termination ” before the Term expires, all of Executive’s future compensation and benefits shall cease as of the date of termination (except benefits vested as of the termination per plan terms), and Executive shall be entitled only to pro rata Base Compensation through the termination date.
     2.3 Certain Obligations Continue . Neither termination of employment nor expiration of the Term terminates the continuing obligations of this Agreement, including obligations under Articles 3 and 4.1.
     2.4 Employment Beyond Term . Unless the parties hereto mutually agree otherwise at a later date, should Executive remain employed by PGI after the Term expires, such employment shall convert to an employment-at-will relationship, terminable at any time by either PGI or Executive for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause. During such continued employment, Articles 3 and 4.1 shall continue in full force and effect.
Article III. Confidential Information; Post-Employment Obligations
     3.1 This Agreement . The terms of this Agreement constitute confidential information, which Executive shall not disclose to anyone other than Executive’s spouse, attorneys, tax advisors, or as required by law. PGI may disclose the terms of this Agreement as required by law.
     3.2 PGI Property . All written materials, records, data, and other documents prepared or possessed by Executive during Executive’s employment by PGI are PGI’s property. All memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, drawings, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, maps, and all other documents, data, or materials of any type embodying such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions are PGI’s property.
     All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions that are conceived, made, developed, or acquired by Executive individually or in conjunction with others during Executive’s employment (whether during business hours and whether on PGI’s premises or otherwise) which relate to PGI’s business, products, or services are PGI’s property. Executive agrees to make prompt and full disclosure to PGI or its subsidiaries, as the case may be, of all ideas, discoveries, trade secrets, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods of doing business, processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, data, software, firmware, logos and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice) that relate to PGI’s or its subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future products or services and that are conceived, developed, acquired, contributed to, made, or reduced to practice by Executive (either solely or jointly with others) while employed by PGI or its subsidiaries and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (collectively, “ Work Product ”). Any copyrightable work falling within the definition of Work Product shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws of the United States, and ownership of all rights therein shall vest in PGI or one or more of their subsidiaries. To the extent that any

5


 

Work Product is not deemed to be a “work made for hire,” Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to PGI or such subsidiary all right, title and interest, including without limitation, the intellectual property rights that Executive may have in and to such Work Product. Executive shall promptly perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the employment period) to establish and confirm PGI’s or such subsidiary’s ownership (including, without limitation, providing testimony and executing assignments, consents, powers of attorney, and other instruments).
     At the termination of Executive’s employment with PGI for any reason, Executive shall return all of PGI’s property to PGI.
     3.3 Confidential Information: Non-Disclosure . Executive acknowledges that the business of PGI and its affiliates is highly competitive and that PGI and its affiliates have provided and will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information relating to the business of PGI and its affiliates. “ Confidential Information ” means and includes PGI’s and its affiliates’ confidential and/or proprietary information and/or trade secrets that have been developed or used and/or will be developed and that cannot be obtained readily by third parties from outside sources. Confidential Information includes, by way of example and without limitation, the following: information regarding customers, employees, contractors, and the industry not generally known to the public; strategies, methods, books, records, and documents; technical information concerning products, equipment, services, and processes; procurement procedures and pricing techniques; the names of and other information concerning customers, investors, and business affiliates (such as contact name, service provided, pricing for that customer, amount of services used, credit and financial data, and/or other information relating to PGI’s or any of its affiliates’ relationship with that customer); pricing strategies and price curves; plans and strategies for expansion or acquisitions; budgets; customer lists; research; weather data; financial and sales data; trading terms; evaluations, opinions, and interpretations of information and data; marketing and merchandising techniques; prospective customers’ names and marks; grids and maps; electronic databases; models; specifications; computer programs; internal business records; contracts benefiting or obligating PGI or its affiliates; bids or proposals submitted to any third party; technologies and methods; training methods and training processes; organizational structure; salaries of personnel; payment amounts or rates paid to consultants or other service providers; and other such confidential or proprietary information. Executive acknowledges that this Confidential Information constitutes a valuable, special, and unique asset used by PGI and its affiliates in their business to obtain a competitive advantage over their competitors. Executive further acknowledges that protection of such Confidential Information against unauthorized disclosure and use is of critical importance to PGI and its affiliates in maintaining their competitive position.
     Executive also will have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as actual and potential customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, investors, financing sources and the like, of PGI and its affiliates.
     Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with PGI or any of its subsidiaries, make any unauthorized disclosure of any Confidential Information of PGI or its affiliates, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out of his employment responsibilities hereunder. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of third party Confidential Information to the same extent, and on the same basis, as PGI’s and its affiliates’ Confidential Information.
     3.4 Non-Competition Obligations . Executive acknowledges that PGI and its affiliates are providing Executive with access to Confidential Information. Executive’s non-competition obligations are ancillary to PGI’s agreements provided in Article 2 and agreement to disclose Confidential Information to Executive. In order to protect the Confidential Information described above, and in consideration for Executive’s receiving access to this Confidential Information, right to compensation and benefits upon

6


 

certain terminations as provided in Article 2, and receiving other compensation provided in this Agreement, PGI and Executive agree to the following non-competition provisions:
     During Executive’s employment and during the eighteen (18) month period following Executive’s date of termination for any reason, Executive will not, in any geographic area where PGI or its affiliates engage or plan to engage in business directly or indirectly, either on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person, association or entity:
          a. engage in any business competing with any businesses in which PGI or its affiliates currently engages in business, has plans to engage in business, or has engaged in business in the 12-month period preceding the date of termination (a “ Competing Business ”);
          b. perform any job, task, function, skill, or responsibility for a Competing Business that Executive has provided for PGI or its affiliates in the 12-month period preceding the date of termination; or
          c. render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association or entity in the business of “a” or “b” above.
     Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to engage in certain businesses and during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that these restrictions are necessary to protect the Confidential Information PGI and/or its affiliates have provided to Executive.
     Executive agrees that this provision defining the scope of activities constituting competition with PGI and its affiliates is narrow and reasonable for the following reasons: (i) Executive is free to seek employment with other companies providing services that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of PGI and its affiliates; (ii) Executive is free to seek employment with other companies that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of PGI and its affiliates; and (iii) there are many other companies that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of PGI and its affiliates. Thus, this restriction on Executive’s ability to compete does not prevent Executive from using and offering the skills that Executive possessed prior to receiving Confidential Information, specialized training, and knowledge from PGI and its affiliates.
     3.5 Non-Solicitation of Customers . During Executive’s employment and during the eighteen (18) month period following Executive’s date of termination for any reason, Executive will not call on, service, or solicit competing business from customers of PGI or its affiliates whom the Executive, within the twenty-four (24) months prior to termination of employment, (i) had or made contact with, or (ii) had access to information and files about. These restrictions are limited by geography to the specific places, addresses, or locations where a customer is present and available for soliciting or servicing.
     3.6 Non-Solicitation of Employees . During Executive’s employment and during the eighteen (18) month period following Executive’s date of termination for any reason, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, call on, solicit, or induce any other employee or officer of PGI or its affiliates whom Executive had contact with, knowledge of, or association with in the course of employment with PGI to terminate his or her employment, and will not assist any other person or entity in such a solicitation.
     3.7 Arbitration . Except with respect to disputes or claims under Article 3 or Section 4.1 hereof (which may be pursued in any court of competent jurisdiction as specified herein and with respect to which each party shall bear the cost of its own attorney’s fees and expenses except as otherwise required by applicable law), each party hereto agrees that the arbitration procedure set forth in Exhibit B hereto shall be the sole and exclusive method for resolving any claim or dispute (“ Claim ”) arising out of

7


 

or relating to the rights and obligations acknowledged and agreed to in this Agreement and the employment of Executive by PGI or any of its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, disputes and claims regarding employment discrimination, sexual harassment, termination and discharge), whether such Claim arose or the facts on which such Claim is based occurred prior to or after the execution and delivery of adoption of this Agreement. The parties agree that the result of any arbitration hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all of the parties. Nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit a party hereto from instituting litigation to enforce any Final Determination (as defined in Exhibit B hereto). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court or North Carolina state court of competent jurisdiction sitting in Mecklenburg County, North Carolina, and agrees that such court shall be the exclusive forum with respect to disputes and claims under this Agreement and for the enforcement of any Final Determination, and irrevocably and unconditionally waives (i) any objection to the laying of venue of any such action, suit or proceeding in such court or (ii) any argument, claim, defense or allegation that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process by registered mail or personal service and waives any objection on the grounds of personal jurisdiction, venue or inconvenience of the forum.
     3.8 Warranty . Executive warrants that Executive is not a party to any other restrictive agreement limiting Executive’s activities in Executive’s employment by PGI. Executive further warrants that at the time of the signing of this Agreement, Executive knows of no written or oral contract or of any other impediment that would inhibit or prohibit employment with PGI and that Executive will not knowingly use any trade secret, confidential information, or other intellectual property right of any other party in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.
Article IV. Miscellaneous
     4.1 Mutual Non-Disparagement .
          a. Executive shall refrain, both during and after his employment, from making any oral or written statements to third parties about PGI, Blackstone, any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of such entities’ officers, employees, agents, or representatives that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory; or that disclose private or confidential information about their business affairs; or that constitute an intrusion into their seclusion or private lives; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about their private lives; or that place them in a false light before the public; or that constitute a misappropriation of their name or likeness; or that are intended to, or reasonably likely to, disparage them.
          b. PGI and Blackstone shall refrain, both during and after Executive’s employment, from making any oral or written statements to third parties about Executive that are slanderous, libelous, or defamatory, or that disclose private or confidential information about Executive’s personal business affairs; or that constitute an intrusion into Executive’s seclusion or private life; or that give rise to unreasonable publicity about his private life; or that place him in a false light before the public; or that are intended to, or reasonably likely to, disparage Executive, provided , that any actions by an employee of PGI or Blackstone who is not an officer or director of either PGI or Blackstone without the approval of the Board shall not constitute a violation of the foregoing, and PGI and Blackstone shall be entitled to make statements in the ordinary course of their business or as is reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law (including applicable securities and disclosure requirements) and including any statements determined by their corporate counsel to be reasonably necessary if Executive is terminated for Cause.

8


 

     4.2 Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:
Notices to Executive:
Dennis Norman
2625 Gannett Drive
Charlotte, NC 28214
Notices to PGI:
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
Attn: General Counsel
With a copy to:
The Blackstone Group L.P.
345 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10154
Fax No.: (212) 583-5722
Attention: Chinh E. Chu
and:
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Fax No.: (212) 455-4502
Attention: Gregory T. Grogan
or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.
     4.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement.
     4.4 409A Compliance . This Agreement and any amendments thereto shall, to the extent applicable, comply with and be interpreted in such a manner as to be consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, and any Treasury regulations or other Internal Revenue Service guidance promulgated thereunder. In addition, notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code), any payment due and payable hereunder as a result of Employee’s separation from service shall not be made before the date which is six (6) months after Executive’s date of separation from service.

9


 

     4.5 Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of PGI and any other person, association, or entity that may acquire or succeed to all or substantially all of the business or assets of PGI. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal, and they shall not be assigned or transferred without PGI’s prior written consent.
     4.6 Excise Tax .
          a. If PGI is not an entity whose stock is readily tradable on an established securities market (or otherwise) at the time that a “change of control” under Regulation 1.280G occurs following the Effective Time, Executive and PGI shall use their respective best efforts to avoid the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) or a loss of deductibility under Section 280G of the Code, including, to the extent Executive agrees to waive his entitlement to potential “parachute payments” (as defined under Regulation 1.280G), the Company shall seek to obtain stockholder approval thereof in accordance with the terms of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code.
          b. If PGI is an entity whose stock is readily tradable on an established securities market (or otherwise) at the time that a “change in control” under Regulation 1.280G occurs following the Effective Time, then anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, benefit or distribution to or for your benefit or the acceleration thereof would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (collectively, such excise tax, together with any such interest or penalties, the “ Excise Tax ”) (all such payments and benefits, including any cash severance payments payable pursuant to any other plan, arrangement or agreement, hereinafter referred to as the “ Total Payments ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the cash severance payments shall first be reduced, and the noncash severance payments shall thereafter be reduced, to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax but only if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments) is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which you would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments); provided, however, that you may elect to have the noncash severance payments reduced (or eliminated) prior to any reduction of the cash severance payments. Executive shall remain solely liable for all income taxes, Excise Tax, or other amounts assessed on any payments or benefits and nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as obligating the Company, or any successors thereto, to pay (or reimburse Executive for) any income taxes, Excise Tax, or other taxes or amounts assessed against or incurred by Executive in connection with Executive’s receipt of any such payments or benefits.
     4.7 Indemnification, Liability Insurance . PGI agrees to indemnify the Executive and hold the Executive harmless to the fullest extent permitted by PGI’s certificate of incorporation and under the bylaws of PGI against and in respect to any and all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, judgments, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), losses, and damages resulting from the Executive’s good-faith performance of the Executive’s duties and obligations to PGI. PGI shall cover the Executive under directors and officers liability insurance both during and, while potential liability exists, after the Term of this Agreement in the same amount and on the same terms as PGI covers its other active officers and directors, if such coverage is obtainable, but in all events such coverage shall be at least in

10


 

substantially the same amount and on substantially the same terms as PGI covers its other active officers and directors.
     4.8 Recovery of Awards . If, prior to or within two (2) years of the termination of Executive’s employment with PGI, either (i) PGI is required to make a material restatement of financial results for years during which Executive was an employee and due to actions or inactions by him or that he had knowledge of that were not fully disclosed and discussed with the audit committee of the Board and the Company’s auditors, or (ii) Executive is found to have engaged in misconduct while an employee, which, if discovered at the time would have justified a Cause termination, Executive may be required by the Board to return any outstanding equity awards granted after January 1, 2011 and any value received from any cash-based or equity-based incentive awards granted after January 1, 2011 by PGI or its affiliates.
     4.9 Other Agreements; Inconsistency . This Agreement replaces and merges any other previous agreements and discussions pertaining to the nature of, term, and termination of Executive’s employment relationship with PGI, and this Agreement (and the documents referenced herein) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to such subject matters. No representation, inducement, promise, or agreement has been made by either party with respect to such subject matters, and no agreement, statement, or promise relating to the employment of Executive by PGI that is not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by each party. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other agreement (including but not limited to any profits interest, long-term incentive or other equity award agreement), plan, program, policy or practice (collectively, “ Other Provision ”) of PGI, the terms of this Agreement shall control over such Other Provision to the extent that the terms of this Agreement are more beneficial to the Executive.
     4.10 Survival/Severability/Headings . It is the express intention and agreement of the parties that the provisions of Article 3 and Sections 4.1 and 4.8 shall survive the termination of employment of Executive. In addition, all obligations of PGI to make payments, and to provide for equity vesting, under this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. Article and section headings contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience and reference only, and do not define or affect the meaning, construction, or scope of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
     4.11 Acknowledgement and Waiver . The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that neither the occurrence of the Acquisition nor any changes to Executive’s title or duties in connection with PGI ceasing to be a public company, shall constitute the basis for “Good Reason” under Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement, the CiC Severance Agreement, or any other agreement or understanding between Executive and PGI or any of its affiliates. Executive hereby irrevocably relinquishes and waives any and all rights that the Executive would possess in respect of any benefit, payment, or acceleration of benefit to which Executive would otherwise be entitled if the occurrence of the Acquisition, or any change to Executive’s title or duties in connection with PGI ceasing to be a public company, were deemed to constitute “Good Reason” under Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement or any other agreement or understanding between Executive, PGI, or any of its affiliates.

11


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PGI and Executive have executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective on the first date of the Term.
                 
POLYMER GROUP, INC.   DENNIS NORMAN
 
By:   /s/ Veronica M. Hagen   /s/ Dennis E. Norman
         
 
  Name:   Veronica M. Hagen   Name:   Dennis E. Norman
 
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer        
 
               
Dated this 28 th day of January, 2011   Dated this 28 th day of January, 2011

12


 

Exhibit A
GENERAL RELEASE
I, Dennis Norman, in consideration of and subject to the performance by Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Company ”), of its obligations under the Employment Agreement, entered into on January 28, 2011, (the “ Agreement ”), do hereby release and forever discharge as of the date hereof the Company and its affiliates and all present and former directors, officers, agents, representatives, employees, successors and assigns of the Company and its affiliates and the Company’s direct or indirect owners (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) to the extent provided below.
1.   I understand that any payments or benefits paid or granted to me under paragraph 2(b) of the Agreement represent, in part, consideration for signing this General Release and are not salary, wages or benefits to which I was already entitled. I understand and agree that I will not receive the payments and benefits specified in paragraph 2(b) of the Agreement unless I execute this General Release and do not revoke this General Release within the time period permitted hereafter or breach this General Release. Such payments and benefits will not be considered compensation for purposes of any employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement maintained or hereafter established by the Company or its affiliates. I also acknowledge and represent that I have received all payments and benefits that I am entitled to receive (as of the date hereof) by virtue of any employment by the Company.
2.   Except as provided in paragraph 4 below and except for the provisions of my Employment Agreement which expressly survive the termination of my employment with the Company, I knowingly and voluntarily (for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and assigns) release and forever discharge the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, suits, controversies, actions, causes of action, cross-claims, counter-claims, demands, debts, compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive or exemplary damages, other damages, claims for costs and attorneys’ fees, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever in law and in equity, existing or hereafter arising, based in whole or in part upon any act or omission, transaction, agreement, event or other occurrence taking place from the beginning of time through the date this General Release becomes effective and enforceable and whether known or unknown, suspected, or claimed against the Company or any of the Released Parties which I, my spouse, or any of my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, may have, which arise out of or are connected with my employment with, or my separation or termination from, the Company (including, but not limited to, any allegation, claim or violation, arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; any applicable Executive Order Programs; the Fair Labor Standards Act; or their state or local counterparts; the North Carolina Equal Employment Practice Act, N(c) Gen. Stat. § 143-422.1, et seq .; the North Carolina Persons With Disabilities Protection Act, N(c) Gen. Stat. § 168A-1 et seq .; and the North Carolina Retaliatory Employment Discrimination Act, N(c) Gen. Stat. § 95-240 et seq . or under any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law, or under any other local, state, or federal law, regulation or ordinance; or under any public policy, contract or tort, or under common law; or arising under any policies, practices or procedures of the Company; or any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract, infliction of emotional distress, defamation; or any claim for costs, fees, or other expenses, including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Claims ”).

 


 

3.   I represent that I have made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, demand, cause of action, or other matter covered by paragraph 2 above.
 
4.   I agree that this General Release does not waive or release any rights or claims that I may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 which arise after the date I execute this General Release. I acknowledge and agree that my separation from employment with the Company in compliance with the terms of the Agreement shall not serve as the basis for any claim or action (including, without limitation, any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967).
 
5.   In signing this General Release, I acknowledge and intend that it shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I expressly consent that this General Release shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected Claims (notwithstanding any state statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I acknowledge and agree that this waiver is an essential and material term of this General Release and that without such waiver the Company would not have agreed to the terms of the Agreement. I further agree that in the event I should bring a Claim seeking damages against the Company, or in the event I should seek to recover against the Company in any Claim brought by a governmental agency on my behalf, this General Release shall serve as a complete defense to such Claims. I further agree that I am not aware of any pending charge or complaint of the type described in paragraph 2 as of the execution of this General Release.
 
6.   I agree that neither this General Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this General Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or myself of any improper or unlawful conduct.
 
7.   I agree that I will forfeit all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to the Agreement if I challenge the validity of this General Release. I also agree that if I violate this General Release by suing the Company or the other Released Parties, I will pay all costs and expenses of defending against the suit incurred by the Released Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and return all payments received by me pursuant to the Agreement.
 
8.   I agree that this General Release is confidential and agree not to disclose any information regarding the terms of this General Release, except to my immediate family and any tax, legal or other counsel I have consulted regarding the meaning or effect hereof or as required by law, and I will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same to anyone.
 
9.   Any non-disclosure provision in this General Release does not prohibit or restrict me (or my attorney) from responding to any inquiry about this General Release or its underlying facts and circumstances by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD), any other self-regulatory organization or governmental entity.
 
10.   I agree to reasonably cooperate with the Company in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory, or judicial proceeding. I understand and agree that my cooperation may include, but not be limited to, making myself available to the Company upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations; appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process; volunteering to the Company pertinent information; and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into

2


 

    my possession all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with my other permitted activities and commitments. I understand that in the event the Company asks for my cooperation in accordance with this provision, the Company will reimburse me solely for reasonable travel expenses, including lodging and meals, upon my submission of receipts.
11.   I agree that as of the date hereof, I have returned to the Company any and all property, tangible or intangible, relating to its business, which I possessed or had control over at any time (including, but not limited to, company-provided credit cards, building or office access cards, keys, computer equipment, manuals, files, documents, records, software, customer data base and other data) and that I shall not retain any copies, compilations, extracts, excerpts, summaries or other notes of any such manuals, files, documents, records, software, customer data base or other data.
 
12.   Notwithstanding anything in this General Release to the contrary, this General Release shall not relinquish, diminish, or in any way affect any rights or claims arising out of any breach by the Company or by any Released Party of the Agreement after the date hereof.
 
13.   Whenever possible, each provision of this General Release shall be interpreted in, such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this General Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this General Release shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
BY SIGNING THIS GENERAL RELEASE, I REPRESENT AND AGREE THAT:
(a)   I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY;
 
(b)   I UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RIGHTS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, AS AMENDED, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AS AMENDED; THE EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990; AND THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED;
 
(c)   I VOLUNTARILY CONSENT TO EVERYTHING IN IT;
 
(d)   I HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE EXECUTING IT AND I HAVE DONE SO OR, AFTER CAREFUL READING AND CONSIDERATION I HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO DO SO OF MY OWN VOLITION;
 
(e)   I HAVE HAD AT LEAST 21 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE SUBSTANTIALLY IN ITS FINAL FORM ON      , TO CONSIDER IT AND THE CHANGES MADE SINCE THE [      ], VERSION OF THIS RELEASE ARE NOT MATERIAL AND WILL NOT RESTART THE REQUIRED 21-DAY PERIOD;
 
(f)   THE CHANGES TO THE AGREEMENT SINCE [ ], EITHER ARE NOT MATERIAL OR WERE MADE AT MY REQUEST.
 
(g)   I UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE SEVEN DAYS AFTER THE EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE IT AND THAT THIS RELEASE SHALL NOT BECOME EFFECTIVE OR ENFORCEABLE UNTIL THE REVOCATION PERIOD HAS EXPIRED;

3


 

(h)   I HAVE SIGNED THIS GENERAL RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE ADVICE OF ANY COUNSEL RETAINED TO ADVISE ME WITH RESPECT TO IT; AND
 
(i)   I AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GENERAL RELEASE MAY NOT BE AMENDED, WAIVED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY AND BY ME.
         
DATE:
       
 
       

4


 

Exhibit B
ARBITRATION PROCEDURE
     1.  Notice of Claim . A party asserting a Claim (the “ Claimant ”) shall deliver written notice to each party against whom the Claim is asserted (collectively, the “ Opposing Party ”), with a copy to the persons required to receive copies of notices under the Agreement (the “ Additional Notice Parties ”), specifying the nature of the Claim and requesting a meeting to resolve same. The Additional Notice Parties shall be given reasonable notice of and invited and permitted to attend any such meeting. If no resolution is reached within 10 business days after delivery of such notice, the Claimant or the Opposing Party may, within 45 days after giving such notice, invoke the arbitration procedure provided herein by delivering to each Opposing Party and the Additional Notice Parties a notice of arbitration which shall specify the Claim as to which arbitration is sought, the nature of the Claim, the basis for the Claim and the nature and amount of any damages or other compensation or relief sought (a “ Notice of Arbitration ”). Each party agrees that no punitive damages may be sought or recovered in any arbitration, judicial proceeding or otherwise. Failure to file a Notice of Arbitration within 45 days shall constitute a waiver of any right to relief for the matters asserted in the notice of Claim. Any Claim shall be forever barred, and no relief may be sought therefor, if written notice of such Claim is not made as provided above within one year of the date such Claim accrues.
     2.  Selection of Arbitrator . Within 20 business days after receipt of the Notice of Arbitration, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of PGI shall confer, whether in person, by telephone or in writing, and attempt to agree on an arbitrator to hear and decide the Claim. If the Executive and the Board cannot agree on an arbitrator within ten business days, then they shall request the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) in Charlotte, North Carolina to appoint an arbitrator experienced in the area of dispute who does not have an ongoing business relationship with any of the parties to the dispute. If the arbitrator selected informs the parties he cannot hear and resolve the Claim within the time-frame specified below, the Executive and the Board shall request the appointment of another arbitrator by the AAA subject to the same requirements.
     3.  Arbitration Procedure . The following procedures shall govern the conduct of any arbitration under this section. All procedural matters relating to the conduct of the arbitration other than those specified below shall be discussed among counsel for the parties and the arbitrator. Subject to any agreement of the parties, the arbitrator shall determine all procedural matters not specified herein.
     (a) Within 30 days after the delivery of a Notice of Arbitration, each party shall afford the other, or its counsel, with reasonable access to documents relating directly to the issues raised in the Notice of Arbitration. All documents produced and all copies thereof shall be maintained as strictly confidential, shall be used for no purpose other than the arbitration hereunder, and shall be returned to the producing party upon completion of the arbitration. There shall be no other discovery except that, if a reasonable need is shown, limited depositions may be allowed in the discretion of the arbitrator, it being the expressed intention and agreement of each party to have the arbitration proceedings conducted and resolved as expeditiously, economically and fairly as reasonably practicable, and with the maximum degree of confidentiality.
     (b) All written communications regarding the proceeding sent to the arbitrator shall be sent simultaneously to each party or its counsel, with a copy to the Additional Notice Parties. Oral communications between any of the parties or their counsel and the arbitrator shall be conducted only when all parties or their counsel are present and participating in the conversation.

 


 

     (c) Within 20 days after selection of the arbitrator, the Claimant shall submit to the arbitrator a copy of the Notice of Arbitration, along with a supporting memorandum and any exhibits or other documents supporting the Claim.
     (d) Within 20 days after receipt of the Claimant’s submission, the Opposing Party shall submit to the arbitrator a memorandum supporting its position and any exhibits or other supporting documents. If the Opposing Party fails to respond to any of the issues raised by the Claimant within 20 days of receipt of the Claimant’s submission, then the arbitrator may find for the Claimant on any such issue and bar any subsequent consideration of the matter.
     (e) Within 20 days after receipt of the Opposing Party’s response, the Claimant may submit to the arbitrator a reply to the Opposing Party’s response, or notification that no reply is forthcoming.
     (f) Within 10 days after the last submission as provided above, the arbitrator shall confer with the parties to select the date of the hearing on the issues raised by the Claim. Scheduling of the hearing shall be within the sole discretion of the arbitrator, but in no event more than 30 days after the last submission by the parties, and shall take place within 50 miles of the corporate headquarters of PGI at a place selected by the arbitrator or such other place as is mutually agreed. Both parties shall be granted substantially equal time to present evidence at the hearing. The hearing shall not exceed one business day, except for good cause shown.
     (g) Within 30 days after the conclusion of the hearing, the arbitrator shall issue a written decision to be delivered to both parties and the Additional Notice Parties (the “ Final Determination ”). The Final Determination shall address each issue disputed by the parties, state the arbitrator’s findings and reasons therefor, and state the nature and amount of any damages, compensation or other relief awarded.
     (h) The award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and non-appealable, except as otherwise provided under the Federal Arbitration Act, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in such court as has jurisdiction thereof.
     4.  Costs of Arbitration . Each party shall bear its own costs of conducting the arbitration, and administrative fees shall be shared equally among the parties.
     5.  Satisfaction of Award . If any party fails to pay the amount of the award, if any, assessed against it within 30 days after the delivery to such party of the Final Determination, the unpaid amount shall bear interest from the date of such delivery at the lesser of (i) prime lending rate announced by Citibank N(a) plus three hundred basis points and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable usury laws. In addition, such party shall promptly reimburse the other party for any and all costs or expenses of any nature or kind whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in seeking to collect such award or to enforce any Final Determination.
     6.  Confidentiality of Proceedings . The parties hereto agree that all of the arbitration proceedings provided for herein, including any notice of claim, the Notice of Arbitration, the submissions of the parties, and the Final Determination issued by the arbitrator, shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed at any time to any person other than the parties, their representatives, the arbitrator and the Additional Notice Parties; provided, however, that this provision shall not prevent the party prevailing in the arbitration from submitting the Final Determination to a court for the purpose of enforcing the award, subject to comparable confidentiality protections if the court agrees; and further provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit disclosure to the minimum extent reasonably necessary to comply with (i) applicable law (or requirement having the force of law), court order, judgment or decree, including, without limitation, disclosures which may be required pursuant to applicable securities laws, and (ii) the terms of contractual arrangements (such as financing arrangements) to which PGI or any Additional Notice Party may be subject so long as such contractual arrangements were not entered into for the primary purpose of permitting disclosure which would otherwise be prohibited hereunder.

2

Exhibit 10.11
2011 SCORPIO HOLDINGS CORPORATION
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Purpose of the Plan
     The purpose of the Plan is to aid the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining key employees, directors, other service providers, or independent contractors and to motivate such employees, directors, other service providers, or independent contractors to exert their best efforts on behalf of the Company and its Affiliates by providing incentives through the granting of Awards. The Company expects that it will benefit from the added interest which such key employees, directors, other service providers, or independent contractors will have in the welfare of the Company as a result of their proprietary interest in the Company’s success.
2. Definitions
     The following capitalized terms used in the Plan have the respective meanings set forth in this Section:
     (a)  Act : The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto.
     (b)  Affiliate : With respect to any entity, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such entity. As used herein, the term “Control” (including the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.
     (c)  Award : Individually or collectively, any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other Stock-Based Award (including a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit) granted pursuant to the Plan.
     (d)  Award Agreement : shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3(b) hereof.
     (e)  Beneficial Owner : A “beneficial owner”, as such term is defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Act (or any successor rule thereto).
     (f)  Board : The Board of Directors of the Company.
     (g)  Change in Control : (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as a whole, to any Person or Group other than the Sponsor or (ii) any Person or Group, other than the Sponsor, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting equity of the Company, including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise and the Sponsor ceases to directly or indirectly control the Board.
     (h)  Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
     (i)  Committee : The Compensation Committee of the Board (or a subcommittee thereof), or such other committee of the Board (including, without limitation, the full Board) to which the Board has delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, and

 


 

if no such Committee has been created, the Board.
     (j)  Company : Scorpio Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     (k)  Disability : The term “Disability” shall have the same meaning ascribed to such term in any employment or severance agreement then in effect between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, if no such agreement containing a definition of “Disability” is then in effect, shall exist at such time that, as determined by the Committee in good faith, the Participant becomes physically or mentally incapacitated and remains unable for a period of six (6) consecutive months or for an aggregate of nine (9) months in any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period to perform the Participant’s duties.
     (l)  Effective Date : The date the Board approves the Plan, or such later date as is designated by the Board.
     (m)  Employment : The term “Employment” as used herein shall be deemed to refer to (i) a Participant’s employment if the Participant is an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a Participant’s services as a consultant or independent contractor, if the Participant is a consultant to or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) a Participant’s services as a non-employee director, if the Participant is a non-employee member of the Board.
     (n)  Fair Market Value : The term “Fair Market Value” shall mean, on a given date, (i) if there should be a public market for the Shares on such date, the closing price of the Shares as reported on such date on the principal national securities exchange on which such Shares are listed or admitted to trading, or, if no sale of Shares shall have been reported on any national securities exchange, then the immediately preceding date on which sales of the Shares have been so reported or quoted shall be used, and (ii) if there should not be a public market for the Shares on such date, the Fair Market Value shall be the fair value of the Shares determined by the Committee in good faith (without regard to discounts for lack of marketability of such Shares or minority status and, to the extent applicable, in accordance with Section 409A) giving consideration to any independent valuation analysis performed for the Company and the most recent valuation of the Company used for purposes of public reporting by the Sponsor of the value of its portfolio companies.
     (o)  Group : A “group” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Act (or any successor section thereto).
     (p)  Option : An option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.
     (q)  Option Price : The purchase price per Share of an Option, as determined pursuant to Section 6(a) and (b) of the Plan.
     (r)  Other Stock-Based Awards : Awards granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.
     (s)  Participant : An employee, director, other service provider, or independent contractor of the Company or its Affiliates who is selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan.
     (t)  Person : A “person”, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Act (or any successor section thereto).

2


 

     (u)  Plan : The 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
     (v)  Public Trading Date : The first date upon which Shares are listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any national securities exchange.
     (w)  Restricted Stock : A share of restricted stock granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.
     (x)  Restricted Stock Unit : A share of restricted stock units granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.
     (y)  Section 409A : Section 409A of the Code.
     (z)  Share or Shares : Shares of common stock of the Company.
     (aa)  Sponsor : Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates.
     (bb)  Stock Appreciation Right : A stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.
     (cc)  Subsidiary : With respect to an entity, a subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code (or any successor section thereto), of such entity.
3. Shares Subject to the Plan
     (a) Subject to Section 9, the total number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan is 20,789 plus any Shares purchased for Fair Market Value under a Share purchase program. The Shares may consist, in whole or in part, of unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The issuance of Shares or the payment of cash upon the exercise of an Award or in consideration of the settlement, cancellation, or termination of an Award shall reduce the total number of Shares available under the Plan, as applicable (with any Awards settled in cash reducing the total number of Shares by the number of Shares determined by dividing the cash amount to be paid thereunder by the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of payment). Shares which are subject to Awards or portions of Awards which are canceled, forfeited or terminated, otherwise expire by their terms without being exercised, or terminate or lapse without the payment of consideration may be granted again subject to Awards under the Plan.
     (b)  Agreements Evidencing Awards . Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”) that shall contain such provisions and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate; provided , that , except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of the Plan and an Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. Unless otherwise provided herein, the Committee may grant Awards in tandem with or in substitution for any other Award or Awards granted under the Plan. By accepting an Award pursuant to the Plan, a Participant thereby agrees that the Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
4. Administration
     (a)  Generally . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which may delegate

3


 

its duties and powers in whole or in part to any subcommittee thereof. Additionally, the Committee may delegate the authority to grant Awards under the Plan to any employee or group of employees of the Company or an Affiliate; provided , that such delegation and grants are consistent with applicable law and guidelines established by the Board from time to time. Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company or its Affiliates or a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines. The number of Shares underlying such substitute awards shall be counted against the aggregate number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan.
     (b)  Powers . The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable. Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned (including, but not limited to, Participants and their beneficiaries or successors). The Committee shall have the full power and authority in its sole discretion to make any determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in particular, the Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to:
     (i) exercise all of the powers granted to it under the Plan;
     (ii) interpret the Plan;
     (iii) amend the Plan to reflect changes in applicable law, subject to the limitations imposed by Sections 13 and 18 of the Plan;
     (iv) grant Awards and determine who shall receive Awards, when such Awards shall be granted and establish the terms and conditions of such Awards, consistent with the Plan, including to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such Award so granted, to approve forms of Award Agreement for such Awards, setting forth provisions with regard to the effect of a termination of Employment on such Awards, and waive any such terms or conditions at any time;
     (v) amend any outstanding Award Agreement in any respect, including, without limitation, to (A) accelerate the time or times at which the Award becomes vested, unrestricted or may be exercised (and, in connection with such acceleration, the Committee may provide that any Shares acquired pursuant to such Award shall be restricted shares, which are subject to vesting, transfer, forfeiture or repayment provisions similar to those in the Participant’s underlying Award Agreement), (B) accelerate the time or times at which Shares are delivered under the Award (and, without limitation on the Committee’s rights, in connection with such acceleration, the Committee may provide that any Shares delivered pursuant to such Award shall be restricted shares, which are subject to vesting, transfer, forfeiture or repayment provisions similar to those in the Participant’s underlying Award Agreement), (C) waive or amend any goals, restrictions or conditions set forth in such Award Agreement, or impose new goals, restrictions and conditions, or (D) reflect a change in the Participant’s circumstances (e.g., a change to part-time employment status or a change in position, duties or responsibilities), but, subject to Section 13 or as otherwise specifically provided herein, no such amendment shall materially adversely impair the rights of a Participant under an outstanding Award

4


 

without such Participant’s consent; and
     (vi) to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including, without limitation, to determine, at any time, in accordance with Section 13, whether, to what extent and under what circumstances and method or methods:
     (A) Awards may be (1) settled in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property (in which event, the Committee may specify what other effects such settlement shall have on the Participant’s Award, including the effect on any repayment provisions under the Plan or Award Agreement), in all cases subject to Sections 6(c) and 7(b) of the Plan, (2) exercised or (3) canceled, forfeited or suspended;
     (B) Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant thereof or of the Committee;
     (C) to the extent permitted under applicable law, loans (whether or not secured by Shares) may be extended by the Company with respect to any Awards; and
     (D) Awards may be settled by the Company or its Affiliates or any of its or their designees.
     (c)  Taxes . The Committee shall require payment of any amount it may determine to be necessary to withhold for federal, state, local or other taxes as a result of the exercise, grant or vesting of an Award and the Company or its Affiliates shall have the right and are authorized to withhold any applicable withholding taxes with respect to any Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under or with respect to the Award and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.
     (d)  Actions . Actions of the Committee, when acting through a committee may be taken by the vote of a majority of its members present at a meeting (which may be held telephonically). Any action may be taken by a written instrument signed by a majority of such committee’s members, and action so taken shall be fully as effective as if it had been taken by a vote at a meeting.
     (e)  Interpretation; Corrections; Final and Binding Decisions . The Committee shall make all determinations necessary or advisable in administering the Plan. The Committee is authorized to construe and interpret the Plan and all Award Agreements, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable, without the consent of any Participant. Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned (including, but not limited to, Participants and their beneficiaries and successors). The Committee shall have the full power and authority to establish the terms and conditions of any Award consistent with the provisions

5


 

of the Plan and to waive any such terms and conditions at any time (including, without limitation, accelerating or waiving any vesting conditions). The Committee shall require payment of any amount it may determine to be necessary to withhold for federal, state, local or other taxes as a result of the exercise, grant or vesting of an Award. Unless the Committee specifies otherwise, the Participant may elect to pay a portion or all of such withholding taxes by (i) delivery in Shares or (ii) having Shares withheld by the Company from any Shares that would have otherwise been received by the Participant.
     (f)  Actions of the Board . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards or administer the Plan. In any such case, the Board shall have all of the authority and responsibility granted to the Committee herein.
     (g)  Exculpation and Indemnification . No member of the Board or the Committee (each such Person, a “ Covered Person ”) shall have any liability to any Person (including any Participant) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award. Each Covered Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan or any Award Agreement, in each case, in good faith and (ii) any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (as may be amended from time to time), as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Persons or hold them harmless.
5. Limitations
     No Award may be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.
6. Terms and Conditions of Options
     (a)  General . The Committee shall have the right and power to grant to any Participant, subject to the limitation of Section 5, an Option to purchase Shares at such price, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with the Plan and established by the Committee. Options granted under the Plan shall be non-qualified stock options for federal income tax purposes, as evidenced by the related Award Agreements, and shall be subject to the terms and conditions hereof and to such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent therewith, as

6


 

the Committee shall determine.
     (b)  Option Price . The Option Price per Share shall be determined by the Committee, provided that, for the purposes of an Option granted under the Plan to a Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer, in no event will (i) the Option Price be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date an Option is granted (other than in the case of Options granted in substitution of previously granted awards, as described in Section 4(a)) and (ii) any Option be granted unless the Share on which it is granted constitutes “service recipient stock” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with respect to the applicable Participant.
     (c)  Exercisability . Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee, but in no event shall an Option be exercisable more than ten years after the date it is granted.
     (d)  Exercise of Options .
     (i) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in an Award Agreement, an Option may be exercised for all, or from time to time any part, of the Shares for which it is then exercisable.
     (ii) For purposes of Section 6 of the Plan, the exercise date of an Option shall be the later of the date a notice of exercise is received by the Company and, if applicable, the date payment is received by the Company pursuant to clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) in the following sentence. The purchase price for the Shares as to which an Option is exercised shall be paid to the Company as designated by the Committee, pursuant to one or more of the following methods: (A) in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by personal check), (B) in Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased and satisfying such other requirements as may be imposed by the Committee, (C) partly in cash and partly in Shares, which in the aggregate equal the Option Price for the Shares being purchased and satisfying such other requirements as may be imposed by the Committee, (D) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, to the extent permitted by the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee , through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Shares obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased, or (E) using a net settlement mechanism whereby the number of Shares delivered upon the exercise of the option will be reduced by a number of Shares that has a Fair Market Value equal to the Option Price, provided that the Participant tenders cash or its equivalent to pay any applicable withholding taxes (unless otherwise permitted by the Committee).
     (iii) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, no Participant shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise of the Option, paid in full for such Shares and, if applicable, has satisfied any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan or specified in the applicable Award Agreement.
     (iv) In addition, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased upon the exercise of any Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

7


 

     (A) The admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed, if applicable;
     (B) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Options or Shares under any applicable law, or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body which the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or advisable;
     (C) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any applicable governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;
     (D) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Committee may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience; and
     (E) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such Shares subject to option, including payment of any applicable withholding tax.
     (e)  Attestation . Wherever in this Plan or any Award Agreement a Participant is permitted to pay the purchase price of an Option or taxes relating to the exercise of an Option by delivering Shares, the Participant may, subject to procedures satisfactory to the Committee, satisfy such delivery requirement by presenting proof of beneficial ownership of such Shares, in which case the Company shall treat the Option as exercised without further payment and/or shall withhold such number of Shares from the Shares acquired by the exercise of the Option, as appropriate.
     (f)  Buyout Provisions . The Committee may at any time offer to buy out for payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the Participant at the time that such offer is made.
7. Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights
     (a)  Grants . The Committee may grant (i) a Stock Appreciation Right independent of an Option or (ii) a Stock Appreciation Right in connection with an Option, or a portion thereof. A Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence (A) may be granted at the time the related Option is granted or at any time prior to the exercise or cancellation of the related Option, (B) shall cover the same number of Shares covered by such Option (or such lesser number of Shares as the Committee may determine), and (C) shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as such Option except for such additional limitations as are contemplated by this Section 7 (or such additional limitations as may be included in an Award Agreement).
     (b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share under a Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee, provided that, for the purposes of a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan to a Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer, in no event will (i) the exercise price be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted (other than in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in substitution of previously granted awards, as described in Section 4(a)) and (ii) any Stock Appreciation Right be granted unless the Share in respect of which it is granted constitutes “service recipient stock” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with respect to the applicable Participant.

8


 

     (c)  Terms of Grant . Each Stock Appreciation Right granted independent of an Option shall entitle a Participant upon exercise to an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value on the exercise date of one Share over (B) the exercise price per Share, times (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Stock Appreciation Right. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with an Option, or a portion thereof, shall entitle a Participant to surrender to the Company the unexercised Option, or any portion thereof, and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the exercise date over (B) the Option Price per Share, times (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered. Payment to the Participant shall be made in Shares or in cash, or partly in Shares and partly in cash (any such Shares valued at such Fair Market Value), all as shall be determined by the Committee.
     (d)  Exercisability . Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised from time to time upon actual receipt by the Company of written notice of exercise stating the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. The date a notice of exercise is received by the Company shall be the exercise date. No fractional Shares will be issued in payment for Stock Appreciation Rights, but instead cash will be paid for a fraction or, if the Committee should so determine, the number of Shares will be rounded downward to the next whole Share.
     (e)  Limitations . The Committee may impose, in its discretion, such conditions upon the exercisability or transferability of Stock Appreciation Rights as it may deem fit, but in no event shall a Stock Appreciation Right be exercisable more than ten years after the date it is granted. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, no Participant shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to any Stock Appreciation Right. In addition, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares subject to any Stock Appreciation Right prior to the fulfillment of all the conditions of Section 6(d)(iv)(A), (B), (C), (D), and (E).
8. Other Stock-Based Awards
     The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant or sell Awards of Shares, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, and Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of, Shares (“ Other Stock-Based Awards ”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive, or vest with respect to, one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine to whom and when Other Stock-Based Awards will be made, the number of Shares to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Other Stock-Based Awards; whether such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares; and all other terms and conditions of such Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof and provisions ensuring that all Shares so awarded and issued shall be fully paid and non-assessable).
9. Adjustments Upon Certain Events

9


 

     Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all Awards granted under the Plan:
     (a)  Equity Restructurings . In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares after the Effective Date by reason of any extraordinary Share distribution or split, recapitalization, rights offering, split-up or spin-off or any other event that constitutes an “equity restructuring” within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ASC Topic 718, the Committee shall make such adjustments to the Plan and outstanding Awards as it deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights immediately resulting from such event or transaction. Action by the Committee may include: (i) adjustment of the number and kind of shares that may be delivered under the Plan, (ii) adjustment of the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) adjustment of the exercise price of outstanding Awards or the measure to be used to determine the amount of the benefit payable on an Award, and (iv) any other adjustments that the Committee determines to be equitable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall not make any adjustments to outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights that would constitute a modification or substitution of the stock right under Treas. Reg. Sections 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v) that would be treated as the grant of a new stock right or change in the form of payment for purposes of Section 409A. Without limiting the foregoing, in the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Shares (stock-split), a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, or a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Shares into a lesser number of Shares, the authorization limits under Section 3 shall automatically be adjusted proportionately, and the Shares then subject to each Award shall automatically, without the necessity for any additional action by the Committee, be adjusted proportionately without any change in the aggregate purchase price therefor.
     (b)  Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Corporate Transactions . In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares after the Effective Date by reason of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be appropriate or desirable, the Committee in its sole discretion and without liability to any person shall make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable (subject to Sections 16 and 18), as to (i) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property including cash) with respect to which Awards have or may be granted under the Plan, (ii) the terms of any outstanding Award, including (A) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate and (B) the Option Price or exercise price of any Option or stock appreciation right and/or (iii) any other affected terms of such Awards.
     (c)  Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control after the Effective Date, (i) if determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise, any outstanding Awards then held by Participants which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse restrictions shall automatically be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to such Change in Control and (ii) the Committee may (subject to Sections 16 and 18), but shall not be obligated to, (A) accelerate, vest or cause the restrictions to lapse with respect to all or any portion of an Award, (B) cancel such Awards for fair value (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) which, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, may equal the excess, if any, of value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction to holders of

10


 

the same number of Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (or, if no consideration is paid in any such transaction, the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) over the aggregate exercise price of such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, (C) provide for the issuance, assumption or replacement of such substitute Awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected Awards previously granted hereunder as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion whether by any successor or survivor Person, or an parent or Affiliate thereof or (D) provide that for a period of at least 7 days prior to the Change in Control, such Awards shall be exercisable, to the extent applicable, as to all Shares subject thereto and the Committee may further provide that upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, such Awards shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.
     (d)  Other Provisions . After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 9, the number of Shares subject to each outstanding Award shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreement and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Shares or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.
10. No Right to Employment or Awards
     The granting of an Award under the Plan shall impose no obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue the Employment of a Participant and shall not lessen or affect the Company’s or any Affiliate’s right to terminate the Employment of such Participant. No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. No Award (or payments or amounts received in respect thereof) shall constitute compensation for the purposes of determining any benefits under any benefit plan. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).
11. Successors and Assigns
     The Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of the Company and a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the Participant’s creditors.
12. Nontransferability of Awards
     Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or the Plan, no Award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any Person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and

11


 

distribution, and all Awards (and any rights thereunder) shall be exercisable during the life of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may permit, under such terms and conditions that it deems appropriate in its sole discretion, a Participant to transfer any Award to any Person or entity that the Committee so determines. Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, other disposition or hedge in violation of the provisions of this Section 12 shall be null and void. All of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award Agreements shall be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.
13. Amendments or Termination
     The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made, (a) after the Public Trading Date, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, if such action would (except as is provided in Section 9 of the Plan), increase the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan or (b) without the consent of Participants holding a majority in the economic interests the affected Participants, if such action would materially diminish the rights of such Participants under the Awards theretofore granted to such Participants under the Plan; provided , however , that the Committee may (i) amend the Plan in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Awards meeting the requirements of the Code or other applicable laws (including, without limitation, to avoid adverse tax consequences to the Company or to Participants) and (ii) amend any outstanding Awards in a manner that is not adverse (other than in a de minimis manner) to a Participant, except as otherwise may be permitted pursuant to Section 9 hereof or as is otherwise contemplated pursuant to the terms of the Award, without the Participant’s consent.
     Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Committee determines that any amounts payable hereunder will be taxable to a Participant under Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance prior to payment to such Participant of such amount, the Company may (a) adopt such amendments to the Plan and Awards and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by the Plan and Awards hereunder and/or (b) take such other actions as the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.
14. International Participants
     With respect to Participants who reside or work outside the United States of America, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or an Affiliate.
15. Choice of Law
     The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws.
16. Other Laws; Restrictions on Transfer of Shares
     The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or

12


 

such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Act, as amended, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company or any Affiliates, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the United States federal and any other applicable securities laws.
17. Effectiveness of the Plan
     The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.
18. Section 409A of the Code
     This Plan and Awards issued hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreements thereunder, no Award shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon a Participant. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code, which action may include, but is not limited to, delaying payment to a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code until the first day following the six month period beginning on the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the provisions of this Section 18 in good faith; provided that neither the Company, the Committee nor any of the Company’s employees, directors or representatives shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 18.
19.   Miscellaneous.
     (a) Transfers and Leaves of Absence . For purposes of the Plan, unless the Committee determines otherwise: (i) a transfer of a Participant’s Employment without an intervening period of separation among the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed a termination of Employment, and (ii) a Participant who is granted a leave of absence in writing or who is entitled to a statutory leave of absence shall be deemed to have remained in the employ of the Company (or such Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable) during such leave of absence.
     (b) Right of Offset . The Company shall have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver Shares (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, repayment obligations under any Awards or amounts repayable to the

13


 

Company pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) that the Participant then owes to the Company and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement; provided, that the Participant is first offered the opportunity to pay cash for such outstanding amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have no right to offset against its obligation to deliver Shares (or other property or cash) under the Plan, in respect of any Award, or in respect of any non-qualified deferred compensation amounts if such offset would subject the Participant to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A in respect of such off-set Award or non-qualified deferred compensation amount.
     (c) Waiver of Claims . Each Participant who receives an Award recognizes and agrees that before being selected by the Committee to receive an Award he or she has no right to any benefits under such Award. Accordingly, in consideration of the Participant’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of any Award Agreement, any determination, action or omission hereunder or under any Award Agreement by the Committee; the Company, its Subsidiaries, and Affiliates; or the Board, or any amendment to the Plan or any Award Agreement (other than an amendment to the Award Agreement for which his or her consent is expressly required by the express terms of the Award Agreement or the Plan).
     (d) Nature of Payments . Any and all grants of Awards and deliveries of cash, securities or other property under the Plan shall be in consideration of services performed or to be performed for the Company by the Participant. Awards under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made in substitution in whole or in part for cash or other compensation otherwise payable to a Participant. Only whole Shares shall be delivered under the Plan. Awards shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, be aggregated in order to eliminate any fractional Shares. Fractional Shares may, in the discretion of the Committee, be forfeited or be settled in cash or otherwise as the Committee may determine. All grants and deliveries of Shares, cash, securities or other property under the Plan shall constitute a special discretionary incentive payment to the Participant and shall not be required to be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participant for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement with the Participant, unless the Company specifically provides otherwise.
     (e) Shares Covered by Plan . For purposes of Section 3, a Share will be considered to be “covered by” the Plan if (i) if it is available for issuance pursuant to the Plan but is not subject to an outstanding award or (ii) it is subject to an outstanding Award. For purposes of Section 3, (A) an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that has been granted under the Plan will be considered to be an “outstanding” Award until is it exercised or otherwise terminates or expires by its terms, (B) a Share that has been granted as an Award under the Plan that is subject to vesting conditions will be considered an “outstanding” Award until the vesting conditions have been satisfied or the Award otherwise terminates or expires unvested by its terms and (C) any Award other than an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Share that is subject to vesting conditions will be considered to be an “outstanding” award until it has been settled.
     (f) Non-Uniform Determinations . The Committee’s determinations under the Plan and Award Agreements need not be uniform and any such determinations may be made by it selectively among Participants who receive, or Persons in the Employment of the Company,

14


 

its Subsidiaries, or its Affiliates who are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan (whether or not such Persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations under Award Agreements, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to (i) the Persons to receive Awards, (ii) the terms and provisions of Awards and (iii) whether a Participant’s Employment has been terminated for purposes of the Plan.
     (g) No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as expressly provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, neither the Plan nor any Award Agreement shall confer on any Person other than the Company and the Participant receiving any Award any rights or remedies thereunder.
     (h) Other Payments or Awards . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any award or payment to any Person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.
     (i) Plan Headings . The headings in the Plan are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.
     (j) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of the Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but the Plan shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
     (k) Participant Representations . The Company may require a Participant, as a condition to the grant or exercise of, or acquisition of Shares under, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (A) to give written representations satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters, and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters, and to give written representations satisfactory to the Company that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option or Stock Appreciation Right; (B) to give written representations satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring the Shares subject to the Option or Stock Appreciation Right for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Shares; and (C) to give such other written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel. The foregoing requirements, and any representations given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the Shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Shares under the applicable Option or Stock Appreciation Right has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Shares.

15

Exhibit 10.12
MANAGEMENT EQUITY SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
2011 SCORPIO HOLDINGS CORPORATION STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
          THIS MANAGEMENT EQUITY SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) by and between Scorpio Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the individual named on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto (the “ Participant ”) is made as of the date set forth on such Participant Master Signature Page.
          WHEREAS, Participant has been selected by the Company to invest in shares of common stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) and in connection therewith will receive an option to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “ Option ”) pursuant to the terms set forth below and the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, and the Shareholders Agreement; and
          WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, Participant desires to subscribe for and acquire from the Company, and the Company desires to issue and provide to Participant, shares of Common Stock and the Option, in each case, as set forth on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto, as hereinafter set forth.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in order to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Definitions .
     1.1 Affiliate . The term “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
     1.2 Agreement . The term “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.
     1.3 Board . The “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors.
     1.4 Call Notice . The term “Call Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).
     1.5 Cause . The term “Cause” shall have the meaning set forth in the Stock Option Agreement.
     1.6 Closing . The term “Closing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.
     1.7 Closing Date . The term “Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Participant Master Signature Page.
     1.8 Common Stock . The term “Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

 


 

     1.9 Company . The term “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.
     1.10 Competitive Activity . Participant shall be deemed to have engaged in “Competitive Activity” if Participant is engaged as an employee or service provider for a Competitive Business at any time (regardless of whether such conduct constitutes a Restrictive Covenant Violation).
     1.11 Competitive Business . The term “Competitive Business” shall mean any business that competes with the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including the design, development, manufacturing, marketing or sale or any product or service of the type designed, developed, manufactured, marketed or sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any other business which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have plans to engage in as of the date of Participant’s termination of employment) in any geographical area where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries conduct business.
     1.12 Cost . The term “Cost” shall mean the price per Share paid by Participant (which, in the case of Shares acquired in exchange for a contribution of PGI Shares, shall be an amount equal to the Per Share Closing Payment (as defined in the Merger Agreement)), if any, as proportionately adjusted for all subsequent distributions of Shares and other recapitalizations and less the amount of any distributions made with respect to the Shares pursuant to the Company’s organizational documents; provided that “Cost” may not be less than zero.
     1.13 Disability . The term “Disability” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
     1.14 Fair Market Value . The term “Fair Market Value” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
     1.15 Family Group . The term “Family Group” shall have the meaning set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.
     1.16 Financing Default . The term “Financing Default” means an event which would constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute) an event of default under any of the financing documents of the Company or its Subsidiaries from time to time and any restrictive financial covenants contained in the organizational documents of the Company or its Subsidiaries.
     1.17 Fiscal Year. The term “Fiscal Year” means each fiscal year of the Company.
     1.18 Good Reason . The term “Good Reason” shall have the meaning set forth in the Stock Option Agreement.
     1.19 Merger . The term “Merger” means the consummation of the merger contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 4, 2010 (the “ Merger Agreement ”) among PGI, Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P.
     1.20 Option . The term “Option” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

2


 

     1.21 Participant . The term “Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.
     1.22 Put Notice . The term “Put Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).
     1.23 Plan . The term “Plan” means the 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
     1.24 PGI . The term “PGI” shall mean Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and, following the Closing, a subsidiary of the Company.
     1.25 PGI Share . The term “PGI Share” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
     1.26 Purchase Price . The term “Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
     1.27 Restrictive Covenant Violation . The term “Restrictive Covenant Violation” shall mean Participant’s breach of any provision of Section 5 of the Option Agreement or any similar provision applicable to Executive.
     1.28 Securities Act . The term “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     1.29 Shareholders Agreement . The term “Shareholders Agreement” means the Shareholders Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among the Company and the other parties thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented thereafter from time to time.
     1.30 Shares . The term “Shares” means any shares of Common Stock acquired by Participant, including Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of the Option.
     1.31 Sponsor . The term “Sponsor” means Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates.
     1.32 Stock Option Agreement . The term “Stock Option Agreement” means the Stock Option Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Participant, the Company and the other parties thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented thereafter from time to time.
     1.33 Subsidiary . The term “Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
     1.34 Termination Date . The term “Termination Date” means the date upon which Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated.

3


 

2. Subscription for Shares; Issuance of Option .
     2.1 Acquisition of Shares . Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Participant hereby subscribes for and agrees to acquire, and the Company hereby agrees to issue to Participant, on the Closing Date, the number of Shares set forth on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto in exchange for the purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) set forth on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto.
     2.2 Issuance of Option . Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, as of the Closing Date, the Company shall issue to Participant an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto at an exercise price per Share equal to the amount set forth on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto.
     2.3 The Closing . The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the issuance of Shares hereunder shall take place on the Closing Date. Participant shall deliver to the Company the Purchase Price, payable by either (a) delivery of the amount in cash equal to the Purchase Price, by delivery of a personal check or by wire transfer in immediately available funds and/or (b) delivery of an irrevocable letter of transmittal or instruction to the paying agent and/or PGI (as applicable) under the Merger Agreement instructing the paying agent and/or PGI (as applicable) to pay to the Company or its designate, on Executive’s behalf, an amount equal to the Purchase Price to the Company out of cash proceeds otherwise payable to Executive upon the Merger for the Per Share Closing Payment. Participant also may deliver the Purchase Price to the Company using a combination of the foregoing methods.
     2.4 Section 83(b) Election . Within 30 days after the Closing, Participant shall provide the Company with a copy of a completed election with respect to the Shares purchased at Closing under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder in the form attached to the Participant Master Signature Page hereto. Participant shall file (via certified mail, return receipt requested) such election with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days after the Closing and shall, prior to such 30 th day, certify to the Company that such timely filing has been made.
     2.5 Closing Conditions . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue and sell to Participant any Shares or grant the Option unless (i) Participant is an employee of, or consultant to, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date; (ii) the representations of Participant contained in Section 3 hereof are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, and (iii) Participant is not in breach of any agreement, obligation or covenant herein required to be performed or observed by Participant on or prior to the Closing Date.
3. Investment Representations and Covenants of Participant .
     3.1 Shares Unregistered . Participant acknowledges and represents that Participant has been advised by the Company that:
          (a) the offer and sale of Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act;

4


 

          (b) the Shares must be held indefinitely and Participant must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Shares unless the offer and sale of the Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available;
          (c) there is no established market for the Shares and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Shares in the foreseeable future;
          (d) a restrictive legend in the form set forth below and the legends set forth in the Shareholders Agreement shall be placed on the certificates representing the Common Stock:
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE OPTIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN A MANAGEMENT EQUITY SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WITH THE ISSUER, AS AMENDED AND MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS WITHOUT CHARGE”; and
          (e) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if the Company should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Shares.
     3.2 Additional Investment Representations . Participant represents and warrants that:
          (a) Participant is or is not an accredited investor, as described on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto;
          (b) Participant’s financial situation is such that Participant can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for Participant’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of Participant’s investment in the Shares;
          (c) Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that Participant is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares;
          (d) Participant understands that the Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of Participant’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and, on the Closing Date and for an indefinite period following the Closing, there will be no public market for the Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for Participant to liquidate Participant’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;
          (e) the terms of this Agreement provide that, with respect to the Shares received upon exercise of the Option only, if Participant ceases to be an employee of the

5


 

Company or its Subsidiaries, the Company and its Affiliates have the right to repurchase the Shares at a price which may, under certain circumstances, be less than the Fair Market Value thereof;
          (f) Participant understands and has taken cognizance of all the risk factors related to the purchase of the Shares and, other than as set forth in this Agreement, no representations or warranties have been made to Participant or Participant’s representatives concerning the Shares or the Company or their prospects or other matters;
          (g) Participant has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the Company and its representatives concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Merger, the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement, the Company’s organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of the Shares and to obtain any additional information which Participant deems necessary; and
          (h) all information which Participant has provided to the Company and the Company’s representatives concerning Participant and Participant’s financial position is complete and correct as of the date of this Agreement.
4. Certain Sales Upon Termination of Employment.
     4.1 Put Option
          (a) If Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries either (1) terminates due to the death of the Participant or (2) is terminated by the Company and its Subsidiaries as a result of the Disability of Participant, the Participant and the Participant’s Family Group shall have the right, subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, for a period of 180 days following the 210 th day after (x) the Termination Date in the case of Shares outstanding on the Termination Date and/or (y) the receipt of the Shares following exercise of the Option in the case of Shares acquired after the Termination Date, to sell to the Company, and the Company shall be required to purchase (subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof), on one occasion from Participant, all of Participant’s Shares at a price per Share equal to Fair Market Value (measured as of the purchase date); provided that the exercise of such right may be delayed by the Company to the extent any such delay is necessary to avoid the application of adverse accounting treatment to the Company.
(b) If Participant or Participant’s Family Group, as applicable, desires to exercise its option to require the Company to repurchase Shares pursuant to Section 4.1(a), Participant or Participant’s Family Group, as applicable, shall send written notice to the Company setting forth Participant’s or Participant’s Family Group, as applicable, intention to sell all the Shares, as applicable, pursuant to Section 4.1(a) (the “ Put Notice ”). Subject to the provisions of Section 5, the closing of the purchase shall take place at the principal office of the Company on a date specified by the Company no later than the 30th day after the giving of such notice. The Put Notice shall not be effective unless received prior to the date of a Public Offering or Change of Control.
     4.2 Call Option .

6


 

          (a) If Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason or in the event of a Restrictive Covenant Violation or Participant’s engaging in a Competitive Activity (as defined in Section 1.10 of this Agreement), the Company shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to purchase any or all of Participant’s Shares (whether issuable or issued upon exercise of the Option or acquired pursuant to this Agreement) for a period of one year commencing with the 185 th date following (or such longer period as is necessary in order to avoid the application of adverse accounting treatment to the Company) the later of (x) the Termination Date or (y) the date of receipt of the Shares following exercise of the Option, in each case, at a price per Share equal to the applicable purchase price determined as follows (it being understood that if Shares subject to repurchase hereunder may be repurchased at different prices, the Company may elect to repurchase only the portion of the Shares subject to repurchase hereunder at the lower price):
     (i) Death or Disability. If Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated (x) due to the death of Executive or (y) by the Company and its Subsidiaries as a result of the Disability of Executive, then the purchase price per Share will be Fair Market Value (measured as of the purchase date).
     (ii) Termination with Cause; Voluntary Resignation when Grounds Exist for Cause; Early Voluntary Resignation . If Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated (x) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with Cause or (y) by Executive at a time when grounds exist for a termination with Cause or (z) by Executive without Good Reason prior to the third anniversary of the Merger, or, if Participant commences employment after the Merger, the third anniversary of the Executive’s date of hire, then the purchase price per Share will be the lesser of (A) Fair Market Value (measured as of the purchase date) and (B) Cost;
     (iii) Termination without Cause; Other Voluntary Resignation . If Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated (x) by the Company without Cause or (y) by Executive under circumstances where Section 4.2(a)(i) and (ii) do not apply, then the purchase price per Share will be Fair Market Value (measured as of the purchase date).
     (iv) Restrictive Covenant Violation . If a Restrictive Covenant Violation occurs, then the purchase price per Share will be the lesser of (A) Fair Market Value (measured as of the purchase date) and (B) Cost; or
     (v) Competitive Activity . In the event the Executive engages in Competitive Activity not constituting a Restrictive Covenant Violation, then the purchase price per Share will be Fair Market Value (measured as of the purchase date).
The Call Option (except in the case of any event described in Section 4.2(a)(ii) and (iv)) shall expire upon the occurrence of an Public Offering.
          (b) If the Company desires to exercise its option to purchase such Shares pursuant to Section 4.2(a), the Company shall, not later than the expiration of the period set forth in Section 4.2(a), send written notice to Participant of its intention to purchase Shares, specifying

7


 

the number of Shares to be purchased (the “ Call Notice ”). Subject to the provisions of Section 5, the closing of the purchase shall take place at the principal office of the Company on a date specified by the Company no later than the 30th day after the giving of the later of the Call Notice.
          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company elects not to exercise its option to purchase Shares pursuant to this Section 4, the Sponsor may elect to purchase such Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4.2 by providing written notice to Participant of its intention to purchase Shares within 30 days after the expiration of the Company’s applicable call window.
     4.3 Obligation to Sell Several . If there is more than one member of Participant’s Family Group, the failure of any one member thereof to perform its obligations hereunder shall not excuse or affect the obligations of any other member thereof, and the closing of the purchases from such other members by the Company shall not excuse, or constitute a waiver of its rights against, the defaulting member.
5. Certain Limitations on the Company’s Obligations to Purchase Shares .
     5.1 Deferral of Purchases . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be obligated to purchase any Shares at any time pursuant to Section 4, regardless of whether it has delivered a Call Notice or received a Put Notice, (i) to the extent that the purchase of such Shares would result in (A) a violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, policy, order, writ, injunction, decree or judgment promulgated or entered by any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental authority applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their property or (B) after giving effect thereto, a Financing Default, (ii) if immediately prior to such purchase there exists a Financing Default which prohibits such purchase, or (iii) to the extent that there is a lack of available cash on hand of the Company and no cash is available to the Company. The Company shall, within fifteen (15) days of learning of any such fact, so notify Participant that it is not obligated to purchase hereunder.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.1, any Shares which Participant or Participant’s Family Group, as applicable, has elected to sell, but which in accordance with Section 5.1(a) is not purchased at the applicable time provided in Section 4.1, shall be purchased by the Company (x) by delivery of a promissory note for the applicable purchase price payable at such time as would not result in a Financing Default, bearing interest at the prime lending rate in effect as of the date of the exercise of the call right or at the applicable Applicable Federal Rate at such time, if greater; or (y) if purchase by delivery of a promissory note as described in clause (x) is not permitted due to the terms of any outstanding Company indebtedness, or otherwise, then, for the applicable purchase price (measured as of the actual purchase date) on or prior to the fifteenth (15 th ) day after such date or dates that the purchase of such Shares are no longer prohibited under Section 5.1(a) and the Company shall give Participant five (5) days’ prior notice of any such purchase.
          (c) Notwithstanding the anything herein to the contrary, (i) at any time during the 10 day period following the expiration of the 15 day period referred to in the last sentence of Section 5.1(a), Participant or Participant’s Family Group may withdraw the Shares subject to the

8


 

put option described in Section 4.1 or the call right in Section 4.2, as applicable, (ii) in the case of a previously exercised put option, the closing of such put transaction shall be suspended during such 10 day period and such transaction shall be cancelled if Participant or Participant’s Family Group withdraws the Shares and (iii) in the case of a previously exercised call right, such transaction shall be cancelled if the Participant or the Participant’s Family Group withdraws the Shares.
     5.2 Payment for Shares . If at any time the Company elects, or is required, to purchase any Shares pursuant to Section 4, unless otherwise provided for herein, the Company shall pay the purchase price for the Shares it purchases (i) first, by the cancellation of any indebtedness owing from Participant to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, and (ii) then, by the Company’s delivery of a check or wire transfer of immediately available funds for the remainder of the purchase price, if any, against delivery of the certificates or other instruments representing the Shares so purchased, duly endorsed.
     5.3 Repayment of Proceeds . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or the Participant engages in any Restrictive Covenant Violation, or the Company discovers after a termination of Employment that grounds for a termination with Cause existed at the time thereof, then Participant shall be required to pay to the Company, within 10 business days’ of the Company’s request to Participant therefor so long as such request is provided to Participant within the 18 months immediately following Participant’s cessation of employment (or in the case of a Restrictive Covenant Violation, 18 months from the Company’s actual knowledge of such Restrictive Covenant Violation), an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the aggregate after-tax proceeds (taking into account all amounts of tax that would be recoverable upon a claim of loss for payment of such proceeds in the year of repayment) Participant received upon the sale or other disposition of, or distributions in respect of, Shares over (B) the aggregate price paid by Participant for such Shares. Any reference in this Agreement to grounds existing for a termination with Cause shall be determined without regard to any notice period, cure period or other procedural delay or event required prior to finding of, or termination with, Cause. The foregoing remedy shall not be exclusive.
6. Miscellaneous.
     6.1 Transfers to Permitted Transferees . Prior to the transfer of Shares, to the extent permitted under the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, Participant shall deliver to the Company a written agreement of the proposed transferee (a) evidencing such person’s undertaking to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and (b) acknowledging that the Shares transferred to such person will continue to be Shares for purposes of this Agreement in the hands of such person. Any transfer or attempted transfer of Shares in violation of any provision of this Agreement or the Shareholders Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Shares as the owner of such Shares for any purpose.
     6.2 Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. Affecting Shares . The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to Shares, to any and all securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or

9


 

in substitution of the Shares, by reason of any dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, issuance of shares of Common Stock, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.
     6.3 Participant’s Employment by the Company . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to obligate the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to employ Participant in any capacity whatsoever or to prohibit or restrict the Company (or any such Subsidiary) from terminating the employment of Participant at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.
     6.4 Cooperation . Participant agrees to cooperate with the Company in taking action reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Merger.
     6.5 Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that no transferee shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has executed and delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement; and provided further that Blackstone is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement and shall have the right to enforce the provisions hereof.
     6.6 Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto. No waiver by any party hereto of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless set forth in a writing executed by the party so waiving.
     6.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.
     6.8 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered, telecopied (with confirmation of receipt), one day after deposit with a reputable overnight delivery service (charges prepaid) and three days after deposit in the U.S. Mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) to the address set forth below or such other address as the recipient party has previously delivered notice to the sending party.
          (a) If to the Company:
c/o Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269 USA
Fax +1.704.697.5122
Attention: Daniel L. Rikard

10


 

with a copy to:
c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P.
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
Attention: Chinh Chu
Fax: (212) 583-5722
and
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017-3954
Attn: Gregory Grogan
Fax: (212) 455-2502
          (b) If to the Participant, to the address as shown on the stock ledger of the Company.
     6.9 Integration . This Agreement and the documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, other than as specifically provided for herein.
     6.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     6.11 Injunctive Relief . Participant and any permitted transferee each acknowledges and agrees that a violation of any of the terms of this Agreement will cause the Company irreparable injury for which adequate remedy at law is not available. Accordingly, it is agreed that the Company shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or any state thereof, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or equity.
     6.12 Rights Cumulative; Waiver . The rights and remedies of Participant and the Company under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which either would otherwise have hereunder or at law or in equity or by statute, and no failure or delay by either party in exercising any right or remedy shall impair any such right or remedy or operate as a waiver of such right or remedy, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude such party’s other or further exercise or the exercise of any other power or right. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s

11


 

rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.
[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank .]
* * * * *
           This Management Equity Subscription Agreement between the Company and the Participant named on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto is dated and executed as of the date set forth on such Participant Master Signature Page.
* * * * *

12

Exhibit 10.13
[Final Draft]
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
2011 SCORPIO HOLDINGS CORPORATION STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
          THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) by and between Scorpio Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the individual named on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto (the “ Participant ”) is made as of the date set forth on such Participant Master Signature Page.
R E C I T A L S :
          WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Plan (as defined below), the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and
          WHEREAS, the Committee (as defined in the Plan) has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the Options (as defined below) provided for herein to the Participant pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1.  Definitions . Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.
          (a)  Cause: “Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any agreement which is an employment agreement and not a change in control severance compensation agreement, that is in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of Employment between the Participant and the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) the indictment or conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendre by, the Participant of either a (x) felony or (y) any crime or offense lesser than a felony involving moral turpitude or the property of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate; (ii) a breach of the Participant’s duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any act of dishonesty or fraud with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (iii) the Participant’s willful failure to perform duties which is not cured within 10 days following written notice or the Participant’s willful malfeasance or misconduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iv) the commission by the Participant of (x) a felony, (y) a crime involving moral turpitude or (z) other act or omission causing material harm (financial or otherwise) to the standing and reputation of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates; (v) the Participant’s reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs, the use of illegal drugs (whether or not at the workplace) or other repeated conduct causing the Company or any of its Subsidiaries substantial public disgrace or disrepute or economic harm; (vi) any act or omission aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the material disadvantage or

 


 

detriment of the Company and its Subsidiaries; or (vii) breach by the Participant of the material terms of any agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions thereof. In any event, the existence of “Cause” shall be determined by the Company, employing Subsidiary or Affiliate, and/or Committee.
          (b)  Date of Grant: The “Date of Grant” specified on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto.
          (c) Exit Option: An option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(c) of this Agreement.
          (d) Expiration Date: The tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.
          (e) Fiscal Year: Each fiscal year of the Company.
          (f) Good Reason: ”Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” or “Constructive Termination” (or any similar term) as such term may be defined in any agreement which is an employment agreement and not a change in control severance compensation agreement, that is in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of Employment between the Participant and the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Participant’s consent, (i) failure of the Company to pay compensation or benefits to the Participant when due; (ii) any reduction of the Participant’s annual rate of base salary (other than a reduction of Participant’s annual rate of base salary that is part of an across-the-board reduction of the base salaries of substantially all of the Company’s senior executives); or (iii) moving the Participant’s then-principal business location more than 75 miles; provided, however, that each of the events described in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) shall constitute Good Reason only if the Company fails to cure such event within 45 days after receipt from Participant of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided, further, that Good Reason shall cease to exist for an event on the 60 th day following the later of its occurrence or Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless Participant has given the Company written notice thereof prior to such date.
          (g) Merger: “Merger” shall mean the consummation of the merger contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 4, 2010 among Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P.
          (h) Option: Collectively, the Time Option, the Performance Option, and the Exit Option granted under this Agreement.
          (i) Performance Option: An option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.
          (j) Plan: The 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

2


 

          (k) Qualifying Termination: The termination of the Participant’s Employment (i) by the Company without Cause or as a result of Participant’s Disability, (ii) by the Participant for Good Reason or (iii) due to death of the Participant.
          (l) Shareholders Agreement: The Shareholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A attached hereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
          (m) Subscription Agreement: The Subscription Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B attached hereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
          (n) Time Option: An option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.
          (o) Vested Portion: At any time, the portion of an Option which has become vested, as described in Section 3 of this Agreement.
          2.  Grant of Options . The Company hereby grants to the Participant the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, all or any part of the number of Shares subject to the Time Option, the Performance Option, and the Exit Option as set forth on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. The exercise price per Share subject to the Option shall be the “Option Price” specified on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto. The Option is intended to be a nonqualified stock option, and is not intended to be treated as an option that complies with Section 422 of the Code.
  3.   Vesting of the Options; Expiration of Unvested Options .
          (a) Vesting of the Time Option.
          (i) In General . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the Time Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to such Time Option on each of the first five anniversaries of the Date of Grant.
          (ii) Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control during the Participant’s continued Employment the Time Option shall, to the extent not then vested or previously forfeited or cancelled, become fully vested and exercisable.
          (b) Vesting of the Performance Option.
          (i) In General . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the Performance Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the Performance Option on each of the first five anniversaries of March 31, 2011 (each such anniversary, a

3


 

Performance Option Vesting Date ”) if, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year ending immediately prior to the applicable Performance Option Vesting Date, the actual free cash flow for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, calculated in accordance with Appendix I hereto and as determined in good faith by the Committee following the completion of the Company’s annual audit (“ Actual FCF ”) equals or exceeds the free cash flow goal set forth on the Participant’s Master Signature Page hereto (the “ Annual FCF Goal ”) for such Fiscal Year.
          (ii) Catch-Up . Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date described below, if the portion of the Performance Option that is scheduled to vest in respect of a given Fiscal Year does not vest because Actual FCF did not equal or exceed the Annual FCF Goal in respect of such Fiscal Year pursuant to the terms of Section 3(b)(i) (any such Fiscal Year in respect of which no vesting occurs, a “ Missed Year ”), then the portion of the Performance Option that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the failure to achieve or exceed the Annual FCF Goal in such Missed Year shall, to the extent not then vested or previously forfeited or cancelled, nevertheless vest and become exercisable if , as of the last day of any Fiscal Year (including the Missed Year), the cumulative actual free cash flow for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year and all prior Fiscal Years since the first Fiscal Year specified on the Participant’s Master Signature Page, calculated in accordance with Appendix I hereto and as determined in good faith by the Committee following the completion of the Company’s annual audit (“ Actual Cumulative FCF” ) equals or exceeds the Cumulative FCF Goal set forth on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto (the “ Cumulative FCF Goal ”) in respect of such period; provided that the Cumulative FCF Goal for the next Fiscal Year shall be increased by the sum of (x) 10% per annum of any cumulative shortfall in Actual Cumulative FCF relative to Cumulative FCF Goal (prior to any adjustment for the 10% per annum charge) at the end of each Fiscal Year and (y) any prior shortfall charge (it being understood that any excess Actual Cumulative FCF at the end of any Fiscal Year shall be used to reduce such 10% per annum charge, if applicable).
          (iii) Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control that occurs prior to March 31, 2016 (and subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through such Change in Control), if (A) the consummation of such Change in Control results in an Exit Vesting Date (as defined below) and (B) actual cumulative free cash flow measured as of the Exit Vesting Date is equal to or greater than 90% of the sum of (1) the Cumulative FCF Goal for the Performance Vesting Date immediately prior to the Exit Vesting Date plus (2) a pro rata portion of the Annual FCF Goal for the Fiscal Year in which the Exit Vesting Date occurred, then the portion of the Performance Option which is not then vested and has not been previously forfeited or cancelled shall become fully vested and exercisable. If the consummation of such Change in Control does not result in an Exit Vesting Date, the Performance Option shall, to the extent not previously forfeited or cancelled, remain outstanding in accordance with its terms, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with Section 9(c) of the Plan.

4


 

          (iv) Adjustments . The Annual FCF Goals and the Cumulative Annual FCF Goals shall be adjusted in good faith by the Committee from time to time in accordance with Section 3(b)(ii), and to reflect acquisitions, divestitures and other similar corporate transactions that would affect the Annual FCF Goals and the Cumulative FCF Goals, in which case such adjusted Annual FCF Goals and the Cumulative FCF Goals shall be binding on the parties hereto.
          (c) Vesting of the Exit Option. Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the Exit Option shall vest on the date, if any, when the Sponsor shall have received cash proceeds in respect of its investment in the Company’s equity securities (excluding, for this purpose, any equity securities transferred by the Sponsor to any Person or group of Persons on or prior to the one year anniversary of the Closing Date in connection with the syndication of such equity securities) (i) aggregating in excess of 2.0 times the amount of its cumulative invested capital in the Company’s equity securities and (ii) resulting in an annual internal rate of return of at least 20% on its cumulative invested capital in the Company’s equity securities (such date, the “ Exit Vesting Date ”).
          (d) Termination of Employment. Except as otherwise provided for in this Section 3(d), if the Participant’s Employment terminates for any reason, the Option, to the extent not then vested and exercisable, shall be immediately canceled by the Company without consideration and the Vested Portion of an Option shall remain exercisable for the period set forth in Section 4(a). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Sections 3(a), 3(b), and 3(c), in the event of a Qualifying Termination, (w) the Participant, as of the date of such Qualifying Termination, shall be deemed vested in any portion of the Time Option that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following such Qualifying Termination, (x) any portion of the Time Option which remains unvested shall remain outstanding and vest if a Change in Control occurs within 90 days following such Qualifying Termination, (y) the Exit Option shall remain outstanding and vest if an Exit Vesting Date occurs within 12 months following such Qualifying Termination, and (z) the portion of the Performance Option that was, immediately prior to such Qualifying Termination, eligible to vest and become exercisable on the next Performance Option Vesting Date shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest in accordance with its terms on such Performance Option Vesting Date if the applicable Annual FCF Goal or Cumulative FCF Goal is achieved.
          (e) Complete Exit by Sponsor. The Exit Option, to the extent not then vested and exercisable, shall be immediately canceled by the Company without consideration at such time as the Sponsor shall cease to have an investment in the Company’s equity securities.
          4. Exercise of Options .
          (a) Period of Exercise . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the Vested Portion of an Option at any time prior to the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s Employment terminates prior to the Expiration Date, the Vested Portion of an Option shall remain exercisable for the period set forth below:

5


 

          (i) Death or Disability . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated due to the Participant’s death or Disability, (A) the Participant may exercise the Vested Portion of an Option that became vested on or prior to the date of termination for a period ending on the earlier of (x) one year following such termination of Employment and (y) the Expiration Date and (B) the Participant may exercise the Vested Portion of an Option that became vested after the date of termination for a period ending on the earlier of (x) one year following the date such Option became a Vested Portion and (y) the Expiration Date.
          (ii) Termination by the Company Other than for Cause, and Other than Due to Death or Disability; Termination by the Participant for Good Reason . If (1) the Participant’s Employment is terminated by the Company not for Cause and not due to the Participant’s death or Disability or (2) the Participant’s Employment is terminated by the Participant for Good Reason, (A) the Participant may exercise the Vested Portion of an Option that became vested on or prior to the date of termination for a period ending on the earlier of (x) 90 days following such termination of Employment and (y) the Expiration Date and (B) the Participant may exercise the Vested Portion of an Option that became vested after the date of termination for a period ending on the earlier of (x) 90 days following the date such Option became a Vested Portion, and (y) the Expiration Date;
          (iii) Termination by the Participant without Good Reason . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated by the Participant without Good Reason the Participant may exercise the Vested Portion of an Option that became vested on or prior to the date of termination for a period ending on the earlier of (A) 10 days following such termination of Employment and (B) the Expiration Date; and
          (iv) Termination by the Company for Cause; Restricted Activity . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or the Participant violates any provision of Section 5 of this Agreement, or any similar provision contained in any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Vested Portion of an Option shall immediately terminate in full and cease to be exercisable.
          (b) Method of Exercise.
          (i) Subject to Section 4(a) of this Agreement and Section 6(c) of the Plan, the Vested Portion of an Option may be exercised by delivering to the Company at its principal office written notice of intent to so exercise; provided that, the Option may be exercised with respect to whole Shares only. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price. The payment of the Option Price may be made at the election of the Participant (i) in cash or its equivalent ( e.g ., by check or, if permitted by the Committee, a full-recourse promissory note), (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, in Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased and satisfying such other requirements as may be imposed by the Committee; provided, that such Shares have been held by the Participant for any

6


 

period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying generally accepted accounting principles, (iii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, partly in cash and partly in such Shares, (iv) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, to the extent permitted by the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Shares obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate option price for the Shares being purchased, or (v) to the extent permitted by the Committee, using a net settlement mechanism whereby the number of Shares delivered upon the exercise of the Option will be reduced by a number of Shares that has a Fair Market Value equal to the Option Price. The Participant shall not have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise of the Option, paid in full for such Shares and, if applicable, has satisfied any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.
          (ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, absent an available exemption to registration or qualification, an Option may not be exercised prior to the completion of any registration or qualification of an Option or the Shares under applicable state and federal securities or other laws, or under any ruling or regulation of any governmental body or national securities exchange that the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine to be necessary or advisable; provided, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such actions as are necessary and appropriate to register or qualify the Shares subject to the Option so it may be exercised.
          (iii) Upon the Company’s determination that an Option has been validly exercised as to any of the Shares, the Company may issue certificates in the Participant’s name for such Shares. However, the Company shall not be liable to the Participant for damages relating to any delays in issuing the certificates to the Participant, any loss by the Participant of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the certificates or in the certificates themselves.
          (iv) In the event of the Participant’s death, the Vested Portion of an Option shall remain exercisable by the Participant’s executor or administrator, or the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under this Agreement shall pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution as the case may be, to the extent set forth in Section 4(a) of this Agreement. Any heir or legatee of the Participant shall take rights herein granted subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
          (v) As a condition to the exercise of any Option evidenced by this Agreement, the Participant shall execute the Shareholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement (provided that, if the Participant is already a party to the Shareholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement, then the Shares acquired under the Option shall automatically become subject to such agreements without any further action).

7


 

          5.  Confidential Information; Post-Employment Obligations .
          (a) This Agreement . The terms of this Agreement constitute confidential information, which Participant shall not disclose to anyone other than Participant’s spouse, attorneys, tax advisors, or as required by law. Parent and the Company may disclose the terms of this Agreement subject to applicable law.
          (b) Company Property . All written materials, records, data, and other documents prepared or possessed by Participant during Participant’s Employment are the Company’s property. All memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, drawings, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, maps, and all other documents, data, or materials of any type embodying such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions are the Company’s property.
          (i) All information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions that are conceived, made, developed, or acquired by Participant individually or in conjunction with others during Participant’s Employment (whether during business hours and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise) which relate to the Company’s business, products, or services are the Company’s property. Participant agrees to make prompt and full disclosure to the Company or its subsidiaries, as the case may be, of all ideas, discoveries, trade secrets, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods of doing business, processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, data, software, firmware, logos and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice) that relate to the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future products or services and that are conceived, developed, acquired, contributed to, made, or reduced to practice by Participant (either solely or jointly with others) during Participant’s Employment and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (collectively, “Work Product”). Any copyrightable work falling within the definition of Work Product shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws of the United States, and ownership of all rights therein shall vest in the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries. To the extent that any Work Product is not deemed to be a “work made for hire,” Participant hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company or such subsidiary all right, title and interest, including without limitation, the intellectual property rights that Participant may have in and to such Work Product. Participant shall promptly perform all actions reasonably requested by the Committee (whether during or after the employment period) to establish and confirm the Company’s or such subsidiary’s ownership (including, without limitation, providing testimony and executing assignments, consents, powers of attorney, and other instruments).
          (ii) At the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason, Participant shall return all of the Company’s property to the Company.
          (c) Confidential Information: Non-Disclosure. Participant acknowledges that the business of the Company and its subsidiaries is highly competitive and that the Company has provided and will provide Participant with access to Confidential Information relating to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries. “Confidential Information” means and includes the

8


 

Company’s confidential and/or proprietary information and/or trade secrets that have been developed or used and/or will be developed and that cannot be obtained readily by third parties from outside sources. Confidential Information includes, by way of example and without limitation, the following: information regarding customers, employees, contractors, and the industry not generally known to the public; strategies, methods, books, records, and documents; technical information concerning products, equipment, services, and processes; procurement procedures and pricing techniques; the names of and other information concerning customers, investors, and business affiliates (such as contact name, service provided, pricing for that customer, amount of services used, credit and financial data, and/or other information relating to the Company’s relationship with that customer); pricing strategies and price curves; plans and strategies for expansion or acquisitions; budgets; customer lists; research; weather data; financial and sales data; trading terms; evaluations, opinions, and interpretations of information and data; marketing and merchandising techniques; prospective customers’ names and marks; grids and maps; electronic databases; models; specifications; computer programs; internal business records; contracts benefiting or obligating the Company; bids or proposals submitted to any third party; technologies and methods; training methods and training processes; organizational structure; salaries of personnel; payment amounts or rates paid to consultants or other service providers; and other such confidential or proprietary information. Participant acknowledges that this Confidential Information constitutes a valuable, special, and unique asset used by the Company or its subsidiaries in their business to obtain a competitive advantage over their competitors. Participant further acknowledges that protection of such Confidential Information against unauthorized disclosure and use is of critical importance to the Company and its subsidiaries in maintaining their competitive position.
          (i) Participant also will have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as actual and potential customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, investors, financing sources and the like, of the Company and its subsidiaries.
          (ii) Participant agrees that Participant will not, at any time during or after Participant’s employment with the Company, make any unauthorized disclosure of any Confidential Information of the Company or its subsidiaries, or make any use thereof, except in the carrying out responsibilities related to Participant’s Employment. Participant also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of third party Confidential Information to the same extent, and on the same basis, as the Company’s Confidential Information.
          (d) Non-Competition Obligations. Participant acknowledges that the Company is providing Participant with access to Confidential Information. Participant’s non-competition obligations are ancillary to the Participant’s Employment, this agreement and agreement to disclose Confidential Information to Participant. In order to protect the Confidential Information described above, and in consideration for Participant’s receiving access to this Confidential Information, right to benefits upon certain terminations of Employment as provided in Section 3, and receiving other benefits provided in this Agreement and elsewhere, the Company and Participant agree to the following non-competition provisions:

9


 

          (i) During Participant’s employment and during the twelve (12) month period (the “ Restricted Period ”) following Participant’s date of termination of Employment for any reason (or such longer period as Participant is eligible to receive severance payments pursuant to any other written agreement with the Company or its Affiliates), Participant will not, in any geographic area where the Company or its subsidiaries engage or plan to engage in business directly or indirectly, either on Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person, association or entity:
     (A) engage in any business competing with any businesses in which the Company or its subsidiaries currently engage in business, has plans to engage in business, or has engaged in business in the 12-month period preceding the date of termination (a “Competing Business”);
     (B) perform any job, task, function, skill, or responsibility for a Competing Business that Participant has provided for the Company in the 12-month period preceding the date of termination; or
     (C) render advice or services to, or otherwise assist, any other person, association or entity in the business of “A” or “B” above.
          (ii) Participant understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Participant’s ability to engage in certain businesses and during the period provided for above, but acknowledges that these restrictions are necessary to protect the Confidential Information the Company has provided to Participant.
          (iii) Participant agrees that this provision defining the scope of activities constituting competition with the Company is narrow and reasonable for the following reasons: (i) Participant is free to seek employment with other companies providing services that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) Participant is free to seek employment with other companies that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of the Company or its subsidiaries; and (iii) there are many other companies that do not directly or indirectly compete with any business of the Company or its subsidiaries. Thus, this restriction on Participant’s ability to compete does not prevent Participant from using and offering the skills that Participant possessed prior to receiving Confidential Information, specialized training, and knowledge from the Company.
          (e) Non-Solicitation of Customers. During Participant’s Employment and during the Restricted Period following the termination of such Employment for any reason, Participant will not call on, service, or solicit competing business from customers of the Company or its subsidiaries whom the Participant, within the twenty-four (24) months prior to termination of employment, (i) had or made contact with, or (ii) had access to information and files about. These restrictions are limited by geography to the specific places, addresses, or locations where a customer is present and available for soliciting or servicing.
          (f) Non-Solicitation of Employees. During Participant’s employment and during the Restricted Period following the termination of such Employment for any reason, Participant .

10


 

will not, either directly or indirectly, call on, solicit, or induce any other employee or officer of the Company or its affiliates whom Participant had contact with, knowledge of, or association with in the course of employment with the Company to terminate his or her employment, and will not assist any other person or entity in such a solicitation.
          6.  Repayment of Proceeds . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or the Participant violates any provision of Section 5 of this Agreement, or any similar provision contained in any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, or the Company discovers after a termination of Employment that grounds for a termination with Cause existed at the time thereof, then Participant shall be required to pay to the Company, within 10 business days’ of the Company’s request to the Participant therefor so long as such request is provided to the Participant within the 18 months immediately following the Participant’s termination of Employment (or in the case of a Restrictive Covenant Violation, 18 months from the date of the Company’s actual knowledge of such Restrictive Covenant Violation), an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the aggregate after-tax proceeds (taking into account all amounts of tax that would be recoverable upon a claim of loss for payment of such proceeds in the year of repayment) Participant received upon the sale or other disposition of, or distributions in respect of, Shares acquired under any Option over (B) the aggregate price paid by Participant for such Shares. Any reference in this Agreement to grounds existing for a termination with Cause shall be determined without regard to any notice period, cure period or other procedural delay or event required prior to finding of, or termination for, Cause. The foregoing remedy shall not be exclusive.
          7.  No Right to Continued Employment . Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or any Affiliate may at any time dismiss the Participant or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.
          8.  Legend on Certificates . The certificates representing the Shares purchased by exercise of an Option shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares are listed or quoted or market to which the Shares are admitted for trading and, any applicable federal or state or any other applicable laws and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
          9.  Transferability . An Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. No such permitted transfer of an Option to heirs or legatees of the Participant shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as

11


 

the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions thereof. During the Participant’s lifetime, an Option is exercisable only by the Participant.
          10.  Withholding . The Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or its Affiliates shall have the right and are authorized to withhold any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Option, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under or with respect to an Option and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.
          11.  Securities Laws . Upon the acquisition of any Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.
          12.  Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Chief Financial Officer and a copy to the General Counsel, each copy addressed to the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company for the Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.
          13.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws.
          14.  Option Subject to Plan, Shareholders Agreement and Subscription Agreement . By entering into this Agreement the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan, the Shareholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement. The Options and the Shares received upon exercise of an Option are subject to the Plan, the Shareholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement. The terms and provisions of the Plan, the Shareholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement, as each may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the Shareholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan, the Shareholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement will govern and prevail. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision of the Plan and any term or provision of the Shareholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Shareholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, as applicable, will govern and prevail.
          15.  Amendment . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate this Agreement, but no such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination shall materially diminish the rights of the Participant hereunder without the consent of the Participant unless such action is made in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

12


 

          16.  Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, provided that if the Company or its Affiliates is a party to one or more agreements with Executive related to the matters subject to Section 5, such other agreements shall remain in full force and effect and continue in addition to this Agreement. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, other than as specifically provided for herein.
          17.  Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank .]
* * * * *
           This Option Agreement between the Company and the Participant named on the Participant Master Signature Page hereto is dated and executed as of the date set forth on such Participant Master Signature Page.
* * * * *

13


 

Appendix I
Calculation of Free Cash Flow
For the purpose of determining whether any Annual FCF Goal or Cumulative FCF Goal has been achieved, “ Free Cash Flow ” shall be equal to Management EBITDA: (1) minus capital expenditures; (2) minus capitalized IT costs and (3) minus restructuring and integration cash payments.
The Committee shall, fairly and appropriately, adjust the calculation of Free Cash Flow to reflect, to the extent not contemplated in establishment of the Annual FCF Goals and Cumulative FCF Goals as of the date hereof, acquisitions, divestitures, and any changes in generally accepted accounting principles. The Committee’s determination of such adjustment shall be based on the Company’s accounting as set forth in its books and records and on the financial plan of the Company pursuant to which the Annual FCF Goals and Cumulative FCF Goals were originally established.
Management EBITDA ” shall mean net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. (“ Net Income ”), as disclosed in accordance with GAAP or IFRS as applicable:
     (a) increased by the sum of the following amounts, to the extent decreasing Net Income, without duplication:
     (i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and foreign withholding taxes; plus
     (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense as defined in the Credit Agreement; plus
     (iii) depreciation and amortization expense; plus
     (iv) non-cash charges relating to impairment of assets; plus
     (v) non-cash compensation expenses; plus
     (vi) restructuring and integration costs; plus
     (vii) management, monitoring and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued under the Sponsor Management Agreements; plus
     (viii) fees and expenses directly related to evaluation of potential acquisitions, mergers or consolidation; plus
     (ix) non-cash litigation charges to reserve for future liabilities; plus
     (x) factoring fees; plus

14


 

     (xi) lease expense associated with the GE Lease as defined in the Credit Agreement;
     (b) decreased by non-cash gains, to the extent increasing Net Income, without duplication, excluding reversals of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that previously reduced Net Income;
     (c) increased or decreased by, to the extent decreasing or increasing Net Income, without duplication:
     (i) net unrealized gains or losses (after any offset) resulting in such period from hedging obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging;
     (ii) net non-operating gains or losses attributable to currency translation and financing transactions;
     (iii) net gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions;
     (iv) increases or decreases resulting from adjustments to the tax indemnity asset;
     (v) increases or decreases resulting from the impact of purchase accounting adjustments; and
     (vi) other items included in special charges, net or other non-operating items included in other expense (income), as reported on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations in public filings;
     (d) decreased by, to the extent increasing Net Income, without duplication, any net licensing profits earned by the Company related to its nanotechnology IP or related technologies; and
     (e) increased for the 2011 fiscal year only, to the extent decreasing Net Income, to account for the flood at the Cali, Columbia facility, the amount equal to the difference between $21.8 mm and the actual EBITDA of the Cali, Columbia facility for the 2011 fiscal year.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the credit agreement entered into by the Company, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, and the lenders identified therein, dated on or about January 28, 2010.

15


 

Exhibit A
Shareholders Agreement

(Distributed Separately)

 


 

Exhibit B
Subscription Agreement

(Distributed Separately)

 

Exhibit 10.14
AMENDED AND RESTATED
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
1.0 Establishment, Objectives, and Duration
     1.1 Establishment of the Plan . Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ PGI ” or the “ Company ”), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan to be known as the “Polymer Group, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan” (the “ Plan ”), as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time. The Plan shall become effective as of the date the Company’s shareholders first approve the Plan (the “ Effective Date ”), and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 hereof.
     1.2 Plan Objectives .
     1.2.1 To provide annual incentive compensation to key employees of the Company and its operating units by directly linking financial rewards to corporate performance and increases in shareholder value.
     1.2.2 To provide competitive levels of compensation to enable the Company to attract and retain employees who are expected to be able to exert a positive impact on the Company’s financial results.
     1.2.3 To encourage global teamwork and cooperation in the achievement of Company goals.
     1.3 Duration of the Plan . The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Committee to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article 10 hereof.
2.0 Definitions
     2.1 “ Award ” means an award described in Article 5 hereof.
     2.2 “ Award Pool ” means, with respect to a Plan Year, an amount determined by the Board.
     2.3 “ Board ” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.4 “ Cause ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) conviction of a felony or any crime or offense lesser than a felony involving the property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) a breach of Employee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iii) the commission by Employee of a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or other act or omission causing material harm to the standing and reputation of the Company and its Subsidiaries; or (iv) reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs, the use of illegal drugs (whether or not at the workplace) or other repeated conduct causing the Company or any of its Subsidiaries substantial public disgrace or disrepute or economic harm; or (v) any act or omission aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the material disadvantage or detriment of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
     2.5 “ Change of Control ” means (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as a whole, to any Person or Group other than the Sponsor or (ii) any Person or Group, other than the Sponsor, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting equity of the Company, including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise and the Sponsor ceases to directly or indirectly control the Board.
     2.6 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     2.7 “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan and Awards to Participants hereunder, as specified in Article 3 hereof, or if no such committee has been so appointed, the Board.
     2.8 “ Company ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.1 hereof.
     2.9 “ Director ” means any individual who is a member of the Board.

 


 

     2.10 “ Effective Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.1 hereof.
     2.11 “ Employee ” means any employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary.
     2.12 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.
     2.13 “ Group ” means a “group” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.
     2.14 “ Named Executive Officers ” means the Chief Executive Officer and the four most highly compensated executive officers of the Company other than the Chief Executive Officer as determined by the Company for purposes of Item 402 of Regulation SK.
     2.15 “ Participant ” means a key Employee who has been selected to receive an Award or who holds an outstanding Award.
     2.16 “ Payment Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.4.4 hereof.
     2.17 “ Performance-Based Exception ” means the performance-based exception from the tax deductibility limitation imposed by Code Section 162(m), as set forth in Code Section 162(m)(4)(C).
     2.18 “ Person ” means a “person”, as such term is used for purposes of the Exchange Act.
     2.19 “ Plan ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.1 hereof.
     2.20 “ Plan Year ” means the Company’s fiscal year.
     2.21 “ Public Trading Date ” means the first date upon which shares of common stock of the Company are listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any national securities exchange.
     2. 22 “ Sponsor ” means Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates.
     2.23 “ Subsidiary ” means (a) a corporation, partnership, joint venture, or other entity in which the Company has an ownership interest of at least fifty percent (50%), and (b) a corporation, partnership, joint venture, or other entity in which the Company holds an ownership interest, where the ownership interest is less than fifty percent (50%), but which, in the discretion of the Committee, is treated as a Subsidiary for purposes of the Plan.
3.0 Administration
     3.1 General . Except as otherwise determined by the Board in its discretion, the Plan shall be administered by the Board, which may delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to the Committee, provided that from and after the Public Trading Date the Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall consist exclusively of two (2) or more non-employee directors within the meaning of the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act who also qualify as outside directors within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the related regulations under the Code. The members of the Committee, if any, shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board.
     3.2 Authority of the Committee . Except as limited by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, and subject to the provisions hereof, the Committee in its discretion shall select the key Employees who participate in the Plan; determine the sizes and types of Awards; determine the terms and conditions of Awards in a manner consistent with the Plan; construe and interpret the Plan and any Award, document, or instrument issued under the Plan; establish, amend, or waive rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration; and (subject to the provisions of Article 10 hereof) amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award as provided in the Plan. Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Subject to Sections 4.3 and 5.1 hereof, the Committee shall have the authority to delegate administrative duties to officers of the Company.
     3.3 Decisions Binding . All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders and resolutions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and

 


 

binding on all persons, including the Company, its shareholders, Directors, Employees, Participants, and their estates and beneficiaries.
     3.4 Performance-Based Awards . For purposes of the Plan, following the Public Trading Date, it shall be presumed that all Awards are intended to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception.
4.0 Eligibility and Participation
     4.1 Eligibility . All Employees are eligible to participate in the Plan.
     4.2 Actual Participation . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all eligible Employees those to whom awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. In general, officers of the Company, division general managers, and certain other key individuals may actually participate in the Plan. However, actual participation will depend upon the contribution and impact each eligible Employee has on the overall success of the Company, as approved by the Committee.
     4.3 Nomination and Approval . The Committee shall determine the Named Executive Officers’ eligibility and participation under the Plan. For eligible Employees other than the Named Executive Officers, operating/business unit executives will nominate Employees to participate in the Plan. The Committee may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to approve eligibility and participation for individuals other than the Named Executive Officers. Selection normally will take place, and will be communicated to each Participant, within 90 days of the beginning of the Plan Year.
5.0 Awards.
     5.1 Grant of Awards . All Awards under the Plan shall be granted upon terms approved by the Committee. However, no Award shall be inconsistent with the terms of the Plan or fail to satisfy the requirements of applicable law. Each Award shall relate to a designated Plan Year. The Committee may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer the authority determine Awards for individuals, provided that after the Public Trading Date, the Committee shall determine Awards for the Named Executive Officers.
     5.2 Award Pool Limitation . The sum of the Awards for a single Plan Year shall not exceed the amount in the Award Pool for that Plan Year.
     5.3 Participant Target Awards . Each Participant will have an established target Award expressed as a percentage of his/her fiscal year base salary earned. A Participant may earn an Award of more or less than the target down to a low of zero and up to a maximum of two times target. The total amount of the maximum Awards for any Plan Year shall not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the Award Pool for that Plan Year.
     5.4 Payment .
     5.4.1 Subject to Article 6 hereof, a Participant shall have no right to receive an Award payment for a Plan Year unless the Participant is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary at all times during the Plan Year and on the date of payment. In addition, only those Participants who are Employees as of the Payment Date shall be eligible to receive an Award.
     5.4.2 Notwithstanding the achievement of the targets contained in any Award, the Committee may, in its discretion, authorize payment to a Participant of less than the Participant’s otherwise earned Award and may provide that a Participant shall not receive any payment with respect to an otherwise earned Award. In exercising its discretion, the Committee shall take into account such factors as it considers appropriate. The Committee’s decision shall be final and binding upon any person claiming a right to a payment under the Plan.
     5.4.3 All Awards will be paid in cash; provided, the Committee may offer Participants the opportunity to voluntarily accept alternative forms of payment, including without limitation, equity-based awards granted under the 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan.
     5.4.4 Payments shall be made on a date prescribed by the Committee following an audit of the Company’s year end financial results (the “ Payment Date ”).

 


 

     5.4.5 Awards made under the Plan may be includable in the Participant’s compensation for purposes of the Company’s 401(k) retirement savings plan(s) subject to overall plan rules and regulatory limits.
     5.4.6 The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or to require a Participant to remit to the Company or to a Subsidiary, an amount that the Company or a Subsidiary reasonably determines to be required to comply with federal, state, local, or foreign tax withholding requirements.
6.0 Changes in Status.
     6.1 New Hires and Transfers . Participants newly hired during the Plan Year and Participants transferred, promoted, or reassigned during the Plan Year to a position qualifying for participation or to a position resulting in a change in the level of participation may receive a pro-rata Award based on the percentage of the Plan Year the employee is in each qualifying position. In such a circumstance, the Employee will be notified by the Committee at the time of hire or reassignment of the eligibility for potentially receiving an Award.
     6.2 Resignation . An employee who resigns during the Plan Year or subsequent to the end of the Plan Year but prior to the Payment Date shall not be eligible for an Award.
     6.3 Death, Disability, or Retirement . Participants whose employment terminates subsequent to the end of a Plan Year shall be eligible for the entire Award earned in the completed Plan Year if the termination was due to death, disability, or retirement.
     6.4 Leave of Absence . A Participant whose status as an active Employee is changed during a Plan Year as a result of an approved leave of absence may be eligible for a pro-rata Award based on the number of full months of service he or she worked in the year that the leave of absence occurred.
     6.5 Discharge for Cause . A Participant discharged for Cause during the Plan Year or subsequent to the Plan Year but prior to the Payment Date shall not be eligible for an Award.
7.0 Beneficiary Designation.
     Each Participant may name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under this Plan is to be paid in case of the Participant’s death. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the Participant, shall be in the form prescribed by the Company, and shall be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during his or her lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.
8.0 No Right to Employment or Participation .
     The Plan shall not interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or of any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time, and the Plan shall not confer upon any Participant the right to continue in the employ of the Company or of any Subsidiary. Further, no Employee shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.
9.0 Change of Control.
     9.1 Outstanding Awards . Notwithstanding any contrary terms, conditions, or provisions of the Plan or any Award, upon a Change in Control, all then-outstanding Awards (determined on the basis of the assumption that the relevant performance targets have been achieved) under the Plan shall become immediately nonforfeitable and payable at the normal payment date established by the Committee before the Change in Control and any provision requiring a Participant to be employed on the Payment Date in order to receive an Award shall be waived, other than that related to a termination for Cause. If the Participant’s Award is based on a performance percentage, his or her Award for the Plan Year in which a Change in Control occurs shall be determined by using a performance percentage that is not less than the Participant’s target percentage under the Plan for that Plan Year. If the Participant’s Award is based on a performance percentage, his or her Award for any earlier Plan Year for which the Participant’s Award has not been finally determined at the time the Change in Control occurs, shall be determined by using a

 


 

performance percentage that is not less than the Participant’s target percentage under the Plan for that earlier Plan Year. If the Participant is involuntarily terminated without Cause following a Change of Control, he or she shall be entitled to receive a pro-rated Award under this Section 9.1 based on the number of full months of service he or she worked in the year that the Change in Control occurred.
     9.2 Modification of Awards . Upon the occurrence of, or after, a Change in Control, the Committee may not under any circumstances change any determination of the basis on which any previously granted Awards shall be measured or paid or change any other terms, conditions or provisions affecting any previously granted Awards, if the change would reduce or adversely affect the previously granted Award or the Participant’s rights thereto.
     9.3 Award Terms and Conditions . Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.1 and 9.2 hereof, the Committee may, in its discretion, include in an Award provisions that the Committee considers to be appropriate to assure fair and equitable treatment of the Participant or a beneficiary in the event of a Change in Control, including, but not limited to, provisions that: (i) accelerate the time period for purposes of vesting in, or realizing gain from, any Award and (ii) make adjustments or modifications to an Award that the Committee deems appropriate to maintain and protect the rights and interests of the Participant or a beneficiary following a Change in Control. Any such action by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on the Company, Participants, beneficiaries, and all other parties.
10.0 Amendment, Modification, and Termination.
     10.1 Amendment, Modification, and Termination . Subject to the other terms of the Plan, including Article 9, the Committee may at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided that unless the Committee specifically provides otherwise, any revision or amendment that would cause the Plan to fail to comply with any requirement of applicable law, regulation, or rule if such amendment were not approved by the shareholders of the Company shall not be effective unless and until shareholder approval is obtained.
     10.2 Certain Unusual or Non-Recurring Events . The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan; provided that following the Public Trading Date, the Committee shall not be authorized to adjust an Award that the Committee intends to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception if such adjustment (or the authority to make such adjustment) would prevent the Award from qualifying for the Performance-Based Exception.
     10.3 Awards Previously Granted . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall cause any previously granted Awards to be forfeited. After the termination of the Plan, any previously granted Award shall remain in effect and shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Plan and the Award.
11.0 Successors.
     All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
12.0 Miscellaneous
     12.1 Expenses of the Plan . The expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.
     12.2 Severability . If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
     12.3 Requirements of Law . The granting of Awards under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.
     12.4 Governing Law . The Plan and all Awards shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to the legislative or judicial conflict of laws rules of any state), except to the extent superseded by federal law.

 

Exhibit 10.16
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
TO EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT
          This AMENDMENT AND WAIVER, dated as of January 19, 2011 (this “ Amendment and Waiver ”), to the Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Equipment Lease Agreement ”), between CHICOPEE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Lessee ” or the “ Company ”) and GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Lessor ”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
          WHEREAS, the Company has requested certain amendments and waivers to the Equipment Lease Agreement;
          WHEREAS, the Company has requested to terminate the Letter of Understanding; and
          WHEREAS, the Lessor is willing to consent to the requested amendments and waivers and hereby terminate the Letter of Understanding on the terms and conditions contained herein;
          NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1.  Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Equipment Lease Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Equipment Lease Agreement.
          2.  Amendments to Equipment Lease Agreement . The Equipment Lease Agreement is hereby amended by:
          (a) deleting the first sentence of Section 17(b)(viii) in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“Lessee shall (i) maintain at all times from the date hereof through the Basic Term Commencement Date each Acceptable Letter of Credit for the benefit of Lessor required to be delivered to Lessor on or prior to the date of the initial Advance and (ii) maintain at all times from the date of initial issuance thereof until the date occurring five years thereafter, each Supplemental Letter of Credit, in each case in order to secure the Lessee’s obligations under this Agreement.”
          (b) deleting Section 12(a)(xi) in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“(xi) (A) any dissolution, termination of existence, merger or consolidation of the Lessee or any Guarantor (other than the merger of PGI as contemplated by the Transactions (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined after giving effect to the Amendment and Waiver))); provided that (1) the Lessee or any Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into the Lessee or any Guarantor

 


 

if immediately before and after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, no Default exists or would result therefrom and (2) (A) so long as after giving effect to such merger or consolidation there is no Change of Control (without giving effect to the proviso in the definition thereof) and (B) immediately before and after giving effect to any merger or consolidation described in this proviso, no Default exists or would result therefrom, (I) the Lessee or any Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into any other direct or indirect wholly-owned U.S. domestic Subsidiary of any Guarantor and (II) the Lessee or any Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into any other Person provided that any merger or consolidation permitted by clause (I) or (II) above shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions: (i) the surviving entity shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (ii) the surviving entity is engaged in Similar Business, (iii) the surviving entity shall, as applicable, expressly assume all the obligations of the Lessee under this Agreement and the other Operative Documents to which the Lessee is a party or all obligations of such Guarantor under the Guaranty and the other Operative Documents to which such Guarantor is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, (iv) such merger or consolidation complies with Applicable Laws in all material respects, (v) after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, PGI is in compliance (on a pro forma basis) with the financial covenants set forth in Appendix II of this Agreement, (vi) the Lessor shall have received a reaffirmation of guaranty duly executed by each Guarantor confirming that its guaranty continues to apply to the Lessee’s or its surviving entity’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Operative Documents, (vii) the Lessee shall have delivered to Lessor an Officer’s Certificate, and, with respect to any merger or consolidation described in clause (II) above, an opinion of counsel, in each case stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Guaranty comply with this Agreement (except that such opinion of counsel will not cover compliance with clauses (iv) and (v) above) and (viii) the Lessee shall have delivered to Lessor an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the representations and warranties of such entity set forth in this Agreement and each other Operative Document to which it is a party are true and correct on and as of the date of such merger or consolidation (or to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date such representations and warranties are true and correct as of such earlier date);
(B) any Change of Control has occurred; or
(C) either the Lessee or any Guarantor sells or leases all, or substantially all, of its assets to any Person, other than Blackstone.”
          3.  Amendments to Appendix I . Appendix I of the Equipment Lease Agreement is hereby amended by:
(a) deleting the last sentence of the definition of “Affiliate”.
(b) deleting the definition of “Credit Agreement” in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

- 2 -


 

           “Credit Agreement” shall mean the Credit Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined therein) among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (to be merged with and into PGI), as the lead borrower, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the other agents listed therein and each lender from time to time party thereto. References to the Credit Agreement or any terms defined therein shall mean the Credit Agreement as in effect as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date without regard to any subsequent amendments, supplements or modifications thereto.
          (c) amending the definition of “Documents” to delete the words “the Letter of Understanding”.
          (d) deleting the definition of “Letter of Understanding” in its entirety.
          (e) deleting the definition of “MattlinPatterson” in its entirety.
          (f) amending the definition of “Operative Documents” to delete the words “the Letter of Understanding”.
          (g) amending the definition of “Permitted Liens” to delete the word “and” before clause (vii) thereof and adding the following new clause (viii):
          “and (viii) any Liens with respect to the Site or the Facility permitted under the Credit Agreement or the Indenture (as defined in Appendix II hereto) provided that a SNDA is duly executed by each mortgagee of the Site.
(h) adding the following new definitions, to appear in proper alphabetical order:
           “Amendment and Waiver” shall mean the Amendment and Waiver, dated as of January 19, 2011, to the Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) between the Company and the Lessor.
           “Amendment and Waiver Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 7 of the Amendment and Waiver.
           “Blackstone” means Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by them or any of their Affiliates, but not including any of their portfolio companies.
           “Change of Control” means (a) prior to any initial public offering of Lessee or any Guarantor (or any newly-formed Affiliate of any Guarantor formed to be the issuer in such initial public offering), Blackstone ceases to own, directly or indirectly, on a fully-diluted basis, more than 50% of the aggregate shares of voting stock of PGI and (b) after any initial public offering of Lessee or any Guarantor (or any newly-formed Affiliate of any Guarantor formed to be the issuer in such initial public offering), Blackstone ceases to own, directly or indirectly, on a fully-diluted basis, more than 30% of the aggregate shares of voting stock of PGI and, no other Person or group of Persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) own, directly or indirectly, on a fully-diluted basis, more than the aggregate shares of voting stock of PGI then held by Blackstone; provided

- 3 -


 

however , that a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred following an event described in clause (b) of this definition if, within ten (10) Business Days following the occurrence of such event, Lessee (1) delivers to Lessor a new Supplemental Letter of Credit (which letter of credit shall be in addition to any existing letters of credit that have been issued to Lessor on behalf of Lessee and remain in full force and effect) or (2) elects to have the definition of Total Leverage Ratio set forth on Appendix II to this Agreement automatically amended as of such date of election (without any further action by Lessee or Lessor) to read as follows:
Total Leverage Ratio . The Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI for which financial statements are available shall not exceed for the fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to the date of the event described in clause (b) of the definition of Change of Control (the Total Leverage Ratio for such fiscal quarter being calculated on a pro forma basis to reflect such Change of Control) and for each fiscal quarter thereafter, 3.50 to 1.00.”
           “Indenture” means the Indenture, to be dated as of the Issue Date (as defined therein), between PGI (as survivor of the merger with Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation), the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, together with the initial Supplemental Indenture executed following the Issue Date (as defined therein). References to the Indenture or any terms defined therein shall mean the Indenture as in effect as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date without regard to any subsequent amendments, supplements or modifications thereto.
          ” Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Lessee, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business that is similar, related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto.
           “Supplemental Letter of Credit” means an Acceptable Letter of Credit issued to Lessor on behalf of the Lessee having as of the date of issuance a stated amount of not less than $2,500,000.
          4.  Amendment to Appendix II . Appendix II is hereby amended by deleting Appendix II in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the new Appendix II attached as Exhibit A hereto.
          5.  Waivers .
          (a) The Lessor hereby agrees that the Transactions (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment and Waiver)) shall not constitute a Default under Section 12(a)(xi) of the Equipment Lease Agreement or a default under any other Operative Document and waives its rights and remedies set forth in Section 12 of the Equipment Lease Agreement or under any other Operative Document with respect to any Default under Section 12(a)(xi) of the Equipment Lease Agreement or any default under any other Operative Documents resulting solely from the Transactions (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment and Waiver)).
          (b) The Lessor hereby consents to and waives the confidentiality provisions under Section 22 of the Equipment Lease Agreement or otherwise under any of the other Operative Documents for the purpose of disclosing the material terms and provisions of the Equipment Lease Agreement or the Equipment Lease or the transactions contemplated thereby in

- 4 -


 

the offering memorandum or other marketing materials used in connection with the offering of the Senior Secured Notes (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment and Waiver)) or any registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in each case that are related to the offering of such Senior Secured Notes. The Lessor hereby consents to filing of the Equipment Lease Agreement and/or any of the other Operative Documents, including without limitation, the Equipment Lease as exhibits to any such registration statement or filing so long as such agreements are required to be filed pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or the rules or regulations thereunder; provided that the Company shall cause PGI to use commercially reasonable efforts to seek from the Securities and Exchange Commission confidential treatment of the pricing terms of the Equipment Lease Agreement and/or any of the other Operative Documents, including without limitation, the Equipment Lease to be included as exhibits to any such registration statement or filing.
          6.  Termination of Letter of Understanding . Each party hereby agrees that the Letter of Understanding is so terminated and each party is released from all further rights and obligations under the Letter of Understanding.
          7.  Effectiveness . This Amendment and Waiver shall become effective as of the date (the “ Amendment and Waiver Effective Date ”) on which the following conditions have been satisfied:
(a) the Lessor shall have received counterparts hereof duly executed by the Company and the Lessor;
          (b) the Lessee shall have paid to the Lessor the fees described in that certain fee letter dated as the date hereof, which fees are fully earned and non-assessable as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date;
          (c) the Transactions (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment and Waiver)) shall have occurred;
          (d) on the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date, the Lessor shall have received a Supplemental Letter of Credit;
          (e) the Lessor shall have received a reaffirmation of guaranty in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor duly executed by each Guarantor;
          (f) the Lessor shall have received a copy of the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment and Waiver) and the Indenture (as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment and Waiver), in each case together with an Officer’s Certificate of PGI certifying that each such document is a true, correct and complete copy thereof; and
          (g) the Lessor shall have received from each of Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment and Waiver)) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

- 5 -


 

          8.  Representations and Warranties . The Lessee hereby represents and warrants that, on and as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date, after giving effect to this Amendment and Waiver:
          (a) The Lessee is in good standing under the laws of the state of its jurisdiction of incorporation.
          (b) The Lessee is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and Waiver and is duly authorized to perform its obligations hereunder.
          (c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Lessee of this Amendment and Waiver do not and will not (i) require any consent or approval of any federal, state, local or municipal governmental authority or any other entity or person, except where the failure to obtain any of the foregoing would not have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) (A) violate any judgment, order, law, regulation, or rule applicable to Lessee or any provision of Lessee’s charter or bylaws or (B) result in any breach of, constitute a default under or result in the creation of any lien, charge, security interest or other encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) upon the Operative Documents or any Equipment pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreements or other material instrument (other than the Equipment Lease Agreement) to which the Lessee is a party.
          (d) This Amendment and Waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessee, enforceable against the Lessee in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principals of equity.
          (e) No Default has occurred and is continuing; and
          (f) Each of the representations and warranties of the Lessee in the Equipment Lease Agreement is true and correct in all material respects, on and as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).
          9.  Continuing Effect . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Equipment Lease Agreement shall continue to be and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Equipment Lease Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein”, or words of like import shall be to the Equipment Lease Agreement as amended hereby. This Amendment and Waiver shall constitute an Operative Document for purposes of the Equipment Agreement and the other Operative Documents.
          10.  Counterparts . This Amendment and Waiver may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment and Waiver by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

- 6 -


 

          11.  Headings . Section headings used in this Amendment and Waiver are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment and Waiver and are not to affect the constructions of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment and Waiver.
          12.  GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT AND WAIVER AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT AND WAIVER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[Signature page follows]

- 7 -


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment and Waiver to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first written above.
         
  CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman    
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Amendment and Waiver — Equipment Lease Agreement]

 


 

         
  GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC


BY: GENERAL ELECTRIC CREDIT CORPORATION
OF TENNESSEE, its member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Brian E. Miner    
    Name:   Brian E. Miner   
    Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory   
 
  BY: ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC, its member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jerry L. McDonald    
    Name:   Jerry L. McDonald   
    Title:   Director   
 
[Signature Page to Amendment and Waiver — Equipment Lease Agreement]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Appendix II
to Equipment Lease Agreement
Financial Covenants
Interest Expense Coverage Ratio . The Interest Expense Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI for which financial statements are available shall not be less than (a) for the fiscal quarter ending April 2, 2011 and each fiscal quarter thereafter through the end of fiscal year 2015, 2.00 to 1.00 and (b) for each fiscal quarter thereafter, 2.50 to 1.00.
Total Leverage Ratio . The Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI for which financial statements are available shall not exceed (a) for the fiscal quarter ending April 2, 2011 and each fiscal quarter thereafter through the end of fiscal year 2012, 4.85 to 1.00, (b) from and after the end of fiscal year 2012 through the end of fiscal year 2013, 4.50 to 1.00, (c) from and after the end of fiscal year 2013 through the end of fiscal year 2014, 4.25 to 1.00, (d) from and after the end of fiscal year 2014 through the end of fiscal year 2015, 4.00 to 1.00 and (e) thereafter, 3.75 to 1.00.
“Interest Expense Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to PGI and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI ending on such date, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available.
“Total Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to PGI and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Total Debt as of such date of determination to (b) EBITDA for the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available.
Total Debt ” means as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness (including, without limitation, all letters of credit, but excluding for all purposes indebtedness attributable to the Site Lease) listed on the balance sheet of PGI and its subsidiaries as of the most recent financial statement available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness and excluding (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes; (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the

 


 

discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to other securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income for such period.
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,
     (1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction); severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; other restructuring costs; and commercial service fees and public company costs not expected to continue after the Transactions shall be excluded,
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,
     (3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
     (4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,
     (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under the restricted payments covenant in the Indenture (as defined below) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any

 


 

prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
     (7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill and other intangible assets and in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
     (8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
     (10) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue, including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of Parent or the Company or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or subsidiaries shall be excluded,
     (11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction including, without limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) shall be excluded,
     (12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months of the Issue Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and

 


 

     (13) the following items shall be excluded:
     (a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and
     (b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency gain (loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture (as defined below).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the restricted payments covenant in the Indenture (as defined below) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant.
“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clauses (h), (j) and (k)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (z) thereof to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 


 

     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses, start-up or initial costs for any individual new production line, division or new line of business; or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus
     (e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (f) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Sponsors Management Agreement or otherwise to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under the affiliate transactions covenant in the Indenture (as defined below) (and similar fees paid by the Company or its Affiliates to investors in the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Issue Date) and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (h) the amount of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions initiated or to be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the Issue Date or 12 months after the consummation of any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change or other action, plan or transaction and prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (h) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing “EBITDA” for such period and (z) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (h) included in any four quarter period shall not exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 10.0% of EBITDA for such four quarter period; provided, further, that the adjustments pursuant to this clause (h) may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;” plus

 


 

     (i) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in the affiliate transactions covenant in the Indenture (as defined below); plus
     (j) (i) lease expense for the use of land, building and equipment of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. in connection with the purchase of certain assets by the Company as of November 30, 2009 (the “Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition”); (ii) losses incurred as a result of the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition for the period from November 30, 2009 through January 2, 2010; and (iii) the annualized EBITDA attributable to each of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. after giving effect to the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition; plus
     (k) annualized incremental EBITDA contribution of the Company’s spunmelt lines in San Luis Potosi, Mexico and Cali, Columbia, in each case, based on the actual run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010;
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period.
      “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 


 

     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) any obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, Factoring Program, operating leases, or Sale and Lease-back Transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations).
Notwithstanding the foregoing definitions of “EBITDA”, “Consolidated Interest Expense”, “Consolidated Net Income” and “Indebtedness”, the parties agree that if such definitions are modified or supplemented in the Indenture after the Amendment and Waiver has been executed and delivered, this Appendix II shall be amended to effect such modifications and supplements, effective upon receipt of the Lessor’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
For purposes of this Appendix II, all additional definitions necessary to calculate or determine “EBITDA”, “Consolidated Interest Expense”, “Consolidated Net Income” and “Indebtedness” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture and all such additional definitions necessary to calculate or determine “EBITDA”, “Consolidated Interest Expense”, “Consolidated Net Income” and “Indebtedness” are hereby incorporated by reference as if such definitions were set forth in this Appendix II in full.

 


 

EXHIBIT B
Form of Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement
See attached.

 

Exhibit 10.17
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT
          This SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of October 7, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”), to that certain Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010 (as amended by that certain Amendment and Waiver, dated as of January 19, 2011, as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Equipment Lease Agreement ”), between CHICOPEE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Lessee ” or the “ Company ”) and GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Lessor ”).
W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H:
          WHEREAS, the Lessee and the Lessor have agreed to make certain amendments to the Equipment Lease Agreement on the terms and conditions contained herein;
          NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1.  Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Equipment Lease Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Equipment Lease Agreement.
          2.  Amendments to Equipment Lease Agreement . The Equipment Lease Agreement is hereby amended by:
          (a) deleting the first sentence of Section 17(b)(viii) in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“Lessee shall (i) maintain at all times during the Basic Term an Acceptable Letter of Credit for the benefit of Lessor with a stated amount not less than the Required Amount and (ii) maintain at all times until January 28, 2016 a Supplemental Letter of Credit, in each case in order to secure the Lessee’s obligations under this Agreement.”
          (b) deleting the definition of “Site Lease Commencement Date” in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
‘ “ Site Lease Commencement Date ” shall mean July 5, 2011 which is the first business day after the date that (i) the Facility is substantially completed by Site Lessor, (ii) Site Lessor has provided Site Lessee with a certificate of occupancy for the Facility, and (iii) Site Lessor has provided Site Lessee with exclusive possession of the Site.’
          (c) deleting the definition of “Discount Rate” in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
‘ “ Discount Rate ” means 10%.’

 


 

          3.  Conformed Equipment Lease Agreement . Attached as Exhibit A hereto is a conformed copy of the Equipment Lease Agreement updated through the date of this Amendment.
          4.  Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) on which the Lessor shall have received counterparts hereof duly executed by the Company and the Lessor.
          5.  Representations and Warranties . The Lessee hereby represents and warrants that, on and as of the Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to this Amendment:
          (a) The Lessee is in good standing under the laws of the state of its jurisdiction of incorporation.
          (b) The Lessee is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is duly authorized to perform its obligations hereunder.
          (c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Lessee of this Amendment do not and will not (i) require any consent or approval of any federal, state, local or municipal governmental authority or any other entity or person, except where the failure to obtain any of the foregoing would not have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) (A) violate any judgment, order, law, regulation, or rule applicable to Lessee or any provision of Lessee’s charter or bylaws or (B) result in any breach of, constitute a default under or result in the creation of any lien, charge, security interest or other encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) upon the Operative Documents or any Equipment pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreements or other material instrument (other than the Equipment Lease Agreement) to which the Lessee is a party.
          (d) This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessee, enforceable against the Lessee in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principals of equity.
          (e) No Default has occurred and is continuing; and
          (f) Each of the representations and warranties of the Lessee in the Equipment Lease Agreement is true and correct in all material respects, on and as of the Amendment Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of the Amendment Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).
          6.  Continuing Effect . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Equipment Lease Agreement shall continue to be and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Equipment Lease Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein”, or words of like import shall be to the

2


 

Equipment Lease Agreement as amended hereby. This Amendment shall constitute an Operative Document for purposes of the Equipment Agreement and the other Operative Documents.
          7.  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
          8.  Headings . Section headings used in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment and are not to affect the constructions of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment.
          9.  GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[Signature page follows]

3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first written above.
         
  CHICOPEE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis E. Norman    
    Name:   Dennis E. Norman   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Second Amendment — Equipment Lease Agreement]

 


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
         
  GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC


BY: GENERAL ELECTRIC CREDIT
CORPORATION OF TENNESSEE, its member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Brian E. Miner    
    Name:   Brian E. Miner   
    Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory   
 
  BY: ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC, its
member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jerry L. McDonald    
    Name:   Jerry L. McDonald   
    Title:   Director   
 
[Signature Page to Second Amendment — Equipment Lease Agreement]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Conformed Copy of Equipment Lease Agreement through date of Second Amendment
[See attached.]

 


 

CONFORMED COPY
as amended by
that certain AMENDMENT AND WAIVER, dated as of January 19, 2011 and
that certain SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of October 7, 2011
 
EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT
dated as of June 24, 2010
between
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC,
as Lessor,
And
CHICOPEE, INC.,
as Lessee
This Lease Agreement and the Schedule may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. If this Lease Agreement or the Schedule constitutes chattel paper (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction), no security interest therein may be created except through the transfer or possession of the original counterpart marked “No. 1 — Original.”
 

 


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
1. LEASING
    1  
 
       
2. TERM, RENT AND PAYMENT
    4  
 
       
3. RENT ADJUSTMENTS
    5  
 
       
4. TAXES
    7  
 
       
5. REPORTS
    9  
 
       
6. DELIVERY, USE AND OPERATION
    11  
 
       
7. MAINTENANCE
    13  
 
       
8. CASUALTY OCCURRENCE
    15  
 
       
9. LOSS OR DAMAGE
    15  
 
       
10. INSURANCE
    16  
 
       
11. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT
    19  
 
       
12. DEFAULT; REMEDIES
    22  
 
       
13. ASSIGNMENT; SYNDICATION
    28  
 
       
14. NET LEASE; NO SET-OFF, ETC.
    29  
 
       
15. INDEMNIFICATION
    30  
 
       
16. DISCLAIMER
    32  
 
       
17. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
    33  
 
       
18. INTENT; TITLE
    38  
 
       
19. PURCHASE OPTIONS
    39  
 
       
20. MISCELLANEOUS
    40  
 
       
21. CHOICE OF LAW; JURISDICTION
    43  
 
       
22. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
    44  
 
       
23. DEFINITIONS
    45  

i


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
         
APPENDIX I
    DEFINITIONS
APPENDIX II
    FINANCIAL COVENANTS
EXHIBIT NO. 1
    FORM OF EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
ANNEX A
    DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT
ANNEX B
    CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE
ANNEX C
    STIPULATED LOSS VALUE TABLE
EXHIBIT NO. 2
    FORM OF ACCEPTABLE LETTER OF CREDIT
EXHIBIT NO. 3
    FORM OF GUARANTY
EXHIBIT NO. 4
    FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT NO. 5
    FORM OF SECURITY DEPOSIT PLEDGE AGREEMENT

ii


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT
          THIS EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 24, 2010 (the “ Agreement ”), between GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter called, together with its successors and assigns, if any, “ Lessor ”) and CHICOPEE, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called “ Lessee ”).
1. LEASING
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee, and Lessee agrees to lease from Lessor, the Equipment described in Annex A to the Schedule executed pursuant hereto. The Basic Term shall commence on the Basic Term Commencement Date. Terms defined in the Schedule and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Schedule. Certain definitions are provided in Appendix I hereto.
     (b) The obligation of Lessor to lease the Equipment set forth on the Schedule to Lessee shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions, on or prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date:
     (i) Receipt by Lessor of the following documents in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor:
     (1) the Schedule relating to the Equipment to be made subject to this Agreement (including a duly completed Annex A thereto describing the Equipment and a duly completed Annex C thereto describing the Stipulated Loss Values applicable to the Equipment), in favor of Lessor, duly executed by Lessee;
     (2) (a) bills of sale, in favor of Lessor, evidencing free and clear title to the Equipment, duly executed by the respective Vendors; and (b) official invoices that comply with all requirements under German tax laws, with respect to the Equipment purchased by the Lessor from any German Vendor, as well as all other documents in connection with the importation of any of the Equipment, including without limitation: certificates of origin, importation permits, and receipts of payment of applicable taxes;
     (3) a Certificate of Acceptance with respect to the Equipment, in favor of Lessor, duly executed by Lessee;
     (4) an SNDA with respect to the Equipment, in favor of Lessor, duly executed by the mortgagee, if any, with respect to the Site;
     (ii) Receipt by Lessor of an Acceptable Letter of Credit, maintained by the Lessee for the benefit of Lessor (or its assignee or designee) having at the date of issuance thereof a stated amount not less than the Required Amount;
     (iii) Receipt by Lessor of the Security Deposit and the Security Deposit Pledge Agreement duly executed by Lessee;

 


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (iv) Receipt by Lessor of evidence of insurance which complies with the requirements of Section 10 hereof;
     (v) Receipt by Lessor of an Appraisal with respect to the Equipment, in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor;
     (vi) Receipt by Lessor of a certificate signed by the Secretary of Lessee confirming (x) that attached thereto is (1) a certificate, where available, as to the good standing of, and payment of franchise taxes by, the Lessee from the Secretary of State of Delaware and the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Virginia, (2) a true and correct certified copy of the organizational documents and by-laws (together with amendments thereto if applicable) of Lessee as in effect prior to the date of the resolutions referred to in clause (3) of this paragraph through to such Basic Term Commencement Date and (3) resolutions of the board of directors of Lessee authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under the Documents (y) that (1) the resolutions referred to in clause (3) above were duly adopted, are in full force and effect on such Basic Term Commencement Date and have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded prior to such date and (2) all conditions for the effective application of such actions or resolutions to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been satisfied, and (z) the incumbency and signature of each officer executing any Document on behalf of Lessee;
     (vii) Receipt by Lessor of a certificate signed by the Secretary of each of the Guarantors confirming (x) that attached thereto is (1) a certificate, where available, as to the good standing of, and payment of franchise taxes by, each of the Guarantors from the Secretary of State of Delaware, (2) a true and correct certified copy of the organizational documents (including articles of incorporation and by-laws or operating agreement (together with amendments thereto if applicable)) of each of the Guarantors as in effect prior to the date of the resolutions referred to in clause (3) of this paragraph through to such Basic Term Commencement Date, (3) resolutions of the board of directors, members or manager of each of the Guarantors authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under the Documents, (y) that (1) the resolutions referred to in clause (3) above were duly adopted, are in full force and effect on such Basic Term Commencement Date and have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded prior to such date, and (2) all conditions for the effective application of such actions or resolutions to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been satisfied, and (z) the incumbency and signature of each officer executing any Document on behalf of each of the Guarantors.
     (viii) (1) No Default and no event, which with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, shall constitute a Default, shall have occurred and be continuing, no Casualty Occurrence shall have occurred and the representations and warranties of Lessee herein are true and correct as of such Basic Term Commencement Date, and Lessor shall have received a certificate dated such date signed by a Responsible Officer of Lessee to such effect; and

2


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (2) No Construction Agency Event of Default (as defined in the CAA) and no event, which with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, shall constitute a Construction Agency Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.
     (ix) UCC financing statements, including fixture filings, naming Lessee as debtor and Lessor as secured party, shall have been filed in all jurisdictions where it is necessary and desirable in the reasonable opinion of Lessor to so file so as to perfect and protect Lessor’s interest in the Equipment;
     (x) The chattel paper counterpart of this Agreement and the Schedule shall have been delivered to Lessor;
     (xi) No material adverse change shall have occurred in the financial condition of PGI and its subsidiaries (including Lessee), taken as a whole, since December 31, 2009;
     (xii) Receipt by Lessor of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that Construction Completion (as defined in the CAA) has occurred;
     (xiii) Receipt by Lessor of evidence that the Site Lease, Site Sublease, Support Agreement, the Easement Agreement and the Guaranty are each in full force and effect;
     (xiv) All Liens on the Equipment, other than Permitted Liens, shall be discharged and released and duly delivered and/or executed releases with respect thereto shall have been delivered to Lessor;
     (xv) The Equipment shall be located at the Site;
     (xvi) Receipt by Lessor of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that Lessee has obtained all consents, licenses, authorizations, permits, concessions and other documents required for the use and operation of the Equipment and the Site under Applicable Laws;
     (xvii) There has been neither (i) any change in any Applicable Laws that, in the good faith opinion of any of the parties hereto, renders the overall transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Operative Documents illegal for any of such parties nor (ii) any Change in Law that, in the good faith opinion of Lessor (after taking into account the effect of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 3 hereof), could adversely affect the Net Economic Return to the Lessor (or any Member) or otherwise adversely affect the tax consequences to the Lessor or any Member of participating in such overall transaction.
     (xviii) A written opinion of Parker Poe Adams & Bernstein LLP, special counsel to Lessee and each Guarantor, in the form and substance satisfactory to Lessor, and a written opinion of Woods Rogers PLC, special Virginia counsel to Lessee and Guarantor, in the form and substance satisfactory to Lessor.
     (xix) A tax opinion from Winston & Strawn LLP in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor.

3


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (xx) Such certificates, lien releases, consents, notices and other documents as Lessor may reasonably request.
     (c) Upon execution by Lessee of the Certificate of Acceptance, the Equipment described thereon shall be deemed to have been delivered to, and irrevocably accepted by, Lessee for lease hereunder. Lessee’s acceptance of any Equipment under this Lease will not be deemed to limit any of Lessee’s rights or remedies against any manufacturer or provider of the Equipment.
2. TERM, RENT AND PAYMENT
     (a) Lessee hereby agrees to pay Lessor the Basic Term Rent for the Equipment throughout the Basic Term applicable thereto in monthly installments payable in advance on each Rent Payment Date as set forth in the Schedule. The Basic Term Rent shall be calculated in accordance with Section E of Exhibit No. 1. The Basic Term Rent payable hereunder and Lessee’s right to use the Equipment shall commence on the date of execution by Lessee of the Certificate of Acceptance for the Equipment and the satisfaction of the conditions in Section 1(b) above (to the extent not waived by the Lessor) (“Basic Term Commencement Date”) pursuant to this Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall be the period specified in the Schedule. If any Term is extended, the word “Term” shall be deemed to refer to all extended terms, and all provisions of this Agreement shall apply during any extended terms, except as otherwise may be specifically provided in writing. If any Rent Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Basic Term Rent otherwise due on such date shall be payable on the immediately preceding Business Day. The Basic Term Rent due and payable under the Schedule shall also represent and be the amount of rent for which Lessee becomes liable on account of the use of the Equipment for the period beginning on each Rent Payment Date and ending on the immediately succeeding Rent Payment Date, and shall therefore constitute the rent allocated to such rental periods within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.467-1(c)(2)(ii). Lessee hereby agrees to pay to Lessor any and all Supplemental Rent when and as the same shall become due and owing.
     (b) Rent shall be paid to Lessor by wire transfer of immediately available funds in United States Dollars to:
         
Bank:
  Deutsche Bank
Branch:
  New York
Bank Account #:
  50286772    
ABA:
  021001033    
Account Name:
  Gossamer Holdings, LLC
Customer:
  Polymer Group, Inc.
or to such other account as Lessor may direct in writing; and shall be effective upon receipt. All such accounts shall be under the full dominion and control of Lessor. Payments of Basic Term Rent shall be in the amount set forth in, and due and allocated in accordance with, the provisions of the Schedule. In no event shall any Rent payments be refunded to Lessee.

4


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (c) At such time as Stipulated Loss Value (or an amount determined by reference thereto) shall be payable hereunder, the amount payable by Lessee shall be calculated by reference to Annex C to the Schedule for the affected Equipment.
3. RENT ADJUSTMENTS
     (a) The Basic Term Lease Rate Factor set forth on the Schedule, the Basic Term, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO Price and the Stipulated Loss Value set forth on Annex C were calculated by Lessor on the basis of the tax assumptions set forth in part 1 of Section D of Exhibit No. 1 (the “ Tax Benefits ”) and in addition thereto, the assumptions set forth in Section C of Exhibit No. 1 (the “ Pricing Assumptions ”).
     (b) If at the Basic Term Commencement Date, any of the Tax Benefits or Pricing Assumptions shall change or are incorrect (including any change resulting from a change in law), then Lessor shall recompute the Capitalized Lessor’s Cost, the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the First EBO Date, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO Date, the Second EBO Price and the Stipulated Loss Value Table (in each case, by increasing or decreasing such amount or amounts) as shall be necessary to preserve the both General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee’s Net Economic Return and ING Spunmelt Holdings LLC’s Net Economic Return while minimizing the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor. Any such recomputation shall be consistent with the Pricing Assumptions and Tax Benefits (other than any such Pricing Assumption or Tax Benefit the incorrectness of which gave rise to such recomputation or to a prior recomputation), and the Lessor shall utilize the same methods, constraints and assumptions originally used to calculate the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO Price and Stipulated Loss Values. Such adjustments shall comply with Section 467 of the Code and the Regulations and the requirements of Sections 4.02(5), 4.07(1) and (2) and 4.08(1) of Revenue Procedure 2001-29, as amended (and such that the Lease could not be treated as a “disqualified leaseback” or “long term agreement” within the meaning of Section 467 of the Code). Such adjustments shall be reflected in amendments to Exhibit No. 1 to this Agreement and/or the Schedule that Lessor and Lessee hereby agree to execute and deliver on or prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 1(b) of this Agreement. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of any recomputation required under this Section 3(b) and such notice shall include the adjustments made to the Capitalized Lessor’s Cost, the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the First EBO Date, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO Date, the Second EBO Price and the Stipulated Loss Value Table.
     (c) At the Basic Term Commencement Date, in addition to the pricing adjustments described in Section 3(b), the Lessor reserves the right to make an additional adjustment prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date if the Corporate Index Spread Average (2) is more than 25 basis points different from the Corporate Index Spread (1) as of May 14, 2010 (“ Initial Spread ”), which Initial Spread is 112 basis points.
     (1) “Corporate Index Spread” means the U.S. Aggregate Corporate AA-Rated Index as calculated by Barclays Capital on an Option Adjusted Spread (OAS) basis currently available online at http://online.wsj.com/mdc/public/page/2_3022-bondbnchmrk.html?mod=mdc_bnd_pglnk or such other nationally recognized reporting source or publication as Lessor may specify. Please note that

5


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
the aforementioned spread is published at least once a week by the mentioned sources.
     (2) Corporate Index Spread Average means the average of the weekly Corporate Index Spreads over the period starting on May 14, 2010 until the date of the last available Corporate Index Spread as of the Basic Term Commencement Date.
Any such adjustments shall be reflected in amendments to Exhibit No. 1 to this Agreement and/or the Schedule that Lessee hereby agrees to execute and deliver prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date.
     (d) If, solely as a result of U.S. Congressional enactment of any law (including, without limitation, any modification of, or amendment or addition to, the Code), the maximum U.S. effective corporate income tax rate (exclusive of any minimum tax rate) for calendar-year taxpayers (“ Effective Rate ”) is higher than thirty-five percent (35%) for any year during the Term for any Lease, then Lessor shall have the right to increase such rent payments by requiring payment of a single additional sum. The additional sum shall be equal to the product of (i) the Effective Rate (expressed as a decimal) for such year less 0.35 (or, in the event that any adjustment has been made hereunder for any previous year, the Effective Rate (expressed as a decimal) used in calculating the next previous adjustment) times (ii) the adjusted Stipulated Loss Value (defined below), divided by (iii) the difference between the new Effective Rate (expressed as a decimal) and one (1). The adjusted Stipulated Loss Value shall be the Stipulated Loss Value (calculated as of the first rental due in the year for which such adjustment is being made) minus the Tax Benefits that would be allowable under Section 168 of the Code (as of the first day of the year for which such adjustment is being made and all future years of the Term for any Lease). The Tax Benefits are defined on the Schedule. Lessee shall pay to Lessor the full amount of the additional rent payment on the later of (i) receipt of notice or (ii) the first day of the year for which such adjustment is being made.
     (e) If upon the determination of the Basic Term Rent, subject to the adjustments set forth in Section 3 above, the Lessee should determine that the present value of the Basic Term Rents and including other cash outlays required to be considered in accordance with GAAP, discounted at the Discount Rate, computes to an amount that equals or exceeds 90% of the Equipment Cost, then the Lessee may elect to purchase the Equipment (i) in the case that the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as recomputed in accordance with Section 3(b), has increased over the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor set forth in Section B of Exhibit No. 1, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Lease Investment Balance, or (ii) in all other cases, at a purchase price equal to 102% of the Lease Investment Balance, plus, in each case, any fees, costs and expenses incurred by Lessor or any Member in connection with execution of the Schedule, which are not included in the Lease Investment Balance. If the Lessee exercises such purchase option, (x) the Lessee and the Lessor will not execute the Schedule and the Basic Term shall not commence, (y) Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and (z) upon Lessor’s receipt of such amount, Lessor shall convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and clear of all Lessor’s Liens. Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause (e), upon receipt of notice from Lessee electing such option to purchase the Equipment, and such notice from Lessee will include the applicable

6


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
present value calculation described above, presented in reasonably sufficient detail, the Lessor shall have the right but not any obligation to reduce such Basic Term Lease Rate Factor so that the present value of the Basic Term Rents and including other cash outlays required to be considered in accordance with GAAP, discounted at the Discount Rate, computes to an amount less than 90% of the Equipment Cost. If Lessor elects to reduce the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, then any election by Lessee to purchase the Equipment pursuant to this clause (e) shall automatically and without further action be deemed null and void.
4. TAXES
     (a) Except as provided in Section 3 (d) and Section 15(c) hereof, Lessee shall have no liability for (i) taxes imposed by the United States of America or any State or political subdivision thereof or any other Governmental Authority (each, a “ Taxing Authority ”) which are based on or measured by the net income of any Indemnified Party, and (ii) taxes in respect of, and fairly attributable to, any period after the expiration or early termination of this Agreement and the satisfaction by Lessee of all obligations hereunder (it being understood that this clause (ii) shall not apply to any taxes that relate to events occurring or matters arising prior to or simultaneously with such expiration or early termination) (the taxes described in clauses (i) and (ii) are “ Excluded Taxes ”).
     (b) Lessee shall report (to the extent that it is legally permissible) and shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, fees, duties and assessments (other than the Excluded Taxes) due, imposed, assessed or levied against: (i) the Equipment, the Facility or the Site (or the construction, import, installation, financing, refinancing, warranty, ownership, maintenance, repair, condition, alteration, modification, improvement, restoration, refurbishing, rebuilding, transport, assembly, repossession, dismantling, abandonment, retirement, decommissioning, storage, replacement, return, acquisition, sale or other disposition, insuring, sublease, manufacture, design, acceptance, rejection, purchase, ownership, delivery, leasing, possession, mortgaging, operation or other use or non-use of any thereof, in each case, by Lessee or any Affiliate of Lessee or any sublessee of Lessee or other user or person in possession of any Equipment (or any part thereof)); (ii) any amounts paid or payable under this Agreement, the other Operative Documents, or the Documents; (iii) any of the Documents or the Operative Documents; (iv) the conduct of business or affairs of Lessee or any Affiliate thereof; (v) any Indemnified Party with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents; or (vi) Lessee, by any foreign, United States federal, state or local government or taxing authority in any of the foregoing related to any of the transactions contemplated by the Documents, including, without limitation, all license and registration fees, and all sales, use, personal property, real property, ad valorem, rental, transfer, excise, gross receipts, value added, goods and services, franchise, stamp or other taxes, imports, customs or other duties and charges, other than Excluded Taxes, together with any penalties, fines or interest thereon (all hereinafter called “ Taxes ”). Lessee shall (i) pay, indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party (on an After-Tax Basis) upon receipt of written request for indemnification or reimbursement for any Taxes (but excluding the Excluded Taxes) charged to or assessed against such Indemnified Party, (ii) on request of Lessor, submit to such Indemnified Party written evidence of Lessee’s payment of such Taxes, (iii) on all reports or tax returns show the Lessor as the owner of the Equipment, and (iv) send a copy of the reports or tax returns referred to in clause (iii) above, upon written request

7


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
by Lessor, to Lessor and at Lessor’s request to each Indemnified Party, identified by Lessor in such written request. At the written request of Lessor, Lessee shall pay directly any such taxes imposed on any such Indemnified Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the provisions of the immediately preceding two sentences shall be effective on and after the Basic Term Commencement Date.
     (c) If any Tax Claim shall be made against any Indemnified Party or if any proceeding shall be commenced against any Indemnified Party (including a written notice of such proceeding) for any Taxes as to which Lessee shall have a Tax indemnity hereunder, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify Lessee within thirty (30) days (but failure to notify Lessee within this time period shall not impair such Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification hereunder, unless Lessee’s rights to contest such Tax Claim shall have been precluded by such failure). If (i) Lessee in writing shall request an Indemnified Party to contest a claim for which an indemnity for Taxes may be payable by Lessee hereunder (a “ Tax Claim ”), (ii) Lessee shall agree to pay, and shall be paying currently, all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with contesting such Tax Claim, (iii) the Indemnified Party shall reasonably determine that the action to be taken will not result in the imposition of a Lien upon, and will not result in a material risk of the sale, forfeiture or other loss of, the Equipment or any component thereof, and will not involve any risk of criminal liabilities, (iv) Winston & Strawn LLP or other independent nationally recognized tax counsel selected by the Indemnified Party and reasonably acceptable to Lessee shall have furnished an opinion to the effect that there is a reasonable basis to contest such Tax Claim, (v) Lessee shall have executed a written acknowledgment of its liability to indemnify the Indemnified Person for such Taxes if and to the extent that the contest is not successful, (vi) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (vii) the amount of the potential tax indemnity payment exceeds $25,000, then the Indemnified Party shall, except as set forth below, contest the validity, applicability or amount of such Taxes by, as determined in such Indemnified Party’s sole discretion (x) resisting payment thereof, (y) not paying the same except under protest, if protest is necessary and proper or (z) if payment is made, using reasonable efforts to obtain a refund thereof in appropriate administrative or judicial proceedings. Any such contest conducted pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be controlled, and conducted by counsel chosen, by the Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party requests Lessee to conduct such contest and Lessee agrees to itself conduct such contest. The Indemnified Party shall endeavor in good faith to consult with and advise Lessee of all material actions taken or proposed to be taken by the applicable Taxing Authority and of all material actions proposed to be taken by the Indemnified Party with respect to such contest, and shall, to the extent practicable, permit Lessee, upon request, reasonable opportunity to review the content of any written submissions relating exclusively to the contest of such Tax Claim; provided, however that the Indemnified Party shall not be required to disclose any document or information that the Indemnified Party considers privileged or confidential. Subject to the conditions and limitations set forth herein, such Indemnified Party agrees to appeal any adverse decision with respect to such contest, provided that in no event shall any Indemnified Party be required to appeal any adverse decision to the U.S. Supreme Court. If the contest shall be made by the payment of such Taxes and the claiming of a refund, Lessee shall either make such payment directly to the appropriate authority or advance to such Indemnified Party on an interest-free basis sufficient funds to make the payment (including any related interest, penalties and additions to tax). If an Indemnified Party shall be subject to any Taxes as a result of the making or existence of any such

8


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
payment or advance, such Taxes shall be treated as Taxes for which Lessee is required to indemnify such Indemnified Party hereunder without regard to whether such Taxes are Excluded Taxes. Nothing contained herein shall require an Indemnified Party to contest, or permit Lessee to contest, a Tax Claim that such Indemnified Party would otherwise be required to contest, if such Indemnified Party shall waive payment by Lessee of any amount that might otherwise be payable by Lessee hereunder in respect of such Tax Claim and pay to Lessee any amounts (excluding the expenses of a contest) theretofore paid by Lessee with respect to such Tax Claim.
     (d) If an Indemnified Party realizes a reduction in taxes as a result of any indemnification by Lessee under Section 4 (whether by way of deduction, credit, allocation or apportionment or otherwise) not previously taken into account in calculating an indemnity hereunder, or any reduction, refund or rebate of any Tax paid by Lessee pursuant to this Section 4, such Indemnified Party shall promptly pay to Lessee an amount equal to (1) the amount of any such reduction in taxes or reduction plus (2) the aggregate reduction in such Indemnified Party’s taxes attributable to the deduction, if any, of the amounts payable to Lessee pursuant to this Section 4. Upon receipt by an Indemnified Party of any refund or credit of all or part of any taxes paid or indemnified against by Lessee, such Indemnified Party shall promptly pay to Lessee an amount equal to the amount of such refund plus any interest received by or credited to such Indemnified Party with respect to such refund plus or minus (as the case may be) the aggregate reduction or increase, respectively, in such Indemnified Party’s taxes attributable to the receipt of the refund or credit from the Taxing Authority and the deduction, if any, of the amounts payable to Lessee pursuant to this Section 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Indemnified Party be required to make a payment to Lessee under this Section 4(d) (i) if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) in an amount greater than the amount paid by Lessee under Section 4 with respect to the related taxes for which the Lessee indemnified such Indemnified Party (provided that any interest received by or credited to such Indemnified Party with respect to such refund shall also be paid to Lessee). Lessee shall fully indemnify such Indemnified Party if and to the extent any such reduction, refund, rebate or other tax savings is subsequently lost or disallowed.
     (e) Lessee’s obligations and rights, and Lessor’s (and each Indemnified Party’s) rights, privileges and indemnities, contained in this Section 4 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Agreement. The rights, privileges and indemnities contained in this Agreement are expressly made for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by Lessor, any Member, and the successors and assigns of the Lessor and any Member, and each Indemnified Party.
5. REPORTS
     (a) Lessee will notify Lessor in writing, within 10 days after obtaining actual knowledge, or after Lessee shall have received written notice, of the attachment of any tax or other Lien (other than Permitted Liens) against the Facility or any Equipment, of the full particulars thereof and of the location of the Facility and Equipment on the date of such notification.
     (b) Lessee will deliver to Lessor, (i) within 90 days of the close of each fiscal year of PGI, PGI’s consolidated balance sheet, profit and loss statement and statement of cash flows,

9


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied in the United States of America (“ GAAP ”) certified by a recognized firm of certified public accountants, and (ii) within three Business Days after it is actually filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if applicable, PGI’s Form 10-K. Lessee will deliver to Lessor (x) within 50 days of the close of each fiscal quarter of PGI, in reasonable detail, copies of PGI’s quarterly financial report certified by the chief financial officer of PGI, and (y) within three Business Days after it is actually filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if applicable, PGI’s Form 10-Q.
     (c) Lessee will promptly and fully report to Lessor in writing if any Equipment (or any part thereof) is lost or damaged (where the estimated repair costs would exceed $100,000), or is otherwise involved in an accident causing personal injury or property damage which may result in a loss or liability in excess of $100,000.
     (d) (i) Within 30 days after any request by Lessor and (ii) in connection with any financial statement delivered pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(i) and (b)(x) above and paragraph (e) below, Lessee will furnish to Lessor (A) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of PGI and Lessee, respectively, stating that such officer has reviewed the activities of PGI and Lessee, respectively, and that, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, there exists no Default or event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time (or both), would become a Default, and (B) a certificate from a financial officer of PGI containing a computation in reasonable detail of, and showing compliance with, each of the financial ratios and restrictions contained in the financial covenants set forth in Appendix II.
     (e) No later than February 28 of each fiscal year of PGI, Lessee will deliver to Lessor a detailed consolidated budget of PGI by fiscal quarter for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flow or at the end of and for each fiscal quarter during such fiscal year) and the next two succeeding fiscal years, and promptly when available any significant revisions of such budgets.
     (f) Lessee will comply with Section 17(b)(ii) within 120 days of the Basic Term Commencement Date and will provide Lessor with a written report of the identification numbers applicable to each item of Equipment within 120 days of the Basic Term Commencement Date.
     (g) Lessee shall promptly deliver to Lessor written notice of: (i) any violation of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit which violation could result in a material administrative, criminal or civil liability to Lessor, any Guarantor or Lessee with respect to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment or could otherwise result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any proceeding, investigation or inquiry of which Lessee has been notified in writing by any Governmental Authority (including without limitation, the EPA) or any non-government third party with respect to the presence or Release of Hazardous Substances in, on, from or to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment which presence or Release could result in a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, and (iii) any Release of Hazardous Substances by the Lessee or with respect to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment which Release could result in a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, other than a de minimis Release.

10


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (h) The Lessor will keep the Lessee apprised of changes in the ownership structure and outstanding debt obligation of Gossamer Holdings, LLC. Following the receipt of a written request from Lessee for Gossamer Holdings, LLC financial information, solely for purposes of Lessee’s financial reporting and only when required by Lessee to comply with GAAP, Lessor shall, within 30 days after the end of any calendar quarter that falls in whole or in part in the period between the Basic Term Commencement Date and the date on which this Agreement terminates, deliver to the Lessee unaudited copies of (i) a balance sheet of Gossamer Holdings, LLC as of the end of that calendar quarter, and (ii) a statement of operations of Gossamer Holdings, LLC, for that year to date fiscal calendar quarter and (iii) in addition from time to time following the receipt of a written request from Lessee, Gossamer Holdings, LLC will allow for the timely review by the Lessee’s independent public accountants of Gossamer Holdings, LLC source documents, excluding any and all tax records, returns, filings or other tax related documents, as may be reasonably required by Lessee’s independent public accountants, such as cash disbursements records or similar information, and will timely respond to reasonable inquiry or confirmation by Lessee’s independent public accountants related to such disclosures as described above (all such disclosures described in this sentence and the immediately preceding sentence, collectively, to be defined as the “ Lessor Financial Disclosures ”). Lessor shall not have any liability to the Lessee or any other third party in connection with the Lessee’s use or non-use of any Lessor Financial Disclosures. Lessee hereby, and as a condition of accepting receipt of any Lessor Financial Disclosures, releases the Lessor, the Members, and each of their respective officers, directors and employees from and against any and all claims, rights, actions, damages and liabilities of any kind, and waives any and all claims and rights to commence any action against such parties in connection with any Lessor Financial Disclosures. The Lessee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Lessor Financial Disclosures shall be deemed “Confidential Information” and Lessee shall comply with Section 22 as if all obligations of Lessor applied to Lessee mutatis mutandis with respect to such Lessor Financial Disclosures. Lessee shall be responsible for any breach of any third-party confidentiality agreement. Lessee expressly agrees that any damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) that may be incurred by any Member or Lessor or any of their respective officers, directors and employees as a direct or indirect result of (i) the provision of any Lessor Financial Disclosures to the Lessee or (ii) any breach of this Section 5(h) by Lessee, shall each constitute an indemnifiable Claim under Section 15(a).
6. DELIVERY, USE AND OPERATION
     (a) Lessee represents and warrants that the Equipment shall be in Lessee’s possession as of the Basic Term Commencement Date.
     (b) Lessee agrees that the Equipment will be maintained and used by Lessee solely in the conduct of its business and in a manner complying with all Applicable Laws and the Insurance Requirements (including any applicable insurance policies required to be maintained in accordance therewith), and Lessee shall not permanently discontinue use of the Equipment (except as otherwise provided in Section 6(g)).
     (c) Lessee shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to the Equipment or any part thereof, title thereto, or any interest of Lessor therein, or in this Agreement, except Permitted Liens. Lessee will promptly, at its own expense, take or cause

11


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
to be taken such action as may be necessary to discharge any Lien with respect to the Equipment which is not a Permitted Lien.
     (d) Lessee shall permit any Person designated by Lessor, during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to visit (and, unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in no event more than quarterly), inspect and survey the Facility and the Equipment, its condition, use and operation, and the records maintained in connection therewith; provided , that no such exercise of such inspection rights shall violate Lessee’s reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality policies and procedures. None of Lessor or any of its designees shall have any duty to make any such inspection and shall not incur any liability or obligation by reason of not making any such inspection. The failure of any such party to object to any condition or procedure observed or observable in the course of an inspection hereunder shall not be deemed to waive or modify any of the terms of this Agreement with respect to such condition or procedure.
     (e) Lessee will keep all the Equipment at the Site specified in the Schedule and will not move the Equipment (or any component thereof) from the Site; provided that subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Lessee shall be permitted to remove components as necessary and keep such components (i) at the location of a Vendor within the United States or other location in the United States for the sole purpose of repairing such components or (ii) at any other location for any other purpose with Lessor’s prior written consent. Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) upon the written request of Lessor, Lessee will notify Lessor forthwith in writing of the location of any Equipment as of the date of such notification, (ii) in no event shall any components be removed from the Site for a period of one (1) month or longer, whether for permitted inspection or repairs or for any other reason, unless Lessee gives Lessor prior notice of the same and assists Lessor with the preparation and filing (prior to the expiration of such one (1) month period) of such instruments and documents as Lessor may deem reasonably necessary to preserve Lessor’s rights in such components.
     (f) The parties agree that the Equipment shall at all times remain personal property of Lessor regardless of the degree of its annexation to any real property and shall not by reason of any installation in, or affixation to, real or personal property become a part thereof. Lessee shall obtain and deliver to Lessor (to be recorded at Lessee’s expense) from any Person having an interest in the property where the Equipment is to be located, waivers of any Lien, encumbrance or interest which such Person might have or hereafter obtain or claim with respect to the Equipment.
     (g) Lessee (and not the Lessor) will be solely responsible for complying with all Applicable Laws and existing agreements in connection with the installation, use, possession and operation of the Equipment, and to obtain and maintain on its own behalf the Government Approvals required in accordance with such Applicable Laws and existing agreements. The Lessee (and not the Lessor) will be solely liable for any fines or penalties imposed by any Governmental Authority in connection with the foregoing. Lessee shall have the right to contest and appeal all such fines and penalties, and Lessor will provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to Lessee in connection with the same.

12


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (h) Lessee shall (1) not use the Equipment for any purpose other than as provided herein, (2) be responsible for any damages caused to third parties by the use and/or operation of the Equipment and (3) cause the Equipment to not contain any Hazardous Substance, except for such Hazardous Substances used in the ordinary course of operation of the Equipment, provided the use of such Hazardous Substance complies with Environmental Laws. Lessor may require Lessee, to conduct an Environmental Evaluation of the Site provided such Environmental Evaluation shall not be conducted more than once in any 18 month period except in the event of a Default.
     (i) Lessee shall at its own cost, defend the Equipment, as well as the rights of Lessor in the Equipment and the Site, from any third party claims and take all such actions that are necessary in connection with such defense.
     (j) From time to time at Lessee’s reasonable request and sole expense, Lessor will execute and deliver to Lessee promptly all applications, forms and other documents that must be executed by the owner of the Equipment or which are necessary for Lessee to pursue or enforce any warranty or other claim against any manufacturer or Vendor of the Equipment or to apply for or pursue any permit or other item described in subparagraph (g) above.
     (k) If an Adverse Environmental Condition is identified (other than a minor non-compliance or a de minimis and surficial Release to a non-pervious surface or to soil) at any time prior to the expiration or termination of this Agreement or in the event of a Default, Lessee, at its sole cost and in compliance with Environmental Laws, shall promptly address, correct and remediate each identified Adverse Environmental Condition. For noncompliance matters, Lessee shall promptly achieve compliance with Environmental Law unless Lessee is diligently contesting the noncompliance in good faith and prevails on the merits within 180 days of the condition being initially identified and after such 180 days only if the Lessee has established a reserve required by GAAP, and for the Release of or presence of Hazardous Substances in the environment (other than a de minimis and surficial Release to a non-pervious surface or to soil), Lessee shall remediate groundwater contamination to achieve federal Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) and remediate soil contamination to achieve industrial cleanup standards (including the use of engineering and institutional controls solely for soil, provided such controls do not interfere with the operation of the Equipment, the Facility or the Site), and complete such remediation within 180 days of the condition being initially identified and after such 180 days, only if the Lessee has established a reserve for the condition required by GAAP.
7. MAINTENANCE
     (a) Lessee will, at its sole expense, maintain the Equipment in good operating order, repair, condition and appearance in accordance with manufacturer’s warranty requirements and in compliance in all material respects with any Applicable Law and in compliance with the Insurance Requirements, and standards consistent with and customary to industry practice, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Lessee shall obtain, maintain in full force and effect and comply in all material respects with all Environmental Permits required to operate the Equipment.

13


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (b) Lessee shall from time to time make such alterations, additions and modifications to the Equipment as shall (i) be required to cause the Equipment to comply in all material respects with any Applicable Law and to comply with all Insurance Requirements, or (ii) be required to enable the Equipment to continue to be capable of operating at the capacity levels at which the Equipment was capable of operating as of the Basic Term Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted (each a “ Required Modification ”). Lessee will not, without the prior consent of Lessor, affix or install any accessory, equipment or device on any Equipment if such addition will materially impair the originally intended function, use, useful life or ability to operate of such Equipment or materially impair the value or residual value of such Equipment, unless required by Applicable Law. Each Required Modification shall become the property of Lessor and part of the Equipment free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens. Lessee will not, without the prior written consent of Lessor and subject to such conditions as Lessor may reasonably impose for its protection, affix or install any Equipment (or any component thereof) to, or in, any other personal or real property of a third party (other than as permitted under Section 6(e)).
     (c) Lessee at any time may alter, modify or make additions to the Equipment (any such alteration, modification or addition which is not a Required Modification is an optional modification (“ Optional Modification ”)). No Optional Modification shall (i) diminish the fair market value, utility, condition, remaining economic useful life, or estimated residual value of the Equipment below the fair market value, utility, condition, remaining economic useful life, or estimated residual value immediately prior to the completion of such Optional Modification, (ii) cause the Equipment or any portion thereof to become “limited use property” within the meaning of Revenue Procedures 2001-28 and 2001-29, (iii) otherwise result in an adverse tax consequence to Lessor or any Member, or (iv) alter the function of the Equipment or any portion thereof from that for which it was designed and intended. Title to any Optional Modification which is a Non-Severable Modification shall be (at no cost to Lessor) immediately vested in Lessor and shall automatically become part of the Equipment and become subject to this Lease and the other Operative Documents for all purposes. Title to any Optional Modification which is a Severable Modification shall remain with Lessee, and Lessor shall have no interest in such Optional Modification. During the Basic Term or at the return of the Equipment, Lessee may remove or replace any Optional Modification which is a Severable Modification. If Lessee, at its cost, shall complete any Severable Modifications which are Optional Modifications, and such Severable Modifications theretofore made have not been removed at the end of the Basic Term or at the return of the Equipment, or within 30 days thereafter, title to such Severable Modifications shall pass to Lessor at no cost to Lessor. During such 30-day period, Lessor will give Lessee and its contractors reasonable access to the Equipment to remove such Optional Modification and to repair any resulting damage as provided in this Agreement as long as they agree to comply with Lessor’s reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality policies and procedures. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Lessor will not be in breach of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement for allowing third parties to have access to the Equipment that includes an Optional Modification which is a Severable Modification.
     (d) Any Required Modification shall be made at the expense of Lessee, shall be free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and shall immediately become the property of Lessor.

14


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
8. CASUALTY OCCURRENCE.
     Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor in writing if the Equipment (i) suffers damage or destruction resulting in an insurance settlement on the basis of actual, constructive or compromised total loss; (ii) suffers destruction or damage beyond repair; or (iii) becomes lost, stolen, destroyed or suffers damage, which in the reasonable determination of Lessor, makes repair uneconomic or renders the Equipment permanently unfit for use from any cause whatsoever (including an Adverse Environmental Condition) (such occurrences being hereinafter called “ Casualty Occurrences ”). The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all of the Equipment shall be under Lessee’s care and attention at all times, and that Lessee shall maintain and use the Equipment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and therefore, Lessee shall be responsible for any Casualty Occurrence. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in Section 10(g) hereof, if any of the events set forth in the proviso to clause (ii) of Section 10(g) have occurred, on the date set forth on Annex C to the Schedule during the first month next succeeding a Casualty Occurrence, or if such date is not a Business Day, then on the next day that is a Business Day (the “ Payment Date ”), Lessee shall pay Lessor the sum of (x) the Stipulated Loss Value of all Equipment calculated in accordance with Annex C of the Schedule; and (y) all Rent (including Basic Term Rent scheduled to be paid on such Payment Date) and other amounts which are due hereunder with respect to the Equipment as of the Payment Date; provided that Lessee shall not be required to make any payment in respect of a Casualty Occurrence if (A) the Equipment affected by such Casualty Occurrence is not necessary to enable the Equipment to continue to be capable of operating at the capacity levels at which the Equipment was capable of operating as of the Basic Term Commencement Date with respect to the Equipment covered by the Schedule (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and (B) the failure to repair or replace such Equipment does not diminish the value, utility or remaining useful life of the Equipment which remains subject to this Agreement from the value, utility and remaining useful life of all Equipment subject to this Agreement immediately prior to such Casualty Occurrence. Upon payment of all sums due hereunder, the obligation of Lessee to pay Rent and the Term of this Agreement as to the Equipment shall terminate, and (except in the case of the loss, theft or complete destruction of the Equipment ) Lessee may elect (by giving Lessor written notice) to receive from Lessor title to the Equipment, on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and clear of all Lessor’s Liens; provided that if Lessee elects to take title to the Equipment (in-place and in-use) and the Fair Market Value of the Equipment is greater than the applicable Stipulated Loss Value, then Lessee will pay Lessor as additional purchase price the amount by which such Fair Market Value exceeds such Stipulated Loss Value. Lessor shall apply any insurance proceeds received pursuant to any insurance policies maintained by the Lessee to the payment of Lessee’s obligations under this Section 8, and Lessee shall be entitled to receive any such insurance proceeds in excess of the proceeds necessary to pay Lessor the amounts due under this Section 8. Any other amounts received by Lessor or Lessee with respect to such Casualty Occurrence from any Governmental Authority or other Person shall be divided between the Lessee and Lessor as their interests appear.
9. LOSS OR DAMAGE
     Lessee hereby assumes and shall bear the entire responsibility for any loss, theft, damage to, or destruction of the Equipment from any cause whatsoever, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however , that if, and so long as, no Default exists under this

15


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Agreement, the foregoing shall not limit or otherwise affect any rights the Lessee may have against third parties.
10. INSURANCE
     (a)  Coverage . Without limiting any of the other obligations or liabilities of Lessee under this Agreement, Lessee shall, during the term of this Agreement, carry and maintain, with respect to the Equipment, at its own expense, at least the minimum insurance coverage set forth in this Section 10. Lessee shall also carry and maintain any other insurance that Lessor may reasonably require from time to time. All insurance carried pursuant to this Section 10 shall be placed with such insurers having a minimum A.M. Best rating of A:X, with terms, conditions and limits as shall be acceptable to Lessor. The insurance required to be carried and maintained by Lessee hereunder shall in all events, include the following:
     (i) All Risk Property Insurance . Lessee shall maintain all risk property insurance covering the Equipment against all risks of physical loss or damage, including but not limited to fire and extended coverage, collapse, flood, earth movement and comprehensive boiler and machinery coverage (including but not limited to electrical malfunction and mechanical breakdown). Coverage shall be written in the greater of the then current Stipulated Loss Value or replacement cost value in an amount reasonably acceptable to Lessor. Such insurance policy shall contain an agreed amount endorsement waiving any coinsurance penalty and shall include expediting expense coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000; and
     (ii) Business Interruption Insurance . As an extension of the insurance required under subsection (a)(i), Lessee shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, business interruption insurance in an agreed amount equal to 12 months gross profit or gross earnings until the production is restored. Deductibles shall not exceed $250,000; and
     (iii) Commercial General Liability Insurance . Lessee shall maintain comprehensive general liability insurance written on an occurrence basis with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence, $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate and $2,000,000 General Aggregate. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, premises/operations, broad form contractual liability, independent contractors, products/completed operations, property damage and personal injury liability. Such insurance shall be written on form ISO CGL 00 01 12 07 (or its equivalent) and shall not contain an exclusion for punitive or exemplary damages where insurable by law; and
     (iv) Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability . The Lessee shall maintain (A) workers’ compensation insurance or any other statutory insurance required by Applicable Law with respect to work-related injuries, disease or death of any employee of Lessee while at work or in the scope of his/her employment with the Lessee and (B) Employer’s Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000 each accident, each employee; and
     (v) Excess/Umbrella Liability . Lessee shall maintain excess or umbrella liability insurance written on an occurrence basis in an amount not less than

16


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
$100,000,000 General Aggregate providing coverage limits excess of the insurance limits required under sections (a)(iii), and (a)(iv) employer’s liability only. Such insurance shall follow the form of the primary insurances and drop down in case of exhaustion of underlying limits and/or aggregates. Such insurance shall not contain an exclusion for punitive or exemplary damages where insurable under law.
     (b)  Waiver of Subrogation . Lessee and its insurers waives its right to subrogate against Lessor and its insurers for all policies Lessee is required to carry and maintain.
     (c)  Endorsements . Lessee shall cause all insurance policies carried and maintained in accordance with this Section 10 to be endorsed as follows:
     (i) Lessee shall be the named insured and loss payee and Lessor shall be an additional insured and lender loss payee as its interest may appear with respect to the Equipment covered by property policies described in subsection (a)(i) and (a)(ii). Lessee shall be the named insured and Lessor shall be named as an additional insured with respect to liability policies described in subsections (a)(iii), (a)(iv) to the extent allowed by law and (a)(v). It shall be understood that any obligation imposed upon Lessee, including but not limited to the obligation to pay premiums, shall be the sole obligation of Lessee and not that of Lessor; and
     (ii) With respect to property policies described in subsections (a)(i) and (a)(ii), the interests of Lessor shall not be invalidated by any action or inaction of Lessee, any Guarantor or any other Person, and shall insure Lessor regardless of any breach or violation by Lessee or any other Person, of any warranties, declarations or conditions of such policies; and
     (iii) Inasmuch as the liability policies are written to cover more than one insured, all terms conditions, insuring agreements and endorsements, with the exception of the limits of liability, shall operate in the same manner as if there were a separate policy covering each insured; and
     (iv) The insurers thereunder shall waive all rights of subrogation against Lessor any right of setoff or counterclaim and any other right to deduction, whether by attachment or otherwise; and
     (v) Such insurance shall be primary without right of contribution of any other insurance carried by or on behalf of Lessor with respect to their interests as such in the Equipment; and
     (vi) If such insurance is canceled for any reason whatsoever, including nonpayment of premium, or any changes are initiated by Lessee or the carrier which affects the interests of Lessor, such cancellation or change shall not be effective as to Lessor until 30 days, except for (non-payment of premium which shall be 10 days) after receipt by Lessor of written notice sent by registered mail from such insurer.
     (d)  Certifications . On the Basic Term Commencement Date with respect to the Equipment leased as of such date, and at each policy renewal, but not less than annually with

17


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
respect to all Equipment then leased, Lessee shall provide to Lessor a certification and endorsement from each insurer or by an authorized representative of each insurer. Such certification and endorsement shall identify the companies affording coverage, the type of insurance, the policy period(s), policy numbers, limits, and term thereof and shall specifically list the special provisions delineated for such insurance required for this Section 10.
     (e)  Insurance Report . Concurrently with the furnishing of all certificates referred to in this Section 10, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with a statement from Lessee’s independent insurance broker stating that all premiums then due have been paid and that, in the opinion of such broker, the insurance then maintained by Lessee is in accordance with this Section 10. Furthermore, upon its first knowledge, such broker shall advise Lessor promptly in writing of any default in the payment of any premiums or any other act or omission, on the part of any person, which might invalidate or render unenforceable, in whole or in part, any insurance provided by Lessee and/or user hereunder.
     (f)  General . Upon request, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with copies of all insurance policies, binders and cover notes or other evidence of such insurance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no provision of this Section 10 or any provision of this Agreement shall impose on Lessor any duty or obligation to verify the existence or adequacy of the insurance coverage maintained by Lessee, nor shall Lessor be responsible for any representations or warranties made by or on behalf of Lessee to any insurance broker, company or underwriter. Lessor, at its sole option, may obtain such insurance if not provided by Lessee and in such event, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor upon demand for the cost thereof together with interest.
     (g)  Proceeds of Insurance . Insurance proceeds shall be applied as follows:
     (i) If the Lessee believes that, based on reasonable estimates of loss, the amount of insurance proceeds payable in respect of any casualty event or any series of related casualty events to be less than or equal to $500,000, the Lessee may elect to restore or replace the property affected by such casualty event without the consent of the Lessor so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     (ii) If the Lessee believes that, based on reasonable estimates of loss, the amount of insurance proceeds payable in respect of any casualty event or any series of related casualty events to be in excess of $500,000, the Lessee may elect to restore or replace the property affected by such casualty event if the Lessee has delivered to the Lessor, within twenty (20) days from the occurrence of such casualty event, a Restoration or Replacement Plan with respect to such casualty that is based upon, or accompanied by, each of the following: (A) (1) a detailed breakdown of the nature and extent of such casualty event and (2) a bona fide assessment (from a contractor reasonably acceptable to the Lessor) of the estimated cost and time needed to restore or replace the affected property; (B) satisfactory evidence that such insurance proceeds and the Lessee’s other available funds are sufficient to make the necessary restorations to or replacement of the affected property; (C) delivery of an officer’s certificate of the Lessee certifying that, at the completion of the restoration or replacement, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing in connection with such casualty event; and (D) confirmation by the Engineering Consultant, of its agreement based on the information available to it with the

18


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
matters set forth in clauses (A) through (B) above within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the foregoing information and its approval of such Restoration or Replacement Plan; provided , that, if the Lessee does not deliver such Restoration or Replacement Plan within such 20-day period or if the Lessor or the Engineering Consultant provides written notice to Lessee that it rejects the Restoration or Replacement Plan, and following consultation by the Lessee with the Lessor or the Engineering Consultant regarding any proposal by Lessee to modify the Restoration or Replacement Plan but within 20 days after Lessee has received such initial written rejection notice, the Lessor or the Engineering Consultant provides written notice to Lessee that it has rejected Lessee’s modified Restoration or Replacement Plan, the Lessee shall promptly pay, or cause to be paid, proceeds of any insurance to Lessor, as loss payee, which shall be applied, in Lessor’s discretion, toward the replacement, restoration or repair of the Equipment to the condition required by Section 7 or toward the payment of Stipulated Loss Value in accordance with Section 8 hereof.
     (iii) If a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then Lessee shall remit to Lessor, as loss payee, proceeds of any insurance covering damage or loss which proceeds shall be applied, in Lessor’s discretion, to replacement, restoration or repair of the Equipment to the condition required by Section 7 or toward the payment of Stipulated Loss Value in accordance with Section 8.
11. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT
     (a) Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement or the Schedule, Lessee shall promptly, at its own cost and expense comply with the obligations set forth Section 11(c) below and shall: (i) perform any testing and repairs required to place the Equipment in substantially the same condition as when received by Lessee and in good working order for its originally intended purpose (reasonable wear and tear excepted), and (ii) tender the Equipment to Lessor at the Facility, free and clear of all Liens other than Lessor’s Liens.
     (b) Until Lessee has fully complied with the requirements of Section 11(a) above, Lessee’s Rent payment obligation with respect to Equipment for which Lessee has not complied and all other obligations under this Agreement shall continue from month-to-month notwithstanding any expiration or termination of the Basic Term provided that the Rent payable for the Equipment shall be the higher of (A) the then Fair Market Rental Value, and (B) the monthly average Rent payable over the Basic Term. Lessor may terminate such continued leasehold interest upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Lessee. In addition to these rents, Lessor shall have all of its other rights and remedies available as a result of this non-performance.
     (c) (i) Upon written notice from Lessor not less than two hundred seventy (270) days prior to the expiration of this Agreement, Lessee shall no later than two hundred ten (210) days prior to the expiration of this Agreement (or as promptly as practicable following the earlier termination of this Agreement):

19


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (1) provide a detailed inventory of the Equipment (including the model and serial number of each major component thereof), including, without limitation, all accessories and features;
     (2) provide a complete and current set of all manuals, blue prints, process flow diagrams, equipment configuration diagrams, maintenance records and other data reasonably requested by Lessor concerning the configuration and operation of the Equipment and of all Required Modifications and of all Optional Modifications that are Non-Severable Modifications, but always excluding any of the foregoing concerning any Optional Modifications that are Severable Modifications or any Proprietary Information, in each case subject to Section 7(c) above; and
     (3) provide a certification of the manufacturer or of a maintenance provider acceptable to Lessor that the Equipment (a) has been tested and is operating in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications (reasonable wear and tear excepted), together with a report detailing the condition of the Equipment, the results of such test(s) and inspection(s) and all repairs that were performed as a result of such test(s) and inspection(s) and (b) if applicable, that the Equipment qualifies for the manufacturer’s used equipment maintenance program; provided that Lessee shall not be required to spend or pay any additional amount to qualify the Equipment for any such program.
     (ii) at least three hundred sixty-five (365) days prior to expiration of this Agreement (or as promptly as practicable following the earlier termination of this Agreement), upon receiving reasonable written notice from Lessor, make the Equipment available for on-site operational inspections by potential purchasers (which may include competitors of PGI or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), under power, and provide personnel, power and other requirements necessary to demonstrate electrical, mechanical and hydraulic systems for the Equipment; provided that no inspection shall violate Lessee’s reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality policies and procedures;
     (iii) with respect to any Equipment which has been modified by Lessee, except with respect to any Optional Modifications which are Severable Modifications that Lessee intends to remove prior to return, furnish to Lessor a listing of no less than three (3) (if available) alternative suppliers of replacement parts and other materials necessary for the prolonged operation of the Equipment;
     (iv) have all Equipment cleaned and treated, at least 14 days prior to return of the Equipment, with respect to Hazardous Substances, rust, corrosion and appearance in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and consistent with commercially reasonable practices of dealers in used equipment similar to the Equipment (provided that Lessee may leave Hazardous Substances specified by the manufacturer as necessary to maintain or operate the Equipment provided no Hazardous Substance is leaking from the Equipment); have all Lessee installed markings or labels which are not necessary for the

20


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
operation, maintenance or repair of the Equipment removed; and cause the Equipment to be in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws;
     (v) at Lessor’s choice, either (1) allow Lessor, at Lessor’s expense, and provided that Lessor has given reasonable notice to Lessee, arrange for an on-site auction of the Equipment in an assembled and functional state, any such auction will be conducted in a manner which will not unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s business operations and in accordance with Lessee’s reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality policies and procedures, or (2) tender the Equipment to the Lessor at the Facility;
     (vi) allow Lessor, at Lessee’s expense, to conduct an Environmental Evaluation with respect to the Site or the Facility at least 120 days prior to the return of the Equipment, demonstrating there are no Adverse Environmental Conditions (other than a de minimis and surficial Release to a non-pervious surface) associated with the Site or the Facility. If an Adverse Environmental Condition is identified (other than a de minimis and surficial Release to a non-pervious surface), Lessee, at its sole cost and in compliance with Environmental Laws, shall promptly address, correct and remediate each identified Adverse Environmental Condition. For noncompliance matters, Lessee shall promptly achieve compliance with Environmental Law unless Lessee is diligently contesting the noncompliance in good faith and has established a reserve required by GAAP, and for the Release of or presence of Hazardous Substances in the environment (other than a de minimis and surficial Release to a non-pervious surface), Lessee shall remediate groundwater contamination to achieve federal Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) and remediate soil contamination to achieve industrial cleanup standards (including the use of engineering and institutional controls solely for soil, provided such controls do not interfere with the operation or return of the Equipment, or the operation of the Facility or the Site), and complete such remediation within 180 days of the condition being identified and after such 180 days only if Lessee has established a reserve for the condition required under GAAP;
     (vii) at the request of Lessor and to the extent permissible under Applicable Law, assign, transfer, or furnish, or cause to be assigned, transferred, furnished, or re-issued, to Lessor or its designee, Lessee’s rights and interest in, to and under all permits (including Environmental Permits), certificates, licenses, approvals, Included IP, intellectual property, and similar rights which are necessary or reasonably desirable for the operation of the Equipment (other than the Proprietary Information);
     (viii) Lessee shall provide to Lessor copies of all permits, licenses, certificates and consents required to evidence compliance with Lessee’s obligations under clause (vii) above to allow the Equipment to continue to be operated at the capacity levels at which the Equipment was capable of being operated as of the Basic Term Commencement Date; and
     (ix) After expiration of the Basic Term the Lessee shall make available key employee’s (chief engineer & operators) to aid the Lessor in the selling of the Equipment for a period of up to 720 days. During such period the Lessee shall make available the

21


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Equipment for on-site operational inspections by potential purchasers, under power, and provide personnel, power and other requirements necessary to demonstrate electrical, mechanical and hydraulic systems for the Equipment, subject to and in compliance with Lessee’s reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality policies and procedures.
     (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 7(c) above), (i) no Proprietary Information will become the property of Lessor and (ii) all Proprietary Information will always remain the property of Lessee (or its customers or suppliers, as the case may be).
12. DEFAULT; REMEDIES
     (a) Lessor may in writing to Lessee declare this Agreement in default (“Default”) if:
     (i) Lessee breaches its obligation to pay Rent or any other sum as and when due and fails to cure the breach within 5 Business Days after the date such amount was due;
     (ii) Lessee fails to maintain its insurance coverage required under Section 10;
     (iii) Lessee breaches its covenants set forth in Section 17(b)(xii) of this Agreement;
     (iv) Lessee breaches any of its other covenants or obligations set forth in this Agreement (excluding those covenants and obligations covered by clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above and clauses (v), (vi), (vii), (xi), (xv), (xxi) and (xxii) below) and Lessee fails to cure such breach within 30 days after written notice thereof;
     (v) any representation or warranty made by Lessee, any Guarantor and/or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with any Operative Document or Document shall be false or misleading in any material respect when made;
     (vi) Lessee shall or shall attempt to (except as expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) sell, transfer, encumber (except to the extent of a Permitted Lien), or assign the Equipment or any part thereof, or use the Equipment for an illegal purpose or permit the same to occur;
     (vii) any certificate, statement, representation, warranty or audit contained herein or heretofore or hereafter furnished in writing with respect hereto by or on behalf of Lessee or any Guarantor proving to have been false in any material respect when made;
     (viii) Lessee or PGI admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, terminates its corporate existence, or ceases to do business as a going concern;

22


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (ix) Lessee or any Guarantor shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a voluntary petition or an answer seeking reorganization in a proceeding under any bankruptcy or receivership laws (as now or hereafter in effect) or an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against Lessee or any Guarantor in any such proceeding, or Lessee or any Guarantor shall, by voluntary petition, answer or consent, seek relief under the provisions of any other now existing or future bankruptcy, receivership or other similar law providing for the reorganization or liquidation of corporations, or providing for an agreement, composition, extension or adjustment with its creditors;
     (x) petition is filed against Lessee or any Guarantor in a proceeding under applicable bankruptcy, receivership or other insolvency laws, as now or hereafter in effect, and is not withdrawn, stayed or dismissed within 45 days thereafter, or if, under the provisions of any law providing for reorganization or liquidation of corporations which may apply to Lessee or any Guarantor any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume jurisdiction, custody or control of Lessee or any Guarantor or of any substantial part of their property, and such jurisdiction, custody or control shall remain in force unrelinquished, unstayed or unterminated for a period of 45 days;
     (xi) (A) any dissolution, termination of existence, merger or consolidation of the Lessee or any Guarantor (other than the merger of PGI as contemplated by the Transactions (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined after giving effect to the Amendment and Waiver))); provided that (1) the Lessee or any Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into the Lessee or any Guarantor if immediately before and after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, no Default exists or would result therefrom and (2) (A) so long as after giving effect to such merger or consolidation there is no Change of Control (without giving effect to the proviso in the definition thereof) and (B) immediately before and after giving effect to any merger or consolidation described in this proviso, no Default exists or would result therefrom, (I) the Lessee or any Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into any other direct or indirect wholly-owned U.S. domestic Subsidiary of any Guarantor and (II) the Lessee or any Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into any other Person provided that any merger or consolidation permitted by clause (I) or (II) above shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions: (i) the surviving entity shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (ii) the surviving entity is engaged in Similar Business, (iii) the surviving entity shall, as applicable, expressly assume all the obligations of the Lessee under this Agreement and the other Operative Documents to which the Lessee is a party or all obligations of such Guarantor under the Guaranty and the other Operative Documents to which such Guarantor is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, (iv) such merger or consolidation complies with Applicable Laws in all material respects, (v) after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, PGI is in compliance (on a pro forma basis) with the financial covenants set forth in Appendix II of this Agreement, (vi) the Lessor shall have received a reaffirmation of guaranty duly executed by each Guarantor confirming that its guaranty continues to apply to the Lessee’s or its surviving entity’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Operative Documents, (vii) the Lessee shall have delivered to

23


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Lessor an Officer’s Certificate, and, with respect to any merger or consolidation described in clause (II) above, an opinion of counsel, in each case stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Guaranty comply with this Agreement (except that such opinion of counsel will not cover compliance with clauses (iv) and (v) above) and (viii) the Lessee shall have delivered to Lessor an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the representations and warranties of such entity set forth in this Agreement and each other Operative Document to which it is a party are true and correct on and as of the date of such merger or consolidation (or to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date such representations and warranties are true and correct as of such earlier date); (B) any Change of Control has occurred; or (C) either the Lessee or any Guarantor sells or leases all, or substantially all, of its assets to any Person, other than Blackstone;
     (xii) there occurs (a) an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) under the Credit Agreement (after giving effect to all notice and cure periods), (b) a default by any Guarantor under the Guaranty, (c) a Construction Agency Event of Default under the CAA or (d) a breach by the Lessee or any of the Guarantors under any other Operative Document any of which has not been duly waived or cured thereunder;
     (xiii) there occurs a default beyond any applicable grace periods under (A) any of Lessee’s or any Guarantor’s or any of Lessee’s or any Guarantor’s Affiliate’s other agreements with Lessor (or any Member or Affiliate of such Member) under which Lessee or any Guarantor or any Affiliate of any of them owes Lessor (or any Member or Affiliate of such Member) $500,000 or more at the time of such default or (B) any contract or agreement that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the operation or value of the Equipment or result in a Material Adverse Effect;
     (xiv) there occurs a default under any of Lessee’s or under any Guarantor’s credit agreements or financing facilities or similar arrangements (i) with Persons other than Lessor (or any Member or Affiliate of such Member) or (ii) with Lessor (or any Member or any Affiliate of such Member) under which Lessor (or any Member or any Affiliate of such Member) does not have the right to direct or control the exercise of remedies, under which, in each case, any indebtedness equal to or exceeding an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or more was created or is governed thereby which has not been duly waived or cured thereunder;
     (xv) PGI shall no longer, directly or indirectly, control 100% of the equity interests in Lessee or any successor entity;
     (xvi) Lessee shall fail to maintain or replace any Acceptable Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 17(b)(viii) of this Agreement;
     (xvii) any Acceptable Letter of Credit shall cease to be binding on the provider thereof, shall be rendered unenforceable in any material respect, shall not have been renewed or replaced within 30 days before its expiry, or any such provider thereof shall expressly renounce or repudiate in writing its obligations thereunder (unless such

24


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Acceptable Letter of Credit has been replaced by a replacement Acceptable Letter of Credit);
     (xviii) if, at any time the Guaranty ceases to constitute a valid, legal and binding agreement, enforceable against any Guarantor or such Guaranty is otherwise the directly or indirectly contested by any Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof;
     (xix) the direct or indirect contest by the Lessee of the validity of the Lien granted in favor of, or for the benefit of, Lessor in any of the Operative Documents, or the taking of any action by the Lessee to repudiate, or purport to discontinue or terminate this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents;
     (xx) if this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents shall cease (1) to be a legal, valid and binding obligation, or (2) to be in full force and effect;
     (xxi) Lessee breaches its covenants in Section 6(k) or 11(c)(vi) of this Agreement;
     (xxii) Lessee fails to maintain material compliance with or incurs material liability under Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits, including any Governmental Approval issued under Environmental Laws, in each case with respect to the Site or the Facility;
     (xxiii) any Claim against any Indemnified Party in respect of any Environmental Loss or Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) arises out of or relates to a Default under Section 12(a)(iv) if such Default results from Lessee’s failure to provide audited financial statements within the designated time period in accordance with Section 5(b);
     (xxiv) any Claim against any Indemnified Party in respect of any Environmental Loss or Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) arises out of or relates to a Default under Section 12(a)(xi)(2) or Section 12(a)(xi)(3);
     (xxv) any Claim against any Indemnified Party in respect of any Environmental Loss or Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) arises out of or relates to a Default under Section 12(a)(xii)(a) other than as a result of a payment default; or
     (xxvi) any Claim against any Indemnified Party in respect of any Environmental Loss or Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) arises out of or relates to a Default under Section 12(a)(xiii) other than as a result of a payment default thereunder.
     (b) After any Default shall have occurred:
     (i) at the request of Lessor, Lessee shall comply with the provisions of Section 11(a) hereof;
     (ii) Lessee hereby authorizes Lessor to enter any premises where the Facility or any Equipment is located and take possession thereof;

25


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (iii) (1) Provided that Lessor has not exercised remedies under Section 12(b)(iii)(2), Lessee shall, without further demand, forthwith pay to Lessor (A) the Stipulated Loss Value of the Equipment (calculated in accordance with Annex C of the Schedule as of the Payment Date next preceding the declaration of default), plus (B) an amount equal to all Rent (including Basic Term Rent), all applicable taxes and other sums then due hereunder; provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, such Rent and other sums shall be the unaccelerated amounts due as of such date. If Lessee shall have made the foregoing payments indefeasibly in full, Lessor shall thereafter pay over to Lessee as and when from time to time received, the net proceeds of any sale, lease or other disposition of such Equipment (after deducting all costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by Lessor or any Member in connection therewith and all other amounts which may become payable by Lessor or any Member with respect thereto) up to the amount of such Stipulated Loss Value actually paid by Lessee.
     (2) In lieu of exercising its rights under Section 12(b)(iii)(1), Lessor may by written notice to Lessee specifying a Payment Date which is not earlier than 10 days after the date of such notice, demand that Lessee pay to Lessor and Lessee shall pay to Lessor, on such Payment Date, in lieu of all Rent due after such Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Stipulated Loss Value of the Equipment computed as of the Payment Date specified in the notice over the Fair Market Value thereof as of such Payment Date.
     (iv) Lessor may, but shall not be required to, retain an Environmental Consultant to undertake an Environmental Evaluation of the Site at Lessee’s expense; and
     (v) Lessor may, but shall not be required to, sell the Equipment, or any portion thereof, at private or public sale, in bulk or in parcels, with or without notice, and without having the Equipment present at the place of sale; or Lessor may, but shall not be required to, lease, otherwise dispose of or keep idle all or part of the Equipment; and Lessor may use the Facility pursuant to the Site Lease, until all amounts due hereunder have been paid, for any or all of the foregoing without liability for rent. The proceeds of sale, lease or other disposition, if any, together with the aggregate proceeds obtained by Lessor from one or more drawings under an Acceptable Letter of Credit made pursuant to Section 12(c), shall be applied in the following order of priorities: (A) first , to pay all of Lessor’s costs, charges and expenses incurred in taking, removing, holding, repairing and selling, leasing or otherwise disposing of the Equipment; then , (B) second , to the extent not previously paid by Lessee, to pay Lessor all amounts due from Lessee hereunder; then , (C) third , to reimburse to Lessee any sums previously paid by Lessee to Lessor pursuant to Section 12(b); then , (D) fourth , to reimburse to Lessee any sums obtained by Lessor from one or more drawings under an Acceptable Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 12(c) in excess of application of such sums against any amounts due to Lessor from Lessee hereunder (including any application of such sums to the payment of contractual penalties); and (E) fifth , any surplus shall be retained by Lessor. Lessee shall pay any deficiency in clauses (A) and (B) forthwith.
     (c) In addition to any other rights set forth in this Section 12 but subject to Section 12(b)(iii), after a Default shall have occurred, and without limitation of any of the foregoing

26


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
remedies, Lessor (i) may terminate or cancel this Agreement as to any or all of the Equipment; (ii) shall be entitled to make a drawing under any Acceptable Letter of Credit for the maximum amount available thereunder and apply the proceeds thereof to satisfy Lessee’s obligations hereunder and under the other Documents; or (iii) may exercise all rights and remedies as a secured party under the UCC with respect to the Security Deposit, including the right to collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Security Deposit and apply the proceeds thereof to satisfy Lessee’s obligations hereunder and under the other Documents.
     (d) The foregoing remedies are cumulative, and any or all thereof may be exercised in lieu of or in addition to each other or any remedies at law. If permitted by Applicable Laws, Lessee shall pay reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred by Lessor or any Member in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement and any ancillary documents. Waiver of any Default shall not be a waiver of any other or subsequent default.
     (e) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, if (w) a Default shall have occurred solely as a result of an event or events set forth in Section 12(a)(iii), (x) such Default is not caused by the Lessee for the purpose of obtaining this right to obtain title to the Equipment, (y) Lessor shall have declared such Default and pursued remedies as set forth herein, and (z) as a result thereof Lessee shall have paid (and Lessor shall have received) (A) the Stipulated Loss Value of the Equipment (calculated in accordance with Annex C of the Schedule as of the Payment Date next preceding the declaration of default), plus (B) an amount equal to all Rent (including Basic Term Rent), all applicable taxes and other sums then due hereunder; provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, such Rent and other sums shall be the unaccelerated amounts due as of such date, then Lessor shall convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and clear of all Lessor’s Liens, provided that if the Fair Market Value of the Equipment (in-place and in-use) is greater than the Stipulated Loss Value as of the Payment Date next preceding the declaration of Default, then Lessee will pay Lessor as additional purchase price the amount by which such Fair Market Value exceeds such Stipulated Loss Value; provided further, however, that Lessee’s right to obtain title in the limited circumstances set forth in this clause (e) shall not apply with respect to any Default described in any other clause or clauses of Section 12(a).
     (f) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement or the Security Deposit Pledge Agreement, if a Default shall have occurred solely with respect to (i) Section 12(a)(iv) if such Default results from Lessee’s failure to provide audited financial statements within the designated time period in accordance with Section 5(b); (ii) Section 12(a)(xi)(2) or Section 12(a)(xi)(3); (iii) Section 12(a)(xii)(a) other than as a result of a payment default; (iv) Section 12(a)(xiii) other than as a result of a payment default thereunder (each of the foregoing, a “ Limited Remedy Event of Default ”), if and only if Lessor has elected to exercise remedies under this Section 12(f) and so long as no other Default (other than any other Limited Remedy Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing, then the Lessee shall, upon demand by Lessor, pay to Lessor an amount (the “ Special SLV Amount ”) such that the sum of (A) the present value of all Basic Term Rent paid through the date such Special SLV Amount is paid, plus (B) (1) the present value of the Lessee’s cost for obtaining an Acceptable Letter of Credit with a stated amount equal to the Required Amount to be delivered at the Basic Term Commencement Date paid through the date such Special SLV Amount is paid, plus (2) the Security Deposit as of the Basic Term Commencement date minus the present value of the Security Deposit as of the day

27


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
such Special SLV Amount is paid, plus (C) the present value of the Special SLV Amount, will equal 89.95% of Equipment Cost. The actual Special SLV Amount required to be paid by the Lessee to the Lessor pursuant to this Section 12(f) shall be reduced by the amount of proceeds of the Security Deposit and/or proceeds of any Acceptable Letter of Credit that have been applied by the Lessor against the Special SLV Amount (as determined in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence). If and only if Lessor has elected to exercise remedies under this Section 12(f) and has demanded payment of the Special SLV Amount, the only amount payable by the Lessee solely in respect of any Limited Remedy Event of Default shall be the Special SLV Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions set forth in this Section 12(f), this Section 12(f) shall not limit in any respect (1) Lessor’s rights and remedies in connection with any Default other than a Limited Remedy Event of Default, including any and all rights and remedies relating to Lessee’s failure to pay such Special SLV Amount or to comply with any other provisions of this Agreement which failure occurs either before or after the occurrence of such Limited Remedy Event of Default and (2) any of Lessee’s obligations under Section 4 and Section 15; provided that, if and only if Lessor has elected to exercise remedies under this Section 12(f), Lessor shall not be entitled to recover any damages under Section 4 or Section 15 incurred by Lessor solely in respect of a Limited Remedy Event of Default to the extent that the aggregate amounts of any such recoveries plus any other amounts paid by Lessee under this Section 12(f) exceeds the Special SLV Amount. All present value calculations required to be made under this Section 12(f) shall use a discount rate equal to the Discount Rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 12(f), unless Lessor elects to exercise remedies under this Section 12(f), none of the limitations set forth in this Section 12(f) on Lessor’s rights, remedies and indemnities shall be effective.
     (g) Unless previously terminated, upon payment of all amounts due hereunder and satisfaction of all other obligations hereunder, this Agreement shall terminate and Lessor shall pay any balance of the Security Deposit to Lessee promptly and release any further interest in any Acceptable Letter of Credit.
13. ASSIGNMENT; SYNDICATION
     (a) LESSEE SHALL NOT ASSIGN, MORTGAGE, SUBLET OR CREATE ANY TYPE OF LIEN OVER ANY EQUIPMENT OR THE INTEREST OF LESSEE HEREUNDER (OTHER THAN PERMITTED LIENS) WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF LESSOR.
     (b) Lessor may, without the consent of Lessee, assign any or all of its right, title and interest in this Agreement and the Schedule, provided , that so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, Lessor will not assign all or any portion of its right, title and interest in this Agreement and the Schedule to any entity that Lessee determines, based on written advice of its auditors and as confirmed to Lessor in a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Lessee delivered to Lessor within ten days after receipt of notice by Lessor as to the identity of the proposed transferee, will result in Lessee consolidating its financial reports with such entity. Lessee agrees that it will pay all Rent and other amounts payable under this Agreement and the Schedule to Lessor named therein; provided, however , if Lessee receives written notice of an assignment from Lessor, Lessee will pay all Rent and other amounts payable under this Agreement and the Schedule to such assignee or as instructed by Lessor. Lessee agrees reasonably to cooperate with

28


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Lessor in connection with any such proposed assignment, including the execution and delivery of such other documents, instruments, notices, opinions, certificates and acknowledgments, as reasonably may be required by Lessor or such assignee, and the delivery of all information concerning Lessee and each Guarantor that is reasonably necessary for Lessor to complete the assignment; and Lessee further agrees to confirm in writing receipt of a notice of assignment as reasonably may be requested by assignee. Lessee hereby waives and agrees not to assert against any such assignee any defense, set-off, recoupment claim or counterclaim that Lessee has or may at any time have against Lessor for any reason whatsoever, provided, however , that nothing contained in this sentence shall be construed as a waiver by Lessee of its right to assert against Lessor, in a separate action against Lessor, any claims that Lessee has against Lessor.
     (c) Subject always to the foregoing, this Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is binding upon, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
     (d) Lessee acknowledges that it has been advised that the interest of Lessor in this Agreement and the other Documents may be conveyed to or participated to, in whole or in part, and may be used as security for financing obtained from, one or more third parties without the consent of Lessee pursuant to a syndication.
     (e) In connection herewith the Lessor, any member of the Lessor or any Affiliate of such member (a “ Syndication Agent ”) may initiate discussions with potential participants regarding their participation in this transaction. Lessee and its management will assist in all syndication efforts. Such assistance will include, but not be limited to: (i) prompt assistance in the preparation of an information memorandum and verification of the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein; (ii) preparation of other information, offering materials and projections by Lessee and its advisors taking into account this transaction; (iii) providing any Syndication Agent with all information reasonably deemed necessary by such Syndication Agent to complete the syndication successfully; (iv) confirmation as to accuracy and completeness of such information, offering materials and projections; (v) participation of Lessee’s senior management in meetings and conference calls with potential lenders and rating agencies, if applicable, at such times and places as such Syndication Agent may reasonably request; and (vi) using reasonable efforts to ensure that the syndication efforts benefit from all existing lending and investor relationships. Each Syndication Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for the inclusion of any member of Lessor as lead arranger in league table measurements. The parties agree that all information provided to Lessor from Lessee, each Guarantor, and any affiliate thereof and/or any third parties acting on behalf of such parties may be used in the syndication process and a confidentiality agreement in the form of Exhibit No. 4 shall be executed by any potential participants.
14. NET LEASE; NO SET-OFF, ETC.
     This Agreement is a net lease. Lessee’s obligation to pay Rent and other amounts due hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional. Lessee shall not be entitled to any abatement or reductions of, or set-offs against, said Rent or other amounts, including, without limitation, those arising or allegedly arising out of claims (present or future, alleged or actual, and including claims arising out of strict tort or negligence of Lessor) of Lessee against Lessor under this

29


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Agreement or otherwise. Except as provided in Section 8 hereof, with respect to any Equipment that shall have suffered a Casualty Occurrence, this Agreement shall not terminate and the obligations of Lessee shall not be affected by reason of any defect in or damage to, or loss of possession, use or destruction of, any Equipment from whatsoever cause. It is the intention of the parties that Rents and other amounts due hereunder shall continue to be payable in all events in the manner and at the times set forth herein unless the obligation to do so shall have been terminated pursuant to the express terms hereof.
15. INDEMNIFICATION
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 15 shall be effective on and after the Basic Term Commencement Date.
     (a) Lessee hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, save and keep harmless (on an After-Tax Basis), Lessor, its Members, any Affiliate of Lessor or any Member, and all agents, directors, officers, employees, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (each an “ Indemnified Party ”), from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties and injuries suffered by such Indemnified Party, and claims (including any Environmental Loss), actions and suits against such Indemnified Party, including reasonable legal expenses, of whatsoever kind and nature, in contract or tort, whether caused by the active or passive negligence of Lessor (other than Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) (herein a “ Claim ”) arising out of or related to this Agreement or any other Operative Document, the transaction contemplated hereby or the enforcement hereof or related to the Facility, the Equipment or the Site, including, but not limited to, Lessor’s strict liability in tort, arising out of the selection, importation, manufacture, purchase, acceptance, operation or rejection of any or the Equipment, the ownership of the Equipment during the Term, and the delivery, lease, sublease, possession, maintenance, use, condition, return or operation of the Equipment (including, without limitation, latent and other defects, whether or not discoverable by Lessor or Lessee and any claim for patent, trademark or copyright infringement or Environmental Loss); provided , that the indemnity set forth in this Section 15(a) shall not be available to the extent (i) such Claim is attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement or any other Operative Document by such Indemnified Party, (ii) such Claim arises and relates to periods after the later of (x) the termination or expiration of this Agreement or (y) the return of the Equipment in accordance with the terms hereof or (iii) such claims are for Taxes.
     (b) Lessee hereby represents, warrants and covenants that at no time during the term of this Agreement will Lessee take or omit to take, nor will it permit any sublessee or assignee to take or omit to take, any action (whether or not such act or omission is otherwise permitted by Lessor or by this Agreement), which will result in the disqualification of any Equipment for, or the recapture or disallowance of, all or any portion of the Tax Benefits.
     (c) If as a result of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of Lessee contained in this Agreement or the Schedule (including part 2 of Section D of Exhibit No. 1 but excluding part 1 of Section D of Exhibit No. 1) (i) tax counsel of Lessor shall reasonably determine that Lessor (or any Member) is not entitled to claim on its U.S. Federal income tax return all or any portion of the Tax Benefits with respect to any Equipment, or (ii) any Tax Benefit claimed on the U.S. Federal income tax return of Lessor or any Member is disallowed or

30


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
adjusted by the Internal Revenue Service, or (iii) any Tax Benefit is recalculated or recaptured (any determination, disallowance, adjustment, recalculation or recapture being a “ Loss ”), then Lessee shall pay to Lessor or the applicable Member, as an indemnity and as additional Rent, an amount that shall, in the reasonable opinion of Lessor and each Member, cause each Member’s Net Economic Return to equal the Net Economic Return that would have been realized by such Member if such Loss had not occurred. Such amount shall be payable upon demand accompanied by a written statement from the Lessor or a Member describing in reasonable detail such Loss and the computation of such amount. If an adjustment has been made under Section 3 then the Effective Rate used in the next preceding adjustment shall be substituted. If Lessee is obligated to make a tax indemnity payment to any Member pursuant to this Section 15(c), in lieu of making such payment in a lump sum, Lessee may elect (with such Member’s consent, it being understood that such Member may withhold its consent to such election based upon, without limitation, the Lessee’s (or PGI’s) then credit rating or such Member’s then lending policies) to pay the amount due in a series of equal payments that will be sufficient to maintain the Net Economic Return of each Member as if such Loss had not occurred, commencing on the next Rent Payment Date and payable on each Rent Payment Date thereafter until a date not later than the end of the Term; provided that if the Lease terminates prior to its scheduled expiration, Lessee shall make a lump sum payment to Lessor or each Member that, in the reasonable opinion of Lessor and such Member, is sufficient to cause each Member’s Net Economic Return to equal the Net Economic Return that would have been realized by such Member if such Loss had not occurred.
     (d) All references to Lessor in this Section 15 include Lessor, each Member, and any assignees of Lessor or any Member, and (for the purposes of determining whether a Loss has occurred and any amount due hereunder) the consolidated taxpayer group of which any Member is a member. All of Lessor’s, each Member’s and each Indemnified Party’s rights, privileges and indemnities contained in this Section 15 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Agreement. The rights, privileges and indemnities contained in this Agreement are expressly made for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by Lessor, any Member, and the successors and assigns of the Lessor and any Member, and each Indemnified Party.
     (e) Lessee acknowledges and agrees that there is no employment relationship between Lessor and the personnel, employees and subcontractors of the Lessee or its Affiliates, and responsibility for such labor relationship belongs exclusively to the Lessee or its Affiliate in accordance with the requirements of all Applicable Laws. Lessee or its Affiliate is the “Employer” for all purposes of United States and Virginia law with respect to all of the employees at Lessee’s service, and they are the only person benefiting from the services rendered by such employees.
     Lessee represents and warrants that it or its Affiliates has the legal and economic capacity to comply with its labor obligations, so that it or its Affiliates shall be solely responsible for all obligations with respect to their respective employees.
     Therefore, in the case of any labor dispute between Lessee and its or its Affiliate’s personnel, employees and subcontractors, in which, for any reason, Lessor is involved, Lessee shall release and indemnify Lessor (on an After-Tax Basis) from any kind of claim made against it by any of Lessee’s or its Affiliate’s personnel, employees and subcontractors, and Lessee shall

31


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
have the obligation to pay any such amounts as indemnification (severance), and the Lessee hereby releases Lessor from any responsibility thereof.
     Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all costs and expenses caused by any labor dispute filed directly or indirectly against Lessee or Lessor or with respect to the Equipment unless such dispute arises during and relates solely to the period following the later of (i) the termination or expiration of this Agreement or (ii) the return of the Equipment in accordance with the terms hereof.
     (f) Lessor and each other Indemnified Party will give Lessee prompt written notice of
          any Claim or claim for which it is entitled indemnity under this Section 15 or any other provision of this Agreement. Lessee will be entitled to control the defense and settlement of each such Claim or claim, including the selection of legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Lessor, provided that Lessee shall have no right to defend or settle any Claim or claim if (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (2) such claim would entail significant risk to any Indemnified Party of any criminal liability; provided further , that no right to compromise or settle such Claim or claim shall exist unless the Lessee agrees in writing to pay the amount of such settlement or compromise. Each Indemnified Party will give Lessee and its legal counsel reasonable assistance in connection with any such defense or settlement, and Lessee will reimburse the foregoing Persons for their actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with providing that assistance. Each Indemnified Party may participate in such defense and settlement at its own expense using legal counsel it selects, provided that in the event Lessee fails to defend or settle any Claim or claim, Lessee shall pay all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided further , that if in the written opinion of counsel to such Indemnified Party an actual or potential material conflict exists where it is advisable for such Indemnified Party to be represented by separate counsel, the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be paid by the Lessee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(f) shall not apply to any claim for Taxes, or any amount payable pursuant to Section 4 or Section 15(c) hereof.
16. DISCLAIMER
      LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS SELECTED THE EQUIPMENT WITHOUT ANY ASSISTANCE FROM LESSOR, ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, AND, UPON LESSEE’S EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE, IT ACKNOWLEDGES AND ACCEPTS THE PHYSICAL AND OPERATING STATE OF THE EQUIPMENT AS SATISFACTORY. LESSOR DOES NOT MAKE, HAS NOT MADE, NOR SHALL BE DEEMED TO MAKE OR HAVE MADE, ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WITH RESPECT TO THE EQUIPMENT LEASED HEREUNDER OR ANY COMPONENT THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY AS TO DESIGN, COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS, QUALITY OF MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE, USE OR OPERATION, SAFETY, PATENT, TRADEMARK OR COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TITLE.

32


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
All such risks, as between Lessor and Lessee, are to be borne by Lessee. Without limiting the foregoing, Lessor shall have no responsibility or liability to Lessee or any other Person with respect to any of the following: (i) any liability, loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by any Equipment, any inadequacy thereof, any deficiency or defect (latent or otherwise) therein, or any other circumstance in connection therewith; (ii) the use, operation or performance of the Equipment or any risks relating thereto; (iii) any interruption of service, loss of business or anticipated profits or consequential damages, including damages and lost as rendered by any law or court with jurisdiction in the United States of America or any other similar concept under Applicable Law; or (iv) the delivery, operation, servicing, maintenance, repair, improvement or replacement of any Equipment. If, and so long as, no default exists under this Agreement, Lessee shall be, and hereby is, authorized during the Term of this Agreement to assert and enforce, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, from time to time, in the name of and for the account of Lessor and/or Lessee, as their interests may appear, whatever claims and rights Lessor may have against any Vendor of the Equipment. Lessee hereby acknowledges that as between Lessor and Lessee, Lessor is not advising Lessee of any accounting, tax, legal or other economic implications of this Agreement or the other Operative Documents, and Lessee represents and warrants to Lessor that it is not relying on Lessor, any Member or any other Person with respect to the legal, tax, accounting and other economic considerations in connection with this Agreement or with the other Operative Documents, other than Lessee’s own accountants, counsel and other advisors. Lessee has such knowledge and experience in financial, accounting, tax and business matters that Lessee is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of all aspects this Agreement and the other Operative Documents.
17. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
     (a) Lessee hereby represents and warrants to Lessor that on the date hereof and on the date of execution of the Schedule:
     (i) Lessee is a Delaware corporation duly incorporated and validly existing in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and the Lessee’s organizational identification number is 2460209. Lessee’s EIN is 57-1013629.
     (ii) The Documents to which Lessee is a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Lessee and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Operative Documents by each party thereto other than Lessee, constitute valid, legal and binding obligations, enforceable against Lessee in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that the enforcement of remedies therein provided may be limited under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.
     (iii) No approval, consent, giving notice to or withholding of objections is required from any Governmental Authority with respect to the entry into or performance by Lessee of the Documents except such as have already been obtained or those, which if not obtained, would not have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate.
     (iv) Lessee has adequate corporate power and authority to enter into, and perform under, the Documents to which it is a party. The entry into and performance by

33


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Lessee of the Documents will not: (i) violate any judgment, order, law or regulation applicable to it or any provision of its charter or by-laws; or (ii) result in any breach of, constitute a default under or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon the Facility or the Equipment pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other material instrument (other than this Agreement) to which it is a party.
     (v) There are no suits or proceedings (including arbitration proceedings) pending or to Lessee’s knowledge threatened in court or before any commission, board or other administrative agency against or affecting Lessee or any Guarantor which are reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (vi) The Lessee is located in Delaware for the purposes of Section 9-307 of the UCC and covenants and agrees that it will not change such status without 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee also covenants and agrees that it shall not, for purposes of Section 9-503(a) of the UCC, change its name as reflected on the public record in the state of its organization without 30 days prior written notice to Lessor.
     (vii) Lessor is and will remain the owner of the Equipment free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.
     (viii) Each financial statement required to be delivered by Lessee to Lessor has been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of PGI and its consolidated Subsidiaries, and since December 31, 2009, the date of the most recent annual audited financial statement, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of PGI and its consolidated Subsidiaries.
     (ix) Each representation and warranty of PGI made in the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects when made.
     (x) The Site identified on the Schedule is owned or leased by the entity identified on the Schedule free and clear of any Liens for indebtedness or leases subject to the Permitted Liens and the liens of mortgagees and interest of the landlords identified on the Schedule; provided , that Lessee shall obtain from such mortgagees or landlords a subordination, waiver or release within 10 days after receiving a written request from Lessor.
     (xi) Upon the Construction Completion Date (as defined in the CAA), Lessor shall have good and marketable title to the Equipment free and clear of all Liens whatsoever, other than Permitted Liens.
     (xii) Following the Basic Term Commencement Date and continuing thereafter, the Equipment will be used by Lessee in the active conduct of its business, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

34


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (xiii) Since December 31, 2009, there has not been any material adverse change in the capital structure or liquidity levels of PGI and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole except as set forth in public filings or otherwise publicly disclosed.
     (xiv) Except as previously disclosed to Lessor prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date: (i) neither Lessee nor any Guarantor is or has in the past been in violation of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit with respect to the Equipment or the Site, which violation could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to any Guarantor or Lessee or could otherwise result in a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) no Guarantor nor Lessee, nor to any Guarantor’s or Lessee’s knowledge any third party, has used, Released, generated, handled, manufactured, produced or stored at, in, on, under, or about the Site, or transported thereto or therefrom, any Hazardous Substances that could be expected to subject any Guarantor or Lessee to material liability under any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit; (iii) there are no Hazardous Substances generated, used, stored or present on the Site other than is necessary for the business as presently conducted and in material compliance with applicable Environmental Law or Environmental Permit; (iv) to the best of Lessee’s knowledge, there is or has been no condition, circumstance, action, omission, activity or event with respect to the Site that could form the basis of any material violation of any Environmental Law, Environmental Permit or any material liability to any Guarantor and Lessee under Environmental Law or Environmental Permit; and (v) there is no pending or unresolved proceeding, investigation or inquiry of which Lessee has been notified by any Governmental Authority (including without limitation, the EPA or any non-government third party) with respect to the presence or Release of Hazardous Substances at, in, on or from the Site which presence or Release could reasonably be expected to result in any material violation of or liability to Lessee or any Guarantor under Environmental Law or Environmental Permit.
     (xv) The Equipment has been “placed in service” on or prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date.
     (xvi) Lessee and each Guarantor is (i) in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations relating to (x) the regulations promulgated by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), U.S. Department of the Treasury relating to dealings with certain persons listed on the publicly available Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC, (y) Section 1(b), (c) or (d) of Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001) and (z) the prevention and detection of money laundering violations under the US Bank Secrecy Act (Financial Recordkeeping and Reporting of Currency and Foreign Transactions Act of 1970, 31 U.S.C. 1051 et. seq.) (“BSA”), under all regulations promulgated under the BSA and under all published U.S. government guidance, and (ii) in compliance with all other Applicable Laws the non-compliance with which, with respect to this clause (ii) only, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xvii) The Virginia Incentives Addendum, Project Gossimer, dated March 2, 2010 (the “ Incentive Plan ”) prepared by the Virginia Economic Development Partnership, is in full force and effect and has not been amended by any party thereto. No

35


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
default or breach by any party of its obligations under the Incentive Plan has occurred or is continuing.
     (xviii) The rights and interests of Lessor in and to the Equipment and the Facility are and will be sufficient to enable Lessor, its transferee or assignee or an operator acting on behalf of Lessor or its transferee or assignee to obtain access to and operate the Equipment in the Facility, upon such Person’s taking possession of the Equipment, in commercial operation in substantially the same manner in which it has been operated by Lessee (excluding access to or use of Proprietary Information and Optional Modifications that are Severable Modifications). There is no reason to expect that any licenses, permits, authorizations or approvals of any Governmental Authority or supply, disposal or other contracts that are required at the time of and after such taking of possession of the Equipment to enable Lessor or its transferee or assignee or an operator to operate the Equipment in the Facility in the ordinary course and in compliance with substantially the same legal requirements as are applicable to Lessee cannot be obtained, renewed or replaced, as the case may be, by Lessor, such transferee or assignee or an operator, as the case may be, upon such Person’s taking possession of the Equipment. There is no reason to expect that licenses and permits which are presently issued by Governmental Authorities with respect to the Equipment could not be obtained under the same or similar conditions with respect to the Equipment by Lessor, such transferee, assignee or operator to the extent applicable thereto. Lessor has and will have sufficient rights to all present and future intellectual property (including all Included IP, but excluding, in all cases, Proprietary Information) that is necessary or desirable for operation of the Equipment.
     (xix) Lessee and each Guarantor is in compliance in all material respects with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) the Patriot Act.
     (b) Lessee hereby covenants and agrees with Lessor that:
     (i) The Equipment will at all times be used for commercial or business purposes, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     (ii) Lessee shall maintain a system of identification number tagging on the Equipment and any significant Part thereof by affixing in a prominent position on the Equipment (and components thereof) plates, tags or other identifying labels stating (i) that the Equipment is property of Lessor and (ii) the manufacturer, serial numbers and type and model thereof as set forth in Annex A to the Schedule.
     (iii) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, at all times hereinafter shall maintain and implement at the Site a written environmental, health and safety (“ EH&S ”) program (“ EH&S Program ”) to ensure that Lessee’s operations at the Site are conducted in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits. The EH&S Program shall involve senior management, shall include a formal written

36


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
corporate environmental policy, and shall be directed by the person responsible for Lessee’s EH&S compliance.
     (iv) At Lessor’s request (not more frequently than once in any 12-month period, unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing), Lessee shall provide Lessor with a briefing regarding Lessee’s compliance with its EH&S Program and Lessee shall take such action reasonably requested by Lessor to address any deficiencies noted by Lessor under Applicable Law.
     (v) Lessee agrees that it shall not (i) establish a new “location” for the purposes of Section 9-307 of the UCC, (ii) change its chief executive office or its jurisdiction of organization, (iii) change its name or (iv) do business under any name other than “Chicopee, Inc.” until it shall have given to the Lessor not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of its intention so to do, clearly describing such new location, jurisdiction and/or name and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Lessor may reasonably request.
     (vi) Lessee has fee simple title to the Site and shall cause fee simple title to the future expansion parcel referenced in the Site Lease to be granted to it no later than September 1, 2010.
     (vii) Lessee shall provide, at its sole cost and expense, prior to entering into a mortgage with respect to the Site, a SNDA, duly executed (and in recordable form) by each mortgagee, with respect to the Site. Lessee shall maintain each SNDA at all times during the Term for the estimated useful life of the Equipment. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor 30 days’ prior written notice of any assignment, transfer or sale by Site Lessor of the Site and Lessee agrees that any assignment of the Site shall be made subject to the terms of the Site Lease.
     (viii) Lessee shall (i) maintain at all times during the Basic Term an Acceptable Letter of Credit for the benefit of Lessor with a stated amount not less than the Required Amount and (ii) maintain at all times until January 28, 2016 a Supplemental Letter of Credit, in each case in order to secure the Lessee’s obligations under this Agreement. In the event that any Acceptable Letter of Credit has an expiration or termination date prior to the Basic Term, Lessee shall replace such Acceptable Letter of Credit with an Acceptable Letter of Credit in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement no later than thirty (30) days prior to such expiration or termination date. If (a) a Downgrade Event has occurred or (b) Lessee shall make a good faith determination that a significant possibility exists that a Downgrade Event will occur, Lessee, within 30 days of the earliest of (i) having knowledge of such fact, (ii) reaching such good faith determination or (iii) receiving notice from Lessor of such fact, shall provide a replacement Acceptable Letter of Credit. Lessee shall not at any time permit any Liens (other than Lessor’s Liens) to exist on Lessor’s interest in the Acceptable Letter of Credit or in its rights to enforce payment thereon.
     (ix) Lessee shall deliver the reports as set forth in Sections 5(b) and 5(e).

37


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (x) Lessee shall promptly deliver to Lessor written notice of any default under any of the Operative Documents, the Documents or any material contract pertaining to the Equipment.
     (xi) At all times during the Term, PGI shall control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the equity interests in Lessee or any successor entity.
     (xii) Lessee shall comply or cause PGI to comply with the financial covenants set forth in Appendix II of this Agreement.
     (xiii) Lessee shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, remain (i) in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations relating to (x) the regulations promulgated by OFAC relating to dealings with certain persons listed on the publicly available Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC, (y) Section 1(b), (c) or (d) of Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001) and (z) the prevention and detection of money laundering violations under the BSA, under all regulations promulgated under the BSA and under all published U.S. government guidance, and (ii) in compliance with all other Applicable Laws the non-compliance with which, with respect to this clause (ii) only, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) Lessor hereby represents and warrants to Lessee that on the date hereof and on the date of execution of the Schedule:
     (i) Lessor is a Delaware limited liability company duly formed and validly existing in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and the Lessor’s organizational identification number is 4821012. Lessor’s EIN is 27-2569352.
     (ii) The Documents to which Lessor is a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Lessor and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Operative Documents by each party thereto other than Lessor, constitute valid, legal and binding obligations, enforceable against Lessor in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that the enforcement of remedies therein provided may be limited under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.
     (iii) Lessor has adequate limited liability company power and authority to enter into, and perform under, the Documents to which it is a party. The entry into and performance by Lessor of the Documents will not violate its certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement.
18. INTENT; TITLE
     (a) It is the express intent of the parties that this Agreement constitute a true lease and not a sale of the Equipment. It is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto that Lessor is the legal owner of all of the Equipment. Title to the Equipment shall at all times remain in Lessor, and Lessee shall acquire no ownership, title, property, right, equity, or interest in the Equipment other than its leasehold interest solely as Lessee subject to all the terms and conditions hereof.

38


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
The parties agree that the lease is a “Finance Lease” as defined in Uniform Commercial Code Article 2A — Leases (“Article 2A”). Lessee acknowledges: (a) that Lessee has selected the “Supplier” (as defined in Article 2A) and directed Lessor to purchase the Equipment from the Vendors; (b) that Lessee has been informed in writing in this Agreement, before signing this Agreement, that Lessee is entitled under Article 2A to the promises and warranties, including those of any third party, provided to Lessor by the Vendors in connection with or as part of the contract by which Lessor acquired the Equipment, and that Lessee may communicate with the Vendor and receive an accurate and complete statement of those promises and warranties, including any disclaimers and limitations of them or of remedies. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, Lessee hereby waives any and all rights and remedies conferred upon a lessee in Section 508(5) of Article 2A; provided, however that such waiver shall not preclude Lessee from asserting any claim of Lessee against Lessor in a separate cause of action; and provided further that such waiver shall not affect Lessor’s obligations of good faith, diligence, reasonableness and care.
     (b) Notwithstanding the express intent of the parties, should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this Agreement is not a true lease, but rather one intended as security, then solely in that event and for the expressly limited purposes thereof, Lessee shall be deemed to have hereby granted Lessor a security interest in the Equipment, and all accessions thereto, substitutions and replacements therefor, and proceeds (including insurance proceeds) thereof (but without power of sale) to secure the prompt payment and performance as and when due of all obligations and indebtedness of Lessee (or any affiliate of Lessee) to Lessor, now existing or hereafter created. For the purposes of this paragraph, this Agreement, the Schedule, or a photocopy of either thereof may be filed as a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code.
19. PURCHASE OPTIONS
     Provided no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lessee shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Equipment leased under all Schedules executed hereunder upon the following terms and conditions.
     (a) Upon not more than 365 days’ and not less than 300 days’ irrevocable prior written notice by Lessee to Lessor, Lessee may elect to purchase, at expiration of the Basic Term, all (but not less than all) of the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, for cash equal to the then Fair Market Value of the Equipment (in-place and in-use), plus (in any event) all applicable taxes. If Lessee has elected to exercise the purchase option set forth in this Section 19(a), on the last day of the Basic Term, Lessee shall pay to Lessor in cash the full purchase price (plus all applicable taxes), together with any Rent or other sums then due hereunder on such date and Lessor shall convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and clear of all Lessor’s Liens.
     (b) Subject to Section 12(e), if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the notice in the first sentence of paragraph (a) above, then on the date of expiration of the Term, Lessee shall return the Equipment in full compliance with Section 11 of this Agreement on or prior to the date of expiration of the Term. If Lessee shall have given the notice provided in the first sentence of paragraph (a) above, and a Default occurs and is continuing at

39


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
the expiration of this Agreement, Lessor may elect either to enforce the option exercised by Lessee or demand return of the Equipment to Lessor in full compliance with Section 11 of this Agreement.
     (c) The Lessee may elect, upon not more than 180 days’ and not less than 90 days’ irrevocable written notice to Lessor prior to the First EBO Date, to purchase on the First EBO Date all (but not less than all) of the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS for a purchase price equal to the First EBO Price plus all applicable taxes. If Lessee has elected to exercise the purchase option set forth in this Section 19(c), on the First EBO Date, Lessee shall pay to Lessor in cash the First EBO Price (plus all applicable taxes) together with any Rent or other sums due hereunder on such date (excluding any Basic Term Rent scheduled to be paid on such First EBO Date) and Lessor shall convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and clear of all Lessor’s Liens.
     (d) The Lessee may elect, upon not more than 180 days’ and not less than 90 days’ irrevocable written notice to Lessor prior to the Second EBO Date, to purchase on the Second EBO Date all (but not less than all) of the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS for a purchase price equal to the Second EBO Price plus all applicable taxes. If Lessee has elected to exercise the purchase option set forth in this Section 19(d), on the Second EBO Date, Lessee shall pay to Lessor in cash the Second EBO Price (plus all applicable taxes) together with any Rent or other sums due hereunder on such date (excluding any Basic Term Rent scheduled to be paid on such Second EBO Date) and Lessor shall convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and clear of all Lessor’s Liens.
20. MISCELLANEOUS
     (a) Any cancellation or termination by Lessor, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the Schedule, supplement or amendment hereto, or the lease of the Equipment hereunder, shall not release Lessee from any then outstanding obligations to Lessor hereunder.
     (b) Lessor’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Lessee of any of the provisions hereof shall not waive or diminish Lessor’s right thereafter to demand strict compliance therewith.
     (c) Lessee agrees, upon receiving Lessor’s written request, to execute any instrument necessary for filing, recording or perfecting the interest of Lessor, and to execute and deliver to Lessor such further documents, instruments and assurances and to take such further action as Lessor from time to time reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and purpose of the transaction contemplated hereunder.
     (d) All notices, consents, directions, approvals, instructions, requests, demands, and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier service, sent by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt), or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the other party at each of its respective addresses stated below or at such other address as such party shall from time to time designate in writing to the other party; and shall be effective from the date of receipt.

40


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     
If to the Lessee:
  Chicopee, Inc.
 
  9335 Harris Corners Parkway
 
  Suite 300
 
  Charlotte NC 28269
 
  Attention: Chief Financial Officer
 
  Telephone: (704) 697-5186
 
  Facsimile: (704) 697-5121
 
   
With a copy to:
  Polymer Group, Inc.
 
  9335 Harris Corners Parkway
 
  Suite 300
 
  Charlotte NC 28269
 
  Attention: General Counsel
 
  Telephone: (704) 697-5179
 
  Facsimile: (704) 697-5120
 
   
If to the Lessor:
  Gossamer Holdings, LLC
 
  201 Merritt Seven
 
  Norwalk, CT 06851 USA
 
  Attention: Annie Schorr, Portfolio Manager
 
  Telephone: (203) 229-1421
 
  Facsimile: (513) 770-5460
 
   
With copies to:
  General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee
 
  201 Merritt Seven, 2nd Floor
 
  Norwalk, CT 06851 USA
 
  Attention: Annie Schorr
 
  Telephone: (203) 229-1421
 
  Facsimile: (513) 770-5460
 
 
ING Spunmelt Holdings LLC
 
  200 Galleria Parkway, Ste. 950
 
  Atlanta, Georgia 30339 USA
 
  Attention: Jerry L. McDonald, Director
 
  Telephone: (770) 984-4514
 
  Facsimile: (770) 951-1005
     (e) This Agreement, the Exhibits and the Schedule and Annexes thereto constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. NO VARIATION OR MODIFICATION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY WAIVER OF ANY OF ITS PROVISIONS OR CONDITIONS, SHALL BE VALID UNLESS IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EACH PARTY HERETO.
     (f) The representations, warranties and covenants of Lessee herein shall be deemed to survive the closing hereunder. The obligations of Lessee under Sections 4, 11 and 15 hereof which accrue during the Term of this Agreement and obligations which by their express terms survive the termination of this Agreement, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

41


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (g) Each Member is an express third party beneficiary of the agreements of the Lessee and Lessor hereunder and shall be entitled to rely on such agreements as if it were named a party hereto.
     (h) In case of a failure of Lessee to comply with any provision of this Agreement, Lessor shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to effect such compliance, in whole or in part; and all moneys spent and expenses and obligations incurred or assumed by Lessor in effecting such compliance (together with interest thereon at the Overdue Rate) shall constitute Supplemental Rent due to Lessor within 5 days after the date Lessor sends written notice to Lessee requesting payment. Lessor’s effecting such compliance shall not be a waiver of Lessee’s default.
     (i) Any Rent or other amount not paid to Lessor when due hereunder shall bear interest, both before and after any judgment or termination hereof, at Overdue Rate.
     (j) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     (k) So long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, and conditioned upon Lessee performing all of the covenants and conditions hereof, as to claims of Lessor or Persons claiming under Lessor, Lessee shall peaceably and quietly hold, possess and use the Equipment during the Term of this Agreement subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
     (l) Lessee agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessor, the Members and any assignee from and after the Basic Term Commencement Date during the term of this Agreement in connection with (i) the formation, administration and operation of the Lessor and (ii) the preparation, execution, delivery, filing, recording, and administration of any of the Documents, including (without limitation) the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Lessor, any Member and any assignee thereof, accounting, tax administration, due diligence, appraisals, lien searches, UCC and/or SNDA filing fees, and field audits; and all costs and expenses incurred by Lessor or any Member, if any, in connection with the enforcement of any of the Documents.
     (m) Each party hereto agrees to keep confidential, the terms and provisions of the Operative Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (collectively, the “ Transactions ”); provided that either party may disclose the terms and provisions of the Documents and transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (i) to its or its controlling entities’ employees, officers, directors and agents who agree to hold the same confidential in accordance with the terms of this Section 20(m), (ii) to its or its controlling entities’ consultants, auditors, attorneys and accountants who agree to hold the same confidential substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 20(m), (iii) if it is reasonably believed by it to be compelled by any court decree, subpoena or other legal or administrative order or process after giving the other party advance written notice of the proposed disclosure to the extent reasonably possible, (iv) on the advice of its counsel, otherwise required by law or necessary or appropriate in connection

42


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
with any litigation or other proceeding to which it or its affiliates is a party after giving the other party advance written notice of the proposed disclosure to the extent reasonably possible, or (v) which becomes available to such party from a third party on a non-confidential basis. Section 22 below contains additional provisions regarding confidentiality and to the extent there is a conflict between Section 22 and this Section 20(m), Section 22 shall control.
     (n) Lessee shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates to, issue any press release or other public disclosure using the name, logo or otherwise referring to any Member or any Affiliate of such Member, the Operative Documents or any transaction contemplated therein to which Owner or any Member is party without the prior consent of each Member except to the extent required to do so under Applicable Law and then, only after consulting with each Member.
     (o) Lessee consents to the publication by Lessor or any Member of Lessor of advertising material relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement using Lessee’s or any Guarantor’s name, product photographs, logo or trademark. Lessor or such Member shall provide a draft of any advertising material to Lessee for review and comment prior to the publication thereof. Neither Lessor nor any Member of Lessor will obtain any license of or right to use such names, product photographs, logos or trademarks beyond that expressly authorized in this Section 20(o), which is non-exclusive.
     (p) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement and the Schedule shall constitute a single lease instrument.
     (q) All consultants, contractors, engineers, employees, independent contractors and other Persons who seek to enter the Site, the Facility or any other property of Lessee, or who desire to observe or inspect the Equipment or any of Lessee’s records, on behalf of or at the request of Lessor or any Member pursuant to this Agreement must comply with Lessee’s reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality policies and procedures.
     (r) Each of Lessor and each Member that is subject to the Patriot Act hereby notifies Lessee and Guarantors that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Lessee and each Guarantor, which information includes the name and address of Lessee and each Guarantor and other information that will allow Lessor and each Member to identify Lessee and each Guarantor in accordance with the Patriot Act.
21. CHOICE OF LAW; JURISDICTION
     THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE), INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE. The parties agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be commenced in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and the parties irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of such court and agree not to assert, by way of

43


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such court, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient form, that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or the transaction contemplated hereby may not be enforced in or by such court. Each of the parties hereto agree that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law; provided that this sentence will not be construed as a waiver of any right to file an appeal or to seek a stay.
22. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
     (a) Lessor shall keep confidential and shall not disclose to any Person, except as expressly permitted by this Section 22, all Confidential Information. Lessor shall only be entitled to disclose Confidential Information to (i) its, its Members’ and its Members’ Affiliates’ respective employees, officers, directors, agents, consultants, advisors, auditors, attorneys and accountants (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the Transactions) who agree to hold the Confidential Information in accordance with the terms of this Section 22, (ii) any prospective purchaser of the Equipment or of any Member’s interest in Lessor (if such Person first executes and delivers to Lessor and Lessee a confidentiality agreement at least as restrictive as this Section 22), provided that under no circumstances shall Lessor disclose any Proprietary Information to any such prospective purchaser, (iii) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority, (iv) to the extent required by Applicable Laws or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (v) in connection with the exercise of remedies under this Agreement or under any other Operative Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Operative Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder.
     (b) Lessor shall only use the Confidential Information as expressly permitted by this Section 22 and shall not use any Confidential Information on behalf of any other Person except as expressly permitted by this Section 22.
     (c) Lessor shall have no liability for any disclosure of any Confidential Information by any consultants, contractors, engineers, employees, independent contractors and other Persons who have executed a confidentiality agreement with Lessee or any of its Affiliates.
     (d) Confidential Information shall not include any information, document or record (a) that is or becomes lawfully available to the general public without any breach of this Agreement or any violation of any Applicable Law, (b) that was previously lawfully in the possession of Lessor without any obligation to Lessee, any Guarantor or any other Person to hold it in confidence or to restrict the use of it, or (c) that Lessor receives from a third party who is free to disclose that information to Lessor without breaching any agreement or violating any Applicable Law.
     (e) If Lessor is required or intends to disclose Confidential Information under Section 22(a)(iii), 22(a)(iv) or 22(a)(v), Lessor shall give Lessee prompt and prior written notice of the proposed disclosure (to the extent reasonably possible and not otherwise prohibited). Additionally, Lessee shall be entitled to take those actions it deems necessary or appropriate, including seeking to prevent the disclosure of its Confidential Information. Lessor will provide

44


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
reasonable assistance to Lessee in connection with those actions, and Lessee will reimburse Lessor for Lessor’s and any Member’s actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing that assistance. Lessor shall disclose Confidential Information only in compliance with this Section 22.
     (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22, Lessor may disclose Confidential Information (but not Proprietary Information), as necessary, to a potential investor in a syndication of this Lease as long as that potential investor first executes and delivers to Lessor a confidentiality agreement in the form of Exhibit No. 4.
     (g) The provisions contained in this Section 22 and any similar provisions in any separate confidentiality agreement executed by any Member or any employee of Lessor or any Member shall survive for a period of 18 months following the termination of this Agreement (whether at the end of the Basic Term or at the time of any earlier termination of this Agreement).
     (h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of confidentiality contained herein, as they relate to the Transactions, shall not apply to the federal tax structure or federal tax treatment of the Transactions, and each party hereto (and any employee, representative, or agent of any party hereto) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal tax structure and federal tax treatment of the Transactions. The preceding sentence is intended to cause each Transaction to be treated as not having been offered under conditions of confidentiality for purposes of Section 1.6011-4(b)(3) (or any successor provision) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 6011 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed in a manner consistent with such purpose. In addition, each party hereto acknowledges that it has no proprietary or exclusive rights to the federal tax structure of the Transactions or any federal tax matter or federal tax idea related to the Transactions.
     (i) Lessor will use commercially reasonable efforts not to obtain Proprietary Information except as permitted under this Agreement and necessary to carry out its obligations, or to exercise its rights, under this Agreement, and Lessee will use commercially reasonable efforts not to disclose Proprietary Information to Lessor or its employees, contractors, consultants or agents except as necessary to carry out its obligations or to exercise its rights under this Agreement.
23. DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein or in the Schedule shall have the meanings assigned thereto in Appendix I attached hereto; and the general provisions and rules of interpretation set forth in Appendix I shall apply to this Agreement.
[Signatures on next page]

45


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessee and Lessor have caused this Equipment Lease Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
             
LESSOR:   LESSEE:
 
           
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC   CHICOPEE, INC.
 
           
BY:
  GENERAL ELECTRIC CREDIT   By:    
 
           
 
  CORPORATION OF TENNESSEE,       Name:
 
  its member       Title:
 
           
By:
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
 
           
BY:
  ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC, its member        
 
           
By:
           
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        

46


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
APPENDIX I
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
DEFINITIONS
See attached.

 


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
CONFORMED COPY
as amended by
that certain AMENDMENT AND WAIVER, dated as of January 19, 2011 and
that certain SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of October 7, 2011
Appendix I
Definitions
Acceptable Letter of Credit ” shall mean a valid and enforceable irrevocable transferable letter of credit substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and otherwise in form and substance acceptable to Owner or Lessor, as applicable, that is: (1) issued by an Acceptable Letter of Credit Bank, (2) having a stated expiration date of not earlier than 364 days after the date of original issuance, (3) drawable in full if not renewed or replaced with an Acceptable Letter of Credit 30 days before its expiry, (4) payable and drawable at an office of such issuing bank in the United States of America, (5) payable in U.S. dollars in immediately available funds, (6) issued under arrangements not illegal for the parties to enter into, (7) is governed by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (revision effective January 1, 1994), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 or the International Standby Practices (ISP98) International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of New York State, and (8) which shall permit the beneficiary thereof to assign its interest without the consent of such Acceptable Letter of Credit Bank.
Acceptable Letter of Credit Bank ” shall mean a bank (1) the senior unsecured debt obligations (or long-term deposits) of which upon the date of issuance of an Acceptable Letter of Credit is rated at least “A3” by Moody’s and at least “A-” by S&P, with capital in excess of U.S.$500,000,000.00 Dollars, (2) from whom receipt of a letter does not violate Owner’s or Lessor’s then current policies including its credit and lending country exposure limits, which country limits shall be deemed satisfied if the bank is a United States bank, (3) as to whom there shall be no material litigation or arbitration proceeding threatened or pending between Lessor and such bank or Owner and such bank and (4) whom is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Owner and Lessor acting in good faith.
Acts of God ” shall mean any inevitable, unpredictable, and unreasonably severe event caused by natural forces without any human interference, and over which any party to any Operative Document has no control, such as flood, earthquake, storm, hurricane or other natural disaster.
Additional Construction Document ” shall mean any material contract or undertaking to which the Construction Agent or the Owner is a party relating to the development, installation, construction, completion, operation, administration or maintenance of the Equipment entered into after the Construction Closing Date but prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date.
Adjacent Property ” shall mean those parcels of land owned by Site Lessor located adjacent to the Site as legally described on Schedule B to the Site Lease.
Advance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) of the Construction Agency Agreement, in each case, made in accordance with the applicable Operative Document.

 


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Adverse Environmental Condition ” shall refer to (i) the Release of or exposure to any Hazardous Substance at, on, under or within the Site, the Facility or the Equipment in violation of or could result in liability under any Environmental Law, (ii) the use, generation, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Substances in connection with the operation of the Facility and Equipment in violation of or could result in liability under any Environmental Law, or (iii) the violation of any Environmental Law resulting from ownership, possession, use, operation or modification of the Site, the Facility or the Equipment.
Affiliate ” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any particular Person shall mean the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling”, “controlled” and “under common control” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided, however, that any Person owning, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the Governing Body of a corporation, or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of any other Person, is deemed to control such corporation or other Person.
After-Tax Basis ” shall mean, in the context of determining the amount of a payment to be made on such basis, the payment of an amount which, after reduction by the net increase in Taxes of the recipient (actual or constructive) of such payment, which net increase shall be calculated by taking into account any current reduction in such Taxes resulting from any tax benefits realized the recipient as a result of such payment, shall be equal to the amount required to be paid. In calculating the amount payable by reason of this provision, all income taxes payable and tax benefits realized shall be determined on the assumptions that (i) the recipient is subject to applicable income taxes at the highest marginal tax rates then applicable to widely held corporations that are in effect in the applicable jurisdictions for the relevant period or periods and (ii) all related tax benefits are utilized at the highest marginal tax rates then applicable to widely held corporations that are in effect in the applicable jurisdictions for the relevant period or periods, and shall take into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
Allocated Cost ” for the Support Items, means Chicopee’s out-of-pocket costs incurred to provide such Support Items during a particular period, and shall include an allocated portion of the cost, if any, of (1) continuing access rights, (2) maintaining licenses and permits, (3) supplies, (4) third-party services, (5) utilities and (6) an allocable share of Chicopee’s overhead or administrative costs related thereto. All Allocated Costs shall be determined in accordance with GAAP and in a manner consistent with Chicopee’s past practices.
Amendment and Waiver ” shall mean the Amendment and Waiver, dated as of January 19, 2011, to the Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) between the Company and the Lessor.
Amendment and Waiver Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 7 of the Amendment and Waiver.

2


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Applicable Laws ” means all laws, judgments, decrees, ordinances and regulations and any other governmental rules and orders and all requirements having the force of law, now or hereafter enacted, made or issued, whether or not presently contemplated, including compliance with all requirements of zoning laws, labor laws and Environmental Laws, compliance with which is required with respect to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment, whether or not such compliance shall require structural, unforeseen or extraordinary changes to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment or the operation, occupancy or use thereof.
Applicable Margin ” shall mean from the Construction Closing Date until the Construction Termination Date, 5.0% per annum; provided however that during and after a Construction Termination Extension or if a Construction Agency Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Applicable Margin shall mean 7% per annum.
Appraisal ” shall mean the appraisal, dated the Basic Term Commencement Date, prepared by the Appraiser and addressed to the Lessor, which Appraisal shall:
  (i)   determine the Equipment Cost, which will be equal to the fair market value of the Equipment on the Basic Term Commencement Date;
  (ii)   determine the economic useful life of the Equipment and confirm that the Equipment shall be reasonably estimated on the Basic Term Commencement Date to have (i) a remaining economic useful life equal to 133.33% of the Basic Term and (ii) a fair market value at the end of the Basic Term equal to at least 20% of the Equipment Cost, without regard to inflation or deflation during the Basic Term;
  (iii)   confirm that it is reasonable to expect that upon expiration or termination of the Equipment Lease, it will be commercially feasible for a party other than the Lessee to operate the Equipment;
  (iv)   allocate the percentage of the Equipment Cost eligible for each category of Depreciation Deduction;
  (v)   confirm an orderly liquidation value for the Equipment; and
  (vi)   address any other matters (including the matters addressed in the Preliminary Appraisal) that the Lessor shall request.
Appraisal Procedure ” shall mean the following procedure for determining the Fair Market Value of the Equipment:
  (a)   At either Lessee’s or Lessor’s written request, as the case may be, Lessor and Lessee shall negotiate in good faith to determine the Fair Market Value of the Equipment within 30 days after such request has been given. If after such 30-day period, Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree upon a determination of the Fair Market Value of the Equipment, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the appraisal procedure set forth in this definition. If either party shall have given written notice to the other requesting determination of such Fair

3


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
      Market Value by such appraisal procedure, the parties shall consult for the purpose of appointing an independent appraiser by mutual agreement. If a single appraiser shall have been appointed by the parties, the determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon the parties. If no such appraiser is appointed within 20 days after such notice is given, such determinations shall be made as follows:
  (i)   Two qualified appraisers shall be appointed, one of whom shall be selected by Lessee and the other of whom shall be selected by Lessor, both selections to be made within 10 days after the end of such 20 day period. The appraisal determined by each appraiser shall be compared and if the differential between the two is less than 10% of the average of the two appraisers, then such average of the two appraisals shall be final and binding upon the parties; but
  (ii)   if the differential between the two appraisals is 10% or more of the average of the appraisals, then a third qualified appraiser shall be promptly appointed by the American Arbitration Association of New York, in accordance with its rules as then in effect. The appraisals determined by each of the three appraisers shall be averaged and the appraisal furthest from such average shall be disregarded. The appraisals determined by each of the two remaining appraisers shall be averaged and such average shall be final and binding upon the parties.
  (b)   The appraiser or appraisers shall be provided with, and instructed to appraise in accordance with, the definitions of all terms appearing herein and having a bearing on the determinations subject to appraisal and in accordance with customary appraisal procedures.
  (c)   The fees and expenses of each appraiser shall be paid by Lessee.
Appraiser ” shall mean Accuval Associates, Inc., a licensed appraiser pursuant to Title XI of FIRREA, or such other recognized appraiser as Lessor shall designate.
Appurtenances ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.1 of the Site Lease.
Arbitration Proceeding ” means the procedure specified in the succeeding sentences for settling any dispute as to Fair Market Rental Value under the Support Agreement. In the event that Lessor disagrees with Chicopee’s determination of Fair Market Rental Value under the Support Agreement, Lessor shall provide written notice to Chicopee of its intention to arbitrate the same. Such dispute shall be arbitrated by a panel of three arbitrators, each of whom shall be experienced in the industrial textile manufacturing industry, one of which shall be chosen by the Lessor and one of which shall be chosen by Chicopee, in each case on or before the 20th day after such notice is given. If either party required to choose an arbitrator hereunder shall fail to do so on or before such 20th day, then the appointment of such arbitrator shall be made by the American Arbitration Association, or an organization that is a successor thereto, upon application thereto in the same manner as specified below for the appointment of a third

4


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
arbitrator. The two arbitrators so chosen shall meet on or before the 10th day after the second arbitrator is appointed and on or before the 30th day after they meet shall decide the dispute. If within such period they cannot agree upon their decision, they shall on or before the 10th day thereafter appoint a third arbitrator and, if they cannot agree upon such appointment, the third arbitrator shall be appointed upon their application or upon the application of either party to the American Arbitration Association, or any organization that is a successor thereto, from a panel of arbitrators having expertise in the industrial textile manufacturing industry and a familiarity with the equipment used or operated in such business. The three arbitrators shall meet and decide the Fair Market Rental Value on or before the 30th day after the appointment of the third arbitrator. Any decision or determination in which two of the three arbitrators shall concur shall be final and binding upon the parties, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws and Regulations. In designating arbitrators and in deciding the dispute, the arbitrators shall act in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in force; subject however, to the express provisions to the contrary, if any, contained in the Support Agreement. If the American Arbitration Association or its successor shall not then be in existence, the arbitration shall proceed under comparable laws or statutes then in effect. The parties to the arbitration shall be entitled to present evidence and argument to the arbitrators. Each party shall pay (i) the fees and expenses of the arbitrator appointed by or on its behalf, (ii) equal shares of (A) the other expenses of the arbitration properly incurred, and (B) the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator, if any, and (iii) its own legal fees and expenses.
AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS ” shall mean the transfer of the interest in the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, without recourse or warranty, express or implied of any kind whatsoever, except as to the absence of Lessor’s Liens.
ASTM Standard ” shall mean the American Society for Testing and Materials Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process (Standard Designation E 1527-05), or subsequent ASTM standard relating to the scope of Phase I Environmental Site Assessments.
Authorized Officer ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, any Senior Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or any other management employee (A) that has the power to take the action in question and has been authorized, directly or indirectly, by the Governing Body of such Person, (B) working under the direct supervision of such Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President or Treasurer and (C) whose responsibilities include the administration of the transactions and agreements contemplated by the Operative Documents.
Basic Term ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
Basic Term Commencement Date ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2(a) of the Equipment Lease.
Basic Term Lease Rate Factor ” shall have meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.

5


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Basic Term Rent ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section E of the Schedule. Basic Term Rent shall equal the product of the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor times the Capitalized Lessor’s Cost on the Schedule.
Beneficiary ” means Site Lessee and any subsequent lessee or sublessee under the Site Lease, other than Chicopee and its Affiliates.
Blackstone ” means Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by them or any of their Affiliates, but not including any of their portfolio companies.
Breakage Costs ” shall mean an amount equal to the amount, if any, required to compensate the Owner, the Lessor or any Member, as the case may be, for any additional losses (including any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or funds acquired by the Owner to fund its obligations under the Operative Documents, but excluding any lost profits) that it may sustain or incur.
BSA ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 17(a)(xvi) of the Equipment Lease.
Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, and any day on which commercial banking institutions located in New York, New York are authorized by law or other governmental action to close.
CAA ” and “ Construction Agency Agreement ” each means that certain Construction Agency Agreement dated as of June 24, 2010 between the Owner, as owner, and the Construction Agent, as the construction agent.
CAA Discount Rate ” shall mean the LIBOR Base Rate plus five percent (5%) as of the Construction Closing Date.
Capitalized Lessor’s Cost ” shall mean the Lease Investment Balance on the Basic Term Commencement Date plus any fees, costs and expenses incurred by Lessor or any Member in connection with the execution of the Schedule which are not included in the Lease Investment Balance.
Carry Cost on Advances ” means the sum of (i) for each day during each Carry Cost Period the amount equal to the product of (a) a rate per annum of 0.5% and (b) an amount equal to the Commitment less the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances, (ii) with respect to any Carry Cost Period, an amount equal to the product of (a) a percentage rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Rate for such Carry Cost Period plus the Applicable Margin and (b) the aggregate amount of outstanding Advances and (iii) the amount equal the product of (a) 1.0% and (b) the Commitment which amount in this clause (iii) shall be deemed full earned on and as of the Construction Closing Date.
Carry Cost Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Advance, (i) initially, the period beginning on (and including) the date on which such Advance is made and ending on the day one month thereafter (or, if such subsequent month has no numerically corresponding calendar day, on the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day) and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the first

6


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
day after the end of the next preceding Carry Cost Period applicable to such Advance and ending on the day one month thereafter (or, if such month has no numerically corresponding calendar day, on the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day); provided, however , that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Carry Cost Periods are subject to the following:
     (A) if any Carry Cost Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a LIBOR Business Day, such Carry Cost Period shall be extended to the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day (unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Carry Cost Period into another calendar month, in which case such Carry Cost Period shall end on the immediately preceding LIBOR Business Day);
     (B) no Carry Cost Period may end later than the Basic Term Commencement Date; and
     (C) any Carry Cost Period that begins on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Carry Cost Period) shall end on the last LIBOR Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Carry Cost Period.
Casualty Occurrence ”, (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, the Site Lease and the Site Sublease, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7 of the CAA.
Certificate of Acceptance ” means each certificate of acceptance executed and delivered pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Equipment Lease in substantially the form of Annex B to Exhibit No. 1 of the Equipment Lease.
Change Date ” shall mean the Second EBO Date.
Change in Law ” shall mean any change (or proposed change, if in the Lessor’s good faith judgment, such proposed changed has a realistic possibility of becoming law, and would have a material adverse effect on Lessor or any Member) in the Code or in the interpretation, re-interpretation or application thereof made subsequent to the Construction Closing Date and on or prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date.
Change of Control ” means (a) prior to any initial public offering of Lessee or any Guarantor (or any newly-formed Affiliate of any Guarantor formed to be the issuer in such initial public offering), Blackstone ceases to own, directly or indirectly, on a fully-diluted basis, more than 50% of the aggregate shares of voting stock of PGI and (b) after any initial public offering of Lessee or any Guarantor (or any newly-formed Affiliate of any Guarantor formed to be the issuer in such initial public offering), Blackstone ceases to own, directly or indirectly, on a fully-diluted basis, more than 30% of the aggregate shares of voting stock of PGI and, no other Person or group of Persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) own, directly or indirectly, on a fully-diluted basis, more than the aggregate shares of voting stock of PGI then held by Blackstone; provided however , that a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred following an event described in clause (b) of this definition if, within ten (10) Business Days following the occurrence of such

7


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
event, Lessee (1) delivers to Lessor a new Supplemental Letter of Credit (which letter of credit shall be in addition to any existing letters of credit that have been issued to Lessor on behalf of Lessee and remain in full force and effect) or (2) elects to have the definition of Total Leverage Ratio set forth on Appendix II to this Agreement automatically amended as of such date of election (without any further action by Lessee or Lessor) to read as follows:
Total Leverage Ratio . The Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI for which financial statements are available shall not exceed for the fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to the date of the event described in clause (b) of the definition of Change of Control (the Total Leverage Ratio for such fiscal quarter being calculated on a pro forma basis to reflect such Change of Control) and for each fiscal quarter thereafter, 3.50 to 1.00.”
Change Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b) of the Construction Agency Agreement.
Chicopee ” means Chicopee, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Claim ”, (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, the Site Lease and the Site Sublease, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15(a) of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in the CAA, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a) of the CAA.
Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and superseded from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Commercial Operation ” shall mean the capability of the Equipment to operate in all respects in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Documents and which satisfies the Construction Completion requirements.
Commitment ” shall mean U.S.$56,657,070.00.
Commitment Fee ” shall mean an amount equal to 1% of the Commitment.
Company ” means Chicopee, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Confidential Information ” means (i) all information, documents and records describing or relating to the business, operational, marketing and financial plans, strategies, relationships and performance of Lessee, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of any of them and their respective suppliers and customers provided by Lessee, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of any of them to Lessor or its advisors in the course of due diligence, in reports from Lessee, or through observations at the Site or the Facility and (ii) all Proprietary Information. All of the foregoing information, documents and records shall be Confidential Information whether or not they are marked “confidential”, whether or not they are in oral, written, electronic or other form.
Construction Agency Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of the CAA.

8


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Construction Agent ” shall mean the Company in its capacity as construction agent under the CAA.
Construction Budget ” shall mean the budget attached as Exhibit V to the CAA, which budget sets forth all costs anticipated on the Construction Closing Date to be incurred for the purchase (in the name of the Lessor, as owner), delivery and installation of the Equipment and the construction, start-up and testing of the Equipment, as such budget may be amended, modified or adjusted in accordance with the CAA.
Construction Closing Date ” shall mean June 24, 2010.
Construction Completion ” shall mean the Equipment is complete and in Commercial Operation, which is expected to be October 8, 2011. The Equipment will be deemed to be completed upon receipt by Owner of evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Owner, of (i) successful completion of fundings of Project Costs in accordance with the Construction Budget for the purchase, delivery and installation of the Equipment at the Site, (ii) certification of satisfactory completion by the Engineering Consultant, (iii) the Appraisal by the Appraiser and a tax opinion from Winston & Strawn LLP, (iv) Lessee’s Certificate of Acceptance, (v) Lessee’s acceptance of an amended Schedule, including acknowledgment of any repricing under the Equipment Lease and a representation and warranty that the conditions precedent to the Equipment Lease have been satisfied, (vi) title to the Equipment, is held by Owner, free and clear of all Liens (other than Lessor’s Liens), (vii) the Equipment, the Facility and the Site comply with all Applicable Laws in all material respects, (viii) all Governmental Approvals required to operate the Equipment, for which failure to obtain could have a Material Adverse Effect, (ix) a certificate of occupancy relating to the Facility, (x) all lien waivers or releases with respect to all amounts paid to any contractor or Vendor in connection with the Equipment, the Facility or the Site, and (xi) all employees of Lessee necessary or required to operate the Equipment have been hired and trained.
Construction Completion Date ” shall mean the date upon which Construction Completion is achieved and the Basic Term (as defined in the Equipment Lease) commences with respect to the Equipment.
Construction Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Construction Budget, the Milestones, the Preliminary Specifications, the Drawings and Specifications, and any other Additional Construction Documents or other agreements with architects or contractors entered into by the Construction Agent in accordance with the Construction Agency Agreement in connection with the construction of the Facility or the Equipment.
Construction Period ” shall mean the period that commences on the Construction Closing Date and ends on the Basic Term Commencement Date.
Construction Restoration or Replacement Plan ” shall mean a plan and time schedule for the application of insurance proceeds in the case of a casualty event (including a Casualty Occurrence) and any other funds available to the Construction Agent with which to restore or replace any property affected by a casualty event (including a Casualty Occurrence).

9


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Construction Termination Date ” shall mean October 8, 2011; provided, however, that if through no fault of the Construction Agent the Equipment has not then been completed but can reasonably be anticipated to be completed and Construction Completion achieved by December 30, 2011, the Construction Termination Date shall be extended until December 30, 2011 (the “ Construction Termination Extension ”).
Construction Termination Extension ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Construction Termination Date”.
Consultants ” shall mean the Appraiser, the Engineering Consultant and the Environmental Consultant.
Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined therein) among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (to be merged with and into PGI), as the lead borrower, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the other agents listed therein and each lender from time to time party thereto. References to the Credit Agreement or any terms defined therein shall mean the Credit Agreement as in effect as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date without regard to any subsequent amendments, supplements or modifications thereto.
Default ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 12(a) of the Equipment Lease.
Discount Rate ” means 10%.
Documents ” means, collectively, the Equipment Lease, the Schedule, each Certificate of Acceptance, the Guaranty, the Site Lease, the Site Sublease, the Support Agreement, the Security Deposit Pledge Agreement, the Easement Agreement, each Acceptable Letter of Credit, each SNDA and all other consents, agreements and documents relating thereto or to the Equipment, the Facility or the Site.
Dollars ” or “ $ ” means the legal currency of the United States of America.
Downgrade Event ” shall mean that the senior unsecured debt obligations (or long-term deposits) of an Acceptable Letter of Credit Bank are no longer rated at least “Baa3” by Moody’s and at least “BBB-” by S&P.
Drawings and Specifications ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of the Site Lease.
Easement Agreement ” shall mean the Easement Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, by and between Site Lessor, as grantor, and Site Lesee, as grantee.
Easements ” shall have the meaning given such term in Schedule E of the Site Lease.
Effective Rate ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 3(d) of the Equipment Lease.

10


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
EH&S ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 17(b)(iii) of the Equipment Lease.
EH&S Program ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 17(b)(iii) of Equipment Lease.
Engineer ” means an independent engineer of national standing competent in industrial textile manufacturing operations mutually selected by Beneficiary and Chicopee. If Chicopee and Beneficiary cannot agree upon the Engineer, either party, on behalf of both parties, may apply to the Chief Judge of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the appointment of the Engineer, and the other party may not raise any questions as to the court’s full power and jurisdiction to entertain the application and make the appointment.
Engineering Consultant ” shall mean E3 Consulting, Inc., or such other qualified and recognized engineering firm as the Lessor shall designate.
Environmental Consultant ” shall mean an independent third party environmental consultant as the Owner shall designate who has training and experience adequate to perform an Environmental Evaluation in a safe and professional manner in accordance with current industry standards and in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.
Environmental Evaluation ” means (i) the completion of a Phase I ESA and environmental compliance review of the Site, the Facility and the Equipment and (ii) if (A) the Phase I ESA identifies RECs or environmental compliance issues related to the operation of the Site, and (B) the Environmental Consultant recommends further evaluation or investigation in addition to the Phase I ESA or environmental compliance review, then (iii) Lessor or Owner shall engage an Environmental Consultant to complete a Phase II ESA or further compliance evaluation. Copies of any Phase I ESA or Phase II ESA reports generated as part of the Environmental Evaluation shall be provided to and may be relied upon by the other party. If an Adverse Environmental Condition (other than a minor noncompliance or de minimis and surficial Release to a non-pervious surface or to soil) is identified, the Company or PGI will pay for the Environmental Evaluation; to the extent not specified in the Operative Documents, Owner shall pay for the Environmental Evaluation.
Environmental Law ” shall mean, whenever enacted or promulgated, any applicable Federal, state, county or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, Environmental Permit, administrative or court order, judgment, decree, injunction, code or requirement or any agreement with a Governmental Authority:
(x) relating to pollution (or the cleanup, removal, remediation or encapsulation thereof, or any other response thereto), or the regulation or protection of human health, safety or the environment, including air, water, vapor, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land (including surface or subsurface), plant, aquatic and animal life, or
(y) concerning exposure to, or the use, containment, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, discharge, emission, Release or threatened Release, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, containment, production, disposal or remediation of any Hazardous Substance.

11


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
in each case as amended and as now or hereafter in effect, and any common law (including, without limitation, injunctive relief and tort doctrines such as negligence, nuisance, trespass and strict liability) that may impose liability or obligations for injuries (whether personal or property) or damages due to or threatened as a result of the presence of, exposure to, or ingestion of, any Hazardous Substance, whether such common law or equitable doctrine is now or hereafter recognized or developed.
Environmental Loss ” shall mean any loss, cost ( including investigation, removal, cleanup and remedial costs), damage, liability, fine, penalty, penalty interest and surcharges or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, engineering and other professional or expert fees), and damages to, loss of the use of, or decrease in value of, the Site, the Facility or the Equipment arising out of or based on any Adverse Environmental Condition.
Environmental Permits ” mean all Governmental Approvals required under Environmental Law for the ownership, lease, construction or operation of the Equipment, the Support Equipment, the Support Items or the Site.
EPA ” shall mean the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
Equipment ” shall mean an integrated manufacturing line in terms of design, function and manufacturing capabilities (which, on the Basic Term Commencement Date, generally consists of the equipment listed in Annex A to the Schedule of the Lease) including (i) one complete REICOFIL 4 SSMMS line for the production of heat sealed polypropylene nonwoven fabrics, consisting of a 5-beam REICOFIL 4 Composite Extrusion Line, (ii) the Packaging and Wrapping system consisting of an automated bundle sorting and wrapping system that will accept custom-slit rolls from the production line, allow an operator to sort rolls into appropriately sized bundles, then automatically apply end protection and wrap each bundle with polyethylene stretch film, (iii) the Mixing and dosing system consisting of a batch-style mixing system used to prepare chemical solutions for application by the production equipment, (iv) the Equipment lighting consisting of sealed fluorescent lighting fixtures placed on the machine platform to illuminate all levels of the production equipment, (v) all parts or components of any of the Equipment, including ones that are temporarily removed from the Equipment, (vi) all manuals, Included IP, other licenses and records (other than Rent records and Proprietary Information) with respect to such Equipment, and (vii) all substitutions and replacements of any and all thereof, including, but not limited to, any replacement equipment which may from time to time be substituted for the Equipment leased hereunder; together in each case with any and all Parts permanently incorporated or installed in or attached thereto or any and all Required Modifications and Optional Modifications that are Non-Severable Modifications, in each case, to which title thereto vests in the Lessor pursuant to the terms of the Equipment Lease.
Equipment Cost ” means the fair market value of the Equipment on the Basic Term Commencement Date as determined in the Appraisal.
Equipment Lease ” means the Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, together with the Schedule thereto, pursuant to which the Lessor has leased the Equipment to Chicopee.
Equipment Lease Default ” means a Default.

12


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Equipment Lease Term ” means the term of the Equipment Lease, including all extensions thereof.
Equipment Logs ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.4 of the Support Agreement.
Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ” means the aggregate (but without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of the applicable Carry Cost Period (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Federal Reserve Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto, as now and from time to time in effect) for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board) that are required to be maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
Excluded Taxes ”, (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b) of the CAA.
Facility ” means the new building to be constructed by the Company on the Site to house the Equipment and all improvements on the Site relating thereto or associated therewith, including, without limitation, the storage silos and the warehouse.
Fair Market Rental Value
(i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, means the Rent which a willing lessee (who is neither a lessee in possession nor a used equipment dealer) would pay for the Rent of the Equipment (in use and in place) in an arm’s-length transaction to a willing lessor under no compulsion to lease for a period similar to the period for which such Fair Market Rental Value is being determined, determined using the same methodology and assumptions as utilized on the Basic Term Commencement Date for purposes of establishing Capitalized Lessor’s Cost; provided, however , that in such determination the Equipment shall be assumed to be in the condition in which it is required to be maintained and returned under the Equipment Lease; provided, further , that Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by the Appraisal Procedure;
(ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the Support Agreement, with respect to any item of Support Equipment means the rental amount that would be obtainable for such item of Support Equipment, delivered installed, in place, fully operational and in use, in an arm’s length lease between an informed and willing lessor and an informed and willing lessee, each under no compulsion to lease, assuming that (1) the lessee would continue to use such item of Support Equipment as part of a non woven fabric production facility substantially equivalent to the Facility and (2) no reduction should be made for any costs of removal. For purposes of this definition, “in use” refers to the value in use of an item of Support Equipment as part of an ongoing non woven fabric production facility and reflects the extent to which such item of Support Equipment contributes to the profitability of the business of a non woven fabric production facility. Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by Chicopee in good faith; provided, however , that in the event Beneficiary disagrees with such determination, then

13


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Beneficiary may initiate, by written notice to Chicopee, an Arbitration Proceeding regarding such determination; and
(iii) for purposes of, and as used in, the Site Lease, the cash rent that would be obtained in an arm’s length lease between an informed and willing lessee (under no compulsion to lease) and an informed and willing lessor (under no compulsion to lease) of the Site or part thereof in question for the Site Lease Term without regard to the Equipment.
Fair Market Value ” for purposes of, and as used in the Equipment Lease, shall mean the price which a willing buyer (who is not a used equipment dealer) would pay for the Equipment (in use and in place) in an arm’s-length transaction to a willing seller under no compulsion to sell, determined using the same methodology and assumptions as utilized on the Basic Term Commencement Date for purposes of establishing Capitalized Lessor’s Cost; provided, however , that in such determination the Equipment shall be assumed to be in the condition in which it is required to be maintained and returned under the Equipment Lease. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Appraisal Procedure.
Financial Officer ” shall mean (i) the Executive Vice President of the Company and (ii) the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
FIRREA ” shall mean the Federal Financial Institution Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989.
First EBO Date ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
First EBO Price ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
Fiscal Quarter ” means any of the quarterly accounting periods of Lessee, ending on the Saturday closest to March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.
Force Majeure Event ” means with respect to the obligations of a Person, any circumstances or conditions beyond the reasonable control of such Person, including any Act of God, strike or lockout or other labor dispute, act of the public enemy, terrorism, war (declared or undeclared), blockade, revolution, riot, insurrection, civil commotion, lightning, fire, storm, flood, earthquake, explosion, government restraint, or embargo.
Full Recourse Construction Agency Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c)(i) of the Construction Agency Agreement.
Full Recourse Event ” means (a) any fraudulent act or omission or illegal acts or willful misconduct of the Construction Agent or any Guarantor in connection with the (i) the negotiation, execution, delivery, consummation and/or performance hereof or of any Operative Document; or (ii) the acquisition, construction or operation of the Equipment (or the construction in progress with respect thereto); (b) the misapplication of any Advance or any portion thereof or any other funds made available to the Construction Agent, any Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates; or (c) an insolvency or bankruptcy event affecting the Construction Agent or Lessee.

14


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Funding Request ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1(a) of the Construction Agency Agreement.
GAAP ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 5(b) of the Equipment Lease.
GECC ” means General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee, a Tennessee corporation.
German Vendor ” means REICOFIL.
Governing Body ” of any Person shall mean the board of directors, board of trustees, management committee, board of managers, managing member, managing partner, general partner or other governing entity.
Governmental Approvals ” shall mean any and all permits, authorizations, certificates, registrations, consents, approvals, variances or licenses required by any Governmental Authority or any Applicable Laws (including Environmental Laws) to import, construct, install, operate or use the Equipment, the Support Equipment or the Improvements, as required in connection with the use of the Site or the Facility.
Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, provincial or other political subdivision thereof (whether federal, state or local), any court and any administrative agency or other regulatory body, instrumentality, authority or entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
Guarantors ” shall mean each of PGI and PGI Polymer, Inc.
Guaranty ” shall mean the Guaranty, dated the Construction Closing Date, by Guarantors for the benefit of Owner and of Lessor, in the form of Exhibit No. 3 to the Equipment Lease.
Hazardous Substance ” means any of the following: (i) any petroleum or petroleum product, explosives, regulated radioactive materials, friable asbestos, ureaformaldehyde, polychlorinated biphenyls in regulated concentrations, lead and radon gas; (ii) any substance, material, product, derivative, compound or mixture, mineral, chemical, waste, gas, medical waste, or pollutant, in each case whether naturally occurring, man-made or the by-product of any process, that is toxic, harmful or hazardous to the environment or human health or safety, as defined or regulated under any Environmental Law.
Impositions ” mean all Real Estate Taxes, assessments, water and sewer rents and charges, license and permit fees, and other governmental levies and charges, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind and nature.
Improvements ” shall mean any and all buildings, foundations, footings, driveways, parking areas, structures and other improvements, including, but not limited to, any and all stormwater detention ponds, utility lines, pipes, connections and fixtures which are now located or hereinafter constructed in whole or in part on or underneath the Land, including, without limitation, the Facility and the Site Improvements.

15


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Incentive Plan ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 17(a)(xvi) of the Equipment Lease.
Included IP ” shall mean all documentation, intellectual property, technical or confidential business information, and software a Vendor provides with or for the Equipment and all updates to the same the Vendor provides; provided that Included IP shall not include any Proprietary Information.
Indemnified Party ”, for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, the Site Lease and the Site Sublease, shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15(a) of the Equipment Lease.
Indenture ” means the Indenture, to be dated as of the Issue Date (as defined therein), between PGI (as survivor of the merger with Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation), the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, together with the initial Supplemental Indenture executed following the Issue Date (as defined therein). References to the Indenture or any terms defined therein shall mean the Indenture as in effect as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date without regard to any subsequent amendments, supplements or modifications thereto.
Independent ” when used with respect to any specified Person shall mean such a Person who (i) is in fact independent, (ii) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Company or any Affiliate of the Company and (iii) is not connected with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions.
Independent Appraiser ” shall mean a disinterested, licensed professional appraiser of industrial property who (i) meets the personal property qualifications criteria established by the Appraisal Foundation, (ii) is a member of the Appraisal Institute or holds the senior accreditation of the American Society of Appraisers, (iii) is in the regular employ, or is a principal of, a nationally recognized appraisal firm, (iv) has substantial experience in the business of appraising facilities similar to the Facility and (v) is a licensed appraiser pursuant to Title XI of FIRREA (if FIRREA is in effect at the time of determination).
Initial Use Date ” means either (i) the date of the expiration or earlier termination of the Equipment Lease and Beneficiary’s receipt of possession of the Equipment on the Site in accordance with the Equipment Lease or (ii) the date as determined by the Owner, should the Owner cause completion of the Equipment as per Section 5.1(c)(i) or Section 5.1(c)(ii) of the CAA. The Initial Use Date will not occur if Chicopee purchases the Equipment pursuant to the Equipment Lease.
Insurance Requirements ” (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall mean the terms and conditions of any insurance required by Section 2.8 of the CAA, (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, shall mean the terms and conditions of any insurance required by Section 10 of the Equipment Lease, (iii) for purposes of, and as used in the Support Agreement, shall mean the terms and conditions of any insurance policy required by Section 3.5 of the Support Agreement, and (iv) for purposes of, and as used in the Site Lease and the Site Sublease,

16


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
shall mean the terms and conditions of any insurance policy required by Section 5.8 of the Site Lease.
IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States Department of Treasury or any successor or predecessor agency thereto.
Land ” shall mean that certain tract or parcel of real immovable property situated in Waynesboro, Virginia, as more fully described on Schedule A to the Site Lease.
Lease Investment Balance ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1(b) of the Construction Agency Agreement.
Lessee ” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to the Equipment Lease.
Lessor ” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to the Equipment Lease.
Lessor Financial Disclosures ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 5(h) of the Equipment Lease.
Lessor’s Lien ” shall mean any Lien affecting the Equipment or any part thereof arising as a result of (i) Lessor’s rights under or pursuant to the Equipment Lease; (ii) any claim arising from any transfer by Lessor of an interest in the Equipment or the Equipment Lease; (iii) any claim against Lessor not related to the transactions contemplated by the Equipment Lease; (iv) any act or omission of Lessor not expressly contemplated by the Equipment Lease or not permitted without consent (which consent has not been granted) by Lessee or that is in violation of any term of the Equipment Lease or not taken as a result of the occurrence and continuance of a Default as permitted by the Equipment Lease; or (v) taxes imposed against Lessor or the consolidated group of taxpayers of which it is a member which are not to be indemnified against by Lessee under the Equipment Lease; provided, however , that there shall be excluded from this definition and no Lessor’s Lien shall exist if such Lien is being diligently contested in good faith so long as neither such proceedings nor Lien involves a material danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of the Equipment or adversely affects Lessee’s rights under the Equipment Lease.
Lessor’s Transaction Expenses ” shall mean an amount equal to (a) Capitalized Lessor’s Cost minus (b) the Equipment Cost, provided that such amount shall not be less than $0.
LIBOR Base Rate ” means, for each Carry Cost Period, the highest of (a) 2.5% per annum, (b) the offered rate per annum for deposits of Dollars for the applicable Carry Cost Period that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR 01 Page as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day in such Carry Cost Period and (c) the offered rate per annum for deposits of Dollars for an Carry Cost Period of three (3) months that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR 01 Page as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Carry Cost Period. If no such offered rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per annum, as determined by Agent at which deposits of Dollars in immediately available funds are offered at 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day in such Carry Cost Period by major financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to Agent in the London interbank market for such Carry Cost Period for the applicable principal amount on such date of determination.

17


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
LIBOR Business Day ” shall mean a Business Day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market.
LIBOR Rate ” shall mean with respect to each day during each Carry Cost Period, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):
LIBOR Base Rate                         
1.00  —  Eurocurrency Reserve
Requirements
Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, easement or encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, lease or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Limited Recourse Construction Agency Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c)(ii) of the CAA.
Limited Remedy Event of Default ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 12(f) of the Equipment Lease.
Loss ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15(b) of the Equipment Lease.
Loss Amount ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15(b) of the Equipment Lease.
Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (i) a materially adverse effect on the operations, properties, assets, financial condition, contingent or otherwise, or material agreements of Lessee, Construction Agent, or any Guarantor, as the case may be or (ii) a material impairment of the ability of Lessee, Construction Agent or any Guarantor, as the case may be, to perform their respective obligations under or to remain in compliance with the Operative Documents to which they are a party or under the Credit Agreement, as the case may be.
Maximum Amount ” shall mean, as of any date, (a) 89.95% of Project Costs for Equipment Includable Under GAAP incurred as of such date, which will include the amount in clause (b) below (excluding the costs of any Casualty Occurrence or other loss of, theft of, or damage to all or any portion of the Equipment that is the result of a Force Majeure Event or an act or failure to act by a Person other than Construction Agent or any of its agents), minus (b) the present value of all payments previously made by Construction Agent that have not been reimbursed by either the Owner in accordance with Section 3.6 of the CAA or by any other Person, and all payments Construction Agent is, as of such date, expressly obligated to make in the future under the CAA as of such date, (in each case calculated using the CAA Discount Rate), but, in the case of this clause (b), excluding (1) any payments of all or any portion of the Lease Investment Balance and (2) any payments that are not required to be included in the calculation of Construction Agent’s maximum guaranty amount under EITF 97-10.

18


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Member ” shall mean each of General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee, a Tennessee corporation, and ING Spunmelt Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, in each case in their capacity as members of Lessor.
Memorandum of Site Lease ” shall mean the Memorandum of Site Lease, dated as of June 24, 2010, by and between Site Lessor and Site Lessee, and recorded in the real estate records in the County where the Site is located, together with any amendments or supplements thereto.
Milestone ” shall mean a schedule for the delivery, installation, construction and completion of the Facility and the Equipment prepared by the Construction Agent and approved by the Owner and the Engineering Consultant, set forth in Exhibit IV of the Construction Agency Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time as agreed by the Construction Agent, the Owner and the Engineering Consultant.
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors and assigns, and, if Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors and assigns no longer issues securities ratings, the term “Moody’s” shall include at the option of Lessor, any other Person that issues internationally accepted securities ratings, and, upon the inclusion in this definition of such other Person, each reference in the Documents to a rating issued by Moody’s shall be deemed automatically replaced with a reference to the comparable rating issued by such Person.
Net Economic Return ” shall mean the Member’s anticipated nominal after-tax yield reflected in the computations of Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO Price and Stipulated Loss Values set forth in the original Exhibit No. 1 to the Equipment Lease, as such Exhibit No. 1 may be amended or replaced pursuant to the Equipment Lease, computed utilizing the multiple investment sinking fund method of analysis and the same assumptions, including the Pricing Assumptions and Tax Benefits, as may be amended and replaced pursuant to the Equipment Lease and changes in Exhibit No 1, and the same methodology and constraints as used by such Member in making the computations of Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO Price, and Stipulated Loss Values initially set forth in the original Exhibit No. 1 to the Equipment Lease. In the event that the 4-year U.S. dollar fixed interest rate swap (vs. 90-day Libor), as determined by Bloomberg Screen IRSB18 (Ask Rate), as of 11 AM two business days prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date is other than 2.05 % (Lessor’s Funding Rate Index), the Member’s nominal after-tax yield, as described in (a) above, shall be increased or decreased by an amount equal to: (A) the 4 year U.S. dollar fixed interest rate swap (vs. 90-day Libor), as determined by Bloomberg Screen IRSB18 (Ask Rate), as of 11 AM two business days prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date, less (B) 2.05 %, with the result of that calculation (positive or negative) multiplied by (C) 54.9545 %.
Non-Severable Modification ” shall mean any Optional Modification which is not readily removable without causing damage to the Equipment (or any part thereof).
Notification Date ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 5.1(g) of the Construction Agency Agreement.
OFAC ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 17(a)(xvi) of the Equipment Lease.

19


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by any Authorized Officer of such Person.
Operating Capacity ” means the ability of the Equipment to produce Product at the rate specified in the Purchase Contract (subject to scheduled or routine shutdown).
Operative Documents ” shall mean the CAA, the Site Lease, the Site Sublease, the Support Agreement, the Easement Agreement, each SNDA, any Additional Construction Document, any Acceptable Letter of Credit, the Guaranty, all Purchase Documents, the Equipment Lease and Schedule, the Construction Documents, the Project Documents, and all other consents, agreements and documents relating thereto or to the Equipment, the Facility or the Site.
Optional Modification ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7(c) of the Equipment Lease.
Overdue Rate ” means the rate of 18% per annum or the maximum rate allowed by law.
Owner ” shall mean Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns.
Owner’s Accrued Interest ” shall mean interest, accrued monthly on each Advance by Owner, for each day during the Construction Period after such Advance was made. Owner’s Accrued Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed and the rate of Owner’s Accrued Interest shall mean with respect to any Carry Cost Period, a percentage rate equal to the LIBOR Rate for such Carry Cost Period plus 1.75%.
Owner’s Lien ” shall mean any Lien on the Site or the Facility or any part thereof arising as a result of (i) Claims against or any act or omission of the Owner that is not related to, or that is in violation of, any Operative Document or the transactions contemplated thereby or that is in breach of any covenant or agreement of the Owner specified therein, (ii) Taxes imposed upon the Owner or the Owner that are not indemnified against by the Construction Agent pursuant to any Operative Document or are not related to or that are in violation of any Operative Document or the transactions contemplated thereby, or (iii) Claims against or affecting the Owner arising out of the voluntary or involuntary transfer by the Owner of any portion of the interest of the Owner in the Facility, the Site, the Project Documents, other than as contemplated or permitted by the Operative Documents.
Parts ” shall mean all appliances, components, parts, instruments, appurtenances, accessories, furnishings and other equipment of whatever nature which may now or from time to time be incorporated or installed in or attached to, or were provided by the manufacturer with, the Equipment, including after temporary removal from such Equipment.
Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, P.L. 107-56, as amended.
Payment Date ” (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, shall have the meaning in Section 8 of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7 of the CAA.

20


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Permitted Encumbrances ”, as used in the Site Lease, the Site Sublease and the Support Agreement, shall mean those encumbrances described in Schedule C to the Site Lease.
Permitted Lien ” shall mean (i) the rights of Lessor and Lessee as herein provided, (ii) Lessor’s Liens and Owner’s Liens, (iii) Liens for taxes, assessment or other governmental charge either not yet delinquent or being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and so long as adequate reserves are maintained with respect to such Liens and available to Lessee for the payment of such taxes, provided, however, that a contest shall be permitted only if Lessor shall have determined in good faith that the contest should not result in any adverse consequences to it or any Member, and only so long as neither such proceedings nor such Liens involve any material danger of the sale, forfeiture, loss or loss of use of the Equipment or any part thereof, or any interest of Lessor therein or any risk of criminal liability of Lessor and Lessee has given Lessor prior written notice of Lessee’s intent to contest any such taxes and Lessee has agreed to indemnify Lessor for any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) which Lessor may incur as a result of such contest, (iv) inchoate materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, or other like inchoate Liens imposed by law arising in the ordinary course of Lessee’s business for sums either not delinquent or being diligently contested in good faith and only so long as neither such proceedings nor any such Liens involve any material danger of the sale, forfeiture, loss or loss of use of the Facility or Equipment, or any part thereof, or any interest of Lessor therein or any material risk of material civil liability; provided that adequate reserves are maintained with respect to such Liens and that Lessee has given Lessor written notice thereof, (v) the rights of others under agreements or arrangements to the extent expressly permitted under the Equipment Lease, (vi) Liens arising out of any judgment or award against Lessee with respect to which at the time an appeal or proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which there shall have been secured a stay of execution pending such appeal or proceeding for review and so long as adequate reserves are available to Lessee for the payment of such obligations and there is no material danger of sale, forfeiture, loss, or loss of use of the Equipment or material risk of material civil liability and Lessee shall have given Lessor written notice thereof, (vii) any Lien against which Lessee causes to be provided a bond in such amount and under such terms and conditions as are reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and (viii) any Liens with respect to the Site or the Facility permitted under the Credit Agreement or the Indenture (as defined in Appendix II hereto) provided that a SNDA is duly executed by each mortgagee of the Site.
Person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, cooperative, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint-stock company, firm, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.
PGI ” shall mean Polymer Group, Inc. a Delaware corporation.
Phase I ESA ” means the performance of a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment by an Environmental Consultant in accordance with the ASTM Standard.
Phase II ESA ” means the collection of subsurface (e.g., soil, sediment, groundwater or surface water) or indoor air samples necessary in order to determine if a REC identified in a Phase I ESA

21


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
and resulting from the operation of the Facility or Equipment has or may have caused a Release of Hazardous Substances at the Site, except for de minimis and surficial Releases to a non-pervious surface or to soil or Releases authorized by an Environmental Permit.
Preliminary Appraisal ” shall mean the appraisals, dated the Construction Closing Date, prepared by an Appraiser and addressed to the Owner, which Preliminary Appraisal shall set forth such Appraiser’s preliminary analysis and conclusions regarding the matters to be provided in the Appraisal, and conclude that such Appraiser reasonably expects that on the Basic Term Commencement Date the conclusions set forth in the Appraisal will be accurate.
Preliminary Specifications ” means the preliminary specifications for the Facility as set forth on Schedule F to the Site Lease.
Pricing Assumptions ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 3(a) of the Equipment Lease.
Prior Levels ” mean the greater of (i) the frequency, duration, volume, scope and capacity that the Support Equipment is necessary or the Support Items are necessary to be supplied or consumed in connection with the Process required for the Equipment to achieve Operating Capacity or (ii) the frequency, duration, volume, scope and capacity that the Support Equipment was used or the Support Items were supplied or consumed (on average) in connection with the Process during the thirty-six (36) month period of continuous commercial operation of the Equipment (or for such shorter continuous period if all of the Equipment is not in place during such entire thirty-six (36) month period) occurring immediately prior to the beginning of the Support Term.
Process ” the use and operation of the Equipment, Support Equipment and Support Items for the timely and efficient production at Operating Capacity, shipping and sale of the Product, in each case in a manner that complies with Applicable Laws, Insurance Requirements and Prudent Practice; provided , however, that “Process” shall not include the handling or offsite disposal of any Hazardous Substances or Chicopee’s Environmental Permits and shall not include Proprietary Information.
Product ” means spunbond non woven fabric.
Project Costs ” shall mean, without duplication, the amounts advanced for payment of fees, expenses, costs and other items related to purchasing, importing, designing, engineering, surveying, developing, financing, constructing, installing, starting-up and testing the Equipment, in accordance with, and set forth on, the Construction Budget and the other Project Documents and specified below:
     (i) the cost to purchase from each Vendor the Equipment, as specified in the Construction Budget;
     (ii) all contractor payments listed in the Construction Budget in respect of the Equipment;

22


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (iii) all expenses relating to environmental audits, inspections or studies with respect to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment;
     (iv) fees and other expenses relating to the Appraisal;
     (v) fees and expenses of the Environmental Consultant, the Engineering Consultant and any other Consultants;
     (vi) all Carry Costs on Advances, Commitment Fees and any Breakage Costs accrued monthly and/or payable in respect of the Advances;
     (vii) any Tax if and to the extent such Tax (1) relates to the Equipment and (2) is indemnifiable pursuant to Section 7.1(b) of the Construction Agency Agreement;
     (viii) all Transaction Expenses, to the extent not otherwise included in this definition;
     (ix) all fees and costs of obtaining title insurance with respect to the Equipment;
     (x) engineering and design costs with respect to the Equipment;
     (xi) All insurance premiums and deductibles paid by Owner in respect of insurance obtained in accordance with Section 2.8 (a)(i);
     (xii) such other items with respect to the Equipment as the Owner may approve in writing; and
     (xiii) any other amounts to be funded from proceeds of Advances pursuant to the Operative Documents.
Project Costs for Equipment Includable Under GAAP ” shall mean, without duplication, the amounts advanced for payment of costs and other items related to purchasing, importing, designing, engineering, surveying, developing, constructing, installing, starting-up and testing the Equipment, in accordance with, and set forth on, the Construction Budget and the other Project Documents and, subject to being includable under GAAP, including but not limited to the items specified below (with respect to the Equipment only):
     (i) the cost to purchase Equipment from any vendor or supplier;
     (ii) all contractor payments made in respect of the Equipment;
     (iii) all costs relating to environmental audits, inspections or studies with respect to the Equipment;
     (iv) fees and costs of Owner’s insurance consultants and insurance brokers with respect to the insurance obtained in accordance with Section 2.8(a)(i) of the CAA;

23


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (v) fees and costs of the Environmental Consultant, the Engineering Consultant, the Appraiser, and any other Consultants with respect to the Equipment;
     (vi) Owners Accrued Interest (excluding interest on equity capital);
     (vii) sales, use, personal property, tangible or intangible taxes incurred in connection with the Equipment during the Construction Period;
     (viii) engineering and design costs with respect to the Equipment;
     (ix) all insurance premiums and deductibles paid by Owner in respect of insurance obtained in accordance with Section 2.8(a)(i) of the CAA;
     (x) all fees and costs of obtaining title insurance with respect to the Equipment;
     (xi) Owner’s legal expenses related to documenting all vendor and contractor legal agreements; and
     (xii) such other items with respect to the Equipment as the Owner and Construction Agent may approve in writing as being properly includable under GAAP.
Project Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Purchase Documents, the Construction Documents and, when entered into, each Additional Construction Document, and all Third Party Contracts, if any, together with any replacement or substitute agreement for any of the foregoing.
Project Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of the Construction Agency Agreement.
Proprietary Information ” shall mean (i) Appendix 3.4 to the Purchase Contract, (ii) all trade secrets, know how and other intellectual property of Lessee or any Affiliate of Lessee or any supplier or customer of any of them, including any special settings and adjustments Lessee makes to the Equipment or to the Included IP, and any Severable Modifications which are Optional Modifications, and (iii) all proprietary business information of Lessee or any Affiliate of Lessee or any supplier or customer of any of them regarding the Equipment, Lessee’s manufacturing operations or techniques, or Lessee’s products or product specifications, provided however that “Proprietary Information” shall not include (a) the Equipment, (b) any initial settings established by the German Vendor in accordance with Appendix 3.1 of the Purchase Contract or by any other Vendor, or (c) except to the extent included in subsections (i), (ii), or (iii) above, any information, documents and records relating thereto, as of the Basic Term Commencement Date. All of the foregoing shall be Proprietary Information, regardless of the source of disclosure to Lessor, whether or not (a) obtained in due diligence, in reports from Lessee, or through observations at the Site or the Facility, (ii) marked “confidential”, or (iii) in oral, written, electronic or other form.
Prudent Practice ” shall mean, at a particular time, either (i) any of the practices, methods and acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the competitive engineered nonwoven fabrics industry operating in the United States at such time, but, in any event, a standard of care

24


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
and usage no less than that which the Company and its Affiliates would apply with respect to other equipment and facilities similar to the Equipment or the Facility owned, leased or operated by them or (ii) with respect to any matter to which the practices referred to in clause (i) do not apply, any of the practices, methods and acts that, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good competitive engineered nonwoven fabrics business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. “Prudent Practice” is not intended to be the optimum practice, method or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be a spectrum of possible practices, methods or acts having due regard for, among other things, manufacturers’ warranties, the requirements of insurance policies and the requirements of governmental bodies of competent jurisdiction.
Purchase Contract ” means that certain contract dated June 24, 2010, between REICOFIL and Owner.
Purchase Documentation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 of the Construction Agency Agreement, including the Purchase Contract.
Purchase Documents ” shall mean the Purchase Contract and each other bill of sale, invoice, purchase agreement, purchase order, patent and license and warranty assignment or agreement, that evidences, in whole or in part, Owner’s title to or rights to the Equipment.
Purchase Document Event ” shall mean any Casualty Occurrence (including the occurrence of any major or material damage to the Equipment) or breach or any other event which (A) entitles any Vendor to terminate any Purchase Document, (B) entitles Owner to terminate any Purchase Document, (C) results in any claim, loss, damage, penalty, injury, demand, action or suit of any Vendor against Owner or Construction Agent or of Owner or Construction Agent against any Vendor or (D) would delay delivery of the completed Equipment to a date after the Construction Termination Date. Owner shall, in addition, have the rights and remedies set forth in Section 5.1 of the CAA upon the occurrence of any Purchase Document Event.
Rating Agencies ” shall mean S&P and Moody’s or, if at the time the rating of any such Rating Agency is required such Rating Agency no longer provides the relevant rating (other than as a result of the rated Person choosing not to have such rating), such other rating agency of national recognition.
Real Estate Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, betterments, use fees and charges, sewer entrance fees and all other public charges levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any Governmental Authority or agreed or governmentally imposed “in lieu of” or similar charges, upon or against the Site.
REC ” shall mean “recognized environmental condition” as that term is defined by the ASTM Standard.
REICOFIL ” shall mean Reifenhäuser REICOFIL GmbH & Co. KG, a German limited liability company and partnership.

25


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Release ” shall mean disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, leaking, leaching, dumping, pumping, pouring, emitting, escaping, emptying, seeping, placing and the like, into or upon any land, soil, subsoil, real property or water, surface water or groundwater or air, or otherwise entering into the environment.
Rent ” means all amounts payable by Lessee hereunder, including Basic Term Rent with respect to the Equipment (as provided in Section 2(a) of the Equipment Lease) and any Supplemental Rent (including the corresponding value added tax).
Rent Payment Date ” with respect to the Equipment shall have the meaning given such term in Section E of the Schedule.
Requested Funding Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1(a) of the Construction Agency Agreement.
Required Amount ” shall mean (i) from the Construction Closing Date to but excluding the Basic Term Commencement Date, an amount equal to 10% of the Commitment, and (ii) from and after the Basic Term Commencement Date, an amount equal 10% of Capitalized Lessor’s Cost.
Required Modification ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7(b) of the Equipment Lease.
Requirements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) of the Site Lease.
Responsible Officer ” of an entity means any corporate officer (or in the case of a non-corporate entity, any comparable authority) of such entity who is designated as the recipient of a notice pursuant to the provisions of any Document or who, in the normal performance of such officer’s operational responsibilities, would have knowledge of the matter at issue and the relevant provisions of any applicable Document.
Restoration or Replacement Plan ” means a plan and time schedule for the application of insurance proceeds in the case of a casualty event and any other funds available to the Lessee with which to restore or replace any property affected by a casualty event.
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, inc., and its successors and assigns and, if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and its successors and assigns no longer issues securities ratings, the term “S&P” shall include, at the option of Lessor, any other Person that issues internationally accepted securities ratings, and, upon the inclusion in this definition of such other Person, each reference in the Documents to a rating issued by S&P shall be deemed automatically replace with a reference to the comparable rating issued by such Person.
Schedule ” means the schedule to the Equipment Lease executed and delivered pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Equipment Lease in substantially the form attached to the Equipment Lease as Exhibit No. 1.
Second EBO Date ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.

26


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Second EBO Price ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
Security Deposit ” shall mean a cash amount equal to 10% of Capitalized Lessor’s Cost.
Security Deposit Pledge Agreement ” means that certain Security Deposit Pledge Agreement dated as of the Basic Term Commencement Date by and among the Lessee and the Lessor.
Seller ” shall have the meaning given such term in Annex B of the Schedule.
Severable Modification ” means any Optional Modification or Required Modification other than a Non-Severable Modification.
Significant Vendor ” means any Vendor party to any Project Document in respect of good, services or any combination thereof that has a contract price, purchase price or similar price equal to or greater than $500,000.
Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Lessee, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business that is similar, related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto.
Site ” shall mean the Land plus the Improvements and so much of the Adjacent Property as is reasonably necessary for access to the Land and the Improvements and reasonably necessary for the use thereof consistent with the proposed use and operation of the Equipment at the Site.
Site Improvements ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.3 of the Site Lease.
Site Lease ” shall mean the Site Lease, dated as of June 24, 2010, by and between the Site Lessor/Owner and the Site Lessee/Company.
Site Lease Base Rent ” during the Site Lease Term shall mean (A) during the period from the date of the Site Lease to the Transition Date, the amount specified in Schedule D to the Site Lease and (B) during the remainder of the Site Lease Term, Fair Market Rental Value of the Site (determined annually).
Site Lease Basic Term ” means the period beginning on the Site Lease Commencement Date and ending on the earliest to occur of (a) the day on which the Equipment located on the Site is purchased by Site Lessor pursuant to the Equipment Lease, and all obligations of Site Lessor under the Documents are indefeasibly paid in full, (b) the date on which the Equipment is removed from the Site, (c) the last day of the calendar month thirty-five (35) years after the Site Lease Commencement Date, provided, however , if the Basic Term of the schedule under the Equipment Lease is extended or renewed, the Site Lease Basic Term will automatically be extended for the same period of time, and (d) the day that Site Lessee is entitled to recover possession of the Equipment located on the Site pursuant to Section 8 of the Equipment Lease and all obligations of Site Lessor under the Documents are indefeasibly paid in full.
Site Lease Commencement Date ” shall mean July 5, 2011 which is the first business day after the date that (i) the Facility is substantially completed by Site Lessor, (ii) Site Lessor has

27


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
provided Site Lessee with a certificate of occupancy for the Facility, and (iii) Site Lessor has provided Site Lessee with exclusive possession of the Site.
Site Lease Event of Default ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.1 of the Site Lease.
Site Lease Renewal Term ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.4 of the Site Lease.
Site Lease Rent ” shall mean the Site Lease Base Rent and Site Lease Supplemental Rent.
Site Lease Supplemental Rent ” means all amounts necessary to reimburse Site Lessor for any actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs for Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, and Site Lessor insurance premiums with respect to the Site; and Site Lessor’s actual and reasonable out-of-pocket maintenance costs which are paid by Site Lessor with respect to the Site. For any of the foregoing reimbursable items not incurred solely with respect to the Site, the amount of Site Lease Supplemental Rent attributable to such item shall be the portion of such item used by, or otherwise attributable to, the Site. To the extent such items are calculated for any period beginning before the Site Lease Commencement Date or after the Transition Date, then such items shall be equitably prorated.
Site Lease Term ” means the Site Lease Basic Term together with each Site Lease Renewal Term.
Site Lessee ” shall mean Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as site lessee of the Site under the Site Lease.
Site Lessor ” shall mean Chicopee, Inc., as site lessor of the Site under the Site Lease.
Site Sublease ” shall mean the Site Sublease, dated as of June 24, 2010 by and between the Lessor, as Site Sublessor, and Lessee, as Site Sublessee.
Site Sublease Base Rent ” shall mean the amount specified in Schedule D to the Site Sublease.
Site Sublease Term ” shall mean the period beginning on the Site Lease Commencement Date and ending on the date of expiration or earlier termination of the Equipment Lease Term, regardless of whether the Equipment Lease Term expires or terminates due to the passage of time, the occurrence of a Default and the exercise of available remedies thereunder, the exercise of a purchase option under the Equipment Lease or for any other reason.
Site Sublessee ” shall mean Chicopee, Inc., as sublessee of the Site under the Site Sublease.
Site Sublessor ” shall mean Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as sublessor of the Site under the Site Sublease.
SNDA ” means each mortgagee waiver or secured party disclaimer of interest executed and delivered pursuant to Section 1(b), Section 6(e)(v) or Section 17(b)(vi) of the Equipment Lease or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor.

28


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Special SLV Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12(e) of the Equipment Lease
Stipulated Loss Value ” shall mean with respect to the Equipment as of any date of determination on or prior to the last day of the Basic Term, the amount determined by multiplying Capitalized Lessor’s Cost for the Equipment by the percentage specified in Annex C to the Schedule applicable to such Equipment, determined as of the Rent Payment Date prior to the Casualty Occurrence. In the event that the Equipment Lease is for any reason extended beyond the Basic Term, then the last percentage figure shown on Annex C to the Schedule shall control throughout any such extended term.
Stock ” shall mean the voting stock, membership interests or similar equity interests of any Person.
Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity of which such Person and/or its other subsidiaries own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Stock.
Supplemental Letter of Credit ” means an Acceptable Letter of Credit issued to Lessor on behalf of the Lessee having as of the date of issuance a stated amount of not less than $2,500,000.
Supplemental Rent ” shall mean, without duplication, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, settlements, penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs, expenses (including all operating costs and expenses of Lessor) and disbursements (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, inspectors or other professionals, and costs of investigation) incurred by each of the Members or the Lessor), and all other amounts, liabilities, indemnities and obligations (other than Basic Term Rent) that Lessee assumes or becomes obligated or agrees to pay under the Operative Documents to or on behalf of Lessor or any other Person, including, without limitation, payments of Stipulated Loss Value, the purchase price to be paid by Lessee with respect to any Equipment, and payments of indemnities under Section 4 and Section 15 of the Equipment Lease and under Section 7.1 of the CAA.
Support Agreement ” shall mean that certain Support Agreement dated as of June 24, 2010 between the Site Lessor, as grantor, and the Owner, as beneficiary, as amended.
Support Equipment ” shall mean (i) all vehicles, (ii) site, process and maintenance equipment and tools, including, without limitation, repelletizing equipment, pyrolising oven, ultrasonic die pack cleaning system and high pressure hot water cleaning system, (iii) other rolling stock, (iv) the test, measurement and laboratory equipment, (v) the office furnishings, business machines and electronics, and (vi) information systems and computers, all as more specifically to be set forth on Exhibit A to the Support Agreement; provided that in no event shall “Support Equipment” include Proprietary Information.
Support Items ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(a) of the Support Agreement.
Support Price ” as of the end of each month is an amount equal to the Beneficiary’s Allocated Cost of the Support Items provided in such period.

29


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Support Rights ” shall have the meaning as specified in Section 2.1 of the Support Agreement.
Support Term ” means the period beginning on the Initial Use Date and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the day the Beneficiary elects to terminate the Support Agreement in accordance with its terms, (b) the termination of the Support Agreement by Chicopee pursuant to its terms, including Section 5.3 , and (c) the expiration or earlier termination of the Site Lease Term.
Survey ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) of the Site Lease.
Syndication Agent ” (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, shall have the meaning given such term in Section 13(e) of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall have the meaning given such term in Section 8.3(b) of the CAA.
Tax Benefits ” shall mean each of the benefits and assumptions (and the representations) set forth in Section D of Exhibit No. 1 “Tax Benefits, Assumptions and Representations” of the Equipment Lease.
Tax ” or “ Taxes ”(i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, the Site Lease and the Site Sublease, shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4(b) of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.1(b) of the CAA.
Tax Claim ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4(c) of the Equipment Lease.
Taxing Authority ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4(a) of the Equipment Lease.
Term ” shall mean the Basic Term.
Third Party Contract ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c) of the CAA.
Transaction Expenses ” shall mean the following costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, due diligence and consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents on the Construction Closing Date and through and including the Basic Term Commencement Date, including:
     (i) the Commitment Fee, the cost of the Preliminary Appraisal and the Appraisal, all costs and fees, including filing and recording fees and recording, transfer, mortgage, intangible and similar Taxes in connection with the execution and delivery, filing and recording of the Site Lease, any other Operative Document or Project Document and any other document required to be filed or recorded pursuant to the provisions of the Operative Documents or the Project Documents and any Uniform Commercial Code filing fees in respect of the perfection of any security interests created by the Operative Documents or as otherwise reasonably required by the Owner;
     (ii) all costs and fees, including filing and recording fees and recording, transfer, mortgage, intangible and similar Taxes in connection with the execution and delivery, filing and recording the Equipment Lease or the Site Lease and any other

30


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
document required to be filed or recorded pursuant to the provisions of the Equipment Lease or the Site Lease;
     (iii) the fees and expenses of the Engineering Consultant, the Environmental Consultant, the Appraisers and any other consultants retained by the Owner;
     (iv) the reasonable legal fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to the Owner, the Lessor and any Member;
     (v) all fees and expenses of Lessor and any Member relating to the formation of Lessor, the negotiation, execution and delivery of Lessor’s operating agreement, and all ongoing operating costs and expenses of Lessor and disbursements (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, inspectors or other professionals, and costs of investigation of Lessor) incurred by each of the Members or the Lessor),;
     (vi) reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of each Member; and
     (vii) any other reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Owner and any Member relating to the Operative Documents and all other reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Owner; and
     (viii) all fees and costs in connection with the issuance of Acceptable Letters of Credit.
Transactions ” (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 21(m) of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.16 of the CAA.
Transition Date ”, as used in the Site Lease and Site Sublease, means the date of expiration or earlier termination of (a) the Equipment Lease Term with respect to the Equipment located on the Site, and (b) the Site Sublease Term and Site Lessee’s receipt of possession of the Equipment at the Site. The Transition Date shall not occur if Chicopee purchases the Equipment pursuant to the Equipment Lease.
UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any applicable jurisdiction.
United States ” or “ U.S. ” shall mean the United States of America.
Utilities ” shall mean sewer usage or rental, refuse removal, and utilities, including, without limitation, gas, water, and electricity.
Vendor ” shall mean (i) any Person (including the Company and its Affiliates) who holds legal title to each item of Equipment prior to the purchase and acquisition thereof by the Owner, (ii) CH Robinson International, Inc., and (iii) any vendor, supplier or contractor who enters into a Project Document.

31


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
      Rules of Construction . Unless otherwise specified, references in any Document or any of the Appendices thereto to a Section, subsection or clause refer to such Section, subsection or clause as contained in such Document and to any Section, subsection or clause substituted therefor from time to time. Any term defined in this Master List of Defined Terms by reference to another document, instrument or agreement shall continue to have the meaning ascribed thereto whether or not such other document, instrument or agreement is in effect. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import used in any Document refer to such Document as a whole, including all annexes, exhibits and schedules, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or supplemented, and not to any particular section, subsection or clause contained in such Document or any such annex, exhibit or schedule. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; the word “or” is not exclusive; the rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit a general statement, followed by or referable to an enumeration of specific matters, to matters similar to those specifically mentioned; references to Persons include their respective successors and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent permitted by the Documents) or, in the case of Governmental Authorities, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; references to any document, instrument, or agreement includes each amendment or supplement to, or restatement, replacement, substitution, successor, modification or novation of, any such document, instrument or agreement unless otherwise specified in such definition or in the context in which such reference is used; all references to any statute, regulation, proclamation, ordinance or law shall include all amendments of the same and any successor statutes, regulations, proclamations, ordinances, and laws; and a reference to a statute shall include all regulations, policies, protocols, codes, proclamations, and ordinances issued or otherwise applicable under that statute unless, in any such case, otherwise expressly provided in any such statute. Any reference to “days” shall mean calendar days unless “Business Days” or “LIBOR Business Days” (as defined herein) are expressly specified.

32


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
APPENDIX II
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
Financial Covenants
Interest Expense Coverage Ratio . The Interest Expense Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI for which financial statements are available shall not be less than (a) for the fiscal quarter ending April 2, 2011 and each fiscal quarter thereafter through the end of fiscal year 2015, 2.00 to 1.00 and (b) for each fiscal quarter thereafter, 2.50 to 1.00.
Total Leverage Ratio . The Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI for which financial statements are available shall not exceed (a) for the fiscal quarter ending April 2, 2011 and each fiscal quarter thereafter through the end of fiscal year 2012, 4.85 to 1.00, (b) from and after the end of fiscal year 2012 through the end of fiscal year 2013, 4.50 to 1.00, (c) from and after the end of fiscal year 2013 through the end of fiscal year 2014, 4.25 to 1.00, (d) from and after the end of fiscal year 2014 through the end of fiscal year 2015, 4.00 to 1.00 and (e) thereafter, 3.75 to 1.00.
“Interest Expense Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to PGI and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI ending on such date, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available.
“Total Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to PGI and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Total Debt as of such date of determination to (b) EBITDA for the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available.
“Total Debt” means as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness (including, without limitation, all letters of credit, but excluding for all purposes indebtedness attributable to the Site Lease) listed on the balance sheet of PGI and its subsidiaries as of the most recent financial statement available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to

 


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Indebtedness and excluding (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes; (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to other securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income for such period.
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,
     (1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction); severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; other restructuring costs; and commercial service fees and public company costs not expected to continue after the Transactions shall be excluded,
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,
     (3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
     (4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

2


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under the restricted payments covenant in the Indenture (as defined below) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
     (7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill and other intangible assets and in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
     (8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
     (10) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue, including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of Parent or the Company or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or subsidiaries shall be excluded,
     (11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such
     (12) transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction including, without

3


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) shall be excluded, accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months of the Issue Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and
     (13) the following items shall be excluded:
     (a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and
     (b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency gain (loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture (as defined below).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the restricted payments covenant in the Indenture (as defined below) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant.
“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clauses (h), (j) and (k)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in

4


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (z) thereof to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses, start-up or initial costs for any individual new production line, division or new line of business; or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus
     (e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (f) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Sponsors Management Agreement or otherwise to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under the affiliate transactions covenant in the Indenture (as defined below) (and similar fees paid by the Company or its Affiliates to investors in the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Issue Date) and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (h) the amount of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions initiated or to

5


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the Issue Date or 12 months after the consummation of any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change or other action, plan or transaction and prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (h) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing “EBITDA” for such period and (z) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (h) included in any four quarter period shall not exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 10.0% of EBITDA for such four quarter period; provided, further, that the adjustments pursuant to this clause (h) may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;” plus
     (i) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in the affiliate transactions covenant in the Indenture (as defined below); plus
     (j) (i) lease expense for the use of land, building and equipment of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. in connection with the purchase of certain assets by the Company as of November 30, 2009 (the “Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition”); (ii) losses incurred as a result of the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition for the period from November 30, 2009 through January 2, 2010; and (iii) the annualized EBITDA attributable to each of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. after giving effect to the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition; plus
     (k) annualized incremental EBITDA contribution of the Company’s spunmelt lines in San Luis Potosi, Mexico and Cali, Columbia, in each case, based on the actual run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010;
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period.
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;

6


 

Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) any obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, Factoring Program, operating leases, or Sale and Lease-back Transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations).
Notwithstanding the foregoing definitions of “EBITDA”, “Consolidated Interest Expense”, “Consolidated Net Income” and “Indebtedness”, the parties agree that if such definitions are modified or supplemented in the Indenture after the Amendment and Waiver has been executed and delivered, this Appendix II shall be amended to effect such modifications and supplements, effective upon receipt of the Lessor’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
For purposes of this Appendix II, all additional definitions necessary to calculate or determine “EBITDA”, “Consolidated Interest Expense”, “Consolidated Net Income” and “Indebtedness” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture and all such additional definitions necessary to calculate or determine “EBITDA”, “Consolidated Interest Expense”,
“Consolidated Net Income” and “Indebtedness” are hereby incorporated by reference as if such definitions were set forth in this Appendix II in full.

7


 

EXHIBIT NO. 1
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
SCHEDULE
DATED THIS __ DAY OF , 20
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
     
Lessor & Mailing Address:
  Lessee & Mailing Address:
 
   
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
201 Merritt Seven
Norwalk, CT 06851 USA
  CHICOPEE, INC.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte NC 28269
This Equipment Schedule is executed pursuant to, and incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of, and capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in, the Lease Agreement identified above (“Agreement”; said Agreement and this Schedule being collectively referred to as “Lease”). This Equipment Schedule, incorporating by reference the Agreement, constitutes a separate instrument of lease.
A. Equipment .
Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Lessor agrees to acquire and lease to Lessee the Equipment listed on Annex A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
B. Financial Terms .
         
(a)
  Capitalized Lessor’s Cost:   $56,486,000 Dollars
 
(b)
  Basic Term Lease Rate Factor:   1.321019%
 
(c)
  Basic Term:   Eighty-four 84 months
 
(d)
  Basic Term Commencement Date:   October 8, 2011
 
(e)
  Change Date   The first day following the close of business
 
 
      at the end of the 48th month of the Basic Term
 
(f)
  Equipment Location:   See Annex A
 
(g)
  Lessee Federal Tax ID No.   57-1013629
 
(h)
  First EBO Date   October 8, 2013

Exhibit 1-1


 

         
(i)
  First EBO Price   The greater of (i) 82.417714% of
 
 
      Capitalized Lessor’s Cost, plus any
applicable Breakage Costs and (ii) the then Fair Market Value of the Equipment.
 
(j)
  Second EBO Date   October 8, 2015
 
(k)
  Second EBO Price   The greater of (i) 61.177977% of the
Capitalized Lessor’s Cost and (ii) the then Fair Market Value of the Equipment.
 
(l)
  Stipulated Loss Value:   See Annex C attached for calculation of the
 
 
      Stipulated Loss Values for the Equipment during the Basic Term.
C. Pricing Assumptions .
         
(a)
  Basic Term Commencement Date:   October 8, 2011
 
(b)
  Equipment Cost   $55,096,000
 
(c)
  Capitalized Lessor’s Cost:   $56,486,000
 
(d)
  Lessor’s Tax Basis:   $55,096,000
 
(e)
  Lessor’s Transaction Expenses:   $1,390,000
 
(f)
  Lessor’s Funding Rate Index:   2.05% - The 4 year US dollar fixed interest
 
 
      rate swap
 
(g)
  Appraised Equipment Useful Life:   Not less than 10 years from Basic Term
 
 
      Commencement Date
 
(h)
  Appraised Fair Market Value    
 
 
  (without regard to inflation)    
 
 
  at Lease End:   Not less than 20% of Equipment Cost
D. Tax Benefits, Assumptions and Representations .
      Part 1 . Tax Benefits and Assumptions
          The Net Economic Return of the Lessor and each Member was computed based, in part, on the assumption that the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents will have the following consequences for United States Federal and state and local income tax purposes:
     (a) Provided that no election to treat the Lessor as a corporation has been made, and provided neither Lessor nor any Member takes any action to cause the tax treatment of the Lessor to change, the Lessor will be treated as a partnership and the Members will be treated as

Exhibit 1-2


 

the only partners therein, and each Member will be entitled and required to take into account, in computing its taxable income, its distributive share (based on the allocations of such items between each Member as set forth in the LLC Agreement of the Lessor) of all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction with respect to the Equipment and the Lease.
     (b) Lessor will be treated as the owner of the Equipment as of the date purchased, and the Lease will be treated as a “true lease,” such that the Lessor will be treated as lessor and the lessee will be treated as the lessee of the Equipment.
     (c) The Lessor will be entitled to cost recovery deductions pursuant to Section 168(b) of the Code with respect to one hundred percent of the Lessor’s Tax Basis commencing on the date the entire Equipment is “placed in service” for purposes of section 168 of the Code, computed on the basis that all of the Equipment is “7-year property” within the meaning of section 168(c) of the Code, resulting in deductions in each of the years set out below equal to the percentages of the Equipment Cost set out below (provided that neither Lessor nor any Member makes any election to exclude such treatment):
         
2011
    14.29 %
2012
    24.49 %
2013
    17.49 %
2014
    12.49 %
2015
    8.93 %
2016
    8.92 %
2017
    8.93 %
2018
    4.46 %
     (d) The Lessor will be entitled to deductions for the amortization of 100% Lessor’s Transaction Costs computed on a straight-line basis over the Term of the Lease.
     (e) Each Member will at all times be subject to income tax at a Federal income tax rate of 35% and state and local income tax rate of 7%, for a combined rate of 39.55%.
     (f) Lessor will not be required to report any income during the term of the Lease, other than Basic Term Rent for the periods to which it is allocated under the last sentence of Section 2(a) of the Agreement, any payment of Stipulated Loss Value on the date payable in accordance with the Lease, or the payment of purchase price by Lessee in connection with the exercise by Lessee of a purchase option under the Lease.
      Part 2 . Lessee Representations and Warranties
     In order to induce the Lessor and each Member to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements, the Lessee hereby represents, warrants to, and covenants with the Lessor and each Member that:
(a) On the Basic Term Commencement Date, the Equipment (and each component thereof) constitutes “7-year property” as defined in section 168(e) of the Code, and on such date the entire Equipment will be “placed in service” for purposes of section 168 of the Code;

Exhibit 1-3


 

     (b) The Equipment on the Basic Term Commencement Date constitutes an “integrated facility”, which means that the Equipment as designed and constructed is a fully-integrated and self-contained facility, and each component of the Equipment is interrelated to each other component of the Equipment in function and design, and no component is designed or intended for use in commercial operation independently of the other components;
     (c) On the Basic Term Commencement Date, the Equipment will not require any improvements, modifications or additions in order for the Equipment to be rendered complete for its intended use by the Lessee (other than ancillary items of equipment of a kind not necessary for the Equipment to operate and be treated as placed in service);
     (d) Taking into account the Site Lease and Support Agreement, the use of the Equipment by a person (other than the Lessee or any affiliate of the Lessee) at the end of the Term of the Lease is reasonably expected to be commercially feasible (where such determination is made based on the standards that would be applied by reasonably prudent businessmen on the basis of present knowledge and generally accepted engineering standards), such that the Equipment is not and will not be treated as “limited use” property for purposes of Rev. Proc. 2001-28;
     (e) All information supplied by the Lessee or any Affiliate or agent of the Lessee to the Lessor, any Member (or any Affiliate of any Member), any independent appraiser or engineer or any independent counsel with respect to the description, nature, function, testing and cost of the Equipment, and with respect to the state of readiness of the Equipment when delivered and accepted under the Lease, including, but not limited to, facts relating to its intended use, economic life and residual value, was complete and accurate at the time given and as of the Basic Term Commencement Date;
     (f) The remaining useful life of the Equipment at the end of the Basic Term is reasonably expected to be at least 20% of its original useful life as of the Basic Term Commencement Date, and the Equipment is reasonably expected to have a fair market value of at least 20% of the Equipment Cost (exclusive of the effects of inflation or deflation) at the end of the Basic Term;
     (g) The Lessee will not construct or install on the Equipment any component, improvement, alteration or addition, unless such construction or installation will not adversely affect the status of the Lease as a true lease for federal and state income tax purposes or otherwise result in the Lessor or any Member being required to include an amount in gross income for federal or state income tax purposes;
     (h) Neither the Lessee nor any Affiliate of the Lessee will take a position on any tax return, amended tax return or claim for refund or in connection with the examination of any such return which is inconsistent with the intentions of the Lessor as set out in Section 1 hereof, and the Lessee will take such action and execute such documents as the Lessor may reasonably request to establish and protect the Lessor’s and each Member’s entitlement to such benefits;
     (i) On the Basic Term Commencement Date, the Equipment (and each component thereof) is not property described in section 168(g)(1)(A), (B), (C) or (D) of the Code, and at no

Exhibit 1-4


 

time during the Term of the Lease will the Equipment (or any component thereof) become property described in section 168(g)(1)(A), (B), (C) or (D) of the Code, other than as the result of any action by the Lessor or any Member;
     (j) The Lessor shall not be required to include in gross income for Federal or state income tax purposes (including as a result of any recapture of MACRS deductions or corresponding state deductions) at any time during the Term any amount as a result of (A) any modification, replacement, maintenance or repairs with respect to the Equipment; or (B) any agreement between the Lessee and any supplier, vendor, contractor, engineer or manufacturer;
     (k) The Equipment is separate and distinct from any other equipment owned by the Lessee or any other Person (other than the Lessor) and located on the Site (“Lessee’s Equipment”), and is fully operable by a separate owner or operator, independent of the Lessee’s Equipment;
     (l) Neither the physical attributes of the Equipment, any purchase price available to the Lessee under the Lease, the return conditions and requirement set forth in the Lease, the costs to and potential obligations of the Lessee under the Operative Agreements in the event the Lessee does not exercise any purchase option, the close proximity and common housing of the Equipment and the Lessee’s Equipment, the Basic Rent due under the Lease after any purchase option date, nor any other factor known to the Lessee would created a material inducement to (or economically compel) the Lessee to exercise any of the purchase options set forth in the Lease; and
     (m) The close proximity and common housing of the Equipment and the Lessee’s Equipment does not and will not have any adverse effect on the ability of the Lessor to realize the full anticipated residual value of the Equipment.
E. Term and Rent .
     (a) Basic Term Rent. Commencing on the Basic Term Commencement Date and monthly thereafter on the corresponding day which is one month later during the Basic Term (for a total of 84 installment payments of Rent), Lessee shall pay as Rent for the Equipment (“ Basic Term Rent ”) the product of the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor for the applicable Rent Payment Date (as defined below) times the Capitalized Lessor’s Cost of the Equipment on this Schedule. Rent shall be allocated and accrued for use of the Equipment for federal income tax purposes to the one month period beginning on the date such Rent is scheduled to be paid. Each date for the payment of Rent during the Basic Term is herein referred to as a “ Rent Payment Date .”
     (b) If any Rent Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Rent otherwise due on such date shall be payable on the immediately preceding Business Day.
     (c) On the Change Date, the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor shall be adjusted, up or down, in the event that the 3-year US dollar fixed interest rate swap (vs. 90-day Libor), as determined by Bloomberg Screen IRSB18 (Ask Rate), as of 11 AM two business days prior to the Change Date is other than 1.60%. Such Basic Term Lease Rate Factor will be adjusted as follows:

Exhibit 1-5


 

     (i) The “Adjusted Lease Rate Factor” will be calculated so that Lessor’s nominal pre-tax yield, calculated from the Change Date through the end of the Basic Term, shall be increased or decreased by an amount equal to: (A) the 3 year US dollar fixed interest rate swap (vs. 90-day Libor), as determined by Bloomberg Screen IRSB18 (Ask Rate), as of 11 AM two business days prior to the Change Date, less (B) 1.60%; and
     (ii) The “New Basic Term Lease Rate Factor” will be equal to (C) the Adjusted Lease Rate Factor plus (D) the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor in effect prior to the Change Date, with the sum of C and D to be divided by 2. This Schedule shall be amended to replace the value listed for the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor with the New Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, and such adjustment shall be effective from the Change Date through the end of the Basic Term.
     This Schedule is not binding or effective with respect to the Agreement or Equipment until executed on behalf of Lessor and Lessee by authorized representatives of Lessor and Lessee, respectively.
F. Site .
             
    Owner of Equipment        
Site   at the Site   Landlord   Mortgagee
Waynesboro, Virginia
  Gossamer Holdings,
LLC
  Chicopee, Inc.   Citicorp North America, Inc.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Exibit 1-6


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Lessee and Lessor have caused this Schedule to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
                 
LESSOR:   LESSEE:    
 
               
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC   CHICOPEE, INC.    
 
               
BY:
  GENERAL ELECTRIC CREDIT   By:        
 
  CORPORATION OF TENNESSEE,
its member
     
 
Name:
Title:
   
 
               
BY:
  ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC,
its member
           
 
               
By:
               
 
 
 
Name:
           
 
  Title:            

Exhibit 1-7


 

ANNEX A
TO
SCHEDULE NO. __
Dated this __ day of ____________, 20__
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT
An integrated manufacturing line in terms of design, function and manufacturing capabilities including (i) one complete REICOFIL 4 SSMMS line for the production of heat sealed polypropylene nonwoven fabrics, consisting of a 5-beam REICOFIL 4 Composite Extrusion Line, (ii) the Packaging and Wrapping system consisting of an automated bundle sorting and wrapping system that will accept custom-slit rolls from the production line, allow an operator to sort rolls into appropriately sized bundles, then automatically apply end protection and wrap each bundle with polyethylene stretch film, (iii) the Mixing and dosing system consisting of a batch-style mixing system used to prepare chemical solutions for application by the production equipment, (iv) the Equipment lighting consisting of sealed fluorescent lighting fixtures placed on the machine platform to illuminate all levels of the production equipment (including without limitation with respect to the items described in clauses (i) — (iv), the items described in Exhibit I attached to this Annex A), (v) all parts or components of any of the Equipment, including ones that are temporarily removed from the Equipment, (vi) all manuals, Included IP, other licenses and records (other than Rent records and Proprietary Information) with respect to such Equipment, and (vii) all substitutions and replacements of any and all thereof, including, but not limited to, any replacement equipment which may from time to time be substituted for the Equipment leased hereunder; together in each case with any and all Parts permanently incorporated or installed in or attached thereto or any and all Required Modifications and Optional Modifications that are Non-Severable Modifications, in each case, to which title thereto vests in the Lessor pursuant to the terms of the Equipment Lease.
             
Initials:
           
 
 
 
Lessor
 
 
Lessee
   
Annex A-1

 


 

Exhibit I to ANNEX A
TO
SCHEDULE NO. ___
DATED THIS __ DAY OF _____________, 20__
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
[to come on Basic Term Commencement Date]
Annex A-1

 


 

ANNEX B
TO
SCHEDULE NO. ___
DATED THIS __ DAY OF _____________, 20__
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE
To: Gossamer Holdings, LLC, its successors and assigns
          Pursuant to the provisions of the above referenced Schedule and Lease Agreement (collectively, the “Lease”), Lessee hereby certifies and warrants that:
          (a) all Equipment listed in the related Bill of Sale is in good condition and appearance, installed (if applicable) and in working order; and
          (b) Lessee accepts the Equipment for all purposes of the Lease, the purchase documents and all attendant documents.
          Lessee does further certify that as of the date hereof (i) Lessee is not in default under the Lease; (ii) the representations and warranties made by Lessee pursuant to or under the Lease are true and correct on the date hereof; and (iii) Lessee has reviewed and approves of the purchase documents for the Equipment, if any.
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT
     
    Type and Model
Manufacturer   of Equipment
REICOFIL
  4 SSMMS line for the production of heat
sealed polypropylene nonwoven fabrics,
consisting of a 5-beam REICOFIL 4
Composite Extrusion Line
 
[_____________]
  [Package Wrapping System]
[_____________]
  [Mixing and Dosing System]
[_____________]
  [Equipment Lighting]
Annex B-1

 


 

     The party below has caused this Certificate of Acceptance to be executed by its duly authorized representative.
         
Dated: ___________, 20__
 

 
Lessee’s Authorized Representative
   
Annex B-2

 


 

ANNEX C
TO
SCHEDULE NO. ___
DATED THIS __ DAY OF _____________, 20__
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
STIPULATED LOSS VALUE TABLE
                 
            Stipulated  
    # of base     Loss Value  
Date   payments     percentage  
10/8/2011
    1       107.52267950  
11/8/2011
    2       106.86474946  
12/8/2011
    3       106.19918977  
1/8/2012
    4       105.52594518  
2/8/2012
    5       104.84545459  
3/8/2012
    6       104.15766366  
4/8/2012
    7       103.46241269  
5/8/2012
    8       102.75968571  
6/8/2012
    9       102.04946676  
7/8/2012
    10       101.33173986  
8/8/2012
    11       100.60659537  
9/8/2012
    12       99.87391100  
10/8/2012
    13       99.13367077  
11/8/2012
    14       98.38594361  
12/8/2012
    15       97.63058366  
1/8/2013
    16       96.86755244  
2/8/2013
    17       96.09692060  
3/8/2013
    18       95.31865026  
4/8/2013
    19       94.53268299  
5/8/2013
    20       93.73898079  
6/8/2013
    21       92.93750565  
7/8/2013
    22       92.12821959  
8/8/2013
    23       91.31110555  
9/8/2013
    24       90.48610459  
10/8/2013
    25       89.65317870  
11/8/2013
    26       88.81231475  
12/8/2013
    27       87.96345703  
1/8/2014
    28       87.09396856  
2/8/2014
    29       86.21643907  
Annex C-1

 


 

                 
            Stipulated  
    # of base     Loss Value  
Date   payments     percentage  
3/8/2014
    30       85.33083425  
4/8/2014
    31       84.43781707  
5/8/2014
    32       83.53735635  
6/8/2014
    33       82.62942089  
7/8/2014
    34       81.71397950  
8/8/2014
    35       80.79029120  
9/8/2014
    36       79.85903458  
10/8/2014
    37       78.92017846  
11/8/2014
    38       77.97295389  
12/8/2014
    39       77.01803364  
1/8/2015
    40       76.05536964  
2/8/2015
    41       75.08417846  
3/8/2015
    42       74.10440720  
4/8/2015
    43       73.11678941  
5/8/2015
    44       72.12127727  
6/8/2015
    45       71.11782297  
7/8/2015
    46       70.10637870  
8/8/2015
    47       69.08608981  
9/8/2015
    48       68.05771531  
10/8/2015
    49       67.02120737  
11/8/2015
    50       65.97572114  
12/8/2015
    51       64.92205107  
1/8/2016
    52       63.86017196  
2/8/2016
    53       62.78923091  
3/8/2016
    54       61.70920001  
4/8/2016
    55       60.61938052  
5/8/2016
    56       59.51974240  
6/8/2016
    57       58.41025560  
7/8/2016
    58       57.29089007  
8/8/2016
    59       56.16229530  
9/8/2016
    60       55.02376172  
10/8/2016
    61       53.87525929  
11/8/2016
    62       52.71745182  
12/8/2016
    63       51.54963237  
1/8/2017
    64       50.37177937  
2/8/2017
    65       49.18456127  
3/8/2017
    66       47.98795807  
4/8/2017
    67       46.78460595  
5/8/2017
    68       45.57449085  
6/8/2017
    69       44.35759868  
7/8/2017
    70       43.13391536  
8/8/2017
    71       41.90074685  
Annex C-2

 


 

                 
            Stipulated  
    # of base     Loss Value  
Date   payments     percentage  
9/8/2017
    72       40.66075904  
10/8/2017
    73       39.41393786  
11/8/2017
    74       38.15757142  
12/8/2017
    75       36.89434346  
1/8/2018
    76       35.62423990  
2/8/2018
    77       34.34453103  
3/8/2018
    78       33.05512290  
4/8/2018
    79       31.76697002  
5/8/2018
    80       30.48007238  
6/8/2018
    81       29.19442999  
7/8/2018
    82       27.91004284  
8/8/2018
    83       26.61592287  
9/8/2018
    84       25.32306555  
10/8/2018
            25.00000000  
Annex C-3

 


 

EXHIBIT NO. 2
TO
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
FORM OF ACCEPTABLE LETTER OF CREDIT
             
 
  VALUE DATE:  
 
   
 
  L/C NO.:  
 
   
 
  APPLICANT REFERENCE NO:  
 
   
     
TO:   APPLICANT:
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
201 MERRITT SEVEN
NORWALK, CT 06851 USA
ATTENTION: ANNIE SCHORR
  CHICOPEE, INC.
9335 HARRIS CORNERS PKWY,
SUITE 300
CHARLOTTE, NC 28269
ATTENTION: DENNIS NORMAN
 
   
WITH A COPY TO:
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
C/O ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC
200 GALLERIA PARKWAY, STE. 950
ATLANTA, GEORGIA 30339 USA
ATTENTION: JERRY L. MCDONALD
   
WE HAVE ESTABLISHED OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IN YOUR FAVOR AS DETAILED HEREIN SUBJECT TO ISP98.
     
DOCUMENTARY CREDIT NUMBER:
  [_____________]
 
   
DATE OF ISSUE:
  - VALUE DATE -
 
   
BENEFICIARY:
  GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
201 MERRITT SEVEN
NORWALK, CT 06851 USA
APPLICANT: CHICOPEE, INC.
9335 HARRIS CORNERS PKWY,
SUITE 300
CHARLOTTE, NC 28269
 
   
DATE AND PLACE OF EXPIRY:
  [INSERT SPECIFIC DATE] at the office of
our Servicer, Citicorp North America, Inc.,
3800 Citibank Center, Building B, 3rd Floor,
Tampa, Fl 33610
Exhibit 2-1

 


 

     
DOCUMENT CREDIT AMOUNT:
  USD [______________]
 
   
AVAILABLE WITH:
  [ISSUING BANK]
[LOCATION]
BY PAYMENT AT SIGHT
IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR ADDITIONAL 12 MONTH PERIODS FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST 30 DAYS PRIOR TO THE CURRENT EXPIRY DATE WE SEND NOTICE IN WRITING TO YOU WITH A COPY TO GOSSAMER HOLDINGS INC. C/O ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC , 200 GALLERIA PARKWAY, STE. 950, ATLANTA, GEORGIA 30339 USA, ATTENTION: JERRY L. MCDONALD, BY COURIER OR ANY OTHER RECEIPTED MEANS AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS, THAT WE ELECT NOT TO AUTOMATICALLY EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY ADDITIONAL PERIOD. PROVIDED HOWEVER, THE NON-RECEIPT OF THE ELECTION NOT TO RENEW BY THE BENEFICIARY’S CARE OF PARTY WILL NOT INVALIDATE OUR NON-RENEWAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.
IN THE EVENT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBSEQUENTLY AMENDED BY US TO RESCIND A NOTICE OF NON-EXTENSION AND TO EXTEND THE EXPIRY DATE HEREOF TO A FUTURE DATE, SUCH EXTENSION SHALL BE FOR THAT SINGLE PERIOD ONLY AND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY FUTURE AUTOMATIC EXTENSIONS UNLESS AN AUTOMATIC EXTENSION PROVISION IS EXPRESSLY INCORPORATED INTO SUCH AMENDMENT.
ADDITIONAL DETAILS:
WE HEREBY ESTABLISH THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [______________]IN FAVOR OF THE ABOVE MENTIONED BENEFICIARY FOR AN
AGGREGATE AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE AMOUNT INDICATED ABOVE,
EXPIRING AT THE OFFICE OF OUR SERVICER WITH THEIR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON [______________]. YOU ARE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ONE
OR MORE DEMANDS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF WHICH DEMAND(S) SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT STATED ABOVE.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS AVAILABLE WITH [ISSUING BANK] , AND IS EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY, AGAINST PRESENTATION OF BENEFICIARY DRAFT(S) AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [ISSUING BANK] , WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE DOCUMENTS INDICATED HEREIN.
1. BENEFICIARY’S DATED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY ONE OF ITS AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES INDICATING THIS LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER AND READING AS FOLLOWS:
Exhibit 2-2

 


 

     “BENEFICIARY HEREBY DEMANDS PAYMENT OF USD ____________ UNDER THE [ISSUING BANK] IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER [______________] BECAUSE OF ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING:
     (I) “THE AMOUNT OF THIS DRAWING REPRESENTS AMOUNTS DUE FROM CHICOPEE, INC. (“CHICOPEE”) UNDER THE TERMS OF THE CONSTRUCTION AGENCY AGREEMENT (“CAA”), DATED AS OF JUNE [__], 2010 BETWEEN CHICOPEE AND BENEFICIARY AND/OR THE EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT (“LEASE”), DATED AS OF JUNE [__,] 2010, BETWEEN CHICOPEE AND BENEFICIARY,” OR
     (II) “A PETITION HAS BEEN FILED BY OR AGAINST POLYMER GROUP, INC. OR CHICOPEE, INC., UNDER ANY BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR LAW,” OR
     (III) “BENEFICIARY HAS RECEIVED A NOTICE FROM [ISSUING BANK] TO THE EFFECT THAT THE [ISSUING BANK] IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER [ ] WILL NOT BE AUTOMATICALLY RENEWED OR EXTENDED.”
2. THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL CORRESPONDING AMENDMENTS, IF ANY.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE IN ITS ENTIRETY (BUT NOT IN PART) AND [ISSUING BANK] ONLY IS AUTHORIZED TO ACT AS THE TRANSFERRING BANK. WE SHALL NOT RECOGNIZE ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT UNTIL THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT, TOGETHER WITH ANY AMENDMENTS AND A SIGNED AND COMPLETED TRANSFER FORM, ATTACHED HERETO AS PER ANNEX A, IS RECEIVED BY US AND OUR TRANSFER CHARGES OF 1/4 OF 1 PERCENT OF THE TRANSFERRED AMOUNT, MINIMUM $150.00 ARE PAID BY BANK OR CERTIFIED CHECK. THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORMS MUST BE VERIFIED BY YOUR BANK. IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON WITH WHICH U.S. PERSONS ARE PROHIBITED FROM DOING BUSINESS UNDER U.S. FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL REGULATIONS OR OTHER APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS.
TRANSFER CHARGES ARE FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE APPLICANT.
PARTIAL AND MULTIPLE DRAWINGS PERMITTED.
WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT ALL DRAFTS AND DOCUMENTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED AND PAYMENT WILL BE MADE HEREUNDER ON THE BUSINESS DAY NEXT SUCCEEDING THE BUSINESS DAY OF RECEIPT OF THE BENEFICIARY’S DEMAND (WHETHER DELIVERED IN PERSON, OR
Exhibit 2-3

 


 

BY COURIER). [ISSUING BANK] WILL EFFECT PAYMENT BY WIRE TRANSFER OF IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS (IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS) TO THE BENEFICIARY’S ACCOUNT NO. 50286772 AT DEUTSCHE BANK, NEW YORK BRANCH, ABA NUMBER 021001033, ACCOUNT NAME: GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC, CUSTOMER: POLYMER GROUP, INC., OR TO SUCH OTHER ACCOUNT AS THE BENEFICIARY MAY DIRECT IN WRITING.
WE AGREE, FOLLOWING OUR RECEIPT THEREOF, TO EXAMINE ALL DOCUMENTS PURPORTING TO REPRESENT THE BENEFICIARY’S DEMAND TO ASCERTAIN THAT SUCH DOCUMENTS CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF. WE SHALL, WITHOUT DELAY (BUT IN ANY EVENT, BEFORE THE END OF THE BUSINESS DAY NEXT FOLLOWING THE DATE OF OUR RECEIPT OF THE DOCUMENTS), GIVE NOTICE TO YOU IF ANY DEMAND FOR PAYMENT HEREUNDER IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF, STATING THE REASONS THEREFOR AND THAT THE RELEVANT DOCUMENT OR DOCUMENTS ARE BEING HELD AT YOUR DISPOSAL OR ARE BEING RETURNED TO YOU, AS YOU MAY ELECT. WHEREUPON YOU SHALL BE ENTITLED TO SUBMIT, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS HEREOF, CORRECTED DOCUMENTS WHICH CONFORM TO THE TERMS HEREOF. PAYMENTS MADE IN RESPECT OF ANY DRAWING SHALL REDUCE BY THE AMOUNT OF SUCH DRAWING THE AMOUNT INDICATED ABOVE. ALL AMOUNTS TO BE PAID UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ANY SET-OFF OR COUNTERCLAIM.
WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY. BY US SIGNING THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, AND BY YOU MAKING A PRESENTATION HEREUNDER, EACH OF US IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR PURPOSES OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. EACH OF US IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION EITHER OF US MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT. EACH OF US HEREBY AGREES TO RECEIVE AND ACCEPT SERVICE OF PROCESS SENT BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER TO THE ADDRESS TO WHICH NOTICES HEREUNDER ARE GIVEN.
WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT WE SHALL HAVE NO DUTY OR RIGHT TO INQUIRE AS TO THE BASIS UPON WHICH BENEFICIARY HAS DETERMINED TO PRESENT US ANY DRAFT UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES 1998, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 590, AND, TO THE EXTENT NOT INCONSISTENT THEREWITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AS IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO TIME.
Exhibit 2-4

 


 

THE NUMBER AND THE DATE OF OUR CREDIT AND THE NAME OF OUR BANK MUST BE QUOTED ON ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED.
PLEASE DIRECT ALL DRAWINGS AND CORRESPONDENCE IN CONNECTION WITH
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO [ISSUING BANK], ATTENTION [__________], [ADDRESS].
         
 
 
 
 
 
Authorized Signature
   
Exhibit 2-5

 


 

ANNEX A
Transfer of Letter of Credit in its Entirety
Relinquishing all Rights as Beneficiary
( This form is to be used when the Letter of Credit is to be Transferred in its entirety and , no substitution of invoices is involved and, no rights are to be retained by the undersigned Beneficiary. )
     
Citibank, N.A.
  Date:
c/o Citicorp North America, Inc.
3800 Citibank Center,
Building B, 3rd Floor
Tampa, Florida 33610
Attn. Standby Unit
   
             
 
  Re: L/C No.   
 
   
 
           
 
  Issued by:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Citibank, N.A. Ref:        
 
     
 
   
Gentlemen:
Receipt is acknowledged of the original instrument which you forwarded to us relative to the issuance of a Letter of Credit ( herein called the “Credit” ) bearing your reference number as above in favor of ourselves and/or Transferees and we hereby request you to transfer the said Letter of Credit, in its entirety, to:
         
     
 
       
whose address is
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
     
( Optional ) Please advise Beneficiary through the below indicated Advising Bank:
         
     
 
       
     
We are returning the original instrument to you herewith in order that you may deliver it to the Transferees together with your customary letter of transfer.
It is understood that any amendments to the Letter of Credit which you may receive are to be advised by you directly to the Transferees and that the drafts and documents of the Transferees, if issued in accordance with the conditions of the Letter of Credit, are to be forwarded by you directly to the party for whose account the credit was opened (or any intermediary) without our intervention.
Exhibit 2-6

 


 

Page 2 Request for Full Transfer Relinquishing all Rights as Beneficiary
         
SIGNATURE GUARANTEED
  Sincerely yours,    
 
       
The First Beneficiary’s signature(s) with title(s) conforms
with that on file with us and such is/are authorized for the
execution of this instrument.
       
 
       
 
(Name of Bank)
 
 
(Name of First Beneficiary)
   
 
       
 
(Bank Address)
 
 
(Telephone Number)
   
 
       
 
(City, State, Zip Code)
 
 
(Authorized name and Title)
   
 
       
 
(Telephone Number)
 
 
(Authorized Signature)
   
 
       
 
(Authorized Name and Title)
 
 
(Authorized Name and Title)
(If applicable)
   
 
       
 
(Authorized Signature)
 
 
(Authorized Signature)
(If applicable)
   
Exhibit 2-7

 


 

EXHIBIT NO. 3
TO
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
FORM OF GUARANTY
See attached.
Exhibit 3-1

 


 

EXHIBIT NO. 4
TO
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
__________ __, 20__
ADDRESS
Re: Confidentiality Letter
Dear _______:
     [ ] (“Investor”) is entering into discussions with Gossamer Holdings, LLC (the “Company”) concerning the financing of a 5 beam composite spunmelt nonwoven production line manufactured, primarily by, and purchased from Reifenhäuser REICOFIL GmbH & Co. KG and other vendors (together with related equipment, as applicable) located at 1020 Shenandoah Village Drive, Waynesboro, Virginia, 22980-9292 (the “Financing”). In connection therewith, the Company will provide Investor with certain “Confidential Information” (as defined below) pursuant to the terms hereof.
     “Confidential Information” means (i) any written or oral information provided by or through the Company in connection with the Financing relating to the business, finances, operations or affairs of the Company (other than information described in paragraph (c) below) and (ii) the fact that discussions or investigations with respect to the Financing are taking place.
     Investor will maintain as confidential any Confidential Information using the same standard of care as it uses in protecting its own confidential information of a similar nature and otherwise on the following terms and conditions and will only use Confidential Information to evaluate the Financing:
     (a) Investor may disclose Confidential Information on a confidential, “need-to-know” basis to its and its affiliates’ employees, officers, directors and agents (including attorneys) (“Representatives”) in connection with the Financing, but Investor shall direct each Representative to treat the Confidential Information confidentially. Such persons and entities will not be deemed Representatives hereunder unless (and solely to the extent that) Investor furnishes such information to such persons or entities.
     (b) Investor may disclose without liability any Confidential Information if such disclosure is (i) in connection with any syndication, assignment or participation of the interest of Investor or an affiliate in the Financing (including to a rating agency) so long as such Confidential Information is disclosed to the recipient thereof (other than any rating agency) subject to confidentiality provisions substantially the same terms as those hereof or (ii)
     reasonably believed by it to be compelled or required by any law, court decree, subpoena, legal or administrative order or process, or legitimate request of any governmental agency or authority (collectively, an “Order”). Unless prohibited by the terms of an Order, Investor shall
Exhibit 4-1

 


 

notify the Company of the receipt of any such Order and shall reasonably cooperate, at the Company’s expense, with any attempt by the Company to obtain an appropriate protective order.
     (c) Investor shall not be precluded from disclosing or using any Confidential Information, (i) which was in its or one of its affiliate’s possession prior to any disclosure by the Company on a non-confidential basis, (ii) which is publicly available through no fault or breach by Investor or any person or entity to whom Investor discloses any Confidential Information, (iii) which becomes available to Investor from sources not known by it after reasonable inquiry to be subject to disclosure restrictions, or (iv) which is independently developed by Investor or its Representatives.
     (d) Any Confidential Information shall be upon the Company’s written request, either returned or destroyed; however, Investor shall not be required to expunge from its records internally generated documents (including electronic copies) containing Confidential Information which it maintains under its normal record retention policy, but Investor shall continue to maintain as confidential all such documents pursuant to the terms of this agreement.
     Except for the maintenance of confidentiality on the above terms, the commencement of discussions shall not create any other obligation either (i) to or of the Company of any kind, or (ii) to or of Investor of any kind, and no such obligation can be created except by a duly authorized, executed and delivered written agreement. This agreement shall remain effective for a term of 18 months from the last disclosure of Confidential Information to Investor hereunder. This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to its conflicts of law provisions).
     In the event that Investor acquires an equity interest in the Company, on and after the date of such acquisition, this Confidentiality Letter shall be superseded and replaced by the terms of Section 22 of that certain Equipment Lease Agreement dated as of June 24, 2010 among Chicopee, Inc. as lessee and the Company as lessor.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    Gossamer Holdings, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   
Accepted and agreed to
this ____ day of ___________, 20__:
         
 
       
     
 
       
By:
     
Title:      
Exhibit 4-2

 


 

EXHIBIT NO. 5
TO
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
FORM OF SECURITY DEPOSIT PLEDGE AGREEMENT
See attached.
Exhibit 5-1

 

Exhibit 12.1
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except ratio data)
                                                         
    Predecessor     Successor  
    Fiscal year ended(1)     One Month ended     Five Months Ended  
    December 30, 2006     December 29, 2007     January 3, 2009     January 2, 2010     January 1, 2011     January 28, 2011     July 2, 2011  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ (26,493 )   $ (16,206 )   $ (2,543 )   $ 17,601     $ 16,329     $ (17,753 )   $ (49,263 )
Add:
                                                       
Interest expense
    29,719       33,033       33,405       27,504       31,876       1,978       20,865  
Amortizations of capitalized interest
    314       629       902       930       953       68       377  
Portion of rental expense under operating leases deemed to be the equivalent of interest
    1,284       1,700       1,503       1,651       3,258       338       990  
 
                                         
Adjusted earnings
  $ 4,824     $ 19,156     $ 33,267     $ 47,686     $ 52,416     $ (15,369 )   $ (27,031 )
 
                                         
Fixed charges:
                                                       
Interest expense
  $ 29,719     $ 33,033     $ 33,405     $ 27,504     $ 31,876     $ 1,978     $ 20,865  
Capitalized interest
    3,097       2,281       983       221       875       241       1,432  
Portion of rental expense under operating leases deemed to be the equivalent of interest
    1,284       1,700       1,503       1,651       3,258       338       990  
 
                                         
Total fixed charges
  $ 34,100     $ 37,014     $ 35,891     $ 29,376     $ 36,009     $ 2,557     $ 23,287  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)(3)
                      1.6x       1.5x              
 
(1)   The year ended January 3, 2009 includes 53 weeks. All other fiscal years reported include 52 weeks.
 
(2)   For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include cash and non-cash interest expense, whether expensed or capitalized, amortization of debt issuance cost and the portion of rental expense representative of the interest factor.
 
(3)   For fiscal years ended January 3, 2009, December 29, 2007, and December 30, 2006, our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $2.6 million, $17.9 million and $29.3 million, respectively. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the one month period ended January 28, 2011 and the five months ended July 2, 2011 by $17.9 million and $50.3 million, respectively.

 

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc.
     
Name   Jurisdiction of Incorporation / Organization
 
Albuma S.A.S.
  France
Bonlam Holdings B.V.
  Netherlands
Bonlam S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Chicopee Asia, Limited
  Hong Kong, China
Chicopee Holdings B.V.
  Netherlands
Chicopee Holdings C.V.
  Netherlands
Chicopee, Inc.
  Delaware, United States
Difco Performance Fabrics Inc.
  Canada
Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
  Delaware, United States
Dominion Textile Inc.
  Canada
Dominion Textile Mauritius Inc.
  Mauritius
DT Acquisition Inc.
  Canada
Fabrene, Inc.
  Canada
Fabrene, L.L.C.
  Delaware, United States
Geca-Tapes (s) Pte Ltd
  Singapore
Geca-Tapes B.V.
  Netherlands
Nanhai Nanxin Non-Woven Co., Ltd.
  China
Nordlys S.A.S.
  France
PGI Argentina S.A.
  Argentina
PGI Colombia LTDA.
  Colombia
PGI Europe, Inc.
  Delaware, United States
PGI Holdings B.V.
  Netherlands
PGI Neunkirchen GmbH
  Germany
PGI Non-Woven (Foshan) Co., Ltd.
  China
PGI Nonwovens (China) Co., Ltd.
  China
PGI Nonwovens (Mauritius)
  Mauritius
PGI Nonwovens B.V.
  Netherlands
PGI Nonwovens Limited
  United Kingdom
PGI Nonwovens Switzerland Sarl
  Switzerland
PGI Polymer, Inc.
  Delaware, United States
PGI Spain S.L.
  Spain
Pristine Brands Corporation
  Delaware, United States
Tesalca Polska SP.ZO.O.
  Poland

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     We have issued our report dated October 24, 2011, with respect to the financial statements and schedule of Polymer Group, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”
         
   
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP    
Charlotte, NC   
October 24, 2011

 

Exhibit 25.1
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) __
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   51-0055023
(Jurisdiction of incorporation of organization if not a U.S.
national bank)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001
(302) 651-1000

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
Michael A. DiGregorio
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Wilmington Trust Company
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001
(302) 651-8793
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent of service)
Polymer Group, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   57-1003983
(State or other jurisdiction or incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
 
Polymer Group, Inc., 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019
(Title of the indenture securities)
 
 

 


 

SCHEDULE I
                         
    State or other             Primary Standard  
    Jurisdiction of     I.R.S. Employer     Industrial  
    Incorporation or     Identification     Classification Code  
Exact name of Registrant Guarantor   Organization     Number     Number  
Chicopee, Inc.
  Delaware     57-1013629       2221  
Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
  Delaware     13-2865428       2200  
Fabrene, L.L.C.
  Delaware     51-0319685       2221  
PGI Europe, Inc.
  Delaware     56-2154891       2221  
PGI Polymer, Inc.
  Delaware     57-0962088       2221  

 


 

ITEM 1. GENERAL INFORMATION.
Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
State Bank Commissioner
555 East Lockerman Street, Suite 210
Dover, Delaware 19901
(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
ITEM 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.
If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:
Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and information available to the trustee, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.
ITEM 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.
Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.
Exhibit 1. Copy of the Charter of Wilmington Trust Company:
      Exhibit 2 - Certificate of Authority of Wilmington Trust Company to commence business — included in Exhibit 1 above.
      Exhibit 3 - Authorization of Wilmington Trust Company to exercise corporate trust powers — included in Exhibit 1 above.
Exhibit 4. Copy of By-Laws of Wilmington Trust Company.
Exhibit 5. Not applicable
Exhibit 6. Consent of Wilmington Trust Company required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
Exhibit 7. Copy of most recent Report of Condition of Wilmington Trust Company.
Exhibit 8. Not applicable.
Exhibit 9. Not applicable.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Wilmington and State of Delaware on the 20 day of October  , 2011 .
               
[SEAL]   WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY  
               
Attest:  /S/ Jason B. Hill   By:  /S/ Joseph B. Feil  
    Assistant Secretary     Name:  Joseph B. Feil  
          Title: Vice President  

 


 

EXHIBIT 1*
RESTATED CHARTER
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE
 
*     Exhibit 1 also constitutes Exhibits 2 and 3.


 

RESTATED
CHARTER OR ACT OF INCORPORATION
OF
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
(Originally incorporated on March 2, 1901
under the name “Delaware Guarantee and Trust Company”)
      FIRST : The name of the corporation is Wilmington Trust Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”).
      SECOND : The principal place of business of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be located in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The Company may have one or more branch offices or places of business.
      THIRD : The purpose for which the Company is formed is to carry on a non-depository trust company business and, in connection therewith, the Company shall have and possess all powers, rights, privileges and franchises incident to a non-depository trust company, and in general shall have the right, privilege and power to engage in any lawful act or activity, within or without the State of Delaware, for which non-depository trust companies may be organized under the provisions of Chapter 7 of Title 5 of the Delaware Code, as the same may be amended from time to time, and, in addition, may avail itself of any additional privileges or powers permitted to it by law.
      FOURTH : The amount of the total authorized capital stock of the Company shall be Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), divided into Five Thousand (5,000) shares of common stock, having a par value of One Hundred Dollars ($100) per share. Upon the effective time of the filing of this Restated Charter or Act of Incorporation, each share of common stock of the Company, par value One Dollar ($1.00) per share, outstanding immediately prior to such

 


 

effective time shall be reclassified and changed into one share of common stock of the Company, par value One Hundred Dollars ($100) per share.
      FIFTH : The number of directors who shall constitute the whole board of directors of the Company shall be such number as shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Company, provided that the number of directors shall not be less than five.
      SIXTH : The duration of the Company’s existence shall be perpetual.
      SEVENTH : The private property of the stockholders of the Company shall not be subject to the payment of the debts of the Company.
      EIGHTH : The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, and the directors need not be elected by ballot unless required by the bylaws of the Company.
      NINTH : In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the board of directors of the Company is expressly authorized to make, amend, and repeal the bylaws of the Company. The bylaws of the Company may confer upon the directors specific powers, not inconsistent with law, which are in addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware.
      TENTH : The Company shall have the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Restated Charter or Act of Incorporation to the extent or in the manner now or hereafter permitted or prescribed by law.
      ELEVENTH : To the fullest extent permissible under Title 5, Section 723(b) of the Delaware Code, a director of the Company shall have no personal liability to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not eliminate the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty

- 2 -


 

of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
          Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Company shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
      TWELFTH : The Company shall have the power to merge or sell its assets and take other corporate action to the extent and in the manner now or hereafter permitted or prescribed by law, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to such rights.
      THIRTEENTH : This Restated Charter or Act of Incorporation shall become effective at 12:05 a.m. on July 1,2011.

- 3 -


 

EXHIBIT 4
BY-LAWS
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

 


 

BYLAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
ARTICLE 1
Stockholders’ Meetings
     Section 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the third Thursday in April each year at the principal office at the Company or at such other date, time or place as may be designated by resolution by the Board of Directors.
     Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
     Section 3. Notice . Notice of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given by mailing to each stockholder at least ten (10) days before said meeting, at his last known address, a written or printed notice fixing the time and place of such meeting.
     Section 4. Quorum . A majority in the amount of the capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the record date, as herein determined, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of stockholders for the transaction of any business, but the holders of a smaller number of shares may adjourn from time to time, without further notice, until a quorum is secured. At each annual or special meeting of stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote, either in person or by proxy, for each share of stock registered in the stockholder’s name on the books of the Company on the record date for any such meeting as determined herein.
ARTICLE 2
Directors
     Section 1. Management . The affairs and business of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
     Section 2. Number . The authorized number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by or pursuant to a resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors within the parameters set by the Charter of the Company.
     Section 3. Reserved.
     Section 4. Meetings . The Board of Directors shall meet at the principal office of the Company or elsewhere in its discretion at such times to be determined by a majority of its members, or at the call of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 


 

     Section 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and shall be called upon the written request of a majority of the directors.
     Section 6. Quorum . A majority of the directors elected and qualified shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
     Section 7. Notice . Written notice shall be sent by mail to each director of any special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of any change in the time or place of any regular meeting, stating the time and place of such meeting, which shall be mailed not less than two days before the time of holding such meeting.
     Section 8. Vacancies . In the event of the death, resignation, removal, inability to act or disqualification of any director, the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, shall have the right to elect the successor who shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred, and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
     Section 9. Organization Meeting . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after its election by the stockholders shall appoint an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and shall elect from its own members a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer and a President, who may be the same person. The Board of Directors shall also elect at such meeting a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer, who may be the same person, and may appoint at any time such committees as it may deem advisable. The Board of Directors may also elect at such meeting one or more Associate Directors. The Board of Directors, or a committee designated by the Board of Directors may elect or appoint such other officers as they may deem advisable.
     Section 10. Removal . The Board of Directors may at any time remove, with or without cause, any member of any committee appointed by it or any associate director or officer elected by it and may appoint or elect his successor.
     Section 11. Responsibility of Officers . The Board of Directors may designate an officer to be in charge of such departments or divisions of the Company as it may deem advisable.
     Section 12. Participation in Meetings . The Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, by conference telephone, video facilities or other communications equipment. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the Board of Directors or the committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 


 

ARTICLE 3
Committees of the Board of Directors
     Section 1. Audit Committee.
          (A) The Audit Committee shall be composed of not less than three (3) members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Company, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board.
          (B) The Audit Committee shall have general supervision over the Audit Services Division in all matters however subject to the approval of the Board of Directors; it shall consider all matters brought to its attention by the officer in charge of the Audit Services Division, review all reports of examination of the Company made by any governmental agency or such independent auditor employed for that purpose, and make such recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect thereto or with respect to any other matters pertaining to auditing the Company as it shall deem desirable.
          (C) The Audit Committee shall meet whenever and wherever its Chairperson, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the Committee’s members shall deem it to be proper for the transaction of its business. A majority of the Committee’s members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The acts of the majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee.
     Section 2. Compensation Committee.
          (A) The Compensation Committee shall be composed of not less than three (3) members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Company, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
          (B) The Compensation Committee shall in general advise upon all matters of policy concerning compensation, including salaries and employee benefits.
          (C) The Compensation Committee shall meet whenever and wherever its Chairperson, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the Committee’s members shall deem it to be proper for the transaction of its business. A majority of the Committee’s members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The acts of the majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee.

 


 

      Section 3. Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
          (A) The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall be composed of not less than three (3) members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Company, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
          (B) The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall provide counsel and make recommendations to the Chairman of the Board and the full Board with respect to the performance of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, candidates for membership on the Board of Directors and its committees, matters of corporate governance, succession planning for the Company’s executive management and significant shareholder relations issues.
          (C) The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall meet whenever and wherever its Chairperson, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or a majority of the Committee’s members shall deem it to be proper for the transaction of its business. A majority of the Committee’s members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The acts of the majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee.
     Section 4. Other Committees . The Company may have such other committees with such powers as the Board may designate from time to time by resolution or by an amendment to these Bylaws.

 


 

     Section 5. Associate Directors.
          (A) Any person who has served as a director may be elected by the Board of Directors as an associate director, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
          (B) Associate directors shall be entitled to attend all meetings of directors and participate in the discussion of all matters brought to the Board of Directors, but will not have a right to vote.
          Section 6. Absence or Disqualification of Any Member of a Committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee created under Article III of these Bylaws, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
ARTICLE 4
Officers
     Section 1. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such further authority and powers and shall perform such duties the Board of Directors may assign to him from time to time.
     Section 2. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and duties pertaining to the office of Chief Executive Officer conferred or imposed upon him by statute, incident to his office or as the Board of Directors may assign to him from time to time. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and duties of the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 3. President . The President shall have the powers and duties pertaining to the office of the President conferred or imposed upon him by statute, incident to his office or as the Board of Directors may assign to him from time to time. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have the powers and duties of the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 4. Duties . The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as designated by the Board of Directors, shall carry into effect all legal directions of the Board of Directors and shall at all times exercise general supervision over the interest, affairs and operations of the Company and perform all duties incident to his office.
     Section 5. Vice Presidents . There may be one or more Vice Presidents, however denominated by the Board of Directors, who may at any time perform all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the President and such other powers and duties incident to their respective offices or as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or the officer in charge

 


 

of the department or division to which they are assigned may assign to them from time to time.
     Section 6. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend to the giving of notice of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors, as well as the committees thereof, to the keeping of accurate minutes of all such meetings, recording the same in the minute books of the Company and in general notifying the Board of Directors of material matters affecting the Company on a timely basis. In addition to the other notice requirements of these Bylaws and as may be practicable under the circumstances, all such notices shall be in writing and mailed well in advance of the scheduled date of any such meeting. He shall have custody of the corporate seal, affix the same to any documents requiring such corporate seal, attest the same and perform other duties incident to his office.
     Section 7. Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision over all assets and liabilities of the Company. He shall be custodian of and responsible for all monies, funds and valuables of the Company and for the keeping of proper records of the evidence of property or indebtedness and of all transactions of the Company. He shall have general supervision of the expenditures of the Company and periodically shall report to the Board of Directors the condition of the Company, and perform such other duties incident to his office or as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may assign to him from time to time.
     Section 8. Controller . There may be a Controller who shall exercise general supervision over the internal operations of the Company, including accounting, and shall render to the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee at appropriate times a report relating to the general condition and internal operations of the Company and perform other duties incident to his office.
     There may be one or more subordinate accounting or controller officers however denominated, who may perform the duties of the Controller and such duties as may be prescribed by the Controller.
     Section 9. Audit Officers . The officer designated by the Board of Directors to be in charge of the Audit Services Division of the Company, with such title as the Board of Directors shall prescribe, shall report to and be directly responsible to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.
     There shall be an Auditor and there may be one or more Audit Officers, however denominated, who may perform all the duties of the Auditor and such duties as may be prescribed by the officer in charge of the Audit Services Division.
     Section 10. Other Officers . There may be one or more officers, subordinate in rank to all Vice Presidents with such functional titles as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, who shall ex officio hold the office of Assistant Secretary of the

 


 

Company and who may perform such duties as may be prescribed by the officer in charge of the department or division to which they are assigned.
     Section 11. Powers and Duties of Other Officers . The powers and duties of all other officers of the Company shall be those usually pertaining to their respective offices, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President and the officer in charge of the department or division to which they are assigned.
     Section 12. Number of Offices . Any one or more offices of the Company may be held by the same person, except that (A) no individual may hold more than one of the offices of Chief Financial Officer, Controller or Audit Officer and (B) none of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may hold any office mentioned in Section 12(A).

 


 

ARTICLE 5
Stock and Stock Certificates
     Section 1. Transfer . Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the Company and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded.
     Section 2. Certificates . Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Company by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Company. The corporate seal affixed thereto, and any of or all the signatures on the certificate, may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Duplicate certificates of stock shall be issued only upon giving such security as may be satisfactory to the Board of Directors.
     Section 3. Record Date . The Board of Directors is authorized to fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of stockholders and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or to any allotment of rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or in connection with obtaining the consent of stockholders for any purpose, which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining such consent.
ARTICLE 6
Seal
     The corporate seal of the Company shall be in the following form:
          Between two concentric circles the words “Wilmington Trust Company” within the inner circle the words “Wilmington, Delaware.”
ARTICLE 7
Fiscal Year
     The fiscal year of the Company shall be the calendar year.

 


 

ARTICLE 8
Execution of Instruments of the Company
     The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, however denominated by the Board of Directors, shall have full power and authority to enter into, make, sign, execute, acknowledge and/or deliver and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall have full power and authority to attest and affix the corporate seal of the Company to any and all deeds, conveyances, assignments, releases, contracts, agreements, bonds, notes, mortgages and all other instruments incident to the business of this Company or in acting as executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, agent or in any other fiduciary or representative capacity by any and every method of appointment or by whatever person, corporation, court officer or authority in the State of Delaware, or elsewhere, without any specific authority, ratification, approval or confirmation by the Board of Directors, and any and all such instruments shall have the same force and validity as though expressly authorized by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE 9
Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees
     Directors and associate directors of the Company, other than salaried officers of the Company, shall be paid such reasonable honoraria or fees for attending meetings of the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Directors and associate directors who serve as members of committees, other than salaried employees of the Company, shall be paid such reasonable honoraria or fees for services as members of committees as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine and directors and associate directors may be authorized by the Company to perform such special services as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine in accordance with any guidelines the Board of Directors may adopt for such services, and shall be paid for such special services so performed reasonable compensation as may be determined by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE 10
Indemnification
     Section 1. Persons Covered . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or associate director of the Company, a member of an advisory board the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries may appoint from time to time or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity that

 


 

is not a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person. The Company shall be required to indemnify such a person in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.
     The Company may indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was an officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person. The Company may indemnify any such person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.
     Section 2. Advance of Expenses . The Company shall pay the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding involving a person who is or may be indemnified pursuant to Section 1 in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that the payment of expenses incurred by such a person in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by that person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 10 or otherwise.
     Section 3. Certain Rights . If a claim under this Article 10 for (A) payment of expenses or (B) indemnification by a director, associate director, member of an advisory board the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries may appoint from time to time or a person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity that is not a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, is not paid in full within sixty days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Company, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.
     Section 4. Non-Exclusive . The rights conferred on any person by this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Charter or Act of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
     Section 5. Reduction of Amount . The Company’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be

 


 

reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity.
     Section 6. Effect of Modification . Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article 10 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE 11
Amendments to the Bylaws
     These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, and any new Bylaw or Bylaws adopted at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors by a vote of a majority of all the members of the Board of Directors then in office.

 


 

ARTICLE 12
Miscellaneous
     Whenever used in these Bylaws, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular unless the context requires otherwise and the use of either gender shall include both genders.

 


 

EXHIBIT 6
Section 321(b) Consent
     Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust Company hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
         
     
Dated: October 20, 2011  By:   /S/ Joseph B. Feil    
    Name:   Joseph B. Feil   
    Title:   Vice President   
 

 


 

EXHIBIT 7
This form is intended to assist state nonmember banks and savings banks with state publication requirements. It has not been approved by any state banking authorities. Refer to your appropriate state banking authorities for your state publication requirements.
REPORT OF CONDITION
         
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
  of   Wilmington
 
       
Name of Bank
  City    
in the State of Delaware, at the close of business on June 30, 2011:
         
ASSETS
  Thousands of Dollars
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
    585,280  
Securities:
    0  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:
    0  
Loans and leases held for sale:
    0  
Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:
    0  
Premises and fixed assets:
    911  
Other real estate owned:
    0  
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:
    0  
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:
    0  
Intangible assets:
    16,998  
Other assets:
    547,412  
Total Assets:
    1,150,601  
         
LIABILITIES
  Thousands of Dollars
Deposits
    575,260  
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
    0  
Other borrowed money:
    0  
Other Liabilities:
    50,196  
Total Liabilities
    625,456  
 
EQUITY CAPITAL
  Thousands of Dollars
Common Stock
    5  
Surplus
    519,856  
Retained Earnings
    5,284  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    0  
Total Equity Capital
    525,145  
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital
    1,150,601  

 

Exhibit 99.1
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
Polymer Group, Inc.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$560,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF 7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019, WHICH HAVE BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), FOR ANY AND ALL
OUTSTANDING 7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON      , 2011 (the
“EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE
WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
Delivery to: Wilmington Trust Company, Exchange Agent
         
By Mail or Overnight Courier:   By Facsimile:   By Hand Delivery:
         
Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1615
Attention: Sam Hamed
Telephone: (302) 636-6181
  (302) 636-4139   Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1615
Attention: Sam Hamed
Telephone: (302) 636-6181
    To Confirm by Telephone:    
    (302) 636-6181    
DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, INCLUDING THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS, SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

 


 

     Holders of Outstanding Notes (as defined below) should complete this Letter of Transmittal either if Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders of Outstanding Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent at DTC pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Delivery Procedures” and “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus (as defined below) and an “Agent’s Message” (as defined below) is not delivered. If tender is being made by book-entry transfer, the holder must have an Agent’s Message delivered in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal.
     Holders of Outstanding Notes whose certificates (the “Certificates”) for such Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus.
     As used in this Letter of Transmittal, the term “holder” with respect to the Exchange Offer (as defined below) means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered on the books of Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), or, with respect to interests in the Outstanding Notes held by DTC, any DTC participant listed in an official DTC proxy. The undersigned has completed, signed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer. Holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes must complete this Letter of Transmittal in its entirety.
     The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated      , 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) of the Issuer and certain domestic subsidiaries of the Issuer (the “Guarantors,” and each, a “Guarantor”) and this Letter of Transmittal, which together constitute the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $560,000,000 of the Issuer’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes”) for an equal aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that were originally sold pursuant to a private offering in January 2011 (the “Outstanding Notes”). The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this Letter of Transmittal, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offer” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees.
     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.
     For each Outstanding Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Outstanding Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Outstanding Note.
      YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT, WHOSE ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER APPEAR ON THE FRONT PAGE OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
     The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action that the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.
     List below the Outstanding Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space below is inadequate, the Certificate or registration numbers and principal amounts of Outstanding Notes should be listed on a separately signed schedule affixed hereto.

2


 

Box 1
Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered
                                 
Name(s) and Address(es) of                  
Registered Holder(s)   Certificate or     Aggregate Principal     Aggregate Principal  
(Please fill in, if blank,   Registration     Amount Represented     Amount of  
exactly as name(s) appear(s)   Number(s) of     by Outstanding     Outstanding Notes  
on Certificate(s))   Outstanding Notes*     Notes     Being Tendered**  
 
 
                       
 
                 
 
                       
 
                 
 
                       
 
                 
 
                       
 
                 
 
                       
 
                 
 
                       
 
                 
 
                       
 
 
       Total                
 
 
*   Need not be completed by book-entry holders (see below).
 
**   The minimum permitted tender is $2,000 in principal amount. All tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount. The aggregate principal amount of all of the Outstanding Notes represented by the Outstanding Notes identified in this column, or delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith, will be deemed tendered unless a lesser amount is specified in this column. See Instruction 4.
Box 2
Book-Entry Transfer
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
     
Name of Tendering Institution:
   
 
   
     
DTC Account Number:
   
 
   
     
Transaction Code Number:
   
 
   

3


 

     Holders of Outstanding Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC can execute the tender through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) for which the transaction will be eligible. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptances to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. DTC will then send a computer-generated message (an “Agent’s Message”) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal, and the DTC participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal (including any representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent. Each DTC participant transmitting an acceptance of the Exchange Offer through the ATOP procedures will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. Delivery of an Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent’s Message. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offer by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery through ATOP.
Box 3
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
(See Instruction 2 below)
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
     
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):
   
 
   
     
Window Ticket Number (if any):
   
 
   
     
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:
   
 
   
     
Name of Eligible Guarantor Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:
   
 
   
     
IF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER:
     
Name of Tendering Institution:
   
 
   
     
DTC Account Number:
   
 
   
     
Transaction Code Number:
   
 
   
Box 4
Return of Non-Exchanged Outstanding Notes
Tendered by Book-Entry Transfer
o   CHECK HERE IF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.

4


 

Box 5
Participating Broker-Dealer
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES (A “PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER”) AND WISH TO RECEIVE TEN (10) ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO, AS WELL AS ANY NOTICES FROM THE ISSUER TO SUSPEND AND RESUME USE OF THE PROSPECTUS. PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE INDIVIDUAL WHO SHOULD RECEIVE, ON BEHALF OF THE HOLDER, ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS, AND AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS THERETO, AND ANY NOTICES TO SUSPEND AND RESUME USE OF THE PROSPECTUS.
     
Name:
   
 
   
     
Address:
   
 
   
     
Telephone No.:
   
 
   
     
Facsimile No.:
   
 
   
     If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes, it represents that the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market making activities or other trading activities and it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may not participate in the exchange offer with respect to Outstanding Notes acquired other than as a result of market making activities or other trading activities. Any broker- dealer who purchased Outstanding Notes from the Issuers to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.

5


 

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including if the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered hereby.
     The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Issuer) with respect to the tendered Outstanding Notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) to (1) deliver certificates representing such Outstanding Notes, or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by DTC, together, in each such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Issuer, (2) present and deliver such Outstanding Notes for transfer on the books of the Issuer, (3) receive all benefits or otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of beneficial ownership of such Outstanding Notes and (4) otherwise to cause the Outstanding Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.
     The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (a) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, (b) when such tendered Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange, the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and (c) the Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies when the same are accepted by the Issuer. The undersigned hereby further represents that any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Outstanding Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is engaged in, or intends to engage in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act, or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, and that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is an “affiliate,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuer or any Guarantor.
     The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made based on the Issuer’s understanding of an interpretation by the staff of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, including Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991), Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), or similar no-action letters, that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by each holder thereof (other than a broker-dealer who acquires such Exchange Notes directly from the Issuer for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Issuer or any Guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Issuer or any Guarantor, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in, or intends to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (x) may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for the Outstanding Notes, it represents that the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and

6


 

acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuer or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Issuer and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuer and the Guarantors of their obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among the Issuer, the guarantors named therein and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as initial purchasers of the Outstanding Notes and that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder except as provided in Section 8 of such agreements. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the registration rights agreement.
     The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Issuer), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuer may not be required to exchange any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Outstanding Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown above, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. In addition, the Issuer may amend the Exchange Offer at any time prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” occur.
     All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Prospectus.
     Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please deliver the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of the Outstanding Notes, please credit the account indicated above maintained at DTC. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered.”
      THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX.

7


 

Box 6
Special Issuance Instructions
(See Instructions 1, 5 and 6 below)
     To be completed ONLY if Exchange Notes or Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.
Issue
o   Exchange Notes to:
 
o   Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
     
Name(s)
   
 
   
 
  (Please Type or Print)
     
Address
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  (Include Zip Code)
     
Daytime Telephone No.
   
 
   
     
DTC Participant No.
   
 
   
 
   
 
(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number)
Box 7
Special Delivery Instructions
(See Instructions 1, 5 and 6 below)
     To be completed ONLY if Exchange Notes or Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above, or to such registered holder(s) at an address other than that shown above.
Deliver
o   Exchange Notes to:
 
o   Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
     
Name(s)
   
 
   
 
  (Please Type or Print)
     
Address
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  (Include Zip Code)
     
Daytime Telephone No.
   
 
   
     
DTC Participant No.
   
 
   
 
   
 
(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number)

8


 

Box 8
PLEASE SIGN HERE
Tendering Holder Signature
In addition, U.S. persons should complete accompanying Substitute Form W-9—See Box 9
     
Signature of registered holder(s) or
Authorized Signatory(ies):
   
 
   
     
Date:
   
 
   
     Note: The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by properly completed bond powers or endorsements transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below. See Instruction 5.
     
Name(s):
   
 
   
 
  (Please Type or Print)
     
Capacity (full title):
   
 
   
     
Address:
   
 
   
 
  (Including Zip Code)
     
Area Code and Telephone Number:
   
 
   
     
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:
   
 
   
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
(IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 5)
     
Signature(s) Guaranteed by
an Eligible Guarantor Institution:
   
 
   
(Authorized Signature)
 
   
 
(Title)
 
   
 
(Name and Firm)
 
   
 
(Address)
     
Date:
   
 
   
     
Area Code and Telephone Number:
   
 
   
     
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:
   
 
   

9


 

Box 9
PAYER’S NAME: Polymer Group, Inc.
             
SUBSTITUTE
  Name (as shown on your income tax return)        
 
           
         
 
           
Form W-9
           
         
 
  Business Name, if different from above        
Department of the Treasury
           
         
Internal Revenue Service  
           
 
  Check   appropriate   box:
 
           
Payer’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”) and Certification   c Individual/Sole proprietor  c C Corporation  c S Corporation   c Partnership

c Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (D=disregard entity, C= C corporation, S= S corporation P=partnership)►          

c Other                                   
   
 
           
 
  Address        
 
           
         
 
           
 
  City, state, and ZIP code        
 
           
         
 
           
 
  Part 1 — Taxpayer Identification Number — Please provide your TIN in the box at right and certify by signing and dating below. If awaiting TIN, write “Applied For” in the box at right, certify by signing and dating below, and complete the following “Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number” box.   Social Security Number
OR
Employer Identification Number
   
 
           
    PART 2 — For Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding — Check the box if you are NOT subject to backup withholding. c
 
           
    PART 3 Certification — Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
 
           
   
(1)   The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me),
   
(2)    I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and
   
(3)   I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).
 
           
    Certification Instructions. — You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return.
The Internal Revenue Service does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.
             
SIGNATURE
      DATE    
 
           

10


 

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, all reportable payments made to me will be subject to backup withholding (currently at the rate of 28%), until I provide a taxpayer identification number.
               
Signature
      Date     , 2011 
           

11


 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE
FORM W-9
      Guidelines For Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer — Social Security Numbers (“SSNs”) have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e. , 000-00-0000. Employer Identification Numbers (“EINs”) have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e. , 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” is the Internal Revenue Service.
     
For this type of account:   Give the NAME and SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER of
1. Individual

2. Two or more individuals (joint account)
  The individual

The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account (1)
 
   
3. Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)
  The minor (2)
 
   
4. a. The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is also trustee)
  The grantor-trustee (1)
 
   
b. The so-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law
  The actual owner (1)
 
   
5. Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an individual
  The owner (3)
     
    Given the NAME and EMPLOYER
For this type of account:   IDENTIFICATION NUMBER of —
6. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust  
Legal entity (4)
   
 
7. Corporation or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832 or Form 2553
 
The corporation
   
 
8. Association, club, religious, charitable, educational or other tax-exempt organization
 
The organization
   
 
9. Partnership or multi-member LLC  
The partnership or LLC
   
 
10. Disregarded entity not owned by an individual  
The owner
   
 
11. A broker or registered nominee  
The broker or nominee
 
(1)   List first and circle the name of the person whose SSN you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.
 
(2)   Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.
 
(3)   You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one). If you are a sole proprietor, the Internal Revenue Service encourages you to use your SSN.
 
(4)   List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate or pension trust. (Do not furnish the Taxpayer Identification Number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title).
NOTE: If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

12


 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
Page 2
Purpose of Form
A person who is required to file an information return with the IRS must get your correct Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”) to report, for example, income paid to you. Use Substitute Form W-9 to give your correct TIN to the Depositary and, when applicable, (1) to certify the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a number to be issued), (2) to certify you are not subject to backup withholding, or (3) to claim exemption from backup withholding if you are an exempt payee. The TIN provided must match the name given on the Substitute Form W-9.
How to Get a TIN
If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or get this form on-line at www.ssa.gov/online/ss-5.pdf. You may also obtain this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer ID Numbers under Businesses Topics. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an individual TIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by calling 1-800-TAXFORM (1-800-829-3676) or from the IRS website at www.irs.gov.
If you do not have a TIN and have applied for one or intend to apply for one soon, write “Applied For” in Part 1, complete the “Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number”, and sign and date this Form W-9 and give it to the Depositary.
Note: Writing “Applied For” on the form means that you have already applied for a TIN OR that you intend to apply for one soon. As soon as you receive your TIN, complete another substitute Form W-9, include your TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the Exchange Agent.
CAUTION: A domestic entity that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that has a foreign owner must use the appropriate Form W-8.
Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding
Generally, individuals (including sole proprietors) are NOT exempt from backup withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, such as interest and dividends.
Note: If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete Substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. If you are exempt, enter your correct TIN in Part 1, check the “Exempt” box in Part 2, and sign and date the form. If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, give the Depositary the appropriate completed Form W-8, Certificate of Foreign Status.
The following is a list of payees that may be exempt from backup withholding and for which no information reporting is required. For interest and dividends, all listed payees are exempt except for those listed in item (9). For broker transactions, payees listed in (1) through (5) and (7) through (13) and C corporations are exempt. Payments subject to reporting under sections 6041 and 6041A are generally exempt from backup withholding only if made to payees described in items (1) through (7). However, the following payments made to a corporation and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from backup withholding: (i) medical and health care payments, (ii) attorneys’ fees, (iii) gross proceeds paid to an attorney and (iv) payments for services paid by a federal executive agency. Only payees described in items (1) through (5) are exempt from backup withholding for barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends.

13


 

  (1)   An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual retirement plan (“IRA”), or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2).
 
  (2)   The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
 
  (3)   A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.
 
  (4)   A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.
 
  (5)   An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
 
  (6)   A corporation.
 
  (7)   A foreign central bank of issue.
 
  (8)   A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.
 
  (9)   A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
  (10)   A real estate investment trust.
 
  (11)   An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
  (12)   A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).
 
  (13)   A financial institution.
 
  (14)   A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.
 
  (15)   An exempt charitable remainder trust, or a non-exempt trust described in section 4947.
Certain payments that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Privacy Act Notice. Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to give your correct TIN to persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA or Archer MSA or HSA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The IRS may also provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation and to cities, states, the District of Columbia and U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws. The IRS may also disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, or to federal and state agencies to enforce federal non-tax criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism.
You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold (currently at the rate of 28%) from taxable interest, dividends, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply including those listed below.

14


 

Penalties
Failure to Furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.
Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
Misuse of TINs . If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, CONTACT YOUR TAX ADVISOR OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

15


 

INSTRUCTIONS TO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
General
     Please do not send Outstanding Notes or Letters of Transmittal directly to the Issuer. Your Outstanding Notes, together with your signed and completed Letter of Transmittal and any required supporting documents, should be delivered to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof. The method of delivery of Certificates, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents is at your sole option and risk and the delivery will he deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, or overnight or hand delivery service is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.
1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates.
     This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Outstanding Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the holder of such Outstanding Notes) if either (a) Certificates for such Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (b) tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus and an Agent’s Message (as defined below) is not delivered. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the tendering participant, which acknowledgment states that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal and that the Issuer may enforce this Letter of Transmittal against such participant. Certificates representing the tendered Outstanding Notes, or timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile hereof (or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent’s Message), a Substitute Form W-9 and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Outstanding Notes may be tendered in whole or in part in the principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
2. Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.
     Holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes and (i) whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who cannot complete the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may effect a tender by properly completing and duly executing a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus and by completing Box 3. Pursuant to these procedures, holders may tender their Outstanding Notes if: (i) the tender is made by or through an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below); (ii) a properly completed and signed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery in the form provided with this Letter of Transmittal is delivered to the Exchange Agent on or before the Expiration Date (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of Outstanding Notes, the registered number(s) of such Outstanding Notes and the amount of Outstanding Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby; and (iii) the Certificates or a confirmation of book-entry transfer and a properly completed and signed Letter of Transmittal is delivered to the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date. The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand, facsimile or mail to the Exchange Agent, and a guarantee by an Eligible Guarantor Institution must be included in the form described in the notice.
     Any holder who wishes to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date. Failure to complete the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect the validity or effect a revocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly completed and executed by a holder who attempted to use the guaranteed delivery procedures.
     The Issuer will not accept any alternative, conditional or contingent tenders. Each tendering holder of Outstanding Notes, by execution of a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of such tender.
     No signature guarantee on this Letter of Transmittal is required if:
     (i) this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for purposes of this document, shall include any participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding

16


 

Notes) of Outstanding Notes tendered herewith, unless such holder(s) has (have) completed either the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” (Box 6) or “Special Delivery Instructions” (Box 7) above; or
          (ii) such Outstanding Notes are tendered for the account of a firm that is an Eligible Guarantor Institution.
     In all other cases, an Eligible Guarantor Institution must guarantee the signature(s) in Box 8 on this Letter of Transmittal. See Instruction 5.
     If the space provided in the box captioned “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered” (Box 1) is inadequate, the Certificate or registration number(s) and/or the principal amount of Outstanding Notes and any other required information should he listed an a separate, signed schedule and attached to this Letter of Transmittal.
3. Beneficial Owner Instructions.
     Only a holder of Outstanding Notes (i.e., a person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered on the books of the registrar or, with respect to interests in the Outstanding Notes held by DTC, a DTC participant listed in an official DTC proxy), or the legal representative or attorney-in-fact of a holder, may execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Any beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes who wishes to accept the Exchange Offer must arrange promptly for the appropriate holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf through the execution and delivery to the appropriate holder of the “Instructions to Registered Holder and/or DTC Participant from Beneficial Owner of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019” form accompanying this Letter of Transmittal.
4. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.
     Tenders of Outstanding Notes will be accepted only in the principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000, in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted Certificate is tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount tendered in the column entitled “Aggregate Principal Amount of Outstanding Notes Being Tendered” in Box 1 above. A newly issued Certificate for the principal amount of Outstanding Notes submitted but not tendered will be sent to such holder as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal. All Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered in full unless otherwise indicated.
      Outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, after which tenders of Outstanding Notes are irrevocable . To be effective, a written, telegraphic or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”), (ii) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (including the registration number(s) and principal amount of such Outstanding Notes, or, in the case of Outstanding Notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited), (iii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with respect to the Outstanding Notes register the transfer of such Outstanding Notes in the name of the person withdrawing the tender, (iv) specify the name in which any such Outstanding Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor and (v) include a statement that the Depositor is withdrawing its election to have such Outstanding Notes exchanged. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will he determined by the Issuer, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Outstanding Notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Any Outstanding Notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account with such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
     Neither the Issuer, the Guarantors, any affiliates or assigns of the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give such notification (even if such notice is given to other persons).
5. Signature on Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.
     If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the Certificates without alteration, addition,

17


 

enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes.
     If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
     If a number of Outstanding Notes registered in different names are tendered, it will he necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimiles thereof) as there are different registrations of Outstanding Notes.
     If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of the tendered Outstanding Notes or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required. In any other case, the registered holder(s) (or acting holder(s)) must either properly endorse the Outstanding Notes or transmit properly completed bond powers with this Letter of Transmittal (in either case, executed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes, and, with respect to a participant in DTC whose name appears on such security position listing), with the signature on the Outstanding Notes or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (except where the Outstanding Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Guarantor Institution).
     If this Letter of Transmittal, any Certificates, bond powers or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuer, must submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuer, in its sole discretion, of such persons’ authority to so act.
      Endorsements on certificates for the Outstanding Notes or signatures on bond powers or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange required by this Instruction 5 must be guaranteed by a firm that is a member of the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Signature Program or by any other “Eligible Guarantor Institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
      Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution only if the Outstanding Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder of the Outstanding Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any participant in the DTC system whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of such Outstanding Notes) tendered who has not completed Box 6 entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or Box 7 entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Guarantor Institution.
6. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.
     Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable Box 6 or Box 7, the name and address in/to which the Exchange Notes and/or substitute certificates evidencing Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name(s) and address(es) of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification number or social security number of the person named must also be indicated and the tendering holder should complete the applicable box. A holder tendering the Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer may request that the Outstanding Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at DTC as such holder may designate hereof (See Box 4).
     If no instructions are given, the Exchange Notes (and any Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted) will be issued in the name of and sent to the holder signing this Letter of Transmittal or deposited into such holder’s account at DTC.
7. Transfer Taxes.
     The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed because Exchange Notes are delivered or issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder or if a transfer tax is imposed for any other reason other than the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to the Issuer or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to the tendering holder by the Exchange Agent.

18


 

      Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Outstanding Notes listed in the Letter of Transmittal.
8. Waiver of Conditions.
     The Issuer reserves the right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.
9. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Outstanding Notes.
     Any holder whose Outstanding Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should promptly contact the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof for further instructions. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the Certificate(s). This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen Certificate(s) have been completed.
10. Questions and Request for Assistance or Additional Copies.
     Questions relating to the procedure for tendering as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth on the first page hereof.
11. Validity and Form; No Conditional Tenders; No Notice of Irregularities.
     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance of tendered Outstanding Notes and withdrawal of tendered Outstanding Notes will be determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Outstanding Notes for exchange. The Issuer also reserves the right, in its reasonable judgment, to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Outstanding Notes. The Issuer’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes must be cured within such time as the Issuer shall determine. Although the Issuer intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Outstanding Notes, neither the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is under any obligation to give such notice nor shall they incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holder as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
      IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH OUTSTANDING NOTES OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) OR A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

19


 

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
Internal Revenue Service Circular 230 Disclosure
Pursuant to Internal Revenue Service Circular 230, we hereby inform you that the description set forth herein with respect to U.S. federal tax issues was not intended or written to be used, and such description cannot be used, by any taxpayer for the purpose of avoiding any penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Such description was written in connection with the transactions described herein and is limited to the U.S. federal tax issues described herein. It is possible that additional issues may exist that could affect the U.S. federal tax treatment of the transactions or other matters described herein, and this description does not consider or provide any conclusions with respect to any such additional issues. Taxpayers should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.
     Under U.S. federal income tax law, a tendering holder whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides the Exchange Agent with its correct TIN and certify that it is not subject to backup withholding by completing the enclosed Substitute Form W-9, or otherwise establish an exemption from the backup withholding rules. In general, for an individual, the TIN is such individual’s social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the U.S. Holder (or other payee) may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and any reportable payments made to such person with respect to Outstanding Notes may be subject to backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28%. Such reportable payments generally will be subject to information reporting, even if the Exchange Agent is provided with a TIN. Failure to comply truthfully with the backup withholding requirements also may result in the imposition of severe criminal and/or civil fines and penalties.
     Certain holders of Outstanding Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign holders) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. However, exempt holders of Outstanding Notes should indicate their exempt status on the Substitute Form W-9, by checking the exemption box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9, and sign, date and return the Substitute Form W-9 to the Exchange Agent. For example, a corporation should complete the Substitute Form W-9, providing its TIN and indicating that it is exempt from backup withholding. In order for a foreign holder to qualify as an exempt recipient, the holder must submit an applicable Form W-8 (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN) signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that holder’s non-U.S. status. An applicable Form W-8 can be obtained from the Exchange Agent or the IRS’s website. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for more instructions. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are exempt from these backup withholding and reporting requirements, and the procedure for obtaining the exemption.
     If backup withholding applies, the Exchange Agent is required to withhold 28% of any reportable payments made to the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service, provided the required information is furnished. The Exchange Agent cannot refund amounts withheld by reason of backup withholding.
     A holder who does not have a TIN may write “Applied For” as indicated on the Substitute Form W-9 if the surrendering holder of Outstanding Notes has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If such case, the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee must also complete the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number in order to avoid backup withholding. Notwithstanding that the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number is completed, the Exchange Agent will withhold 28% of all reportable payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Exchange Agent and, if the Exchange Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service. The holder of Outstanding Notes is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Outstanding Notes. If the Outstanding Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional guidance on which number to report.

20

Exhibit 99.2
Polymer Group, Inc.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$560,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF 7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING 7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019
, 2011
To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,
Trust Companies and Other Nominees:
     As described in the enclosed Prospectus, dated            , 2011 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) and Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), Polymer Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and certain domestic subsidiaries of the Issuer (the “Guarantors”) are offering to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) an aggregate principal amount of up to $560,000,000 of the Issuer’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes”) for an equal aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that were originally sold pursuant to a private offering in January 2011(the “Outstanding Notes”) in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof, upon the terms and subject to conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this Letter of Transmittal, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offer” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees. The Issuer will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.
      WE URGE YOU TO PROMPTLY CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS FOR WHOM YOU HOLD OUTSTANDING NOTES REGISTERED IN YOUR NAME OR IN THE NAME OF YOUR NOMINEE OR WHO HOLD OUTSTANDING NOTES REGISTERED IN THEIR OWN NAMES. PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON            , 2011 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE ISSUER EXTENDS THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
     The Issuer will not pay any fees or commissions to you for soliciting tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the tender of Outstanding Notes to it or its order, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
     Enclosed are copies of the following documents:
     1. The Prospectus.
     2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use in connection with the tender of Outstanding Notes and for the information of your clients, including a Substitute Form W-9 and Guidelines for Certification of

 


 

Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (providing information relating to U.S. federal income tax backup withholding).
     3. A form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
     4. A form of letter which you may send, as a cover letter to accompany the Prospectus and related materials, to your clients for whose accounts you hold Outstanding Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining the client’s instructions regarding the Exchange Offer.
     Your prompt action is requested. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn, subject to the procedures described in the Prospectus, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
     To participate in the Exchange Offer, certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the account of U.S. Bank National Association (the “Exchange Agent”), at the Depository Trust Company, with any required signature guarantees, and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent by the Expiration Date as indicated in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
     If holders of the Outstanding Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal.
     Additional copies of the enclosed material may be obtained from, and any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer procedures should be addressed to, the Exchange Agent at its address or telephone number set forth on the first page of the Letter of Transmittal.
Very truly yours,
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
 
      NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE ISSUER OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER, OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY CONTAINED THEREIN.

2

Exhibit 99.3
Polymer Group, Inc.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$560,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF 7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING 7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019
, 2011
To Our Clients:
     Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated      , 2011 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and a Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by Polymer Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and certain domestic subsidiaries of the Issuer (the “Guarantors”) to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $560,000,000 of the Issuer’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes”) for an equal aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that were originally sold pursuant to a private offering in January 2011 (the “Outstanding Notes”), in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof, upon the terms and subject to conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this letter, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offer” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees. The Issuer will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offer are subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.
     This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Outstanding Notes may only be made by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, the Issuer urges beneficial owners of Outstanding Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if such beneficial owners wish to tender Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer.
     Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all such Outstanding Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. If you wish to have us do so, please so instruct us by completing, signing and returning to us the instruction form that appears below. If we do not receive written instructions in accordance with the below and the procedures presented in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, we will not tender any of the Outstanding Notes in your account. We urge you to read the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal carefully before instructing us as to whether or not to tender your Outstanding Notes.
     Your instructions to us should be forwarded as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender Outstanding Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON      , 2011, UNLESS THE

 


 

EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED BY THE ISSUER. The time the Exchange Offer expires is referred to as the “Expiration Date.” Tenders of Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
     The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and may not be used by you to tender Outstanding Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.

2


 

INSTRUCTIONS
TO REGISTERED HOLDER AND/OR DTC PARTICIPANT FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER OF 7.75%
SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019
     The undersigned beneficial owner acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the accompanying Prospectus dated      , 2011 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and a Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer by Polymer Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and certain domestic subsidiaries of the Issuer (the “Guarantors”) to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) an aggregate principal amount of up to $560,000,000 of the Issuer’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes”) for an equal aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that were originally sold pursuant to a private offering in January 2011 (the “Outstanding Notes”), in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
     This will instruct you, the registered holder, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.
     
Principal Amount of Outstanding Notes
Held For Account Holder(s)
  Principal Amount of Outstanding Notes
To be Tendered*
 
*   Unless otherwise indicated, the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes held for the account of the undersigned will be tendered.
     If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized (a) to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes, including but not limited to the representations that the undersigned (i) is not an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuer or the Guarantors, (ii) is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of Exchange Notes, (iii) is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, (iv) is not a broker-dealer tendering Outstanding Notes acquired for its own account directly from the Issuer. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantors, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to exemptions from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and must comply with such requirements in connection with any secondary resale transaction.

3


 

SIGN HERE
     
Dated:
   
 
   
     
Signature(s):
   
 
   
     
Print Name(s):
   
 
   
     
Address:
   
 
   
     
 
 
(Please include Zip Code)
     
Telephone Number:
   
 
   
(Please include Area Code)
     
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:
   
 
   
     
My Account Number With You:
   
 
   

4

Exhibit 99.4
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
Polymer Group, Inc.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$560,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF 7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019, WHICH HAVE BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), FOR ANY AND ALL
OUTSTANDING 7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019
     This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or one substantially equivalent hereto, must be used to accept the Exchange Offer made by Polymer Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and certain domestic subsidiaries of the Issuer (the Guarantors”), pursuant to the Prospectus, dated         , 2011 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) if the Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, registered or certified mail, overnight courier, or hand delivery to Wilmington Trust Company (the “Exchange Agent”) as set forth below. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Letter of Transmittal.
Delivery to: Wilmington Trust Company, Exchange Agent
         
By Mail or Overnight Courier:   By Facsimile:   By Hand Delivery:
         
Wilmington Trust Company   (302) 636-4139   Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North       Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street       1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1615       Wilmington, DE 19890-1615
Attention: Sam Hamed       Attention: Sam Hamed
Telephone: (302) 636-6181       Telephone: (302) 636-6181
    To Confirm by Telephone:    
    (302) 636-6181    
      DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
     This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature or a Letter of Transmittal is required by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined in the Prospectus), such signature guarantee must appear in the additional space provided on the Letter of Transmittal for Signature Guarantee.

 


 

     Please read the accompanying instructions carefully.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes set forth below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures” section of the Prospectus.
     
Name of Tendering Holder:
   
 
   
     
Series and Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes Tendered:
   
 
   
     
Certificate Nos. (or Account Number of Book-Entry Facility):
   
 
   
     
Signature(s):
   
 
   
     
Name of Registered or Acting Holder:
   
 
   
     
Signature(s):
   
 
   
     
Dated:
   
 
   
     
Address:
   
 
   
     
 
   
(Zip Code)
     
 
   
(Daytime Area Code and Telephone No.)
o Check this Box if the Outstanding Notes will he delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company.
     
DTC Account Number:
   
 
   
THE ACCOMPANYING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED.

2


 

GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature medallion program or an “eligible guarantor institution,” as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), hereby (a) represents that the above person(s) “own(s)” the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby within the meaning of Rule 14e-4(b)(2) under the Exchange Act, (b) represents that the tender of those Outstanding Notes complies with Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act, and (c) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth in the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates representing all tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation (a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.
     
Name of Firm:
   
 
   
     
 
   
(Authorized Signature)
     
Address:
   
 
   
     
 
   
(Zip Code)
     
Area Code and Tel. No.:
   
 
   
     
Name:
   
 
   
(Please Type or Print)
     
Title:
   
 
   
     
Dated:
   
 
   
NOTE:   DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OUTSTANDING NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF CERTIFICATES FOR OUTSTANDING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

3


 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
     1.  Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover page hereof prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of holders and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedure, see Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal. No Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to the Issuer.
     2.  Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes referred to herein, the signatures must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement, or any change whatsoever.
     If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Outstanding Notes listed, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement, or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Issuer, evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
     3.  Questions and Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover hereof. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

4